Characters T he setting of the Scales of War Adventure Path is more implied than actual.

Thats intentional on our part. We want you to make the world your own rather than

of War
define it for you (beyond the degree of definition required to place future adventures).
But from Rescue at Rivenroar onward, your characters at your table will come to life and
develop their own backstories, goals, and agendas. As a launching pad for those backstories,
we offer the following character backgrounds. Each one comes with a small game benefit,
Backgrounds for Your Scales of War Hero usually a small skill modifier. But power-gamers beware! Youll search in vain for significant
advantage. The bonuses are intentionally small because we dont want a characters past to
by David Noonan overshadow that characters present. Think of these backgrounds as aids to roleplaying, not
illustrations by Austin Hsu, and Tina Young the means to eke out an incremental advantage to a skill check.

TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
17

Weve identified some backgrounds as being
particularly good for a given race or class. Check the
ones for your race and class out first, of course, but
dont limit yourself to those. Sometimes its fun to play
against type and choose a background that stands at
odds with what people would expect from your race
and class. Its your story, and your PC is a singular
character within it. Dont feel like you have to obey a
sort of demographic imperative to be a typical elf or
a typical fighter.
One final note: Youll notice proper names lurk-
ing in some of the backgrounds. Feel free to run with
those, and dont be surprised if some of the places,
groups, and people mentioned here appear in future
steps on the Scales of War adventure path.
Wandering Duelist
I am a student of the True Blade. Perhaps youd like
to match yours against mine? I guarantee well both
learn something.
You are an itinerant warriorsometimes a conscript,
sometimes a mercenary, but often just a wanderer
with a sharp sword and an empty coin-purse. How
did you learn your initial training in the combat arts?
Why havent you resorted to out-and-out banditry?
What places have you visited in your wandering?
What would it take for you to settle down?
Benefit: You add Intimidate to your class skill list
and give yourself a +3 bonus to Intimidate checks.
Good Background: Dragonborn.
Scorned Noble
I am an exile of honor, set apart from my people. Yet in
my heart, I remain as steadfast as ever to those I will never
see again.
You grew up as one of the best and brightest, but
what happened to send you away from your life of
privilege? Was it a legal matter, an affair of the heart,
or the skullduggery of a rival noble family? Are mem-
bers of your noble family secretly supporting you or
Scales of War Background
remaining sympathetic to your cause? Do you intend
to go back, and if so, what needs to happen first?
Benefit: You are used to going it alone. You gain
a +2 bonus to saving throws whenever no allies are
within 5 squares of you.
Good Background: Dragonborn.
Redemption Seeker
I am an instrument of honor. I am he who seeks the weight
to balance the scales.
Somewhere in your past, you behaved less than
honorably. Perhaps it was a moment of ill-considered
rage, a flirtation outside societys boundaries, or
maybe you took the blame for someone elses lack of
honor. Ever since, you have been striving to act impec-
cably and with such valor that you redeem yourself
for the transgression in your past. What great event
started your quest for redemption? Is there anyone
trying to thwart your efforts? Have you given any
thought to what will happen after you balance the
scales of honor?
Benefit: You add Diplomacy and Insight to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Diplomacy
and Insight checks.
Good Background: Dragonborn.
Seeker for the Lost Clan
Im an ordinary sort, but those Im seeking are extraordinary.
Quite extraordinary indeed. Warsmith
Some say you are the last of your breed, but you dont Crafter is too mundane a term for me, but artist implies
think so. Although your family is gone for good, a concern with form, not function. Place me somewhere in
youve been tracking down rumors of another branch between. Call me an artisan.
of your ancestry. Theyre out there somewhere, and You make powerful weapons and armor, instruments
you want desperately to be reunited with them. What of warfare both elegant and deadly. Who taught
clues do you have that the lost clan exists? Who raised you your craft, and what is your relationship like
you, if not this lost clan? And on a fundamental level, with your mentor? Is there something youve always
why do you want to find them so intensely? wanted to make, but youve lacked the proper materi-
Benefit: You add History and Dungeoneering to als for it? To what degree do you insist on wielding
your class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to His- weapons you make yourself, and how do you react
tory and Dungeoneering checks. when you examine someone elses work?
Good Background: Dwarf.
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
18

Benefit: You can construct your own weapons and
armor, given proper tools and raw materials. Making
a weapon takes two days, and making armor takes
four days. Doing so confers no economic advantage,
however. The item ultimately costs the same as it
would if youd purchased it directly. And you can cast
Creation rituals as if you had the Ritual Caster feat.
Good Background: Dwarf.
Brother in Battle
Im the sort that craves only a sharp axe, a bitter aleand
companions true to share them with.
Not everyone needs to be chased across the world
by black-cloaked assassins. You crave fighting, beer-
drinking, and companionship of either the friendly or
the romantic sort. Have you always had such simple
desires, or did you come to this simplicity after years
spent striving for something more esoteric? Are there
particular enemies you relish fightingor particular
brands of ale you savor?
Benefit: You add Endurance to your class skill list,
and you gain a +3 bonus to Endurance checks.
Good Background: Dwarf.
Seducer
I assure you my reputation is exaggeratedat least a little.
But my reputation had to have piqued your curiosity, or you
wouldnt be here, would you?
You cant keep away from romantic liaisons with the
attractive and the alluring. And after practice, youre
good at it, having slept your way through a dozen
manor-houses and noble villas. How mercenary
are your seductionsdo you genuinely fall in love
easily, or is there always an ulterior motive? Are you
motivated by the sheer beauty of your paramours,
the chase and conquest, or the fringe benefits of
bedding the wealthy and influential? Is there some-
one who got away, or someone unusually resistant to
your charms?
Benefit: You add Bluff and Insight to your class
skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Bluff and
Insight checks.
Good Background: Eladrin.
Magic Scholar
I can recite the Twelve Trigonomystiks from memory,
and Ive read all the Moon-Opal Analects. I favor the
Vallander Folio, but I do concede that the Braytonburg
Folio is more concise.
You believe that magic is the key to unlocking fun-
damental secrets of the universe, and youll eagerly
delve into eldritch tomes to learn from the masters of
bygone ages. Is there a particular aspect of magic that
youre eager to master? A particular scholar or school
of thought you favor? And how do you react when you
encounter a magic phenomenon that doesnt behave
the way your theories tell you it should?
Benefit: You add Arcana and History to your class
skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Arcana and
History checks.
Good Background: Eladrin.
You believe that magic is the key to unlocking fundamental
secrets of the universe, and youll eagerly delve into eldritch
tomes to learn from the masters of bygone ages.
Eldritch Harlequin
Im the fly in the proverbial ointment, I suppose. But Ive
never been much for proverbs. Theyre just rules that
happen to rhyme sometimes.
Your tie to the mysterious and fey places in the world
is particularly strong. Youve always been a mischie-
vous sorta troublemaker, and the person who upsets
the apple-cart just to see how far the apples will roll.
What sorts of trouble has your mischief resulted in?
Scales of War Background
Are there partners in crime in your past, and whats
your relationship with them like? How does someone
inclined to mischief make a living? Under what
circumstances can you overcome your natural
instinct and toe the line?
Benefit: You add Bluff and Thievery to your class
skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Bluff and
Thievery checks.
Good Background: Eladrin.
Silent Hunter
Im either someone you never see, or Im the last
someone you see.
From a young age, you were trained to track, stalk,
and bring down your prey. The hunters outlook is
now pervasive in your lifeyour problems are merely
elusive quarry that you relentlessly hunt down and
ultimately claim as a trophy. Is there a particular
monster youre particularly good at hunting? One
that frustrates you? Or frightens you? Who taught
you the art of stealth? And have you ever had the
tables turned on you, when someone or something
hunted you?
Benefit: You add Stealth and Perception to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Stealth and
Perception checks.
Good Background: Elf.
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
19

Forest Warden
Im just part of the Whorlwood. But Im its leaves, its
branches, its trunk, its roots.
You regard yourself as part of the natural worldbut
youre the part of the natural world that nurtures
and protects the rest. You strive against dangers both
mundane (like a rapacious woodcutter) and magical
(a mysterious taint that kills vegetation by night). Why
are you now an adventurer rather than still in your
forest? How do you react when youre taken far from
the natural world, like the heart of a city or another
plane of existence? Is there a particular enemy of the
forest that youre still striving against?
Benefit: You add Nature and Perception to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Nature and
Perception checks.
Good Background: Elf.
Explorer/Guide
Im the only one who can get you from here to Rythan Keep
in less than two weeks. And Ill make sure you dont wind up
in a gnoll tribes soup cauldron.
Ever since you saw your first map, you wanted to
know what the lands beyond the margin looked like.
And as an inveterate traveler, youve started to find
out. What places have you seen on your journeys?
How do you make ends meet? Whats the greatest
danger youve ever faced? Is there a mythical place
youre particularly keen to visit someday?
Benefit: Learn an extra language of your choice,
add Nature to your class skill list, and you gain a +2
bonus to Nature checks.
Good Background: Elf.
Merchant Prince
Im the only guy who can get you spiderhaunt silk within
10 leagues of here. And thats just the start of the business
we can accomplish together.
Youve always had a knack for mercantile affairs, and
nothing pleases you more than a deal thats profitable
for youand good enough for the other party that he
comes back for more. Is there a particular trade or
commodity that youre expert at doing business in?
Who gets you your goods, and to whom do you sell?
Who are your business partners? Investors? Rivals?
Benefit: Learn an extra language of your choice,
add Insight to your class skill list, and you gain a +2
bonus to Insight checks.
Good Background: Half-elf.
You have a justifiable pride in your powers of observation
and deduction, and you take a delight in surprising others
with your conclusions that borders on the theatrical.
Detective
Im the guy who noticed how sharp your sword is, despite
the fact that you arent carrying a whetstone. But I suppose
calling it your sword isnt really accurate, is it? Youve long made a living on the backs of the greedy,
You have a justifiable pride in your powers of obser-
vation and deduction, and you take a delight in
surprising others with your conclusions that borders
on the theatrical. How did you hone your inquisi-
tive nature? With the city watch, in a noble court, or
among the priesthood? Are there particularly notable
crimes youve solved? If so, did your efforts earn you
any lifetime friends or enemies?
Benefit: You add Perception and Insight to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Perception
and Insight checks.
Good Background: Half-elf.
Wandering Mercenary
I served with the Targa Lancers throughout the Montesi
Incursion, then I trained the Wallach family retinue when
they took back Blackbarrow Castle. That led to a promotion
when the orcs invaded, and I...
Scales of War Background
The art of war is one you know well, and youve
marched with armies both to victory and to defeat.
What key battles did you take part in? What was your
rank, and did you have any particular duties? Do you
have old war comrades around, and how do they feel
about you?
Benefit: It takes four failed death saves to kill you.
Good Background: Half-elf.
Con Artist
Im not the guy youre looking for. Seriously, I was in
Oakmont last night. I wasnt even here.
the gullible, and the unobservant. What sort of
confidence games did you favorelaborate conspira-
cies, rigged games of chance, or ruses that facilitated
traditional crimes like burglary, robbery, or kidnap-
ping? How did you learn your trade? How close have
you come to being caught? And how many enemies
are out there, looking for a chance to get even?
Benefit: You add Bluff and Thievery to your class
skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Bluff and
Thievery checks.
Good Background: Halfling.
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
20

River Smuggler
Im either a simple boatman, or a not-so-simple
boatman. Depends whos askin.
Youve plied the rivers and coastlines of the
world, making a little money on official cargo
and a lot of money on the crates hidden in the
bow compartment. What did you smuggle, and
why was it contraband? Who did you deal with
on each end of your journey? Did you ever get
caught? Or double-crossed?
Benefit: You add Athletics and Streetwise
to your class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to
Athletics and Streetwise checks.
Good Background: Halfling.
Cloistered Priest
I took my vows as a child in the grand temple at
Tarsalee, and Ive served there faithfully ever since.
Youve grown up in the heart of religious
worship, and you know the rituals and rites of
your faith better than most. What event sent you
out into the wider world? Under what circum-
stances will you return? Given your sheltered
upbringing, how do you react to the strange and
the dangerous?
Benefit: You add Religion to your class skill
list, and you gain a +3 bonus to Religion checks.
Street Urchin
Good Background: Human.
Im part of the Redboot crew, and thats all you need to hear.
You grew up on the mean streets of an urban metrop-
Gritty Sergeant
olis, and you quickly found safety amid numbers of
Dont call me sir. I work for a living, soldier! I was picking
likeminded poor youths. They taught you to fight, to
boys like you off the turf back when your mama was picking
steal (mostly from those who had something worth
daisies in the field. Your papa, too.
stealing), and to protect what little you had. How did
Youve led people into battle and had them bleed
you escape that life of poverty and petty crime? Under
on you as they died. But many of them lived to fight
what circumstances will you go back? And what
again. Youve seen them come and go, sometimes so
happened to your family friends in the meantime?
quickly that you never learned their names. Are there
Benefit: You add Intimidate and Streetwise to
particular battles you remember wellor curse?
your class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Intimi-
Particular generals who wasted the lives of the those
date and Streetwise checks.
in your care? To what degree have you made the
Good Background: Halfling
Scales of War Background
transition to civilian life? Ever get caught giving
orders just like the old days, or are you glad to have
that responsibility lifted from your shoulders?
Benefit: You gain proficiency in a simple or
military weapon of your choice, and you gain a +1
bonus to initiative checks.
Good Background: Human.
Noble Scion
The last name is Rocannon. Our lands are east of here,
encompassing the towns of New Laurel and Krindelton and
extending up to Plover Pass.
You grew up as one of the best and brightest, having
access to more training and more opportunity than
anyone else around you. What sorts of esoteric activ-
itiesfalconry, courtly intrigues, fine artwere you
exposed to? What event set you on the adventurers
path? How do you feel about those who didnt have
the privilege and opportunity you did?
Benefit: You add a knowledge skill of your choice
to your class skill list, and you gain a +2 bonus to
checks with that skill.
Good Background: Human.
Scion of an Ancient Bloodline
The blood of the Khavarran runs through my veins. Aha! I
see youre schooled enough to recognize the dynastic name.
Your circumstances might be reduced at the moment,
but the nigh-mythical sorcerer-kings of the tiefling
empire are among your ancestors. You cannot help
but dream of those bygone days. What sort of ruler
was your ancestor...according to your family and
according to the history books? Are there particular
qualities of your ancestor that youre eager to emulate,
or perhaps repudiate? Do you entertain dreams of
ruling an empire yourself someday?
Benefit: You add History to your class skill list,
and you gain a +3 bonus to History checks.
Good Background: Tiefling.
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
21

Cult Escapee
The tattoo means I was a member of the Six-Fingered
Hand. Youll notice I said was a member.
At first the group appeared to be on to something big,
and you wanted to be part. But when you saw how
dark their grand design was, you escaped. What drew
you to the cult in the first place, and what caused you
to spurn it? Who was in the cult: your friends, your
family, your whole community? Are they hunting
you still?
Benefit: You add Arcana and Bluff to your class
skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Arcana and
Bluff checks.
Good Background: Tiefling.
Young Cutthroat
Youve heard of the Chillbain Clan in New Shardaluum?
Ive got a lot of Chillbain friends. Close friends, if you know
what I mean.
You were the violent arm of an organized crime
cartel, dispensing bloody punishment for real and
imagined slights. How were you recruited into the
syndicate; was it based on family, trade guild, or
neighborhood ties? How high did you rise in its ranks?
Why arent you still there? Is there a price on your
head from the authorities, the crime syndicate,
or both?
Benefit: You add Intimidate and Thievery to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Intimidate
and Thievery checks.
Good Background: Tiefling.
Auspicious Birth
I was born on the slopes of Mount Emberstare during an
eclipse, when the moon turned as red as blood.
The circumstances of your birth were somehow
blessed, and you grew up knowing you were somehow
set apart and special. Who regards your birth as
auspicious? Are you tied to a specific prophecy, and if
Scales of War Background
so, what does it say? How were you treated dif-
ferently as a child?
Benefit: You substitute your highest ability
score for Constitution to determine your initial
hit points.
Good Background: Cleric.
Traveling Missionary
I bring you the unending light of Pelorlight that
illuminates the darkness, comforts the weary and
wounded, and vexes the black of heart.
Your calling is to bring the light of your chosen
faith to the dark corners of the world. What
places have you seen in your journeys, and
were they receptive, indifferent, or antagonistic
to your message? How do you feel when youre
back in the temples of the faithful? What
circumstances will cause you to leave the road
and settle down?
Benefit: Learn an extra language of your
choice, add Religion to your class skill list, and
gain a +2 bonus to Religion checks.
Good Background: Cleric.
Recent Convert
Look, I was once an ordinary fellow like you. But
during the Shrieking Plague, I found a source of
power Id never imagined. Or perhaps it found me.
You werent always the religious sort. But you
recently had a supernatural experience that
changed your outlook and showed you your Former Gladiator
true calling. What was that event? Are there unan- I trained under Thool Rhak, fighting in various pits across
swered questions in its wake? And how did you feel the northern trade towns. Then I survived two seasons in
about religion (both your new one and religions in the Terrimula Arena over in Jarrak City. So yeah, I know
general) prior to your conversion? my stuff.
Benefit: Once per encounter, reroll a failed saving Youve grown up fighting for the amusement of the
throw against a charm effect. crowd. Did you seek out this life, or was it thrust upon
Good Background: Cleric. you? What sorts of gladiatorial spectacles did you take
part in: individual combats, staged mass battles, glad-
iator-vs.-monster fights, or inherently unfair gladiator
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
22

punishments (like unarmed prisoners against beasts)?
And what kept you going? The whips of your masters,
the lure of competition, or the roar of the crowd?
Benefit: It takes four failed death saves to kill you.
Good Background: Fighter.
Haunted Veteran
I marched south into the jungle with Atrelius. Can we talk
about something else?
You saw things in the war that no one should have to
see, and the horrors of war changed your personality.
What were you like before you went to war? Under
what circumstances will you share what you experi-
enced? How do you keep those memories at bay: By
adventuring and other hardships, through prayer, or
with a bottle?
Benefit: Once per encounter, reroll a failed saving
throw against a fear effect.
Good Background: Fighter.
Former Barbarian
My people are the Khartalli Narashthe wolves of the
desert in your tongue.
Your formative years were spent as part of an indig-
enous tribe of hunter-gatherers. As a nomad, you went
where the food was, traveling across the wilderness
from season to season. What happened to your tribe?
What would it take for you to return? And were you a
typical member of the tribe, or was there something
that set you apart?
Benefit: You add Nature to your class skill list,
and you gain a +1 bonus to Nature checks.
Good Background: Fighter.
Prison Conversion
The scars are just evidence of a wayward youth. Im
actually a testament to the power of prison ministry.
You did something bad enough to result in your
imprisonment, but while there, your life changed.
Upon your release, you took up your new life with a
crusaders zeal. For what crime were you imprisoned?
How did you attain your release? Do you have
difficulty reconciling your old life with your new
calling? How do you react when your old life
re-emerges unexpectedly?
Benefit: You add Streetwise to your class skill list,
and you gain a +3 bonus to Streetwise checks.
Good Background: Paladin.
Crusading Zealot
I am but a humble instrument of my god. But Im an
instrument with several sharp edges, to be sure.
Your calling is an intensely personal one. The voices
of the gods themselves have sent you on your crusade,
and they periodically guide you to this day. How
do others react when you tell them what drives you
forward? What was it like the first time you received
divine inspiration? Do you ever doubt or question the
voices from the gods?
Other people run away screaming when they see a monster.
You run toward it screaming.
Benefit: You gain a +1 bonus to saving throws
until you fail a saving throw, and then the bonus is
gone until you rest.
Good Background: Paladin.
Trained from Birth for a
Specific Prophecy
The doves? They come and go as they please. By Choineros
wisdom, the doves will watch over me until the day of the
Great Rift.
The prophetic words were written in scripture
long before you were born, and youre part of a
concentrated effort to fulfill, safeguard, or thwart
that prophecy. What is the nature of the prophecy,
and whats your relationship to it? Do you question
Scales of War Background
whether your fate is truly ordained? And who or what
is standing in your way?
Benefit: Once per day, you can reroll an initiative
check if you dont like the result. You keep the second
result whether its better, the same, or worse.
Good Background: Paladin.
Last of the Breed
Everyone says that the Resolute Two Hundred are no more.
Thats not truenot as long I draw breath, anyway.
You were part of an elite order of roving guardians
but theyre all gone and only you remain. What
caused the order to die out? How did you escape that
fate? Will you try to rejuvenate the order, or are you
resigned to it passing into history?
Benefit: You add Endurance and Perception to
your class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to
Endurance and Perception checks.
Good Background: Ranger.
Monster Hunter
Im a hunter of exotic game. The more cunning and elusive,
the better. And if the locals all call it a legend, thats best
of all.
Other people run away screaming when they see
a monster. You run toward it screaming. You like
testing your mettle against the strangest and most
horrible creatures that the dark places of the world
spawn. Whats your greatest trophy taken to date?
Is there a particular sort of monster that is your
nemesis? And are there certain circumstances that
make your hunt a fair one or make your quarry a
worthy adversary?
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
23

Benefit: You gain a +2 bonus whenever you use a
knowledge skill to make a monster knowledge check
(as described on page 180 of the Players Handbook).
Good Background: Ranger.
Fugitive from a Vengeful Rival
Suffice it to say that Lord Sakrath is no friend of mine.
There was a falling out, followed by several impromptu
duels and an abrupt departure.
Youve angered someone powerful enough to make
you a fugitive. Every month brings new evidence that
your rivals wrath hasnt waned: a bounty hunter,
trouble with the authorities, or posters indicated yet
another increase in the price on your head. What
event caused you to take flight? How long have you
been on the run, and what lands have you traveled
through on the way? Is there something other than
your death that will end the chase? Are you trying to
escape, or will you ultimately turn the tables on
your rival?
Benefit: You add Bluff and Stealth to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Bluff and
Stealth checks.
Good Background: Ranger.
Assassin
I bear the Sigil of Vaurom. I have tasted the Black Lotus
Tea and seen the sublime mysteries within Vauroms
Impossible Crypt. I say this not as a boast, but as a
warning.
Youve been trained in the thousand arts of death,
sent to preemptively kill the powerful. What secret
order taught you your trade, and how did they
recruit you? What targets have you assassinated, and
did any escape your clutches? Do you have a current
contract, did you give up the assassins life, or are you
on the run?
Benefit: You add Arcana and Stealth to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Arcana and
Stealth checks.
Good Background: Rogue.
Scales of War Background
Did you work alone or as part of a gang? If you
worked with others, what do they think of you now?
Did you ever get caught?
Benefit: You add Athletics and Thievery to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Athletics
and Thievery checks.
Good Background: Rogue.
Political Rebel
Im the guy whos going to put Lord Chaulcherts head on
a pike and free the whole Mirrin Valley from the whip of
his taskmasters.
You struggle against political injustice. Perhaps the
nobles are oppressing the serfs, the church is quash-
ing religious rivals, the king is crushing the trade
guilds, or the guilds are suppressing independent
mercantilists. Youre on the side of the underdog,
and youve escalated the struggle beyond words to
direct action. Against whom are you rebelling? Are
you part of a larger revolutionary cell, or do you act
alone? What will things look like when youve won?
What put you on the adventurers path?
Benefit: You add Diplomacy and Streetwise
to your class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to
Diplomacy and Streetwise checks.
Good Background: Rogue.
Cat Burglar
The Hrulla Tower in Jarrak City? Ive been in and out of
there three times. The ivy on the courtyard walls is pretty
much a Please Steal From Me sign.
You take an artisans approach to large-scale burglary,
stealing from the most well-protected treasure troves
you can find. What particularly notable items have
you stolen, and what did you do with the proceeds?
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
24

On the Run from the Devil
Im just a guy whos looking for a little more time before the
bill comes due.
Youve made an eldritch bargain, but you no longer
like the terms. Accordingly, youre trying to alter or
escape the bargain any way you can. Who is the
bargain with, and what element of it are you trying to
break (the term that involves your death, the devilish
imprisonment of your family, or the forfeiture of your
soul)? What specific form is the enforcement taking?
In other words, whos chasing you?
Benefit: You add Bluff and Perception to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Bluff and
Perception checks.
Good Background: Warlock.
Apprentice of Sinister Cabal
I learned that trick from the very best: The Black
Constellation.
To call your fellow conspirators a cult is to credit
them with more fervor and less intelligence than
theyve earned. You are part of a secret group that
wields arcane power for a dark, mysterious purpose
and there might be secrets within the cabal that you
dont know about yet. How were you recruited into
this cabal, and what is their professed aim? Do you
have mentors, friends, or rivals in the cabal? Are you
still an active member, or have you left the cabal
temporarily or permanently?
Benefit: You add Arcana and Dungeoneering to
your class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Arcana
and Dungeoneering checks.
Good Background: Warlock.
Born Under a Bad Sign
My mother told me that the caul was just superstition, and
the howling wolves were just a coincidence. But Ive seen
enough to know that something...dark...is involved. family members who spurned their duty? How does
Your entire childhood was one superstitious omen
after another. Individually, theyre easy to ignore or
explain away. But collectively, its clear that something
sinister has designs on your soul. What phenomena
did you experience as a child? Do you still see omens
in your daily life? And do you have any clues about
the specifics of your dark destiny?
Benefit: You substitute your highest ability score
for Constitution to determine your initial hit points.
Good Background: Warlock.
Vet Who Cant Let Go
We were encamped on the southern banks of the Trellisha
River when the orcs came. It was like watching ants on the
march. You could see the glint of spears from horizon to
horizon. Then they just started throwing themselves into
the river.
Youve mustered out of the army, but youre forever
bound to military life and you still see events through
a soldiers eyes. What was your army career like?
What major battles did you fight in, and did you
encounter any great heroes or generals on the
battlefield? Why arent you still in the military? Under
what circumstances could you reenlist?
Benefit: You add History and Intimidate to your
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to History and
Intimidate checks.
Good Background: Warlord.
Noble Bred for War
My father, the fourth Lord of the Parapets, gave me that
blade. More importantly, he taught me how to use it
and why.
Youre part of a noble family with an ancestral
mandate to safeguard the lands in your care. Often,
that means marching off to war, and you learned the
solemnity of that duty from an early age. What is your
family protecting its lands against: monsters, barbaric
hordes, bandits, or an invading army? Were there
Good Background: Wizard.
the adventurers life fulfill your noble duty?
Scales of War Background
Benefit: You gain proficiency in a simple or
military weapon of your choice, and you gain a +1
bonus to Diplomacy checks.
Good Background: Warlord.
Officer Who Came Out of
Retirement
Well, we didnt do it that way during the Eastern
Campaigns, I can tell you that.
You gave up a life in the army or the city watch long
ago, but somehow you wound up eating hardtack and
sleeping on a bedroll amid well-meaning but green
recruits half your age. Under what circumstances
did you retire, and then what got you back out on the
trail? What lessons are you trying to pass on? What
quirks of your comrades drive you crazy? What is it
going to take for you to retire once again?
Benefit: You gain a +1 bonus to initiative checks,
you add History to your class skill list, and you gain a
+1 bonus to History checks.
Good Background: Warlord.
Arcane Student Who Saw
Too Much
I was one of the brightest students in the Ebon Tower. But
I was curious. And after I saw the demons bound in the
basement, I knew some of my instructors were even more
curiousand less scrupulousthan I was.
Youve received extensive arcane training, but then
you learned something sinister about your teachers.
What did you learn? Did you confront them, or did
you flee? Are they chasing you to try to win you back
into the fold, or to make sure that you dont reveal
their secrets?
Benefit: You receive a +1 bonus to saving throws
to end effects that daze, stun, immobilize, or
restrain you.
August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
25
 Scales of War Background

Backgrounds at a Glance new wondrous items and implements to channel your

Name Background
Apprentice of Sinister Cabal Warlock
Arcane Student Who Saw Too Much Wizard
Assassin Rogue
Auspicious Birth Cleric
Born Under a Bad Sign Warlock
Brother in Battle Dwarf
Cat Burglar Rogue
Cloistered Priest Human
Con Artist Halfling
Crusading Zealot Paladin
Cult Escapee Tiefling
Detective Half-elf
Eldritch Harlequin Eladrin
Explorer/Guide Elf
Forest Warden Elf
Former Barbarian Fighter
Former Gladiator Fighter
Fugitive from a Vengeful Rival Ranger
Gritty Sergeant Human
Haunted Veteran Fighter
Imbuer Wizard
Last of the Breed Ranger
Magic Scholar Eladrin
Merchant Prince Half-elf
Name Background
Missing Master Wizard
Monster Hunter Ranger
Noble Bred for War Warlord
Noble Scion Human
Officer Who Came Out of Retirement Warlord
On the Run from the Devil Warlock
Political Rebel Rogue
Prison Conversion Paladin
Recent Convert Cleric
Redemption Seeker Dragonborn
River Smuggler Halfling
Scion of an Ancient Bloodline Tiefling
Scorned Noble Dragonborn
Seducer Eladrin
Seeker for the Lost Clan Dwarf
Silent Hunter Elf
Street Urchin Halfling
Trained from Birth for a Specific Prophecy Paladin
Traveling Missionary Cleric
Vet Who Cant Let Go Warlord
Wandering Duelist Dragonborn
Wandering Mercenary Half-elf
Warsmith Dwarf
Young Cutthroat Tiefling
power. Who taught you how to make such items? Is
there a particular item youre keen to make, once you
gather the rare and expensive materials for it? How
do you assess the work of other arcane artisans when
you encounter magic items in the treasure troves
you find?
Benefit: You can construct your own implements
and wondrous items, given proper tools and raw
materials. Making an implement takes two days, and
making a wondrous item takes four days. Doing so
confers no economic advantage, however. The item
ultimately costs the same as it would if youd
purchased it directly. And you can cast Creation
rituals as if you had the Ritual Caster feat.
Good Background: Wizard. D
About the Author
David Noonan is a game designer for Wizards of the Coast,
Inc. He contributed to the 4th edition core rules and co-wrote
the Scepter Tower of Spellgard adventure. He lives in Washing-
ton state with his wife and two children.

Missing Master Benefit: You add Perception and Insight to your

I learned the Art at the hands of Rodraig the Raven. He fled
into the portal when the...things...came, and Ive been
looking for him ever since.
Your mentor disappeared under mysterious circum-
stances, and youve been trying to find him or her
ever since. What was your master like, and what were
the circumstances of the disappearance? What clues
do you have that drive you forward? What will do
when you find your missing master?
class skill list, and you gain a +1 bonus to Perception
and Insight checks.
Good Background: Wizard.
Imbuer
In two different ways, you could call me a collector. I gather
antiquitiesitems whove borne silent witness to great
events. And then I collect magic potence to imbue within
those antiquities, improving them to the limit of my ability.
The blending of magical power with mundane objects
has been your forte, and you delight in the creation of

August 20 08 | D r ag o n 3 6 6
26
 Rescue at Rivenroar

by David Noonan The world has never been a safe place. Bastions of civilization

Rescue at
populate a dark, menacing worldislands of order and reason exist in a
land otherwise overrun by dark cults, vile monsters, creatures from the
dark edges of the imagination, and worse. As deadly as the world is on

Rivenroar
a normal day, something has begun to stir on the fringes of the civilized
Elsir Vale. Formerly the site of an attack by an army known as the Red
Hand, the Vale has known several years of peace since brave adventurers
stormed into the teeth of the approaching Hand and sent them scurrying
illustrations by Jason A. Engle and Steve Prescott cartography by Mike Schley
back into the darkness.

TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

4
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Whats an Adventure Path?
Scales of War is the fourth Adventure Path to appear
in the pages of Dungeon Magazine. But what, you ask,
is an Adventure Path? Quite simply, it is a series of
related adventures intended to form a complete D&D
campaign that takes your players from 1st level all the
way to, in the case of Scales of War, 30th level.
Previous Adventure Paths, presented with the 3rd
Edition D&D rules, took characters from 1st to 20th
level. But with all three tiers in the new edition ripe
and ready to explore, were pushing the limit with
Scales of War. Each tier takes roughly six adventures
to traverse, which means well finish off this Adven-
ture Path in about eighteen issues. Each adventure
advances characters from between one and a half
to two levels of experience. We recognize that not
everyone will meet every encounter or complete
every quest, however, so periodically, we point DMs
to a supplemental Side Trek or short adventure to keep
your PCs on pace.
Plus, roughly every other month, Dragon will fea-
ture new support content for Scales of War. The first
such article appears in Dragon #366 in August 2008,
and it details possible character backgrounds for your
brand-new Scales of War characters.
Finally, this Adventure Path is intended to function
as a complete D&D campaign. That means we make
some assumptions about the history of the world as
we move along, just as you would in any campaign
you run. We borrow heavily from the D&D mythol-
ogy of 4th Edition, as well as all the great ideas that
have cropped up in other products over the years
including the pages of past issues of Dungeon!
Enjoy your stay in Scales of War, and keep an eye
out for next months installment, Siege of Bordrins
Watch, by Robert J. Schwalb.
But the peace of Elsir Valeand specifically, the
town of Brindol, heart of the former conflict with the
Red Handhas been shattered. The vague shadow of
unease the locals have been experiencing lately has
crystallized in the form of an attack on the town itself.
Now Brindol finds itself once more in need of brave
heroes willing to come to the aid of their citizens.
In Rescue at Rivenroar, the player characters
must brave the depths of ancient catacombs in search
of prisoners taken from the town of Brindol in a
midnight raid. The hobgoblins, bandits that style
themselves after an invading horde from long ago,
have taken refuge in a dungeon under a ruined
mountain fortress, and the PCs must clear them out
to find the captive townsfolk and the treasures taken
from Brindol.
Rescue at Rivenroar also marks the first step in
a great journeythe Scales of War Adventure Path,
which spans 30 levels and put the PCs at the crux of
events that shapes the world for centuries to come.
While the scope of this adventure isnt as grand,
it represents the seed from which an epic tale will
surely grow. Rescue at Rivenroar is an adventure for
1st-level PCs.
Background
Sinruth is a hobgoblin with greater aspirations than
a life spent preying on the fringes of civilization. He
listened closely at the campfires when his fathers
and uncles told tales of the Red Hand of Doom, a
mighty army that ran across the land like a scythe.
new Red Hand lost half its number in the attack. So
And when he became an adult and a leader of his
own band of hobgoblins, he found a cache of tunics
and weapons left behind by that army. Sinruth felt
Rescue at Rivenroar
his destiny calling. He declared himself the new
Warlord of Sinruths Hand (as he named the group),
emblazoned every possible surface with a crudely
painted, downward thrusting red hand insignia, and
set about recruiting the massive army that he felt was
his birthright.
But starting an army isnt as easy as those camp-
fire tales led Sinruth to believe. Years passed with
Sinruths band eking out a meager existence in the
wilderness. But slowly, he started to gain allies. A
temporary bargain with some sinister, mischievous
gnomes blossomed into a lasting friendship. The Red
Hands exploration of the mountains unearthed some
undisturbed catacombs beneath the long-ruined
Castle Rivenroar. Sinruth struck another bargain,
and the undead guardians let the Red Hand move
in, in exchange for periodic payment of kidnapped
prisoners.
Sinruth and the reconstituted Red Hand had a
base and a growing reputation, but they were far from
a mighty army. An emissary from another remnant of
the Red Hand offered to join forces under Sinruths
banner and more than double Sinruths fifty soldiers
under arms. All Sinruth had to do was attack Brindol,
steal some relics from the original Red Hand inva-
sion, and take enough prisoners to keep the undead
guardians of Rivenroar satisfied.
The new Red Hand did recently, with Sinruth per-
sonally leading the assault on Brindol. The Red Hand
sacked Brindols Hall of Great Valor, stealing back
many of the museum pieces on display there. Sinruth
brought back seven prisoners, despite the fact that the
now Sinruth waits in the Rivenroar catacombs for the
emissary to return with reinforcements, and he bides
5
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

his time by contemplating the stolen treasures of a
grander age and dreaming of conquests yet to come.
Meanwhile in Brindol, the dead have been buried
and the damage to the town repaired. But seven of the
townsfolk are missingtaken by Sinruth and the Red
Hand. The town council is willing to pay handsomely
for brave adventurers to rescue the prisoners and
recover the antique treasures taken from the Hall of
Great Valor...adventurers like those at your table.
Adventure Synopsis
In Rescue at Rivenroar, the PCs must rescue seven
kidnapped citizens of Brindol. Part of Sinruths rise
to power is due to his evangelizing to his fellow gobli-
noids and other vile creatures that he will overthrow
local bastions of civilization. He reserves special
loathing, however, for Brindol, scene of the Red
Hands defeat.
The recent attack has the locals unnerved, and
early in the adventure, the PCs witness firsthand
that the kidnappings are not an isolated incident. To
sow more fear and uncertainty, more of Sinruths
Hand continues raids on the town. After foiling a pair
of such attacks, the PCs are approached by Coun-
cilmember Troyas, a member of Brindols ruling town
council, to recover the missing citizens.
The PCs travel to Sinruths laira sprawling under-
ground complex called Rivenroar. There they face
Sinruths Hand, free the lost citizens of Brindol, face
Sinruth himself...and discover some uncomfortable
information about the nature of Sinruth in Elsir Vale.
Rescue at Rivenroar
The Prisoners
Rescue at Rivenroar includes a puzzle
in the form of the seven prisoners the
PCs are trying to rescue. The hobgob-
lins have been moving their captives
around the Rivenroar catacombs, so each
prisoner knows something about the
Rivenroar layout. When the PCs reach
their first prisoner, that prisoner gives
them clues about where one or two of the
other prisoners are. And while none of
the prisoners are effective combatants,
some have useful knowledge or skills.
Rescuing the prisoners amounts to a
major quest, but its likely the PCs rescue
some captives, return them to civiliza-
tion, then come back for the rest. The
PCs dont earn the 500 XP until all the
captives return to Brindol or die trying.
(One prisoner, Kartenix, has died in
captivity.)
Below youll find brief descriptions of
each of the prisoners. Each one knows
somethingbut by no means everything
about the location of the other prisoners.
All the prisoners are scared out of their
wits to greater or lesser degree. Some
have been tormentedthough not yet torturedby emphasize that these six people have been held pris-
their captors. And while the hobgoblins have been oner by hobgoblins for four days, marched into the
moving the prisoners around the Rivenroar cata- mountains, then moved around seemingly at random
combs, the prisoners often have bags over their heads. within ancient catacombs, the PCs likely understand
And when youve been dragged, kicking and scream- why a particular captive cant remember whether
ing, down hallway after darkened hallway, they all the hallway is 40 feet or 50 feet long. Adronsius is an
start to look alike. Any maps that captives draw for exception; as a dwarf, he has an instinctive grasp of
PCs are inaccurate and out of proportion. And if you
6
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

underground space that make his recollections of the
places he has been more accurate.
None of the captives are effective combatants.
They can wield captured weapons, but they attack
only in extremis and prefer to stay well behind the
PCs. Its easiest to just give them a turn at initiative
point 0, moving them away from potential threats. If
you need combat statistics for them, give them 15 hit
points, 12 in all defenses, a speed of 6, and a melee
basic attack at +0 for 1d4 damage if unarmed and
1d8 damage if armed.
Jalissa: Jalissa is an acolyte of Ioun who is held
in room 16. She hysterically clings to whichever PC
comes through the door from room 15 first. She does
anything that PC says without question, and she looks
for approval from that PC if someone else tries to give
her even an innocuous order.
Jalissa isnt a spellcaster per se, but she is trained in
the arcane arts (Arcana +10) and knows the following
rituals: comprehend language, silence, and eye of alarm.
She doesnt have the alchemical reagents or residuum,
but the PCs might have some reagents, and they can
find some residuum in room 7just down the stairs
from where the hobgoblins are holding Jalissa.
Jalissa also knows that Thurann, the 8-year-old boy,
is being held somewhere nearbyshe heard him shout-
ing only a few hours ago. They were held together in
room 16 until yesterday, and Thurann proved adept at
stealing extra food for himself and Jalissa.
Sertanian: Sertanian, the castellan of the Hall
of Great Valor, is held in room 6. Sertanian tries to
weather his captivity with dignity, and when rescued,
he brushes off questions about his captivity as Just
a few hard days, nothing more. Lets get on with the
rescue, shall we? But Sertanian has a pasthe served
Rescue at Rivenroar
The Quests
Rescue at Rivenroar offers the opportunity
for PCs to earn quest XP in a couple of places.
Provided here is the list of quests, and their
rewards, in the adventure.
Major QuestRescue
Rescuing the prisoners from Rivenroar amounts
to a major quest. The PCs dont earn the quest
XP until the prisoners fate has been determined,
and those still living returned to Brindol.
Reward: 500 XP (and 200 gp if the prisoners
are returned).
Minor QuestTreasure
Returning the stolen items described in The Treasure
to Brindol results in the PCs fulfilling the quest
conditions and earning the XP.
Reward: 100 XP (and the 200 gp promised in
The Treasure).
as a soldier during the great Red Hand invasion
years ago. So he has an utter hatred of hobgoblins that
comes out the first time hes present when the PCs
battle goblins or hobgoblins. Sertanian hurls invec-
tive, taunts the hobgoblins, and recommends that any
unconscious ones be put to the sword immediately.
Sertanian is the only captive who can identify the
treasures from the Hall of Great Valor on sight (theyve
been his responsibility for years). He also knows that
Mirtala the cook is being held downstairs in a chamber
near a spiral staircase with frescos on the walls. The
hobgoblins sent Sertanian away (perhaps a day ago
Sertanian has lost track of time), saying that the plump
Mirtala will make a better meal. And he suspects that
Kartenix is dead; Kartenix told Sertanian a couple
of days ago that he was going to try to overpower the
7
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

ettercap guarding him the following morning by pre-
tending to be asleep. But then they moved Kartenix, so
Sertanian doesnt know where he is.
Thurann: The 8-year-old son of Kartenix the
guard captain, Thurann is held in room 17. Thurann
is a brave, observant boy. Outwardly, hes handling his
ordeal better than many of the adults. He even stole
food for Jalissa and himself. Since he reached Riven-
roar, Thurann spent most of his time with Jalissa
while keeping an eye out for his father. Yesterday they
moved him from room 16 to room 17, but they took a
roundabout path so Thurann doesnt know how close
he is. Thurann also knows that the old witch Zer-
riksa is being held in a magic circle just beyond the
big room with all the mushrooms downstairsthe
hobgoblins brought Thurann down there to threaten
him in front of Zerriksa.
Thurann has some skills you wouldnt expect the
son of a watch captain to have. Despite his small size,
he has Athletics +7 and Thievery +9. And while he
cant really fight, hes brave when it comes to climbing
or handling other hazards. The only thing that makes
Rescue at Rivenroar
Thurann upset is incontrovertible evidence that
his father is dead, and he is distrustful of anyone
who doubts that my father said hed figure out a
way to escape and then come rescue me.
Mirtala: The cook Mirtala is held in room
10. Mirtala has been bitten repeatedly by the dire
rats in room 10 and has filth fever. Shes almost
catatonic with fear and it takes careful diplomacy
(described in the room 10 encounter) to persuade
her to say anything.
Mirtala knows that Adronsius is being held
upstairs in a family crypt...the name started
with J, but I dont remember it exactly. And she
was held with Sertanian briefly, so she knows that
he was held someplace thats up a spiral staircase,
then around a bunch of corners and down two
separate flights of stairs from room 10. That was
several days ago, though. She also thought she
heard Kartenixs voice during that blindfolded
walk, so he might be somewhere on that path.
Zerriksa: The crone Zerriksa is held in
room 12. She resists as passively as a woman in
her seventies can manage. A naturally cranky
woman, she has made her captors more than
a little miserable. And she has played on the
rumors in Brindol and intimated she might have
dark powers, hoping that shed scare the hobgoblins
into treating her better.
Her plan workedto a point. The hobgoblins put
Zerriksa inside a magic trap in room 12, hoping she
wouldnt be able to turn them into toads once she was
inside. Now shes stuck there, but at least the hobgob-
lins are giving her a wide berth.
Everyone in Brindol thinks that Zerriksa is a witch,
but shes really just an accomplished herbalist (Heal
+9, Nature +9). While they cant attack her directly,
8
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

the gnomes and ettercaps have been trying to intimi-
date her and perhaps persuade her to switch sides.
Two days ago the ettercaps showed her Kartenixs
corpse, half-wrapped in webbing. And yesterday one
of the gnomes brought the boy Thurann to the edge of
the circle and threatened to slit his throat.
Zerriksa doesnt care for her fellow prisoners, but she
knows that she wouldnt last long with the denizens of
Rivenroar once they realized she has no magic powers.
So shes just playing out her bluff and biding her time.
Adronsius: Adronsius the alchemist is held in
room 14. For some reason, the hobgoblins are par-
ticularly keen on beating dwarves, and Adronsius has
borne the brunt of their physical abuse. All the pris-
oners have been roughed up a little, but Adronsius
has been beat bloody every day since the hobgoblins
took him prisoner. When the PCs rescue Adronsius,
he has only 5 hit points out of 15.
While Adronsius is an accomplished alchemist,
he has none of the tools of his trade and so cant mix
anything up until he gets back to Brindol. He knows
Mirtala is alive, but he isnt sure where theyre keep-
ing her. And he was brought to the upper level for an
interrogation session where he saw Jelissa.
Because hes a dwarf, Adronsius remembers the
way pretty wellfor a guy who was blindfolded. It
was down the stairs, straight across the entry cham-
ber, turning left in the room that smelled of goblin,
then left again in the room with the crackling sound,
around two right corners, then through a room that
smelled of the dead, then up the stairs to a room with
a sticky floor, right and up another set of stairs, then
through a dusty room and left through a door. That
good enough directions for ya?
Kartenix: Kartenix the guard captain is now
deceased. His body is in room 7. He tried to over-
power the ettercaps, whove webbed him up. They
intend to scare the other prisoners with the corpse for
a while and then consume it. The PCs can bring his
body back to Brindol for a decent burial if they wish.
The Treasure
The people of Brindol want their friends and neigh-
bors back; thats their primary concern. But they also
want some of the treasures back from their Hall of
Great Valor. Most of the treasures have little or no
intrinsic value. Theyre museum pieces from the Red
Hand invasion many years ago. But the sentimental
value to the town is immense. PCs can earn an addi-
BRINDOL
First visited in the 3rd edition adventure Red Hand
of Doom, Brindol has a smaller population than it
did before the events of that adventure. But the last
decade has brought mild prosperity to the region,
with only bandits (such as Sinruth and his ilk) dis-
turbing the peace.
Population: 6,700; another 1,000 live within
a five-mile radius of the town itself. The people of
Brindol are mostly humans, half-elves, and dwarves.
The towns population swells by several hundred
whenever some connected halfling clans known as
the river people are in town.
Government: A town has a council, two-thirds
of whom are hereditary landlords and the re-
mainder of whom are guildmasters from the citys
important trade guilds. Lord Warden Harrik Orenna
is the public face of the council and commander of
the city militia.
Defense: The city has 200 soldiers under arms
Rescue at Rivenroar
tional 100 XP (plus the 200 gp reward) when the fol-
lowing items are brought back to Brindol.
Ornate, gilded dragoncrest helm (room 21).
Ceremonial platinum longsword; too heavy and
blunt to be useful as a weapon (room 23).
Set of three shields with the Red Hand insignia,
each with a charred hole near the center (room 23).
Set of iron gauntlets with extensive filigree
(room 21).
Heraldic battle standard depicting two hands
clasped in a handshake (room 23).
at all times, with about one-quarter on duty at any
given time. In times of crisis, the Lord Warden has
access to another 200 well-equipped but poorly
trained soldiers by calling up the militia.
Inns: Chatrenn and Sons; The Red Door; Avandrian
Hostel; The Silk and Spoon; Pantashi Inn.
Taverns: Ilyas Cardhouse; The Marooned Schoo-
ner; Clefties; Brindol Gentlemans Club; the Blue
Parrot; the Antler and Thistle.
Major Guilds: Prospectors; Blacksmiths and Smelt-
ers; Teamsters and Farriers; Weavers; River Bargemen
(halfling controlled).
Supplies: Alchemy by Adronsius (currently closed);
Gavriel Arms and Smithy; Staghunter Outfitters;
Alpenglow Trading House.
Temples: Temple of Erathis; College of Ioun; Shrine
of the Sun (Pelor); Moondust Temple (Sehanine);
Shrine of Bahamut (no permanent clergy); Shrine of
the Open Door (Avandra).
9
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Preparing for
Adventure
Rescue at Rivenroar introduces the characters to one
another and kicks off the new Scales of War Adventure
Path. This Adventure Path takes the characters across
the countryside of the Elsir Vale and into a deadly
dungeon, where they face Sinruths Hand, a force of
goblins, hobgoblins, and other monsters bent on the
conquest of the Vale and its environs.
As a DM, the best way to spend your precious
preparation time is by looking at the encounters ahead
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: _______________________, room 5.
Parcel B: _______________________, room 5.
Parcel C: _______________________, room 7.
Parcel D: _______________________, room 9.
Parcel E: ________________________, room 9.
Parcel F: _______________________, room 9.
Parcel G: ______________________, room 15.
Parcel H: ______________________, room 15.
Parcel I: _______________________, room 17.
Parcel J: _______________________, room 21.
Parcel K: ______________________, room 21.
Parcel L: _______________________, room 24.
Parcel M: ______________________, room 24.
Parcel N: ______________________, room 24.
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters
Guide, the following parcels can go in the lines
above. Rely on the wish lists your players gave you
for the first four parcels.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 5
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 5
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 4
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 3
of time so that you can give yourself a sneak preview of
how each room will play out. No one knows your table
better than you do, so you can foresee how the mon-
strous denizens of the Rivenroar catacombs interact
with the specific players at your table. If you want to
jump straight into the action, see the Kicking Off the
Action Quickly sidebar for details.
What You Need to Play
This adventure includes the encounters the PCs face
as they explore and adventure in the area. It also
provides tactical maps and more for the adventure.
If you and your players havent read through the
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 3
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 2
Parcel 7: Two potions of healing, 100 gp
Parcel 8: One 100 gp gem, 80 gp
Parcel 9: 260 gp
Parcel 10: One potion of healing, 70 gp
Parcel 11: 170 gp
Parcel 12: 100 gp, 200 sp
Parcel 13: One potion of healing, 10 gp
Parcel 14: 30 gp, 100 sp
Large or Small Groups: As mentioned above, Res-
cue at Rivenroar is designed for five PCs. If you have
more or fewer players at your table, you should adjust
the monster and treasure mix according to the rules
in the Dungeon Masters Guide. Doing so rarely takes
more than a few minutesits just a matter of adding
or subtracting monsters and treasure parcels here and
there. Smaller groups can face fewer monsters and
find fewer treasure parcels, while larger groups can
face more numerous foes and earn greater rewards
(which are split up more ways, naturally).
Rescue at Rivenroar
Dungeons & Dragons 4th Edition rules yet, that is
your first best step so that you make certain you
understand the rules. Also as mentioned above, read
through at least the first few encounters described
in this adventure before starting. This review enables
you to become familiar with the material and the style
of presentation. You might also want to take a look at
the sections below regarding the adventure format.
Using Tactical Encounters
Each encounter includes several common elements,
as described below.
Encounter Level
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five PCs. An
encounter of average difficulty is one where the encoun-
ter level is equal to the level of the party. Encounters that
are 1 or 2 levels lower than the party are easy encoun-
ters, while encounters that are 2 or more levels higher
than the party are difficult encounters.
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the
XP value listed beside the encounter level. This
amount should be divided by the number of group
members, and an equal amount should be awarded
to each character.
Setup
This section of a tactical encounter provides you
with the basic parameters of the encounter. First, it
provides context or background information for the
encounter. Next, it provides a key to the monsters in
the encounter so you can locate them on the tactical
map. The map of each encounter area indicates where
the monsters are located when the encounter begins.
The setup section also describes what monsters are
doing and how they react when the PCs arrive.
10
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Read Aloud Text
Read aloud text provides information about what the
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have
to read it word for word; feel free to paraphrase and
use your own words when describing this informa-
tion. Use read aloud text wisely; they are written for
the most common approach to a particular situation
and what your player characters do might require you
to alter the information in any number of ways.
Monster Statistics
Encounters include stat blocks for each monster type
present in the encounter. If more than one monster
of a particular kind is present, the stat block indicates
how many creatures can be found.
Tactics
This entry describes special actions the monsters take
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
Map
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
Features of the Area
This section describes special features noted on the
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
which the characters can interact, those features are
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, or if
the area includes treasure.
Treasure Preparation
Rescue at Rivenroar employs the parcel technique
of treasure distribution described in the Dungeon
Masters Guide. You need 14 treasure parcels in addi-
tion to the rewards from the people of Brindol, which
are worth three parcels (return the captives) and two
parcels (recover the treasures from the Great Hall of
Valor). Consult your players wish lists, then apportion
treasure parcels to the following list:
Starting the
Adventure
The default beginning of the adventure, and indeed
the campaign, assumes the PCs want some time to
explore the city. Feel free to extend events in Brindol
during and after the hobgoblin attack. You can do the
following, for example:
Give the players plenty of time to talk to each
other and to the other bar patrons before the hobgob-
lins attack. A more measured pace delays the action,
but it also gives the players at your table time to get
into character and learn more about their comrades
before the bitumen torches start flying.
Give the PCs some NPC rivals: Brindol locals
who think theyre brave and capable enough to rescue
the prisoners. The locals could be in over their heads
(and maybe need rescuing themselves eventually), or
they might indeed be capable...or at least capable of
sabotaging the PCs efforts.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Connecting Rivenroar to
Red Hand of Doom
Sinruth is, at the end of the day, something of a wan-
nabe. He aspires to be part of a great horde like the
one that menaced Brindol and the entire region in the
Red Hand of Doom adventure. Weve set the timeline
forward by a decade, but the exact time doesnt matter.
If it works better for you, then by all means place the
original Red Hand of Doom anywhere from a year to
a century in the past, but adjust the story behind the
adventure accordingly. As long as the (embellished)
tale of hobgoblins on the march finds its way to young
Sinruths ears, the villains motivation is intact.
But you dont need to have played Red Hand of
Doom to play Rescue at Rivenroar. Theres merely
a common thread of history that connects the two
adventures. The hobgoblins in this adventure hope
to become something like the great goblin army that
once threatened Brindol with utter destruction
destruction averted only by the timely efforts of the
adventurers.
11
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Bar Fight!
Encounter Level 1 (580 XP; monsters arent
solely focused on the PCs, however)
Setup
This encounter is a simple affair that introduces
the PCs to each other and gives the players a little
practice with their new characters. It also shows how
surprised Brindol is by the hobgoblin attack.
10 hobgoblin grunts (H)
2 goblin blackblades (G)
8 human rabble (R)
Put three human rabble at the card table in the back,
one human behind the bar, and the rest scattered
around the tavern as you see fit. Have the players
decide where their PCs are sitting. The monsters
begin the fight outside the bar, and a few of them
come in the front door every round.
Once the players have described to the rest of the
table what their characters look like and what theyre
doing at the bar, read or paraphrase the following
description:
The gentle hubbub of an evening at the Antler and Thistle
tavern is shattered by the crack of the front door f lying off
its hinges to land amid the nearest tables. Four hobgoblins
rush into the bar, swords outstretched to skewer the nearest
bar patrons. For Sinruth! For the Hand! they cry.
Tactics
The fight begins when four of the hobgoblin grunts
burst through the door. They attack the bar patrons
(probably wounding or killing a couple of them).
Then roll initiative.
More goblins come through the door each round.
Move the following creatures in the room at the hob-
goblins initiative point each round.
Round 2: 3 hobgoblins and 1 goblin blackblade
enter. The blackblade throws a bitumen torch at the
bottles of alcohol behind the bar.
Round 3: 2 hobgoblins enter.
Round 4: 1 hobgoblin and 1 goblin blackblade
enter. The new blackblade throws a bitumen torch at
the card table.
At first, the goblins attack the closest person. No more
than two hobgoblins at a time fight each PC, with the
rest menacing the bar patrons and serving wenches.
But by the third round, the goblins realize that the
PCs are the only ones providing resistance, so they
start ignoring the other bar patrons.
The goblin blackblades have been given instruc-
tions to focus on property damage, so they throw their
bitumen torches rather than engage in melee if given
a chance.
10 Hobgoblin Grunts (H) Level 3 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 38
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
HP 1: a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 17 (19 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 15, Reex 13, Will 12
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin grunt suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin grunt rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
The hobgoblin grunt gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least
one hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +6, History +2
Str 18 (+4) Dex 14 (+2) Wis 13 (+1)
Con 15 (+2) Int 10 (+0) Cha 9 (1)
Equipment leather armor, light shield, longsword
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Goblin Blackblades (G)
Small natural humanoid
Level 1 Lurker
XP 100
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
HP 25; Bloodied 12
AC 16; Fortitude 12, Reex 14, Will 11
Speed 6; see also goblin tactics
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+5 vs. AC; 1d6 + 2 damage.
R Bitumen Torch (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. Reflex; 1d4 damage; starts a fire in that square
whether it hits or misses (see Spreading the Fire sidebar
above). Each blackblade has one lit torch when it enters
the bar.
Combat Advantage
The goblin blackblade deals an extra 1d6 damage against
any target it has combat advantage against.
Goblin Tactics (immediate reaction, when missed by a melee
attack; at-will)
The goblin shifts 1 square.
Sneaky
When shifting, a goblin blackblade can move into a space
occupied by an ally of its level or lower. The ally shifts into
the blackblades previous space as a free action.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Stealth +10, Thievery +10
Str 14 (+2) Dex 17 (+3) Wis 12 (+1)
Con 13 (+1) Int 8 (1) Cha 8 (1)
Equipment leather armor, short sword, 3 bitumen torches
8 Human Rabble (R) Level 2 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 31
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 15; Fortitude 13, Reex 11, Will 11; see also mob rule
Speed 6
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 4 damage.
Mob Rule
The human rabble gains a +2 power bonus to all defenses
while at least two other human rabble are within 5
squares of it.
Alignment Any Languages Common
Str 14 (+2) Dex 10 (+0) Wis 10 (+0)
Con 12 (+1) Int 9 (1) Cha 11 (+0)
Equipment club
12
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

The PCs are the only bar patrons who fight back
effectively. The others flee, freeze, or fight poorly, only
to die on the hobgoblins swords.
The hobgoblins are flush with easy victory so far,
and they dont flee even when the fight turns against
them. But the blackblades might slink away if it looks
like theyll die otherwise. Dont let them flee with
unused torches, however.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light. The area is illuminated
by several lanterns.
Tables: The tables are all tall enough that a Small
creature can move under them and gain cover from
doing so. Hopping onto a table costs 1 extra square of
movement. A character can use a standard action to
tip over a table, which can then grant cover to a stand-
ing creature or superior cover to a prone creature.
The Bar: The bartender hunkers down behind the
bar, which provides cover against ranged and melee
attacks. It takes a DC 30 Athletics check to jump up
on the bar with a standing high jump and a DC 15
check to do it with a 2-square running start. If any
of squares behind the bar catch on fire, then they all
catch fire at the end of the blackblades next turn.
Thats high-proof stuff back there.
The Patrons: The bar patrons arent all human
(though most are), but its easiest to use the human
rabble stat block for them all. Assume that they act
on initiative point 0. If an interesting course of action
doesnt suggest itself, just roll 1d6 for each of them.
A result of 1 or 2 means they freeze, cower, or move
behind nearby cover. A 3 or 4 means they flee out the
nearest door as long as they can do so without suffer-
ing an opportunity attack. A 5 or 6 means they grab
Rescue at Rivenroar
an improvised weapon such as a chair, bottle, or table
cutlery (a +4 attack at 1d8 damage for them).
Improvised Weapons: The great thing about this
tavern (other than the beer) is that its full of impro-
vised weapons such as chairs, bottles, table cutlery,
kebob skewers, and bowls of hot stew. Behind your
screen, all improvised weapons are treated the same:
Theyre 1d8 weapons that confer no proficiency bonus.
For the bar patrons, that means they can make +4
attacks dealing 4 damage. If a PC uses an improvised
weapon, it deals 1d8 + Strength modifier damage.
Card Table: Theres 30 gp stacked here. The three
bar patrons sitting here wont fleenot while theres
money on the table, at any rate.
Handling All the NPCs
Almost all the NPCs in this battle go down in a
single hit. And the whole point of the encounter
is to introduce the PCs to each other and give the
players at your table a little practice with new
characters and new rules. So you neednt be a
stickler for tracking the exact position and wel- Windows: If a creature is pushed through the
fare of each NPCespecially the bar patrons. windows at the front of the bar (such as from a bull
As a DM, you have better ways to spend your rush), it takes an extra 1d6 damage from the glass.
time than figuring out the exact details of NPC-
on-NPC violence (after all, how many NPCs are Aftermath
sitting at your table?). Its fine to just toss 1d20 When the hobgoblins have been defeated, the sur-
when a hobgoblin attacks the bartender. A high viving bar patrons organize a bucket brigade from a
roll means the bartender dies, a medium roll nearby well to quell the fire. A clearly wounded city
means hes wounded, and a low roll means hes watch patrol arrives as the bucket brigade douses the
unscathed. If you want a hobgoblin to put one last flames, and they quickly try to learn whats hap-
of the serving wenches in a headlock and try pening from anyone who speaks to them (probably
to drag her out into the street, just do itdont the PCs). This conversation gives the PCs enough time
keep your players waiting while you work out to have a short rest before the next encounter.
the details of the grab attack.
13
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

The Ogre
Bombardier
Encounter Level 1 (650 XP)
Setup
The PCs do battle with more of the marauders
menacing the town of Brindol.
1 ogre savage (O)
2 hobgoblin archers (H)
Have the ogre round the corner north of the main
tavern entrance, pulling the pitch wagon behind him.
The archers ride atop the wagon. One is lighting pitch
casks and handing them to the ogre while the other
one shoots arrows at any fleeing townsfolk.
When the players place their PC miniatures near the
tavern door, read:
As youve been talking to the guards, youve been hearing
shouts in the distance. But now those shouts are a lot closer,
and a throng of townsfolk comes running around the street
corner to the north.
Theyre fleeing a curious sight: a full-grown ogre pulling
a wagon by a yoke around its waist. The ogre holds a cask
in one hand and a massive club in the other. Riding atop the
wagon are two hobgoblins with bows.
Tactics
These monsters are focused on property destruction,
and they havent faced serious opposition yet, so they
might be slow to take the PCs seriously.
If the hobgoblins beat the ogres initiative, they
delay until the ogre throws his cask.
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Hobgoblin Archers (H) Level 3 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 39; Bloodied 19
AC 17; Fortitude 13, Reex 15, Will 13
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +9 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the
hobgoblin archer grants an ally within 5 squares of it a
+2 bonus to its next ranged attack roll against the same
target.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin archer suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin archer rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +5, History +6
Str 14 (+3) Dex 19 (+5) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 15 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, longbow, quiver of 30
arrows
Ogre Savage (O) Level 8 Brute
Large natural humanoid XP 350
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +4
HP 111; Bloodied 55
AC 19; Fortitude 21, Reex 16, Will 16
Speed 8
m Greatclub (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +11 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 damage.
r Pitch Cask (standard; at-will) Weapon the casks.) One hobgoblin shoots at the PCs, while the
Ranged 20; 1 vs. Reflex; 2d6 fire damage, then the pitch cask
other one lights another pitch cask (a standard action)
explodes as described in Pitch Cask section.
M Angry Smash (standard; recharge ) Weapon then picks it up and hands it to the ogre for next
The ogre savage makes a greatclub attack, but gets two attack round (two minor actions).
rolls and takes the better result. After the first round, the hobgoblins take their
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
cues from what the ogre is doing. The ogre moves
Str 21 (+9) Dex 11 (+4) Wis 11 (+4)
Con 21 (+9) Int 4 (+1) Cha 6 (+2) forward and throws a cask if no one is within reach
Equipment hide armor, greatclub 2 at the end of its 4-square move. But once it starts
In the first round, the ogre throws a cask in the making melee attacks, it stops throwing casks, and
PCs direction; hes unlikely to hit, but its a useful then both hobgoblins shoot their bows.
demonstration of the casks potential. (See the Fea- The hobgoblins flee if reduced to 5 hit points or
tures of the Area for rules on hitting and missing with fewer or if one of the PCs rushes the wagon with a lit
14
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Spreading Fire
Whether the blackblades bitumen torches hit
or not, they light the square theyre in on fire.
A creature in a square thats on fire takes 1d6
damage at the start of the blackblades turn. At
the end of the blackblades next turn, roll 1d8 for
each square thats on fire to see where it spreads.
The square to the north catches fire on a 1, to the
northeast on 2, east on 3, southeast on 4, south
on 5, southwest on 6, west on 7, and northwest
on 8. Over successive rounds, the fire should
spread at an increasingly rapid rate.
torch or other obvious source of fire in hand. The ogre
doesnt flee outrightbeing yoked to the wagon makes
a retreat difficult in any casebut he might try to leave
the area if faced with fire. Additionally, if fewer than
half of the monsters remain, they attempt to escape.
Features of the Area
Wagon: The wagon is 2 squares by 3 squares, with
the hobgoblins riding in the forward 2 squares. While
yoked to the wagon, the ogre has a speed of only 4.
The ogre and the hobgoblins collectively must spend
2 standard actions to free the ogre from the wagon
yoke. If the casks on the back of the wagon take at
least 5 fire damage, they start to explode. The casks
in one of the 4 squares in the back of the wagon deto-
nate each round. Each explosion is a +6 attack against
Reflex defense in a burst 3 area, dealing 3d6 fire
damage (half on miss). When the first casks explode,
tell the players that its clear that not all the casks
have exploded yet, and that the wagon is afire. When
the explosions are over, the wreckage of the wagon
becomes difficult terrain that deals 1d6 fire damage
to any creature that starts its turn in a wagon square.
Pitch Casks: These casks are filled with roofing
pitch, which is flammable enough to make a primitive
bomb. The ogre can hurl a lit pitch cask as a standard
action. It has lousy aim, however. After choosing a
target square for the attack, roll 1d8 (for direction) and
1d41 (for distance) to see where the pitch cask actu-
ally lands. This becomes the origin square for a burst 1
attack. The pitch cask lands 1d41 squares to the north
on a d8 result of 1, 1d41 squares to the northeast on
2, east on 3, southeast on 4, south on 5, southwest on 6,
west on 7, and northwest on 8.
Pitch Cask
Filled with roofing pitch, this cask is flammable enough to
make a primitive bomb.
Standard Action Area burst 1 within 10 squares
Target: Each creature in burst
Attack: Dexterity vs. Reflex
Special: The pitch cask rarely lands where the ogre wants
it to. See the text above for details.
Hit: 3d6 fire damage.
Effect: The origin square of the burst burns for the rest
of the encounter. Any character entering the square
or starting his turn in the square takes 1d6 fire
damage.
Aftermath
A crowd gathers after the PCs defeat the ogre, and
more guards arrive a few minutes later. They imme-
diately ask for the PCs help defending the bridge.
But by the time the PCs reach the bridge, Sinruths
band has already retreated. The residents of Brindol
spend the rest of the night putting out the fires that
the goblins set, tending to the wounded, and keeping
a nervous watch from the ramparts.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Fighting the Ogre
and the Fire!
Under ordinary circumstances, level 8 brutes
arent appropriate for level 1 PCs. But the PCs
have a key advantage: the wagon attached to the
ogres waist. The presence of the wagon means
the ogre cant effectively chase the PCs, so PCs
can flee if they need to do so.
Depending on the PCs at your table, you
might have another problem: the ogres outra-
geous 111 hit points. Some PCs can deal a lot of
damage even at 1st level, and others might blow
up the wagon while the ogre is still attached
(meaning the ogre takes the explosion damage
for 4 consecutive rounds). If neither of those
situations applies at your table, its fine to have
the ogre die early. Theres no sense in slogging
through a long fight whose outcome is obvious
to everyone at your table.
As for the fire, PCs can put out an adjacent
square of fire as a standard action. A minor
action keeps an adjacent square of fire from
spreading during that round. Reward your PCs
for other creative methods of putting out a fire
(such as using a cold-based power to douse one
or more squares simultaneously).
The next morning, the full extent of Sinruths
attack is known, including the captives taken and the
treasures stolen from the Hall of Great Valor. At that
point, the PCs receive the job offer from the Brindol
town council. They can either try to track the goblins
through the wilderness, or they can first try inter-
rogating a captured hobgoblin currently held in the
town stockades.
15
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

The Summons ber Troyas is a somber man, who speaks carefully and Insight (DC 15): You empathize with Troyas and
methodically. He maintains eye contact, and attempts use that knowledge to encourage assistance. First
Councilmember Eoffram Troyas is a new addition
at levity are met with a long, cold stare, followed by a success with this skill reveals that any use of the
to the Brindol city council. As such, he is less prone
reminder about the nature of the threat to Brindol. Intimidate skill earns a failure.
to the traditional means of accomplishing important
If youre interested in making the meeting with History (DC 13): You make an insightful remark
tasks. In a short time, he has established a reputation
Councilmember Troyas more than just a roleplay- about the attack 10 years ago. This is available only
as an outspoken, and sometimes combative, public
ing encounter, consider the following skill challenge. after one character has gained a success using the
figure. A half-elf, he has shown little of his races
Refer to The Quests sidebar on page 7 for information Diplomacy skill, and it can be used only once in this
good-natured tendency toward patience.
about the quests and their rewards. way during the challenge.
One of Troyass most recent controversial remarks
Intimidate: Troyas refuses to be intimidated by the
was that he intended to use adventurers to aid in cutting
Skill Challenge PCs. Each use of this skill earns a failure.
down on recent bandit attacks in the Elsir Vale. Other
As Councilmember Eoffram Troyas greets you solemnly, Success: Troyas gives the PCs the deal outlined
members of the councildespite the citys recent history
he makes eye contact with each of you in turn. I am above, as well as the promise of whatever aid the
and survival thanks to the efforts of adventurerswere
considering something, and I wished to speak to you about good people of Brindol can muster.
dubious, but willing to give Councilmember Troyass
it in personand in private. Failure: Troyas gives the PCs the deal outlined
policy a chanceto fail. Many of the more entrenched
above, but more reluctantly. In addition, the PCs find
public figures secretly believe that the mercurial nature
This skill challenge is a social challenge that allows the rest of the town council reluctant to deal with them
of adventurers makes them eminently unsuitable for the
Troyas to determine the character of the PCs and also (2 penalty on later skill checks made to influence the
defense of the city. At least, thats their public stance. Pri-
allows the PCs to take the job for the rescue effort. This council until the quest is successful), and they receive
vately, rumors on the street continue to circulate about
might be a good opportunity for each player to introduce vague warnings that failure to achieve rapid results can
graft and embezzlement among the council, causing
himself or herself in character and describe the sorts cause them to be replaced. Finally, the council halves
many to wonder if such members of the council would
of things the character can do in a dangerous situation. the monetary reward for bringing prisoners back.
rather see the funds that are used to hire adventurers
Setup: For Troyas to provide full assistance, the
end up in their pockets.
PCs need to convince him of their trustworthiness
As soon as the PCs have defeated the ogre, word
and that they can handle the challenges he sets them. Interrogating
reaches Councilmember Troyas within the day. The
assaults upon the city proper are a fresh outrage, espe-
Level: 1. Morrik
XP: 200
cially to a man who lost his family to the Red Hands This is unlikely to end up as a combat encounter,
Complexity: 2 (requires 6 successes before
assault ten years earlier. He doesnt have blind faith in although the statistics for the main players are
3 failures).
the PCs, however, and wants to meet them himself. provided, just in case.
Primary Skills: Diplomacy, Insight, History.
The Councilmember has several goals in his meet-
Diplomacy (DC 15): You attempt to convince
ing with the characters. Before he promises them any
Troyas that your goals and his match up nicely, or that
Setup
money, he wants to ascertain their motivations. Hes not In this skill challenge, the PCs try to learn as much
you are the right person for what he has in mind. The
looking for absolute trust, but he doesnt want his faith information as they can from Morrik, a hobgoblin
first success with this skill opens up the use of the
to be misplaced. He already has a fair idea of their com- captured in the raid on Brindol.
History skill (Troyas mentions the Red Hands attacks
petence after the ogre battle, so this meeting is mostly a
ten years ago).
formality and a roleplaying opportunity. Councilmem-

16
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Exact positioning doesnt matter in this encounter,
because its not a battle. Assume the PCs are within
earshot of Morrik throughout the skill challenge.
When the PCs arrive at the town green, read:
Just as the guards said, theres a lone hobgoblin in stocks
and shackles here. His wounds from last nights battle have
been bandaged, but a number of tomatoes on the ground
near him and on the surface of the stocks indicate that his
treatment hasnt been completely kind.
He takes one weary look at you and says, I aint saying
nothin unless you people let me go.
Skill Challenge
Level: 1.
XP: 200
Complexity: 2 (requires 6 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Bluff, Diplomacy, History,
Intimidate.
Bluff (DC 20): You try the threat of extensive vio-
lence or long imprisonment. If you convince the guards
to play along, you receive a +5 bonus to the check.
Diplomacy (DC 15): You try to cut a deal. If the
guards hear you directly offer Morrik his freedom,
theyll tell Morrik, You arent getting away, hobgob-
lin. That closes off this approach.
History (DC 13): You ask about the crimson hand
insignia on the hobgoblins tunic in an effort to make the
hobgoblin to open up about Sinruths band and its plans.
Intimidate (DC 15): You use subtle or overt
threats involving Morriks safety. A failure means that
Morrik doesnt respect you as a warrior; it closes off
this approach and increases the DCs of other checks
by 2 for the duration of the challenge.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Hobgoblin Soldier Level 3 Soldier 2 Human Guards Level 3 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6
HP 47; Bloodied 23 HP 47; Bloodied 23
AC 20 (22 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 18, Reex 16, Will 16 AC 18; Fortitude 16, Reex 15, Will 14
Speed 5 Speed 5
m Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon m Halberd (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, the target is marked and Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage, and the target is
slowed until the end of the hobgoblin soldiers next turn. marked until the end of the human guards next turn.
M Formation Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon M Powerful Strike (standard; recharge ) Weapon
Requires ail; +7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the hob- Requires halberd; reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage,
goblin soldier shifts 1 square provided it ends in a space and the target is knocked prone.
adjacent to another hobgoblin. R Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob- Ranged 15/30; +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
lin soldier suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter) Alignment Any Languages Common
The hobgoblin soldier rolls a saving throw against the effect. Skills Streetwise +7
Phalanx Soldier Str 16 (+4) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 11 (+1)
The hobgoblin soldier gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least Con 15 (+3) Int 10 (+1) Cha 12 (+2)
one hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it. Equipment chainmail, halberd, crossbow with 20 bolts
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +10, History +8 of the goblins lair. Morrik draws a crude map of the
Str 19 (+5) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 14 (+3)
mountain path that leads to Castle Rivenroar.
Con 15 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment scale armor, heavy shield, ail Morrik doesnt know anything about the treasures
taken from the Hall of Great Valor. Must have been
Success: The PCs learn that Sinruth is the leader Sinruth himself, I suppose, because he didnt say any-
of the goblins, and he eventually wants to raise an thing about it, he says.
army and carve out a fiefdom of his own. The gob- In addition, if the PCs used History for at least
lins are using catacombs under the ruins of Castle two of the successes, they learn that Sinruth and the
Rivenroar as a base for now. Morrik and the other goblins see themselves as descendants of the Red
hobgoblins were ordered to take prisoners during the Hand horde that menaced Brindol years ago. But its
raid to give to the undead horrors that guard part also apparent to a student of history that they have no
No Rough Stuff
The town guards dont mind the occasional slap or punch, and they arent against threats of violence (as long
as their own Insight checks reveal that theyre indeed threats and not stated intent). With the whole town
watching, however, they do not put up with persistent violence. We need him to be healthy and well treated
for trial, one says. And the last thing this town needs is mob violence right now.
The other guard points out a different (and more pragmatic) reason for not getting physical with the pris-
oner. Goblins are cowards at heart, and if you start breaking fingers or whatever, theyll say anything to make
the pain stop. Youll just get a bunch of lies, he says to a PC, out of the hobgoblins earshot.
17
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

actual connection with the historic Red Hand. Theyre
flying the Red Hand insignia upside-down, for starters.
Failure: As success, except that Morriks map
leads the PCs on a circuitous route to Rivenroara
path that takes them right into a kruthik nest.
Features of the Area
The Town Guards: The two guards here have
been given simple orders by the town council: Keep
the prisoner alive...but keep the prisoner. They do acter can attempt this check in each set of checks, but
not consent to letting him out of the stocks.
Stocks: The hobgoblin is shackled with his head and
arms through the stocks. Breaking him free requires
either the use of the guards key or the PCs must some-
how pick the lock without the guards noticing. Then it
takes a standard action to let Morrik out of the stocks.
Tracking
the Goblins
Hot on the trail of the hobgoblins and their captives,
the PCs head into the mountains northeast of Brindol.
In this skill challenge, they must track the goblins to
their lair while staying safe from the other dangers of
the wilderness.
During the challenge the PCs roll multiple sets of
skill checks; each set equates to roughly an hour or
two of travel. Typically one character makes a Nature
check, another makes a Perception check, and every-
one makes Endurance checks. In each set of checks, a
character can assist only one other characters check.
Skill Challenge
Level: 1.
XP: 300
Complexity: 3 (requires 8 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Perception, Nature, Endurance.
Perception (DC 18): One or more PCs watch for signs
that the hobgoblins have passed this way and otherwise
keep the rest of the travelers on track. Only one char-
number of successful rolls required for a success. For
other characters can assist if theyre not already assisting
another check (see above). If the PCs got a map from
Morrik (whether its a good map or the map that leads
to the kruthiks), they can worry less about following the
tracks of the goblins and gain a +5 bonus on the check.
A successful check counts as one success toward com-
pleting the skill challenge (maximum five successes). A
failed check means that the PCs lose their way tempo-
rarily, extending the duration of the trek by 1 hour.
Nature (DC 15): One or more PCs use their talent
to guide the group around dead ends and natural haz-
ards such as unstable rock slopes. Only one character
can attempt this check in each set of checks, but other
characters can assist if theyre not already assisting
another check (see above). A successful check counts
as one success toward completing the skill challenge
(maximum five successes). A failed check indicates
that the PCs had to take a treacherous detour that
adds one hour to the trip and requires each PC to suc-
ceed on a DC 10 Athletics check or lose one healing
surge from a nasty fall or other accident (these Athlet-
ics checks dont count as successes or failures toward
the skill challenge).
Endurance (DC 10): In each set of checks, each
character must roll an Endurance check to resist the
effects of altitude and exposure to bad mountain
Rescue at Rivenroar
weather. If at least three characters in the group suc-
ceed, this counts as a success toward the skill challenge
(maximum four successes; but keep rolling after this
number is reached to check for failures). If two charac-
ters succeed, it is neither a success nor a failure. If one
or no characters succeed, each member of the group
loses one healing surge, in addition to counting as a
failure for the challenge. For every two additional char-
acters in the party above or below five, add +1 to the
every two characters less than five, decrease it by 1.
Success: The PCs reach the ruins of Rivenroar
Castle without incident. The trip takes 8 hours, plus
one hour per failed Perception or Nature check.
Failure: The trip leads the PCs right into a mon-
ster lair. Use the kruthik encounter if the PCs either
received no map or a good map from Morrik. If the
PCs ended up with a bad map, theyre going to have
the kruthik encounter anyway. In that case, let them
stumble into the hunting grounds of a cave bear.
After dealing with the monster, the PCs still
havent reached Rivenroar Castle. They must repeat
the task at complexity 1 (requiring four successes
before three failures) to reach Rivenroar thereafter.
Cave Bear Level 6 Elite Brute
Medium natural beast XP 500
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
HP 170; Bloodied 85
AC 20; Fortitude 21, Reex 17, Will 18
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+10 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 damage.
C Cave Bear Frenzy (standard; recharge )
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +10 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 20 (+8) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 15 (+5) Int 2 (1) Cha 12 (+4)
18
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Kruthik Ambush
Encounter Level 2 (600 XP)
Setup
PCs encounter these hunting kruthiks in one of two
ways: by failing the challenge to interrogate Morrik,
or by failing the challenge to track the hobgoblins.
2 kruthik adults (A)
2 kruthik young (Y)
The kruthik adults and young emerge from a tunnel
beneath the rock to the north when the PCs reach
roughly the middle of the map. Midway through the
battle, they might be joined by these creatures:
4 kruthik hatchlings (in the nest to the west)
When the PCs have placed themselves along
the path, read:
This canyon winds between two ridges. Suddenly, chittering,
armored buglike creatures emerge from the ground just
north of you and quickly move in your direction.
Tactics
The kruthik young charge into the fray immediately,
while the adults hang back. Adults use their toxic spikes
in the first round. The kruthiks dont flee, but might
retreat to the west, hoping to reach the hatchlings there.
Features of the Area
Weak Ground: The marked (!) positions on the
map have just a thin layer of rock above abandoned
kruthik warrens. It takes a successful DC 15 Percep-
tion check or Dungeoneering check to notice cracks in
the round that indicate the presence of the warrens.
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Kruthik Adults (A) Level 4 Brute
Medium natural beast (reptile) XP 175 each
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision,
tremorsense 10
Gnashing Horde aura 1; an enemy that ends its turn in the
aura takes 2 damage.
HP 67; Bloodied 33
AC 17; Fortitude 14, Reex 15, Will 13
Speed 6, burrow 3 (tunneling), climb 6
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
R Toxic Spikes (standard; recharge ) Poison
The kruthik makes 2 attacks against two different targets:
ranged 5; +7 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage, and the target takes
ongoing 5 poison damage and is slowed (save ends both).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 17 (+5) Dex 18 (+6) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 17 (+5) Int 4 (1) Cha 8 (+1)
2 Kruthik Young (Y) Level 2 Brute
Small natural beast (reptile) XP 125 each
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision,
tremorsense 10
Gnashing Horde aura 1; an enemy that ends its turn in the aura
takes 2 damage. 4 Kruthik Hatchlings Level 2 Minion
HP 43; Bloodied 21 Small natural beast (reptile) XP 31 each
AC 15; Fortitude 13, Reex 14, Will 11 Initiative +3 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision,
Speed 8, burrow 2, climb 8 tremorsense 10
m Claw (standard; at-will) Gnashing Horde aura 1; an enemy that ends its turn in the aura
+5 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage. takes 2 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
Str 15 (+3) Dex 16 (+4) Wis 10 (+1) AC 15; Fortitude 13, Reex 15, Will 12
Con 13 (+2) Int 4 (2) Cha 6 (1) Speed 8, burrow 2 (tunneling), climb 8
mClaw (standard; at-will)
If a PC steps into one of those squares, the area of +5 vs. AC; 4 damage.
weak ground gives way. The PC must immediately Alignment Unaligned Languages
make a saving throw or fall 10 feet (taking 1d10 Str 13 (+1) Dex 16 (+3) Wis 10 (+0)
Con 13 (+1) Int 4 (3) Cha 6 (2)
damage). PCs who fall find themselves in the bottom of
a shallow pit. It takes a DC 15 Athletics check to climb Kruthik Nest: To the west is a pile of rocks that hides
back to the surface. the nest where the kruthik hatchlings live. The hatch-
The kruthiks automatically sense the weak ground lings dont join the fight unless a PC takes cover in the
with tremorsense, so they dont fall in. An observant PC rocks within 4 squares of their nest.
(DC 10 Insight) might notice that they sometimes take Steep Slopes: The slopes on either side of the path
circuitous paths for no reason. are considered difficult ground for creatures moving
uphill, but not for moving downhill.
19
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Wandering in the
Wilderness
Its a brisk walk of 8 hours between Brindol and Riven-
roar, so many groups will choose to take extended
rests near Rivenroar rather than making the trek
back and forth.
If your group prefers to head back to Brindol, and
you want to give them a little workout, consider using
this optional skill challenge for any or all of the jour-
neys between Brindol and Rivenroar.
Setup: The PCs must use their wilderness lore to
avoid hazards and monsters traveling between Brin-
dol and the Rivenroar catacombs.
Level: 1.
XP: 100
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Perception, Nature, Endurance.
Special: After the PCs have made the trip between
Brindol and Rivenroar in both directions, they gain a
+2 bonus to all checks every time they have to repeat
this challenge.
Perception (DC 20): You notice a shortcut. This
Wilderness Encounters
doesnt directly contribute to a success, but it gives
each character in the party a +2 bonus to their next
Endurance or Nature check made as part of the chal-
lenge. Each character may attempt this check (or
assist with anothers Perception check) only once, and
unsuccessful checks dont count as a failure toward
the skill challenge.
Nature (DC 12): You stay on course and avoid local
hazards common to the mountain (maximum three
successes). If this check is failed twice during the
same challenge, the group gets sufficiently lost that
they each lose one healing surge trying to walk back
to the trail and 1 hour is added to the duration of the
trek. Up to two characters can assist this check.
Endurance (DC 10): Every character must roll one
Endurance check to avoid the rigors of wilderness
travel such as exposure to the elements and mun-
dane woes such as twisted ankles and exhaustion.
Each successful check counts as a success toward
the skill challenge (maximum three successes;). If no
characters succeed, each member of the group loses
one healing surge, in addition to counting as a failure
for the challenge, and everyone must reroll the Endur-
ance check. Each character may assist only one other
character on an Endurance check made as part of this
challenge.
Success: The PCs reach Brindol or Rivenroar with-
out incident after 8 hours of travel.
Failure: Roll on the table below and begin a combat
encounter with the indicated monsters. After dealing
with the monster, the PCs must start the challenge
over again to reach their intended destination.
d% Monsters
0110 2 adult kruthiks, 2 young kruthiks
1120 3 fey panthers
2130 3 rage drakes
3140 1 vine horror, 3 stirges
4150 3 dire wolves
5160 3 deathjump spiders
6170 5 hyenas
7180 1 cave bear
8190 2 dire boars
91100 3 hippogriffs
Rescue at Rivenroar
Rivenroar
Sinruth wants to raise an army and carve out a fief-
dom of his own, but to do so, he knew that he needed
a place for his command center, so he went looking
for one. When they found the catacombs of Castle
Rivenroar, Sinruth decided that they could serve as a
starting pointand perhaps expand as needed later.
So, he set to work clearing it out and making alliances
when he found a need for them.
The castle itself and its catacombs housed the
Rivenroar family (living and deceased) long ago.
Some other local families of note used the catacombs
as a place of interment as well. These families and the
Rivenroars had more than one thing in common, but
now only those who know what theyre looking at as
they journey through the catacombs can figure it out:
a reverence for Vecna. Now the castle and the cata-
combs house a much different set of inhabitants than
those who built it long ago might have envisioned.
Common Dungeon Elements
The Rivenroar catacombs were constructed over the
course of only about a decade, so its architecture is
remarkably consistent.
Doors: None of the doors lock, though all have
simple sliding latches accessible on both sides. They
exist merely for the privacy of those visiting their
ancestorsthe countermeasures against grave rob-
bers (such as the magma claws, the evistro, and at
least some of the undead) are more lethal. The doors
swing in both directions, and they baffle sound better
than most doors. All DCs for listening through a door
(described on page 37 of the Dungeon Masters Guide)
are 5 higher than theyd otherwise be.
20
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Floors: The floors are made of flagstoneslightly
slippery because the catacombs are damp, but not
dangerous.
Ceilings: Thick wooden beams hold up the
ceilings. Most are 10 feet off the ground at the walls
and 15 feet high at the center of the room.
Sarcophagi: Many of the rooms have stone
sarcophagi. Most have a family name engraved on
them and year of death that indicates they were
buried about 300 years ago. Some have a likeness of
the deceased carved into the lid, while others have
abstract designs. The skeleton inside each sarcopha-
gus is moldy due to the damp, and most burial garb
has long since rotted away. It takes a successful DC 20
Strength check to pry the lid off a sarcophagus. Up to
two PCs can usefully aid the PC making the attempt.
Alcoves: Niches in the walls are another common
burial technique here in the catacombs. The skeletons
are in the same bad condition as the ones in the sar-
cophagus. Each alcove goes 2 to 3 feet into the wall.
Sometimes a section of wall has three alcoves (high,
middle, and low).
Stairs: All stairs are difficult terrain. Other than
the iron spiral staircase between rooms 8 and 9, all
the stairs are made of flagstone.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Rivenroar Overview
The catacombs now host Sinruths crew, and they
havent taken much care with their treatment of
things during their occupation. With the addition of
the
prisoners, some of the areas serve as a sort of jail.
1. Chamber of Flame Unbound
Room 1: Bound iron doors open into other areas of
the
catacombs here, and four defenders stand guard.
Tactical Encounter: Chamber of Flame
Unbound
(page 25).
2. Goblin Warren
Rooms 2 and 3: The first room here serves as the
hobgoblins living quarters, and the hallway provides
access to most of the level. Seven creatures are in this
area.
Tactical Encounter: Goblin Warren (page 26).
3. Portal Room
Room 4: The portal in this room sometimes allows
creatures to come through itbut it is only a one-way
portal. An ochre jelly and two specters are in this
room.
Tactical Encounter: Portal Room (page 28).
4. Von Urstadt Crypt
Rooms 5 and 6: The crypt contains alcoves holding
deceased members of the Von Urstadt clan, plus a few
more surprises, which include two magma claws and
two gnomes. Prisoner: Sertanian.
Tactical Encounter: Von Urstadt Crypt (page 29).
21
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

5. Spiderweb Landing
Room 7: Ettercaps lurk in this room. Prisoner: The body of
Kartenis is here.
Tactical Encounter: Spiderweb Landing (page 30).

6. Rivenroar Family Crypt

Rooms 8 and 9: While hobgoblins live in the first room
(along with a guard drake), altars, sarcophagi, and inscriptions
are among the features of the room below it.
Tactical Encounter: Rivenroar Family Crypt (page 31).

7. Fresco Chamber
Room 10: This single room features some dire rats and
gnomes. The statues are of displacer beasts. Prisoner: Mirtala.
Mirtala is near catatonic, and requires special attention to
bring around (see the sidebar).
Tactical Encounter: Fresco Chamber (page 33).

8. Mushroom Chamber
Rooms 11 and 12: Various mushrooms grow within the
room, which is defended by two rage drakes.
Prisoner: Zerriksa.
Tactical Encounter: Mushroom Chamber (page 34).

9. Von Jallach Crypt

Rooms 13 and 14: A floor trap and some swarms are the
more obvious features of the first room. Runes decorate the
latter room. Two needlefang drakes and a gnome hold this
room. Prisoner: Adronsius.
Tactical Encounter: Von Jallach Crypt (page 35).

10. Von Adrez-Kauthin Crypt

Rooms 15 and 16: Hobgoblins guard the first room, which
ascends to the next one. Within it are one goblin and two spit-
ting drakes. Prisoner: Jalissa.
Tactical Encounter: Von Adrez-Kauthin Crypt (page 37).

22
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Getting Mirtala
to Talk
It takes significant effort to convince Mirtala to
tell the PCs what she knowsor anything, for
that matter.
Level: 1.
XP: 100
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Bluff, Diplomacy, Intimidate,
Insight.
Bluff (DC 15): You trick Mirtala into believing
that she knows you from back in Brindol. The
PCs can earn only one success this way.
Diplomacy (DC 15): You coax Mirtala to
come out of her shell, convincing her that shes
now safe.
Insight (DC 10): You might realize that Mir-
tala has some had some sort of severe mental
trauma. This grants a +2 bonus on Diplomacy
checks made during the challenge. The PCs can
earn only one success this way.
Intimidate (DC 15): You threaten Mirtala
(directly or indirectly) with consequences for
being uncooperative. A failure closes off this
approach and applies a 2 penalty to other
checks made for the duration of the challenge.
Success: Mirtala tells the PCs what she
knows, as described on page 33.
Failure: Mirtala meekly follows the PCs
around but doesnt say anything.

23
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

11. Honor Guard Crypt Session Chars Enc 1 XP Enc 2 XP Enc 3 XP Enc 4 XP Enc 5 XP Enc 6 XP Treasure
Rooms 17, 18, and 19: Alcoves fill one room, while date Present found
a fountain that serves as a scrying pool is in the other-
with the boy prisoner Thurann. The third room has a
sunburst mosaic within it. Two ghouls and two zom-
bies move throughout these rooms. Prisoner: Thurann.
Tactical Encounter: Honor Guard Crypt
(page 39).

12. Sinruths Abode

Rooms 20 and 21: Sinruth is in one of these two
rooms, which also features menhirs in the first room
and a sarcophagus in the second. The dragoncrest helm
and the gauntlets are in this room along with Sinruth.
Tactical Encounter: Sinruth's Abode (page 41).

13. Crypt Guardian Chamber

Room 22: A square prison in this room holds an evis-
tro, and some wererats are also within this room.
Tactical Encounter: Crypt Guardian Chamber
(page 42).
14. Shrine of the Obelisk
Room 23: This shrine has lines of pews facing
a rune-encrusted obelisk at the northern end of
the room. A gnome and some wererats watch this
room for intruders. The PCs can find the longsword,
three shields, and the battle standard in this room.
Tactical Encounter: Shrine of the Obelisk
(page 43).
15. Lords of Rivenroar
Audience Chamber
Room 24: Two thrones stand along the north wall of
the chamber, and one contains a fleshy corpse, while
the other has a skeleton. Skeletons and a wight start
battle with PCs here.
Tactical Encounter: Lords of Rivenroar Audi-
ence Chamber (page 44).
Conclusion
When the captives have been freed and the antiques
recovered, the PCs can make a final trip back to
Rivenroar and claim their reward. Unless most of
the prisoners perished, the town is delighted with
the PCs success, and they throw a great feast in the
repaired Hall of Great Valor to honor them. With
great ceremony, each of the antiques is restored to its
place on the mantles and walls of the great hall.
But Sinruths letter should give the PCs pause.
Clearly something beyond a single band of hobgoblins
with delusions of grandeur is out there. And the pres-
ence of powerful necromantic magic indicates that
Rivenroar Castle might have had a secret history of its
own. Such matters are beyond the scope of this adven-
ture, but they are fertile ground for future exploits of
the heroes of Rescue at Rivenroar.
XP and Treasure
Tracker
Use the chart above to keep track of your progress
through Rescue at Rivenroar. Doing so can help you
keep track of milestones/action points and the rewards
(XP and treasure) youve handed out. Shade in the XP
box if the PCs took an extended rest afterward; that
way youll know when to award action points.
24
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Chamber of Flame
Unbound
Encounter Level 1 (550 XP)
Setup
This is a fairly straightforward battle.
2 hobgoblin soldiers (H)
2 goblin sharpshooters (G)
When the PCs descend into the catacomb, read:
Two flail-wielding hobgoblins stand ready in the center of
this dank chamber. Braziers flank double doors on the north
wall. Two goblins with crossbows stand in front of that door.
If the characters have a passive Perception score
of 15 or higher, read:
You can make out faint grooves in the f loor that begin
underneath the braziers and extend to the south wall.
Tactics
The hobgoblins screen the sharpshooters. One of the
sharpshooters spends a minor action to open one of the
center doors to set the braziers in motion. All the mon-
sters know how to avoid the gouts of flame.
If reduced to 5 hit points or fewer, a goblinoid flees
through the nearest exit, putting the next room on
alert and joining its denizens for the rest of the day.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The braziers provide bright light
for 10 squares.
Braziers: When any of the doors in this chamber
are open, the braziers start to move north and south
on grooves in the floor. They move at initiative point
10, and they shoot a gout of flame from one brazier
to the other at initiative point 0. The fire is not a
2 Goblin Sharpshooters (G) Level 2 Artillery
Small natural humanoid (goblin) XP 125 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 31; Bloodied 15
AC 16; Fortitude 12, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6; see also goblin tactics
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d6 + 2 damage.
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +9 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
Sniper
When a goblin sharpshooter makes a ranged attack from
hiding and misses, it is still considered to be hiding.
Combat Advantage
The goblin sharpshooter deals an extra 1d6 damage against
any target it has combat advantage against.
Goblin Tactics (immediate reaction, when missed by a melee
attack; at-will)
The goblin shifts 1 square.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Stealth +12, Thievery +12
Str 14 (+3) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 13 (+2) Int 8 (+0) Cha 8 (+0)
Equipment leather armor, short sword, hand crossbow with 20
bolts
Rescue at Rivenroar
trap, per se. It was intended more to be impressive to
family members paying their respects.
At initiative 10, move each of the braziers south 1
square. If a creature is in the way, the brazier makes
an attack at +5 vs. Fortitude. If the brazier hits, it
pushes the creature 1 square. If it misses, neither
brazier moves that turn. When the braziers reach the
wall, start moving them 1 square north each turn.
At initiative point 0, the braziers send a gout of
flame from one to the other, alternating between right
and left. The brazier makes an attack (+5 vs. Reflex)
against each creature in the path. If the brazier hits, it
deals 1d6 fire damage.
Doors: These bound iron doors have latches, but
no locks. The west doors have a plaque on it that says
To Von Urstadt. The north doors say To Rivenroar
Family. The east doors say To Von Jallach.
2 Hobgoblin Soldiers (H) Level 3 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 each
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 47; Bloodied 23
AC 20 (22 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 18, Reex 16, Will 16
Speed 5
m Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, the target is marked and
slowed until the end of the hobgoblin soldiers next turn.
M Formation Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires ail; +7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the hob-
goblin soldier shifts 1 square provided it ends in a space
adjacent to another hobgoblin.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin soldier suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin soldier rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
The hobgoblin soldier gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least
one hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +10, History +8
Str 19 (+5) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 15 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment scale armor, heavy shield, ail
25
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Goblin Warren Tactics

The hobgoblins try to use superior numbers to
Encounter Level 1 (500 XP)
envelop the PCs. The goblins join the fray, rolling ini-
tiative prior to the start of the second round.
Setup The hobgoblins fight until slain, but goblins
Room 2 serves as basic living quarters for the hobgob-
reduced to 10 hit points or fewer flee north through
lins, and room 3 is the central hallway that provides
room 3 and put rooms 8 and 9 on alert for 10 min-
access to most of this level.
utes. Goblin sharpshooters leap or use ropes to move
across pits in room 3.
1 hobgoblin soldier (H)
2 goblin sharpshooters (G) Features of the Area
4 hobgoblin grunts (R)
Illumination: The brazier in room 2 provides
bright light for 10 squares. Room 3 has only whatever
The hobgoblins start in a cluster in room 2, and the
light the PCs bring with them.
goblins are in area 3.
Pits: Its a 20-foot fall (and 2d10 damage) into
room 11. Creatures can clear the pit with a success-
When the PCs reach the southern doorway, read:
ful DC 10 Athletics check (DC 20 if they dont have a
running start) or a DC 12 Acrobatics check (to swing
This L-shaped room has doors in the north and west walls.
across on the rope). The goblins try the DC 10 Athlet-
A group of angry hobgoblins is near the middle of the room.
ics check (at +3) if they have a running start and the
Around the periphery of the room are bedrolls, sacks, and a
DC 12 Acrobatics check (at +5) if they dont.
roasting rack near the brazier.
A narrow fissure in the ceiling carries the smoke from
the brazier away.

When the PCs reach area 3, read:

A hallway stretches north into the darkness. A jagged hole

in the floor runs the width of the passageway about 10 feet
ahead. Two ropes hang from the ceiling and extend down
into the pit.

26
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

4 Hobgoblin Grunts (R) Level 3 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 38 each
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
HP 1: a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 17 (19 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 15, Reex 13, Will 12
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin grunt suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin grunt rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
The hobgoblin grunt gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least
one hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +6, History +2
Str 18 (+4) Dex 14 (+2) Wis 13 (+1)
Con 15 (+2) Int 10 (+0) Cha 9 (1)
Equipment leather armor, light shield, longsword
2 Goblin Sharpshooter (G) Level 2 Artillery
Small natural humanoid (goblin) XP 125 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 31; Bloodied 15
AC 16; Fortitude 12, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6; see also goblin tactics
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d6 + 2 damage.
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +9 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
Sniper
When a goblin sharpshooter makes a ranged attack from
hiding and misses, it is still considered to be hiding.
Combat Advantage
The goblin sharpshooter deals an extra 1d6 damage against
any target it has combat advantage against.
Goblin Tactics (immediate reaction, when missed by a melee
attack; at-will)
The goblin shifts 1 square.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Stealth +12, Thievery +12
Str 14 (+3) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 13 (+2) Int 8 (+0) Cha 8 (+0)
Equipment leather armor, short sword, hand crossbow with 20
bolts
Rescue at Rivenroar
Hobgoblin Soldier (H) Level 3 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 47; Bloodied 23
AC 20 (22 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 18,
Reex 16, Will 16
Speed 5
m Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, the target is marked and
slowed until the end of the hobgoblin soldiers next turn.
M Formation Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires ail; +7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the hob-
goblin soldier shifts 1 square provided it ends in a space
adjacent to another hobgoblin.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgoblin
soldier suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin soldier rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
The hobgoblin soldier gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least one
hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +10, History +8
Str 19 (+5) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 15 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment scale armor, heavy shield, ail
27
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Portal Room hour has passed and provided the last

Encounter Level 2 (650 XP)
Setup
This room is the destination of a one-way portal from
another castle from a bygone ageand monsters
sometimes come through the portal.
1 ochre jelly (O)
2 specters
The encounter doesnt start until the PCs pause for more
than a few seconds to examine the image of the castle.
When the PCs enter the chamber, read:
ochre jelly to come through is dead.
Features of the
Area
Illumination: The portal itself glows,
providing bright light within 5 squares.
Portal: The portal, once a connec-
tion to another faraway castle allied with
Rivenroar, crackles whenever the image
flickers away. Its a phantasm and can be
walked through as if it wasnt there. But
its a one-way portal from somewhere, as
the PCs learn when an ochre jelly slith-
ers through.

A picture in the middle of this room shows f lickering
images of a sinister castle in the middle of a swamp.
If the PCs examine the picture for more than 1
round, read:
A slimy creature slithers through the image and roils
toward you.
Ochre Jelly (O) Level 3 Elite Brute 2 Specters Level 4 Lurker
Large natural beast (blind, ooze) XP 300 Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 175 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +2; blindsight 10, trem- Initiative +8 Senses Perception +6; darkvision
orsense 10 Spectral Chill (Cold) aura 1; enemies in the aura take a 2
HP 102; Bloodied 51 see also split below penalty to all defenses.
AC 18; Fortitude 16, Reflex 14, Will 14 HP 30; Bloodied 15
Immune gaze; Resist 5 acid AC 16; Fortitude 16, Reflex 16, Will 17
Saving Throws +2 Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic, insubstantial;
Speed 4; see also flowing form Vulnerable 5 radiant
Action Points 1 Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Slam (standard; at-will) Acid m Spectral Touch (standard; at-will) Necrotic

Tactics +8 vs. AC; 2d6 + 1 damage, and ongoing 5 acid damage

The ochre jelly comes through the portal if it detects
someone studying the image (the hobgoblins have
learned the hard way to rush through this room). The
specters, mere opportunists who arent affiliated with
the ochre jelly, roll for initiative before the start of the
third round. They attack from the rear.
All these creatures fight until slain, but they dont
pursue PCs beyond this room. Another ochre jelly
spawns from the picture portal provided at least an
(save ends).
Flowing Form (move; at-will)
The ochre jelly shifts 4 squares.
Split (when first bloodied; encounter)
The ochre jelly splits into two, each with hit points equal
one-half its current hit points. Effects applied to the
original ochre jelly do not apply to the second one. An
ochre jelly cant split if it is reduced to 0 hit points by the
attack that bloodied it. Left alone, the two halves of the
ochre jelly recombine into a single creature at the end of
the encounter.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 13 (+2) Dex 8 (+0) Wis 12 (+2)
Con 11 (+1) Int 1 (4) Cha 1 (4)
+7 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 2 necrotic damage.
C Spectral Barrage (standard; recharge ) Illusion,
Psychic
Close burst 2; targets enemies; +7 vs. Will; 2d6 + 2 psychic
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
Invisibility (standard; at-will) Illusion
The specter becomes invisible until it attacks or until it is hit
by an attack.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +9
Str 10 (+2) Dex 15 (+4) Wis 8 (+1)
Con 13 (+3) Int 6 (+0) Cha 15 (+4)

28
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Von Urstadt Crypt
Encounter Level 2 (600 XP)
Setup
The gnomes working for Sinruth have figured out that
leaving the doors between rooms 5 and 6 open for
more than a few seconds summons two magma claws,
presumably to destroy tomb robbers.
2 magma claws
2 gnome skulks (G)
The encounter starts when one of the gnomes sum-
mons the magma claws.
When the PCs reach the middle of the room, read:
One of the north doors swings open. Nothing comes through
the doors, but after a few tense seconds, two fiery creatures
appear, making the room uncomfortably hotand dangerous.
Tactics
One gnome hides near the north doors and waits for
intruders to approach before summoning the magma
claws. Then, once the PCs are engaged, the gnomes
sneak behind them to strike at a vulnerable PC.
The magma claws fight until slain, but they dont
leave room 5. If the gnomes fall below 10 hit points, they
try to make it to their allies, the ettercaps in room 7.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The only illumination is from the
magma claws, which emit bright light for 10 squares.
Jail Cells: A DC 15 Thievery check can pick the
lock, or the PCs can take the key from one of the skulks.
Alcoves: Alcoves on the north and south walls hold
the skeletons of the Von Urstadt clan, once prominent
Rescue at Rivenroar
in the region (DC 15 History). An inscription along the North Doors in Room 5: These doors summon
east wall says Hail Von Urstadts! Ascend with Glory! the magma claws if left open for more than a few sec-
and a dust-covered fresco on the west wall depicts onds. Once magma claws have been summoned, they
human knights riding pegasi into the clouds. remain for 1 day. The doors dont summon magma
Some of the bodies in the alcoves were buried with claws more frequently than that in any case.
treasure. It takes 20 minutes (divided by the number
of searchers) to find treasure parcels A and B.
Prisoner: Sertanian, the castellan of the Great
Hall of Valor, is kept in one of the jail cells. Sertanian
is described on page 7. He knows what all the trea-
sures from the Great Hall look like, and he knows
that Mirtala is held downstairs near a spiral staircase.
2 Gnome Skulks (G) Level 2 Lurker
Small fey humanoid XP 125 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 34; Bloodied 17
AC 16; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 12
Speed 5
m War Pick (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit 1d8 + 11).
R Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage.
Combat Advantage
The gnome skulk deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee and
ranged attacks against any target it has combat advantage
against.
Fade Away (immediate reaction, when the gnome skulk takes 2 Magma Claws Level 4 Brute
damage; encounter) Illusion Medium elemental magical beast (earth, fire) XP 175 each
The gnome skulk turns invisible until it attacks or until the Initiative +3 Senses Perception +7
end of its next turn. HP 64; Bloodied 32
Reactive Stealth AC 16; Fortitude 16, Reflex 14, Will 13
If a gnome has cover or concealment when it makes an Immune petrification; Resist 10 fire; Vulnerable cold (slowed
initiative check at the start of an encounter, it can make a until the end of the magma claws next turn)
Stealth check to escape notice. Speed 4 (8 while charging)
Shadow Skulk m Claw (standard; at-will) Fire
When a gnome skulk makes a melee or a ranged attack +7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage plus 1d6 fire damage.
from hiding and misses, it is still considered to be hiding. M Spew Lava (standard; at-will) Fire
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven +5 vs. Reflex; the target takes ongoing 5 fire damage and is
Skills Arcana +10, Stealth +11, Thievery +9 immobilized (save ends both).
Str 8 (+0) Dex 17 (+4) Wis 12 (+2) Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
Con 16 (+4) Int 14 (+3) Cha 13 (+2) Skills Endurance +9, Stealth +8
Equipment leather armor, war pick, hand crossbow with 20 Str 18 (+6) Dex 12 (+3) Wis 11 (+2)
bolts Con 14 (+4) Int 2 (2) Cha 6 (+0)
29
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Spiderweb Landing
Encounter Level 1 (550 XP)
Setup
This room features some difficult terrainand a
potentially tragic situation if the PCs have prisoners
with them when they discover the body of Kartenix
the guard captain.
2 ettercap fang guards (G)
1 ettercap webspinner (W)
The webspinner is in the northwest corner of the
room and the fang guards are near the middle.
When the PCs reach a point where they can see
into the room, read:
This landing is covered with spiderwebs, and the f loor
under your feet is sticky. A trio of ettercaps shuff les around
the room ahead of you, which has passages heading up and
to the west, down and to the south, and north turning east.
Tactics
The webspinner tries to immobilize or restrain as
many PCs as it can with its webs, and then the fang
guards concentrate on that target.
The ettercaps fight bravely until two are dead. The
sole survivor flees as best it can, unless it thinks it can
revenge itself against an adjacent bloodied PC.
Features of the Area
Illumination: None beyond what the PCs bring
with them.
Spiderwebs: About half the squares in the room
are covered with spiderwebs (difficult terrain for crea-
2 Ettercap Fang Guards (G)
Medium natural humanoid (spider)
Level 4 Soldier
XP 175 each
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +3
HP 56; Bloodied 28
AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 16, Will 15
Resist 10 poison
Speed 5, climb 5 (spider climb); see also web
walker
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage (crit 1d12 + 17).
M Spider Bite (standard; at-will) Poison
Requires combat advantage; +9 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
If the attack hits, the ettercap makes a secondary attack
against the same target. Secondary Attack: +7 vs. Fortitude;
the target is stunned until the end of the ettercaps next
turn and takes ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends).
M Web Tangle (standard; at-will)
+7 vs. Reflex; the target is immobilized (save ends).
Web Reaper
The ettercap fang guard gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls
and deals an extra 2 damage against restrained and
immobilized creatures.
Web Walker
An ettercap ignores movement effects of spider webs and
difficult terrain related to spider swarms.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Stealth +9
Str 16 (+5) Dex 14 (+4) Wis 13 (+3)
Con 16 (+5) Int 5 (1) Cha 11 (+2)
Equipment leather armor, greataxe
tures that arent ettercaps). A character who enters
a spiderweb square must make a successful DC 10
Athletics or Acrobatics check or
become immobilized until the
creature succeeds on the escape
action. Spiderweb squares also
provide concealment.
Corpse: Kartenixs corpse is
webbed to the wall in the south-
east corner, his face a rictus of
pain and his eyes bulging.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Ettercap Webspinner (W)
Medium natural humanoid (spider)
Level 5 Controller
XP 200
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +9
HP 64; Bloodied 32
AC 18; Fortitude 17, Reflex 16, Will 16
Resist 10 poison
Speed 5, climb 5 (spider climb); see also web
walker
m Longspear (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2, +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
M Spider Bite (standard; at-will) Poison
Requires combat advantage; +10 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage,
and the ettercap makes a secondary attack against the
same target. Secondary Attack: +8 vs. Fortitude;
ongoing 5poison damage (save ends).
R Web Net (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged 5; +9 vs. Reflex; the target is restrained (save ends).
A Webbed Terrain (standard; recharge z ) Zone
Area burst 2 within 10; +9 vs. Reflex; the target is immobi-
lized (save ends). The zone is filled with spider webs and is
considered difficult terrain until the end of the encounter.
Web Walker
An ettercap ignores movement effects of spider webs and
difficult terrain related to spider swarms.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Stealth +9
Str 16 (+5) Dex 14 (+4) Wis 15 (+4)
Con 16 (+5) Int 5 (1) Cha 13 (+3)
Equipment leather armor, longspear
Silk Bag: A bag in the southeast corner contains
treasure parcel C and 100 gp in residuum.
30
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Rivenroar Family Tactics Features of the Area

It takes two turns for any of the hobgoblins or the
Crypt drake to make it all the way up or down the staircase,
Encounter Level 1 (525 XP) so no matter which room the PCs enter first, they
have to contend with reinforcements in the third
Setup round.
Some of the hobgoblins live in room 8, and room 9 The drake fights until slain, but the hobgoblins flee
below it is a major crypt. Either way, the PCs face a if theyre reduced to 10 hit points or fewer and are
two-stage fight when the two rooms reinforce each outnumbered by PCs. They flee toward the entrance
other. through room 3 if they can reach it or through rooms
1 hobgoblin archer (A) 7, 5, 4, and 2 if the PCs have cut off that escape route.
4 hobgoblin grunts (R) The hobgoblins have lived with that garbage pit
1 hobgoblin soldier (H) for so long that theyve almost forgotten its there.
1 guard drake (D) They arent smart enough to stay away from the edge
during a fight.
The hobgoblin soldier and guard drake start in room
8, and the grunts and archers start in room 9.
Illumination: Theres a lantern (10 squares
bright light) at the northwest corner of room 9. Thats
enough to illuminate the squares adjacent to the
staircase in room 8; that room is otherwise dark. The
altars have candles (2 squares dim light) on them.
Altars: The altars are devoted to Bane (Religion
DC 10). But astute observers (Religion DC 15) notice
that they werent always sotheyre originally altars to
Vecna that the hobgoblins have rededicated.
Sarcophagi: The northernmost two sarcophagi
hold treasure parcels D, E, and F. They arent locked
or trapped, but it takes a DC 20 Strength check to
move the heavy stone lids off the sarcophagi.
Spiral Staircase: The staircase connects rooms 8
and 9 and takes 12 squares to ascend or descend 20
feet. Its difficult terrain.

If the PCs enter room 8, read:
Furs and bedrolls cover the f loor, with sacks and rucksacks
leaned against the walls. A hobgoblin stands with a guard
drake at his side. A spiral staircase of wrought iron descends
from an alcove in the north.
If the PCs enter room 9, read:
Five hobgoblins stand amid four stone sarcophagi in this
chamber. A side chamber to the east has two marble altars.
A spiral staircase made of wrought iron ascends from an
alcove to the north. And theres a hole in the f loor in the
northeast corner.
4 Hobgoblin Grunts (R) Level 3 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 38 each
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
HP 1: a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 17 (19 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 15, Reex 13,
Will 12
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgoblin
grunt suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin grunt rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
The hobgoblin grunt gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least one
hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +6, History +2
Str 18 (+4) Dex 14 (+2) Wis 13 (+1)
Con 15 (+2) Int 10 (+0) Cha 9 (1)
Equipment leather armor, light shield, longsword
Hobgoblin Archer (A) Level 3 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 39; Bloodied 19
AC 17; Fortitude 13, Reex 15, Will 13
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +9 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the hobgob-
lin archer grants an ally within 5 squares of it a +2 bonus to
its next ranged attack roll against the same target.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin archer suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin archer rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +5, History +6
Str 14 (+3) Dex 19 (+5) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 15 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, longbow, quiver of
30 arrows

31
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Hobgoblin Soldier (H) Level 3 Soldier Guard Drake (D) Level 2 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 Small natural beast (reptile) XP 125
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision Initiative +3 Senses Perception +7
HP 47; Bloodied 23 HP 48; Bloodied 24
AC 20 (22 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 18, AC 15; Fortitude 15, Reflex 13, Will 12
Reex 16, Will 16 Immune fear (while within 2 squares of an ally)
Speed 5 Speed 6
m Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon m Bite (standard; at-will)
+7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, the target is marked and slowed +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage, or 1d10 + 9 damage while
until the end of the hobgoblin soldiers next turn. within 2 squares of an ally.
M Formation Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon Alignment Unaligned Languages
Requires ail; +7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the hobgoblin Str 16 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 12 (+2)
soldier shifts 1 square provided it ends in a space adjacent Con 18 (+5) Int 3 (3) Cha 12 (+2)
to another hobgoblin.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin soldier suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
The hobgoblin soldier rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
The hobgoblin soldier gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least one
hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +10, History +8
Str 19 (+5) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 15 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment scale armor, heavy shield, ail
Living Quarters: It takes one person about 20
minutes to look through the sacks in room 9and its
just ragged goblin clothing and primitive tools, worth-
less back in civilization.
Pit: The goblins throw all their garbage down
this 40-foot-deep pit. The stench that wafts out of
the pit makes that obvious.
Wall Inscription: Running around the walls
near the ceiling is the following message, repeated
every 10 feet or so: Here lie the Rivenroars until
the Day of the Black Sun. If you seek their monu-
ment, look at the lands around you.

32
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Fresco Chamber
Encounter Level 1 (550 XP)
Setup
This encounter includes a straightforward fight with
rats and gnomes, then a roleplaying opportunity as
the PCs must contend with a shell-shocked prisoner.
3 dire rats (R)
2 gnome skulks (G)
When the PCs round the corner and can see into
this room, read:
Four statues of displacer beasts, their eyes glowing amber,
stare at you. Beyond them is a candlelit altar. Tied to the
front of it is a human female, her eyes wild with terror.
Tactics
The gnome skulks stay hidden in the shadows until
the battle falls into a stable position, then they sidle
around to the partys rear and attack vulnerable PCs.
The rats bite whatevers nearest.
The rats fight until slain, but then gnomes try to
hide and flee if reduced below 10 hit points.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The candles on the altar emit dim
light for 2 squares, and the eyes of each displacer
Filth Fever Level 3 Disease caught filth fever from them, and shes frightened
The target ! Initial Effect The target loses 1 !"
is cured. healing surge.
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Gnome Skulks (G)
Small fey humanoid
Level 2 Lurker
XP 125 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 34; Bloodied 17
AC 16; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 12
Speed 5
m War Pick (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit 1d8 + 11).
R Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage.
Combat Advantage
The gnome skulk deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee and
ranged attacks against any target it has combat advantage
against.
Fade Away (immediate reaction, when the gnome skulk takes
damage; encounter) Illusion
The gnome skulk turns invisible until it attacks or until the
end of its next turn.
3 Dire Rats (R) Level 1 Brute
Medium natural beast XP 100 each
Reactive Stealth
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +5;
If a gnome has cover or concealment when it makes an
low-light vision
initiative check at the start of an encounter, it can make a
Stealth check to escape notice.
HP 38; Bloodied 19
AC 15; Fortitude 15, Reflex 13, Will 11
Shadow Skulk
When a gnome skulk makes a melee or a ranged attack
Immune filth fever (see below)
Speed 6, climb 3
from hiding and misses, it is still considered to be hiding.
m Bite (standard; at-will) Disease
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
+4 vs. AC; 1d6 + 2 damage, and the target contracts filth
Skills Arcana +10, Stealth +11, Thievery +9
fever (see below).
Str 8 (+0) Dex 17 (+4) Wis 12 (+2)
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Con 16 (+4) Int 14 (+3) Cha 13 (+2)
Skills Stealth +7
Equipment leather armor, war pick, hand crossbow with 20
bolts
Str 14 (+2) Dex 15 (+2) Wis 10 (+0)
Con 18 (+4) Int 3 (4) Cha 6 (2)
beast statue likewise provide dim light in squares Altar: With a large marble raven atop it, it doesnt
adjacent to a statue.
Displacer Beast Statues: Each displacer beast
take a Religion check to figure out that this altar is
devoted to the Raven Queen.
statue has glowing eyes but are otherwise ordinary Prisoner: Mirtala the cook has been tied to
statues. the altar and menaced by the rats for days. Shes
The target takes a 2 ! Final Effect: The target to the point of catatonia. See the sidebar on page
penalty to AC, Fortitude takes a 2 penalty to AC,
23 for information on dealing with Mirtala. She
defense, and Reflex Fortitude defense, and
defense. Reflex defense. The target follows obvious rescuers around, but she doesnt
loses all healing surges talk unless PCs succeed at breaking through her
and cannot regain hit
points.
mental trauma. She has a clue where Adronsius
and Sertanian are being held.
33
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Mushroom Chamber
Encounter Level 1 (500 XP)
Setup
The PCs must contend not only with rage drakes,
but a number of toxic mushrooms.
2 rage drakes (D)
The rage drakes have a passive Perception of 13.
When the PCs can see into room 11, read:
This room, filled with all sorts of architectural debris,
has a wet, musty smell. Amid the ruins are all sorts of
mushrooms, mostly with brown or gray caps.
When the PCs round the corner into room 12, read:
You see an old woman within a glowing magic circle. You
can hear her muffled voice: Get me out of here!
Tactics
The rage drakes lurk out of sight behind chunks of
rubble until the PCs run afoul of the mushrooms,
when they rush in. The rage drakes are affected by
the spores, but theyre cunning enough to know that
certain mushrooms are to be avoided. The drakes
fight until slain, but they wont leave room 11.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Phosphorescent fungi cover the walls
and ceiling, bathing the chamber in dim light.
Magic Circle: Zerriksa is trapped in this circle in
room 12. Anyone pressing against the invisible barrier
along the perimeter of the circle takes 1d10 damage
per round, and deals half as much damage to a creature
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Rage Drakes (D)
Large natural beast (mount, reptile)
Level 5 Brute
XP 200 each
check allows a PC to enter a square of mushrooms with-
out disturbing it.
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +3
HP 77; Bloodied 38; see also bloodied rage Cloudspores: Described in the Dungeon Masters
AC 17; Fortitude 17, Reflex 15, Will 15 Guide (page 67), cloudspores are brown. If a PC distrubs
Immune fear (while bloodied only) a cloudspore, it emits a cloud of spores that provides con-
Speed 8
m Bite (standard; at-will)
cealment in that square for 5 minutes.
+9 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage; see also bloodied rage. Shrieker Mushrooms: The white mushrooms shriek
M Claw (standard; at-will) when someone steps adjacent to or in their square.
+8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage; see also bloodied rage.
Doomspores: These gray mushrooms, described in
M Raking Charge (standard; at-will)
When the rage drake charges, it makes two claw attacks the Dungeon Masters Guide (page 88), make a +6 attack
against a single target. against Fortitude if a PC steps into their square, dealing
Bloodied Rage (while bloodied) 1d10 poison damage and ongoing 5 poison (save ends).
The rage drake gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls and deals an
Slumberspores: These red-capped mushrooms,
extra 5 damage per attack.
Raging Mount (while bloodied and mounted by a friendly rider when disturbed, make a +6 attack against the Will of
of 5th level or higher; at-will) Mount whoever disturbed them and all adjacent creatures. On a
The rage drake grants its rider a +2 bonus to attack rolls and
hit, a creature is slowed (save ends). If that creature fails
damage rolls with melee attacks.
Alignment Unaligned Languages its first saving throw, it becomes unconscious (save ends).
Str 19 (+6) Dex 13 (+3) Wis 13 (+3) Prisoner: Zerriksa the crone is within a magic
Con 17 (+5) Int 3 (2) Cha 12 (+3) circle in room 12. Shes described on page 8. To
inside. Disrupting the circle requires a successful DC rescue her, the PCs must somehow deal with the
20 Thievery, Arcana, and/or Perception (no retries) to magic circle. Shes the only one who knows for sure
notice that the circle sometimes flickers out of existence that Kartenix is dead and in the clutches of the
for a split-second. If the circle is vacant, then theres no ettercaps. If rescued, the PCs have to put up with
barrier and anyone can walk (or be pushed) in. At that her criticism and complaints until they return her to
point the barrier reappears and the trap resets. Brindol. Shes too grumpy to be grateful.
Shafts: Its a 20-foot climb (Athletics DC
20 up the wall or DC 5 up the slippery rope) to
reach room 3.
Mushrooms: Some squares have toxic mush-
rooms in them, in one of the varieties below. Roll
1d4 when a PC enters one of these patches to
determine the variety. All mushroom squares
are difficult terrain. PCs can figure out what the
mushrooms do with a DC 15 Dungeoneering
check ahead of time or after the fact by observing
what color of mushroom had what effect. Once
identified, a DC 15 Acrobatics or Dungeoneering
34
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Von Jallach Crypt

Encounter Level 1 (525 XP)

Setup
This room features some swarms, an obvious floor
trap, and a gnome that reveals himself at an inconve-
nient time for the PCs.
2 needlefang drake swarms (D)
1 gnome skulk (G)

The needlefangs coalesce into two swarms once the

PCs cross the threshold into room 13, coming out
from the alcoves around the perimeter of the room.

When the PCs ascend to room 13, read:

A square bounded by glowing runes dominates the f loor

in this room. The east wall has two doors. The walls are
covered with empty alcoves designed to hold dead bodies.

Tactics
The needlefangs overwhelm the first PC or PCs into
the room. The needlefangs have learned through
painful experience not to touch the runes on the
floor. The gnome skulk waits until the needlefang
drakes are fighting and the runes glowing to attack.
The gnome flees if reduced to below 10 hit points
and if he thinks it can make it to the stairs.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The floor runes in room 13 glow like
candlesdim light within 2 squares. Room 14 has only
the illumination that the PCs bring with them.
Lintel Inscription: At the top of the stairs lead-
ing to room 13, Von Jallach Family Tomb is carved
above the doorway.
Alcoves: The Von Jallachs never got to use this
family cryptRivenroar Castle fell before they had a
chance. But in the back corners of the alcoves in room
13 are the debris and detritus that the needlefang
drakes have gathered into their nests.
Floor Runes: The runes in room 13 pulse with
light every few seconds. They deal 2d6 damage to
any creature that steps on them, and 1d4 damage to
any creature that leaps or flies over them. A DC 10
Arcana check reveals that the runes spell out Von
Jallach in a phonetic alphabet that wizards some-
times use.
Fountain: The water in room 14 is cool and pure
fed by an intact cistern in the ruins above.
Prisoner: Adronsius the alchemist is chained to
the wall in room 14. Hes described on page 9. It
takes a DC 20 Strength check to pull his shackles
out of the wall, a DC 15 Thievery check to pick the
lock, or use of the key (in possession of the gnome
at the start of the encounter). Adronsius can pro-
vide directions to where Jelissa is being held.

35
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Gnome Skulk (G) Level 2 Lurker
Small fey humanoid XP 125
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 34; Bloodied 17
AC 16; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 12
Speed 5
m War Pick (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit 1d8 + 11).
R Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20 +7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage.
Combat Advantage
The gnome skulk deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee and
ranged attacks against any target it has combat advantage
against.
Fade Away (immediate reaction, when the gnome skulk takes
damage; encounter) Illusion
The gnome skulk turns invisible until it attacks or until the
end of its next turn.
Reactive Stealth
If a gnome has cover or concealment when it makes an
initiative check at the start of an encounter, it can make a
Stealth check to escape notice.
Shadow Skulk
When a gnome skulk makes a melee or a ranged attack
from hiding and misses, it is still considered to be hiding.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Arcana +10, Stealth +11, Thievery +9
Str 8 (+0) Dex 17 (+4) Wis 12 (+2)
Con 16 (+4) Int 14 (+3) Cha 13 (+2)
Equipment leather armor, war pick, hand crossbow with 20
bolts
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Needlefang Drake Swarms (D) Level 2 Soldier
Medium natural beast (reptile, swarm) XP 125 each
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +7
Swarm Attack aura 1; the needlefang drake swarm makes
a basic attack as a free action against each enemy that
begins its turn in the aura.
HP 38; Bloodied 19
AC 18; Fortitude 15, Reflex 17, Will 14
Immune fear; Resist half damage from melee and ranged attacks;
Vulnerable +5 damage from close and area attacks.
Speed 7
m Swarm of Teeth (standard; at-will)
+8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, or 2d10 + 4 damage against a
prone target.
M Pull Down (minor; at-will)
+ 7 vs. Fortitude; the target is knocked prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 15 (+3) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 12 (+2)
Con 14 (+3) Int 2 (3) Cha 10 (+1)
36
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Von Adrez-Kauthin
Crypt
Encounter Level 1 (550 XP)

Setup
This room, the gateway to the upper level, has a fight
with a mix of drake artillery and hobgoblin soldiers.
1 goblin hexer (G)
2 spitting drakes (S)
4 hobgoblin grunts (H)

The hobgoblin grunts are in the middle of the room

15, and the spitting drakes are along the western edge
of the room. The goblin hexer comes out of room 16 to
join the battle at the start of the second round.

When the PCs ascend the stairs, read:

Carved into the last three steps of the staircase are the words
Von Adrez, Kauthin, and Crypt. And once you climb
high enough to see into the chamber at the top of the stairs,
you see bas-relief images of humans laden with baskets, bags,
and boxesall depicted walking clockwise around the room.
Four hobgoblin guards stand in the middle of the room,
and behind them are two spitting drakes.
Tactics
The hobgoblin strategy is straightforward: Move into
melee and stay together. Likewise, the spitting drakes
try to spit every round. The goblin uses its vexing cloud
if the PCs are clustered together. Then it hexes PCs that
are maneuvering away from the hobgoblins and uses
incite bravery if it thinks the hobgoblins are going to die.
The drakes fight until slain. The hobgoblins dont
flee unless the hexer flees or falls, at which point they
flee for room 21. The hexer flees toward room 21 if
its below 10 hit points.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Braziers in the northeast and
southeast corners of room 15 cast bright light for 10
squares. Room 16 has only the lights that PCs bring
with them.
Bas-Reliefs: The carvings depict the merchant
operations of the Von Adrez-Kauthin family (DC 20
History), once quite prominent in the region.
Low Sarcophagi: Each sarcophagus is set into
the floor so that it protrudes only 6 inches or so
(not enough to affect movement). It takes a DC 20
Strength check to pull each lid off the sarcophagus.
The southwest one has treasure parcels G and H in it.
Prisoner: Shackled to the wall in room 16 is
Jalissa, an acolyte of Ioun and one of the Brindol
residents the PCs are trying to save. See page 7
for a full description. Jalissa knows that the boy
Thurann is somewhere nearby. A DC 20 Strength
check is sufficient to yank the shackles from the
wall, and a DC 15 Thievery check can pick the
lock. Or PCs can do the obvious thing and use the
key that the goblin hexer has.

37
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

Goblin Hexer (G) Level 3 Controller (Leader) 4 Hobgoblin Grunts (H) Level 1 Minion Spitting Drake (S) Level 3 Artillery
Small natural humanoid XP 150 Medium natural humanoid XP 25 each Medium natural beast (reptile) XP 150
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision Initiative +4 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision Initiative +5 Senses Perception +3
HP 46; Bloodied 23 HP 1: a missed attack never damages a minion. HP 38; Bloodied 19
AC 17; Fortitude 14, Reflex 15, Will 16; see also lead from the AC 17 (19 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 15, Reex 13, Will 12 AC 17; Fortitude 14, Reflex 16, Will 14
rear Speed 5 Resist 10 acid
Speed 6; see also goblin tactics m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon Speed 7
m Hexer Rod (standard; at-will) Weapon +6 vs. AC; 3 damage. m Bite (standard; at-will)
+7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 1 damage. Phalanx Soldier +6 vs. AC; 1d6 + 2 damage.
R Blinding Hex (standard; at-will) The hobgoblin grunt gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least one R Caustic Spit (standard; at-will) Acid
Ranged 10; +7 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 1 damage, and the target hobgoblin ally is adjacent to it. Ranged 10; +8 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 4 acid damage.
is blinded (save ends). Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin Alignment Unaligned Languages
R Stinging Hex (standard; recharge ) Skills Athletics +6, Stealth +9 Str 14 (+3) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 14 (+3)
Ranged 10; +7 vs. Will; the target takes 3d6 + 1 damage if it Str 18 (+4) Dex 14 (+2) Wis 13 (+1) Con 14 (+3) Int 3 (3) Cha 12 (+2)
moves during its turn (save ends). Con 15 (+2) Int 10 (+0) Cha 9 (1)
A Vexing Cloud (standard; sustain minor; encounter) Zone Equipment leather armor, light shield, longsword
Area burst 3 within 10; automatic hit; all enemies within
the zone take a 2 penalty to attack rolls. The zone grants
concealment to the goblin hexer and its allies. The goblin
hexer can sustain the zone as a minor action, moving it up
to 5 squares.
R Incite Bravery (immediate reaction, when an ally uses goblin
tactics; at-will)
Range 10; the targeted ally can shift 2 squares and make an
attack.
Goblin Tactics (immediate reaction, when missed by a melee
attack; at-will)
The goblin shifts 1 square.
Lead from the Rear (immediate interrupt, when targeted by a
ranged attack; at-will)
The goblin hexer can change the attacks target to an adja-
cent ally of its level or lower.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Stealth +10, Thievery +10
Str 10 (+1) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 14 (+3) Int 9 (+0) Cha 18 (+5)
Equipment leather robes, hexer rod

38
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Honor Guard Crypt
Encounter Level 2 (650 XP)
Setup
This encounter could take place in any of the three
rooms; the ghouls and zombies walk an endless patrol
in the center of the level, and the PCs are bound to
run into them eventually.
2 ghouls
2 zombies
Place the monsters at whichever doorway they normally
walk through as they follow their patrol (see below).
When the PCs reach the doorway to room 17, read:
This room has alcoves full of skeletal remains along the
south wall, plus an annex with a fountain and a tied-up boy
to the east.
When the PCs reach the doorway to room 18, read:
A still pool of water dominates this room, which is
noticeably more humid than others inside the catacombs. A
sheen of water droplets covers the walls.
When the PCs reach the doorway to room 19, read:
The middle of this room has a sunburst mosaic in it.
Passageways head west then north, north then east, and
due east.
Tactics
The zombies and ghouls travel together. They start
in room 19, walk down to room 17 where they check
on Thurann, then they go down the stairs to room 18
and the ghouls disturb the water. After the ghouls
spend a minute or so watching the ripples, they head
up the western stairs back to room 19, where they
spend about 5 minutes basking in the power of the
black sun before repeating their circuit. It takes them
about 10 minutes altogether.
The zombies attack the nearest enemy, but the
ghouls try to paralyze whichever PCs look like clerics
or look fast. If a ghoul paralyzes a PC, then both ghouls
attack the paralyzed PC. The ghouls shout at the zom-
bies to do likewise, but the zombies wont listen.
The zombies and ghouls fight until slain. They
give chase throughout rooms 17, 18, and 19, but not
beyond.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Room 17 has only the illumination
that the PCs bring with them. The decorative spire
in the center of the fountain in room 18 glows like a
torch, casting bright light for 5 squares. The sunburst
in the floor in room 19 actively absorbs lightit never
gets brighter than dim light, no matter how powerful
the light source.
Scrying Pool Room: If disturbed, the pool of water
in the center of room 18 shows faint images of many
of the rooms in the catacombs. Rather than ordinary
ripples, the waves and ripples form crude but recogniz-
able images. DMs might need to alter some of these
images to reflect rooms the PCs have already cleared
out and prisoners theyve already rescued.
Room 9: A chamber with four sarcophagi and hob-
goblin guards milling around.
Room 10: A room with a displacer beast statue and
an altar with a raven atop it. A woman (Mirtala) is
trussed up atop the altar.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Room 15: A room with hobgoblins and two drakes.
Room 21: A room with a single sarcophagus. A
ridged helmet sits atop the sarcophagus, and a mas-
sive hobgoblin in spiked armor is regarding it. If
present, Adronsius recognizes the dragoncrest helm.
Room 22: An empty room with four heavy square
columns near the corners.
Room 23: A shrine with pews and an obelisk. At
the base of the obelisks are shattered shields with
the Red Hand insignia on them. You dont have to be
Adronsius to figure that one out.
Room 24: A room with two thrones next to each
other. One has a skeleton, and the other has a biped of
uncertain race.
Room 5: An empty room with funerary alcoves in
the walls.
Room 6: A room with two jail cells, one of which
holds an older man (Sertanian).
The pool shows each room for only 3 seconds,
and the ripples dont show a lot of detail. Splashing
or dipping a hand in the water provides sufficient
ripples to work through the above list once, with
more or less vigorous ripples lasting longer or shorter
correspondingly.
Sunburst: When any creature crosses the thresh-
old to enter room 19, the sunburst design set into the
flow turns black and the lights dim. Undead creatures
that start their turn on a square thats part of the
black sunburst regain 5 hit points.
Faultline: The hallway heading west from room
19 has a large faultline running along its length. A
DC 15 Dungeoneering check is sufficient to reveal
that the floor will collapse if the PCs walk too close
together (and anyone can plainly see that the hall-
way is hazardous). PCs at least two squares away
from other PCs are safe, but any two creatures closer
39
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

2 Ghouls Level 5 Soldier 2 Zombies Level 2 Brute

Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 200 each Medium natural animate (undead) XP 125 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +2; darkvision Initiative 1 Senses Perception +0; darkvision
HP 63; Bloodied 31 HP 40; Bloodied 20 see also zombie weakness
AC 21; Fortitude 18, Reflex 20, Will 17 AC 13; Fortitude 13, Reflex 9, Will 10
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic;
Vulnerable 5 radiant Vulnerable 5 radiant
Speed 8, climb 4 Speed 4
m Claws (standard; at-will) m Slam (standard; at-will)
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage, and the target is immobilized +6 vs. AC; 2d6 + 2 damage.
(save ends). M Zombie Grab (standard; at-will)
M Ghoulish Bite (standard; at-will) +4 vs. Fortitude; the target is grabbed (until escape). Checks
Target must be immobilized, stunned, or unconscious; +10 made to escape the zombies grab take a 5 penalty.
vs. AC; 3d6 + 4 damage and the target is stunned (save Zombie Weakness
ends). Any critical hit to the zombie reduces it to 0 hit points
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common instantly.
Skills Stealth +11 Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 14 (+4) Dex 19 (+6) Wis 11 (+2) Str 14 (+3) Dex 6 (1) Wis 8 (+0)
Con 15 (+4) Int 10 (+2) Cha 12 (+3) Con 10 (+1) Int 1 (4) Cha 3 (3)
together than that triggers a collapse that deals 1d10
damage to everyone in the hallway as the entire
length collapses 10 feet. After the collapse, the hall-
way is difficult terrain and must be climbed 10 feet at
each end (Athletics DC 10).
Wall Inscriptions: Carved into the walls is this
repeating message: Honor the Heroic Guardians of
Rivenroar.
Alcoves: Skeletal human remains are in alcoves
along the south wall of room 17. PCs who spend the
20 minutes necessary to search them (dividing the
work if necessary) find treasure parcel I.
Prisoner: Thurann, the 8-year-old son of the
guard captain, is tied up at the base of the still foun-
tain in the room 17 annex. Thurann is described on
page 8. He doesnt know that his father is dead, but
he does know that Zerriksa is being held in a magic
circle beyond the mushroom chamber downstairs.

40
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Sinruths Abode When the PCs reach room 20, read:
Encounter Level 2 (625 XP) Thin menhirs are scattered across the f loor of this
triangular room. A passageway leads north, then turns
Setup westand something beyond that turn is casting light.
This room has a solo knock-down, drag-out fight with
Sinruth, the leader of the hobgoblins. Tactics
Sinruth (S) Sinruth fights with reckless abandonhe wants to be
Sinruth starts in room 21 but he moves to room 20 if surrounded by the PCs so his chain can do its work.
he hears the PCs in there. He pulls people close if possible, and then uses chain
whirlwind as soon as two or three PCs are adjacent.
If there are adjacent enemies but no one 2
squares away, Sinruth alternates between
pulling people into his armor spikes and
knocking them prone, then stomping on
them. If hes fighting in room 20, he tries to
position himself so that he pulls his enemies
into a square with a menhir on it.
Sinruth fights until slain unless you want to
save him as a future adversary, in which case
he runs through any rooms he believes to be
inhabited, figuring that slows down pursuers.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Room 20 has no illumina-
tion beyond what the PCs bring with them.
Room 21 has a lantern that emits bright light
for 10 squares.
Menhirs: The menhirs in room 20 are 8
feet tall and narrowthey dont take up the
whole square. Theyre noticeably cold to the
touch. Any creature that starts its turn in a
square with a menhir takes 1d6 cold damage.
Sarcophagus: Treasure parcels J and K can
be found inside, and it takes only a DC 15
Strength check to open itthis lid is loose.
Rescue at Rivenroar
Sinruth, Hobgoblin Chieftain (S) Level 2 Soldier Solo
Medium natural humanoid, goblin XP 150
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 185; Bloodied 92
AC 22 (24 with phalanx soldier); Fortitude 16, Reflex 16, Will 12
Saving Throws +5
Speed 5
Action Points 2
M Chain Yank (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires spiked chain; reach 2; +8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4
damage, and the target is pulled 1. If creature is adjacent,
chain yank instead briefly bashes the creature against Sin-
ruths armor spikes for an extra 1d6 damage.
M Chain Trip (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires spiked chain; reach 2; +6 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
C Chain Whirlwind (standard; recharge ) Weapon
Requires spiked chain; close burst 1; +8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4
damage.
M Jackboot Stomp (minor; at-will) Weapon
Requires adjacent prone target; +6 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
Hobgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the hobgob-
lin soldier suffers an effect that a save can end; encounter)
Sinruth rolls a saving throw against the effect.
Phalanx Soldier
Sinruth gains a +2 bonus to AC while at least one hobgoblin
ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +9, Intimidate +8
Str 17 (+4) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 10 (+1)
Con 13 (+2) Int 10 (+1) Cha 14 (+3)
Equipment plate armor, spiked chain
Brindol Treasure: Sinruth is wearing the gaunt-
lets from the Hall of Great Valor, and the dragoncrest
helm is sitting on the sarcophagus in room 21.
Sinruths Papers: In his breast pocket, Sinruth
keeps a region map (similar to the one on page 6, but
with several paths and good ambush spots marked), a
map of Brindol (similar to the one on page 8, but with
the Hall of Great Valor), and the letter from the Emis-
sary (see page 45).
41
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Rescue at Rivenroar

2 Wererats (W) Level 3 Skirmisher Evistro (Carnage Demon) (E) Level 6 Brute
Crypt Guardian Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 150 each Medium elemental magical beast (demon) XP 250
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision Initiative +4 Senses Perception +4
Chamber HP 48; Bloodied 24 HP 90; Bloodied 45
Regeneration 5 (if the wererat takes damage from a silver AC 16; Fortitude 18, Reflex 14, Will 14
Encounter Level 1 (550 XP) weapon, its regeneration doesnt function on its next turn) Resist 10 variable (1/encounter; see glossary)
AC 17; Fortitude 15, Reflex 16, Will 13 Speed 6
Setup Immune filth fever (see below) m Claws (standard; at-will)
Speed 6, climb 4 (not in human form) +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
The wererats trigger a rampaging evistro, then join in m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon M Destructive Bite (minor; at-will)
the mayhem themselves. +8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage. Bloodied target only; +8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage.
1 evistro (E) m Bite (standard; at-will) Disease Carnage
+8 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage, and the target takes ongoing 2 The carnage demon gains a +1 bonus to melee attacks if
2 wererats (W)
damage (save ends) and contracts filth fever (see below). it has one or more allies adjacent to its target (+3 if one of
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph these allies is another carnage demon). This bonus stacks
When the PCs move close to either the southern A wererat can alter its physical form to appear as a dire rat with combat advantage.
or a unique human (see Change Shape on page 280 in the Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
or the eastern doorway, read:
Monster Manual). It loses its bite attack in human form. Str 21 (+8) Dex 12 (+4) Wis 12 (+4)
Combat Advantage Con 20 (+8) Int 5 (+0) Cha 7 (+1)
A foul creature stalks the space bounded by the square The wererat deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee attacks
columns, but it stops short of crossing that boundary. against any target it has combat advantage against. Unlike other guardians that were bound to spe-
Alignment Evil Languages Common cific chambers, the evistro pursues fleeing PCs all the
Skills Bluff +6, Stealth +10, Streetwise +6, Thievery +10 way to the entry room.
Str 10 (+1) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 12 (+2)
Con 16 (+4) Int 10 (+1) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment cloak, short sword Features of the Area
When the PCs attract the evistros attention, read: Illumination: The brazier in the corner provides
bright light within 10 squares.
The evistro throws itself against an invisible barrier, unable Square Prison: The evistro is bound to remain
to get to you. But then a wererat appears at the northern within the square in the middle of the chamber until
doorway and yells, I release you, crypt guardian! someone gives it permission to leave. Then it gets an
hour to find and kill as many intruders as it can find.
Tactics It considerd the goblins, hobgoblins, and other crea-
The evistro fights until slain. The wererats flee when tures that live here as residents.
reduced to below 10 hit points, heading to room 23.
Filth Fever Level 3 Disease
The target ! Initial Effect The target loses 1 !" The target takes a 2 ! Final Effect: The target
is cured. healing surge. penalty to AC, Fortitude takes a 2 penalty to AC,
defense, and Reflex Fortitude defense, and
defense. Reflex defense. The target
loses all healing surges
and cannot regain hit
points.

42
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Shrine of the Obelisk
Encounter Level 1 (450 XP)
Setup
The rest of the wererats are here, along with the
arcanist that leads the gnomes.
1 gnome arcanist (A)
2 wererats (W)
When the PCs reach the southwest doorway, read:
Lines of pews make it clear that this was once a shrine
dedicated to the rune-encrusted obelisk at the north end of
the room. A gnome stands next to the obelisk, and sidling
toward the doorway are two more wererats, their teeth
glinting in the torchlight.
Gnome Arcanist (A) Level 3 Controller (Leader)
Small fey humanoid XP 150
Initiative +1 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
Aura of Illusion (Illusion) aura 5; the gnome arcanist and all
allies in the aura gain concealment and can hide in the aura.
HP 46; Bloodied 23
AC 16; Fortitude 13, Reflex 15, Will 13
Speed 5; see also fey step
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d4 damage.
R Scintillating Bolt (standard; at-will) Radiant
Ranged 10; +6 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 4 radiant damage, and
the target is dazed (save ends).
R Startling Glamor (minor; at-will) Fear, Illusion
Ranged 10; +7 vs. Will; the target shifts 1 square
C Illusory Terrain (standard; recharge ) Illusion
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +7 vs. Will; the target is
slowed (save ends).
Fade Away (immediate reaction, when the gnome arcanist
takes damage; encounter) Illusion
The gnome arcanist turns invisible until it attacks or until
the end of its next turn.
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
The gnome arcanist teleports 5 squares.
Reactive Stealth
If a gnome has cover or concealment when it makes an
initiative check at the start of an encounter, it can make a
Stealth check to escape notice.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Arcana +12, Bluff +8, Insight +6, Stealth +8
Str 10 (+1) Dex 10 (+1) Wis 11 (+1)
Con 14 (+3) Int 18 (+5) Cha 15 (+3)
Equipment robes, dagger
Tactics
The wererats try to keep the PCs occupied in melee so
that the gnome can make ranged attacks safely. The
wererats try to flank a PC, but not if it means risking
an enemy running over to engage the gnome.
The wererats know theyre cornered. They fight
to the death. But the gnome saves fey step and reactive
stealth to try to escape if reduced below 15 hit points.
Rescue at Rivenroar
2 Wererats (W) Level 3 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 150 each
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 48; Bloodied 24
Regeneration 5 (if the wererat takes damage from a silver
weapon, its regeneration doesnt function on its next turn)
AC 17; Fortitude 15, Reflex 16, Will 13
Immune filth fever (see below)
Speed 6, climb 4 (not in human form)
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
m Bite (standard; at-will) Disease
+8 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage, and the target takes ongoing 2
damage (save ends) and contracts filth fever (see below).
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
A wererat can alter its physical form to appear as a dire rat
or a unique human (see Change Shape, page 280 in the
Monster Manual). It loses its bite attack in human form.
Combat Advantage
The wererat deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee attacks
against any target it has combat advantage against.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +6, Stealth +10, Streetwise +6, Thievery +10
Str 10 (+1) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 12 (+2)
Con 16 (+4) Int 10 (+1) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment cloak, short sword
Features of the Area
Illumination: Torches to the left and right of
the obelisks would ordinarily emit bright light for
5 squares, but the obelisk appears to have the same
light-absorbing property as the sunburst in room 19,
so the illumination in this room never exceeds dim.
Pews: Squares with pews count as difficult terrain.
Obelisk: A DC 15 Religion check reveals iconog-
raphy common to worshipers of Vecna. Other than
the weird effect on lighting, the obelisk is not magical.
Rivenroar Treasure: The ceremonial sword, the
broken shields, and the battle standard are here.
43
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Lords of Rivenroar
Audience Chamber
Encounter Level 1 (500 XP)
Setup
The deathlock commands the other undead in the
Rivenroar catacombs. Unlike Sinruth, the wight loves
intrudersthey have the life energy that he craves.
1 deathlock wight (D)
1 boneshard skeleton (B)
5 decrepit skeletons
The decrepit skeletons arise in the middle of the first
round (roll initiative for them, but dont place them yet).
When the PCs reach either doorway, read:
Two thrones sit along the north wall of this immense
chamber. One has a rotting but still f leshy corpse on it,
and the other has a bleached skeleton. Other piles of bone
litter the ground.
The eyes of the fleshy corpse begin to glow.
Intruderssssss! it lisps. Consssssssume them!
Tactics
The first thing the deathlock wight does is shout
Arise, my warriors! At that point, five of the bone
piles coalesce into decrepit skeletonsplace them on
the map at this point. Then the wight takes its turn,
and the decrepit skeletons take their normal place in
the initiative order.
The wight tries to paralyze as many enemies with
grave bolt as possible, especially any PC that looks
like a cleric or paladin. When PCs move too close,
Rescue at Rivenroar
the wight uses horrific visage to make some breath- Features of the Area
ing room. It saves its reanimate power for when the
Illumination: None beyond what the PCs bring
boneshard skeleton dies, because it knows that the
with them.
decrepit skeletons keep coming back indefinitely.
Thrones: They appear golden, but its just gilt.
The boneshard skeleton picks whatever appears to be
Bone Piles: Five of theseyou choose which
the most competent melee combatant and attacks, first
with the boneshard and then with the scimitar. It uses its
onesanimate and become decrepit skeletons at the
start of the deathlock wights first turn. The others are
boneshard blast if it can hit three or more PCs with it.
merely difficult terrainnot that the PCs are likely to
The decrepit skeletons are bolstered by the nec-
step in those squares anyway.
romantic energies coursing through the catacombs.
Frescos: Paintings on the walls depict a series of
Each round at the beginning of the decrepit skeletons
older, robed humans, standing on clouds or riding
turn, one slain decrepit skeleton returns to life. The
chariots through the sky. The faces are more realistic
only way to stop this perpetual reanimation is for
than the other elements, suggesting that the art is
all living creatures to leave the chamber or for all
intended as portraiture. A History check (DC 20)
five decrepit skeletons to be dead at the start of the
indicates that at least some match historical descrip-
decrepit skeletons turn.
tions of the lords of Rivenroar. Three of the portraits
along the south wall have been defaced.
Treasure: Parcels L, M, and N are in this room,
preferably mounted on the walls or attached to the
throne somehow.
44
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56

Deathlock Wight (D) Level 4 Controller
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 175
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +1; darkvision
HP 54; Bloodied 27
AC 18; Fortitude 15, Reflex 16, Will 17
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic;
Vulnerable 5 radiant
Speed 6
m Claw (standard; at-will) Necrotic
+9 vs. AC; 1d6 necrotic damage, and the target loses 1
healing surge.
R Grave Bolt (standard; at-will) Necrotic
Ranged 20; +6 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 necrotic damage, and the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Reanimate (minor; encounter) Healing, Necrotic
Ranged 10; affects a destroyed undead creature of a level
no higher than the deathlock wights level + 2; the target
stands as a free action with a number of hit points equal
to one-half its bloodied value. This power does not affect
minions.
C Horrific Visage (standard; recharge ) Fear Equipment scimitar
Close blast 5; +7 vs. Will; 1d6 damage, and the target is
pushed 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Arcana +10, Religion +10
Str 10 (+2) Dex 14 (+4) Wis 9 (+1)
Con 14 (+4) Int 16 (+5) Cha 18 (+6)
5 Decrepit Skeletons Level 1 Minion
Medium natural animate (undead) XP 25 each
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 13, Reflex 14, Will 13
Immune disease, poison
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 4 damage.
r Shortbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +6 vs. AC; 3 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 15 (+2) Dex 17 (+3) Wis 14 (+2)
Con 13 (+1) Int 3 (4) Cha 3 (4)
Equipment heavy shield, longsword, shortbow, quiver of
10 arrows
Rescue at Rivenroar
Boneshard Skeleton (B) Level 5 Brute About the Author
Medium natural animate (undead) XP 200 David Noonan is a designer/developer for Wizards of the
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +4; darkvision Coast. His credits include co-designing Dungeon Masters
HP 77; Bloodied 38 see also boneshard burst Guide II, Heroes of Battle, and numerous products for the
AC 17; Fortitude 16, Reflex 16, Will 15 Eberron campaign setting. He lives in Washington state with
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Vulnerable 5 his wife, son, and daughter.
radiant
Speed 6
m Scimitar (standard; at-will) Necrotic, Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit 1d8 + 11) plus 5 necrotic
damage.
m Boneshard (standard; at-will) Necrotic
+9 vs. AC; 1d4 + 3 damage, and ongoing 5 necrotic damage
(save ends).
C Boneshard Burst (when first bloodied and again when the
boneshard skeleton is reduced to 0 hit points) Necrotic
Close burst 3; +8 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 3 necrotic damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 16 (+5) Dex 16 (+5) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 17 (+5) Int 3 (2) Cha 3 (2)
Brave Sinruth,
The Red Hand will rise again! The other remnants take great cheer in your recent attacks on commerce coming into
The Blight That is Brindol.
Were particularly pleased with your ability to inspire a fighting spirit in others, whether they have true goblin
blood or merely wish they did. To be blunt, we think you should have many more soldiers under your command.
Many, many more.
And recent events have rendered some remnants leaderless. With a bold stroke on your part, the remnants would
rally to the Red Hand you so proudly display.
As your bold stroke, do this: Attack the The Blight That is Brindol by night. Focus your efforts on their Hall of
Great Valor, for it mocks the many hard-won victories by the first Red Hand of Doom. Take from them the spoils
of war they shamelessly hang on their walls and bring those antiques back to Rivenroar.
Do this before the moon is next full. And with regard to your previous question, turning over captives to your
unliving allies at Rivenroar is perfectly acceptable. War sometimes makes strange bedfellows, and we appreciate
how youve united such disparate forces under your banner. Whatever prisoners you take from Rivenroar you can
give to the wight.
Fight with the valor of your ancestors, Sinruth. And keep your hands stained red with the blood of the weak!
I will visit you again next month, at a time of my choosing.
The Emissary
45
July 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 56
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Siege of
Bordrins
Watch
by Robert J. Schwalb
illustrations by William O'Connor and David Griffith cartography by Mike Schley

How can we forget the suffering of our kin during the Age of Chains? How can we
set aside those ancient grudges when the risk of slavery is now greater than ever?
Fellow warriors, the orcs are upon us, marching once more to the beat of the giants
drum. It falls to us to stop themto hold fast no matter their numbers. If we falter,
we give into fear. Its not just ourselves and our way of life that will suffer; all people
of the Elsir Vale will perish as well. War is upon us. Now is the time for men and
women of courage to stand up and defend those who cannot defend themselves.

TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

4
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Whats an
Adventure Path?
Scales of War is the fourth Adventure Path to
appear in the pages of Dungeon Magazine. But
what, you ask, is an Adventure Path? Quite simply,
it is a series of related adventures intended to
form a complete D&D campaign that takes your
players from 1st level all the way to, in the case
of Scales of War, 30th level.
Previous Adventure Paths, presented with the
3rd Edition D&D rules, took characters from 1st
to 20th level. But with all three tiers in the new
edition ripe and ready to explore, were push-
ing the limit with Scales of War. Each tier takes
roughly six adventures to traverse, which means
well finish off this Adventure Path in about
eighteen issues. Each adventure advances char-
acters from between one and a half to two levels
of experience. We recognize that not everyone
will meet every encounter or complete every
quest, however, so periodically, well point you
to a supplemental Side Trek or short adventure
to keep your PCs on pace. Plus, roughly every few
months, Dragon will feature new support content
for Scales of War.
Finally, this Adventure Path is intended to
function as a complete D&D campaign. That
means well be making some assumptions about
the history of the world as we move along, just
as you would in any campaign you run. Well be
borrowing heavily from the D&D mythology of
4th Edition, as well as all the great ideas that have
cropped up in other products over the years
including the pages of past issues of Dungeon!
Enjoy your stay in Scales of War, and keep an
eye out for next months installment.
Siege of Bordrins Watch is an adventure for five
3rd-level characters. By the end of the adventure,
the characters should be halfway through 4th-level.
You can run this adventure as the sequel to Rescue
at Rivenroar, continuing the unfolding story of
the Scales of War campaign, or run it as part of a
campaign of your own design. This adventure
features exploration, roleplaying opportunities, and
combats in dynamic environments, making it a
perfect addition to any campaign.
In this adventure, a new threat looms to the west:
A vast horde of orcs and their despicable kin emerge
from the barren lands bent on plunder and conquest.
While the Elsir Vale and other lands mobilize their
meager forces to respond to the danger, a call has
gone out to those heroes of the Vale to join forces and
help to push back this new evil before its too late.
Background
The lands west of the Stonehome Mountains have
been a festering mire of want and suffering. This
parched and barren landscape is suited only for orcs,
goblinoids, and other fell creatures. From time to
time, a warlord gathers a small army and tumbles
out of these badlands to test their strength and arms
against the stalwart dwarf defenders, but never have
they crossed the mountains because straddling its
single pass is an ancient dwarven stronghold named
Bordrins Watch. No matter how many orcs muster,
they die upon its walls, painting the sturdy stone
with their black blood. So the rumors of a new host
in these forlorn bogs and dead woods seemed a small
threatnothing the guardians could not handle. This
army, though, is different. Unlike all the many times
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
the orcs have emerged, they now have a leader who
can keep them together long enough to win.
The orc leader is an overlarge warrior and chief-
tain named Tusk. Not a true orc, he has the blood of
ogres in his veins, which makes him larger, tougher,
and eminently more dangerous. Having slaughtered
half a dozen orc chieftains, he drew together the
unruly tribes to mount an offensive against Bordrins
Watch to lay claim to the soft lands beyond its walls.
Tusk knows the history of the Stonehome Mountains
well, knowing that unless he can find some way to
bypass the fortress in the mountains, it wont matter
how many warriors he commands since he would fail.
What Tusk needs is a way around the fortress.
Ever resourceful and with numerous contacts and
allies, Tusk turned to his occasional lover and advisor,
a shadar-kai witch named Myrissa. He sent her back
to the Shadowfell to recruit allies to help his cause,
and a short time later she returned with a small army
of dark ones, led by a mysterious and sinister dark
creeper, known as the emissary. This leader offered
to assist Tusk in exchange for an exclusive arrange-
ment in which they would supply Tusks armies with
weaponry for whatever price the dark creeper and
his fellows asked, and in exchange, the dark creepers
would find a way through the mountains. Tusk read-
ily agreed and paid the exorbitant price, gaining a
fine arsenal, and also, he hoped, the key to victory.
Not long after, the dark creepers returned and
revealed a number of tunnels burrowed beneath the
mountain. They showed the chieftain the locations of
each, explaining how the passages connected one side
of the mountains to the other. No tunnel was large
enough to accommodate his entire army, so, Tusk
gave his horde their marching orders, sending them
to climb the mountain slopes, while his scouts moved
5
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

ahead to secure the tunnels and prepare the way
for Tusk and his elite warriors to strike the fortress
from below.
Adventure Synopsis
Even though the dwarves have been successful in
containing the orc hordes in the past, this time its
different and the dwarves of Overlook are concerned
that the walls of the Bordrins Watch might not be
enough to staunch the flood. All their misgivings
stem from the reports brought back by their own
scouts, who mention endless ranks of orcs, trolls,
and worse marching inexorably to the Stonehome
Mountains. To shore up the thin number of defend-
ers to man the Watch, Overlook dispatched a call to
arms, beseeching able-bodied men and women across
the Elsir Vale to mobilize at Overlook and then join
forces with the defenders in the mountains. With the
memory of the last war that ravaged the Vale, militias
formed up and adventurers from as far away as
Brindol answered the call.
This adventure assumes the characters are among
those who go to aid the dwarves. Being seasoned
adventurers and with some notoriety for their success
in Rivenroar, it should be clear from the locals and
any NPC allies the characters might have made that
joining the dwarves is the right thing to do. Of course,
if the PCs need a bit more prompting, you might
convince them to head in this direction by throwing
a few orcs at their current residence to drive home the
severity of the threat. Alternatively, Overlook is a city
of some size, and it makes an ideal place for the
characters to spend their hard-earned gold.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Along the way, the characters encounter a patrol
of orcs, which suggests that the orcs have somehow The Quest
crossed the mountains. Armed with this information, Siege of Bordrins Watch offers the oppor-
the characters should approach the Council of Elders tunity for PCs to earn quest XP in a couple of
to reveal the new threat. With this revelation, the places. Provided here is the list of quests, and
Council believes they have been compromised and their rewards, in the adventure.
that the tunnels beneath the mountains breached.
Even though this development poses great danger to Major QuestSealing the Nexus
their defenses, the orc horde is still far enough away The PCs must travel down to the lower tun-
that there is time to seal the tunnels and prevent the nels, make their way past the orc invaders, and
orcs from coming through the tunnels. Thus, it falls locate the ancient Nexus to complete their
to the PCs and two other groups to secure the tunnels mission before the orc hordes arrive.
and seal the Nexus to prevent the orcs from breaching R e w a r d : 750 X P (a n d 1, 0 0 0 g p
the defenses. [four parcels]).
The Council of Elders assigns the task of securing
the tunnels beneath the Monastery of the Sundered
Chain to the PCs, and they dispatch other groups
to the other weak points in their defenses. Once the
characters arrive at the old monastery, it is clear the
other locations might be compromised and the other
adventuring groups might be overmatched. Assuming
the PCs find Kalad (see page 38), the heroes learn the
dwarf paladin already secured the tunnel to Bordrins
Watch, but discover the Vents are likely not secure.
So, the characters must travel down to the lower
tunnels, make their way past the orc invaders, and
locate the ancient Nexus to complete their mission
before the orc hordes arrive. Sealing the Nexus, then,
constitutes a major quest worth 750 XP.
6
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Preparing for Encounter Level Monster Statistics

Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five player Encounters include stat blocks for each monster type
Adventure characters. An encounter of average difficulty is one present in the encounter. If more than one monster
where the encounter level is equal to the level of the of a particular kind is present, the stat block indicates
Siege of Bordrins Watch takes the characters into
party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower than the how many creatures can be found.
a deadly environment and pits them against the
party are easy encounters, while encounters that are
advance troops of a deadly orc horde. As such, the
2 or more levels higher than the party are difficult Tactics
characters venture into enormous chambers and
encounters. This entry describes special actions the monsters take
use their talents against terrifying foes, all the while
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
racing to reach the Nexus before the horde arrives.
XP value listed beside the encounter level. This monsters take advantage of special features of the
Obviously, a good reading of the adventure can only
amount should be divided by the number of group area or make use of special powers or equipment.
help, but if youre under the gun, you can skip over
members, and an equal amount should be awarded
the introductory materials and go straight to the
to each character. Map
adventure. You should, at the very least, review the
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
encounters, while paying attention to the creatures,
Setup locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
their powers, and the settings in which the characters
This section of a tactical encounter provides you location of any special features of the area.
face them.
with the basic parameters of the encounter. First, it
What You Need to Play provides context or background information for the Features of the Area
encounter. Next, it provides a key to the monsters in This section describes special features noted on the
This adventure includes the encounters the PCs face
the encounter so you can locate them on the tactical map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
as they explore and adventure in the area. It also pro-
map. The map of each encounter area indicates where which the characters can interact, those features are
vides tactical maps and more for the adventure. If you
the monsters are located when the encounter begins. described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
and your players havent read through the Dungeons
The setup section also describes what monsters are ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, or if
& Dragons 4th Edition rules yet, that is your first best
doing and how they react when the PCs arrive. the area includes treasure.
step so that you make certain you understand the
rules. Also as mentioned above, read through at least
Read-Aloud Text Treasure Preparation
the first few encounters described in this adventure
Read aloud text provides information about what the As with the first installment of the Scales of War cam-
before starting. This review enables you to become
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have paign, Siege of Bordrins Watch makes use of the
familiar with the material and the style of presenta-
to read it word for word; feel free to paraphrase and parcel system of treasure rewards as described in the
tion. You might also want to take a look at the sections
use your own words when describing this informa- Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accu-
below regarding the adventure format.
tion. Use read aloud text wisely; they are written for mulate 15 parcels by the end of the adventure. Of
Using Tactical Encounters the most common approach to a particular situation these, they should gain the reward for completing the
and what your player characters do might require you mission (four parcels for 1,000 gp), and then what-
Each encounter includes several common elements,
to alter the information in any number of ways. ever treasures they find along the way (the remaining
as described below.
eleven). You can supply these treasures in whatever
way you wish, but the following sidebar presents the

7
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

most likely rooms to bear treasure. During your prep-
aration, assign parcels from those that follow to the
rooms in the spaces provided. Use the players wish
lists to come up with magic items for the first
six parcels.
Starting the
Adventure
You can kick off the adventure in two ways: quick
and slow. Use the quick-start method if you want to
move straight to the action. The slow start emphasizes
roleplaying and stretches out the opening sequence to
build the tension leading up to the major quest.
Quick Start
When using this method, read aloud the following
text and proceed to the skill challenge described
under the Monastery of the Sundered Chain on
page 27.
War approaches. A week ago, a call to arms sounded
throughout the Elsir Valley, summoning warriors to help
defend Bordrins Watch in the Stonehome Mountains far to
the west. Word of an army of orcs on the march had spread
through the Vale for months, but now, it appeared the
rumors were true.
You, along with militia groups and other adventurers
from all over the Vale, marched west until you came to
the city of Overlook, a large fortified community raised
by dwarves centuries ago. Once there, you and two other
groups were invited to attend the Council of Elders, where
you learned the Bordrins Watch had already been compro-
misedadvanced parties of orcs had uncovered the tunnels
beneath the mountains and were already coming through
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Treasure Parcels Parcel 9: 80 gp, 300 sp
Parcel 10: One potion of healing, 90 gp
Parcel A: _______________________, M-2.
Parcel 11: 50 gp, 400 sp
Parcel B: _______________________, M-4.
Parcel C: _______________________, M-4.
Adapting the Adventure: Siege at Bordrins Watch
Parcel D: _______________________, M-5.
is designed with five players in mind. This said, you can
Parcel E: _______________________, M-5.
adapt the adventure for larger groups easily by adding
Parcel F: _______________________, M-5.
Parcel G: _______________________, V-3.
more treasure and inserting a few extra monsters us-
ing the guidelines presented in the Dungeon Masters
Parcel H: _______________________, V-3.
Guide. When adapting the adventure for larger groups,
Parcel I: ________________________, V-4.
keep it simple. Where possible, just add one monster
Parcel J: ________________________, V-4.
whose level equals the encounter level for each ad-
Parcel K: _______________________, V-4.
ditional PC. Otherwise, look for appropriate monsters
from this adventure and the Monster Manual to help
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters
stiffen up the resistance.
Guide, the following parcels can go in the lines
This adventure is also designed for 3rd-level char-
above. Rely on the wish lists your players gave you
acters. As written, a group of 2nd-level characters can
for the first four parcels.
play through the adventure, as could a slightly larger
party of 1st-level characters, but be sure to give the
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 7
characters plenty of chances to take extended rests so
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 7
that they can have a fair shot at surviving the expedi-
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 6
tion. For higher-level groups, adapting the adventure
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 5
takes a bit more work. Youll need to add monsters
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 5
and increase the treasure rewards to amounts appro-
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 4
priate for the characters. In all, adjusting the adventure
Parcel 7: Two potions of healing, two gems worth
is not too arduous, and with a little work, you can run
100 gp, 80gp
this scenario for groups of three to eight players, and
Parcel 8: One potion of healing, 250 gp art object,
for characters of 1st through 5th level.
40 gp
8
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

to harass supply trains and reinforcements bound for the
fortress. The Council asked your group and the others to
descend into these tunnels, clear them out, and seal them
off before the main host of the enemy army arrived. For
your efforts, the Council promised to pay each group 1,000
gp upon their return. Your team is to head to the old Mon-
astery of the Sundered Chain to the southwest, where they
can gain access to the tunnels below, while one group heads
for Bordrins Watch to secure those passages, and the other
to Bordrins Watch. With your mission clear, you and your
companions head for the mountains to meet your destiny.
Slow Start
Rather than jumping straight into the adventure, you
can extend the opening sequence to allow the adven-
ture to unfold more naturally, giving the players the
chance to develop their characters and participate
in the events leading up to the adventure proper.
Consider using some or all the following events sum-
marized in the quick start.
Have the characters hear about the call to arms
while spending some downtime in their favorite
watering hole or someplace else the characters spend
a lot of time. Interested characters might do some
snooping about to learn more about the nature of the
threat, Bordrins Watch, and the Stonehome Moun-
tains. You could resolve this through roleplaying
alone, portioning out information from local NPCs or
other characters introduced in the previous adven-
ture. At some point, the town council approaches
the PCs and asks that they lend their support to the
dwarves. Mercenary characters might engage in a
social challenge to negotiate the terms of their ser-
vice. This level 3 skill challenge has a complexity of
2 and uses Bluff, Diplomacy, Insight, and Intimidate
as the primary skills. A success grants the characters
a monetary reward (choose one or two parcels and
dont use them later in the adventure). A failure
results in a monetary reward (one parcel) and a
general frostiness (2 penalty to all Diplomacy
checks) whenever the PCs return to Brindol.
Once the characters set out from Brindol, they
need to travel along the Dwarfroad or the Elsir River
to reach Overlook. Along the way, they might have
a few encounters in the wilderness (especially if
the PCs arent quite 3rd level when the adventure
begins). Wilderness Encounters on page 23 provides
several options.
After a long (and possibly uneventful) journey
out of the Elsir Vale, the characters stumble onto a
band of orcs just outside the Westdeep. These scouts
left the mountainsagainst ordersto do a bit of loot-
ing in the countryside. The characters face two orc
raiders and five orc drudges. Astute players might
realize if orcs are on this side of the mountain,
perhaps this means the enemy has already breached
Bordrins Watch!
At Overlook, the adventurers are free to explore the
city, resupply, and purchase new equipment. Not long
after they arrive, they should learn they arent the
only adventurers in the city. In fact, the city crawls
with them. Also, the Council of Elders convenes
shortly after the PCs enter Overlook to discuss the
threat to the city and the vale beyond, and then they
summon the various adventuring groups, militias,
and others to Caer Overlook (see page 10).
Once there, the PCs and other adventurers are
led through a maze of corridors until they reach the
High Hall. Standing on the 20-foot tall dais are the
five elders. Each of the three male dwarves have long
beards that hang to their feet, and two are old, being
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
gray and wrinkled. The third is younger, with black
hair and hard features. The two female elders are
both attractive, one with red hair and the other with
brown. All five wear the robes of their officeluxu-
riant purple and silver damask. Arranged beneath
them, filling the chamber completely, is a motley
crowd of common soldiers, militia, and adventurers,
with each race and occupation represented, and most
standing in small groups, but a few mingling.
Characters that met any other groups while in the
citythe Freeriders, the Farstriders, or others (see
page 26 for names)should see them here as well as
any other parties you design. Allow the characters to
mingle with these groups as the players like, but few
groups know much about whats going on and if the
PCs faced orcs, they likely know more than the rest
of the host. Most groups are polite, but the Farstriders
drip with self-confidence bordering on arrogance.
When ready to proceed, the youngest male elder
steps forward and addresses the crowd. Read or
paraphrase the following text:
Welcome to High Hall friends. I am Elder Cadrick. I dont
much see the point in bandying words, so Ill lay it out for
you. War is upon us. A great host of orcs comes from the
west. Their intention is clear. They will come through the
mountains bent on slaughter. Those they spare can look
forward to a short life of slavery. Overlook, and Bordrins
Watch in the mountains, have long held fast against these
raids, but our scouts say never has such an army gathered.
Thus, we turn to you brave souls to help defend not only
Overlook, but also all the Elsir Vale.
When the orcs arrive, were certain they will come up
through the pass. We know this because already there have
been attacks from the tunnels below, compromising the
9
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

fastness. The defenders have fought back the savages, but
its clear the rest are coming and fast.
So heres the plan. Durkik Forgeheart will lead the
militias and most of you to bolster Bordrins Watch. Orc
trailblazers infest the tunnels below, so weve tasked their
security to the Farstriders. One more mission remains,
though. We need a group to evacuate the monastery on
the other side of the mountains. Its dangerous work, what
with the orcs and all, but priests need a warning of whats
coming if they dont know already.
Do we have any volunteers?
No one steps forward to take this mission, so it falls
to the PCs to do so. When they volunteer, Edgar Som-
merfield, the leader of the Farstriders, angrily steps
forward and says, Should I remind the Council of
our previous arrangement? Cadrick responds with a
nod and a placating gesture, thanks the PCs for their
service, and dismisses the gathered crowd. The elder
speaks with the Farstriders leader for a few moments,
after which Sommerfield storms out of the hall. Cad-
rick holds the PCs and promises them 1,000 gp upon
their return. Unless the PCs have any other business,
youre free to proceed with the adventure at the Mon-
astery of the Sundered Chain described on page 27.
Troubleshooting: The PCs might be curious
about the Farstriders, and a little chatting (DC 15
Streetwise) reveals the group has a storied career,
having slain a black dragon, wiped out tribes of savage
humanoids, recovered fabled relics, and more. Should
the characters ask Cadrick about them, he mentions
that the Farstriders met with the Council earlier and
negotiated for the job with the most danger and glory,
which is why they are descending into the mountains
to secure them.
If the group doesnt step forward, you can have
the Freeriders (see page 24) or another group step up
instead. The Council sends the PCs to defend Bor-
drins Watch. Not long after they arrive, word comes
that the other group hasnt yet returned, so an officer
sends the PCs to find out what happened, though
with only half the reward. Assuming they dont
mutiny, proceed with the Monastery as normal.
Overlook
The city of Overlook stands on the eastern slopes of
the Stonehome Mountains, a hoary range of crum-
bling peaks as old as the world. The citys founding
lies sometime far back in the mists of time, at a point
after the dwarves in this region threw off the shackles
of slavery and chased the giants and orcs west across
the mountains at the end of the Age of Chains. Over-
look, and the fastness of Bordrins Watch, were raised
to safeguard the liberated dwarf peoples and to be
the first line of defense should their ancient enemies
forget their defeat and seek to enslave the dwarves
once more.
Since its founding, Overlook has never come under
attack, though Bordrins Watch has time and again,
at least once every century. Overlook supplies the
mountain pass with soldiers, supplies, and needed
resources, ensuring the Watch is never without the
goods they need to live up to their ancient respon-
sibility. While doughty dwarf warriors hold the
Watch, the city is far more cosmopolitan and includes
peoples of nearly every race and culture known in
this corner of the world. Dwarves are still the domi-
nate group, but humans and halflings make up a
close second, followed by dragonborn, tieflings, and a
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
smattering of eladrin and elves, and an assortment of
other, less familiar, races.
Overlook is largely a trading center, and people
on both sides of the mountain come to the city to
exchange goods, rumors, and information. The citys
numerous markets and bustling streets makes it the
ideal place to do business, thus characters in search
of a particular tool or device are more likely to find it
here than anywhere for miles around.
Supplementing its trade is a robust mining indus-
try. The mountains are rich in iron, silver, tin, and no
few gemstones. Dwarf and human miners and pros-
pectors set out from Overlook each day, some working
in the blackness of the deep mines, while others scour
the heights in search of treasuressome succeeding,
others failing, and others still vanishing in the misty
peaks never to be seen again.
Although the city depends on Bordrins Watch to
endure most of the attacks from the west, the city is
not without its own defenses. The dwarves erected
steep walls to protect themselves, but as the city out-
grew its original protections, the inhabitants raised
more walls to encircle the growing population. So far,
this has happened four times, giving the city four sets
of walls, one inside of the other. The shantytown, the
unofficial ninth district, grows beyond the eastern
walls and its just a matter of time before the Council
decides to raise another wall and add those squatters
to the rest of the city.
Piercing each wall, on both the western side and
the eastern side, is a large gate flanked by two square
stone towers. Most times, the gates stand open, even
in the dead of night, but when trouble looms, such
as now, the gates are closed at dusk, and the inner
gatesthe ones leading into High Hallmight close
even earlier.
10
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

The outer walls are 100 feet tall,taller where

they travel over higher elevation. Each inner wall
stands another 20 feet tall. Guards patrol the walls
infrequently, though the gatehouses are held by a
half-dozen warriors (dwarf bolters, Monster Manual,
page 97).

Districts
Overlook has eight districts, each distinguished by the
types of its people there as well as the industry one
finds there.

Blister
Looking for work? You ought to prick the blister an see
what bubbles up...
The Blister is a rough-and-tumble section of the city,
populated by mercenaries, adventurers, and the usual
sort of traveling folk with few roots. Characterized by
a great number of winesinks, taverns, pleasure dens,
gambling halls, and bordellos, Blister is not a place to
get lost.
Buildings: Blisters buildings are a mix of timber
and stone of architectural styles ranging the gamut.
Old dwarven buildings stand next to almost organic
tiefling dreaming halls, while a halfling gambling turers, thieves, and traveling folk, representing the stench of a crowded district. Wood smoke hangs over
den sits in the shadow of an old temple dedicated to citys most diverse population. the streets, mixing with other, more sinister smells.
Sehanine in her more larcenous aspect. Sights: Visitors and inhabitants alike might see Sounds: Merchants hawk their wares amid laugh-
Streets: Blisters roads thread their way through a pair of human thugs beating a half-orc with their ter, screams, the murmur of crowds, the clatter of
the press of buildings, darkened by shadows cast by clubs in an alley, a scantily clad man calling out to kitchens, cries of thief!, the whistle of a constable in
structures built too close together. Filth and detritus passersby, a street magician performing tricks, an pursuit, the sounds of barking dogs, the hiss of cats,
clog the alleys, sometimes spilling out onto the major elderly alchemist selling cure-alls, street preachers and the growls of spiretop drakes.
thoroughfaresthat is, roads large enough to accom- prophesizing the end of the world, tents and stalls,
modate a horse. clotheslines stretched across the streets, and bands of Boneyard
People: Humans, halflings, and dragonborn have adventurers looking for trouble. Not much to do in the Boneyard aside from sicking up.
the largest numbers in Blister, though one can find a Smells: All sorts of odors waft up from Blister, Occupying the southeast corner of Overlook, Bone-
variety of races here. As mentioned, most are adven- including smells of exotic cuisine to the expected yard has every distasteful business and venture,

11
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

including everything from the citys slaughter-
houses, renderers, tanners, dyers, and even the citys
graveyards.
Buildings: As an industrial corner of the city,
most buildings are plain and functional, and they are
constructed to serve the operation and little else.
Streets: The Boneyard features broad roads in
good repair so wagons can easily navigate the district.
People: Humans are the largest group of people
here and most are dirty, lacking in sophistication, and
Overlook
This city of stone stands on the side of the Stone-
home Mountains. Constructed as a haven for newly
liberated dwarves from their former giant masters,
Overlook has since outgrown its noble roots and
become a haven for peoples all over the Elsir Vale
and beyond.
Population: 12,250; about another 5,000
people live in small settlements scattered on the
lower slopes. The people of Overlook are mostly
dwarves, humans, and halflings, though pockets of
dragonborn, tiefling, eladrin, and elf communities
are isolated in their own ethnic neighborhoods.
Overlooks importance as a trade center results in
great numbers of travelers from faraway lands and
of a wild assortment of races, cultures, and beliefs,
lending the city its cosmopolitan atmosphere.
Government: The Council of Elders, a group of
five male and female dwarves, governs Overlook.
Each is elected to office and serves a 10-year term.
The dwarves see ruling as a burden and none relish
the job, preferring to hand power off to someone
else. Heading up the Council is the Great Elder,
Morgoff Stonefirst, an aging dwarf whos ready
to retire.
One representative from each of the eight
districts of Overlook attends the Council, serving as
inured to the foul odors wafting up from the more
toxic parts of the district.
Sights: Common sights include wagons laden
with animal carcasses, workers trudging to their jobs,
plumes of acrid smoke, and pipes leaking toxic fluids
into the gutters. The Boneyard is as unpleasant to look
at as it is to smell.
Smells: A pall of smoke stinking of urine and
sulfur hangs over the Boneyard, turning the sun a
pale shade of brown. Even though the locals do their
advisors and also to air the grievances of their particu-
lar constituencies. Although these individuals have the
power to influence, they have no real authority in the
city, though many are wealthy and powerful by means
other than the office they hold.
Defense: Overlook keeps a standing garrison of
150 warriors armed and ready for any threat. In times
of trouble (such as now), Overlook can muster another
500 warriors from the local militia, and another 100
from the outlying settlements. At Bordrins Watch,
another 500 hundred warriors protect the mountain
pass from within its steep walls and skyscraping
towers.
Districts: Blister, Boneyard, Elftown, Forgeworks,
High Hall, Nine Bells, Stonehammer, Tradetown,
Shantytown (unofficial).
Inns: Beldens Rest; Cadricks Boarding House;
Clean Sheets; House of Sleep; Mountains Hearth;
Pollivers; the Turned Spoon; and numerous others.
Taverns: Coxcomb Spirits; Dergans XXX Brewery;
Michaels Blond; Pickled Imp; Pig and Bucket; the Salty
Mug; and numerous others.
Supplies: Dungeoneers Survival Emporium; Elsir
Consortium; Mertys; Stonehome Treasures.
Temples: Divine Knot (various); Shrine of Erathis;
Stone Anvil (Moradin).
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
best to keep the streets free of rubbish, the materials
and industries produce ripe odors a shade better
than death.
Sounds: One can hear the creaks of wagons, the
spillage of liquids, crackling fire, the screams of
animals at the slaughter, and the grunts of hard labor.
Elftown
Dont know why they still call it Elftown; cant say as Ive
ever seen an elf there.
Elftown covers the northwestern corner of the inner
city and takes its name from the one elf to live there
some seventy years ago. The community consists
of upscale and well-off entrepreneurs, merchants,
bankers, lawyers, physicians, and other members
of Overlooks upper crust, and many folk elsewhere
want to inhabit a small house on the edge of this fine
quarter.
Buildings: With fine buildings of astonishing
architecture, white-washed or painted in pastel
colors, Elftown has some of the nicest homes and
shops in the city. Even the smaller houses are sumptu-
ous compared to those of pretty much anywhere else
in the city, and all are accented by parks, lawns of
green grass, statuary, and beds of exotic flowers and
semimobile plants.
Streets: Aside from the broad Dwarfroad that
winds though Elftown, most streets are large enough
to accommodate two carriages side by side. The roads
are covered in pale white stone and maintained by a
legion of well-paid servants. Even the side streets are
clean and lit with everburning torches contained in
iron lanterns to chase away the shadows.
People: In spite of the name, few, if any, elves live
in Elftown, though several eladrin are affiliated with
the ambassador who takes residence here. Instead,
12
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

wealthy humans and dwarves command this section

of the city, though one can be sure to find a handful
of dragonborn, a smattering of tieflings, and a few
reckless halflings.
Sights: Observers can see black carriages pulled
by teams of matching horses, patrols of uniformed
guards, and fountains sending spray into the air, as
well as servants painting houses, cleaning the streets,
and avoiding attention.
Smells: One is likely to smell fine cooking, fresh-
cut grass, the perfume of brilliant flowers, incense,
and other pleasant aromas.
Sounds: Notes played on a harp, the singing of a
lovely young woman (or a younger man), a haughty
noble screaming at a servant, the whinny of horses,
and the clink of gold are common sounds.

Forgeworks
Let me tell you about this place I know. If youre looking for
armor, I can think of nowhere better to go.
The Forgeworks, or just the Forge, is a middle-class
district given over to successful artisans, tradesfolk,
and other men and women who work hard and are
successful in their professions. More than half of
the buildings here are workshops with apartments
overhead. Warehouses, businesses, stables, and other
places of industry round out the rest. The Forgeworks
stands in the Middle City, south of Tradetown.
Buildings: Small shops with flats above line the
streets, punctuated with the occasional tavern, shrine
to Moradin or Erathis, and speckled with overlarge
warehouses.
Streets: Broad streets, wide enough to accommo-
date aurochs and wagons, run through this district,
while narrow alleys branch off to disappear in the
maze of buildings beyond. Cobbles cover the ground
and most are even to provide smooth transport to and
from the Forge.
People: Dwarves and humans live side by side in
the Forgeworks, but one can also find a small popula-
tion of half-elves, gnomes, and a few others as well.
During the day, business here brings folk from all
over the city to do business.
Sights: Blacksmiths hard at work at their forges,
weavers chatting while working their looms, painters,
tailors, and a host of other shops and business, all pro-
duce goods for the citizens of Overlook and beyond.
Smells: The air is pregnant with the smells of
sweat, smoke, and industry. Street vendors sell meat
pies, sausages, and other portable foods for work-
ers and visitors alike, lending the pleasant (or not
so pleasant) aromas of their fare to the atmosphere.
Although a busy part of Overlook, the Forgeworks is
surprisingly clean.
Sounds: Frequent sounds are hammers on anvils,
a sharp curse, the hum of conversation, wagons creak-
ing, aurochs straining in their traces, and the sound
of footfalls from passersby.
High Hall
The heart and soul of Overlook, son, High Hall is where
the movers and shakers make all the decisions.

13
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

High Hall, or the Old City, is where the city leaders
convene to govern Overlook. Few folk still live in
High Hall since nearly every inch of available space
is given over to the various ministries making up the
citys government. Thus, aside from a few extremely
wealthy folks, most people funnel out of High Hall
at the end of the day to head home to Elftown, Stone-
hammer, or elsewhere.
Buildings: High Hall consists of a forest of mas-
sive buildings packed tightly inside its walls. Towers
thrust up from the fortresslike structures, climbing
high above the walls and affording a look at the entire
city and the lands all around. Most buildings house
one of the dozen or so ministries that see to keeping
the city operating. Examples include the Ministry of
Commerce, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the Min-
istry of War, and so on. Each operates out of a marble
or brick building fronted by impressive statues of
dwarf warriors, artisans, and historical figures, while
the walls themselves bear intricate carvings and bas-
reliefs capturing key moments from the citys history.
The outer edge of High Hall holds the businesses
and few homes of those who grease the engines of
politics. Restaurants, inns, and a few shops provide
patronage to the citys elite, but they shut down at
nightfall.
Streets: Suffering from too many buildings in a
confined space, High Halls roads are positively peril-
ous. Tight and cramped while winding through the
heart of Overlook, they contain numerous shadowy
alcoves, dead-ends, and limited range of sight as they
turn and twist. Although High Hall doesnt have a
thievery problem, it does suffer from hired killers.
The dwarves deal honorably with one another, but the
same cannot be said for all the citys representatives,
and rival humans, tieflings, and others might resort
to murder to eliminate an inflexible politician. Thus,
most high-ranking officials surround themselves with
guards, making travel anywhere in High Hall all the
harder.
People: The Council of Elders might all be
dwarves, but the rest of the citys government is as
diverse as the city. Bureaucrats, functionaries, mes-
sengers, and palanquins bearing representatives from
other districts all make their way through High Hall
throughout the day, and sometimes at night.
Sights: Buildings, buildings, and more build-
ings crowd the district, their carved faades telling
ancient stories of heroic dwarves, the end of the Age
of Chains, and other historical events that helped
shape this region. One might see workers cleaning up
a murder scene, while street vendors sell everything
from amulets that promise to bring good luck in the
courts, to food dealers, and tattered street lawyers
searching for clients.
Smells: Overcrowding and the malaise of too
many people gives High Hall an unpleasant aroma in
spite of the fact that the Council spares no expense in
keeping this part of the city clean. Wafting up from
the streets is a mix of rubbish, food, and sweat, but
compared to other sections of Overlook, High Hall is
tolerable.
Sounds: Throughout the day, a steady hum of
conversation sounds, punctuated with the ringing of
bells, the angry shouts of guards as they escort their
worthy charges through the press of people, voices
raised in protest at some new law, and an assortment
of other noises make High Hall loud. At night, how-
ever, it becomes deathly quiet.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Nine Bells
Nine Bells, Nine Hells, all the same to me.
Nine Bells district takes its name for the nine temples
found in the heart of the district. Since these temples
cater to the sick and the poor, this district draws the
hungry, the diseased, and the destitute to its streets.
Before the walls were raised here, Nine Bells was a
place of great wealtha community favored by those
rich citizens who wanted to escape the clamor of the
city. However, after it was annexed along with Blister
and the Boneyard, the estates were abandoned and
the folks fled to Stonehammer or Elftown to escape
the flood of destitute people that washed into the
place. Now, Nine Bells is the worst part of the city and
is ever a source of embarrassment for the citys elite.
Buildings: With rotting estates, old vineyards now
overrun by tents and wooden shacks, sagging row-
houses, and communities of tents, Nine Bells decays
even while the rest of the city grows strong. The busi-
nesses, such as they are, cater to darker interests,
including dreaming halls, sinister taverns, fighting
pits, and disease-ridden brothels. Huddled in one
corner of this district are nine great temples, raised
long ago, but faced, on all sides, by poverty, despair,
and the worst sorts of people imaginable. Called the
Divine Knot, a few of these temples have been aban-
doned, while the rest keep small staffs of dedicated
servants who soldier on to fight the misery plaguing
this district.
Streets: As one might expect, Nine Bells streets
are muddy lanes and narrow alleys, all filthy and
most worming through the press of decaying build-
ings. Closest to the temples, the muddy roads gain
cobbles, typically clean and free of debris.
People: Nine Bells is the bottom of the barrel, so
to speak, and it welcomes anyone who has nowhere
14
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

else to go. Humans, dwarves, tieflings, halflings,
gnomes, and even a few half-orcs scratch out an exis-
tence in this wretched mire. Despair is strong here
and it drives many of its people to commit unspeak-
able acts to survive. Drugs, prostitution, and even
slavery can all be found here.
Sights: A dead dog rotting in the streets, a swarm
of rats cornering a gaunt gnome in a darkened alley, a
hideous crone hobbling under the weight of her scav-
enged scraps, a gang of children armed with sharp
knives and hungry eyes, and a robed priest swinging
a smoking censer to chase away the spirits can all be
found in Nine Bells.
Smells: A fecal stench hangs in the air, mixed with
the equally nauseating odors of vomit, rot, and rub-
bish. People here are unclean and their odors mingle
with that of the befouled air to create a symphony of
noxious odors. Nearest to the temples, the air grows
a bit more tolerable thanks to incense and the modi-
cum of respect the people show the men and women
of the cloth.
Sounds: Within this area, one can hear mad
laughter echoing out of a darkened ally, a womans
cry, a wailing child, the sound of flies devouring an
abandoned carcass, the splash of effluvia, and the
whisper of a threat.
Stonehammer
Theres a different kind of stench in Stonehammer... its
the stench of arrogance.
Stonehammer occupies the southern half of the inner
city, and it wraps around High Hall up to the Dwar-
froad. Like Elftown, Stonehammer is home to the
wealthy citizens of Overlook, specifically the dwarves.
Since this district is cleaner, safer, and more exclusive
than other parts of the city, great deal of resentment
exists toward the folks of Stonehammer from those of
lower means and status.
Buildings: Stonehammer is the most dwarven of
districts, and its buildings are grand, sweeping, and
magnificent to behold. Towers that thrust up from
lower levels rival those found in High Hall in terms
of height and grandeur. Since space is at a premium,
the dwarves here have built upward. The wealthiest
citizens live in the aeries, while servants, low-born
dwarves, and all those who support the sumptuous
lifestyles of the elite dwell in the Darkthe bowels of
Stonehammer.
Streets: The towers feature wide, sturdy bridges
of stone, each fitted with high railings to prevent
accidents and equipped with everburning torches for
safety. In the Dark, the roads are tight and twisting,
threading around the towers bases, and plunged in
nearly perpetual darkness.
People: Stonehammer is exclusively a dwarven
district and nondwarves are not permitted to live
here. Other races often work in the Dark, but even
they must keep their residences outside the district.
Folk here are wealthy and powerful, and they repre-
sent the best the city has to offer.
Sights: A knot of dwarf priests bestow blessings
on a newly completed bridge, a palanquin borne by a
dozen human thralls bears a dwarf lady to an upscale
market, a pompous dwarf aristocrat waxes on about
his successful ventures in Tradetown, and stern-faced everything and anything a person might want in a
guards armed with halberds block access into the
innards of an impressive tower.
Smells: None; the air is clean, although a breeze
might push the fetid odors from the rest of the city,
but such occasions are rare and brief. In the Dark,
dust, sweat, and wood smoke fill the air, tinged with a
faint chemical smell.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Sounds: Deep, resonating laughter, the bass voice
of a dwarf noble, the grunt of a thrall bearing the
weight of his charge, the hiss of a spiretop drake, and
the sounds of good living permeate the district.
Tradetown
Have a care in Tradetown, son. You can go there with a
full purse and come out with nothing more than a pail of
beans.
Tradetown is a melting pot of all races, cultures, and
occupations. In many ways, Tradetown is a lot like
the Blister, but it has been established for longer and
it has a mix of fabulous wealth and appalling poverty.
Tradetown, as one might expect, is a commercial
and retail district, where merchants, tradesfolk, and
prospectors come to do business. Most middle-tier
business-inclined people have homes here and gather
in coffee houses, upscale bars, and bathhouses to do
business. In stark contrast to the bustling commerce,
Tradetown is also home to a powerful thieving guild
named the Lost Ones. A clandestine organization,
they have agreements with nearly all the major enter-
prises here, offering protection (or rather exemption)
from thievery and the promise to leave their custom-
ers alone.
Buildings: Tradetown is a hodgepodge of stone
buildings (many of dwarven architecture), wooden
structures, warehouses, shops, inns, taverns, and
city of this size.
Streets: Tradetown is every bit as cramped as the
Blister and in some ways more so for the vendors and
hawkers crowding the streets. Moving merchandise
into Tradetown is a chore and often requires porters
rather than wagons to transport anything of size. The
15
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

roads are cobbled, but alleys and side-streets might be
muddy and covered in rubbish.
People: Tradetown is home to a dizzying number
of people, from elves and eladrin to lumbering half-
orcs and goliaths. Humans and gnomes rub elbows in
taverns, while dwarves of low character might engage
in backroom deals with sinister tieflings.
Sights: Merchants line the roads, selling an assort-
ment of goods that range from magic items, ritual
ingredients, and curiosities, to common goods such
as pots, pans, cutlery, trade goods, and everything in
between. Shady men and women walk the streets,
eyes in constant motion as they search for new marks,
while grifters and charlatans peddle cure-alls or
use trickery to part their customers from their coin.
Urchins run through the alleys, leading visitors
through the safer parts of Tradetown, while disguised
halflings lead other visitors to the nastier corners,
where the travelers can find beatings and robberies
instead of their destinations.
Smells: An unsettling mixture of roasting meats,
beer, ale, and spices blends with excrement, sweat,
and the strange odors of illegal substances, wreathing
the district in a perpetual haze.
Sounds: One can hear womans laughter, a
dragonborns growl, an argument, a shout of thief!,
children playing, a yelping dog, a persistent mer-
chants pitch, and the whispered invitations from
second-story rooms overlooking the narrow streets.
Shantytown
You think Nine Bells is bad? Spend a night in the
Shantytown.
Not a true district, Shantytown clings to the back of
the city like festering boil. Shantytown is a wretched
maze of tents, shacks, and rotting wooden buildings,
and it is home to the poorest and most desperate of
people that have nowhere else to go. Most of Shanty-
towns people are refugees from other lands, victims
of tragedy and circumstance, or exiles who keep a
low profile so they can go about their wicked busi-
ness without attracting attention. Thus, Shantytowns
people are beggars, destitute farmers, maimed
adventurers, undead, necromancers, cultists, and
worse, all thrown together in one of the most
desperate spots in the region.
Buildings: Tents and lean-tos make up the
majority of buildings in Shantytown, though some
wooden structures rise up from the mess like islands
in a sea of misery.
Streets: Little better than muddy paths wending
through heaps of debris and filth, no one is sure if the
mud is actually mud....
People: People of all races and from all lands live
here, though humans appear to be the most numer-
ous. Most have hard luck stories, but a few live here by
choicefor easy hunting or to escape notice.
Sights: One can see a filthy child screaming in the
middle of a street, a flock of chickens fleeing from a
hungry cat, a brown-clad cultist with a rat skull on a
thong around his neck, a shrine dedicated to a sinister
god, and a bloated corpse ripening in the sun.
Smells: Filth, filth, and more filththe stench of
Shantytown is staggering.
Sounds: Within this area one can hear laughter
and crying, moans and sighs, the squelch of foot-
falls, the grunt of pain, the short shriek of butchered
animal, the howl of a dog in pain.
Key Locations
The districts are broadly described so you can stock
them with shops, temples, and inns as you need, but a
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
few locations warrant mentioning. Each entry corre-
sponds with a location shown on the Overlook map.
1. Dwarfroad
The old Dwarfroad emerges from the Elsir Vale
and climbs the slopes of the Stonehome Mountains,
moving through Overlook and ascending up to
Bordrins Watch and down the other side into the
badlands beyond. The old road is far older than Over-
look, having been paved during the Age of Chains
by dwarf slaves for their giant masters. After the
dwarves successfully rebelled, the Dwarfroad served
as a primary trade route for the old dwarven kingdom
that followed, but over the last century or so, goblins,
bandits, and worse, have made travel along it perilous.
Still, closer to Overlook, the road is somewhat safe
and folk near the city still make use of it.
2. The Gray Redoubt of
Rufus Crumley
The so-called gray redoubt is a leaning tower of gray
and black stone that has the dubious distinction of
being the tallest structure in Shantytown. Speculated
as being as old as the city, the tower has had many
owners over the centuries, but is currently the home
to one Rufus Crumley.
A dabbler in necromancy and the dark arts, Crum-
ley is a wildly unpopular figure in the Shantytown,
but powerful enough that no one dares report him
to the authorities. For the most part, Crumley keeps
to himself, working in his laboratory to master the
secrets of undeath and foul magic. Its whispered
that undead horrors guard the tower, so not even the
thieves of the district dare attempt burglary. Its well
known that Crumley pays good gold for cadavers and
16
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Rufus Crumley Level 9 Elite Controller

Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800
a cot in a large common room in the attic. The main Adventurers and mercenaries loiter in the Pig and
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +8 floor consists of a kitchen and dining hall where a Bucket, because its a good place to find work and
HP 188; Bloodied 94 patron can buy a burned or undercooked meal, tepid exchange news. Merchants, wizards, and shady types
AC 25; Fortitude 20, Reflex 24, Will 22
beer, and cloudy water for a reasonable price. drift in and out the bat-wing doors day or night, so
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6 DMs Tip: Yerrin Dalovoy, a halfling with a one doesnt have to wait long before someone blows
Action Points 1 wicked scar on his left cheek, runs the place, having in with a job offer. Kyle Rester cultivates this atmo-
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Poison, Weapon
won it in a game of Three Dragon Ante a few years sphere since he was an adventurer in his youth. His
+13 vs. AC; 1d4 + 3 damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage
(save ends).
back. He uses the inn as a front to smuggle drugs bright red hair has gone to gray and his freckled face
r Ray of Rot (standard; at-will) Necrotic and poisons into Overlook, supplying his contacts in is creased and wrinkled with age, but hes competent
Ranged 10; +13 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 6 necrotic damage, and the Lost Folk with useful commodities for their crimi- and knows his way around a sword.
the target is slowed until the end of Rufuss next turn.
nal interests.
A A Grave Wind (standard; recharge ) Necrotic
Area burst 2 within 10; +14 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 necrotic
6. Dungeoneers Survival
damage. A swirling cloud of souls appears in the area and 4. Mountains Hearth Emporium
remains until the end of Rufuss next turn. It grants con- Just inside the east gates and facing the old Dwar- A narrow building, but deep, the Dungeoneers
cealment, and any creature that starts its turn in the area
takes 6 necrotic damage.
froad is a three-story inn named the Mountains Survival Emporium is a general store specializing
Invisibility (standard; sustain: standard; encounter) Illusion Hearth. Famed for its clean and neat accommoda- in common goods such as rope, packs, tents, and
Rufus can turn invisible until the end of his next turn. tions, fine meals, and pleasant staff, the Hearth is bedrollsall available for reasonable prices. The shop
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Infernal, Supernal
one of the more popular stops in Overlook. The dwarf doesnt deal in weapons or armor, but if a customer
Skills Arcana +16, Religion +13
Str 11 (+4) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 19 (+8) matron Reggen runs the place like clockwork, and flirts enough with Myra Edgerton, a half-elf of
Con 14 (+6) Int 22 (+10) Cha 14 (+6) her persistence and dedication has paid off. Unfortu- prodigious size, he might just gain access to the store
Equipment patched robes, dagger, staff nately, the Lost Folk have been putting pressure on of wondrous items she has collected over the years.
her to pay for protection. So far, she has resisted and DMs Tip: Myra is in fact a doppelganger assas-
is knowledgeable in a few rituals useful for removing
has paid the price for her refusal in the vandalism sin (Monster Manual, page 71) and uses her cover to
afflictions, and, if it can believed, thwart death.
and dark threats she has endured. Shed pay well if avert suspicion toward her nocturnal ventures. Shes
DM Tip: Although Rufus deals in black magic, he
someone could get these thugs off her back. careful to conceal her true nature, and she acts as a
doesnt pose much of a threat to Overlook since his
facilitator for those needing a discreet blade, claiming
work is largely theoretical. Should the PCs need
5. Pig and Bucket she knows people, when in fact, she is the people.
discreet healing for an ailment or death, Rufus pro-
One of the Blisters most famous dives, the Pig and
vides it with no questions asked, making him a useful,
Bucket is a one-story tavern squashed between two 7. Tombs
if shady ally.
boarding houses of ill-repute. Most of the tavern Adventurers dont have much reason to explore the
3. Clean Sheets consists of the beer hall, where booths line the walls, Boneyard unless theyre in need of leathers, dyes, or
and row tables and benches fill the open area in the a funeral service. In fact, the thing that brings most
A sagging, rotting building leaning out over the old
center. A wooden bar, replete with names and curses people to the Boneyard is the Tombs, Overlooks old
Dwarfroad, this inn hasnt had clean sheets since it
carved onto its surface, runs along the back wall, graveyard. As large above ground as it is below, Tombs
first opened for business a decade ago. What it does
where a dozen casks hold a variety of beers. contains the burial vaults for citizens dating back to
offer is shelter and a suspicious meal. Clean Sheets
the citys founding. The city eventually swallowed it
accommodations include a pair of private rooms, or

17
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

up when it annexed the Boneyard a hundred years
ago. For as much as the groundskeepers maintain
Tombs, the cemetery is a grim and foreboding place,
aided by the overlarge temple of the Raven Queen
that crouches in the heart of the maze of headstones,
vaults, and crypts.
DMs Tip: Although not advertised, Tombs loses a
dozen cadavers every year. No one is sure where they
go or if there are robbers about, but the attendants
who leave much to be desired in their vigilancesee
the loss as acceptable.
8. Dergans XXX Brewery
Dergans XXX Brewery is home of Dergans XXX
Stout, a full-bodied black lager brewed using a recipe
passed down through a dozen generations of dwarf
brewmasters. The current brewer is a dwarf by the
name of Forsworth Clangman, and he takes pride
in continuing his familys tradition. The Brewery is
beloved by laborers throughout the Forgeworks, and
off-duty workers come each day to drink away their
wages in the comfort of this dark tavern and brewery.
9. Stonehome Treasures
Mikal Rensfield runs Stonehome Treasures, an unas-
suming shop specializing in selling goods produced
in and around Overlook. Rensfield, an enterprising
human merchant, solicits finished materials from
artisans in the city and from the outlying villages and
turns them around for a profit in the Forgeworks. His
merchandise is an eclectic mix of mundane equip-
ment, weapons, armor, and a smattering of magic
items he has picked up for a steal from local explorers.
Treasures, as its often called, does a brisk business
in the city, and adventurers of discerning taste shop
here exclusively.
10. Beldens Rest
An adorable elderly couple runs Beldens Rest. Rory
Teng, human, and his wife Ruth, half-elf, have
operated the inn since it was first built, and the inn
has a reputation for its comfortable rooms, excellent
food, and courteous staff. Prices are reasonable and
the owners find new ways to surprise and please their
guests during their stay. The inn consists of a lounge
and restaurant on the main floor, with the upper two
floors given over to private rooms. Theyre best known
for their pressed duck.
DMs Tip: Rory and his wife are secret cultists
of Asmodeus and the couple keeps a shrine to the
dark god in a secret room attached to their cellar. On
(un)holy days, they and their fellow dedicates gather
beneath the inn to perform blood sacrifices to their
master. They hide their activities well, but the fact
that tieflings stay here for free is a big clue to where
their loyalties truly lie.
11. The Salty Mug
This tavern nestles between the steep cliff that runs
through the Tradetown and the middle wall, so the
sun shines upon the building only in the middle of
the day. The rest of time, shadows cloak the place,
providing a fitting atmosphere for a haven of thieves
and scum. Founded a dozen years ago by an ex-pirate
named Kyne, the Salty Mug immediately attracted the
worst sort of clienteleprostitutes, thugs, murderers,
thieves, and, of course, adventurers. Fights break out
here all the time and murders are common enough
that when a stabbing occurs, the bartendera brutish
hobgoblin named Krunk, collects the body and sells it
to the renderer the next morning.
In spite of the danger, the Salty Mug is a good place
to pick up rumors and happenings in the city. People
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
haunting its booths are connected and they keep a
finger on the pulse of the city.
12. Mertys
This gaudy shop fronts the old Dwarfroad as it passes
between Tradetown and Forgeworks. The place is
painted in pastel colors and big glass windows in the
front display adventurers battling with papier-mch
monsters. Mertys sells a variety of gear and equip-
ment, all for 150% above the normal prices. What the
place lacks in good deals, it more than makes up for
in variety, making this shop an excellent choice for
adventurers looking to track down ingredients, magic
items, and other hard-to-find gear. A halfling named
Riley Swifttoe owns the place and keeps a gnome
artificer on hand to put together custom goods.
13. Shrine of Erathis
In the heart of Tradetown stands a small shrine
dedicated to Erathis. Little more than a covered altar,
littered with stubs of incense and scraps of paper con-
taining prayers offered up by locals for good fortune,
and a large idol of the goddess looking off to the hori-
zon, people come here throughout the day or night. A
gentle old woman named Haelyn attends the shrine
and accepts tithes from penitents and those seeking
the deitys blessings. Haelyn might know a few rituals
to remove afflictions, but she is not, in fact, a cleric.
14. Coxcomb Spirits
A proud rooster adorns a hanging sign above the
entrance to Coxcomb Spirits. More restaurant than
tavern, Coxcomb Spirits offers a fine selection of
wines, beers, ales, and liquors to accompany the
artful meals prepared by Chef Drebben. The Spirits
18
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

caters mostly to the citys elite, and a nonpolitician
might wait for months for reservations.
Ironically, a ghost in its cellar haunts the Spirits.
Drebben has contained the unruly and unwanted
guest by arranging holy symbols around its lair, but
he fears his solution is temporary at best. Hed hire
someone to clear out the ghost, but fears it would be
bad for business.
15. Stone Anvil
Easily one of the largest buildings in Overlook, Stone
Anvil is a grand cathedral dedicated to Moradin.
The churchs foundation extends deep into the earth,
where copyists work to transcribe the holy texts of
Moradin, write holy books, and compile ritual books
for the clergy. Some say these cavernous vaults hold
far more than the legion of scribes and that ancient
relics from the Age of Chains are buried in the deep-
est of vaults.
Above, stone walls assembled from blocks of stone
larger than many homes climb far above the bridges
and buildings of Stonehammer. Its uppermost levels
are studded with leaded windows that sparkle in the
sun, each of which is shaped to resemble hammers.
Doors to the worship hall rise 40 feet and require
six dwarves to open or close them such is their
great weight.
The Stone Anvil is open to all who would pay
homage to Moradin, but its placement in the city as
well as an unwelcoming atmosphere results in its con-
gregation being nearly all dwarves. The current high
priest is Durkik Forgeheart, and he has served three
decades. Durkik, a dwarf, began his career as a pious
servant of his god, but years of corruption, wealth,
and status have chipped away at his idealism, leaving
him grasping and opportunistic, which makes him
little better than any of the bureaucrats choking the
life from the city.
16. House of Sleep
The House of Sleep specializes in exemplary service
and keeps out unwanted guests with its exorbitant
prices. A great tower that stands seven stories tall and
is pierced with so many arched windows, the building
appears as if it has more glass than stone in its con-
struction. The House offers private accommodations
only; each suite of pleasant rooms includes a small
kitchen, lounge, and bedroom, as well as the service
of two servants who see to the guests every need.
Kalaban Whisperwind, an eladrin expatriate,
owns the House of Sleep and dotes on his guests.
A cultured and educated man, his life is one of ser-
vice. Those who can afford a room here are never
disappointed.
17. The Turned Spoon
The Turned Spoon is a quaint restaurant on the south-
ern edge of Elftown. Founded by a cadre of halfling
chefs from the riverlands to the south, they offer a
large menu and a dizzying array of spirits. The res-
taurant is comfortable, with padded chairs and low
tables. Deemed a romantic spot by the elite, and the
epitome of excess by everyone else, the Turned Spoon
offers large meals of unimpeachable quality.
18. Elsir Consortium
Forty years ago, a group of merchants set aside their
differences and combined their businesses to found
the Elsir Consortium. Their unified front allowed
them to expand their individual markets to nearly
every community in the Elsir Vale until a decade
later, and they have emerged as one of the most pow-
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
erful commercial forces in the region. Ever since, the
Consortium has only grown larger and more success-
ful, which is a fact not lost on the folk of Tradetown
and elsewhere who have begun to resent the
Consortiums influence.
Overlook houses the Consortiums warehouses and
production facilities in Elftown. Fronting these build-
ings is a small shop that provides goods, weapons,
armor, and other materials (none of which is magi-
cal) at a 10% discount below those prices listed in the
Players Handbook.
DMs Tip: The Consortium is indeed a powerful
merchant conglomerate, but its interests extend much
further than moving mundane goods around the Elsir
Vale. The Consortium has turned hungry eyes at a
bigger prize; they hope to oust the ruling Council and
install a government friendlier to the Consortiums
interests, preferably consisting of individuals hand-
picked by the merchants. A small cadre believes the
coming conflict will be good for them, since they
expect that a disastrous defeat at Bordrins Watch will
weaken the Councils influence and open the door
for a coup. When this occurs, the Consortium intends
to move in with their mercenary soldiers, which are
hidden throughout the city, seize the government, and
shatter the orc armies themselves.
19. Pollivers
Pollivers is a small inn and club used by visiting
officials and for local officials in need of clandestine
meetings. A large building, four stories tall, it sits atop
a tower near the eastern gate into the High Hall. Tall
glass windows face out on all sides, with burgundy
curtains inside that can drawn closed for privacy,
while a pair of golden griffons stands watch to either
side of the bronzed doors. The inside is just as grand
19
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

as the outside, with high ceilings, patterned floors in
priceless woods, and a legion of servants that cater to
their guests. Large rooms, on scale with those found
in the House of Sleep, fill the upper levels, while a
bar, restaurant, game room, and smoking lounge fill
out the main floor.
Officials and envoys use Pollivers to conduct pri-
vate meetings, to make secret deals, andto chart the
course for the future of Overlook. As such, member-
ship is gained by not only circumstances of birth and
wealth, but also for a candidates discretion. Being a
member of Pollivers is an expense many in Overlook
find worthwhile.
20. Michaels Blond
In stark contrast to Pollivers and the other pricey
establishments in High Hall and Stonehammer,
Michaels Blond is a down-to-earth tavern that spe-
cializes in serving the working class, offering honest
fare, good brew, and a comfortable environment
all for a modest fee. Few officials would sully their
names by having dinner here, but those looking for
information on the elite might pry a few secrets from
disgruntled servants deep in their cups.
21. Caer Overlook
(Government)
Rising above all the other districts and buildings in
the city is Caer Overlook, a sprawling fortress of stone
hauled out from the depths of the earth from the very
mines the dwarves excavated during the dark days of
their enslavement. The castle consists of eight round
towers arranged in a star pattern surrounding a
central keep capped with a domed roof. Hedging
in all the towers and the keep is another stone wall,
taller than the wall bounding the High Hall, and it
raises 200-feet tall.
If the scale were not impressive enough, the archi-
tecture in the details establishes the fortress as one
of the greatest in the lands. Carvings, engravings,
and bas-reliefs adorn the walls, capturing moments
of dwarven history and inscribing those grudges to
which all dwarves still cling. Scrollwork bears threats
and promises, vows of vengeance against orcs, giants,
and anyone or anything else that had wronged
these people.
Inside, the same degree of artistry appears
throughout the building, from the brilliant tapestries
to the inlaid stone work covering the floors, and
statues of the courageous Firstborn who sacrificed
their lives to liberate their kin. All this, inside and
out, pales before the brilliant majesty of the Council
Chamber: the High Hall. This magnificent room
measures 200 feet in diameter with a great dome
overhead. A dais, raised 20 feet above the echoing
chamber, holds the five high-backed chairs for the
councilors. The floor around the dais is polished
to a mirror finish to reflect the mural on the dome
overhead. In it, one can see an artists rendition of
Moradins wrath against the primordials, telling the
story of the gods gift, the betrayal, the Age of Chains,
and culminating in the dwarves liberation.
Caer Overlook provides quarters for the elders as
well as smaller apartments for the districts represen-
tatives and their families. Each is a sumptuous room
with high ceilings and marble floors. Fireplaces large
enough for a grown man to stand hold roaring fires,
heating the entire castle through a feat of engineer-
ing, while everburning torches illuminate the halls
and chambers with a soft white light. Few, however,
have the chance to behold the splendor of this place,
since the guardians protecting the councilors are
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
vigilant in safeguarding the private rooms and
inner vaults.
22. Ministry of War
The Ministry of War is more compound than single
structure, consisting of six buildings arranged inside
a walled-in courtyard. Three buildings are barracks
for the garrison that protects and patrols the city. The
fourth serves as an armory and smithy, producing
weapons, ammunition, and armor for recruits. The
fifth building houses the officers quarters, while the
sixth contains the officers of the War Minister.
The Ministry of War produces both soldiers and
watchmembers, and their training regimens are
nearly identical. The Ministry accepts most candi-
dates provided they are fit and able, but it allocates
recruits to the city watch or garrison. Some candi-
dates, no matter how eager, are refused. Topping the
list are gnomes, any goblinoids (reformed or not), orcs
(and their kin), and any other individual that lacks
the strength, discipline, or ethical substance to serve.
DMs Tip: Rumors tell of a third branch of the
Ministry of War, a covert group of operatives that
combine teams of individuals with untraditional tal-
ents, such as wizards, warlocks, and others. If such a
group exists, the Council and the Ministry both deny
their existence.
23. Cadricks Boarding House
When other districts provide lodgings, one might
wonder why anyone would rent a room in the Nine
Bells. There are few good reasons and those who do
seek out a place to stay here are either too poor or too
desperate to hunker down anywhere else, or, worse,
need or have to keep a low profile. In any event,
Cadricks Boarding House welcomes any and all
20
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

inside its mildewed walls, offering dirt cheap rates
that even include a loaf of bread (with crunchies!) and
a pail of murky water. One never fears being alone in
the rooms, because lice, fleas, and other vermin infest
the straw mattress beneath stained sheets. No detail
is spared in this interesting place, with peeling wall-
paper revealing swathes of black, quivering mold,
clouds of flies, and spiders so big, a shoe large enough
has not been cobbled to silence their scuttling.
Wendell the Sott owns the Boarding House and
is not sure who Cadrick was, though hell tell you he
did at one time if he can be sobered up long enough
to reply. An army of sycophants and hangers-on lurk
in the shadows of this building, taking residence here
thanks to Wendells good graces or his obliviousness.
DMs Tip: The folk loitering around Cadricks
Boarding House are a band of a rabble-rousers and
agitatorsanarchists that want to see the Council dis-
solved and laws removed, letting the city go back to
a more natural state. They hide their intentions and
their purpose well, except for the bits of graffiti that
show up all around the inn, with such profundity as
Dwarves suck! Orcs Rool! and Armen wuz here. Urban Encounters
Clearly, this group is disorganized and doomed to
failure, but if an individual could unite them and
give them some direction, there are enough of them
to be dangerous.
24. Divine Knot
The Divine Knot is the name given to the nine
temples filling out the northwest corner of the Nine
Bells district. Each temple is a grand house of worship
designed to honor the gods, but is marred by the
squalor and filth contaminating this district. For
years, the priests worked to clean up their environs
but frequent failures have chipped away at their
resolve, leading a few of the temples to close their
doors (specifically Ioun, Moradin, and Pelor). The
restAvandra, Bahamut, Erathis, Kord, the Raven
Queen, and, oddly, Zehirremain, but with small
clergies and smaller congregations.
25. Pickled Imp
The Pickled Imp is an infamous tavern located just
inside the Nine Bells. Taking its name from the large
jar containing a dead imp suspended in brown fluid
sitting proudly on the old wooden bar, the Pickled
Imp is no place for the meek. Tucked away on a side
street a few blocks away from the western gates, the
Pickled Imp squats at the end of a foul alley, which
is littered with slop tossed from the windows of
tenements on all sides. The favored watering hole
of beggars, storytellers, vagabonds, madmen, and
shiftless folk, the Pickled Imp provides watery wine
and a bitter yellow fluid that passes for beer. Fights
are common, and in the cellar, the Imps patrons can
watch kobolds fight brutal death matches.
Between expeditions, the characters can retreat to
Overlook to rest and recover, to acquire rituals and
gear, or gather additional information. While in the
city, you can use any of the following encounters to
make their time in the city more interesting.
Anarchists (Level 1; XP 498)
2 human bandits (level 2 skirmisher; Monster
Manual, page 162)
8 human rabble (level 2 minion; Monster Manual,
page 162)
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Fear about the orc army spreads through Overlook
like a cancer, but it also emboldens groups who see
the confusion and chaos as a singular opportunity for
mischief. A group of anarchists emerges from Nine
Bells to cause trouble in a higher-class district.
Outraged Drakes (Level 1;
XP 500)
5 spiretop drakes (level 1 skirmisher; Monster
Manual, page 90)
Years ago, Overlook brought in spiretop drakes to
control the growing rat problem. It worked, but now
the drakes are everywhere. Generally, the drakes are
comfortable enough around humanoid races, but if
their eggs are disturbed, they can become fierce, as
in the case of this clutch. An enterprising thief sought
to snatch a few eggs and turn a profit outside the city
and for his trouble, he found death instead of gold.
Pressgangs (Level 1; XP 524)
2 halfling thieves (level 2 skirmisher; Monster
Manual, page 152)
2 human lackeys (level 7 minion; Monster Manual,
page 162)
4 human rabble (level 2 minion; Monster Manual,
page 162)
Overlook has sounded the call to war, and many
people have answered without the need of having
to pressgang folk into service. A few gangs, however,
emerged from Nine Bells, Blister, and the Boneyard,
and they now roam the streets, ambushing anyone
they find in the name of patriotism and delivering
their bloody charges to the Ministry of War for
fresh recruits.
21
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Lost Ones (Level 2; XP 675)
1 human mage (level 4 artillery; Monster Manual,
page 163)
4 human bandits (level 2 skirmisher; Monster
Manual, page 162)
The characters stumble onto a group of Lost Ones
intimidating a shop owner into coughing up gold for
protection. These enforcers respond with violence
to any interference, but they scatter if the mage is
taken out. Henceforth, the PCs gain the Lost Ones as
enemies, and during the adventurers stay, they
discover that some shops and taverns refuse them
service and that their steps are dogged by gangs of
these criminals.
Mysterious Killers (Level 3;
XP 750)
2 doppelganger sneaks (level 3 skirmisher; Monster
Manual, page 71)
3 human guards (level 3 soldier; Monster Manual,
page 162)
While moving through the city, the PCs come upon
a vicious fight in a darkened alley. There, the attack-
ers are finishing up slaughtering another group of
adventurers. Should the PCs defeat the attackers,
they find on them a list of names, some unknown,
others known, including those of the Freeriders (see
page 24) and four of the five player characters. These
killers were hired by a mysterious agency in the city
whos working to eliminate potential problems as his
plans unfold. A future adventure can provide greater
revelations in this sinister plot.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Beyond Overlook each season, fed by towns, hamlets, and communities
all under Overlooks protection. The stores can keep
Overlook is one of the most interesting features of the
a modest-sized force fed and watered for up to six
Stonehome Mountains, but it isnt the only one. Ruins
months without needing to resupply.
of the old dwarven kingdom dot the peaks for hun-
Like the Monastery, the Watch contains a secret
dreds of miles to the north and south, while old caves
staircase that winds down into the mountain and
lead to tunnels worming through the rock. Closest to
connects at a large room called the Nexus. There,
the Overlook, though, the land is safer and is home to
soldiers at the Watch could move beneath the feet
numerous villages and other places of interest.
of their enemy and strike them from behind. This
Armistice: Purported to be the site of victory of
passage hasnt been used in centuries and only a scant
the giants and orcs, here the freed dwarves signed
few know of its existence.
a compact of peace that would bind them into one
Elsir River: The headwaters of the Elsire River
nation. Now the kingdom is no more, so Armistice
flow in a series of waterfalls that drain the mountains
is just a relic of the past filled with old codgers who
back into the valley to the east. West of Sodden (see
think back on better days.
below), the river is too rough and hides too many
Bordrins Watch: Straddling the old Dwarfroad
rocks for boats to navigate, though from Sodden, one
is a mighty fortress that was raised to control traf-
fic across the mountains and protect the Elsir Vale
can travel across the valley, going as far as Brindol.
from attack. Bordrins Watch contains one of the
Feud: Two dwarf families dominate this tiny
hamlet and, as their name indicated, they are prone
three access points to the tunnels beneath the moun-
to violence. The only thing they cant stand more than
tains. The stronghold consists of a long wall, which is
one another is outsiders.
150-feet tall and over 80 feet thick at the base, and it
Hope: Another speck of a town, Hope appeared
is punctuated with steep towers fitted with arrowslits.
after prospectors found a vein of silver nearby. Once
Battlements cap the wall, allowing sentries to watch
the vein played out, most of the miners moved north
the pass and defend the fortress from attack. Atop
to Armistice, but a few stubborn folk live here still,
each tower is a pair of catapults. Ballistae and scorpi-
working the mines in search of precious metals.
ons are positioned every 40 feet along the
Travelers have reported that something is not right
walls length.
with these people and theres a feeling that the
In the center of the pass is a massive gate. Its doors
citizens of Hope are hiding something sinister.
stand 100-feet tall, and it takes 40 aurochs to pull
Lantern: A minuscule settlement of just fifty
them open. The gatehouse surrounding the doors
souls, Lantern is little more than a logging camp.
consists of two towers, each as tall as the wall and
Monastery of the Sundered Chain: About
wider than three standing towers together.
eighteen miles southwest of Overlook stands the old
Bordrins Watch can accommodate 3,000 soldiers
Monastery of the Sundered Chain. Raised to house
on the walls and in the towers, but the grounds on
an order of holy warriors in service to Moradin, the
the eastern side of the pass can hold up to 100 times
templars have largely withdrawn from Overlook,
this number if need be. Granaries are replenished
22
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

seeing the city as having lost its identity. Even though

the relationship is strained, the monastery and the
city remain allies. The monastery contains one of
three access points to the tunnels beneath the Stone-
home Mountains. The templars are reputed to be the
only ones with the knowledge of how to close off
the tunnels.
Mylers Stone: This town was once a large city,
but years of decay, disease, and tragedy reduced the
place to a handful of desperate people eking out an
existence in the ruins of the past.
Old Den: A trade depot used by rangers and elves
alike, this site is a cluster of wooden buildings
surrounded by a palisade.
Shackles: Overlooks sister, Shackles was a
powerful city and was the former capital of the fallen
dwarven kingdom. It fell nearly two centuries ago
when the orcs sacked it before the kingdom could
respond.
Sodden: A small town at the headwaters of the
Elsir River, this is a quaint community of farmers and
fisherfolk. They work well with the elves, which is
perhaps the only thing that stops the elves from
erasing Lantern altogether.
The Vents: Natural fissures vent steam from a Wilderness Encounters Opportunists (Level 1; XP 500)
superheated underground lake. The tunnels are dan- The characters have plenty of opportunities to get 1 bugbear warrior (level 5 brute; Monster Manual,
gerous since they are also choked with foul monsters in trouble while traveling to Overlook or when they page 135)
of the Underdark, dangerous flora, and vicious fauna. explore the citys surrounding countryside. They can 2 goblin warriors (level 1 skirmisher; Monster
For more information on the Vents, see page 39. stumble into trouble while attempting to complete Manual, page 137)
The Westdeep: This dense forest grows in the their mission, or if the characters arent quite of the 4 goblin cutters (level 1 minion; Monster Manual,
narrow depression between the Stonehome and level they need to be to survive this adventure, you page 136)
Wyrmsmoke Mountains. A dangerous place, several can add any of the following encounters.
tribes of xenophobic elves live here, and they do A brutish bugbear named Rorrag leads a small force
not take kindly to trespassers. Conflict between the out of the Westdeep to strike the smaller settlements
loggers at Lantern and the elves has come close to for plunder and slaughter. Rorrag is aware of the
open war, and its known that if the elves attack, the approaching orc horde and seizes the chance to strike
dwarves will be forced to respond.

23
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

these hamlets while their garrisons defend the Vale
against the attack.
Deserters (Level 1; XP 518)
1 human berserker (level 4 brute; Monster Manual,
page 163)
2 human bandits (level 2 skirmisher; Monster
Manual, page 162)
3 human rabble (level 2 minion; Monster Manual,
page 162)
Not all those called to defend Elsir Vale have the
courage to do so, and as reports have filtered in from
the west, a few warriors have abandoned their posts.
Since deserters face death if captured, these men and
women have turned to banditry to survive.
Orc Scouts (Level 1; XP 520)
2 orc scouts (level 3 skirmisher; page 53)
5 orc drudges (level 4 minion; Monster Manual,
page 203)
A band of orcs, having slipped through the vents, now
prowl the countryside, ambushing militias, adventur-
ers, and anyone else they encounter to soften up the
defenses against the hordes attack. All these orcs
have the tell-tale tusks that mark their allegiance to
their orog chieftain.
Westdeep Elves (Level 2;
XP 625)
2 elf archers (level 2 artillery; Monster Manual,
page 106)
3 elf scouts (level 2 skirmisher; Monster Manual,
page 106)
Elf hunters patrol the fringes of the Westdeep,
scouring the forest for loggers and trappers. They
arent interested in a fight with the PCs, unless the
characters are despoiling the forest in some way.
This said, characters treating the elves with respect
might learn about orcs who have slipped through the
mountains. Resolve this as a complexity 2 social chal-
lenge, using Bluff, Diplomacy, Insight, and Nature as
the key skills. A success (six successes before three
defeats) reveals the elves have encountered orcs in the
forest, but not in considerable numbers. They suspect
they might be part of the horde since their armor and
weapons bristle with boar tusks.
The Freeriders
The characters arent the only band of adventurers
called to help defend Bordrins Watch; and numerous
groups, of varying skill and expertise, have come to
Overlook to lend their talents in the fight against the
approaching army. Most of these adventuring groups
are pleasant enough, but rivalries, even good-natured
ones, are bound to arise. During their stay in Over-
look, the characters should eventually cross paths
with the Freeriders. If youre using the slow start
option, consider introducing these adventurers before
the PCs are called to the Council of Elders.
The Freeriders formed up six months ago in Elsirs
Crossing. They left the small community and headed
east, where they dealt with a foul cabal of cultists in
an isolated town called Beacon. After, they returned
to Brindol for some down time and learned of the
impending threat. Like the PCs, the Freeriders went
west to do their part in defending their homeland.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Megan Swiftblade
Megan Swiftblade was the pretty daughter of a poor
farmer not far from Brindol. When the Red Hand
invaded the Vale, the goblins and dragonspawn slew
her family and left her scarredphysically and
emotionally. She spent the last decade honing her
fighting skills, vowing she would give her life to
protect innocents from the encroaching darkness so
other young people would never face the horrors she
was forced to endure.
Megan Swiftblade Level 3 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 150
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +3
HP 44; Bloodied 22
AC 19; Fortitude 18, Reflex 15, Will 16
Speed 5
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of Megans next turn.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +4 vs. AC; 1d10 + 1 damage.
M Sure Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d8 + 1 damage.
M Tide of Iron (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires shield; +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the
target, if Large or smaller, is pushed 1 square. The target
is marked until the end of Megans next turn. Megan can
shift into the space the pushed target vacated.
M Dance of Steel (standard; encounter) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 damage, and the target is marked and
slowed until the end of Megans next turn.
No Opening (immediate interrupt, when an enemy attacks
and has combat advantage; encounter)
Megan cancels the combat advantage she was about
to grant.
Alignment Good Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Intimidate +6
Str 18 (+5) Dex 13 (+2) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 12 (+2) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment scale armor, light shield, longsword, longbow with
quiver of 20 arrows, adventurers kit
24
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

As the leader of the Freeriders, Megan sees her
fellow adventurers as extended family and is protec-
tive of themprotective to the point that conflicts
sometimes arise. She can come off as brusque, but she
means well and is fearless in battle. Megan is sword
thin with an attractive figure, keeps her blond hair
cut short, and has a vicious scar that runs from her
forehead and down her left cheek.
Ragnum Dourstone
The heart of the Freeriders is Ragnum Dourstone, a
graying dwarf priest of Moradin. Born and raised in
Overlook, he left the city in disgust after witnessing
the decay in his church. Although estranged from his
kin, he would not abandon the city to the orc armies
and so he convinced his companions to make the
journey west.
Ragnum is just over 4-1/2 feet tall and weighs
upward of 200 pounds. He has auburn hair streaked
with gray and a thick beard he wears in braids. Gruff
and serious, he believes in doing his duty with honor
and is an implacable foe when crossed.
Sylen Leafrunner
Born in the Westdeep, Sylen left his woodland home,
disagreeing with their distrust and remembering
how his people aided in the defense of the Vale
against the Red Hand. He fell in with Megan and
began a torrid love affair that has endured over the
years. Although he feels strongly for the woman, he is
secretly ashamed, feeling as though he has betrayed
his people and his culture by his dalliance in human
realms.
Sylen is whip thin, with long brown hair and angu-
lar features that give him the look of a fox. Hes most
comfortable in his hunting garb and wears clothing
Ragnum Dourstone Level 3 Controller (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid, dwarf XP 150
Initiative +1 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 46; Bloodied 23
AC 17; Fortitude 16, Reflex 13, Will 16
Saving Throws +5 against poison effects
Speed 5
m Warhammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage.
r Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +5 vs. AC; 1d8 damage.
M Priests Shield (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and Ragnum or one adjacent
ally gains a +1 power bonus to AC until the end of Rag-
nums next turn.
M Wrathful Thunder (standard; encounter) Thunder,
Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 thunder damage, and the target is
dazed until the end of Ragnums next turn.
C Healing Word (minor; 2/encounter [1/round]) Healing
One ally; the target spends a healing surge and regains an
additional 1d6 + 3 hit points.
M Cure Light Wounds (standard; daily) Healing
Melee touch; the target regains a number of hit points equal
to its surge value + 3.
Stand Your Ground
When an effect forces a dwarf to movethrough a pull, a
push, or a slidethe dwarf moves 1 square less than the
effect specifies. When an attack would knock the dwarf
prone, the dwarf can roll a saving throw to avoid falling
prone.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common, Dwarven
Skills Dungeoneering +6, Endurance +5, Religion +6
Str 16 (+4) Dex 10 (+1) Wis 16 (+4)
Con 14 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 13 (+2)
Equipment chainmail, warhammer, crossbow with case of 10
bolts, symbol, adventurers kit
dyed in greens and browns. Hes friendly and a
constant companion, keeping his secret guilt close to
his heart.
Ghena Tenson
An arcanist of some talent, Ghena was apprenticed
to a wizard who helped save the Elsir Vale from the
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Sylen Leafrunner Level 3 Skirmisher
Medium fey humanoid, elf XP 150
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision
Group Awareness aura 5; all allies inside the aura gain a +1
racial bonus to Perception checks.
HP 44; Bloodied 22
AC 19; Fortitude 15, Reflex 17, Will 15
Speed 7
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +9 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage.
Elven Accuracy (free; encounter)
Sylen can reroll an attack roll. It must use the second roll,
even if its lower.
Hunters Quarry (minor; at-will [1/round])
Closest enemy becomes Sylens quarry. Once per round,
Sylen can deal an extra 1d6 damage on an attack against
his quarry. Sylen can have just one quarry at a time.
R Twin Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires longbow; ranged 20/40; +9 vs. AC, two attacks;
1d10 damage per attack.
R Cut and Run (standard; encounter) Weapon
Requires longbow; ranged 20/40; +9 vs. AC, two attacks;
1d10 + 4 damage per attack. Sylen can shift up to 3
squares after the first or second attack.
Yield Ground (immediate reaction, when damaged by a melee
attack; encounter)
Sylen can shift 2 squares and gains a +2 power bonus to all
defenses until the end of his next turn.
Alignment Good Languages Common, Elven
Skills Nature +10, Stealth +10
Str 14 (+3) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 15 (+3)
Con 12 (+2) Int 11 (+1) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, longbow with a quiver
of 20 arrows, adventurers kit
Red Hand a decade past. When she had learned all
she could, she left to find her own place in the world.
Ghena is content to work with the Freeriders, but
sees it as a short-term venture, since she believes shes
destined for greatness, far more than her current
companions will ever achieve.
Short, pudgy, with a round face and small eyes,
she has shoulder-length blond hair, a face full of
25
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Ghena Tenson Level 3 Controller
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 150
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +3
HP 44; Bloodied 22
AC 19; Fortitude 15, Reflex 18, Will 16
Speed 6
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Weapon
+5 vs. AC; 1d8 damage.
r Magic Missile (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +7 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 4 force damage. This power
counts as a ranged basic attack.
A Cloud of Daggers (standard; at-will) Force
Area burst 1 within 10; +7 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 force
damage. The powers area is filled with sharp daggers of
force. Any creature that enters the area or starts its turn
there takes 2 force damage. The cloud remains in place
until the end of Ghenas next turn.
C Color Spray (standard; encounter) Radiant
Close blast 5; +7 vs. Will; 1d6 + 4 radiant damage, and the
target is dazed until the end of Ghenas next turn.
Shield (immediate interrupt, when hit by an attack; encounter)
Ghena gains a +4 power bonus to AC and Reflex defense
until the end of her next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Arcana +10, History +10, Religion +10
Str 10 (+1) Dex 13 (+2) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 12 (+2) Int 18 (+5) Cha 10 (+1)
Equipment robes, staff, spellbook, adventurers kit
freckles, and long, slender fingers. She wears
traveling clothes and carries a black staff with silver
ferrules at either end.
Madrick
Madrick never planned on becoming an adventurer;
he was content in his forest home in the Feywild with
his pet raccoon, Bandit. However, the formorians
raided his community, and only by his quick wit and
a timely warning from Bandit did Madrick escape.
Unfortunately for him, he went through a doorway
into the natural world. Confused, surprised, and a
little homesick, Madrick took up with the Freeriders
for lack of anything else to do and has remained with
Madrick Level 3 Skirmisher
Small fey humanoid XP 150
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 44; Bloodied 22
AC 18; Fortitude 14, Reflex 16, Will 16
Speed 5
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d4 + 1 damage.
r Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 3 damage.
M or R Sly Flourish (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires dagger; melee 1 or ranged 5/10; +10 vs. AC; 1d4 +
6 damage.
M Positioning Strike (standard; encounter) Weapon
Requires dagger; +10 vs. Will; 1d4 + 3 damage, and slide
the target 3 squares.
Sneak Attack
Once per round, Madricks attack deals an extra 2d6
damage to a target he has combat advantage against.
Fade Away (immediate reaction, when Madrick takes damage;
encounter) Illusion
Madrick is invisible until he attacks or until the end of his
next turn.
Reactive Stealth
If Madrick has cover or concealment when he makes an ini-
tiative check, he can make a Stealth check to escape notice.
Fleeting Ghost (move; at-will)
Madrick can move his speed and make a Stealth check.
He does not take the normal penalty from movement on
this check.
Alignment Good Languages Common, Elven
Skills Arcana +4, Stealth +11, Thievery +9
Str 13 (+2) Dex 16 (+4) Wis 11 (+1)
Con 12 (+2) Int 12 (+2) Cha 16 (+4)
Equipment leather armor, 5 daggers, adventurers kit, raccoon
named Bandit
them ever since. Although he enjoys their company,
hes always looking for a way back to his home so he
might rescue his captured kin.
Madrick is short, with pale skin, and large black
eyes. He wears brown and gray clothing to help him
sneak about. His best friend in the world is Bandit
and the raccoon is never far from his side.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Other Adventuring
Groups
Numerous other adventuring bands have come to
Overlook, including the Farstriders, the Green Hand,
the Company of Wolves, the Slayers, and others.
You can flesh these out as needed, or just drop their
names, and others of your own creation, into the
background to emphasize the severity of the threat
to the city.
Of these other groups, only the Farstriders bear
special mention. Led by Edgar Sommerfield, a war-
lord of some fame, the Farstriders are far and above
the most successful adventuring party in these lands,
hence their being tasked with the Vents. Theyve slain
a black dragon, ousted a nest of kobolds, and even
undertaken an expedition into the Shadowfell. Aside
from Sommerfield, the group includes twin elf rang-
ers, Uulath and Reiner, a half-elf warlock named Jen,
and Corben, a human fighter. Their statistics arent
necessary since they are all slain in their attempt to
seal the Nexus, leaving it to the PCs to save Overlook
and the Elsir Vale from the attackers.
DMs Tip: If the characters spend any time in
Overlook before they head out for the monastery,
you could introduce this party along with the
Freeriders. This experienced group might serve as
mentors, for a time, or close friends, making their
deaths all the more poignant when the characters
find their corpses.
26
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Monastery of the
Sundered Chain
Constructed centuries ago to house an elite fight-
ing force of Moradin dedicates, the Monastery of the
Sundered Chain preserves the memories of the hard-
ships endured at the hands of the giants, and it trains
initiates in fighting arts useful for battling these foes.
For generations, the monastery has stood as a symbol
of dwarven perseverance and expertise in the fight-
ing arts and one who trains there not only receives an
excellent education in religion and combat, but also
gains a mark of pride and honor.
The monastery is about 20 miles from Overlook,
higher up in the mountains, and just beneath the
Hammer, a great peak that loosely resembles a down-
turned hammer. The trip to the monastery can be
free of danger, or, if the PCs are in need of additional
experience points, can be reached safely with an
extended skill challenge.
Setup: The PCs must navigate the mountains
using their expertise and cunning to avoid monsters
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
and hazards lurking at the higher elevations between
Overlook and the monastery.
Level: 3.
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before
3 failures).
Primary Skills: Endurance, Nature, Perception,
Stealth.
Special: Once the characters reach the monastery,
they gain a +2 bonus to all checks each time they
repeat this challenge.
Endurance (DC 15): A trek through the trackless
wilderness is slow and arduous. At least two charac-
ters must make Endurance checks to preserve their
stamina and avoid fatigue, injury, and exhaustion.
Failed checks result in everyone in the party losing 1
healing surge in addition to counting as a failure.
Nature (DC 20): The mountain paths are twisting
and confusing, making it easy to become lost. In addi-
tion to counting as a failure, two failed Nature checks
result in the characters losing 1 healing surge since
they have to backtrack and reorient themselves to
regain their bearings.
Perception (DC 20): The character notices an easier
route up to the monastery, granting a +2 bonus to
all Endurance, Nature, and Stealth checks for the
remainder of the journey.
Stealth (DC 15): The characters move cautiously
through the mountains, being careful not to attract
attention. A failure closes off this approach for the
duration of the challenge.
Success: The characters reach the monastery or
Overlook without trouble.
Failure: Roll on the following table and begin a
combat encounter with the indicated monsters. After
finishing the encounter, the PCs must start their chal-
lenge over again to reach their intended destination.
27
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Wilderness Encounters
d% Monsters Encountered
0110 3 griffons
1120 2 cave bears
2130 5 hippogriffs
3160 6 orc raiders
6170 Orc eye of Gruumsh and 4 orc berserkers
7180 5 wights
8190 5 ghouls
91100 4 gnoll marauders
When arranging the battlefield, use a mountain
map with difficult terrain (rubble, scree), cover (rocky
outcroppings and defiles), and concealment (deep
shadows) to create a dynamic fight. Orcs fight until
slain; all other monsters flee when reduced to 10
hit points or fewer. None of these encounters
has treasure.
Dungeon Features
Certain elements of the dungeon are universal
throughout the complex.
Doors: Unless otherwise mentioned, none of the
doors are locked and all can be opened by depressing
a lever in the handle. Doors open inward, and so the
hinges are in the rooms interior.
Stairs: Stairs count as difficult terrain. Unless
otherwise called out in the text, stairs are made
from stone.
Extended Rest
Few places are safe enough inside the dungeon for an
extended rest since the orcs constantly move about,
carrying plunder up to the temple proper. To take an
extended rest, the characters have to leave the monas-
tery and find a safe place to hide in the surrounding
countryside. Any attacks are noticed while the char-
acters are gone, and the orcs reinforce cleared rooms
with fresh troops drawn from other locations.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Monastery of the
Sundered Chain Overview
The monastery includes the following areas.
Monastery
This area includes the monastery, the courtyard, and
the outer walls. The entire site butts up against the
mountains, which serve as the fourth wall. The outer
walls stand 50 feet tall and plinths spaced at regular
intervals reinforce it. Access to the courtyard comes
by way of a pair of 30-foot tall double doors, which
are never locked.
Inside the walls is the Hall of Moradin and the
surrounding courtyard. Fine sand covers the court-
yard and the spaces between endless rows of statues,
each carved to commemorate the deeds of an ancient
dwarf hero.
The monastery is a looming structure capped
with a red-tiled roof. Bas-reliefs adorn its exterior,
capturing religious events and heroes in perfect stone
carvings.
Orcs have overrun the place, with a band outside
in the courtyard and a second group in the Hall. The
latter is defacing Moradins altar.
Hall of Heroes
Accessed by way of a concealed staircase inside the Chamber of Works
Hall of Moradin, the Hall of Heroes stretches out hun- At the bottom of the great staircase is the Chamber
dreds of feet below the monastery above it. Here, the of Works, where the monks honored their gods by
monks slept and reflected on their devotion to their producing fine dwarfcraft weapons, armor, and other
god. The Halls north end opens onto a switchback goods, which they sold to feed and clothe themselves.
stair that drops even deeper into the mountain to the The orcs now use this room to tease out the secrets
workshops far below. from their prisoners, subjecting them to awful tor-
The once sacred areas house only carnage, for the ment before feeding their bones to the fires.
orcs overran the dwarves and slew them all, leaving
their bodies to rot where they lay.
28
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Orc Sentries
Encounter Level 1 (564 XP)
Setup
A small force of orcs camps in the courtyard out-
side the monastery, and they keep their eyes out for
intruders. Each group has settled around campfires
where indicated on the tactical map. The characters
can access the courtyard by moving through the
closed double doors or by climbing the wall.
2 orc raiders (R)
6 orc drudges (D)
When the characters approach, read:
A grand edifice rises above steep walls, which are about
50-feet tall. These walls encircle the compound and run up
to the higher slopes of the mountain beyond.
When the characters move inside the wall, read:
Near the gate, you see three bonfires burning, where gray
and green-skinned savages cook haunches of meat that look
suspiciously like arms and legs.
Perception Check
DC 10: The characters spot smoke rising from the courtyard.
Tactics
Although charged with guard duty, the orcs are lax
and more interested in feeding their hunger. At the
2 Orc Raiders (R) Level 3 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
HP 46; Bloodied 23; see also warriors surge
AC 17; Fortitude 15, Reflex 14, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 3 damage (crit 1d12 + 15).
R Handaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage; see also
killers eye.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc raider makes a melee basic attack and regains 11
hit points.
Killers Eye
When making a ranged attack, the orc raider ignores cover
and concealment (but not total concealment) if the target
is within 5 squares of it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +8, Intimidate +5
Str 17 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 10 (+1)
Con 14 (+3) Int 8 (+0) Cha 9 (+0)
Equipment leather armor, greataxe, 4 handaxes
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
first sign of trouble, they toss aside their meals and
leap to their feet to engage the enemies.
Features of the Area
Illumination: At night, the cook fires shed bright
light in a 20-square radius.
Ground: Fine sand covers the ground throughout
the courtyard, and while somewhat slippery, it does
not interfere with movement.
Stairs: Stairs lead to the battlements 10 squares
above the battlefield. Refer to the temple map on page
28 for a larger look at the area.
Statues: Two rows of stone statues line the
approach to the doors. Characters standing in a space
adjacent to a statue gain cover. Climbing a statue
requires a DC 10 Athletics check. Each statue has AC
22, other defenses 20; hp 50; resist 10 to all damage.
Massive Statues: Hulking statues of dwarf cham-
pions spread out from this approach. Statues provide
total cover to those standing behind them. Climbing
a massive statue requires a DC 15 Athletics check.
Finally, each massive statue has AC 22, other defenses
20; hp 500; resist 10 to all damage.
Campfires: Any creature entering or starting its
turn in one of these spaces takes 1d6 fire damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
6 Orc Drudges (D) Level 4 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
29
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Hall of Moradin
Encounter Level 2 (651 XP)
Setup
The orcs took the dwarf priests by surprise, coming
up from below through the hidden door in the altar.
The battle was vicious and the dwarves were eventu-
ally slain, leaving this once breathtaking chamber in
the hands of cruel orcs to despoil and destroy. An orc
witch doctor (W) completes its prayers to Gruumsh
by defacing the altar, while a pair of orc bolt throwers
stands guard in the balcony.
At the start of the second round, an orc sergeant
(S) leads a squad of 4 orc drudges (D) out from the
depths of the temple. At the start of the second round,
place their miniatures in available spaces next to
the altar.
1 orc sergeant (S)
1 orc witch doctor (W)
2 orc bolt throwers (B)
4 orc drudges (D)
When the characters enter this chamber, read:
The dome of this massive chamber features a brilliant
mural of dwarves fighting giants in what looks like the same
mountains through which you have traveled. At the center
of the room is a dais ringed with blood-spattered steps.
Atop it stands a cracked anvil, clearly an altar, but now
desecrated by dripping gore and smears of filth. A hideous
orc crone dressed in tattered rags screeches when she sees
you, hopping from one leg to the other in outrage.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Perception Check The orcs know the way out is sealed behind them
DC 17: You spot movement coming from the balcony over- thanks to Kalad (see M5), so they fight to death,
heada figure wielding an impossibly large crossbow in two giving and expecting no quarter.
hands drools with excitement as it levels the weapon at you.
Features of the Area
Tactics Illumination: Two braziers atop the dais fill the
The orc witch doctor is none too thrilled to see the room with bright light.
PCs and screams in the hopes of hurrying along the Ceiling: The ceiling stretches 140 feet overhead.
reinforcements from below. She and her bolt throw- Balcony: Two staircases (difficult terrain) lead up
ers buy time until the orc sergeant and the drudges to a balcony that overlooks the hall. Characters on the
arrive. balcony gain cover from attacks made from below.
The witch doctor spits curses, delaying her
action until one or more PCs come within her
range. The first PC to close the distance receives
her unspeakable filth for his or her bravery and
when the rest converge, the witch doctor follows
up on the second round with curse of Gruumsh.
Should any enemies reach her, she switches
tactics and lays into her foes with her disgusting
claws.
The orc bolt throwers stay on the balcony,
taking advantage of the cover. They pick off soft
targets first, but switch their targets to any who
try to engage in melee. After a couple of shots, the
bolt throwers bloodlust gets the better of them
and they rush down to engage their enemies.
When the sergeant arrives on the second
round, he takes over, directing his drudges to
move and charge the closest PCs and keep them
off the witch doctor. He fights from behind the
drudges, using his reach weapon to press the
attack, while benefiting from protection provided
by his expendable troops. The drudges fight as
directed, charging the PCs and fighting until
slain.
30
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Sunken Areas: Stairs lead down to sunken seat-
ing areas filled with pews. The pews are packed
densely enough to count as difficult terrain in any
space containing a pew.
Dwarf Corpses: The remains of the brave dwarf
priests and paladins litter the floor, their blood cool-
ing on the stone floor.
Dais: The steps leading up to the dais count as dif-
ficult terrain.
Altar: On the center of the dais is a large altar
dedicated to Moradin, cut from black basalt and
carved to resemble a large anvil. The orc witch doctor
has desecrated the holy stone, smearing excrement
on its surface and mingling the filth with the spilled
entrails of murdered priests. Orcs in spaces adjacent
to the defaced altar gain a +1 power bonus to their
attack rolls.
Hidden Door: The altar slides on a cunningly
crafted base to reveal a staircase going down. Nor-
mally, a DC 25 Perception check is required to find
the hidden door, but the orcs coming through it
reveals its presence to any who can see them when
they first emerge.
Steps and Dais: Statuary, rubble, bones, trees,
crates, boxes, and so on are on the steps and dais.
Braziers: A character can tip over a brazier by
making a DC 10 Strength check, or dealing 20
damage to it. When knocked over, the brazier makes
a close blast 3 attack against each creature in the
area; +6 vs. Reflex; 1d10 fire damage (crit 2d10 fire
damage, and ongoing 5 fire damage [save ends]).
Orc Sergeant (S) Level 3 Soldier (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
Lead by Fear aura 1; orcs inside the aura gain a +1 power
bonus to attack rolls.
HP 46; Bloodied 23; see also warriors surge
AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Glaive (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
The orc sergeant makes a melee basic attack and regains
11 hit points.
Back to the Front! (immediate reaction, when orc ally within
5 squares is forcibly moved; at-will)
Slide triggering ally 1 square.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +5, Intimidate +5
Str 19 (+5) Dex 9 (+0) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 14 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment chainmail, glaive, tattered cloak
2 Orc Bolt Throwers (B) Level 1 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 100
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 26; Bloodied 13; see also warriors surge
AC 13; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage
r Bellybow (standard; at-will; recharges when the creature
uses a move action to reload it) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 2 damage, and the target
is pushed 1 square.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
The orc bolt thrower makes a melee basic attack and
regains 6 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Stealth +7
Str 14 (+2) Dex 15 (+2) Wis 9 (1)
Con 14 (+2) Int 9 (1) Cha 8 (1)
Equipment leather armor, battleaxe, bellybow with 10 bolts
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Orc Witch Doctor (W) Level 2 Controller
Medium natural humanoid XP 125
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 33; Bloodied 16
AC 15; Fortitude 13, Reflex 14, Will 17
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Disgusting Claws (standard; at-will) Poison
+7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 1 damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage
(save ends).
R Curse of Gruumsh (standard; recharge ) Acid
Ranged 10; +6 vs. Fortitude; target is blinded (save ends),
and the orc witch doctor makes a secondary attack.
Secondary Attack: Close burst 1 centered on primary
target; +6 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 acid damage, and ongoing
2 acid damage (save ends).
R Unspeakable Filth (standard; at-will)
Ranged 5/10; +5 vs. Reflex; 1d4 + 4 damage, and the
target takes 2 penalty to attack rolls until the end of the
orc witch doctors next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Arcana +6, Intimidate +10
Str 11 (+1) Dex 12 (+2) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 9 (+0) Int 11 (+1) Cha 18 (+5)
Equipment befouled rags, bone rod
6 Orc Drudges (D) Level 4 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
31
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Hall of Heroes
Encounter Level 4 (889 XP)
Setup
The orcs boiled up from the depths and spilled into
this grand hall, killing everything they encoun-
tered. In the aftermath of the violence, the orcs are
scouring the remains in search of treasure, hidden
enemies, and a way to unseal the passage through the
mountain.
1 orc berserker (B)
3 orog militants (M)
6 orc drudges (D)
When the characters descend the stairs and
reach this room, read:
The carnage in this grand hall is obscene. Dead dwarves,
some still in their nightclothes, litter the f loor, blood
painting the gray stone tiles, walls, and columns. In the
light cast by burning braziers, you see the butchers:
more orcs.
Important!: Have the characters make Stealth
checks as they descend the stairs. If their results are
12 or higher, they take the monsters by surprise.
Tactics
The orcs howl in rage when they spot new enemies
and surge forward to slaughter the PCs.
The orc berserker charges the closest character
on its first action, moving first if needed to set up
the charge. The berserker viciously attacks with its
greataxe each round until its bloodied, at which point
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
it uses warriors surge before resuming its attack. The one of the priests cells. The steps count as difficult
berserker fights to the death. terrain.
The orog militants are far more cautious in their The cells are bare and devoid of much of inter-
approach. They stay close to their allies to employ est. Each contains a cot, a trunk filled with personal
their fierce counterstrike power and discipline, prefer- effects such as spare robes, smallclothes, and a few
ring to stay close to other orogs or the berserker to the relics from the dwarves lives before they joined the
drudges. If the militants are bloodied, they shift back monastery. The items have no worth beyond their
and spend their second wind, jumping back into the sentimental value.
thick of battle at the start of their next
turn.
The orc drudges are reckless and over-
confident. They fling themselves at their
foes with little regard for strategy.
All monsters here fight to the death.
Features of the
Area
Illumination: Braziers in each of the
four corners shed light in a 10-square
radius, illuminating all but the center
of this massive room. Tipping a brazier
requires a DC 10 Strength check or
attacks that deal a total of 20 damage.
When knocked over, the brazier makes
a close blast 3 attack against each crea-
ture in the area; +6 vs. Reflex; 1d10 fire
damage (crit 2d10 fire damage, and
ongoing 5 fire damage [save ends]).
Ceiling: The ceiling is 20 squares
overhead.
Stairs: A spiral staircase at the south-
ern end of the room leads up to room 12.
The stairs count as difficult terrain.
Adjoining Rooms: All along either
side of the room are stairs that climb 30
feet up to a landing and the entrance to
32
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Columns: Two rows of 10-foot diameter columns
support the ceiling overhead. Climbing a column
requires a DC 25 Athletics check. Each column has
AC 20, other defenses 18; hp 100; resist 10 to all
damage. Destroying a column triggers a cave-in (Dun-
geon Masters Guide, page 91). The columns provide
total cover to creatures standing behind them.
Statue: A massive statue of a dwarf warrior bat-
tling a hydra dominates the center of the room,
standing nearly as tall as the ceiling. A DC 20 History
check reveals the statue describes a famous battle
between Dergan Fellfist and a legendary hydra that
devoured 300 warriors until the dwarf hero killed the
beast in single combat. Its said Dergans bones were
interred somewhere in the mountains and, given
the statues presence, its a safe bet that his remains
are sealed beneath the statues. Climbing the statue
requires a DC 20 Athletics check. The statue has AC
25, other defenses 18; hp 300; resist 15 to all damage.
Dwarf Statues: At the north end of the room,
flanking the exit, is a pair of 30-foot tall statues of
grim dwarf warriors, each holding an axe, with the
head down, between its feet. The statues wear hel-
mets that conceal all but their beard. The statues do
not depict particular dwarf warriors, but rather are
idealized versions of Moradins chosen servants. A
DC 15 Perception check reveals that the base of the
statues are smooth and dark, caused by the countless
hands that have touched them for the blessing they
are thought to bestow.
Climbing the statue requires a DC 20 Athletics
check. The statue has AC 20, other defenses 18; hp
100; resist 10 to all damage.
Corpses: The orcs took the dwarves by surprise.
The dwarves fought bravely, but lacking their armor,
they could not stand against the weapons and num-
bers of the invaders.
Orc Berserker (B) Level 4 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 175
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 66; Bloodied 33; see also warriors surge
AC 15; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage (crit 1d12 + 17).
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc berserker makes a melee basic attack and regains
16 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +10, Intimidate +6
Str 20 (+7) Dex 13 (+3) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 16 (+5) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment leather armor, greataxe
6 Orc Drudges (D) Level 4 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
3 Orog Militants (M) Level 3 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 each
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 48; Bloodied 24
AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14; see also discipline
Speed 5
m Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the orog militants next turn.
M Relentless (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square. The target is marked until
the orogs next turn. The orog militant can shift into the
vacated square as a free action.
M Fierce Counterstrike (immediate reaction, when adjacent ally
is first bloodied; encounter) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +10 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square. The orog militant can shift
into the vacated square as a free action.
Discipline
Orogs gain a +2 bonus to saving throws against any ongoing
effects when adjacent to an ally.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 19 (+5) Dex 10 (+1) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 16 (+4) Int 9 (+0) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, bastard sword
33
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Into the Depths
Encounter Level 3 (751 XP)
Setup
The dwarves constructed this series of staircases and
landings to reach the bottom of the chasm, where it
connects to the deeper tunnels under the mountain.
1 orog champion (C)
1 spiretop drake (S)
3 orc bolt throwers (B)
4 orc drudges (D)
When the characters enter this room, read:
The floor gives way to a massive cavern. A long staircase
and series of landings lead down to the cavern f loor nearly
100 feet below. A group of orcs climbs the stairs.
Tactics
The orc bolt throwers concentrate their attacks
against the ranged attackers, while the spiretop drake
swoops in to harass characters that try the staircase
going down. The orog scarred champion and the
drudges race up the stairs to confront the PCs.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Braziers provide bright light in a
10-square radius.
Stairs: The stairs connecting the various landings
count as difficult terrain.
Chasm: A fall from the ledges is likely lethal, deal-
ing damage as appropriate for the height of the fall.
Orog Scarred Champion (C)
Medium natural humanoid, orc
Level 4 Brute
XP 175
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 66; Bloodied 33; see also champions scorn
AC 17; Fortitude 19, Reflex 14, Will 15
Speed 5
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of the orog scarred champions next turn.
C Winnowing Slash (standard; recharge when first bloodied)
Weapon
Requires greatsword; close burst 1; +7 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5
damage, and the target is pushed 1 square.
C Champions Scorn (minor; at-will) Fear
Close blast 5; one creature; the target becomes the object
of the orogs scorn. The orog scarred champions melee
attacks deal an extra 1d10 damage to the target, and if
the scarred champion reduces the target to 0 hit points,
it regains 16 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Intimidate +6
Str 20 (+7) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 16 (+5) Int 9 (+1) Cha 8 (+1)
Equipment plate armor, greataxe
Spiretop Drake (S)
Small natural beast (reptile)
Level 1 Skirmisher
XP 100
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +3
HP 29; Bloodied 14
AC 16; Fortitude 11, Reflex 14, Will 13
Speed 4, fly 8 (hover); see also flyby attack
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+6 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
m Snatch (standard; at-will)
+4 vs. Reflex; 1 damage, and the spiretop drake steals a
small object from the target, such as a vial, scroll, or coin.
M Flyby Attack (standard; at-will)
The spiretop drake flies up to 8 squares and makes one
melee basic attack at any point during that movement. The
drake doesnt provoke opportunity attacks when moving
away from the target of the attack.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 11 (+0) Dex 18 (+4) Wis 16 (+3)
Con 13 (+1) Int 3 (4) Cha 11 (+0)
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
3 Orc Bolt Throwers (B)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 1 Artillery
XP 100 each
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 26; Bloodied 13; see also warriors surge
AC 13; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage
r Bellybow (standard; at-will; recharges when the creature
uses a move action to reload it) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 2 damage, and the target
is pushed 1 square.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
The orc bolt thrower makes a melee basic attack and
regains 6 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Stealth +7
Str 14 (+2) Dex 15 (+2) Wis 9 (1)
Con 14 (+2) Int 9 (1) Cha 8 (1)
Equipment leather armor, battleaxe, bellybow with 10 bolts
4 Orc Drudges (D) Level 4 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 44
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
34
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
Siege of Bordrin's Watch

35
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Chamber of Works
Encounter Level 6 (1,264 XP)
Setup
The Chamber of Works served two purposes. First,
it connected to the deeper tunnels through a long,
downward-sloping passage, and second, it housed
the forges and workshops used by the priests to
honor their god. The orcs discovered this passage in
their searching beneath the mountain and came up
through this room, slaughtering the dwarves as they
raced into the complex to finish off the defenders.
Their haste to overrun the temple above caused
them to miss Kalad, a devout dwarf paladin. While
the orcs fought his kin upstairs, Kalad pulled the lever
and collapsed the tunnel, thus cutting off the route
for more orcs to breach the mountain. When Og, the
orog hero, returned and found the tunnel caved-in, he
was enraged and has spent the last few hours beating
Kalad, bringing him to the brink of death.
1 raging fire
Og, orog hero (O)
1 orc eye of Gruumsh (G)
2 orc berserkers (B)
6 orc drudges (D)
When the characters enter this room, read:
A fearsome blaze rages on one side of this natural cavern,
making silhouettes of the orcs gathered here. They seem
intent on something on the opposite side of the room, where
you can hear grunts and shouts above the roar of the f lame.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Perception Check
DC 10: The character spots a dwarf being beaten by a
hulking orog warrior.
DC 15: The character hears the orog demand in broken
Common that the dwarf open the tunnel.
Tactics
The orcs are distracted by Og and his prisoner and so
they arent paying attention when the PCs arrive, which
allows the PCs to take advantage of surprise. Once the
combat begins, the orcs turn, almost as one, loose angry
shouts, and throw themselves recklessly at the intruders.
Og drops Kalad to the floor, draws his bastard sword
and wades into the battle. Hes irate, so if orc drudges
block his path to the PCs, he doesnt think twice about
cutting his way through to reach the characters. Once
there, he uses fearsome sweep to rip through his oppo-
nents, adjusting his position each round to catch as
many enemies as he can. The first character to hit him
with a melee attack receives lay him open on Ogs next
turn. Og knows he has failed in his mission and sees this
battle as his chance to redeem himself.
The eye of Gruumsh hangs back, knowing not to get ward, Og makes his stand adjacent to the flames to grab
in Ogs way. He supports Og by hitting the PCs early and flings his enemies into the roaring fire.
with chaos hammer and then directs the battle by using
swift arm of destruction to prod the berserkers into the Features of the Area
thick of things. Even if the PCs corner the orc, he fights Illumination: The roaring fire fills the room with
back with ferocity, using bull rush to shove PCs into bright light.
forges or into the raging fire. Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet overhead.
The orc berserkers sweep around from different Rubble: When Kalad collapsed the tunnel to
directions to hit the PCs from either side, barking prom- the deeper tunnels, parts of the ceiling in this room
ises to each other that theyll meet in the middle. The collapsed, killing a number of orcs in the process.
drudges hoot and bark as they surge toward the intrud- Squares contain a substantial amount of rubble and
ers, laughing even as the PCs cut them down. count as difficult terrain.
Should the battle turn against the orcs, Og pulls back Forge: All the intact forges are lit and roar with
to murder Kalad, who is too wounded to resist. After- flame. Characters starting their turns adjacent to a
36
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Og, Orog Hero (O) Level 6 Elite Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, orc XP 500
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 144; Bloodied 72
AC 24; Fortitude 23, Reflex 19, Will 16
Speed 5
m Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of Ogs next turn.
C Fearsome Sweep (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; close burst 1; +14 vs. AC; 1d10 +
5 damage, and the target is marked until the end of Ogs
next turn.
M Orogs Rebuke (immediate reaction, when marked target
shifts, moves, or makes an attack that does not include Og
as a target; at-will) Weapon
Og makes a basic attack.
M Lay Him Open (standard; recharge when first bloodied)
Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +14 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 damage, and
ongoing 5 damage (save ends). Miss: Half damage, and no
ongoing damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Intimidate +7
Str 20 (+8) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 10 (+3)
Con 16 (+6) Int 11 (+3) Cha 9 (+2)
Equipment plate armor, shield, bastard sword
2 Orc Berserkers (B) Level 4 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 175 each
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 66; Bloodied 33; see also warriors surge
AC 15; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage (crit 1d12 + 17).
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc berserker makes a melee basic attack and regains
16 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +10, Intimidate +6
Str 20 (+7) Dex 13 (+3) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 16 (+5) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment leather armor, greataxe
6 Orc Drudges (D) Level 4 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
Orc Eye of Gruumsh (G) Level 5 Controller (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 200
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
Wrath of Gruumsh aura 10; orcs in the aura can use death
strike (see below).
HP 64; Bloodied 32; see also warriors surge and death strike
AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 14, Will 15
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The eye of Gruumsh makes a melee basic attack and
regains 16 hit points.
M Death Strike (when reduced to 0 hit points)
The eye of Gruumsh makes a melee basic attack.
R Eye of Wrath (minor; at-will) Fear
Ranged 5; +8 vs. Will; the target takes a 4 penalty to AC
(save ends).
R Swift Arm of Destruction (standard; recharge )
Healing
Ranged 5; one orc within range makes a melee basic attack
(as a free action) and regains 15 hit points on a hit or 5 hit
points on a miss.
A Chaos Hammer (standard; encounter) Force
Area burst 1 within 10; +8 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 3 force
damage, and the target is knocked prone. Miss: Half
damage, and the target is not knocked prone.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +9, Intimidate +10, Religion +7
Str 17 (+5) Dex 14 (+4) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 16 (+5) Int 11 (+2) Cha 17 (+5)
Equipment leather armor, fur cloak, spear
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
forge take 5 fire damage. Forges count as difficult
terrain and characters entering or starting their turn
inside a space containing a forge take 10 fire damage
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
Caved-In Tunnel: The tunnel leading through
the mountain has been collapsed for at least 2 miles.
Movement through the tunnel is impossible.
Raging Fire Level 2 Blaster
Hazard XP 250
Damage to one of the forges caused hot coals to spill onto the
floor and set fire to discarded materials. The fire is now out
of control and is spreading across the room. At the start of the
encounter, the fire fills a 6-square-by-6-square area.
Hazard: A 6-by-6 square area has a fire.
Perception
No check is necessary to notice the fire.
DC 16: The character notices the fire is spreading.
Trigger
When a creature enters a space adjacent to the raging fire
or starts its turn in a space adjacent to or inside the raging
fire, the raging fire attacks.
Attack
Free Action Melee 1
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +6 vs. Reflex
Special: The raging fire gains a +5 bonus to its attack roll if
the target stands inside the fire.
Hit: 2d6 fire damage and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
Miss: Half damage, and no ongoing damage.
Effect: The fire also provides concealment to all creatures
inside it and within 2 squares of it.
Special: Each time the fire attacks, it spreads into its targets
space whether it hits or misses.
Countermeasures
A character can move into a square of raging fire or a
square adjacent to the raging fire without triggering the
attack with a DC 20 Acrobatics check.
Two gallons of water destroys 1 square of raging fire.
Targeting 1 or more squares with a water attack
automatically destroys the fire in those squares.
37
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Kalad
Once the characters defeat Og and his warriors, they
can find Kalad crumpled on the floor in the space
indicated on the tactical map. Assuming the char-
acters stopped Og before he could kill the dwarf,
the PCs can talk with the last dwarf of the monas-
tery. Failing that, the characters might take Kalads
remains back to Overlook to have him raised by the
Raise Dead ritual or converse with him using Speak
with Dead. In any event, Kalad is helpful, for he
knows whats at stake if the orcs come through the
mountains.
Using Kalad
Provided Kalad survives (or is restored to life), the
dwarf can be an invaluable aid to the PCs as they
work to complete their quest. Kalad knows how
to seal the Nexus, thus closing off all the passages
through the mountains and forcing the orcs and orogs
to face Bordrins Watch. He also has a good idea about
how to reach the Nexus (granting a +2 bonus to all
checks made to navigate the Vents; see below). Finally,
he also has a score to settle against the orcs and gladly
accompanies the PCs on the final leg of their mis-
sion with no convincing required. Should any of the
PCs think to mention the tunnels beneath Bordrins
Watch, Kalad mentions they are already sealed, for
he closed them a few days ago after the news of the
approaching army grew dire.
As for the Vents, Kalad insists they go to the tun-
nels to make certain the other group completed their
mission. Theres too much at stake, friends! He
adds, its a labyrinth down there, easy to get turned
around. Would you risk the lives of everyone in that
valley on the efforts of just one group?
Description
Kalad is tall for a dwarf, thickly muscled, but
his beard was savagely cut from his face and
his injuries are extensive (hes at 1 hit point
and out of healing surges). His armor and
weapon are still inside the Chamber of Works,
and he dons them when he can. Even when
fully recovered, he has a haunted look about
him, for hes plagued with the horrors of the
attack and he wont know peace until the orcs
are stopped.
Deeply pious, as one would expect of a holy
warrior, Kalad spends a portion of each day
in deep prayer, calling out to his god for guid-
ance, comfort, and a renewal of his resolve
to continue his fight against the darkness.
Outside these private times, Kalad is friendly,
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Kalad the Paladin
Medium natural humanoid, dwarf
Level 4 Elite Soldier
XP 350
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 54; Bloodied 27
AC 21; Fortitude 17, Reflex 14, Will 16
Saving Throws +2; +7 against poison effects
Speed 5
Action Points 1
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 3 damage (crit 1d12 + 18), and the
target is marked until the end of Kalads next turn. If the
target moves or makes an attack that does not include
Kalad as the target, the target takes 5 radiant damage.
M Arcing Smite (standard; encounter) Weapon
One or two creatures; +8 vs. AC, one attack per target;
1d12 + 3 damage (crit 1d12 + 18) damage, and the target
is marked until end of Kalads next turn.
M Holy Strike (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 3 damage (crit 1d12 + 18) radiant
damage, and if Kalad marked the target, he deals an extra
2 radiant damage.
C Sacred Circle (standard; daily) Zone
Close burst 3; the burst creates a zone that, until the end
of the encounter, gives Kalad and allies within it a +1
power bonus to AC.
Divine Strength (minor; encounter)
Kalad applies his Strength modifier as extra damage on his
next attack this turn.
Stand Your Ground
When an effect forces Kalad to movethrough a pull, a
push, or a slidehe moves 1 square less than the effect
specifies. When an attack would knock Kalad prone, he
can roll a saving throw to avoid falling prone.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common, Dwarven
Skills Dungeoneering +6, Endurance +11, Heal +9, History +7,
Religion +7
Str 17 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 14 (+4) Int 11 (+2) Cha 14 (+4)
Equipment plate armor, greataxe
if gruff, constant in his support, but always detached.
He doesnt have much use for humor and ignores the
banter of those around him. He has a mission and
he intends to see it to its end. He might be reserved
in his relations, but the PCs couldnt ask for a more
38
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

committed ally. Kalad sees the PCs as divine agents
heroes sent by the gods to save him and reveal to him
his lifes purpose. Thus, he watches the characters for
further revelations that might shed light on what lies
in store for him next.
Unexpected
Developments
Upon rescuing Kalad, the adventurers learn that
the dwarf paladin has sealed two of the three pos-
sible routes through the mountain. If the PCs didnt
save the paladin or if they dismiss his warnings,
the characters might head up to Bordrins Watch to
Even when fully recovered, he has a haunted look about
him, for hes plagued with the horrors of the attack . . .
lend support to the troops, or worse, head back to
Overlook, believing their mission is complete. Both
possibilities can cause difficulties in resolving the
adventure, since extended time in the city or at the
fortress takes the adventure into unexpected direc-
tions. Naturally, if youre comfortable with reworking
the plot on the fly or even adapting the adventure for
a different sort of outcome, you can go with the flow.
On the other hand, you could try any of the following
options to get the adventure back on track.
Extend the Timetable: For groups at the fortress
or the city, you can extend the length of time it takes
for Tusks armies to arrive. Eventually, when the
Farstriders never make it back, the Council of Elders
grow worried enough to send the PCs or the Freerid-
ers into the Vents to make sure the job was done.
Shift the Perspective: Without Kalad, the char-
acters have an even chance of going back to the city
or heading up to the fortress. To deal with this even-
tuality, adjust the plot so that, in the case of Bordrins
Watch, the tunnel was never sealed and the char-
acters stumble across the entrance while patrolling
the walls of the fortress, or, in the case of the city, all
three groups succeed, but a fourth entrance exists, but
this time underneath Caer Overlook. In either case,
you can use the encounters described under the Vents
by changing the location of the entrance.
Let the Orcs Through: For particularly stubborn
groups, you might just let the orcs break through.
A host of a thousand orcs spilling out of the Vents
ought to be enough to grab their attention. Just treat
the orcs as an advance force so the PCs, should they
choose to enter the dungeon, can still face Tusk at the
conclusion.
Go with the Flow: Finally, no group likes to be
railroaded by an adventure. Take a step back, relax,
and let the players decide what to do and where to
go. Depending on the players choices, you might
shift the action so that it occurs in different ways.
Perhaps instead of braving the Vents, the PCs fail to
close the Nexus and the orcs encircle Overlook and
crush Bordrins Watch. The PCs might be trapped in
the city, hiding behind the walls along with everyone
else. They might undertake a mission to infiltrate the
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
orc armies to find and destroy Tusk in the hopes of
unraveling the glue that holds this force together. This
doesnt require a lot of work; you need only change
the dynamics of the battlefield, alter the order of
encounters, insert a few extra ones, and remove a few
unnecessary ones and the adventure can still come to
a satisfactory end.
The Vents
The Vents are easy to find, even if they are several
miles away near the foot of the mountains, for the
steam rising from the fissures is visible from quite
a distance, so there is no challenge in reaching the
these caves. Once the characters reach the vents, read
or paraphrase the following text:
Scattered across the lower slopes are numerous steaming
fissures, some as small as tiny cracks in the stone with
others large enough to accommodate an ogre. The rocks
here are slippery and aside from ropes of brown-black
fungus, moss, and lichen, nothing lives here. The air stinks
of sulfur and grows stronger nearest the plumes of acrid
smoke wafting up from the holes.
About a hundred feet down from the lowest cracks is
a campsite. There, you see five horses tied up and empty
feedbags hanging from their heads.
Perception Check
DC 18: A smothered campfire sits a few yards away from
the horses.
DC 22: Footprints lead into one of the larger openings.
DC 26: There are five different sets of prints. Theres no
sign of any prints coming out.
39
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

The Farstriders camped outside the tunnels when
they arrived and set out at first light on the day after
the PCs set out for the monastery. These adventurers
went in and never came out again, falling victim to
the orcs already infesting the tunnels.
When the PCs are ready to proceed, they can enter
through any of the entrances and make their way
through the maze of tunnels. A map is not provided
for the first leg of their descent, since the characters
must rely on instincts and cunning to make their way
to the deeper tunnels and, eventually, the Nexus.
Setup: The entrances on the mountainside all
worm into the rock, tangling into a convoluted net-
work of passages and chambers that are thick with
mist and slippery with moisture. The adventurers
must navigate these passages using a variety of skills
to reach the deeper tunnels.
Level: 3.
Complexity: 2 (requires 6 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Athletics, Dungeoneering, Endur-
ance, Perception.
Special: If Kalad is with the PCs, they gain a +2
bonus to all checks made during the challenge. Once
the characters succeed on the challenge, they gain a
+2 bonus to all checks each time they repeat it.
Athletics (DC 15): Working through the tunnels,
the characters need to squeeze through tight spots,
leap across smoking cracks, climb slippery walls, and
perform a variety of physical stunts. At least three
characters must make a successful Athletics checks to
overcome these obstacles. In addition to counting as
a failure, a failed check indicates each party member
loses 1 healing surge from injuries sustained while
traveling.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Dungeoneering (DC 20): A character
experienced in spelunking can make a
successful Dungeoneering check to help
navigate the tunnels. A successful check
counts as a success or removes 1 failure. A
successful DC 25 Dungeoneering check
also grants the characters an extra +4
bonus to all other checks related to this skill
challenge (one-time bonus).
Endurance (DC 15): Theres nothing
easy about this descent and the poor air
and dangerous environment is taxing. At
least two characters must make success-
ful Endurance checks to preserve their
stamina and avoid fatigue, injury, and
exhaustion. Failed checks result in every-
one in the party losing 1 healing surge in
addition to counting as a failure.
Perception (DC 20): A character can
attempt a Perception check to notice tracks
left by the Farstriders. A successful check
counts as two successes. Once made, the
characters cannot use Perception again
for this skill challenge.
Success: The characters reach the lower
tunnels intact.
Failure: The characters are turned
around and come to a cave mouth 3d6
squares from the cave they first entered. Deeper Tunnels
They must start the skill challenge again to reach the Once the characters successfully make their way
deeper tunnels, though they gain a +2 bonus to their through the Vents, they reach an old network of exca-
skill checks since they eliminate one possible route vated passages and chambers. An advance troop of
from their travels. orcs have breached these tunnels, but they have not
yet found their way through the Vents. As they make
ready to plunge into the misty tunnels, Tusk and his
cadre are even now closing in on the Nexus, leading
40
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

a large force through the western tunnels to take Bor-
drins Watch from behind.
Extended Rest
Once the characters enter the deeper tunnels, they
have no place to take an extended rest safely, so they
must use their resources wisely, preserving their
strength until the final encounter. Should disaster
strike, the characters can retreat to the Vents and hole
up there until they recover enough to complete the
adventure. Unless you have an unusually small group
of characters, let the PCs use this option once. If they
try to do it again, Tusk should break free. See Unex-
pected Developments on the previous page for tips on
how to adjust the plot for this potential outcome.
The Vents Overview
The Vents are a complex series of tunnels that leak
out a sulfurous steam and the occasional burst of
noxious smoke. Navigating the Vents is dangerous
because its easy to get turned around and hidden
dangers lurk in the dark.
The vents include the following encounter areas.
V1. Entering the Vents
Beyond the mazelike Vents is the buried passage, a
hidden route through the mountains beneath Bor-
drins Watch far above. Opening onto the rest of the
complex is a simple antechamber, shrouded in mist.
Here a band of orcs, having survived a gauntlet of
traps, argue about their next course of action.
Tactical Encounter: Entering the Vents
(page 42).
V2. The Gauntlet
To safeguard the deep passage, the dwarf architects
constructed a nasty trap and placed construct guard-
ians in this long corridor. Evidence of its lethality can
be seen in the orc corpses littering the floor.
Tactical Encounter: The Gauntlet (page 43).
V3. The Boiler Room
Central to protecting the subterranean route is the
ability to close off the Nexus (see V6) by filling that
room with water. This chamber houses the water
reservoirs, which are kept at boiling temperatures to
scald as well as drown intruders. Currently, Tusks
agents explore this chamber to ascertain its purpose
and function.
Tactical Encounter: The Boiler Room
(page 44).
V4. Shrine to Moradin
The dwarves that built this place were devout fol-
lowers of Moradin and in between shifts of guarding
and expanding the tunnels, they congregated here to
receive the blessings and protections of their priests.
Now, the site is the lair of a ravenous cave troll and its
handlers.
Tactical Encounter: Shrine to Moradin
(page 46).
V5. Dwarf Quarters
These chambers once billeted the dwarf miners, war-
riors, and priests, but little of their presence remains
with the orc infestation. Orc soldiers explore these
rooms in search of plunder and grow frustrated by
the spartan rooms.
Tactical Encounter: Dwarf Quarters (page 48).
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
V6. The Nexus
When the tunnels are compromised by enemy forces,
the dwarves can seal off access by activating a com-
plex trap that causes the doors to seal shut and the
room to fill with water. However, with the dwarves
largely wiped out, the orcs control this room and they
intend to use it to breach Bordrins Watch above.
Tactical Encounter: The Nexus (page 49).
Conclusion
Once the characters seal the Nexus and defeat Tusk,
they have completed their mission, but more impor-
tantly, they have delivered a deathblow to the orc
hordes. With their leader dead and cut off from the
tunnels, the orcs have no choice but to attack Bor-
drins Watch. The fighting is brutal, for even though
the orcs have lost their advantage, they are still
numerous and powerful. After five days of fighting,
the defenders on the walls turn back the hordes, send-
ing them back into the badlands once more. With the
threat at an end, the surviving PCs are welcomed as
heroes and given badges of distinction to recognize
their courageous efforts and their parts in saving
Overlook and Elsir Vale. During the ceremony, the
adventurers are free to relax, drink, and enjoy some
well-deserved downtime, but they cant help but feel
like theyre being watched.
41
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Entering the Vents Tactics

The orcs are arguing, but they abandon their dispute
Encounter Level 1 (500 XP)
at the first sign of intruders. If the sergeant falls, the
bombardier and the freaks move back into V2 to trig-
Setup ger the trap and cause a bit more mayhem.
Having survived the Gauntlet (V2), the orcs have
rested and now make ready to venture into the Vents. Features of the Area
The orcs lost most of their drudges in the trapped
Illumination: One of the orcs carries an ever-
corridor behind them, so they are demoralized and
burning torch, which fills the room with bright light.
a bit nervous about what is ahead.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 15 feet tall.
1 orc sergeant (S)
Mist: The tunnels leading to the Vents are filled with
1 orc bombardier (B)
mist. Characters inside these tunnels gain concealment.
2 orc freaks (F)
Stairs: The western stairs lead down to V2. Each
square containing stairs counts as difficult terrain.
When the characters enter this room, read:

Orc Bombardier (B) Level 1 Artillery

Four orcs engage in a heated argument, one pointing back
into the corridor behind them. The biggest of the lot points
in your direction, growling deep in his chest.
2 Orc Freaks (F) Level 2 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 125 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
HP 38; Bloodied 19; see also warriors surge
AC 15; Fortitude 15, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
M Savage Strike (standard; encounter) Weapon
Make two attacks; +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage per attack.
If both attacks hit the same target, the target also takes
ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc freak makes a melee basic attack and regains
9 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +9
Str 17 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 8 (+0)
Con 14 (+3) Int 8 (+0) Cha 7 (1)
Equipment hide armor, 2 battleaxes
Medium natural humanoid XP 100
Initiative +3 Senses Perception 2; low-light vision
HP 24; Bloodied 12; see also warriors surge
AC 13; Fortitude 13, Reflex 15, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+5 vs. AC; 1d10 + 2 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc bombardier makes a melee basic attack and regains
6 hit points.
A Cinderbomb (standard; recharge ) Fire
Area burst 2 within 10; +4 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3 fire damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). On a crit, the orc
bombardier knocks the target prone. Miss: Half damage,
and no ongoing damage.
C Detonation (no action, when reduced to 0 hit points;
encounter) Fire
The orc bombardier must have at least one cinderbomb
left; close burst 2; +4 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3 fire damage, and
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends) (crit knock prone).
Miss: Half damage, and no ongoing damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 13 (+1) Dex 17 (+3) Wis 7 (2)
Con 12 (+1) Int 8 (1) Cha 9 (1)
Equipment battleaxe, 3 cinderbombs, everburning torch
Orc Sergeant (S) Level 3 Soldier (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
Lead by Fear aura 1; orcs inside the aura gain a +1 power bonus
to attack rolls.
HP 46; Bloodied 23; see also warriors surge
AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Glaive (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
The orc sergeant makes a melee basic attack and regains
11 hit points.
Back to the Front! (immediate reaction, when orc ally within
5 squares is forcibly moved; at-will)
Slide triggering ally 1 square.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +5, Intimidate +5
Str 19 (+5) Dex 9 (+0) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 14 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment chainmail, glaive, tattered cloak

42
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

The Gauntlet
Encounter Level 3 (775 XP)
Setup
The dwarves created a trio of homunculi to protect
the Nexus. Supporting the guardians is a nasty trap. If
the group dealt with the orcs in V1 easily, assume the
trap in this room is already sprung.
1 arbalester (A)
2 iron defenders (I)
4 crossbow turrets (T, turrets; P, pressure plates)
When the characters can see the corridor, read:
A wide corridor stretches before you and ends at a pair of
double doors. About halfway down, you see a strange creature
that resembles a crossbow with legs, flanked by two iron dogs.
Tactics
The defenders guard the arbalester, while the arba-
lester guards the doors. If an intruder moves for the
control panel, a defender moves to intercept.
Features of the Area
Illumination: None. This room is dark
Ceiling: The ceiling here is 20 feet tall.
Double Doors: A pair of bronze doors stand
closed at the end of the hall. The doors are not locked.
Magic Crossbow Turret Level 3 Elite Blaster
Trap 300 XP
Four armored crossbow turrets drop from the ceiling at the edge
of the room. Each round they pepper the area with quarrels.
Trap: Four crossbows attack each round on their initiative
after they are triggered.
Perception
DC 22: The character notices the trigger plates.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
DC 27: The character notices the location of the turrets.
DC 22: The character notices the location of the hidden
control panel.
Initiative +3
Trigger
The trap activates and rolls initiative when a character
enters one of the four trigger squares in the room.
Attack
Standard Action Ranged 10
Targets: Each crossbow attacks one intruder (any nondwarf,
nonhomunculus). It magically distinguishes intruders from
the natives of the dungeon.
Attack: +8 vs. AC
Hit: 2d8 + 3 damage
Countermeasures
A character who makes a successful Athletics check (DC 6
or DC 11 without a running start) can jump over a single
pressure plate square.
An adjacent character can disable a trigger plate with a
DC 27 Thievery check.
Attacking a trigger plate (AC 12, other defenses 10) only
triggers the trap
A character can attack a turret (AC 16, other defenses 13;
hp 38). Destroying a turret stops its attacks.
A character can engage in a skill challenge to deactivate the
control panel, DC 20 Thievery. Complexity 2 (6 successes
before 3 failures). Success disables the trap. Failure causes
Arbalester (A) Level 4 Artillery
the control panel to explode (close blast 3, 2d6 + 3 damage Medium natural animate (construct, homunculus) XP 175
to all creatures in blast) and the trap remains active. Initiative +6 Senses Perception +8; darkvision
2 Iron Defenders (I) Level 3 Soldier HP 43; Bloodied 21
Medium natural animate (construct, homunculus) X P 150 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6; darkvision
AC 17; Fortitude 16, Reflex 18, Will 15
Immune disease, poison
HP 47; Bloodied 23 Speed 6
AC 18; Fortitude 16, Reflex 15, Will 13 m Slam (standard; at-will)
Immune disease, poison +4 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage.
Speed 6 r Bolt (standard; at-will)
m Bite (standard; at-will) Ranged 20/40; +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage.
+8 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage. R Double Shot (standard; recharge ; see also
M Guard Creature (immediate reaction, when an adjacent guard area)
enemy attacks the creature guarded by the iron defender; The arbalester makes a bolt attack against two different
at-will) targets within 5 squares of each other.
The iron defender makes a bite attack against the enemy. Guard Area
Pursue and Attack At the start of the arbalesters turn, if an enemy is in its
When the iron defender makes an opportunity attack, it guarded area, the arbalester recharges its double shot power.
shifts 1 square before or after the attack. Alignment Unaligned Languages
Alignment Unaligned Languages Str 15 (+4) Dex 18 (+6) Wis 12 (+3)
Str 16 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 11 (+1) Con 13 (+3) Int 5 (1) Cha 3 (2)
Con 15 (+3) Int 5 (2) Cha 8 (+0)
43
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Boiler Room living creature they can reach. The orcs fight to the doors leading into and out of this room, and reached
death. by twin staircases descending from the eastern
Encounter Level 5 (1,095 XP) The dark one emissary is far more cautious. It platform.
joins the fight straightaway, but stays on the edge, Iron Door: The iron door to the north is closed,
Setup moving in to stab at the PCs, using dark step, and then but not locked. It has been magically treated to resist
The dark one emissary is one of the servants of Tusk darts away. If the dark one becomes bloodied, it flees rust.
who arranged the deal to assist the orog chieftain in through the door to the west to warn the creatures in Fire Beetle Carcasses: The fire beetles attacked
infiltrating the tunnels below the Stonehome Moun- V4 of the impending attack. the first group of orcs, but were driven back. The car-
tains. He and his cohorts have just arrived in this casses mark those beetles killed by the orcs. Squares
chamber, and hes examining one of the valves to Features of the Area containing dead beetles count as difficult terrain.
determine its function. The orcs are milling around, Illumination: Two everburning torches sit in Stairs: The stairs leading to the lower level count
waiting for him to finish. iron sconces on either side of the iron door set in the as difficult terrain.
1 dark one emissary (D) center of the west wall. Hot Pipe: Two 10-foot wide pipes run across the
3 orc scouts (S) Ceiling: The ceiling, from the main level, is 20 lower level of the room, emerging from the eastern
3 fire beetles (F) feet overhead. wall and exiting through the west. The pipes carry
5 orc drudges (O) Stone Walk: Bisecting this room, at the level at scalding water to the Nexus. The valves (see below)
which the doors
When the characters enter this room, read: stand, is a stone
walkway connect-
The doors open a platform overlooking an enormous ing the eastern
chamber. A group of orcs turns to face you, growling with doors to the west.
rage and drooling with anticipation for the kill. Behind and Scaffolding:
below the orcs lies a sunken section of the chamber, where Branching out
you see iron tubes as tall as a man running across the room. to the south and
On the north side of the pit, you spot several large beetles, north is a floor
their mottled hides glowing red as if af lame. made of iron
mesh. The mesh
Perception Check allows sight to the
DC 22: A short humanoid wearing a long black cloak is level below but
examining an iron wheel connected to the southern pipe. blocks all attacks.
Lower Level:
Tactics Beneath the stone
The orcs mobilize when they notice the PCs, and the walk and scaf-
drudges charge while the scouts fall back to hit the folding is a lower
PCs with ranged attacks. The fire beetles, while not level, about 20
allied with the orcs, are hungry and attack the closest feet below the

44
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

are closed, so only the pipes east of the valves are hot.
If the valves are opened, the entire pipe becomes hot.
Characters touching a hot pipe take 5 fire damage.
Valves: Each pipe is fitted with a valve that can
be opened or shut with a successful DC 13 Strength
check. Opening the valves is necessary to seal the
Nexus. A DC 22 Dungeoneering check reveals the
general function of these valves. If Kalad is present,
once the creatures are all dealt with, he moves to
open each valve.
Dead Adventurer: Sprawled across the floor is
the beheaded remains of Jen, the half-elf warlock and
member of the Farstriders. She was killed by the orc
sergeant at V1.
3 Orc Scouts (S) Level 3 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 46; Bloodied 23; see also warriors surge
AC 17; Fortitude 16, Reflex 15, Will 13
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Scimitar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit: +1d8).
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 2 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc scout makes a melee basic attack and regains
11 hit points.
Overeager (immediate reaction, when the orc scout drops an
enemy with a ranged attack; encounter)
The orc scout draws its scimitar and charges the
closest enemy.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +9, Endurance +8, Intimidate +5, Stealth +8
Str 16 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 10 (+1)
Con 14 (+3) Int 8 (+0) Cha 9 (+0)
Equipment leather armor, scimitar, longbow with quiver of
20 arrows
Dark One Emissary (D) Level 5 Lurker
Small shadow humanoid XP 200
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
HP 48; Bloodied 24; see also killing dark
AC 20 (see also dark step); Fortitude 16, Reflex 20, Will 17
Speed 6
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
r Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
C Killing Dark (when reduced to 0 hit points)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; each target is blinded (save
ends). When slain, a dark one emissary explodes in a spout
of darkness.
Cloak of Shadow (minor; at-will) Illusion
The dark one emissary shifts 1 square and gains conceal-
ment until the end of its next turn.
Combat Advantage
The dark one emissary deals an extra 1d6 damage on
melee and ranged attacks against any target it has combat
advantage against.
Dark Step (move; at-will)
The dark one emissary moves up to 4 squares, gains a
+4 bonus to AC against opportunity attacks, and gains
combat advantage against any target that it ends its move
adjacent to.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +9, Intimidate +11, Stealth +12
Str 13 (+3) Dex 20 (+7) Wis 15 (+4)
Con 12 (+3) Int 14 (+4) Cha 14 (+4)
Equipment black garments, 5 daggers
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
3 Fire Beetles (F) Level 1 Brute
Small natural beast XP 100 each
Initiative +1 Senses Perception +0
HP 32; Bloodied 16
AC 13; Fortitude 13, Reflex 12, Will 11
Resist 10 fire
Speed 6
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+5 vs. AC; 2d4 + 2 damage.
C Fire Spray (standard; recharge ) Fire
Close blast 3; +4 vs. Reflex; 3d6 fire damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 14 (+2) Dex 12 (+1) Wis 10 (+0)
Con 12 (+1) Int 1 (5) Cha 8 (1)
5 Orc Drudges (O) Level 4 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
45
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Cave Troll (T) Level 7 Brute

Shrine to Moradin
Encounter Level 3 (764 XP)
Setup
The orcs in this room are responsible for their cave
troll ally. The cave troll goes where and does what it
likes. The orcs watch the monster devour the last of
the Farstriders with a mixture of fear and envy.
1 cave troll (T)
2 orc bombardiers (B)
6 orc drudges (D)
When the characters enter this room, read:
Eight orcs and one big, hulking brute befoul this sacred
chamber by their mere presence. The orcs, a mix of hideous
humanoids, shout warnings when they see you, causing the
cave troll to turn, which reveals the blood and gore painting
its chest.
Large natural humanoid XP 300
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 99; Bloodied 49; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10 (if the cave troll takes acid or fire damage
regeneration does not function until the end of its next turn)
AC 19; Fortitude 21, Reflex 19, Will 17
Speed 8
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the target is
grabbed (until escape). A cave troll can grab up to two
targets at once.
M Improvised Weapon (standard; at-will)
Requires grabbed creature; reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5
damage, and the grabbed creature takes half this damage
and is dazed (save ends). When grabbing a creature wear-
ing heavy armor, the cave troll deals +5 damage with this
attack, but the grabbed creature is not dazed.
Troll Healing Healing
If the cave troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that
does not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn
(as a move action) with 10 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +13, Endurance +12
Str 21 (+8) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 19 (+7) Int 5 (+0) Cha 8 (+2)

Perception Check Features of the Area

DC 18 (dwarf only): You notice the altar shines
brilliantly, as if Moradin was calling for you to purify
this chamber.
Tactics
The orcs and troll surge into battle, with the drudges
charging where possible and the cave troll grab-
bing the first creature it can to use as an improvised
weapon. The bombardiers hold back, flinging cin-
derbombs until they exhaust their supplies, at which
point they close to fight hand to hand.
Illumination: Two everburning torches in iron
sconces fill the room with bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling in this room is 20 feet tall.
Stone Pews: Spaces containing stone pews
count as difficult terrain. A DC 17 Strength check
is required to shove a stone pew 1 square. If used in
conjunction with a bull rush, the attack takes a 2
penalty, but the target is also knocked prone.
Altar: Any dwarf that starts its turn in a space
adjacent to the altar gains a +2 power bonus to attack
rolls until the end of the encounter.
Tapestry: The tapestry recounts the construction
of the Nexus. Characters who study it and succeed on
a DC 18 Perception check determine that they must
open the valves in room V3 to seal off the Nexus.
Dwarf Statues: The statues in this room stand
15-feet tall and depict dwarf warriors, head bowed
as if in prayer or reflection. The statues are carved
so the warriors look like theyre wearing plate armor
and both are armed with hammers. Climbing a statue
requires a DC 20 Athletics check. The statue has AC
20, other defenses 18; hp 100; resist 10 to all damage.

46
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Dead Adventurers: The troll has been eating the

remaining members of the Farstriders. Bits of flesh,
bone, and gear litter the floor here.

Orc Bombardier (B) Level 1 Artillery

Medium natural humanoid XP 100
Initiative +3 Senses Perception 2; low-light vision
HP 24; Bloodied 12; see also warriors surge
AC 13; Fortitude 13, Reflex 15, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+5 vs. AC; 1d10 + 2 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc bombardier makes a melee basic attack and regains
6 hit points.
A Cinderbomb (standard; recharge ) Fire
Area burst 2 within 10; +4 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3 fire damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). On a crit, the orc
bombardier knocks the target prone. Miss: Half damage,
and no ongoing damage.
C Detonation (no action, when reduced to 0 hit points;
encounter) Fire
The orc bombardier must have at least one cinderbomb
left; close burst 2; +4 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3 fire damage, and
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends) (crit knock prone).
Miss: Half damage, and no ongoing damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 13 (+1) Dex 17 (+3) Wis 7 (2)
Con 12 (+1) Int 8 (1) Cha 9 (1)
Equipment battleaxe, 3 cinderbombs

6 Orc Drudges (O) Level 4 Minion

Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club

47
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Dwarf Quarters
Encounter Level 2 (645 XP)
Setup
The orc freaks led a band of drudges here in search of
loot. Unfortunately, the dwarves emptied these cham-
bers years ago. What the orcs havent discovered,
however, is the presence of the cavern choker pre-
pared to kill the first creature to enter the kitchens.
1 cavern choker (C)
2 orc freaks (F)
5 orc drudges (D)
When the characters near this room, read:
Flickering torchlight shines through an open door at the
end of the hall.
2 Orc Freaks (F)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 2 Skirmisher
XP 125 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
HP 38; Bloodied 19; see also warriors surge
AC 15; Fortitude 15, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
M Savage Strike (standard; encounter) Weapon
Make two attacks; +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage per attack.
If both attacks hit the same target, the target also takes
ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc freak makes a melee basic attack and regains
9 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +9
Str 17 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 8 (+0)
Con 14 (+3) Int 8 (+0) Cha 7 (1)
Equipment hide armor, 2 battleaxes
When the characters enter this room, read:
Two orcs hold torches, shining light in this cavernous
chamber. Stone doors stand open, leading into other rooms.
Tactics
The orcs charge the PCs and fight to the death. The
choker uses the resulting chaos as its chance to
escape, striking a PC as it backs into the hall.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The orc freaks carry torches, each
shedding bright light in a 10-square radius. Once
combat begins, the orcs drop the torches. Each round,
at the start of their turns, theres a 50% chance that
the torch gutters out.
Ceiling: The ceilings here are 20-feet tall.
Barracks: The barracks hold bunk beds and
empty chests.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
5 Orc Drudges (D)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 4 Minion
XP 44 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1)
Equipment hide armor, club
Cavern Choker (C) Level 4 Lurker
Small natural humanoid XP 175
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +3; darkvision
HP 42; Bloodied 21
AC 17 (see also chameleon hide); Fortitude 15, Reflex 15
Will 13
Speed 6, climb 6 (spider climb)
m Tentacle Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage, and the target is
grabbed (until escape). A target trying to escape the grab
takes a 4 penalty to the check.
M Choke (standard; at-will)
Grabbed target only; +9 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 3 damage.
Chameleon Hide (minor; at-will)
The cavern choker gains concealment until the start of its
next turn. It cant use this power while grabbing a creature
or while grabbed.
Body Shield (immediate interrupt, when targeted by a melee
or a ranged attack against Reflex or AC; recharges when the
choker makes a successful tentacle claw or choke attack)
The cavern choker makes its grabbed victim the target
instead. The choker cannot use this power to redirect
attacks made by a creature it is currently grabbing.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Stealth +10
Str 17 (+5) Dex 17 (+5) Wis 13 (+3)
Con 12 (+3) Int 6 (+0) Cha 6 (+0)
Mess Hall: Dusty tables and benches fill out this
room. Squares containing tables count as difficult
terrain.
Kitchens: This rooms walls are lined with empty
cabinets and cold hearths.
48
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

The Nexus When the characters enter this

room, read:
Encounter Level 7 (1,590 XP)
You step into a massive chamber in which
Setup the ceiling rises 100 feet above you. At the
When the characters first enter this chamber, there center of the chamber is a pillar of solid
are no creatures. Once the PCs start climbing to the steel that is screwed into the stone and that
top, have the players roll for initiative. At the start stand as tall as the ceiling. Two bronze and
of each round until the adventurers seal the Nexus, steel pipes emerge from the eastern walls
a wave of creatures enters the chamber. Roll 1d6 to and travel toward the steel column before
determine which tunnel the enemies appear in and vanishing into the stone. Rising around
then roll for their initiative as normal, placing them the outside of the room is a stone catwalk
at the mouth of the tunnel at the start of their turn. that connects to steel grating that wraps
If the die results in a tunnel sealed off by the around the steel pillar like scaffolding.
activated control panel, no additional creatures Dark tunnels pock the walls, leading to who
appear that round. knows where.
This encounter includes the following creatures
organized by waves. Perception Check
Wave One DC 21: You smell the faint odor of sulfur
2 orc drudges (D) in this room.
DC 26: The stone around the base of the
Wave Two steel column is dark, as if damp.
2 orc militants (M)
2 orc drudges (D) Tactics
Tusks objective here is obvious: Stop
Wave Three the PCs from sealing the Nexus. Once
Tusk (T) he arrives, he heads straight for the top,
Myrissa, shadar-kai dark warlock (S) smashing through allies and enemies
2 orc bolt throwers (B) to block the PCs efforts. The drudges
and bolt throwers harass the PCs and Features of the Area
Wave Four and Onward support their leader. Myrissa, finally, hits the charac- Illumination: This room is dark.
3 orc drudges (D) ters with ranged attacks, hoping to slow their ascent Ceiling: From the bottom of this room, the ceiling
or disrupt their efforts to activate the control panel. is 100 feet overhead.
All the creatures here fight to the death. Tunnels: Six passages, marked 16, lead into the
chamber. The passages are 5-feet wide and lead off,

49
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

eventually coming out on the western side of the
mountains.
Ladders: Two ladders are in this room. One leads
to tunnel 1 and the other leads up to the escape hatch.
Climbing a ladder requires a DC 5 Athletics check
(DC 10 when in boiling water; see below). The ladders
are 10 feet tall.
Stairs: Around the outer edge of the room, stairs
climb up to higher levels. Stairs count as difficult
terrain.
Platforms: The platforms are fashioned out of
steel grating, which allows a character standing on
them to see, but it blocks ranged and melee attacks.
Pipes: Two massive pipes run across the floor.
When the valves in V3 are opened, any character
touching them takes 5 fire damage.
Control Panel: The control panel stands at the
top of the room. Activating the control panel requires
a skill challenge. DC 18 Dungeoneering or Thievery.
Complexity 1 (4 successes before 3 failures). Success
activates the control panel. Failure results in two
more orc drudges entering the room from a random
tunnel (roll 1d6), and the character must start the
skill challenge all over again. If Kalad is present, the
character gains a +5 bonus to all checks related to the
skill challenge.
Boiling Water: Once the con-
trol panel is activated, boiling water
floods the chamber. At the start of
each round, a steel door drops down
over the lowest tunnel and the water
level rises to cover that tunnel. After
6 rounds, the room is flooded enough
that no more enemies join the fight.
Creatures that fall into the water or
start their turn in the water take 2d8 +
4 scalding (fire) damage.
Steam: Steam rises from the boil-
ing water. Any characters above the
water level, but below the next higher
tunnel entrance, gain concealment.
Escape Hatch: A ladder near the
control panel leads up 10 feet to a
trapdoor set in the ceiling. The door
opens easily. It can be sealed shut from
the other side by depressing a button.
Once sealed, the door can be opened
by only pressing the button a second
time, or by succeeding on a DC 37
Strength check.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Tusk, Orog Chieftain (T) Level 5 Elite Soldier
Large natural humanoid XP 400
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 138; Bloodied 69
AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 17, Will 16
Saving Throws +2
Speed 5
Action Points 1
m Falchion (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +12 vs. AC; 2d4 + 7 damage.
M Brutal Offensive (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires falchion; +12 vs. AC; 2d4 + 7 damage, and Tusk
can shift 1 and make a secondary attack. Secondary Attack:
+12 vs. AC; 4d4 + 7 damage.
C Skull Harvest (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires falchion; close burst 2; +12 vs. Reflex; 2d4 +
7 damage.
C Champions Scorn (minor; at-will) Fear, Healing
Close blast 5; one creature; the target becomes the object
of the orogs scorn. Tusks melee attacks deal an extra 2d4
damage to the target, and if he reduces the target to 0 hit
points, he heals 34 hit points. Tusk can designate only one
target as the object of its scorn at a time.
R Fearsome Leader (minor; at-will)
Targets one orc or orog; the target gains a +2 bonus to its
next attack roll before the end of Tusks next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +12, Intimidate +8
Str 24 (+9) Dex 15 (+4) Wis 13 (+3)
Con 21 (+7) Int 11 (+2) Cha 12 (+3)
Equipment plate armor, falchion
50
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Myrissa, Shadar-Kai Dark Warlock (S) Level 2 Elite Skirmisher
Medium shadow humanoid XP 250
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +1; low-light vision
HP 74; Bloodied 37
AC 17; Fortitude 14, Reflex 16, Will 16
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage.
R Spiteful Glamour (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +7 vs. Will; 1d8 + 3 psychic damage, or 1d12 +
3 psychic damage against targets at full hit points.
C Cursebite (standard; encounter) Necrotic
Close burst 20; +7 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 3 necrotic damage;
affects all creatures suffering from warlocks curse.
Warlocks Curse (minor; at-will, 1/round)
Closest enemy; Myrissa designates target as cursed. Her
attacks deal an extra 1d6 damage. A target can have only
one curse at a time.
Darkspiral Aura (free; at-will) Necrotic, Psychic
Whenever an enemy Myrissa has cursed is reduced to 0 hit
points, she adds 1 point to her darkspiral aura. Once per
round as a free action, when an enemy makes a melee or
ranged attack against her, she can use her darkspiral aura
to deal 1d6 necrotic and psychic damage per point in the
aura and reset the aura to 0. If her aura deals at least 12
damage, she can reset the aura to 1 instead, but the attack
deals half damage.
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
Myrissa teleports 3 squares and becomes insubstantial until
the start of her next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +5, Bluff +9, Insight +6, Intimidate +9,
Stealth +5
Str 10 (+1) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 11 (+1)
Con 13 (+2) Int 16 (+4) Cha 16 (+4)
Equipment leather armor, dagger, rod
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
7 Orc Drudges (D) Level 4 Minion 2 Orc Bolt Throwers (B) Level 1 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 44 each Medium natural humanoid XP 100 each
Initiative +0 Senses Perception +0; low-light vision Initiative +2 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion. HP 26; Bloodied 13; see also warriors surge
AC 16; Fortitude 15, Reflex 12, Will 12 AC 13; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging) Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 5 damage. +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant r Bellybow (standard; at-will; recharges when the creature
Str 16 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 10 (+2) uses a move action to reload it) Weapon
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 9 (+1) Ranged 20/40; +8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 2 damage, and the target
Equipment hide armor, club is pushed 1 square.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
2 Orog Militants (M) Level 3 Soldier encounter) Healing
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 each The orc bolt thrower makes a melee basic attack and
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision regains 6 hit points.
HP 48; Bloodied 24 Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14; see also discipline Skills Stealth +7
Speed 5 Str 14 (+2) Dex 15 (+2) Wis 9 (1)
m Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon Con 14 (+2) Int 9 (1) Cha 8 (1)
+10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the target is marked Equipment leather armor, battleaxe, bellybow with 10 bolts
until the end of the orog militants next turn.
M Relentless (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square. The target is marked until
the orogs next turn. The orog militant can shift into the
vacated square as a free action.
M Fierce Counterstrike (immediate reaction, when adjacent
ally is first bloodied; encounter) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +10 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square. The orog militant can shift
into the vacated square as a free action.
Discipline
Orogs gain a +2 bonus to saving throws against any ongoing
effects when adjacent to an ally.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 19 (+5) Dex 10 (+1) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 16 (+4) Int 9 (+0) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, bastard sword
51
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Appendix: Monsters
Orc
Orcs are a race of savage humanoids, hailing from
some of the most desolate regions in the world. From
the hardships of their lives as well as their ingrained
love of slaughter, these vicious marauders boil out of
the darkness to wage war against other races, plun-
dering and killing until finally repulsed once more.
The Monster Manual includes a broad selection of
orc monsters, representing a great many of the iconic
orc adversaries player characters might face. The
following entries expand on those by providing addi-
tional orcs, which are featured in this adventure.
Orc Bolt Thrower Level 1 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 100
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 26; Bloodied 13; see also warriors surge
AC 13; Fortitude 14, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
r Bellybow (standard; at-will; recharges when the creature
uses a move action to reload it) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +8 vs. AC; 1d12 + 2 damage, and the target
is pushed 1 square.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
The orc bolt thrower makes a melee basic attack and
regains 6 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Stealth +7
Str 14 (+2) Dex 15 (+2) Wis 9 (1)
Con 14 (+2) Int 9 (1) Cha 8 (1)
Equipment leather armor, battleaxe, bellybow with 10 bolts
Orc Bolt Thrower Tactics
The orc bolt thrower hangs back, lobbing bolts into
the thick of its enemies. It draws its battleaxe and
throws itself into combat if its enemies draw near.
Orc Bombardier Level 1 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 100
Initiative +3 Senses Perception 2; low-light vision
HP 24; Bloodied 12; see also warriors surge
AC 13; Fortitude 13, Reflex 15, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+5 vs. AC; 1d10 + 2 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc bombardier makes a melee basic attack and regains
6 hit points.
A Cinderbomb (standard; recharge ) Fire Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Area burst 2 within 10; +4 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3 fire damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). On a crit, the orc
bombardier knocks the target prone. Miss: Half damage,
and no ongoing damage.
C Detonation (no action, when reduced to 0 hit points;
encounter) Fire
The orc bombardier must have at least one cinderbomb
left; close burst 2; +4 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3 fire damage, and
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends) (crit knock prone). Miss:
Half damage, and no ongoing damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 13 (+1) Dex 17 (+3) Wis 7 (2)
Con 12 (+1) Int 8 (1) Cha 9 (1)
Equipment battleaxe, 3 cinderbombs, everburning torch
Orc Bombardier Tactics
The orc bombardier hurls cinderbombs at clumps
of PCs, but it is not above catching a few drudges in
the burst. Should enemies close to melee, it draws
its battleaxe.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Orc Witch Doctor
Medium natural humanoid
Level 2 Controller
XP 125
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 33; Bloodied 16
AC 15; Fortitude 13, Reflex 14, Will 17
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Disgusting Claws (standard; at-will) Poison
+7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 1 damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage
(save ends).
R Curse of Gruumsh (standard; recharge ) Acid
Ranged 10; +6 vs. Fortitude; target is blinded (save ends),
and the orc witch doctor makes a secondary attack. Sec-
ondary Attack: Close burst 1 centered on primary target;
+6 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 acid damage, and ongoing 2 acid
damage (save ends).
R Unspeakable Filth (standard; at-will)
Ranged 5/10; +5 vs. Reflex; 1d4 + 4 damage, and the
target takes 2 penalty to attack rolls until the end of the
orc witch doctors next turn.
Skills Arcana +6, Intimidate +10
Str 11 (+1) Dex 12 (+2) Wis 14 (+3)
Con 9 (+0) Int 11 (+1) Cha 18 (+5)
Equipment befouled rags, bone rod
Orc Witch Doctor Tactics
An orc witch doctor spits a curse at a divine character
and hurls insults and filth, falling back to its claws if
cornered.
52
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

Orc Freak
Medium natural humanoid
Level 2 Skirmisher
XP 125
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
HP 38; Bloodied 19; see also warriors surge
AC 15; Fortitude 15, Reflex 14, Will 11
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
M Savage Strike (standard; encounter) Weapon
Make two attacks; +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage per attack.
If both attacks hit the same target, the target also takes
ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc freak makes a melee basic attack and regains 9
hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +9
Str 17 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 8 (+0)
Con 14 (+3) Int 8 (+0) Cha 7 (1)
Equipment hide armor, 2 battleaxes
Orc Freak Tactics
The orc freak is a savage and uncontrollable warrior
who rushes headlong into danger no matter the odds.
Orc Scout Level 3 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 46; Bloodied 23; see also warriors surge
AC 17; Fortitude 16, Reflex 15, Will 13
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Scimitar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+8 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit: +1d8)
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +7 vs. AC; 1d10 + 2 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing, Weapon
The orc scout makes a melee basic attack and regains
11 hit points.
Overeager (immediate reaction, when the orc scout drops an
enemy with a ranged attack; encounter)
The orc scout draws its scimitar and charges the closest
enemy.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +9, Endurance +8, Intimidate +5, Stealth +8
Str 16 (+4) Dex 15 (+3) Wis 10 (+1)
Con 14 (+3) Int 8 (+0) Cha 9 (+0)
Equipment leather armor, scimitar, longbow with quiver of
20 arrows
Orc Scout Tactics
An orc scout shoots arrows at its foes, but once it
drops an enemy, its bloodlust gets the better of it, driv-
ing it to draw its scimitar and charge.
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
Orc Sergeant
Medium natural humanoid
Level 3 Soldier (Leader)
XP 150
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
Lead by Fear aura 1; orcs inside the aura gain a +1 power
bonus to attack rolls.
HP 46; Bloodied 23; see also warriors surge
AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14
Speed 6 (8 while charging)
m Glaive (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Warriors Surge (standard, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
The orc sergeant makes a melee basic attack and regains
11 hit points.
Back to the Front! (immediate reaction, when orc ally within
5 squares is forcibly moved; at-will)
Slide triggering ally 1 square.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Endurance +5, Intimidate +5
Str 19 (+5) Dex 9 (+0) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 14 (+3) Int 11 (+1) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment chainmail, glaive, tattered cloak
Orc Sergeant Tactics
The orc sergeant commands other orcs, directing the
combat from the second rank. It follows its soldiers
into battle, taking advantage of its superior reach and
the bodies between himself and his enemies. Should
any ally think about retreating, the orc sergeant can
command him back to the frontlines.
Orog
Hulking warriors with uncommon discipline
and fighting expertise, orogs are the filthy offspring
of orcs and ogres. Like half-elves, orogs breed true
and are a separate race from orcs. Sometimes called
greater orcs or ogrillons, orogs are a vastly superior
breed, rising far above their lesser kin in terms of
their mastery over weaponry and also their mastery
of warfare. Where common orcs rely on superior
numbers to overcome their enemies, orogs use clever
53
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57

tactics and teamwork, ranking up in orderly lines of
heavily armored soldiers.
Rumors tell of orog cities in the far-flung places
in the world, though no one is certain where they are
or what they might look like. Instead, orogs crop up
wherever ogres and orcs congregate in large numbers.
Orogs swiftly rise to the top and take over tribes,
crushing their rivals until the rest of the horde
surrenders to the orogs will.
Orog Militant Level 3 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 150
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 48; Bloodied 24
AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14; see also discipline
Speed 5
m Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of the orog militants next turn.
M Relentless (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square. The target is marked until
the orogs next turn. The orog militant can shift into the
vacated square as a free action.
M Fierce Counterstrike (immediate reaction, when adjacent
ally is first bloodied; encounter) Weapon
Requires bastard sword; +10 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square. The orog militant can shift
into the vacated square as a free action.
Discipline
Orogs gain a +2 bonus to saving throws against any ongoing
effects when adjacent to an ally.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 19 (+5) Dex 10 (+1) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 16 (+4) Int 9 (+0) Cha 11 (+1)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, bastard sword
Orog Militant Tactics
Orog militants fight best in close ranks to take advan-
tage of their discipline and also the added protection
afforded by their fellows. The orogs engage the closest
enemy and drive it before them.
Orog Scarred Champion Level 4 Brute
Medium natural humanoid, orc XP 175
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 66; Bloodied 33; see also champions scorn
AC 17; Fortitude 19, Reflex 14, Will 15
Speed 5
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of the orog scarred champions next turn.
C Winnowing Slash (standard; recharge when first bloodied)
Weapon
Requires greatsword; close burst 1; +7 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5
damage, and the target is pushed 1 square.
C Champions Scorn (minor; at-will) Fear
Close blast 5; one creature; the target becomes the object
of the orogs scorn. The orog scarred champions melee
attacks deal an extra 1d10 damage to the target, and if
the scarred champion reduces the target to 0 hit points, it
regains 16 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Intimidate +6
Str 20 (+7) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 16 (+5) Int 9 (+1) Cha 8 (+1)
Equipment plate armor, greataxe
Orog Scarred Champion
Tactics
The orog scarred champion is a devolved form of
oroga brutish warrior driven mad by Gruumshs
dark will. The champion wades into the thick of
battle, calling out challenges to its enemies and
focusing its attacks against these foes until he
slaughters them.
Orog Lore
A character knows the following information about
orogs with a successful Nature check.
DC 15: Orogs are the spawn of orcs and ogres,
and they somehow gain the better qualities of each
Siege of Bordrin's Watch
without any of the drawbacks. A discipline and
militant people, they raise up fortified encampments,
where they form up their warriors into tight ranks
and demand a level of cleanliness any commander
could respect.
Troll
Trolls are one of the most diverse and unpredictable
races in the world. Something about their nature
causes them to adapt to their environments in unex-
pected ways, developing new abilities and losing ones
less useful for feeding the bottomless pit that serves
as their gullets. The following troll expands on those
described in the Monster Manual.
Cave Troll Level 7 Brute
Large natural humanoid XP 300
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 99; Bloodied 49; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10 (if the cave troll takes acid or fire damage,
regeneration does not function until the end of its next turn)
AC 19; Fortitude 21, Reflex 19, Will 17
Speed 8
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the target is
grabbed (until escape). A cave troll can grab up to two
targets at once.
M Improvised Weapon (standard; at-will)
Requires grabbed creature; reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5
damage, and the grabbed creature takes half this damage
and is dazed (save ends). When grabbing a creature wear-
ing heavy armor, the cave troll deals +5 damage with this
attack, but the grabbed creature is not dazed.
Troll Healing Healing
If the cave troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that
does not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn
(as a move action) with 10 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +13, Endurance +12
Str 21 (+8) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 19 (+7) Int 5 (+0) Cha 8 (+2)
54
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
 Siege of Bordrin's Watch

Cave Troll Tactics Encounter Groups

A cave troll is an unsubtle enemy. When it detects Cave trolls prefer the company of other cave trolls,
possible food, it leaps into battle, grabbing its foes but they might sometimes work with other trolls,
with its long claws, and snatching them off their ogres, and other monstrous races. Orogs, more than
feet. The cave troll then tenderizes its meal, using its any other race, see the value of a tough cave troll, and
captured victim as a weapon, pounding the hapless when an orog dominates an orc tribe, theres bound to
victim into its allies until everyone and everything be a handful of cave trolls supporting the chieftain.
around the troll is dead.
Level 7 Encounter (XP 1,500)
Cave Troll Lore 1 orc eye of Gruumsh (level 5 controller [leader])
A character knows the following information about 2 cave trolls (level 7 brute)
cave trolls with a successful Nature check. 4 orc berserkers (level 4 brute) G
DC 15: Cave trolls are a nasty, spiteful breed of
trolls, every bit as ravenous as their kin, but they take About the Author
Robert J. Schwalb works as a freelance designer for Wizards
special pleasure in the destruction they wreak. Like of the Coast and has contributed design to such books as
their kin, cave trolls regenerate at an astonishing rate, Tyrants of the Nine Hells and Elder Evils, and the forthcoming
which allows them to recoup from the nastiest of Forgotten Realms Players Guide, Draconomicon: Chromatic
Dragons, Manual of the Planes, and Demon Queens Enclave, as
injuries. Their only weakness in this regard is when
well as numerous articles for D&D Insider. Robert lives in
they are confronted with acid or firesubstances the Tennessee with his incredibly patient wife Stacee and his
cave troll rightly fearsfor both can retard the trolls pride of chaotic evil werecats.
regenerative abilities and render it more vulnerable to
its preys attacks.
DC 20: Cave trolls collect in small tribal groups,
and they prefer caves that open onto verdant forests
or hills. The rarely venture too deep into the Under-
dark, for in the depths, food becomes far scarcer, and
the cave trolls have a healthy respect for drow, mind
flayers, and other peoples of the depths. Some races,
particularly drow, orcs, and orogs, enslave cave trolls
to use them as frontline soldiers. Cave trolls are not as
powerful as ordinary trolls, and they are more trac-
table and are easier to train.

55
August 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 57
We are mercenaries, all
of us, but only a precious
few have honesty enough
to admit it. Whether we
sell ourselves for coin,
for honor, or ideals, we
all have a price whose
continued payment
leads us inevitably to our
end. But when that end
comes, will you admit
to your balance sheet?
Or will you lie when you
claim that the blood on
your hands was spilled
for just cause, not simply
your hunger for glory?

The Shadow Rift

by Scott Fitzgerald Gray
illustrations by Dave Allsop,

of Umbraforge
Ryan Barger, Nicole Cardiff, Saejin Oh,
and Chris Stevens

cartography by Mike Schley

TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

4
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Whats an
Adventure Path?
Scales of War is the fourth Adventure Path to appear
in the pages of Dungeon Magazine. But what, you ask,
is an Adventure Path? Quite simply, it is a series of
related adventures intended to form a complete D&D
campaign that takes your players from 1st level all the
way to, in the case of Scales of War, 30th level.
Previous Adventure Paths, presented with the
third edition D&D rules, took characters from 1st to
20th level. But with all three tiers in the new edition
ripe and ready to explore, were pushing the limit with
Scales of War. Each tier takes roughly six adventures
to traverse, which means well finish off this Adven-
ture Path in about eighteen issues. Each adventure
advances characters from between one and a half
to two levels of experience. We recognize that not
everyone will meet every encounter or complete
every quest, however, so periodically, well point you
DMs to a supplemental Side Trek or short adventure
to keep your PCs on pace. Plus, roughly every other
month, Dragon will feature new support content for
Scales of War.
Finally, this Adventure Path is intended to function
as a complete D&D campaign. That means well be
making some assumptions about the history of the
world as we move along, just as you would in any
campaign you run. Well be borrowing heavily from
the D&D mythology of 4th Edition, as well as all the
great ideas that have cropped up in other products
over the yearsincluding the pages of past issues of
Dungeon!
Enjoy your stay in Scales of War, and keep an eye
out for next months installment.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge is an adventure for
five 4th-level characters who are approximately half-
way to 5th level. Characters should be 6th level by the
adventures end. This adventure is a sequel to Siege
of Bordrins Watch and the third part of the Scales of
War Adventure Path. However, with a little modifica-
tion, it can be played as a standalone adventure or
integrated into an existing campaign.
Background
In Siege of Bordrins Watch, the PCs discovered that
dark creepers had sold arms and tactical intelligence
to the orc war chief Tusk, aiding him in his attack
against the folk of the Stonehome Mountains. In
this adventure, the PCs investigate the link between
the orcs and the dark ones, stumbling into an arms-
running operation bridging two planes, and finally
confronting the charismatic figure behind it.
Sarshan is an opportunistic shadar-kai arms
dealer. For years, he has built an invisible mercantile
empire around the sale and brokering of weapons,
armor, mercenaries, and intelligence from his domain
in the Shadowfell. Though Sarshan plays a significant
part in this adventure, the PCs initial focus is on one
of his lieutenantsa dark creeper shadowborn stalker
named Modra.
Before the Siege of Bordrins Watch, Modra was
approached by Tusks advisor Myrissa, a shadar-kai
witch who knew of Sarshans operations. However,
the success of Sarshans arms running and mercenary
services turns on his ability to maintain a low profile
in his dealings with clients in the world. Sometimes
this means turning down jobs that run too much risk of
exposure. Tusks massive raid, aimed at the heart of the
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
civilized frontier and a stones throw from Sarshans
operations in the city of Overlook, was one of these.
When Sarshan rebuffed Myrissas request, Modra
approached the witch in secret. He struck a deal to
supply Tusk with weapons and intelligence, sending
in a group of his followers (the dark creepers in Siege
of Bordrins Watch, including Iranda) to do the job.
In going behind Sarshans back, Modra expected that
an overwhelming orc victory (won with the help of
dark one subterfuge) would win his masters respect.
However, with Tusks forces routed and Modras ser-
vants scattered or killed, the dark creeper has had to
go to ground to escape Sarshans wrath. The brass key
that Iranda carried in Siege of Bordrins Watch sets
Modra on the PCs trailand leads them into the next
stage of the adventure path.
Adventure Synopsis
Back in Overlook after the events of Siege of Bor-
drins Watch, the PCs find themselves targeted
by a group of street toughs seeking the mysterious
brass key they obtained at the end of that previous
adventure. Through their would-be assailants, the
PCs obtain the name of the one who ordered the
assaultModra.
By way of a skill challenge that takes them into the
darkest corners of the city, the PCs learn that Modra
is a dark creeper with connections to an arms-run-
ning operation and a poorhouse known as the Happy
Beggar. In a network of secret caverns beneath the
Beggar, the PCs discover that the weapons-running
operation extends from the Shadowfell to Overlook by
way of a pair of ancient magic portals. When the dark
creeper flees to the Shadowfell, the PCs give chase.
5
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Transported to the Shadowfell, the PCs find them-
selves in Umbraforgean isolated military enclave
that grows ever larger in its preparations for war.
Foundries, forges, mercenary camps, and slave pens
stand between a dark tower and a volcanic rift vent-
ing a river of lava and shadow. As they infiltrate by
stealth and sword, the PCs discover that Modra is
an underling to the shadar-kai Sarshan, master of
Umbraforge. In addition to arms running, Sarshan
sells mercenaries and creatures bred for warhorrid
mutants created in an arcane foundry fueled by the
raw power of the magma shadow rift.
Within the foundry, the PCs eliminate Modra and
his followers, then use a secret tunnel to gain access
to the tower. As they infiltrate Sarshans inner sanc-
tum, they face off against his house guards and allies
before being brought before the shadar-kai and given
a chance to join him. Then a massive tremor gener-
ated by the magma shadow rift shakes the tower,
allowing the PCs to flee back to the Shadowfell gate.
As Sarshans foundry is leveled by the destructive
forces of shadow and fire, the PCs escape back to the
world, followed by a trio of savage specters bent on
destruction.
When that battle is done, Sarshans Shadowfell
gate is destroyed and Overlook is safe. However, the
PCs have uncovered information indicating that the
apparently isolated conflicts that led them first to
Rivenroar, then to Bordrins Watch, touch on secret
plots that threaten the end the world.
Setting
The first part of this adventure makes use of the city
of Overlook section in Siege of Bordrins Watch.
Key to the
Shadowfell Gate
In Siege of Bordrins Watch, the heroes fight
a dark one emissary in the boiler room in the
Vents. This emissarys name was Iranda, and
he reported directly to Modra, the dark creeper
villain of this adventure, something the charac-
ters will learn over the course of this adventure.
Iranda kept a key to the Shadowfell gate below
Overlook. If youve already run Siege of Bor-
drins Watch, feel free to give the PCs the key
before this adventure begins. Alternatively, its
possible Iranda stashed it somewhere in Over-
look, and the PCs need to track it down at some
point during The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge.
This latter tactic is especially handy if the char-
acters are not quite halfway to 5th level when
this adventure begins. Finally, consider including
the key among the possessions of the shadar-kai
witch at the transfer portal (see page 19).
However, though the adventure starts and finishes in
Overlook, the bulk of it takes place in the Shadowfell.
Since this is likely the PCs first excursion to this dark
plane, familiarize yourself with The Planes, page
160 of the Dungeon Masters Guide.
The gateway to the Shadowfell that Sarshan uses
to smuggle his armaments into the world (and which
Modra co-opted for his own dealings with Tusk) lies
within Overlooka series of ancient caverns hidden
beneath the cellars of an out-of-the-way poorhouse. The
citys status as a major trading center provides Sarshan
with the perfect cover for his clandestine trafficking in
arms, armor, and mercenaries across the frontier. With
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
the bustle of its streets, the endless dance of commerce
in the Forge and Tradetown districts, and the steady
stream of wains and carts passing through its gates,
Overlook gives the shadar-kai an invisibility on which
he has built a prosperous career.
Preparing for
Adventure
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge is divided into
three parts. The first part, consisting of five encoun-
The Quests
As the PCs find themselves targeted by Modra,
they slowly uncover the identity and plans
of the dark creeper. However, as they pursue
him into the Shadowfell, they come to realize
that Modras plots are only portents of a much
greater danger.
Minor QuestModras Threat
In parts one and two of the adventure, the PCs
must determine Modras connection to the orc
raid and eliminate his continued threat. How-
ever, by the time they face off against the dark
creeper in the Shadowfell, they realize that he is
only a small part of a larger operation.
Reward: 200 XP.
Major QuestThe Opportunist
In parts two and three of the adventure, the
PCs discover that Modras threat is insignifi-
cant compared to that of his former master, the
shadar-kai arms dealer Sarshan. The PCs must
infiltrate Sarshans domain in the Shadowfell,
discover the extent of the shadar-kais weapons-
running operations, and learn that war is coming
to the world.
Reward: 250 XP per character.
6
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

ters, details the PCs pursuit of Modra and their
discovery of Sarshans Shadowfell gate. This part
should bring the party to 5th level (assuming they
were about halfway through 4th level at the comple-
tion of Siege of Bordrins Watch). The remainder of Encounter Level
the adventure (featuring the partys search for Modra
in the Shadowfell, the incursion into Sarshans tower,
and the climactic confrontation with the savage spec-
ters that pursue the PCs from the Shadowfell back to
the world) should bring them to 6th level.
Assuming you are already familiar with the layout
of Overlook from Siege of Bordrins Watch, you
need only to read this introductory material and The
Beggars Gate (including the Street Skirmish tactical
encounter and the Modras Plots skill challenge) to
get ready for your first game session.
Modras role in the attack on Bordrins Watch
should be enough to inspire a mostly good or lawful
good party to want to capture or kill him. However,
if the PCs are strongly unaligned, you might need to
make things personal. During the Modras Plots
skill challenge (page 11), have Modra continue his
vendetta against the PCs by attacking (or even killing)
one or more NPCs close to them. Any characters the
party became involved with during the Siege of Bor-
drins Watch can fit the bill.
What You Need to Play
This adventure includes the encounters the PCs face
as they explore and adventure in the area. It also pro-
vides tactical maps and more for the adventure. Also
as mentioned above, read through at least the first
few encounters described in this adventure before
starting. This review enables you to become familiar
with the material and the style of presentation.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Using Tactical Encounters and what your player characters do might require you
to alter the information in any number of ways.
Each encounter includes several common elements,
as described below.
Monster Statistics
Encounters include stat blocks for each monster type
present in the encounter. If more than one monster
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five player
of a particular kind is present, the stat block indicates
characters. An encounter of average difficulty is one
how many creatures can be found.
where the encounter level is equal to the level of the
party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower than the
Tactics
party are easy, while encounters that are 2 or more
This entry describes special actions the monsters take
levels higher than the party are difficult encounters.
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
XP value listed beside the encounter level. This
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
amount should be divided by the number of group
members, and an equal amount should be awarded to
Map
each character.
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
Setup locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
This section of a tactical encounter provides you
with the basic parameters of the encounter. First, it
Features of the Area
provides context or background information for the
This section describes special features noted on the
encounter. Next, it provides a key to the monsters in
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
the encounter so you can locate them on the tactical
which the characters can interact, those features are
map. The map of each encounter area indicates where
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
the monsters are located when the encounter begins.
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, or if
The setup section also describes what monsters are
the area includes treasure.
doing and how they react when the PCs arrive.
Read-Aloud Text Treasure
This adventure makes use of the parcel system of
Read aloud text provides information about what the
treasure rewards described in Chapter 7 of the
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have
Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accu-
to read it word for word; feel free to paraphrase and
mulate fifteen parcels by the end of the adventure.
use your own words when describing this informa-
Use the players wish lists to determine which magic
tion. Use read aloud text wisely; they are written for
items you place as treasure.
the most common approach to a particular situation
7
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

These parcels can be given out at any point in the
adventure you decide is appropriate, or you might
reserve some treasure as a reward given to the PCs by
the people of Overlook when the adventure is done.
Whenever possible, tie treasure to the most climactic
points of the adventure (the battle in the secret cav-
erns, the foundry showdown with Modra, and so on).
Part 1: The
Beggars Gate
In the aftermath of the sealing of the mountain tunnels
and the flooding of the Nexus in Siege of Bordrins
Watch, Modra learned of the PCs role in thwarting
Tusks plans. He has quietly kept tabs on them since
their return to Overlook. The key found at the end of
the previous adventure (see The Key to the Shadowfell
Gate sidebar on page 6) is a hollow brass tube 6 inches
long, set with a round ring at one end and four flanges of
differing lengths at the other. The PCs can find no infor-
mation in Overlook on the nature or origin of the key.
However, any inquiries along those lines come back to
Modra through his contacts in the thieves guild known
as the Lost Ones. (If the PCs are more circumspect,
assume that the key has a magical property that allows
Modra to eventually determine who carries it.) With the
last of his coin, the dark creeper hires a squad of guild
enforcers to dispense with the PCs and retrieve the
keyModras only way to return to the Shadowfell and
attempt to turn the tables on the vindictive Sarshan.
Between the end of Siege of Bordrins Watch and
this adventure, the PCs have plenty of time to rest
up, replenish missing supplies, and take care of any
miscellaneous business. The first encounter (Street
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Skirmish, on the following page) should take place Siege of Bordrins Watch is done. (This is most
within a few days of the partys return to Overlook. likely to be the case if the party was in the middle
On assignment from Modra, a squad of enforcers of unfinished business in Brindol before being sum-
from the Lost Ones have been quietly following the moned to help defend against the orc raid.) If so, dont
PCs while they carry out their routine business in the force the issue. Simply have the Lost Ones track the
city. Their orders are to retrieve the key as quietly as PCs to their alternate location and move encounter
possible, then kill the PCs. The Lost Ones wait now G1 accordingly. When the Lost Ones are searched
for the opportunity to strike. or questioned, the PCs find that they received their
orders from someone named Modra in Overlook. This
Other Locations should inspire the party to return to the mountain
The PCs might not automatically be inclined to city.
return to Overlook to rest and recuperate when the
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: Parcel I:
Parcel B: Parcel J:
Parcel C: Parcel K:
Parcel D: Parcel L:
Parcel E: Parcel M:
Parcel F: Parcel N:
Parcel G: Parcel O:
Parcel H:
Treasure Parcels (Monetary Treasure 2,840 gp)
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 9
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 8
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 8
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 7
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 6
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 6
Parcel 7: 550 gp, or two 250-gp art objects + 50 gp, or one 500-gp gem + 50 gp
Parcel 8: 500 gp, or one 250-gp art object + 250 gp, or five 100-gp gems
Parcel 9: 340 gp, or three 100-gp gems + 40 gp, or one 250-gp art object + one potion of healing + 40 gp
Parcel 10: 340 gp, or one 250-gp art object + 90 gp, or 300 gp + 400 sp
Parcel 11: 300 gp, or three 100-gp gems, or one potion of healing + one 250-gp art object
Parcel 12: 280 gp, or two 100-gp gems + 80 gp, or one 100-gp gem + 2 potions of healing + 80 gp
Parcel 13: 260 gp, or one 250-gp art object + 10 gp, or two potions of healing + 100-gp gem + 60 gp
Parcel 14: 160 gp, or one 100-gp gem + 60 gp, or one potion of healing + 110 gp
Parcel 15: 110 gp, or one 100-gp gem + 10 gp, or one potion of healing + 60 gp
8
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Street Skirmish
Encounter Level 5 (975 XP)
Setup
The Lost Ones follow the PCs in search of a likely
ambush spot, using their knowledge of Overlook to
slip ahead of the party as they approach an enclosed
laneway between two of the citys warehouses.
2 human berserkers (B)
3 human guards (G)
1 human mage (M)
At the outset of the encounter, the human guards
are hiding behind the wagon to the north. Unless the
PCs notice them (DC 20 Perception), do not place
them on the battle grid. The mage starts out with total
cover up the narrow alley to the north. Do not place
his miniature on the battle grid until he is spotted or
unless he attacks.
As the PCs enter the area, read:
Sudden movement catches your eyea horse tethered to a
hitching post stomps as you approach. From behind you,
a voice calls out, Took a wrong turn, friends. Too bad itll
be your last. Two human warriors move up from where
they must have been following you, battleaxes pulled from
beneath their cloaks as they attack.
If the PCs spot the guards to the north, read:
Behind a wagon to the north, you see movement in the
shadows. Three figures crouch in hiding, waiting to spring.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Let the players place their miniatures anywhere in
the center of the map.
We Meet Again
If the PCs had a previous altercation with the Lost
Ones (page 22 of Siege of Bordrins Watch), play up
any lingering hostility in this encounter. Although the
berserkers and guards here are a more elite squad
than the street bravos the PCs faced in Overlook, the
mage might well be the same character (assuming
he survived). Even if they are new foes, these Lost
Ones are aware of the PCs run-in with their order,
and they seek their own revenge even as they fulfill
Modras commission.
Tactics
The berserkers wade into combat in the first round,
hoping to draw the PCs attention while their mage
leader attacks from hiding. They target the strongest-
looking melee combatants with battleaxe attacks,
saving their handaxes for thrown attacks against PCs
trying to stay out of melee. The berserkers fight to
the death.
The human guards engage those PCs who avoid
or retreat from the berserkers attacks. They use their Development
halberds against any foes within reach, leaving PCs
If any of the Lost Ones survive to be interrogated,
knocked prone by their powerful strike for the ber-
they reveal that they were hired to retrieve a brass key
serkers as they seek new targets. The guards flee if
the PCs carry. Any other wealth on the PCs was theirs
reduced to 10 hit points or fewer.
to take, hinting at the keys value to whoever seeks it.
In the first round, the mage moves up behind the
The PCs find a scrap of parchment on one of the Lost
baskets (granting him cover) and makes a Stealth
Ones (their only clue if all the assailants were slain). A
check to stay hidden (+4). He strikes first with dancing
hastily drawn rendering of the brass key accompanies
lightning, targeting spellcasters if possible. In subse-
a note indicating the importance of its return and
quent rounds, he snipes with magic missile, reserving
a nameModra. However, these Lost Ones know
his thunder burst until he can target two or more PCs.
nothing more of Modra than his name.
The mage flees if reduced to 10 hit points or fewer, or
if all the other Lost Ones are killed.
9
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Human Mage (M) Level 4 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 175
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +5
HP 42; Bloodied 21
AC 17; Fortitude 13, Reflex 14, Will 15
Speed 6
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Weapon
+4 vs. AC; 1d8 damage.
r Magic Missile (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +7 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 4 force damage.
R Dancing Lightning (standard; encounter) Lightning
The mage makes a separate attack against 3 different tar-
gets: ranged 10; +7 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 lightning damage.
A Thunder Burst (standard; encounter) Thunder
Area burst 1 within 10; +7 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 4 thunder
damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Alignment Any Languages Common
Skills Arcana +11
Str 10 (+2) Dex 14 (+4) Wis 17 (+5)
Con 12 (+3) Int 18 (+6) Cha 12 (+3)
Equipment robes, quarterstaff, wand
2 Human Berserkers (B) Level 4 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 175 each
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2
HP 66; Bloodied 33; see also battle fury
AC 15; Fortitude 15, Reflex 14, Will 14
Speed 7
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+7 vs. AC; 1d12 + 4 damage (crit 1d12 + 16).
M Battle Fury (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
The human berserker makes a melee basic attack with a
+4 bonus to the attack roll and deals an extra 1d6 damage
on a hit.
R Handaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +5 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage.
Alignment Any Languages Common
Skills Athletics +9, Endurance +9
Str 17 (+5) Dex 12 (+3) Wis 11 (+2)
Con 16 (+5) Int 10 (+2) Cha 12 (+3)
Equipment hide armor, greataxe, 2 handaxes
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
3 Human Guards (G) Level 3 Soldier Doors: These warehouse doors are barred from
Medium natural humanoid XP 150 each
within. They cannot be opened from the outside.
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6
HP 47; Bloodied 23 Crates: These squares provide cover. A stack of
AC 18; Fortitude 16, Reflex 15, Will 14 crates stands 5 feet high and can be climbed with a
Speed 5 successful DC 10 Athletics check.
m Halberd (standard; at-will) Weapon
Baskets: These 4-foot-high woven baskets are for
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the human guards next turn. transporting grain. Full baskets provide cover and are
M Powerful Strike (standard; recharge ) Weapon difficult terrain. Empty baskets provide cover but do
Requires halberd; reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage,
not hinder movement.
and the target is knocked prone.
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
Alignment Any Languages Common
Skills Streetwise +7
Str 16 (+4) Dex 14 (+3) Wis 11 (+1)
Con 15 (+3) Int 10 (+1) Cha 12 (+2)
Equipment chainmail, halberd, crossbow with 20 bolts
Features of the Area
Illumination: Dim light at dusk or dawn. Bright
light by day. At night, lanterns hang on both the carts
(bright 10).
Wagons: These empty wains are waiting to be
loaded. A wagon provides cover and is tall enough
that a Small creature can move under it and gain
superior cover. It costs 2 squares of movement to jump
up onto a wagon. With a successful DC 17 Strength
check (a move action), a character can move a wagon
forward or backward 1 square.
Draft Horse: This draft horse (marked H on the
tactical map) is tied to a hitching post and normally
not easily spooked. However, once combat starts, any
characters entering the indicated squares behind
the horse are subject to attack (+6 vs. AC, 1d6 + 5
damage) since the creature lashes out with a kick. If
hit by any attack, the horse breaks its rope and leaves
the area at a run.
10
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

The Streets of
Overlook
In the aftermath of the ambush by the Lost Ones, the
PCs have a chance to discover who hunts them.
Modra's Plots Level 4
Skill Challenge XP 700
Overlook, a fortified city on the eastern slopes of the Stone-
home Mountains, is a bustling center of commerce and trade.
Among its many people, youre sure to find more information
about those who hunt you. Now you just need to figure out how
you want to go about unearthing this information.
As the characters immerse themselves in the
bustle and business of Overlook, they must seek
information among the citys traders, brokers, and
black marketeers. Modra has covered his tracks since
coming back to the city (since he knows that Sarshan
is looking for him), but by determining his move-
ments and activities prior to the events of Siege of
Bordrins Watch, the characters gain valuable insight
into the dark creepers mission.
This skill challenge should be treated as a city
crawl, making use of the full Overlook write-up in the
previous adventure. As the characters pursue their
quarry, you can break up the skill challenge with
some of the optional encounters in Urban Encoun-
ters, which is on page 21 of Siege of Bordrins
Watch. You can also read details on the city, its vari-
ous districts, and some of its key inhabitants in that
adventure.
Complexity 4 (requires 10 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills Bluff, Diplomacy, Intimidate,
Streetwise, Thievery.
Rumors
1 The threat of the orcs might be ended after the
siege of Bordrins Watch, but word from the fron-
tier is theres more trouble on the march. Just like
Tusks clan, the rabble of the mountains are getting
their hands on good-grade weapons and armor, and
theyre looking to use it.
2 You get all races in Overlook, but the dark ones that
pass through the city keep to themselves. More often
than not, those you do see are in the company of
Lost Ones bodyguards and enforcers.
3 Someone by the name Modra was said to be
buying information a few months back, looking for
those with experience mining the old caverns of the
Stonehome.
4 Modra is a dark creeper, and well known in the
citys criminal underworld.
5 Its said that the dark creeper Modra brokers weap-
ons and armor through the Overlook black markets.
Other Skills Acrobatics, Athletics, Insight,
Stealth.
Victory The characters do not draw attention
to themselves when they discover the connection
between Modra and the Happy Beggar almshouse.
See An Unexpected Ally, below.
Failure The characters determine the connection
between Modra and the Happy Beggar, but they draw
attention to themselves in the process. Their inquiries
get back to Sarshan, who takes steps to secure the
caverns beneath the Happy Beggar. Add an additional
dark creeper to the Transfer Portal tactical encounter,
making it 7th level and worth 1,500 XP.
Bluff DC 12 (1 success, maximum 3 successes; see
Acrobatics or Athletics and Insight). On a successful
check, the characters learn one piece of information
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
6 Modra met up with a shadar-kai witch a month ago.
Some said she was doing a deal for weapons, but she
didnt look much like a warrior.
7 The far traders coming into Overlook talk of more
and more trouble on the roads. They say the Red
Hand of Doom was behind what happened in Brin-
dol a few months past, but theres more cults than
that on the rise across the frontier.
8 The dark creeper is just the front man for arms
dealing in the city. No one knows whos behind the
operation, but rumor says its bigger than anyone in
Overlook will ever know.
9 Modra was in the city three weeks past, but he was
keeping a low profile. He had a squad of dark creep-
ers with him, must have figured theyd stand out.
10 Last time anyone saw Modra was just before the
raid on Bordrins Watch. I heard hes been on the run
since then. Some job that went bad.
from the rumor table. On a failed check, the PC takes
a 2 penalty to his or her next Bluff or Intimidate
check. If the PC spends 50 gp or more for favors and
bribes, he or she gains a +1 bonus to the check.
The characters seeks out the seamy underside of
Overlook, posing as those connected to or desiring to
do business with the Lost Ones.
Diplomacy DC 7 (1 success, maximum 2 suc-
cesses; see Acrobatics or Athletics and Insight). The
PCs learn a rumor from the rumor table.
By lending a sympathetic ear to an NPC victim-
ized by the Lost Ones, the PC hears a rumor. If the
PCs have not already met her, Reggen at the Moun-
tains Hearth Inn (page 17 of the Siege of Bordrins
Watch) is one such character.
11
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Intimidate DC 17 (1 success, maximum 3 suc-
cesses; see Acrobatics or Athletics and Insight). On a
failed check, the PC cannot make any further Intimi-
date or Bluff checks in this challenge.
The characters take a direct approach, shaking
down an NPC connected to the Lost Ones to hear a
rumor from the rumor table.
Streetwise DC 12 (1 success, maximum 4 suc-
cesses; see Stealth). On a successful check, the
characters hear a rumor from the rumor table. If a
character spends 50 gp or more for favors and enter-
tainment, he or she gains a +1 bonus to the check.
The PC spends his or her time on the street or in
the taverns with one ear to the ground.
Thievery DC 12 (1 success, maximum 2 suc-
cesses; see Stealth) This check can be made only by
a PC who has previously made
a successful Bluff or Streetwise
check. On a successful check, the
PC hears a rumor from the rumor
table.
The PC follows up on earlier
information by picking pockets,
intercepting private messages, or
another bit of useful subterfuge.
Acrobatics or Athletics DC
varies (0 successes). A successful
DC 7 check provides the character
with a +2 bonus to the next Bluff,
Diplomacy, or Intimidate check.
A successful DC 12 check grants
the character information from the
rumor table. Failure results in a
2 penalty to any subsequent Bluff
checks.
By performing feats of juggling, tumbling,
knife-throwing, arm-wrestling, or other physical
entertainments in one of the citys markets or taverns,
the PC is in a perfect position to observe and listen.
Insight DC 12 (0 successes). With a successful
check, the character gains a +2 bonus to his or her
next Bluff, Diplomacy, or Intimidate check.
The PCs ability to read people is brought to bear
on the search for information.
Stealth DC 12 (0 successes). On a successful
check, the character gains a +2 bonus to his or her
next Streetwise or Thievery check. On a failed check,
the character takes a 2 penalty to his or her next
Streetwise or Thievery check.
The PC keeps an especially low profile.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Reniss, Half-Elf Ranger Level 4 Striker
Medium natural humanoid
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +2; low-light vision
HP 47; Bloodied 23
AC 18 (20 against opportunity attacks); Fortitude 18, Reflex
19, Will 15
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+5 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage
R Eyebite (standard; encounter) Arcane, Charm, Imple-
ment, Psychic
Ranged 10; +4 vs. Will; 1d6 + 1 psychic damage, and Reniss
is invisible to the target until the start of her next turn.
R Hunters Bear Trap (standard; daily) Martial, Weapon
Requires longbow; +6 vs. AC; 2d10 + 3 damage, and the
target is slowed and takes ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
Requires longsword; +5 vs. AC; 2d8 + 2 damage, and the
target is slowed and takes ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
R Nimble Strike (standard; at-will) Martial, Weapon
Requires longbow; +6 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage; Reniss can
shift 1 square before or after she attacks.
R Shadow Wasp Strike (standard; encounter) Martial, Weapon
Requires longbow; target quarry; +6 vs. AC; 2d10 + 3
damage.
Requires longsword; target quarry; +5 vs. AC; 2d8 + 2
damage.
Hunters Quarry
Once per turn as a minor action, Reniss can designate
the enemy nearest to her as her quarry. Once per round,
Reniss deals 1d6 extra damage on an attack made against
her quarry.
Unbalancing Parry (immediate reaction, when an enemy
misses Reniss with a melee attack; encounter)
Reniss slides the enemy into a square adjacent to her and
gains combat advantage against it until the end of her
next turn.
Group Diplomacy
Reniss grants allies within 10 squares of her a +1 racial
bonus to Diplomacy checks.
Alignment Good Languages Common, Elven, Dwarven
Skills Acrobatics +10, Diplomacy +5, Dungeoneering +5,
Insight +2
Str 15 (+4) Dex 17 (+5) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 15 (+4) Int 12 (+3) Cha 13 (+3)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, longbow, quiver of
30 arrows
12
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

This skill challenge lets the PCs immerse them-
selves in the bustle and business of Overlook, seeking
information among the citys traders, brokers, and
black marketeers. Modra has covered his tracks since
coming back to the city (since he knows that Sarshan
is looking for him), but by determining his move-
ments and activities prior to the events of Siege of
Bordrins Watch, the PCs gain valuable insight into
the dark creepers mission.
This skill challenge should be treated as a city
crawl, making use of the full Overlook write-up in the
previous adventure. As the PCs pursue their quarry,
you can break up the skill challenge with some of the
optional encounters in Urban Encounters, which is
on page 21 of Siege of Bordrins Watch. You can also
read details on the city, its various districts, and some
of its key inhabitants in that adventure.
Word on the Street
As the PCs progress through the skill challenge, they
hear rumors from the table below. Some of these are
specific to Modra, while others are tangential infor-
mation regarding the slow spread of conflict across
the frontierconflict the party is already caught up in.
Information can be given out in the order presented,
or you can decide what to reveal based on the PCs
specific lines of inquiry.
Where a rumor has a time frame, adjust it as neces-
sary depending on how much time has passed since
Siege of Bordrins Watch and Rescue at Rivenroar.
An Unexpected Ally
In the course of their investigation, the PCs run into
another character making similar lines of inquiry
regarding the dark creeper Modra. This is Reniss,
sister of the half-elf warlock Jen of the Farstriders
(Siege of Bordrins Watch page 26). When Jen was
slain in the vents of the Stonehome, she used a sending
stone to whisper her last words to her sister, a name
the Farstriders tripped across before they were cut
downModra....
The female who approaches you wears brown leather
beneath a green cloak, and a longbow is slung across her
chest. Quietly, she says Ive heard word that theres a group
in the city looking for someone named Modra. Im doing the
same, though I doubt its for the same reasons. Perhaps we
should compare notes.
Reniss is a valuable ally in the PCs search. She
explains her connection to the Farstriders. If the char-
acters tell her they found her sisters body, she takes
comfort in the fact that Jens remains were spared the
degradation of the orcs. In exchange for the PCs shar-
ing what theyve learned during the skill challenge,
she passes on one piece of information they have not
yet obtained.
I met a dark creeper close to death in the Clean Sheets,
looking like hed been in the fight to end them all. He said
hed been working for this Modra when it happened. For
a quart of bad beer, he told me that if I was looking for
Modra, Id better be fast. Someone else is hunting him
someone looking to kill him. The creeper didnt know where
Modra was, but hed heard him talk about some Tradetown
almshouse called the Happy Beggar.
Reniss accompanies the PCs to the Happy Beggar.
The Happy Beggar
The Happy Beggar is an out-of-the-way poorhouse run
by a husband-and-wife team of retired paladins. The
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Beggar is normally the last place to look for potential
intrigue, if only because its reputation for piety among
the locals means no self-respecting adventurers ever
go near it.
Once in Tradetown, you have no trouble getting directions
to the Happy Beggar, though you get your share of strange
looks when you ask. The kind of place you want to stay if
you find group reading of Pelors scriptures an entertaining
evening, is one description you get. However, the sign
above the door of a single-story hovela stooped and
tattered mendicant with a broad grintells you youve
arrived.
The Beggar sits sandwiched between a warehouse
block and a section of rundown tenements. What
no one outside of a small number of dark one and
shadar-kai operatives knows is that the almshouse
is owned by Sarshan, and it conceals the heart of his
arms-running enterprise within the city.
The atmosphere inside the Beggar is as dingy as the
whitewash on the outside walls. A plain common room
sits two dozen miserable-looking patrons, most asleep in
their chairs or sipping at cracked mugs. A few appear to be
doubling as volunteer staff, carrying steaming teapots from
table to table. Behind what would be a bar in any other
establishment, a dour-looking human woman in white
robes boils water at a wood stove. A similarly attired male
greets you as he limps up a flight of stairs across the room.
Greetings and welcome. You are just in time for tea and
songs of devotion. Please, join us!
Prashant and his wife Ausma run the Happy Beggar
on the proceeds of their former life as adventurers.
Both are scrupulously lawful good, their honesty obvi-
13
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

ous to anyone making an Insight check. The paladins rent this space
from one of Sarshans front companies, but they know nothing of
him, his operations, or the hidden areas of the cellar.
The manner of the infiltration and investigation of the Beggar is
entirely up to the PCs. Because Prashant and Ausma have no reason
to distrust them (and because the Beggar contains nothing worth
stealing), the party can effectively have the run of the upper level.
PCs are welcome to take advantage of the questionable accommo-
dations in the common room, or to join in prayer and tea (the only
libation served here).
Though the Happy Beggar sits atop Sarshans Shadowfell gate, the
almshouse is rarely used as a transit point. Instead, creatures and
goods arriving from the Shadowfell are sent through a teleportation
portal to one of a number of nearby warehouses. (See area 6, on page
15, and the Transfer Portal tactical encounter on page 19 for details.)
The Beggars paladin proprietors and its patrons thus speak the truth
when they say they have no knowledge of the dark creeper (with one
exception; see below).
At some point, the PCs must investigate the cellar. None of the
patrons take notice of the party, and Prashant and Ausma make only
passive Perception checks (13 for either) against any clandestine
activities.

Friendly Advice
At some point before the PCs descend the stairs to the cellars, they
attract the attention of a figure in the corner of the common room.

Alone in a rickety chair, a hunched form in a tattered cloak is watching you.

When he catches your gaze, he smiles. The old man appears human or half-
elf, but his face is deeply scarred by the ravages of disease. He coughs wetly
into a grimy handkerchief and beckons you to sit.

Though the PCs have no way of knowing it, this is the shadar-kai
arms dealer Sarshan. As a child, Sarshan was a victim of an arcane
Shadowfell plague that left him orphaned and badly scarred. The
shadar-kai became an outcast among his kind, forging his own path

14
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

The Happy Beggar
T
he Happy Beggar is a nondescript poor-
house serving the neediest transients of
Tradetown. Though rundown and worn,
Prashant and Ausma keep the place clean
and comfortable.
Walls, Floors, and Ceilings: The walls of the upper
level are lath and plaster under several dozen layers
of whitewash. The ceilings are rough planks darkened
by years of woodsmoke. The floors are close-fitting
planks worn smooth and strewn with clean straw.
The cellar walls are rough-hewn stone, while the
walls of the secret caverns are dressed stone except
where indicated. The floors of the cellar and the
dressed stone chambers are unmortared flagstones.
Illumination: The upper floor has lanterns burning
by day and night. The cellar and the secret caverns
have no light.
1. Main Floor. The main floor of the Happy Beggar
consists of the common room and Prashant and Aus-
mas small bedchamber.
2. Kitchen. A large wood stove downstairs burns
throughout the day, heating the common room above
by way of narrow vents. This is the preparation place
for Ausmas legendary (for all the wrong reasons) por-
ridge. The Beggar serves it to the needy at no cost
three times per day, and there are 1d4 volunteers in
the kitchen or the larder from dawn to dusk. Ausma
might be here as well.
Volunteering to help with the cooking is an easy
way to gain access to the lower levels, but it takes a
successful DC 18 Bluff check to win Ausma over.
3. Larder. The downstairs larder stores oats, barley,
and enormous quantities of average-quality tea.
4. Collapsed Cellar. Beyond a locked door, a section
of stone wall appears to have collapsed, completely
blocking a passageway that once led farther beneath
the Beggar. However, a successful DC 22 Perception
check made to search the area reveals that the rubble
pile has been arranged by hand long ago, creating a
hidden access to the secret caverns beyond.
A second successful DC 22 Perception check
uncovers signs that a creature (Modra) passed this way
recently, and reveals the secret door.
The secret door is a carefully balanced stone slab.
When pushed, it swivels open to reveal a narrow
passage wide enough only for Medium or smaller
creatures. The passage slopes sharply downward at
the end, requiring a successful DC 20 Athletics check
to safely descend. On a failed check, a character
slides the last 10 feet to the cavern floor (taking 1d6
damage) and is knocked prone at the beginning of
Black Cavern tactical encounter.
5. Black Cavern (Tactical Encounter). This rough
cavern is a natural barrier between the Happy Beg-
gars cellar and the ancient Shadowfell shrine below
it. When the transfer portal is shut down, this cavern
is the only route between Sarshans Shadowfell gate
and the world.
The cavern is warded by deadly doomspore fungus
and home to a group of shadowhunter bats. The bats
ignore shadow creatures unless they are attacked.
They attack all others on sight.
6. Transfer Portal (Tactical Encounter). Weapons,
armor, and creatures moved through the Shadowfell
gate in area 7 are transferred to one of Sarshans
warehouses through a magic archway in this chamber.
The portal acts as a permanent teleportation circle,
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
affecting any creature or object that passes through it
from either side. If the archway is touched, its interior
displays a view into a darkened warehouse stacked
high with crates and boxes.
From his warehouses, Sarshan sends his goods by
porter or wagon out through Overlook, where they
blend in with the trade of the city before passing into
the world beyond. Sarshan changes warehouses regu-
larly for his operations, reconfiguring the portal and
even shutting it down for extended periods in order
to maintain a maximum amount of security.
A shadar-kai witch guards this area. Three dark
creepers are also here, transferring a pair of caged
shadow hounds to the warehouse for delivery.
The PCs can step through the portal to find them-
selves in a Tradetown warehouse a few blocks from
the Happy Beggar. The other side of the portal is a
permanent teleportation circle scribed on the ware-
house wall. The warehouse can be used as an alternate
entrance to the secret caverns, but it does not other-
wise play a part in this adventure.
7. The White Shrine (Tactical Encounter). This
ancient shrine is the location of Sarshans portal to
the Shadowfell. The shadar-kai discovered this gate
by way of its other side in the Shadowfell, eventually
working his way into the cellars above. Realizing that
he had discovered an access point into Overlook, he
spent a year activating the ancient teleportation portal
in area 6 and setting up his operations in the city.
From its days as a shrine to ancient shadow gods,
this area is guarded by wraiths that can be summoned
by any shadow creature. It is occupied by Modra when
the PCs arrive.
15
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

with blood and steel as the leader of an elite merce-
nary company called the Black Arrow.
One beneficial side-effect of Sarshans scarring is
that his gray shadar-kai complexion and black eyes
naturally pale whenever he spends time away from
the Shadowfell. This allows him to easily disguise
himself as a human or half-elf in the world. He has
come to the Beggar as a crippled veteran (a
guise he adopts frequently in Overlook), seek-
ing Modra with the intent of executing him
slowly for his betrayal. If the PCs have been
asking questions regarding the dark creeper
(quietly or otherwise), Sarshan overhears
them. Otherwise, the shadar-kai recognizes
Reniss from a previous near-encounter and
guesses why the PCs have come here.
The old man introduces himself as Brenat.
He plays the part of a doddering fool seeking
conversation, fixating at first on the PCs arms
and armor as he marks them as adventur-
ers. If the PCs make any mention of seeking
Modra, he becomes animated, sharing a taste
of his personal philosophy in an attempt to
gauge the worth of the PCs and discover what
they know.
I know the one you mean. A dark creeper, and none
as dark as him, or so Ive heard. Time was, he used
the Happy Beggar as a meeting place, but Id reckon
he hasnt been seen here in two years or more. I ran
him off one time myself. I might not look it, but I
fought dark creepers in the mountains as a younger
man, sellsword to a dozen lords. Much as yourselves,
Id wager. Adventurers all have a price, eh?
In the end, Sarshan deduces that the PCs are hunt-
ing Modra for themselves and decides to let them try
their hand at the job. His need to maintain secrecy
is absolute, and with the damage Modra has already
done to his operation, he is happy to let someone else
eliminate the dark creeper.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Sarshan leaves as soon as the PCs have no further
questions for him, though he gives them this final bit
of advice as he gets up.
Wherever you find this Modra, heed me. Hes a black-hearted
onemake no mistake and strike no bargains with him. Kill
him quickly before he gets the chance to return the favor.
Sarshan assumes that the PCs will seek
and find Modra in Overlook. Because he
doesnt know that Modra has lost the brass
key he stole, he has no worries about the
PCs being in the Beggar.
Sarshans mission in the city turns
mostly on meeting existing clients and
doing damage control in the aftermath
of Modras botched deal. This keeps him
conveniently away from the Beggar and
his fortress in the Shadowfell until the
end of the adventure.
If the PCs talk to Prashant or
Ausma afterward, a successful DC 17
Insight or Diplomacy check reveals that
contrary to his story of knowing Modra,
the stranger was asking about the dark
creeper just a half hour before the party
arrived.
16
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Black Cavern
Encounter Level 4 (750 XP)
Setup
A group of shadowhunter bats roosts among the
stalagmites in this cavern, while patches of deadly
doomspore form a barrier against those would cross
it. If the PCs enter with any light sources, or if a
character fails an Athletics check and slides into the
cavern, the bats attack at once with surprise. If the
bats have surprise, do not place their miniatures until
they attack.
4 shadowhunter bats (B)
When the PCs can see into the cavern, read:
This natural stone cavern is cut in half by a cliff, and the
eastern side descends into darkness. Stalagmites and
stalactites obscure your view, and barely visible to the far
southeast is an archway of finished stone that opens up to
the south.
When the shadowhunter bats attack, read:
A f lurry of movement erupts from the shadows of the
ceiling. Four enormous bats shriek as they drop toward you,
their bladed tails slashing the air.
Tactics
The bats descend from the ceiling to make f lyby
attacks, swooping up again to stay out of melee range
and maintain cover. If a character is knocked prone
as he or she enters the cavern, the bats attack with
combat advantage in the hope of a quick kill. Like-
wise, if the PCs attempt to flee through the chamber,
the bats attack with combat advantage while they are
climbing down the cliff.
If three bats are killed, the fourth flees shrieking
for area 6, alerting the creatures there and joining
them in the Transfer Portal tactical encounter.
Doomspore Gauntlet
The rough cliff that separates the eastern and
western sides of the cavern is entirely covered with
doomspore. Sarshans operatives have carefully culti-
vated the deadly fungus to ward off those who might
explore this area.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
When the PCs can see over the cliff, read:
The cliff descends 20 feet to the floor of the caverns eastern
side. However, as you look down, you can see that the rough
cliff wall is dotted by patches of toadstool-shaped fungus.
Doomspore Level 3 Obstacle
Hazard XP 150
Usually found in large, natural caverns, or in areas tainted
by the Shadowfell, these patches of large, toadstool-shaped
fungus can grow to be about 3 feet tall. When disturbed, a
doomspore unleashes a cloud of deadly spores.
Hazard: A doomspore fills a square (the square is difficult
terrain). When triggered, it releases a cloud of spores.
Perception
No check is necessary to notice the fungus.
Additional Skill: Dungeoneering
DC 17: The character identifies the fungus as doomspore.
Trigger
When a creature enters a square of doomspore, or kicks or
pokes at it from an adjacent square, or attacks it in any way,
the fungus releases a cloud of spores. A bloodied character
in the initial burst or that begins its turn in a doomspore
cloud is attacked by the poison.
Attack
Standard Action Close burst 1
Target: Bloodied creature in burst
Attack: +6 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 1d10 poison damage and ongoing 5 poison damage (save
ends).
Effect: The cloud provides concealment for creatures inside
it. The cloud persists until the end of the encounter or for
5 minutes. Once a patch of doomspore creates a cloud, it
cant create another one for 24 hours.
Countermeasures
A character can move into a square of doomspore without
triggering the cloud by making a DC 21 Dungeoneering
check. The characters move must end in the doomspores
square.
17
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

4 Shadowhunter Bats (B) Level 3 Lurker

Medium shadow beast XP 150 each
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7; darkvision
HP 38; Bloodied 19
AC 17; Fortitude 14, Reflex 17, Will 12
Speed 2 (clumsy), fly 8; see also f lyby attack
m Tail Slash (standard; at-will)
+8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage. In dim light or darkness, a
shadowhunter bat gains a +2 bonus to the attack roll and
deals an extra 6 damage.
M Flyby Attack (standard; at-will)
The shadowhunter bat flies up to 8 squares and makes one
melee basic attack at any point during that movement.
The bat doesnt provoke opportunity attacks when moving
away from the target of the attack.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Stealth +10
Str 13 (+2) Dex 18 (+5) Wis 13 (+2)
Con 14 (+3) Int 2 (3) Cha 11(+1)

Features of the Area

Ceiling: The ceiling is roughly level, rising 20 feet above the
western side of the chamber and 40 feet above the eastern side.
Tunnel Mouth: The tunnel from the cellar bottoms out here
in a steep slope of crumbling stone. Characters must make a suc-
cessful DC 20 Athletics check to safely descend. On a failed check,
a character slides the last 10 feet to the cavern floor (taking 1d6
damage) and is knocked prone.
Stalactites and Stalagmites: These narrow columns of stone
extend from the ceiling and floor of the cavern, providing cover.
AC 5, Reflex 5, Fortitude 10; hp 40.
Rubble: These areas of loose scree are difficult terrain. A char-
acter who runs through rubble must make a DC 20 Acrobatics
check or fall prone. Characters can move at normal speed without
difficulty.
Cliff: This steep slope drops 20 feet from the western side of
the cavern to the east. Scaling the cliff requires a successful DC 20
Athletics check. A creature that drops down from above takes 2d10
falling damage. Also see Doomspore Gauntlet.

18
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Transfer Portal
Encounter Level 6 (1,325 XP)
Setup
A shadar-kai witch (one of Sarshans personal guard)
keeps watch over this area. A large cage on a cart
holds two shadow hounds that the dark creepers are
in the process of transferring to the warehouse, where
theyll be shipped out of the city to their new owners.
The cage has a magical property that prevents the
hounds from teleporting. The intelligent hounds are
far from happy about their fate.
3 dark creepers (D)
2 shadow hounds (H)
1 shadar-kai witch (W)
When the PCs are at the head of the stairs, read:
A savage howl echoes up the stairs as you approach. A
lantern is burning somewhere beyond, giving a glimpse of a
finished stone chamber set with marble f lagstones.
When the PCs can see the entire chamber, read:
This odd-shaped chamber extends outward in three
sections, and it is about 60 feet wide at its end. Though
its frescoed walls suggest a sort of temple, it resembles a
storeroom now, with boxes and crates stacked in piles.
In the center of room stands an enormous open stone
archway. Adjacent to it is a large steel cage on a low cart,
somehow obscured in shadow. Within the cage, two fierce
hounds appear to be wrapped in darkness as they snarl and
claw at the door.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
If the witch and the dark creepers have been alerted
by the shadowhunter bat, they are hiding behind crates
while the bat circles the room. Place the bats minia-
ture but do not place the others until they attack.
If the other occupants of the room have not been
alerted, read:
A short figure all in black threatens the snarling hounds
with a spear through the bars of the cage. Two more dark
creepers push the cart toward the arch. Farther along, a tall,
gray-skinned female is inspecting a stack of crates. None of
them appear to notice you.
Tactics
If they have been alerted, the witch and the dark
creepers attack with surprise when three or more
PCs have descended the stairs. If not, they are dis-
tracted and have their backs to the stairs, giving the
party a chance to gain surprise.
The dark creepers take the first round to open the
shadow hounds cage, then hide beneath the cart to
avoid behind attacked. Once in melee, the creepers
use dark step to shift throughout the area of combat
and maintain combat advantage.
The enraged hounds race for the PCs, alternating
the use of their baying power to maximize its effect. If both the dark creepers are killed, the witch
They use shadow ambush to teleport from target to retreats to area 7, summoning the wraiths there
target, attacking with combat advantage. and fighting with them in the White Shrine tactical
The witch uses her shadow jaunt to dart in and encounter.
out of melee, targeting slower-moving foes with her
blackfire touch and using beshadowed mind against Development
PCs making ranged attacks. If forced into melee, she The shadar-kai witch carries a brass key identical to
orders the dark creepers to her side and casts deep the one held by the PCs. This activates the Shadowfell
shadow as a defensive barrier. gate in area 7 (White Shrine tactical encounter).
19
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

2 Shadow Hounds (H) Level 6 Skirmisher
Medium shadow magical beast XP 250 each
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
Shroud of Night aura 5; bright light in the aura is reduced to
dim light, and dim light becomes darkness.
HP 70; Bloodied 35
AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 17
Vulnerable 5 radiant
Speed 7, teleport 7
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage; see also shadow ambush.
C Baying (minor; recharge ) Fear
Close burst 5; deafened creatures are immune; +8 vs. Will;
the target takes a 2 penalty to all defenses until the end of
the shadow hounds next turn.
Shadow Ambush
When the shadow hound teleports adjacent to an enemy,
it gains combat advantage and deals an extra 1d6 damage
on the next attack it makes against that enemy this turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Endurance +10, Stealth +10
Str 19 (+7) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 13 (+4)
Con 14 (+5) Int 6 (+1) Cha 16 (+6)
Features of the Area
Illumination: A lantern hangs on the north side of
the teleportation portal archway (bright 10).
Frescoes: Faded images adorn the walls here, most
appearing to show humans in the act of worshiping
faint, shadowy creatures.
Cart and Cage: This well-built steel cage is 10
feet square and stands 5 feet high, with bars set every
6 inches (AC 8, Reflex 8, Fortitude 8; hp 30). It is
imbued with a magical property that prevents crea-
tures within it from teleporting.
The cage sits on a four-wheeled heavy wooden cart.
The cart and cage provide cover and can be climbed
with a successful DC 10 Athletics check. A Small
creature can drop prone under the cart to gain
superior cover.
Shadar-kai Witch (W) Level 7 Controller
Medium shadow humanoid XP 300
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 77; Bloodied 38
AC 21; Fortitude 18, Reflex 19, Will 19
Speed 6; see also shadow jaunt
m Blackfire Touch (standard; at-will) Fire, Necrotic
+11 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 4 fire and necrotic damage.
R Beshadowed Mind (standard; recharge ) Necrotic R Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10; +11 vs. Will; 2d6 + 4 necrotic damage, and the
target has no line of sight to anything more than 2 squares
from it (save ends).
C Deep Shadow (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Necrotic
Aura 2; thick, writhing shadows surround the shadar-kai
witch. The witch and any other shadow creatures in the
aura gain concealment. In addition, enemies that enter or
start their turns in the aura take 5 necrotic damage, and
enemies (including flying ones) also treat the area within
the aura as difficult terrain. The shadar-kai witch can sus-
tain the aura as a minor action. However, the effect ends if
she uses shadow jaunt or moves more than half her speed
on her turn.
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
The shadar-kai witch teleports 3 squares and becomes
insubstantial until the start of her next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +8, Arcana +12, Religion +12, Stealth +13
Str 13 (+4) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 13 (+4) Int 19 (+7) Cha 17 (+6)
With a successful DC 15 Strength check (a move
action), a character can move the cart and cage for-
ward or backward 2 squares.
Crates: These squares provide cover. A stack of
crates stands 5 feet high and can be climbed with a
successful DC 10 Athletics check.
Teleportation Portal: This black stone archway
is a semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high.
Silver crystals are set within the stone in a random
pattern. Runes in Common cover it, but their ancient
dialect requires a DC 17 History check to decipher.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
3 Dark Creepers (D) Level 4 Skirmisher
Small shadow humanoid XP 175 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +4; darkvision
HP 54; Bloodied 27; see also killing dark
AC 18 (see also dark step); Fortitude 15, Reflex 17, Will 15
Speed 6
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage.
Ranged 5/10; +9 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage.
C Killing Dark (when reduced to 0 hit points)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; each target is blinded
(save ends). When slain, a dark creeper explodes in a spout
of darkness.
Combat Advantage
The dark creeper deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee and
ranged attacks against any target it has combat advantage
against.
Dark Step (move; at-will)
The dark creeper moves up to 4 squares, gains a +4 bonus
to AC against opportunity attacks, and gains combat
advantage against any target that it ends its move
adjacent to.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Stealth +11, Thievery +11
Str 11 (+2) Dex 18 (+6) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 14 (+4) Int 13 (+3) Cha 13 (+3)
Equipment black garments, 5 daggers
They identify the arch as an ancient shadar-kai tele-
portation portal.
The portal acts as a permanent teleportation circle,
affecting any creature or object that passes through it
from either side. If the archway is touched, its interior
displays a view into a darkened warehouse stacked
high with crates and boxes.
The PCs can step through the portal to find
themselves in a Tradetown warehouse a few blocks
from the Happy Beggar. The other side of the portal
is a permanent teleportation circle scribed on the
warehouse wall. The warehouse can be used as an
alternate entrance to the secret caverns, but it does
not otherwise play a part in this adventure.
20
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

The White Shrine
Encounter Level 7 (1,500 XP)
Setup
This chamber holds the portal connecting the cav-
erns to the Shadowfell.
Modra, dark creeper shadowborn stalker (M)
5 wraiths (W)
1 seething wraith (R)
When the PCs enter this area, read:
This enormous darkened chamber has walls and ceiling
of white marble. The northwest corner of the room has
collapsed, a fall of stone spreading out across the f loor. To
the south, a stone arch similar to that seen in the chamber
to the east stands against the wall. Another archway stands
in the center of the chamber. However, the interior of this
arch is obscured by a wall of black mist that roils and twists
as if blown by a fierce wind.
If the witch from the Transfer Portal encounter did
not come here, Modra stands before the Shadow-
fell gate, attempting to activate it without the use
of the brass key. (He knows that the witch carries a
key, but he cannot take on her and the dark creep-
ers together.) The witch and the creepers in area 6
are unaware of Modras presence here, since he hid
behind the rubble pile when the portal was activated
as they passed through it.
When the PCs see Modra at the portal, read:
Another dark creeper stands before the arch, his hands
pressed to it as he mutters an incantation. Suddenly aware
of your presence, he spins toward you, then vanishes.
Modra, Shadowborn Stalker Level 7Elite Lurker
Small shadow humanoid, dark creeper XP 600
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
HP 124; Bloodied 62; see also killing dark
AC 23 (see also dark step), Fortitude 20, Reflex 22, Will 20
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage.
M Double Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires combat advantage; Modra makes 2 short sword
attacks. If both attacks hit the same target, the target
takes ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
R Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +12 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
A Cloud of Darkness (minor; encounter) Zone
Close burst 1; this power creates a zone of darkness that
remains in place until the end of Modras next turn. The
zone blocks line of sight for all creatures except Modra.
Any creature entirely within the area (except Modra) is
blinded.
Combat Advantage
Modra deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee and ranged
attacks against any target he has combat advantage
against.
Dark Step (move; at-will)
Modra moves up to 4 squares, gains a +4 bonus to AC
against opportunity attacks, and gains combat advantage
against any target that he ends his move adjacent to.
Cloak of Shadows (minor; encounter) Illusion
Modra is invisible until the end of his next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +9, Stealth +12, Thievery +12
Str 11 (+3) Dex 18 (+7) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 14 (+5) Int 13 (+4) Cha 13 (+4)
Equipment black cloak, chainmail, short sword, 5 daggers
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
If the witch fled here, the PCs see her taking cover
behind the archway, while Modra hides behind the
main rubble pile to the northwest.
Both the witch and Modra know that this chamber
is protected by undead guardians. As soon as the PCs
appear, one of them summons the wraiths.
When the wraiths are summoned, read:
The words of an incantation in Common ring out through
the chamber: Protect this place with shadows claws!
Suddenly, the dark mist obscuring the archway is torn
through by a flash of white light. Six spectral shapes emerge
from the archway, racing toward you.
5 Wraiths (W) Level 5 Lurker
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 200 each
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +2; darkvision
HP 37; Bloodied 18
Regeneration 5 (if the wraith takes radiant damage, regener
tion is negated until the end of the wraiths next turn)
AC 16; Fortitude 13, Reflex 16, Will 14
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic, insubstantial;
Vulnerable 5 radiant (see also regeneration above)
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing ; see also shadow glide
m Shadow Touch (standard; at-will) Necrotic
+8 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 necrotic damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends).
Combat Advantage Necrotic
The wraith deals an extra 1d6 necrotic damage against any
target it has combat advantage against.
Shadow Glide (move; encounter)
The wraith shifts 6 squares.
Spawn Wraith
Any humanoid killed by a wraith rises as a free-willed
wraith at the start of its creators next turn, appearing
in the space where it died (or in the nearest unoccupied
space). Raising the slain creature (using the Raise Dead
ritual) does not destroy the spawned wraith.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +11
Str 4 (1) Dex 18 (+6) Wis 10 (+2)
Con 13 (+3) Int 6 (+0) Cha 15 (+4)
21
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Seething Wraith (R) Level 7 Controller
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 300
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +6; darkvision
Seething Whispers (Psychic) aura 3; deafened creatures are
immune; any enemy in the aura at the start of its turn takes
5 psychic damage and is dazed until the start of its next
turn. (If the mad wraith takes radiant damage, the aura is
negated until the end of the seething wraiths next turn.)
HP 76; Bloodied 38
AC 19; Fortitude 16, Reflex 19, Will 18
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic, insubstantial;
Vulnerable 5 radiant (see also seething whispers above)
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Touch of Hate (standard; at-will) Psychic
+9 vs. Will; 1d6 + 5 psychic damage, and the target takes a
2 penalty to Will defense (save ends).
M Touch of Chaos (standard; recharge ) Psychic
+10 vs. Will; 2d6 + 4 psychic damage, and the target
moves up to its speed and makes a basic attack against its
nearest ally as a free action.
Spawn Wraith
Any humanoid killed by a seething wraith rises as a free-
willed seething wraith at the start of its creators next turn,
appearing in the space where it died (or in the nearest
unoccupied space). Raising the slain creature (using the
Raise Dead ritual) does not destroy the spawned wraith.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +13
Str 6 (+1) Dex 20 (+8) Wis 6 (+1)
Con 12 (+4) Int 11 (+3) Cha 19 (+7)
Tactics
The wraiths work together to flank foes, using their
shadow touch with combat advantage. The mad wraith
throws itself at the PCs, hoping to catch as many as it
can within the area of its mad whispers. It uses touch of
chaos against the most powerful-looking melee com-
batants, and it uses touch of madness while waiting for
that power to recharge.
The wraiths do not attack shadow creatures. They
pursue foes out of this area if necessary, but they
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
cannot pass through the gate if the PCs flee to the
Shadowfell. They otherwise fight until destroyed.
After using his cloak of shadows to vanish, Modra
stays as far away from the fight as possible, taking
cover behind rubble and throwing daggers at PCs
who attempt to close with him.
Dark Bargain
Modra is desperate to retrieve the brass key and
return to the Shadowfell and his allies there. In the
second round of combat, he shouts out to the closest
PC that he is willing to strike a bargain. If the PCs
give him the brass key, he promises to call off the
wraiths (he cant) and leave the party in peace.
The PCs can make Sense Motive checks against
Modras Bluff check. If they decide to give him the
key, the dark creeper laughs as he runs behind the
archway, fits the key, then disappears into the roiling
black mists.
Into the Shadowfell
One way or another, the PCs must go through the
Shadowfell gate in pursuit of Modra. If they give him
the brass key (either the original or the one they took
off the witch), they can use the other key to follow.
If they seem disinclined to do so (even to escape the
wraiths), you might have to take matters into your
own hands.
If necessary, have a tremor in the Shadowfell (see
Umbraforge, page 25) strike while the PCs are in
the thick of combat here or investigating the archway
in the aftermath of the fight. The tremor cant be felt
in the world, but it creates a surge of energy within
the gate. Tendrils of shadow lash out into the room,
carrying the PCs (and Modra if necessary) into the
Shadowfell.
22
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

Development
Modra is meant to escape this encounter. However,
if the PCs have the upper hand, dont force the issue.
Once they are in the Shadowfell, the party can hear
rumors that lead them in the direction of one of
Modras allies, who takes over his goal of crippling
Sarshans operations. Simply change his name in the
later encounters.

Features of the Area

Rubble: Where the northwest corner of the
chamber has collapsed, it spreads into areas of loose
scree that are difficult terrain. A character who runs
through rubble must make a successful DC 20 Acro-
batics check or fall prone. Characters can move at
normal speed without difficulty.
Larger rubble piles provide cover. The main rubble
pile in the northwest corner provides superior cover.
Teleportation Portal: This black stone archway is
a semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high, set
against the stone wall of the chamber. Silver crystals
are set within the stone in a random pattern. Runes
in Common cover it, but their ancient dialect requires
a successful DC 17 History check to decipher. They the brass keys carried by the PCs and the shadar-kai
identify the arch as an ancient shadar-kai teleporta- witch in the Transfer Portal encounter. By fitting the
tion portal. Though it resembles the portal in area 6, key into the archway (a minor action), the Shadowfell
this archway is inert. gate is activated for 1 round. The character fitting
Shadowfell Gate: This white stone archway is a the key intuitively knows that the arch is attuned to
semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high. Black him or her plus up to five additional creatures of his
crystals are set within the stone in a random pattern. or her choice and any gear they are in contact with
Runes in Common cover it, but their ancient dialect as they pass through the portal. Even when activated,
requires a successful DC 17 History check to deci- the Shadowfell gate does not function for any other
pher. They identify the arch as an ancient shadar-kai creatures.
portal leading to the Shadowfell.
On the left side of both faces of the arch is a circu-
lar indentation set within the stone. This fits one of

23
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Part 2: Umbraforge
The dominion of Sarshan in the Shadowfell is a
military enclave that grows larger every day in
preparation for war. Two features dominate the site:
Tower Umbraforge, the angular edifice that serves as
the center of Sarshans operations, and the magma
shadow rift that flows from a low, rocky ridge over-
looking the area. Close to the tower stands the arcane
foundry where Sarshan magically augments living
creatures for combat.
This second part of the adventure takes place in
the camps, training grounds, and other areas around
the tower. (Part three of the adventure takes place
within the tower.) As they seek the escaped Modra
once more, the PCs learn the nature of this place and
discover the full extent of Sarshans arms-running
operations.
The areas around Umbraforgeincluding the
magma shadow riftwill see further development
when the PCs return here later on in the adventure
path.)
Arrival
When the PCs step through the Shadowfell gate
beneath the Happy Beggar, they find themselves in a
mirror-image copy of the chamber they just left (see
area 1, below).
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
You feel a wrenching sensation as bitter darkness swallows
you. Then the light returns, dimmed somehow. As your
eyes grow accustomed to the gloom, you find yourself in a
chamber that appears to be a strange inversion of the one
you just left. The walls, floor, and ceiling here are jet black,
and the orientation of the room is reversed so that the door
now lies to the west and the second stone arch is on the
north wall. What was a rubble fall to the northeast is now
a rift where the floor has collapsed in the southwest. Along
the walls, globes of gray glass give off a dim light.
Though the chamber is deserted, overturned stools
and a burning brazier show that it has been recently
occupied. A successful DC 20 Perception check notes
signs of a struggle. A pair of dark creeper guards here
24
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Umbraforge
S
arshans domain is a chaotic collection of mer-
cenary camps, training grounds, slave pens,
and the marketplaces that serve this massive
military enclave. Over it all, the shadowy pall
of the magma shadow rift glows a dull red.
1. The Black Shrine (Encounter T5): The cavern the
PCs arrive in after passing through the Shadowfell gate
is a mirror-image inversion of the White Shrine (area 7
and encounter G4 in the first part of the adventure). The
walls, floor, and ceilings here are black stone. The tele-
portation portal is white stone with silver crystals inlaid,
while the Shadowfell arch is black stone inset with white
crystals. The fall of rubble in the northwest corner of the
White Shrine is a collapsed rift in the southeast corner
of the black shrine.
Unlike in the mirror-image white shrine, the tele-
portation portal against the north wall here is functional.
Touching it reveals a forest shrouded in shadow (area 10
of Umbraforge Tower), but any PC trying to enter the
archway is pushed back by an unseen force. A successful
DC 22 Arcana check indicates that the portal is attuned
to a specific creature.
2. Magma Shadow Rift: A low black ridge dominates
the landscape around which the camps of Umbraforge
spread. A rift along the northeast face of the ridge vents
what appears to be black-streaked lava to the air. From
the road below, one can see that the lava is shot through
with what appears to be liquid shadow, a magical effect
that Sarshan draws on to power his foundry.
Creatures within 10 feet of the edge of the rift or
the lava channel must make successful DC 20 Endur-
ance checks against the extreme heat or lose one healing
surge. Creatures that enter the lava take 4d12 fire
damage per round.
3. Mercenary Camps: These tightly packed tent vil-
lages spread across the plain between the tower and the
ridge. At least twice a day, a mercenary company packs
up and heads out to the east or west to a location from
which they can subsequently be deployed to the world.
New mercenaries trickle in along the roads at the same
rate. See the Sarshans Secrets skill challenge (page 27) one proceeds north to the tower without an escort by
for more information.
4. Training Grounds (Encounter S1): These open
fields of stinking mud and cast-off armor and weapons
are in use day and night by the mercenary companies of
the camps.
5. Slave Bazaar (Encounter S2): In addition to his
mercenaries and arms dealing, Sarshan has recently
begun to transport slaves into and across the Shadowfell.
The slaves confined here represent a host of lesser races,
from dark ones and shadowgoblins (see encounter S3), to
goblins, kobolds, elves, humans, gnomes, and dwarves. A
majority of these wretches are destined to become con-
script troops or workers in the war effort that Sarshans
operations support. However, the shadar-kai also uses
the bazaar as a source of creatures to be transformed in
the dark foundry.
Aside from being the peripheral location for encoun-
ter S2, the slave bazaar plays no part in this adventure.
If this rankles players or PCs who feel that the party has
an obligation to try to correct this injustice, create some
extreme defenses for the slave pens and let the PCs know
that its not time to take on the slavers yet. Then when
the camp is overthrown in the aftermath of encounter T5,
let the players know that the slave masters of the bazaar
have been permanently overthrown.
6. Market Tents: With the mercenaries that pass
through Umbraforge come the crafters and traders who
support them. These areas are composed of virtual vil-
lages of tents and wagons. Their specific features are left
up to you, but the PCs can find any goods or services here
normally available in a large town.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
7. Bridge: This arched stone bridge rises 40 feet
above the smoking flow of the lava trench below. The
heat is intense enough to be felt from the bridge, but it
presents no danger. A force of dark creepers and shad-
owgoblins guard the bridge at all times. They keep only
a nominal watch on traffic east, west, and south, but no
Sarshans house guard.
8. Forges: This collection of buildings serves as the
center of Sarshans armaments operation. Crews of dark
ones and shadowgoblins work here night and day, forg-
ing the weapons and armor on which Sarshans wealth
is built.
9. Dark Foundry (Encounter S3): The most recent
addition to Sarshans war machine, this foundry produces
weapons of a different sort. Fell beasts of battle are cre-
ated here by dark arcane craft, as are humanoid soldier
races spawned of the slaves in the bazaar.
Two entrances lead into the foundrythe main
gate, normally guarded by a force of dark creepers, and
a break in the eastern wall caused by one of the recent
tremors (see the Life in Umbraforge skill challenge and
encounter S3 for details). When the PCs enter this area,
the regular guards have been overcome and replaced by
shadowgoblins loyal to Modra. See the Dark Foundry
tactical encounter (page 35) for details.
10. Umbraforge Tower: Sarshans tower is a mono-
lithic edifice of black stone set atop a rocky rise. Its
squared sides are indented and planed in smooth straight
lines, and four round towers stand at its corners. The
tower rises 80 feet, its upper level sloping to a dome and
topped with a four-pointed spire.
From the outside, the PCs can move no closer to
the tower than the bridge (see area 6, above). However,
even from there, they can see that the open gatehouse
is heavily guarded, preventing a frontal assault. See the
third part of the adventure (starting on page 38) for the
interior of the tower.
25
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

attacked Modra as he came through, then chased
after him as he fled. (If the PCs come through the
gate immediately after Modra, they see the dark
creepers tearing out of the cavern.)
The mouth of the chamber emerges from a rocky
hillside. There, an incredible vista opens up.
The land before you is like nothing youve ever seen before.
A wide plain of gray-green grass and stunted black trees
spreads beneath a sky scoured by fast-moving clouds. The
sun is bright above but somehow doesnt cut the darkness
that drapes every rock and every blade of grass in gray
gloom. This is the Shadowfell.
From the mouth of the cavern, a wide and well-traveled
road runs in a curving line to the north. There, perhaps a
quarter-mile away, a military camp spreads. Buildings are
scattered here and there, with tents and pavilions spreading
between them. Torches and fires burn brightly against the
ever-present shadow, and lone trees and tall stands of gray-
green grass are whipped by a hissing wind.
Looming above it all, a rise of black rock to the west is
rent by a seething volcanic rift. Black-streaked lava courses
from it to descend into a narrow channel, and a permanent
pall of glowing red-black smoke rises above it. Over this
molten flow, a great stone bridge is arched. This wide east-
west road meets the road north from the cavern. North of
the bridge, a tall tower stands and a lower building spreads
in its shadow.
Approaching Umbraforge
The PCs are likely to expect that they have to make a
stealthy approach into the camps outside the tower.
However, as they move past the halfway mark from
the cavern (whether on the road or in the fields), they
are hailed by a pair of dark creeper sentries on patrol.
(Assume that the dark creepers Stealth checks beat
the PCs Perception checks if applicable.)
A voice rings out, and two dark creeper sentries suddenly
appear where the shadows of the tall grass had hidden
them. All mercenaries stay within the borders of the
camps! one shouts angrily. Next time you go wandering,
you get shot, sellswords!
The camps at Umbraforge are completely open to
the PCs, who are assumed to be either prospective
customers of Sarshan or mercenaries looking to
join one of the companies forming up on the plain
beneath the tower.
You approach the frontier of the mercenary camps
unchallenged, and a virtual city spreads out before you.
Beneath patched canvas tents stand open-air taverns,
market stalls, apothecaries and herbalists, weaponsmiths
and armorers, butchers and greengrocersall doing
roaring trade.
Training grounds open up between the various camps,
and soldiers of different races clash against each other with
sword and shield. In the quieter corners, you see combat
casters trainingthe f lare of arcane fire dancing between
them. But as you approach, you notice with surprise that
these are not Shadowfell mercenaries for the most part.
Though shadar-kai and dark ones are well represented,
the fields and camps are packed with orcs and hobgoblins,
ogres and trolls, lizardfolk and kobolds and a dozen other
monstrous races of the world.
The camps around the tower hold a total population
of approximately two thousand. The PCs can find pri-
vate tent accommodation for 1 gp each per day.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
As they discover later, mercenaries and buyers
coming to Sarshans domain typically reach the
Shadowfell by way of more distant portals, traveling
overland to come here. The PCs should infer from this
that its a good idea to keep their knowledge of the
Overlook gate to themselves. If they insist on trum-
peting this information, they inevitably attract the
attention of a squad of Sarshans house guards and a
bonus combat encounter, to be placed within the skill
challenge on the next page. Use the statistics for the
shadar-kai in the Library tactical encounter (page 40).
Tremors
The flow from the magma shadow rift has been
tapped by Sarshan to fuel the arcane engines within
his foundry. Doing so has affected the complex pres-
sure of shadow and elemental fire within the rift.
Minor tremors pass through the area at regular
intervals, enough to be felt by the PCs but not to
affect movement or deal damage. The residents of the
camps around the tower have grown used to these
tremors, so they pay them no mind.
Over the course of the adventure, the intensity of
the tremors builds. See the Smoke and Shadow and
Last Stand encounters for more information.
The Brass Key
The brass key plays no further part in this adventure.
However, since the PCs cannot return through the
Shadowfell gate without it, it is imperative that they
hang onto it while they are here.
26
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

The Shadow Rift
of Umbraforge
Once the PCs have established themselves in the
camps of Umbraforge, they seek out information
regarding Sarshans operationsand discover chilling
rumors of war spreading unseen across the world.
Sarshans Secrets Level 6
Skill Challenge XP 1,000
As you make your way through the camps around the tower,
you have the opportunity to interact with mercenaries and war
chiefs, slaves and slave-traders, forge workers, merchants, and
more. What information will you discover? Can it help you
find a way around without attracting hostile attention?
This skill challenge lets the PCs explore the areas
around Umbraforge, posing either as mercenaries
or as prospective buyers of Sarshans services. Inter-
rupt the skill challenge for the Training Session and
Smoke and Shadow encounters, which should be
played after the PCs attempt a skill check in the chal-
lenge in the appropriate area. If the PCs are short on
experience (especially if they failed to attain 5th level
after the first part of the adventure), increase the level
of these encounters.
When the players talk about their intended actions
in the skill challenge, ask them what specific area
they are working in when they make the check. Cer-
tain skill checks have modifiers depending on the
area in which they are made, as indicated.
Complexity 4 (requires 10 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills Arcana, Diplomacy, Endurance,
Intimidate, Streetwise.
Other Skills Bluff.
Rumors
1 This is Umbraforge, dominion of Sarshan, a
trader of great reputation and even greater
wealth. The tower, foundry, and forges are
his. The camps are those of the mercenaries
and slaves whose services he sells across the
Shadowfell and the world.
2 Sarshan is shadar-kai, an outcast who made
a name for himself as the leader of a legend-
ary mercenary band known as the Black Ar-
row. At their height, the Arrow put so much
fear in generals and kings alike that Sarshan
would take payment to fight for one group,
then take a bigger payment from their foe to
stand down.
3 Modra is known well in Umbraforge, but for
all the wrong reasons now. He was one of
Sarshans trusted lieutenants before he tried
to a broker a weapons deal that Sarshan had
already turned down.
4 The job that Sarshan refused was some orc
kings raid on a dwarven citadel. Sarshan
never makes a sale if it has a chance of com-
ing back to him, and for good reason. This
job went bad, they say, and people know that
Modra sold the orc his weapons.
5 Modra is long gone from Umbraforge and
the Shadowfell, believe me. Sarshans got a
long arm and a longer memory. The creeper
would have to be crazy to come back here.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
6 The foundry is the new jewel of Sarshans
operations. Its power comes from the fire and
shadow driving its furnaces. Sarshans sages
create beasts of battle there, born killers with
magic in their blood.
7 It used to be that Sarshan brokered mercenar-
ies mostly within the Shadowfell, but thats
changing. Dark ones and shadar-kai are still
his elite troops, but more and more, he brings
creatures from the world to Umbraforge for
training, then marches them off to places
unknown.
8 The Shadowfell is only a stopping-off place for
Sarshans mercenaries. A force of archons from
the Elemental Chaos was here not six months
ago. I saw githzerai from the Astral Sea in Um-
braforge once. I dont know what job they took
for Sarshan, but woe be to whoever got in their
way.
9 Sarshans slave bazaar is about more than just
servants and soldiers. His experiments in the
foundry only begin with dumb beasts. Hes
building new soldier races there, born from the
slaves he traffics.
10 Sarshans mercenary operations have tripled
in size in months past, but its not the Shad-
owfell theyre fighting in. When his forces are
bought and sent on the march, theyre bound
for portals to the world. Shadar-kai, dark ones,
undead, giants, ogres, trolls, gnolls, orcs
Sarshan has the armies of two planes on the
march. War is brewing in the world, but the
forces that will fight it are moving into position
in the Shadowfell, unseen.
27
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Victory In addition to the information in the
rumors table, the PCs movement around the foundry
lets them discover a break in the wall out of sight
of any guards or patrols. When Leena directs them
to the foundry (see below and the Dark Foundry
encounter), they have the opportunity to enter
unseen.
Defeat The PCs fail to note the break in the
foundry wall, andthey must fight their way through
the main doors in the Dark Foundry tactical
encounter.
Whether the PCs fail or succeed in the skill chal-
lenge, see Friends on the Inside, below.
Arcana DC 12 (1 success, maximum 3 successes;
see Bluff ). This check can be made only in the vicinity
of the foundry. On a successful check, the characters
learn one piece of information from the rumor table.
The PC uses his or her insight into arcane craft
to observe the activities taking place around the
foundry.
Diplomacy DC 12 (1 success, maximum 2 suc-
cesses; see Bluff ). On a successful check, the PC
learns one piece of information from the rumor table.
If this skill is used within any of the markets, the PC
gains a +2 bonus to the check.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
The PC acts as a confidante to one of the creatures
of the camps.
Endurance DC 12 (1 success, maximum 2
successes). This check can be made only in the merce-
nary camps or the training grounds. On a successful
check, the characters learn one piece of information
from the rumor table. On a failed check, any subse-
quent checks in the skill challenge made by the PC in
the mercenary camps or the training grounds take a
2 penalty.
The PC hooks up with a mercenary unit for
martial training, keeping his or her ears open for
information.
28
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Intimidate DC 7 (1 success, maximum 3
successes; see Bluff ). On a successful check, the char-
acters learn one piece of information from the rumor
table. If this skill is used within the slave bazaar or
the markets, the PC gains a +2 bonus to the check.
Once a PC makes an Intimidate check, any subse-
quent Bluff, Diplomacy, or Streetwise checks he or
she makes take a 2 penalty.
The PC singles out weaker characters for coercion
and questioning.
Streetwise DC 12 (1 success, maximum 2 suc-
cesses). On a successful check, the characters learn
one piece of information from the rumor table. This
check can be made only in the markets, the slave
bazaar, or the mercenary camps.
The PC seeks out rumors in the mess halls and
tent taverns that spread around the tower.
Bluff DC 17 (0 successes). On a successful check,
the PC gains a +2 bonus to his or her next Arcana,
Diplomacy, or Intimidate check.
The PC plays the part of an Umbraforge insider or
a powerful visitor to the tower.
path.
Rumors of War
As the PCs progress through the skill challenge,
they hear rumors from the table below. Information
should be given out according to the area the PCs are
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
actively working in, or you can decide what to reveal
based on their specific lines of inquiry.
The rumors of war (including the fact that Sarshan
is brokering powerful forces from the Elemental
Chaos and the Astral Dominion) play no direct part
in this adventure. However, they provide hooks and
foreshadowing for later episodes of the adventure
Friends on the Inside
In the course of the skill challenge, the PCs meet
Leena, a shadar-kai war witch working to train
combat casters in the mercenary camps. She is a fol-
lower of Sarshan and a former ally of Modra, but her
sense of honor caused her to break with the dark
29
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

creeper when he decided to work behind Sarshans
back. Introduce her to the PCs early on in the skill
challenge, making her one of the many people they
talk to or eavesdrop on in their attempts to uncover
the truth behind Sarshans operations.
The shadar-kai witch wears a black cloak edged with
adamantine beads, and she keeps her long hair plaited to
hang down her back. Gold piercings line her ears and lower
lip, and a black starburst tattoo encloses her right eye.
Whether the PCs succeed or fail on the initial check
in the skill challenge, Leena suspects that they are not
who they pretend to be. She keeps an eye on the party
as they complete the skill challenge. Then at the end
Shadar-kai War Witch
Medium shadow humanoid
Level 5 Controller
XP 200
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +3; low-light vision
HP 61; Bloodied 30
AC 19; Fortitude 15, Reflex 18, Will 17
Speed 6; see also shadow jaunt
m Blackfire Touch (standard; at-will) Fire, Necrotic
+9 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 3 fire and necrotic damage.
R Beshadowed Mind (standard; recharge )
Necrotic
Ranged 10; +9 vs. Will; 2d6 + 3 necrotic damage, and the
target has no line of sight to anything more than 2 squares
from it (save ends).
R Shadow Bind (standard; encounter)
Tendrils of shadow make separate attacks against 3
different targets: Ranged 10; +9 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 3
damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
The shadar-kai war witch teleports 3 squares and becomes
insubstantial until the start of her next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +7, Arcana +11, Religion +11, Stealth +12
Str 13 (+3) Dex 16 (+5) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 13 (+3) Int 19 (+6) Cha 17 (+5)
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
of the skill challenge (whether the PCs succeed or if Sarshan captures him, hell die slowly. If its you, Ill hope
fail), Leena seeks them out. you make it quick.
Leena is a kind of moral reflection of Sarshan.
Every bit the opportunist, she is happy to take advan-
tage of the march to war as long as it offers profit for
her. However, like many of her kind, Leenas concep-
tion of the world is as a land of weak, immoral, and
alien creatures. The mercenaries and warmasters
who travel to the Shadowfell to do business with Sar-
shan do nothing to soften this impression. In meeting
the PCs, Leena has a chance to witness a nobility and
a sense of purpose she has never seen in creatures of
the world before.
Though the PCs might be concerned about Leena
betraying them to Sarshans forces, any successful
Insight check shows her trustworthiness.
Modras Gambit
After their last success or failure in the skill
challenge, Leena approaches the PCs. Having clan-
destinely observed their inquiries, she has guessed
that the traitor Modraonce a close friendis their
target. After revealing that she knows the PCs plan,
she confides the following.
Modra and I worked together for a time, but when he
elected to go behind Sarshans back, I told him we were
done. I heard word of him in the camps even before you
started asking around. He has a plan to disrupt Sarshans
operations by destroying the foundry, then the tower.
Sarshan has a private tunnel connecting the two, and
Modra is planning on venting the foundrys destructive
energy there. A mass of mercenaries is moving out tonight.
Hell be using that as cover when he goes inside.
Modras made his bargain with fate, and honor decrees
that he die for his betrayal. He wont get tears from me. But
30
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Training Session
Encounter Level 5 (1,000 XP)
Setup
As the PCs wander into one of Umbraforges combat
training grounds, they inadvertently find themselves
targeted by a squad of mercenaries. These young
ogres see the PCs as a way to show off for their more
powerful kin.
2 ogre umbral savages (O)
2 ogre umbral skirmishers (S)
1 tangler beetle (B)
As the PCs cross the training grounds, read:
You find yourselves surrounded by a mob of hulking ogres,
one leading an enormous beetle on a leash. In broken
Common, the largest shouts: You mercenaries? You think
you good enough to fight alongside Bonecruncher clan?
Think again! As the group moves to attack, you see a
crowd of ogres move up to watch, shouting insults at you
and words of encouragement to your foes.
Close Combat
Though this encounter takes place in the open space
of the training grounds, the shaded area around the
edge of the tactical map represents a very real barrier.
Some two dozen ogre spectators gather around to
hem the PCs and their assailants in, jeeringly pushing
them back into the thick of combat if they stumble
too close.
Any creature that enters one of the shaded squares
is pushed back by the ogre mob. Medium and Small
creatures slide 1d6 squares; Large creatures slide 1d4
squares. Roll 1d6 for direction relative to the edge
or corner the creature is pushed back from (12 left
diagonal, 34 straight back, 56 right diagonal). A
creature whose slide would take it into an occupied
square stops moving and must make a successful
DC 20 Acrobatics check to stay standing. On a failed
check, the creature falls prone in the square in which
it stopped.
Tactics
The ogres are unsophisticated combatants. The
savages tear into the closest foes while the beetle
attempts to immobilize the strongest-looking melee
combatants with entangling spittle between bite
attacks. The skirmishers make a hurling charge against
spellcasters, then stay in constant motion in melee.
The ogres would rather die than lose face in front
of their kin. All creatures here fight to the death.
Development
The ogres are spoiling for a fight, but their primary
goal is to make themselves look good. If the PCs
break off or ask for quarter with all the party mem-
bers at bloodied hit points or fewer, the ogres accept
their concession and let them go. However, the PCs
can make no further Intimidate checks in the skill
challenge.
If the ogres fall, their disgusted clan kin make no
effort at retribution. Additionally, a PC gains a +2
bonus to the next Intimidate check made in the skill
challenge.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Features of the Area
Illumination: Torches flicker along the edges of
the training ground (bright throughout).
Foul-Smelling Mud: A field of wastewater has
created a foul mud pit in the middle of the training
ground. These squares are difficult terrain. Creatures
knocked prone in the mud are weakened (save ends).
Broken Weapons: The remains of shattered
blades and spears litter the battlefield. A creature
moving through one of these squares is subject to an
attack: +5 vs. Reflex; 1d6 damage.
2 Ogre Umbral Skirmishers (S) Level 5 Skirmisher
Large natural humanoid XP 200 each
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +2
HP 67; Bloodied 33
AC 19; Fortitude 19, Reflex 17, Will 15
Speed 8
m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage; see also skirmish.
R Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage; see also
skirmish.
M Hurling Charge (standard; encounter) Weapon
The ogre umbral skirmisher makes a javelin attack followed
by a charge attack.
Skirmish +1d8
If, on its turn, the ogre umbral skirmisher ends its move at
least 4 squares away from its starting point, it deals an
extra 1d8 damage on its melee attacks until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 18 (+6) Dex 14 (+4) Wis 11 (+2)
Con 19 (+6) Int 4 (1) Cha 6 (+0)
Equipment hide armor, club, quiver of 6 javelins
31
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

2 Ogre Umbral Savages (O) Level 5 Brute

Large natural humanoid XP 200 each
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +2
HP 81; Bloodied 40
AC 16; Fortitude 18, Reflex 13, Will 13
Speed 8
m Greatclub (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +8 vs. AC; 2d10 + 3 damage.
M Flatten (standard; recharge ) Weapon
The ogre umbral savage makes a greatclub attack; on a hit,
the target is also pushed 1 square and knocked prone.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
Str 21 (+7) Dex 11 (+2) Wis 11 (+2)
Con 21 (+7) Int 4 (1) Cha 6 (+0)
Equipment hide armor, greatclub

Tangler Beetle (B) Level 5 Controller

Large natural beast XP 200
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +3; darkvision
HP 62; Bloodied 31
AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14
Speed 6
m Bite (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage.
R Entangling Spittle (standard; recharge )
Ranged 5; +8 vs. Reflex; the target is immobilized
(save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 18 (+6) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 14 (+4) Int 1 (3) Cha 8 (+1)

32
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

Smoke and Shadow These creatures have been formed from the raw
Features of the Area
essence of the Elemental Chaos by the increasing Illumination: Torches flicker along the fenced
Encounter Level 4 (875 XP)
instability of the magma shadow rift. perimeter of the slave bazaar (bright 5). The rift
exudes a dull red glow (dim 5).
Setup
As the PCs make their way alongside the area of
Tactics Rift Vent: A hissing geyser of fire and shadow
The fire bats keep to the air, using their fiery swoop to spews out from this section of upthrust ground. Any
the slave bazaar, they feel another of Umbraforges
target as many PCs as possible. If only two characters creature that enters the rift takes 2d12 fire damage.
intermittent earth tremors. However, this tremor is
can be targeted, both bats attack them in turn. Any creature that ends its turn adjacent to the rift
accompanied by a volcanic fissure that acts as a portal
The hell hound stays in the thick of combat, trying takes 1d12 fire damage.
to the Elemental Chaos, spewing forth a pack of crea-
to maximize the number of targets in the area of The rifts power is tied to the Elemental Chaos. As
tures bent on destruction.
its fire shield and fiery breath. While waiting for that a result, it deals no damage to the creatures it creates
power to recharge, the hound focuses its bite attacks (including the monsters in this encounter).
2 fire bats (B)
on lightly armored PCs. Thickets: These areas of dense undergrowth pro-
1 hell hound (H)
The magma hurler stays at the edge of combat, vide concealment and are difficult terrain. Any power
1 magma hurler (M)
hurling its magma ball into the midst of any group of with the fire descriptor that deals damage in a square
PCs to maximize the effect of a miss. containing a thicket sets that square and all adja-
As the PCs approach the slave bazaar, read:
Because all these creatures have resistance to fire cent squares ablaze. The thicket burns for 2 rounds
damage, they dont worry about striking each other before flaring out, during which time it deals 1d8 fire
A sudden rumbling rises as another tremor rattles through
with their attacks. Likewise, they cross through the damage to any creatures in the area.
the area. However, while previous incidents have passed
rift at will, hoping to prevent the PCs from following Fence: This 8-foot-high palisade of logs lashed
quickly, this one builds to a furious shaking that threatens
them. together with rope surrounds the slave bazaar. It
to knock you off your feet. At the same time, a blast of
takes a successful DC 10 Athletics check to climb the
molten rock and raw darkness erupts from the earth ahead
of you.
Development fence.
The vent continues to spew fire and shadow for a few
The fissure abuts the palisade fence that blocks off minutes after combat ends. It then begins to slowly
the slave bazaar. The PCs can hear shouts of fear as close until all traces of it have gone.
the slaves beyond the fence flee the area. However, The partys selfless act of bravery within sight of
while the rift is not an imminent threat, the creatures the slave bazaar does not go unnoticed. Any subse-
that emerge from it are. quent Diplomacy or Streetwise checks made in the
area gain a +2 bonus.
Even as the tremor subsides, you see movement through
a haze of smoke and shadow. From the boiling fissure, a
pair of winged shapes eruptsplus a large hound and a
humanoid creature claws their way up behind them. All
four creatures writhe with living f lame, howling as they
attack.

33
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

Hell Hound (H) Level 7 Brute 2 Fire Bats (B) Level 5 Skirmisher
Medium elemental beast (fire) XP 300 Medium elemental beast (fire) XP 200 each
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +11 Initiative +8 Senses Perception +8
Fire Shield (Fire) aura 1; any creature that enters or begins its HP 60; Bloodied 30
turn in the aura takes 1d6 fire damage. AC 20; Fortitude 15, Reflex 20, Will 13
HP 96; Bloodied 48 Resist 10 fire
AC 20; Fortitude 18, Reflex 17, Will 18 Speed 2 (clumsy), fly 8; see also fiery swoop
Resist 20 fire m Fiery Touch (standard; at-will) Fire
Speed 7 +6 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 4 fire damage, and ongoing 5 fire
m Bite (standard; at-will) Fire damage (save ends).
+10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 plus 1d8 fire damage. M Fiery Swoop (standard; at-will) Fire
C Fiery Breath (standard; recharge ) Fire The fire bat shifts up to 4 squares and can move through
Close blast 3; +9 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 3 fire damage. occupied squares as it moves. It makes a melee basic
Alignment Unaligned Languages attack against any creature whose space it enters. The fire
Str 14 (+5) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 17 (+6) bat cannot attack a target more than once in this fashion,
Con 16 (+6) Int 2 (1) Cha 10 (+3) and it must end its movement in an unoccupied square.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Magma Hurler (M) Level 4 Artillery Str 6 (+0) Dex 19 (+6) Wis 12 (+3)
Medium elemental humanoid (earth, fire) XP 175 Con 12 (+3) Int 2 (2) Cha 7 (+0)
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +4
HP 41; Bloodied 20
AC 18; Fortitude 15, Reflex 17, Will 13
Immune petrification; Resist 10 fire; Vulnerable cold (slowed
until the end of the magma hurlers next turn)
Speed 4
m Slam (standard; at-will)
+8 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
R Magma Ball (standard; at-will) Fire
Ranged 15; +7 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 6 fire damage. Miss: Crea-
tures adjacent to the target take 1d6 fire damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
Skills Endurance +7
Str 18 (+6) Dex 22 (+8) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 11 (+2) Int 5 (1) Cha 8 (+1)

34
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Dark Foundry
Encounter Level 8 (1,852 XP)
Setup
Modra and a band of shadowgoblins loyal to him have
taken control of Sarshans dark foundry after killing
the dark creeper guards there. Modra plans to disrupt
the great arcane engines that leech power from the
flow of fire and shadow, destroying his former mas-
ters operations as a means of ending his threat.
8 shadowgoblin maulers (M)
2 shadowgoblin snarlers (S)
1 death boar (B)
Modra, dark creeper shadowborn stalker
As the PCs prepare to enter the foundry, read:
A claxon call of horns sounds out from the west. A haze of
red light glimmers against the clouds as the cascade of the
magma shadow rift f lares. As Leena predicted, a huge force
of mercenaries is on the move, heading out along the east
road. The area around the foundry is deserted; the guards
at the tower and the bridge have turned eastward to watch
as Sarshans forces move out.
Into the Foundry
If the PCs succeeded on the Sarshan's Secrets skill
challenge (page 27), they enter the foundry through a
break in the wall, out of sight of any guards or patrols.
It takes a successful DC 17 Thievery check to secure
the wall against collapse, followed by a successful DC
12 Strength check to open the break wide enough for a
Medium creature to squeeze through. Once inside, the
PCs can attack Modra and his guards with surprise.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
If the PCs failed the skill challenge, they
cannot find the break in the wall and must enter
the foundry through the front doors. Getting the
doors open requires either a successful DC 12
Strength check or a successful DC 21 Bluff check
to convince the shadowgoblin guards that the
PCs are allies of their master. If the PCs can open
the door with a single Strength check, they gain
surprise. Otherwise, the shadowgoblins are ready
for them. Any combat in the entrance is noticed
by Modra and the others.
When the PCs enter the foundry, read:
The red glow of the lava trench is shrouded by shifting
clouds of shadow and steam. Huge stone vats with steel
doors line both sides of this massive chamber, where
great arrangements of pipes and vents connect them.
When the PCs can see Modra and his
followers, read:
Two squads of what look like hobgoblins, their bodies
seemingly cloaked in shadow, work here, supervised
by another cloaked figure. They work busily at two
sections of pipe that divert and channel the lava f low. When Modra releases the death boar, read:
Closer to the door, two other shadowgoblins stand guard.
The dark creeper snarls as he sprints for the closest vat,
Modra is intentionally dressed in dark clothes that pulling down on a great lever next to the door. He dodges
make him indistinguishable from his shadowgoblin out of the way of a blast of steam. As the door opens, it
minions. Place him as a goblin initially unless a PC spills a huge mass to the ground in a fountain of viscous
succeeds at a DC 20 Perception check. As soon as green fluid. Out of it rises an enormous two-headed boar,
combat begins, Modra rushes to the nearest vat and bellowing as it claws the ground.
breaks its seals, releasing the two-headed death boar
and revealing himiself. The creature takes 1 round to shake itself out of its
birth stupor before it attacks.
35
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Modra, Shadowborn Stalker Level 7 Elite Lurker
Small shadow humanoid, dark creeper XP 600
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
HP 124; Bloodied 62; see also killing dark
AC 23 (see also dark step), Fortitude 20, Reflex 22, Will 20
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage.
M Double Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires combat advantage; Modra makes 2 short sword
attacks. If both attacks hit the same target, the target
takes ongoing 5 damage (save ends).
R Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +12 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
A Cloud of Darkness (minor; encounter) Zone
Close burst 1; this power creates a zone of darkness that
remains in place until the end of Modras next turn. The
zone blocks line of sight for all creatures except Modra.
Any creature entirely within the area (except Modra) is
blinded.
Combat Advantage
Modra deals an extra 1d6 damage on melee and ranged
attacks against any target he has combat advantage
against.
Dark Step (move; at-will)
Modra moves up to 4 squares, gains a +4 bonus to AC
against opportunity attacks, and gains combat advantage
against any target that he ends his move adjacent to.
Cloak of Shadows (minor; encounter) Illusion
Modra is invisible until the end of his next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +9, Stealth +12, Thievery +12
Str 11 (+3) Dex 18 (+7) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 14 (+5) Int 13 (+4) Cha 13 (+4)
Equipment black cloak, chainmail, short sword, 5 daggers
Tactics
The maulers throw themselves at the PCs in the defense
of their master, attacking by twos and threes to take
advantage of shadow soldier. The snarlers use snarling
shot as often as possible, attempting to immobilize foes
for the boar. The shadowgoblins use the terrain of the
foundry to best advantage. See Features of the Area.
2 Shadowgoblin Snarlers (S) Level 5 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 200 each
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 51; Bloodied 25
AC 18; Fortitude 14, Reflex 16, Will 14
Speed 6
m Mace (standard; at-will) Weapon
+6 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and the
hobgoblin archer grants an ally within 5 squares of it a
+2 bonus to its next ranged attack roll against the same
target.
R Snarling Shot (standard; recharge ) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and the target
is immobilized by strands of shadow (save ends).
Shadowgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the
shadowgoblin snarler suffers an effect that a save can end;
encounter)
The snarler makes a saving throw against the effect.
Shadow Soldier
The shadowgoblin snarler gains concealment while at least
one shadowgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +6, Stealth +11
Str 14 (+4) Dex 19 (+6) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 15 (+4) Int 11 (+2) Cha 10 (+2)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, longbow, quiver of 30
arrows
If it cannot attack a prone target, the death boar
attacks heavily armored PCs, making two gore
attacks in an attempt to maximize damage and knock
foes prone. If two PCs are adjacent, it makes a furious
charge and separate bite attacks on each target, hoping
to knock both prone or into the lava trench.
Having fled from the PCs before, Modra is deter-
mined to finish them this time. He uses dark step to
maintain combat advantage as he moves from foe to
foe, making double strike attacks against single targets
if possible. He uses cloak of shadows or cloud of darkness
to reorient himself in the fight if he is pressed by more
than one PC or targeted with ranged attacks.
All the creatures here fight to the death.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Death Boar (B) Level 6 Elite Brute
Huge natural beast (mount) XP 500
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +2
HP 170; Bloodied 85; see also death strike
AC 19; Fortitude 23, Reflex 19, Will 18
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Gore (standard; at-will)
+9 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, or 1d10 + 9 damage against a
prone target.
M Frenzied Gore (standard; at-will)
The death boar makes two gore attacks. If it hits with both
attacks against the same target, the target is knocked prone.
M Death Strike (when reduced to 0 hit points)
The death boar makes a gore attack.
Furious Charge
When a death boar charges, its gore attacks deal an extra
5 damage, pushes the targets 2 squares, and knocks the
targets prone on a hit.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 19 (+7) Dex 10 (+3) Wis 9 (+2)
Con 15 (+5) Int 2 (1) Cha 8 (+2)
8 Shadowgoblin Maulers (A) Level 8 Minion
Medium shadow humanoid XP 88 each
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 18
Speed 6
m Mace (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 6 damage.
Shadowgoblin Resilience (immediate reaction, when the
shadowgoblin mauler suffers an effect that a save can end;
encounter)
The mauler makes a saving throw against the effect.
Shadow Soldier
The shadowgoblin mauler gains concealment while at least
one shadowgoblin ally is adjacent to it.
Combat Advantage
The shadowgoblin mauler deals an extra 2 damage on
melee attacks against any target it has combat advantage
against.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Goblin
Skills Athletics +10, Stealth +11
Str 19 (+8) Dex 14 (+6) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 15 (+6) Int 11 (+4) Cha 10 (+4)
Equipment black leather armor, mace
36
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Development
The PCs intervention here prevents Modra from
completing his sabotage and destroying the tower.
However, the damage his team has done is enough
to cause a failure of the foundrys systems during the
Last Stand tactical encounter. If the PCs investigate
the area where the shadowgoblins were working, they
note damage to the great pipes channeling the lava
flow, though it appears superficial.
Within the vats, the PCs can see various creatures
in the midst of a dark transformation. A successful
DC 22 Perception check made to search the area
confirms the rumors the PCs have heardhalf the
creatures here are humanoids mutated into horrible
warlike forms, their skin growing spiky armor plates,
their hands turned to razor-sharp claws, and so on.
Into the Tower
The secret door to the west leads to a tunnel serving
as Sarshans private access between the foundry and
the tower. It can be located with a successful DC 20
Perception check.
After what theyve observed around Umbraforge,
the PCs should hopefully be ready to enter the tower
in search of more information about Sarshans plans.
However, if they linger too long in the foundry, feel
free to have a squad of dark creeper and shadar-kai
guards appear at the main doors. Remind the PCs
of the secret door if necessary, then give them time
to move into the tunnel before being spotted by the
guards.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Features of the Area lava take 1d10 falling damage plus 2d12 fire damage
per round.
Illumination: The chamber is lit by the fiery glow
Vents and Piping: Each vat is connected to a com-
of the lava flow (dim throughout).
plex mass of metal and ceramic piping that plunges
Ceiling: The arched ceiling rises to a height of 30
into the lava trench. Most of these pipes run up to and
feet.
across the ceiling, but a series of main conduits runs
Lava Trench: The river of lava and liquid shadow
across the foundry floor, each a bundle of pipe set
courses through this chamber, interrupted by a net-
with pressure release valves.
work of pipes and conduits that magically siphon off
As a standard action, a creature can smash
arcane power for Sarshans metamorphosis vats. The
through a pressure release valve anywhere along the
sluggish surface of the lava rises to 5 feet below the lip
length of the conduit to create a close blast 3; +5 vs.
of the trench. Creatures entering the lava take 2d12
Reflex, 1d8 fire damage.
fire damage per round. (The processes by which Sar-
A creature that ends its turn adjacent to a section
shans equipment draws arcane energy from the lava
of conduit takes 1d6 fire damage. Stepping over a con-
trench reduces the damage as compared to outside.)
duit costs 2 squares of movement.
The temperature in the enclosed foundry is sti-
Bodies: These dark creeper guards were killed
fling. When first entering the area, creatures must
guarding against Modras incursion.
make successful DC 17 Endurance checks against the
heat or lose one healing surge. (Modra and the shad-
Metamorphosis Vats: These great vats hold the
fruits of Sarshans dark experiments. Each stone vat
owgoblins protected themselves with magic before
is 15 feet on a side, open at the top, and fronted by a
entering the foundry.) Creatures that have no healing
huge steel door with a quick-release lever. As a stan-
surges remaining lose hit points equal to their level.
dard action, a creature can open the vat, releasing the
When a creature is first bloodied, it must make a
creature within and a wave of viscous green fluid that
successful
creates a close blast 5; +5 vs. Reflex; 1d10 damage
Crates and Barrels: These crates and barrels
and the target is slowed (save ends).
contain the toxic reagents that fill the vats. Squares
Unless the PCs are having too easy a time with this
containing barrels and crates provide cover. A stack
encounter, any additional creatures in the vats have
of crates stands 5 feet high and can be climbed with a
not completed their transformation. They die imme-
successful DC 10 Athletics check. It costs 2 squares of
diately after being released.
movement to hop up onto a barrel.
Bridges: These rough stone bridges arch 5 feet
above the ground (so they rise 10 feet above the lava
in the trench). They have no railings. A creature run-
ning across a bridge must make a successful DC 15
Acrobatics check or slip and fall to the lava below. A
creature that slips can make a saving throw to throw
itself at the opposite bank. Creatures that fall into the
37
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Part 3:
Umbraforge Tower
From the foundry, the PCs make their way to the
lower level of the tower by way of Sarshans private
tunnel access. There, they take on Sarshans guards,
some of his allies, and finally come face to face with
the shadar-kai.
Levitation Lift
Within the center of the tower, a 15-foot wide open-
ing in the ceiling or floor of each level serves as a
magical levitation lift for Sarshan and his servants.
Characters stepping into any square of the open area
are subject to a levitation effect. Characters hover
in midair until they mentally command the lift to
move them. As a move action, a character can rise or
descend one level, or can move up to 15 feet horizon-
tally (from one side of the lift to the other). As a minor
action, a character can shift 1 square horizontally.
Moving from the towers lower level to Sarshans quar-
ters on the top level thus requires three move actions
(to climb) and a minor action (to shift from the open
lift to the floor again).
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
While within the lift (whether moving or not), a
creature is unsteady, taking a 2 penalty to AC and
Reflex defense. Characters who stand within the area
of the lift on the towers ground floor feel unsteady
on their feet and take the above penalties. However,
unless they mentally command the lift to carry them
up, they can move through the area normally.
Creatures that move into the open area of the lift (as
opposed to simply stepping into it) continue their move-
ment through midair. A creature can travel across the
open space of the lift by making a DC 15 Acrobatics
check as part of the move action that takes it into the lift.
On a result of 20 or higher, the creature gains 2 extra
squares of movement. On a failed check, the creature
loses momentum and slides to the center of the lift.
Shock and Aftershock
The penultimate climax of the adventure (Last Stand
tactical encounter) takes place in the aftermath of
another tremor caused by the magma shadow rift.
Foreshadow this by having harmless tremors ripple
through the tower at different points.
No Quarter
The tower is an occupied fortress, and once this stage
of the adventure begins, the PCs have no opportunity
to take an extended rest. Early on, the Library encoun-
ter can easily spill over into the Great Hall tactical
encounter, which can in turn pull in additional guards
from the gatehouse for an extended melee. This might
create problems later if the party returns to Overlook
since the climactic battle could have already exhausted
their healing surges and daily powers. Though Sarshan
regularly uses the foundry tunnel, he is not aware of
the lost shrine there (area 2). If the PCs need an extra
boost, that hidden chamber provides a secure place for
them to rest up.
38
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Umbraforge
Tower
T
his is Sarshans domain, and with the number of
troops at his disposal, he doesn't fear attack. His
guards watch the towers interior and gate house,
but it has no ramparts or exterior patrols.
Walls, Floors, and Ceilings: The interior of the tower
is polished gray marble from floor to ceiling. The ceilings
on each level of the tower are uniformly 20 feet high.
Doors and Windows: Wooden doors within the tower
are unlocked (with the exception of the gate house). Each
room of the tower features narrow windows looking out on
the ground below. These windows are wide enough only for
a Small character to squeeze through.
Illumination: Magic lamps shed dim light in all areas
of the tower, allowing those with low-light vision (most of
the towers inhabitants) to see clearly.
1. Foundry Tunnel: This 5-foot wide tunnel connects
the foundry with the library in the tower. Sarshan and his
personal guards are the only ones allowed access to it.
Though it is locked from the foundry side, the library door
opens easily.
2. Lost Shrine: Halfway along the foundry tunnel, an
undiscovered secret door (DC 26 Perception) leads to an
ancient shrine. The crumbling walls of this chamber were
once covered with muted frescoes, but only fragments
of plaster now remain. In the center of the room, a black
stone altar rises, its surface buried beneath a thick layer
of dust. Sarshan does not know of the shrines existence,
and the PCs can take an extended rest here.
3. Library (Tactical Encounter): These two adjoining
chambers are the research center for Sarshans sages.
Shelves of books and scrolls line the walls here. Two
shadar-kai guard the entrance to the foundry, while two
more are working here when the PCs enter.
4. Guest Quarters (Tactical Encounter): Important
visitors reside in these well-appointed rooms while in the
tower. The guest quarters are currently occupied by a pack
of gnolls negotiating a mercenary contract for their clan.
5. Laboratory: These tower chambers are all function-
ally identical, though you can change up their specific
descriptions as need be. Dark experiments realized in the
foundry are first carried out here. The various laboratories
feature a wealth of alchemical equipment and reagents,
ritual components, dead creatures in jars of clear oil, vials
of brightly colored powders and viscous fluids, and other
experimental gear.
The lower northeast laboratory (adjoining the library) is
empty. All other laboratories have a 50% chance of being
occupied by a noncombatant shadar-kai or dark one sage at
work. If the PCs attack, treat the sages as minions with no
attacks of their own. However, unless they are attacked, the
sages of the tower assume that the PCs work for Sarshan.
They yell at the characters for interrupting their work, but
allow them to pass through. If combat occurs in area 9, sages
in adjacent laboratories cower under a table until the danger
passes.
6. Great Hall (Tactical Encounter): Most of the main
floor is given over to this visitors gallery and feast hall.
Dark tapestries line the walls, and thick carpets cover the
floors. A banquet table occupies the center of the room,
and comfortable couches are arrayed along the walls. A fire
pit before the doors burns with magical flame. When the
PCs enter, a pair of shadar-kai guards and one of Sarshans
dark one allies are arguing here.
7. Sages Quarters: These chambers are the residences
of the sages who labor to perfect Sarshans vile experiments.
Each chamber has four beds and is occupied by two non-
combatant shadar-kai or dark one sages, either sleeping (if
no combat has occurred in an adjacent chamber) or cower-
ing beneath a bed (if it has). Treat the sages as minions with
no attacks.
8. Gate House: The interior doors to area 6 are locked
and barred, requiring a successful DC 26 Thievery check
and a successful DC 21 Strength check to open. The exterior
stone double doors are normally open so the guards within
can see the road and the bridge. They can be closed with
two standard actions (one for each door) and barred from
the inside (a successful DC 40 Strength check to open).
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Four shadar-kai warriors and four shadar-kai chain-
fighters are on guard here at all times. However, they do
not expect trouble from inside the tower, and so they are
distracted if the PCs enter from area 6. Use the statistics
from the Library and Great Hall tactical encounters.
9. Garden of Shadows (Tactical Encounter): The second
level of the tower is given over to a shadar-kai pleasure
garden. Tall trees, hoary ferns, and dense thickets of shrubs
grow here. Within the foliage of this chamber lurk three rot
scarab swarms and a shadow beetle kept as pets by Sarshan.
They ignore shadow creatures but attack all others.
To the south stands the teleportation portal that takes
Sarshan to the black shrine (see area 1 on page 25). Nor-
mally the portal can be used only by Sarshan.
10. Training Floor: This is the private training area for
the guards of the tower.
11. Guards Mess: Two large tables fill this mess hall,
and a magical fire burns in the fire pit to the northeast. Six
guards are here at any given timethey can be warriors,
gloomblades, or chainfighters (use the statistics from the
Library and Great Hall tactical encounters).
12. Guards Barracks: Sarshans house guards live here
when off duty. Five sets of triple bunks in each chamber
house thirty guards total, with half the bunks occupied at
any given time. Guards found here have a 50% chance of
being asleep, which means they require 2 rounds to grab
weapons if attacked. Guards not sleeping are distracted
and require 1 round to grab weapons. Use the statistics for
the shadar-kai warrior, gloomblade, and chainfighter from
the Library and Great Hall tactical encounters. None of the
guards are in armor; they take a 4 penalty to AC.
13. Sarshans Chambers: The shadar-kais sanctum occu-
pies the space beneath the towers upper dome. Unlike the
lower levels, the open area of the levitation lift is walled off
here. The door here is locked (DC 26 Thievery). This area
contains only mundane personal effects, since Sarshan
keeps all important documents and relics hidden outside
the tower.
39
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Library
Encounter Level 7 (1,500 XP)
Setup
Four members of Sarshans personal guard are here
two warriors guarding the access to the foundry
passage, a gloomblade running an errand for one
of the towers sages, and a witch in the midst of
researching an experiment.
2 shadar-kai warriors (S)
1 shadar-kai gloomblade (G)
1 shadar-kai witch (W)
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
Dim light fills this area from globes of gray glass set around
the room. Shelves of books and scrolls line the walls here,
and a large table covered with scrolls and bound volumes
dominates an adjoining chamber. A female shadar-kai
stands there, looking up in astonishment. Two shadar-kai
warriors, katars at their belts, scramble away from the door
in surprise. A third warrior is digging through books on a
nearby shelf, his greatsword leaning against the wall a few
feet away.
The shadar-kai know that only Sarshan uses the
foundry tunnel. They treat the PCs as intruders and
attack at once.
Shadow Dart Attack
In addition to the guards stationed here, a deadly
trap wards this entrance into the tower. The trap is
not active when the PCs enter, but it is manually trig-
gered by the shadar-kai witch in the second round of
combat.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
When the trap is triggered, read: Tactics
The shadar-kai warriors focus their first attacks on
The shadar-kai backpedals toward the door, hitting a
the most powerful-looking melee combatants, hoping
mechanical switch set into the wall. With a hiss, the air is
to restrain them using cage of gloom. They use shadow
filled with streaks of shadow.
jaunt consistently to protect themselves from damage,
pulling down a bookshelf first to slow pursuers and
Once the trap is triggered, darts of magical shadow
compensate for their decreased movement.
fill the air in both sections of the room. They shoot
The gloomblade uses veil of shadows to move invis-
out from tiny holes in the frames of the chambers
ibly between attacks, using gloomstrike to blind PCs
bookshelves.
making ranged attacks. Once bloodied, he uses
shadow jaunt to protect himself from damage as he
Shadow Dart Wall Level 6 Blaster attacks the strongest-looking melee combatants.
Trap 250 XP
A host of immaterial black darts streaks through the air, fill- Shadar-kai Witch (W) Level 7 Controller
ing the room with a deadly web of shadow. Medium shadow humanoid XP 300
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
Trap: Each round on its initiative, the trap fires a barrage of
HP 77; Bloodied 38
immaterial shadow darts that randomly attack 2d4 targets in
range. Shadow creatures are not targeted by the magic darts.
AC 21; Fortitude 18, Reflex 19, Will 19
Speed 6; see also shadow jaunt
Perception
m Blackfire Touch (standard; at-will) Fire, Necrotic
DC 17: The character notices the small holes within the
+11 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 4 fire and necrotic damage.
frames of the bookshelves along the walls.
R Beshadowed Mind (standard; recharge 4 5 6 ) Necrotic
DC 21: The character notices the switch by the west door.
Ranged 10; +11 vs. Will; 2d6 + 4 necrotic damage, and the
Initiative +7
target has no line of sight to anything more than 2 squares
Trigger
from it (save ends).
When the switch beside the west door is flipped (a standard
C Deep Shadow (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
action), the trap rolls initiative.
Attack
Necrotic
Aura 2; thick, writhing shadows surround the shadar-kai
Standard Action Ranged 10
witch. The witch and any other shadow creatures in the
Targets: 2d4 targets (not including shadow creatures) in range.
aura gain concealment. In addition, enemies that enter or
Attack: +11 vs. AC
start their turns in the aura take 5 necrotic damage, and
Hit: 1d8 + 2 damage and ongoing 5 necrotic damage (save ends)
enemies (including flying ones) also treat the area within
Countermeasures
the aura as difficult terrain. The shadar-kai witch can sus-
A character adjacent to the switch, which is now locked
tain the aura as a minor action. However, the effect ends if
into its position, can disable the trap with a DC 21 Thievery
she uses shadow jaunt or moves more than half her speed
check.
A character who ends his or her turn directly adjacent to
on her turn.
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
one of the interior walls (not adjacent to the open doorway)
The shadar-kai witch teleports 3 squares and becomes
gains a +5 bonus to AC against the dart attacks.
insubstantial until the start of her next turn.
A character who moves no more than 1 square on a turn
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
gains a +5 bonus to AC against the dart attacks.
Skills Acrobatics +8, Arcana +12, Religion +12, Stealth +13
Str 13 (+4) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 13 (+4) Int 19 (+7) Cha 17 (+6)
40
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Shadar-kai Gloomblade (G) Level 6 Lurker
Medium shadow humanoid XP 250
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
HP 54; Bloodied 27; see also veil of shadows
AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 18, Will 15
Speed 5; see also shadow jaunt
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage; see also gloomstrike.
Gloomstrike
If the shadar-kai gloomblade hits a target that cant see
him, the target is blinded until the end of the gloomblades
next turn.
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
The shadar-kai gloomblade teleports 3 squares and
becomes insubstantial until the start of his next turn.
Veil of Shadows (move; at-will) Illusion
The shadar-kai gloomblade turns invisible and moves up
to his speed. The gloomblade cannot use this power while
bloodied.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +14, Stealth +14
Str 17 (+6) Dex 20 (+8) Wis 15 (+5)
Con 12 (+4) Int 10 (+3) Cha 11 (+3)
Equipment chainmail, greatsword
In the first round, the witch uses beshadowed mind
against the first PC through the secret door. She then
activates the shadow dart wall trap in the second
round. In the third round, she uses her deep shadow
power, maintaining it as she closes with the warriors
to grant them concealment. She uses blackfire touch
against PCs at the periphery of melee, reserving sub-
sequent beshadowed mind attacks for spellcasters and
ranged combatants.
If the witch is bloodied and the other shadar-kai
are killed, she flees to area 6 (Great Hall tactical
encounter) through the closest door and summons the
shadar-kai chainfighters there. If the PCs enter area 6,
add the witch to the Great Hall encounter. If the PCs
stay in area 3, the chainfighters and the witch enter
after 1 round. The dark haunter remains in area 6 but
sends the mad wraith in to attack the PCs.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
2 Shadar-kai Warriors (S) Level 8 Soldier
Medium shadow humanoid XP 350 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 86; Bloodied 43
AC 24; Fortitude 19, Reflex 20, Will 17
Speed 5; see also shadow jaunt
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage (crit 1d6 + 9).
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Weapon
The shadar-kai warrior makes two katar attacks.
M Cage of Gloom (standard; recharge 5 6 )
The shadar-kai warrior makes a katar attack. If the attack
hits, the shadar-kai warrior makes a secondary attack
as strands of shadow coil around the target. Secondary
Attack: +11 vs. Reflex; the target is restrained (save ends).
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
The shadar-kai warrior teleports 3 squares and becomes
insubstantial until the start of its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +15, Stealth +15
Str 17 (+7) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 14 (+6) Int 12 (+5) Cha 11 (+4)
Equipment shadowmail, 2 katars
are stacked with scrolls and leather-bound volumes.
Development Standing bookshelves have no effect on movement.
Combat in this area puts the gnolls in area 4 on alert However, a creature can pull a shelf down as a minor
for 5 minutes, though they do not come to investigate. action, which turns the 2 squares in front of the shelf
No one is in the northeast tower, and the sound of into difficult terrain. A character standing in a square
combat cannot be heard on the level above. where a shelf falls is subject to an attack at +5 vs.
If the PCs take a few minutes to examine the Reflex; 1d6 damage and the target is stunned until
books the gloomblade was retrieving or the scrolls the start of its next turn.
and books the witch was working with, they find Table: The table is tall enough that a Small crea-
confirmation of the dark research going on here. ture can move under it and gain cover (2 penalty to
Sarshans long-term plans involve breeding advanced attack rolls). It costs 2 squares of movement to hop
races of warrior-slaves to be sold to the highest bidder. up onto a table. A successful DC 10 Strength check
allows a character to tip over a table, which then
Features of the Area grants superior cover (5 penalty to attack rolls).
Illumination: Magic lanterns provide light to the Chairs: These are difficult terrain.
area (dim throughout).
Bookshelves: These freestanding heavy wooden
shelves stand 10 feet high and 4 feet wide, and they
41
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Great Hall
Encounter Level 5 (1,000 XP)
Setup
The shadar-kai chainfighters (both members of
Sarshans personal guard) are engaged in a heated
argument with a dark haunter whose lord is recon-
sidering his allegiance to Sarshan. The dark haunters
mad wraith bodyguard floats nearby.
The creatures here are distracted while they argue.
Unless the witch alerts them (see the Library tactical
encounter), they do not hear combat in area 3.
2 shadar-kai chainfighters (C)
1 dark haunter (D)
1 mad wraith (W)
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
This chamber appears to be a great hall or gallery, with fine
couches spaced along walls hung with dark tapestries. In
the center of the ceiling is an opening 15 feet across, and
dim light is visible from the f loor above. The f loor directly
beneath the opening has tiles of a lighter shade of gray than
the rest of the room.
On the far side of the chamber, two shadar-kai armed
with spiked chains argue with an angry cloaked figure. At
the creatures side, a spectral wraith shifts within a cloud of
shadow, and the shadar-kai watch it carefully.
PCs who can eavesdrop (DC 10 Perception) make
out that the discussion focuses on the dark ones liege
lord reneging on a promise to grant Sarshans merce-
nary forces access to a portal to the world within his
territory.
When the creatures here see the PCs, read:
Suddenly you are spotted, and the shadar-kai lose all
interest in their argument with the dark one as they shout a
challenge and race toward you. The dark figure steps back
as it appraises you, then orders the wraith forward with a
command to attack.
2 Shadar-kai Chainfighters (C) Level 6 Skirmisher
Medium shadow humanoid XP 250 each
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
HP 68; Bloodied 39
AC 20; Fortitude 19, Reflex 19, Will 17
Speed 6; see also dance of death and shadow jaunt
m Spiked Chain (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +11 vs. AC; 2d4 + 3 damage.
M Dance of Death (standard; recharge 6 ) Necrotic,
Weapon
The shadar-kai chainfighter shifts 6 squares and makes 3
spiked chain attacks at any points during his move. He can
attack a given enemy only once, but he deals an extra 1d6
necrotic damage with each successful hit.
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
The shadar-kai chainfighter teleports 3 squares and
becomes insubstantial until the start of his next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +14, Stealth +14
Str 17 (+6) Dex 18 (+7) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 12 (+4) Int 10 (+3) Cha 11 (+3)
Equipment leather armor, spiked chain
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Dark Haunter (D) Level 6 Lurker
Small shadow humanoid XP 250
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
HP 57; Bloodied 28; see also killing dark
AC 20 (see also dark step); Fortitude 17, Reflex 20, Will 19
Speed 6
m Scimitar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage (crit 1d8 + 11).
R Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +11 vs. AC; 1d4 + 3 damage.
A Dark Fog (standard; sustain minor; encounter) Zone
Area burst 4 within 10; creates a zone of darkness that
blocks line of sight (creatures with darkvision ignore this
effect).
C Killing Dark (when reduced to 0 hit points)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; each target is blinded (save
ends). When slain, a dark haunter explodes in a spout of
darkness.
Combat Advantage
The dark haunter deals an extra 2d6 damage on melee
and ranged attacks against any target it has combat advan-
tage against.
Dark Step (move; at-will)
The dark haunter moves up to 4 squares, gains a +4
bonus to AC against opportunity attacks, and gains
combat advantage against any target that it ends its
move adjacent to.
Invisibility (minor; recharge 3 4 5 6 ) Illusion
The dark haunter becomes invisible until the end of its next
turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Stealth +13, Thievery +13
Str 12 (+4) Dex 21 (+8) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 15 (+5) Int 14 (+5) Cha 19 (+7)
Equipment black garments, scimitar, 4 daggers
42
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Mad Wraith (W) Level 6 Controller
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 250
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +6; darkvision
Mad Whispers (Psychic) aura 3; deafened creatures are
immune; any enemy in the aura at the start of its turn takes
5 psychic damage and is dazed until the start of its next
turn. (If the mad wraith takes radiant damage, the aura is
negated until the end of the mad wraiths next turn.)
HP 54; Bloodied 27
AC 18; Fortitude 15, Reflex 18, Will 17
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic, insubstantial;
Vulnerable 5 radiant (see also mad whispers above)
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Touch of Madness (standard; at-will) Psychic
+8 vs. Will; 1d6 + 5 psychic damage, and the target takes a
2 penalty to Will defense (save ends).
M Touch of Chaos (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Psychic
+9 vs. Will; 2d6 + 4 psychic damage, and the target moves
up to its speed and makes a basic attack against its nearest
ally as a free action.
Spawn Wraith
Any humanoid killed by a mad wraith rises as a free-willed
mad wraith at the start of its creators next turn, appearing
in the space where it died (or in the nearest unoccupied
space). Raising the slain creature (using the Raise Dead
ritual) does not destroy the spawned wraith.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +13
Str 6 (+1) Dex 20 (+8) Wis 6 (+1)
Con 12 (+4) Int 11 (+3) Cha 19 (+7)
Tactics
The shadar-kai chainfighters use dance of death to
weave through the PCs and attack poorly armored
foes, then flank a single target with spiked chain
attacks. The chainfighters do not coordinate attacks
with either the dark haunter or the wraith. Both fight
to the death.
The wraith targets the strongest-looking melee
combatant with touch of chaos, then strikes the clos-
est foes with touch of madness attacks. If the PCs have
left any creatures in the library unconscious, the
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
wraith enters that area in the third round
and attacks with touch of madness, hoping to
spawn additional mad wraiths.
The dark haunter uses dark step to target
spellcasters and ranged combatants. If
taken to 10 hit points or fewer, it flees south
through the main doors and out of the
tower, followed by the wraith (if it survives).
Half the guards in the gatehouse follow the
dark haunter, while the others (two warriors
and two chainfighters) join the fight against
the PCs.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Magic lanterns provide
light to the area (dim throughout).
Levitation Lift: The ceiling of this
chamber features a 15-foot wide opening,
which then grants superior cover (5 penalty to attack
and the floor beneath it is marked out in
tiles of lighter gray. This magic lift allows creatures rolls).
to reach the floor above. As a move action, a charac- Chairs: These are difficult terrain.
Couches: These elegantly upholstered couches pro-
ter can rise to the next level. Once on that level, the
character moves up to 15 feet horizontally as a move vide cover. It costs 2 squares of movement to hop up
action. As a minor action, a character in the air can on a couch.
shift 1 square horizontally. Fire Pit: This magic fire pit is difficult terrain.
Characters who stand within the area of lighter Any creature that enters the fire pit takes 1d8 + 5 fire
tiles feel unsteady on their feet and take a 2 penalty damage.
to their AC and Reflex defense. However, unless they
mentally command the lift to carry them up, they can
move through the area normally. Guest Quarters
Table: The table is tall enough that a Small crea-
Encounter Level 4 (900 XP)
ture can move under it and gain cover (2 penalty to
attack rolls). It costs 2 squares of movement to hop Setup
up onto a table. A successful DC 17 Strength check
A pack of gnoll mercenaries of the Wicked Fang page
allows a character to tip over the oversized table,
resides here, awaiting their next mission after selling
their packs services to Sarshan. Each gnoll wears a
43
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

symbol of a bloody, serrated fang in a prominent place
on their armor. The gnolls go on alert for 5 minutes after
any combat in area 3. They are otherwise distracted
(and can be surprised if the PCs approach quietly).
2 gnoll huntmasters (H)
1 gnoll claw fighter (C)
1 gnoll marauder (M)
If the PCs listen at this door, read:
Growling voices can be heard from beyond the door. A
yipping snarl punctuates them.
When the PCs enter this area, read:
This pair of adjoining rooms appears to be well-appointed
guest chambers. Unfortunately, the present occupants seem
ill-suited to their comforts. Four gnolls are here, and a reek
of dog fills the air and the blankets on the beds pulled off
and piled in the corners.
If the gnolls are not surprised, read:
The closest two snarl as they lunge at you with spear and
claw, and the others prepare their longbows as they take
cover behind a couch.
2 Gnoll Huntmasters (H) Level 5 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 200 each
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +11; low-light vision
HP 50; Bloodied 25
AC 19; Fortitude 16, Reflex 17, Will 14
Speed 7
m Handaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
+9 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage, or 1d6 + 5 damage while blood-
ied; see also pack attack.
R Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, or 1d10 + 6
damage while bloodied; see also pack attack.
Pack Attack
The gnoll huntmaster deals an extra 5 damage on melee
and ranged attacks against an enemy that has two or more
of the huntmasters allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +7, Stealth +11
Str 16 (+5) Dex 19 (+6) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 7 (+0)
Equipment leather armor, handaxe, longbow, quiver of 30
arrows
Gnoll Marauder (M) Level 6 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 250
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 84; Bloodied 42
AC 18; Fortitude 18, Reflex 15, Will 15
Speed 7
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage, or 1d8 + 8 while bloodied; see
also quick bite and pack attack.
M Quick Bite (free, when the gnoll marauder hits a bloodied
enemy with a melee attack; at-will)
The gnoll marauder makes a bite attack against the same
target: +7 vs. AC; 1d6 + 2 damage, or 1d6 + 4 damage
while bloodied.
Pack Attack
The gnoll marauder deals an extra 5 damage on melee
attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the
marauders allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +8, Stealth +10
Str 20 (+8) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 14 (+5) Int 9 (+2) Cha 7 (+1)
Equipment leather armor, light shield, spear
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Gnoll Claw Fighter (C) Level 6 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 250
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 70; Bloodied 35
AC 20; Fortitude 18, Reflex 16, Will 15
Speed 8; see also mobile melee attack
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+11 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage, or 1d6 + 6 while bloodied; see
also pack attack below.
M Clawing Charge (standard; at-will)
The gnoll claw fighter charges and makes two claw attacks
against a single target instead of one melee basic attack.
M Mobile Melee Attack (standard; at-will)
The gnoll claw fighter can move up to 4 squares and make
one melee basic attack at any point during that move-
ment. The gnoll doesnt provoke opportunity attacks when
moving away from the target of its attack.
Pack Attack
The gnoll claw fighter deals an extra 5 damage on melee
attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll
claw fighters allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +8
Str 19 (+7) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 14 (+5) Int 9 (+2) Cha 7 (+1)
Equipment leather armor
Tactics
The huntmasters shoot from behind the cover of the
wall, falling back behind one of the beds if the PCs
press them. They concentrate their fire on those char-
acters engaged by the claw fighter and the marauder
to deal extra damage with their pack attack.
The gnoll claw fighter uses its mobile melee attack
against the weakest-looking PC, then moves into posi-
tion with the marauder so the huntmasters gain their
pack attack bonus. If the marauder falls, it switches
to clawing charge attacks against the strongest melee
combatants.
The gnoll marauder focuses its spear attacks
against the weakest-looking PCs, hoping for a chance
to use its quick bite.
44
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

Development
Among the gnolls personal effects is a letter outlining
their clans proposed deal with Sarshan. It has only
sketchy details of the assignment and terms, but Sar-
shan speaks of a great need for troops ready to take
advantage of unforeseen disaster.

Features of the Area

Illumination: Magic lanterns provide light to the
area (dim throughout).
Beds: A bed provides cover (2 penalty to attack
rolls). It costs 2 squares of movement to hop up on
a bed. A successful DC 15 Strength check allows a
character to tip over a bed, which then grants supe-
rior cover (5 penalty to attack rolls).
Table: The table is tall enough that a Small crea-
ture can move under it and gain cover (2 penalty to
attack rolls). It costs 2 squares of movement to hop up
onto a table. A character can make a DC 10 Strength
check to tip over a table, which then grants superior
cover (5 penalty to attack rolls).
Chairs: These are difficult terrain.
Blankets: The gnolls have piled blankets from the
beds to create rough dens for themselves. These areas
are difficult terrain.
Fire Pit: This magic fire pit is difficult terrain.
Any creature that enters the fire pit takes 1d8 + 5 fire
damage.

45
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Garden of Shadows
Encounter Level 6 (1,250 XP)
Setup
This uninhabited garden poses no threat to shadow
creatures. All others draw the unwelcome attention of
the creatures that dwell here.
3 rot scarab swarms (R)
1 shadow beetle (B)
When the PCs enter this area, read:
Dim light from globes of gray glass casts faint shadows
throughout a dark garden. Though the trees and other
foliage here appear healthy and luxurious, the leaves,
stems, and flowers of these plants are sickly shades of dark
blue, gray, and black. Along the south wall of this chamber
stands a stone arch identical to the teleportation portals
youve seen before.
The rot scarab swarms and the shadow beetle are
well hidden within the foliage (DC 20 Perception). If
the PCs do not spot them, give the party a round or
two to explore before the insects attack with surprise.
Do not place their miniatures unless they are spotted
or until they attack.
When the PCs see the lurking insects, read:
A hissing sound precedes a cloud of insects suddenly boiling
up from the shadows, swarming to attack. At the same
time, what appeared to be a mass of mottled leaves rises
up to reveal itself as an enormous beetle, which has viscous
black fluid dripping from its joints as it lurches toward you.
3 Rot Scarab Swarms (R) Level 8 Soldier
Medium shadow beast (swarm) XP 350 each
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7; darkvision
Swarm Attack aura 1; the rot scarab swarm makes a basic
attack as a free action against each enemy that begins its
turn in the aura.
HP 88; Bloodied 44
AC 22; Fortitude 21, Reflex 21, Will 19
Resist half damage from melee and ranged attacks; Vulnerable
10 against close and area attacks
Speed 8, climb 8
m Swarm of Mandibles (standard; at-will) Necrotic
+12 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 necrotic damage, and ongoing 5
necrotic damage (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 20 (+9) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 16 (+7)
Con 16 (+7) Int 1 (1) Cha 11 (+4)
Shadow Beetle (B) Level 5 Controller
Large shadow beast
Initiative +2 Senses Perception +3; darkvision
XP 200
HP 62; Bloodied 31
AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 13, Will 14
Speed 6
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage.
C Shadow Spray (standard; recharge 5 6 )
Close blast 3; +8 vs. Reflex; 2d6 damage, plus the target is
immobilized and all creatures have concealment against it
(save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 18 (+6) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 14 (+4) Int 1 (3) Cha 8 (+1)
The View From Above
If the PCs reach this area without going through the
great hall (area 6, Great Hall tactical encounter), they
can see and hear the argument between the shadar-
kai and the dark haunter before the insects attack.
When combat breaks out here, the shadar-kai ascend
the lift to join in. The dark haunter sends the mad
wraith up, but stays in area 6.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
Tactics
The rot scarab swarms stay close together to catch
as many foes as possible in the area of their swarm
attack aura. They concentrate their swarm of mandibles
attacks on the same targets, hoping to drop one foe
before moving onto the next. The swarm cannot move
through the area of the levitation lift.
The shadow beetle hits the strongest-looking melee
or ranged combatants with its shadow spray, making
bite attacks against lightly armored foes while it waits
for that power to recharge. The beetle moves through
the area of the levitation lift without making Acrobat-
ics checks.
All these creatures fight to the death.
Features of the Area
Levitation Lift: The floor and ceiling of this
chamber feature 15-foot wide openings. This magi-
cal lift allows creatures to reach the floors above
or below. Characters in the area of the lift hover
in midair until they mentally command the lift to
move them. As a move action, a character can rise or
descend one level, or can move up to 15 feet horizon-
tally. As a minor action, a character can shift 1 square
horizontally.
While within the lift (whether moving or not), a
creature is unsteady, taking a 2 penalty to AC and
Reflex defense.
Creatures that move into the open area of the lift
(as opposed to simply stepping into it) continue their
movement through midair. A creature can travel
across the open space of the lift by making a success-
ful DC 15 Acrobatics check as part of the move action
that takes it into the lift. On a result of 20 or higher,
the creature gains 2 extra squares of movement. On a
failed check, the creature loses momentum and slides
46
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

to the center of the lift (but can use another move
action or a minor action to continue its move).
Trees: Squares containing trees are difficult ter-
rain (requiring 1 extra square of movement to enter)
and provide concealment (2 penalty to attack rolls)
to anyone standing in them. A trees trunk provides
cover (2 penalty to attack rolls) to anyone standing
adjacent to it.
Thickets: These areas of dense undergrowth pro-
vide concealment and are difficult terrain.
Stagnant Pool: This pool of dark water is only 2
feet deep at its center but is thick with black slime.
A character who runs through the pool must make
a successful DC 20 Acrobatics check or fall prone.
Characters can move at normal speed without
difficulty.
Teleportation Portal: This black stone archway is
a semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high, set
against the stone wall of the chamber. Silver crystals
are set within the stone in a random pattern. Runes
in Common cover it, but their ancient dialect requires
a successful DC 17 History check to decipher. They
identify the arch as an ancient shadar-kai teleporta-
tion portal.
This arch functions as the arch in the black shrine
(page 25). If it is touched, it reveals that area within
it, but the PCs cannot pass through. The portal can
normally be used by only Sarshan. See the Last Stand
tactical encounter for more information.
Unexpected Parley
When the PCs have completed the last of the previ-
ous three encounters, they find their luck running
out. Sarshans guards, alerted by the combat in the
tower, begin to close in. Do not allow the PCs a short
rest in the aftermath of the previous encounter. If the
party is not in area 10, modify the read aloud text
accordingly.
As soon as the previous combat is done, read:
Before you can catch your breath, a sudden shout comes
from below. Through the open f loor, you see shadar-kai
guards coming through the main doors.
Give the PCs time to strategize, then continue:
Six shadar-kai hit the levitation lift, and footsteps in the
distance herald groups of four coming through the doors
of each of the towers. The squad that comes up from below
is led by a grizzled captain, who has ritual scars standing
out on his cheeks. Two panthers move at his side with teeth
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
bared as they hiss. Stand down! the captain shouts, or
your lives are forfeit!
The shadar-kai captain is Thannu (see the Last Stand
tactical encounter for his statistics). Though he means
business, his inclination to slay the PCs outright is
tempered by his knowledge that the absent Sarshan
will want to question them first.
The PCs should hopefully recognize that this is
a fight they cannot win, and that standing down is
their best bet in the short term. However, if the party
is more the fight-to-the-death crowd, allow them to
strike back but have a pair of shadar-kai witches show
up to immobilize them with magic.
Be careful not to be too heavy-handed with this
scenario. This section of the adventure involves
important revelations and decisions for the PCs.
Allowing the players to feel like theyre being rail-
roaded is likely to undercut the importance of what
they learn here.
The PCs are outnumbered to such a degree that
Thannu does not bother taking their weapons or
equipment. If the party is not in area 10, Thannu
orders them to be taken up to the guards quarters on
the third level for questioning. Adjust the following
read aloud text and use it when the PCs and their
escorts are passing through the garden of shadows.
Once the PCs stand down, read:
Suddenly, the garden is illuminated by a pulse of white
light. The archway to the south flares as it reveals the black
shrine, and a familiar figure steps from that chamber to
this. Its the veteran you spoke to in the Happy Beggar, but
he is no longer stooped with the appearance of age and his
scarred skin turns gray before your eyes.
47
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

The guards around you salute the shadar-kai, who
doesnt hide his surprise at seeing you. He takes in the
scene before him with a cold eye. I am Sarshan. I assume
someone has an explanation for this?
Whatever the PCs initial response, Thannu quickly
interrupts to deliver a military-style report on the
PCs incursion of the tower, noting the areas theyve
infiltrated and the number of the dead and wounded.
However, before he can finish, additional information
arrives.
Even as the captain finishes, a warrior enters at a run,
calling to his master. As he approaches to whisper in
Sarshans ear, the shadar-kai turns to you with a look of
wonder.
You are, quite literally, the last people I ever expected to
see here. The charges leveled by my captain warrant torture
and death. However, I am told that an episode of sabotage
in my foundry appears to have been thwarted, and that the
traitorous Modra has been executed by persons unknown.
What might you know of this?
If the PCs admit to the action in the foundry, Sarshan
nods thoughtfully. If they are suspicious enough of
Sarshans motivations that they deny everything,
assume that his Sense Motive automatically beats
their Bluff.
As far as youve managed to infiltrate my operations, I can
only assume you know a little of who I am. My wealth and
reputation turn largely on honor, obligation, and secrecy.
When I spoke to you of Modra, I hoped you would kill him
and save me the risk of more exposure than he had already
caused. The fact that you journeyed here to do the job is
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
a surprise, but for your part in ending his threat to me
and whatever he meant to do in the foundry, I am in your
debt. However, for your role in the death of my personal
guards, you are more greatly in mine. Here is a bargain that
balances the obligation for all of us. Join me.
Allow the PCs a chance to respond, then continue:
Your skill at arms is clearly first rate. I offer you a place
to use and advance that skill. Moreover, I offer you a place
where you might live long enough to enjoy the fruits of your
bravery. In a month, or six, or a year, your world will be a
place you will not want to live. Join me here instead.
If the PCs attempt to question Sarshan on what he
means, he equivocates.
Though I am nicely positioned to take advantage of these
things, I know relatively little yet. What I do know, I cannot to the guards quarters on the third level, saying that
share for professional reasons, but trust me when I say that he will have orders for them once they have rested.
you do not want to know. Name your choice, friends. How you play out the end of this scenario is up to
you, but consider the following two options.
If the PCs refuse outright to join Sarshan, or if they Shortly after the PCs are taken to the guards quar-
attempt to kill time before making a decision, go to ters, the larger tremor described in the Last Stand
the Last Stand encounter. encounter rips through the tower. Thannu and his
guards leave to investigate, allowing the PCs to slip
The Easy Way Out back to the portal in the garden, then flee.
If the PCs decide to pretend to accept Sarshans Sarshan might be fooled by the PCs, but his cap-
bargain as a means of avoiding combat with his elite tain isnt. Thannu waits until Sarshan is gone before
troops, allow a single character speaking for the party ordering his troops to slay the party.
to make a DC 21 Bluff check. Up to two other charac- For either of these scenarios, adopt the Last
ters can aid the first. On a failed check, Sarshan tells Stand encounter accordingly, but you should end
the PCs they should leave lying to those more skilled up with the PCs facing Thannu and his panthers in
at it. Go to the Last Stand tactical encounter. the garden while they try to activate the portal and
If the check is successful, Sarshan accepts the PCs escape.
into his service. He orders Thannu to escort the party
48
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Last Stand
Encounter Level 7 (1,500 XP)
Setup
The party has either rejected Sarshans offer of
employment outright, or the Shadar-kai has seen
through their false consent. One way or the other, the
PCs are prepared to meet their fate.
Thannu, elite shadar-kai warrior battle
champion (T)
2 umbral panthers (P)
When Sarshans offer falls through, read:
You feel a familiar shaking beneath your feet as another
tremor rises and falls quickly. The shadar-kais dark eyes
blaze, but he smiles as he shakes his head. Your conviction
is to be commended. A pity it failed you in the end.
Then suddenly, an ear-splitting explosion shakes
the tower. Near the eastern side of the chamber, one of
Sarshans guards shouts out: My lord! The foundry is
in flames! The guards are in motion, Sarshan all but
ignoring you as he barks orders. One group is sent to the
foundry, and another receives orders to keep the mercenary
camps under control. Sarshan takes a last squad of
chainfighters with him as he moves for the lift. Thannu and
his panthers are the only ones left with you.
If I was as cruel as my reputation implies, I would
send you back to watch your world die, Sarshan calls. Be
thankful that I am merciful. Then to Thannu: Kill them.
Thannu, Shadar-kai Battle Champion (T) Level 8 Elite Soldier
Medium shadow humanoid XP 700
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 172; Bloodied 86
AC 26; Fortitude 21, Reflex 23, Will 19
Saving Throws +2
Speed 5; see also shadow jaunt
Action Points 1
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage (crit 1d6 + 11).
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Weapon
Thannu makes two katar attacks.
M Cage of Gloom (standard; recharge 5 6 )
Thannu makes a katar attack. If the attack hits, he makes
a secondary attack as strands of shadow coil around the
target. Secondary Attack: +11 vs. Reflex; the target is
restrained (save ends).
Battle Lord Tactics
Thannu and his allies deal an extra 1d6 damage against
enemies that he flanks.
Battle Talent
Thannu can score critical hits on attack rolls of natural 19
and 20.
Inspiring Assault
Whenever he scores a critical hit, Thannu and all allies
within 5 squares of him regain 4 hit points.
Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) Teleportation
Thannu teleports 3 squares and becomes insubstantial until
the start of his next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +15, Stealth +15
Str 17 (+7) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 14 (+6) Int 12 (+5) Cha 11 (+4)
Equipment shadowmail, 2 katars
his battle lord tactics. They stay close in combat, hoping
that foes attacking the other panther trigger a tail spike
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
2 Umbral Panthers (P) Level 6 Lurker
Medium shadow beast XP 250 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 76; Bloodied 38
AC 20; Fortitude 19, Reflex 21, Will 17
Speed 7
m Claws (standard; at-will)
+11 vs. AC; 2d6 + 4 damage.
M Tail Spike (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves or
shifts into a square adjacent to the umbral panther; at-will)
+11 vs. AC; 1d6 + 1 damage.
Combat Advantage
The umbral panther deals an extra 2d6 damage against any
target it has combat advantage against.
Invisibility (standard, usable only while in spectral form; at-
will) Illusion
The umbral panther is invisible until it makes an attack. It
can end this effect on its turn as a free action.
Spectral Form (standard; at-will)
The umbral panther becomes insubstantial. It gains a +5
power bonus to Stealth checks but deals only half damage
with its attacks. It can end this effect on its turn as a free
action.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Stealth +13 (+18 in spectral form)
Str 15 (+5) Dex 21 (+8) Wis 13 (+4)
Con 16 (+6) Int 2 (1) Cha 12 (+4)
Tactics
Thannu targets the most powerful-looking combatant
with cage of shadow, then makes double attacks against
the closest foes. He uses shadow jaunt to avoid the dif-
ficult terrain of the garden and reduce any damage
from attacks made against him.
The umbral panthers flank with Thannu, dealing
extra damage from their own combat advantage and
attack. They give up an attack to use their spectral form
only if bloodied, ending the effect before they attack
the creature that bloodied them.
49
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Thannu and his panthers have the utmost faith in
their superiority over the PCs. They fight to the death.
Through the Arch
If the PCs activate the portal during combat (as
opposed to dispensing with Thannu and his panthers
first), the captain orders the panthers to pursue the
party. He does not pass through the arch himself,
believing that his cats can handle the PCs and sens-
ing the gravity of the situation outside the tower.
Configuring the Portal
This skill challenge sees the PCs attempt to reconfig-
ure Sarshans teleportation portal to function for any
creature, allowing them to escape the tower.
Configuring the Portal Level 7
Skill Challenge XP 300
Overlook, a fortified city on the eastern slopes of the Stone-
home Mountains, is a bustling center of commerce and trade.
Among its many people, youre sure to find more information
about those who hunt you. Now you just need to figure out how
you want to go about unearthing this information.
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Arcana, History, Perception,
Thievery.
Victory: The portal is properly reconfigured to
allow use by any creature. The PCs (and the umbral
panthers) can step through it to be taken to the black
shrine (area 1, page 25).
Failure: The PCs partially restore the portals full
function. Though any creature can now use it, the
teleportation effect remains attuned to Sarshan, caus-
ing any other creatures stepping through the arch to
lose one healing surge. Creatures that have no healing
surges remaining (including the umbral panthers)
lose hit points equal to their level.
Arcana DC 14 (2 successes). The PC detects
magic to tap into the creature-specific configuration
of the arch. On a failed check, arcane feedback deals
1d6 damage to the PC.
History DC 14 (2 successes; see Arcana). The
PC studies the ancient runes inscribed on the arch,
gleaning insight into its initial construction and its
subsequent reconfiguration. On a result of 23 or
higher, a PC also gains a +2 bonus to the next Arcana
check made in the challenge.
Perception DC 14 (2 successes; see Thievery).
The PC makes a close examination of the construc-
tion of the arch, seeing several points where the silver
crystals set into the stone have been augmented with
a kind of alchemical reagent. On a result of 23 or
higher, a PC also gains a +2 bonus to the next Thiev-
ery check made in the challenge.
Thievery DC 14 (2 successes). The PC carefully
reconfigures the pattern of crystals inset into the
stone, altering the flow of arcane power within the
archway.
Door Number One
It should be obvious to the PCs that the teleportation
portal and the Shadowfell gate beyond it are their
best hope for getting out of the tower and back to the
world while avoiding the chaos outside. However, if
the PCs ignore the arch (perhaps believing that the
climax of the adventure is set to take place in the
foundry), have another tremor collapse the gatehouse
and the access to the foundry tunnel.
Likewise, if the PCs take out Thannu and his pan-
thers, then decide to take their time looking around
the tower once more, use additional aftershocks,
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
incursions of new guards, or both to convince them to
start moving.
The Getaway
Though the PCs might already have enough of a
sense of Sarshans threat to want to eliminate him,
it is imperative that he escapes this encounter. The
opportunistic shadar-kai arms dealer plays an even
larger part in an upcoming episode of the adventure
path. However, if the PCs make an honest effort to
reach Sarshan, dont be too heavy-handed with them.
Though his statistics are not provided here, you can
let the party get in a couple of good shots before the
shadar-kais guards close in and allow him to limp
away.
Development
Any PCs peering out the eastern windows can see
the foundry being consumed by ongoing explosions
of shadow and flame. Although Modra didnt com-
plete his sabotage in a way that would destroy the
tower, the foundrys systems have failed, releasing the
arcane energy that fuels Sarshans dark experiments.
From the south windows, chaos can be seen in the
camps as mercenary bands try to pull back from the
destruction. The pens of the slave bazaar have been
broken open, and the slaves have overthrown their
masters and started fleeing to the north.
If the PCs pass through the portal alone, go to
the Shadows of Doom encounter on the next page.
If the umbral panthers follow them, continue this
encounter in the black shrine (area 1, page 25). Use
the tactical map for the white shrine (White Shrine
tactical encounter, page 21), rotated 90 degrees and
altered as per the area description (page 15).
50
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge

Features of the Area Teleportation Portal: This black stone archway is

a semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high, set
Levitation Lift: The floor and ceiling of this cham-
against the stone wall of the chamber. Silver crystals
ber feature 15-foot wide openings. This magical lift
are set within the stone in a random pattern. Runes
allows creatures to reach the floors above or below.
in Common cover it, but their ancient dialect requires
Characters in the area of the lift hover in midair until
a successful DC 17 History check to decipher. They
they mentally command the lift to move them. As a
identify the arch as an ancient shadar-kai teleporta-
move action, a character can rise or descend one level,
or can move up to 15 feet horizontally. As a minor
action, a character can shift 1 square horizontally.
While within the lift (whether moving or not), a
creature is unsteady, taking a 2 penalty to AC and
Reflex defense.
Creatures that move into the open area of the lift
(as opposed to simply stepping into it) continue their
movement through midair. A creature can travel
across the open space of the lift by making a success-
ful DC 15 Acrobatics check as part of the move action
that takes it into the lift. On a result of 20 or higher,
the creature gains 2 extra squares of movement. On a
failed check, the creature loses momentum and slides
to the center of the lift (but can use another move
action or a minor action to continue its move).
Trees: Squares containing trees are difficult ter-
rain (requiring 1 extra square of movement to enter)
and provide concealment (2 penalty to attack rolls)
to anyone standing in them. A trees trunk provides
cover (2 penalty to attack rolls) to anyone standing
adjacent to it.
Thickets: These areas of dense undergrowth pro-
tion portal.
vide concealment and are difficult terrain.
This arch functions as the arch in the black shrine
Stagnant Pool: This pool of dark water is only 2
(page 25). If it is touched, it reveals that area within
feet deep at its center but is thick with black slime.
it, but the PCs cannot pass through. The portal can
A character who runs through the pool must make
normally be used by only Sarshan. See the Last Stand
a successful DC 20 Acrobatics check or fall prone.
tactical encounter for more information.
Characters can move at normal speed without
difficulty.

51
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

Shadows of Doom
Encounter Level 5 (875 XP)
Setup
The PCs pass through the teleportation portal from
the tower and arrive back at the Shadowfell gate that
can take them home. From the cavern entrance, they
see the destruction of Umbraforge in the distance.
The guards normally stationed here have returned to
the tower, giving the PCs a chance to take a short rest
if they wish to.
When the big tremor hits, the PCs are likely to
flee at once. Interrupt or paraphrase the read aloud
text according to their actions, but make sure the
characters see the six specters emerge before they slip
through the arch.
6 specters (S)
When the PCs have completed a short rest, or
if they are intent on immediately activating the
Shadowfell gate, read:
A skittering fall of rock down the rift gives a split-seconds
warning of another tremor, bigger this time. The cavern
pitches around youa crack like thunder echoing as the
northern wall splits and heaves. And with a groan, the
archway you just passed through crumbles and falls as a
blast of arcane energy slams out across the chamber. Where
it strikes the Shadowfell archway, a f lare of black erupts
from the stone, congealing into six humanoid
forms.
It is most likely that the PCs will flee
through the arch in the hope that the
specters cannot follow. In that case, this
encounter uses the tactical map and features
of the white shrine (page 21), below.
If the PCs choose to play out the
encounter entirely in the Shadowfells black
shrine before returning to the world, use the
tactical map for the white shrine, rotated 90
degrees and altered as per the area descrip-
tion (page 21). When the PCs finally cross
through to the world, have a tremor burn out
the Shadowfell gate as they pass through it
for the last time.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
When the specters emerge through the arch in
the white shrine, read:
The boiling field of shadow within the archway is suddenly
rent by the five figures as they claw their way through it.
With a shriek like shredding steel, the black mists within the
Shadowfell gate are torn apart, the six specters seeming to
absorb the darkness as it fades away.
The Shadowfell gate has just burned out and the six
specters have consumed its power.
6 Specters (S) Level 4 Lurker
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 175 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +6; darkvision
Spectral Chill (Cold) aura 1; enemies in the aura take a 2 pen-
alty to all defenses.
HP 30; Bloodied 15
AC 16; Fortitude 16, Reflex 16, Will 17
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic, insubstantial;
Vulnerable 5 radiant
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Spectral Touch (standard; at-will) Necrotic
+7 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 2 necrotic damage.
C Spectral Barrage (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Illusion,
Psychic
Close burst 2; targets enemies; +7 vs. Will; 2d6 + 2 psychic
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
Invisibility (standard; at-will) Illusion
The specter becomes invisible until it attacks or until it is hit
by an attack.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +9
Str 10 (+2) Dex 15 (+4) Wis 8 (+1)
Con 13 (+3) Int 6 (+0) Cha 15 (+4)
Tactics
The specters attempt to keep the PCs in melee, maxi-
mizing the effect of their spectral touch. If a specter is
targeted by more than one foe or by ranged attacks, it
uses its turn to become invisible, using spectral barrage
52
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58

against the maximum number of targets in the
following round.
The specters fight until destroyed.
Expanding the Encounter
Feel free to take this encounter into the other areas
of the secret caverns beneath the Happy Beggar. The
specters pursue the PCs into any area if they attempt
to flee and can even move into the almshouse or the
streets around it if you wish. Have the specters drawn
to the life force of the creatures in the city, which
could put the PCs into a position to protect the inno-
cent as they take on this final threat.
Features of the Area
Rubble: Where the northwest corner of the
chamber has collapsed, it spreads into areas of loose
scree that are difficult terrain. A character who runs
through rubble must make a successful DC 20 Acro-
batics check or fall prone. Characters can move at
normal speed without difficulty.
Larger rubble piles provide cover. The main rubble
pile in the northwest corner provides superior cover.
Teleportation Portal: This black stone archway is
a semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high, set
against the stone wall of the chamber. Silver crystals
are set within the stone in a random pattern. Runes
in Common cover it, but their ancient dialect requires
a successful DC 17 History check to decipher. They
identify the arch as an ancient shadar-kai teleporta-
tion portal. Though it resembles the portal in area 6,
this archway is inert.
Shadowfell Gate: This white stone archway is a
semicircle 30 feet in diameter and 15 feet high. The
gate is nonfunctioning now that its magic has been
drained by the specters.
The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge
The PCs have plenty of time to rest up and plan
Concluding their subsequent moves. Little do they know, however,
the Adventure that their notoriety will take an unexpectedly dark
turn in the next adventure. G
In the aftermath of the final battle against the power
of the Shadowfell, the PCs can take a well-deserved About the Author
Scott Fitzgerald Gray (9th-level layabout, vindictive neutral)
rest. The noise of the battle is heard in the Happy
started gaming in high school and has worked as a writer and
Beggar, with Prashant and Ausma discovering the editor much of the time since then. After belatedly realizing
secret cellar and the route the PCs took into the cav- he could combine both vocations in 2004, hes been making
erns below. They arrive just as the PCs are cleaning up for lost time as a freelance RPG editor and designer, pri-
marily for Wizards of the Coast. He lives in the Canadian
up and are astounded to discover what lies beneath
hinterland with a schoolteacher, two daughters, and a large
their establishment. number of animal companions.
The paladins take care of contacting the Overlook
authorities. While they wait for the city guard to
arrive, the PCs can confirm that the Shadowfell gate
has been permanently destroyed. Sarshans route
into Overlook has been shut down for good.
With their religious background, Ausma and
Prashant can give the PCs more information on
the white shrine, since they recognize it as a place
of ancient demon worship. They conclude that the
dark power that created the specters has festered
within both sides of the Shadowfell archway all this
timea potentially grave danger to Overlook that the
PCs have eliminated. The teleportation portal is still
operational, but it can be shut down by representa-
tives of the Council.
The discovery and destruction of the Shadowfell
gate makes the PCs heroes in Overlook, especially
when Sarshans connection to the recent orc raid
is revealed. The shadar-kais warehouses will be
raided, but in the aftermath of Modras treachery,
Sarshan has been careful to clean up any evidence
of his recent activities. Though his operations are
shut down for good, no further information on the
shadar-kais presence in Overlook can be found.
53
September 20 08 | D u n g e o n 1 58
 This is a mission for
heroes who have shown
their mettle in the
defense of others.
If the evidence you have
uncovered is true, the
Siege of Bordrins Watch
was but the rst sortie
in a larger campaign,
against which Overlook
and Elsir Vale cannot
stand for long. I will tell
you of the Karak Lode,
and of lost wealth with
which we might defend
our land against the war
that is coming.

The Lost Mines by Greg A. Vaughan

with James Larrison

of Karak
illustrations by Wayne Reynolds,
Rob Alexander, and Ryan Barger

cartography by Mike Schley

TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

56
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

The Lost Mines of Karak is an adventure for five
6th-level characters. Characters should be midway
through 7th level by the adventures end. This
adventure is the sequel to The Shadow Rift of the
Umbraforge and the fourth part of the Scales of War
adventure path. However, with a little modification, it
can be played as a standalone adventure or integrated
into any existing wilderness campaign in an area
where a dwarven kingdom might once have stood.
ADVENTURE
BACKGROUND
The city of Overlook stands at the base of the Stone-
home Mountains at the farthest western reaches of
the Elsir Vale. This age-old redoubt was the center of
the ancient dwarf-kingdom that once dominated the
vale, but which faded into obscurity generations ago.
Though little is remembered of this lost kingdom,
its folk ventured far and wide in their day. One dwarf
clanthe Ironfellmade forays in search of mineral
wealth in the deserts beyond the Thornwaste to the
southwest of Elsir Vale. There, they established a
mine they called the Karak Lode, after the first dwarf
of Clan Ironfell to fall in its defense.
Over long years, Karak became a legendary source
of wealth as its folk pulled rich deposits of gold, silver,
and other precious metals from beneath the desert
sands. A supply depot was established at the deserts
edge to service the caravans traveling between the
mine and Elsir Vale, but the location of the Karak
Lode was kept a closely guarded secret. Only oath-
sworn members of Clan Ironfell ever made the final
leg of the journey across the sands.
Dwarves hold their secrets close, and their grip
is doubly tight where wealth is concerned. So it was
that Karaks secrecy eventually became its downfall.
Under the pressure of monstrous marauders, famine,
and migrant human tribes, the dwarf kingdom of
Elsir Vale declined. As its resources were taxed past
the breaking point, the kingdoms borders began to
contract until little more than the territory imme-
diately surrounding Overlook was left. In time,
sandstorms struck the southern wastes and the Karak
supply depot was abandoned. Soon, all contact with
the mine was lost, and the Karak Lode was consigned
to history.
ADVENTURE SYNOPSIS
After their successes in Siege of Bordrins Watch
and Shadow Rift of the Umbraforge, the PCs have
established something of a reputation for themselves
within Overlook. The party is introduced to a wealthy
dwarf named Bram Ironfell, a member of the Elsir
Consortium and scion of Clan Ironfell.
Bram takes the PCs into his confidence as he tells
them of the recent discovery of a parchment con-
nected to the shadar-kai arms dealer Sarshan. Bram
believes that the parchment details the location of the
Karak Lodea mine belonging to his clan that has
been lost for generations. Bram hopes that if the mine
is found, its wealth can be used to defend Overlook
and the Elsir Vale against the brewing conflict that
the PCs saw hints of in the Shadowfell.
Following the directions on the ancient scroll, the
party heads south past the Westdeep and into the dry
lands known as the Thornwaste. There, they are beset
by dwarf warriors from a rival clan who have caught
The Lost Mines of Karak
wind of Brams discovery. They also encounter a wan-
derer named Mag Blackthorn, from whom they can
seek guidance through the treacherous wastes.
Beyond the Thornwaste, the PCs come to
Dunesenda small village at the edge of the desert,
controlled by a cruel gnoll called the Warden. After
defeating the Warden and his allies, the PCs learn
that the village is held in thrall by a mysterious desert
despot calling herself Shephatiah, Queen of the
Drylands.
The Wardens path through the desert follows a
forgotten track to Shephatiahs lair in a lost minethe
QUESTS
Lost Mines of Karak offers the opportunity for
PCs to earn quest XP in a couple of places. Pro-
vided here is the list of quests, and their rewards,
in the adventure.
Major QuestLost Karak: The PCs undertake
an arduous journey across wasteland and desert
in an attempt to locate the lost mines of the
Karak Lode. They complete this quest upon their
successful return to Overlook, having secured
the mines against the depredations of Queen
Shephatiah and her followers.
Reward: 1,250 XP.
Minor QuestSaving Dunesend: The folk
of the tiny village of Dunesend have become
unwitting vassals of the Queen of the Drylands.
By overcoming the immediate threat of Shepha-
tiahs lieutenant (the Warden) and routing her
in Karak, the PCs free the village from further
threats and earn the gratitude of its people.
Reward: 250 XP.
57
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

Karak Lode. However, the PCs find the ancient dwar-
ven ruins occupied and defended by desert raiders
and foul subterranean creatures led by an evil dryad.
However, though the PCs make short work of the
queen and her followers, they can find no trace of the
mines.
As they wait out a sandstorm, the PCs find them-
selves beset by a band of cavern choker assassins led
by a troglodyte curse chanter. Only by retracing the
steps of these marauders do the characters locate the
previously hidden entrance to the mines. There, the
true Queen Shephatiah holds court.
Exploring the ancient dwarven caverns, the PCs
battle Shephatiahs followers before confronting the
real Queen of the Drylandsa powerful naga. Having
discovered a rift linking the mines with the Elemental
Chaos, Shephatiah has made the Karak Lode her lair.
However, after defeating the naga and her servants,
the PCs uncover evidence that Karaks wealth is now
controlled by an unknown group from another plane.
The PCs return to Overlook and recount their
findings to Bram Ironfell, who tells them he will leave
the mine sealed. However, the forces responsible for
shipping the mines wealth through the Elemental
Chaos have a long reach and dark plans.
PREPARING FOR
ADVENTURE
Lost Mines of Karak takes the PCs across the arid
badlands known as the Thornwaste, then into the
desert beyond in search of the Karak Lode. On their
journey of exploration, the PCs find themselves under
assault by Queen Shephatiahs forces aboveground
and below, culminating in a deadly showdown along-
side a rift leading to the Elemental Chaos. If you are
pressed for time before beginning the adventure, read
the adventure background and synopsis, Part 1: The
Road to Karak, Through the Thornwaste, and the
first two encounters. This gets the PCs caught up in
the adventure and into the village of Dunesendan
action-packed first session of play.
What You Need to Play
This adventure contains everything you need to
play, including background information, setup,
and encounters (including tactical maps). Reading
through the DUNGEONS & DRAGONS 4th Edition rules
is your first best step to understanding and prepar-
ing to run the adventure. As mentioned above, read
through at least the opening sections and initial
encounters before starting. This review enables you
to become familiar with the material and the style of
presentation. The sections below describe the adven-
ture format.
Using Tactical Encounters
Each encounter includes several common elements.
Encounter Level
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five player
characters. An encounter of average difficulty is one
where the encounter level is equal to the level of the
party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower than the
party are easy encounters, while encounters that are a
higher level than the party are difficult encounters.
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the
XP value noted beside the encounter level. This
amount should be divided by the number of group
members, and an equal amount should be awarded to
each character.
The Lost Mines of Karak
Setup
This section of a tactical encounter provides you with
the basic parameters of the encounter. First, it pro-
vides a key to the monsters in the encounter so you
can locate them on the tactical map. Next, it provides
context or background information for the encounter.
The map of each encounter area indicates where the
monsters are located when the encounter begins. The
setup section also describes what the monsters are
doing and how they react when the PCs arrive.
Read Aloud Text
Read aloud text provides information detailing what
the characters can see and are aware of. You do
not have to read it word for word; feel free to para-
phrase and use your own words when describing this
information.
Use read aloud text wisely. It is written for the
most common approach to a particular situation, but
what your player characters do might require you to
alter the information in any number of ways.
Monster Statistics
Encounters include stat blocks for each monster type
present in the encounter. If more than one monster
of a particular kind is present, the stat block indicates
how many creatures can be found.
Tactics
This entry describes special actions the monsters take
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
58
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

Map
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
Features of the Area
This section describes special features noted on the
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
which the characters can interact, those features are
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, or if
the area includes treasure.
TREASURE PARCELS
Parcel A: _________________________________ , Clan Rivals.
Parcel B: ________________________________, The Warden.
Parcel C: ________________________________, The Warden.
Parcel D: _______________________________ , Desert Patrol.
Parcel E: __________________________________ , Courtyard.
Parcel F: ____________________________________ , Area 10.
Parcel G: _________________________________ , Guard Hall.
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide, the following parcels can go in the spaces above. Rely on the wish lists your
players gave you for the first four parcels.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 10
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 9
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 9
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 8
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 7
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 7
Parcel 7: Two 250 gp art objects + 500 gp
Parcel 8: 900 gp
Parcel 9: Four 100 gp gems + 400 gp
Parcel 10: One 250 gp art object + two potions of healing + 250 gp
Parcel 11: 600 gp
Parcel 12: Three 100 gp gems
Parcel 13: One potion of healing + two 100 gp gems + 50 gp
Parcel 14: Two potions of healing + 100 gp
Treasure Preparation
As with the previous installments of the Scales of
War adventure path, this adventure makes use of
the parcel system of treasure rewards described in
the Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should
accumulate 14 parcels by the end of the adventure.
You can supply these treasures in whatever way you
wish, but the following sidebar presents the most
likely areas to feature treasure. During your prepara-
tion, assign parcels from those that follow to the areas
in the spaces provided. Use the players wish lists to
come up with magic items for the first six parcels.
Parcel H: __________________________________, Great Hall.
Parcel I: ___________________________________, Great Hall.
Parcel J: ______________________________________, Crypts.
Parcel K: ______________________________ , Mine Entrance.
Parcel L: ________________________________ , Chaos Mines.
Parcel M: ____________________________ , Queens Retinue.
Parcel N: ____________________________ , Queens Retinue.
The Lost Mines of Karak
PART 1:
THE ROAD TO KARAK
The adventure begins in the city of Overlook, where
the PCs were left at the end of Shadow Rift of the
Umbraforge. However, if the PCs have traveled
elsewhere since the end of that adventure, the initial
setup below can take place in Brindol or any other
settlement between Elsir Vale and the mountains.
Sarshans Plots
As a result of saving the city not once but twice, the
PCs have become well known in Overlook. This
notoriety sees them approached by Kalad, the dwarf
paladin they rescued in Siege of Bordrins Watch. In
the aftermath of the thwarted raid, Kalad has taken
up a position as a sergeant in the Overlook watch. It
is official business that brings him to the PCs, where
he asks them to meet with a member of the Elsir Con-
sortium (see Siege of Bordrins Watch, page 19). If
Kalad did not survive the previous adventure, some
other emissary of the guard seeks the party out.
At a time of the PCs choosing, Kalad escorts them
to a private room in an upscale Elftown tavern. There,
he introduces them to a well-dressed dwarf wearing
the rich robes of a successful merchant, his golden
beard braided with silver bands.
Greetings, Heroes of Overlook. I am Bram Ironfell of the
Clan Ironfell and representative of the Elsir Consortium.
Your reputations precede you, and for your actions, you
have my personal thanks in addition to that of the city. I
have a tale I wish to share with you, over dinner and drinks
of course.
59
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

the name of Clan Ironfell. I had never seen this parchment Bram Ironfells Secret
before. However, at the watchs request, I undertook a bit
The parchment is genuine, but there is more to Bram
of research into my familys archives. If what I discovered
Ironfells story than he lets on. For more than a year,
there holds true, this parchment holds the directions to the
the dwarf has been one of Sarshans agents in the city,
Karak Lode.
using his position on the Elsir Consortium to aid the
shadar-kais operations.
Although Bram Ironfell obviously has a personal
Brams story of how the directions to Karak were
stake in the search for the lost mines, he downplays
found in one of Sarshans warehouses is the truth.
his own self-interest. If the information the PCs dis-
However, it was the dwarf who originally sent them
covered in Shadow Rift of the Umbraforge has not
to Sarshan after discovering them in a cache of family
yet become common knowledge in Overlook, Bram
records months before. Bram was in the process of
has already guessed correctly that the siege of Bor-
seeking the shadar-kais aid in locating and clearing
drins Watch represents a larger threat to Elsir Vale.
out the mine. With Sarshans operations shut down,
the dwarf now needs a new set of agents to find the
Discovering what became of my kin would end a sad
Karak Lode and overcome whatever defenses might
chapter in Ironfell history, but that is not my primary
be found there.
motive in seeking your aid. If the Karak Lode can be found,
The PCs can make Sense Motive checks against
its wealth offers the means to shore up the defenses of
Bram, but the dwarf s stated intention in using the
Overlook and the Elsir Vale. However, it is anyones guess
wealth of the mines to defend Overlook and Elsir
what manner of creatures might lair there, or what defenses
Vale is entirely truthful. If the PCs have previously
the last of the clan left to guard the mines. This is not a job
heard of the consortiums secret plots to replace the
for the city watch, I fear.
Bram relates the information found in the Adventure ruling council with a hand-picked body loyal to the
Background section, which you can read or para- merchants own interests, Kalad confirms that Bram
Bram offers the PCs 1,000 gp (half in gold, half in
phrase as you see fit. Then read the following. is known to be opposed to that group. (In truth, the
gems) as an upfront payment for undertaking the
canny dwarf opposes them because he plans to one
search for the Karak Lode. In addition, the PCs can
The location of the Karak Lode was known to few even day rule the council single-handedly.)
claim any other treasure they recover along the way.
within the clan, and it was thought that all who had such Kalad is familiar with the Ironfell clan and
Following the directions to the Karak Lode, the
knowledge were lost when the mines were reclaimed by vouches for Brams good character. However, his
PCs first head south across the Thornwaste that
the desert. Even within the clan, Karak is all but forgotten. duties with the watch prevent him from accompany-
stretches between Elsir Vale and the Stonehome
However, recent events might change that. ing the party on their mission.
Mountains. (On the area map in Rescue at Riven-
The destruction of Sarshans operations in Overlook
roar, the Thornwaste is the area directly west of the
saw the shadar-kais many warehouses and transit
Wyvernwatch Mountains.) A four-day journey takes
points raided. In one of those raids, the watch uncovered
the PCs to a location Bram believes was once the
documents connected to Sarshans operations, including
ancient supply depot for the mines. From there, the
an ancient fragment of parchment. On it was written a
PCs must head south into the heart of the desert.
list of landmarks and bearings for a journey, along with

60
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

Through the Thornwaste Level 6
Skill Challenge XP 750
South of the Westdeep, the broken ground of the Thornwaste
stretches before you. Ridges of knife-edged stone spread as
far as the eye can see, interspersed with heavy growths of
twisted brambles. Your first investigation of these reveal that
their thorns are iron-sharp, capable of drawing blood even
through the thickest clothing. No trail or tracks lead into the
wasteland ahead.
This skill challenge sees the PCs make their way across the
desolate landscape of the Thornwaste, seeking the supply
depot that marks the beginning of their journey into the
desert.
The Thornwaste is a parched landscape of washed-out gullies
and tangled briars. The directions from the parchment
indicate that a road once passed this way, but it has long
since disappeared. Though the area appears inhospitable,
dozens of species of desert animal dwell here, hunted by
predators including lions and wild boar.
The PCs meet Mag Blackthorn (see below) after their second
success or first failure (whichever comes first) in the skill
challenge. The first combat encounter (Clan Rivals, page 72)
takes place after the partys fourth success or second failure.
Complexity 3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills Endurance, Nature, Perception.
Other Skills Nature, Perception.
Victory If the PCs achieve 8 successes before 3 failures, they
emerge from the Thornwaste near Dunesend.
Defeat If the PCs get 3 failures before attaining 8 successes,
they stumble out of the Thornwaste one day away from
Dunesend. This extra day of travel costs each PC 1 extra
healing surge. Additionally, the party attracts the attention
of a satyr rake that shadows them, then joins the combat in
The Warden encounter.
Special If the PCs ally themselves with Mag Blackthorn, they
gain a +2 bonus to further checks in this skill challenge.
Endurance (DC 12). The PCs must endure the harsh
environment and deadly briars of the barren Thornwaste as
they make their way south.
This is a group check. One character acts as lead, while the
others make checks to aid that character. Each ally that gets
a result of 10 or higher provides a +2 bonus to the lead
characters check (which counts as the check to determine
a success or a failure). A failed check indicates that all
members of the party lose one healing surge, in addition to
counting as a failure for the challenge.
Nature (DC 12). The PC makes a Nature check to help find a
safe path through the briars, or to find sufficient water to
sustain the group.
Perception (DC 17). The PC seeks and finds a good vantage
point atop a stony ridge, from which the best path can be
seen through the scrubland ahead.
Nature or Perception (DC 12). The PC notes signs of
predatory beasts or finds a remnant of the ancient dwarf
track through the wastes. On a successful check, the next
primary skill check made in the challenge gains a +2 bonus.
This use of these skills does not count as a success or failure
toward the completion of this challenge.
Mag Blackthorn
After their second success or first failure in the skill
challenge, the PCs happen upon another wanderer in
the Thornwaste.
In the distance, you spot something. Slipping through the
brush and brambles is a human male in a tattered black coat
and leggings. A battered, wide-brimmed hat shrouds his face,
his boots held together with coarse twine. He carries a spear
in one hand, a leather-bound book in the other.
Mag Blackthorn is a ranger and a disciple of the
Ghostlorda legendary druid lich said to linger
within the Thornwaste. (The Ghostlord appears in
the 3rd edition adventure Red Hand of Doom, but does
not play a part in this adventure path.)
Mag hails the PCs, declaring himself protector
of the Thornwaste and demanding to know their
business. If the characters react in an even-handed
manner and indicate that they are simply passing
through, Mag relaxes and becomes friendly. If the
PCs react with hostility, Mag challenges one of them
to a duel for the right of passage.
Once the challenge is issued, a DC 18 Diplomacy
check is necessary to get Mag back on friendly footing.
If the PCs take up his challenge, this DC increases to
Mag Blackthorn, Ranger Level 6 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid (human) XP 250
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +8
HP 70; Bloodied 35
AC 20; Fortitude 16, Reflex 19, Will 19
Speed 6
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage.
r Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage
Defensive Mobility
Mag gains a +2 bonus to AC against opportunity attacks.
Hunters Quarry (minor; at-will)
Mag can designate the enemy nearest to him as his quarry.
Once per round, he deals +1d6 damage to his quarry. This
effect remains active until the end of the encounter, until
the quarry is defeated, or until he designates a different
target as his quarry.
Nimble Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage; Mag shifts 1
before or after the attack.
Disruptive Strike (immediate interrupt, when Mag or an ally is
attacked by a creature; encounter) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage. Hit: The target
takes a 6 penalty to its attack roll.
Splintering Shot (standard; daily) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +11 vs. AC. Hit: 3d8 + 6 damage, and the
target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls until the end of the
encounter. Miss: Half damage, and the target takes a 1
penalty to attack roles until the end of the encounter.
Weave Through the Fray (immediate interrupt, when an
enemy moves adjacent to Mag; encounter)
Mag can shift 3 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Nature +11, Endurance +10
Str 13 (+4) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 16 (+6)
Con 14 (+5) Int 11 (+3) Cha 10 (+3)
Equipment warhammer, crossbow, quiver of 15 bolts
23. If Mag is fought and defeated in single combat, he
becomes automatically friendly (and apologetic) if he
is allowed to live.
Mag knows nothing of Karak if he is asked about
the mines, though he identifies Dunesend as the
only settlement in the vicinity of the PCs route.

61
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

He is willing to escort the PCs through the Thorn-
waste, granting a +2 bonus to subsequent checks in
the skill challenge. Once within sight of Dunesend,
Mag wishes the party well and departs back into
the scrubland.
Showdown in Dunesend
The village of Dunesend marks the frontier of two
equally desolate lands. To the north lies the forbidding
Thornwaste, across which only the most experienced
or most desperateexplorers tread. To the south,
endless desert dunes march to the far horizon.
As the PCs approach the edge of the village from the
north, they find one of Queen Shephatiahs lieutenants
a gnoll demonic scourge called the Wardenin the
process of collecting the villages tribute.
Tactical Encounter: The Warden (page 74).
Dunesend
Village, Population 183
Dunesend was built on the ruins of the dwarven
supply depot that once served Clan Ironfells hidden
mining operations in the desert. All that remains of
the original dwarven enclave are scattered founda-
tions and a single watchtower. However, the dwarves
carefully constructed system of spring-fed wells and
cisterns still functions, allowing those who dwell here
to farm the scrubland and eke out an existence in the
harsh landscape.
In years past, trade caravans made Dunesend a
waypoint along an east-west road. Today, the road
is sand and the caravans have all but vanished. The
handful of families remaining in Dunesend do so
because they have nowhere else to go.
The Lost Mines of Karak
Leadership: Lotho Elberesk, owner of the
Dunesend caravansary is a village elder and the
settlements de facto leader.
Demographics: The isolated population of
Dunesend are all human with the exception of Bede,
the halfling baker. Though they have little exposure
to nonhumans, the folk of the village have no malice
or prejudice against them.
1. Serpent Wall
This weathered stone wall is formed of ancient basalt
blocks and carved in the form of a serpentine crea-
ture with a crest running down its back. It stretches
for miles in either direction, marking the end of the
rolling desert sands and the beginning of the Thorn-
waste. A wooden stockade gate of recent construction
features great serpent-headed gate posts.
With a DC 17 History check, a PC recalls that the
serpent wall was here long before the dwarven supply
depot was established. It dates back thousands of
years to an ancient serpent kingdom that once ruled
this region.
2. Public Well
This bucket-drawn stone well features a wooden roof
set on stanchions. This can be lowered during high
winds to keep blown sand out of the villages water
supply. The well is part of the ancient dwarven water-
works, and holds an inexhaustible supply of fresh
water even during the driest months.
3. Smithy
An aged human named Darkus Comahni works the
forge here, repairing tools and household implements
for the villagers. Though he has little call for it, he can
repair weapons and armor as well.
62
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

4. Dunesend Caravansary
Built on the foundations of an older dwarven hostel,
the caravansary once served the traders that regularly
passed through this farflung outpost. A low wall of mud
bricks surrounds a courtyard that encloses another
well, an outbuilding, and a small herd of goats. On
those rare occasions when travelers stop in Dunesend,
an adjacent paddock is opened up for their animals.
Lotho Elberesk is the proprietor here. He lives
within the main building, where he runs a poorly
stocked trading post. Twice a week, the caravansary
courtyard becomes a barter market where the locals
trade crops, goat, lamb, and wild boar hunted in the
Thornwaste.

5. Bedes Bakery
A wizened halfling from distant eastern lands runs a
bakery whose half-dozen tables provide the villages
only communal gathering place. Old Bede can usu-
ally be found by the fire pit, smoking an exotic pipe as
he strokes his long gray mustache. He is an excellent
source of information regarding the village, though
his accent is heavy. Bede keeps accounts for the villag-
ers who spend their evenings here, trading his goods
for labor. PCs can buy a cup of sweet tea and a pastry
for 1 cp.

6. Dwarf Tower
This stout watchtower is built of great blocks of gran-
ite imported from the Wyvernswatch mountains.
The only surviving part of the dwarven supply depot,
it serves as Dunesends defensive redoubt as well as
a shrine to Melora, the villages matron deity. It is
attended by the aging priestess Fawma Bruth, a cleric
who retired to the wilderness long ago. She has the

63
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

healing word power (3rd level), which she uses for any
PCs who make a stand against the Warden.
7. Villagers Huts
Each of these simple structures of mud bricks and
scavenged wood holds a single family of eight villag-
ers and their animals.
8. Irrigated Fields
These are just two of a dozen fields of crops border-
ing the Thornwaste along the wall to the east and
west of the village. Each has a crude wooden pump
house containing still-functioning dwarven pumps
that bring water from underground cisterns to
the surface.
The Situation in Dunesend
In the aftermath of the encounter with the Warden,
the PCs find themselves in a complex dilemma. The
folk of Dunesend have been saved from the preda-
tions of the Warden and his allies, but they fear that
reprisals from Queen Shephatiah will soon follow.
As a result, most of the villagers are noticeably cool
toward the PCs, though none are hostile.
If Darkus Comahni is approached as he gathers
up the remains of his apprentice for burial, a DC 12
Diplomacy check inspires him to speak to the PCs.
Likewise, a DC 17 Diplomacy check inspires Lotho
Elberesk or the halfling Bede to open up. Attempts
to communicate with other villagers result only in
sullen anger.
The queens wrath will surely come down on us. Where
will you outsiders be then, I wonder?
In response to specific questions, Elberesk, Darkus, or
Bede respond with the following:
What was going on here? Who was that gnoll
and those other creatures?
That creature was the Warden, a foul tyrant that serves
the Queen of the Drylands. The blue worm was his steed
and enforcer, and it has slain several among us in recent
months. The others were creatures of the Thornwaste in
league with the Warden. They are the ones that prevent us
from fleeing this place or seeking aid for our plight.
The Warden was here to make his monthly collection
of tribute. Poor weather has delayed our crops, but he
accused us of holding out. He used poor Vaudnim to set an
example for us all.
Where did the Warden come from? Why was
he collecting tribute? Who is the Queen of the
Drylands?
The Warden first appeared from the desert a year ago,
stating that Queen Shephatiah had come to reclaim her
ancient throne. The name meant nothing to us, but the
Warden slew several of our strongest when we stood against
him. Now he orders us to pay tribute in goods and food or
his blue worm will devour us.
Where can this Queen Shephatiah be found? Are
there more of her followers?
The satyrs live within the Thornwaste along the desert
frontier. Like the shifter brigands of the desert, they have
eagerly pledged themselves to the Wardens service. The
Warden comes always from the desert to the south. Where
his queen is, we do not know, but he and his followers
The Lost Mines of Karak
carry no more than a few days water to get here. A few
of our folk tried to follow the Wardens trail when he first
appeared, but they never returned. All I can tell you is that
the Warden came once with a shifter who spoke out loud
of returning to somewhere called Karak. This creature was
soundly beaten by the Warden for his slip.
If the PCs indicate their intent to end the threat from
Queen Shephatiah, Lotho puts them up and feeds
them free of charge at the caravansary while they pre-
pare for their journey.
Desert Trek
Setting out from Dunesend, the PCs make their way
into the desert. Though the arid sands are inhospi-
table, their hard-packed dunes make for easier going
than the Thornwaste.
As you travel, the intermittent desert landmarks you
pass are a perfect match for the course set out by Brams
directions. These are a scattered series of basalt pillars, the
remnants of long-ago volcanic eruptions rising now like
sentinels from the sand.
On the second day of travel, the PCs are spotted and
attacked by a patrol sent out by Queen Shephatiah.
Tactical Encounter: Desert Patrol (page 76).
64
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

PART 2:
FORTRESS IRONFELL
Deep in the desert three days south of Dunesend,
an isolated outcropping of basalt marks the loca-
tion of the famous Karak Lode. When the members
of Clan Ironfell began their excavations here, they
constructed a defensible fortress to protect the mines
below. Within the rock of the basalt bluff, they carved
a multilevel complex whose gatehouse was the only
sign of what lay below. From this bastion, the Ironfells
controlled the desert for 50 miles in all directions.
As part of the complexs unparalleled security,
access from the fortress to the mines was carefully
hidden. Only by using special signet rings could
the dwarves of the clan access the mines once their
secret gate was sealed. In case the fortress ever fell to
The Lost Mines of Karak
invaders, the clan created false trails leading off into Secret History
the desert, creating the appearance that the fortress
Despite what the PCs have been told, the history of
was simply a stop-over point for shipping ore back to
the mines of Karak is more complicated than Bram
the supply depot.
Ironfell would have them believe. Though the mines
were rich with deposits of precious metals, the caverns
Approaching the Fortress of Karak were tainted by veins of raw elemental energy.
The PCs reach Karak the day after the Desert Patrol
These were the physical remnants of powerful magical
encounter.
experiments performed here by the sorcerers of the
serpent kingdom that ruled this area millennia ago.
Earlier that morning, the course you have been following
The arcanists of Clan Ironfell determined that the
became a rocky track leading toward another basalt bluff
elemental energy of the mines presented no danger.
in the distance. However, as the track curves around to its
However, though the mines made the clan rich, so
south side, you see two guard towers of hewn stone set into
too were they the dwarves undoing. A rift leading
the face of the bluff. Narrow gouges that might be arrow
directly to the Elemental Chaos was uncovered in the
slits flank a narrow track leading directly into the rock.
deepest part of Karak, its energy flooding the mines
Though worn by long years of sand and wind, the towers
with madness. The dwarves of Ironfell turned on each
are clearly of dwarven construction, standing as strong as
other, the folk of the supply depot waiting in vain
the day they were built.
65
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

when an expected shipment of riches from the mines
failed to appear. Though expeditions were made in
search of Karak, none but the dwarves within knew
its location. Eventually, the supply depot was aban-
doned, and the Karak Lode passed from memory.
Outside the Mines
The fortress guarding the Karak Lode consists of two
levels within the basalt bluff, plus a lower level that
hides the secret entrance to the mines.
The basalt bluff is 50 feet high and requires a DC
15 Athletics check to climb. From its top, the PCs
have a view of the desert for several miles in every
direction. Fireplaces and braziers within the complex
are vented to chimneys that route through narrow
cracks and crevices, making entry from above impos-
sible. However, in the long years since the mine was
lost, a collapse on the bluff above has created an
entrance into area 9. A flight of harpies lairs here
(see the Courtyard tactical encounter, page 80),
but these creatures raise no alarm at the approach of
intruders. They can be spotted atop the bluff with a
DC 17 Perception check. If their nest is explored, it
contains only the foul remains of the desert creatures
on which the harpies feed.
The Fortress
The ancient halls of the Karak lode remain essentially
unchanged since the days of the dwarves.
Illumination: Unless otherwise noted, there is no
illumination within the fortress.
Walls, Floors, and Ceilings: The interior spaces
of the fortress are constructed of close-fitted stone
(DC 20 to climb). Ceilings are 20 feet high except as
noted.
Portals: Rusted iron portcullises bar the way
into the fortress. See individual encounter areas for
specific information on raising and lowering the
portcullises.
All doors within the complex are of sturdy wood
(Strength DC 16 to break open if locked).
Except for the main gates (which are barred), all
the doors within the complex, as well as the port-
cullises, can be opened or activated by the touch of
an Ironfell signet ring (a minor action). The curse
chanter in the Foiled Ambush encounter (page
86) carries an Ironfell signet ring, as does the real
Queen Shephatiah (the Queens Retinue encounter,
page 92).
Rot and Debris: With the exception of area 19,
much of the fortress has been given over to filth and
decay. Rubble and the dry-rotted remains of furniture
are spread across the floors, and the walls are stained
with condensation and mildew. In the year since
Karak was reoccupied, Shephatiahs followers have A winch in this chamber once controlled the first
discarded rotten food and other filth in the areas they
do not inhabit.
1. Entry Tunnel
A rusted portcullis blocks this long tunnel, with
another raised and hidden beyond it. The down port-
cullis can be raised only from this area, but it cannot
be locked in the up position.
Arrow slits and murder holes along the length of
the tunnel provide defenders with multiple angles of
attack. Anyone looking in through the arrow slits sees
shadowy figures beyond (see below or the tactical
encounter).
Tactical Encounter: Gatehouse (page 78).
The Lost Mines of Karak
2. West Gatehouse
Sand blown in through the southern arrow slits
spreads across the floor. Straw dummies have been
erected behind the arrow slits to give the illusion of
numerous guardians.
Tactical Encounter: Gatehouse.
3. East Gatehouse
Old weapons racks line the wall of this chamber. The
rotting and rusted polearms they once held have been
used to arm more straw dummies.
Tactical Encounter: Gatehouse.
4. West Upper Gatehouse
Bones scattered across the floor show where a desert
predator once laired in this chamber.
Tactical Encounter: Gatehouse.
5. East Upper Gatehouse
portcullis in area 1. However, it is rusted and broken,
so that the portcullis cannot be raised from here or
locked in the down position.
6. Southern Overlook
This chamber allowed defenders to fire down through
murder holes into the entry tunnel, or through arrow
slits into the courtyard below. A working winch con-
trols the second portcullis in area 1.
Tactical Encounter: Gatehouse.
7. West Guardhouse
Stone benches and a rusted brazier mark this as a
resting place for off-duty gate guards. Access to the
northern overlook (area 19) is barred by a portcullis
along the passage to the north.
66
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

8. East Guardhouse
This chamber is identical to area 7. A portcullis along
the passage to the north blocks access to area 19.

9. Courtyard
This vast chamber features an arched ceiling supported
by massive carved columns. A portion of the ceiling has
collapsed, covering the floor here in wind-blown sand
and creating an opening to the top of the basalt bluff.
Tactical Encounter: Courtyard (page 80).

10. Stables and Cart Storage

Dusty bones, rotting wood, and bands of rusted iron
are scattered across the floor here. These are the
remains of the wide-wheeled wagons once used to
haul ore shipments across the desert and the mules
that pulled them. A scattering of blue scales show
where the behir has made this area its lair.

11. Stable Masters Quarters

This chamber was taken over by the Warden. A
rough bed built of scavenged wood sits against one
wall, while the gnolls filthy and foul-smelling gear is
strewn across the room.

12. Ore Storage

Ore from the mines was stored here and made ready
for transport. Though the area is empty, the dust
of the floor shows where crates have been moved 14. West Guard Post 15. East Guard Post
through here recently (Perception DC 12).
This former guard chamber is the habitat of a sussur Like area 14, this chamber is empty except for a pair
tree growing up from the cracked stone floor. See the of sussur trees growing through the stone of the floor.
13. Entry Hall
tactical encounter for a description. Tactical Encounter: Great Hall.
This corridor once guarded entry into the fortresss
Tactical Encounter: Great Hall.
great hall. Footprints show where numerous creatures
have recently passed this way.
Tactical Encounter: Great Hall (page 83).

67
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
16. Great Hall
The dwarves of Karak once feasted here before the
high seat of their mine-thane. This chamber is now
the lair of an evil dryad who has raised a grove of
sussur trees within it.
Tactical Encounter: Great Hall.
17. Kitchen
This chamber now serves as the den of a pair of cack-
lefiend hyenas. An open well accesses a cistern filled
with drinkable water.
Tactical Encounter: Great Hall.
18. Larder
A layer of rot and mold surrounds the roots of a lone
sussur tree.
Tactical Encounter: Great Hall.
19. Northern Overlook
This defensive position commanded a view of the
courtyard below. Along its northern wall were the
quarters of the mine-thane, the clan accountant, and
the head of the guard, as well as a private latrine. The
personal chambers have long since been stripped of
any valuables.
As well as being easily defensible, this area is free
of the stench and squalor that fills much of the rest of
the fortress. It makes a good place for the PCs to take
an extended rest.
Tactical Encounter: Foiled Ambush (page 86).
20. Alehouse
This storage area contains only a few dry and
splintered kegs.
21. Smithy
Cold forges and dusty anvils show where dwarf smiths
repaired and crafted the mines weapons and tools.
22. Coal Storage
Dusty lumps of anthracite are scattered across the
floor here, a pair of rusted shovels set against the wall.
23. Guard Hall
This wide hall blocks access to the fortresss lower
level with a portcullis controlled from the barracks.
The desert brigands who occupy the fortress have
filled this area with supplies taken from caravans
they have attacked. A rusted iron statue of a dwarf
miner stands on the stairwell landing below.
Tactical Encounter: Guard Hall (page 81).
68
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

24. Latrine
This privy contains nothing of interest or use.
Tactical Encounter: Guard Hall.

25. Barracks
The miners, crafters, and guards of the Karak Lode
lived in this area, while the smaller side chamber
housed shift-captains. Six stone bunks stand here,
along with roughly made wooden tables, benches,
and chairs.
Tactical Encounter: Guard Hall.

26. Lower Guard Hall

This locked door controlled access to the fortresss
lower level.
Tactical Encounter: Guard Hall.

27. Lower Guard Post

When the fortress was occupied, guards here main-
tained a watch through the arrow slit looking out onto
the hall.
Tactical Encounter: Guard Hall.

28. Guardroom
A squad of guards watched over the empty cells in
area 29actually the secret entrance to the mines
below.

29. Dungeon 30. Storerooms 31. Crypts

Four cells with barred portcullis doors are empty
These chambers once held supplies for the main- The dwarves of Ironfell interred their dead here. The
except for stone cots and manacles set into the walls.
tenance and upkeep of the fortress. A fine layer of vaults were half filled (mostly with victims of mining
Set within the floor of one of the cells is the only
moldy debris is all that remains accidents or folk who died in the desert) by the time
entrance to the Karak Lode, but it cannot be detected
the mine was abandoned.
from this side as long as it is closed. See the Foiled
Tactical Encounter: Crypts (page 85).
Ambush tactical encounter (page 86) for more
information.

69
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

THE BIRDMAN
When the PCs first explore area 29, they find one
of the cells with a prisoner recently captured by a
patrol.

This ancient dungeon shows signs of recent use, with scuff

marks along the floor indicating traffic in both directions.
Four large cells stand in the center of the chamber, the
entrance of each blocked by a lowered portcullis con-
trolled by a nearby winch and pulley. From the darkness
ahead comes a bright chirping sound.

The southwest cell is occupied by an aged human

male, his lined face sporting a snow-white beard to
match his fringe of hair. He wears the garb of a simple
desert peasant, and appears to have not been here
long. Seven yellow canaries perch on his shoulders
and hop around his cell. The Birdman whistles and
chirps at his tiny charges. If spoken to, he simply nods
and smiles.
The prisoner offers no resistance and allows him-
self to be led about by the PCs. If any survivors from
the fortress are questioned, they state that the Bird-
man is a simple-minded peasant found wandering the
desert not far from Dunesend a few days before. He
was captured and brought here to feed the behir.
The Birdman wanders those areas of the fortress
already cleared out by the PCs, hiding from any sub-
sequent combat. He accepts food and water if it is
offered, smiling if spoken to but otherwise ignoring
the party.
The Birdman plays a role in the aftermath of the
Foiled Ambush encounter (page 86).

70
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

PART 3: THE LOST
MINES OF KARAK
Beyond the secret portal in the dungeon lies the
Karak Lodenow the lair and sanctum of the real
Queen Shephatiah and her followers. The Karak
mines are a meandering series of tunnels extending
deep underground. Karaks abandoned passages are
not mapped. They contain nothing of interest and
play no part in the adventure.
In the areas the PCs explore, they notice seams
of red stone glowing with a dull light. A DC 17 Dun-
geoneering or Nature check reveals that this is not
a known Underdark phenomena. A DC 17 Arcana
check identifies the stuff as veins of raw elemental
energy that has somehow leached into the natural
world.
1. Mine Entrance
The secret portal in the dungeon (area 29, above)
leads to a lift system descending down an 80-foot
passage. There, a final portcullis and guardroom are
defended by a force of troglodytes. Beyond lies access
to the dark caverns of the Karak Lode.
Tactical Encounter: Mine Entrance (page 88).
2. Chaos Mines
In the heart of Karak, this open gallery chamber leads
off into a half-dozen shafts under excavation when
the mines were lost. A vein of elemental energy passes
through the cavern, bolstering the barlgura (Shepha-
tiahs devoted servant) that guards this area with the
help of a host of undead and monstrous creatures.
Tactical Encounter: Chaos Mines (page 90).
3. Queens Retinue
This deep cavern is the lair of Shephatiah, and the
place where the Queen of the Drylands and her fol-
lowers make a final stand. A rift to the Elemental
Chaos lies at the bottom of a deep chasm herethe
source of the deadly energy that flooded the mines
and destroyed Clan Ironfell.
Tactical Encounter: Queens Retinue (page 92).
The Lost Mines of Karak
CONCLUSION
In the Queens Retinue encounter, the PCs discover
how Shephatiah reopened the Karak Lode, and that
the naga works for unseen masters to whom the
mines output is being shipped by way of the elemen-
tal rift.
If the PCs return to Dunesend, they are welcomed
as heroes. The folk of the village provide food and
supplies for the partys return trip to Overlook.
Once back in the mountain city, the PCs can relay
their findings to Bram Ironfell. The dwarf is disheart-
ened by the news, and he tells the PCs that he will
leave the mines closed in order to prevent others from
suffering the fate of his clanfolk who perished there.
However, though Bram promises to seal off the mines,
the forces controlling Shephatiah have a long reach
and dark plans. Though neither the dwarf nor the
PCs know it yet, they are all caught up in a dark plot
whose full extents have yet to be revealed.
71
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

CLAN RIVALS
Encounter Level 6 (1,250 XP)
Setup
3 dwarf hammerers (D)
2 dwarf bolters (B)
1 hell hound (D)
As the PCs make their way across the Thornwaste,
they discover that dwarves of the rival Hammerfist
Clan have caught wind of their expedition and seek to
steal the secret directions to the lost mines.
This ambush occurs after the partys fourth
success or second failure in the Through the Thorn-
waste skill challenge (page 61). The area the PCs
pass through is thick with thorn brambles and stud-
ded with outcroppings of rock. The dwarves attack at
dawn or sunset, depending on whether the PCs are
traveling by day or night.
The PCs begin the encounter with their minia-
tures along the northern edge of the tactical map. The
two dwarf hammerers are hiding in the brambles
with total concealment, while the other creatures in
the encounter are behind boulders and out of line of
sight.
If the PCs spot the dwarf hammerers, read:
Hidden within the brambles, two dwarves lie in wait,
warhammers in hand.
The Lost Mines of Karak
If the bolters are spotted, or when the PCs
approach the ravine, read:
Over the crest of a large outcropping just beyond a ravine
ahead, a crossbow appears, trained on your group. A
scuff ling to the east reveals another dwarf bolter rising
from behind a hedge of screening brambles.
Show the dwarf bolters when they appear, but do not
place the miniatures for the hammerers and the hell
hound unless they are spotted or until they attack.
3 Dwarf Hammerers Level 5 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 200
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
HP 64; Bloodied 32
AC 23; Fortitude 18, Reflex 15, Will 17
Saving Throws +5 against poison effects
Speed 5
m Warhammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 1d10 + 3 damage.
M Shield Bash (minor; recharge 5 6 )
+9 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 3 damage, and the target is knocked
prone or pushed 1 square (dwarf hammerers choice).
R Throwing Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +10 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage.
Stubborn (immediate interrupt, when an enemy tries to push
the dwarf or knock it prone; at-will)
The hammerer makes a melee basic attack against
the enemy.
Stand Your Ground
When an effect forces a dwarf to movethrough a pull,
a push, or a slidethe dwarf moves 1 square less than
the effect specifies. When an attack would knock the
dwarf prone, the dwarf can roll a saving throw to avoid
falling prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven
Skills Dungeoneering +11, Endurance +5
Str 17 (+5) Dex 10 (+2) Wis 14 (+4)
Con 16 (+5) Int 11 (+2) Cha 12 (+3)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, warhammer,
3 throwing hammers
72
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

2 Dwarf Bolters
Medium natural humanoid
Level 4 Artillery
XP 175
Tactics Treasure: In addition to any treasure you place
here (see Treasure Parcels, page 59), one of the
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision The bolters open fire while the hammerers charge
HP 46; Bloodied 23 dwarves bears a fist-and-hammer crest on the side of
forward in an attempt to force the PCs into the ravine.
AC 17; Fortitude 16, Reflex 16, Will 14 his warhammer. A DC 15 History check (DC 10 for
If the PCs attempt to cross the ravine, the third ham-
Saving Throws +5 against poison effects a resident of Elsir Vale) recognizes the crest as that of
Speed 5 merer releases the hell hound to charge them, then
Hammerfist, a clan of local dwarves that have long
m Warhammer (standard; at-will) Weapon follows quickly behind.
+8 vs. AC; 1d10 + 2 damage. been bitter rivals of the Ironfells.
The hell hound tries to catch any PCs in the ravine
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon One of the dwarves also carries a journal hinting
Ranged 15/30; +10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage. in its fiery breath while the hammerer attacks anyone
at his clans hunger to claim the lost Karak Lode in
Aimed Shot trying to climb out.
The dwarf bolter gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls and defiance of Clan Ironfell. This journal makes note
The dwarves are sure of their combat superiority.
deals an extra 1d6 damage with ranged attacks against of the secret route to the mine being discovered
They and their hell hound fight to the death.
creatures that dont have cover. months before, but makes no mention of who did so.
Stand Your Ground
When an effect forces a dwarf to movethrough a pull, Features of the Area
a push, or a slidethe dwarf moves 1 square less than
Illumination: Dim light.
the effect specifies. When an attack would knock the
dwarf prone, the dwarf can roll a saving throw to avoid Thorn Brambles: These thick, thorny brambles
falling prone. grow to a height of 8 feet and are difficult terrain.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven Within the brambles, adjacent creatures have con-
Skills Dungeoneering +10, Endurance +7
cealment, while creatures not adjacent have total
Str 14 (+4) Dex 16 (+5) Wis 12 (+3)
Con 16 (+5) Int 11 (+2) Cha 10 (+2) concealment.
Equipment chainmail, warhammer, crossbow with 20 bolts Boulders: These 5-foot-high rocks provide cover.
A boulder can be climbed with a DC 10 Athletics
Hell Hound Level 7 Brute check. A creature on top of a boulder reduces conceal-
Medium elemental beast (fire) XP 300
ment for creatures in the brambles within 4 squares
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +11
Fire Shield (Fire) aura 1; any creature that enters or begins its of it, from full concealment to concealment, or from
turn in the aura takes 1d6 fire damage. concealment to none.
HP 96; Bloodied 48 Rock Outcropping: These outcroppings of basalt
AC 20; Fortitude 18, Reflex 17, Will 18
Resist 20 fire stand 20 feet high and can be climbed with a DC 15
Speed 7 Athletics check. Creatures on top of an outcropping
m Bite (standard; at-will) Fire have superior cover against creatures below.
+10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 plus 1d8 fire damage.
Ravine: This ravine is 10 feet deep with steep,
C Fiery Breath (standard; recharge 4 5 6 ) Fire
Close blast 3; +9 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 3 fire damage. crumbling sides. A creature in the ravine has cover
Alignment Unaligned Languages against all creatures not adjacent to the edge.
Str 14 (+5) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 17 (+6) Scaling the sides of the ravine requires a DC 15
Con 16 (+6) Int 2 (1) Cha 10 (+3)
Athletics check.

73
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

THE WARDEN
Encounter Level 8 (1,750 XP)
Setup
The Warden, gnoll demonic scourge (G)
1 behir (B)
3 satyr rakes (R)
12 villagers (V)
The PCs arrival in Dunesend comes at a critical
moment. Believing that the villagers are holding out
on tribute of crops and livestock to Queen Shepha-
tiah, the Warden has decided to teach them a deadly
lesson. In addition to his behir, the Warden has a trio
of satyr rakes patrolling the perimeter of the village.
The satyrs are hidden as the PCs approach.
Perception Check
DC 12: A rustling in the thorny bracken reveals the
presence of a creature ahead.
DC 17: You catch a glimpse of a bearded face, its forehead
marked with goats horns. It snarls as it turns and races
away to the south, quickly disappearing within the briars.
As the PCs enter Dunesend, read:
You crest a low rise to see the expanse of thorns suddenly
end, a great sea of sand beyond it. At the transition from the
Thornwaste to the desert, a decrepit village sprawls, its huts
and fields spreading to either side of an ancient stone tower.
A sudden cry of pain drifts toward you on the wind.
The Lost Mines of Karak
As the PCs approach, read: Juvenile Behir Thunderlance
Large natural magical beast (reptile)
Level 10 Artillery
XP 500
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +7, darkvision
In the center of the settlement, sun-darkened human villagers HP 87; Bloodied 43
observe in angry silence as a massive gnoll raises a blood- AC 22; Fortitude 24, Reflex 22, Will 22
flecked flail over its head. At its feet, a human male lies dead. Resist 15 lightning
Speed 8, climb 4
Behind the gnoll coils a serpentine creature with glittering blue
m Bite (standard; at-will)
scales and dozens of legs. It watches the villagers hungrily. +17 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
R Lightning Breath (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6 )
Lightning
The satyrs remain hidden in the briars off the map until
Area blast 1 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 5 lightning
the PCs make a move. (They are loyal to Shephatiah but damage, and all creatures adjacent to the target take 5
not anxious to get in the Wardens way.) Do not place lightning damage. Miss: Half damage.
their miniatures unless they are spotted or attack. R Thunder Lance (standard; encounter) Lightning
The behir thunderlance sends a spear of crackling electricity
from its mouth. The behir thunderlance targets up to two
The Warden, Level 8 Brute (Leader) Gnoll Demonic Scourge creatures with its thunder lance; the first target must be
Medium natural humanoid XP 350 within 10 squares of the behir, and the second target must
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision be within 10 squares of the first; +15 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 5
Leader of the Pack aura 5; allies in the aura gain a +1 bonus lightning damage, and the target is pushed 2 and
to attack rolls. While this creature is bloodied, the bonus knocked prone.
increases to +2. M Devour (standard; sustain minor; recharge when no creature
HP 106; Bloodied 53 is affected by this power)
AC 20; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 18 +19 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 4 damage and the target is grabbed
Speed 5 (until escape). While grabbed, the grabbed creature is pulled
m Heavy Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon into the behirs space, is restrained, and can only target the
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, or 2d6 + 7 while bloodied; behir. The behir thunderlance can sustain the power as a
against a bloodied enemy, this attack also knocks the minor action, dealing 10 damage and maintaining the grab.
target prone; see also pack attack. After escaping, the target is placed in any square adjacent to
Bloodthirst the behir.
If the gnoll demonic scourge bloodies an enemy with a Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
melee attack, an ally adjacent to the enemy can make a Skills Athletics +14
melee attack against that enemy as an immediate reaction. Str 19 (+9) Dex 13 (+6) Wis 14 (+7)
Overwhelming Attack (free; encounter) Con 21 (+10) Int 7 (+3) Cha 12 (+6)
The gnoll demonic scourge applies its bloodthirst power to
two allies instead of one.
Pack Attack
The gnoll demonic scourge deals an extra 5 damage on
melee attacks against an enemy that has two or more of
the demonic scourges allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Insight +10, Intimidate +13, Religion +10
Str 20 (+9) Dex 14 (+6) Wis 12 (+5)
Con 16 (+7) Int 13 (+5) Cha 15 (+6)
Equipment hide armor, heavy flail
74
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

3 Satyr Rakes Level 7 Skirmisher The satyrs make their first attacks with supe-
Medium fey humanoid XP 300
rior cover from behind the northernmost houses.
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 80; Bloodied 40 The rakes make shortbow attacks against lightly
AC 21; Fortitude 18, Reflex 19, Will 19 armored PCs until they are pressed into melee.
Speed 6 They then draw short swords, fighting close to
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
the warden to take advantage of his bloodthirst
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
r Shortbow (standard; at-will) Weapon and pack attack powers.
Ranged 15/30; +12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage. The Warden and his behir fight to the
M Feint (move; at-will)
death. The satyrs are strictly hired help, and
+10 vs. Reflex; the satyr rake gains combat advantage
against the target (see below). they flee if the Warden and the behir are
M Harrying Attack (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon both killed.
The satyr rake makes a basic attack, shifts 3 squares, and
makes another basic attack.
Combat Advantage
Features of the Area
The satyr rake deals an extra 2d6 damage against any target Illumination: Bright light (sunlight by
it has combat advantage against. day; lanterns hanging on the adjacent buildings
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
at night).
Skills Bluff +12, Nature +9, Stealth +12
Str 12 (+4) Dex 18 (+7) Wis 12 (+4) Wooden Huts: The huts of the villagers are
Con 16 (+6) Int 10 (+3) Cha 18 (+7) crudely constructed of mud and bramblewood
Equipment leather armor, short sword, shortbow, quiver of thatch. A hut can be climbed with a DC 10
30 arrows
Athletics check. A creature on the roof of a hut has
cover against creatures on the ground. The wall of a
Tactics hut can be broken through with a DC 13 Strength
The Warden and the behir turn their attention to the check. A hut provides superior cover to anyone
PCs as soon as they are spotted. The villagers flee for inside it.
cover and do not return until the battle is over. Stone Tower: The stone walls of this three-story
The Warden wades into melee with his heavy flail dwarf-built tower still stand strong, though its wooden
against the most powerful looking combatants. Once interior floors have long since rotted away. It has no
the banshrae and satyrs arrive, he stays close to them door, but creatures within the open doorway gain
to maximize the effect of his bloodthirst and pack attack cover against those outside.
powers. Covered Well: The low stone wall that surrounds
The behir stays at the edge of melee to make this well provides cover to anyone behind it. Its
breath weapon attacks against spellcasters and wooden roof is supported on stanchions 8 feet above
ranged combatants. While waiting for its breath the ground. The well is 60 feet deep and holds 10 feet
weapon to recharge, it makes bite attacks against the of cool, fresh water.
closest foes.

75
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

DESERT PATROL When the PCs first see a razorclaw stalker, read:

Encounter Level 6 (1,200 XP)
Setup
1 howling hag (H)
3 razorclaw stalkers (R)
As they make their way across the desert, the PCs are
harried by one of Queen Shephatiahs patrols. As the
PCs approach from the north, the razorclaw stalk-
ers spot their dust from behind the cover of the dune
ridge.
The razorclaws cover themselves with cloaks and
a layer of sand that grants them total concealment.
Do not place their miniatures unless they are spotted
or until the PCs attack. The howling hags miniature
should reflect her human form.
As the PCs enter the area, read:
A bestial humanoid suddenly rises from the ground, the
layer of sand that concealed it streaming down its mottled
brown cloak. It wields a razor-sharp short sword, snarling
as it attacks.
When the PCs see the hag in her true form, read:
The old womans form shimmers like heat haze. In her place
stands a wizened hag, pointed teeth bared in a hideous
smile as she laughs.
Howling Hag Level 7 Controller
Medium fey humanoid XP 300
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision
Baleful Whispers (Psychic) aura 5; an enemy that ends its turn
in the aura takes 1d6 psychic damage.
HP 83; Bloodied 41; see also shriek of pain
AC 21; Fortitude 20, Reflex 19, Will 18
Resist 10 thunder
Speed 6; see also fey step
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Weapon

Ahead, a figure emerges from a haze of wind-blown +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage.
C Howl (standard; at-will) Thunder
sand. The emaciated form of an elderly human female Close blast 5; +10 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 4 thunder damage,
crawls toward you on hands and knees, her face lined and and the target is pushed 3 squares.
sunburned beneath the hood of a ragged cloak. Her voice C Shriek of Pain (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Thunder
raised against the wind, she calls out: Turn back! Nothing
Close blast 5; +8 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 4 thunder damage,
but death awaits you in the heart of the desert! or 3d6 + 9 thunder damage if the howling hag is bloodied.
Miss: Half damage.
Perception Check Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
A howling hag can alter its physical form to appear as an
DC 22: A cloaked form lies on the ground a short distance old crone of any Medium humanoid race (MM 280).
behind the old woman, all but invisible beneath a thin layer Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
of sand. The howling hag can teleport 10 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
Skills Bluff +11, Insight +10, Intimidate +11, Nature +10
The PCs have a chance to spot the closest razorclaw Str 18 (+7) Dex 18 (+7) Wis 15 (+5)
stalker, but the rest are out of line of sight on the other Con 19 (+7) Int 12 (+4) Cha 16 (+6)
side of the dune ridge. Equipment quarterstaff

76
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

3 Razorclaw Stalkers
Medium natural humanoid, shifter
Level 7 Skirmisher
XP 300
Tactics Features of the Area
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision The howling hag in crone form attempts to lure the Illumination: Bright light by day; dim light at
HP 79; Bloodied 39 PCs toward her through the soft sand. With a success- night.
AC 21; Fortitude 20, Reflex 20, Will 18; see also razorclaw
ful Insight check made against her Bluff check (+11), Sand Dunes: The hard-packed sand in this area
shifting
Speed 6; see also razorclaw shifting a PC senses that all is not as it appears. As soon as two rises and falls in sweeping dunes. The direction
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon or more PCs come within 5 squares of her (or if she is of each dunes slope is indicated on the map. The
+13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage; see also skirmish.
attacked at once), the hag unleashes her shriek of pain upward slope of a dune is difficult terrain, but moving
M Short Sword Riposte (free, when an enemy makes an
opportunity attack against the razorclaw stalker; at-will) and uses fey step to teleport to the south side of the along the downward slope incurs no penalty. Crea-
Weapon dune ridge. She then changes into her natural form, tures on opposite sides of a dune slope have cover
The razorclaw stalker makes a short sword attack against using howl to push PCs into areas of soft sand and against each other.
the enemy.
staying out of melee with fey step. Soft Sand: These patches of deep shifting sand are
Skirmish +1d6
If, on its turn, the razorclaw stalker ends its move at least 4 The razorclaw stalkers hold their positions until difficult terrain. Additionally, movement through soft
squares away from its starting point, it deals an extra 1d6 the PCs cross over the dune ridge in pursuit of the sand requires a DC 17 Acrobatics or Athletics check.
damage on its attacks until the start of its next turn.
howling hag. They then rise from hiding and attack. On a failed check, a creature is restrained as its move-
Razorclaw Shifting (minor, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) They stay in constant motion to make use of their skir- ment stops and it sinks up to its knees.
Until the end of the encounter or until rendered uncon- mish power, while trusting their short sword riposte to With a DC 20 Nature check, a creature recognizes
scious, the razorclaw stalker gains +2 speed and a +1 turn opportunity attacks against their foes. all the squares of soft sand adjacent to it. (Seeing a
bonus to AC and Reflex defense.
creature sink in soft sand automatically warns other
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +12, Stealth +12, Streetwise +8 creatures of the effect in that square.) The razorclaw
Str 18 (+7) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 13 (+4) stalkers and the howling hag know the location of all
Con 15 (+5) Int 12 (+4) Cha 11 (+3) patches of soft sand in the area.
Equipment leather armor, short sword

77
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

GATEHOUSE Queen Shephatiah has placed a group of troglo- with iron stands closed. Halfway along the corridor, a
dytes on guard at the entrance to the fortress. After rusty portcullis blocks further movement. The sand that
Encounter Level 7 (1,450 XP) several months with no sign of anyone even approach- has drifted in to cover the corridor f loor is well marked by
ing Karak (never mind attacking), their attention to recent footprints and signs of heavy objects being dragged.
Setup duty has grown lax.
1 troglodyte curse chanter (C) The troglodytes have placed straw dummies Perception Check
2 troglodyte impalers (I) in front of the arrow slits facing the entrance hall, DC 7: Dark figures loom on the other side of the closest
2 troglodyte maulers (M) hoping to create the appearance that the fortress is arrow slits, silently watching you. A foul odor comes from
well guarded or haunted. This facade is also designed beyond.
This encounter takes place in areas 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 to distract intruders attention from the portcullis trap DC 12 (automatic if a light source is introduced
of the fortress map. the troglodytes have prepared. into the arrow slit): The unmoving figure is a crudely
made straw dummy, an old dwarven helm on its head and
Troglodyte Level 8 Controller (Leader) When the PCs enter this area, read: an ancient polearm lashed to it with rope.
Curse Chanter DC 17: The shadows of the corridor ceiling conceal a deep
Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 350
The darkened entry corridor extends inward between rows groove 10 feet before the stone door. Spikes can be seen
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a of arrow slits. At the far end, a massive stone gate banded within, another portcullis there, ready to be dropped.
2 penalty to attack rolls.
HP 93; Bloodied 46
AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 17, Will 22
Speed 5
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage.
R Poison Ray (standard; at-will) Poison
Ranged 10; +11 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 poison damage, and
the target is weakened (save ends).
R Cavern Curse (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6 ) Necrotic
Ranged 5; +11 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing 5
necrotic damage and is slowed (save ends both).
C Tunnel Grace (minor 1/round; recharge 4 5 6 )
Close burst 10; all allies in the burst gain +5 speed until the
end of the troglodyte shamans next turn.
C Chant of Renewal (standard; encounter) Healing
Close burst 5; bloodied allies in the burst regain 15 hit
points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic
Skills Dungeoneering +13, Endurance +14, Religion +9
Str 15 (+6) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 18 (+8)
Con 21 (+9) Int 10 (+4) Cha 14 (+6)
Equipment robes, quarterstaff, skull mask

78
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

2 Troglodyte Impalers Level 7 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 300
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a 2
penalty to attack rolls.
HP 69; Bloodied 34
AC 22; Fortitude 22, Reflex 19, Will 18
Speed 5
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+9 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage.
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
R Impaling Shot (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6 ) Weapon
Requires javelin; ranged 10; +12 vs. AC; 2d6 + 4 damage,
and the troglodyte impaler makes a secondary attack
against the same target. Secondary Attack: +10 vs.
Fortitude; the target is restrained (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic
Skills Athletics +12, Endurance +13
Str 19 (+7) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 13 (+4)
Con 21 (+8) Int 7 (+1) Cha 9 (+2)
Equipment spear, quiver of 6 javelins
Tactics
As long as the troglodytes remain behind arrow slits
and murder holes, the PCs are unaffected by their
stench.
If possible, the troglodytes wait until two or more
PCs have reached the gates before springing their
trap. At that point, the curse chanter releases the
northern portcullis with a minor action, locking it in
place. It then attacks PCs south of the portcullis with
poison ray and cavern curse, targeting them through
one of the murder holes in the floor.
The troglodyte impalers fling javelins through the
murder holes against targets south of the portcullis,
using their impaling shot as often as possible.
The Lost Mines of Karak
2 Troglodyte Maulers Level 6 Soldier Stone Gates: The stone gates are closed and
Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 250
barred from within with rough timbers (Strength DC
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a 18 to break through).
2 penalty to attack rolls. Rusted Portcullises: The southern portcullis is
HP 74; Bloodied 37 down but its winch (on the second level of this area) is
AC 22; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 19
damaged. It cannot be locked in place (up or down),
Speed 5
m Greatclub (standard; at-will) Weapon and can be lifted with a DC 15 Strength check.
+12 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage, and the target is marked until If the northern portcullis is dropped from above
the end of the troglodyte maulers next turn.
by the troglodyte impalers, it can be locked in place,
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage. requiring a DC 23 Strength check to raise or break
M Bite (minor 1/round; at-will) through.
Requires combat advantage; +10 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 4 A character at the winch on the second level can
damage, and until the end of the troglodyte maulers next
lower the northern portcullis as a minor action,
turn, healing on the target restores only half the total
amount. or can raise it with two move actions and a DC 10
R Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon Strength check. The portcullis can also be raised or
Ranged 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
lowered in 1 round by anyone bearing an Ironfell
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic
Skills Athletics +12, Endurance +12 signet ring that is touched to the bars or the winch (a
Str 18 (+7) Dex 12 (+4) Wis 15 (+5) minor action).
Con 18 (+7) Int 6 (+1) Cha 8 (+2) Arrow Slits and Murder Holes: These apertures
Equipment greatclub, 2 javelins
provide superior cover to creatures on either side of
The troglodyte maulers target PCs trapped north them. However, they allow attacks to be made only in
of the portcullis, hurling javelins through the arrow the two squares adjacent to them. A creature standing
slits. in a square adjacent to the wall 5 feet or more from an
All the creatures here are content to snipe at the arrow slit cannot be seen by anyone on the other side.
PCs from behind cover. If the PCs break through the Creatures on the second level more than 5 feet from a
gates, all the troglodytes rush to the first level. They murder hole cannot be seen by creatures below.
attempt to keep the PCs in the corridor as they fight
to the death.
Features of the Area
Illumination: During the day, the entrance cor-
ridor is filled with bright light for 10 squares, while
sunlight through the southern arrow slits fills both
gatehouses with dim light. The rest of this area is
dark.
Ceiling: 20 feet high.
79
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

COURTYARD Carrion Crawler

Large aberrant beast
Level 7 Controller
XP 300
4 Harpies
Medium fey humanoid
Level 6 Controller
XP 250
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +5; darkvision Initiative +5 Senses Perception +5
Encounter Level 6 (1,300 XP) HP 81; Bloodied 40 HP 71; Bloodied 35
AC 20; Fortitude 19, Reflex 18, Will 17 AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 17, Will 19
Setup Speed 6, climb 6 (spider climb) Resist 10 thunder
m Tentacles (standard; at-will) Poison Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy)
1 carrion crawler (C)
Reach 2; +10 vs. Fortitude; 1d4 + 5 damage, and the target m Claw (standard; at-will)
4 harpies takes ongoing 5 poison and is slowed (save ends both). First +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage.
Failed Save: The target is immobilized instead of slowed C Alluring Song (standard; sustain minor; at-will) Charm
(save ends). Second Failed Save: The target is stunned instead Close burst 10; deafened creatures are immune; +12 vs.
The carrion crawler lairs out of sight beneath the
of immobilized (save ends). Saving throws made against the Will; the target is pulled 3 squares and immobilized (save
great sand pile that has collected beneath the hole in carrion crawlers paralytic tentacles take a 2 penalty. ends). When the harpy sustains the power, any target that
the ceiling. The harpies begin the encounter in their M Bite (standard; at-will) has not yet saved against the effect is pulled 3 squares and
lair on the bluff above the hole, out of line of sight +12 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage. immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages C Deadly Screech (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Thunder
from below. Do not place the monsters miniatures
Str 20 (+8) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 14 (+5) Close burst 4; +12 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 4 thunder damage,
unless they are spotted or until they attack. Con 17 (+6) Int 2 (1) Cha 16 (+6) and the target is dazed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common
When the PCs can see into this area, read: Perception Check Skills Stealth +10
DC 25: Within the sand pile, something is stirring. Str 15 (+5) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 15 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 19 (+7)
The ceiling of this huge pillared chamber has collapsed, a
great pile of sand collecting near the east wall. Three sets of The carrion crawler bursts from the sand pile when Features of the Area
doors exit this area, arrow slits lining the walls high above. the first PC passes the midpoint of the room.
Illumination: Dim light by day; dark at night.
Ceiling: 40 feet high. The hole rises through 10
Tactics feet of rough rock to the top of the bluff beyond.
The carrion crawler makes tentacle attacks against
Pillars: These provide cover and can be climbed
any PCs within reach, focusing on targets previously
with a DC 15 Athletics check.
immobilized or stunned.
Sand Pile: This pile of wind-blown sand stands
The harpies fly down in the second round, using
10 feet high and is difficult terrain. It takes a DC 12
their alluring song to pull PCs into melee with the
Acrobatics or Athletics check to move through the
carrion crawler. The crawler has gained immunity to
area of the sand pile.
their alluring song but takes damage from their deadly
screech.
If two harpies are killed, the survivors flee through
the hole in the ceiling once both are bloodied. The
carrion crawler fights to the death.

80
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

GUARD HALL 2 Longtooth Hunters

Medium natural humanoid, shifter
Level 6 Soldier
XP 250
Iron Cobra Guardian Level 6 Skirmisher
Medium natural animate (construct, homunculus) XP 250
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision Initiative +7 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
Encounter Level 5 (1,125 XP) HP 71; Bloodied 35 HP 75; Bloodied 37
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 17, Will 16 AC 20; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 17
Setup Speed 5 Immune disease, poison
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon Speed 7; see also slithering shift
2 longtooth hunters (L)
+12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until m Bite (standard; at-will) Poison
1 iron cobra guardian (I) the end of the longtooth hunters next turn. +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage
5 human lackeys (H) M Hamstring (standard; encounter) Weapon (save ends).
The longtooth hunter makes a longsword attack. If the R Poison the Mind (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6 ) Psychic
attack hits, it makes a secondary attack against the same Ranged 10; only affects creatures taking ongoing poison
This encounter takes place in areas 23, 24, 25, 26, target. Secondary Attack: +9 vs. Reflex; the target is slowed damage; +8 vs. Will; the target is dazed and slowed (save
and 27 of the fortress map. (save ends). ends both); see also guard area.
The guards stationed here are charged with pre- Follow Quarry (immediate reaction, when an adjacent enemy Guard Area
shifts; at-will) The iron cobra has been attuned to guard the landing of
venting access to the lower level. The portcullis is
The longtooth hunter shifts toward the enemy. the stairwell, as well as the first 2 squares up and down the
always down and locked. One human lackey pulls Longtooth Shifting (minor, usable only while bloodied; adjacent stairs. It defends this area with its life. The iron
watch duty in the hallway while the others eat or encounter) Healing cobra can use its poison the mind power against any creature
Until the end of the encounter or until rendered uncon- in its guarded area, even if the power hasnt recharged and
sleep in the barracks. The longtooth hunters maintain
scious, the longtooth hunter gains a +2 bonus to damage even if the target isnt taking ongoing poison damage.
a post down below. Do not place the other lackeys, the rolls. In addition, for as long as it is bloodied, the longtooth Slithering Shift (move; at-will)
longtooth hunters, or the iron cobra unless they are hunter gains regeneration 2. The iron cobra shifts 3 squares as a move action.
spotted or until they attack. Alignment Unaligned Languages Common Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Athletics +14, Endurance +11, Nature +9 Skills Stealth +10
Str 20 (+8) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 13 (+4) Str 17 (+6) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 13 (+4)
When the PCs can see into the first section of Con 15 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 9 (+2) Con 19 (+7) Int 5 (+0) Cha 12 (+4)
corridor, read: Equipment chainmail, light shield, longsword
5 Human Lackeys Level 7 Minion
The statues ornate steel belt is actually an iron cobra Medium natural humanoid XP 75
The corridor ahead is stacked high with boxes, barrels, and
charged with guarding this area. Initiative +3 Senses Perception +4
crates. Beyond them, a lowered portcullis blocks access to a
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
wide stairway leading down. A single human male, his face AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 14, Will 15; see also mob rule
Perception Check
and cloak tanned by the sun, stands guard here. Speed 6
DC 17: What appeared to be a steel belt is some sort of m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
creature or construct, moving slowly as you approach. +12 vs. AC; 6 damage.
When the PCs have a good view of the stairwell, Mob Rule
read: The human lackey gains a +2 power bonus to all defenses
The iron cobra maintains its position as part of the while at least two other human lackeys are within 5
stairwell sculpture until the PCs enter its guarded squares of it.
Halfway down the stairs is a landing upon which stands a
area (see the statistics block). Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
rusted iron statue of a dwarf, an upraised pickaxe in one Str 16 (+6) Dex 11 (+3) Wis 12 (+4)
hand and a smiths hammer in the other. Around its waist
is a gleaming steel belt.
Tactics Con 14 (+5) Int 10 (+3)
Equipment leather armor, club
Cha 13 (+4)

The human lackey on guard shouts out as soon as he

sees the PCs. The others emerge from the barracks

81
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

1 round later (or 1 round after they hear any sound

of combat in the corridor). The lackeys fight in close
proximity to take advantage of their mob rule power,
flanking for combat advantage if possible.
At any sound of combat from above, the longtooth
hunters move onto the stairs and wait for the PCs to
come through the portcullis. They open with ham-
string attacks, then flank with their longswords. Once
bloodied, they use longtooth shifting to stay in the fight.
The iron cobra attacks any PCs that enter its
guarded area, using poison the mind as often as possible.

Development
If any of these guards are captured and interro-
gated, they reveal what they know of the complex
in exchange for their freedom. However, their
knowledge is incomplete. They believe that Queen
Shephatiah is an eladrin who lairs in the great hall,
and they know nothing of the mines below the for-
tress. See area 16 (page 68) and the Great Hall
encounter (page 83) for more information.
minor action. The portcullis can also be raised or Tables and Benches: A long trestle table with benches
Features of the Area lowered in 1 round by anyone bearing an Ironfell has been haphazardly constructed from old crates. An
Illumination: Lanterns shed bright light in the signet ring that is touched to the bars or the winch old table and a set of chairs sized for dwarves occupies
barracks, the upper corridor, and the lower guard (a minor action). the side room, but these are so full of dry rot that they
post. Dim light on the stairs and the landing. Barracks: This area housed the miners, crafters, crumble into dust and splinters if used.
Ceiling: 20 feet high. and guards of the Karak Lode, while the smaller Lower Guardroom: A single bunk and table with
Crates and Boxes: These low stacks of crates and side chamber housed shift-captains. The stairs two chairs occupies this small chamber. An arrow slit
boxes provide cover and are difficult terrain. They lead up to another barracks that is not part of this looks out into the corridor beyond. The door is locked
hold rations stolen from Dunesend and a handful of encounter area. (the longtooth hunters each have a key).
caravans attacked by Queen Shephatiahs raiders. Bunks: These triple-deck stone bunks are anchored Iron Statue: The statue on the landing stands 10
Rusted Portcullis: The portcullis is locked in to floor and ceiling. A few are in use by the guards, feet tall and depicts a dwarf miner of the Ironfell Clan.
place, requiring a DC 23 Strength check to raise or and are covered by rough mattresses and threadbare
break through. A character at the winch in the bar- blankets. The side chamber holds double bunks of
racks can raise the portcullis with two move actions similar construction, though these remain unused.
and a DC 10 Strength check, or can lower it as a

82
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

GREAT HALL
Encounter Level 8 (1,625 XP)

Setup
1 dryad (D)
5 human lackeys (H)
1 longtooth hunter (L)
2 cacklefiend hyenas (C)

This encounter takes place in areas 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
and 18 of the fortress map.
Queen Shephatiah has placed a loyal dryad
follower in command of the fortress, creating an
effective decoy in the event that intruders manage to
slip past the defenders of the upper levels. The real
queens duplicity extends so far as to having all her
servants in the fortress believe that this dryad is their
true leader. The dryad cloaks herself in the illusion of
an eladrin female.

Dryad Level 9 Skirmisher 5 Human Lackeys Level 7 Minion

When the PCs enter this area, read: Medium fey humanoid (plant) XP 400 Medium natural humanoid XP 75
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +12 Initiative +3 Senses Perception +4
The heavy scent of decay is sharp here. Strange trees with HP 92; Bloodied 46 HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 21, Will 21 AC 19; Fortitude 17, Reflex 14, Will 15; see also mob rule
silver-gray bark and gnarled branches rise almost to the
Speed 8 (forest walk) Speed 6
ceiling, their thick roots punching down into the stone of the m Claws (standard; at-will) m Club (standard; at-will) Weapon
floor. Atop a dais to the north, an eladrin female sits upon +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage, or 1d8 + 9 damage if the +12 vs. AC; 6 damage.
an ornate throne. Five human brigands and a shifter warrior target is the only enemy adjacent to the dryad. Mob Rule
Deceptive Veil (minor; at-will) Illusion The human lackey gains a +2 power bonus to all defenses
stand between you and the throne, moving to attack. The dryad can disguise itself to appear as any Medium while at least two other human lackeys are within 5
humanoid, usually a beautiful elf or eladrin. A successful squares of it.
If a PC succeeds on an Insight check opposed to Insight check (opposed by the dryads Bluff check) pierces Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
the disguise. Str 16 (+6) Dex 11 (+3) Wis 12 (+4)
the dryads Bluff, read:
Treestride (move; at-will) Teleportation Con 14 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 13 (+4)
The dryad can teleport 8 squares if it begins and ends adja- Equipment leather armor, club
As if a veil had been lifted, you see through the corporeal cent to a tree, a treant, or a plant of Large size or bigger.
disguise of the eladrin queen, revealing a foul humanoid Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
Skills Bluff +10, Insight +12, Stealth +12
plant creature beneath. Str 19 (+8) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 17 (+7)
Con 12 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 13 (+5)

83
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

Longtooth Hunter Level 6 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, shifter XP 250
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 71; Bloodied 35
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 17, Will 16
Speed 5
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the longtooth hunters next turn.
M Hamstring (standard; encounter) Weapon
The longtooth hunter makes a longsword attack. If the
attack hits, it makes a secondary attack against the same
target. Secondary Attack: +9 vs. Reflex; the target is slowed
(save ends).
Follow Quarry (immediate reaction, when an adjacent enemy
shifts; at-will)
The longtooth hunter shifts toward the enemy.
Longtooth Shifting (minor, usable only while bloodied;
encounter) Healing
Until the end of the encounter or until rendered uncon-
scious, the longtooth hunter gains a +2 bonus to damage
rolls. In addition, for as long as it is bloodied, the longtooth
hunter gains regeneration 2.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Athletics +14, Endurance +11, Nature +9
Str 20 (+8) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 13 (+4)
Con 15 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 9 (+2)
Equipment chainmail, light shield, longsword
Tactics
The human lackeys stay close to take advantage of
mob rule as they prevent anyone from reaching their
queen.
The longtooth hunter chooses a lightly armored
target for his first hamstring attack. He stays in the
thick of melee, flanking with the human lackeys or
the cacklefiend hyenas if possible.
The cacklefiend hyenas enter the fray in the
second round, using fiendish cackle to harry foes, then
following up with bite attacks.
The dryad stays out of combat for as long as possi-
ble, holding her action and using treestride to teleport
The Lost Mines of Karak
2 Cacklefiend Hyenas Level 7 Brute with bas-reliefs of dwarf miners at work. The throne
Large elemental beast XP 300
provides superior cover to anyone who squeezes
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +11; low-light vision
HP 96; Bloodied 48; see also acid bloodspurt behind it.
AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 17, Will 18 Sussur Trees: The power of the dryad has caused
Resist 20 acid a grove of sussur trees to erupt through the flagstones
Speed 8
of the floor, their topmost limbs brushing the ceiling.
m Bite (standard; at-will) Acid
+10 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, and ongoing 5 acid damage Also known as deeproot trees, sussurs grow only in
(save ends); see also pack attack. the caverns of the Underdark. Their gnarled branches
C Fiendish Cackle (minor; recharge 5 6 ) Fear
have few leaves but feature sprawling clusters of aerial
Close burst 3; deafened creatures are immune; targets
enemies; +8 vs. Will; the target takes a 2 penalty to attack roots. With a DC 17 Nature check, a PC determines
rolls until the end of the cacklefiend hyenas next turn. that these trees must somehow be feeding on energy
C Acid Bloodspurt (when first bloodied; encounter) Acid within the ground (the subtle emanations of chaos
Close burst 1; automatic hit; 2d8 acid damage, and ongoing
energy from the mines below).
5 acid damage (save ends).
Pack Attack The trunks of these trees can be climbed with a
A cacklefiend hyena deals an extra 1d6 damage against DC 17 Athletics check. The sparse branches of a tree
an enemy adjacent to two or more of the cacklefiend
(beginning 10 feet up) provide concealment to anyone
hyenas allies.
Harrier within them.
If a cacklefiend hyena is adjacent to an enemy, all other Kitchen: The fortresss main kitchen lies just off
creatures have combat advantage against that enemy the great hall. It includes a side larder, now empty
when making melee attacks.
except for a lone sussur tree.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Str 20 (+8) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 14 (+5) Tables: These stone tables are tall enough that a
Con 16 (+6) Int 6 (+1) Cha 10 (+3) Small creature can move under them and gain cover.
It costs 2 squares of movement to hop up onto a table.
behind one of her sussur trees if a PC steps onto the
A character can make a DC 17 Strength check to tip
dais or hits her with a ranged attack. She stays at the
over a stone table, which then grants superior cover.
edge of combat, hoping to pick off a lone PC to deal
Cistern: A well shaft descends 20 feet to a cistern of
extra damage with her claw attacks.
cold, crystal-clear water. A steel bucket and chain are
bolted to the wall nearby.
Features of the Area Dead Villager: The decomposing corpse of a vil-
Illumination: Dim light from shrouded oil lamps
lager from Dunesend lies next to the throne. If the
set high on the pillars.
PCs see through the dryads deceptive veil before she
Ceiling: 40 feet high.
enters combat, they see her feet turn to roots digging
Pillars: These provide cover and can be climbed
deep into the body.
with a DC 15 Athletics check.
Dais and Throne: This stone platform stands 2
feet above the floor. Atop it is a marble throne carved
84
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

CRYPTS When the PCs enter this area, read:
Encounter Level 7 (1,500 XP) Where this long hall turns back on itself, its walls are lined to
both sides with steel doors etched with glowing Dwarven runes.
Setup
1 lesser berbalang (B) When the berbalang emerges, read:
The dwarves of Karak interred their dead here. A One of the vault doors slams open. Within is a hideous
berbalang now makes its lair among these ancient creature with batlike wings and feral claws, shrieking as
corpses. it attacks.
Tactics
The berbalang summons a duplicate each round in
an adjacent cell. The creatures focus on one or two
lightly armored PCs, flanking to make use of their
Lesser Berbalang Level 7 Solo Skirmisher
Medium immortal humanoid XP 1,500
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +6
AC 22; Fortitude 19, Reflex 22, Will 18; see also psychic
deflection
HP 312; Bloodied 156
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6, fly 8
Action Points 2
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
Summon Duplicate (minor, not while bloodied; at-will)
Conjuration, Psychic
The berbalang manifests an exact duplicate of itself in an unoc-
cupied adjacent square. It can have no more than four dupli-
cates at once, and duplicates cannot summon other duplicates.
When a duplicate appears, it makes an initiative check and
joins the battle on that initiative count. All damage a duplicate
deals is treated as psychic damage. A duplicate has the same
statistics as the berbalang except for its hit points. When the
berbalang manifests a duplicate, the berbalang loses one-
quarter of its current hit points and the duplicate appears with
that quantity of hit points. The berbalangs maximum number
of hit points remains the same. Duplicates last until the ber-
balang reaches 0 hit points, absorbs them, or uses sacrifice. A
duplicate must stay within 10 squares of the berbalang at all
times or it disappears.
The Lost Mines of Karak
berbalang sneak attack. When a duplicate is reduced to
20 hit points or fewer, the berbalang maneuvers next
to it to make use of its sacrifice power. If reduced to 50
hit points or fewer, the berbalang flees the crypt and
the fortress.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The glowing runes of the vault
doors fill the area with dim light.
Ceiling: 20 feet high.
Burial Vaults: The steel vault doors are scribed
with glowing runes that list the names of those
interred within. The remains held here have mostly
been consumed by the berbalang.
Absorb Duplicate (standard, at-will) Healing
The berbalang absorbs a duplicate adjacent to it and regains
30 hit points.
Berbalang Sneak Attack
A berbalang or a duplicate that flanks an enemy with
another duplicate deals an extra 1d8 damage on melee
attacks against that enemy.
A Sacrifice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Area burst 1 centered on a duplicate; the berbalang can
cause one of its duplicates to explode in a burst of psychic
gore; +8 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 5 psychic damage, plus the
target is dazed (save ends). Miss: No damage, but the target
is dazed (save ends). Hit or Miss: The berbalang takes 15
damage.
Psychic Deflection (immediate reaction, when the berbalang is
damaged by an attack; at-will) Psychic
The berbalang can deflect the damage it takes from an
attack to one of its duplicates. Any effects or secondary
attacks included in the attack are also deflected to the
duplicate. The damage a duplicate takes in this way is con-
sidered psychic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 16 (+8) Dex 22 (+11) Wis 13 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 14 (+7) Cha 15 (+7)
85
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

FOILED AMBUSH
Encounter Level 6 (1,225 XP)
Setup
1 troglodyte curse chanter (T)
5 cavern chokers (C)
This encounter occurs only after the party has fin-
ished exploring the upper levels. Before the PCs can
make further plans, a sandstorm descends on the
area, forcing them to linger within the fortress.
When the PCs return to the entry tunnel, read:
The path you followed around the bluff is gone, swallowed
by a raging sandstorm. It is not clear how long the storm will
last, but the empty fortress offers shelter. However, on the
sand-strewn floor past the portcullis, you notice something.
Humanoid tracks have been laid down by bare feet, a telltale
yellow feather trodden beneath them. The Birdman appears
to have left the fortress, setting out into the deadly storm.
If the PCs are inclined to go after the Birdman, they
can brave the storm for only a few minutes before
being forced back to shelter. No sign of the Birdman
can be found.
Queen Shephatiah learns of the PCs infiltration
when the dryad fails to appear at area 29 with her
daily report. The troglodyte curse chanter is charged
with maintaining contact with the dryad, opening the
secret tunnel from the mines with his Ironfell signet
ring (see Return to the Cells, below). When the
dryad failed to report and the curse chanter saw the
Birdmans cell empty, he sent word to Shephatiah and
took a team of chokers to investigate.
The Lost Mines of Karak
Troglodyte Curse Chanter
Medium natural humanoid (reptile)
Level 8 Controller (Leader)
XP 350
5 Cavern Chokers
Medium natural humanoid
Level 4 Lurker
XP 175
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +13; darkvision Initiative +9 Senses Perception +3; darkvision
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a HP 42; Bloodied 21
2 penalty to attack rolls. AC 17 (see also chameleon hide); Fortitude 15, Reflex 15, Will 13
HP 93; Bloodied 46 Speed 6, climb 6 (spider climb)
AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 17, Will 22 m Tentacle Claw (standard; at-will)
Speed 5 Reach 2; +9 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage, and the target is
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Weapon grabbed (until escape). A target trying to escape the grab
+12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage. takes a 4 penalty to the check.
m Claw (standard; at-will) M Choke (standard; at-will)
+10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage. Grabbed target only; +9 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 3 damage.
R Poison Ray (standard; at-will) Poison Body Shield (immediate interrupt, when targeted by a melee
Ranged 10; +11 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 poison damage, and or a ranged attack against Reflex or AC; recharges when the
the target is weakened (save ends). choker makes a successful tentacle claw or choke attack)
R Cavern Curse (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6 ) Necrotic The cavern choker makes its grabbed victim the target
Ranged 5; +11 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing 5 instead. The choker cannot use this power to redirect
necrotic damage and is slowed (save ends both). attacks made by a creature it is currently grabbing.
C Tunnel Grace (minor 1/round; recharge 4 5 6 ) Chameleon Hide (minor; at-will)
Close burst 10; all allies in the burst gain +5 speed until the The cavern choker gains concealment until the start of its
end of the troglodyte shamans next turn. next turn. It cant use this power while grabbing a creature
C Chant of Renewal (standard; encounter) Healing or while grabbed.
Close burst 5; bloodied allies in the burst regain 15 Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
hit points. Skills Stealth +10
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic Str 17 (+5) Dex 17 (+5) Wis 13 (+3)
Skills Dungeoneering +13, Endurance +14, Religion +9 Con 12 (+3) Int 6 (+0) Cha 6 (+0)
Str 15 (+6) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 18 (+8)
Con 21 (+9) Int 10 (+4) Cha 14 (+6) the west after slipping through the fortresss lower
Equipment robes, quarterstaff, skull mask
level. The curse chanter uses his Ironfell signet ring to
open any locked doors and raise the portcullis.
This encounter assumes that the PCs set up camp
in the northern overlook (area 19 of the fortress map).
Perception Check
This area is the least despoiled and most defensible
DC 17 (if the PCs left the portcullis down): From
area of the complex. If the PCs choose to rest in
beyond the eastern door, you hear the rattling of a portcullis
another location, rework the encounter as necessary.
being raised.
This encounter occurs 4 hours after the PCs
finish their previous exploration. This interrupts any
Just before the attack, the PCs receive a mysteri-
attempt to take an extended rest. If some of the PCs
ous warning:
indicate they are sleeping, note which characters are
awake and which are on watch.
Suddenly, the silence is shattered by a frantic chirping. The
The troglodyte curse chanter and one cavern
Birdmans canaries are nowhere to be seen, yet their shrill
choker come up from area 25. Four more cavern chok-
warning echoes from the stones.
ers approach from the courtyard and the corridor to
86
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

When the chokers attack, read:

You see sudden movement at the arrow slits along the south
wall. Three gray-skinned creatures with long, spindly arms
are squeezing through the narrow gaps.

If the PCs have barred or spiked the eastern door, it

takes the troglodyte 1d4 rounds to break through.

When the troglodyte enters, read:

A hulking troglodyte with a skull mask and staff bursts through

the east door, another gray-skinned choker behind him.

Tactics
The chokers make tentacle claw attacks against
lightly armored PCs, grabbing in order to choke. They
stay in the thick of melee with grabbed foes, trusting
their body shield to deflect attacks.
The troglodyte curse chanter hits the chokers with
tunnel grace each round, using cavern curse against the
strongest-looking melee combatants. It uses poison ray
against PCs on the edge of the fray.
All these creatures fight to the death for the Queen
of the Drylands.
Development
Any search of the curse chanter reveals the Ironfell
signet ring he carries.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Whatever the PCs use.
Ceiling: 20 feet high.
Rusted Portcullises: The portcullises are locked
in place, requiring a DC 23 Strength check to raise or
break through. A character at a winch near one of the
arrow slits can raise a portcullis with two move actions
and a DC 10 Strength check, or can lower it as a minor
action. A portcullis can also be raised or lowered in 1
round by anyone bearing an Ironfell signet ring that is
touched to the bars or the winch (a minor action).
Arrow Slits: These apertures provide superior
cover to creatures on either side of them. However,
they allow attacks to be made only in the two squares
adjacent to them. A creature standing in a square
adjacent to the wall 5 feet or more from an arrow slit
cannot be seen by anyone on the other side.
The cavern chokers rubbery bones allow them to
squeeze through these narrow openings at half speed.
RETURN TO THE CELLS
In the aftermath of combat, any Perception check
notices a scattering of yellow feathers near the passage
to area 16. Subsequent checks reveal more feathers in
the hall at area 23 and outside area 29. If the PCs enter
the area of the cells, they see the following.
The solid f loor of the southeast cell now contains a perfectly
round hole at the head of a smooth-walled shaft leading
straight down. Below the floor, an aging pulley system
descends into darkness. The pulley raises and lowers an
8-foot-wide wooden lift platform that sits now a few feet
below the hole. The battered platform is emblazoned with
the faded crest of Clan Ironfell.
Touching an Ironfell signet ring to the floor of the cell
causes the magic portal to close or open. Of the mys-
terious Birdman, there is no further sign.
The Way Down
The ancient hoist shows signs of repair and much use.
Unless the PCs elect to descend the shaft in some other
way (it takes a DC 25 Athletics check to scale its smooth
walls), up to six characters can descend on the platform.
It takes a DC 10 Strength check to lower the lift and a
DC 15 Strength check to raise it. Up to two other char-
acters can aid the character making the check.

87
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

MINE ENTRANCE
Encounter Level 8 (1,625 XP)
Setup
3 troglodyte spear warriors (W)
1 troglodyte mauler (M)
2 troglodyte impalers (I)
The entrance to Queen Shephatiahs mines are Str 18 (+9)
guarded by a force of troglodytes and the ancient dwar-
ven trap they have restored. The troglodytes are on
alert and waiting for the return of the curse chanters
strike team. The tactical map shows their position if
the PCs approach unseen and unheard (for example,
by sending a scout down to reconnoiter). If these crea-
tures are aware of the PCs approach, see below.
When the PCs can see beyond the portcullis, read:
The passage ahead is blocked by a portcullis, a pair of
troglodytes on guard beyond it. From behind them comes
the sound of voices speaking in hushed tones.
The troglodytes sound an alarm as soon as they see
the PCs, or if the curse chanter and its party do not
reappear immediately after the descent of the lift.
If the PCs take more than 1 round to decide how to
attack, the troglodytes all move into defensive posi-
tions in the corridor.
Tactics
The troglodytes initially stay back from the portcullis,
trying to lure the PCs into approaching and triggering
the poisoned dart wall trap. Once that trap is acti-
vated or bypassed, they approach. (The trap fires only
south of the portcullis.)
The Lost Mines of Karak
3 Troglodyte Spear Warriors
Medium natural humanoid (reptile)
Level 12 Minion
XP 175
2 Troglodyte Impalers
Medium natural humanoid (reptile)
Level 7 Artillery
XP 300
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +5; darkvision Initiative +5 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a 2 Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a
penalty to attack rolls. 2 penalty to attack rolls.
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion. HP 69; Bloodied 34
AC 25; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 21 AC 22; Fortitude 22, Reflex 19, Will 18
Speed 5 Speed 5
M Longspear (standard; at-will) Weapon m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +15 vs. AC; 7 damage. +11 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic m Claw (standard; at-will)
Skills Athletics +14, Endurance +13 +9 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage.
Dex 12 (+6) Wis 11 (+5) r Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Con 16 (+8) Int 6 (+3) Cha 8 (+4) Ranged 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage.
Equipment light shield, longspear R Impaling Shot (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6 ) Weapon
Requires javelin; ranged 10; +12 vs. AC; 2d6 + 4 damage,
and the troglodyte impaler makes a secondary attack
Troglodyte Mauler Level 6 Soldier
against the same target. Secondary Attack: +10 vs. Forti-
Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 250
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
tude; the target is restrained (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a 2
Skills Athletics +12, Endurance +13
penalty to attack rolls.
Str 19 (+7) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 13 (+4)
HP 74; Bloodied 37
Con 21 (+8) Int 7 (+1) Cha 9 (+2)
AC 22; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 19
Equipment spear, quiver of 6 javelins
Speed 5
m Greatclub (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage, and the target is marked until form a defensive line, holding the PCs in place while
the end of the troglodyte maulers next turn. the impalers and the mauler make ranged attacks
m Claw (standard; at-will) from behind.
+10 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage.
The troglodyte impalers launch javelin attacks
M Bite (minor 1/round; at-will)
Requires combat advantage; +10 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 4 against lightly armored PCs and anyone making
damage, and until the end of the troglodyte maulers next ranged attacks, using impaling shot as often as possible.
turn, healing on the target restores only half the total Once the PCs move past the warriors, they continue
amount.
R Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon to make ranged attacks for as long as possible, falling
Ranged 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage. back into the northern chamber. An impaler makes
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Draconic spear attacks if surrounded, but it takes any opportu-
Skills Athletics +12, Endurance +12
nity to move back into javelin range.
Str 18 (+7) Dex 12 (+4) Wis 15 (+5)
The troglodyte mauler moves up with his warrior
Con 18 (+7) Int 6 (+1) Cha 8 (+2)
Equipment greatclub, 2 javelins allies to fight in the first rank when the PCs raise the
portcullis. He targets the strongest-looking melee
Until the PCs raise the portcullis, the troglodyte
combatant in the first rank of PCs, marking the foe
warriors harry them with spear attacks from 2
with greatclub attacks.
squares away. Once the portcullis is up, the warriors
All these creatures fight to the death.
88
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

Seams of Chaos
Within the rough mine shafts to the north, the PCs
catch their first sight of the mysterious veins of red
stone lining the walls of the mine.
Within the damp gray stone of the cavern walls, a faint
light pulses. On close examination, you see veins of dark red
twisting through the stone of the walls and ceiling, glowing
with a dull light.
A DC 17 Dungeoneering or Nature check reveals that
this is not a known Underdark phenomena. A DC
17 Arcana check identifies the stuff as veins of raw
elemental energy that has somehow leached into the
natural world.
Features of the Area
Illumination: None.
Ceiling: 10 feet high
Entry Shaft: The shaft descends 80 feet from the
cell above to the mine below. Its sheer walls can be
climbed with a DC 25 Athletics check.
Lift Platform: The 8-foot-wide lift platform can
carry up to six Medium or smaller creatures. It takes
a DC 10 Strength check to lower the lift and a DC 15
Strength check to raise it. Up to two other characters
can aid the character making the check.
Mine Entrance: Just below the entry shaft, this
finished stone chamber is piled high with ore carts,
storage bins, shoring timbers, and spare parts for the
hoist system.
Guardroom: The guardroom contains a rough
table and chairs, as well as the winch that controls the
portcullis.
Chairs: These are difficult terrain.
The Lost Mines of Karak
Poisoned Dart Wall
Trap
Level 6 Blaster
XP 250
Darts fire from the wall, preventing characters from
advancing along the corridor.
Trap: Each round on its initiative, the trap fires a barrage of
poison darts that randomly attack 2d4 targets in the entire
area south of the portcullis.
Perception
DC 17: The character notices the small holes in the walls.
DC 21: The character notices the tripwire trigger.
Initiative +7
Trigger
When a character moves across the tripwire south of the
portcullis, the trap rolls initiative.
Attack
Standard Action Ranged 20
Targets: 2d4 targets in range
Attack: +11 vs. AC
Hit: 1d8+2 damage and ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends).
Countermeasures
An adjacent character can disable the tripwire with a DC
17 Thievery check.
A character who moves no more than 1 square on a turn
gains a +5 bonus to AC against the dart attacks.
Tables: A table is tall enough that a Small creature
can move under it and gain cover. It costs 2 squares
of movement to hop up onto a table. A character can
make a DC 10 Strength check to tip over a table,
which then grants superior cover. Tunnels: Beyond the guardroom, the tunnels and
Rusted Portcullis: The portcullis is locked in chambers of the mine become hewn stone shored up
place, requiring a DC 23 Strength check to raise or by ancient timbers.
break through. A character at the winch in the guard- Rubble: These sections of crumbling stone are dif-
room can raise the portcullis with two move actions ficult terrain.
and a DC 10 Strength check, or can lower it as a
minor action. The portcullis can also be raised or low-
ered in 1 round by anyone bearing an Ironfell signet
ring that is touched to the bars or the winch (a minor
action).
89
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

CHAOS MINES Perception Check Barlgura

Large elemental beast (demon)
Level 8 Brute
XP 350
DC 7: As in the chambers above, more than half the
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +12; low-light vision
Encounter Level 7 (1,500 XP) dwarven bodies here are missing their skulls. HP 108; Bloodied 54; see also savage howl
DC 12: From around the corner of an outcropping, the AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 17, Will 17
Setup shaggy head of a huge beast watches you. Resist 10 variable (1/encounter; see glossary)
Speed 8, climb 8
1 bloodweb spider swarm (S) DC 17: The sounds of skittering stone echo faintly from
m Slam (standard; at-will)
1 barlgura (B) further into the chamber, an unseen creature moving there. Reach 2, +10 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage, or 2d8 + 6 damage
1 chillborn zombie (Z) if the barlgura is bloodied.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
2 carrion crawlers (C) The chillborn zombie rises as soon as a PC passes
The barlgura makes two slam attacks.
through any square of elemental energy adjacent to it. Savage Howl (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
As the PCs make their way through the mine, they see The barlgura and all allies within 5 squares of the barlgura
signs of ancient battles and renewed mining activity. When the chillborn zombie rises, read: gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls until the end of the barlguras
next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Recent tracks along the main passageway lead you on. A rustling in the rubble reveals a gray-skinned hand Skills Athletics +15
The central caverns you pass through show signs of recent grasping the air. A bearded face follows, the animated Str 22 (+10) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 16 (+7)
Con 18 (+8) Int 6 (+2) Cha 12 (+5)
mining activity, though on a much smaller scale than the corpse of a long-dead dwarf lurching to its feet. A cold mist
dwarves operations of old. f lows from between its black teeth.
Chillborn Zombie Level 6 Soldier
Here and there, dwarf skeletons are strewn across the rocky
Medium natural animate (cold, undead) XP 250
ground, rusted weapons lying nearby. The dwarves of Karak Bloodweb Spider Swarm Level 7 Soldier Initiative +5 Senses Perception +3; darkvision
appear to have slain each other in the end. Oddly, however, Medium natural beast (spider, swarm) XP 300 Chillborn Aura (Cold) aura 2; any creature that enters or
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +6; tremorsense 5 begins its turn in the aura takes 5 cold damage. Multiple
many of the skeletons appear to be missing their skulls. Swarm Attack aura 1; the bloodweb spider swarm makes chillborn auras deal cumulative damage.
a basic attack as a free action against each enemy that HP 71; Bloodied 35; see also death burst
The track the PCs follow leads them to a former main begins its turn in the aura. In addition, an enemy that AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 16, Will 16
enters or starts its turn in the aura is slowed (save ends) Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 cold, 10 necrotic;
cavern that now guards access to Queen Shephatiahs
by strands of crimson webbing. Vulnerable 5 fire, 5 radiant
lair. One of her demonic lieutenants has taken charge HP 80; Bloodied 40 Speed 4
of marshalling the natural predators that lair here. As AC 21; Fortitude 16, Reflex 20, Will 16 m Slam (standard; at-will) Cold
the PCs approach from the southeast, the barlgura Resist half damage from melee and ranged attacks; Vulnerable +11 vs. AC; 1d6 + 4 damage, and the target is immobilized
10 against close and area attacks until the end of the chillborn zombies next turn and takes
watches from the cover of his ledge. Speed 4, climb 4 (spider climb) ongoing 5 cold damage (save ends); see also ice reaper.
m Swarm of Fangs (standard; at-will) Poison C Death Burst (when reduced to 0 hit points) Cold
When the PCs enter this area, read: +10 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 2 damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage The chillborn zombie explodes. Close burst 1; +9 vs.
(save ends). Fortitude; 2d6 + 2 cold damage, and the target is slowed
Alignment Unaligned Languages (save ends).
A vast gallery opens up here where the dwarves of Ironfell Skills Stealth +15 Ice Reaper Cold
once worked, their long-rotted bodies now scattered before Str 14 (+5) Dex 24 (+10) Wis 16 (+6) The chillborn zombie deals an extra 5 cold damage to an
you. The rickety remains of ancient ladders and carts Con 16 (+6) Int 1 (2) Cha 8 (+2) immobilized creature.
are spread across the cavern. One prominent vein of the Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 19 (+7) Dex 10 (+3) Wis 10 (+3)
strange, red-glowing stone crosses this chambers f loor and Con 15 (+5) Int 2 (1) Cha 6 (+1)
climbs its walls, its cold light pulsing brightly.

90
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

2 Carrion Crawlers
Large aberrant beast
Level 7 Controller
XP 300
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
HP 81; Bloodied 40
AC 20; Fortitude 19, Reflex 18, Will 17
Speed 6, climb 6 (spider climb)
m Tentacles (standard; at-will) Poison
Reach 2; +10 vs. Fortitude; 1d4 + 5 damage, and the target
takes ongoing 5 poison and is slowed (save ends both). First
Failed Save: The target is immobilized instead of slowed
(save ends). Second Failed Save: The target is stunned instead
of immobilized (save ends). Saving throws made against the
carrion crawlers paralytic tentacles take a 2 penalty.
M Bite (standard; at-will)
+12 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 20 (+8) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 17 (+6) Int 2 (1) Cha 16 (+6)
Tactics
The chillborn zombie wades into the largest group of
PCs with slam attacks, targeting immobilized crea-
tures for extra damage from its ice reaper power.
The carrion crawlers surge into battle as soon
as the zombie rises, targeting individual PCs with
repeated attacks in the hope of a quick kill.
The bloodweb spider swarm stays in the thick
of combat to maximize the effect of its swarm attack
aura, slowing the PCs in the hope of making them
easier targets for the carrion crawlers.
If it is not spotted, the barlgura waits until the PCs
are engaged by the chillborn zombie or the blood-
web spider swarm before attacking. Once in melee,
it makes double attacks, staying close to its servants to
maximize the effect of its savage howl. It stays within
the vein of elemental energy whenever possible,
hoping that the areas effect hinders any PC making
melee attacks against it.
The Lost Mines of Karak
Development
The chillborn zombie was once the mine-thane of
Karak, killed with the rest of his people and raised
to undeath by the lingering power of the elemental
energy in this area. Any Perception check made to
search the body shows that the ring finger on its right
hand has been recently hacked off (when Shephatiah
found and took the Ironfell signet ring).
Features of the Area
Illumination: The vein of elemental energy fills
the chamber with dim light.
Ceiling: 60 feet high.
Ledge: The barlguras ledge is 20 feet high. It can
be climbed with a DC 20 Athletics check.
Rubble: These sections of crumbling stone and
debris are difficult terrain.
Elemental Chaos: A vein of glowing red stone
tainted with elemental energy crosses the cavern
floor and climbs the walls. Creatures of chaotic evil
alignment standing in a square of elemental chaos
gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls and damage rolls. Crea-
tures of any other alignment standing in a square of
elemental chaos take a 2 penalty to attack rolls and
damage rolls.
Eggs: This clutch of a dozen 1-foot-diameter
green ovoid spheres are carrion crawler eggs. If any
PC approaches within 10 squares of the eggs during
combat, the carrion crawlers gain a +2 bonus to attack
rolls against that character.
91
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 The Lost Mines of Karak

QUEENS RETINUE 2 Lesser Mezzodemons

Large elemental humanoid (demon)
Level 7 Soldier
XP 300
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Encounter Level 10 (2,600 XP) HP 113; Bloodied 56
AC 23; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 19
Setup Resist 20 poison, 10 variable (2/encounter; MM 282)
Speed 6
Shephatiah, guardian naga (N)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
2 lesser mezzodemons (M) Requires trident; reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage.
1 firelasher (F) M Skewering Tines (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage, ongoing 5 damage
target enemies only and the target is restrained (save ends
This deep cavern was Clan Ironfells downfall. When both). While the target is restrained, the mezzodemon
the dwarves broke into this area, they uncovered a cant make trident attacks.
C Poison Breath (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Poison

Queen Shephatiah, Level 12 Elite Artillery Close blast 3; targets enemies; +12 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 2
poison damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends).
Guardian Naga Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Large immortal elemental* magical beast (reptile) XP 1,400
Skills Intimidate +11
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Str 20 (+10) Dex 15 (+7) Wis 16 (+8)
HP 186; Bloodied 93
Con 17 (+8) Int 10 (+5) Cha 13 (+6)
AC 25; Fortitude 23, Reflex 24, Will 22
Equipment trident
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
rift leading directly to the Elemental Chaos. Disaster
m Tail Slap (standard; at-will) struck as the rift flared, its terrible energy spread-
Reach 2; +16 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage, and the target is ing along the veins of chaos stone throughout all the
pushed 2 squares.
caverns of Karak. The dwarves of Clan Ironfell turned
R Word of Pain (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 20; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 4 psychic damage, and the on each other in madness and were slain to the last.
target is immobilized (save ends). When those in the fortress above came down in
C Spit Poison (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Poison search of their kin, they too were lost. crevice that pulses with a lurid red glow. In the shadow of
Close blast 3; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 2 poison damage,
The guardian naga Queen Shephatiah found that light stand two red-skinned demons, slashing the air
and the target takes ongoing 5 poison damage, a 2 pen-
alty to Fortitude defense, and a 2 penalty to saving throws her way to this cavern from the Elemental Chaos, with three-clawed hands. Behind them are piled hundreds
(save ends all). discovering and learning how to control the rift. (She- of dwarven skulls, a gruesome bier on which coils a
A Thunderstrike (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Thunder
phatiah is treated as an elemental creature by virtue serpentine creature with a humanlike face.
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 4
thunder damage, and the target is dazed (save ends). of the primordial ring she wears. See the treasure entry
Miss: Half damage, and the target is not dazed. in Features of the Area.) Tactics
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speeh, Queen Shephatiah and her defenders remain on their
Draconic, Abyssal, Primordial
When the PCs can see into this area, read: side of the rift, intent on forcing the PCs to come to
Skills Arcana +15, History +15, Insight +13
Str 16 (+9) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 14 (+8) them.
Con 15 (+8) Int 18 (+10) Cha 12 (+7) A circular cavern before you shows signs of excavation on The mezzodemons move to the edge of the rift and
* Shephatiah is considered to be an elemental creature while
its far side. However, the way ahead is blocked by a wide use poison breath against targets in range. They make
she wears her primordial ring.

92
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59

Firelasher Level 11 Skirmisher
Large elemental magical beast (air, fire) XP 600
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5
HP 108; Bloodied 54
AC 25; Fortitude 21, Reflex 25, Will 20
Immune disease, poison; Resist 25 fire
Speed fly 8 (hover)
m Fire Lash (standard; at-will) Fire
Reach 2; +14 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 fire damage.
C Wildfire Cyclone (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Fire
Close burst 2; +14 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 fire damage, and the
target is pushed 1 square and knocked prone. Miss: Half
damage, and the target is neither pushed nor knocked
prone.
Whirlwind Dash (standard; recharge 6 ) Fire
The firelasher can move up to twice its speed. It can move
through spaces occupied by other creatures without
provoking opportunity attacks. It must end its move in an
unoccupied space. Any creature whose space the firelasher
enters takes 10 fire damage.
Mutable Shape
The firelasher can squeeze through spaces as though it
were a Medium creature.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
Str 11 (+5) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 11 (+5)
Con 12 (+6) Int 7 (+3) Cha 8 (+4)
trident attacks against PCs within reach on the rifts
far side, or against those who attempt to cross it. Once
engaged in melee, they make skewering tines attacks.
Shephatiah uses word of pain and thunderstrike
against targets on the far side of the rift, targeting
ranged combatants or PCs not engaging the mezzode-
mons. If the PCs cross the rift, she moves behind the
skull pile and continues to attack at range, making
word of pain attacks.
The firelasher lurks in the rift, emerging in the
second round. It moves through the PCs with its
whirlwind dash, making wildfire cyclone attacks in an
attempt to push targets into the rift.
If Shephatiah is killed or knocked unconscious,
the firelasher and the mezzodemons flee through the
rift and disappear into the Elemental Chaos. The self-
styled Queen of the Drylands fights to the finish.
Conclusion
Set apart from the refuse and debris of Shephatiahs
lair, the PCs find clues that explain how the naga
reopened the minesand hints of future conflicts.
A DC 17 Search check within the chamber turns
up a set of scrolls holding parchment correspondence
written and transported by the nagas mezzodemon
lieutenants. The missives are in Deep Speech, and
require a DC 17 Intelligence check to translate.
The parchments detail how Shephatiah discovered
the portal leading to the Karak Lode on a sojourn
within the Elemental Chaos. They also make refer-
ence to the reopening of the mines being financed by
a group that the scrolls do not name. These unknown
masters have claimed the wealth of the Karak Lode for
themselves, and are having that wealth shipped to them
by way of the elemental rift. While the parchments
indicate that this group intends to ramp up production
in the mines in response to an increasing need for ore,
the cryptic notes indicate that Shephatiah herself does
not know the identity of those she works for.
(If Queen Shephatiah is kept alive for questioning,
do not let the PCs find the scrolls. Instead, have the
naga bitterly bargain for her freedom, offering the
PCs the above information if they allow her to flee.)
Features of the Area
Illumination: The rift fills the area with dim light.
Ceiling: 20 feet high.
Bed of Skulls: Queen Shephatiahs nest is composed
of hundreds of dwarven skulls taken from the bodies
that litter the mines. The pile provides cover and is dif-
ficult terrain for any creature smaller than Large.
The Lost Mines of Karak
Elemental Chaos Rift: A 20-foot-deep chasm
cuts through the stone floor of the cavern, filled at the
bottom with what appears to be bubbling magma shot
through with vibrant hues of purple and blue. This bar-
rier of elemental energy is a gate to the Elemental Chaos.
The walls of the rift can be climbed with a DC 20
Athletics check. Elemental creatures can jump into the
rift to pass through to the Elemental Chaos (a move
action that deals no damage). All other creatures jump-
ing or falling into the rift take 2d10 falling damage.
Nonelemental creatures that hit the bottom of the rift
find themselves waist-deep in a field of raw elemental
energy. This is difficult terrain and deals 3d6 damage
per round to nonelemental creatures within it.
Treasure: In addition to any other treasure you
place here, Queen Shephatiah wears a primordial ring
on the tip of her tail and has an Ironfell signet ring
hidden behind her bed of skulls (Perception DC 17).
Primordial Ring Level 14
This ring consists of twisted metal bands whose colors shift
before your eyes.
Item Slot: Ring 21,000 gp
Property: You are treated as an elemental creature (MM
281) as long as the ring is worn.
Power (Daily): Minor Action: Gain resistance 10 variable
(MM 282) until the end of the encounter or for 5 minutes.
You cannot use this power to resist a damage type to
which you have a vulnerability.
If youve reached at least one milestone today, your
resistance 10 variable becomes (2/encounter). G
About the Author
Greg is a lifelong gamer who has been writing adventures for
the past half-dozen years. He received his first ENnie award
this year leaving only the Heisman Trophy and Nobel Prize
left on his list of lifetime goals. He considers himself to be
well ahead of schedule.
93
October 20 08 | D U N G E O N 1 59
 "The armies that today
march across the elds
and mountains of the world
will tomorrow be forgotten,
as will we all. But do not
fear the progress of history,
nor give up in todays ght,
for our efforts are far from
futile. Instead, prepare
your sword and shield and
stand against the tide that
threatens to overwhelm our
lands. For though you and
I may be forgotten in the
years to come, what we do
today will echo through the
ages and determine the fate
of all those who follow
in our footsteps."

Den of the Destroyer

by Rodney Thompson An adventure for 7th-level characters
illustrations by Jason A. Engle,
Rob Alexander and Steve Prescott

cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
14

Den of the Destroyer is an adventure for five 7th-
level characters. By the end of the adventure, the
characters should reach 9th level. You can run this
adventure as the sequel to The Lost Mines of Karak,
continuing the unfolding story of the Scales of War
adventure path, or run it as part of a campaign of your
own design.
In this adventure, the PCs are called back to
Brindol by a surprising summons that sees them
undertake a dangerous mission to an abandoned
githzerai fortress. Along the way, they must deal with
bounty hunters hired by an old enemy, and confront a
vile gang of gnolls terrorizing Elsir Vale.
BACKGROUND
Some months ago, a mysterious figure calling himself
only the Emissary contacted the hobgoblin chieftain
Sinruth and spurred him into reviving the marauding
horde known as the Red Hand of Doom. Unbe-
knownst to both Sinruth and the PCs, this Emissary
was the shadar-kai arms dealer Sarshan. Simultane-
ously, Sarshan began sending messages to the leader
of a band of gnoll mercenaries, a disciple of Yeenoghu
named Fangren, in the hopes of inciting the gnolls in
a similar fashion.
The gnolls were not so easily commanded, how-
ever, forcing Sarshan to take more drastic steps.
While the goblins were content to raid Brindol
thanks to little more than motivational letters, the
gnoll mercenaries required something more. In
order to secure their services, Sarshan arranged for
the gnolls to receive several shipments of shadar-kai
weapons from his storehouses in the Shadowfell. In
exchange, Fangren agreed to lead his mercenaries
across Elsir Vale, pillaging, plundering, and seizing
as many captives as possible.
Fangren and his mercenaries went about the
agreed-upon task with gusto, carving a swath of
destruction across the borders of Elsir Vale. Using
an ancient gith zerai monastery known as Fortress
Graystone for their base of operations, the gnolls
began kidnapping innocent inhabitants of the Vale
for their own sinister pleasures. Most of their raids
focused on outlying settlements, allowing them to
wreak havoc without drawing the attention of more
powerful parties.
As the gnolls found more and more success in their
raids on the Vale, their leader grew even hungrier
for power. Soon, Fangren came to believe that their
success was not due to shadar-kai weaponry but by the
favor of the demon lord Yeenoghu. Fangren quickly
started to see himself not as merely the leader of a
band of gnolls, but as a chosen one of Yeenoghu, with a
destiny to become one of the demon lords exarchs.
While he sent his bands of mercenaries across the
Vale, Fangren began gathering the components for
the bloody ritual that would infuse him with the foul
power of Yeenoghu. The gnoll shaman has completed
the first phase of the ritual deep inside the githzerai
fortress, opening an energy conduit to the Elemental
Chaos in the hope of embracing the power of the
Ruler of Ruin.
However, the creation of this conduit and the
powerful magic of Fangrens ritual have had an effect
the gnoll shaman did not expect. Within the Hall of
Great Valor in Brindol, magic long hidden within an
ancient ceremonial sword has been awoken. A week
past, the sword spoke, begging the aid of a group of
heroesand asking for the PCs by name.
Den of the Destroyer
ADVENTURE SYNOPSIS
In the aftermath of Rescue at Rivenroar, the PCs
recovered not only the kidnapped inhabitants of
Brindol but also several relics of great historical value
to the inhabitants of Elsir Vale. Among these was a
ceremonial platinum longsword. Though the folk of
the vale have no knowledge of the sword being magic
(and though the PCs would have detected no magic
within it), it contains a primal essence that has been
reawakened by Fangrens powerful rituals. (If the
PCs did not recover the treasures of the Hall of Great
Valor, the sword was recovered by a local patrol that
mopped up at Rivenroar after the party left.)
The PCs are assumed to be in the city of Overlook
when the adventure begins, most likely after return-
ing and resting up from their adventures in The Lost
Mines of Karak. The PCs hear that a messenger has
recently arrived from Brindol, desperately seeking
the party.
On further investigation, the PCs discover that
this messenger has been captured by a band of
Lost Ones, the powerful thieving guild the PCs faced
off against in Shadow Rift of Umbraforge. After
rescuing the messenger, the players are beseeched to
return to Brindol.
Arriving in the town, the PCs head to the Hall of
Great Valor and speak with the curator Sertanian,
then with the sword itself. Identifying itself as Amyria,
the sword charges the party with a mission: travel
to an abandoned githzerai fortress now occupied by
savage gnoll mercenaries, then perform a ritual to
transform the sword into its true form. Even as the
PCs weigh their next move, bounty hunters from
Overlook attack the museum, wrecking the place as
they target the party on behalf of an unknown patron.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
15

With the sword in their possession, the PCs
travel to the githzerai fortress. However, the arduous
journey is made more dangerous by another bounty
hunterthe elf Gilgathorn, who knows that Sarshan
is the one who has put a price on the PCs heads.
The PCs arrive at the monastery and fight their way
through its gnoll defenders, Gilgathorn waiting for an
opportune moment to make his move.
In the end, the PCs find the ritual chamber and
face off against Fangren. The energy conduit to the
Elemental Chaos has been opened, the shaman chan-
neling the power of Yeenoghu against the PCs. After
defeating Fangren, the PCs perform the ritual that
transforms the spirit of Amyria into its true forma
mysterious young woman who will come to play a
central role in the events the PCs are caught up in.
THE QUESTS
Den of the Destroyer offers the opportunity
for PCs to earn quest XP in two places. Provided
here is a list of quests, and their rewards, in
the adventure.
Major QuestThe Ritual of Amyria
The PCs must reach the ritual chamber in
Fortress Graystone, then perform the ritual
described to them by the spirit trapped within
the platinum longsword.
Reward: 2,000 XP.
Minor QuestThe Captives Fate
The PCs need to discover what happened to the
citizens of Elsir Vale who have been kidnapped
by the gnolls.
Reward: 350 XP.
PREPARING FOR
ADVENTURE
Den of the Destroyer takes the PCs from the
city of Overlook to Brindol, and then to a gith zerai
fortress hidden in the Giants Shield mountains.
As they seek to end the threat of the gnoll shaman
Fangren and his followers, the PCs are pursued by
bounty hunters who they eventually discover have
been sent by the shadar-kai arms dealer Sarshan.
One of those bounty huntersthe elf Gilgathornis
an ongoing threat as the PCs take the fight to the
gnolls in Fortress Graystone.
If you are anxious to start the adventure, read the
introductory material (including the Finding the
Messenger skill challenge) and the first two encoun-
ters (Kidnappers and The Hall of Great Valor).
This will take the PCs up to the point where the
sword asks for their aid, providing an exciting first
adventure session.
The bulk of the combat encounters take place
within the ancient githzerai monastery known as For-
tress Graystone. Some of the encounters within the
fortress can take place in different areas, so familiar-
ize yourself with the citadels overall layout.
What You Need to Play
This adventure contains everything you need to
play, including background information, setup,
and encounters (including tactical maps). Reading
through the DUNGEONS & DRAGONS 4th Edition rules
is your first best step to understanding and prepar-
ing to run the adventure. As mentioned above, read
through at least the opening sections and initial
encounters before starting. This review enables you
Den of the Destroyer
to become familiar with the material and the style
of presentation. The sections below describe the
adventure format.
REVELATIONS
Den of the Destroyer leads directly into the
climax of the heroic tier adventures in the Scales
of War adventure path. Many of the disparate
pieces of information the PCs have gathered
over the course of their previous adventures
begin to come together in this adventure. As
such, you will want to emphasize the following
points of revelation to the players.
The gnolls of the Wicked Fang pack have
been hired by the shadar-kai arms dealer
Sarshan to do his bidding in Elsir Vale. He has
given them specific instructions, including
seizing (and holding) Fortress Graystone and
kidnapping powerful individuals from across
the Vale.
A bounty has been placed on the PCs heads
by Sarshan himself.
Fortress Graystone is more than an ancient
ruin. The gith zerai who built it did so to
protect a long-dormant energy conduit that
links the site to both the Elemental Chaos and
the Astral Sea.
Sinruth, from Rescue at Rivenroar, was also
manipulated into doing Sarshans bidding by
the arms dealers deception.
The platinum sword from Brindol is in reality
the alternate form of a divine being whose full
identity and purpose are yet to be revealed.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
16

Using Tactical Encounters
Each encounter includes several common elements.
Encounter Level
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five player
characters. An encounter of average difficulty is one
where the encounter level is equal to the level of the
party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower than the
party are easy encounters, while encounters that are
a higher level than the party are difficult encounters.
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the
XP value noted beside the encounter level. This
amount should be divided by the number of group
members, and an equal amount should be awarded
to each character.
Setup
This section of a tactical encounter provides you with
the basic parameters of the encounter. First, it pro-
vides a key to the monsters in the encounter so you
can locate them on the tactical map. Next, it provides
context or background information for the encounter.
The map of each encounter area indicates where the
monsters are located when the encounter begins. The
setup section also describes what the monsters are
doing and how they react when the PCs arrive.
Read Aloud Text
Read aloud text provides information detailing what the
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have to
read it word for word; feel free to paraphrase and use
your own words when describing this information.
Use read aloud text wisely. It is written for the
most common approach to a particular situation, but
what your player characters do might require you to
alter the information in any number of ways.
Monster Statistics
Encounters include stat blocks for each monster type
present in the encounter. If more than one monster
of a particular kind is present, the stat block indicates
how many creatures can be found.
Tactics
This entry describes special actions the monsters take
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
Map
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
TREASURE PARCELS
Parcel A: _____________________________ , Temple of Pelor.
Parcel B: ___________________________ , Hall of Great Valor.
Parcel C: __________________________________ , The Stairs.
Parcel D: __________________________, Githzerai Mind Trap.
Parcel E: __________________________________ , The Cells.
Parcel F: ___________________________ , Training Chamber.
Parcel G: _________________________ , Meditation Chamber.
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide, the following parcels can go in the spaces above. Rely on the wish lists your
players gave you for the first four parcels.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 11
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 11
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 9
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 8
Parcel 5: 1,500 gp art object + 400 gp
Parcel 6: Three 500 gp gems + 200 gp
Parcel 7: 500 gp gem + 800 gp
Parcel 8: 1,100 gp
Parcel 9: Eleven 100 gp gems
Den of the Destroyer
Features of the Area
This section describes special features noted on the
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
which the characters can interact, those features are
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, or if
the area includes treasure.
Treasure Preparation
As with the previous installments of the Scales of
War adventure path, this adventure makes use of the
parcel system of treasure rewards described in the
Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accu-
mulate fifteen parcels by the end of the adventure.
You can supply these treasures in whatever way you
wish, but the sidebar presents the most likely areas to
feature treasure. During your preparation, assign
parcels to the areas in the spaces provided.
Parcel H: ____________________________ , Marshaling Point.
Parcel I: Parcel 14, Marshaling Point.
Parcel J: ______________________________ , Ritual Chamber.
Parcel K: _____________________________ , Ritual Chamber.
Parcel L: ______________________________ , Thorns Attack.
Parcel M: Parcel 15, Thorns Attack.
Parcel N: Parcel 16, Thorns Attack.
Parcel 10: Three 250 gp art objects + two potions of healing
Parcel 11: 600 gp
Parcel 12: Four 100 gp gems
Parcel 13: One 250 gp art object + 50 gp
Parcel 14: Wicked Fang*
Parcel 15: Figurine of wondrous power: elderwood falcon*
Parcel 16: Figurine of wondrous power: ironwood hound*
* See Appendix II, New Items, page 96.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
17

STARTING THE
ADVENTURE
The adventure begins after the PCs return to
Overlook following the events of The Lost Mines of
Karak. Though a sense of urgency should prevail
once things get underway, there is no set time
frame for the messenger to arrive from Brindol. In
particular, if the PCs are behind their expected XP
totals (each character should be at about the mid-
point of 7th level going into this adventure), feel free
to run a side trek adventure to get them to where
they need to be.
MESSAGE FROM
BRINDOL
The adventure begins when a messenger from
Brindol arrives in Overlook searching for the PCs.
The messenger, a young human woman named Alys,
arrived in Overlook a day before. Unfortunately, when
she sought the PCs out through the city watch, her
queries also reached the ears of the Lost Ones (see
Siege of Bordrins Watch, page 15, and Shadow
Rift of Umbraforge, page 9).
Alyss arrival was unfortunately timed. Mere days
ago, a bounty was placed on the PCs by Sarshan, the
shadar-kai arms dealer the party dealt with in The
Shadow Rift of Umbraforge. Sensing opportunity, the
Lost Ones have kidnapped the messenger, hoping to
glean information from her that might allow them to
get the advantage over the PCs.
Den of the Destroyer
When the players are ready to begin, read The Death Squad
the following.
In Siege of Bordrins Watch, the PCs might have
tussled with a murderous group featuring two dop-
The day is dreary, the sky threatening rain. Suddenly a voice
pelgangers. In the aftermath, they likely discovered
calls out behind you, and you turn to see a familiar face.
a note with the names of a number of adventurers,
including four of the party. These death squads are
While the PCs are out in the city, they run into either
actually agents hired by Sarshan with a specific goal:
Kalad (the dwarf paladin from Siege of Bordrins
hunting down and slaying professional adventurers
Watch and Lost Mines of Karak) or Reniss
that might interfere with his plans. Following his
(the half-elf ranger they met in Shadow Rift of
encounter with the PCs in the Shadowfell, Sarshan
Umbraforge). After initial greetings, the NPC passes
dispatched one of his most powerful death squads
on the following information.
to hunt down and slay them. Thus far, the PCs have
eluded them, but should the party fail the following
Word on the street is that someones looking for you. A
skill challenge, they must face both the Lost Ones and
messenger from Brindol. She was in the market, asking
the death squad simultaneously.
everyone in earshot if they knew you. She said her name
was Alys, sounded desperate.
If the PCs do face the death squad in the temple of
Pelor, they find another list among the doppelgangers
belongings, this time with detailed descriptions of
Settling Old Scores the PCs, sketches, and extensive notes on the partys
If the PCs tussled with the Lost Ones in Siege of
exploits. Though this does not tell them who hired the
Bordrins Watch, the kidnapping marks the partys
death squad, the note combined with the news of the
third encounter with the members of that underworld
bounty on their heads should be a strong indicator
guild. Those previous encounters (and the drub-
that someone is out to get them.
bing the Lost Ones likely received at the PCs hands)
have left them hungry for revenge. One of the guilds
underbosses, a human named Szagyn, assumes that
Alys is a compatriot of the PCs, and hopes to use what
she knows to gain the advantage.
If the PCs previous skirmishes with the Lost Ones
were particularly memorable (and especially if you
added additional run-ins between the party and the
guild), feel free to play up this encounter as a kind of
final showdown. If the PCs are unlucky in the skill
challenge below, the Lost Ones gain unexpected
alliesa group of mysterious killers targeting the PCs.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
18

Finding the Messenger Level 7
Skill Challenge XP 1,500
By a combination of investigation and stealth, you must
track the kidnapped messenger across the city.
As the PCs attempt to find Alys, the messenger from Brindol,
they discover that she has been kidnapped by agents of the
Lost Ones.
Because the PCs do not immediately know that Alys has
been kidnapped, this information is revealed after their
first success in the skill challenge. Have an NPC the PCs are
interacting with report the following:
Alys you say? That girl from Brindol, said she was looking for
them that put down the orc raid? She passed this way an hour ago,
but I saw her go off with some of them Lost Ones. They seemed a
little too happy to see her, if you know what I mean.
Complexity
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Insight, Intimidate, Perception, Stealth, Streetwise, Thievery.
Other Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy
Victory
If the PCs achieve 12 successes before 3 failures, they discover
that Alys is being held in an abandoned temple of Pelor in
the Nine Bells district, and they are able to make their way
there without drawing attention to themselves.
Defeat
If the PCs get 3 failures before 12 successes, they discover
where Alys is being held, but their actions bring them to
the attention of Sarshans death squad. In the Kidnappers
encounter (page 71), the PCs face two separate groups and
a much tougher challenge.
Special
Some of the skill checks below have specific requirements that
must be met before a PC can make them. For example, the
PCs must use Streetwise to track down a Lost Ones operative
in order to use Intimidate. Making Intimidate checks against
random people on the street yields no information.
Insight (DC 14)
The PC draws on his or her previous experiences fighting the
Lost Ones to intuit the groups revenge motive against the
PCs, or to determine where in the city Lost Ones agents are
most likely to be found.
Intimidate (DC 14)
After locating a Lost Ones operative or ally with a Streetwise
check, the PC can seek answers by force.
Perception (DC 14)
The PC spots evidence of the Lost Ones passage along the
route where Alys was takena scrap of parchment with the
PCs names on it, reeking muddy bootprints that indicate
the kidnappers have recently spent time in Nine Bells, and
so on.
Stealth (DC 19)
The PC eavesdrops on merchants, beggars, and other denizens
of the streets in order to pick up information that those
afraid of the Lost Ones will not reveal directly.
Streetwise (DC 14)
The PC keeps his ear to the ground, picking up information
from his contacts within the city. In addition, a successful
Streetwise check is necessary before the party can make an
Intimidate or Thievery check.
Thievery (DC 19)
After locating a Lost Ones meeting place with a successful
Streetwise check, the PC uncovers details of the kidnapping.
Bluff or Diplomacy (DC 14)
By interacting with merchants, street urchins, or associates of
the Lost Ones, the PC helps to narrow down the search.
With a successful check, the PC gains a +2 bonus on his or
her next Insight, Perception, or Streetwise check.
Gilgathorns Warning
Before the PCs enter the temple of Pelor to deal with
Szagyn and the other kidnappers, they encounter an
elf by the name of Gilgathorn. This encounter can
take place at any point during the skill challenge,
as you see fit.
At a natural break in the action, read
the following:
Id be careful if I were you, calls a voice from above.
Looking up, you see a heavily armed elf sitting casually on
the slanted eaves above the door of a nearby building. The
elf wears a patch across one eye, appraising you carefully
with the other. The Lost Ones arent going to be gentle
when you find them. Theyve got reason enough to kill you,
even if you didnt have a bounty on your head.
Den of the Destroyer
The elf introduces himself as Gilgathorn, Thorn to
my friends. He calls himself a mercenary by trade,
but in truth, he is a bounty hunter. Like the Lost
Ones, he has discovered that the PCs have had a large
bounty placed on their heads. However, knowing the
partys reputation, he has no intention of confronting
them openly. Thorn shows up later in the adventure,
first in Brindol, then in Fortress Graystone where he
finally makes his move.
Though the PCs might be initially suspicious of
Thorn, he is sincere in wanting to make sure the
party survives the encounter with the Lost Ones
(though only to prevent them from claiming the
bounty themselves). Thorn confirms for the PCs that
the Lost Ones are behind Alyss disappearance, and
that they seek revenge for their previous defeats at
the partys hands. Assuming her to be an accomplice
of the PCs, the Lost Ones plan to interrogate her in
order to obtain information on the partys move-
ments, then to set up an ambush.
Thorn tells the PCs that the bounty on their heads
is the hefty sum of 1,000 gp, and that the identity
of the person wanting them dead remains as yet
unknown. However, while it is true that the Lost Ones
have no idea who they work for, the canny Thorn has
already connected the bounty with Sarshan.
If the PCs ask Thorn how he knows these things,
he simply smiles and tells them he keeps his ear to
the ground, like them. If they need further convinc-
ing, allow them to confirm what Thorn tells them
with subsequent checks in the skill challenge.
Thorn intends to secretly follow the PCs to the
Lost Ones hideout in Nine Bells, watching in order
to size them up. However, if the PCs have trouble in
that encounter (most likely because the failed skill
challenge increases the odds against them), you can
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
19

have Thorn step in to aid them. Though his goal is
to slay the PCs at a point when their resources have
been depleted, he is too smart to do so within the city.
The Abandoned
Temple of Pelor
The temple of Pelor is part of the Divine Knot, the
cluster of nine temples that give the Nine Bells district
its name. Abandoned for years, the temple has been
taken over by the sacrilegious Lost Ones as a secret
meeting place where they can avoid the attention of
the city watch.
Tactical Encounter: Kidnappers (page 71).
RETURN TO BRINDOL
With the Lost Ones defeated and Alys rescued, the
PCs learn the reason for the messengers search.
Though she was beaten by the Lost Ones, Alys is
strong, and she recovers herself quickly when she
realizes who the PCs are. She explains that she has
been a messenger in Elsir Vale for many years, and
has run into trouble more than once in her career.
Alys speaks with the measured countenance of someone
reciting a memorized message. Greetings from Sertanian,
castellan of the Hall of Great Valor. I beseech you to return
to Brindol with all haste, as your presence is needed here.
The matter concerns one of the relics that you recovered
while saving myself and our towns other captives in
Rivenroar, and is most urgent.
Sertanian appeared in Rescue at Rivenroar, and the
PCs should remember him well. If he did not survive
that adventure, the message is from his apprentice
Aeomon, who inherited responsibility for the Hall of
Great Valor after his masters death.
Alys knows nothing more than what she has been
told, though she confides to the party that she has
never seen old Sertanian as fearful as when he sent
her forth. The PCs have time to tie up any loose ends
in Overlook before they depart for Brindol with Alys
as escort.
Den of the Destroyer
Warning on the Road
The journey from Overlook to Brindol is relatively
uneventful. However, as they approach the point
where the Dwarf Road meets the Old North Road at
the foot of Lake Restin, the PCs encounters a band of
soldiers on patrol. They are stopped for questioning,
their names quickly recognized if they give them.
The leader of the patrol identifies himself as
Zoram Splintershield, a dwarf whose folk dwell in the
foothills of the Giants Shield. He and his troop are
patrolling the roads around the lake and the Black-
fens. Zoram tells the PCs that in the past few weeks,
there have been a number of unprovoked attacks and
abductions in the north of Elsir Vale. Though patrols
like his scour the roads in search of these bandits,
they have so far come up empty.
Moreover, Zoram informs the PCs that the abduc-
tions seem to be perpetrated by gnolls, who have
traditionally stayed well clear of the vale. The PCs
have heard or seen no sign of gnolls during their time
on the road. As such, Zoram bids them a safe journey
to Brindol, but warns them to keep a wary eye out for
any trouble.
Arrival at Brindol
The journey to Brindol takes a little over a week.
Arriving late at night, the PCs find the Hall of Valor
closed up tight, Alys telling them that Sertanian
will likely already be in bed at his home outside
of town. However, the partys arrival is noted by a
family member of one of the captives rescued from
Rivenroar. The PCs are invited to dinner and offered
comfortable lodging. While speaking with their hosts,
they learn the following.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
20

Things have been quiet in Brindol since that awful
business, all thanks to your brave efforts, again and always.
Still, theres families packing up and taking to the road,
more and more each week. Theres talk of gnolls attacking
settlements in the north, and word of the orcs rising up in
the Stonehome. Dark days are coming, or so it seems.
The Hall of Great Valor
The next morning, the PCs make their way to the
Hall of Great Valor to meet Sertanian. This adventure
assumes that the PCs had the opportunity to see the
hall at some point during Rescue at Rivenroar. If
not, paraphrase the following.
The Hall of Great Valor is as you last saw it, its glass
cases lining the walls with relics of Elsir Vales past. Three
freestanding displays show off artifacts of the vanquished
Red Hand of Doom, a large map of the surrounding lands
updated with details of the Hands most recent forays
against Elsir Vale and its people.
Where he dusts relics in a display case across the room,
a familiar grey-haired figure rises. Sertanian smoothes
out his stained smock as he bows. My friends, he says.
Welcome back to Brindol.
Sertanian thanks the PCs for their quick arrival, but
any Insight check reveals the castellans unease. Only
after locking the doors of the hall will he tell the party
why he has summoned them here.
You recall the platinum blade that was one of the treasures
taken by Sinruth and his hobgoblin horde. Upon its return
to the hall, it seemed none the worse for its ordeal. It is a relic
of some worth and sentimental value, but holds no magic
that I or any of my predecessors here have noted. But then a
week ago, while working late at night, I heard a voice, calling
me. From its case, the sword spoke to me, beseeching me to
summon heroes to its aid. It asked for all of you by name.
Sertanian explains that after the sword began speak-
ing, he removed it from its display case and hid it
in the halls back room. He leads the PCs to a clut-
tered workspace, where the platinum longsword
lies beneath a cloth on a table. When the cloth is
removed, read the following.
Without warning, the small workroom is filled with
a womans voice, weak. You have come, my heroes,
but my thanks must be brief. I am Amyria, and I have
summoned you here from great need. I know it must seem
strange to hear me speak, but I assure you that this form
is only temporary. It is for that reason that I beseech you
for your aid.
Decades ago, a race of monastics born of the Elemental
Chaos established a fortress in Elsir Vale. These were the
githzerai, who lived secretly in their remote outpost before
suddenly vanishing. Their Fortress of Graystone was well
hidden, and remained uninhabited for long years.
Some months ago, Fortress Graystone was invaded and
claimed by a pack of gnoll mercenaries calling themselves
the Wicked Fang. Their leader, a sadistic follower of the
demon lord Yeenoghu, has begun to send his raiders out
into Elsir Vale and beyond. In recent weeks, this gnoll
chieftain Fangren has managed to open a conduit of
power to Yeenoghus realm in the Elemental Chaos. He
plans to claim some small fragment of the demon lords
power, transforming himself into an exarch of the Beast of
Butchery. It was the creation of this conduit that awoke me
from my age-long slumber.
If Fangren completes his ritual, demonic forces
will have gained a foothold in the mortal realm. More
importantly, that conduit to the Elemental Chaos can be
Den of the Destroyer
manipulated through a ritual that I will provide to you.
This is the boon that I pray you grant me. Bring me to
Fortress Graystone and free me from this prison.
The sword explains that it can provide directions
to Fortress Graystone, and that it will answer any
questions as best it can.
What will the ritual you are giving us do? The
ritual will free me from my current form, restoring
me to my rightful body. I can say no more than that.
Though I am granted the power to speak to you, my
memory has been fractured by long years of sleep.
Why does the ritual have to be performed in
Fortress Graystone? In opening the conduit to the
Elemental Chaos, Fangren unwittingly set the stage
for my restoration. The ritual will alter the conduit
such that it can channel energy from other planes to
fuel my transformation.
What about the gnolls? The Wicked Fang tribe
is not to be underestimated. They are strong and
steeped in demon worship. While making your way
to the fortress will almost certainly be dangerous, the
threat to Elsir Vale and the wider world is great.
What else do you know about Fortress Gray-
stone? The fortress is built into the side of a peak
of the Giants Shield. No roads or trails travel to the
fortress, so the journey will be arduous.
Can you tell us what we will find at the fortress?
Alas, I cannot. When the rift was opened, Fangrens
thoughts and plans came to me as in a dream that
woke my own mind. I have not seen him since, and
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
21

my spirit grows weaker with every hour that passes.
Before long, I fear that my voice and thought will be
lost once more.
At a natural break in the exchange between
Amyria and the PCs, trouble arrives in the form of
bounty hunters intent on collecting the price on the
PCs heads. The bounty hunter Thorn puts in an
appearance, and is there to speak to the PCs in the
aftermath.
Tactical Encounter: The Hall of Great Valor
(page 73).
DEPARTING BRINDOL
The attack by the bounty hunters should reinforce the
warning Thorn gave the PCs in Overlook. The elf tells
the PCs that he is as surprised to find them there as
they are to see him. He speaks of how he was pass-
ing through Brindol on his way to a job in Marthton
when he saw the burning hall and came to lend what
assistance he could. He also adds that before he left
Overlook, he heard rumors of the PCs confronta-
tion with the Lost Ones, and that the bounty on their
heads had been doubled in the aftermath.
Thorns story is, of course, a lie. He followed the
bounty hunters to Brindol in the hope that they would
kill the PCs, after which he would slay them and take
the credit for himself. At the very least, he expected
the fight to weaken the PCs enough for him to take
them on, but the partys prowess in battle has proved
even more formidable than he expected.
Having been eavesdropping outside the Hall of
Great Valor, Thorn knows all that the PCs know of
Amyria and her quest. His plan now is to get to Fortress
Graystone ahead of the party, setting traps along the
way as a means of forcing them to expend resources.
By chance, Thorn has been inside Fortress Graystone,
and he knows a great deal about its defenses.
Amyrias Plight
When the sword spoke to the PCs in the Hall of Great
Valor, they noted the weakness of its voice. If and when
the PCs attempt to speak to Amyria en route to Fortress
Graystone, the spirit within the sword reiterates that
each time it talks, its waning life force is further
diminished. If the PCs have specific questions that
Amyria can answer, the sword makes the effort to
speak. However, Amyria does not know any informa-
tion regarding their journey beyond the general route to
the fortress that she earlier described.
Travel to Fortress Graystone Level 7
Skill Challenge XP 900
The journey to Fortress Graystone is well off the established
trade roads and trails of Elsir Vale. You have many
challenges ahead, and you have only yourselves to rely on
as you make your way to the stronghold.
In addition to the natural challenges of the trip, the bounty
hunter Thorn plans to wear the PCs down during their journey
to the citadel, then to kill them there.
The PCs must navigate the hazardous wilderness of the
Giants Shield as they seek Fortress Graystone. However, an
unseen foe shadows their route, and is intent on making their
journey much more dangerous.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Athletics, Endurance, History, Nature, Perception.
Other Skills
Perception.
Victory
If the PCs achieve 8 successes before 3 failures, they manage
to safely reach Fortress Graystone without a significant loss
of resources.
Den of the Destroyer
Defeat
If the PCs get 3 failures before 6 successes, they reach Fortress
Graystone but their delays and setbacks leave them
exhausted. Each PC loses 1 healing surge.
Special
This skill challenge features an enemy actively working against
the PCs as they attempt to find their way to Fortress
Graystone. The first time the PCs fail an Athletics or
Nature check, or if a successful check beats the DC by 5
or more, they see evidence that whatever hazard or pitfall
they attempted to avoid has been set up for them by
agents unknown. Once the PCs realize that they are being
shadowed, they can make secondary Perception checks to
be on the lookout for signs of ambush or entrapment.
Athletics (DC 8)
The PC scales a tree or climbs a rock outcropping to spot
signs of the path ahead, or to catch a glimpse of Fortress
Graystone in the distance.
Endurance (DC 14)
The PCs sleep less, take longer watches, and scout increasingly
farther ahead in an attempt to thwart the actions of
whoever is stalking them. This check can be made only after
the PCs realize that someone is actively seeking to hinder
their progress (see Special, above).
This is a group check. One character acts as lead, while the
others make checks to aid that character. Each ally that gets
a result of 10 or higher provides a +2 bonus to the lead
characters check (which counts as the check to determine
a success or a failure).
History (DC 14)
The PC attempts to recall lore regarding the history of Fortress
Graystone, identifying major landmarks that help the party
find a safe route.
Nature (DC 14)
The PC identifies natural hazards and potential dangers on the
journey, finding a route that goes through easier terrain.
Perception (DC 19)
The PC is able to spot hazards and dangers that have been
intentionally hidden or created by the unknown forces
shadowing the party. A successful Perception check grants a
single PC a +2 bonus to his or her next primary skill check
made in the challenge.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
22

FORTRESS GRAYSTONE
Fortress Graystone sits built into the side of a low
peak of the Giants Shield mountains. The structure
is well hidden from the eyes of the inhabitants of Elsir
Vale, as was the intention of its builders. A massive
stone staircase leading into the side of the mountain
is the only entrance.
Fortress Graystone was constructed by a band of
githzerai monastics whose reasons for dwelling in the
mortal realm have been lost to history. Later explor-
ers found evidence that the citadel was built as a
place of training and meditation for the githzerai, and
assumed that its remote location had been chosen for
its defensive value. However, what no one realized is
that Fortress Graystone was built to defend what lies
hidden within it.
In their home in the Elemental Chaos, the
githzerai discovered a thinning in the barrier
between that plane and the world. Making their way
to the world, they searched for and found this planar
breach in the Giants Shield mountains. There, they
built a fortress around the point of planar instability,
attempting to prevent the damage that might occur to
both planes should the breach be fully opened.
Decades ago, the githzerai inhabiting Fortress
Graystone vanished without a trace. Recently,
Sarshan ordered the gnolls of the Wicked Fang pack
to travel here and secure the fortress as part of their
deal with the shadar-kai arms dealer. Little did
Den of the Destroyer
Sarshan know what Fangren would find there.
Though he is hardly a scholar, the gnoll shaman
obtained knowledge of planar magic that allowed him
to tap into the power hidden within the fortress. Now,
he seeks to use it for his own dark ends.
When the PCs approach the fortress, read
the following.
For the last day, thick forest has been giving way to rolling
foothills. Now, the hills rise to a sudden wall of rocky peaks
rising high above the trees. A rough gravel path winds its
way along the base of the mountains, the first sign of a true
trail that you have seen since your departure from Brindol.
The Fortress
Fortress Graystone reflects the aesthetic of the gith-
zerai who built it, demonstrating balance between the
chaos of their birthplace and the order they sought to
impose upon their own lives.
The fortress takes its name from the distinctive
gray stone found in this area of the Giants Shield,
colored that way by prevalent veins of platinum ore.
The stone walls of the fortress are decorated with bas
reliefs and carvings that have withstood the passage
of years with little deterioration. However, the arrival
of the Wicked Fang gnolls has changed that.
Features of the Fortress
Different areas of Fortress Graystone share the
following common features.
Illumination: All rooms within the fortress
except the meditation chamber are brightly lit. The
secret passages are dark, except for two small areas
beneath the open trapdoors at the marshaling point.
Doors: The doors in Fortress Graystone are
unlocked, with two exceptions. The door leading from
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
23

the marshaling point to the ritual chamber requires a
key (possessed only by Fangren) or a DC 14 Thievery
check to open. Likewise, the door leading into the
marshaling point requires a key (possessed only by
the Wicked Fang warmaster and the ruin-touched
beastcaller) or a DC 19 Thievery check to open.
Doors open inward from the adjacent corridors.
Stairs: The rubble-strewn stairs within the fortress
are difficult terrain.
Secret Passages: The githzerai built several secret
passages within Fortress Graystone, with entrances
in the githzerai mind trap, the meditation chamber,
and at the marshaling point. Thorn knows of these
passages, and uses them to avoid the effects of the
fortresss traps as he reactivates them.
Extended Rests
Fortress Graystone provides few places where the PCs
can take an extended rest without having the gnolls
regroup to search for them. In the event that the party
needs to restore itself, the PCs will need to retreat
into the forest outside to do so.
Taking an extended rest allows any gnolls alerted
to the PCs presence to regroup and call for backup.
Feel free to use an extended rest as an opportunity
for Thorn to attack (see page 77), as well as a chance
to set up reinforcement encounters within the
citadel. Place these new encounters in areas the PCs
have already cleared out, but make sure that such
encounters dont overly tax the partys newly replen-
ished resources.
With the PCs 7th or 8th level by now, most
reinforcement encounters should be 4th or 5th level
enough to demonstrate the Wicked Fangs resources
but not to be a significant drain on the party. (Minions
are a great way to fill up a reinforcement encounter.)
When the PCs end their extended rest, let them
see or hear reinforcements arriving and entering the
citadel. Unless the party wants to deal with the new
threat immediately (in which case, you can improvise
an encounter outside the fortress entrance), give the
PCs time to plan for these additional encounters once
they go back inside.
1. The Entrance
The wide stairs rising up the mountainside climb
toward a set of double doors flanked by four statues.
The Wicked Fang gnolls have set up their first line of
defense here.
Tactical Encounter: The Stairs (page 75).
2.4. Githzerai Mind Trap
The mind trap is a special chamber designed by the
githzerai to guard the fortress against incursion. This
trap consists of a series of linked teleportation portals
that shift destinations rapidly, making it impossible
to quickly move a large strike force into the fortress.
Called a mind trap due to the mental discipline
required to pass through it to the interior of the
fortress, the portal system was deactivated by Fangren
when the gnolls first arrived.
Unfortunately for the gnolls guarding this area,
Thorn reactivated the trap before moving deeper into
the building, leaving several gnolls stuck trying to
find their way out when the PCs arrive.
Tactical Encounter: Gith zerai Mind Trap
(page 79).
5. The Cells
This oddly shaped chamber was once the living quar-
ters of the githzerai. It currently serves as a makeshift
prison within which the Wicked Fang pack keeps a
Den of the Destroyer
handful of prisoners. Fangren has been using these
Elsir Vale captives in twisted experiments, transform-
ing them into abyssal wretches.
Tactical Encounter: The Cells (page 81).
6. Training Chamber
A waterfall flows into this room from above, driving
a system of shallow aqueducts that allowed the
githzerai of the fortress to simulate the chaos of battle
in their combat training.
This chamber is currently occupied by several
ruin-touched gnolls and their slaughterfang hyena
mounts. Knowing that the ruin-touched gnolls
had undergone horrific rituals to infuse them with
demonic power, Fangren called upon them to aid his
quest when he first devised his plan to ascend to the
status of exarch of Yeenoghu.
Tactical Encounter: Training Chamber
(page 83).
7. Meditation Chamber
The doors leading into this area are covered with
scrawled warnings in Common and Abyssal to stay
out. This room is divided into two distinct chambers.
The smooth walls of the southern portion are designed
to represent the peace of law, while the rough stone
of the northern chamber represents the tumult of
chaos. Githzerai warriors would meditate here at the
boundary between chaos and order.
Spiritual echoes of the githzerai and manifesta-
tions of their inner chaos plague this chamber. The
gnolls consider it a haunted place, and they will
not enter.
Tactical Encounter: Meditation Chamber
(page 85).
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
25

8. Marshaling Point
Once a gathering place for the gith zerai, this area
has been transformed into a training ground and
living space for the gnolls. Debris and refuse litter
the f loor, while recruits train here under the watch-
ful eye of their packs warmaster and a shadar-kai
agent sent from Sarshan. The doors are locked but
the ruin-touched beastcaller (in the training
chamber) has a key.
Present in the marshaling point is a shadar-kai
weaponmaster by the name of Kyrion. One of
Sarshans most trusted agents, Kyrion has traveled
NO PRISONERS
If Kyrion is killed or flees before the PCs can
interrogate him, any search of the chamber finds
the following note among his belongings:
Kyrion,
Let me make my orders clear: you are there only to
train the gnolls, not to fight for them. Watch your-
self; they are a bloodthirsty and violent lot, and they
may turn on you. You may need to remind them
from time to time that I pay them well for their
services, and that I can withdraw my support
for their butchery at any time. Be careful of their
leader, for he is far more cunning than others
would give him credit for. I would not have even
considered trying to trick them into service with
that Emissary deception that riled up that fool
Sinruth. These gnolls have the power of their foul
god on their side. They are not to be trifled with.
Sarshan
to the world to deliver the sword Wicked Fang to the
gnolls and to train them in the use of shadar-kai
weapons. Kyrion has no loyalty to the Wicked Fang
tribe, and fights only to defend himself.
Tactical Encounter: Marshaling Point (page 87).
Sarshans Plots
Whether Kyrion flees, is slain, or is captured alive,
the PCs can discover his connection to the gnolls
and to the partys previous adventures. If he is
captured and questioned, Kyrion offers up his story
and a pledge to leave Elsir Vale in exchange for his
freedom and a weapon to defend himself. Whether
Kyrion is interrogated or not, see the skill challenge
on the next page. If Kyrion is freed by the PCs, he
stays true to his word to leave Elsir Vale.
Interrogating the Weaponmaster Level 8
Skill Challenge XP 350
If he survives his encounter with the party, the shadar-kai
weaponmaster Kyrion offers the PCs their best chance to
uncover the full truth of the plots unfolding around them.
The shadar-kai knows the truth behind the gnolls plots in
Elsir Vale. Now the PCs just need to convince him to talk.
Complexity
1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy, Heal, Insight, Intimidate.
Victory
The PCs learn that Kyrion was sent by Sarshan to train the
gnolls in the use of shadar-kai weapons. They also learn
that Sarshan is responsible for convincing the gnolls to
seize Fortress Graystone and to go on a kidnapping spree
across Elsir Vale. Finally, they learn that Sarshan was also
responsible for provoking Sinruth into reviving the Red
Hand of Doom.
In addition, the PCs learn that the sword wielded by the
gnoll warmaster is a unique weapon, crafted specifically for
the Wicked Fang pack on Sarshans orders. According to
Kyrion, Wicked Fangso named in honor of Fangrens pack
is said to carry a curse and have a history steeped in blood.
Den of the Destroyer
Defeat
If the PCs fail the skill challenge, Kyrion still imparts the
knowledge from the first paragraph above, but not the
second paragraph, hoping the PCs will overlook the
importance of the weapon.
Bluff (DC 14)
The PC attempts to trick Kyrion into thinking that Fangren has
betrayed him, hoping that the shadar-kai will betray the
gnolls in turn.
Diplomacy (DC 14)
The PC earns Kyrions respect by praising the shadar-kais
battle prowess.
Heal (DC 8)
The PC binds Kyrions wounds, earning his grudging gratitude
by ensuring that he will live to fight again.
Insight (DC 19)
By listening to and watching the shadar-kai, the PC intuits
some aspect of his true relationship with the gnolls.
Intimidate (DC 19)
The PC manages to break Kyrions resolve with base threats
of violence.
Ritual Chamber
The ritual chamber was built around the planar rift
discovered within the mountain by the githzerai.
Using dark rituals stolen from his ruin-touched allies,
Fangren has corrupted the energy of this place, creat-
ing a conduit to the Elemental Chaos and the power
of the demon lord Yeenoghu.
SHADAR-KAI WEAPONS
Their shadar-kai weapons give the gnolls an
advantage in their raids, but these blades require
the special training Kyrion provides. The shadar-
kai short sword is statistically identical to the
katar (PH 218), while the shadar-kai greatsword
is statistically identical to the fullblade (Adven-
turers Vault 9). Though the weapons have a
jagged and shadowy appearance, this provides
no additional mechanical benefit.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
26

Unlike with most planar portals, physical objects
and creatures cannot pass through the conduit, which
serves only to draw energy into the mortal realm. This
planar energy is critical to Fangrens dream of ascend-
ing to exarch status, as well as to Amyrias ritual.
Tactical Encounter: Ritual Chamber (page 89).
AMYRIAS RITUAL
With the conduit safely closed and the threat of
Fangren and his allies ended, the platinum sword
from Brindol begins to speak once more. The voice
sounds even weaker, its life force all but spent as it
instructs the PCs to draw it and perform its ritual. If
one of the PCs has the Ritual Caster feat, the sword
directs its instructions to that character. Otherwise,
any PC can perform the ritual under the swords
direction. The ritual takes 10 minutes.
A vortex of brilliant energy opens up in the air as the
platinum sword is gently tugged from your hands. It rises
to hover in the air before the newly formed conduit, tendrils
of silver light reaching out to touch it. You are blinded by
a brilliant flash, then an instant later, the ritual chamber
falls silent.
Standing before you is a young human female of
unearthly beauty and grace. Her silver hair hangs down her
back, a band of chalk-white pigment stretching from one
temple to the other across her eyes. She is garbed in armor
made of slender, overlapping plates. In one hand, she holds
a leather-bound tome; in the other, the platinum longsword.
I am Amyria, she says. Who are you, and why am
I here?
The ritual has transformed the spirit within the
platinum longsword into Amyria, a being who is far
more than she appears. However, much to her own
consternation, Amyria is not fully certain why she has
been brought here. She does not recognize the PCs
or their names, and has no memory of her words to
them while her spirit lingered within the sword.
I remember that I am Amyria, she says softly, and I
have lived many lives. I was in the sword. I remember you
freed me. The ritual you performed transformed the planar
breach in this place, allowing it to channel the energy of the
Astral Sea. Energy necessary for my transformation. She
looks to you, eyes bright. I have been reborn with purpose,
even if that purpose is yet unclear to me.
Den of the Destroyer
Beyond her minimal recollections, Amyria is a clean
slateher transformation a literal rebirth. Though
she is of an adult mindset, she knows nothing of her
own past.
The leather-bound tome is a ritual book that
Amyria gives to the party with her thanks. It contains
a modified version of the ritual just performed,
allowing them to stop the flow of energy that fuels
a planar portal.
Seal Portal
You close a portal between two locations safely, ensuring
that nothing can come through it in the future.
Level: 8 Component Cost: 100 gp
Category: Binding Market Price: 680 gp
Time: 10 Minutes Key Skill: Arcana
Duration: Permanent
You sever the magical connections that bind one
place to another by way of a portal. The completion of
this ritual successfully shuts a currently active portal
and seals it. No creature, object, or energy can pass
through a sealed portal. The portal is not destroyed,
though it becomes both invisible and intangible,
meaning that it cannot be perceived or interacted
with while sealed. If the portal would normally
disappear after a certain amount of time, it does so.
At the completion of this ritual, make an Arcana
check. A sealed portal can be reopened with the linked
portal, planar portal, or true portal rituals, but the
creature performing the ritual to reopen the portal
must make an Arcana check that equals or exceeds the
results of the Arcana check you made when perform-
ing this ritual. You can remove the seal on a portal you
have sealed by performing this ritual on it again.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
27

The magic of a sealed portal can be detected with
the Arcana skill. The level of the magical phenom-
enon (the seal, not the portal itself ) is equal to your
level at the time you performed this ritual.
Amyria, Scion of Bahamut
The following statistics for Amyria represent her
current form. Though this concludes this adventure
(and Amyria will be going her own way once the PCs
reach Overlook), DMs can use these statistics as both
a point of reference and an NPC statistics block in
case a particular campaign calls for it.
Amyria Level 10 Elite Skirmisher (Leader)
Medium immortal humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +10
Aura of Recovery aura 2; allies that start their turn in Amyrias
aura gain a +1 bonus to all saves until the start of their
next turn.
HP 200; Bloodied 100
AC 24; Fortitude 19, Reflex 22, Will 23
Resist radiant 10
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
+15 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage plus 1d6 radiant damage.
M Crusaders Assault (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
Requires longsword; +15 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage plus
1d6 radiant damage, and one of Amyrias allies within 10
squares makes a basic attack as a free action against the
same target.
C Radiant Rebuke (immediate interrupt; when targeted by a
melee attack; at-will)
Close burst 1; +13 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 radiant damage.
Memory of A Thousand Lifetimes (free; encounter)
Amyria adds 1d6 to a d20 roll she just made.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common, Draconic,
Supernal
Skills Diplomacy +13, Religion +15
Str 10 (+5) Dex 12 (+6) Wis 21 (+10)
Con 12 (+6) Int 18 (+9) Cha 16 (+8)
Instructions from Sarshan
When the PCs search Fangrens body, they find a
series of notes and missives from Sarshan to the gnoll
chieftain. They relay orders to the Wicked Fang pack,
including the following.
I cannot stress the importance of holding Fortress
Graystone. Among the assignments I have given you, this
should be your top priority. I have armed you well enough
that you should be able to repel all invaders.
Do what you will with your prisoners, but continue
taking them. Focus your efforts on those who seem to be
of some importance; do not waste your time with farmers
and commoners.
I am sending someone to train your recruits in the use of
our weapons, at your request. However, I expect you to leave
this one alone. The witch I sent to you was one of my personal
advisors, and now she is ruined. Do not treat my people so
callously as you do your own.
CONCLUDING
THE ADVENTURE
Having rid Fortress Graystone of the Wicked Fang
pack, performed the ritual to transform the platinum
sword into Amyria, and sealed the conduit to the
planes, the PCs have finished their mission and can
depart at their leisure. As they exit the fortress,
Amyria requests that they accompany her to Over-
look, not back to Brindol, as she believes she has
business there. Should the PCs resist, she will not put
up a fight, though she will set off for the city without
them should they choose to go elsewhere.
Eventually, however, the PCs need to return to
Overlook. Not only is this the starting point of the
Den of the Destroyer
RETURN TO THE
SHADOWFELL
At the conclusion of this adventure, the PCs
have learned that Sarshan stands at the center
of many of their recent adventures. It is under-
standable that the PCs might be inclined to head
straight to the Shadowfell in order to deal with
the shadar-kai. However, if you wish to allow
such action, be aware that the PCs wont face
the arms dealer directly until a later adventure.
When the PCs arrive at Umbraforge, they
discover the towers windows dark and the
entire complex seemingly abandoned. The tent
camps at the foot of Sarshans tower remain
intact and inhabited, but the only shadar-kai who
remain were not in Sarshans service. They can
tell the PCs that, shortly after their departure,
Sarshan and his entire organization departed
from Umbraforge for parts unknown. With no
knowledge of where Sarshan went, this should
put the PCs off his trail, for a while at least.
next adventure, it is (as the PCs will soon discover)
a critical location in a war that expands far beyond
what they suspect. If the PCs accompany Amyria to
Overlook, she bids them farewell once they reach the
entrance to the city, slipping away into the crowd.
If any of the party should attempt to follow her, she
goes to the Temple of Ioun in the Nine Bells district.
There, she immediately becomes lost in prayer,
lingering indefinitely.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
28
 Den of the Destroyer

KIDNAPPERS young woman in tattered traveling garb has been gagged, 2 Ravenous Attack Dogs (R)
Small natural beast
Level 7 Skirmisher
XP 300
blindfolded, and bound to a wooden chair.
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +3
Encounter Level 9 (2,150 XP) HP 80; Bloodied 40
Encounter Level 11 (3,050 XP)* Perception Check AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 18, Will 16
DC 14: Well-gnawed bones spread across the room and Speed 6
Setup the reek of wet fur suggest the presence of dogs somewhere
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+12 vs. AC; 1d4 + 7 damage
4 Lost One kidnappers (K) within the temple. M Tripping Lunge (standard; recharge 5 6 )
2 ravenous attack dogs (R) DC 19: A f lash of lightning through the open ceiling +10 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 9 damage, and the target is knocked
Szagyn, Lost One underboss (U) prone.
reveals faint movement behind the frescoes, figures
M Drag off Prey (immediate interrupt; when an adjacent
3 death squad assassins (A)* lurking there. opponent moves away; at-will)
+10 vs. Fortitude; 1d4 + 3 damage, and the ravenous
* Only if the PCs failed the Finding the Messenger A sentry at the door alerted the Lost Ones to the PCs attack dog slides 1 square, then slides the target 1 square.
The target must end its slide adjacent to the attack dogs
skill challenge. approach, giving them time to bind and gag Alys and
new position.
get into position behind the frescoes. Circle for the Kill (move; at-will)
After completing the skill challenge, the PCs make The ravenous attack dog shifts 2 squares.
their way to the abandoned temple of Pelor where 4 Lost One Kidnappers (K) Level 7 Soldier Alignment Unaligned Languages
Medium natural humanoid XP 300 Skills Intimidate +6
the messenger from Brindol is being held by the
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +4 Str 13 (+4) Dex 14 (+5) Wis 10 (+3)
Lost Ones. Con 16 (+6) Int 2 (1) Cha 6 (+1)
HP 79; Bloodied 39
AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 18
When the PCs approach the temple, read: Speed 6 Lost One Underboss (U) Level 8 Controller (Leader)
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon Medium natural humanoid XP 350
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7
As you enter Nine Bells, the rain that has been threatening M Grab and Go (standard; at-will) Underbosss Presence aura 2; at the start of each allys turn,
all day begins to fall. By the time you locate the temple +12 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the Lost One if that ally is within the aura and the Lost One underbosss
of Pelor, the streets are all but empty, the inhabitants of kidnapper slides 2 squares, then slides the target 2 line of sight, the ally gains 4 temporary hit points.
squares. The target must end its slide adjacent to the HP 87; Bloodied 43
the district fled to shelter. From the outside, the temple AC 22; Fortitude 19, Reflex 21, Will 20
kidnappers new position.
entrance is set above a short flight of stone stairs. The f lare Kidnap (free; encounter) Speed 6
of lightning shows where relief carvings once adorned the When the Lost One kidnapper hits a target with its m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Grab and Go ability, the distance both creatures slide is +13 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage
temples outer walls, but these are unrecognizable after
increased to 4 squares. A Storm of Daggers (standard; at-will) Weapon
years of neglect and abuse. Alignment Unaligned Languages Common Requires a number of daggers equal to number of enemies
Skills Stealth +9 in burst; area burst 1 within 10; targets enemies the Lost
When the PCs enter, read: Str 19 (+7) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 13 (+4) One Underboss can see; +10 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 4 damage.
Con 15 (+5) Int 9 (+2) Cha 12 (+4) Get Into Position (minor 1/round; at-will)
Equipment leather armor, long sword One ally within 10 squares shifts 1 square.
Water covers the cracked marble floor where broken Alignment Evil Languages Common, Dwarven
freestanding frescoes block four doors in the far wall. Skills Bluff +12, Intimidate +12, Stealth +11
Str 12 (+5) Dex 14 (+6) Wis 16 (+7)
Rain pours down through a square opening in the ceiling,
Con 15 (+6) Int 15 (+6) Cha 17 (+7)
shards of stained glass clinging to its edges. Beneath it, a Equipment leather armor, 18 daggers

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
29
 Den of the Destroyer

3 Death Squad Assassins (A) Level 7 Lurker

Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 300
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +6
HP 61; Bloodied 30
AC 21; Fortitude 18, Reflex 20, Will 19
Speed 6
m Assassins Longblade (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 6 damage.
M Shapeshifter Feint (minor; at-will)
+10 vs. Reflex; the death squad assassin gains combat
advantage against the target until the end of the death
squad assassins next turn.
M Assassins Quarry (standard; recharge 6 ) Weapon
+10 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 8 damage, and ongoing 5 damage
(save ends).
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
A doppelganger can alter its physical form to take on the
appearance of any Medium humanoid, including a unique
individual (MM 280).
Combat Advantage
The death squad assassin deals an extra 2d6 damage
If the death squad assassins appear in this Features of the Area
encounter, they enter combat in the third round,
against any target it has combat advantage against. Illumination: Dim light through the open ceiling.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common having followed the PCs on their search for Alys.
The triangular chambers beyond the doors are dark.
Skills Bluff +10, Insight +11, Stealth +12 The doppelgangers focus assassins quarry attacks
Str 10 (+3) Dex 19 (+7) Wis 16 (+6) Doors: The double doors at the front of the temple
against the strongest-looking melee combatants,
Con 13 (+4) Int 13 (+4) Cha 14 (+5) are swollen and warped, requiring a DC 14 Strength
Equipment dark robes, assassin's longblade making assassins longblade attacks against lightly-
check to pull open. The doors leading to the triangu-
armored PCs while assassins quarry recharges.
lar chambers open easily.
Tactics The doppelgangers are not allies of the Lost Ones,
Pooled Water: Most of the rain coming in
Unless they are spotted, the Lost Ones hold their but they know that the guild fears them. The Lost
through the hole in the ceiling disappears through
attacks until at least half the PCs are inside the Ones and the doppelgangers do not target each other,
cracks in the stone floor. However, the area directly
temple. but they do not treat each other as allies.
beneath the hole is slick with pooled water and is
The kidnappers use their grab and go power against difficult terrain.
lightly armored PCs or ranged attackers, pulling Frescoes: Numerous holes have been punched
targets behind the frescoes and into melee range. through these damaged frescoes. They provide cover
Szagyn stays in the thick of combat, using storm to creatures standing at their corners, or total cover to
of daggers as often as possible and making dagger creatures behind them.
attacks while that power recharges.
The ravenous attack dogs target PCs at the
periphery of combat, harrying melee combatants
with tripping lunge and using drag off prey to keep
their foes close.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
30

THE HALL OF
GREAT VALOR
Encounter Level 8 (1,750 XP)
Setup
1 bounty hunter snaremaster (N)
2 bounty hunter strongarms (T)
2 bounty hunter subduers (U)
A band of bounty hunters from Overlook catches
up to the PCs at the Hall of Great Valor. A half ling
snaremaster, two dwarf strongarms, and two human
subduers are spoiling for a fight after their long
Den of the Destroyer
journey from Overlook, and they will go to any 2 Bounty Hunter Subduers (U) Level 7 Skirmisher
lengths to collect their reward. Medium natural humanoid, human XP 300
Near the end of the encounter (or sooner if the PCs
Initiative +8
HP 76; Bloodied 38
Senses Perception +5
are having a tough time), Thorn appears to provide AC 21; Fortitude 20, Reflex 19, Will 18
assistance. If the PCs are having an easy time in the Speed 6
m Maul (standard; at-will) Weapon
fight, have one or more of the bounty hunters attempt
to flee only to be taken out by Thorn waiting at the
+12 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage.
M Knockout Blow (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon
door. Award the PCs full experience, however. For Requires maul; +10 vs. Fortitude; 4d6 + 5 damage, and
more information, see Departing Brindol, below. the target is knocked prone and dazed (save ends).
Combat Advantage
The bounty hunter subduer deals an extra 2d6 damage
At a break in the PCs questioning of Amyria, on melee attacks against any target it has combat
read: advantage against.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Nature +10
A sudden crash from the hall outside is punctuated by an Str 18 (+7) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 14 (+5)
explosion of fire. A burning bottle has been lobbed through Con 12 (+4) Int 10 (+3) Cha 10 (+3)
Equipment leather armor, maul
one of the halls windows, shattering to spread flaming liquid
across tables and display cases. A moment later, the locked
2 Bounty Hunter Strongarms (T) Level 7 Brute
front door is kicked open, a squad of armed figures bursting in.
Medium natural humanoid, dwarf XP 300
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +11; low-light vision
Bounty Hunter Snaremaster (N) Level 7 Artillery HP 98; Bloodied 49
Small natural humanoid, halfling XP 300 AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 17, Will 19
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +11 Speed 5
HP 61; Bloodied 30 m Greataxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
AC 19; Fortitude 18, Reflex 20, Will 19 +10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage.
Speed 6 C Clear The Area (standard; recharge 6 ) Weapon
m Rapier (standard; at-will) Weapon Requires greataxe; close burst 1; +8 vs. AC; 2d12 + 10
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage. damage, and the target is pushed 1 square.
r Bolas (standard; at-will) Weapon Brute Rush
Ranged 10/20; +12 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the When a bounty hunter strongarm makes a bull rush attack,
target is restrained (save ends). he pushes the target 2 squares instead of 1 square.
R Keep Em Separated (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon Stand Your Ground
Requires bolas; ranged 10/20; three targets in range; +10 When an effect forces the bounty hunter strongarm
vs. Reflex; 4d4 + 5 damage, and the target slides 2 squares to movethrough a push, a pull, or a slidethe bounty
and is restrained (save ends). hunter strongarm moves 1 square less than the effect
Second Chance (immediate interrupt; when the bounty hunter specifies. When an attack would knock the bounty hunter
snaremaster would be hit by an attack; encounter) strongarm prone, the bounty hunter strongarm can roll a
The bounty hunter snaremaster forces the attacker to reroll saving throw to avoid falling prone.
the attack and take the new result. Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven Str 13 (+4) Dex 12 (+4) Wis 16 (+6)
Str 10 (+3) Dex 19 (+7) Wis 16 (+6) Con 18 (+7) Int 11 (+3) Cha 8 (+2)
Con 13 (+4) Int 13 (+4) Cha 10 (+3) Equipment leather armor, greataxe
Equipment leather armor, rapier, 6 bolas
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
31

Tactics
The bounty hunters have no interest in the history of
the Hall of Great Valor, and even less compunction
against destroying it as they target the PCs.
The bounty hunter subduers use their knockout
blow as often as possible, flanking with maul attacks
for combat advantage while that power recharges.
The snaremaster targets powerful-looking melee
combatants with keep em separated or individual bola
attacks, hoping to keep PCs out of the fight.
The strongarms stay in the thick of melee to maxi-
mize the use of their clear the area power. They make
bull rush attacks with brute rush to keep the PCs in
motion, giving the subduers room to maneuver.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light throughout
Burning Floor: The wooden floors of the Hall of
Great Valor become hazardous as the fire spreads.
Start the fire in a square of your choice. Each round
that it burns (until the PCs successfully complete the
Dousing the Flames skill challenge), the fire spreads
into an additional 1d4 squares at random. See the
skill challenge and the hazard statistics block for
more information.
Freestanding Displays: These tall slabs of solid
stone support artifacts relating to the incursions of
the Red Hand of Doom. The displays provide cover.
Clambering over a display costs 1 extra square of
movement.
Map of Elsir Vale: This three-dimensional model
represents the Elsir Vale region and depicts the
major sites of battles against the Red Hand of Doom.
It initially provides cover. However, the map and its
underlying table are fragile, and will collapse if any
creature attempts to clamber over it or if it takes more
than 10 points of damage from area attacks. Once
it collapses, the map and its table count as difficult
terrain.
Dousing the Flames
Even as they fight, the PCs must deal with the fire
spreading within the Hall of Great Valor. This skill
challenge allows the PCs to get the fire under control
before the hall is consumed.
Setup: The Hall of Great Valor is burning, and you
must work fast if you hope to save it.
Level: 6 (250 XP )
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Athletics, Perception, Thievery.
Special: The PCs do not earn failures in the
skill challenge for failing a skill check. Instead, they
accrue 1 failure at the end of any round in which no
success was gained. When the top of the initiative
order comes up, the failure occurs before the first
creatures turn.
In addition to the checks below, a success in the
skill challenge is gained by a PC who targets 1 or
more squares of burning floor with a power that deals
any amount of cold damage.
Athletics (DC 8): With a show of strength, the PC
tips over a display case to smother the flames.
Perception (DC 14): The PC determines which way
the flames are spreading, and can direct his or her
allies efforts in that direction.
Thievery (DC 14): The PC pries up burning floor-
boards, creating gaps so the flames cannot spread
any further. On a failed check, the PC takes 1d6 fire
damage.
Success: If the PCs achieve 4 successes before
3 failures, they manage to keep the museum from
Den of the Destroyer
burning down, preserving the heritage of the people
of Brindol. The PCs gain a +2 bonus to Diplomacy
checks in Brindol until they depart for Fortress
Graystone.
Failure: If the PCs get 3 failures before 4
successes, the Hall of Great Valor is consumed by fire.
The PCs efforts to save it cost each member of the
party 1 healing surge. Additionally, the folk of Brindol
blame them for drawing the murderous bounty hunt-
ers down on their community. Word quickly spreads,
and all PCs take a 2 penalty to Diplomacy, Gather
Information, and Intimidate checks made in Elsir
Vale until the end of this adventure.
Burning Floor Level 4 Obstacle
Hazard XP 175
The fire started by the bounty hunters spreads along the dusty
timbers of the floor.
Hazard: Anyone passing through the flames runs the risk of
taking fire damage.
Perception
No check is necessary to notice the fire.
Trigger
The fire attacks when a creature enters a square of burning
floor.
Special
Each round that the fire burns, it extends its range into 1d4
additional squares, chosen at random.
Attack
Opportunity Action Melee
Target: Creature in the flames
Attack: +7 vs. Reflex
Hit: 1d6 + 2 fire damage.
Countermeasures
Any attack that deals cold damage targeting 1 or more
squares of burning floor douses the flames in those squares.
However, until the skill challenge has been successfully
completed, new squares of flame will erupt in subsequent
rounds.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
32
 Den of the Destroyer

THE STAIRS 2 Wicked Fang Scouts (C)

Medium natural humanoid
Level 7 Skirmisher
XP 300
2 Wicked Fang Sentries (E)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 7 Soldier
XP 300
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +10, low-light vision Initiative +6 Senses Perception +11, low-light vision
Encounter Level 7 (1,500 XP) HP 77; Bloodied 38 HP 80; Bloodied 40
AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 19, Will 18 AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 19
Setup Speed 7 Speed 7
m Shadar-Kai Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
2 Wicked Fang sentries (E)
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage (crit 1d6 + 15), or 1d6 + 11 +14 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage (crit 1d12 + 17), or 1d12 +
2 Wicked Fang scouts (C) damage (crit 1d6 + 17) while bloodied; see also pack attack. 7 damage (crit 1d12 + 19) while bloodied, and the target
1 stonewalker spirit (S) r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon is marked until the end of the gnoll sentrys next turn; see
Range 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage, or 1d6 + 11 also pack attack.
damage while bloodied; see also pack attack. C Defend the Pack (standard; recharge 6 ) Weapon
When the PCs climb the great stairs leading up and Cowardly Shot (standard; at-will) Weapon Close burst 1; +12 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage, or 1d12 + 7
into Fortress Graystone, they are challenged by the Requires hand crossbow; ranged 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + damage while bloodied, and the target is marked until the
defenders placed here by Fangren. Gnoll sentries are 9 damage, or 1d6 + 11 damage while bloodied; the gnoll end of the gnoll sentrys next turn; see also pack attack.
scout can shift 2 squares both before and after making the Defensive Lure (move; encounter)
aided by a creature sent by agents of the demon Lord
attack; see also pack attack. The gnoll sentry shifts 3 squares, then pulls all targets it has
Yeenoghua stonewalker spirit that lurks among the Pack Attack marked 3 squares.
statues on the stairs. Thus far, the guards have dealt The gnoll scout deals an extra 5 damage on melee and Pack Attack
ranged attacks against an enemy that has two or more of The gnoll sentry deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks
with little more than animals wandering in from the
the scouts allies adjacent to it. against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll sentrys
forest, and they are spoiling for a real fight. Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common allies adjacent to it.
Str 16 (+6) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 14 (+5) Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
When the PCs see the stairs, read: Con 13 (+4) Int 10 (+3) Cha 10 (+3) Str 19 (+7) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 16 (+6)
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai short sword, hand Con 16 (+6) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2)
crossbow, 20 bolts Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword
Against the cliff face ahead, a massive stone staircase rises,
narrowing as it reaches a set of double stone doors set into
the rock wall. Four large statues, each depicting a githzerai
warrior in full combat regalia, stand on pedestals watching
over the entrance to Fortress Graystone. A small waterfall
f lows down the side of the mountain, eroding a stone
balcony set further up the cliff face and leaving the stone
steps slick and treacherous.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
33
 Den of the Destroyer

Stonewalker Spirit (S) Level 7 Lurker Possessed Statue Level 7 Brute The gnolls on the stairs fight in close proximity to
Medium elemental magical beast (earth) XP 300 Large natural animate XP
take advantage of their pack attack power.
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +5 Initiative +10 Senses Perception +5
HP 45; Bloodied 22 HP 24; Bloodied 12
AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 19, Will 20 AC 21; Fortitude 20, Reflex 17, Will 20 Features of the Area
Immune disease, petrification, poison; Resist insubstantial Speed 5 Illumination: Bright sunlight during the day; dim
Speed fly 6 (hover) m Stone Fists (standard; at-will)
m Spectral Grasp (standard; at-will)
starlight at night.
+10 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage.
+10 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 7 damage. M Thundering Charge (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Thunder Stairs: The wide stone stairs leading up to the
M Petrifying Touch (standard; recharge 6 ) +10 vs. AC; 4d8 + 7 damage; the possessed statue can entrance are difficult terrain when ascending.
+10 vs. Fortitude; the target is slowed (save ends). First move up to its speed before making this attack, and
Characters descending or moving horizontally along
Failed Save: The target is immobilized instead of slowed any creature that hits the possessed statue with an
(save ends). Second Failed Save: The target is petrified (no opportunity attack during this movement takes 1d8 + 7 the stairs treat them as normal terrain.
save), and is considered to be a statue for the purposes of thunder damage. Waterfall: Where the waterfall flows down the
the possess statue ability. Surefooted stairs, the stone has been worn smooth and slippery.
Possess Statue (free, when entering the same space as a The possessed statue ignores difficult terrain.
Any creature that falls prone in one of those square
statue; at-will) Merely a Shell
The stonewalker spirit assumes the form of a possessed A possessed statue has a hit point total of its own, and slides 1 square down the stairs.
statue. Use the possessed statue stat block instead of the does not share hit points with its stonewalker spirit form. Statues: The four statues depict the ancient
stonewalker spirits stat block. Damage dealt to the possessed statue is not dealt to the
githzerai who built Fortress Graystone. A statue
Flee the Form (free, when a possessed statue is reduced to stonewalker spirit form.
0 hit points; at-will) Alignment Unaligned Languages Abyssal, Primordial provides cover unless possessed by the stonewalker
The stonewalker spirit takes 16 damage (ignores Str 19 (+7) Dex 11 (+3) Wis 14 (+5) spirit. When possessed by the stonewalker spirit, the
insubstantial) as it reverts to its normal form, then moves Con 19 (+7) Int 11 (+3) Cha 19 (+7) statue breaks free of its pedestal, destroying it and
up to its speed.
turning the squares it occupied into difficult terrain.
Alignment Unaligned
Skills Stealth +11
Languages Abyssal, Primordial
Tactics Wall and Balcony: The balcony juts out from the
Str 10 (+3) Dex 17 (+6) Wis 14 (+5) The stonewalker spirit possesses a statue in the first wall 50 feet above the top of the stairs. The crumbling
Con 16 (+6) Int 11 (+3) Cha 19 (+7) round, attacking in that form. It uses thundering charge stone wall cannot be climbed.
Perception Check as often as possible, laying into the PCs with its stone
DC 14: Though you see no sign of anyone on the stairs, fists while it waits for that power to recharge. If forced
telltale shadows give away the presence of creatures hiding to flee a statue, the stonewalker spirit uses its petrify-
behind the statues. ing touch power on a spellcaster or ranged combatant
before possessing another statue.
As the PCs climb the stairs, read: The gnoll sentries stay front and center in melee,
maximizing the effect of their defend the pack attacks,
With a yelp, four gnolls slip out of hiding places behind the then making greatsword attacks while that power
statues and race forward to attack. recharges.
The gnoll scouts snipe with shortbows against any
The stonewalker spirit begins the encounter hovering PCs on the outskirts of melee. If pressed, they drop
behind one of the statues, which it possesses in the their bows and attack with short swords.
first round.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
34
 Den of the Destroyer

THORNS ATTACK Perception Check Thorn

Medium fey humanoid, elf
Level 9 Solo Skirmisher
XP 2,000
DC 19: A faint sound betrays footsteps behind you. The
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP) elf mercenary Thorn is attempting to approach unheard, HP 388; Bloodied 194
two fierce-looking hounds at his side and a pair of hunting AC 25; Fortitude 21, Reflex 24, Will 23
Setup falcons on his shoulders. As you see him, he snarls a Saving Throws +5
Speed 6
Thorn, bounty hunter command, the dogs bounding forward as the falcons take
Action Points 2
2 elderwood falcons to the air. m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
2 ironwood hounds +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
2 Elderwood Falcons Level 6 Skirmisher
Medium natural animate XP 250 Range 10/20; +14 vs. AC; 1d6 + 6 damage
Though he has shown great caution as he follows the R Double Bolts (standard; at-will) Weapon
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
PCs and reactivates the traps in Fortress Graystone, HP 70; Bloodied 35 Thorn makes two hand crossbow attacks.
the bounty hunter Thorn eventually makes his move AC 20; Fortitude 17, Reflex 19, Will 18 R Gripping Net (minor; recharge 6 ) Weapon
Speed 2, fly 6 (hover) Range 2/5; Requires net; +12 vs. Reflex; target is restrained
against the party.
m Talon (standard; at-will) (save ends).
This encounter can take place at any time once R Pepper Bomb (minor; recharge 4 5 6 ) Weapon
+11 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage, and the target slides 1 square.
the PCs have arrived at Fortress Graystone, at your M Swoop (standard; at-will) Range 5/10; Requires pepper bomb; +12 vs. Reflex; target
is blinded (save ends).
discretion. Thorn should attack at a point when the The elderwood falcon shifts 1 square, makes a talon attack,
then shifts 1 square. R Retaliatory Shot (immediate reaction; when hit by a ranged
PCs resources have been depletedafter a difficult or area attack; at-will)
Alignment Unaligned Languages
encounter, halfway through an attempt to take an Str 8 (+2) Dex 19 (+7) Wis 16 (+6) Thorn makes a hand crossbow attack against the target
extended rest, and so on. (Allow the PCs to take a Con 14 (+5) Int 2 (1) Cha 6 (+1) that hit him.
A Bolt Storm (standard; encounter) Weapon
short rest before Thorn attacks, as they are likely to
Requires hand crossbow; area burst 2 within 10; +12 vs. AC;
need their encounter powers and have a chance to 2 Ironwood Hounds Level 6 Soldier 3d6 + 8 damage.
heal up in order to defeat him.) Medium natural animate XP 250 A Desperate Bolt Storm (free; when first bloodied; encounter)
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision Weapon
Since this encounter can take place anywhere in HP 69; Bloodied 34 Thorns bolt storm recharges, and he uses it immediately.
Fortress Graystone, use the Features of the Area AC 22; Fortitude 18, Reflex 17, Will 16 Elven Accuracy (free; encounter)
from the appropriate location. If Thorn attacks when Speed 6 Thorn can reroll an attack roll. He must use the second roll,
m Bite (standard; at-will) even if it is lower.
the PCs have left the fortress to take an extended rest
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 2 damage, and the target is marked until Wild Step
in the forest, map the area to incorporate the features the end of the ironwood hounds next turn. Thorn ignores difficult terrain when he shifts.
presented below. M Drive Back (standard; at-will) Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Thorn attempts to catch the PCs unawares in order +11 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 2 damage, and the target is Skills Bluff +12, Insight +12, Stealth +14, Survival +12,
pushed 2 squares and the ironwood hound can shift 2 Thievery +14
to gain a surprise round, either approaching by way squares. The ironwood hound must end its shift adjacent Str 13 (+5) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 16 (+7)
of one of the secret doors in the fortress or attacking to the targets new position. Con 17 (+7) Int 11 (+4) Cha 10 (+4)
from cover elsewhere. Alignment Unaligned Languages Equipment leather armor, hand crossbow with 40 bolts,
Skills Intimidate +7 longsword, net, 6 pepper bombs
Str 16 (+6) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 12 (+4)
Con 13 (+4) Int 2 (1) Cha 8 (+2)

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
35

Tactics
The first full round, Thorn takes two minor actions to
target a wizard or other controller with pepper bomb
and hit a melee combatant with gripping net. He then
makes hand crossbow attacks against lightly armored
foes, using bolt storm if he can target three or more
PCs. While wielding his hand crossbow, he uses
retaliatory shot to target PCs engaged by the hounds or
the falcons. If pressed into melee, he spends his action
Den of the Destroyer
points to make additional pepper bomb or gripping net Features of the Area
attacks, resorting to longsword attacks only if he has
Use the following features to create an encounter area
no other option.
outside the fortress if Thorn attacks while the PCs are
The ironwood hounds stay in the thick of melee,
taking an extended rest.
making bite attacks and using drive back to keep
Trees: Squares containing trees are difficult
combatants away from Thorn.
terrain and provide concealment to anyone stand-
The elderwood falcons make swoop attacks against
ing in them. A trees trunk provides cover to anyone
lightly armored PCs, staying out of melee range and
standing adjacent to it.
sliding foes who try to engage Thorn.
Stream: Where the waterfall hits the tree line, it
carves out a narrow stream that flows 5 feet deep and
Aftermath is difficult terrain. Characters in the water gain cover
If Thorn is kept alive, he can be easily convinced to
except against attacks from submerged enemies.
tell the PCs his story in exchange for his life. The
Fighting in the water imposes a 2 penalty to attack
bounty hunter is happy to bargain away his knowl-
rolls except with spears and crossbows.
edge of the fortresss secret passageways, and to fill
Boulders: These 5-foot-high rocks provide cover.
the PCs in on the layout of any sections they have not
A boulder can be climbed with a DC 10 Athletics
yet seen. In addition, Thorn knows most of the history
check.
of the fortress (having explored it in his youth), and
he can fill the PCs in on the information presented
on page 65.
Thorn reserves his most significant knowledge to
bargain for his freedom, promising the PCs (truth-
fully) that he will abandon his pursuit of them if
they let him flee the fortress. If the PCs agree, Thorn
informs them that Sarshan is behind the bounty
placed on their heads in Overlook. (If Thorn does not
survive this encounter, the PCs discover a note on his
body linking Sarshan to the bounty.)
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
36

GITHZERAI MIND TRAP wear the PCs down by pitting them against the gnoll
defenders now trapped here.
Encounter Level 8 (1,750 XP) The gnoll demonic scourge and his two lashers
begin in the second chamber, while the two gnoll
Setup maulers begin in the first chamber near the entrance
1 gnoll demonic scourge (D) to the fortress.
2 Wicked Fang maulers (M)
2 Wicked Fang lashers (L) When the PCs enter the fortress, read:
The githzerai mind trap was disabled when the gnolls As the stone doors open, you see a wide octagonal chamber
seized control of the fortress. However, Thorn has before you. On five of the walls, portals glow and pulse with
beaten the party here and reactivated it, hoping to arcane energy. The far side of the room appears to be made
of extremely thick glass, revealing a second chamber beyond
with four portals on the wall. A massive circle of carved
Gnoll Demonic Scourge (D) Level 8 Brute (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 350
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision 2 Wicked Fang Maulers (M) Level 7 Brute
Leader of the Pack aura 5; allies in the aura gain a +1 bonus Medium natural humanoid XP 300
to attack rolls. While this creature is bloodied, the bonus Initiative +4 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
increases to +2. HP 94; Bloodied 47
HP 106; Bloodied 53 AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 19
AC 20; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 18 Speed 7
Speed 5 m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
m Heavy Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon +10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage (crit 1d12 + 20), or 1d12 +
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, or 2d6 + 7 while bloodied; 10 damage (crit 1d12 + 22) while bloodied;
against a bloodied enemy, this attack also knocks the see also pack attack.
target prone; see also pack attack. M Backhand (minor; recharge 5 6 )
Bloodthirst +10 vs. AC; 1d6 + 8 damage, or 1d6 + 10 damage while
If the gnoll demonic scourge bloodies an enemy with a bloodied, and the target is knocked prone;
melee attack, an ally adjacent to the enemy can make a see also pack attack.
melee attack against that enemy as an immediate reaction. M Beat Back (standard; at-will) Weapon
Overwhelming Attack (free; encounter) +10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage (crit 1d12 + 20), or 1d12 +
The gnoll demonic scourge applies its bloodthirst power to 10 damage (crit 1d12 + 22) while bloodied, and the target
two allies instead of one. is pushed 2 squares; see also pack attack.
Pack Attack Pack Attack
The gnoll demonic scourge deals an extra 5 damage on The gnoll mauler deals an extra 5 damage on melee
melee attacks against an enemy that has two or more of attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll
the demonic scourges allies adjacent to it. maulers allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Insight +10, Intimidate +13, Religion +10 Skills Athletics +12
Str 20 (+9) Dex 14 (+6) Wis 12 (+5) Str 19 (+7) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 17 (+6)
Con 16 (+7) Int 13 (+5) Cha 15 (+6) Con 14 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2)
Equipment hide armor, heavy flail Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword
Den of the Destroyer
runes dominates the f loor of the first chamber, while a
smaller circle adorns the floor of the room beyond.
Tactics
The gnoll maulers stay in the thick of melee, using
their backhand power as often as possible alongside
beat back and greatsword attacks.
The gnoll lashers focus whip flay and drag around
attacks on spellcasters and ranged combatants. Both the
maulers and lashers use their forced movement abilities
to force PCs through the portals, splitting the party.
The gnoll demonic scourge stays in the area with the
maximum number of allies, increasing the effectiveness
of its leader of the pack aura and bloodthirst ability.
2 Wicked Fang Lashers (L) Level 9 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 400
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 93; Bloodied 46
AC 23; Fortitude 21, Reflex 22, Will 21
Speed 7
m Barbed Whip (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage (or 1d8 + 6 damage
while bloodied) and ongoing 5 damage (save ends);
see also pack attack.
M Whip Flay (standard; encounter) Weapon
Requires barbed whip; reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7
damage (or 3d8 + 9 damage while bloodied) and ongoing
10 damage (save ends); see also pack attack.
M Drag Around (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon
Requires barbed whip; reach 2; +12 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 5
damage (or 2d8 + 7 damage while bloodied) and the target
slides 3 squares; see also pack attack.
Pack Attack
The gnoll lasher deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks
against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll lashers
allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Stealth +14
Str 16 (+7) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 16 (+7)
Con 13 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 10 (+4)
Equipment: hide armor, barbed whip
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
37
 Den of the Destroyer

RUNNING THE MIND TRAP
The gith zerai mind traps shifting portals are
meant to confuse the PCs, but their movement
can be tracked by you in a relatively simple way.
When the first creature passes through a portal,
make a tally mark indicating that the portals
have shifted. On subsequent turns, if a creature
steps through a portal in the first room, find
that portal in the second or third rooms (treat-
ing both as one area), then move a number of
portals counterclockwise equal to the current
tally. Afterward, add another tally mark.
If a creature steps into a portal in the second
room, find the correct exit portal in the first
room, then move clockwise a number of portals
equal to the current tally. (Do not add another
tally for creatures moving from the second room
to the first.)
When your tally reaches 5, the portals have
shifted back to their initial positions and you can
start again.
in the second, and one in the final chamber. Each of
the portals in the first chamber is linked to one of the
other portals, as noted by the numbers on each portal.
When a creature enters one portal, it exits through
the other portal of the same number.
However, each time a creature passes through
a portal in either direction, the portals in the first
chamber shift one position clockwise. For example,
portal 1 begins on the north wall of the room. The
first time a creature passes through any portal, portal
1 shifts to the south side of the room, with all the
other portals moving with it accordingly.
Only the portals in the first chamber shift posi-
tion, and this movement is undetectable by simple
observation. In order to exit the mind trap, each
character must reach the exit chamber by passing
through portal 1, or by taking the secret door in the
second chamber.
Secret Door: This portal leads to the secret pas-
sages used by the gnolls (and Thorn) to move about
the fortress. A DC 19 Perception check reveals the
presence of the door, which can be opened normally.
Translucent Walls: The stone walls between the
three githzerai mind trap chambers have the magi-
cal appearance of massive sheets of glass. These walls
block line of effect but not line of sight, and allow the
PCs to see into the other chambers (helping them
determine how to exit the mind trap).

Features of the Area

Illumination: Torches on the walls and the arcane
runes on the floor fill both chambers with bright light.
Arcane Circles: The first and second chambers in
the mind trap feature circles of glowing arcane runes
that power the areas portals. A DC 19 Arcana check
and 10 minutes work allows a PC to control the circles,
stabilizing the portals and preventing them from shift-
ing each time a creature passes through (see below).
Mind Trap Portals: The githzerai mind trap is
designed to disorient creatures attempting an incur-
sion of Fortress Graystone. The mind trap consists of
a set of linked portals, five in the first chamber, four

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
38
 Den of the Destroyer

THE CELLS Wicked Fang Keeper (W)

Medium natural humanoid
Level 8 Elite Controller
XP 700
2 Wicked Fang Guards (G)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 6 Soldier
XP 250
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision Initiative +7 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
Encounter Level 9 (1,900 XP) HP 178; Bloodied 89 HP 74; Bloodied 37
AC 24; Fortitude 20, Reflex 23, Will 20 AC 22; Fortitude 19, Reflex 18, Will 17
Setup Speed 7 Speed 7
m Shadar-Kai Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
1 Wicked Fang keeper (W)
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 + 17), or 2d6 + 7 +13 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7 damage (crit 1d12 + 19), or 1d12 + 9
2 Wicked Fang guards (G) damage (crit 1d6 + 19) while bloodied; see also pack attack. damage (crit 1d12 + 21) while bloodied, and the target is
1 Wicked Fang mauler (M) r Handaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon marked until the end of the gnoll guards next turn;
Ranged 5/10; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 + 17), see also pack attack.
1 Wicked Fang lasher (L)
or 2d6 + 7 damage (crit 1d6 + 19) while bloodied; M Pinning Attack (standard; encounter) Weapon
see also pack attack. Requires greatsword; +11 vs. Fortitude; 1d12 + 7 damage
Since taking over Fortress Graystone, the gnolls have R Rain of Blades (standard; at-will) (crit 1d12 + 19), or 1d12 + 9 damage (crit 1d12 + 21) while
captured dozens of prisoners on Sarshans orders. The gnoll keeper makes three handaxe attacks, each of bloodied, and the target is immobilized until the end of the
which must be against a different target. gnoll guards next turn; see also pack attack.
Three survivors of these raids are currently being held M No Escape This Time (standard; at-will) Weapon Pack Attack
in an area the gnolls refer to as the cells. These prison- Requires short sword; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 The gnoll guard deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks
ers and their unfortunate predecessors are fated to + 17), or 2d6 + 7 damage (crit 1d6 + 19) while bloodied against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll guards
and the target is knocked prone; see also pack attack. allies adjacent to it.
become the subjects of Fangrens dark experiments.
M Keepers Shackles (minor; recharge 6 ) Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Targets adjacent prone creature; +12 vs. Fortitude; target Str 14 (+5) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 13 (+4)
When the PCs first descend the stairs, read: is restrained (until escape). Con 18 (+7) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2)
Caltrops (minor; encounter) Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword
The gnoll keeper can designate a 1-square burst area
From somewhere ahead comes a foul smell and the barking
within 5 squares; that area is filled with caltrops. Until the
of harsh voices. end of the encounter, any creature that enters a square
filled with caltrops without treating it as difficult terrain
When the PCs can see into this area, read: takes 1d6 + 4 damage.
Pack Attack
The gnoll keeper deals an extra 5 damage on melee
At the bottom of the second staircase is a crescent-shaped attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll
chamber set with three doors, its walls and f loors stained keepers allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
red-black with dried blood. The stench of rot and filth is
Skills Intimidate +11
overwhelming, a number of gnolls apparently oblivious to it Str 13 (+5) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 17 (+7)
as they argue among themselves. Con 17 (+7) Int 10 (+4) Cha 14 (+6)
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai short sword

If a PC speaks gnoll, the argument concerns the

keeper reminding the other guards that the prisoners
cannot be eaten, on Fangrens orders. The PCs can
make Stealth checks against the gnolls Perception
checks in an attempt to approach unseen. However,
the gnolls are alert.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
39

Wicked Fang Mauler (M) Level 7 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 300
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 94; Bloodied 47
AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 19
Speed 7
m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage (crit 1d12 + 20),
or 1d12 + 10 damage (crit 1d12 + 22) while bloodied;
see also pack attack.
M Backhand (minor; recharge 5 6 )
+10 vs. AC; 1d6 + 8 damage, or 1d6 + 10 damage
while bloodied, and the target is knocked prone;
see also pack attack.
M Beat Back (standard; at-will) Weapon
+10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage (crit 1d12 + 20), or 1d12 +
10 damage (crit 1d12 + 22) while bloodied, and the target
is pushed 2 squares; see also pack attack.
Pack Attack
The gnoll mauler deals an extra 5 damage on melee
attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll
maulers allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Athletics +12
Str 19 (+7) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 17 (+6)
Con 14 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2)
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword
Tactics
The gnoll keeper throws his caltrops to impede the
PCs movement, then stays back to throw handaxes at
lightly armored targets. If pressed into melee, he uses
no escape this time to set up his keepers shackles attack.
The gnoll guards mark the most powerful looking
melee combatants in an attempt to keep them occu-
pied. They reserve their pinning attack for a spellcaster
or ranged combatant.
The gnoll mauler takes on the most powerful-
looking melee combatant with beat back and greatsword
attacks. When its backhand power is recharged, it uses
it to push its current foe into melee with the guards or
the lasher, then selects another target.
Den of the Destroyer
Wicked Fang Lasher (L) Level 9 Skirmisher wealthy landowner, a curate at a church of Pelor, and
Medium natural humanoid XP 400
a retired sage.
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 93; Bloodied 46 If any of the gnolls are kept alive for questioning,
AC 23; Fortitude 21, Reflex 22, Will 21 they speak of Fangrens experiments in the ritual
Speed 7 chamber. They know that he uses the prisoners to test
m Barbed Whip (standard; at-will) Weapon
the effects of powerful magic on living subjects, but
Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage (or 1d8 + 6 damage
while bloodied) and ongoing 5 damage (save ends); they do not know his overall plans.
see also pack attack.
M Whip Flay (standard; encounter) Weapon Features of the Area
Requires barbed whip; reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7
damage (or 3d8 + 9 damage while bloodied) and ongoing Illumination: Torches shed bright light through-
10 damage (save ends); see also pack attack. out the area. The cells are dark if their doors are
M Drag Around (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon closed; dimly lit if their doors are open.
Requires barbed whip; reach 2; +12 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 5
Cells: The cells in which the prisoners are held
damage (or 2d8 + 7 damage while bloodied) and the target
slides 3 squares; see also pack attack. were once the personal chambers of the githzerai
Pack Attack who built the fortress. Their furnishings rotted away
The gnoll lasher deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks
long ago, and the prisoners now sleep on beds of filthy
against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll lashers
allies adjacent to it. straw. The doors are not locked, but the prisoners fear
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common keeps them in line.
Skills Stealth +14
Str 16 (+7) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 16 (+7)
Con 13 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 10 (+4)
Equipment: hide armor, barbed whip
The gnoll lashers target spellcasters and ranged
combatants with whip f lay and drag around attacks,
using their reach to fight past their allies if need be.
Development
Three prisoners occupy the cells. All are in failing
health but have enough strength to flee the fortress if
given food and water.
The captives have no knowledge of the gnolls
operations or plans.
The prisoners are all from different areas of Elsir
Vale, and they have no idea why they were kidnapped
by the gnolls. Each is a person of some importancea
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
40

TRAINING CHAMBER
Encounter Level 8 (1,850 XP)
Setup
1 ruin-touched beastcaller (R)
2 ruin-touched bloodwalkers (B)
3 slaughterfang hyenas (S)
Once a githzerai training ground, this chamber has
been given over to the ruin-touched gnolls within the
Wicked Fang tribe. The ruin-touchedgnolls who
undergo powerful rituals in order to gain the super-
natural grace of their demon lordgave Fangren the
knowledge that allowed him to control the planar
breach at the heart of Fortress Graystone.
When the characters can see into this area, read:
The ceiling of this huge chamber rises some 60 feet
overhead. The sound of rushing water sounds out faintly,
a meager ref lection of its sourcea waterfall descending
from an opening in the ceiling to a pool set within a raised
platform. Two stone gutters carry water down from the
pool into channels in the f loor, creating small rivers that
f low through circuitous paths in the ground with great
speed. Every few seconds, the noise of stone on stone
sounds out as these aqueducts in the f loor shift to follow
a new path.
2 Ruin-Touched Bloodwalker Level 9 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 95; Bloodied 47
AC 23; Fortitude 19, Reflex 22, Will 21; see also blood defense
Speed 6
m Jagged Sickle (standard; at will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 + 17).
m Blood Defense (standard; target must be bloodied;
at will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and the bloodwalker gains a
+2 power bonus to all defenses until the end of its next turn.
Bloodwalk (move; recharge 4 5 6 ) Teleportation
The bloodwalker teleports up to 10 squares to a space
adjacent to a bloodied creature, including itself if it is bloodied.
Blood Frenzy (free; the bloodwalker must be bloodied; at-will)
When the bloodwalker makes a successful melee attack,
it shifts 2 squares.
Pack Attack
The bloodwalker deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks
against an enemy that has two or more of the bloodwalkers
allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic Evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +13, Religion +10, Stealth +14
Str 15 (+6) Dex 21 (+9) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 15 (+6) Int 13 (+5) Cha 18 (+8)
Equipment: hide armor, jagged sickle
Den of the Destroyer
Beastcaller
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll
Level 7 Controller
XP 300
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 81; Bloodied 40
AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 19, Will 21
Speed 6
m Claw (standard; at will)
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 3 damage.
r Javelin (standard; at will) Weapon
Range 5/10; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 3 damage.
A Murderous Flock (standard; recharge 6 )
Ravens appear from nowhere and descend upon the
battlefield. Burst 3 within 20; targets enemies; +11 vs.
Reflex; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the target is blinded and takes
ongoing 5 damage (save ends both). Miss: Half damage, and
ongoing 5 damage (save ends) and the target is not blinded.
A Erupting Swarm (standard; recharge 5 6 )
Vermin boil from the earth and ravage everything in their
XP 400 path. Burst 3 within 10; targets enemies on the ground; +11
vs. Fortitude; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the target is immobilized
and takes ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends both).
Miss: Half damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends)
and the target is not immobilized. Effect: The area becomes
difficult terrain until the end of the encounter.
R Against the Tide (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged 10; targets one creature hit by murderous flock or
erupting swarm this turn; +13 vs. Fortitude; the beastcaller
slides the target 3 squares or the target is knocked prone.
Alignment Chaotic Evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Religion +11
Str 14 (+6) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 15 (+6)
Con 17 (+7) Int 15 (+6) Cha 20 (+9)
Equipment leather armor, 3 javelins
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
41
 Den of the Destroyer

3 Slaughterfang Hyenas (S)

Large natural beast
Level 6 Skirmisher
XP 250
Tactics Aqueducts: Shallow aqueducts mark out a
circuitous path across the floor of the chamber. Water
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision The ruin-touched gnolls begin the encounter
HP 71; Bloodied 35 is magically shunted through these channels with
mounted on the slaughterfang hyenas. Once they
AC 20; Fortitude 19, Reflex 18, Will 18 enough force to move creatures, testing the balance
are bloodied, the bloodwalkers dismount while the
Speed 8 and perception of the githzerai who trained here.
m Bite (standard; at will) hyenas continue to fight on their own.
Stone tiles slide over the aqueduct segments not
+11 vs. AC; 1d8+4 damage. The ruin-touched beastcaller sends its murderous
Harrier currently in use, allowing creatures to pass over those
f lock and erupting swarm against the PCs, employing
If a slaughterfang is adjacent to an enemy, all other squares unhindered. These paths are indicated on
creatures have combat advantage against that enemy against the tide to slide individual PCs into the
the map by red and blue lines, with arrows indicating
when making melee attacks. aqueducts or into position for flanking attacks.
Pack Attack Mount the direction in which the water flows to drain grates
The ruin-touched bloodwalkers focus on a single
The slaughterfang hyena deals an extra 5 damage on cemented into the stone floor.
target each, making jagged sickle attacks until they
melee attacks against an enemy that has two or more of When the encounter begins, determine which
the hyenas allies adjacent to it. are bloodied. They then use their bloodwalk power to
path the water is currently following by rolling 1d6.
When mounted by a friendly rider of 6th level or higher regroup or to follow the foe that bloodied them, as
who also has the pack attack trait, the slaughterfang On an odd result, the water flows along the red path;
appropriate.
and its rider count as allies for pack attack purposes, on an even result, along the blue path. At the begin-
meaning they need only one additional adjacent ally to The slaughterfang hyenas make charge attacks
ning of each round, roll again to determine whether
use this ability. whenever possible, staying close to grant pack attack
Ravaging Charge (when mounted by a friendly rider of 6th the flow of water continues or changes.
bonuses to both them and their riders.
level or higher who also has the pack attack trait; at will) At the start of a creatures turn, if it is in a square
Mount
When making a charge attack, the slaughterfang hyena
Features of the Area through which water is flowing, it slides 1 square
along the waters path. If the next square in the path
and its rider both deal extra damage as per their pack Illumination: Braziers built into the walls provide
attack power, even if they have no other allies adjacent to is currently occupied, that creature also slides 1
bright light throughout the area.
the foe. If they do have at least one other ally adjacent to square, and so on.
the foe, their pack attack deals an extra point of damage Waterfall and Pool: The waterfall descends
(that is, 6 rather than 5). from an opening in the ceiling 60 feet above, where a
Alignment Unaligned Languages mountain stream has been diverted into the fortress.
Str 19 (+7) Dex 16 (+6) Wis 16 (+6)
The water cascades down from the ceiling to land in a
Con 15 (+5) Int 2 (1) Cha 6 (+1)
pool set within a 10-foot-tall platform, then is shunted
into aqueducts (see below).
The water in the pool is 3 feet deep and is difficult
terrain. Additionally, the force of the falling water
deals 1d6 damage to any creature that ends its turn in
the pool.
The platform provides cover and can be climbed
with a DC 15 Athletics check.
The magical power that shunts the water through
the aqueducts also mutes the noise of the waterfall to
a faint roar.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
42

MEDITATION CHAMBER
Encounter Level 8 (1,850 XP)
Setup
2 gith zerai psionic echoes (E)
3 mindscramblers (M)
The gnolls of the Wicked Fang pack consider this area
haunted. As a result, it remains untouched and as it
was when the githzerai abandoned this place.
When the PCs approach this area (whether
through the secret door or the double doors), read:
The door before you appears to have been jammed shut
with the broken haft of a spear. Scrawled across its face
are warnings written in the Abyssal tongue of the gnolls:
DANGER! HAUNTED! STAY OUT!
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
This huge chamber is divided into two zones. To the south
is a wide hall with sweeping, curved walls.
To the north is a rough-edged cavern full
of odd angles and irregular ridges across
the f loor. The walls of this second chamber
have been painted in chaotic and clashing
colors, three pits along its edge falling off
into darkness. A wide wall separates these
two areas, cut by a circular platform that
rises 15 feet high.
When the PCs enter the meditation
chamber, their presence disturbs the
areas ancient guardians. In the south-
ern chamber (an area dedicated to law),
the ghostlike psionic echoes of two
githzerai warriors perceive the PCs as
intruders and manifest to attack. At the
same time, the githzerais appearance
summons three mindscramblers in the
northern chamber, infused with the
energy of primordial chaos.
Den of the Destroyer
When the first PC passes more than 3 squares
from either the main door or the secret door, read:
Suddenly, the air in the southern chamber begins to
shimmer as the spectral figures of two githzerai appear.
Though they wield no weapons, their intentions are clear as
they circle around you, preparing to strike.
At the same time, the chaotic colors of the walls to
the north are suddenly rent by dazzling light. Three
translucent forms appear, their shifting colors blazing as
they move to attack.
2 Githzerai Psionic Echoes (E) Level 9 Soldier
Medium elemental humanoid XP 400
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +9
HP 92; Bloodied 46
AC 25; Fortitude 20, Reflex 21, Will 22
Speed 7
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+16 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage.
r Lesser Mindstrike (standard; at-will) Psychic
Range 10; +14 vs. Will; 1d10 + 9 psychic damage.
M Psionic Strike (standard; encounter) Psychic
+14 vs. Will; 2d8 + 9 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage;
until the end of its next turn, the target has vulnerable
10 psychic.
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt; when the githzerai psionic
echo would be hit by an attack; encounter)
The githzerai psionic echo gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the end of its next turn.
Unstable Manifestation (immediate reaction; when the
githzerai psionic echo takes damage; encounter)
The githzerai psionic echo becomes insubstantial until the
end of its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Deep
Speech
Str 14 (+6) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 11 (+4)
Con 12 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 20 (+9)
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
43
 Den of the Destroyer

3 Mindscramblers (M)
Medium elemental animate
Level 8 Skirmisher
XP 350
Tactics Features of the Area
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +3 The mindscramblers select targets for their trace Illumination: The walls in both parts of the
HP 89; Bloodied 44 chance ability, then use their dizzying touch on chamber glow with dim light.
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 20, Will 20
randomly selected foes. They make chaos touch or Ground: The ridges in the northern part of the
Speed 6
m Chaos Touch (standard; at-will) Psychic scrambled mind attacks while waiting for dizzying chamber make the floor in that area difficult
+11 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 7 psychic damage. touch to recharge, reserving the latter for targets with terrain. The floor in the southern part of the chamber
M Scrambled Mind (standard; at-will) Psychic
adjacent allies. is normal.
+11 vs. Will; 1d6 + 7 psychic damage, and the target makes
a melee basic attack against one of its adjacent allies. The githzerai psionic echoes open with psionic Pits: Shadowy illusion magic make the pits in the
M Dizzying Touch (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Psychic strikes, then make lesser mindstrike attacks against the northern part of the chamber appear bottomless. In
+11 vs. Will; 3d6 + 7 psychic damage, and the target slides same target to maximize damage. They follow up with actuality, each is only 10 feet deep. A creature that
3 squares and is dazed (save ends).
R Misdirection (immediate interrupt; when an enemy within
unarmed strike and lesser mindstrike attacks against falls into a pit takes 1d10 damage and is blinded by
10 squares moves or shifts; encounter) whatever PCs the mindscramblers are not engaging. the shadow until it can climb out. It takes a DC 15
+11 vs. Will; the target is pushed 3 squares and may not The mindscramblers and the psionic echoes are Athletics check to escape a pit.
continue its movement.
diametrically opposed to each other, but they focus Circular Platform: the platform that marks the
Trace Chance (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; no attack roll required; the next melee attack their attacks exclusively on the PCs. However, they do center of the chamber stands 15 feet high. Its wide
made against the target gains a +5 power bonus and, if it not aid each other or flank. steps can be climbed or descended normally.
hits, it is automatically a critical hit. Secret Door: A secret door on the western side
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Primordial
of the barrier that divides the chamber leads to the
Skills Intimidate +12
Str 11 (+4) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 8 (+3) passage running through the fortress. Once located
Con 17 (+7) Int 8 (+3) Cha 16 (+7) (Perception DC 19), the door can be opened easily.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
44
 Den of the Destroyer

MARSHALING POINT Kyrion, Shadar-kai Level 8 Skirmisher

Encounter Level 8 (1,804 XP)
Setup
Kyrion, shadar-kai weaponmaster (S)
1 Wicked Fang warmaster (W)
8 Wicked Fang recruits (R)
2 gnoll huntmasters (H)
This former gith zerai great hall has been converted
into a training area for new Wicked Fang recruits. A
shadar-kai weaponmaster, Kyrion, has been training
the recruits in the fighting style of the shadar-kai
and instructing the packs warmaster in the use
of his magic weapon, a barbed sword known as
Wicked Fang.
Two gnoll huntmasters armed with longbows
begin the encounter in the secret passage on the far
west side of the room.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
The foul scent of gnoll assaults you the moment the door
is opened. This massive chamber was once decorated with
bas-reliefs, now crumbled and defaced by the marks of
weapons. Crude practice dummies scattered across the
chamber are under attack by a pack of armed gnolls under
the direction of a shadar-kai.
The east and west walls of the chamber are lined with
dark arrow slits. Two trapdoors in the southern part of the
chamber are open, ladders visible and leading down.
Weaponmaster (S)
Medium shadow humanoid XP 350
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 84; Bloodied 42
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 21, Will 20
Speed 6
m Shadar-Kai Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage (crit 1d6 + 15).
r Hurl Weapon (standard; at will) Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage; the shadar-kai
weaponmaster can use any melee weapon for this attack.
M Disarming Strike (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon
+11 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 9 damage (crit 1d6 + 27) and the
target drops one weapon it is holding. The shadar-kai
weaponmaster can choose to catch the dropped weapon
in a free hand or have it land on the ground at his feet
(in his square).
My Weapon Now (free; when the shadar-kai weaponmaster
successfully catches a weapon a target drops; at-will)
The shadar-kai weaponmaster makes a basic attack with
the weapon his target just dropped.
Shadow Jaunt (move, encounter) Teleportation
The shadar-kai weaponmaster teleports 3 squares and
becomes insubstantial until the start of his next turn.
Weapon Master
The shadar-kai weaponmaster is considered to be proficient
with all weapons.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Acrobatics +14
Str 17 (+7)Dex 20 (+9) Wis 16 (+7)
Con 12 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 10 (+4)
Equipment: leather armor, shadar-kai short sword

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
45
 Den of the Destroyer

Wicked Fang Warmaster (W) Level 8 Brute (Leader) 2 Gnoll Huntmasters (H) Level 5 Artillery Kyrion engages the most powerful-looking melee
Medium natural humanoid XP 350 Medium natural humanoid XP 200
combatant, using disarming strike to take the targets
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision Initiative +6 Senses Perception +11; low-light vision
Warmasters Aura aura 5; the gnoll warmaster gains a +1 HP 50; Bloodied 25 weapon, making an attack against the foe with my
bonus to AC and all defenses for each ally within the aura AC 19; Fortitude 16, Reflex 17, Will 14 weapon now, then using hurl weapon to attack one of
(maximum +5) Speed 7 the PCs allies. He then focuses short sword attacks
HP 107; Bloodied 53 m Handaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon
on the initial target, hoping for a quick kill.
AC 20; Fortitude 20, Reflex 19, Will 20 +9 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage, or 1d6 + 5 damage while
Speed 7 bloodied; see also pack attack. Though the gnolls fight to the finish, Kyrion is
m Wicked Fang (standard; at-will) Weapon R Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon more concerned with saving himself. If he is blood-
+11 vs. AC; 2d8 + 8 damage (crit 3d8 + 24), or 2d8 + 10 Ranged 20/40; +10 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, or 1d10 + 6
ied and the warmaster is killed, he attempts to flee
(crit 3d8 + 26) damage while bloodied; see also pack attack. damage while bloodied; see also pack attack.
M Forward the Wicked Fang (standard; encounter) Weapon Pack Attack through the secret passage and out of the fortress.
Requires Wicked Fang; +11 vs. AC; 4d8 + 8 damage (crit The gnoll huntmaster deals an extra 5 damage on melee
3d8 + 40), or 4d8 + 10 damage (crit 3d8 + 42) while and ranged attacks against an enemy that has two or more Features of the Area
bloodied, and all gnoll allies within the warmasters aura of the huntmasters allies adjacent to it.
Illumination: Torches in wall sconces fill the area
make a basic attack; see also pack attack. Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Pack Attack Skills Intimidate +7, Stealth +11 with bright light. The secret passageway is filled with
The gnoll warmaster deals an extra 5 damage on melee Str 16 (+5) Dex 19 (+6) Wis 14 (+4) dim light within 10 feet of the open trapdoors, but
attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll Con 14 (+4) Int 8 (+1) Cha 7 (+0)
is dark elsewhere. (The gnolls and Kyrion know the
warmasters allies adjacent to it. Equipment leather armor, handaxe, longbow, quiver of
Wicked Fang Power (free; when an attack with the weapon 30 arrows layout of the secret passages, and can move through
keyword hits; daily) them at full speed even with no light.)
The target also takes ongoing 13 damage (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Tactics Arrow Slits: Arrow slits along the walls allow
The gnoll warmaster tries to keep minions within his a creature to make ranged attacks from within the
Skills Intimidate +10
Str 14 (+6) Dex 10 (+4) Wis 16 (+7) warmasters aura at all times, maximizing his defenses. secret passage. An arrow slit grants a ranged attacker
Con 17 (+7) Int 14 (+6) Cha 13 (+5) He wields Wicked Fang in melee, using forward the superior cover while granting him or her a clear view
Equipment: hide armor, Wicked Fang (see page 96) of the battlefield. The firer determines the targets
Wicked Fang early on in combat before his minions
begin to fall. cover from the square just outside the slit.
8 Wicked Fang Recruits (R) Level 8 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 88 The gnoll recruits fight with abandon, staying Trap Doors: Two trapdoors here lead to the secret
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision close together in order to take advantage of their passage running through the fortress. A ladder
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion (Athletics DC 5 to climb) drops down to the
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 18
pack attack.
Speed 7 The gnoll huntmasters enter the fray in the second passageway below. The trap doors are not hidden,
m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) round, firing their longbows through the arrow slits. and require a minor action to open or close.
+13 vs. AC; 8 damage, or 10 damage while bloodied;
They target any creatures that have two or more
see also pack attack.
Pack Attack gnolls adjacent to them in order to take advantage of
The gnoll recruit deals an extra 5 damage on melee their pack attack. If the PCs pursue them into the
attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll passageway, the gnolls attack with handaxes. How-
recruits allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
ever, if all their allies in the main chamber fall, the
Str 16 (+7) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 13 (+5) hunt masters flee the fortress and are not seen again.
Con 14 (+6) Int 10 (+4) Cha 8 (+3)
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
46
 Den of the Destroyer

RITUAL CHAMBER realm in the Elemental Chaos. With the link
established, the gnoll shaman will be able to ascend
Encounter Level 12 (3,454 XP) to full power as an exarch of the Destroyer. Assisting
Fangren in his foul quest are two of his most trusted
Setup disciples and two crocottas summoned from the
Fangren, gnoll shaman (F) Elemental Chaos. Additionally, eight abyssal wretches
2 disciples of Yeenoghu (D) lurk in the ritual chamberall former captives from
2 crocottas (C) Elsir Vale that Fangren used as test subjects to
8 abyssal wretches (A) evaluate the conduits power. Now slaves to the
shaman, they defend him with their lives.
Within this chamber, Fangren is in the final stages In addition to Fangrens followers, the gnoll
of the ritual that will open the conduit to Yeenoghus shaman can manipulate the energy of the conduit to
create a fearsome weapon.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
A deep thrumming noise echoes throughout this high-
domed ritual chamber, the air crackling with energy.
Three large cauldrons burn furiously along walls that rise
10 feet to a wide balcony fronted by crimson curtains. An
altar sits atop a stepped dais in the center of the room, a
group of hooded gnolls around it. A short distance away,
the air ripples in a shifting haze of energy where a portal
takes form.
Scattered around the chamber are a number of
hunched humanoid creaturesthe helpless captives of
Elsir Vale, transformed into horrid abyssal wretches.
As they spot you, they raise a keening howl, lurching
forward to attack.
Fangren (F) Level 11 Elite Controller (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 1,200
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
Bloodlust aura 3; all allies within the aura gain a +2 bonus to
attack rolls.
HP 228; Bloodied 114
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 26
Resist 10 variable (1/encounter; MM 282)
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7
Action Points 1
m Caustic Touch (standard; at-will) Fire
+15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 fire damage, or 2d6 + 7 damage
while bloodied; see also pack attack.
r Chaos Bolt (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the target is slowed
until the end of Fangren's next turn.
M Blastback (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Fire
+15 vs. Reflex; 4d8 + 5 fire damage, or 4d8 + 7 fire
damage while bloodied, and the target is pushed 6
squares; see also pack attack.
A Vortex of Chaos (standard, encounter) Fire, Psychic
Area burst 1 within 10; +13 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 6 fire
damage, and target takes ongoing 10 psychic damage and
is dazed (save ends both).
Favor of Yeenoghu (minor 1/round; at-will)
The Claw of Yeenoghu (see page 91) makes one attack.
Shun the Nonbeliever (immediate reaction; when an enemy
moves adjacent to Fangren; at-will)
The target slides 3 squares.
Pack Attack
Fangren deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks against
an enemy that has two or more of Fangrens allies adjacent
to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Arcana +13, Religion +15
Str 12 (+6) Dex 13 (+6) Wis 15 (+7)
Con 18 (+9) Int 16 (+8) Cha 21 (+10)
Equipment ritual robes, 4 sacrificial daggers

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
47
 Den of the Destroyer

2 Disciples of Yeenoghu (D) Level 7 Artillery 2 Crocottas* (C) Level 9 Skirmisher wade into the fray to make gore attacks, using morphic
Medium natural humanoid XP 300 Medium elemental beast (demon) XP 400
visage as often as possible to gain combat advantage.
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision Initiative +9 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 62; Bloodied 31 HP 94; Bloodied 47 The abyssal wretches stay close to Fangren, using
AC 19; Fortitude 18, Reflex 20, Will 19 AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 21, Will 20 inspire revulsion to protect their leader.
Speed 7 Resist 5 variable (1/encounter; MM 282)
m Sacrificial Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, or 2d4 + 7 damage while
Speed 8
m Gore (standard; at-will)
Features of the Area
bloodied; see also pack attack. +14 vs. AC; 2d6 + 4 damage. Illumination: The blazing cauldrons fill the area
r Ray of Destruction (standard; at-will) Necrotic C Haunting Laughter (standard; encounter) Fear, Psychic with bright light.
Range 10; +12 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 necrotic damage, or 2d8 Close burst 3; +12 vs. Will; 2d10 + 6 damage, and the target
Balcony: A 10-foot wall fronts the main floor of
+ 10 necrotic damage while bloodied; see also pack attack. slides 1 square. Miss: The target slides 1 square.
A Ruinous Burst (standard; recharge 6 ) Fire, Necrotic C Morphic Visage (minor; recharge 4 5 6 ) Illusion the chamber, a balcony circling the room beyond
Area burst 2 within 10; +10 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 5 fire and Close blast 3; +12 vs. Will; the crocotta gains combat it. Columns along the balcony rise to the ceiling,
necrotic damage, or 3d10 + 5 fire and necrotic damage advantage against the target until the end of its next turn. crimson curtains hanging between them. A secret
while bloodied. Craven (immediate reaction, when targeted by a power with
entrance to the ritual chamber can be found in the
Pack Attack the fear keyword; at-will)
The disciple of Yeenoghu deals an extra 5 damage on Whenever a crocotta is the target of an attack with the southeast corner of the balcony.
melee and ranged attacks against an enemy that has two fear keyword, it shifts 4 squares away from the source of Dais and Altar: The steps of the dais are difficult
or more of the disciples allies adjacent to it. the attack.
terrain when ascending, but are normal terrain for
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common Feint
Skills Religion +14 If a crocotta shifts at least 1 square during its turn, its melee characters moving down or along them.
Str 11 (+3) Dex 12 (+4) Wis 16 (+6) attacks deal an extra 1d6 damage. The altar atop the dais is the focal point of
Con 14 (+5) Int 18 (+7) Cha 11 (+3) Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Fangrens ritual. Any creature that touches the altar
Equipment ritual robes, sacrificial dagger Skills Stealth +12
takes 10 radiant damage, as does any creature that
Str 19 (+8) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 15 (+6)
8 Abyssal Wretches (A) Level 6 Minion Con 14 (+6) Int 5 (+1) Cha 11 (+4) begins its turn in contact with the altar.
Medium elemental humanoid XP 63 *First appeared in Dragon #364. The Conduit: The shimmering portal is the
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +1 physical manifestation of the conduit that Fangren
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion Tactics hopes to open to Yeenoghus realm in the Elemental
AC 18; Fortitude 17, Reflex 15, Will 16
At the first sign of trouble, Fangren hits the largest Chaos. As soon as the PCs appear, Fangren interrupts
Speed 6
m Twisted Claw (standard; at-will) group of PCs with vortex of chaos. He then falls back to the still-incomplete ritual in order to take control of
+9 vs. AC; 6 damage. direct the Claw of Yeenoghu against the party, using the conduits energy, creating the Claw of Yeenoghu.
C Inspire Revulsion (standard; at-will) Fear, Psychic shun the nonbeliever and blastback to push enemies
Close burst 1; targets one enemy in burst; +7 vs. Will;
6 psychic damage, and the target takes a 2 penalty on
within reach of the claw. If the conduit is disabled
attack rolls until the end of the abyssal wretchs next turn. before the shaman is killed, he attacks the closest PCs
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages in a fury.
Str 14 (+5) Dex 10 (+3) Wis 6 (+1)
The Disciples of Yeenoghu stay out of melee, using
Con 11 (+3) Int 2 (1) Cha 11 (+3)
ray of destruction from the edge of the fray, then climb-
ing to the balcony to use that power and ruinous burst.
The crocottas open combat with haunting laughter
to draw PCs on the periphery into melee. They then

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
48
 Den of the Destroyer

Claw of Yeenoghu Level 8 Lurker

Hazard XP 350
Through the planar conduit, a massive, clawed hand of primal
elemental energy reaches for you.
Hazard: A claw of elemental energy under Fangrens control
emerges from the conduit to target any creature within 2
squares of it.
Perception
No check is necessary to notice the claw.
Trigger
The Claw of Yeenoghu attacks as directed by Fangren.
Attack
Minor Action Melee
Target: One creature within 2 squares of the conduit
Attack: +11 vs. Reflex
Hit: 2d6 + 5 fire and necrotic damage, and the target is
grabbed and takes ongoing 10 fire and necrotic damage
(until escape; DC 19).
Countermeasures
The countermeasures for the Claw of Yeenoghu are
described in the skill challenge.

Closing the Conduit Level 9
Skill Challenge XP 1,200
The gnolls have been defeated, but you must still deal with
vortex. You must find a way to safely disrupt the energy
conduit to the Elemental Chaos, breaking the connection
Fangren has created to the realm of Yeenoghu and closing
the breach for good.
Even if the PCs kill Fangren without disabling the Claw of
Yeenoghu, the energy conduit remains a threat. The PCs need
to close the vortex to the Elemental Chaos before they can
perform the ritual that Amyria has charged them with.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Athletics, History, Perception, Religion.
Other Skills
Endurance.
Victory
Fangrens ritual is undone and the conduit is closed, safely
breaking the connection to the Elemental Chaos.
Defeat
The PCs manage to close the conduit, but in doing so, they
release a backlash of elemental energy that floods the
chamber. All creatures in the room are plagued by terrible
nightmares of destruction and ruin each time they sleep or
trance. All PCs indefinitely lose one healing surge, so that
they regain one less healing surge than normal each time
they take an extended rest. The Remove Affliction ritual
can remove this effect.
Arcana (DC 14)
The PC uses his or her mastery of arcane knowledge to
manipulate the energy flowing from the Elemental Chaos,
turning it back on itself.
Athletics (DC 14)
By physically shifting the altar, the PC disrupts the complex
connection to the Elemental Chaos created by Fangrens
ritual.
History (DC 19)
The PC recalls knowledge of Fortress Graystone and its
construction that helps nullify the flow of energy through
the conduit.
Perception (DC 19)
The PC notes subtle changes in the flow of energy from
the conduit, indicating essential points of weakness in
Fangrens uncompleted ritual.
Religion (DC 14)
The PC recites prayers whose power is anathema to Yeenoghu,
disrupting the flow of energy between the altar and the
demon lords domain.
Endurance (DC 8)
PCs making Arcana or Athletics checks in the skill challenge
put themselves directly into the flow of the conduits
energy. For each Arcana or Athletics check made, a
character must also make an Endurance check or take 1d6
damage. This check does not count as a success or failure in
the challenge. G
About the Author
Rodney Thompson is a game designer at Wizards of the
Coast, Inc. His previous design credits include the Star Wars
Roleplaying Game Saga Edition, the Starships of the Galaxy
supplement, and The Force Unleashed Campaign Guide
supplement.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
49

APPENDIX I:
NEW MONSTERS
Abyssal Wretch
When Fangren discovered that the ritual chamber of
Fortress Graystone was built around a planar breach,
he drew on the knowledge of the ruin-touched gnolls
to create the conduit to the Elemental Chaos. How-
ever, the shamans desire to become an exarch of
Yeenoghu involved energy that even the ruin-touched
gnolls could not predict the effects of.
Fangren decided to use captives the gnolls had kid-
napped on Sarshans orders as test subjects. The first
results were abyssal wretcheshumans, elves, and
other humanoids twisted into horrific reflections of
their original forms, tainted by the evil of Yeenoghu.
Abyssal Wretch Level 6 Minion
Medium elemental humanoid XP 63
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +1
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 18; Fortitude 17, Reflex 15, Will 16
Speed 6
m Twisted Claw (standard; at-will)
+9 vs. AC; 6 damage.
C Inspire Revulsion (standard; at-will) Fear, Psychic
Close burst 1; targets one enemy in burst; +7 vs. Will;
6 psychic damage, and the target takes a 2 penalty on
attack rolls until the end of the abyssal wretchs next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages
Str 14 (+5) Dex 10 (+3) Wis 6 (+1)
Con 11 (+3) Int 2 (1) Cha 11 (+3)
Abyssal Wretch Tactics
Abyssal wretches are brutish minions. If an enemy
is vulnerable to psychic damage, they always target
that enemy with inspire revulsion. Typically, wretches
serving a more powerful master will use inspire revul-
sion as a defense mechanism to protect their leader.
Disciple of Yeenoghu
Disciples of Yeenoghu are life-long servants of the
demon lord, serving gnoll cults as sages and schol-
ars. A disciple of Yeenoghu collects the darkest,
vilest lore surrounding the Ruler of Ruin, acting as
a servant of the cults leaders and whipping gnoll
packs into a frenzy in the service of the demon lord.
Disciple of Yeenoghu Level 7 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 300
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
HP 62; Bloodied 31
AC 19; Fortitude 18, Reflex 20, Will 19
Speed 7
m Sacrificial Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, or 2d4 + 7 damage while
bloodied; see also pack attack.
r Ray of Destruction (standard; at-will) Necrotic
Range 10; +12 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 necrotic damage, or 2d8
+ 10 necrotic damage while bloodied; see also pack attack.
A Ruinous Burst (standard; recharge 6 ) Fire, Necrotic
Area burst 2 within 10; +10 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 5 fire and
necrotic damage, or 3d10 + 5 fire and necrotic damage
while bloodied.
Pack Attack
The disciple of Yeenoghu deals an extra 5 damage on
melee and ranged attacks against an enemy that has two
or more of the disciples allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Religion +14
Str 11 (+3) Dex 12 (+4) Wis 16 (+6)
Con 14 (+5) Int 18 (+7) Cha 11 (+3)
Equipment ritual robes, sacrificial dagger
Disciple of Yeenoghu Tactics
A disciple of Yeenoghu prefers to stand back, using ray
of destruction and ruinous burst on enemies from afar.
Mindscrambler
When the psionic githzerai inhabited Fortress Gray-
stone, the meditation room enabled them to clear their
minds of the chaos within and focus on the discipline
Den of the Destroyer
needed to achieve their top fighting form. Over long
years, the githzerai were able to use their mental
discipline to purge untamed emotions. As a result, the
psionic residue of these chaotic emotions eventually
coalesced into chaotic beings of pure mental energy.
Mindscramblers appear to be translucent beings
with a vaguely humanoid shape. Mindscramblers
have no discernable features, appearing to be little
more than a mass of shifting color and light.
Mindscrambler Level 8 Skirmisher
Medium elemental animate XP 350
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +3
HP 89; Bloodied 44
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 20, Will 20
Speed 6
m Chaos Touch (standard; at-will) Psychic
+11 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 7 psychic damage.
M Scrambled Mind (standard; at-will) Psychic
+11 vs. Will; 1d6 + 7 psychic damage, and the target makes
a melee basic attack against one of its adjacent allies.
M Dizzying Touch (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Psychic
+11 vs. Will; 3d6 + 7 psychic damage, and the target slides
3 squares and is dazed (save ends).
R Misdirection (immediate interrupt; when an enemy within
10 squares moves or shifts; encounter)
+11 vs. Will; the target is pushed 3 squares and may not
continue its movement.
Trace Chance (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; no attack roll required; the next melee attack
made against the target gains a +5 power bonus and, if it
hits, it is automatically a critical hit.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Primordial
Skills Intimidate +12
Str 11 (+4)
Con 17 (+7)
Dex 16 (+7)
Int 8 (+3)
Wis 8 (+3)
Cha 16 (+7)
Mindscrambler Tactics
Mindscramblers use trace chance before approach-
ing to use dizzying touch. If the mindscrambler is
swarmed, it uses misdirection to keep an enemy at bay.
November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
50
 Den of the Destroyer

Psionic Echo Stonewalker Spirit Wicked Fang Gnolls

As the githzerai purged their negative emotions, so
too did their disciplined minds leave imprints on
Fortress Graystone. Literally a reflection of raw
mental power, psionic echoes appear as spectral
githzerai warriors. A psionic echo forces itself into
existence by sheer will. While it manifests, it is as
solid and real as any other physical object, though it
continues to appear hazy and translucent.
Githzerai Psionic Echo Level 9 Soldier
Medium elemental humanoid XP 400
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +9
HP 92; Bloodied 46
AC 25; Fortitude 20, Reflex 21, Will 22
Speed 7
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+16 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage.
r Lesser Mindstrike (standard; at-will) Psychic
Range 10; +14 vs. Will; 1d10 + 9 psychic damage.
M Psionic Strike (standard; encounter) Psychic
+14 vs. Will; 2d8 + 9 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage;
until the end of its next turn, the target has vulnerable
10 psychic.
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt; when the githzerai psionic
echo would be hit by an attack; encounter)
The githzerai psionic echo gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the end of its next turn.
Unstable Manifestation (immediate reaction; when the
githzerai psionic echo takes damage; encounter)
The githzerai psionic echo becomes insubstantial until the
end of its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Deep
Speech
Str 14 (+6) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 11 (+4)
Con 12 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 20 (+9)
Psionic Echo Tactics
Psionic echoes single out a weaker target and use
psionic strike to make them more vulnerable to
mindstrikes. It usually waits until it is bloodied to use
unstable manifestation.
Stonewalker spirits are conjured from the Elemental The Wicked Fang are a pack of gnoll mercenaries
Chaos, and are incorporeal in their natural form. whose thirst for blood is equaled only by their greed.
Little more than an elemental consciousness, a stone- Initially consisting of little more than Fangren and his
walker spirit can pass into earth or rock to create a closest allies, the packs dealings with operatives of
body for itself. Statues are the favored bodies of stone- the shadar-kai Sarshan have seen its numbers swell.
walker spirits.
Wicked Fang Scout Level 7 Skirmisher
Stonewalker Spirit Level 7 Lurker Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 300
Medium elemental magical beast (earth) XP 300 Initiative +7 Senses Perception +10, low-light vision
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +5 HP 77; Bloodied 38
HP 45; Bloodied 22 AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 19, Will 18
Speed 7
AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 19, Will 20
Immune disease, petrification, poison; Resist insubstantial m Shadar-Kai Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage (crit 1d6 + 15), or 1d6 +
Speed fly 6 (hover)
11 damage (crit 1d6 + 17) while bloodied; see also pack
m Spectral Grasp (standard; at-will)
attack.
+10 vs. Reflex; 2d4 + 7 damage.
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
M Petrifying Touch (standard; recharge 6 )
Range 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage, or 1d6 + 11
+10 vs. Fortitude; the target is slowed (save ends). First
damage while bloodied; see also pack attack.
Failed Save: The target is immobilized instead of slowed
(save ends). Second Failed Save: The target is petrified (no Cowardly Shot (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires hand crossbow; ranged 10/20; +12 vs. AC; 1d6 +
save), and is considered to be a statue for the purposes of
9 damage, or 1d6 + 11 damage while bloodied; the gnoll
the possess statue ability.
scout can shift 2 squares both before and after making the
Possess Statue (free, when entering the same space as a
attack; see also pack attack.
statue; at-will)
Pack Attack
The stonewalker spirit assumes the form of a possessed
The gnoll scout deals an extra 5 damage on melee and
statue. Use the possessed statue stat block instead of the
ranged attacks against an enemy that has two or more of
stonewalker spirits stat block. The spirit can leave the
the scouts allies adjacent to it.
statue as a free action.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Flee the Form (free, when a possessed statue is reduced to
Str 16 (+6) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 14 (+5)
0 hit points; at-will)
Con 13 (+4) Int 10 (+3) Cha 10 (+3)
The stonewalker spirit takes 16 damage (ignores
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai short sword, hand
insubstantial) as it reverts to its normal form, then moves
crossbow, 20 bolts
up to its speed.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Abyssal, Primordial
Skills Stealth +11 Wicked Fang Scout Tactics
Str 10 (+3) Dex 17 (+6) Wis 14 (+5)
Con 16 (+6) Int 11 (+3) Cha 19 (+7)
Wicked Fang scouts prefer to fight from range, using
cowardly shot to leap out from behind cover, make an
Stonewalker Spirit Tactics attack, and then retreat back behind cover.
Stonewalker spirits want to be in possessed statue
form when possible. If no statue is available, the spirit
uses petrifying touch to create one.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
51
 Den of the Destroyer

Wicked Fang Sentry Level 7 Soldier Wicked Fang Mauler Level 7 Brute Wicked Fang Lasher Level 9 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 300 Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 300 Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 400
Initiative +6 Senses Perception +11, low-light vision Initiative +4 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 80; Bloodied 40 HP 94; Bloodied 47 HP 93; Bloodied 46
AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 19 AC 19; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 19 AC 23; Fortitude 21, Reflex 22, Will 21
Speed 7 Speed 7 Speed 7
m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon m Barbed Whip (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage (crit 1d12 + 17), or 1d12 + 7 +10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage (crit 1d12 + 20), or 1d12 + Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage (or 1d8 + 6 damage
damage (crit 1d12 + 19) while bloodied, and the target is 10 damage (crit 1d12 + 22) while bloodied; while bloodied) and ongoing 5 damage (save ends);
marked until the end of the gnoll sentrys next turn; see also pack attack. see also pack attack.
see also pack attack. M Backhand (minor; recharge 5 6 ) M Whip Flay (standard; encounter) Weapon
C Defend the Pack (standard; recharge 6 ) Weapon +10 vs. AC; 1d6 + 8 damage, or 1d6 + 10 damage Requires barbed whip; reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7
Close burst 1; +12 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage, or 1d12 + 7 while bloodied, and the target is knocked prone; damage (or 3d8 + 9 damage while bloodied) and ongoing
damage while bloodied, and the target is marked until the see also pack attack. 10 damage (save ends); see also pack attack.
end of the gnoll sentrys next turn; see also pack attack. M Beat Back (standard; at-will) Weapon M Drag Around (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon
Defensive Lure (move; encounter) +10 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage (crit 1d12 + 20), or 1d12 + Requires barbed whip; reach 2; +12 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 5
The gnoll sentry shifts 3 squares, then pulls all targets it has 10 damage (crit 1d12 + 22) while bloodied, and the target damage (or 2d8 + 7 damage while bloodied) and the target
marked 3 squares. is pushed 2 squares; see also pack attack. slides 3 squares; see also pack attack.
Pack Attack Pack Attack Pack Attack
The gnoll sentry deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks The gnoll mauler deals an extra 5 damage on melee The gnoll lasher deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks
against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll sentrys attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll lashers
allies adjacent to it. maulers allies adjacent to it. allies adjacent to it.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Str 19 (+7) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 16 (+6) Skills Athletics +12 Skills Stealth +14
Con 16 (+6) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2) Str 19 (+7) Dex 13 (+4) Wis 17 (+6) Str 16 (+7) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 16 (+7)
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword Con 14 (+5) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2) Con 13 (+5) Int 10 (+4) Cha 10 (+4)
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword Equipment: hide armor, barbed whip
Wicked Fang Sentry Tactics
Wicked Fang sentries use defend the pack frequently to
Wicked Fang Mauler Tactics Wicked Fang Lasher Tactics
mark multiple enemies, attempting to make enemies Wicked Fang maulers are frequently used to defend The Wicked Fang lasher uses whip flay against a
focus on them. If a marked enemy tries to move away, other gnolls, using beat back to keep enemies from bloodied opponent when possible, trying to bring
the sentry uses defensive lure to draw them back into getting too close. If the mauler and its target are close them down quickly. When an enemy gets close, the
the area. to hazardous terrain, it uses backhand to knock the lasher uses drag around to maneuver the enemy into a
target into that area. place where other gnolls can get pack attack bonuses.
MORE MONSTERS
For more information on some of the monsters
used in this adventure, see Ari Marmells Creature
Incarnations: Gnolls from Dragon #369 (which
includes more information on the ruin-touched
gnolls and the slaughterfang hyenas) and Robert
J. Schwalbs Demonomicon of Iggwilv: Yeenoghu
(which includes the crocotta) from Dragon #364.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
52
 Den of the Destroyer

Wicked Fang Keeper

Medium natural humanoid, gnoll
Level 8 Elite Controller
XP 700
Wicked Fang Guard
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll
Level 6 Soldier
XP 250
Wicked Fang Recruit Tactics
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision Initiative +7 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision Wicked Fang recruits do their best to swarm their
HP 178; Bloodied 89 HP 74; Bloodied 37 enemies. They always try to keep at least two recruits
AC 24; Fortitude 20, Reflex 23, Will 20 AC 22; Fortitude 19, Reflex 18, Will 17
adjacent to a target at all times, giving other Wicked
Speed 7 Speed 7
m Shadar-Kai Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon Fang pack members a pack attack bonus.
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 + 17), or 2d6 + 7 +13 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7 damage (crit 1d12 + 19), or 1d12 + 9
damage (crit 1d6 + 19) while bloodied; see also pack attack. damage (crit 1d12 + 21) while bloodied, and the target is Wicked Fang Warmaster Level 8 Brute (Leader)
r Handaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon marked until the end of the gnoll guards next turn; Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 350
Ranged 5/10; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 + 17), see also pack attack. Initiative +6 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
or 2d6 + 7 damage (crit 1d6 + 19) while bloodied; M Pinning Attack (standard; encounter) Weapon Warmasters Aura aura 5; the gnoll warmaster gains a +1
see also pack attack. Requires greatsword; +11 vs. Fortitude; 1d12 + 7 damage bonus to AC and all defenses for each ally within the aura
R Rain of Blades (standard; at-will) (crit 1d12 + 19), or 1d12 + 9 damage (crit 1d12 + 21) while (maximum +5)
The keeper makes three handaxe attacks, each of which bloodied, and the target is immobilized until the end of the HP 107; Bloodied 53
must be against a different target. gnoll guards next turn; see also pack attack. AC 20; Fortitude 20, Reflex 19, Will 20
M No Escape This Time (standard; at-will) Weapon Pack Attack Speed 7
Requires short sword; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage (crit 1d6 The gnoll guard deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks m Wicked Fang (standard; at-will) Weapon
+ 17), or 2d6 + 7 damage (crit 1d6 + 19) while bloodied against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll guards +11 vs. AC; 2d8 + 8 damage (crit 3d8 + 24), or 2d8 + 10
and the target is knocked prone; see also pack attack. allies adjacent to it. (crit 3d8 + 26) damage while bloodied; see also pack attack.
M Keepers Shackles (minor; recharge 6 ) Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common M Forward the Wicked Fang (standard; encounter) Weapon
Targets adjacent prone creature; +12 vs. Fortitude; target is Str 14 (+5) Dex 15 (+5) Wis 13 (+4) Requires Wicked Fang; +11 vs. AC; 4d8 + 8 damage (crit
restrained (until escape). Con 18 (+7) Int 10 (+3) Cha 8 (+2) 3d8 + 40), or 4d8 + 10 damage (crit 3d8 + 42) while
Caltrops (minor; encounter) Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword bloodied, and all gnoll allies within the warmasters aura
The keeper can designate a 1-square burst area within 5 make a basic attack; see also pack attack.
squares; that area is filled with caltrops. Until the end of the Wicked Fang Guard Tactics Pack Attack
encounter, any creature that enters a square filled with caltrops The gnoll warmaster deals an extra 5 damage on melee
without treating it as difficult terrain takes 1d6 + 4 damage. The Wicked Fang guards engage as many enemies as attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll
Pack Attack possible, using pinning attack when foes attempt to escape. warmasters allies adjacent to it.
The keeper deals an extra 5 damage on melee attacks Wicked Fang Power (free; when an attack with the weapon
against an enemy that has two or more of the keepers keyword hits; daily)
allies adjacent to it.
Wicked Fang Recruit Level 8 Minion
The target also takes ongoing 10 damage (save ends).
Medium natural humanoid, gnoll XP 88
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
Skills Intimidate +11 Skills Intimidate +10
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
Str 13 (+5) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 17 (+7) Str 14 (+6) Dex 10 (+4) Wis 16 (+7)
AC 22; Fortitude 20, Reflex 18, Will 18
Con 17 (+7) Int 10 (+4) Cha 14 (+6) Con 17 (+7) Int 14 (+6) Cha 13 (+5)
Speed 7
Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai short sword Equipment: hide armor, Wicked Fang (see page 96)
m Shadar-Kai Greatsword (standard; at-will)
+13 vs. AC; 8 damage, or 10 damage while bloodied;
Wicked Fang Keeper Tactics see also pack attack. Wicked Fang Warmaster Tactics
The Wicked Fang warden primarily concerns itself Pack Attack
Wicked Fang warmasters try to keep as many allies
The gnoll recruit deals an extra 5 damage on melee
with keeping enemies hemmed in close to allies. As attacks against an enemy that has two or more of the gnoll within the range of warmasters aura as possible. They use
such, it uses caltrops to block off one avenue of escape. recruits allies adjacent to it. forward the wicked fang early, preferably when many other
The Wicked Fang warden attempts to use no escape Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common pack members are nearby.
Str 16 (+7) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 13 (+5)
this time to knock enemies prone before restraining
Con 14 (+6) Int 10 (+4) Cha 8 (+3)
them with keepers shackles. Equipment: hide armor, shadar-kai greatsword

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
53
 Den of the Destroyer

APPENDIX 2: NEW ITEMS Ironwood Hound

Medium natural animate
Quest Ideas
Initiative as conjurer Senses Perception +8; The Vengeful Family: The family of the dwarf
The following new magic items are featured in this low-light vision weaponsmith from Overlook has learned of the exis-
adventure, and can be claimed as treasure by the PCs. HP 15; Bloodied 7
tence of Wicked Fang and seeks to reclaim it. When
AC 24; Fortitude 22, Reflex 19, Will 21
they discover that the PCs have the weapon, they
Figurines of Speed 6
m Bite (standard; at-will) assume the party was involved in the weaponsmiths
Wondrous Power +15 vs. AC; 2d6 + 3 damage. death, vowing vengeance against them. The PCs must
M Drive Back (standard; at-will)
clear their names and convince the dwarves that their
+13 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 3 damage, and the target is
Elderwood Falcon Level 10 loved one has already been avenged.
pushed 2 squares and the ironwood hound can shift 2
This wooden statuette depicts a falcon with wings outspread. squares. The ironwood hound must end its shift adjacent The Cursed Blade: Bad luck (of the DMs design)
Wondrous Item 5,000 gp to the targets new position.
seems to follow the PC carrying Wicked Fang, and he
Power (Daily Conjuration): Standard Action. Use this Alignment Unaligned Languages
figurine to conjure an ancient falcon of the Feywild (see Str 13 (+6) Dex 12 (+6) Wis 16 (+8) or she learns that the blade holds a dark curse. The
below for statistics). As a free action, you can spend a Con 18 (+9) Int 2 (+1) Cha 8 (+4) PCs only hope is to travel to an ancient holy site of
healing surge when activating this item to give the creature Moradin and beseech the god of creation to remove
temporary hit points equal to your healing surge value. Wicked Fang the curse from the weapon.
The sword known as Wicked Fang was crafted as a gift Tipping the Scales of War: The shadar-kai
Elderwood Falcon
Medium natural animate for the gnoll pack of the same name. Sarshan ordered witches were right in their prophecy, and as the PCs
Initiative as conjurer Senses Perception +9; his shadar-kai warriors to travel to Overlook and find themselves caught up in further adventures, they
low-light vision
kidnap one of the greatest dwarven weaponsmiths in discover that Wicked Fang was created for a higher
HP 15; Bloodied 7
AC 24; Fortitude 21, Reflex 22, Will 22 the city, bringing him back to the Shadowfell to do purpose. Having fallen into the PCs hands as a part
Speed 6, fly 8 the arms dealers bidding. Sarshan commanded the of their destiny, the weapon is the only thing that can
m Talons (standard; at-will) weaponsmith to craft Wicked Fang. When the job was destroy an enemy they will one day face.
+15 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Swoop (standard; at-will) done, Sarshan ordered the weaponsmith killed and
The elderwood falcon shifts 1 square, makes a talon attack, his blood used in the ritual that bestowed the sword Wicked Fang Level 13
then shifts 1 square. with its magical properties. This weapons jagged blade seems permanently stained with
Alignment Unaligned Languages the blood of those it has slain.
The completed sword was sent back to the world
Str 11 (+5) Dex 19 (+9) Wis 18 (+9) Lvl 13 +3 17,000 gp Lvl 23 +5 425,000 gp
Con 16 (+8) Int 2 (+1) Cha 8 (+4) as a gift to Fangren, who in turn gave it to his most
Lvl 18 +4 85,000 gp Lvl 28 +6 2,125,000 gp
trusted warmaster. However, before the weapon was Weapon: Longsword
Ironwood Hound Level 10 sent from the Shadowfell, several of the shadar-kai Enhancement: Attack rolls and damage rolls
This wooden statuette depicts a hunting hound dashing toward witches in Sarshans service warned him that the Critical: +1d8 damage per plus
its prey. Property: Whenever you use a power with the weapon keyword
weapon was destined to be at the center of great
that deals ongoing damage, increase that ongoing damage
Wondrous Item 5,000 gp events, and urged him to not let the weapon pass from by an amount equal to the weapons enhancement bonus.
Power (Daily Conjuration): Standard Action. Use this his possession. Sarshan ignored the witches warn- Power (Daily): Free action. Use this power when you hit with
figurine to conjure a yellow-furred hunting hound (see an attack with the weapon keyword. In addition to the
below for statistics). As a free action, you can spend a ings, sending his lieutenant Kyrion to train the gnolls
normal effects of the attack, the target takes ongoing 10
healing surge when activating this item to give the creature in the proper use of shadar-kai weapons, including damage (save ends).
temporary hit points equal to your healing surge value. Wicked Fang. Level 23 or 28: Ongoing 15 damage.

November 20 08 | D U N G E O N 16 0
54
 Our eyes are open,
our sts are closed.
Our walls are stone,
our shields are steel.
Our faces are many,
our soul is dwarf.
And thus is there no
foe against whom
Overlook cannot
stand.

It is an ancient Overlook
proverbsome would
even call it a prayer
and its about to be put
to the ultimate test.

by Ari Marmell
the An adventure for 9th-level characters

Temple Between
illustrations by Michael Komarck,
Rob Alexander and William O'Connor

cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2008 Wizards of the Coast, Inc. All rights reserved.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
4

The western end of Elsir Vale has been greatly
troubled in recent days. The threat of the orc hordes
from beyond the Stonehome Mountains, though
turned back at Bordrins Watch, still lingers in the
peoples minds. Peculiar and hostile creatures of
shadow lurk in the caverns and caves below. Political
squabbling grows among the citys powerful dwarf
clans.
All this makes the city particularly vulnerable
to an enemy nobody saw comingthat nobody even
imagined. This enemy has goals and objectives far
beyond the ultimately unimportant Elsir Vale, but the
first step is the utter subjugation of Overlook.
An enemy who, at least in part, is already here.
The Temple Between is an adventure for 9th-
level characters, and it is challenging enough to take
them to 11th level by the time all is said and done.
Although intended as the final chapter of the heroic
tier portion of the Scales of War Adventure Path, it
can be run as a standalone adventure, or as an adven-
ture in a campaign of your own making, with a small
degree of modification. It contains elements of urban
investigation, dungeon delving, and even wartime
conflict, making it a suitable adventure to players of
many tastes and preferences.
BACKGROUND
Few today are aware of it, but the western regions
of Elsir Vale have long been rich in planar magic.
Perhaps this is due to the fact that the giants, sol-
diers, and servants of the primordials once dwelt
nearby in large numbers, driving their dwarf slaves
to great works. Whatever the cause, the region is run
through with cracks in realityportals that lead to
other worlds. In the course of the Adventure Path,
the PCs have already discovered one, traveling to the
Shadowfell through the caverns beneath the Happy
Beggar poorhouse. What they do not yet know
though they might discover it soon enoughis that a
gateway to the Astral Sea waits in a great cathedral
beneath the Stonehome Mountains, and a doorway to
the Feywild lies hidden where the Elsir River flows
from the mountains. (The region might well also con-
tain a portal to the Elemental Chaos, but if so, it does
not influence this adventure.)
No, the humans and elves and dwarves of Elsir
Vale know nothing about this, but not everyone is so
ignorant. A few sages know. A few priests know.
And the githyanki know.
Indeed, at the behest of their leaders in the
astral city of Tunarath, they have caused much of
Elsirs worries of late. They arranged the theft of the
platinum sword from Brindol, and they employed
the shadar-kai, not only as weapons suppliers but
to encourage the orcs of the west to rise. For the
githyanki want Elsir Vale, badly, and particularly the
planar portals it contains. Using it as a beachhead,
they could easily launch an incursion, not merely
into the mortal realm, but other worlds besides. And
there is no reality, no plane of existence, on which the
githyanki do not have some design or other.
The semi-disgraced General Zithiruun is in charge
of this operation, or at least commands the forces
seeking to carry it out. Forced to make use of mer-
cenaries and lesser soldiers, to keep the githyanki
involvement secret, he has carefully set up his pawns,
maneuvering and manipulating, and now the time
draws near to take Overlook by force.
Unknown to Zithiruun, and even to his com-
eye out for next months installment.
manding officers, they themselves are merely pawns
The Temple Between
WHAT IS AN
ADVENTURE PATH?
Scales of War is the fourth Adventure Path to
appear in the pages of Dungeon Magazine. But
what, you ask, is an Adventure Path? Quite simply,
it is a series of related adventures intended to form
a complete D&D campaign that takes your players
from 1st level all the way to, in the case of Scales
of War, 30th level.
Previous Adventure Paths, presented with the
3rd Edition D&D rules, took characters from 1st
to 20th level. But with all three tiers in the new edi-
tion ripe and ready to explore, were pushing the
limit with Scales of War. Each tier takes roughly six
adventures to traverse, which means well finish off
this Adventure Path in about eighteen issues. Each
adventure advances characters from between one
and a half to two levels of experience. We recog-
nize that not everyone will meet every encounter
or complete every quest, however, so periodically,
well point you to a supplemental Side Trek or short
adventure to keep your PCs on pace. Plus, roughly
every few months, Dragon will feature new sup-
port content for Scales of War.
Finally, this Adventure Path is intended to func-
tion as a complete D&D campaign. That means
well be making assumptions about the history of
the world as we move along, just as you would in
any campaign you run. Well be borrowing heavily
from the D&D mythology of 4th Edition, as well as
all the great ideas that have cropped up in other
products over the yearsincluding the pages of
past issues of Dungeon!
Enjoy your stay in Scales of War, and keep an
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
5

on a larger board; schemes far more devious than a
simple githyanki invasion are afoot. But this is a dis-
covery, and a challenge, for a future adventure. For
now, the PCs have more than enough on their plates
as it is.
The Mountainroot Temple
A subterranean structure built by the same order that
would later go on to construct the Monastery of the
Sundered Chain, the Mountainroot Temple stands
deep beneath the Stonehome Mountains. Built when
the dwarves were still celebrating their freedom
from the giants, it was not a dwarven structure, but a
temple built for anyone who wanted to pay tribute to
Moradin, of any race. It held great reliquaries of holy
icons, enormous cathedrals where hundreds could
worship at once, and even a doorway to the Astral
Plane whence angels and exarchs of Moradin would
appear to discourse with the gods most favored
priests and champions. To facilitate a grand commu-
nity of Moradin worshipers, the Mountainroot Temple
had, in addition to its astral doors and its main
entryway into the mountains, four mystical door-
ways constructed. Each linked to another temple of
Moradin elsewhere in the world, so the faithful could
come and go with ease.
And for decades, even centuries, the temple
thrived. Slowly, however, relations between
Moradins faithful grew strained. Priests assigned
to other, lesser temples grew envious of those at
Mountainroot. Many of the dwarf faithful grew
haughty, considering themselves Moradins true
children, and sought to oust all others, or at least put
them in lesser places, denying them access to the
temples wonders.
The Temple Between
Was it Moradins wrath? A curse brought upon Zithiruuns Plan
them by the giants theyd so long ago escaped? Or
And so it remained, until the githyanki learned of
simply a natural catastrophe without greater mean-
the temple and decided controlling it would better
ing? None can say. Whatever the case, some centuries
enable them to control Overlook, and by extension,
ago, the mountain was struck by an earthquake.
Elsir Vale.
Portions of the inner tunnels collapsed, damag-
Zithiruuns plan is to take Overlook by simulta-
ing several chambers of the Mountainroot Temple,
neously attacking from without and from within.
destroying others entirely. Panicked, the priests and
Already he has a force of mercenary soldiers hiding
the faithful grabbed up their treasures and holy
in the wilds, ready to march on the city. Now, hes
iconsat least most of themand fled using the sur-
working to gain full control of the Mountainroot
viving magical portals.
Templeand the Stone Anvil, its anchor in Overlook
Once theyd settled elsewhere, the bulk of
through which he can move a second force from the
Moradins priests decided that this way was better.
Astral Sea into the citys undefended heart.
By scattering from the temple, they would allow the
To that end, Zithiruun has suborned a number
dwarves to build their own shrines, without feel-
of Overlooks priests and military officers. Most of
ing constrained by the other races, and the jealousy
them, including several priests and Watch Captain
that marred the priesthood would fade. Although
Aerun, were kidnapped and subject to a difficult
they mourned the loss of the great cathedral, and
psychic ritual cast by incredibly powerful githyanki.
those few treasures theyd been unable to save, they
The result is that these poor peoples minds were
declared the quake to have been Moradins will and
destroyed, and they have been possessed by several
left the temple abandoned. In time, most faithful,
githyanki, who are even capable of manifesting some
even most priests save those most thoroughly learned
of their normal powers (albeit in weakened form).
in their history, forgot it had ever been.
Unfortunately, the possessing githyanki cannot
Most, but not all. After a few decades, a small
access anything more than the victims base personal-
group of Moradin worshipersmostly dwarves, but
ity; they have no access to specific memories. So High
with members of other races as wellreturned to the
Priest Durkik of the Stone Anvil has not been pos-
Mountainroot Temple. They cleaned it up as best they
sessed. Rather, he is being held captive and tortured
could and vowed to maintain it until it should some
for information, while a hired doppelganger takes his
day become important once again. The most power-
place in public, holding the Stone Anvil in readiness
ful of their number took on the title of Caretaker and
for Zithiruuns forces.
lived within the temple, in a small structure built
All of which would have gone undetected, if not for
inside the larger reliquary. The Caretaker carefully
the alertness and curiosity of an old woman named
attuned himself to the temples surviving magic,
Haelyn . . .
allowing him to control the constructs and divine
defenses and traps that protected the structure from
outside invasion.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
6

THE QUESTS
The Temple Between offers PCs several oppor-
tunities to earn quest XP. Provided here is a list of
quests, and their rewards, in the adventure.
Minor QuestLearn Haelyns Fate
As requested by the priest Lavinya, the PCs must
investigate the shrine of Erathis, and Grovald, its
new caretaker, to learn what happened to the
kindly old woman who once attended it.
Reward: 400 XP.
Major QuestRecover the Incunabulum Primeval
This ancient religious text, dating back to the dwarf
rebellion against the giants, exists somewhere
within the depths of the Mountainroot Temple.
Durkik wants it returned before their enemies
can get their hands on it. (Its currently on the
hag Hethralga, in area M8 of the Mountainroot
Temple.)
Reward: 2,000 XP (and 3,600 gpthe equiva-
lent of three 9th-level treasure parcelsas promised
by the priests of Moradin).
Major QuestPrevent the Fall of Overlook
Once his scheme is prematurely cut short, General
Zithiruun decides to take the city with what forces
he already has available. Although Overlook is
hardly a population of weaklings, they do require
the PCs aid.
Reward: Up to 2,500 XP, depending on Victory
Point totals; see page 37 (and up to 7,000 gpthe
equivalent of four 10th-level treasure parcelsas
promised by the Council of Elders).
The Temple Between
ADVENTURE SYNOPSIS The Caretaker of the temple is currently being
tortured, and the pain and madness inflicted upon
The PCs have just completed an adventure of obvious him have thrown the temples defenses into chaos.
importance (the freeing of Amyria from her impris- This is why, among other things, nobody can leave.
onment in the form of a platinum sword, if theyre The fey are seeking an ancient tome of great
playing through the Adventure Path). It appears as power. They were sent by Cachlain, the Stone-
though nothing of consequence immediately follows Skinned King, a fomorian noble whoalong with
at least until the next night, when the PCs, through his new advisor, Sovacleswill play an important
one of various means, receive hints that all is not well role in future installments of the Scales of War.
back in Overlook.
The mercenaries serve someone called General
Returning to their home away from home, the
Zithiruun, who seeks the templeand indeed, the
heroes initially find nothing amiss. Slowly, however,
entire region!for access to the various planar por-
they discoverthrough the prodding of Lavinya,
tals. The conspiracy in Overlook was only the first
priestess of Erathis, if not on their ownthat several
step, and the city will soon be facing a full-scale
of the citys priests are acting peculiarly and, perhaps
military invasion!
more importantly, Haelyn, keeper of Erathiss shrine,
has vanished. Following up on these minor discrepan-
cies, the PCs swiftly find hints leading to a conspiracy Finally, once the Caretaker allows them to leave,
worming its way into the citys hierarchy. Several of the PCs must return to the Council of Elders with a
the conspiracys members are possessed (though the warning of the forthcoming siege. Here, the PCs can
PCs do not learn by whom), while othersincluding finally cement their place as heroes to this military
High Priest Durkik Forgeheart of the Stone Anvil city, as their help proves instrumental in Overlooks
have been replaced by doppelganger mercenaries. survivaland as they finally come face to face with
The PCs trace the conspirators back to their head- General Zithiruun, and learn of the githyanki involve-
quarters in a large warehouse, where they have the ment in all that has come before.
opportunity to rescue the real Durkik.
The PCs then learn of the Mountainroot Temple
and find out that one of its mystical portals is located
in a hidden sepulcher beneath the Stone Anvil. Using
it, the PCs go to the abandoned ancient temple, where
they must confront both a cadre of fey and a band of
mercenaries employed by General Zithiruun. They
also find, unfortunately, that they cannot leave! Here,
assuming the PCs defeat their various foes, they make
the following discoveries:
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
7

PREPARING FOR
ADVENTURE
The Temple Between allows the PCs a variety of
opportunities to shine, from investigation to explora-
tion, and from skill challenges to a variety of combat
situations. They face a diversity of foes and must
SKILL CHALLENGES AND
EXPERIENCE POINTS
This adventure makes use of a number of skill chal-
lengesin particular, offering several opportunities
for the PCs to interrogate prisoners or survivors
of their various combats. Its important for you,
as DM, to give XP only for those skill challenges
that are meaningful, without allowing unneces-
sary repetition.
Heres what we mean, by way of example. In
the Shrine of Erathis, the PCs have the opportunity
to interrogate Grovald, as well as a number of his
soldiers, both human and doppelganger. Because
the PCs receive different information from Grovald
than from his soldiers, they can receive XP for both
skill challengesone for Grovald, one for any of the
soldiers. Once they have successfully interrogated
a soldier, however, they should not receive XP for
interrogating any other soldiers at the same loca-
tion, because they all offer the same information.
Similarly, because all the fey in the Mountain Root
temple give the same information, and all the sol-
diers of the githyanki give the same information,
the PCs can gain XP for only two interrogations
one fey, one otherin that area.
figure out the right questions to ask the right people.
As such, its important that you, as DM, have at least a
reasonable level of familiarity with the events herein.
Its best if you can read through the entire adventure
beforehand, but if youre in a hurry, you should at
least review each specific section, and its related
encounters, before play. (The adventure is divided
into three chapters, making a piecemeal approach
feasible, if not the most recommended.)
What You Need to Play
This adventure includes the encounters the PCs face
as they explore and adventure in the area. It also pro-
vides tactical maps and more for the adventure. If you
and your players havent read through the DUNGEONS
& DRAGONS 4th Edition rules yet, that is your first best
step so that you make certain you understand the
rules. Also as mentioned above, read through at least
the first of the adventures three chapters before
starting. This review enables you to become familiar
with the material and the style of presentation. You
might also want to take a look at the sections below
regarding the adventure format.
Using Tactical Encounters
Each encounter includes several common elements,
as described below.
Encounter Level
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five player
characters. An encounter of average difficulty is one
where the encounter level is equal to the level of the
party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower than the
party are easy encounters, while encounters that are
2 or more levels higher than the party are difficult
encounters.
The Temple Between
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the
XP value noted beside the encounter level. This
amount should be divided by the number of group
members, and an equal amount should be awarded to
each character.
ADAPTING THE ADVENTURE
The Temple Between is designed with five play-
ers in mind. You can easily adapt the adventure for
larger groups easily by adding more treasure and
inserting a few extra monsters using the guidelines
presented in the Dungeon Masters Guide. When
adapting the adventure for larger groups, keep
it simple. Where possible, just add one monster
whose level equals the encounter level for each
additional PC. Otherwise, look for appropriate
monsters from this adventure (see the Appendix, in
particular) and the Monster Manual to help stiffen
up the resistance.
This adventure is also designed for 9th-level
characters. As written, a slightly larger group of
8th-level characters can play through the adven-
ture, but be sure to give the characters plenty
of chances to take extended rests so that they
can have a fair shot at surviving the expedition.
For higher-level groups, adapting the adventure
takes a bit more work. You need to add monsters
and increase the treasure rewards to amounts
appropriate for the characters. In all, adjusting
the adventure is not too arduous, and with a little
work, you can run this scenario for groups of three
to eight players, and for characters of 8th through
13th level.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
8

Setup
This section of a tactical encounter provides you
with the basic parameters of the encounter. First, it
provides context or background information for the
encounter. Next, it provides a key to the monsters in
the encounter so you can locate them on the tactical
map. The map of each encounter area indicates where
the monsters are located when the encounter begins.
The setup section also describes what monsters are
doing and how they react when the PCs arrive.
Several encounters include monsters that are either
hidden, or do not appear until later in combat. In these
instances, do not place those monsters on the map
unless at least one PC has succeeded on the Perception
check to notice them, or when they enter combat.
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: _________________ C-4 (the Shrine of Erathis).
Parcel B: ________________ C-9 (the Warehouse).
Parcel C: ________________ M-5 (the Vault).
Parcel D: _________________ M-5 (the Vault).
Parcel E: ________________ M-5 (the Vault).
Parcel F: ________________ M-6 (the Grand Cathedral, on
the persons of the spitting trolls and/or the two-headed troll).
Parcel G: _________________ M-8 (the Lesser Sanctum, on
the persons of Hethralga and/or the cyclopses).
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide, the following parcels can go in the spaces above. Rely on the wish lists your
players gave you for the first eight parcels.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 14.
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 13.
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 13.
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 12.
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 12.
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 11.
Parcel 7: Magic item, level 11.
Parcel 8: Magic item, level 10.
Parcel 9: A gold statuette of a female dwarf blacksmith
at work at the forge, worth 1,500 gp; and a sapphire
worth 1,000 gp.
Read-Aloud Text
Read aloud text provides information about what the
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have
to read it word for word; feel free to paraphrase and
use your own words when describing this informa-
tion. Use read aloud text wisely; they are written for
the most common approach to a particular situation
and what your player characters do might require you
to alter the information in any number of ways.
Monster Statistics
Encounters include stat blocks for each monster type
present in the encounter. If more than one monster
of a particular kind is present, the stat block indicates
how many creatures can be found.
Parcel H: ________________ M-9 (the Reliquary).
Parcel I: ________________ M-9 (the Reliquary).
Parcel J: ________________ M-9 (the Reliquary).
Parcel K: _________________ M-10 (the Underchambers).
Parcel L: ________________ T-2 (Death from Above, on the
person of the berbalang).
Parcel M: ________________ T-5 (the Final Encounter, on the
person of Zithiruun).
the quests (four parcels for 1,000 gp), and then what-
Parcel 10: A small ruby carefully chiseled into the shape
of a burning flame, worth 1,500 gp; 800 gp; and 2
potions of healing.
Parcel 11: A small pouch containing 4 polished stones of
alexandrite, worth 500 gp each (2,000 gp total); and
100 gp.
Parcel 12: A silver hammer (useless as a tool or weapon)
worth 250 gp; and 3 potions of healing.
Parcel 13: A small gold-framed portrait of an old priest,
worth 400 gp; and two potions of healing.
The Temple Between
Tactics
This entry describes special actions the monsters take
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
Map
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
Features of the Area
This section describes special features noted on the
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
which the characters can interact, those features are
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, or
the like.
Treasure Preparation
As with previous installments of the Scales of War
campaign, The Temple Between makes use of the
parcel system of treasure rewards as described in the
Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accu-
mulate seventeen parcels by the end of the adventure.
Of these, they should gain the reward for completing
ever treasures they find along the way (the remaining
thirteen). You can supply these treasures in whatever
way you wish, but the Treasure Parcels sidebar pres-
ents the most likely rooms to bear treasure. During
your preparation, assign parcels from those that
follow to the rooms in the spaces provided. Use the
players wish lists to come up with magic items for the
first eight parcels. (Consider saving at least one or two
of the highest level magic items for later in the adven-
ture, after the PCs have obtained 10th level.)
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
9

STARTING THE
ADVENTURE
As noted in the previous adventure, Amyria requests
that the PCs accompany her to Overlook as they leave
the fortress. If they choose not to go with her, she goes
by herself. If they do travel with her, she fares them
well once they reach the entrance to the city, and then
she slips into the crowd around the entrance. PCs can
choose to attempt to follow her at this point, and if so,
they find that she heads to the Temple of Ioun in the
Nine Bells district, where she prays.
Alternate Hooks
If youre running this adventure on its own or as part
of your own campaign, rather than as part of the
Scales of Waror if you prefer a different means of
starting things offone of these hooks might work
better for you.
The Message
One night, as the party beds down to camp, a PC
abruptly hears a voice in his head. A DC 10 Arcana
check identifies it as the result of the Sending ritual.
My name is Lavinya. I believe a hidden danger is grow-
ing within Overlook. Please come to Erathiss old temple as
soon as youre able.
Its a cryptic message, yes, but thats the problem
with Sending. The PCs might wonder how a woman
theyve never met can send them a Sending at all. If
they ask her later on, Lavinya tells them that she was
in one of the crowds that greeted them after their
heroic triumph against the orc hordes in The Siege
of Bordrins Watch (or some other adventure in your
own campaign).
The Temple Between
No Place Like Home them to do so. They can arrive at the city without
any inkling that something is amiss, and remain that
Its entirely possible that the PCs have taken to think-
ing of Overlook as their homeor at least a base of way until they either visit the shrine of Erathis or the
operationsby this point in the Adventure Path. If Stone Anvil, or until they receive Lavinyas message at
they appear inclined to return to Overlook on their their favorite inn or tavern.
own, without any outside encouragement, allow
OVERLOOK LOCATIONS SUMMARY
The following Overlook locations come into play in this adventure. The numbers given refer to the locations
position on the map of Overlook in Siege of Bordrins Watch.
Caer Overlook (High Hall district), 21: The seat of government in Overlook, this fortress houses the meeting
chamber of the Council of Elderscalled the High Hall, after which the district is namedas well as the offices
of various district representatives.
The Divine Knot (Nine Bells District), 24: The Divine Knot is a corner of the Nine Bells district, occupied
by an array of dirty, dilapidated temples all but clustered together, like old men huddling against the cold. The
temples of Avandra, Bahamut, Erathis, Kord, the Raven Queen, and Zehir still operate, albeit with small and
impoverished congregations. The old temples of Ioun, Moradin, and Pelor have long since closed. The temple of
Moradin was replaced with the Stone Anvil, while the other two no longer have organized services in the city.
The Ministry of War (High Hall District), 22: A complex of several buildings around a courtyard, the Ministry
of War trains Overlooks soldiers, and houses the barracks and offices of the city garrison.
The Pig and Bucket Tavern (Blister District), 5: An infamous tavern, well known for its beer hall, its wide
selection of cheap drinks, and the great many criminals, mercenaries, and adventurers who frequent the place
looking for work.
The Shrine of Erathis (Tradetown District), 13: A small shrine, little more than an altar and a statue. So far
as the PCs know, the shrine is tended by a kindly old woman named Haelyn.
The Stone Anvil (Hammerstone District), 15: A grand cathedral to Moradin, the Stone Anvil is a combina-
tion temple and fortress. It is the most powerful church in the city, and it is currently run by High Priest Durkik
Forgeheart, an old dwarf whose faith and sense of social responsibility have been slowly chipped away beneath
the weight of years.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
10

PART ONE:
RETURN TO OVERLOOK
Parts One and Three of this adventure take place in
the city of Overlook, first introduced in The Siege of
Bordrins Watch, the second installment of the Scales
of War (Dungeon #157). The Temple Between
assumes that PCs are familiar withand somewhat
well known withinOverlook, and it details only
those portions of the city important to this adventure.
You might wish to have that adventure handy, for easy
reference.
As the PCs approach the city, read:
The towering walls of Overlook rise slowly but steadily over
the horizon as you draw ever nearer your destination. From
a distance, the city looks as secure and serene as ever, but
as you move closer, you can see that all is not as you left it.
A great mass of activity bustles around the gates, people
lugging stone and timber this way and that, all beneath the
watchful eyes of sentinels who stand dutifully atop the wall.
One particular blond-bearded dwarf in plate armoran
officer, you would assumestands atop the gate shouting
orders to everyone in sight.
Although the activity doesnt appear especially rushed
or franticindeed, you see people pausing to talk or jest
with one another as they work (and when the officer isnt
looking)it appears as though Overlook were mobilizing
for war.
The PCs are hailed as they approach, while the senti-
nels atop the walls and by the gates offering friendly
but careful greetings. Multiple crossbows are trained
on the party until they identify themselves, but once
they do, their welcome becomes far warmer. Several
workers and soldiers stop to claps their hands, and
the sentinels swiftly lower their weapons and stand
taller at their posts. Word has spread of the PCs hero-
ics on behalf of the city so far, and their return is seen
as a good omen.
If the PCs ask, any one of the workers or soldiers
or the officer, who introduces himself as Captain
Aeruntells them that yes, the city is making prepara-
tions for war. Its not that they anticipate any specific
trouble, and indeed, the Council of Elders and the
various priesthoods have reason to hope that, with
the defeat of the orc invasion and the closing of the
Shadowfell gate, their city is good and safe for a
long time to come. Still, recent troubles have stirred
up a strong better safe than slaughtered mental-
ity among the populace and the city leaders, and so
the Council of Elders have ordered that Overlooks
defenses be repaired and enhanced.
Should the PCs question any of the locals about
any current troubles, they receive only puzzled and
slightly concerned replies. No problems going on
that I know about, is the common response. Why, is
there something we should be worried about?
For at least their first few hours in Overlook, then,
the PCs find no signs of the troubles that drew them
hereor at least, they probably dont.
At least in this part of the adventure, no random
urban encounters occur. At this point, the PCs are
famous enoughand, more importantly, skilled
enough and of a high enough levelthat your average
street thief or other neer-do-well gives them a sub-
stantially wide berth.
Subtle Changes
If the PCs have come in response to Lavinyas send-
ing, they can proceed immediately to the temple of
Erathis in the Divine Knot. If so, continue with The
The Temple Between
Shadow of Civilization, below. Similarly, depend-
ing on what personal connections theyve made in
past visits to Overlook, they might also decide to visit
either the Stone Anvil or Haelyn at the Shrine of
Erathis. In these cases, proceed either to C3 or C4,
respectively.
But in most instances, the PCs likely find some-
where to take their ease, an establishment where they
can grab a bite to eat other than trail rations, and a
bed somewhat softer and less bug-infested than the
open earth.
It is possible that the PCs might seek out old allies
(or enemies), as long as they feel they have nothing else
to do. At the moment, this isnt likely to accomplish
much of anything. The Council is currently far too
busy dealing with preparations for war and various
administrative catastrophes (some of which were engi-
neered by Captain Aerun or other infiltrators to keep
them busy), and has nothing for the PCs to do except
maybe lend a hand reinforcing the gates. Bram Ironfell
is currently out of town. Although youre welcome to
have the PCs talk to any NPCs with whom they have a
past relationship, none of it amounts to much.
KEEP TRACK OF TIME
From the moment the PCs arrive in Over-
look, keep track of how much time they spend.
Whether they complete their exploration of the
Mountainroot Temple within five days from this
point, or not, impacts their ultimate chances of
success when the city falls under siege. See Vic-
tory Points, page 37, in Part Three: The Siege
of Overlook.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
11

The First Night Home
Lavinya has been making a concerted effort at con-
tacting the PCs, and there are few places in the city
she hasnt visited. Regardless of what establishment
the PCs wind up patronizing, one of the servers or
proprietors approaches them a few moments after
theyve ordered refreshments or paid for a room.
Read the following aloud:
Begging your pardon, mlords and ladies, but you look
familiar to me. You are the folks who saved us from the orcs,
and from those foul creatures of shadow, arent you?
Assuming the PCs affirm their identities, the
server continues:
Well, Im sorry to disturb you and all, but theres someone
been looking for you. Woman named Lavinya? Shes
a priestess at the temple of Erathis, over in the Divine
Knot. Shes been leaving messages all over townsays she
desperately needs to speak with you. She begs you to come
see her at the temple, just as soon as you can get there.
Its vaguely possible the PCs might refuse to go (in
which case, one has to wonder if theyre the heroes
theyre reputed to be), in which case you can have
Lavinya track them down at some point over the next
day or two. The adventure, as written, assumes that
the PCs agree to meet with her, either immediately
or the following day.
The Shadow of Civilization
As the PCs pass through the Divine Knot, read
the following:
You cannot help but notice, as you pass, that the old temple
of Moradin appears to be under as much construction as
the city ramparts. Great frameworks and ladders stand
alongside the building, and you can see lumber stacked
along the inner walls through the open windows. It looks
as though not every priesthood in Overlook is as badly off
these days as that of Erathis.
Even as compared to other temples of the Knot,
the temple of Erathis has seen better days. As the
PCs approach, read:
Its all but impossible to tell what color the stones of this
functioning as best I can on my own, but . .
temple might once have been, for now theyre a repugnant
mixture of smoke-stained gray, dirty-handprint brown,
and bird-dropping white. The stenches of the Nine Bells
district appear to congregate here, as though seeking
admittance and absolution, and youve seen zombies
that looked (and smelled) healthier than some of the
unfortunate, impoverished souls shambling along the
streets with empty eyes.
Three wide steps that dont appear to have been swept
in days rise toward a heavy wooden door that boasts a
relatively fresh coat of polishone that cannot begin to
conceal the rot beneath.
Regardless of the time of day or night, when the PCs
enter they see a largely empty cathedral, its pews old
and candles burned down to nubs. At the far end
stands an altar to Erathis, which is far better main-
tained than anything around it. A dark-haired and
gold-robed half-elf, grown old before her time, kneels
The Temple Between
before the altar, rising and turning at the sound of the
door.
Thank you, she says as she recognizes the PCs. I
knew Erathis would guide you to me.
For a few moments she waits on the PCs, offering
what comfort she can, pointing them toward the pews
at the front of the cathedral (the cleanest ones), offer-
ing a few glasses of cheap wine, and the like.
Only once theyre settledor when they lose
patience and press her on why she summoned
themdoes she frown thoughtfully and begin.
My name is Lavinya, she tells you. Im the last priestess
here; the others all departed years ago, when the Nine Bells
went all to seed, and the temples with it. I keep it open and
She shakes her head, as though reminding herself to stay
on topic. Do you know Haelyn? she asks.
If the PCs do not, she says the following:
Haelyn is a wonderful old woman. Shes the caretaker of
the shrine to Erathis, over in Tradetown.
If the PCs do know Haelyn, skip that particular
bit of dialogue and continue with the following
sets of text. They have been broken up to allow
for more interaction, but if none is forthcoming,
continue to the next set of text.
Im sure you know, she continues, that most worship of
Erathis in Overlook takes place there, rather than here. I
must admit, I havent always been a friend to Haelyn. I
was . . . bitter, very bitter, at what happened to my temple.
But after a time, we got to know each other, and weve
become great friends.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
12

And thats why I need you! Lavinya looks up, her eyes
suddenly narrowed. Something is wrong! Somethings
happened to Haelyn, I know it, and maybe not just to her!
At this point, Lavinya takes a sip of her drink,
then says:
A few weeks ago, Haelyn just disappeared. I went by the
shrine to speak with her and she was gone. Theres a man
named Grovald maintaining the shrine now. I dont know
him; Ive never met him before, and nobody I talk to knows
him, either. He told me that Haelyn left on a spiritual
retreat and would be back in a few months.
But I know better! Haelyn needed no spiritual retreat.
Her faith was strong, and it was centered on that shrine!
And even if she had, she wouldnt have up and leftnot
without telling me.
Now Lavinya shakes her head and gauges the
reactions of the PCs, then continues:
I must confess, I went back at night and snooped around a
bit, not just in the shrine, but peering through the windows
of the groundskeepers cottage. Ive offered penance to
Erathis for my trespass, but I had to know what happened!
I didnt . . . I found no trace of Haelyn, but I did catch a
glimpse of a letter through the cracks in the shutters. I
couldnt read much of it, and I dared not stay long, but
Im certain it was addressed to Gthat must be Grovald, with you at any length, though. Everyones so busy with the
right?and it began with I am commanded to ask if youve
had any further problems with the worshipers of . . . Thats
all I saw, but it sounds sinister enough!
And that, she says morosely, is where things got even
worse. I went to the authorities, but they told me there was
nothing to look into, that Haelynor any citizencan travel
as they please. I spoke to some of the other priestsAelys of
Bahamut, Durkik of Moradin at the Stone Anvil, Kyrrist of
Avandra, even Matron Volorvyn of the Raven Queen. Some
of these have long been my friends, and even those who
were not have at least been respected colleagues. And all of
them brushed me off! They were distant, uncaring, even
cold, as though my worries were of no moment! Volorvyn
appeared barely to recognize me, and while weve never
been close, weve known one another on and off for years.
Lavinya looks at each of the PCs, one by one,
while continuing:
And thats when I thought of you, Overlooks new heroes.
Im terrified that something has happened to my friend and
that something is wrong with my fellow priests. I should,
we all should, be showering you with gifts and thanks, not
heaping even more cares onto your shouldersbut Ive little
inf luence left in this city, and I have nobody else to whom I
can turn.
Lavinya smiles gratefully when the PCs agree. (Again,
the adventure, as written, assumes they do so.)
She cant offer much in the way of additional
information, though she does try to advise the
PCs if they ask her council.
You could talk to one of the priests, I suppose, she
mutters doubtfully. Im not sure theyd agree to speak
mobilization. And these are important people; you cant
just, uh, hero your way into the building and confront
them, she adds with a smile. Still you might learn
something from them.
You could examine the shrine of Erathis. You might
well find something I missed. Or you could search Haelyns
home, which is on the same lot as the shrine. I looked for
her there, but when she didnt answer, it felt wrong for me to
just barge in. But now . . . She shrugs.
The Temple Between
Lavinya can, of course, give the PCs directions to
any of these locations, or any other public location of
which they might ask her.
If the PCs ask her (or anyone else around town)
about the work going on at the old temple of Moradin,
she answers as follows:
Oh, that. High Ancestor Durkik recently assigned most
of his underpriests to restoring the old temple. Something
about wanting to expand, I think, so that other races who
might not be comfortable in the Stonehammer district
could return to Moradin.
Finally, if your players are accustomed to using sword
and spell to deal with every obstacle and arent used
to subtlety and restraint, you can use Lavinyawho
is, after all, a priest of the goddess of civilizationto
remind them to behave themselves. The PCs do not
have any legal authority here, after all. They can fight to
defend themselves, and against any criminal element
they might discover, but they cant just pull steel on a
high priest or a squad of city watch and expect things
to go their way. Some element of discretion is vital.
OUT OF ORDER
Dont worry if the PCs do things in a different order
than presented here; everything still works. For
instance, if they go to the Shrine of Erathis and begin
investigating Haelyns disappearance on their own,
you can still have them receive Lavinyas message
later that same evening. Everything that needs to
happen can happen regardless of when the PCs get
to it.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
13
 The Temple Between

Investigating Overlook
The PCs have a variety of approaches they can take
here, and a number of locations of interest.
Dont, however, feel that you must force the PCs to
stick only to the locations presented below. If they come
up with another avenue of investigation, you can wing
it and let them pursue that course, perhaps allowing
them to find their answers some other way. You can
try to gently guide them back on track; perhaps other
NPCs also express suspicion of Grovald, or comment
on priests acting peculiarly. Or you might run an extra
ambush encounter (see C7, below), giving the PCs
another opportunity to question their attackers, and
thus pointing them back toward Captain Aerun.
C1: The Stone Anvil
Under normal circumstances, a group with such a
disparate racial makeup as the party would have a
few problems sauntering through the dwarf-heavy
(and elitist) district of Stonehammer. Their current
status as heroes of the city, however, grants the PCs a
bit of leeway.
As they approach the Stone Anvil, read the
following:
As compared to so much of the rest of Overlook, the
Stonehammer district might almost be a different city.
Broad, clean streets flow like rivers of rock between
enormous, sweeping edifices, carved with near magical
precision. The air is clean here, and the voices you hear
are raised in laughter or negotiation, without the tinge of
desperation so common in some of the poorer quarters.
And then you are there. It rises up before you like a
fortress, constructed of blocks of stone larger than many of
Overlooks houses. At its height, looking down upon even its
tallest neighboring buildings, glint leaded windows in the
shape of hammers. The doors at the entryway stand open,
inviting all who would worship, and a good thing it isfor
these doors are 40 feet high if theyre an inch, and the lot of
you together might have difficulty dragging them open.
This is the Stone Anvil, temple of Moradin and the
spiritual heart of Overlook.

A COLLECTION OF CLUES
For DMs not accustomed to running this sort of
investigation, this sidebar presents the various bits of
information the PCs can pick up in each of the follow-
ing encounters, just to help you keep it straight.
C1: At the Stone Anvil, the PCs learn that High
Ancestor Durkik adamantly doesnt want them snoop-
ing around.
C2: The PCs learn that the Ironfell Clan is one of
the investors in the reconstruction of the old temple
of Moradin in the Divine Knotbut this is a red herring
and is not relevant to the ongoing investigation. More
relevant is the admission by Ancestor Karros that High
Ancestor Durkik is not acting himself lately.
C3: At the other temples, the PCs can experience for
themselves the fact that many of the citys high priests
are acting peculiarly.
C4 and C5: During the day, the PCs learn only that
the people dont especially trust the new caretaker,
Grovald, and possibly that Haelyn didnt pack up for
a spiritual journey. If they return at night, they can
locate the body of Haelyn and learn of Grovalds con-
nection to Durkik either through an interrogation or
the half-burned note.
C6: If the PCs go to the authorities, they might dis-
cover that Captain Aerun appears more interested in
keeping them out of any subsequent investigation than
in investigating.
C7: If the PCs question their ambushers, they learn
that a corrupt city watchperson has hired them and can
be found nightly at the Pig and Bucket.
C8: At the Pig and Bucket, the PCs learn (or confirm)
that the corrupt guardsman is Aerun.
Culmination: The PCs should be suspicious of either
Durkik, Aerun, or both. They can follow either of them
to the warehouse (C9), leading to the conclusion of this
portion of the adventure.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
14

If the PCs peer into the sanctuarywhich is no less
sweeping, magnificent, and ostentatious than the
buildings exteriorthey see about a hundred wor-
shipers (if they came during the day) or about a dozen
worshipers (if they came at night) engaged in prayer,
heads bowed and chanting in low, sonorous voices. As
usual, the overwhelming majority of the faithful here
are dwarves. The services are being led by a young
dwarf female who reads from a great, steel-bound
tome that, when open, is nearly as broad as she is.
There is no sign here of anything out of the ordinary,
or of High Ancestor Durkik himself.
If the PCs examine the halls surrounding the main
sanctuary, however, things dont appear so mundane.
A great many tasks appear to have been left undone;
floors are not swept, candelabras are unpolished,
torches and braziers have been allowed to burn out.
(If the PCs ask any of the faithful about this, they are
once again told that most of Durkiks underpriests are
currently hard at work restoring the old temple in the
Divine Knot.)
If they explore farther still, going deeper into the
temple than most worshipers ever travel, they dont
have long to explore. Within mere moments, High
Ancestor Durkik appears, accompanied by a contin-
gent of the city watch. He demands, in no uncertain
terms, that the PCs depart immediately. The guards
are apologeticthey recognize the PCs as heroes
but adamant. The priest has the legal and religious
authority to demand that the party leaves, and the
guards are here to ensure they do just that.
Still, while they havent learned any concrete
details, the PCs can now be pretty sure that some-
thing odd is afoot at the Stone Anvil.
If the PCs return at night, with the intent of spying
on or following High Ancestor Durkik, proceed to the
Heart of the Conspiracy skill challenge, below.
INTERROGATION
Several of the following encounters allow the PCs the
opportunity to interrogate their foes, if they take any
alive. When dealing with a human thug or a doppel-
ganger assassin, this is a level 8 skill challenge; when
dealing with Grovald or the false Durkik, it is level
9. In either case, the challenge has a complexity of
2, with Bluff, Diplomacy, Intimidate, and Insight as
the primary skills. PCs can use Religion, with an easy
check, against Grovald or the false Durkik (revealing
that theyre not true followers of Erathis or Moradin),
or Streetwise, with an easy check, against the others
(to discover some of their criminal affiliations). These
dont qualify as successes, but grant the PCs +2
bonuses to other checks in the challenge until their
next failure. Similarly, a promise of freedom buys a +2
bonus to all such checks, and a bribe of at least 100
gp grants an automatic success with the thugs and
doppelgangers, but not Grovald or the false Durkik.
If the PCs succeed, the subject answers all their
questions. If they fail, but with one or more successes,
the subject answers a number of questions equal to
the PCs successes, but at least one answer is a lie.
If the PCs wish, they can question enemies theyve
killed, using the Speak with Dead ritual. In this case,
use the Dead Witness skill challenge (Dungeon
Masters Guide, page 78, as either a level 8 or level 9
challenge, as appropriate).
See the individual entries for suggestions on what
information the NPCs can offer.
The Temple Between
C2: The Temple of Moradin
in the Divine Knot
The PCs might decide to look more thoroughly at
the old temple of Moradin to see if any answers lie
there. Although the PCs might be briefly misdirected
by a red herring or two, they can also make a friend
within the ranks of Moradins priests who reinforces
their suspicions of High Ancestor Durkik.
As the PCs arrive at the temple, read:
The amount of work going on here makes the place look
less like a house of worship and more like an anthill on a
massive scale. Workers of all races scurry through doors
and windows, clambering up scaffolds of wood and iron.
The sounds of grunts, curses, shouted orders, and the
monotonous thump of hammers on nails make it all but
impossible to hear yourself think.
Once the PCs enter the structure, continue:
The work continues inside as well as out. Workers with
boards on their shoulders, wheelbarrows, or heavy
hammers move back and forth before you. The floor is
covered with dust, both stone and wood, and heaps of rubble
lie in every corner.
Not everyone here is a simple laborer, however. Leaning
against the leftmost wall, her eyes narrowing as she
watches you, is a young, heavily muscled woman clad in
scale armor. One hand rests on the hilt of a longsword at
her waist.
Assuming the PCs have played through prior install-
ments of the Scales of War, they recognize the warrior
immediately. This is Megan Swiftblade, leader of an
adventuring party called the Freeriders. Though their
interactions when they first met might have been
friendly enough, Megan and her team resent the PCs
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
15

for becoming greater heroes of Overlook than they,
and while that resentment doesnt equate to true
hatred or hostilitythe Freeriders arent evilthey
arent inclined to do the PCs any favors.
Then again, Megans not the one the PCs have
the most worry about. As soon as the PCs
attempt to move farther into the room, or to
speak to or attract anyones attention, read:
Abruptly, one of the dwarf workers turns and stops in front
of you, coming within inches of running his wheelbarrow
over [insert a characters name]s foot. He hitches his
thumbs through his belta gesture that puts one hand
uncomfortably near the haft of his hammerand glares
with beady eyes above a dirty beard. You bastards aint
welcome here, he announces gruff ly. You might have the
rest of the city hoodwinked, but not us.
This particularly unpleasant dwarf is Murrik Ironfell,
a member of the Ironfell Clan with whom the PCs
came into conflict back in The Lost Mines of Karak.
Hes not shy about introducing himself, so the PCs
shouldnt wonder long why hes bothering them. And
many of the other workers on site are also of that clan,
slowly assembling around Murrik as he continues to
taunt the PCs. Megan and the other Freeriders begin
to assemble as well. If the PCs ask her why shes here,
she tells them, The priests of Moradin hired us to
make sure the old temple was free of any dangerous
people or creatures for the renovation. Youre starting
to look dangerous to me.
You can let this go on for a few minutes, allowing
the PCs and Murrik to exchange threats and insults.
Once it appears ready to escalate into violence,
the PCs agree to back down, or they continue
to insist to see someone in charge, read the
following:
A red-bearded dwarf, clad in workers leathers and a smock
but with the hammer of Moradin hanging about his neck,
pushes his way through the crowd. All right, all of you back
to work! he barks. Turning to you, he bows his head with
cold politeness. Im Ancestor Karros of Moradin, he says.
Why dont I escort you out?
Ancestor Karros says little as he walks with the PCs
back through the main door and down the steps,
but the party can get him to open up. This level 7
skill challenge has a complexity of 1 and uses Bluff,
Diplomacy, and Religion (to establish a common
ground) as the primary skills. If the PCs succeed,
Karros becomes a bit more talkative andassuming
the PCs ask the right questions or steer the conversa-
tion in the right directioneventually provides the
following information.
High Priest Durkik has assigned almost the entire
staff of the Stone Anvil to working on the recon-
struction of the old temple. Hes barely kept enough
priests on hand there to conduct regular services.
Karros doesnt speak ill of Durkik, but he hints at the
fact that he doesnt approve. The idea of the renova-
tion came out of nowhere, and neither Karros nor
the other priests can figure out why its being done.
Durkik called for investors from Overlooks
dwarves to aid in the reconstruction. The Ironfell
Clan was among those to contribute money and
workers. Many of the workers have been speak-
ing poorly about the PCs any time their status as
heroes comes up in conversation.
The Temple Between
Although he appears almost unwilling to admit it,
Karros confesses that Durkik hasnt been himself
for weeks now. Hes worried about the old priest.
C3: Other Temples in the
Divine Knot
If the PCs attempt to speak with any of the other
priests in the Divine Knot, the priests politely listen to
their concerns, promise to look into them, thank the
PCs for their time, and ask them to leave. Allow the
PCs to attempt a DC 20 Insight check; if they succeed,
they realize that the priests act somewhat distant
as though they were distracted or preoccupied with
something pressing.
If the PCs return at night, with the intent of spying
on or following any of the priests, proceed to the
Heart of the Conspiracy skill challenge, below.
C4: The Shrine of Erathis
As the PCs approach the shrine, read:
As compared to Overlooks temples, this shrine is poor
indeedand yet it offers a sense of intimacy that the greater
edifices do not. Several wooden poles stuck in the earth
support walls and ceiling of heavy fabric, barely enough
to keep the rain off the altar within it. The altar is littered
with candle stubs and scraps of parchment, which are the
remnants of prayers and offerings.
Beyond the makeshift sanctuary, a statue of Erathis
stands in the middle of a pool of stagnant water, staring
off toward the horizon. Many of the bricks of the pool
are broken or missing, and a closer glance suggests that
the statue was in fact a fountain at one point, but the
mechanism has failedlikely many years ago.
Several rickety cottages stand on the edge of the
property, apparently held together by little more than faith
and an extra coating of paint.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
16

If the PCs come during the day, continue with
the following:
Several townsfolk move in and out of the curtain-housed
shrine, leaving written prayers on the altar and occasionally
glancing askance at a fellow who paces behind it. He is a tall
human, bald-headed with features sharp as an eagles, clad
all in somber black. He mutters to himself as he paces.
Insight Check
DC 16: Its pretty clear from his body language that the
man doesnt want to be here, though any time one of the
citizens utters a prayer to Erathis, he replies with a quick
So may it be.
If the PCs speak with him, he introduces himself as
Grovald. He answers any questions about Haelyn
with the same spiritual retreat story he gave Lavinya
(and no, he doesnt know where she went or when
shell be back). If the PCs press him or try to talk
about any other issue, he insists that hes busy pray-
ing along with his faithful and returns to pacing. At
this point, he starts muttering more loudly, offering
prayers to Erathis. A DC 18 Insight check suggests
hes lying about Haelyn.
Again, the PCs reputation as saviors of Overlook
comes to the rescue.
After the quick exchange with Grovald (and
before the PCs can contemplate doing something
foolish in front of witnesses), read the following:
One of the faithful, an older woman dressed in shabby but
well-mended shawl and dress, stands up from the altar and
turns her eyes on you. I know you! she calls out. Thank
you so much for all youve done!
As she approaches you, however, she glances once at
Grovald and her eyes narrow. In a much softer tone of
voice, she says, I couldnt help but overhear, and a lot of
us have asked him the same questions. We dont trust him,
and were worried about Haelyn. Almost nobody comes
here after dark anymore, so if you want the chance to talk to
him in private, when hes not so busy, thatd be a good time
to come back. Maybe you can find out whats going on.
INTERROGATING GROVALD OR HIS SOLDIERS
Assuming the PCs ask the right questions or guide the
conversation down the proper path, they learn the fol-
lowing information.
From the Thugs or Doppelgangers: These are
simple hoods and members of the Lost Ones criminal
organization. Someone has been coming to the Lost
Ones to hire out a lot of extra muscle. This particular
group of thugs was hired by Grovald. They dont know
who he works for, but theyve seen him meeting with
a dwarf on occasion. They dont know who else has
been hiring muscle, or if theyre tied into the same
conspiracy, but they know that theyre far from the
only thugs to be hired as soldiers lately.
From Grovald: Grovald grudgingly admits that he
killed Haelyn and buried her behind the fountain. He
claims he was ordered to do so by individuals who
didnt like her poking her nose in where it wasnt
wanted. If pressed, he confesses that hes ultimately
working for someone named General Zithiruun. Grov-
ald doesnt know what hes a general of, and he doesnt
know what species, for the general wears a hooded
cloak, but he does wear a strange armor of iron joints
and leather harnesses. At the moment, though, Grov-
ald takes his orders from Durkik, high priest of that
rock-headed idiot god. He knows that Durkik spends
The Temple Between
The PCs can take a casual look around the grounds
during the day, and Grovald doesnt stop them. But
any attempt to look inside cottage C4A, or any thor-
ough searching (such as climbing inside the fountain)
brings threats of him calling the watch and having
the PCs charged with trespassing. (As long as theyre
at least a little bit subtle, he doesnt appear to notice if
most of his time at the temple, but that the high priest
frequently disappears for the night; to where, Grovald
doesnt know.
If pressed on the issue, Grovald confesses that he
is the priest of the master of darkness. (A DC 10
Religion check reveals this to be an occasional title
for Zehir.) Grovald claims that his involvement here
is purely mercenaryand this is the truth because he
was paid for his assistancebut PCs who dont believe
him might wind up chasing false clues for a bit, seeking
a Zehir connection..
SPEAKING WITH HAELYN
If the PCs use Speak with Dead on Haelyn, theres
no need for a skill challenge; shes happy to aid them.
Alas, all she can tell them is that Grovald murdered
her as she prayed in the shrine for guidance. She had
recently noticed a change in the personalities of vari-
ous priests in the city, but was laughed off when she
confronted them. (She admits, now, that it was fool-
ish of her to let on that she suspected them, but shes
been a trusting sort.) She was praying that Erathis
would send a sign of what to do next when Grovald
entered and slew her with his magic. She asks the PCs
to please thank Lavinya for her concern.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
17

they poke around Haelyns shack at C5, at least not
during the day.)
If and when the PCs return here at night, proceed
to the tactical encounter.
Tactical Encounter: C4/C5 The Shrine of Erathis
and Haelyns Home (page 41).
C5: Haelyns Home
As the PCs approach, read:
This small cottage on the grounds of the shrine looks
comfortable, but old and rickety. Bricks are missing from
the chimney, and the paint is peeling from the walls.
The door is locked, requiring a DC 18 Thievery
check to open. Once the PCs enter, read:
The dust of days, if not weeks, lies over a homey little abode.
An ash-filled fireplace stands in one corner, with an old
table and two equally old, but comfortable looking, chairs
beside it. A pantry stands alongside a door that would
almost have to lead to the bedroom.
A faint stench, foul and out of place with the cottages
peaceful appearance, tickles your nostrils.
The PCs find no trace that anyone has been in here in
some time. In the bedroom, clothes are packed neatly
in the chest by the foot of the bed, piled almost as
high as the lid will allow.
The stench is coming from the pantry, which
contains several rotting vegetables, fruits, and cuts
of meat, all swarming with ants and fruit flies. The
players can probably figure out what this means, but
if not, allow them a DC 5 Intelligence check to real-
ize that perishable foods in the pantry and a chest of
clothes almost completely full are not signs of some-
one who was preparing for a long journey.
C6: The Ministry of War
At some point in their investigations, the PCs might
decide to try going to the authorities and getting some
help. If they do so, theyre directed to the Ministry of
Warspecifically, the office wherein the officers of
the city garrison work.
As the PCs approach, read the following:
The Ministry of War is huge, consisting of six buildings
arrayed around a central courtyardall within an imposing
set of guard walls, of course. As you approach the gate, two
guards, a dwarf and a dragonborn, step forward and cross
their spears before you. State your business within, the
dwarf demands.
The guards have no intention of barring the PCs
path, since the Ministry of War is open to all during
business hours. Theyre just following protocol. Once
the PCs explain their purpose, the guards are happy
to provide directions to the office, which is in one
of the buildings nearest the main entrance to the
compound.
Once the PCs enter the office, read:
A dwarf stands up from behind the desk as you enter. His
blond beard is tightly braided, his armor brightly polished.
It takes you only a moment to recognize him as the officer
you saw shouting orders from the wall when you first
arrived in Overlook.
Im Captain Aerun, he says in a gruff voice. Im priests at the various temples in the Divine Knot, they
honored to have Overlooks heroes in my office. What can I
help you with?
The Temple Between
Aerun listens intently and politely, scowling in
anger when the PCs mention some of the vile things
theyve seen, and shaking his head if they mention
having found Haelyns body and/or killing Grovald.
Ultimately, however, regardless of what the PCs tell
him, Aeruns response is the same.
These are indeed grave matters you bring to me, he says.
Ill get looking into them at once. And you once again
have the thanks of a grateful city. Go on and take a load
off, wherever youre staying. Ill let you know how the
investigation turns out.
No matter how the PCs argue, Aerun refuses to allow
them to take part in the investigation, going so far as
to order them to stay out of it, and leave further efforts
to the proper authorities. If they show any signs of
hostility, argue with him for too long, or demand to
speak to someone else, he calls in several guards to
escort the PCs out. The guards are deferential, since
they respect the party a great deal, but they follow
orders.
During this exchange, allow the PCs to make
Insight checks. With a DC 16, a character recognizes
that Aerun is more interested in keeping them out of
the investigation than he is in finding out the truth.
With a DC 20, the character realizes that something
about Aeruns behavior isnt right; even though hes
engaged in the conversation, something about him
appears vaguely distant, as though hes thinking
about something else. If the PCs have been to visit the
recognize this as the same behavioral quirk.
If the PCs come back at night, with the intent of
spying on or following Aerun, they see him depart in
civilian clothes. Eventually, he leads them to the Pig
and Bucket (see C8).
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
18

C7: Ambush in the Alley
Precisely when this encounter occurs depends on the
PCs. (Dont assume it has to happen after the scenes
described previously, just because its given as C7 on
the list.) The attack happens on a random street corner
when any one of the following events have occurred:
INTERROGATING THE
AMBUSHERS
Assuming the PCs ask the right questions or guide the
conversation down the proper path, they can learn
the following information:
These hoods had orders to attack them. They nor-
mally work for the Lost Ones criminal organization,
but in recent weeks, customers have been coming
to the Lost Ones to hire out a lot of extra muscle.
This particular group of thugs was hired out to, of all
people, a city watch member! The hoods dont know
his name, but they know him by appearance. He
shows up at the Pig and Bucket almost every night
so they can report to him and receive their orders.
They dont know who he works for, only that theyre
to follow his orders. They know that he often heads
out into the city after leaving the Pig and Bucket, and
not in the direction of the High Hall district, but they
dont know where he goes.
Similarly, they dont know who else has been hiring
muscle, or if theyre tied into the same conspiracy, but
they know that theyre far from the only thugs to be
hired as soldiers lately.
If asked, they describe the guardsman as a blond-
bearded dwarf with a gruff voice. If the PCs have
been to see Captain Aerun, further description
appears to match him perfectly.
The PCs have been to the Stone Anvil and at least
one other location mentioned here as part of this
investigation, or
The PCs have been to see Captain Aerun and at
least one other location mentioned here as part of
this investigation, or
The PCs have defeated Grovald and his soldiers in
combat.
Obviously, the attack doesnt occur instantly after
these conditions are met, but some point in the
next few hours, as the PCs are traveling about the
city.
Tactical Encounter: C7 Ambush in the Alley
(page 43).
C8: The Pig and Bucket
The Pig and Bucket is a cheap, filthy, yet unaccount-
ably popular one-story tavern in the district called
the Blister. Squished between a couple of boarding
houses said to sell a lot more than just board, its
known for its wide variety of beers, and its wide vari-
ety of crooks, mercenaries, and thugs who frequent
the place looking for work.
If the PCs enter, read:
Most of the buildings interior consists of the beer hall.
Booths line the walls, while long tables and rear-bruising
benches fill the middle of the room between. Along the far
wall runs a wooden baryou can see the graffiti carved into
it even from herebehind which stand stacks of kegs.
The Temple Between
Assuming the PCs are here at night, looking for (or
having followed) Captain Aerun, they can see him
in one of the far booths, speaking to a scruffy look-
ing individual in a shabby gray cloak. If the PCs have
taken steps to disguise themselves, Aerun doesnt
recognize them. If they have not, they have exactly
1 round to do something with themselves before he
notices them.
Hopefully, the PCs are wise enough either to dis-
guise themselves, or to wait outside. If he sees them,
he keeps drinking for a few minutes, then leaves and
casually returns to the Ministry of War, and the PCs
have lost their chance to follow him that night.
If the PCs remain unnoticed, however, and try
to follow Aerun after he departs, continue with the
Heart of the Conspiracy skill challenge.
INTERROGATING
THE POSSESSED
Unfortunately, the possessed individualsincluding
Aerun and several priests other than Durkikare
effectively immune to interrogation. After all, the
PCs cannot offer them anything they require, and
they have no fear, for they can abandon the body
and return to their own. If, however, the PCs try to
interrogate them, a DC 21 Insight check reveals that
the individuals are possessed by an outside force. If
the possessing githyanki realizes the PCs know this,
it immediately leaves the body, which falls to the
ground as a dead shell.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
19

The Heart
of the Conspiracy
After a day or two of investigation, the PCs should
have a couple of strong suspects: Captain Aerun and
High Ancestor Durkik. They might suspect some of
the other priests as well. If they choose, and put them-
selves in a position to do so, they can follow any one of
these individuals to the warehouse wherein the con-
spiracy makes its headquarters. They can accomplish
this with an extended skill challenge.
Skill Challenge: SC1 Catching Durkik (page 44).
C9: The Warehouse
This warehouse, located in the midst of the Blister
district, is the headquarters of the conspiracy and the
location where theyre holding the real Durkik.
As the PCs approach, read:
Nothing in particular makes this warehouse stand out. Its
a large, squat building, with a huge front door that opens
by sliding up into the ceiling on rails. A rickety wooden
staircase along one wall leads to a door that presumably
opens onto an upper level.
Under normal circumstances, assume that the two
githyanki-possessed individuals at the warehouse
are Captain Aerun and Goodman Kyrrist, priest of
Avondra. If the PCs have done something to prevent
one of these two from being present, replace the miss-
ing with one of the other possessed priests (named in
Lavinyas tale).
Tactical Encounter: C9 The Warehouse (page
45).
The Temple Between
INTERROGATING
THE CONSPIRATORS
As before, the PCs can interrogate any captives or
survivors (except the two possessed individuals).
Assuming the PCs ask the right questions or guide
the conversation down the proper path, they can
learn the following information:
The conspirator reveals that a doppelganger has
taken the place of the real high priest Durkik, who
is being held prisoner in a secret chamber beneath
the warehouse. He tells the PCs he is working for
someone called General Zithiruun. Like Grovald, he
hasnt seen Zithiruuns face, but recognizes him by
his hooded cloak and his strange leather-and-steel
harness. He knows that Zithiruun wants them to
hold the Stone Anvil, and to question Durkik about
the security and magic of another temple, called
Mountainroot. The false Durkik assigned most of
the priests of Moradin to rebuilding the old temple
as a means of keeping them occupied and out of the
Stone Anvil.
The conspirator does not know why Zithiruun is
interested in this Mountainroot Temple. He knows
only that Zithiruun has grown more and more frus-
trated with Durkiks failure to answer their questions;
a few days ago, he stormed off insisting that he was
going to find out for himself, though he ordered
them to keep trying in his absence, and record what
they learned.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
20

C9A: Rescuing Durkik
When the PCs descend the ladder beneath the
trapdoor in the warehouse, read:
You are within a narrow, stone-walled hallway. Mildew
darkens the mortar between the bricks and fills the air
with the damp scent of rot. A steel door, speckled with rust,
stands at the far end of the hall. It boasts a small barred
window, but from here you cannot see what might lie
beyond.
Once the PCs near the door and can see through
the bars, continue:
A dwarf, his flesh bruised and beaten, his hair and beard
matted with blood, stands chained to the far wall of a
stench-ridden, claustrophobic cell. It takes you a moment
to recognize him as none other than High Priest Durkik
Forgeheart!
Slowly, as though even so minor a move pains him,
he looks up to meet your gaze through the bars, his eyes
widening slightly as he recognizes you. Be careful, he
rasps in a hoarse voice. The doors trapped.
He gestures with a finger, the chain clinking, to indicate
a series of tubes that protrude from the walls of the cell,
pointing in his direction. And not to kill you, either, he
adds impassively. They dont want me escaping.
The door can be picked with a DC 21 Thievery check
(as can the chains on his wrists, once the PCs move
inside), but if the door is opened without the safe-
guards being disabled, one or more of the tubes fires a
sharpened spike into Durkiks chest, killing him. The
trap is three traps, each of which must be disabled.
3 Spike Tubes Level 9 Warder
Trap XP 400
Hidden tubes with powerful springs lurk within the walls,
waiting to launch brutal iron spikes.
Perception
DC 24: Through careful study, you determine how the
mechanism fits together, allowing you to advise your
allies how to work on it. This grants your allies a +2
bonus to Thievery checks made to disable the trap. (Each
of the three traps requires a separate Perception check to
grant this bonus.)
Initiative +10
Trigger
If the PCs open the door without disarming all three
traps, or if the characters fail four total countermeasure
attempts (see below), all remaining traps fire.
Attack
Standard Action Melee 2
Target: Everyone within the cell.
Attack: +17 vs. AC; a prisoner chained by the manacles in
the cell is hit automatically.
Hit: 2d8+7 damage; against a prisoner chained by the
manacles, this is considered a coup de grace attack,
dealing 23 damage per functioning trap. In Durkiks case,
this is more than enough to kill him.
Countermeasures
A character adjacent to the cell door can reach through
the bars and attempt to physically wrench a tube off-
give them the information Durkik provides.
target, thus disarming it, with a DC 28 Athletics check.
Only two of the three traps are positioned to make this
possible.
A character adjacent to the cell door can disarm one of
the three tubes with a DC 28 Thievery check.
have it, he can provide all the information given
If the PCs accidentally trigger the trap, Durkik
gasps, Bring me . . . to Karros . . . with his last, choking
breath.
Some Answers and Some Help
The following section is written under the assumption
that the PCs successfully rescue Durkik from the cell
(or, failing that, that one of them casts the Raise Dead
ritual on him). If this is not the case, the PCs might
The Temple Between
cast Speak with Dead or, if they follow his dying wish,
take him to Ancestor Karros. After finding out from
the PCs what happened, Karros casts Speak with
Dead. In these cases, do not use the standard rules for
Speak with Dead, since Durkiks spirit is lingering,
hoping to help. Instead, it uses the connection opened
by the ritual to converse with them normally. Thus,
you can still run the scene largely as written here;
change any of his offers to accompany the PCs to him
ordering Karros to do the same.
Once the PCs free Durkik, read the following:
The dwarf slowly limps from his cell, wincing with every
step. Clearly he is in a great deal of pain, but despite that
fact, his eyes are alert.
Thank you, he says simply. Youre the answer to every
prayer Ive offered Moradin. But I fear, as grateful as I am
to be out and alive, that Ive little good news for you.
The PCs can help him as he talks. You can allow the
PCs to ask questions and roleplay the conversation, or
First, thanks to everything he overheard and the
questions he was asked, Durkik knows roughly what
the conspirators were up to. If the PCs dont already
above under the Interrogating the Conspirators text.
He tells the PCs that Aerun and some of the other
priests were possessed in a dark ritual, but that he
was not because General Zithiruun required informa-
tion from him.
At this point, Durkik tells the PCs about the
Mountainroot Temple (all the information presented
under that heading in the Background section).
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
21

Once he has shared the above information, read
the following:
As youve doubtless guessed, he says to you, his voice still
weak, the Stone Anvil contains one of those portals to
the Mountainroot Temple. I dont know why this General
Zithiruun wants the temple, but its clearly what hes after.
Its funny, hes had me tortured for days to make me
describe the Mountainroots mystical defenses, but the
truth is, I dont know much about them. I know about the
temple only because, as High Priest, I was told of it by my
predecessor. I can tell you that the defenses are psychically
linked to the Caretaker, allowing him to control them, but
beyond that, I know little. But even had I told them that
much, I doubt theyd have believed me.
Durkik coughs twice, then continues:
I dont know why he wants the temple, he repeats, but I
know it cannot be good for us. I know not who else in this
city might have been compromisedwho can be trusted.
That leaves only you.
The entrance from the Stone Anvil is carefully hidden
within an old sepulcher. The chamber is hidden behind a
secret door; I can escort you to it, but no farther. What I
cannot do is tell you how to access the portal, for I dont know,
and I am oathbound never to enter the sepulcher. But my
hope is that, once you find it, you can figure out how to use it.
I must ask you one thing more, he adds swiftly. When
the Mountainroot Temple was abandoned, the priesthood
took most of our ancient religious relics with them. Most,
but not all. Somewhere within the temple lies a tome
entitled, when translated into Common, the Incunabulum
Primeval. It is a book of great power for those who know
how to use it. If you can find it and return it to us, I can
promise you a reward of no less than 3,600 gp from the
temple treasury, as well as legal right to any other treasure
you find in, and can carry out of, the Mountainroot.
The Temple Between
Back to the Stone Anvil At the far end of the chamber, a bright silver filigree of
unimaginable complexity bulges from the wall. It shows a
Durkik (or Karros, if Durkik is dead) leads the PCs
scene of Moradin hard at work at his forge. Four statues
back through the towering halls of the Stone Anvil.
two flanking the filigree, two flanking the entranceshow
(The PCs might decide to take an extended rest first
Moradin with a pair of ravens perched on his shoulders.
and approach the temple the following day. If theyre
Perhaps these are meant to honor the Raven Queen, who
badly depleted, you might even suggest this to them.)
watches over even Moradins dead?
Several of the priests and guards appear nervous
about allowing the PCs to pass, but none are prepared The PCs can discover that the remains of the honored
to gainsay their guide. dead must be interred inside, and they must descend
to the lower level to find the name plates.
Read the following:
Read the following when they move down:
After a dozen halls and several wide stairs, your guide stops
inside a great chamber. Shelves of old scrolls line the stone The open space between those protrusions slopes sharply
walls, and great marble tables occupy the rooms center. Dust down from the walkway to lower level.
lies thick over it all, proving that this room is rarely used.
Once the PCs draw near the filigree imagine,
For a few moments, the priest fumbles with the scrolls
on one particular rack. Finally, a loud click resounds continue:
throughout the room, and one of the walls slides open with
Now that youve come closer, you can see an old stone door
a deafening rumble and a cascade of powdered stone.
in the wall behind the filigree image. You can, however, see
This is it, he tells you. The sepulcher. I cannot go any
no way to access it.
farther.
Should any PC touch the filigree in any way,
C10: The Portal in the Sepulcher
read:
Read the following (and consider drawing out
the map whether or not combat ensues, since the The image suddenly bends as the face of Moradin turns
room can be difficult to envision): toward you and speaks in a voice of rending metal. Who
would step through the portal to the heart of Moradins
You are standing at one end of a long chamber. Chandeliers
worship must first prove he understands Moradin in his
hanging from the ceiling spring to life even as you pass
own heart.
through the secret door, illuminating all that lies before you.
Think you carefully on Moradins precepts, his
To the right and left, stairs lead down to an open lower
teachings, his actions, and his favored disciples. Then speak
level, transforming the f loor on which you now stand into a
unto me a parable, a tale of Moradin, not that you have
central walkway, with two narrower ledges along both sides
learned from his texts, but that you have created yourself.
of the room. At even intervals along those walkways the
Let it show your understanding of his words and his ways,
f loor abruptly widens, almost like the teeth on a gear.
and you may pass.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
22

Should any PC touch the filigree in any way, begin
the skill challenge.
Skill Challenge: SC2 Entering the Portal (page
48).
Tactical Encounter: C10 The Portal in the
Sepulcher (page 49).
PART TWO: THE
MOUNTAINROOT TEMPLE
The PCs are almost certainly expecting danger in the
Mountainroot Temple. Theyre probably not expecting
two competing factions.
No Exit
Perhaps the single most important feature of the
Mountainroot is that nobody can leave. Because of the
Caretakers torment, the magical security has gone
off-kilter. Anyone can enter the temple, but nobody
can leave. Any attempt to do so, even by using telepor-
tation, rebounds as though the individual has hit an
invisible wall. (This is why the fey have not departed
and why Zithiruun hasnt returned to Overlook.) The
PCs can leave only by locating the Caretaker and
assisting in his recovery.
Dungeon Features
Certain elements of the dungeon are universal
throughout the complex.
Doors: Unless otherwise mentioned, none of the
doors are locked and all can be opened by depressing
a lever in the handle. Doors open inward, and so the
hinges are in the rooms interior.
Stairs: Stairs count as difficult terrain and are
made from stone.
Extended Rest
Fortunately for the PCs, since they cannot depart,
they have several areas in which they can safely rest.
Once they have defeated the fey in M1, the broken
corridors in the northeast are a safe place to camp.
Areas A and F of M10 are safe, and once the PCs have
dealt with the marching hammers and the trap, the
rest of M10 is safe as well. Should the PCs try to sleep
in M2, M3, or M4, theyre attacked briefly by some of
the fey from M5, who then retreat back to that area.
Similarly, if the PCs try to sleep in M6, the forces
from M9 might launch a few attacks.
Keep track of how much time the PCs spend rest-
ing; remember theyre still on a deadline if they want
to earn the most victory points.
Mountainroot Temple
Overview
The temple includes the following areas.
M1: The Chamber of Doors
Numerous doors open up into a chamber that leads
to other connected temples, and deeper into the
Mountainroot.
Tactical Encounter: M1 The Chamber of Doors
(page 50).
M2: Tea Room
Read the following:
A small round table and a few chairs occupy this otherwise
empty chamber. Several cracked teacups and ale mugs,
covered in dust and cobwebs, stand on the table where they
were abandoned so long ago.
The Temple Between
The secret door requires a DC 22 Perception check
to locate. It is not locked, and it opens by depressing a
hidden catch in the wall.
M3: Dining Room and Kitchen
Read the following:
Several long tables, capable of seating dozens, stretch the
length of the room. Chairs are scattered about, some having
been knocked over or broken just recently. A few humanoid
corpsessmall, with gray skin and wicked teethlie strewn
about. Of whatever slew them, theres no sign.
These are the bodies of several quicklings who came
out second-best against some of Zithiruuns trolls. The
above description applies to M3A: The Dining Room.
If the PCs enter M3B: The Kitchen, they find huge
fire pits full of ash, large wooden counters with knife
marks and meat stains, and a plethora of old brass
tools and pots that are worth pretty much nothing.
The door in the east wall leads to M10, the area
beneath M6.
M4: Wine Storage
Read the following:
Wooden racks line the walls, empty and dust-covered. From
their size and shape, youd guess that they once held bottles
of wine and kegs of ale.
M5: The Vault
The vault is a multilevel room that contains storage
for valuables behind heavy portcullises.
Tactical Encounter: M5 The Vault (page 52).
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
23

QUESTIONING THE FALLEN
As with their enemies in the city, the PCs can learn
much by interrogating survivors here in the temple.
(Well, some of the survivors; any attempt to interrogate
the trolls or the two-headed troll is likely met with an
utter lack of anything useful or even intelligible.)
This interrogation is a level 10 skill challenge with a
complexity of 2 and Bluff, Diplomacy, Intimidate, and
Insight as the primary skills. PCs can use Arcana, with
an easy check, against any of the fey (to know that they
are not behaving as normal fey of their type should).
This doesnt qualify as a success, but it grants the PCs
+2 bonuses to other checks in the challenge until their
next failure. Similarly, a promise of freedom buys a +2
bonus to all such checks.
If the PCs succeed, the subject answers all their
questions. If they fail, but with one or more successes,
the subject answers a number of questions equal to
the PCs successes, but at least one answer is a lie.
If the PCs wish, they can question dead foes by using
the Speak with Dead ritual. In this case, use the Dead
Witness skill challenge (Dungeon Masters Guide, page
78, as a level 10 skill challenge).
FROM THE FEY . . .
The characters learn that the fey were sent to this
foul place by someone they call Cachlain, the Stone-
Skinned King. (Further questioning, or a DC 25 Arcana
check, reveals that Cachlain is an infamous fomorian
king of the Feywild.) He sent these fey in search of a
valuable prize, which they refer to as the parchment
voice you call Incunabulum Primeval. They know that it
is a tome of great power and that Cachlain has sought
it for some time. Only recently, however, have they
learned that its retrieval has become urgent, because
the courts divinations suggested that someone else
was about to get their hands on it. The fey admit that
Cachlains new counselorsomeone named Sovacles,
whom they have never mettried to talk him out of
sending them, but that the king was too desperate to
get the book.
The fey admit that their groups leader, whom they
call Our Lady of the Deathly Song, already has the
tome. (If the PCs are questioning Hethralga, the howl-
ing hag, she admits to having it on her person after a
bit of hemming and hawing.) Alas, they cannot leave
because the Othersa band of humanoids consist-
ing mostly of trollsappeared and took the Caretaker
prisoner, thus cutting off all possible exit. They are
organized and serve some higher master, the fey
muse, but we know not who. Perhaps they are the
reason Cachlain felt we must retrieve the parchment
voice so swiftly.
If the PCs ask the fey what they want, they answer
with, Now? We seek only to escape the temple. A
portal to the Feywild stands at the base of the moun-
tains, where the waters flow from above to reach the
plains. We would return homewith the Incunabulum
if possible, but at least with our lives.
FROM THE SOLDIERS OF
GENERAL ZITHIRUUN . . .
The characters learn that, as with the thugs in Overlook,
these are hired mercenaries. They can confirm the name
General Zithiruun, but also as with his minions in Over-
look, the general has avoided showing his face to these
The Temple Between
soldiers, even as he worked and fought alongside them.
They know he is humanoid and tall (for a human), but
nothing more; his hood, cloak, and the combination armor-
and-harness hide his features.
The soldiers admit that they have been instructed
to look for the Incunabulum Primeval, but that the book
is only a secondary objective. Zithiruun wants the
temple. He intends to make use of its various magical
portals to funnel soldiers into Overlook from elsewhere
in the vale so that he can take the city in a combined
attack from within and without. (This is why he wanted
to keep people out of the Stone Anvil; he intends to
use it as his assembly point for the soldiers who come
through the portal.) Zithiruun seeks control over the
entire western Elsir Vale, due to both its economic
importance and because of the various portals that
exist throughout it.
Overlook is about to face an attack from the soldiers
Zithiruun has assembled throughout the vale. He gath-
ered these soldiers slowly enough, and in small enough
groups that theyve utterly bypassed Bordrins Watch
even if the PCs do stop him here! And its happening in
a matter of days!
They also admit that, as frustrated as Zithiruun was
over Durkiks refusal to break, he has grown all but
enraged that the Caretaker wont relinquish control
over the temples defenses, or even allow them to
leave. He is keeping the Caretaker prisoner, and he has
come near to torturing the fellow to death.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
24

M6: The Grand Cathedral Tactical Encounter: M7/M8 The Shattered
The Grand Cathedral is an enormous central cham- Barracks and the Lesser Sanctum (page 58).
ber with multiple levels. The room served as the heart
M9: The Reliquary
of Moradin worship in the days that the temple still
This peculiar chamber housed the greatest of the
functioned.
temples religious treasures, as well as the astral
Tactical Encounter: M6 The Grand Cathedral
portal through which Moradins exarchs occasionally
(page 54).
traveled. It includes a great many subchambers.
M7 and M8: The Shattered Tactical Encounter: M9 The Reliquary (page 61).
Barracks and the
Lesser Sanctum M10: The Underchambers
These rooms beneath the upper levels of M6 were the
This portion of the temple, most thoroughly damaged
day-to-day living quarters of the priests.
by the ancient cave-ins, is currently the home camp
Tactical Encounter: M10 The Underchambers
for the invading fey.
(page 65).
Departing
the Temple
Once the PCs have found the
Caretaker in area M9I, they might
at first be stunnedor even believe
that they are being trickedto find
that he is no normal dwarf, but an
azer! (Monster Manual, page 22;
his stats should not prove neces-
sary, but if they do, treat him as an
azer foot soldier with the Ritual
Caster feat and training in Arcana
and Religion.) The PCs can free
him from his shackles with a DC
22 Thievery check, but freeing his
mind is something else entirely. The
Caretaker has been subject to hid-
eous tortures, and hes hovering on
the brink of insanity.
The Temple Between
A DC 17 Heal check reveals that a Remove
Affliction ritual could set him right in the head again.
Alternatively, the PCs can attempt to help him by using
skills. Do not treat this as a skill challenge; rather, the
PCs must make four skill checks against a DC of 21.
One success must be with the Heal skill; the others
can be Diplomacy, Heal, or Religion. Once theyve
achieved four successes, they bring the Caretaker back
from the brink of insanity. Each attempt, regardless
of which skill is being used, takes 15 minutes, so even
four straight successes requires a full hour.
Incidentally, should the PCs ask, the Caretaker has
no other name; he abandoned it when he assumed
this duty and answers to nothing else.
Once the PCs succeed, read the following:
The azer blinks once, and when he looks at you again, his
eyes are clearor rather, they appear to burn with an inner
fire that they lacked earlier. He speaks in heavily accented
Common. You have my thanks, strangers. You should not
be here, but as you areand as I needed youI will take this
to be Moradins will. I know not who these creatures were,
who invaded my home and dealt so cruelly with me, but I
know their intentions! I heard them plan! They seek to attack
the city of Overlook, from both without andthrough my
templewithin! Even though the latter has been thwarted,
the former might yet lie ahead; Overlook, and indeed Elsir
Vale, might suffer greatly. But tell me, who are these villains?
Do you know? Tell me all that has happened, please.
Assuming the PCs are at least vaguely
forthcoming, the Caretaker listens, shaking his
head sadly.
I knew that the tall one wanted me to turn over
stewardship of the temple to him, he says. I fear that, in
my pain, I might indeed have granted him control over
some of the constructs, but I denied him any more than
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
25
 The Temple Between

that. I . . . I fear that when you awoke me from my stupor,

the portals were instantly unbarred. He has likely fled
already. But at least I can swiftly return you to Overlook the
same way.

If the PCs ask him about the Incunabulum, he reluc-

tantly agrees to let them take it if they swear that they
indeed intend to turn it over to Moradins church.

As they are preparing to leave, however, read the

following:

I realize time is short, he tells you, and that you must

hurry back to warn the people of Overlook. Nevertheless,
I must ask you . . . can you spare an hour, and perhaps a
bit of your hard-won gains, to aid me with one final task?
After the blood that was shed here, I must perform a ritual
to reconsecrate the temple to Moradin. I cannot do it alone,
and if you do not aid me, I will have to walk several miles
through the mountains to find assistance at Bordrins
Watch. Perhaps this sounds to you like the ramblings of an
old fool, but I believe fully that Moradin will smile upon us
for doing so.

If the PCs agree, they need not make any rolls; the
Caretaker is casting the ritual, while they assist. They
do, however, have to provide 500 gp worth of pre-
cious metals that the ritual requires. They might feel
as though theyre wasting time and money both, but
indeed, reconsecrating the temple does aid them in
their struggles to come. (See Victory Points, page 37).

When they complete the ritual, read the

following:

For just an instant, as the last echoes of the rite fade away,
the entire room grows ever so slightly warmer, as though
heated from within by the fires of a small forge. The faint
chime of hammers on steel reverberates from all around
you, and then once more there is silence.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
26

In addition, PCs who think quickly can provide even
more aid to the city. Although he wont think of it
himselfhes been through too much, and still isnt
thinking clearlythe Caretaker can make the walk
to Bordrins Watch and request aid for the coming
battle at Overlook. If a player suggests this, additional
dwarves arrive in time to aid in the citys defense, and
the PCs earn additional victory points.
Once these tasks are complete (or the PCs choose
not to complete them at all), they can return to
Overlook by using the Stone Anvil and bring warning
of whats to come to the Council of Elders.
THE INCUNABULUM
PRIMEVAL
When the PCs finally get their hands on this
tome, they find it to be an enormous book,
nearly 2 feet tall by 18 inches wide, and almost
a foot thick. The pages are an incredibly heavy
parchment, while the cover consists of thin
planks of wood that are bound and hinged in
iron.
The book is written in Dwarven, but also in
a sort of cipher; no attempt at translating or
decoding it functions without either the proper
rituals, known only to the priesthood of Mora-
din, or magic more potent than any the PCs
currently possess.
The Incunabulum indeed has great powers,
of which the PCs might see the slightest hint
during the siege of Overlook, but any more
detailed familiarity with this potent item must
wait for future adventures.
PART THREE: THE
TAKING OF OVERLOOK Encounters
The endgame is upon the PCs nownot only of
Zithiruuns plans, but the heroic tier, and the first
third of the Scales of War. And that endgame is noth-
ing less than the siege of Overlook. Zithiruuns plans
to funnel a fifth column into the heart of the city
might have been thwarted, but his mercenary armies
throughout the Vale still pose a deadly threat. The
PCs are not Overlooks only defenders, but at this
point theyre the most potent and the most important.
Victory Points
As with some prior DUNGEONS & DRAGONS adven-
tures, The Temple Between makes use of a victory
point system to help determine the outcome of the
siege. Throughout the adventure so far, and indeed on
into the siege, the PCs can accomplish certain goals
that ultimately determine how well Overlook stands
up to the attack. Once the adventure is concluded
with the defeat (or victory) of Zithiruun, consult the
table below to determine how many victory points the
PCs have earned. The Concluding the Adventure
section tells you how to interpret those points.
In addition, some entries on the table include a
read-aloud description. Insert these at various points
throughout the days of the siege, wherever they are
most appropriate, as hints to the PCs that their prior
actions have indeed proved effective and are aiding
them now.
The Temple Between
Wartime Urban
During the siege, the PCs might have several extra
encounters. This option exists in case the PCs have
missed enough encounters or skill challenges that you
dont think theyll make 11th level by the end of the
adventure. Be careful, however, not to use too many
of these encounters (or even any) if the PCs appear to
be on track. Although you want them to achieve 11th
level, you do not want them to do so before encounter-
ing Zithiruun.
Enemy Soldiers (Level 9; XP 2,200)
2 dragonborn gladiators (level 10 soldier; MM 86
or encounter T5)
3 trolls (level 9 brute; MM 254 or encounter T3)
More Death from Above (Level 10; XP 2,500)
berbalang (level 10 solo skirmisher; MM 34 or
encounter T2)
Traitors Within (Level 9; XP 2,250)
1 of the surviving possessed citizens (level 10 sol-
dier; encounter C9)
3 doppelganger assassins (level 8 lurker; MM 71 or
encounter C9)
5 streetwise thugs (level 9 minion; encounter C9)
Looters (Level 8; XP 1,800)
18 streetwise thugs (level 9 minion; encounter C9)
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
27
 The Temple Between

Victory Point Accumulation Upon seeing you, Great Elder Morgoff Stonefirst waves
If the PCs... They earn . . . Read-Aloud at you, not to speak to them from below, but to join them
Rescue Durkik alive* 1 As you race through the city toward your next objective, you notice a upon the dais!
squad of soldiers standing victorious over a band of defeated trolls.
Durkik stands beside them, his hands flickering with holy fire.
Once the PCs are on the dais, read:
Kill or defeat 1
I was hoping to wait until all our members were present,
Captain Aerun
he tells you without preamble, but weve still not heard
Complete their adventures 3 Although the sentries fearfully report a large force of trolls and other
from Elders Itrika Mountainhome or Olman Sledgemore
in the Mountainroot creatures approaching the gates, the army sounds smaller than you feared.
Temple and return to Perhaps Zithiruun wasnt able to assemble as many troops as hed hoped. they are, presumably, occupied with other duties and
Overlook within 5 days of our messengers havent reached them to tell them of this
first arriving in Overlook emergency conclaveand weve no more time to wait.
Assist the Caretaker in 2 For just an instant, as you face your enemies, you once again feel a faint High Ancestor Durkik, as well as several other citizens,
casting the ritual warmth, as of a forge fire, and hear the distant sound of chiming hammers. such as Priestess Lavinya, have told us a bit of whats been
Your spirits soar with Moradins blessing.
happening our city. But Im given to understand that you
Send the Caretaker to 2 A cheer arises from the sentries atop the wall, as a force of several
can tell us far more. Please, whats going on? Is Overlook
Bordrins Watch for help hundred dwarves appears on the western horizon, striking at the enemy
in danger?
from behind.
Return the Incunabulum 1 Farther down the street, you spot a team of dwarves wearing the
Obviously, if Durkik is dead, replace the prior
to Durkik or Karros holy hammer of Moradin. They are charging unharmed through a burning
references, and all subsequent references, with
building to reach a band of mercenaries threatening civilians. Standing
Ancestor Karros.
behind them, Durkik (or Karros) chants passages from the Incunabulum.
Succeed in the skill challenge 2
to aid the Council in formulating
SC3. Council of War
defensive strategies Once the PCs tell the Council what has happened,
Defeat the berbalang 1 and what is to come, Great Elder Morgoff asks them,
at encounter T2 as well as the guard officers and Durkik, to adjourn
Defeat the enemies 2 with the Council to the war room, where they can
at encounter T3 discuss defenses. On the way, Durkik moves to the
Defeat Zithiruun 3 PCs and asks, softly and almost reverently, if theyve
at encounter T5
recovered the Incunabulum Primeval. If they give it to
*If the PCs used their own magic and resources to resurrect Durkik, they earn these points as well.
him, his eyes tear up, and he immediately hands the
The Battle for the City: Read the following: party a small pouch of platinum and gold coins equal-
ing their promised reward.
Day One Through the streets of Overlook and the gates of the mighty Skill Challenge: SC3 Council of War (page 67).
The PCs emerge from the Stone Anvil to a welcoming Caer Overlook, the soldiers escort you, until finally you
committee of several Overlook soldiers. The Council have reached the imposing doors of the High Hall. Standing
of Elders needs to speak with you immediately, on the dais in the center of the chamber are three of the
the squads commander tells the PCs. Please come Councils five members, as well as several more soldiers and
with me. High Priest Durkik Forgeheart.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
28

The Battle for the City:
Day Two
Over the course of the night, a small but fearsome
mercenary armyconsisting mostly of human soldiers
and trolls, but with dragonborn and other creatures
scattered throughoutcreeps from the surround-
ing wilds and surrounds Overlook. The PCs awaken
in the morning to the sound of catapult boulders
slamming against the ramparts, and are swiftly sum-
moned to the Councils war room.
The following three encounters can occur in
whatever order you prefer. They are written as assign-
ments from the Council, but if youd rather have the
PCs stumble upon them while out and about, thats
fine, too.
Other battles and events take place over the
course of this day and into the night, but unless you
wish to add some of the extra encounters previously
described, the following are the only ones to involve
the PCs directly.
T2: Death From Above
Read the following:
As you stand in the war room, discussing tactics, a
messenger barges in and drops to one knee, panting, at
Great Elder Morgoff s feet.
My apologies for interrupting, he gasps, but Nine
Bells is burning! A creaturegods, Ive never seen anything
like themtheyre f lying over the district and dropping
alchemical fire bombs! The local soldiers are dealing with
some of them, but there are just too many!
Unless the PCs, for some bizarre reason, refuse to go
investigate, proceed to the tactical encounter.
Tactical Encounter: T2 Death From Above (page
68).
The Temple Between
T3: Hold the Gate!
Either back at Caer Overlook or while out in the
streets, a military courier catches up with the
PCs. The outer wall! he shouts at them. Theyve
breached the outer wall, just north of the west gate!
Tactical Encounter: T3 Hold the Wall! (page 70).
SC4: Combing
the Wreckage
The PCs need to find one of the city councilmembers
before shes killed by the attackers.
Skill Challenge: SC4 Combing the Wreckage
(page 72).
The Battle
for the City: Day Three
The PCs face only one major encounter on the third
daywhich is fine, because theyre going to need
everything they have to win.
T5: The Final Encounter
Read the following:
Even as you rise from a night of troubled, martial dreams, a
knock sounds on your chamber door. High Ancestor Durkik
stands outside, looking grim.
I bring word from Councilor Morgoff. In the late
hours of the night, a squadron of soldiers was dispatched
to investigate reports of enemies in the streets close to Caer
Overlook. None have returned. As soon as youve risen and
readied yourself, Im to show you on the map where they
were assigned, and ask you to investigate.
Tactical Encounter: T5 The Final Encounter
(page 73).
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
29

CONCLUDING
THE ADVENTURE
Once word of Zithiruuns death spreads through
the invaders, they gradually break off and retreat
back into the wild. Most are mercenaries, after
all, and theres little point in fighting on behalf of
someone whos too dead to pay. (If the PCs attempt
to question Zithiruunor his corpsetreat it as an
interrogation skill challenge, as per his soldiers in
the Mountainroot Temple, but at 14th level. He can
explain that the githyanki wanted the region for its
various portals, and that the assignment came down
from officers above him, but he knows nothing about
who originated it or why it was happening now. These
are details for a future adventure.)
But for now, the PCs have learned that the
githyanki are behind at least some of the troubles that
have beset Elsir Vale, and they can be content in the
knowledge that theyve defeated one of their major
enemies and saved Overlook.
Or at least, theyve probably saved it.
Victory Point Totals
How well the PCs didand how well Overlook
survivesdepends on their total number of victory
points. (Future adventures in the Scales of War
adventure path assume that the PCs achieved at least
13 victory points. If this is not the case in your cam-
paign, you can either modify future adventures to
make use of different NPCs than those who died here,
or you can arrange to have these NPCs resurrected
behind the scenes.
6 or fewer: If the PCs did this poorly, Overlook
has likely either been conquered, or razed to the point
where it requires almost complete rebuilding. The
PCs gain no XP or monetary reward for the Prevent
the Fall of Overlook quest. Youll have to modify
future adventures in the Scales of War to account
for the citys destructionbut then again, its almost
impossible for the PCs to have done this poorly with-
out dying, so odds are you have other alterations to
make anyway.
7 to 12: Overlook is severely damaged, but not
to the point of destruction. The PCs earn 1,500 XP
and 3,000 gp as reward for the Prevent the Fall of
Overlook quest; the Council of Elders cannot afford
to spare any more money from the reconstruction
effort.
Lavinya and Durkik, alas, did not survive the citys
final battles, though they gave their lives fighting for
their homes and their neighbors. Any alliances the
PCs might have established with them will have to be
reforged with new NPCs.
The PCs are heroes of the city, but nobody has the
time to honor them; in fact, the PCs are probably put
to work with the rebuilding. Still, Overlook remains,
and things have returned to at least some semblance
of normal by the time the next adventure in the
Scales of War begins.
13 or more: Overlook has weathered the storm,
and though damaged, the city stands tall and proud.
The PCs are hailed as great heroes, and several dif-
ferent establishments offer them free room and board
for several months. The PCs gain 2,500 XP and 7,000
gp as rewards for the Prevent the Fall of Overlook
quest, and they are invited to dine with the Council of
Elders several times over the next few weeks.
The Temple Between
Lavinya abandons the temple and instead takes
over Haelyns duties at the shrine. If this is where the
people wish to pray, she tells the PCs, then who am
I to tell them otherwise? Erathis needs no stone walls,
merely the hearts and souls of those who would bring
civilization and culture to the world. Haelyn under-
stood this long ago, she adds with a sad smile. I wish
Id not taken so long to learn it myself.
Durkik, if he survived, has experienced a reawak-
ening of faith. His time of confinement and torture,
followed by his rescue at the hands of the PCs and
his survival of the siege, have caused him to reevalu-
ate the previous years. From a beaten-down, tired,
and increasingly corrupt politician, he returns to his
younger identity as a devout priest of Moradin. In
helping to turn him around, the PCs have gained a
grateful and powerful ally, and they have done great
good to the religious community of Overlook as a
whole. This is particularly important, considering that
the high priests of other temples were suborned by
the githyanki, and their replacements are all younger
and inexperienced. Over the next months, Durkik
emerges as a spiritual leader for the entire city.
And thus does the curtain fall on the PCs heroic
tier. Greater dangers and challenges await, as those
behind the githyankis efforts plot their vengeance
and advance schemes of which the heroes have not
yet learned. But for now, at least, the PCs have earned
a few weeks of rest and the acclaim of Overlooks
citizenry.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
30

C4/C5: THE SHRINE
OF ERATHIS AND
HAELYNS HOME
Encounter Level 9 (2,000 XP)
Setup
2 doppelganger assassins (D)
Grovald, human priest (G)
5 streetwise thugs (S)
The shrine of Erathis is currently under the auspices
of Grovald, Haelyns replacement. He dwells here,
with a number of hired guards who spend the days
lurking in Grovalds shack (C4A).
None of these individuals are present at first if
the PCs appear at night. Grant them five minutes
to search the grounds as they see fit before their
enemies arrive. Use the positions marked in RED if
the PCs are in the shrine when the enemies appear;
those marked in GREEN if the PCs are in or near the
fountain, or in cottage C5; and those marked in BLUE
if the PCs are in cottage C4A.
The doppelgangers appear as humans, though
dressed in darker clothes than the other thugs.
When the enemies first appear, read:
From the darkness, an arrogant voice says, Im just as glad
you chose to come here at night. It makes things so much
neater when we need not involve the authorities, dont you
think? You see a bald, sharp-faced man in dark clothes all
but fading into the shadows, and movement comes from
several other individuals in the night around him.
Perception Check
DC 24: Two other individuals, cloaked in darker hues
than the rest, lurk around corners or in pools of shadow.
The Temple Between
When a doppelganger assassin is slain, read: Beds, Chests, and Tables: Each of these can pro-
The body at your feet warps and shifts, the skin turning pale vide cover. Creatures can step up onto the furniture;
this costs an extra square of movement.
gray, the eyes growing wide and dark. This is no human
who lies before you! Chairs: The chairs are not sufficient to provide
cover, but a character can step up onto one with an
When the PCs enter C4, read: extra square of movement, or use one as a make-
This cottagemore of a hutis no more enticing inside than
shift weapon.
Doors: The outer doors of the two shacks are
out. An old, rickety table and chair stand beside an ash- and
locked (DC 18 Thievery to open). The inner doors are
charcoal-filled fireplace, and a door, standing slightly ajar,
not locked.
reveals what appears to be an equally cheap bed beyond.
Fabric Curtains: The curtains that make up the
Perception Check covering of the shrine block line of sight. Pushing
DC 20: A scrap of parchment, only partly burned, lies in through or past them costs an extra square of
the ashes of the fireplace. movement.
THE NOTE
The PCs have found an important clue in this
scrap, even though much of it has been burned
away. The legible portions read as follows:
. . . unreachable for a time, as I must . . . the priests
orders as you would my own, for he . . . s always, be
certain you destroy this mis . . .
. . . eneral Zi . . .
Features of the Area
Illumination: Several lanterns, hanging on the
posts that support the fabric tent, cast their light
over the area. The bulk of the area is brightly lit, but
the interiors of the buildings marked C4A and C5 are
dimly lit.
Ceiling: The bulk of the shrine is outdoors. The
shacks (C4A and C5) have 8-foot ceilings, and the
fabric roof of the shrine is 10 feet overhead.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
31

Fireplaces: Both fireplaces hold ashes and
charcoal. A character can move into the fireplace
(though a Medium character has to squeeze; see
Players Handbook, page 292). Climbing up the inside
of the chimney requires a DC 15 Athletics check.
Pantry: The pantry in C5 provides cover.
Pool: The water in the pool is not deep enough to
swim in. It qualifies as difficult terrain.
If the PCs conduct a thorough search of the
fountain, and make a DC 19 Perception Check, read:
Behind the fountain, not far from the nearest tree, a faint
bulge in the earth mars the contours of the soil. It looks as
though something was buried here recently.
If the PCs dig here, they find Haelyns dead body.
Statue: The large statue of Erathis in the pools
center provides cover, and it can be climbed with a
DC 12 Athletics check.
5 Streetwise Thugs (S) Level 9 Minion
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 100 each
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +3
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 16, Will 16
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 6 damage.
r Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +13 vs. AC; 6 damage.
Murder is a Team Sport
If a streetwise thug is flanking an enemy, it deals 1
extra point of damage per ally adjacent to the flanked
enemy (including the ally who is granting the flank), to a
maximum of +4.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Athletics +11, Thievery +8
Str 16 (+7) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 10 (+4)
Con 15 (+6) Int 9 (+3) Cha 11 (+4)
Equipment leather armor, crossbow, longsword, case
with 20 bolts
The Temple Between
Trees: The trees provide cover and can be climbed Grovald (G) Level 9 Elite Controller (Leader)
with a DC 15 Athletics check. Most are only between Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800
10 and 20 feet (2 to 4 squares) high. Initiative +5 Senses Perception +9
Unhallowed Resilience aura 3; when allies enter the aura or
start their turns there, they gain a +1 bonus to all saving
2 Doppelganger Assassins (D) Level 8 Lurker
throws.
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 350 each
HP 194; Bloodied 97
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
AC 25; Fortitude 21, Reflex 23, Will 24
HP 69; Bloodied 34
Saving Throws +2
AC 23; Fortitude 18, Reflex 21, Will 21
Speed 5
Speed 6
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon Action Points 1
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Force, Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon +13 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6 force damage
and push 3.
Ranged 10/20; +13 vs. AC; 1d4+5 damage.
r Phantom Spear (standard; at-will) Force
M Shapeshifter Feint (minor; at-will)
Ranged 12; +13 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 force damage, and the
+11 vs. Reflex; the doppelganger assassin gains combat
advantage against the target until the end of the target is immobilized until the end of Grovalds next turn.
R Twin Spears (standard; at-will) Force
doppelganger assassins next turn.
Grovald makes two phantom spear attacks.
C Cloud Mind (standard; sustain minor; encounter) Charm
A Phantom Spikes (standard; sustain minor; recharge )
Close burst 5; +11 vs. Will; the doppelganger assassin
Force, Zone
is invisible to the target. Affected targets are unable to
Area burst 1 within 15; +13 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 5 force
see the doppelganger for as long as it sustains the
effect, until the doppelganger attacks, or until it is hit damage. Aftereffect: Any enemy that begins its turn in the
area takes 5 force damage, and Grovalds enemies treat
by an attack.
the zone as difficult terrain. Grovald can sustain or dismiss
Combat Advantage
the zone as a minor action.
The doppelganger assassin deals 2d6 extra damage against
R Phantom Riposte (immediate reaction when hit or missed
any target it has combat advantage against.
by a melee attack; at-will) Force
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
Grovald makes an immediate phantom spear attack against
A doppelganger can alter its physical form to take on the
the triggering enemy. This use of phantom spear does not
appearance of any Medium humanoid, including a unique
provoke opportunity attacks.
individual (see Change Shape, Monster Manual page 280).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Religion +12
Skills Bluff +15, Insight +12, Stealth +14
Str 10 (+4) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 20 (+9)
Str 12 (+5) Dex 21 (+9) Wis 12 (+5)
Con 17 (+7) Int 16 (+7) Cha 14 (+6)
Con 15 (+6) Int 13 (+5) Cha 19 (+8)
Equipment chainmail, longsword
Equipment dagger, hand crossbow, case with 20 bolts
Tactics
Since Grovalds area attack affects enemies only, he while the doppelgangers move around the combat,
stays in the back and lobs area and ranged powers, working to flank or otherwise gain combat advantage.
trying to weaken the PCs fast and impair their ability Everyone involved fights to the end.
to maneuver. The thugs make straightforward attacks,
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
32
 The Temple Between

C7: ALLEY AMBUSH When the attack begins, read: 7 Streetwise Thugs (S) Level 9 Minion
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 100 each
Without warning, a number of thugs come charging from
Encounter Level 9 (2,100 XP) Initiative +3 Senses Perception +3
around corners and out of doorways, and they hold their HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.

Setup blades high! AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 16, Will 16

4 doppelganger assassins (D)
7 streetwise thugs (S)
The conspirators have learned that the PCs are inves-
tigating them, and they want the party dead. A band
of cutthroats ambushes the PCs in an alley or on a
street corner somewhere.
Once again, the doppelgangers begin the encoun-
ter in human form.
Perception Check
DC 24: A handful of other attackers, clad in black, blend
into the shadows, but you spot them coming.
When a doppelganger assassin is slain, read:
The body at your feet warps and shiftsthe skin turns pale
gray and the eyes grow wide and dark. This is no human
who lies before you!
4 Doppelganger Assassins (D) Level 8 Lurker
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 350 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 69; Bloodied 34
AC 23; Fortitude 18, Reflex 21, Will 21
Speed 6
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +13 vs. AC; 1d4+5 damage.
M Shapeshifter Feint (minor; at-will)
+11 vs. Reflex; the doppelganger assassin gains combat
advantage against the target until the end of the
doppelganger assassins next turn.
C Cloud Mind (standard; sustain minor; encounter) Charm
Close burst 5; +11 vs. Will; the doppelganger assassin is
invisible to the target. Affected targets are unable to see
the doppelganger for as long as it sustains the effect, until
the doppelganger attacks, or until it is hit by an attack.
Combat Advantage
The doppelganger assassin deals 2d6 extra damage against
any target it has combat advantage against.
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
A doppelganger can alter its physical form to take on the
appearance of any Medium humanoid, including a unique
individual (see Change Shape, Monster Manual page 280).
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +15, Insight +12, Stealth +14
Str 12 (+5) Dex 21 (+9) Wis 12 (+5)
Con 15 (+6) Int 13 (+5) Cha 19 (+8)
Equipment dagger, hand crossbow, case with 20 bolts
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 6 damage.
r Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +13 vs. AC; 6 damage.
Murder is a Team Sport
If a streetwise thug is flanking an enemy, it deals 1
extra point of damage per ally adjacent to the flanked
enemy (including the ally who is granting the flank), to a
maximum of +4.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Athletics +11, Thievery +8
Str 16 (+7) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 10 (+4)
Con 15 (+6) Int 9 (+3) Cha 11 (+4)
Equipment leather armor, crossbow, longsword, case
with 20 bolts
Tactics
The combat is straightforward. The thugs attack en
masse, while the doppelgangers flit in and out of shad-
ows or flank the PCs, trying for combat advantage.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The lighting here is dependent
entirely on the time: brightly lit by the sun during the
day or dimly lit by distant street-side lanterns at night.
Buildings: The buildings here range from two to
four stories (figure 4 to 8 squares) in height. The walls
can be climbed with a DC 15 Athletics check.
The List: If the PCs search the bodies, they find
on one of the doppelgangers a list of descriptionsof
the PCs themselves! The parchment is stained with
something which (with a DC 16 Perception check)
appears to be beer and sausage grease. A DC 17
Streetwise check suggests that the source for the stain
is the Pig and Bucket tavern.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
33

SC1: CATCHING DURKIK
Encounter Level 9 (1,200 XP)
Setup
Begin by reading the following:
After some time waiting, when the city is fully cloaked
in the shadows of night, your quarry finally emerges.
Glancing around, he turns and begins walking at a swift
but inconspicuous pace.
If the PCs are following Durkik in specific, con-
tinue with:
Durkik ducks into an alley after walking a few blocks. Mere
seconds later, another dwarfslightly taller, with different
hair and beardemerges onto the street. You wouldnt even
have noticed had you not been specifically watching, but
much of his outfit appears to match Durkiks own, and his
posture as he walks is identical.
If the PCs glance into the alley as they pass, they
can confirm that neither Durkik, nor anyone else,
remains within it. Theyve just witnessed the doppel-
ganger who has taken Durkiks place alter his form,
hoping to make himself less noticeable.
At this point, regardless of who theyre following,
begin the skill challenge.
Catching Durkik Level 9
Skill Challenge XP 1,200
You make your way as silently through the streets of Overlook
as you can, attempting to keep Durkik in sight without alert-
ing him to your presence.
The party attempts to shadow their target through
the city.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Athletics, Perception, Stealth, Streetwise.
Victory
If the PCs succeed with 0 failures, they reach the warehouse
without being detected. Only half their potential enemies
are present (run the scene as two separate combat
encounters, as described in the tactical encounter), and
the PCs gain a surprise round when they arrive.
Partial Victory
If the PCs succeed with 1 failure, theyre detected only at
the last minute. Only half their potential enemies are
present (run the scene as two separate encounters, as
described in the tactical encounter), but the enemies are
not surprised.
If the PCs succeed with 2 failures, theyre detected as they
near the warehouse. They face the entire complement of
enemies (run the scene as a single 12th-level encounter),
and the enemy is not surprised.
Defeat
The PCs are detected, and their quarry shakes them as he
nears the warehouse. The PCs know the general area to
which their target went, but not the specific building.
They eventually find the warehouse, but it takes 2d6
hours of wandering, searching, and perhaps various
bribes or Diplomacy and Streetwise checks made to the
merchants and citizens of the area. The result is that not
only must they face the entire complement of enemies (a
single 12th-level encounter), but theyve lost a great deal
of time off their deadline. (See Victory Points, page 37.)
Special If at least one member of the party is capable of
turning invisible, the party gains 1 success automatically.
Acrobatics (DC 16)
Any given character can attempt Acrobatics only once in
this fashion, whether he or she succeeds or fails, and a
failure costs the PC a healing surge as well as counting
as a failure. A successful check counts as a success on the
skill challenge.
The Temple Between
The PC darts around a corner, tumbles over a gap
between rooftops, or otherwise stays near the quarry at
an angle that makes the PC harder to detect.
Athletics (DC 16)
Any given character can attempt Athletics only once in this
fashion, whether the PC succeeds or fails, and a failure
costs the PC a healing surge as well as counting as a
failure. A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
Much like Acrobatics, the PC climbs walls, leaps between
roofs or balconies, and otherwise follows by staying out
of direct line of sight.
Perception (DC 20)
This does not qualify as a success, but succeeding on this
check grants the party a +2 bonus to all further checks in
this challenge until someone fails a check.
The PC carefully watches the target to keep him in view
even from a distance or behind other people on the
street.
Stealth (DC 20)
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge.
Darting behind pedestrians, into doorways, and through
shadows, you move street to street without being seen.
Streetwise (DC 24)
A successful check counts as two successes. Once made,
the characters cannot use Streetwise again for this skill
challenge.
By using knowledge of Overlooks seedier areas, the PC
can anticipate where the quarry is going.
Other Methods
If the PCs cant (or dont think to) follow Durkik or
Aerun, they have other ways to find out what they
need to know. If they can catch Durkik alone, they can
attempt to interrogate him, as described previously.
If they successfully interrogate him, Durkik can
tell the PCs where the warehouse is. He also reveals
all the information presented in the Interrogating
the Conspirators sidebar, below.
Because the false Durkik didnt show up at the
warehouse, the forces there are ready for trouble. Run
the scenario as a 12th-level encounter, and the enemy
cannot be surprised.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
34

C9: THE WAREHOUSE
Encounter Level 12 (3,250 XP) or
Encounter Level 8 (1,700 XP) and
Encounter Level 8 (1,550 XP)
Setup
3 doppelganger assassins (D)
2 possessed citizens (P)
12 streetwise thugs (S)
Or
First encounter (use RED placements)
2 doppelganger assassins (D)
1 possessed citizen (P)
5 streetwise thugs (S)
And
Second encounter (do not use the marks on the map since
these enemies enter through one or two of the doors and
position themselves based on the PCs actions)
1 doppelganger assassin
1 possessed citizen
7 streetwise thugs
This warehouse has long been used by one of the
criminal elements of Overlook as a headquarters,
a central depot for illegal goods, and an occasional
hideout. It has since been taken over by General
Zithiruuns conspiracy.
Any creature on the map placed on the catwalk is
on the catwalk; no enemies begin directly beneath it.
If the PCs enter on the ground f loor, read:
A vast chamber stretches before you. Rows upon rows of
cratessome stacked as high as 15 feetform aisles and
corridors. A catwalk runs around the perimeter, as well as
across the cavernous room at several points, with an array
of chains and pulleys dangling beneath.
If the PCs are in a position to see the office and
balcony, read:
In one corner, a f light of stairs leads to a balcony built into
the catwalk. Several walls surround what you would guess
to be an office or counting house.
Perception Check
DC 13: Several gruff-looking fellows, the sort you might
not want to meet in a dark alley but wouldnt be surprised
to find there, lurk atop the catwalk, atop several crates, and
around a few corners, crossbows held at the ready.
DC 24: A few other foes stand hiding in the shadows, also
aiming weapons your way. Their gray f lesh and huge dark
eyes are strong indications that theyre not human!
If the PCs somehow prevented Aerun from getting
here, refer to one of the possessed priests instead
in the text below this. If they havent met Aerun,
describe him as the officer from the wall when they
first arrived.
If the PCs enter by the office door, read:
You are in a small counting house, which is occupied by
little more than a table, a chairand Captain Aerun, shock
evident on his face as he rises. The wall behind him boasts a
shuttered, glass-free window.
Tactics
The doppelgangers and thugs initially launch volleys
of crossbow bolts at the PCs, using the crates as cover.
They keep moving, almost never staying in the same
spot from round to round. The thugs prefer to close on
the PCs in groups, but do so by maneuvering around
and atop crates; they know better than to make a
beeline for the enemy in an open corridor. The dop-
pelgangers make use of similar tactics, but switch
The Temple Between
constantly from melee to range and back again. The
possessed citizens use their telekinetic leap to obtain an
optimal position, and then maintain melee combat.
If the PCs enter through the office, the githyanki-
possessed citizen takes his first move to fly out the
window into the main warehouse, so as not to face the
PCs alone.
The possessed citizens fight to the death. If two of
the doppelgangers and over half the thugs are slain,
the remainder attempt to flee.
1, 2, or 3 Doppelganger Level 8 Lurker
Assassins (D)
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 350 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 69; Bloodied 34
AC 23; Fortitude 18, Reflex 21, Will 21
Speed 6
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+13 vs. AC; 1d4 + 5 damage.
r Hand Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +13 vs. AC; 1d4+5 damage.
M Shapeshifter Feint (minor; at-will)
+11 vs. Reflex; the doppelganger assassin gains combat
advantage against the target until the end of the
doppelganger assassins next turn.
C Cloud Mind (standard; sustain minor; encounter) Charm
Close burst 5; +11 vs. Will; the doppelganger assassin is
invisible to the target. Affected targets are unable to see
the doppelganger for as long as it sustains the effect, until
the doppelganger attacks, or until it is hit by an attack.
Combat Advantage
The doppelganger assassin deals 2d6 extra damage against
any target it has combat advantage against.
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
A doppelganger can alter its physical form to take on the
appearance of any Medium humanoid, including a unique
individual (see Change Shape, Monster Manual page 280).
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +15, Insight +12, Stealth +14
Str 12 (+5) Dex 21 (+9) Wis 12 (+5)
Con 15 (+6) Int 13 (+5) Cha 19 (+8)
Equipment dagger, hand crossbow, case with 20 bolts
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
35
 The Temple Between

1 or 2 Possessed Citizens (P) Level 10 Soldier If the fight is divided into two encounters (see the single crate requires an extra square of movement,
Medium natural humanoid XP 500 each rules for the Heart of the Conspiracy skill challenge, while moving down a single crate does not cost any
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +6
page 30), the second group arrives 1d4 + 4 minutes additional movement. Climbing two or three crates
HP 101; Bloodied 50
AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 21, Will 20 after the first battle ends. Unless a member of the first requires a DC 20 Athletics check.
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects group escaped, they all enter through the office and Doors: The central door slides upward into the
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap the PCs can ambush them, thus gaining surprise. If ceiling. It isnt locked, but it cannot be opened stealth-
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
someone did escape the first encounter, this second ily, since the chains and pulleys rumble. The two side
+17 vs. AC; 1d12 + 4, plus 3d6 extra psychic damage if the
target is immobilized, and the target takes a 2 penalty to group has been warned, and they split up, entering doors are both locked, and require a DC 19 Thievery
saving throws against the immobilized condition until the by both the office and the door. They are ready for check to open.
start of the possessed citizens next turn.
trouble and cannot be surprised. Ladders: The ladders are all 20 feet (4 squares)
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the in height, but count as 6 squares of movement. A DC
target is immobilized (save ends). Features of the Area 12 Acrobatics or Athletics check allows a character to
Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter) climb them at the normal 4 squares of movement.
Illumination: The warehouse is brightly illumi-
Ranged 10; the possessed citizen can fly 5 squares.
nated by a sequence of lanterns and sunrods placed Stairs: The stairs count as difficult terrain.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +11 along the railing of the catwalk. Table: A character can step up onto the table with
Str 20 (+10) Dex 16 (+8) Wis 12 (+6)
Ceiling: The ceiling is 35 feet overhead. an extra square of movement. A DC 19 Strength check
Con 13 (+6) Int 12 (+6) Cha 13 (+6) topples the table over, allowing it to serve as cover and
Equipment leather armor, greatsword Catwalks: These metallic walkways, standing 20
feet above the floor, aid in the movement and place- knocking prone any creatures standing on it.
5, 7, or 12 Streetwise Thugs (S) Level 9 Minion ment of crates. A sequence of chains and pulleys runs Trapdoor: The trapdoor requires a DC 21
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 100 each across the underside of the catwalks. This enables a Thievery check to open. The ladder beneath leads to
Initiative +3 Senses Perception +3 an underground passage (unmapped) that itself leads
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion. character to climb, hand-over-hand, along the under-
AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 16, Will 16 side of these catwalks with a DC 22 Acrobatics or to the cell (C9A) containing High Priest Durkik.
Speed 6 Athletics check, at normal climbing speed. Weakened Crates: Several of the crates, as
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon marked on the map, are weaker than others. A
Except where the ladders stand, the catwalk has a
+14 vs. AC; 6 damage.
railing all the way around. Anyone wishing to delib- creature that moves atop that crate partially breaks
r Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +13 vs. AC; 6 damage. erately climb or leap over the railing must spend an through the wood. This immediately ends the
Murder is a Team Sport extra square of movement to do so, and any push, creatures move action, even if it had movement
If a streetwise thug is flanking an enemy, it deals 1 remaining, and that crate is considered difficult ter-
extra point of damage per ally adjacent to the flanked pull, or slide effect that would drag a creature over
enemy (including the ally who is granting the flank), to a that railing must also spend an extra square to do so. rain from that point onward.
maximum of +4. Chair: The chair is not sufficient to provide cover, Window: The window in the office upstairs is a
Alignment Evil Languages Common simple wooden shutter over an empty frame. Moving
but a character can step up onto it with an extra
Skills Athletics +11, Thievery +8
square of movement or use it as a makeshift weapon. through it does not cost extra squares (though anyone
Str 16 (+7) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 10 (+4)
Con 15 (+6) Int 9 (+3) Cha 11 (+4) Crates: Each individual crate is roughly 5 feet incapable of flight had better be prepared for a
Equipment leather armor, crossbow, longsword, case (1 square) high, but they are often stacked two or 20-foot fall).
with 20 bolts
three crates (that is, 10 or 15 feet, or 2 or 3 squares)
in height, as marked on the map. Stepping up on a

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
36
 The Temple Between

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
37

SC2: ENTERING
THE PORTAL
Encounter Level 9 (2,000 XP)
Setup
Once one of the PCs touches the filigree, the skill
challenge begins.
Entering the Portal Level 9
Skill Challenge XP 2,000
The image suddenly bends as the face of Moradin turns toward
you and speaks in a voice of rending metal. Who would step
through the portal to the heart of Moradins worship must first
prove he understands Moradin in his own heart.
Think you carefully on Moradins precepts, his teachings,
his actions, and his favored disciples. Then speak unto me a
parable, a tale of Moradin, not that you have learned from his
texts, but that you have created yourself. Let it show your un-
derstanding of his words and his ways, and you may pass.
The PCs must convince the mystical portal that they have
a sufficient understanding of Moradins teachings by
constructing a parable that accurately portrays the gods
behavior and precepts, yet all is not lost if the PCs fail.
They can still attempt to physically break through the
filigree to reach the door. Doing so activates the rooms
magical defenses: a number of homunculi. Proceed to
tactical encounter C10. Once the PCs have successfully
completed that encounter, they can cut through the
filigree as though it were a standard wooden door (its
metal, but its thin).
Complexity
5 (12 successes before 3 failures)
Primary Skills
Athletics, Bluff, Diplomacy, History, Religion.
Victory
The portal judges the PCs worthy and opens, allowing them
access to the Mountainroot Temple.
The Temple Between
Partial Victory
The PCs are partially worthy, and this deactivates part of
History (DC 20)
Each success on this check counts as a success toward the
the malfunctioning magical wards. Their partial success skill challenge. Although there are no limits on the
means they have to fight fewer of the guardians in number of successes that can be obtained with History,
tactical encounter C10. History cannot account for all successes; the party must
3 or fewer successes: The PCs are considered to have failed rely on at least one other skill to achieve complete
the challenge completely, as described below. success.
4 or 5 successes: The PCs face four writhing chains. Using the PCs knowledge of past champions, priests,
6 or 7 successes: The PCs face three writhing chains. and followers of Moradin, the PC contributes to the
8 or 9 successes: The PCs face two writhing chains. construction of the parable.
10 or 11 successes: The PCs fight only one writhing chain. Religion (DC 20)
Defeat Each success on this check counts as a success toward the
The PCs must face all five writhing chain homunculi in the skill challenge. A success against DC 25 counts as a
tactical encounter if they attempt to force their way success and removes 1 failure; this extra level of success
through. can occur only once in this challenge.
Special If the players go through the effort of coming up The PC draws on religious knowledge and an
with a Moradin-based parable, grant them 2 automatic understanding of Moradins precepts and teachings to aid
successes. If the party contains a divine character who in the construction of the parable.
worships Moradin, they gain 1 success automatically, and
that character gains a +2 bonus to all Religion checks in
this challenge.
Athletics (DC 20)
This does not count as a success in itself, but grants a +2
bonus to the next check attempted in this challenge. Any
given character can attempt this use of Athletics only
once.
The PC portrays (or fakes) a knowledge of forging
techniques and other endeavors of which Moradin
approves.
Bluff (DC 20)
This does not grant any successes, but it can be used to
remove 1 failure. Bluff can be used in this fashion only
once during this challenge.
The PC swiftly steps into the conversation, covering for
an error made by one of his or her companions.
Diplomacy (DC 16)
Only one success can be achieved in this fashion. A failure on
this check bestows a 2 penalty to further checks in this
challenge until the next success, in addition to counting
as a failure.
The PC attempts to convince the portal that the party
is worthy, without offering any solid knowledge of
Moradins teachings.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
38
 The Temple Between

C10: THE PORTAL
IN THE SEPULCHER
Encounter Level 9 (2,500 XP*)
Setup
5 or fewer writhing chains (W)
If the PCs fail the skill challenge to enter the
Mountainroot Temple, they can attempt to force their
way past the filigree imagery. Doing so activates the
temples defenses, which causes several constructs to
attack. If the PCs successfully defeat the homunculi,
however, nothing prevents them from destroying the
If the PCs attack the iron strands running over-
head, the strings break but instantly reform. Hacking
at them provides no benefit.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The room is brightly lit by ever-
burning flames in the chandeliers. The chandeliers
hang 10 feet down from the ceiling (and thus, 10 feet
above the upper level and 20 above the lower).
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet overhead from the
lowest level.
Slopes: The slopes count as difficult terrain
for creatures moving up, but not down. A creature
5* Writhing Chains (W) Level 10 Skirmisher
Medium natural animate (construct, homunculus) XP 500 each
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +7; darkvision
HP 131; Bloodied 65
AC 23; Fortitude 23, Reflex 23, Will 21
Immune disease, poison
Speed 7; see also serpentine strike
m Slam (standard; at-will)
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage.
M Winding Strike (standard; recharge )
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and target slides 2 squares
and is grabbed and restrained.
Guarded Area
When making attacks against a creature in its guarded
area, the writhing chain gains a +2 bonus to hit, and can
stretch itself, granting itself reach 3 on all melee attacks.
Threatening Reach (within guarded area only)

barrier between them and the door.
Remove one or more writhing chains based on the
number of successes, as described in the challenge.
The first chain to be removed is the southwestern one,
then the northwestern, than the southern, then the
northeastern.
When the chains appear, read:
From the iron image, thin strings of metalliquid, as
though meltingshoot forth. They strike not at you, but
at several of the hanging chandeliers, forming a canopy of
metallic strands overhead. From those chandeliers, great
lengths of chain drop to the f loor and then rear up like
striking serpents
pushed or slid down a slope moves an extra square, This creature can make opportunity attacks against all
enemies within its reach (3 squares).
and a character who falls prone on the slope slides 1
Serpentine Strike (move; at-will)
square toward the bottom. The chain shifts 3 squares.
Stairs: The stairs are considered difficult terrain. Alignment Unaligned Languages
Statues: These statues are of the god Moradin, Skills Stealth +13
Str 19 (+9) Dex 17 (+8) Wis 15 (+7)
with a pair of ravensrepresenting the Queen of Con 21 (+10) Int 18 (+9) Cha 12 (+6)
Deathperched on his shoulders. *Exact number of writhing chains could be fewer than five.
Writhing Chains Guarded Area: The guarded Adjust encounter XP as necessary.
areas of the homunculi are marked on the map.

Tactics
The writhing chains might attempt to yank a PC off
a ledge, but they otherwise fight in a straightforward
fashion. They are smart enough to focus on one or
two PCs, with one chain restraining the foe while the
others pound on him.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
39
 The Temple Between

M1: THE CHAMBER
OF DOORS
Encounter Level 9 (1,800 XP)
Setup
2 harpy screechers (H)
2 slystone dwarf ruffians (S)
The great vestibule of the Mountainroot Temple
once held mystic portals to four separate temples of
Moradin, as well as a single nonmagical entry: a stair
that leads up into the Stonehome Mountains. Now,
one of those magical doorways has been destroyedas
has much of the eastern side of the chamberin vari-
ous cave-ins. The PCs arrive through the door in the
southwest.
The contingent of fey dispatched by King Cachlain
has left behind a rearguard, assigned to watch for
anyone entering the temple.
When the PCs enter the chamber by using the
portal, read:
You feel no magicno tingling or shimmering. It occurs
between steps; one instant, youre in the sepulcher, and
the next youre . . . not. You are in a great, stone-walled
chamber. Numerous doorwaysmany of which are
contained within deep stone arches, almost like artificial
cavesprovide egress. A platform with multiple stairs
stands near the chambers center, presumably for a
ceremonial purpose long since forgotten. The eastern
portion of the room appears to have been largely damaged
in an ancient cave-in, marring one of two great reliefs that
adorn the far wall.
Perched on one of the archways and atop the 2 Slystone Dwarf Ruffians (S) Level 10 Soldier
undamaged relief, a pair of foul females with ragged hair Small fey humanoid XP 500 each
and the claws and wings of vultures turn piercing eyes in Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
HP 104; Bloodied 52
your direction, letting loose with a terrible, predatory cry.
AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 22, Will 21
Only a few yards from you, what appears to be a scruffy, Speed 6; see also mad dash
m Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
abnormally short dwarf peers at you between slitted lids.
+17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the slystone ruffians next turn.
Perception Check M Mighty Strike (standard; recharge ) Weapon
DC 22: From the corner of your eye, you spot a second +17 vs. AC; 3d8 + 5 damage, and target is pushed 3
thuggish-looking dwarf skulking quietly in the shadows of squares. The slystone dwarf ruffian can use this power as a
part of a charge.
the broken wall. Mad Dash
When the slystone dwarf ruffian makes a charge attack,
2 Harpy Screechers (H) Level 9 Controller the enemy is knocked prone on a hit, in addition to any
Medium fey humanoid XP 400 each other effects of the attack.
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6 Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
HP 96; Bloodied 48 Skills Athletics +14
AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 20, Will 22 Str 18 (+9) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 11 (+5)
Resist 10 thunder Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 18 (+9)
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy) Equipment leather armor, hammer
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage.
C Alluring Song (standard; at-will) Charm Tactics
Close burst 5; deafened creatures are immune; +15 vs. Will;
The harpies use alluring song to split up the PCs and
the target is pulled 3 squares and immobilized (save ends).
C Brutal Scream (standard; recharge ) Thunder move them into position where the slystone ruffians
Close burst 5; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 thunder damage. can attackpreferably with combat advantagethen
Secondary Attack: Area burst 1 within 5; centered on shift to brutal scream as soon as a foe is in range. The
a target hit by brutal screams primary attack; targets
harpies take to the air only if they must to keep the
enemies only; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 thunder damage
PCs in effective range, or if a foe draws too near their
and the target slides 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common perch, and they attempt to remain perched on spots
Skills Stealth +12
too high for melee combatants to easily reach. The
Str 16 (+7) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 15 (+6)
slystone ruffians use ranged attacks initially, then
Con 16 (+7) Int 11 (+4) Cha 20 (+9)
charge their foes from multiple sides. The fey know
that the broken passage in the east leads back to the
room, and one of them might fake a retreat in an
attempt to sneak up on the party from behind.
If three of the fey are slain and the last is bloodied,
the survivor attempts to escape and might surrender
if escape proves impossible.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
40

Features of the Area Reliefs: These reliefs show scenes of dwarf smiths
at work on a huge forge, while Moradin looks on
Illumination: The chamber is brightly lit by the
from beyond. The eastern relief is broken off halfway
fires carved into the two reliefs and the statue, which
across, but the fires still glow. The reliefs stick out far
glow with a magical light. In the broken passage in
enough from the wall that they can serve the harpies
the east, however, the only light is what the PCs bring
as perches, but a normal humanoid attempting to
with them.
stand on one must make a DC 17 Acrobatics check
Ceiling: The ceiling is 25 feet overhead.
every round or topple off. They are, however, easy to
Archways: The stone archways surrounding the
climb, with a DC 10 Athletics check.
double doors are 10 feet high and are steady enough
Doors: The southeast door, the southwest door
for perching, standing, or even combat. They require
(through which the PCs entered), and the western
a mere DC 14 Athletics check to climb.
door are the surviving magical portals.
The Temple Between
THE MAGIC DOORS
If the PCs open the door through which they entered,
they see the sepulcherbut of course they can no
longer reach it. If they open one of the other two,
decide for yourself what sort of sights they see, based
on where else in the campaign world you want the
two remaining portals to lead. (You might use these
to provide side adventures later on, as a brief diver-
sion from the Scales of War adventure path.)
Remember that, until the PCs rescue the Care-
taker, none of the external doorseither these
magic ones, or the southern door that leads into
the Stonehome Mountainsare usable. The PCs can
look through them, but passing through them proves
impossible.
Platform: The platform stands 10 feet off the
ground. It has no sides or guardrail.
Statue: A statue of Moradin holds two fistfuls of
fire that provide some of the chambers lighting.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
41
 The Temple Between

M5: THE VAULT 2 Harpy Screechers (H) Level 9 Controller Daggerspring Floor Level 10 Obstacle
Medium fey humanoid XP 400 each Trap 500 XP
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6
Encounter Level 10 (2,500 XP) Several squares of the room (marked on the map) are
HP 96; Bloodied 48 trapped with spring-loaded blades, which trigger when
AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 20, Will 22 stepped on. The trigger plates are old and stiff, and do not
Setup Resist 10 thunder trigger when stepped on by Small or smaller creatures.
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy) While this renders any halfling (or other Small) PCs safe, it
2 harpy screechers (H) m Claw (standard; at-will) also means that the quicklings can run across the squares
3 quickling runners (Q) +14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage. without harm.
Daggerspring f loor C Alluring Song (standard; at-will) Charm Perception
Close burst 5; deafened creatures are immune; +15 vs. Will; DC 26: The character can discern all adjacent trapped plates.
the target is pulled 3 squares and immobilized (save ends). Additional Skill: Thievery
The Mountainroot Temple used the vault to store its C Brutal Scream (standard; recharge ) Thunder DC 22: The party gains a +2 bonus to Perception checks to
valuablesnot its religious icons and relics, which Close burst 5; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 thunder damage. notice the trapped plates and Thievery checks to delay or
were kept in the reliquary (M9), but simple monetary Secondary Attack: Area burst 1 within 5; centered on disable the plates.
a target hit by brutal screams primary attack; targets Trigger
treasures. These included works of art, jewels, the legal
enemies only; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 thunder damage When a creature enters or begins its turn in a trapped
forms for grants of land, raw ore, and of course coins. and the target slides 3 squares. square, the trap attacks that creature.
When the PCs enter the vault, read: Alignment Evil Languages Common Attack
Skills Stealth +12 Opportunity Action Melee 1
Str 16 (+7) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 15 (+6) Target: Creature in a trapped square
This uneven room is clearly a repository of a sort. The Con 16 (+7) Int 11 (+4) Cha 20 (+9) Attack: +13 vs. Reflex
walls are of heavy stoneheavier, even, than youve seen Hit: 2d10+6 damage. On a critical hit, the target is knocked
elsewhere in the templeand several short f lights of stairs 3 Quickling Runners (Q) Level 9 Skirmisher prone and slowed (save ends).
lead to vaultlike rooms. These separate chambers boast Small fey humanoid XP 400 each Miss: Half damage.
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision Countermeasures
heavy portcullises, though the gates are currently all raised. HP 96; Bloodied 48 A character who makes a successful Athletics check (DC 6,
A pair of twisted, grotesque little humanoids, with dead- AC 24 (28 against opportunity attacks); Fortitude 20, Reflex or DC 11 without a running start) can jump over a
gray skin and inhuman features, drop the coins they were 24, Will 20 single plate.
Speed 12, climb 6; see also fey shift and quick cuts An adjacent character can disable a trigger plate with a
examining as you enter.
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon DC 26 Thievery check.
+14 vs. AC; 1d6 + 7 damage.
Perception Check M Quick Cuts (standard; at-will) Weapon
DC 25: You spot another pair of harpies, skulking just The quickling moves its speed. At any two points during
its move, the quickling makes a melee basic attack at a
beyond two of the entries to the vaults! 2 penalty. The quickling cannot use this power while
DC 26: You can just barely make out another twisted gray immobilized or slowed.
humanoid, lurking in the chamber to the northeast. Fey Shift (standard; encounter)
The quickling runner shifts 10 squares.
Maintain Mobility (minor; recharge )
An immobilized quickling runner is no longer immobilized.
Alignment Evil Languages Elven
Skills Acrobatics +21, Bluff +9, Stealth +16
Str 9 (+3) Dex 24 (+11) Wis 17 (+7)
Con 16 (+7) Int 14 (+6) Cha 10 (+4)
Equipment short sword

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
42

Tactics
The harpies use alluring song to drag PCs onto trapped
squares, while the quicklings take advantage of the
fact that they are too small to trigger the trap and seek
to trick characters into chasing them onto the plates.
(Because the harpies know where these squares
are, they never voluntarily land or step onto them.)
Otherwise, both use the interconnecting nature of the
vault to maneuver, striking and then dashing behind
cover, only to strike again from a different angle.
The quicklings have no interest in parley, but if all
are slain, the surviving harpies might surrender (par-
ticularly if only one is left, or if both are bloodied).
SPECIAL ATTACK
A creature adjacent to a portcullis can yank it shut
with a DC 22 Strength check. If another creature is
directly beneath the gate (that is, in the square with
the gate marked on the map), the character pull-
ing down the gate can make a Strength vs. Reflex
attack. If the attack succeeds, the gate closes on
the creature, knocking it prone and causing ongoing
5 damage and restraining the creature (save ends
both). The prone creature cannot stand until it has
saved against the restraint.
Only Medium or larger creatures can attempt
this, since Small or smaller creatures cannot reach
the portcullis.
The Temple Between
Features of the Area Slope: The slope counts as difficult terrain for
creatures moving up, but not down. A creature
Illumination: The fey have scattered several
pushed or slid down the slope moves an extra square,
sunrods across the room and in the vaults. This pro-
and a character who falls prone on the slope slides 1
vides lighting for the entire area. The larger, central
square south.
chamber is brightly lit, while the individual vaults are
dimly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 20 feet overhead.
Daggerspring Squares: The trapped squares are
marked on the map.
Portcullises: The gates are all currently raised
and are corroded in place. A DC 22
Strength check allows a character to
yank the bars down, thus closing a port-
cullis, at which point it requires a DC 20
Strength check to open again. See the
sidebar.
Secret Door: The secret door to the
east requires a DC 22 Perception check
to locate. If the PCs entered by this door,
however, they need not roll to find it again.
Secret Trapdoor: The trapdoor
requires a DC 25 Perception check to
locate. It opens onto a spiral stair that
leads into an underground passage
(not mapped). This eventually leads to
another spiral stair, which comes up to
the secret door in the statue in the north-
west corner of the reliquary (M9).
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
43
 The Temple Between

M6: THE GRAND around the sides, climb to the second level 20 feet above. 3 Banshrae Dartswarmers (B) Level 11 Artillery
One of those ramps has partly collapsed along with the Medium fey humanoid XP 600 each
CATHEDRAL walls. Steeps stairs and slopes lead from there to a third Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 89; Bloodied 44
level, and a platform not unlike the one in the temples entry
Encounter Level 13 (4,300 XP, AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 23, Will 22
but see below) chamber stands high atop that. Huge chunks of wall and Speed 8
stone stand along the broken edge, forming natural ledges, m Slam (standard; at-will)
+13 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage.
Setup and a deep crevice runs a jagged path to the southeast.
R Blowgun Dart (standard; at-will) Weapon
This encounter initially includes the following Ranged 5/10; +16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, and the target
Perception Check is dazed and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends
creatures: both).
DC 20: Theres another of the vile, bestial-looking dwarves
C Dart Flurry (standard; recharge ) Weapon
3 banshrae dartswarmers (B) hiding in the lee of the stairs. Close blast 5; +16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, plus the
5 quickling runners (Q) DC 21: Above, you spot several insectoid-featured target is dazed and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save
1 slystone dwarf ruffian (S) humanoids perched on various ledges. ends both).
Alignment Unaligned Languages telepathy 20
DC 26: And there are yet more foestwisted gray
Str 16 (+8) Dex 22 (+11) Wis 15 (+7)
Once the second wave of adversaries appears, the humanoids roughly the size of half lings, lurking around Con 17 (+8) Int 14 (+7) Cha 20 (+10)
encounter also includes the following creatures (not various corners and in the shadows. Equipment blowgun, darts
marked on the map, since they arent present at the
beginning of the encounter): At the start of the third round of combat, read: 5 Quickling Runners (Q) Level 9 Skirmisher
Small fey humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
1 redspawn firebelcher A deafening boom rings out over the chamber, echoing HP 96; Bloodied 48
2 spitting trolls through the vastness. Twice, three times, and then you hear AC 24 (28 against opportunity attacks); Fortitude 20, Reflex
4 trolls 24, Will 20
a sudden shattering and the sound of wood rebounding off Speed 12, climb 6; see also fey shift and quick cuts
1 two-headed troll stone. m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 1d6 + 7 damage.
For years, the grand cathedral of the Mountainroot M Quick Cuts (standard; at-will) Weapon
If a PC is in a position to see the northernmost
The quickling moves its speed. At any two points during
Temple was the heart of Moradin worship in the door at this time, read: its move, the quickling makes a melee basic attack at a
region. A truly gargantuan chambermore an artifi- 2 penalty. The quickling cannot use this power while
cial cavern than a roomit has suffered the ravages The double doors burst open, and jagged bits of the lock immobilized or slowed.
of time. It has been badly damaged by cave-ins over Fey Shift (standard; encounter)
hang loose. Through the open doorway barges an array of
The quickling runner shifts 10 squares.
the years, and rubble covers the floor. horrific figures: several green and mottled trolls, a pair of Maintain Mobility (minor; recharge )
smaller creatures with similar features and narrowed eyes, An immobilized quickling runner is no longer immobilized.
When the PCs enter, read: andmost terrifyinga broad-shouldered troll with two Alignment Evil Languages Elven
Skills Acrobatics +21, Bluff +9, Stealth +16
shrieking heads. Accompanying one of the small trolls is a Str 9 (+3) Dex 24 (+11) Wis 17 (+7)
Some of you have seen keeps smaller than the vast chamber
red-scaled reptile on a heavy chain, and smoke rises from its Con 16 (+7) Int 14 (+6) Cha 10 (+4)
around you. Roughly oval in shape, save for the crumbling
nostrils and from between its jagged teeth. Equipment short sword
walls to the east, the chamber consists of multiple levels.
Stairs in the rooms center, as well as great sweeping ramps

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
44
 The Temple Between

Slystone Dwarf Ruffian Level 10 Soldier 2 Spitting Trolls Level 10 Soldier (Leader) Two-Headed Troll Level 10 Elite Brute
Small fey humanoid XP 500 Medium natural humanoid XP 500 each Large natural humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision Initiative +12 Senses Perception +8 Initiative +5 Senses Perception +7
HP 104; Bloodied 52 HP 106; Bloodied 53; see also troll healing HP 264; Bloodied 132; see also troll healing
AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 22, Will 21 Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage, Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage,
Speed 6; see also mad dash regeneration does not function until the end of its regeneration does not function until the end of its
m Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon next turn) next turn)
+17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until AC 26; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 22 AC 25; Fortitude 27, Reflex 19, Will 20
the end of the slystone ruffians next turn. Speed 6, climb 4 Saving Throws +2
M Mighty Strike (standard; recharge ) Weapon m Claw (standard; at-will) Poison Speed 6
+17 vs. AC; 3d8 + 5 damage, and target is pushed 3 +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6 poison damage. Action Points 1
squares. The slystone dwarf ruffian can use this power as a r Javelin (standard; at-will) Poison, Weapon m Claw (standard; at-will)
part of a charge. Ranged 10/20; +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6 Reach 2; +13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 damage.
Mad Dash poison damage. M Smackdown (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves into
When the slystone dwarf ruffian makes a charge attack, R Acid Spit (minor; recharge ) Acid a position that flanks the two-headed troll; at-will)
the enemy is knocked prone on a hit, in addition to any Ranged 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d6 acid damage. The two-headed troll targets one creature flanking it; +11
other effects of the attack. Regenerative Empowerment (minor 1/turn, at-will) vs. Fortitude; the target is knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven One troll within 10 squares whose regeneration is Double Actions
Skills Athletics +14 currently inactive (as a result of taking acid or fire damage) A two-headed troll rolls initiative twice, gets two turns
Str 18 (+9) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 11 (+5) immediately reactivates the regeneration. during a round, and has a full set of actions (standard,
Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 18 (+9) Troll Healing Healing move, minor) on each turn. Each set of actions corresponds
Equipment leather armor, hammer If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does to a different head. The trolls ability to take immediate
not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a actions refreshes on each of its turns.
Redspawn Firebelcher Level 12 Artillery move action) with 10 hit points. Dual Brain
Large natural beast (reptile) XP 700 Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant At the end of its turn, the two-headed troll automatically
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision Skills Athletics +13, Endurance +14 succeeds on all saving throws against the dazed and
Fire Within (Fire) aura 5; allies who enter or start their turns Str 16 (+8) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 17 (+8) stunned conditions and against charm effects that a save
within the aura gain resist 10 fire. Con 18 (+9) Int 10 (+5) Cha 13 (+6) can end.
HP 97; Bloodied 48 Equipment leather armor, 10 javelins Troll Healing Healing
AC 25; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 21 If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
Resist 20 fire not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a
Speed 4 move action) with 10 hit points.
m Bite (standard; at-will) Fire Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
+16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and ongoing 5 fire damage Str 24 (+12) Dex 10 (+5) Wis 14 (+7)
(save ends).] Con 22 (+11) Int 6 (+3) Cha 10 (+5)
R Fire Belch (standard; at-will) Fire Equipment hide armor
Ranged 12; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 1 damage, and ongoing 5
fire damage (save ends).
A Fire Burst (standard; recharge ) Fire
Area burst 2 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex 3d6 + 1 damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). Miss: Half damage,
and no ongoing fire damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 18 (+10) Dex 13 (+7) Wis 13 (+6)
Con 19 (+10) Int 2 (+2) Cha 8 (+5)

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
45
 The Temple Between

4 Trolls Level 9 Brute Once the trolls arrive, however, the fey split their troll also tries to remain near the firebelcher to take
Large natural humanoid XP 400 each attentions between the party and the new foes. advantage of the creatures granted fire resistance.
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +11
Similarly, the trolls and firebelcher treat the fey and The trolls and firebelcher fight to the death, no
HP 100; Bloodied 50; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage, the PCs as equal threats. matter what, but if any fey survive after all the trolls
regeneration does not function until the end of its The trolls spread out once they appear through the and firebelcher are slain, they attempt to flee rather
next turn) northernmost door. One spitting troll attempts to stay than continuing the fight against the PCs. If cornered,
AC 20; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 17
within 10 squares or so of the two-headed troll, where they surrender.
Speed 8
m Claw (standard; at-will) it can move in and use poison spit if the troll takes
Melee 2; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage; see also frenzied acid or fire damage. The other spitting trollthe one
strike.
accompanying the firebelcherremains near one of
M Frenzied Strike (free, when the trolls attack bloodies
an enemy; at-will) the other, normal trolls. Where possible, that spitting
The troll makes a claw attack.
Troll Healing Healing
If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a
THREE-WAY FIGHTING
move action) with 10 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant Once the battle between all three factions is engaged, Obviously, if one faction is whittled down faster than
Skills Athletics +15, Endurance +14 its vital that the DM play the monsters as focusing on the others, the larger faction can devote more attacks
Str 22 (+10) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 14 (+6)
both the PCs and the other monstrous faction. Some to the PCs, and thats fine. But this should happen only
Con 20 (+9) Int 5 (+1) Cha 10 (+4)
DMs might be tempted to have the monsters focus if and when one group becomes markedly smaller than
Tactics more on the PCs than on each other, while others the other, and even then, the winning factions atten-
Initially, the fey fight to their strengths. The ban- might be tempted to give the PCs an easy time by tions should be split proportionately between the party
shrae stay at range and snipe the PCs, while the having the monsters focus more on each other. and the smaller group of foes.
quicklings and slystone ruffian maneuver in and out Avoid these temptations! This encounter (and its XP Players might grow impatient if the DM spends too
of melee combat. The slystone ruffian is particularly reward) is balanced under the assumption that, once long rolling dice for NPCs attacking NPCs. Feel free to
fond of bullrushing enemies off edges or into the all three factions are involved, each group of creatures use average results for damage for each creature during
ravine. The quicklings and slystone avoid bunching focuses equally on the party and the other group. That this encounter. Do not use these averages when rolling
up or staying in one spot for long, preferring to make doesnt mean that any individual monster needs to damage against a PC, or when a monster is attempting
the PCs keep moving across the room and up and split its attacks, or that a monster should be stupid to save against a PCs ability. But when monsters are
down between levels. and ignore a particular threat. But in any given round, attacking each other, these average values speed up
the troll faction should average the same number of play and allow the DM to more swiftly return to the
attacks against the PCs as it does against the fey, and players.
vice-versa.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
46
 The Temple Between

Features of the Area Slope, Shallow: The two

curved ramps that provide access
Illumination: The grand cathedral generates its
from the first to the second level
own magical light. The chamber is brightly lit.
are shallow and do not qualify
Ceiling: The ceiling is 70 feet overhead from the
as difficult terrain. A creature
bottom level.
pushed or slid down the slope
Altar: This great stone altar, shaped roughly like a
moves an extra square.
primitive anvil, stands 5 feet in height, atop the plat-
Slope, Steep: The northern
form at the highest level. Stepping up onto the altar
slopes require a DC 11 Athletics
requires an extra square of movement, and the altar
check to climb. A creature that
provides cover.
steps (or is moved) onto the
Broken Stone Platforms: Along the eastern
slope from the top immediately
side of the room, enormous chunks of stonebroken
slides to the bottom of the slope
parts of the wall, bits of the ceiling, and the likelie
and, unless it makes a DC 10
scattered about. Many are f lat enough that combat-
Acrobatics check, falls prone.
ants can maneuver on top of them. They require a
Stairs, Steep: The stairs that
DC 21 Athletics check to climb, and vary in height
provide access from the second
as marked.
level to the third level are par-
Crevice: The jagged crevice is roughly 20 feet
ticularly steep. They are difficult
deep, andthanks to various doors and passages that
terrain. A creature pushed or slid
were caved in long agoprovides the only means
down the stairs moves an extra
of accessing areas M7 and M8. It requires a DC 21
square, and a character who falls
Athletics check to climb.
prone on the stairs also slides 1
Doors: The doors to the reliquary at M9 were
square south.
locked, until the trolls broke through them. Now they
Statue: The statue in the
cannot be locked.
southwest is another statue of
Edges: The edge of the second level overhangs
Moradin; this one holds an enor-
level one slightly; see the map of M10.
mous hammer in both hands.
Gap: This wide break in the eastern ramp has a
ragged edge, and it ranges from 15 to 20 feet across.
Rubble: The rubble scattered across the floor is
difficult terrain.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
47

M7/M8: THE SHATTERED
BARRACKS AND THE
LESSER SANCTUM
Encounter Level 14 (5,100 XP)
Setup
1 banshrae dartswarmer (B)
4 cyclops guards (C)
Hethralga, unique howling hag (H)
4 slystone ruffians (S)
Cave-in hazard
Here, in these broken and precarious chambers where
the priests of the Mountainroot Temple once made
their homes, and in the smaller sanctuary where they
conducted services and rites too small or private for the
grand cathedral, the leaders of the fey have made their
camp. Hethralga, personal servant of King Cachlain,
lurks here with her bodyguards and most trusted ser-
vants. She has already acquired the Incunabulum; now
she seeks a way to return to the Feywild and grows
ever more nervous with each passing hour that her fol-
lowers fail to find a means of escape.
If the players enter M7 by using the crevice, read:
Hauling yourself up onto the ledge, you are in an uneven
caveclearly a result of one of the ancient cave-ins and not
of any deliberate building. To the right, rubble litters the
floor, making footing precarious.
Once the players move in far enough to see the
eastern portion of M7, continue:
As you progress, it becomes apparent that some
construction took place here at one point. Several broken
walls and sharp corners suggest that the cave-in reshaped
what was once a part of the temple.
A faint glimmer of light, almost invisible, shines from
the east.
Perception Check
DC 20: Barely visible, outlined against that faint light, are
a pair of those short, gruff-looking dwarves.
If the players enter M7 by using the door
from M8, read:
You are in a small chamber that has clearly seen better
days. Whatever furniture was once here has long since
either been removed or crumbled to dust, and the walls are
webbed with cracks.
Once the players move down the western
passage, or through the northern door, continue:
More wreckage and ruin. Clearly, old cave-ins have reduced
what was once a series of carved chambers to broken rooms,
twisted passages, and the occasional freestanding wall.
Thick heaps of rubble stand here and there on the f loor.
If the players enter M8 by using the crevice, read:
Climbing up from the crevice, you have a brief instant to look
around. You are in a cathedral or religious sanctuary, far
smaller than the main one behind you, and the hall boasts
a dais at the far end, behind which looms a great relief of
Moradin at his forge. A line of columns runs down both sides
of the room; two of the great pillars have fallen, apparently
toppled in the same cataclysm that created the crevice.
And then your brief moment of observation has passed, as
a cadre of one-eyed giants, axes held high, converges on you!
The Temple Between
Perception Check
DC 20: A handful of gnome-sized fey skulk in the shadows
and around the various pillars.
DC 21: You spy an old dwarf crone, ancient beyond belief,
atop the dais, almost blending in to the relief beyond.
DC 22: Not far from her, another of the insectoid fey
crouches upon the steps of the dais, its unblinking eyes
gazing in your direction.
If the players enter M8 through the door from
M7, read:
The fleeing fey have led you into a much larger chamber.
You are in a cathedral or religious sanctuary, far smaller
than the main one behind you, and the hall boasts a dais at
the far end, behind which looms a great relief of Moradin
at his forge. A line of columns runs down both sides of
the room; two of the great pillars have fallen, apparently
toppled in the same cataclysm that created the crevice.
Retreating off the dais as you approach are another of the
inhuman, insectoid fey and what appears to be an ancient
dwarf crone, at least several centuries old. From beyond them,
a cadre of one-eyed giants, axes held high, converges on you!
Perception Check
DC 20: A handful of gnome-sized fey skulk in the shadows
and around the various pillars.
When a cyclops makes a cave-in attack, read:
The enormous figure slams a palm into the nearby pillar.
The entire column of stone shuddersfollowed by a much
louder rumble as a portion of the roof jars loose from above
and tumbles downward!
When the cave-in hazard is triggered, read:
A low groan reverberates through the sanctum, sending
dust raining down from above. And then the rain is far
more than dust, as bits of rock begin to shake loose.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
48
 The Temple Between

Banshrae Dartswarmer (B) Level 11 Artillery Hethralga, Unique Howling Hag Level 12 Controller Cave-In Level 13 Lurker
Medium fey humanoid XP 600 Medium fey humanoid XP 700 Hazard 800 XP
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision Initiative +11 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision A disruption sets off a chain reaction that doesnt end until all
HP 89; Bloodied 44 HP 126; Bloodied 63; see also shriek of pain the room is covered in rubble.
AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 23, Will 22 AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 24, Will 23
Speed 8 Speed 6; see also fey step Perception
m Slam (standard; at-will) m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Weapon DC 31: The character notices that the area is unstable.
+13 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage. +15 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage. Additional Skill: Dungeoneering
R Blowgun Dart (standard; at-will) Weapon C Howl (standard; at-will) Thunder DC 26: Same as Perception, above.
Ranged 5/10; +16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, and the Close blast 3; +16 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 6 thunder damage, Initiative +6
target is dazed and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls and the target is pushed 3 squares. Trigger
(save ends both). C Shriek of Pain (standard; recharges when first bloodied) Two rounds after the first time a cyclops makes a cave-in
C Dart Flurry (standard; recharge ) Weapon Thunder attack, or 4 rounds after combat has begun (whichever
Close blast 5; +16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, plus the target Close blast 5; +16 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 6 thunder damage, comes first), the cave-in hazard is triggered. Between the
is dazed and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends or 3d6 + 11 thunder damage if the howling hag is trigger and the cave-ins attack, characters in the area
both). bloodied. Miss: Half damage. know that a cave-in is beginning. On its turn, the cave-in
Alignment Unaligned Languages telepathy 20 Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph attacks a random area within the encounter area (M8).
Str 16 (+8) Dex 22 (+11) Wis 15 (+7) A howling hag can alter its physical form to appear as Attack
Con 17 (+8) Int 14 (+7) Cha 20 (+10) an old crone of any Medium humanoid race (see Change Standard Action Close burst 1
Equipment blowgun, darts Shape, Monster Manual page 280). Targets: Creatures in burst
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation Attack: +16 vs. Reflex
The howling hag can teleport 10 squares. Hit: 2d12 + 8 damage
4 Slystone Dwarf Ruffians (S) Level 10 Soldier Miss: Half damage
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
Small fey humanoid XP 500 each Effect: The burst area becomes difficult terrain.
Skills Bluff +15, Insight +15, Nature +15
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision Sustain Standard: The cave-in attacks each round, targeting
Str 21 (+11) Dex 21 (+11) Wis 18 (+10)
HP 104; Bloodied 52 a different square.
Con 22 (+12) Int 13 (+7) Cha 19 (+10)
AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 22, Will 21 Countermeasures
Equipment quarterstaff
Speed 6; see also mad dash A character who makes a DC 31 Dungeoneering check
m Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon as a minor action can determine the square the trap will
+17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until 4 Cyclops Guards (C) Level 14 Minion attack on its next turn.
the end of the slystone ruffians next turn. Large fey humanoid XP 250 each
M Mighty Strike (standard; recharge ) Weapon Initiative +8 Senses Perception +13; truesight 6
+17 vs. AC; 3d8 + 5 damage, and target is pushed 3 HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion. Tactics
squares. The slystone dwarf ruffian can use this power as a AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 23, Will 23 The cyclopses immediately attempt to converge on
part of a charge. Speed 6
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) Weapon the PCs, making use of their ability to trigger cave-ins
Mad Dash
When the slystone dwarf ruffian makes a charge attack, Melee 2; +17 vs. AC; 7 damage. any time a PC is appropriately positioned. Theyre
the enemy is knocked prone on a hit, in addition to any M Evil Eye (immediate reaction, when a melee attack misses also fond of bullrushing PCs back into the crevice as
other effects of the attack. the cyclops guard; at-will)
they climb out, and might even ready actions to do
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven The cyclops guard makes a melee basic attack against
Skills Athletics +14 the attacker. so. The hag and the banshrae stay at maximum range
Str 18 (+9) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 11 (+5) Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven for their various powers; if the PCs attempt to close,
Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 18 (+9) Str 22 (+11) Dex 16 (+8) Wis 17 (+8) the pair conducts a fighting retreat, moving either
Equipment leather armor, hammer Con 20 (+10) Int 11 (+5) Cha 11 (+5)
Equipment hide armor, heavy shield, battleaxe
through the door to M7 or into the crevice, depending
on which way the PCs are coming from. At least one
of the slystones accompanies them when they do this,

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
49

potentially leading to a combat that makes multiple
circuits of M7 and M8. The hag resumes her normal
form after several rounds of combat.
If the PCs approach M8 by M7, rather than by
the crevice, the slystone ruffians retreat so they can
fight alongside their allies. Otherwise, they enter
M8 in the second round of combat, having heard the
commotion.
Once the random cave-in begins, Hethralga and
the banshrae retreat to M7. The slystones and the
cyclopses retreat as well, but more slowly, attempt-
ing to maintain melee as they do so (and, hopefully,
keeping the PCs in the sanctum, and in range of the
cave-in, longer).
SPECIAL ATTACK
A Large or larger creature can deliberately cause
rocks to fall from the ceiling by striking high up on
one of the chambers standing pillars. This requires
a standard action, and the attacker can decide what
square the attack is centered on, as long as it is within
4 squares of the pillar. This is a close burst 1, Strength
vs. Reflex attack that deals 2d12 + 8 damage (half
damage on miss) and causes the area to become dif-
ficult terrain.
The leaning pillar (see below) can also be used as a
makeshift attack. If pushed from the west with a DC
19 Strength check (being jammed against the wall, it
wont move if shoved from any other direction), it falls
to the ground and rolls to the position marked on the
map. It makes a +16 vs. Reflex attack against anyone
standing in its path; if it hits, it deals 2d8 damage,
pushes the target as far as it needs to for the target to
be out of the way, and knocks the target prone. Once
it lands, it is another fallen pillar, as defined below.
The Temple Between
Features of the Area Dais: The steps of the dais are shallow enough that
they do not impede movement.
Illumination: Area M8 is brightly lit by a magical
The Incunabulum Primeval: In addition to any
glow emanating from the relief and the standing pil-
other treasure she might have, Hehtralga has the
lars. The light leaks through the door to M7, providing
Incunabulum on her person.
dim light for the easternmost room and passage. The
Pillar, Fallen: The fallen pillar provides cover.
rest of M7 is illuminated only by whatever light the
A creature can climb over or onto it; this requires
PCs bring with them.
an extra square of movement, and requires a DC 17
Ceiling: The ceiling of M7 is 15 feet overhead,
Acrobatics check if the creature wishes to move more
while that of M8 is 30 feet overhead.
than 1 square atop it.
Crevice: The jagged crevice at the southwest is
Pillar, Leaning: The southwesternmost pillar in
roughly 20 feet deep, andthanks to various doors
M8 leans precariously against the wall. It can be used
and passages that were caved in long agoprovides
as a makeshift weapon, as described above.
the only means of accessing area M6 from here. It
Rubble: The rubble is difficult terrain.
requires a DC 21 Athletics check to climb its ledges.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
50

M9: THE RELIQUARY
Encounter Level 12 (3,700 XP)
Setup
2 dragonborn gladiators (G)
1 eidolon (E)
1 spitting troll (P)
6 streetwise thugs (S)
2 trolls (T)
The first portion of the Mountainroot Temple ever
carved from the Stonehome range, the reliquary
served as the home for the sects greatest religious
treasures for years on end, though most were removed
when the temple was largely abandoned. Its peculiar
design was intended to allow priests and worshipers
to come and gaze upon these great relics, without
allowing anyone to approach. It was also here that
angels and exarchs of Moradin appeared from the
Astral Sea, entering by using the great double doors to
the north. (Remember that, until the PCs rescue the
Caretaker, exit from the templeeven by these astral
doorsis impossible.)
Zithiruun and his soldiers arrived here from the
Astral Sea as well, and here they have set up camp.
They are holding the Caretaker hostage in the small
building labeled I, where they have spent days tortur-
ing him. Although the Caretaker hasnt broken, he
has slowly gone slightly mad, resulting in the peculiar
behavior of some of the temples magical defenses.
This, alas, includes the temples guardian eidolon,
which has come to accept the githyanki soldiers and
treats them as allies in combat.
Although they do not face him here, or even
identify him for what he is, this is the PCs first oppor-
tunity to spot their true enemy, General Zithiruun.
He is the cloaked figure (described below) they see
atop the platform. As soon as he steps out of sight, he
heads at full speed for the secret door in the north-
west. Given his ability to fly, he can reach that hidden
exit and be through it in 2 roundspossibly before the
PCs even reach the platform.
Creatures indicated on the map in red are on the
top platform or stairs. Creatures in yellow are on the
ground floor, although possibly visible through the
platform.
When the PCs enter, read:
You are in a wide corridor. Ahead of you, two f lights of
stairs, separated by a long landing, lead to a platform high
above. Two figures stand atop that platform, apparently
conversing. One is a rust-hued dragonborn clad in heavy
armor. The other is a slender figure, its features hidden
by a hooded cloak. He is clad in a sort of leather-and-steel
harness. It looks less like armor than like the creation of
a maddened surgeona full-bodysuit version of a brace
designed to hold a broken limb in place.
You see them only for a split second, for before the door
has even fully opened, both have stepped away from the
edge and out of sight.
When the PCs reach the center platform, read:
Four stone stairs come together here, forming a small
platform about 20 feet above a larger, circular surface.
That surface appears to be made of glass or crystal,
allowing a full view of the various chambers below. Some of
those chambers extend out from beneath the crystalopen-
roofed so that you can still see in. The stairs to the north
rise upward, rather than down, culminating in a large
The Temple Between
set of double doors several dozen feet above your current
level, and a pair of massive statues of Moradin stand in the
northwest and northeast corners. To the southwest stand
a pair of small buildingsthe only structures in the entire
cavern that appear to have a roof.
An array of humanoid creatures stands scattered about
the chamber, both on the platform or stairs, and down on
the ground level. Not a one of them looks especially thrilled
to see you.
WHAT IF THEY COME
FROM THE VAULT?
If the PCs make their way to the reliquary from the
hidden trapdoor in the vault (M5), rather than from
the grand cathedral, the situation is only moder-
ately different. You can give the PCs the same basic
description (though obviously from a ground perspec-
tive, rather than above the platform). They still catch
only a quick glimpse of Zithiruun, before he disap-
pearsdown to the south, rather than toward the
secret door through which the PCs have emerged.
If the PCs open the double-doors in the north
(marked A), read:
For an eternal instant, the world fades away as you stand
upon the precipice of infinity. An ocean of pearlescent
silver stretches ever onward, its tides and crests all but
invisible as they slowly traverse the great expanse. Beneath
those waters, stars and constellations twinkle with almost
blinding clarity, and far in the distance, the great peaks of
an unknown isle protrude from the endless waters.
The sense of vertigo here, at the edge of the world, is
almost overwhelming, striking not merely at the body but at
the mind and soul.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
51

When the PCs first enter area B (or examine it
from above), read:
Pedestals and podiums scattered across the room, as well
as hooks and shelves along the walls, suggest that this was
once a display chamber or gallery. Though most are empty,
a few hooks still boast old tapestries and paintings, while
the occasional podium displays a small sculpture. It looks
as though the vast majority of the artwork has been gone
for ages.
When the PCs first enter area C (or examine it
from above), read:
Alcoves along the walls and great stone sarcophagi across
the chamber indicate rather dramatically that this was
once a sepulcher, likely for particularly holy members of
the Church. Most of the sarcophagi have been broken into,
ransacked, and desecrated. The air here smells a bit stale
and dusty, but any scent of decay faded centuries ago.
When the PCs first enter area D (or examine it
from above), read:
Apparently a sitting or study room, this chamber contains
little but old, decaying chairs and a few small tables barely
wide enough for a large tome.
When the PCs first enter area E (or examine it
from above), read:
This room was obviously a library at some point. The
shelves are mostly empty now, but they are large enough to
have held several hundred books. A few heaps of molding
parchment and leather are all that remain of those books
that were dropped and left behind when the temple was
abandoned.
Perception Check
DC 20: One of the piles of books has recently been
disturbed. It looks much like something was removed from
the bottom, allowing the rest of the heap to crumple inward.
(Although the PCs cannot know this for sure, they might
guess that this is where the Incunabulum Primeval was
taken fromand theyd be right.)
When the PCs first enter area F (or examine it
from above), read:
The specially carved racks and concave shelves suggest that
this was once a repository for scrolls of various sizes.
When the PCs first enter area G (or examine it
from above), read:
This rather sizable room boasts a smattering of large
statues, idols, and carven pillars. Their random placement
around the chamber indicates that theyve been moved, and
the great empty spaces suggest that this room once held
many more such relics than it currently does.
When the PCs first enter area H, read:
This building and its attachment, the only two structures
in this cavern to have roofs, are clearly of far more recent
construction than most everything else herein. The walls
are of thin stone and do not match the surroundings, and
the floor is covered haphazardly with a thin rug. Several
tables and chairs sit scattered about, and a cooking
cauldron occupies one corner.
When the PCs first enter area I, read:
What was once a bedroom has been transformed into a
chamber of horrors. Old blood has matted the carpet into
a thin film that crunches beneath your feet. Dull blades
and needles protrude from the surface of a desk, where they
The Temple Between
were apparently stuck for safekeeping. A wooden bed frame
leans against the wall at an angle; chained to it, dangling by
his chafed and bloody wrists, is what appears to be a dwarf
with hair and beard of writhing flame! Despite its touch,
the wood of the frame shows no evidence of burning.
Once the PCs begin interacting with the
Caretakerassuming combat is overconsult
Departing the Temple in the Mountainroot Temple
Overview.
2 Dragonborn Gladiators (G) Level 10 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 500 each
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +6
HP 106; Bloodied 53; see also dragonborn fury
AC 24; Fortitude 23, Reflex 20, Will 21
Speed 5
m Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+15 vs. AC (+16 while bloodied); see also lone fighter;
1d10 + 5 damage.
M Finishing Blow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Target must be bloodied; +15 vs. AC (+16 while bloodied);
2d10 + 5 damage, and the dragonborn gladiators allies
gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls until the end of the
dragonborn gladiators next turn.
C Dragon Breath (minor; encounter) Fire
Close blast 3; +12 vs. Reflex (+13 while bloodied); 1d6 + 4
fire damage.
Dragonborn Fury (only while bloodied)
A dragonborn gains a +1 racial bonus to attack rolls.
Gladiators Strike
When the dragonborn gladiator hits an enemy with an
opportunity attack, the target is knocked prone.
Lone Fighter
The dragonborn gladiator gains a +2 bonus to melee attack
rolls when adjacent to only one enemy.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Athletics +15, History +7, Intimidate +15
Str 12 (+10) Dex 15 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 18 (+9) Int 10 (+5) Cha 16 (+8)
Equipment scale armor, bastard sword
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
52
 The Temple Between

Eidolon (E) Level 13 Controller (Leader) Spitting Troll Level 10 Soldier (Leader) 6 Streetwise Thugs (S) Level 9 Minion
Large natural animate (construct) XP 800 Medium natural humanoid XP 500 each Medium natural humanoid, human XP 100 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +9 Initiative +12 Senses Perception +8 Initiative +3 Senses Perception +3
Fearless Followers aura 5; allies who enter or start their turns HP 106; Bloodied 53; see also troll healing HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
within the aura are immune to fear. Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage, AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 16, Will 16
HP 132; Bloodied 66 regeneration does not function until the end of its Speed 6
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 22, Will 23 next turn) m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
Immune disease, fear, sleep AC 26; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 22 +14 vs. AC; 6 damage.
Speed 5 Speed 6, climb 4 r Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
m Slam (standard; at-will) m Claw (standard; at-will) Poison Ranged 15/30; +13 vs. AC; 6 damage.
Melee 2; +19 vs. AC; 2d8+6 damage. +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6 poison damage. Murder is a Team Sport
R Divine Retribution (immediate reaction, when an enemy r Javelin (standard; at-will) Poison, Weapon If a streetwise thug is flanking an enemy, it deals 1 extra
attacks the eidolon while hallowed stance is active; at-will) Ranged 10/20; +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus point of damage per ally adjacent to the flanked enemy
Radiant 1d6 poison damage. (including the ally who is granting the flank), to
Divine radiance strikes the creature that attacked the R Acid Spit (minor; recharge ) Acid a maximum of +4.
eidolon: ranged 20; +17 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 radiant Ranged 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d6 acid damage. Alignment Evil Languages Common
damage. Miss: Half damage. This attack does not provoke Regenerative Empowerment (minor 1/turn, at-will) Skills Athletics +11, Thievery +8
opportunity attacks. One troll within 10 squares whose regeneration is Str 16 (+7) Dex 12 (+5) Wis 10 (+4)
R Vengeful Flames (immediate reaction, when an enemy kills currently inactive (as a result of taking acid or fire damage) Con 15 (+6) Int 9 (+3) Cha 11 (+4)
one of the eidolons allies in the eidolons line of immediately reactivates the regeneration. Equipment leather armor, crossbow, longsword, case
sight; at-will) Fire Troll Healing Healing with 20 bolts
Divine fire engulfs the enemy: ranged 20; +17 vs. Reflex; If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
1d8 + 5 fire damage, and ongoing 5 fire (save ends). This not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a 2 Trolls (T) Level 9 Brute
attack does not provoke opportunity attacks. move action) with 10 hit points. Large natural humanoid XP 400 each
Hallowed Stance (standard; at-will) Radiant Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant Initiative +7 Senses Perception +11
The eidolon assumes a meditative stance. Until the end Skills Athletics +13, Endurance +14 HP 100; Bloodied 50; see also troll healing
of its next turn, the eidolon gains resist 20 to all damage, Str 16 (+8) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 17 (+8) Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage,
and all allies in its line of sight deal 1d8 extra radiant Con 18 (+9) Int 10 (+5) Cha 13 (+6) regeneration does not function until the end of its
damage on their melee attacks. If the eidolon moves, the Equipment leather armor, 10 javelins next turn)
effect ends. AC 20; Fortitude 21, Reflex 18, Will 17
Alignment Unaligned Languages Speed 8
Str 22 (+12) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9) m Claw (standard; at-will)
Con 20 (+11) Int 7 (+4) Cha 11 (+6) larger and stronger creatures are fond of bullrushing Melee 2; +13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage; see also
foes off the edge of the stairs or the crystal platform. frenzied strike.
Tactics The eidolon never retreats to ground level, since it M Frenzied Strike (free, when the trolls attack bloodied an
enemy; at-will)
The monsters tactics depend largely on the PCs. If can keep line of sight to more allies from on high. If The troll makes a claw attack.
the heroes allow themselves to become trapped up all the creatures but the eidolon are slain, it freezes, Troll Healing Healing
on the platform, the monsters converge and try to awaiting further instructions from the Caretaker. All If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
surround them. Otherwise, they use a combination not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a
other creatures here fight to the death.
move action) with 10 hit points.
of focusing on specific PCs and fighting withdrawals
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
to try to force the party to split up. In either case, the Skills Athletics +15, Endurance +14
monsters do not remain in their starting positions, Str 22 (+10) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 20 (+9) Int 5 (+1) Cha 10 (+4)
but converge on their foes as rapidly as possible. The

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
53
 The Temple Between

Features of the Area Walls: The walls of the

chamber, and the walls
Illumination: The crystalline platform provides
of the southern passage/
its own glow, as does the door to the Astral Sea, and it
staircase, rise from floor
brightly illuminates the entire chamber.
to ceiling. The walls of
Ceiling: The ceiling of the chamber is a full 100
the various chambers that
feet above the ground floor. The crystal platform
stand partly or entirely
which forms a ceiling or partial ceiling for the rooms
beneath the crystalline
on the groundis 20 feet above that level. The ceiling
platform rise 20 feet high.
of buildings H and I is 10 feet above the ground.
The portions of those
Crystal Platform: Although hard as stone, the
rooms that jut beyond the
crystal platform is as transparent as fine glass. This
crystal are not roofed; a
allows line of sight, but not line of effect. There is no
creature can walk along
railway or wall around the platform.
the top of the walls, but
Doors: The doors into areas H and I are locked,
theyre narrow, requiring
requiring a DC 22 Thievery check to open. The
a DC 25 Acrobatics check
doors to the Astral Sea (marked A) are covered in all
for each standard or move
manner of abstract carvings and flowing runes.
action taken.
Furniture, Display Cases, and Shelves: The
various chambers are filled with furnituresome
intact, some broken. Assume that, at any time it mat-
ters, a piece of furniture requires an extra square of
movement to stand on and can provide cover.
Secret Doors: The secret doors in the statues
require a DC 25 Perception check to locate. The door
in the northwest statue opens onto a spiral stair that
leads into an underground passage (not mapped).
This eventually leads to another spiral stair, which
comes up to the secret trapdoor in the vault (M5). The
secret door in the northeast statue leads to a spiral
stair that leads to a dead end passage (not mapped).
This used to connect to the barracks at M7, but most
of the corridor, and the specific room to which it
connected, have long since collapsed.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
54

M10:
THE UNDERCHAMBERS
Encounter Level 8 (1,800 XP)
Setup
2 marching hammers (H)
Radiant tendrils trap
In the chambers formerly used by priests of Moradin
for elements of daily life, the temples mysti-
cal defenses are as crazed as ever, thanks to the
Caretakers incipient madness.
When the PCs trigger the radiant tendrils, read:
A whiplike tendril of piercing white light, so bright it
threatens to blind the eye, reaches through the f loor, as
though the room seeks to wrap you in its coils.
When the PCs first see the marching hammers,
either because they have come to the constructs
or vice-versa, read:
A halfling-sized block of iron lumbers into view. It appears
to be little more than an anvillike body with squat legs and
a pair of heavy hammers at the end of long, writhing arms.
When the PCs first enter area A, read:
This chamber was apparently a foyer or waiting room. A
ragged rug covers the f loor, with a few old indentations
indicating where chairs used to sit. The northeast door is
ajar, showing a cloakroom with empty pegs protruding
from the walls.
The Temple Between
When the PCs first enter area B, read: When the PCs first enter area F, read:
A great many doors line the walls in this chamber. A few are Whatever purpose this cave-in damaged chamber might
ajar, showing what appear to be wooden-walled monastic once have served, it now appears as little more than an
cells beyond them. empty hollow.
When the PCs first enter area C, read:
Radiant Tendrils Level 13 Obstacle
Trap 800 XP
Nothing remains in this room but a few smatterings of Gleaming tendrils of white light whip out to lash at you.
broken furniture. Any hint of its original purpose was lost Perception
when the eastern wall partially collapsed long ago. DC 27: The character notices something strange about
the area ahead, as though the floor was somehow
absorbing a bit of the ambient light.
When the PCs first enter area D, read:
Additional Skill: Arcana
DC 23: The character recognizes a faint glow from, and a
Despite the damage, this room still obviously serves as a sequence of runes scratched into, the fire pit, and realizes
combination meeting hall and library. A long table sits this is the traps source. (The character must be in the
forge [room E] to accomplish this.)
amid a smattering of chairs, and the chambers western DC 31: The party gains a +2 bonus to Thievery checks to
side is occupied by a more heavily upholstered chair, a disable the trap.
bookcase, and a small altar to Moradin. All are covered in a Trigger
When a creature enters or begins its turn in a trapped
fine coating of dust.
square, the trap attacks.
Attack
When the PCs first enter area E, read: Opportunity Action Melee
Target: Creature in a trapped square
Attack: +18 vs. AC
Youve stepped into what appears to be an actual forge, Hit: 2d10 + 6 radiant damage and blind until the end of the
which was perhaps used for ceremonial purposes or the targets next turn.
Aftereffect: 2 to attack rolls and checks until the end of
creation of magic items. Two anvils occupy the rooms
the targets next turn.
northern side, while a fire pit filled with ancient white-gray
Countermeasures
ashes takes up the center of the chamber. Against the south A character who makes a successful DC 27 Acrobatics
wall, a larger anvil stands beneath the unblinking gaze of a check can move through a trigger square without
statue of Moradin. provoking the attack. The squares count as difficult
terrain.
An adjacent character can disable a trigger plate with a
DC 31 Thievery check.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
55
 The Temple Between

2 Marching Hammers (H) Level 10 Brute Features of the Area Wooden Walls: The walls between the penitents
Small natural animate (construct, homunculus) XP 500 each cells are flimsy wood. They can be broken through
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +12; darkvision Illumination: The only illumination is what the
with a DC 15 Strength check; this takes an extra
HP 129; Bloodied 64 PCs bring with them.
AC 23; Fortitude 23, Reflex 17, Will 19 square of movement. If the creature beats a DC 20
Ceiling: The ceiling is 15 feet overhead.
Immune disease, poison, sleep Strength check, this does not require an extra square.
Anvils: The three anvils in the forge are all but
Speed 6
m Hammer Hand (standard; at-will) impossible to move. They provide cover, and a crea-
+13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 5 damage. ture can step up onto one with an extra square of
M Hammering Charge (standard; at-will)
movement.
The marching hammer can use this power as a part of
a charge; +13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 5 damage, plus target is Bookcase: The bookcase in room D has no more
knocked prone. books left on it, but it can be climbed with a DC 10
Beat Them When Theyre Down Athletics check.
The marching hammer deals 1d6 extra damage when
Chairs: The chairs are not sufficient
attacking a prone enemy.
Guard Area (see Monster Manual, page 156) to provide cover, but a character can step
A marching hammer can make a hammering charge attack up onto one with an extra square of move-
against any creature in its guarded area, even if the power
ment, or use one as a makeshift weapon.
hasnt recharged. If the marching hammer uses a charge
attack to make its hammering charge, its speed increases to Fire Pit: The fire pit has no fire in it,
8 when making that charge. but it is the source of the radiant tendrils
Alignment Unaligned Languages trap.
Skills Perception +12
Marching Hammer Guarded Areas:
Str 21 (+10) Dex 8 (+4) Wis 14 (+7)
Con 19 (+9) Int 5 (+2) Cha 13 (+6) The guarded areas of the homunculi are
marked on the map.
Tactics Radiant Tendrils: The trapped
The marching hammers attack characters in their squares are marked on the map.
guarded area over other targets, but otherwise seek to Statue: This statue of Moradin carries
slay all intruders. They try to approach intruders from a hammer and tongs, as though in the
opposite directions, making use of various doorways midst of forging.
and corridors to flank foes. They fight in or near the Table: A character can step up onto
trapped squares, since the trap is mystically attuned the table with an extra square of move-
to them and they do not trigger it. The hammers have ment. A DC 25 Strength check topples the
no compunctions about going through the wooden table over, allowing it to serve as cover and
walls between penitents cells if thats the best means knocking prone any creatures standing
of getting at an enemy. on it.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
56

SC3: COUNCIL OF WAR
Encounter Level 9 (1,200 XP)
Setup
Once the PCs reach the council chamber, begin the
skill challenge.
Council of War Level 9
Skill Challenge XP 1,200
You find yourselves, along with the present members of the
council, High Priest Durkik, and several officers, standing in
a perfectly square room of stone walls. A table in the center of
the room boasts an intricate model of Overlook, while each of
the walls showcases maps of the surrounding area.
Great Elder Morgoff asks Durkik to offer a prayer to Moradin
to open the meeting. Once done, he says, Overlook is a
martial city. We have mighty walls, strong soldiers. But we
are accustomed to fighting foes such as orcs, not monstrous
enemies such as trolls, who rise again each time they fall. My
friends, you have more experience with such things. Will you
help us plan? And would you make yourselves available to us
throughout the siege, to deal with such dangers as our guards
skilled though they areare unprepared to face? I offer you
what reward I can for your help, though I cannot cite you
numbers or amounts until I see what resources remain when
ifOverlook survives the coming days.
The PCs must aid the Council of Elders and the officers of the
garrison in devising a defense for the city.
Complexity 3
(requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
History, Insight, Intimidate, Religion, Thievery.
Victory
The PCs have helped come up with a viable defensive plan,
and they gain victory points accordingly.
The Temple Between
Defeat
The PCs cannot meaningfully contribute, and do not gain
Once the skill challenge is complete (for good or
ill), Great Elder Morgoff s shoulders slump. I fear
victory points.
Special If the players themselves come up with any
weve done all we can for now, he says. We must go
creative uses of the city map or terrain for defensive and spread word to our soldiers of what is to come,
purposes, grant them 1 or 2 automatic successes. and what they must do. My friends, he says to the
History (DC 20) PCs, if you are willing, I would have you stay here
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge.
The PC draws on knowledge of past sieges over the at Caer Overlook tonight, so that you are ready on a
course of history and suggests strategies accordingly. moments notice. I can have people show you to guest
Insight (DC 16) quarters. I suggest we all get a good nights sleep; I
This doesnt qualify as a success, but succeeding on this
fear the next days will be tiring indeed.
check grants the party a +2 bonus to all further checks
in this challenge until someone fails a check. However,
failure on this check imposes a 2 penalty to all further
checks in this challenge until someone succeeds on a
check. In either case, Insight can be used only once in
this fashion.
With thought and contemplation, the PC anticipates
some of the actions that the enemy is likely to take.
Intimidate (DC 20)
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge,
but the group can gain up to 3 successes with this skill
only.
By giving careful consideration to what sorts of positions
and defenses are likely to be the most frightening or
disheartening, the PC suggests effective placements for
the soldiers.
Religion (DC 20)
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge.
Rather than focusing on historical accounts, the PC
instead draws on knowledge of various battles described
in the myths and tales of the worlds religions.
Thievery (DC 20)
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge,
but the group can gain up to 3 successes with this skill
only.
The PCs knowledge of tricks and traps allows the PC
to suggest various means to slow the enemys advance,
either through stealthily placed troops or hidden traps
and obstacles.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
57

T2: DEATH FROM
ABOVE
Encounter Level 10 (2,500 XP)
Setup
1 berbalang (B), initially with two duplicates (D)
Among the various forces Zithiruun has hired for the
assault on Overlook is a trio of berbalangs, who have
been promised not only substantial riches, but first
pick of the captives and of the dead for their larders.
Thankfully, the PCs themselves only have to deal
with one.
As the battle commences, the berbalang swoops
over a poor neighborhood in the Nine Bells district,
dropping alchemical firebombs. Its not a tactically
important target, but its great for spreading panic,
and the plethora of old buildings and wooden struc-
tures mean the flames will spread. The berbalang is
already split into three different forms (the original
and two duplicates), meaning the original currently
has 204 hit points and the two duplicates each have
102.
Berbalang Level 10 Solo Skirmisher
Medium immortal humanoid XP 2,500
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +6
HP 408; Bloodied 204
AC 25; Fortitude 22, Reflex 25, Will 21; see also psychic
deflection
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6, fly 8
Action Points 2
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage.
Summon Duplicate (minor, not while bloodied; at-will)
Conjuration, Psychic
The berbalang manifests an exact duplicate of itself in an
unoccupied adjacent square. It can have no more than
four duplicates at once, and duplicates cannot summon
other duplicates. When a duplicate appears, it makes an
initiative check and joins the battle on that initiative count.
All damage a duplicate deals is treated as psychic damage.
A duplicate has the same statistics as the berbalang
except for its hit points. When the berbalang manifests a
duplicate, the berbalang loses one-quarter of its current hit
points and the duplicate appears with that quantity
of hit points. The berbalangs maximum number of hit
points remains the same.
When the PCs approach, read:
Flames dance across a cluster of rooftops, and the crackling
from the fire drowns out the screams of panic as citizens
scramble in all directions. In the smoky air above, a trio of
horrid winged humanoids, with mottled blue skin, whirl
about on the inferno-birthed updrafts. Every few moments,
one of them hurls a clay jug that bursts into f lames as it
strikes a nearby building.
The Temple Between
Duplicates last until the berbalang reaches 0 hit points,
absorbs them, or uses sacrifice. A duplicate must stay within
10 squares of the berbalang at all times or it disappears.
Absorb Duplicate (standard; at-will) Healing
The berbalang absorbs a duplicate adjacent to it and regains
50 hit points.
Berbalang Sneak Attack
A berbalang or a duplicate that flanks an enemy with
another duplicate deals 1d8 extra damage on melee
attacks against that enemy.
A Sacrifice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Area burst 1 centered on a duplicate; the berbalang can
cause one of its duplicates to explode in a burst of psychic
gore; +11 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 psychic damage, plus the
target is dazed (save ends). Miss: No damage, but the target
is dazed (save ends). Effect: The berbalang takes 25 damage.
Psychic Deflection (immediate reaction, when the berbalang is
damaged by an attack; at-will) Psychic
The berbalang can deflect the damage it takes from
an attack to one of its duplicates. Any effects or secondary
attacks included in the attack are also deflected to the
duplicate. The damage a duplicate takes in this way is
considered psychic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 16 (+8) Dex 22 (+11) Wis 13 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 14 (+7) Cha 15 (+7)
Tactics
The true berbalang stays at range for the first few
rounds, allowing its duplicates to close for melee.
If any PCs are far enough from its duplicates that it
wont hit them, it makes use of its special firebomb
attack (see below). When a duplicate nears death
(down to about one-quarter of its starting hit points),
the berbalang moves in and absorbs it. It might then
engage in combat, or spawn a new duplicate and
retreat to range, depending on how effective the PCs
are with distance attacks. Once the berbalang is
down to fewer than 50 hit points, it wont spawn any
more duplicates, for fear ofso to speakspreading
itself too thin.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
58

SPECIAL ATTACK
The berbalang has three more firebombs in its pos-
session. It makes an attack roll when it throws the
firebomb, but it misses only on a natural 1, because
its not aiming for an individual, merely a particular
square. (On a natural 1, select a random square adja-
cent to the one at which it was aiming.) The firebomb
explodes in a burst 1. It causes no immediate damage,
but it fills those squares with fire as defined in Fea-
tures of the Area.
The Temple Between
Features of the Area Fire: The marked squares are on fire when combat
begins. Creatures can enter or move through the
Illumination: The combination of daylight and
squares unharmedessentially running through the
fire provide as much bright light as the PCs could
flamesbut any creature that begins its turn in a fiery
ever want.
square takes 2d6 fire damage.
Boards: These boards were placed to facilitate
At the start of the berbalangs turn each round, one
evacuation from one building to another. They can be
square adjacent to each fiery square becomes a fiery
kicked or pushed off with a DC 5 Athletics check, or a
square. (Either choose or determine randomly.)
DC 20 Athletics check if someone is currently stand-
ing on them.
Buildings: The buildings range from one to four
stories (2 to 8 squares) in height. Climbing the walls
requires a DC 15 Athletics check.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
59
 The Temple Between

T3: HOLD THE WALL!
Encounter Level 12 (3,500 XP)
Setup
1 spitting troll (P)
1 two-headed troll (T)
2 war trolls (W)
A squad of monstrous trolls, using a battering ram
made of a bronze-capped tree trunk, has smashed a
hole in one of the outer walls. The soldiers there have
been driven back, and if someone doesnt stop them,
the trolls will have free run of the city. Someone
being the PCs, of course.
(Assume a few other trolls are present, but that the
Overlook soldiers are dealing with them. On occa-
sion, throw in a bit of description to remind the PCs
that they arent the only ones fighting.)
When the PCs arrive, read:
Rubble lies strewn aboutrubble that used to be a 15-foot
stretch of wall. Visible just beyond is a huge tree trunk,
capped with bronzepresumably, the battering ram that
created that hole.
Moving through the gap are several hideous trolls. The
city guards appear to have a few occupied, but otherstwo
in heavy armor, one with two heads, and one far smaller
than the othersare moving unimpeded into the streets.
Spitting Troll (P) Level 10 Soldier (Leader) Two-Headed Troll Level 10 Elite Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 500 Large natural humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +8 Initiative +5 Senses Perception +7
HP 106; Bloodied 53; see also troll healing HP 264; Bloodied 132; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage, Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage,
regeneration does not function until the end of its regeneration does not function until the end of its
next turn) next turn)
AC 26; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 22 AC 25; Fortitude 27, Reflex 19, Will 20
Speed 6, climb 4 Saving Throws +2
m Claw (standard; at-will) Poison Speed 6
+17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6 poison damage. Action Points 1
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Poison, Weapon m Claw (standard; at-will)
Ranged 10/20; +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus Melee 2; +13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 damage.
1d6 poison damage. M Smackdown (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves into
R Acid Spit (minor; recharge ) Acid a position that flanks the two-headed troll; at-will)
Ranged 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d6 acid damage. The two-headed troll targets one creature flanking it; +11
Regenerative Empowerment (minor 1/turn, at-will) vs. Fortitude; the target is knocked prone.
One troll within 10 squares whose regeneration is Double Actions
currently inactive (as a result of taking acid or fire damage) A two-headed troll rolls initiative twice, gets two turns
immediately reactivates the regeneration. during a round, and has a full set of actions (standard,
Troll Healing Healing move, minor) on each turn. Each set of actions corresponds
If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does to a different head. The trolls ability to take immediate
not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a actions refreshes on each of its turns.
move action) with 10 hit points. Dual Brain
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant At the end of its turn, the two-headed troll automatically
Skills Athletics +13, Endurance +14 succeeds on all saving throws against the dazed and
Str 16 (+8) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 17 (+8) stunned conditions and against charm effects that a save
Con 18 (+9) Int 10 (+5) Cha 13 (+6) can end.
Equipment leather armor, 10 javelins Troll Healing Healing
If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
Tactics not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a
move action) with 10 hit points.
The two-headed troll is a straightforward combat- Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
Str 24 (+12) Dex 10 (+5) Wis 14 (+7)
ant, charging in and attempting to pulp the PCs into
Con 22 (+11) Int 6 (+3) Cha 10 (+5)
the ground. The war trolls make use of slightly more Equipment hide armor
intelligent tactics, flanking or trying to fight from
behind difficult terrain, taking full advantage of
reach. The spitting troll remains at range and throws
javelins.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
60
 The Temple Between

2 War Trolls (W) Level 14 Soldier Features of the Area

Large natural humanoid XP 1,000 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +15 Illumination: This encounter takes place in
HP 110; Bloodied 55; see also troll healing bright daylight.
Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage, Buildings: The buildings range from two to eight
regeneration does not function until the end of its
stories (4 to 16 squares) in
next turn)
AC 30; Fortitude 29, Reflex 25, Will 25 height. Climbing the walls
Speed 7 requires a DC 15 Athletics
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
check.
Melee 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the war trolls next turn. Rubble: The rubble
m Claw (standard; at-will) qualifies as difficult terrain.
Melee 2; +20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +20 vs. AC; 1d12 + 3 damage.
C Sweeping Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires greatsword; close blast 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
Blood Pursuit (immediate reaction, when a bloodied enemy
within 2 squares of the war troll moves or shifts; at-will)
The war troll shifts 1 square closer to the enemy.
Threatening Reach
The war troll can make opportunity attacks against all
enemies within its reach (2 squares).
Troll Healing Healing
If the war troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that
does not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn
(as a move action) with 15 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +17, Endurance +15
Str 24 (+14) Dex 16 (+10) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 20 (+12) Int 10 (+7) Cha 12 (+8)
Equipment plate armor, greatsword, longbow, quiver of
30 arrows

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
61

SC4: COMBING THE
WRECKAGE
Encounter Level 11 (1,800 XP)
Setup
One of the councilors is in trouble, and the PCs
receive a request for assistance. The skill challenge
begins with this request.
Combing the Wreckage Level 11
Skill Challenge XP 1,800
Without warning, you hear Great Elder Morgoff s voice in
your head. Our diviners have located Councilor Mountain-
home. A siege missile struck her home, which now burns as she
lies unconscious! Please save her!
Although the PCs likely dont know where Elder
Mountainhome lives, anyone they ask can point them
in the right direction: an expensive apartment in
Stonehammer.
The PCs must search through a burning, crumbling
building in search of Counselor Itrika Mountainhome.
Complexity 3
(requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Athletics, Endurance, Heal, Perception.
Victory
The party finds the unconscious Itrika and successfully pulls
her out before she chokes to death or is crushed.
Defeat
The party is too late to save the councilor, who dies in the
inferno.
Special Reward creative use of magic. Perhaps various
resistance-based spells can grant automatic Endurance
successes, while using cold-based spells on the fires
reduces the DCs of some of the checks.
The Temple Between
Acrobatics (DC 21)
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge.
If the PCs succeed in rescuing the councilor, they
receive thanks and an offer to meet up again after the
Moving as swiftly and lithely as possible, the PC dodges
current troubles are over. If she isnt brought to con-
around falling timbers and pockets of flame.
Athletics (DC 21) sciousness by the PCs, you could allow them to find
A successful check counts as a success on the skill challenge. someone who is willing to do so and possibly even
With a surge of strength, the PC bursts through help get her to safety.
intervening doors, reaches up to deflect crumbling roofs,
or hauls a companion off a collapsing stair.
Endurance (DC 17)
At least one character must attempt this check every round,
or it counts as attempting and failing the check. A success
on this check grants no benefit; a failure on this check
costs everyone in the party a healing surge, but does not
count as a failure for purposes of the skill challenge.
Despite the blazing heat, the choking smoke, and the
blinding dust, the PC is not only able to keep going, but
to keep friends moving as well.
Heal (DC 25)
A success on this check counts as both a success on the skill
challenge and grants an automatic success on the partys
next Endurance check in this challenge (or counters an
Endurance failure rolled earlier in the round).
Acting swiftly, the PC uses moistened cloths and herbal
remedies to alleviate some of the burns and choking
among the party.
Perception (DC 21)
This does not count as a success on the skill challenge, but
grants you a +2 bonus to all future Acrobatics, Athletics,
and Heal checks in this challenge, until the next failure.
Squinting and concentrating, the PC finds his or her way,
and leads allies through the smoke, the embers, and the
falling rubble.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
62
 The Temple Between

T5: THE FINAL Perception Check
DC 26: Hiding amid the rubble and ruin is another
ENCOUNTER dragonborn, one of darker scales and armor, wielding a
pair of broad-bladed daggers.
Encounter Level 15 (6,100 XP)
On the second round of combat, on Zithiruuns
Setup initiative, read:
General Zithiruun (Z)
A horrific boom reverberates from a nearby building as
Rathoraiax (R)
2 dragonborn gladiators (G) a massive beast soars over the rooftop, knocking several
1 dragonborn raider (D) of the stones from their place. What appears to be a dead
1 redspawn firebelcher (B) dragon, its scales dull, its gray leather skin showing between
the gaps, rises into the air on broken wings. The entire top
This is it. The party is about to come face to face with of its jaw is missing, showing upward pointing teeth and a
General Zithiruun and learn the identity of their wormlike tongue that thrashes about with a mind of its own.
And riding atop that beast is a humanoid figure clad
enemy. This is the final battle of the siege and of the
adventure, at least where the PCs are concerned. And in heavy hides, contained within a body harness of iron
if theyre not very careful and skilled, it might be their joints and leather straps. His limbs and face are gaunt,
last one ever. nearly desiccated. Several old wounds hang open, leaking
trails of blood and puss, showing bare bone in some spots
When the PCs arrive, read: and metal plates in others. But despite his old injuries and
deformities, his narrow features and his yellowed, leathery
Zithiruun, the Broken General (Z) Level 14 Elite
Skirmisher (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9
HP 280; Bloodied 140
AC 30; Fortitude 26; Reflex 29; Will 28
Resist 10 psychic
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Silver Saber (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
r Thrown Saber (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Ranged 5/10 if thrown; +19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage plus
1d8 psychic damage.
Special: If thrown, the weapon returns to Zithiruuns hand
immediately after the attack is resolved.
M Silver Barrage (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Zithiruun makes two silver saber attacks.
M Silver Flurry (standard; recharge ) Psychic, Weapon
Zithiruun makes up to 2 attacks, each against a different
target; he can shift 2 squares before the first attack,
between each attack, and after the final attack; +19 vs.
AC; 2d8 + 6 damage plus 2d8 psychic damage.
Psionic Aim (immediate reaction when an ally within 5 squares
misses with an attack; encounter)
The ally can reroll the attack, keeping the second result.

Scattered around the open courtyard, and across the skin clearly mark him as one of the dread githyanki, raiders Mind Over Body
Due to the psionic energy of the harness and armor he
stoops of the nearby buildings, are the corpses of dozens of and conquerors of the Astral Sea.
wears, Zithiruun uses Charisma in place of Wisdom for
Overlooks soldiers. Some are badly burned, some slashed determining hit points and Fortitude defense. (He still
uses Constitution for other purposes such as Endurance
to ribbons, and some rotting as though theyd lain dead for
checks.)
weeks on end. Two dragonborn in heavy armor wait across Mind Shock Charm
the courtyard; one stands beside a large, red-scaled reptile Whenever Zithiruun damages a target with his silver saber,
exhaling large puffs of smoke. thrown saber, silver flurry, or silver barrage attacks, the
target cannot make opportunity attacks until the end of
Zithiruuns next turn.
Telekinetic Leap (move; at-will)
Zithiruun can fly 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills History +16, Insight +14
Str 6 (+5) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 15 (+9)
Con 6 (+5)* Int 19 (+11) Cha 20 (+12)
*See mind over body
Equipment: Hide armor and body harness, two silver sabers

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
63

Dragonborn Raider (D) Level 13 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 800
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +13
HP 129; Bloodied 64; see also dragonborn fury
AC 27; Fortitude 23, Reflex 24, Will 21
Speed 7
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+19 vs. AC (+20 while bloodied); 1d6 + 4 damage
(crit 2d6 + 10).
M Twin Katar Strike (standard; at-will) Weapon
If the dragonborn raider doesnt take a move action on its
turn, it shifts 1 square and makes two katar attacks, or
vice versa.
C Dragon Breath (minor; encounter) Fire
Close blast 3; +14 vs. Reflex (+15 while bloodied); 1d6 + 3
fire damage.
Combat Advantage
The dragonborn raider deals 1d6 extra damage on melee
and ranged attacks against any target it has combat
advantage against.
Dragonborn Fury (only while bloodied)
A dragonborn gains a +1 racial bonus to attack rolls.
Infiltrating Stride (move; recharges after the dragonborn raider
attacks two different enemies with twin katar strike)
The dragonborn raider shifts 3 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills History +8, Intimidate +9, Stealth +16
Str 18 (+10) Dex 21 (+11) Wis 14 (+8)
Con 17 (+9) Int 10 (+6) Cha 12 (+7)
Equipment leather armor, 2 katars
Tactics
The dragonborn gladiators close as rapidly as possible,
while the dragonborn raider attempts to sneak or shift
around the battle, working to obtain combat advan-
tage. The redspawn firebelcher is trained to avoid its
allies; it remains at range and snipes at the PCs.
When they appear on round two, Zithiruun
is mounted on Rathoraiax, but they immediately
separate, preferring to fight as two entities. The
undead dragon is a clumsy flier, so once it lands and
engages in battle, it normally remains on the ground.
The Temple Between
Zithiruun uses silver barrage to cut through the party, SPECIAL ATTACK
and then makes use of whatever powers are most When Rathoraiax first appearsand if it takes to the
appropriate for the circumstances. He keeps in con- air again later in combatit might attempt to knock
stant motion and tries to avoid getting in melee with loose stones off the tops of buildings onto PCs below.
defenders (since loss of mobility is crippling for him), It can only target characters who are within 2 squares
preferring to let his allies deal with them while he of a building, and it must be adjacent to the top of
takes down controllers and leaders. He is willing to that building, on the same side as the target. This is
retreat from the battle, but only to regroup and come an area burst 1, +14 vs. the targets Reflex. The target
back at the PCs again. (Although Zithiruun normally takes 2d10 + 6 damage and is knocked prone. (On a
doesnt fight to the death, the success of this operation miss, the target takes half damage and is not knocked
is his only means of regaining his position among the prone.) The area becomes difficult terrain.
githyanki; hell die trying to make it work.)
2 Dragonborn Gladiators (G) Level 10 Soldier
Rathoraiax (R) Level 13 Elite Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 500 each
Large natural animate (dragon, undead) XP 1,600
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +6
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
HP 106; Bloodied 53; see also dragonborn fury
HP 328; Bloodied 164
AC 24; Fortitude 23, Reflex 20, Will 21
AC 27; Fortitude 29; Reflex 22; Will 24
Speed 5
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 15
m Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
radiant
+15 vs. AC (+16 while bloodied); see also lone fighter;
Saving Throws +2
1d10 + 5 damage.
Speed 4, fly 8 (clumsy)
M Finishing Blow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Action Points 1
Target must be bloodied; +15 vs. AC (+16 while bloodied);
m Claw (standard; at-will)
2d10 + 5 damage, and the dragonborn gladiators allies
Reach 2; +16 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage, and the target is
gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls until the end of the
knocked prone if it is Large size or smaller.
dragonborn gladiators next turn.
M Tail Crush (minor; at-will)
Reach 2; prone targets only; +14 vs. Fortitude; 3d8 + 6
C Dragon Breath (minor; encounter) Fire
Close blast 3; +12 vs. Reflex (+13 while bloodied); 1d6 + 4
damage.
fire damage.
M Savage Fury (standard; recharge )
Dragonborn Fury (only while bloodied)
Rathoraiax makes two claw attacks.
A dragonborn gains a +1 racial bonus to attack rolls.
C Breath of the Grave (standard; encounter) Necrotic,
Gladiators Strike
Poison
When the dragonborn gladiator hits an enemy with an
Close blast 5; +14 vs. Fortitude; 4d10 + 6 poison and
opportunity attack, the target is knocked prone.
necrotic damage, plus the target takes ongoing 10 poison
Lone Fighter
and necrotic damage and is weakened (save ends both).
The dragonborn gladiator gains a +2 bonus to melee attack
Alignment Unaligned Languages
rolls when adjacent to only one enemy.
Str 22 (+12) Dex 9 (+5) Wis 16 (+9)
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Con 24 (+13) Int 1 (+1) Cha 3 (+2)
Skills Athletics +15, History +7, Intimidate +15
Str 21 (+10) Dex 15 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 18 (+9) Int 10 (+5) Cha 16 (+8)
Equipment scale armor, bastard sword
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
64
 The Temple Between

Redspawn Firebelcher Level 12 Artillery

Large natural beast (reptile) XP 700
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
Fire Within (Fire) aura 5; allies who enter or start their turns
within the aura gain resist 10 fire.
HP 97; Bloodied 48
AC 25; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 21
Resist 20 fire
Speed 4
m Bite (standard; at-will) Fire
+16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and ongoing 5 fire damage
(save ends).
R Fire Belch (standard; at-will) Fire
Ranged 12; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 1 damage, and ongoing 5
fire damage (save ends).
A Fire Burst (standard; recharge ) Fire
Area burst 2 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex 3d6 + 1 damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). Miss: Half damage,
and no ongoing fire damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 18 (+10) Dex 13 (+7) Wis 13 (+6)
Con 19 (+10) Int 2 (+2) Cha 8 (+5)

Features of the Area

Illumination: This encounter takes place in early
morning and is thus brightly lit.
Bodies: The corpses qualify as difficult terrain.
Buildings: The buildings range from two to eight
stories (4 to 16 squares) in height. Climbing the walls
requires a DC 15 Athletics check.
Rubble: The rubble is difficult terrain.
Trees: The trees provide cover and can be climbed
with a DC 15 Athletics check. Most are only between
10 and 20 feet (2 to 4 squares) high.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
65
 The Temple Between

APPENDIX I: Harpy Screecher Tactics Marching Hammer Level 10 Brute

Small natural animate (construct, homunculus) XP 500
NEW MONSTERS Like other harpies, screechers use alluring song to
lure victims in close, and they prefer to fight from
Initiative +4 Senses Perception +12; darkvision
HP 129; Bloodied 64
the ground rather than in the air. A harpy screecher AC 23; Fortitude 23, Reflex 17, Will 19

Harpy uses brutal scream if foes clump together, not merely to Immune disease, poison, sleep
Speed 6
cause great harm but to force them to disperse, hope- m Hammer Hand (standard; at-will)
HARPIES USE THEIR SWEET SONGS to pacify victims
fully leaving one or more in a vulnerable position. +13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 5 damage.
before tearing them to pieces with their claws. For
M Hammering Charge (standard; at-will)
more on harpies in general, see the Monster Manual, Harpy Lore The marching hammer can use this power as a part of a
page 154. In addition to the information given in the Monster charge; +13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 5 damage, plus target is
Harpy screechers are closely related to the typical knocked prone.
Manual, a character knows the following information Beat Them When Theyre Down
harpy, but they are a lot more potentand hold a fear- with a successful Arcana check. The marching hammer deals 1d6 extra damage when
some power in reserve. DC 20: Screechers are tougher relatives of normal attacking a prone enemy.
Guard Area (see Monster Manual, page 156)
harpies. Their attacks appear to infuse the target
Harpy Screecher Level 9 Controller A marching hammer can make a hammering charge attack
Medium fey humanoid XP 400 with the harpys own deadly scream, forcing them to against any creature in its guarded area, even if the power
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6 unleash it upon their allies. hasnt recharged. If the marching hammer uses a charge
HP 96; Bloodied 48 attack to make its hammering charge, its speed increases to
AC 23; Fortitude 20, Reflex 20, Will 22 8 when making that charge.
Resist 10 thunder Homunculus Alignment Unaligned Languages
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy) HOMUNCULI ARE MINOR CONSTRUCTS created to guard Skills Perception +12
m Claw (standard; at-will) Str 21 (+10) Dex 8 (+4) Wis 14 (+7)
specific places, objects, or beings. They require no
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage. Con 19 (+9) Int 5 (+2) Cha 13 (+6)
C Alluring Song (standard; at-will) Charm food or sleep, and they can maintain their watch
Close burst 5; deafened creatures are immune; +15 vs. Will; indefinitely. Marching Hammer Tactics
the target is pulled 3 squares and immobilized (save ends).
The following types of homunculi, both dwarf- Marching hammers are tasked with guarding a par-
C Brutal Scream (standard; recharge ) Thunder
Close burst 5; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 thunder damage. created, follow the same rules as other homunculi ticular area. They attack directly, moving in on the
Secondary Attack: Area burst 1 within 5; centered on (Monster Manual, page 156). Marching hammers are enemyfavoring foes already in their guarded area
a target hit by brutal screams primary attack; targets small bodies of ironshaped vaguely like anvilswith above those merely approaching itand crushing
enemies only; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 5 thunder damage
squat legs and a pair of long, writhing arms that end them into pulp.
and the target slides 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common in heavy, double-headed warhammers. Writhing
Skills Stealth +12 chains are little more than their name implies
Str 16 (+7) Dex 16 (+7) Wis 15 (+6)
long, heavy chains that writhe, move, and strike like
Con 16 (+7) Int 11 (+4) Cha 20 (+9)
serpents.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
66
 The Temple Between

Writhing Chain Level 10 Skirmisher Slystone Dwarf Ruffians

Medium natural animate (construct, homunculus) XP 500
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +7; darkvision CRAFTY, ILL-TEMPERED, AND VIOLENT, slystone
HP 131; Bloodied 65 dwarves are fey cousins of gnomes, with whom they
AC 23; Fortitude 23, Reflex 23, Will 21 share little in common, though they more closely
Immune disease, poison
resemble squat, scruffy dwarves. (It is that resem-
Speed 7; see also serpentine strike
m Slam (standard; at-will) blance that gave them their Common-tongue name.)
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage. Slystone dwarves possess a gift they call the unyield-
M Winding Strike (standard; recharge )
ing soul, which allows them several magical abilities.
+13 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and target slides 2 squares
and is grabbed and restrained. The slystone dwarf ruffian, below, represents only one
Guarded Area of the most common varieties of this brutal race.
When making attacks against a creature in its guarded
area, the writhing chain gains a +2 bonus to hit and can Slystone Dwarf Ruffian Level 10 Soldier
stretch itself, granting itself reach 3 on all melee attacks. Small fey humanoid XP 500
Threatening Reach (within guarded area only) Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5; low-light vision
This creature can make opportunity attacks against all HP 104; Bloodied 52
enemies within its reach (3 squares). AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 22, Will 21
Serpentine Strike (move; at-will) Speed 6; see also mad dash
The chain shifts 3 squares. m Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
Alignment Unaligned Languages +17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until
Skills Stealth +13 the end of the slystone ruffians next turn.
Str 19 (+9) Dex 17 (+8) Wis 15 (+7) M Mighty Strike (standard; recharge ) Weapon
Con 21 (+10) Int 18 (+9) Cha 12 (+6) +17 vs. AC; 3d8 + 5 damage, and target is pushed 3
squares. The slystone dwarf ruffian can use this power as a
Writhing Chain Tactics part of a charge.
Mad Dash
Like the hammers, writhing chains are normally
When the slystone dwarf ruffian makes a charge attack,
assigned to guard an area. They prefer to stay out of the enemy is knocked prone on a hit, in addition to any
range of enemies within that area, striking with their other effects of the attack. Slystone Dwarf Lore
reach. Writhing chains are particularly fond of team- Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
A character knows the following information with a
Skills Athletics +14
ing up, which allows one to restrain a foe while the successful Arcana check.
Str 18 (+9) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 11 (+5)
others pummel him. Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 18 (+9) DC 15: Slystone dwarves were misnamed by the
Equipment leather armor, hammer first humans to encounter them. Though they might
appear to be small dwarves, they are in fact cousins to
Slystone Dwarf Ruffian Tactics
gnomes, albeit far more vicious and cruel. They take
Slystone ruffians initiate combat with raging stone,
pleasure in the pain of others, and grow murderous at
then charge into melee with mad dash. Once engaged
the slightest insult.
in melee, they prefer to knock a foe away with mighty
DC 20: Some slystone dwarves serve fomorian
strike if they need some distance (perhaps to use
kings, others evil eladrins. Theyre mercenary and
raging stone again), rather than retreating.
are happy working for anyone who offers them the
opportunity for violence.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
67

Troll
A TROLL EATS ANYTHING THAT MOVES, from grubs to
humans, and is rightly feared for its ravenous
appetite, feral cunning, and remarkable regenerative
powers. For more on trolls in general, see the Monster
Manual, page 254.
Spitting trolls are smaller than their kinaveraging
only the size of an adult humanbut theyre also far
smarter. A combination of their natural intelligence
and the power that their poison spit grants them over
other trolls often allows them to take leadership posi-
tions in troll packs.
Spitting Troll Level 10 Soldier (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 500
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +8
HP 106; Bloodied 53; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage,
regeneration does not function until the end of its
next turn)
AC 26; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 22
Speed 6, climb 4
m Claw (standard; at-will) Poison
+17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6 poison damage.
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Poison, Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, plus 1d6
poison damage.
R Acid Spit (minor; recharge ) Acid Manual, a character knows the following information
Ranged 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d6 acid damage.
Regenerative Empowerment (minor 1/turn, at-will)
One troll within 10 squares whose regeneration is
currently inactive (as a result of taking acid or fire damage)
immediately reactivates the regeneration.
Troll Healing Healing
If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a
move action) with 10 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +13, Endurance +14
Str 16 (+8) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 17 (+8)
Con 18 (+9) Int 10 (+5) Cha 13 (+6)
Equipment leather armor, 10 javelins
The Temple Between
The rare two-headed trolls are just as brutal as Two-Headed Troll Level 10 Elite Brute
their standard cousins, but far more dangerous. Large natural humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +7
Spitting Troll Tactics HP 264; Bloodied 132; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10 (if the troll takes acid or fire damage,
Spitting trolls prefer to let their allies move into regeneration does not function until the end of its
melee and soften up the foe, while the spitting troll next turn)
hangs back and throws javelins. After a few rounds, AC 25; Fortitude 27, Reflex 19, Will 20
however, their bloodlust takes hold and they move
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
in close. When fighting alongside other trolls, spit- Action Points 1
ting trolls rarely use their poison spit as a weapon, m Claw (standard; at-will)
preferring to hold it in reserve to aid their troll allies. Melee 2; +13 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 damage.
M Smackdown (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves into
The poison on a spitting trolls claws and javelins is a a position that flanks the two-headed troll; at-will)
variant of their naturally occurring poison, but the act The two-headed troll targets one creature flanking it; +11
of treating it for application to weapons removes its vs. Fortitude; the target is knocked prone.
Double Actions
special properties where other trolls are concerned.
A two-headed troll rolls initiative twice, gets two turns
during a round, and has a full set of actions (standard,
Two-Headed Troll Tactics move, minor) on each turn. Each set of actions corresponds
Like other trolls, the two-headed variety is not a to a different head. The trolls ability to take immediate
actions refreshes on each of its turns.
subtle combatant. It wades into its foes, lashing
Dual Brain
out and counting on regeneration to keep it alive. At the end of its turn, the two-headed troll automatically
Essentially, it fights just like a traditional troll, but succeeds on all saving throws against the dazed and
with twice as many attacks. stunned conditions and against charm effects that a save
can end.
Troll Healing Healing
Troll Lore
If the troll is reduced to 0 hit points by an attack that does
In addition to the information given in the Monster not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its next turn (as a
move action) with 10 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
with a successful Nature check.
Str 24 (+12) Dex 10 (+5) Wis 14 (+7)
DC 20: Spitting trolls are smaller but smarter than
Con 22 (+11) Int 6 (+3) Cha 10 (+5)
other trolls. They boast a poison spit that can either Equipment hide armor
harm other trolls like acid, or cause a trolls regenera-
tion to resume after being suppressed by fire or acid.
Two-headed trolls are much like normal trolls, but
even more brutal and dangerous. Sages debate whether
two-headed trolls are the results of crossbreeding
between trolls and ettins, or a mutation caused when
a trolls regeneration ability manifests too early and
warps the embryo while still in the womb.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
68

APPENDIX II: ZITHIRUUN,
THE BROKEN GENERAL
ONCE, HE REIGNED SUPREME.
General Zithiruun was a great heroone of the
most respected military leaders of a militant race.
From the great city of Tunarath, he led armies of the
githyanki on raids across the Astral Sea, and into a
dozen different regions and kingdoms of the mortal
realm. From the deck of the astral galleon Siunkara
or the back of Rathoraiax, his great red dragon steed,
Zithiruun proved an unstoppable forcea cham-
pion among a race of champions. Even Vlaakith, the
fearsome githyanki lich queen, acknowledged his
greatness, heaped great praise upon him.
And then the great General Zithiruun took on a
foe beyond even his own prowess.
That it was a dragon, a dragon far greater than
Rathoraiax, everyone knows, but tales of the con-
frontation differ as to whether it was a black wyrm,
one of the fearsome scourge dragons, or something
else entirely. But while not everyone knows precisely
what it was Zithiruun faced, everyone knows what
happened as a result.
The Temple Between
A hideous burst of somethingacid, perhaps, or Appearance
pure necrotic energyripped the life from the red
dragon Rathoraiax, shredding flesh and obliterating
Zithiruun has been large for a githyanki, but since the
destruction and atrophy of much of his musculature,
entire portions of the beast. And it was this attack
he now appears almost impossibly tall and gaunt.
that felled Zithiruun as well. It stripped the strength
Mixed with and attached to the traditional leathers of
from his limbs, rotted bits of flesh and even weakened
his people, he wears a contraption of braces and har-
bone. Any lesser warrior would have died in that hid-
nesses, constructed of leather straps and iron joints.
eous moment, but the general clung to life through
These braces, supported at his shoulders and by a strap
sheer force of stubborn, malignant will.
across his chest, run the length of his left arm and left
It took years for Zithiruun to retrain and reinvigo-
leg, as well as a portion of his right leg. It is the straps
rate his broken body. Even today, he is a shadow of
that give those limbs rigidity; without them, they could
what he once wasweaker in body, far less sound in
scarcely move, and not support his weight. This har-
mind. His own people have all but turned their backs
ness also grants him full mobility; charged with both
on him; though his great achievements prevented them
magic and psychic energy, it permits him motion and
from executing or exiling him utterly, they scorn his
grants him strength he would otherwise lack.
weakness and hold him in contempt for allowing him-
His flesh clings tightly to his skeleton and puckers
self and his mount to be so soundly defeated. Today,
away from old wounds, exposing muscle and even
Zithiruun serves as a lowly operative of Tunaraths
charred bone. His left cheek gapes open, revealing
forces and he leads only lesser warriors into battle
a bit of metal plate that replaces a fragment of skull.
while answering to and obeying githyanki who would
A leather strap holds the left side of his jaw in place,
once have feared even to speak in his presence.
replacing obliterated muscle.
Zithiruuns native powers have mutated through
He appears weak indeed, and in some ways he
his years of effort as he attempted to reinvigorate
truly is. Yet Zithiruun wields his great silver saber
his body at the expense of his mental prowess. The
with an astonishing, impossible precision, and his
ambition all githyanki share has been subsumed by
eyes burn with loathing and ambition to shame even
a burning need to prove himself and to regain the
the other githyanki.
position and the respect that were once his by right
even as he nurses a resentful hatred of the very people
whose adulation he so desperately craves.
December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
69
 The Temple Between

Zithiruun, the Broken General Level 14 Elite Development Zithiruuns Tactics

Skirmisher (Leader) Zithiruun prefers to fight alongside his mount
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,000 Zithiruun burns with shame and resentment, even
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9 as he scrambles to fulfill the orders of his superiors. Rathoraiax. He sweeps through his foes, opening
HP 280; Bloodied 140 Where he once commanded legions, he now leads with silver barrage if they greatly outnumber him and
AC 30; Fortitude 26; Reflex 29; Will 28 making use of his mind shock ability to stay mobile. If
Resist psychic 10
only a handful of soldiers. He who charted the course
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects) of entire wars now understands only his part in larger hard pressed, he flies to Rathoraiaxs back and tries to
Speed 6 strategies. Yet, though he aches to turn on those who stay at range, using distance attacks.
Action Points 1 Despite his burning desire to prove himself,
would dare command him, he knows that through
m Silver Saber (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
obedience lies his only hope of regaining the honor Zithiruuns hatred for other githyanki means that hes
+19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
r Thrown Saber (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon and position he craves. ill-disposed to sacrifice himself for their goals. Thus,
Ranged 5/10 if thrown; +19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage plus The Broken General is a tactical genius, but his hes willing to retreat from combat if things go poorly,
1d8 psychic damage. even abandoning other githyanki allies.
Special: If thrown, the weapon returns to Zithiruuns hand
once renowned patience and cunning are impeded
immediately after the attack is resolved. by his ever-growing temper. Zithiruun frequently
M Silver Barrage (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon flies into a rage at his subordinates for the slightest Rathoraiax Level 13 Elite Brute
Zithiruun makes two silver saber attacks. Large natural animate (dragon, undead) XP 1,600
failure or perceived disobedience, transforming his
M Silver Flurry (standard; recharge ) Psychic, Weapon Initiative +5 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
Zithiruun makes up to 2 attacks, each against a different resentment for those above into punishment for those HP 328; Bloodied 164
target; he can shift 2 squares before the first attack, below. The strap that replaces one of his jaw muscles AC 27; Fortitude 29; Reflex 22; Will 24
between each attack, and after the final attack; +19 vs. Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 15
prevents him from opening his mouth wide, forcing
AC; 2d8 + 6 damage plus 2d8 psychic damage. radiant
Psionic Aim (immediate reaction when an ally within 5 squares
him to eat soft, almost dainty morsels of food and Saving Throws +2
misses with an attack; encounter) occasionally to slur his words. Zithiruuns speech is Speed 4, fly 8 (clumsy)
The ally can reroll the attack, keeping the second result. fully intelligible most of the time, but on those rare Action Points 1
Mind Over Body m Claw (standard; at-will)
occasions when he garbles a word, he blames others Melee 2; +16 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage, and the target is
Due to the psionic energy of the harness and armor
he wears, Zithiruun uses Charisma in place of Wisdom for their failure to comprehend. knocked prone if it is Large size or smaller.
for determining hit points and Fortitude. (He still uses Despite this temper, however, Zithiruun remains M Savage Fury (standard; recharge )
Constitution for other purposes such as Endurance Rathoraiax makes two claw attacks.
a consummate planner and a terror in combat, fully
checks.) M Tail Crush (minor; at-will)
capable of leading his small teams to victory in even
Mind Shock Charm Reach 2; prone targets only; +14 vs. Fortitude; 3d8 + 6
Whenever Zithiruun damages a target with his silver saber, the most complex strategies. Zithiruun can also use his damage.
thrown saber, silver flurry, or silver barrage attacks, the reputation for mad rage to his advantage, often faking C Breath of the Grave (standard; encounter) Necrotic,
target cannot make opportunity attacks until the end of Poison
a tantrum to make others underestimate his ability to
Zithiruuns next turn. Close blast 5; +14 vs. Fortitude; 4d10 + 6 poison and
Telekinetic Leap (move; at-will) scheme, to listen, and to advance his own agenda. necrotic damage, plus target takes ongoing 10 poison and
Zithiruun can fly 5 squares. necrotic damage and is weakened (save ends both).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech, Alignment Unaligned Languages
Draconic Str 22 (+12) Dex 9 (+5) Wis 16 (+9)
Skills History +16, Insight +14 Con 24 (+13) Int 1 (+1) Cha 3 (+2)
Str 6 (+5) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 15 (+9)
Con 6 (+5)* Int 19 (+11) Cha 20 (+12)
*See mind over body
Equipment: Hide armor and body harness, two silver sabers

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
70
 The Temple Between

Rathoraiax Zithiruun Lore

As a sign of his shame, Zithiruun was never granted
the honor of a new dragon mount. Rather, he must
make do with the animated body of Rathoraiax. This
is yet another insult that burns in Zithiruuns craw,
yet hes too intelligent a fighter to abandon a useful
weapon purely out of spite.
Rathoraiax is clearly dead; most of his scales are a
dull, rotten gray, gleaming with a faint red only in the
brightest light. Many are missing completely, reveal-
ing desiccated, leathery skin. The entire top half of
Rathoraiaxs snout was destroyed in the attack that
slew him. This left behind a shelf of his lower jaw
sticking out from beneath the broken skull around
his eyes, fangs protruding upward, and a dull, dead
tongue lashing slowly above.
The following information can be obtained with a
successful History check. (In addition, see the stan-
dard githyanki lore, acquired with a Nature check, in
the Monster Manual.)
DC 25: General Zithiruun was a great military
leader and hero to the githyanki of Tunarath. Its said
that he was crippled and his mount slain in a battle
against a sort of mighty dragon or fiend. Rumors dis-
agree on whether he still lives and what position he
might hold (if any) among the weakness-intolerant
githyanki.

Rathoraiaxs Tactics
Rathoraiax lumbers into combat and seeks to pound
its foes into the earth. After a few rounds of combat
(or earlier, if Zithiruun orders it to do so), it looks for
an opportunity to catch a handful of foes in its breath
of the grave attack. Rathoraiax is relatively mindless
and fights to the death unless ordered to retreat.

December 20 08 | D U N G E O N 161
71
Fist Mourning
by Robert J. Schwalb
of illustrations by Gonzalo Flores, Goran Josic,
Howard Lyon, and Anne Stokes

An adventure for 10th-level characters cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC. All rights reserved.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
4
 Fist of Mourning

While lords and heroes alike look to the brimming

war spilling across the lands, evil blossoms in places
unexpected. With the realm, and possibly the world,
teetering on destructions precipice, new factions rise to
work their wickedness. One such menace is the Cult of
Exquisite Agony, a disturbed cabal dedicated to perfect-
ing mortal flesh by infusing it with the essence of chaos
to make it more adaptable, stronger, faster, and better.
Gathering in a fallen heros tomb high in the Stone-
home Mountains, this cult commits horrific acts hidden
from those who cannot comprehend their efforts mag-
nificent end. Though careful to avoid attention, successs
proximity has made them sloppy, and their deeds leave
traces those with courage and resolve can follow.
Fist of Mourning is a DUNGEONS & DRAGONS
adventure for five 10th-level characters. Although
designed as a short scenario for adventuring parties
participating in the Scales of War adventure path,
you can adapt it for use in any mountainous region of
any game world and for any campaign.

BACKGROUND
The Cult of Exquisite Agony blossomed and withered
succumbed to insanity and malice, turning against while he consumed it. So he ate plenty and often. It
many times over the centuries, rising in power, but
each other in an orgy of violence. Not all perished, wasnt until he devoured a slaad tadpole, purchased at
falling when madness and treachery consumed its
and at least one escaped to carry the filthy message a high price in Nine Bellsthe poor and crime-ridden
greatest leaders. Each time the cult rose, it sought
of transformation to other lands. district in Overlookthat he realized he had the
to improve on what the gods themselves had done:
One such refugee made it to Overlook, and before means to attain perfection all along.
remake mortal flesh into something better and attain
her death, she passed on her cults tenets to loyal For the next 10 years, Obsen and his cronies quietly
the full potential they believed was buried within all.
followers recruited from local folk. Over the genera- amassed slaad tadpoles, performed hideous experi-
The last time the cult stirred was over a century
tions, the cult grew, but its leaders did not follow in ments on themselves in dank cellars, stole residuum to
ago, many miles to the south in the ruins of Zannad.
their founders steps until one named Obsen came to power their rituals, and made unconscionable pacts
Believing the secrets to their evolution was within
power 10 years ago. A disturbed man with a taste for with otherworldly beings until they perfected the pro-
the fabled yuan-ti city, they scoured the wreckage
the exotic, he believed he gained the power and quali- cess. When Tusks armies marched on Bordrins Watch,
with little luck and they, like others before them,
ties of everything he ate provided the meal was alive Obsen and the cultists quit the city and marched to an

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
5

old tomb under the Fist, a blunted peak in the nearby
Stonehome Mountains, where they murdered the witch
living there, and recruited heavily from the mountains
denizens until they were strong enough to gather vic-
tims for the glorious transformation they would create.
ADVENTURE SYNOPSIS
As close as they are to their goal, the cultists depraved
acts are bound to draw attention. Someone they
crossed hires the adventurers to root out the deviants.
The player characters climb the mountains and track
the cultists to their lair. Once inside, the characters
must navigate its perils, learn what the cultists intend,
and stop them before their corruption spreads too far.
STARTING THE
ADVENTURE
The adventurers might come to the Fist of Mourning
for a variety of reasons. Consider using either one of
the following adventure hooks or come up with one of
your own.
Hook: Bereft Necromancer
Rufus Crumley might not be popular in Shantytown,
but he is still a powerful and feared figure whose
influence cannot be overstated. Because he is pro-
tected by his dire reputation and his undead thralls,
no one has ever dared steal from him in his long years
in the city. So when someone breaks into his tower,
destroys his zombies, and makes off with his residuum
stores, the necromancer is quite put out.
Familiar with the adventurers recent escapades,
the necromancer turns to them for help. He offers
the characters 2,800 gp (parcel 5) if they recover his
residuum (worth 1,000 gp). Its not that the necroman-
cer cant purchase more residuum; he has a reputation
to protect. Characters who stamp out the cult and
return the stolen property also earn 2,500 XP for
completing a major quest.
Hook: Missing Adventurer
While adventuring in Overlook and in its surround-
ing lands, the player characters have met and might
have rivalries with other adventuring groups. When
one such group comes under attack by these cultists,
most are slain and at least one is abducted. The lone
survivor begs the PCs for help in recovering his miss-
ing friends.
The characters must rescue the cults prisoners
from the Fist of Mourning and return them to Over-
look. Doing so allows the PCs to earn a reward of
THE POSSIBLE QUESTS
Fist of Mourning offers PCs an opportunity to
earn quest XP. Provided here is a list of possible
quests, and their rewards, from the hooks in the
adventure.
Major QuestBereft Necromancer
Rufus Crumley wants his residuum back, plus he
has a reputation to protect.
Reward: 2,500 XP and 2,800 gp (parcel 5).
Major QuestMissing Adventurer
Rescue the cults prisoners from the Fist of
Mourning and return them to Overlook.
Reward: 2,500 XP for the cults destruction
and 2,800 gp (plus a useful contact in a future
adventure if they need it).
Fist of Mourning
2,800 gp, plus a useful contact in a future adventure
if they need it. Also, PCs who destroy the cult in the
process earn 2,500 XP for completing a major quest.
Treasure Preparation
Since this adventure should help 10th-level adven-
turers make up any shortfalls to reaching 11th level,
stock the dungeon with treasure parcels you have yet
to give out for this level. Fist of Mourning assumes
the characters are already halfway to their next level,
so the adventure supplies five treasure parcels. Adjust
this as needed to make sure the characters receive
the proper treasure for their levels. Magic items,
coins, goods, and other valuables are described in the
room summaries and the parcels they represented
are included for your convenience. As always, where
the text specifies a magic item, you should feel free to
swap it out with an item from your players wish lists.
PART ONE:
ON EVILS TRAIL
Once the characters are engaged in the adventure,
you might start at the entrance to the Fist and proceed
with the adventure as written. Or you can develop the
story more slowly by roleplaying through the process
by which the heroes are hired, learn about the cult,
and track the cultists to their lair. What follows are
tools to help you develop the adventure more slowly.
If you choose to use these skill challenges, consider
removing the Outraged Dead encounter on page 19
to keep the XP in line.
Skill Challenge: SC1 Investigating the Cult (page
11).
Skill Challenge: SC2 Travel to the Fist (page 12).
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
6
 Fist of Mourning

PART TWO: THE FIST

The Fist stabs out from a high peak in the Stonehome
Mountains. Named for its uncanny resemblance to a
closed fist, it marks Murats grave, a hero who fell in
the dwarf uprising against the giants. The dwarves
abandoned the tomb centuries ago when cruel winter
storms, orcs, and other mountain-dwelling horrors
became too great to maintain it safely. In recent years, a
filthy hag claimed squatters rights and made the place
her home. However, even her gruesome appearance
and sinister appetites werent enough to deter the cult
from taking it for themselves, and she met a terrible
end in the bottom of a ravine when she tried to resist.
The tomb consists of the dungeons western
tunnels and chambers. They exhibit fine dwarven
architecture still in good repair even after long
neglect. The eastern chambers are crude since they
were hand and tool-excavated. Orc miners, who
serve the cult much as they served the mountain
witch before, chip away at the granite for silver,
gems, and anything else they might extract from the
unyielding rock.

General Features
Illumination: Rooms are all dark unless other-
wise mentioned in the encounter text.
Ceiling: Ceilings in the complex are as tall as
their widest dimension.
Doors: Constructed from stone, the doors all bear
intricate carvings featuring dwarves battling orcs,
ogres, and giants. The doors are all unlocked, but
such is their weight that it requires a standard action
and a successful DC 10 Strength check to open them.
Stairs: Whether crude or fine, stairs all count as
difficult terrain.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
7

1. Cave of the
Mountain Witch
This room housed the mountain witch, the cruel hag
who claimed the tomb as her lair. The cult murdered
her and enslaved her minions.
When the PCs can see into the room, read:
An opening in the mountain extends into a wide cave. To
the west, two statues carved to depict armored dwarves
f lank old, weathered stone doors. To the east, a tunnel
opens into a deeper chamber. What at first looks to be a
mound of furs rises, revealing a wrinkled crone complete
with a jutting chin, milky white eyes, and one black tooth
in the center of her mouth. She cackles as she hobbles
toward you.
The crone is an oni mage in service to the cult. It
assumes the hags appearance in case any mountain
folk come to trade or seek a remedy from the now-
dead wizened monster. The oni plays the part well,
pretending to be an unhinged and repellent creature,
offering to cure the partys ills, trade for information,
and so on, using Bluff to maintain the deception (+15
check modifier). The oni mage denies the Cults pres-
ence here, but if the characters are insistent, it drops
the disguise and attacks.
Tactical Encounter: F1 False Witch (page 13).
Treasure (Parcel 9): The cultists left the hags
personal treasures alone when they took over the
place, though they tucked them away in a niche in the
center of the north wall. A character who succeeds on
a DC 16 Perception check locates a sodden sack con-
taining a rotting human hand, 90 gp, a garnet (worth
100 gp), a ritual scroll of Detect Lies (worth 360 gp), a
potion of healing, and a caustic whetstone (AV 190).
2. The Furnace
Early excavations exposed a pocket of hot gasses
fed by a pool of molten rock. The liquid stone has
cooled somewhat to form a thin crust over the fiery
substance.
When the PCs enter this room, read:
Dim light shines up from a cavity filling the rooms eastern
extent. The ceiling is smooth stone. A path winds around
the cavity and it exits through a fissure in the north wall.
Fist of Mourning
Tactical Encounter: F1 False Witch (page 13).
Characters who succeed on a DC 11 Perception
check can hear the sound of metal striking stone
coming from room 3.
3. Excavation
The orc miners work this room to extract precious
metals and gemstones.
Tactical Encounter: F2 Infested Mine (page 15).
4. Deeper Chamber
While the orcs served the hag, they dug out this
chamber searching for gold and silver. When they
found nothing, they changed direction. Now, aside
from a few broken tools, this room is empty.
When the characters enter this room, they can
hear chanting echoing from the chamber ahead with
a successful DC 10 Perception check.
5. Deep Mine
The orc miners abandoned this room when they
found nothing of value. Once the cultists moved in,
they erected an idol to embody their perverse vision
and awakened it with elemental power and foul
rituals. Now, at all times, cultists gather to pay their
respects.
Tactical Encounter: F3 Entropic Thralls (page
17).
Treasure (Parcel 7): Piled around the suppurat-
ing eidolon are 1,000 gp, a topaz (worth 500 gp), and
two peridots (worth 100 gp each).
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
8

6. Gauntlet
Stalagmites cover the floor, rising up between pools of
mineral-rich water formed from dripping stalactites
overhead. The characters can take an extended rest in
this room since the undead do not emerge from room
7 and no other denizens are likely to come here due
the undeads proximity.
7. The Dead Room
The undead here were once dwarves, but they have
awoken in death from their tombs violationan act
not even the hag would have dared. The undead
creatures efforts to oust the cultists have failed and
thus they have gathered here to plan their next move.
Their undead states make them completely unrea-
sonable, and under most circumstances, they attack
living creature entering this room.
Tactical Encounter: F4 Outraged Dead (page 19).
If the PCs spoke with Murat in room 10 and reveal
this fact to the undead, proving it by showing the item
they gained from the ghost, the undead break off the
attack because they now see the adventurers as allies.
The undead offer to help the PCs take on the remain-
ing cultists in the complex, but they do not wait for
the PCs to take short or extended rests; they continue
if the PCs tarry.
8. Hall of the Fallen
This room once honored Murat, the dwarf champion
whose remains are interred here, by celebrating his
mortal achievements and capturing them in stone
carvings adorning the walls.
Fist of Mourning
When the PCs can see this room, read: 11. Hall of the
Golden Anvil
Stone statues depicting dwarf warriors stand in a row
This hall honors those who fell during their service
against this rooms southern wall. Opposite, a ledge rises
to Murat. Aside from a massive golden hammer
10 feet off the f loor. The ceiling and walls feature runic
inscribed on the floor and walls covered with
inscriptions. Double doors stand at the end of the chamber.
accounts of ancient battles chiseled in the Davek
script, this room is empty.
Once the characters enter this room, the cultists spill
out to attack. 12. Servants Tombs
Tactical Encounter: F5 Hideous Cultists (page
Murats favored servants were interred in this cham-
20).
ber when they died. A dozen openings, each big
Runic Inscriptions: Chiseled in Davek script, the
enough for a corpse, pierce the eastern, southern, and
inscriptions tell of Murats mortal deeds, each more
western walls. Most contain bones, but a few are sus-
fantastic than the last. Characters who spend at least
piciously empty.
5 minutes reading the inscriptions gain a +2 bonus
to Diplomacy checks made against Murats ghost in 13. Warriors Tombs
room 10.
This room holds the remains of Murats favored
cohorts. Twenty or so openings pierce the southern,
9. Stained Landing eastern, and northern walls. As with the Servants
Old blood stains the flagstones covering the landing.
Tombs, most hold bones, but a few have been emptied.
Several cultists met grisly ends here before their allies
drove off the undead now lurking in room 7. 14. Hall of Victories
Tactical Encounter: F5 Hideous Cultists (page
Honoring Murats greatest victories, stone statues
20).
depicting the monsters the dwarf defeated in battle
stand in rows across the center of the room.
10. Tomb of the Dwarf Lord When the PCs can see into this room, read:
The dwarves interred Murat here. Although dead, his
spirit lingers on and rises if the room is disturbed.
A wide hall contains statues that depict a bestiary of
Skill Challenge: SC3 Congress with the Dead
terrible monsters, and these statues run across the center
(page 22).
of the room. Beyond them, a f light of stairs leads up into
darkness.
Tactical Encounter: F6 Living Statues? (page 23).
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
9

15. Dark Landing
Aside from the unnatural darkness shrouding this
landing, this area connects the upper level to the
lower chambers.
16. Defiled Chapel
When pilgrims came to the Fist of Mourning, they
attended services in this small chapel dedicated to
Moradin. Its sanctity made it the cults first targets
and they defiled the room.
When the PCs can see into this room, read:
This room was clearly once a chapel, because an altar
bearing Moradins hammer and anvil stands at the end,
but blood, bloated corpses, and buzzing f lies testify to the
atrocity committed here.
The corpses belong to humans, dwarves, and other
humanoid prisoners. Each has been savagely hacked
apart and left to rot. Entrails cover the altar in an act
of defilement.
If the characters clean up the mess by removing
the corpses and removing the offal and blood, they
each regain 1 healing surge for their efforts.
Fist of Mourning
17. Hall of Horror CONCLUSION
The hall of horror is the final room in the complex,
and it serves as the location where the cult performs Defeating the cultists, freeing the prisoners, or
its most wicked acts. recovering the stolen residuum brings the adventure
When the PCs enter this room, read: to its end. Although wiped out due to the heroes
efforts, the Cult of Exquisite Agony doesnt need
In the dim light cast by glowing gelatinous curtains to vanish entirely from your campaign if you dont
shrouding a raised platform in the center of the room, wish it to. Their profane writings might escape the
you can take in the full horror of what the cult intends. PCs torches, and might be found later by an enter-
Suspended in the jellied mass are dark shapes, struggling prising adventurer with dubious morals. Or, some
against the foul tendrils pumping corruption into their might still hide in Overlook, working their wicked-
bloated bodies. In the center, arms raised, stands a ness within the city. Whatever you decide, these
swollen mass, dark shapes blooming and writhing on twisted villains might yet have a part to play in the
the silhouettes body. Chanting sounds from within, heroes uncertain future.
presumably from the figure you see.
Tactical Encounter: F7 Beyond the Pale (page
25).
Survivors: If you used the Missing Adventurer
hook, the characters might be able to rescue a few of
the survivors. Each is infected with chaos phage and
must be treated if they are to survive.
Treasure (Parcels 3 and 5): The cults treasures
include a +3 orb of indisputable gravity, a chest filled
with 1,800 gp, and a fat fire opal (worth 1,000 gp).
If the PCs were sent to recover the residuum, its held
here too in a silver chalice with the opening sealed
with black wax. In addition, a few old tomes, scrolls,
and manuscripts contain mad ravings from dead
predecessors. The writings are worthless to anyone
outside the cult and characters who destroy them
might prevent another group from rising in this
groups place.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
10
 Fist of Mourning

Stealth DC 16 (1 success, 2 maximum)

SC1: INVESTIGATING Investigating the Cult
Skill Challenge
Level 11
XP 1,200 During the skill challenge, at least one character must make a

THE CULT
L eve l 1 1 ( 1 , 2 0 0 X P )
Setup
Begin by reading the following:
So, you have your task. Now youve chosen to investigate
elements of it.
At this point, find out what the PCs are researching
and how, and then begin the skill challenge.
Overlook harbors many secrets, hidden designs, and obscene
stratagems. Sifting through the lies and prowling the streets
might reveal the information you seek.
The adventurers gather information, research dusty tomes, or
tap contacts for more information about the villains in this
adventure.
Complexity
2 (requires 6 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
History or Religion, Stealth, Streetwise.
Other Skills
Arcana, Bluff, Diplomacy, Intimidate.
Victory
The adventurers learn about the Cult of Exquisite Agony and
the information described under Background on page 5.
In addition, the PCs learn where these insane people hide.
Defeat
The adventurers attracted unwanted attention and the cult
sends a red slaad (see page 25 for statistics) after them to
encourage them to give up their line of questioning.
History or Religion DC 21 (1 success, 1 maximum)
A success allows the characters to make Arcana checks. A failed
check also opens up the Arcana skill, but the DC is 21.
The PC recalls the more prominent cults known to have
worked in this area.
Stealth check until 2 successes are achieved. A failed check
counts as 2 failures.
The PC skulks through the shadows to avoid attracting
unwanted attention.
Streetwise DC 16 (1 success, no maximum)
A success makes available the Bluff, Diplomacy, and Intimidate
skills.
The PC snoops around, greases some palms, and questions
locals about recent cult activities.
Arcana DC 16 (1 success, 1 maximum)
A success grants the characters the cults name.
The PC recalls a useful fact about one of the cults mentioned.
Bluff DC 16 (1 success, no maximum)
A failed check increases the DC of Diplomacy checks by 2.
The PC makes false promises to find the information required.
Diplomacy DC 16 (1 success, no maximum)
The PC bargains with an informant to learn more about the
cult and its lair.
Intimidate DC 16 (1 success, no maximum)
A failed check counts as 2 failures.
The PC roughs up some locals to find the information sought.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
11

SC2: TRAVEL
TO THE FIST
Encounter Level 11 (1,800 XP)
Setup
Begin by reading the following:
You have started your journey to the Fist of Mourning.
What dangers lie before you during this trip?
At this point, begin the skill challenge.
Fist of Mourning
Travel to the Fist
Skill Challenge
Level 11
XP 1,800
You navigate mountain trails, avoiding obstacles and hidden
perils to reach the Fist of Mourning.
To reach the cults lair, the adventurers must navigate the
mountains perils.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Endurance, Nature, Perception, Stealth
Victory
The characters reach the Fist of Mourning without attracting
attention.
Defeat
The characters are spotted during their ascent and 2 warped
cultists and 4 wretched and unclean attack the PCs while
on the mountain path (see pages 15 and 18 respectively
for statistics). The battlefield should feature a 3-square
wide trail running west to east. The north side of the trail is
the mountains face, while the south side drops 80 feet to
another trail below.
Endurance DC 16 (1 success, no maximum)
Each turn in the challenge, at least two characters must make
Endurance checks. A failed check results in 2 failures and
each PC loses one healing surge.
The PC resists the hardships of traveling through the
mountains.
Nature DC 16 (1 success, 4 maximum)
At least one character must make a Nature check each turn.
A failed check indicates each PC loses 1 healing surge in
addition to counting as a failure.
Using superior survival skills, the PC helps navigate around
deadfalls, locate shortcuts, and identify hidden dangers.
Perception DC 10 (0 successes)
Using this skill doesnt count as a success or failure for the
challenge. Instead, it grants a +2 bonus or a 2 penalty to
the next characters Endurance or Nature check.
The PCs keen eyes find a way to ease the trek.
Stealth DC 21 (1 success, no maximum)
At least two characters must make a Stealth check each turn.
The PC conceals his or her movements to avoid being detected.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
12
 Fist of Mourning

F1: FALSE WITCH Dont place the bulette or the firelasher on the When the bulette appears, read:
tactical map. The bulette joins the battle at the start of
Encounter Level 9 (2,400 XP) the second round, and the firelasher joins the fight in The ground erupts as an armored beast breaks through the
the third round. rock, its predators eyes glinting with hunger.
Setup When the oni mage drops its disguise, read:
1 bulette (B) When the firelasher joins the fight, read:
1 firelasher (F) The hags form melts away to reveal a mail-clad blue
1 oni mage (O) humanoid easily 9 feet tall. Horns sprout from its head A swirling ball of fire spins out of the darkness, and you can
and its baleful red eyes glow. It spits a curse your way as it just make out monstrous features in its elemental form.
The oni mage pretends to be the hag said to dwell reaches for the greatsword strapped to its back.
here. It drops the faade if adventurers press it with Oni Mage (O) Level 10 Elite Lurker
too many questions or if they see through its disguise. Features of the Area Large natural humanoid
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +7; darkvision
XP 1,000

Illumination: If its day, the western portion of HP 172; Bloodied 86

room 1 has dim light. Otherwise, room 1 is dark.
Room 2 is dark regardless. Once the firelasher joins
the fight, it sheds bright light in a 20-square radius.
Ceiling: The ceilings throughout the encounter
area are 20-feet tall.
Molten Pit: A molten pit takes up much of room
2. It descends 30 feet to a thin crust covering magma.
A fall from the ledge deals 3d10 damage, and charac-
ters starting their turns in the pit take 10 fire damage.
If a character starts three consecutive turns in the pit,
he or she breaks through the crust, plunges into the
lava, and is slain instantly.
Statues: Flanking the double doors in the western
wall are two identical statues. Each depicts a dwarf
wearing plate armor and holding a greataxe in both
hands, the blades between their stone feet. Dwarf
characters in spaces adjacent to the statue gain a +1
power bonus to attack rolls.
AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 24, Will 24
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7, fly 8 (clumsy)
Action Points 1
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +15 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage.
C Freezing Blast (standard; recharge 6) Cold
Close blast 5; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 6 cold damage, and
the target is slowed (save ends).
A Lightning Storm (standard; recharge 5 6) Lightning
Area burst 2 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 4 lightning
damage.
Combat Advantage
An oni mage deals 1d6 extra damage on melee attacks
against any target it has combat advantage against.
Deceptive Veil (minor; at-will) Illusion
The oni mage can disguise itself to appear as any Medium
or Large humanoid. A successful Insight check (opposed by
the onis Bluff check) pierces the disguise.
Invisibility (standard; at-will) Illusion
The oni turns invisible until it attacks.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Arcana +14, Bluff +15, Insight +12
Str 22 (+11) Dex 13 (+6) Wis 14 (+7)
Con 20 (+10) Int 18 (+9) Cha 21 (+10)
Equipment chainmail, greatsword

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
13
 Fist of Mourning

Bulette (B) Level 9 Elite Skirmisher Firelasher (F) Level 11 Skirmisher The bulette lacks subtlety. On its initiative during
Large natural beast XP 800 Large elemental magical beast (air, fire) XP 600 the second round, it burrows 3 squares (solid rock) and
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +5; darkvision, Initiative +12 Senses Perception +5
makes a rising burst attack when it surfaces in the east-
tremorsense 20 HP 108; Bloodied 54
HP 204; Bloodied 102; see also second wind AC 25; Fortitude 21, Reflex 25, Will 20 ern chamber. (Note the area where it surfaced; it counts
AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 21, Will 21 Immune disease, poison; Resist 25 fire as difficult terrain.) It then spends an action point to
Saving Throws +2 Speed fly 8 (hover) make a bite attack, making a standing long jump as a
Speed 6, burrow 6; see also earth furrow m Fire Lash (standard; at-will) Fire
free action to reach the next closest enemy. Each round
Action Points 1 Reach 2; +14 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 fire damage.
m Bite (standard; at-will) C Wildfire Cyclone (standard; recharge 5 6) Fire thereafter, the bulette uses earth furrow and surfaces
Before it bites, the bulette can make a standing long jump Close burst 2; +14 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 fire damage, and the to bite an enemy whenever its movement knocks an
(as a free action) without provoking opportunity attacks: target is pushed 1 square and knocked prone. Miss: Half
enemy prone. The bulette fights to the death.
+14 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage, or 4d6 + 7 damage against a damage, and the target is neither pushed nor knocked
prone target. prone. The firelasher prefers to fight in room 2, but if it
C Rising Burst (standard; at-will) Whirlwind Dash (standard; recharge 6) Fire has no targets, it leaves the area to join the closest
Close burst 2; the bulette sprays rock and dirt into the The firelasher can move twice its speed. It can move battle. It uses whirlwind dash to position itself where its
air when it rises out of the ground: +13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 7 through spaces occupied by other creatures without
wildfire cyclone would be most effective and uses it on
damage. provoking opportunity attacks. It must end its move in an
M Earth Furrow (move; at-will) unoccupied space. Any creature whose space the firelasher its next turn. While waiting for its powers to recharge,
The bulette can move its burrow speed just below the enters takes 10 fire damage. the elemental uses fire lash. If it becomes bloodied, it
surface of the ground, avoiding opportunity attacks as it Mutable Shape retreats to room 2 where it makes its stand.
passes underneath other creatures squares. As it burrows The firelasher can squeeze through spaces as though it was
beneath the space of a Medium or smaller creature on the a Medium creature.
ground, the bulette makes an attack against the creature: Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
+8 vs. Fortitude; on a hit, the target is knocked prone. Str 11 (+5) Dex 21 (+10) Wis 11 (+5)
Ground Eruption Con 12 (+6) Int 7 (+3) Cha 8 (+4)
The squares into which a bulette surfaces and the squares
it leaves when it burrows underground become difficult
terrain.
Tactics
Second Wind (standard; encounter) Healing When the oni mage drops deceptive veil, it uses freez-
The bulette spends a healing surge and regains 51 hit ing blast to catch the largest group of characters and
points. It gains a +2 bonus to all defenses until the start of
then spends an action point to use invisibility. It flies
its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages into the room where the bulette hides and waits to
Skills Athletics +16, Endurance +15 press the attack for when its reinforcements arrive.
Str 24 (+11) Dex 13 (+5) Wis 12 (+5) Once the bulette closes, the oni mage uses lightning
Con 22 (+10) Int 2 (+0) Cha 8 (+3)
storm against any controllers, thus ending its invis-
ibility. While waiting for its area and close attacks to
recharge, it uses invisibility and makes greatsword
attacks every other round against strikers and con-
trollers. The oni mage flees to room 3 to warn its
allies if reduced to 40 hit points or fewer.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
14
 Fist of Mourning

F2: INFESTED MINE Destrachan Far Voice (D) Level 15 Artillery 2 Warped Cultists (C) Level 12 Skirmisher
Large aberrant magical beast (blind) XP 1,200 Medium elemental humanoid, human, slaad XP 700 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +14; blindsight 20 Initiative +10 Senses Perception +5
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP)
HP 122; Bloodied 61 HP 122; Bloodied 61; see also bloodied transformation
AC 28; Fortitude 32, Reflex 27, Will 25 AC 24; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 23
Setup Immune gaze; Resist 15 thunder Immune chaos phage (see below)
1 destrachan far voice (D) Speed 8, climb 4 Speed 5; see also warp step
m Claw (standard; at-will) m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
2 warped cultists (C) +20 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage. +17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage.
4 orc miners (M) R Sound Pulse (standard; at-will) Thunder C Reckless Arc (standard; encounter) Weapon
Ranged 10; +19 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 8 thunder damage. Requires greatsword; close burst 1; +17 vs. AC; 4d6
C Bellowing Blast (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6) Thunder + 5 damage. Effect: The warped cultist grants combat
A destrachan far voice works with the orc miners
Close blast 5; +19 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 8 thunder damage, advantage to any enemy until the start of its next turn.
to expand this chamber. A warped cultist oversees and the target is dazed (save ends). Bloodied Transformation (when first bloodied) Polymorph
the operation, commanding the orcs to work faster, C Reverberate (standard; encounter) Thunder A slaad abomination rips itself free from the cultists body.
while another cultist emerges from the side passage Close burst 2; +19 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 8 thunder damage, Until the end of the encounter, the warped cultist gains a
and the target is stunned (save ends). Miss: Half damage, +2 to all defenses, low-light vision, and can use the claws,
after checking with the other cultists in the deeper and the target is dazed until the end of the destrachan far warping flux, and warp step powers. However, the warped
tunnels. voices next turn. cultist can no longer use its greatsword or reckless arc
If the oni mage fled room 1, it traveled here to Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech powers.
Skills Bluff +12, Stealth +17 m Claws (standard; usable only while affected by bloodied
warn the creatures here, so the creatures are ready
Str 23 (+13) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 15 (+9) transformation; at-will) Disease
for the PCs. Otherwise, the adventurers automatically Con 26 (+15) Int 10 (+7) Cha 11 (+7) +17 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the warped cultist makes
gain surprise due to the noise. a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary
When the PCs enter this room, read: Attack: +15 vs. Fortitude; the target contracts chaos phage
4 Orc Miners (M) Level 9 Minion Brute
(see below).
Medium natural humanoid XP 100 each
C Warping Flux (standard; usable only while affected by
Green light shines from a medallion around the neck of Initiative +4 Senses Perception +4; low-light vision
bloodied transformation; encounter) Psychic, Teleportation
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
a hideously malformed human, his f lesh distended and AC 21; Fortitude 19, Reflex 16, Will 16
Close burst 3; +13 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic damage, the
target teleports 3 squares, and the target is dazed (save
shifting as if things crawled beneath its skin. Orcs swing Speed 6 (8 while charging)
ends). Miss: No damage, but the target teleports 3 squares
picks at the walls, while a larger creature equipped with m War Pick (standard; at-will) Weapon
and is dazed until the end of the warped cultists next turn.
+14 vs. AC; 6 damage.
a strange tubelike snout, f lapping ears, and a stubby tail, Warp Step (move; usable only while affected by bloodied
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
causes the stone to shatter with blasts issued from its maw. transformation; at-will) Teleportation
Str 17 (+7) Dex 11 (+4) Wis 10 (+4)
The warped cultist teleports 1d6 squares.
Beyond, a steep cliff rises to a chamber above, while a small Con 15 (+6) Int 8 (+3) Cha 9 (+3)
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Primordial
tunnel in the western wall leads off into darkness. Equipment hide armor, war pick
Skills Athletics +15, Stealth +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 15 (+8) Wis 9 (+5)
Con 18 (+10) Int 8 (+5) Cha 17 (+9)
Chaos Phage Level 16 Disease Equipment chainmail, greatsword, shining medallion

Endurance improve DC 25, maintain DC 20, worsen DC 19 or lower

The target ! Initial Effect: A slaad !" The target takes a 2 penalty to " The target dies, and a slaad tadpole
is cured. embryo is implanted in Will. While bloodied, the target burrows out of its skull (see MM 237).
the target. succumbs to madness and attacks
the nearest creature.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
15

Tactics
As near as the cultists are to creating a new breed of
perfect specimens, the adventurers arrival proves
intensely frustrating. As a result, the cultists commit
themselves to destroying the intruders. Each cultist
draws its greatsword and charges the closest charac-
ter, using reckless sweep when presented with two or
more targets. Once the cultist becomes bloodied, a
slaad abomination rips itself free from his body and
immediately sets out to butcher the PCs where they
stand. The new abomination uses warping flux to tele-
port behind the PCs front ranks to worry controllers
and ranged strikers with claw attacks. Thereafter,
if the warped cultist becomes marked, it uses warp
step to stay out of its enemys reach, charging another
enemy as they reappear. The warped cultists fight to
the death.
The destrachan far voice helps with the cultists
since their ambition is not far off from its owncreat-
ing death and madness. This said, it is not particularly
loyal, and when it attacks, it freely catches the warped
cultists in its attacks if they get in its way. The destra-
chan moves to use bellowing blast and then scuttles
away, peppering the PCs with sound pulse until its
blast attack recharges. If two or more enemies come
within 2 squares of it, it uses reverberate and then slips
away to blast the offending enemies once more. The
destrachan fights to the death.
The orc miners want no part in the struggle, but
as long as the warped cultists live, they fight the PCs.
They work together, all four striking one character at
a time. The orc miners surrender if the warped cult-
ists are slain.
Fist of Mourning
Features of the Area
Illumination: Each warped cultist carries a shin-
ing necklace, shedding bright light in a 5-square
radius.
Rubble: Squares containing rubble count as dif-
ficult terrain.
Precipice: A sheer cliff rises 30 feet at the caverns
northern end, marking the end of room 6. Climbing
the cliff requires a DC 15 Athletics check.
Tools: Scattered throughout the chamber are six
picks, four shovels, a lantern, and two sunrods.
Conclusion
If any of the orc miners live long enough to surrender,
they might be convinced to help the adventurers.
Getting their help requires a complexity 1 skill chal-
lenge (4 successes before 3 failures) with DC 10 Bluff,
Diplomacy, or Intimidate checks. If any character
failed a saving throw to avoid becoming infected by
chaos phage, the PCs take a 5 penalty to all checks
related to this skill challenge. A victory ensures
the orc miners remain loyal enough to aid the PCs
through one combat. A failure indicates the orcs wont
hinder the PCs, but they wont help either and they
try to escape at their first opportunity.
The orcs, if made friendly, also volunteer infor-
mation about the happenings in the tunnels. They
explain the cultists have brought prisoners into the
tunnels and do terrible things to them. They know
the cultists can be found beyond the cliff, but warn
the heroes that restless dead guard that path. The orcs
also tell the PCs that a queer idol lurks down the side
passage and that many crazed cultists worship it.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
16
 Fist of Mourning

F3: ENTROPIC THRALLS Suppurating Eidolon (E) Level 12 Controller (Leader) 2 Warped Cultists (C) Level 12 Skirmisher
Large elemental animate (construct) XP 700 Medium elemental humanoid, human, slaad XP 700 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +9 Initiative +10 Senses Perception +5
Encounter Level 10 (2,500 XP) Fearless Followers aura 5; allies within the aura are immune HP 122; Bloodied 61; see also bloodied transformation
to fear. AC 24; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 23
Setup HP 123; Bloodied 61 Immune chaos phage (see below)
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 23 Speed 5; see also warp step
1 suppurating eidolon (E)
Immune disease, fear, sleep m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
2 warped cultists (C) Speed 5 +17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage.
4 wretched and unclean (U) m Slam (standard; at-will) C Reckless Arc (standard; encounter) Weapon
Reach 2; +17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage. Requires greatsword; close burst 1; +17 vs. AC; 4d6
C Curse of Madness (immediate reaction, when an enemy + 5 damage. Effect: The warped cultist grants combat
A warped cultist leaves the chamber containing the
attacks the eidolon while unspeakable stance is active; at-will) advantage to any enemy until the start of its next turn.
eidolon. The rest of the inhabitants gather around the Psychic Bloodied Transformation (when first bloodied) Polymorph
idol, where they offer it prayers and sacrifices of their Tendrils of filthy darkness penetrate the creature that A slaad abomination rips itself free from the cultists body.
triggered the attack: close burst 10; targets the triggering Until the end of the encounter, the warped cultist gains a
own flesh.
enemy; +16 vs. Will; 1d8 + 5 psychic damage, and the +2 to all defenses, low-light vision, and can use the claws,
The warped cultist is bound for room 3 when the target is dominated until the end of the suppurating warping flux, and warp step powers. However, the warped
PCs come within his line of sight. If the characters eidolons next turn. Miss: Half damage, and the target is cultist can no longer use its greatsword or reckless arc
succeed on a DC 15 Stealth check, they take the instead dazed until the end of the suppurating eidolons powers.
next turn. m Claws (standard; usable only while affected by bloodied
rooms denizens by surprise. Furthermore, if the C Caustic Inundation (immediate reaction, when an enemy transformation; at-will) Disease
characters kill the warped cultist before the start of kills one of the suppurating eidolons allies in the eidolons +17 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the warped cultist makes
the next round, the PCs can also take a move action line of sight; at-will) Acid a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary
before the start of the next round since the other cult- Close burst 3; targets enemies; +14 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 acid Attack: +15 vs. Fortitude; the target contracts chaos phage
damage. (see below).
ists are oblivious to anything but their agony. Unspeakable Stance (standard; at-will) Psychic C Warping Flux (standard; usable only while affected by
When the PCs see a warped cultist, read: The suppurating eidolon assumes a meditative stance. bloodied transformation; encounter) Psychic, Teleportation
Until the end of its next turn, the eidolon gains resist 20 Close burst 3; +13 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic damage, the
to all damage, and allies in its line of sight deal 1d6 extra target teleports 3 squares, and the target is dazed (save
A heaving wretch wrapped in sodden rags surges forward,
psychic damage on their melee attacks. If the eidolon ends). Miss: No damage, the target teleports 3 squares, and
brandishing a greatsword. You see things moving beneath moves, the effect ends. is dazed until the end of the warped cultists next turn.
its skin. Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Warp Step (move; usable only while affected by bloodied
Str 21 (+11) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9) transformation; at-will) Teleportation
Con 19 (+10) Int 6 (+4) Cha 11 (+6) The warped cultist teleports 1d6 squares.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Primordial
Skills Athletics +15, Stealth +12
Chaos Phage Level 16 Disease Str 21 (+11) Dex 15 (+8) Wis 9 (+5)
Con 18 (+10) Int 8 (+5) Cha 17 (+9)
Endurance improve DC 25, maintain DC 20, worsen DC 19 or lower
Equipment chainmail, greatsword, shining medallion
The target ! Initial Effect: A slaad !" The target takes a 2 penalty to " The target dies, and a slaad tadpole
is cured. embryo is implanted in Will. While bloodied, the target burrows out of its skull (see MM 237).
the target. succumbs to madness and attacks
the nearest creature.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
17
 Fist of Mourning

When the PCs see a wretched and unclean, read: Tactics

The warped cultists throw themselves against the
Clearly once human, this vile creature is a mass of dripping
PCs, exposing themselves to danger to trigger their
flesh and exposed bones, yet somehow still alive.
bloodied transformation. Once freed, the warped cult-
ists attack one character and then use warp step so
When the PCs see the suppurating eidolon, read:
they can attack another character. They repeat this
tactic until each character has been exposed to chaos
A grotesque statue, all its contorted faces wailing and
phage. The warped cultists fight to the death.
vomiting ichors, comes to life and steps down from its
The wretched and unclean support the warped
pedestal to face you.
cultists, each too far devolved to do much more than
rend flesh with their claws. They sacrifice themselves
4 Wretched and Unclean (U) Level 9 Minion Brute
Medium elemental humanoid, human XP 100 each gladly, moving into position where they can attack
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +3 several enemies with corrosive eruption when they are
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also inevitably cut down.
corrosive eruption
The most important combatant, though, is the sup-
AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 21, Will 20
Resist 5 acid purating eidolon. It steps down from its pedestal and
Speed 6 moves so it can keep all its allies in its line of sight.
m Claws (standard; at-will)
This way they can benefit from its unspeakable stance. Features of the Area
+14 vs. AC; 5 damage.
Once the wretched and unclean are destroyed, the Illumination: Each cultist wears a shining medal-
C Corrosive Eruption (when reduced to 0 hit points) Acid
Close burst 3; +10 vs. Reflex; 5 acid damage. suppurating eidolon exits its stance, joins the fight, lion and sheds bright light in a 5-square radius.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common and makes slam attacks each round. Rubble: Squares containing rubble count as dif-
Str 19 (+8) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 8 (+3) ficult terrain.
Con 14 (+6) Int 12 (+5) Cha 14 (+6)
Equipment rags

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
18
 Fist of Mourning

F4: OUTRAGED DEAD Kalan the Avenger (K) Level 14 Soldier (Leader) 4 Skeletal Hammerers (H) Level 10 Brute
Medium natural animate (undead) XP 1,000 Medium natural animate (undead) XP 500 each
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +12; darkvision Initiative +10 Senses Perception +12; darkvision
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP)
Flames of Vengeance (Fire) aura 1; allies who start their turns HP 126; Bloodied 63
within the aura deal 5 extra fire damage on melee attacks. AC 23; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 20
Setup HP 141; Bloodied 70 Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Vulnerable 5
Kalan the Avenger (K) AC 28; Fortitude 28, Reflex 24, Will 27 radiant
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Vulnerable 5 Speed 7
4 skeletal hammerer (H) radiant m Pounding Hammers (standard; at-will) Weapon
Speed 5 The skeletal hammerer makes two warhammer attacks
These animated remains of dwarf warriors were m Fiery Warhammer (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon against the same target: +13 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage. If
+19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage plus 1d6 fire damage, and the both attacks hit the same target, it is pushed 2 squares
defeated by the cult and driven into the mines, where
target is marked until the end of Dalans next turn. after the attack.
they plot their revenge. A Volcanic Burst (standard; recharge 4 5 6) Fire M Hammerfall (standard; at-will) Weapon
Area burst 1 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 5 fire damage, The skeletal hammerer makes two pounding hammer
and the target is pulled 5 squares. attacks (four attacks total).
Back on Your Feet (immediate reaction, when an ally within M Sudden Strike (immediate reaction, when an adjacent enemy
line of sight is reduced to 0 hit points; encounter) Healing shifts; at-will) Weapon
The ally regains 20 hit points, stands immediately, and The skeletal hammer makes a melee basic attack against
makes a melee basic attack as a free action. the enemy that triggered the attack.
Stand Your Ground Alignment Unaligned Languages
When an effect forces Dalan to movethrough a pull, a Str 18 (+9) Dex 20 (+10) Wis 14 (+7)
push, or a slideDalan moves 1 square less than the effect Con 16 (+8) Int 3 (+1) Cha 3 (+1)
specifies. When an attack would knock Dalan prone, he Equipment 4 warhammers
can roll a saving throw to avoid falling prone.
Alignment Unaligned
Str 23 (+13)
Languages Common, Dwarven
Dex 13 (+8) Wis 20 (+12)
Tactics
Con 21 (+12) Int 9 (+6) Cha 14 (+9) The skeletal hammerers engage the closest enemies.
Equipment plate armor, warhammer Kalan uses volcanic burst during the first round, target-
ing characters in the back, and then he closes to fight
When the PCs can see this room, read: in melee where his presence boosts his allies attacks.

Rubble litters the floor. Rising from the debris, you see a
number of dwarf-sized skeletons, their eyes burning with
hatred. Purplish light shines from a higher opening at the
top of the far wall.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Light from room 17 fills this cham-
ber with dim light.
Precipice: A sheer cliff rises 30 feet at the caverns
northern end, marking the end of room 6. Climbing
the cliff requires a DC 15 Athletics check.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
19
 Fist of Mourning

F5: HIDEOUS CULTISTS Anax the Foul Level 13 Controller (Leader) Gray Slaad (G) Level 13 Skirmisher
Medium elemental humanoid, human XP 800 Medium elemental humanoid XP 800
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision Initiative +12 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
Encounter Level 12 (3,500 XP)
Intoxicating Musk (Poison) aura 3; all creatures other than HP 128; Bloodied 64; see also planar flux
Anax who start their turns within the aura take a 2 AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 26, Will 24
Setup penalty to attack rolls and their melee attacks gain a +5 Immune chaos phage (see below)
Anax the Foul (A) bonus to damage rolls. Speed 6, teleport 4
HP 128; Bloodied 64 m Claws (standard; at-will) Disease
1 gray slaad (G) AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 27 +18 vs. AC; 2d8 + 2 damage, and the slaad makes a
2 warped cultists (C) Immune chaos phage (see below) secondary attack against the same target. Secondary
3 mutated thralls (T) Speed 6 Attack: +16 vs. Fortitude; on a hit, the target contracts
m Bewildering Caress (standard; at-will) Fear chaos phage (see below).
+18 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage, and Anax makes a secondary R Condition Transfer (immediate reaction, when hit by an
The creatures do not appear until the PCs open the attack against the same target. Secondary Attack: +17 vs. Will; attack that applies any condition; recharge 5 6)
doors in room 1. The sound draws them from their the target is dominated until the end of Anaxs next turn. Ranged 5; +16 vs. Fortitude; conditions applied by the
hiding places. R Madness Blossoms (standard; at-will) Psychic triggering attack affect the target instead of the slaad.
Ranged 20; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 5 psychic damage, and the C Induce Planar Instability (standard; encounter)
When the creatures emerge, read: target is dazed until the end of Anaxs next turn. Close burst 3; +16 vs. Will; 1d8 + 2 damage, and the target
A Elemental Conflagration (standard; recharge 6) shifts 3 squares and is knocked prone.
Three mobile tumors, bodies fat and glistening, waddle Area burst 1 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 6 damage, Planar Flux (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
and the target slides 3 squares and grants combat Teleportation
out onto the ledge. They have spindly arms ending in
advantage to any enemy (save ends). The slaad teleports 8 squares and becomes insubstantial
blackened hands clutching greasy filth. A whip-thin C Corrosive Vomit (immediate reaction, when hit by a melee until the end of its next turn.
humanoid comes round the corner, greatsword in his attack; encounter) Acid Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Primordial
hands. His face is a nightmare of scars, and worms wriggle Close blast 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 6 acid damage, and Skills Athletics +13, Stealth +15
ongoing 10 acid damage (save ends). Str 15 (+8) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 12 (+7)
beneath the shiny tissue. Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Primordial Con 16 (+9) Int 9 (+5) Cha 14 (+8)
Skills Arcana +15, Endurance +13, Insight +9
When the PCs see the gray slaad, read: Str 9 (+5) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 6 (+4)
4 Mutated Thralls (T) Level 10 Minion
Con 16 (+8) Int 19 (+10) Cha 23 (+12)
Medium elemental humanoid, human XP 125 each
Equipment robes, fleshy orb
An ungainly humanoida cross between a man and a Initiative +10 Senses Perception +4
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
toadcroaks at you. Reality rejects its presence, because
AC 24; Fortitude 21, Reflex 24, Will 19
light bends and wavers as it falls across its hideous form. Speed 7
m Tentacles (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. AC; 6 damage, and slide the target 1 square.
Chaos Phage Level 16 Disease r Gobs of Filth (standard; at-will) Poison
Endurance improve DC 25, maintain DC 20, worsen DC 19 or lower Ranged 5; +17 vs. AC; 6 poison damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
The target ! Initial Effect: A slaad !" The target takes a 2 penalty to " The target dies, and a slaad tadpole
Str 17 (+8) Dex 22 (+11) Wis 8 (+4)
is cured. embryo is implanted in Will. While bloodied, the target burrows out of its skull (see MM 237).
Con 12 (+6) Int 6 (+3) Cha 13 (+6)
the target. succumbs to madness and attacks
Equipment rags
the nearest creature.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
20

2 Warped Cultists (C) Level 12 Skirmisher
Medium elemental humanoid, human, slaad XP 700 each
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +5
HP 122; Bloodied 61; see also bloodied transformation
AC 24; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 23
Immune chaos phage (see below)
Speed 5; see also warp step
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage.
C Reckless Arc (standard; encounter) Weapon
Requires greatsword; close burst 1; +17 vs. AC; 4d6
+ 5 damage. Effect: The warped cultist grants combat
advantage to any enemy until the start of its next turn.
Bloodied Transformation (when first bloodied) Polymorph
A slaad abomination rips itself free from the cultists body.
Until the end of the encounter, the warped cultist gains a
+2 to all defenses, low-light vision, and can use the claws,
warping flux, and warp step powers. However, the warped
cultist can no longer use its greatsword or reckless arc
powers.
m Claws (standard; usable only while affected by bloodied
transformation; at-will) Disease
+17 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage, and the warped cultist makes
a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary
Attack: +15 vs. Fortitude; the target contracts chaos phage
(see below).
C Warping Flux (standard; usable only while affected by
bloodied transformation; encounter) Psychic, Teleportation
Close burst 3; +13 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic damage, the
target teleports 3 squares, and the target is dazed (save
ends). Miss: No damage, the target teleports 3 squares, and
is dazed until the end of the warped cultists next turn.
Warp Step (move; usable only while affected by bloodied
transformation; at-will) Teleportation
The warped cultist teleports 1d6 squares.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Primordial
Skills Athletics +15, Stealth +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 15 (+8) Wis 9 (+5)
Con 18 (+10) Int 8 (+5) Cha 17 (+9)
Equipment chainmail, greatsword, shining medallion
Fist of Mourning
When the PCs see Anax, read:
You catch a faint, strangely pleasant odor when you first see
this misshapen human dressed in lilac robes. With a thatch
of greasy red hair pasted to his smooth skull, he seems
perversewrong somehow. He pulls his hand up to reveal a
shuddering tumor spilling foulness through his fingers and
down his upraised arm. He cackles madly as the f leshy orb
quivers in similar delight.
Tactics
The mutated thralls hold their positions on the ledge
and throw gobs of filth at the characters closest to
them. As with the other warped cultists, the ones
found here are reckless, and they expose themselves
to attacks to trigger their bloodied transformation. The
cultists and the mutated thralls fight to the death.
Anax and the gray slaad support their lackeys. Features of the Area
Anax keeps the warped cultists inside the aura of his Illumination: The warped cultists each wear
intoxicating musk and uses elemental conf lagration at medallions that shed bright light in a 5-square radius.
Stairs: Spaces containing stairs count as difficult
the encounters start. While waiting for this power
to recharge, he throws madness blossoms and gropes terrain.
adjacent enemies with bewildering caress. Anax fights Ledge: The ledge stands 10 feet above the floor.
until the gray slaad is slain, at which point he retreats Climbing the wall requires a DC 20 Athletics check.
to the landing, where he shouts a warning to the A fall from the ledge deals 1d10 damage.
enemies in room 14 and makes a stand there. Statues and Pillars: The statues in room 8 and
The gray slaad teleports around the battlefield, the pillars in room 10 are stone. Each has an AC 4;
Fortitude 10, Reflex 4, and 50 hit points. Reducing a
training its attacks against low-Fortitude enemies
such as wizards, rogues, and the like. It uses planar statue to 0 hit points fills its square with rubble and
instability only if faced with two or more foes at once. the square counts as difficult terrain until cleared.
The slaad fights until slain.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
21

SC3: CONGRESS
WITH THE DEAD
Level 10 (500 XP)
Setup
When the PCs enter this room, read:
Wide pillars featuring reliefs depicting axes and hammers
march down to the chambers end on either side. Centered
between them, against the far wall, stands a stone
sarcophagus, its lid shattered and lying on the f loor.
When a PC comes within 3 squares of the sar-
cophagus, read:
The temperature plunges as a ghostly form rises from the
tomb. A dwarf, with a long beard, hard eyes beneath bushy
eyebrows, and wearing spectral plate armor with a great
hammer slung over his back, examines you and speaks:
You! Why have you violated this sacred place?
Murats ghost does not fight the PCs and vanishes if
attacked. However, if the PCs speak with the ghost
and treat it with respect, they might gain his aid in
defeating the cultists. Begin the skill challenge.
Treasure (Parcel 2): If the characters succeeded
on the skill challenge, Murat rewards them with a
+3 thundering warhammer. A failed skilled challenge
requires the characters to succeed on a DC 21 Per-
ception check to find the hammer. It is within a secret
compartment beneath the sarcophagus.
Fist of Mourning
Congress with the Dead
Skill Challenge
Level 10
XP 500
The ghost regards you with suspicion, awaiting an explanation
for why you disturbed his rest.
To gain the ghosts aid, the PCs must convince it of their good
intentions.
Complexity
1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Diplomacy, History, Insight
Other Skills
Bluff, Intimidate
Victory
Murat believes the adventurers and grants them a boon (see
Treasure).
Defeat
The ghost disbelieves the characters and vanishes, but not
before stealing a healing surge from each character within
5 squares.
Diplomacy DC 16 (1 success, no maximum)
Characters who spent at least 5 minutes reading the
inscriptions in room 8 gain a +2 bonus to Diplomacy checks.
Paying the fallen hero proper respect, the PC explains the
reason for being here.
History DC 16 (1 success, 1 maximum)
Characters who spent at least 5 minutes reading the
inscriptions in room 8 gain a +2 bonus to History checks.
The PC recounts some of the dwarf s great deeds.
Insight DC 16 (1 success, 2 maximum)
In addition to counting as a success, a character also gains a +2
bonus to its next Diplomacy check. A failed Insight check
also results in a 2 penalty to the next Diplomacy check
made, and closes off future uses of this skill.
The PC watches the ghost, trying to read its emotions though
centuries stand between the PCs life and his.
Bluff DC 21 (1 success, no maximum)
A failed check cancels all other successes and closes off future
uses of the Bluff skill for this challenge.
The PC tries to deceive the dwarf, masking the PCs true
intentions behind a lie.
Intimidate DC 21 (1 success, no maximum)
An Intimidate check results in an automatic failure. In addition
to counting as a failure, the character making the Intimidate
check loses 1 healing surge.
Bluster and threats are the PCs weapons against this old fool.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
22

F6: LIVING STATUES?
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP)
Setup
Animating spirit (A)
1 beholder eye of f lame (E)
3 shardsoul slayers (S)
What once captured Murats greatest victories in
stone is now a mustering place for the cults greatest
thralls. Awaiting the final preparations and emer-
gence of the mutated host in the upper chambers
beyond, they loiter here. The beholder passes the
time scorching the occasional rat with its fire ray
and hovers in the darkness near the ceiling. Three
shardsoul slayers, each containing a fragment of a
long dead primordial, linger near the statues, while a
malevolent spirit flits about the room, too terrified of
the creatures to attack them directly.
When the PCs see the beholder, read:
A large ruddy red sphere f loats near the ceiling, spinning
and fixing you with its horrible eyes.
When the PCs see a shardsoul slayer, read:
The shadows coalesce into a strange, horned automaton. A
fiery red eye burns in the center of its head.
Tactics
The denizens attack when the PCs enter the room.
The beholder stays out of melee reach but descends so
the PCs are within 4 squares to keep them in its aura.
While the constructs keep the strikers and defend-
ers busy, the beholder targets ranged characters with
Beholder Eye of Flame (E) Level 13 Elite Artillery
Large aberrant magical beast XP 1,600
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +15; all-around vision,
darkvision
Eyes of the Beholder aura 5; at the start of each enemys
turns, if that creature is within the aura and in the eye of
flames line of sight, the eye of flame uses one random eye
ray power against that creature.
HP 204; Bloodied 102; see also fiery burst
AC 26; Fortitude 26, Reflex 27, Will 28
Saving Throws +2
Speed fly 6 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+18 vs. AC; 2d6 damage.
R Central Eye (minor; at-will)
Ranged 8; the target gains vulnerable 10 fire, and any
attack that deals fire damage to the target also deals
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends both).
R Eye Rays (standard; at-will) see text
The eye of flame can use up to two eye ray powers (chosen
from the list below), at least one of which must be a fire
ray. Each power must target a different creature. Using eye
rays does not provoke opportunity attacks.
1Fire Ray (Fire): Ranged 8; +17 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 6 fire
damage.
2Telekinesis Ray: Ranged 8; +17 vs. Fortitude; the target
slides 4 squares.
3Fear Ray (Fear): Ranged 8; +17 vs. Will; the target moves
its speed away from the eye of flame by the safest route
possible and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
C Fiery Burst (when first bloodied and again when the eye of
flame is reduced to 0 hit points) Fire
Close burst 2; +17 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 6 fire damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech
Str 10 (+6) Dex 20 (+11) Wis 19 (+10)
Con 18 (+10) Int 14 (+8) Cha 23 (+12)
its central eye followed by its fire ray. As long as the
animating spirit is present, the beholder uses its tele-
kinesis ray to slide an enemy into a space adjacent to a
statue. It resorts to its fear ray only if an enemy comes
too close.
Fist of Mourning
3 Shardsoul Slayers (S) Level 8 Soldier
Medium elemental animate (construct) XP 350 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
Deranging Aura (Charm) aura 5; any enemy who starts its
turn within the aura take a 2 penalty to attack rolls and
gain a +2 bonus to damage rolls. Each enemy whose attack
misses the shardsoul slayer must make a melee basic attack
against the nearest ally within reach as a free action.
HP 90; Bloodied 45; see also shardsoul release
AC 23; Fortitude 21, Reflex 20, Will 18
Immune disease, poison; Resist 5 radiant
Speed 6, jump 4
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the shardsoul slayers next turn.
M Slaying Frenzy (standard; recharge 5 6)
The shardsoul slayer makes two claw attacks. If either
attack hits a target marked by the shardsoul slayer, or if
both attacks hit the same target, that target is also dazed
until the end of the slayers next turn.
R Shardsoul Release (when reduced to 0 hit points)
Ranged 10; affects one other shardsoul of the shardsoul
slayers level or lower; the target can take one extra
standard action on each of its next two turns.
Focused Killer (immediate interrupt, when an adjacent enemy
marked by the shardsoul slayer shifts; at-will)
The shardsoul slayer makes a claw attack against that
enemy.
Skyfall Charge
When a shardsoul slayer charges, it deals 1d8 extra
damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages understands
Common, Primordial
Str 21 (+9) Dex 18 (+8) Wis 3 (+0)
Con 17 (+7) Int 6 (+2) Cha 15 (+6)
Equipment greatsword
The shardsoul slayers spring out of their hiding
places, charging the closest PC and then following
up on the next round with slaying frenzy. The slayers,
knowing the animating spirits tactics, pull back to
lure the PCs into spaces adjacent to the statues while
their slaying frenzy powers recharge.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
23

The animating spirit flies to the nearest statue
with a PC adjacent to it and then attacks. Each round,
it flies to a new statue and attacks again. All creatures
and the hazard fight to the death.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This room is dark.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 60 feet overhead.
Statues: There are eleven statues in all, each
depicting a different kind of creature. They include
the following creatures: dragon, beholder, mino-
taur, marilith, pit fiend, shadar-kai, a weird jellyfish
creature with eyestalks, owlbear, an earth titan, an
ice archon, and a carrion crawler. The statues are
all scaled down or up so they are the same size. See
below for statistics.
Stairs: A set of stairs leads up to room 15. Squares
containing the stairs count as difficult terrain.
Fist of Mourning
Animating Spirit (A) Level 8 Lurker
Hazard XP 350
A cruel spirit flits from statue to statue, animating the stone to
deliver a nasty attack to the unprepared.
Hazard: An invisible spirit moves into a statues space and
smashes intruders with the statues animated appendages.
Perception
DC 19: The character notices a disturbance in the
animating spirits space, thus revealing the hazards position
until it moves again.
Additional Skill: Arcana
DC 14: The character recognizes the nature of the
animating spirit, including its attack.
Trigger
When a living creature other than the beholder enters the
room, the animating spirit rolls initiative and it moves on its
turn. If it ends its movement in a space containing a statue,
it attacks one adjacent enemy.
Speed fly 4
Attack
Standard Action Melee 1
Target: One creature
Attack: +13 vs. AC
Hit: 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is knocked prone. If the
target grants the animating spirit combat advantage, the
hazard deals 2d8 extra damage.
Countermeasures
A character can attack a statue animated by a spirit. The
statue has an AC 4; Fortitude 10, Reflex 4; 50 hit points.
An attack that hits the statue also damages and pushes the
animating spirit 1 square.
A character can attack the spirit when it is not in a space
containing the statue. The spirit is invisible and has an
AC 23; all other defenses 19, 50 hit points; vulnerable 5
radiant. Destroying the animating spirit ends the hazard.
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
24

F7: BEYOND THE PALE
E n co u n te r L eve l 1 4 ( 5 , 2 0 0 X P )
Setup
Obsen (Z)
2 red slaads (R)
3 horrid spawn (H)
Obsen, the cult leader, performs the final incantations
for the ritual to complete his victims transformations
into horrific abominations. Its best if hes nearing
the end of his ritual when the PCs arrive, but if they
took too many extended rests before getting here,
you might consider altering the encounter, possibly
adding additional horrid spawn or having the tunnels
leading up to this encounter filled with these twisted
wretches. In any event, two red slaad look on eagerly,
while three early adopters step free from the gelati-
nous webbing to serve their new master at the start of
the second round.
When the characters enter, have them make
Stealth checks against the passive Perceptions of
everyone in this room (20 for Obsen, 18 for the slaad,
and 11 for the spawn) to see which opponents are
surprised.
Perception Check
DC 26: Two hulking humanoid figures loiter beyond the
curtains.
Chaos Phage
Endurance improve DC 25, maintain DC 20, worsen DC 19 or lower
The target ! Initial Effect: A slaad !" The target takes a 2 penalty to
is cured. embryo is implanted in Will. While bloodied, the target
the target. succumbs to madness and attacks
the nearest creature.
Fist of Mourning
2 Red Slaad (R) Level 15 Soldier Obsen (Z) Level 13 Elite Controller (Leader)
Large elemental humanoid XP 1,200 each Medium elemental humanoid, human XP 1,600
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision Initiative +9 Senses Perception +10
HP 146; Bloodied 73 Entropic Imperative aura 3; allies who start their turns within
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 25 the aura gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls and damage rolls.
Immune chaos phage (see below) HP 256; Bloodied 128
Speed 8, teleport 4 AC 29; Fortitude 24, Reflex 27, Will 27
m Bite (standard; at-will) Saving Throws +2
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage. Speed 6; see also chaos stride
m Claw (standard; at-will) Disease Action Points 1
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage, and the slaad makes m Chaos Blade (standard; at-will) Weapon
a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary +18 vs. AC; 1d4 + 3 damage, and the target is stunned until
Attack: +19 vs. Fortitude; on a hit, the target contracts the end of Obsens next turn.
chaos phage (see below). R Tumescent Nodule (standard; at-will, usable 4/day) Acid,
M Leaping Pounce (standard; recharge 5 6) Poison
The slaad shifts 4 squares and makes two claw attacks. If Obsen rips a nodule from his body and hurls it at an enemy
either claw attack hits, the target is marked until the end within range: Obsen takes 5 damage: Ranged 5/10; +17
of the slaads next turn. vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 5 acid damage, and ongoing 5 poison
C Horrid Croak (standard; encounter) Fear damage (save ends). Each creature adjacent to the target
Close blast 5; +19 vs. Fortitude; the target is immobilized takes 5 acid damage.
until the end of the slaads next turn. A Chaos Seed (standard; sustain: minor; encounter) Zone
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Primordial Area burst 2 within 10; targets enemies; +15 vs. Will; on
Skills Athletics +15, Stealth +16 a hit, the target is dazed and makes a melee basic attack
Str 17 (+10) Dex 19 (+11) Wis 12 (+8) against one ally adjacent to it. Miss: The target is dazed and
Con 18 (+11) Int 11 (+7) Cha 15 (+9) does not make an attack. Effect: The burst creates a zone that
persists until the end of Obsens next turn. Obsen can sustain
When the PCs can see Obsen clearly, read: the effect by spending a minor action, and can move the
zone 3 squares by spending a move action. Any creature that
starts its turn inside the zone is subject to another attack.
A horrific figure emerges from the slimy tendrils. Nude, C Chaos Blast (standard; recharge 4 5 6)
genderless, and sporting terrifying growths that inf late and Close blast 5; +15 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the
release, its flesh bristles with grasping tentacles, slackened target grants combat advantage to any enemy (save ends).
maws, and spurting blue flames from dimpled holes in its
Aftereffect: The target takes 5 damage.
R Writhing Chaos (standard; encounter) Teleportation
f lesh. Its hands are black with old blood and it grips a f leshy Three ribbons of light appear in the air and attack: Ranged
knife in its left hand. 10; three targets; +15 vs. Reflex, three attacks; 1d8 + 6
damage, and the target teleports to a square of Obsens
choosing within 5 squares of him.
C Chaos Stride (minor; recharge when first bloodied)
Level 16 Disease Teleportation
Close burst 1; +15 vs. Will; 1d8 + 6 damage, and the target
is dazed (save ends). After the attack, Obsen teleports 1
" The target dies, and a slaad tadpole square for each enemy he hit with this attack.
burrows out of its skull (see MM 237). Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Primordial
Skills Arcana +17, Dungeoneering +10, History +17, Nature +10
Str 11 (+6) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 8 (+5)
Con 16 (+9) Int 23 (+12) Cha 19 (+10)
Equipment chaos blade, 4 tumescent nodules
Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
25
 Fist of Mourning

3 Horrid Spawn (H) Level 9 Brute Tactics

Features of the Area
Illumination: The ghastly curtain fills the room
with dim light.
Gelatinous Curtains: Characters moving
through a space containing the gelatinous curtains
are subject to an attack: +21 vs. Fortitude; on a hit, the
character is infected with chaos phage. Each square
containing the curtain has an AC 10; Fortitude 12,
Reflex 10, and 50 hit points. Reducing a square to 0
hit points destroys the curtain in that space.
Medium elemental humanoid, human XP 400 each
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +1
Sickening Stench aura 2; any living enemy that starts its turn
within the aura takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
HP 120; Bloodied 60
AC 21; Fortitude 23, Reflex 21, Will 20
Immune chaos phage (see below), fear
Speed 5
m Toothy Tentacle (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +12 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and if the target
moves, shifts, or is forcibly moved before the start of the
horrid spawns next turn, it takes 5 extra damage.
M Mutilating Rend (standard; recharge when a horrid spawn
reduces an enemy to 0 hit points)
Reach 2; +12 vs. AC; 4d6 + 5 damage, and ongoing 5
damage (save ends). Aftereffect: The target is dazed until
the end of its next turn.
Shuddering Delight (when a horrid spawn reduces an enemy
to 0 hit points)
The horrid spawn gains 20 temporary hit points, but
grants combat advantage to any enemy until the start of
its next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages understands
Common and Primordial
Str 21 (+9) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 4 (+1)
Con 20 (+9) Int 5 (+1) Cha 14 (+6)
Equipment rags
When the PCs can see the slaad, read:
Nine-foot tall monstrosities, each resembling red-skinned
humanoid frogs, stride with heavy steps and issue gurgling
croaks.
At the start of the second round, read:
Three struggling shapes fall inside the curtain and unfold
into maddening abominationsall claws, fangs, and slime.
Obsen starts the combat by using chaos seed to create
a shimmering zone of madness to disrupt its enemies
actions and sow discord in their ranks. He then
spends his action point to fling a tumescent nodule
against a ranged striker, leader, or controller. On the
subsequent rounds, he flings the rest of his nodules,
switching to chaos blast when he gets a clear shot, or
chaos stride if hes surrounded. He fights to the death.
The red slaads target defenders and melee strik-
ers by using leaping pounce to infect them with chaos
phage. Once an enemy is infected, it switches to bite
attacks, abandoning the enemy once its bloodied to
attack an uninfected enemy. The tight confines makes
maneuvering difficult, and so one fights from the
north side, while the other fights from the south.
The horrid spawn attack the closest enemy each
round until destroyed. G
About the Author
Robert J. Schwalb contributed design to such books as
the FORGOTTEN REALMS Players Guide, Draconomicon I:
Chromatic Dragons, Manual of the Planes, P2: Demon Queens
Enclave, Martial Power , Players Handbook 2, Eberron
Campaign Guide, Eberron Players Guide, Adventurers Vault 2,
Divine Power , Draconomicon II: Metallic Dragons, and Primal
Power as well as numerous articles for D&D INSIDER.
Robert lives in Tennessee.

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
26
Beyond the
Mottled
Tower
by Creighton Broadhurst, Bruce R. Cordell,
and David Noonan
illustrations by William O'Connor, and Chris Seaman
cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

All my careful work destroyed by that

traitorous bastard Modra and those
Heroes of Overlook. Now, I must
begin again, seeking new allies on dif-
ferent worlds to make good my losses.
But first, some vengeance on the Vale,
as well as a way to eradicate all hints
of my involvement with the githyanki.
After all, anonymity is the key to any
successful betrayal. . .

Januar y 20 09 | D U N G E O N 16 2
12

Beyond the Mottled Tower is an adventure for five
11th-level characters. By the end of the adventure, the
PCs should be midway to 13th level. This adventure
is the first paragon adventure for the Scales of War
adventure path. Beyond the Mottled Tower is the
sequel to The Temple Between, or it can be adapted
for use in your own ongoing campaign.
In this adventure, the PCs receive an urgent sum-
mons from Overlooks Council of Elders on behalf of
Megan Swiftblade, leader of the Freeriders. Answer-
ing her call, the PCs witness the near-destruction of
the village of Talar. Subsequent revelations propel
them on a dangerous hunt for those responsible,
before all Elsir Vale suffers the same fate.
BACKGROUND
The shadar-kai arms dealer Sarshan has grown
wealthy and powerful through his shadowy dealings.
Over many years, Sarshan built up a vast, invisible
mercantile empire supplying weapons, intelligence,
and mercenaries to anyone with sufficient coin. Sar-
shans success (and continued survival) hinged in
equal part on his clients discretion, his duplicitous
nature, and his ruthless cunning.
Sarshan is cautious, and his desire for anonymity
is such that he has walked away from numerous deals
that presented an unacceptably high risk of exposing
his operation. However, one of Sarshans trusted lieu-
tenants, the dark creeper Modra, betrayed his master
when he supplied the orc war chief Tusk with arms
and equipment for his attack on the folk of the Stone-
home Mountains. Tusks subsequent defeat brought
the PCs into direct contact with Sarshans operation
for the first time.
THE QUESTS
In Beyond the Mottled Tower, the PCs save the vil-
lage of Talar from Sarshans attacks, then pursue the
shadar-kai to his final lair. There, Sarshans threat can
be ended once and for all.
Minor QuestSave Talar
When the village of Talar is threatened with utter
destruction by a flow of elemental blood chaos, the
PCs must find its source beneath the Mottled Tower
and eliminate those responsible.
Reward: 600 XP.
Major QuestDefeat Sarshan
By pursuing the agents attacking Talar, the PCs
retrace their route through a vast swamp and finally
to Sarshans new lair in the Elemental Chaos. There,
they must run a gauntlet of deadly traps and defend-
ers before finally facing off against the shadar-kai.
Reward: 3,000 XP
Subsequently, in The Shadow Rift of Umbraforge,
the treacherous Modra attempted to slay the PCs.
Pursuing their assailant to the Shadowfell, the party
discovered the shadar-kais fortressthe isolated cita-
del of Umbraforge. Its resultant destruction earned
the PCs Sarshans relentless ire.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
In the aftermath, another of Sarshans schemes
was stymied in The Temple Between. The githyanki
war leader General Zithiruun, a valued client and
ally of the shadar-kai, was slain attempting to capture
Overlook. Sarshan had worked with the disgraced
githyanki for some time, funneling troops through
the network of portals scattered across Elsir Vale and
coordinating the assassination of troublemakers. The
relationship was a profitable one for Sarshan, and its
loss irked the shadar-kai greatly.
These setbacks have badly damaged Sarshan and
his carefully built operation. In an effort to salvage
what he can of his power in the world, the shadar-kai
has decided to destroy all evidence of his association
with the githyanki.
Sarshan has recently become aware that Megan
Swiftblade, leader of the Freeriders, has discovered
his association with General Zithiruun. Assassins
sent by the shadar-kai have attempted to silence the
Freeriders, but have succeeded only in forcing Megan
to flee to her home village of Talar, near the town of
Brindol. There, she has thrown herself on the mercy
of an old family friend, the sage Falrinth. As the
adventure begins, Sarshans servants have caught up
with Megan and are about to unleash an indiscrimi-
nate assault on the village.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
13

BLOOD CHAOS
Blood chaos is a potent acidic distillation of raw
elemental essence, first collected and refined from
the Elemental Chaos by Djamela, a long-dead efreet
conjurer. The efreet created this horrid ooze in the
course of experimenting with the fundamental muta-
bility of her home plane, storing it in a vast reservoir
in her remote tower home. After Djamelas death,
Sarshan discovered the tower and its blood chaos
stores. Recognizing the materials potential as a
weapon, he claimed the tower as his lair. Now, the
shadar-kai forges plans to route the blood chaos by
way of portals into Elsir Vale.
This potent distillation of elemental energy burns
inanimate objects and melts living flesh. A creature
that enters or begins its turn in an area of blood chaos
takes 2d6 + 3 acid and fire damage and is slowed
(save ends).
Blood chaos at a depth of 3 feet or less is difficult
terrain. In deeper areas of blood chaos, creatures
must use their swim speed or make a DC 10 Athlet-
ics check to move. They gain cover except against
attacks from submerged enemies. Fighting in deep
blood chaos imposes a 2 penalty to attack rolls
except with spears and crossbows. Powers that have
the fire keyword take a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
On rare occasions, creatures who suffer exposure
to blood chaos undergo horrid physical changes. This
foul substance begins to imbue their physical nature
with chaotic energy, disfiguring them but granting
them powerful abilities.
ADVENTURE SYNOPSIS
Overlooks Council of Elders has received a missive
from Megan Swiftblade, begging their aid in the light
of repeated assassination attempts against her and
her groupthe Freeriders. The letter also includes an
intriguing note indicating that Megan has discovered
who was behind General Zithiruuns recent attack on
the city. Megan is in hiding for her life, but asks that
a courier be sent to the Green Dragon tavern in the
village of Talar. The council summons the PCs, asking
them to meet with Megan and assess the truth and
value of her information.
The PCs reach Talar without incident, but as they
rest in the tavern waiting for Megan to make contact,
an earthquake hits the area. However, before they
flee the collapsing tavern, the PCs must aid other
trapped patrons. When they finally reach the street,
the screams of the fleeing populace herald the sight
of an unearthly oozeblood chaosinundating and
destroying nearby buildings.
The PCs face off against several creatures lurk-
ing within the blood chaos. However, even as they
determine that this deadly flow is emanating from a
tunnel blasted out through the side of a nearby hill,
the PCs see the tower atop the hill shudder and sink
into the earth. In the aftermath, the PCs battle their
way down through the tower, defeating a number of
beasts freed by the earthquake, and rescuing the sage
Falrinth, his servant, and Megan.
In a cavern deep beneath the tower, the PCs dis-
cover that servants of Sarshan are behind the attack
on the town, and are set to flee by way of a telepor-
tation circle. After defeating them, the PCs glean
enough information from Falrinth and Megan to
Beyond the Mottled Tower
determine that this attack is just the first of many, and
that Sarshan must be stopped for good.
After activating the portal, the PCs arrive at the
Ever-Treea living tower growing in the midst of a
lake tainted with blood chaos. Immediately beset
by a pair of green dragons, the PCs fight their way
into the tunnels beneath the tree, catching their first
glimpse of Sarshan as he flees. After defeating Sar-
shans guards, the PCs follow the shadar-kai through
another portal to the Elemental Chaos.
Arriving atop an earthberg drifting on the Sea
of Fire, the PCs discover the monolithic tower that
now serves as Sarshans lair. Inside, the shadar-kai
has configured a portal network leading through the
tower to pass through a series of guarded and trapped
chambers. When they finally reach the roof, the PCs
and Sarshan face each other in a final showdown.
SETTING
Beyond the Mottled Tower plays out in three dis-
tinct sections. The adventure opens in the village of
Talar moments before an earthquake strikes. Escap-
ing the destruction, the PCs are drawn to the nearby
Mottled Tower, home of the sage Falrinth, and the
previously secret caves beneath it.
From the tower, the party travels by portal to the
Ever-Tree. This huge and ancient oak grows at the
center of a lake tainted with blood chaos, and features
a series of dank, noisome tunnels through which the
PCs pursue Sarshan.
In the end, the PCs travel to the Sea of Fire in
the Elemental Chaos, within sight of the black walls
of the City of Brass. A f loating island houses the
obsidian tower in which the climax of the adventure
plays out.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
14

STARTING THE
ADVENTURE
To get the adventure moving quickly, read the text
below, then proceed to Part 1: The Green Dragon.
The summons from the Council of Elders was sudden
and unannounced. Standing once again in the High Hall,
you are told that the Freeriders, led by Megan Swiftblade,
have uncovered the identity of a powerful ally to General
Zithiruunan ally who helped prepare the recent attack
on Overlook. Megan has since fled to the village of Talar in
the face of repeated assassination attempts. In return for
the name of the generals mysterious benefactor, she has
requested the councils aid.
The council, concerned that this mysterious figure might
still have designs on the city, has dispatched you to rescue
Megan, eliminate any immediate threat to her safety, and
return her to Overlook.
If you prefer a slower start to the adventure, give the
players a chance to ease into the action and learn a
bit more about recent events. The PCs can receive
the Council of Elders summons while in Overlook or
at any location in Elsir Vale. The summons asks the
PCs to come to the High Hall. Any characters who
participated in Siege of Bordrins Watch (Dungeon
157) have visited the hall and spoken with the elders
before.
The Council of Elders
In this roleplaying encounter, the PCs learn more
about their quest. Read or paraphrase the following,
then use the notes below to facilitate play and answer
any questions the PCs might have.
Once more, you stand in the High Hall to be greeted by
Overlooks elders, though their welcome is less brusque this
time.
Greetings, friends, intones Elder Cadrick as you
approach the dais upon which he and the citys other four
leaders stand. We have received a desperate message from
Megan Swiftblade, leader of the Freeriders, who you might
remember. The Freeriders have discovered that General
Zithiruun had a powerful ally in his recent attack on the
city. Although she does not identify this ally in her message,
Megan has already survived three attempts on her life and
fears that more will follow. If we help her, she will tell us
who was ultimately behind the attack, hopefully in time to
prevent another.
Again, we find ourselves in need of aid, and again
we call upon you. Travel to the village of Talar and find
out what Megan knows. Keep her safe, neutralize any
immediate threat to her, and then return her to us.
Cadrick and the others know the following additional
information.
& The village of Talar, where Megan was born, lies
outside the city of Brindol.
& Though Megan does not know who is behind the
attacks against her, she believes it to be the ally
she is threatening to name.
& Megans message to the council makes no
mention of where she is staying, saying only
that they should leave a message for her at the
villages Green Dragon tavern.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Getting to Talar
The partys journey from Overlook to the eastern por-
tion of Elsir Vale and the village of Talar is uneventful.
If the PCs initially wish to bypass Talar for Brindol,
they can resupply and purchase new equipment as
you permit.
When the PCs finally reach Talar, read:
The journey to Talar is long but not overly arduous. Just
before dusk, you arrive at the villages tavern and inn, the
Green Dragon. Having secured rooms for the night and left
your message, you take your rest in the dimly lit common
room. Megans message to the council stated that she would
contact its emissaries only after making sure you had not
been followed. All you can do now is slake your thirst and
wait.
THE GREEN DRAGON
Allow this roleplaying and scene-setting encounter
to run as long as the players are enjoying themselves,
using the notes below to facilitate play.
The Green Dragon is a typical two-story village
tavern and travelers inn. Its outer walls are dressed
stone, while internal walls and the floor are stout oak
boards laid over thick joists. The roof is slate, and a
small beer cellar is found under the common room.
Inside and outside shutters keep the evening chill at
bay.
The common room takes up the majority of the
first floor, with a large fireplace opposite the bar fill-
ing the area with warmth and light. The walls are
covered in faded tapestries showing hunting and
woodland scenes. The second floor houses the inns
guests.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
15

The Provender
Rooms are available for 5 sp a night. Bernath the inn-
keeper can also provide hearty meals (2 sp for stew,
thick-cut bread, and boiled vegetables) and ale (2 sp
a pitcher). The wine in his cellar is carefully kept for
wealthy patrons. Before opening a bottle, however, he
demands payment up front (5 gp).
The Folk
Most of the folk in the tavern are villagers relaxing
after a hard days work. A few travelers round out the
clientele.
Bernath: The owner of the Green Dragon (male
human; Diplomacy +7, Insight +6) is a jovial, portly
widower who welcomes one and all to his establish-
ment. However, a DC 10 Insight check reveals that
the innkeepers cheery disposition is a front. Although
this might pique the PCs suspicions, Bernath is
simply ill at ease in the presence of armed adventur-
ers. Once he sees to the PCs room, food, and drink,
he avoids them whenever possible.
Bernath and his son Niall are the only people in
town who know that Megan is staying with Falrinth
at the Mottled Tower. However, Bernath has been
well paid by Megan to keep his silence. He plans to
secretly deliver the PCs message later that night.
Niall: Bernaths twelve-year-old son (male human;
Thievery +6) is ostensibly in the common room to
help his father. In reality, he is a daring, mischievous
sort who doesnt think twice about helping himself to
a travelers unattended possessions.
At some point before the earthquake strikes, Niall
makes a move to pilfer several silver coins that have
fallen unnoticed under Leuciss chair (see below).
The PCs and the merchant have a chance to notice
(Perception DC 10).
Niall overheard his father talking with Serten
(Falrinths servant) about Megans presence in the
Mottled Tower, though his father does not know that
Niall shares his secret.
Leucis: This frail cloth merchant (male tiefling;
Bluff +12, Diplomacy +12) is deep in his cups when
the PCs arrive. Leuciss business has taken a downturn
recently, and when he spies the PCs, he attempts to start
a conversation with the not-so-subtle goal of off-loading
his wares on the (hopefully) wealthy adventurers.
Sariel: This slim female eladrin carries the weap-
ons and armor of a warrior. She sits on her own,
humming a tuneless song while nursing her ale.
Though she is polite to anyone conversing with her,
she is tightlipped as to her reasons for being in Talar.
The other patrons ignore her, often while discussing
spurious explanations for her presence.
Though her appearance is likely to arouse sus-
picion, Sariel is merely a courier for a well-to-do
merchant in Brindol. She knows nothing about
Megan, but takes any questioning by the PCs as an
attempt to shake her down and steal the mundane
documents she carries.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Farmers: These hardy humans are relaxing after a
hard days work in the fields. Most sit in small groups
drinking and talking quietly among themselves. They
are polite and deferential to the PCs, and can provide
the following information.
& Everyone in the village knows of Megans
reputation as an adventurer, and all remember
her as a child. However, she hasnt lived in Talar
for years.
& Megans parents died five years before, and she
has no other family in Talar.
& Megans father was a good friend of Finrath
the sageor at least as much of a friend as the
antisocial sage let him be.
When the players have done as much roleplaying and
information gathering in the Green Dragon as they
wish, the earthquake strikes.
Skill Challenge: Walls Come Tumbling Down
(page 22).
In the aftermath of the earthquake, the village lies
in ruins. However, Talars ordeal is far from over.
Tactical Encounter: Flowing Death (page 24).
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
16

AT THE TOWER
Even as the PCs defeat the creatures that have
emerged from the flow of blood chaos through the vil-
lage, they witness the Mottled Tower sinking into its
hill on the edge of town.
The horrid ooze continues to slowly flow through the
village, destroying everything it touches. However, sudden
movement atop the nearby hill catches your attention. Even
as you watch, the mottled tower shudders, then begins to
sink into the ground. Two frantic figuresone dragging the
otherappear on the rooftop.
As the PCs approach the tower, read:
The tower continues to sink into the earth, so that by the
time you reach the crest of the hill, only the roof and its
battlements remain above ground. Two figures cling to the
slateone a human male dressed in sages garb; the other a
human female clad in armor, sword in hand. Though the
male seems utterly terrified, the woman is defiant despite
what appears to be a badly broken leg.
The figures atop the tower are Serten, Falrinths
apprentice, and Megan Swiftblade, leader of the
Freeriders.
Serten: This portly human male (Arcana +9)
wears an ink-stained robe, now tattered and torn. He
is groggy and bleeding from a head wound caused by
falling stone.
Megan Swiftblade: Badly injured and covered
with dust, this slender human female has short-
cropped blond hair. A vicious scar runs from her
forehead down her left cheek. If the PCs took part
in Siege of Bordrins Watch (Dungeon 157) or The
Temple Between (Dungeon 161), they recognize
Megan at once.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Crossing the Moat Serten tells how the earthquake released several
monsters kept by Falrinth for research purposes.
Although the tower has sunk into the hill, the PCs
Megan rescued him from these foul creatures, then
must still cross the moat to reach the roof. Normally
he returned the favor by dragging her to the roof
dry, this broad ditch is now filled with blood chaos.
when a collapsing wall broke her leg. He, too, fears for
However, the collapse of the tower has left huge
Falrinths life.
chunks of stone spread through the moat. Though
the blood chaos is slowly eating away at them, these
blocks remain solid enough that the PCs can easily
Mottled Tower Overview
The Mottled Tower once stood within a dry moat atop
cross (no skill checks necessary).
a low, steep hill on the periphery of the village. Con-
Learning More structed of cut and dressed stone, the tower was in
good repair before its collapse. The sage Falrinth lives
The PCs can yell across the moat to Serten and
within, attended by his apprentice.
Megan, but initially only Megan responds.
Megan: Although she desperately needs help,
Features of the Tower
Megan is less than happy to see the PCs. She resents
Illumination: Dim light (sun or moonlight fil-
them for denying the Freeriders the glory of defeat-
tering through the towers narrow windows on the
ing General Zithiruun. The rest of the Freeriders
fourth floor, a few guttering candles and torches on
went into hiding elsewhere in Elsir Vale after the first
lower floors).
assassination attempt against them, as the group felt
Wooden Doors: Doors within the tower are not
that splitting up would make them less vulnerable.
locked. AC/Reflex 5, Fortitude 10, 20 hit points.
Megan is anxious to rescue Falrinth, but her
Walls: The inside walls are of wooden slats over
broken leg has her trapped. Serten dragged her up
thick posts. AC/Reflex 4, Fortitude 12, 40 hit points.
to the roof, but the apprentice is now too terrified to
Floors: Worn oaken floorboards over heavy joists
move. She fears that escaped monsters have trapped
make up the floors. AC/Reflex 4, Fortitude 12, 40 hit
the old sage below. She can identify all three of the
points.
monster types once caged in the tower, but she knows
Ceilings: Ceilings are the joists and bare floor-
nothing of their particular abilities.
boards of the level above, and are 20 feet high. Dust
Megan does not know who or what is behind the
and the sound of footsteps sift down when creatures
earthquake. Though she suspects that Sarshan is
are moving on the next level.
trying to kill her, she does not yet share her knowl-
Spiral Staircase: A wooden spiral staircase climbs
edge of the shadar-kai with the PCs.
the height of the tower, providing access to all levels.
Serten: Serten is terrified, but gentle questioning
Narrow Windows: Window slits in the stone
calms him somewhat. He knows little more than the
walls allow dim light into the towers interior. These
PCs at this point. He was in his quarters when the
windows are shuttered both inside and out. On levels
earthquake struck, but he has no idea what caused it
now below the ground, the shutters hold the earth
or where the blood chaos is coming from.
and mud outside at bay.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
17

Mess and Clutter: The earthquake and the tow-
ers subsequent plunge into the hill have caused chaos
within. Chairs and tables are overturned, while the
contents of cupboards and shelves lie scattered upon
the floor.
External Staircase: This covered walkway spi-
rals around the tower, providing access between the
second, third, and fourth floors.
Structural Damage: The earthquake has caused
extensive damage to the tower. Though the ancient
structure is in no danger of collapse, sections of
its walls have been badly weakened. Cracks have
appeared above all the windows and doors, while
stone dust and crumbled mortar cover the floor. Here
and there, the massive stone blocks of the walls jut
inward from the pressure of the earth outside.
Fifth Floor
The only features of note on this level are the towers
battlements and chimney stack. Megan and Serten
have taken refuge here from the raging monsters and
the blood chaos below.
Fourth Floor
Falrinths apprentice Serten slept here, and the sage
kept several monsters caged in this area as part of his
questionable research. When the PCs reach this level,
they discover that these test subjects have escaped.
Enraged by their long captivity and their mistreat-
ment at Falrinths hands, they attack anyone they see.
Tactical Encounter: Unbound (page 26).
Third Floor
A library, laboratory, and guest room make up this
level. Falrinth does most of his work and research here.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Library: High wooden book-
shelves dominate this chamber, their
volumes now spread across the floor.
An overturned table lies in the middle
of the room.
Laboratory: This large cham-
ber is a shambles, with much of the
floor covered in shattered laboratory
equipment.
Megans Quarters: Falrinths
guest room sees use only infrequently,
as the antisocial sage seldom wel-
comes visitors. The plainly furnished
room shows signs of recent occupa-
tion but contains nothing of value.
Second Floor
Falrinth uses the second floor as his
living space. A curtained-off section
holds a four-poster bed, while a large
banquet table dominates the rest of
the chamber.
First Floor
The towers ground floor is used
mainly for storage, with two smaller
chambers set up as a kitchen and
pantry. Large sliding doors of iron in
the east wall provide access for crates,
barrels, and so forth.
Pantry: Shelves once crammed
with foodstuffs line the walls of this
room, but their contents have joined
the boxes, crates, and barrels filling
much of the available floor space.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
18

Kitchen: A large fireplace dominates this cham-
ber. Cooking paraphernalia fallen from cupboards
and sideboards lies scattered about.
When the PCs reach this area, they discover Fal-
rinth huddled in a corner. Read:
A portly human male huddles within the devastation of this
kitchen. His straggly brown hair is disheveled, mud staining
his robes.
The reclusive Falrinth is less than grateful to his res-
cuers, asking only if the PCs have seen Megan and
Serten. If the PCs speak to Falrinth (either here or
later), refer to the skill challenge The Chase Is On
(Part 1) (page 30).
Below the Tower
A series of caverns unknown to Falrinth lie beneath
the tower. Sarshans attack squad is using a trio of
ancient floodgates within the caves to destroy Talar
the first test of Sarshans equipment and capability.
Tactical Encounter: Blood Chaos Caverns
(page 28).
The Chase Is On (Part 1)
In this first part of a connected two-part skill chal-
lenge, the PCs obtain information from Megan and
Falrinth, then step through a portal to follow the
route of Sarshans servants back to their master.
Skill Challenge: The Chase Is On (Part 1)
(page 30).
Beyond the Mottled Tower
THE EVER-TREE
Once the skill challenge is complete, the PCs are
ready to use the teleportation circle to follow the
route taken by Sarshans servants. Stepping through
the portal takes them to the Ever-Tree, below which
Sarshan has created a lair to help him regulate and
direct the flow of blood chaos.
Tactical Encounter: Draconic Wrath (page 31).
The Chase Is On (Part 2)
In this second part of the connected skill challenge,
the PCs enter the fetid tunnels below the Ever-Tree in
search of Sarshan.
Skill Challenge: The Chase Is On (Part 2) (page
33).
Blood Chaos Pools
In the depths of the tunnels beneath the Ever-Tree,
Sarshan and his servants funnel a pool of blood chaos
into Elsir Vale by way of two ancient portals.
Tactical Encounter: In Fetid Darkness (page 34).
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
19

THE TOWER OF
DJAMELA
Sarshans lair and final hiding place lies in the Ele-
mental Chaosa tower on a floating island set in the
midst of the Sea of Fire. After activating the portal
through which the shadar-kai fled the In Fetid Dark-
ness encounter (page 34), the PCs appear within
a permanent teleportation circle on the shore of a
floating earthberg. Close by, they see the larger island
whose obsidian tower is Sarshans lair. On the hori-
zon, the distant spires of the legendary City of Brass
shimmer above the haze of the lava sea.
The Island
Sarshans island is a steep-sided rise that juts up from
the Sea of Fire. An ancient stone dike surrounds the
island, bolstered by arcane rituals that help keep the
lava at bay. Environmental conditions on the island
are described in the Sea of Fire encounter (page 37).
The PCs can learn more about the island with a
successful History check.
DC 15: Years ago, this island was home to an eccentric
efreet mage named Djamela. When her dangerous
research saw her driven from the City of Brass, Djamela
relocated to this remote location to continue her work. The
monolithic tower that dominates the island was raised by
her hand, and filled with traps and conjured creatures to
defend against intrusion.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
DC 20: Djamelas passion was the study of raw chaos.
The mage was particularly interested in the mutability of
the matter of the Elemental Chaos, and sought to harness
the innate chaotic quality of such matter to effect its
controlled change.
DC 25: Djamelas enemies eventually found her, and
the efreet mage was slain. In the aftermath, the golems
and spectral defenders that Djamela had conjured were left
to run free, preventing others from continuing Djamelas
research. With its dike decaying, the island was nearly
consumed by the Sea of Fire.
Djamelas Tower
The efreet mages tower is a sheer-sided obsidian
monolith. Sarshan has constructed a path leading
from his access portal at the edge of the island to
the monoliths base. However, the shadar-kai has
prepared for unwelcome visitors by reestablishing
control over the mages traps and wardsincluding
a great reservoir of blood chaos in the towers lower
level.
Height: The tower is 200 feet high and con-
structed of polished obsidian (Athletics DC 30 to
climb).
Ceiling: Unless otherwise noted, ceilings within
the monolith are 60 feet high. The top level is open to
the sky.
Level Access: The monolith contains seven levels,
some of which are sunk below the islands surface.
However, knowing that the PCs are after him, Sar-
shan has reconfigured the portals that once provided
access between levels. Now, they lead through the
chambers where Djamelas most dangerous traps lie
in wait.
The End is Nigh
Sarshans plans involve the shunting of huge amounts
of blood chaos between the planes. However, the
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
20
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

shadar-kais knowledge of Djamelas work is less Crusher Rooms Final Battle

complete than he thinks. In the course of establish- The portal in the galleries leads to a deadly gauntlet As Sarshan prepares his final escape, the PCs have
ing the portal links between the obsidian tower and of traps and defenders still present from the time of one chance to catch the shadar-kai and end his threat
the world, Sarshan has inadvertently diverted arcane Djamela. to Overlook and Elsir Vale.
power from the wards that imbue the islands walls. Tactical Encounter: Crusher Rooms (page 42). Tactical Encounter: Final Battle (page 45).
Now, even as the PCs hunt the shadar-kai, a torrent of
lava threatens to breach the dikes. This race against
time means that the PCs do not have time to take an
extended rest while on the island.
When his work is complete, Sarshan attempts to
establish a portal to escape the island. Unfortunately,
the breakdown of the wards interferes with his ritual,
costing him time that allows the PCs to catch up.

Sea of Fire
The portal takes the PCs to an earthberg floating on a
lava sea. Sarshans tower is nearby, but the party must
run a gauntlet laid down by the shadar-kais guards.
Tactical Encounter: Sea of Fire (page 37).

Galleries
Once the PCs have fought their way past the initial
wave of defenders, they follow the path to the mono-
liths well-guarded entrance.
Tactical Encounter: Galleries (page 39).

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
21

WALLS COME
TUMBLING DOWN
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP)
Setup
An earthquake rocks the village of Talar, threatening
to raze the Green Dragon to the ground.
Walls Come Tumbling Down Level 11
Skill Challenge XP 3,000
The tavern begins to shudder violently as if in the grip of a
powerful storm. Tipped tankards slosh ale to the floor as sev-
eral patrons are knocked back in their chairs. Window shutters
bang wildly as the shaking increases, the floor and walls buck-
ing as if alive. In panic, the other patrons stagger to their feet
and attempt to flee the chaos.
The PCs must flee the tavern as it collapses about their
heads, but the plight of the trapped and terrified villagers
complicates their escape.
Complexity
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Athletics, Diplomacy, Intimidate.
Other Skills
Acrobatics, Bluff, Perception.
Victory
The PCs manage to escape the tavern and evacuate the patrons
trapped within. Consequently, they enter the Flowing
Death encounter early, giving them additional time to
rescue the villager on the trapped wagon before the blood
chaos overwhelms her. See page 24 for more information.
Defeat
The PCs are injured beneath the collapsing building or hit by
flying debris, though buried characters and villagers can be
dug out with a few minutes work. Each PC loses 1 healing
surge.
Special
Some of the timeline events (see below) incur failures or
successes in the skill challenge.
If the PCs simply flee the tavern, they automatically fail the
skill challenge. To be successful, they must attempt to help
other patrons escape.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Acrobatics (DC 10)
(0 successes or failures)
are triggered by the PCs actions. The PCs dictate in
which order they tackle these additional events.
Moving through the collapsing tavern, whether to reach a
fallen comrade or to flee, requires a successful Acrobatics
Round 0: The earthquake hits the village; the skill
check. challenge begins.
Acrobatics (DC 21) Round 1: Leucis.
(1 success or failure, see below) Round 2: Crumbling Floor.
Escaping the collapsing tavern through a door or window
Round 3: Fire.
requires a successful Acrobatics check. This check allows
Round 4: If the Fire event was not resolved, a
the PC to drag one other person with him or her. A PC can
make this check only once for himself, but he can make the tapestry bursts into flames.
check again if he goes back into the tavern to rescue one of
Round 5: If the Fire event was not resolved, fire
the villagers.
Athletics (DC 16) spreads to the adjacent tapestries.
(1 success or failure, see below) Round 6: Roof Collapse.
Different events in the skill challenge key to specific Round 7: The tavern collapses. Any PCs remain-
Athletics checks the PCs can attempt. See the event
descriptions below. ing inside are trapped beneath the rubble.
Bluff (DC 16) The events of the skill challenge are presented in
(0 successes or failures) the order in which they occur, followed by events trig-
With a successful check, the PC manages to convince a
gered by the PCs.
terrified villager to accept his or her aid. The PC gains a +2
bonus to his or her next Diplomacy or Intimidate check
with the same NPC. Leucis
Diplomacy or Intimidate (DC 16)
When the earthquake hits, the merchant Leucis is
(1 success or failure)
With a successful check, the PC manages to convinceor struck by a roof beam that knocks him unconscious.
threatenone of the terrified villagers into leaving a place Unless he is rendered conscious with healing or
of refuge within the tavern. The villager subsequently
hauled out, he dies when the roof collapses.
escapes the tavern.
Perception (DC 10)
(0 successes or failures)
Crumbling Floor
The PC notices something of importance in the tavern, A section of floor gives way, dropping characters into
whether a villager trapped beneath a table (see Trapped
the cellar below.
Villager, below), parts of the floor or ceiling about to
collapse (see Roof Collapse and Crumbling Floor), and The floor groans ominously as its planks and timbers begin
so on. This check serves as the lead-in to one of the events to twist and splinter.
detailed below.
The collapsing floor makes a melee attack against
Timeline of Events each character in the area: +15 vs. Reflex; 1d10 fall-
ing damage, and the target lands prone in the cellar
Once the earthquake strikes, the action develops
amid a shower of debris. The party earns 1 failure if
quickly. This skill challenge takes place over 6 rounds,
any of the PCs fall into the cellar.
during which a number of specific events unfold.
Some events occur at specific times, while others
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
22

Fire
A fire in the common room spreads quickly unless it
is extinguished.
A particularly violent tremor shakes the inn, hurling a
shower of burning hot embers from the fireplace into the
common room. A tapestry torn from the wall by a fleeing
patron quickly begins to smolder.
If the PCs do not deal with the smoldering tapestry, it
bursts into flames the following round. Those flames
then spread to the adjacent tapestries the round after.
With a successful Athletics check, a PC can smother
or beat out the flames in the first or second round.
This earns 1 success in the skill challenge. If the PCs
fail to put out the flames, they earn 1 failure in the
challenge.
L=Leucis
S=Sariel
N=Niall
B=Bernath
F=Farmer
Roof Collapse
The Green Dragons weakened ceiling timbers begin
to collapse in round 6.
The tavern convulses as more violent tremors strike. The
great beams holding the upper floor aloft begin to buckle
ominously.
It should be clear to the PCs that the tavern is about
to collapse. In round 7, read:
The aging timbers above your head snap like kindling.
A shower of floorboards and furniture heralds the upper
floors collapse.
The collapsing roof makes an attack against each
character still in the tavern: +15 vs. Reflex; 2d12 +
8 damage, and the target is knocked prone. Charac-
ters not hit by the attack manage to stagger clear just
Beyond the Mottled Tower
ahead of the taverns collapse, though you might call
for final Athletics or Acrobatics checks for dramatic
effect. PCs knocked prone by the collapse can dig
themselves out with assistance.
Trapped Villager
A villager is trapped under a fallen table with either
broken bones or a head wound.
Across the room, you make out the form of a villager
trapped beneath a heavy table.
With a successful Athletics check, a PC can heave the
table off the villager and drag him out of the tavern.
This earns 1 success in the skill challenge.
Terrified Villager
One of the villagers, believing that giants or mon-
strous beasts are outside the tavern, cowers beneath a
table, refusing to come out.
One of the terrified locals crouches beneath a table,
whimpering as the tavern is torn apart around him.
The villager believes that if he emerges from under
the table, he will die. A successful Diplomacy or
Intimidate check coaxes him out. This earns 1 success
in the skill challenge.
Use the named NPCs as the subjects of this event.
Aftermath
When the PCs stagger from the ruins of the Green
Dragon, a scene of chaos and destruction greets them.
Proceed to the Flowing Death tactical encounter on
the next page.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
23
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

FLOWING DEATH Scion of Chaos (C) Level 11 Controller 2 Skulking Terrors (S) Level 11 Lurker
Huge elemental animate XP 600 Medium elemental animate XP 600
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP) Initiative +9 Senses Perception +9 Initiative +13 Senses Perception +11
Whirling Tentacles aura 2; the scion of chaos slides any HP 83; Bloodied 41
creature that starts its turn in the aura 2 squares. AC 25; Fortitude 21, Reflex 23, Will 21
Setup HP 117; Bloodied 58 Speed 6, fly 6
1 scion of chaos (C) AC 25; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24 m Slam (standard; at-will)
Resist acid 10, fire 10 +16 vs. AC; 2d6+6 damage
8 chaos maulers (M)
Speed 6 C Lethargic Countenance (standard action; at-will)
2 skulking terrors (S) m Slam (standard; at-will) & Fire Close burst 3; +12 vs. Will; the target is slowed and grants
Reach 3; +16 vs. AC; 2d8+4 fire damage combat advantage to the skulking terror until the end
When the PCs escape or dig themselves out from the r Staggering Strike (standard; at-will) of the skulking terrors next turn. After all attacks are
Ranged 10; +14 vs. Fortitude; 2d6+6 damage and the target resolved, the skulking terror teleports 8 squares and gains
ruined tavern, a scene of devastation greets them. In is pushed 3 squares. a +4 power bonus to all defenses against ranged and
only a few moments, this vibrant, thriving community A Coils of Immobility (standard; recharge 7 8) area attacks.
has been reduced to ruins. Area burst 2 within 10; targets enemies only; +13 vs. Combat Advantage
Reflex; 2d8+4 damage and the target is restrained The skulking terror deals an extra 2d6 damage on melee
Flames leap high in the air, silhouetting huddled survivors (save ends) attacks against any target it has combat advantage against.
against the heaped mounds of rubble that were once their Liquid Body Liquid Body
homes. Many of the buildings in the immediate vicinity The scion of chaos is perfectly adapted to living in blood The skulking terror is perfectly adapted to living in blood
chaos. It can move through blood chaos without penalty chaos. It can move through blood chaos without penalty
have at least partially collapsed, and fires are spreading
and takes no damage from contact with blood chaos. and takes no damage from contact with blood chaos.
through the ruins. A terrified screaming rises in the Alignment Unaligned Languages Alignment Unaligned Languages
distance along the main track, Villagers are running toward Str 17 (+8) Dex 19 (+9) Wis 19 (+9) Str 14 (+7) Dex 19 (+9) Wis 13 (+6)
you, a dark shape oozing down the street behind them. Con 21 (+10) Int 16 (+8) Cha 21 (+10) Con 11 (+5) Int 13 (+6) Cha 12 (+6)

To give the villagers time to flee the destruction, the

PCs must defeat the monsters that have accompanied
8 Chaos Maulers (M) Level 11 Minion Tactics
Large elemental animate XP 150
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7 The scion of chaos hangs back from melee, using its
the release of the blood chaos.
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion coils of immobility to halt foes in their tracks. While
When the PCs are in a position to see the blood AC 23; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22 that power recharges, it makes staggering strike attacks
Speed 6
chaos f lowing from below the Mottled Tower, to batter strikers and defenders out of position.
m Slam (standard; at-will)
read: Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 8 fire damage The skulking terrors fight from within the blood
Liquid Body chaos to maintain concealment. They use lethargic
A viscous purple-red tide is flowing into Talar, pouring out The chaos mauler is perfectly adapted to living in blood
from a low, craggy hill at the edge of the village. A tower countenance against PCs already engaged in melee
chaos. It can move through blood chaos without penalty
of mottled stone stands atop the hill, the ooze flowing out and takes no damage from contact with blood chaos. with the chaos maulers, then follow up with slam
through a hole blasted out beneath it. Where twin arms of Alignment Unaligned Languages attacks against slowed targets.
the flow have circled a collapsed house, fire suddenly flares, Str 23 (+11) Dex 18 (+9) Wis 14 (+7) The chaos maulers flank to maintain combat
trapping a terrified and heavily pregnant woman on an Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 16 (+8)
advantage, moving freely through the blood chaos in
adjacent wagon. the hope that foes follow them.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
24

Features of the Area
Illumination: The fires spreading through the vil-
lage fill the area with dim light.
Burning and Ruined Buildings: The three
ruined buildings are now little more than piles of
rubble with burning roofs. Squares containing rubble
are difficult terrain. A creature that enters or starts its
turn in a burning square takes 1d10 fire damage.
Smoke: A haze of thick, acrid smoke billows across
the area. Squares of smoke are heavily obscured.
Within the smoke, adjacent creatures have con-
cealment, while creatures not adjacent have total
concealment.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
terrain. A creature that enters or begins its turn in
an area of blood chaos takes 2d6 + 3 acid and fire
damage and is slowed (save ends).
Aftermath
Once the PCs have defeated the monsters here, it
becomes apparent that the flow of liquid engulfing
the village shows no sign of abating. Unless the blood
chaos is stopped at its source, Talar will be destroyed.
Return to At the Tower, page 17.
CREATURES OF CHAOS
This encounter features new monsters spawned from
the raging blood chaos. Use these descriptive notes
when the creatures appear.
Scion of Chaos: This undulating orb of melting
orange and purple flesh writhes toward you on a bed
of muscular tentacles. A ring of larger tentacles juts
from the top of the orb.
Chaos Mauler: This hulking creature is seemingly
composed of congealed purple-orange liquid. Its head
has no eyes or other features, and a single thick ten-
Trapped Wagon: The blood chaos flow reaches
tacle grows from its belly.
the trapped wagon in 5 rounds, but the PCs perfor-
Skulking Terror: This paper-thin creature resem-
mance in the previous skill challenge affects how long
bles a headless, flattened orange and purple bat. It
it takes them to enter this encounter. If the PCs failed
drips a viscous ichor in its wake from a number of
the skill challenge, they have only 2 rounds until the
small holes on its underside.
blood chaos reaches the wagon. Once the blood chaos
reaches the wagon, it destroys it and kills the terrified
villager in 1 round.
Blood Chaos Flow: The oozing tide of purple-red
ooze is blood chaos. Blood chaos moves only 1 square
per round, but this potent distillation of elemental
energy burns inanimate objects and melts living
flesh. Squares filled with blood chaos are difficult
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
25
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

UNBOUND
Encounter Level 11 (3,000 XP)
Setup
2 grimlock ambushers (G)
1 foulspawn seer (F)
2 mezzodemons (M)
A group of monsters kept by Falrinth for experimen-
tal purposes has been freed by the towers collapse.
Though enraged by their long incarceration, these
creatures remain fearful as a result of the towers
ongoing collapse. Claiming their stolen weapons from
a nearby storage locker, they lurk here among the
ruins of their prison, awaiting prey upon which they
can revenge themselves.
Perception Check
DC 16: Something large is moving beyond the bottom
of the stairs ahead.
When the PCs enter this area, read:
Three large cells stand along the walls of this gloomy
chamber. All show signs of extensive damage, their bars
wrenched free and scattered across the floor. To the left,
open double doors provide access to another area beyond.
To the right, a large insectoid creature bearing a trident
lurks between the cells. At the sight of you, it snarls and
begins to advance.
2 Grimlock Ambushers (G) Level 11 Skirmisher 2 Mezzodemons (M) Level 11 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid (blind) XP 600 Medium elemental humanoid (demon) XP 600
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7; blindsight 10 Initiative +9 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
HP 110; Bloodied 55; see also offensive shift HP 113; Bloodied 56
AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 23 AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 23
Immune gaze Resist 20 poison, 10 variable (2/encounter; see MM glossary)
Speed 6 Speed 6
m Greataxe (standard; at-will) & Weapon m Trident (standard; at-will) & Weapon
+16 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage (crit 2d12 + 17) Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
M Offensive Shift (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves M Skewering Tines (standard; at-will) & Weapon
within 2 squares of the grimlock ambusher and attacks an Requires trident; Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage,
ally of the grimlock; recharges when first bloodied) and the target takes ongoing 5 damage and is restrained
The grimlock ambusher shifts and makes a melee basic (save ends both). While the target is restrained, the
attack against the triggering creature. mezzodemon cannot make trident attacks.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech R Poison Breath (standard; recharge 7 8) & Poison
Skills Athletics +15, Endurance +12 Close blast 3; targets enemies; +16 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 3
Str 20 (+10) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 15 (+7) poison damage, and ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends).
Con 14 (+7) Int 9 (+4) Cha 9 (+4) Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Equipment greataxe Skills Intimidate +11
Str 20 (+10) Dex 15 (+7) Wis 16 (+8)
Foulspawn Seer (F) Level 11 Artillery (Leader) Con 17 (+8) Int 10 (+5) Cha 13 (+6)
Medium aberrant humanoid XP 600 Equipment trident
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
Foul Insight aura 10; an ally in the aura that can hear the Tactics
foulspawn seer gains a +2 power bonus to one attack roll,
skill check, ability check, or saving throw on its turn.
The mezzodemon in the cells uses skewering tines to
AC 24; Fortitude 19, Reflex 23, Will 21 pin an opponent in front of it, ideally preventing that
HP 86; Bloodied 43 PC from entering melee. The other mezzodemon
Speed 6, teleport 3
charges into the fray, using poison breath as soon as it
m Twisted Staff (standard; at-will) & Weapon
+14 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage, and the target is pushed 1 can target two or more opponents.
square. Lurking by the open double doors, the grimlock
R Warp Orb (standard; at-will) ambushers fight as a pair, flanking for combat advan-
Ranged 10; + 16 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 6 damage, and the target
is dazed (save ends).
tage and enabling their offensive shift.
C Distortion Blast (standard; daily) The foulspawn seer stays back from melee, using
Close blast 5; +12 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the the grimlock ambushers as a screen. It hurls warp orbs
target is dazed (save ends). Aberrant creatures take half
at targets at the edge of the fray, switching to distor-
damage.
Bend Space (immediate interrupt, when the foulspawn seer tion blast against foes that press it. It uses bend space as
would be hit by an attack; recharge 7 8 ) & Teleportation often as possible, moving to position another monster
The foulspawn seer teleports 3 squares. between it and the PCs.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, telepathy 10
Str 10 (+5) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 8 (+4)
These former prisoners are allied in their rage but
Con 14 (+7) Int 22 (+11) Cha 18 (+9) they do not flank except with creatures of their own
Equipment staff kind. They fight to the death.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
26
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Features of the Area

Debris: Squares adjacent to the bookshelves,
desks, and tables are covered with debris and are dif-
ficult terrain.
Tables: The tables are tall enough that a Small
creature can move under them and gain cover. It costs
2 squares of movement to hop up onto a table. A char-
acter can make a DC 10 Strength check to tip over a
table, which then grants superior cover.
Double Doors: These doors stand open. Because
of damage from the collapse, closing them requires a
DC 15 Strength check.
Cages: The earthquake loosened the bars of these
floor-to-ceiling cages, allowing the creatures here to
escape. Medium or smaller characters can squeeze
through the remaining bars, but doing so requires 2
extra squares of movement.
Shattered Weapons Locker: Falrinth kept his
prisoners equipment in a case near their cages. As
soon as they escaped, they shattered the case and
reclaimed their weapons.
Structural Damage: As detailed in Mottled
Tower Overview, this area of the tower has suffered
structural damage from its plunge into the earth.
Although the combatants are in no danger here,
describe the floor creaking and bowing alarmingly,
dust falling from above, and so on.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
27
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

BLOOD CHAOS CAVERNS Shadar-Kai Witch (S) Level 14 Elite Controller 2 Githyanki Warriors (G) Level 12 Soldier
Medium shadow humanoid XP 2,000 Medium natural humanoid XP 700
Encounter Level 14 (5,150 XP) Initiative +11 Senses Perception +9, low-light vision Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 272; Bloodied 136 HP 118; Bloodied 59
Setup AC 30; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 25
Saving Throws +2
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
1 shadar-kai witch (S) Speed 6; see also shadow jaunt Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
2 githyanki warriors (G) Action Points 1 m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) & Psychic, Weapon
8 troglodyte warriors (T) m Blackfire Touch (standard; at-will) & Fire, Necrotic +17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 plus 1d6 psychic damage, and an extra
+18 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 6 fire and necrotic damage. 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
Sarshans agents have successfully initiated the blood M Beshadowed Mind (standard; recharge 6 7 8 ) & Necrotic R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
chaos flow far below the Mottled Tower. Having Ranged 10; +18 vs. Will; 3d6 + 6 necrotic damage, and the Ranged 5; Medium or small target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target has no line of sight to anything more than 2 squares target is immobilized (save ends).
finally completed their work, the team is in the pro- from it (save ends). R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
cess of activating an escape portal before the chamber C Deep Shadow (standard; sustain minor; encounter) & Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range can
is completely inundated. Necrotic fly up to 5 squares.
Aura 2; thick, writhing shadows surround the shadar-kai Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
When the PCs reach the hole leading into this witch. The witch and any other shadow creatures in the Skills History +9, Insight +12
area, read: aura gain concealment. In addition, enemies that enter Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
A jagged hole splits the stone floor, flickering light welling or start their turns in the aura take 5 necrotic damage, Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
and enemies (including flying ones) also treat the area Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
up from a natural cavern below. Shadows move within the
within the aura as difficult terrain. The shadar-kai witch
light, signs of something lurking deep beneath the tower. can sustain the aura as a minor action. However, the effect
8 Troglodyte Warriors (T) Level 12 Minion
Perception Check ends if she uses shadow jaunt or moves more than half her
Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 175
speed on her turn. Sustain Minor: The aura persists.
DC 21: From ahead, a voice speaks the words of a Initiative +6 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
C Ebon Burst (standard; encounter) & Necrotic
ritual. Close burst 2; +18 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the
Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a 2
penalty to attack rolls.
Arcana Check (after a successful Perception target is slowed until the end of the shadar-kai witchs
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
next turn.
check) Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) & Teleportation
AC 25; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 21
DC 21: The ritual being performed is Linked Portal, Speed 5
The shadar-kai witch teleports 3 squares and becomes
m Club (standard; at-will) & Weapon
and the speaker is close to completion. insubstantial until the start of her next turn.
+15 vs. AC; 7 damage
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
The shadar-kai witch and her guards attack as soon as Skills Acrobatics +13, Arcana +18, Religion +18, Stealth +18
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Draconic
they notice the PCs. Skills Athletics +14, Endurance +13
Str 17 (+10) Dex 19 (+11) Wis 15 (+9)
Str 18 (+9) Dex 12 (+6) Wis 11 (+5)
Con 16 (+10) Int 23 (+13) Cha 17 (+10)
Con 16 (+8) Int 6 (+3) Cha 8 (+4)
Tactics Equipment ritual book containing Linked Portal
Equipment light shield, club
The shadar-kai witch cloaks herself with deep shadow,
which she sustains as a minor action for as long as The githyanki warriors use telekinetic leap to bypass The troglodyte warriors move to surround and
possible. She attacks first with beshadowed mind, reus- the partys front line, then use telekinetic grasp on cut down the closest enemies, flanking for combat
ing that power each time it recharges and making lightly armored opponents before attacking with their advantage.
blackfire touch attacks otherwise. She uses ebon burst silver greatswords.
if attacked by more than one opponent, followed by
shadow jaunt to reposition herself.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
28
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Deadly Rockslide Level 8 Lurker Natural Cavern Walls: The rough cavern walls Unstable Cavern: The earthquake and the sub-
Hazard XP 350 can be easily climbed (Athletics DC 10). sequent flow of blood chaos into the chamber have
A shower of rock and stone falls from the crumbling founda- Portal Circle: The shadar-kai witch has inscribed undercut the foundations of this cavern. A shower of
tions of the sinking tower.
a circle for a Linked Portal ritual on the floor in chalk dust and stones falls constantly from the walls and
Hazard: Rocks tumble down in a target square and make a and powdered gemstone. ceiling. Each round, a rockslide hits (see the statistics
burst 3 attack.
Perception Floodgates: Three floodgates pierce the north wall block), centered on a square occupied by a randomly
Characters cant use Perception to detect this hazard. near the ceiling. The left gates are open and spewing determined combatant.
Additional Skills: Nature or Dungeoneering blood chaos toward the village (it is this flow that has
A DC 16 Nature or Dungeoneering check notices that the
cavern is unstable.
blasted the tunnel through the hill). The flow from Closing the Gates
Initiative +13 the open right-hand gates has burned another tunnel After the battle is over, the PCs can shut the two open
Trigger through the hill to the towers moat. The middle gates floodgates without difficulty. During the battle, an
The rockslide is triggered by the start of combat in remain closed. Large gear wheels can be turned to adjacent character can shut the floodgates as a full-
the cavern. When combat begins, the rockslide rolls
for initiative. Between the start of combat and the open and close the floodgates (Strength DC 21). round action.
rockslides first attack, characters know that a rockslide Blood Chaos: Blood chaos covers the indicated
is beginning but they do not know which squares it will squares to a depth of 3 feet. These squares are dif- Aftermath
effect.
ficult terrain. This potent distillation of elemental Once the PCs have defeated Sarshans servants, they
Attack
Standard Action Close burst 3 energy burns inanimate objects and melts living can learn more about recent events. Proceed to The
Targets: Creatures in burst flesh. A creature that enters or begins its turn in Chase Is On (Part 1) skill challenge on the next page.
Attack: +11 vs. Reflex an area of blood chaos takes 2d6 + 3 acid and fire
Hit: 3d6 + 5 damage
Miss: Half damage
damage and is slowed (save ends).
Sustain Standard: The rockslide continues until the floodgates
are closed.
Countermeasures
& A character in the burst can take advantage of natural
openings in the slide to avoid damage by making a DC 21
Nature or Dungeoneering check. With a successful check, a
character takes half damage (no damage if the slide misses).

Features of the Area

Illumination: Bright light from a lantern set in
the center of the teleportation circle illuminates the
floodgates and the surrounding area. The rest of the
chamber is in darkness.
Ceiling: 20 feet high. A wide, jagged hole in the
ceiling provides access to the tower. The rubble-filled
squares directly below the hole are difficult terrain.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
29

THE CHASE IS ON
(PART 1)
Encounter Level 11 (1,200 XP)
Setup
The PCs pursuit of Sarshan plays out as a connected
two-part skill challenge. In this first part, they must
glean what Megan and Falrinth know even as they
search the blood chaos caverns for clues.
The Chase Is On (Part 1) Level 11
Skill Challenge XP 1,200
The threat under the tower has been vanquished. Now, even as
you attempt to activate the teleportation circle, you must over-
come Megan and Falrinths animosity to discover who or what
is behind the destruction in Talar.
Once the PCs have defeated the threat under the tower, they
can learn more about recent events and discover the danger
Sarshans plans pose to Elsir Vale. Once they return to the
roof to speak with Megan and Falrinth, or if they seem likely
to activate the teleportation circle, begin the skill challenge.
Complexity
2 (requires 6 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Diplomacy, Intimidate.
Other Skills
Bluff.
Victory
The PCs collect the information they need and activate the
teleportation circle in a timely fashion.
Defeat
Although the PCs manage to gain some relevant information
and to activate the teleportation circle, the time they take
in doing so alerts Sarshan that something has gone wrong
with the attack. As a result, the PCs face a greater challenge
in the Draconic Wrath encounter (page 31).
Arcana (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 2 successes)
The PC is able to recover information regarding the disrupted
Linked Portal ritual. The PCs can determine the coordinates
of the teleportation circle to which the shadar-kai and
her allies were attempting to flee, but they must consult
Falrinth to determine where that location is (see below).
Arcana (DC 21)
(1 success or failure, maximum 1 success)
By investigating the floodgates, the PC discovers the secrets
of their operation. The gates are of ancient construction,
and were built to channel the flow of magical energy. The
activation of these ancient gates caused the earthquake
that preceded the blood chaos attack.
Bluff (DC 16)
(0 successes or failures)
With a successful check, the PC manages to get on Megan and
Falrinths good side. The next Diplomacy check made in the
challenge gains a +2 bonus.
Diplomacy (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes)
The PC attempts to convince Falrinth or Megan to work
with the party. See below for more information.
Intimidate (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 2 successes)
The PC forgoes pleasantries in an attempt to force Falrinth or
Megans aid. Though Falrinth can be swayed with threats
(see below for more information), attempts to intimidate
Megan meet with no success. She gives the PCs no
information, earning the party 1 failure in the skill challenge.
Falrinth
The PCs can use Diplomacy or Intimidate to
learn more information from Falrinth. The sage is
extremely untrusting and insular, and his single-
minded dedication to his work has turned him
somewhat surly over the years. Falrinth is also
extremely greedy, loving gold like the friends and
family that abandoned him years before. Although he
is grateful for the PCs assistance, he fears that they
will attempt to shake him down for a reward.
Successful Diplomacy or Intimidate checks inspire
Falrinth to reveal some or all of the following.
& He had no idea that tunnels existed under his tower.
& He does not know the attackers and has no
notion of who they work for. He has no enemies
that he is aware of, and knows no shadar-kai.
& If he is given the sigil sequence of the
teleportation circle the shadar-kai witch was
Beyond the Mottled Tower
attempting to teleport to, Falrinth recognizes
it as a permanent circle in a fetid swamp far to
the south. The swamp is known to sages for its
rampant primordial fauna and huge trees.
Megan Swiftblade
Megan already resents the party for outstripping the
Freeriders reputation, and having been rescued by
them has not improved her attitude. The PCs must
tread carefully if they wish to learn more from her.
Successful Diplomacy checks inspire Megan to
reveal some or all of the following information.
& Three assassination attempts have so far been
made against Megan and the Freeriders. The rest
of the group have scattered across Elsir Vale in
an attempt to prevent further attacks.
& Through a mercenary band that escaped
from the failed attack on Overlook, the
Freeriders discovered that a shadar-kai arms
dealerSarshanwas providing mercenaries,
intelligence, support, and even arms and armor
to the githyanki assault.
& Sarshans current plots revolve around something
called blood chaos, with which he means to take
retribution against Overlook and Elsir Vale.
Though Megan had not previously known what blood
chaos referred to, Falrinth knows the name. He
can guess that this is the elemental ooze being fun-
neled through the floodgates. Though Sarshans full
plans remain unknown, Falrinth knows that dozens
of hidden and secret portals are said to be scattered
across Elsir Vale. Sarshans mastery of portal and
planar magic gives him the power to deliver blood
chaos to any part of the vale. The scene the PCs wit-
nessed in Talar is set to be repeated across Elsir Vale
unless Sarshan can be stopped.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
30

DRACONIC WRATH
Encounter Level 13 (4,500 XP)
Setup
Antharosk, green dragon (A)
Calaunxin, green dragon (C)
Using the teleportation circle beneath the Mot-
tled Tower, the PCs arrive at the Ever-Treean
immense oak rising within a lake of blood chaos.
Two dragonsAntharosk and Calaunxinguard
the approaches to this living tower.
When the PCs step through the portal, read:
As you shift through the haze of the portal, you emerge
on a wooden platform set upon the skeletal branch of an
immense oak tree. This stands in the middle of a dismal,
fog-shrouded swamp, the tree surrounded by a lake of blood
chaos. Its huge roots snake through the boiling ooze like
great vipers, while above you, a thick canopy of leaves cuts
the light to a perpetual gloom.
As soon as the PCs investigate their surroundings,
Antharosk and Calaunxin become aware of their
presence and attack.
If the PCs failed the skill challenge of The Chase
Is On (Part 1), Sarshan has sent a warning to Anthar-
osk and Calaunxin to be ready for intruders. The
dragons gain a surprise round, attacking with their
breath weapons as soon as the PCs appear on the
platform.
Antharosk,
Adult Green Dragon (A)
Level 10 Solo Controller
Large natural magical beast (dragon) XP 2,500
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Lashing Tail aura 1; all creatures other than Antharosk treat
the area within the aura as difficult terrain. Antharosk
loses this aura while airborne.
HP 428; Bloodied 214; see also bloodied breath
AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 24, Will 23
Resist 20 poison
Saving Throws +5
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15; see also flyby attack
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) & Poison
Reach 2; +15 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and ongoing 5
poison damage (save ends).
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +15 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
Antharosk makes two claw attacks.
M Flyby Attack (standard; recharge 7 8 )
Antharosk flies up to 12 squares and makes a bite attack at
any point during the move without provoking opportunity
attacks from the target.
M Tail Sweep (immediate reaction, if an adjacent enemy does
not move on its turn; at-will)
+13 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is knocked
prone.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 7 8) & Poison
Close blast 5; +13 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 4 poison damage,
and the target takes ongoing 5 damage and is slowed (save
ends both). Aftereffect: The target is slowed (save ends).
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) &
Poison
Antharosks breath weapon recharges , and he uses it
immediately.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) & Fear
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +13 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of Antharosks next turn. Aftereffect: Skills Athletics +19
The target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends). Str 20 (+9)
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff +19, Diplomacy +14, Insight +18, Intimidate +14
Str 16 (+8) Dex 20 (+10) Wis 17 (+8)
Con 19 (+9) Int 16 (+8) Cha 18 (+9)
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Calaunxin,
Adult Green Dragon (C)
Level 9 Solo Brute
Large natural magical beast (dragon) XP 2,000
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 408; Bloodied 204; see also bloodied breath
AC 23; Fortitude 26, Reflex 21, Will 22
Resist 20 poison
Saving Throws +5
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15; see also flyby attack
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) & Poison
Reach 2; +12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5, and ongoing 5 poison damage
(save ends).
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +12 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
M Dragons Fury (standard; at-will)
Calaunxin makes two claw attacks. If she hits a single
target with both claws, she makes a bite attack against the
same target.
M Flyby Attack (standard; recharge 7 8 )
Calaunxin flies up to 12 squares and makes a bite attack at
any point during the move without provoking opportunity
attacks from the target.
R Luring Glare (minor 1/round; at-will) & Charm, Gaze
Ranged 10; +10 vs. Will; the target slides 2 squares.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 7 8 ) & Poison
Close blast 5; +10 vs. Reflex; 4d6 + 6 poison damage, and
the target is slowed (save ends both). Aftereffect: The target
is slowed and weakened (save ends both).
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) &
Poison
Calaunxins breath weapon recharges, and she uses it
immediately.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) & Fear
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +10 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of Calaunxins next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a -2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Dex 12 (+5) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 22 (+10) Int 12 (+5) Cha 10 (+4)
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
31
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Tactics Blood Chaos Lake: The wide, swampy lake sur- enemies. Fighting in the blood chaos imposes a 2
rounding the Ever-Tree consists of a layer of blood penalty to attack rolls except with spears and cross-
Antharosk and Calaunxin are merciless combatants,
chaos floating atop the water. The lake is typically bows. Powers that have the fire keyword take a 2
and are well versed in fighting together.
calm (Athletics DC 10 to swim). Around the Ever- penalty to attack rolls.
Antharosk uses his breath weapon to slow oppo-
Tree, the lake is 20 feet deep. Tunnels: Sarshans servants have carved 7-foot-
nents fighting Calaunxin before switching to f lyby
The enchanted bole of the Ever-Tree resists the high tunnels through the Ever-Trees vast roots.
attack. If an opponent is dealing significant damage
fell effect of the blood chaos, but the lake is danger- Ladder: Wooden ladders have been set over the
with ranged attacks, he uses frightful presence to stun
ous to all other creatures. This potent distillation of Ever-Trees smaller roots. Moving over a ladder costs 1
it. Antharosk uses one action point in the first round
elemental energy burns inanimate objects and melts extra square of movement.
of combat, reserving the other for an extra double
living flesh. A creature that enters or begins its turn
attack to finish off a badly injured target.
Calaunxin is more impetuous than Antharosk,
in an area of blood chaos takes 2d6 + 3 acid and fire Development
damage and is slowed (save ends). Once the PCs have defeated Antharosk and
and she hurtles into melee using dragons fury. If two
Creatures in the blood chaos must use their swim Calaunxin, they can enter the tunnels below the Ever-
or more targets present themselves, she uses her
speed or make a DC 10 Athletics check to move. They Tree. Go to The Chase Is On (Part 2) on the next
breath weapon, relying on frightful presence to prevent
gain cover except against attacks from submerged page.
foes from fleeing. Calaunxin uses her action points to
make double dragons fury attacks in the early rounds
of combat.
As a mated pair, the dragons are fiercely loyal to
each other. If one is slain, the other goes into a ber-
serk fury, focusing all attacks on the opponent that
delivered the killing blow.

Features of the Area

Illumination: Daylight filtering down through
the tree canopy fills the area with dim light.
Teleportation Circle: This permanent telepor-
tation circle is set atop a wooden platform 40 feet
above the ground. AC/Reflex 2, Fortitude 20, 200 hit
points.
Stairway: A narrow stairway leads downward
through the trunk of the Ever-Tree from the teleporta-
tion portal. The stairway is difficult terrain.
Thick Mud: The Ever-Tree grows upon a low
island of heavy mud. Squares of mud are difficult
terrain.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
32

THE CHASE IS ON
(PART 2)
Encounter Level 11 (1,800 XP)
Setup
In this second part of the connected skill challenge, the
PCs enter the tunnels below the Ever-Tree in search of
Sarshan. At the culmination of the skill challenge, the
PCs catch a first glimpse of the shadar-kai as he works
to redirect the flow of blood chaos to another location
in the Vale. When he spies the PCs, he flees to an island
amid the Sea of Fire deep in the Elemental Chaos.
The Chase Is On (Part 2) Level 11
Skill Challenge XP 1,800
The fetid tunnels beneath the Ever-Tree are a dark labyrinth,
but you have no time to lose.
The PCs make their way through the twisting tunnels beneath
the Ever-Tree.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Athletics, Dungeoneering, Stealth.
Other Skills
Nature.
Victory
The PCs make their way through the tunnels beneath the Ever-
Tree without expending significant resources. As a result,
they are ready to take the fight to Sarshans servants.
Defeat
The PCs emerge from the labyrinthine tunnels after a tiring
journey. All the PCs lose 1 healing surge and take a 1
penalty to all defenses until the end of the next encounter.
Acrobatics (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes).
The PCs must move carefully to traverse the tunnels
without losing time. This is a group check. One character
acts as lead, while the others make checks to aid that
character. Each ally that gets a result of 10 or higher
provides a +2 bonus to the lead characters check (which
counts as the check to determine success or failure).
Athletics (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 2 successes)
Huge tree roots and other hazards partially block several
of the tunnels (see Features of the Tunnels). With a
successful Athletics check, the PC clears a path.
Dungeoneering (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes)
With a successful check, the PC picks out the correct route
through the tunnel warren.
Nature (DC 16)
(0 successes or failures)
With a successful check, the PC senses the presence of a
natural hazard. This provides a +2 bonus to one subsequent
Acrobatics, Athletics, or Dungeoneering check.
Stealth (DC 16)
(1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes)
With a successful Stealth check, the party manages to slip
past a group of guards. This is a group check. One character
acts as lead, while the others make checks to aid that
character. Each ally that gets a result of 10 or higher provides
a +2 bonus to the lead characters check (which counts
as the check to determine success or failure). On a failed
check, the PCs manage to flee from the guards, but this sets
back their progress. Alternatively, turn a failed check into an
impromptu combat encounter (see the sidebar).
Development
After making their way through the labyrinth of tun-
nels beneath the Ever-Tree, the PCs catch a glimpse of
Sarshan and must face his servants in a cavern filled
with blood chaos. Go to the In Fetid Darkness skill
challenge on the next page.
Features of the Tunnels
Illumination: Passageways are in darkness;
chambers are illuminated by bright light shed by stra-
tegically placed lanterns.
Tunnels: Tunnels are normally 10 feet wide.
Chambers: Chambers are normally in better
repair than tunnels. Most have flat, packed-mud
floors and walls sheathed in wood.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Stench: The smell of mold and decay hangs heavy
in the chambers and passages beneath the Ever-Tree.
Though unpleasant, the stench has no harmful effect.
Root Curtains: Curtains of roots hang from the
ceiling to within 2 feet of the floor. It costs an extra
square of movement to push through them. The roots
provide cover and block line of sight for any creature
not adjacent to them, except creatures that are prone.
The roots in a square can be hacked down (AC/Reflex
5, Fortitude 10, 10 hit points).
Huge Roots: In places, huge roots pierce the
islands muck. These roots are blocking terrain; crea-
tures must either climb over them (Athletics DC 10)
or duck under them (costing 2 squares of movement).
Mudslide: Mud fallen away from the wall creates
an obstruction. These squares are difficult terrain.
ADDITIONAL ENCOUNTERS
If it appears that the PCs will be short of 12th level
when they reach the final section of the adventure,
consider creating a few additional encounters with
Sarshans followers in this section. Use the notes in
Features of the Tunnels to create an interesting battle
site, then place one of the following groups of monsters
or use these groups as inspiration to create your own.
Group 1 (Level 11, 3,000 XP): 1 vampire lord (MM
258), 1 banshrae dartswarmer (MM 25), 8 ogre thugs
(MM 198).
Group 2 (Level 12, 3,475 XP): 1 ogre warhulk (MM
199), 5 troglodyte warriors (MM 252), 1 ettin spirit-
talker (MM 108).
Group 3 (Level 11; 2,800 XP): 1 stormrage sham-
bler (MM 232), 4 shambling mounds (MM 232).
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
33

IN FETID DARKNESS
Encounter Level 14 (5,100 XP)
Setup
1 skull lord servitor (L)
2 battle wight bodyguards (W)
1 elder troglodyte curse chanter (C)
4 cyclops guards (G)
As they enter this chamber, the PCs catch their first
glimpse of the elusive Sarshan as he flees through a
portal. Unfortunately, the shadar-kais defenders have
no intention of allowing the PCs to pursue their master.
When the PCs reach this chamber, read:
A pool of blood chaos and two teleportation circles
dominate this chamber, a horribly disfigured shadar-kai
fleeing across a slender catwalk as you enter. Even as
Sarshan disappears into a misty haze that obscures the rear
of the chamber, a three-headed skeletal figure steps out in
front of you. A cyclops, a troglodyte, and an armored wight
stand close behind.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Tactics Skull Lord Servitor (L) Level 14 Artillery (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 1,000
The skull lord takes on the most powerful looking Initiative +12 Senses Perception +10; darkvision
melee combatant with bone staff attacks, making skull Master of the Grave (Healing) aura 2; undead allies in the
of bonechilling fear or skull of withering f lame attacks aura gain regeneration 5 and a +2 bonus to saving throws.
each round at enemies at the edge of the fray.
This aura ends when the skull of deaths command is
destroyed.
The skull lords battle wight bodyguards fight HP 55; Bloodied 27; see also triple skulls
adjacent to one another to gain the benefit of their AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 26, Will 27
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic;
shieldbearer ability. They focus on PCs seeking to move
Vulnerable 5 radiant
to the rear of the chamber. Speed 6
The troglodyte curse chanter stays at the edge of m Bone Staff (standard; at-will) & Necrotic, Weapon
combat, targeting controllers and ranged combatants +17 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage plus 1d6 necrotic damage.
R Skull of Bonechilling Fear (minor 1/round; at-will) &
with poison ray and cavern curse.
Cold, Fear
The cyclops guards lay into the closest opponents, Ranged 10; +19 vs. Will; 1d10 + 3 cold damage, and the
flanking for combat advantage and trusting their evil target is pushed 5 squares.
eye to grant them extra melee attacks. R Skull of Deaths Command (minor 1/round; at-will) &
Necrotic
Ranged 10; the skull lord restores a destroyed undead
minion within range. The restored undead minions level
4 Cyclops Guards (G) Level 14 Minion
must be no higher than the skull lords level +2. The
Large fey humanoid XP 250
restored minion stands in the space where is fell (or in any
Initiative +8 Perception +13; truesight 6
adjacent space if that space is occupied) as a free action, has
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
normal full hit points, and can take actions (as normal) on its
AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 23, Will 23
next turn.
Speed 6
R Skull of Withering Flame (minor 1/round; at-will) &
m Battleaxe (standard; at-will) & Weapon
Fire, Necrotic
Reach 2; +17 vs. AC; 7 damage.
M Evil Eye (immediate reaction, when a melee attack misses the Ranged 10; +19 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 5 fire and necrotic
damage.
cyclops guard; at-will)
Triple Skulls & Healing
The cyclops guard makes a melee basic attack against the
When a skull lord is reduced to 0 hit points, one of its
triggering attacker.
skulls (determined randomly from the three powers above)
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
is destroyed, and it loses the ability to use that power. If
Str 22 (+11) Dex 16 (+8) Wis 17 (+8)
the creature has any skulls remaining, it instantly heals
Con 20 (+10) Int 11 (+5) Cha 11 (+5)
to full hit points (55 hit points). When all three skulls are
Equipment hide armor, heavy shield, battleaxe
destroyed, the skull lord is destroyed as well.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +18, Insight +15, Intimidate +18
Str 14 (+9) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 19 (+11) Int 17 (+10) Cha 23 (+13)
Equipment staff, 3 iron crowns, ritual book
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
34
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

2 Battle Wight
Bodyguards (W)
Level 11 Elite Soldier Elder Troglodyte
Curse Chanter (C)
Level 12 Controller (Leader) Development
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 1,200 Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 700 Once these defenders have been defeated, the PCs
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +4; darkvision Initiative +7 Senses Perception +15; darkvision can pursue Sarshan. The entire northern portion of
HP 230; Bloodied 115 Troglodyte Stench aura 1; living enemies in the aura take a 2
the cavern is undercut by a buried permanent tele-
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 22, Will 23 penalty to attack rolls.
Saving Throws +2 HP 127; Bloodied 63 portation circle that acts as a portal to the Elemental
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Vulnerable 5 AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 21, Will 26 Chaos. The skull lords ritual book contains the loca-
radiant Speed 5 tion of Sarshans lair.
Speed 5 m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) & Weapon
A DC 16 Arcana check reveals that strengthen-
Action Points 1 +16 vs. AC; 1d8 + 4 damage.
m Souldraining Longsword (standard; at-will) & m Claw (standard; at-will) ing magic has been applied to the portal by Sarshan.
Necrotic, Weapon +14 vs. AC; 1d4 + 4 damage. As such, activating the portal does not require a
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 necrotic damage, and the target loses R Poison Ray (standard; at-will) & Poison
full Planar Portal ritual. However, the shadar-kai
1 healing surge and is immobilized (save ends); see also Ranged 10; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 6 poison damage, and
indomitable presence. the target is weakened (save ends) magically locked the portal when he fled, so that the
R Soul Reaping (standard; recharge 7 8 ) & R Cavern Curse (standard; recharge 5 6 7 8 ) & Necrotic PCs must successfully complete a skill challenge to
Healing, Necrotic Ranged 5; +16 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing 5 activate it: complexity 1 (4 successes before 3 fail-
Ranged 5; affects an immobilized target only; +16 vs. necrotic damage and is slowed (save ends both)
ures); Arcana, Religion, Nature; all checks DC 21. If
Fortitude; 2d8 + 5 necrotic damage, and the battle wight C Tunnel Grace (minor 1/round; recharge 6 7 8 )
regains 10 hit points; see also indomitable presence. Close burst 10; all allies in the burst gain +5 speed until the successful, the portal opens up 4 hours later. If unsuc-
M Chosen Target (immediate interrupt, when a marked end of the troglodyte curse chanters next turn. cessful, the PCs can attempt the skill challenge again
enemy shifts or makes an attack that does not include C Chant of Renewal (standard; encounter) & Healing
(repeatedly if necessary) after 12 hours.
the bodyguard; at-will) & Weapon Close burst 5; bloodied allies in the burst regain 15 hit
The battle wight bodyguard makes a melee basic attack points. Documents carried by the skull lord identify it as
against the triggering creature. Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Draconic an envoy of Onthorirfel, a lich dwelling in the Shad-
Indomitable Presence Skills Dungeoneering +15, Endurance +17, Religion +11 owfell. These documents also suggest that Sarshan
Each time a bodyguard attacks an enemy, the target is Str 16 (+9) Dex 12 (+7) Wis 19 (+10)
and the lich have been collaborating on some plot,
marked until the end of the bodyguards next turn. Con 23 (+12) Int 10 (+6) Cha 15 (+8)
Shieldbearer Equipment robes, quarterstaff, skull mask though no details are provided. A DC 21 Arcana
Allies adjacent to the bodyguard gain a +2 power bonus check confirms that Onthorirfel is a powerful lich
to AC. famed for his specialization in ritual magic. Although
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Intimidate +15 this information is not immediately relevant, it will
Str 21 (+10) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 9 (+4) become important in later adventures.
Con 19 (+9) Int 12 (+6) Cha 21 (+10)

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
35
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Features of the Area Pool of Blood Chaos: The pool of

blood chaos stands between 10 and 15
Illumination: Bright light is shed by lanterns set
feet deep. Squares filled with blood chaos
about the chamber.
are difficult terrain. This potent distilla-
Walls: The walls of the chamber are a mixture of
tion of elemental energy burns inanimate
packed mud and thick root growth (Athletics DC 15
objects and melts living flesh. A creature
to scale).
that enters or begins its turn in an area of
Wooden Steps: Wooden facing panels hold
blood chaos takes 2d6 + 3 acid and fire
together these crumbling mud steps.
damage and is slowed (save ends).
Catwalk: A thick tree trunk planed flat on one
Creatures in the blood chaos must use
side serves as a bridge across the blood chaos pool. It
their swim speed or make a DC 10 Athlet-
is not perfectly set in the mud floor and rocks slightly
ics check to move. They gain cover except
when walked on (Acrobatics DC 10 to cross).
against attacks from submerged enemies.
Floodgate: A great quantity of blood chaos
Fighting in the blood chaos imposes a 2
siphoned from Sarshans main reservoir bubbles at
penalty to attack rolls except with spears
the other end of the floodgate. Blood chaos flows
and crossbows. Powers that have the fire
from the floodgate in the northwest wall into the pool
keyword take a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
below. The pipe has a cap that can be closed as a full-
round action by a character adjacent to or on the pipe.
Characters can close the pipe while standing in the
blood chaos pool (but see below).
It takes a DC 20 Acrobatics check for characters to
perch atop the slick pipe.
Portal Circles: The portions of the floor contain-
ing teleportation circles are magically hardened mud,
within which mystic sigils have been burned. These
portals are currently inactive, but a DC 16 Arcana
check determines that they are designed to allow the
flow of blood chaos to other locations.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
36
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

SEA OF FIRE Perception Check

Encounter Level 12 (3,500 XP)
Setup
1 f lame shard (S)
1 duergar hellcaller (D)
1 redspawn firebelcher (R)
2 githyanki warriors (G)
Sarshan keeps the perimeter of his island lair well
guarded. Because the shadar-kais business dealings
cross every known plane, his servants are a diverse lot.
When the PCs arrive on the portal earthberg, they
find the island guard alert and ready for them. They
take advantage of the shifting position of the earthbergs
(see Features of the Area), attempting to keep the PCs
from reaching the main island and the tower path.
When the PCs arrive in the teleportation circle,
read:
A blast of heat heralds your arrival in the midst of
an ocean of molten rock. Around the destination
teleportation circle, numerous small islands float on
this burning sea like icebergs of rock and earth. These
earthbergs drift in proximity to a much larger island to
the south. Tall dikes on this main island shield it from the
worst of the molten waves.
Through the heat haze, creatures are visible. A dwarf
with coal-dark skin and blonde hair is stationed on one
of the earthbergs, while a large, wingless dragon guards
another. On the island, two githyanki stand with silver
swords drawn. Close by, a red crystal floats above the lava
sea.
DC 16: The air above the fiery sea shimmers and
dances with the incredible heat. However, a magnificent
city is visible far to the north, its brass towers and minarets
glittering on the horizon.
DC 21: The dike around the large island has clearly
kept it safe from the lava for countless years, but even as
you watch, high waves break over the top. Molten rock is
beginning to pool and spread within the wall, the island
shuddering with a faint groan.
Development
Once the PCs have overcome the islands defenders,
they can follow the path to the tower. Go to the Gal-
leries encounter on page 39.
Flame Shard (S) Level 12 Artillery
Medium elemental magical beast XP 700
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +8; darkvision
Heat Wave (Fire) aura 2; any enemy that ends its turn
within the aura takes 5 fire damage and takes a 2 penalty
to saving throws against ongoing fire damage during its
current turn.
HP 100; Bloodied 50
AC 24; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 23
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 variable (2/encounter)
Speed 4, fly 4 (hover)
m Burning Shard (standard; at-will) & Fire
Melee 1; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 fire damage.
C Flame Shatter (when reduced to 0 hit points) & Fire
Close burst 2; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 fire damage, and the
target takes ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
A Flame Burst (standard; at-will) & Fire
Area burst 2 within 20; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 fire damage.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Str 19 (+10) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 15 (+8)
Con 22 (+12) Int 7 (+4) Cha 18 (+10)
Duergar Hellcaller (D) Level 12 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid, dwarf (devil) XP 700
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
HP 96; Bloodied 48
AC 24; Fortitude 23, Reflex 23, Will 25
Resist 10 fire, 10 poison
Speed 5
m Mace (standard; at-will) & Weapon
Melee 1; +19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
R Infernal Quills (standard; at-will) & Fire, Poison
Ranged 10; +19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 fire and poison damage,
and the target takes ongoing 5 fire and poison damage and
a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends both).
R Quick Quill Strike (minor; encounter) & Fire, Poison
The duergar hellcaller makes an infernal quills attack.
C Asmodeuss Ruby Curse (standard; encounter) &
Fear, Psychic
Close blast 5; targets enemies; +16 vs. Will; 3d8 + 5
psychic damage, and the duergar slides the target to the
nearest space outside the blast. This forced movement
provokes opportunity attacks.
A Quill Storm (standard; encounter) & Fire, Poison
Area burst 2 within 10; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d8 fire and poison
damage, and the target takes ongoing 10 fire and poison
damage and a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends both).
Devilish Sacrifice (immediate interrupt, when an enemy makes
a melee attack roll against the duergar hellcaller; encounter)
The duergar hellcaller shifts to the nearest space beyond
the triggering attacks reach. A legion devil hellguard
(MM 64) appears in the duergars former space and
becomes the target of the triggering attack. The devil acts
immediately after the duergar hellcallers initiative.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Dwarven
Skills Arcana +11, Dungeoneering +13, Religion +11
Str 14 (+8) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 14 (+8)
Con 18 (+10) Int 11 (+6) Cha 22 (+12)
Equipment leather armor, mace

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
37
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Redspawn Firebelcher (F) Level 12 Artillery Tactics Features of the Area

Large natural beast (reptile) XP 700
Initiative +7 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision The duergar hellcaller uses Asmodeuss ruby curse to Illumination: The molten sea provides bright illu-
Fire Within (Fire) aura 5; allies in the aura gain resist 10 fire. push as many PCs as possible into the magma. It then mination throughout the area.
HP 97; Bloodied 48 uses quick quill strike and infernal quills to target foes Burning Heat: The heat of the Sea of Fire taxes
AC 25; Fortitude 25, Reflex 22, Will 21
on other earthbergs. If pressed in melee, the duergar creatures in proximity to it. A creature that ends its
Resist 20 fire
Speed 4 uses devilish sacrifice to gain an unexpected ally. turn standing on an earthberg gains vulnerable 5 fire.
m Bite (standard; at-will) & Fire The flame shard hammers all foes within range Earthbergs: Like icebergs in the world, the
+16 vs. AC; 1d10 + 4 damage, and ongoing 5 fire damage
with f lame burst attacks, keeping enemies close to take earthbergs stay in constant motion on the lava sea.
(save ends).
R Fire Belch (standard; at-will) & Fire advantage of its heat wave aura. If you use separate dungeon tiles or other maps for
Ranged 12; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 1 damage, and ongoing The redspawn firebelcher hits the PCs first with the earthbergs, roll 1d4 and 1d8 for each one at the
5 fire damage (save ends). fire burst, then alternates fire belch and bite attacks. end of each round of combat. The d8 determines the
A Fire Burst (standard; recharge 7 8 ) & Fire
The githyanki use telekinetic grasp to immobilize direction of the earthbergs drift, while the d4 indi-
Area burst 2 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 1 damage,
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). Miss: Half damage, PCs fighting their allies on the earthbergs. If those cates the number of spaces it moves. Earthbergs can
and no ongoing fire damage. defenders fall, or if the PCs make it to the island, the end up next to each other, but an earthberg stops if it
Alignment Unaligned Languages
githyanki attack with their silver greatswords, using would move into anothers space.
Str 18 (+10) Dex 13 (+7) Wis 13 (+6)
Con 19 (+10) Int 2 (+2) Cha 8 (+5) telekinetic leap to get quickly into the fray. Lava: Creatures that fall into the molten lava of
Sarshans guards attempt to keep intruders off the the Sea of Fire take 10d10 fire damage and ongoing
2 Githyanki Warriors (G) Level 12 Soldier island, following the PCs inland if necessary. 15 fire damage (save ends).
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 Dikes: The eroded stone dikes that protect the
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
island are 20 feet high (Athletics DC 16 to climb).
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22 Stile: The steps that climb up and over the dikes
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects are difficult terrain.
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) & Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 plus 1d6 psychic damage, and an extra
3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range can
fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
38

GALLERIES
Encounter Level 12 (3,500 XP)
Setup
2 storm abishai snipers (S)
1 githyanki warrior (G)
1 centaur ravager (C)
1 arctide spiralith (A)
The exterior of the 200-foot-high monolith tower is
smooth-sided, polished obsidian (Athletics DC 30 to
climb). Its only entrance is a single gate that opens
into the upper portion of an inverse gallery. This
chamber drops in a series of stepped ledges to a res-
ervoir of blood chaos that covers the floor. This access
point is guarded by more of Sarshans servants.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
This cavernous chamber drops 50 feet to a vast reservoir
of seething blood chaos. A series of stepped ledges work
their way down the sides of the chamber, some connected
by stairs, others by wooden ladders. Several ledges are
decorated with statues. Straight across from the entrance
and at the same level, a ledge contains the glowing sigils of
a permanent teleportation circle.
The defenders of this chamber stand in waittwo
humanoid fiends with leathery wings, another githyanki
warrior, a centaur bearing a greatsword, and a demon
ensconced in a rune-scribed shell.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
In the second round of combat, the tower shudders Tactics
as the foundations of the island are inundated with
The creatures here seek to prevent the PCs from
inflowing lava.
reaching the portal on the 50-foot-high ledge across
At the beginning of the second round of combat, from the entry, even as the slurry of blood chaos and
read: magma begins to rise.
A groaning roar suddenly shakes the tower. The seething The storm abishai snipers use their shockbolts as
blood chaos below begins to boil as a jet of magma shoots they weave through melee, hoping that their lightning
into the reservoir through a wide-gaping crack in the discharge allows them to push a PC into the magma
wall. Foul-smelling steam vents upward as the level of the slurry below.
swirling pool begins to rise. The githyanki warrior harries defenders and
strikers with silver greatsword attacks, reserving
Refer to Features of the Area for information on his telekinetic leap to jump up to another ledge as the
how the lava and the blood chaos interact, and for the magma slurry rises.
speed at which the chamber fills. The centaur ravager begins with a berserk rush,
then attacks the closest foes with greatsword attacks.
2 Storm Abishai Snipers (S) Level 12 Artillery It uses its brash retaliation and its recharged berserk
Medium immortal magical beast XP 700
rush to knock foes off the ledge and into the magma
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +23; low-light vision
HP 98; Bloodied 49 slurry.
Regeneration 5 The arctide spiralith stays in the thick of combat
AC 24; Fortitude 24, Reflex 24, Will 22 to make use of its arcane arc, alternating focused strike
Resist 10 lightning, 10 thunder
and charged lightning burst attacks.
Speed 8, fly 6, overland flight 12
m Lightning Sting (standard; at-will) & Lightning
+19 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 lightning damage.
C Lightning Discharge (immediate reaction, when an enemy
hits the abishai with a melee attack; encounter) & Lightning
Close burst 1; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 8 lightning damage,
and the triggering enemy is pushed 1 square and stunned
until the end of its next turn.
A Shockbolt (standard; at-will) & Thunder
Area burst 2 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 8 thunder
damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Str 18 (+20) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 13 (+7)
Con 20 (+11) Int 11 (+6) Cha 21 (+11)
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
39
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Centaur Ravager (C) Level 12 Brute Arctide Spiralith (A) Level 12 Artillery Githyanki Warrior (G) Level 12 Soldier
Large fey humanoid XP 700 Large elemental magical beast (demon) XP 700 Medium natural humanoid XP 700
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision Initiative +12 Senses Perception +10 Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 150; Bloodied 75; see also brash retaliation HP 97; Bloodied 48; see also bloodied shock HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 24; Fortitude 26, Reflex 24, Will 23 AC 24; Fortitude 23, Reflex 25, Will 23 AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Speed 8 Resist 15 variable (2/encounter) Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) & Weapon Speed 7 Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
Melee 1; +15 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, plus 1d10 damage m Bite (standard; at-will) m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) & Psychic, Weapon
when charging. Melee 1; +17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage. +17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 plus 1d6 psychic damage, and an extra
M Quick Kick (immediate reaction, when a creature moves into M Arcane Arc (immediate interrupt, when an enemy moves 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
a space where it flanks the centaur ravager; at-will) adjacent to the arctide spiralith; at-will) & Lightning R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Melee 1; targets the triggering creature; +14 vs. AC; 1d6 + 6 Melee 1; +17 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 lightning damage. Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
damage. R Focused Strike (standard; at-will) & Lightning target is immobilized (save ends).
M Berserk Rush (standard; usable only while wielding a Ranged 10; +19 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 lightning damage R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
greatsword; recharges when first bloodied) & Weapon C Bloodied Shock (free, when first bloodied; encounter) & Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range can
Usable in place of a charges melee basic attack; melee 1; Lightning fly up to 5 squares.
+15 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 6 damage (plus 1d10 damage Close burst 1; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 lightning damage, and Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
when charging), and the target is pushed 2 squares and the target is dazed (save ends). Skills History +9, Insight +12
knocked prone. A Charged Lightning Burst (standard; at-will) & Lightning Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
M Brash Retaliation (free, when first bloodied; usable only Area burst 2 within 10; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 5 lightning Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
while wielding a greatsword; encounter) & Weapon damage. The attack deals 1 extra lightning damage for Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
Melee 1; +15 vs. AC; 3d10 + 6 damage, and the target is each creature in the burst. Any ally damaged by the attack
pushed 2 squares. gains a +1 bonus to any recharge rolls at the start of its
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven next turn. If the bonus causes a recharge roll to exceed six,
Skills Athletics +17, Nature +14 the result is considered six.
Str 22 (+12) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 16 (+9) Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Con 20 (+11) Int 9 (+5) Cha 10 (+6) Str 15 (+8) Dex 23 (+12) Wis 19 (+10)
Equipment greatsword Con 19 (+10) Int 7 (+4) Cha 12 (+7)

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
40
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Features of the Area Rising Magma: At the beginning of the second

round of combat, magma begins filling the chamber,
Illumination: Everburning torches and bubbling
rising at a rate of 5 feet per round. The magma level
magma fill the area with bright light.
begins 5 feet below the lowest ledge. Ledges and lad-
Stairs: Creatures ascending the stairs treat them
ders are submerged in the following order:
as difficult terrain.
Round 3: 10-foot ledge, ladder to 30-foot ledge.
Statues: These provide cover. A statue can be
Round 4: 15-foot ledge, ladder to 25-foot ledge.
climbed with a DC 15 Athletics check.
Round 6: 25-foot ledge, ladder to rear 50-foot ledge.
Ladders: These wooden ladders are safe to climb.
Round 7: 30-foot ledge.
However, a ladder catches fire when the lava reaches
Round 11: Both 40-foot ledges.
its base. A character can climb a burning ladder for
Round 13: The lava stops just short of the two
the first 3 rounds, but takes 1d8 fire damage in the
50-foot ledges.
process. After 3 rounds, a burning ladder collapses
Creatures that fall into the slurry of blood
into charred cinders if anyone tries to climb it.
chaos and magma take 10d10 acid and fire
Blood Chaos: When the PCs first enter, the lower
damage and ongoing 15 acid and fire damage
section of this deep chamber is filled with blood
(save ends).
chaos to a depth of 20 feet. This potent distillation of
Teleportation Circle: This permanent tele-
elemental energy burns inanimate objects and melts
portation circle has been set by Sarshan to send
living flesh. A creature that enters or begins its turn
creatures to the teleportation circle in the next
in an area of blood chaos takes 2d6 + 3 acid and fire
encounter. It cannot be reconfigured.
damage and is slowed (save ends).
Creatures in the blood chaos must use their swim
speed or make a DC 10 Athletics check to move. They
gain cover except against attacks from submerged
enemies. Fighting in the blood chaos imposes a 2
penalty to attack rolls except with spears and cross-
bows. Powers that have the fire keyword take a 2
penalty to attack rolls.
Once magma begins to flow into the chamber
from cracks in the foundation, the blood chaos
becomes even more deadly (see below).

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
41
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

CRUSHER ROOMS
Encounter Level 12 (3,500 XP)
Setup
1 wailing ghost (banshee) (B)
1 lingering specter (S)
1 f lesh golem (G)
Sarshans reconfigured portal system leads PCs
who enter the portal in the previous encounter to
the permanent teleportation circle inscribed here.
Unfortunately, the portal is one way. Once they enter
this chamber, the PCs only choice is to continue
through it.
This L-shaped chamber consists of three subcham-
bers, each set 5 feet lower than the next. Each section
is 40 feet high. The southern section and the eastern
section contain a crushing walls trap. The middle sec-
tion contains a crushing ceiling trap.
When the PCs step off the teleportation circle,
the first sections trap is triggered. Each time a crea-
ture steps into a new section, that sections trap is
triggered. All three traps can be operational at the
same time.
A banshee, a lingering specter, and a flesh golem
also defend the chamber, making it difficult to simply
bolt from one end to the other. However, none of
these creatures are initially visible. The banshee and
specter are beneath the floor, while the golem lingers
out of sight around the corner.
The guardian creatures do not trigger the traps.
The banshee and the specter can phase through the
crushing walls and ceiling without harm. Once the
traps are activated, the golem is subject to attack, but
it stays with the PCs regardless.
When the PCs can see into this chamber, read:
This L-shaped chamber is bare stone except for the glowing
sigils of the permanent teleportation circle within which
you stand. The chamber is divided into three subchambers,
each set 5 feet below the previous, but the far end of the last
section cannot be seen.
Perception Check
DC 16: Scratches mar the floor and ceiling, as if the
walls have moved inward at some point, then back out.
DC 21: The dull echo of your footsteps suggests that
hollow spaces lie beneath the floor.
When the walls begin to move, read:
With a grinding of stone on stone, the walls of the
subchamber lurch forward. At the same time, two ghostly
forms shoot up from beneath the floorboards.
Wailing Ghost (Banshee) (B) Level 12 Controller
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 700
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
HP 91; Bloodied 45
AC 23; Fortitude 23, Reflex 23, Will 24
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Spirit Touch (standard; at-will) & Necrotic
+15 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 2 necrotic damage.
R Deaths Visage (standard; at-will) & Fear, Psychic
Ranged 5; +15 vs. Will; 2d6 + 3 psychic damage, and the
target takes a 2 penalty to all defenses (save ends).
C Terrifying Shriek (standard; recharge 7 8 ) & Fear, Psychic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +15 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3
psychic damage, the target is pushed 5 squares and is
immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Stealth +13
Str 14 (+8) Dex 15 (+8) Wis 14 (+8)
Con 13 (+7) Int 10 (+6) Cha 17 (+9)
Tactics
The flesh golem makes double attacks to daze targets,
hindering their advance across the trapped chamber.
The banshee uses its terrifying shriek as often as
possible, immobilizing PCs and pushing them back
into the area of an activated trap.
The specter uses spectral barrage as often as pos-
sible, falling back on spectral touch attacks while that
power recharges.
The ghost and the specter ignore the walls, passing
through and behind them to confound the PCs.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
42
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Crushing Walls and Ceiling Level 12 Blaster & A character adjacent to a moving wall or who is tall enough Flesh Golem (G) Level 12 Elite Brute
Trap XP 700 to reach the moving ceiling can prevent the wall or ceilings Large natural animate (construct) XP 1,400
As you step off the portal, the walls suddenly lurch forward movement with a DC 16 Strength check (DC 21 if the walls Initiative +4 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
and begin to press in. are 1 square apart). All characters in the area can aid the HP 304; Bloodied 152; see also berserk attack
character making this check. AC 26; Fortitude 29, Reflex 21, Will 22
Trap: The first and third sections of the chamber are crushing Saving Throws +2
& The floors are riddled with niches under secret sliding
walls traps, while the middle section is a crushing ceiling Speed 6; cant shift
trapdoors (Perception DC 21). Opening a trapdoor is a
trap. All sections are activated individually. Action Points 1
minor action, while slipping into it is a move action. The
Perception m Slam (standard; at-will)
floor contains one niche per square. Each niche can be
& DC 16: Scratches in the floors and ceiling make it look as if Reach 2; +16 vs. AC (+18 while bloodied); 2d8 + 5 damage,
occupied by one creature.
the walls have moved inward at some point, then back out. and the target is dazed (save ends).
A PC in a niche can ride out the crushing walls and ceiling.
Initiative +2 (roll separately for each section) M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
However, upon leaving a niche and stepping onto the floor
Trigger The flesh golem makes two slam attacks.
again, the section of the trap the PC stands in is triggered
The chamber is divided into three sections. Each section is M Berserk Attack (immediate reaction, when damaged by an
once more.
triggered when a creature enters the area while standing on attack while bloodied; at-will)
the floor. The flesh golem makes a slam attack against a random
Special target within its reach.
The southern section has crushing walls, the central section Lingering Specter (S) Level 12 Lurker M Golem Rampage (standard; recharge 7 8 )
has a crushing ceiling, and the eastern section has crushing Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 700 The flesh golem moves up to its speed plus 2 and can move
walls. The walls move inward every other turn, while the Initiative +16 Senses Perception +12; darkvision through enemies spaces, provoking opportunity attacks as
ceiling moves downward every turn. The walls meet each Spectral Chill (Cold) aura 1; enemies in the aura take a 2 normal. When it enters a creatures space (ally or enemy),
other and the ceiling meets the floor in the eighth round, penalty to all defenses. the golem makes a slam attack against that creature. The
assuming no countermeasures are taken. HP 66; Bloodied 33 creature remains in its space, and the golem must leave the
Attack AC 26; Fortitude 23, Reflex 25, Will 23 space after it attacks. The golem must end its rampage in an
Standard Action Melee Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic, insubstantial; unoccupied space.
Targets: Creatures in the area of each section of the trap. Vulnerable 5 radiant Alignment Unaligned Languages
Once triggered, the walls in the southern and eastern Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing Str 20 (+11) Dex 7 (+4) Wis 8 (+5)
sections move inward 1 square every other turn. Once m Spectral Touch (standard; at-will) & Necrotic Con 22 (+12) Int 3 (+2) Cha 3 (+2)
triggered, the ceiling in the central area moves down 1 +15 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 necrotic damage.
square every turn. Creatures adjacent to a wall are pushed C Spectral Barrage (standard; recharge 7 8 ) &
1 square. When the crushing walls come together, or when Illusion, Psychic
the ceiling meets the floor, all creatures in the area are Close burst 2; targets enemies; +15 vs. Will; 3d6 psychic
slowed and are subject to an attack. damage, and the target is knocked prone.
The walls and floor stay in this position for 3 rounds, then Invisibility (standard; at-will) & Illusion
move back at 1 square per round and reset. The specter becomes invisible until it attacks or until it is hit
Attack: +15 vs. Fortitude by an attack.
Hit: 3d6 + 6 damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends). Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Miss: Half damage. Skills Stealth +17
Countermeasures Str 19 (+10) Dex 22 (+12) Wis 12 (+7)
& A character adjacent to a wall can delay the trigger 1 round Con 16 (+9) Int 10 (+6) Cha 19 (+10)
with a DC 16 Thievery check.
& A character adjacent to a moving wall can delay its
movement for 1 round with a DC 21 Thievery check.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
43
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

Development
As soon as the PCs pass through the double doors in
the eastern chamber, they are teleported to the roof
of the tower. Go to the Final Battle encounter on
page 45.

Features of the Area

Illumination: Dark.
Crushing Walls and Ceiling: See the trap statis-
tics block.
Niches Beneath the Floor: See Countermea-
sures in the trap statistics block.
Teleportation Circle: This permanent teleporta-
tion circle leads from the previous encounter to this
chamber. Sarshan has configured the portal for one-
way access into this area. However, a PC who spends
10 minutes and succeeds on five DC 21 Arcana
checks can reconfigure the portal to take the PCs
back to the galleries.
Double Doors: The double doors on the eastern
side of the chamber are set in an alcove that provides
enough space for two Medium creatures to avoid the
crushing walls. The double doors are locked (Thiev-
ery DC 16 to open; Strength check 21 to break).
Anyone who walks through the doors appears in the
teleportation circle inscribed on the open roof of the
monolith in the Final Battle encounter.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
44
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

FINAL BATTLE DC 16: The teleportation circle has been prepared for
a Linked Portal ritualone that Sarshan is only minutes
Githyanki Mindslicer (G) Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 800
Encounter Level 16 (7,800 XP) away from completing. Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Setup 4 Githyanki Thugs (T)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 12 Minion
XP 175 Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
4 githyanki thugs (T) Initiative +6 Senses Perception +6 Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) & Psychic, Weapon
3 githyanki warriors (W) HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 24; Fortitude 26, Reflex 21, Will 21 +18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 plus 1d8 psychic damage.
1 githyanki mindslicer (G) R Mindslice (standard; at-will) & Psychic
Speed 5
2 shadar-kai warriors (K) m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) & Psychic, Weapon Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
Sarshan (S) R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
+15 vs. AC; 6 damage, and the target is immobilized
(save ends). Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
After overcoming the towers defenses, the PCs finally Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 8 ) & Psychic
catch up with Sarshan. The shadar-kai knows the Str 21 (+11) Dex 11 (+6) Wis 11 (+6)
Con 21 (+11) Int 11 (+6) Cha 13 (+7) Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
characters are in the tower, and despite holding the damage, and the target takes ongoing 5 psychic damage
Equipment silver greatsword
upper hand in their first meeting (Shadow Rift of and cannot use daily or encounter powers (save ends both).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Umbraforge, Dungeon 158) he has come to fear their 3 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier Skills History +11, Insight +12
power. Sarshans escape portal was damaged when he Medium natural humanoid XP 700
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
miscalculated the amount of power needed to open Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
HP 118; Bloodied 59
the portals that vented blood chaos into Elsir Vale. Equipment robes, overcoat, silver longsword
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
As the PCs arrive on the roof of the tower, he labors Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap 2 Shadar-Kai Warriors (K) Level 8 Soldier
behind a force sphere to activate his escape route, two Medium shadow humanoid XP 350
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) & Psychic, Weapon
shadar-kai warriors at his side. A squad of githyanki +17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 plus 1d6 psychic damage, and an extra Initiative +11 Senses Perception +6; low-light vision
stands on guard outside the sphere. 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized. HP 86; Bloodied 43
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter) AC 24; Fortitude 19, Reflex 20, Will 17
When the PCs arrive on the tower roof, read: Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the Speed 5; see also shadow jaunt
m Katar (standard; at-will) & Weapon
target is immobilized (save ends).
The top of the tower is guarded by eight warrior githyanki, R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter) +13 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage (crit 1d6 + 9).
all bearing silver greatswords. Their leader wields a sliver M Double Attack (standard; at-will) & Weapon
Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range
longsword, eyes flashing with mystic power. On the far can fly up to 5 squares. The shadar-kai warrior makes two katar attacks.
M Cage of Gloom (standard; recharge 7 8 )
side of a tower, a sphere of translucent force protects three Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12 The shadar-kai warrior makes a katar attack. If the attack
figures: Sarshan and two shadar-kai bodyguards. However, hits, the shadar-kai warrior makes a secondary attack as
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
the scars that the arms dealer bore when you saw him strands of shadow coil around the target. Secondary Attack:
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
in Umbraforge pale in comparison to his current state. Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword +11 vs. Reflex; the target is restrained (save ends).
The shadar-kais skin seethes and bubbles as tendrils of Shadow Jaunt (move; encounter) & Teleportation
blood chaos erupt from open sores on his face and hands. The shadar-kai warrior teleports 3 squares and becomes
Within the protective force sphere, he works intently over a insubstantial until the start of its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
teleportation circle, attempting to activate its power.
Skills Acrobatics +15, Stealth +15
Arcana Check Str 17 (+7) Dex 20 (+9) Wis 14 (+6)
Con 14 (+6) Int 12 (+5) Cha 11 (+4)
Equipment shadowmail, 2 katars

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
45

Sarshan (S) Level 12 Solo Controller
Medium shadow humanoid, shadar-kai XP 3,500
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +15; low-light vision
Blood Chaos aura 2; an enemy that ends its turn in the aura
takes ongoing 10 acid damage (save ends).
HP 650; Bloodied 325
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 26, Will 25
Resist 20 acid
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6; see also shadow attack
Action Points 2
m Katar (standard; at-will) & Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, and ongoing 5 acid damage
(save ends).
M Triple Attack (standard; at-will)
Sarshan makes three katar attacks.
M Shadow Attack (standard; recharge 7 8 ) & Teleportation
Sarshan teleports 6 squares, makes a triple attack and
teleports 6 more squares, then becomes insubstantial until
the start of his next turn.
C Blood Chaos Flare (standard; at-will) & Acid
Close blast 5; +16 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing
10 acid damage (save ends). First Failed Saving Throw:
The target is slowed and takes ongoing 10 acid damage
(save ends). Second Failed Saving Throw: The target is
transformed into a mass of slime (treat as petrified; no
save). The Remove Affliction ritual can reverse this effect.
C Chaos Nova (standard; recharge 8 ) & Acid
Close burst 1; +15 vs. Fortitude; 4d10 + 5 acid damage.
Miss: Half damage.
C Chaos Scream (free, when first bloodied; encounter) & Acid
Sarshan makes a blood chaos flare attack.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Abyssal, Common,
Elven, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +23, Diplomacy +23
Str 31 (+16) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 26 (+14) Int 17 (+9) Cha 17 (+9)
Tactics
The githyanki defenders outside the force sphere
attempt to stop the PCs from interrupting Sar-
shans work. The githyanki thugs flank with silver
greatsword attacks against defenders and strikers.
The githyanki warrior joins its thug allies to flank
a powerful melee combatant, using telekinetic grasp
to immobilize any PC attempting to batter down the
force sphere.
The githyanki mindslicer stays at the edge of the
fray, targeting controllers and ranged combatants
with psychic barrage and mindslice attacks.
The shadar-kai warriors fight as a pair, flanking
the most powerful looking melee combatant with
double attacks. When that foe is brought down, they
split up to make cage of gloom attacks on separate
PCs, hitting with double attacks while cage of gloom
recharges.
Pushed to the brink, Sarshan abandons his plan to
flee as he joins the fray. His exposure to blood chaos
has granted him potent abilities, which he uses to
maximum advantage from behind the protection of
the force sphere (see Features of the Area). He uses
blood chaos f lare from within the force sphere, engag-
ing a controller or defender with shadow attack and
triple attack once the sphere falls.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
TWO-STAGE FIGHT
This high-level encounter is designed to push the PCs
to the limit, and Sarshans last stand promises to be
a memorable fight. However, if the PCs are down
on healing surges and daily powers (and especially if
they have not yet attained 12th level), consider split-
ting this encounter into two separate combats, with
the second beginning only after the force sphere is
successfully brought down. In this optional encoun-
ter format, Sarshan and his shadar-kai guards ignore
the PCs at first, trusting the githyanki to deal with
the party while Sarshan activates his escape portal.
When the force sphere is brought down, all the
shadar-kai join in the fray.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright daylight.
Tower Top: 3-foot high crenellations run around
the edge of the tower, granting a +2 bonus to saving
throws made to avoid falling off. A creature that falls
off the tower takes 20d10 damage.
Force Sphere: This translucent sphere is an
invisible wall of force that protects Sarshan and his
shadar-kai warriors. Creatures can pass out of the
sphere but not into it. Once the shadar-kai warriors
enter the fray, they cannot return to the spheres
protection.
The sphere prevents all weapons, powers, and
effects from reaching Sarshan, but the shadar-kai
can make blood chaos flare attacks through the sphere
against the PCs.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
46
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

As the force sphere is not subject to dispel magic,

brute force is the quickest way to bring it down: AC/
Reflex 2, Fortitude 20, 500 hit points. If the PCs
simply wait, Sarshan concludes his ritual after 2 min-
utes (20 rounds) and teleports away to a redoubt in
the City of Brass.
Teleportation Circle: This permanent teleporta-
tion circle teleports the PCs from the teleportation
circle in the Crusher Rooms encounter.
Treasure: Sarshan has packed all the easily acces-
sible loot from this lair into a large chest that sits
within the teleportation circle. The PCs can claim
4,000 gp, one level 13 magic item, one level 14 magic
item, and one level 16 magic item.

Conclusion
In the aftermath of the battle, the PCs can search
through Sarshans belongings to discover confirma-
tion of the shadar-kais plots against the Freeriders
and Elsir Vale. Sarshans notes and journals indicate
that he fled to the Elemental Chaos after the fall of
his fortress at Umbraforge, discovering Djamelas
island during his travels. After saving the island from
the raging lava sea, the shadar-kai found fragments of
the old efreet mages work, and had soon completed
her dangerous research.
When this encounter is over, the characters have
the opportunity to begin a journey back to Overlook
a likely destination. You can feel free to allow that
journey to happen, or you can jump right into The
Bitter Glass, the next installment in the Scales of
War Adventure Path. The events at the beginning of
The Bitter Glass will take place near the outskirts of
Overlook, but they can also easily happen at any point
during the characters journey overland through Elsir
Vale or any other part of the world.

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
47
 Beyond the Mottled Tower

APPENDIX: CREATURES Chaos Mauler Level 11 Minion SCION OF CHAOS

OF BLOOD CHAOS
Blood chaos is an incredibly destructive force, but
occasionally when it consumes sentient creatures, it
warps and transforms them into new forms.
Creatures of blood chaos are normally encoun-
tered in the world nearby or in flows of blood chaos.
In such rare encounters, normally only a few such
creatures are encountered. Upon the elemental chaos,
however, legions of them gather near massive lakes of
blood chaos.
Large elemental animate XP 150
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +7
Creatures of chaos and entropy, scions of chaos lurk
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 23; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22 within blood chaos, striking out at any who venture
Speed 6 too close.
m Slam (standard; at-will) Scions of chaos spawn when an area of blood
Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 8 fire damage
Liquid Body
chaos has consumed enough sentient beings. When
The chaos mauler is perfectly adapted to living in blood such creatures die, a small part of their being infuses
chaos. It can move through blood chaos without penalty the blood chaos. Scions of chaos are intelligent,
and takes no damage from contact with blood chaos.
bloodthirsty foes driven by their desire to grow their
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 23 (+11) Dex 18 (+9) Wis 14 (+7) numbers by consuming intelligent prey.
Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 16 (+8) These malignant creatures appear as undulating
orb of melted and mottled orange and purple flesh

Chaos Mauler Chaos Mauler Lore writhing upon a bed of small, muscular tentacles. A
A character knows the following information with a ring of larger tentacles juts from the top of the orb.
Creatures of elemental destruction, chaos maulers are
successful Arcana check.
ruled by their primal instinct to smash and destroy.
DC 25: Chaos maulers are the most destructive Scion of Chaos Level 11 Controller
Willing servants of scions of chaos, chaos maulers are Huge elemental animate XP 600
of the creatures spawned by blood chaos. Creatures
created when particularly evil or violent creatures are Initiative +9 Senses Perception +9
driven by an unquenchable rage, they batter their Whirling Tentacles aura 2; the scion of chaos slides any
consumed by blood chaos. Such a creatures essence
opponents to death. creature that starts its turn in the aura 2 squares.
infuses the surrounding blood chaos birthing it in a HP 117; Bloodied 58
DC 30: Chaos maulers are often encountered
new, terrifying form. In many cases, a small portion AC 25; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24
with other spawn of blood chaos. In particular, skulk-
of the original creatures form survives this rebirth, Resist acid 10, fire 10
ing terrors use their unsophisticated attacks as a Speed 6
providing some small clue as to its origin.
distraction. m Slam (standard; at-will) & Fire
Most chaos maulers appear as large, hulking Reach 3; +16 vs. AC; 2d8+4 fire damage
creature composed entirely of frozen orange-purple r Staggering Strike (standard; at-will)
Chaos Mauler Tactics Ranged 10; +14 vs. Fortitude; 2d6+6 damage and the target
liquid. Its head is mainly featureless and a single thick
Chaos maulers tactics are simple they move toward is pushed 3 squares.
tentacle grows from its belly. A Coils of Immobility (standard; recharge 7,8)
the nearest opponent and pound it to destruction
Area burst 2 within 10; targets enemies only; +13 vs.
before moving on to their next target. If they face no
Reflex; 2d8+4 damage and the target is restrained
opposition, they incinerate any nearby flammable (save ends)
objects. Liquid Body
The scion of chaos is perfectly adapted to living in blood
chaos. It can move through blood chaos without penalty
and takes no damage from contact with blood chaos.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 17 (+8) Dex 19 (+9) Wis 19 (+9)
Con 21 (+10) Int 16 (+8) Cha 21 (+10)

Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
48

Scion of Chaos Lore
A character knows the following information with a
successful Arcana check.
DC 25: Scions of chaos are spawned from the frag-
ments of sentient beings consumed by blood chaos.
DC 30: Scions of chaos can lash out with parts
of their body to immobilize their enemies and are
immune to corrosion and flame.
Scion of Chaos Tactics
Scions of chaos prefer to hang back from melee, using
coils of immobility to inhibit their foes tactical move-
ments. If pressed, they use staggering strike to push
enemies away and when cornered lash out with their
mighty fists.
SKULKING TERROR
Aptly named, skulking terrors are sinuous creatures
of sudden ambush and merciless assault. Silent preda-
tors, they can glide through or above flows of blood
chaos in search of prey. Skulking terrors much prefer
to take their prey unaware and are the most cowardly
of the blood chaos creatures. Skulking terrors will
temporarily retreat if clearly overmatched, but often
return when their opponents least expect it.
They are ribbed paper-thin creature that vaguely
resembles a headless, flattened orange and purple
bat. They drip thick viscous ichor in their wake from
a number of small holes on their underside.
Beyond the Mottled Tower
Skulking Terror Level 11 Lurker Skulking Terror Tactics
Medium elemental animate XP 600
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +11
Skulking terrors prefer to strike from ambush,
HP 83; Bloodied 41 seeking combat advantage against a foe whenever
AC 25; Fortitude 21, Reflex 23, Will 21 possible. To this end, they hide in blood chaos flows
Speed 6, fly 6
or swoop silently down from above on unsuspecting
m Slam (standard; at-will)
+16 vs. AC; 2d6+6 damage targets. Masters of hit and run tactics, they use lethar-
C Lethargic Countenance (standard action; at-will) gic countenance to slow opponents. If badly injured,
Close burst 3; +12 vs. Will; the target is slowed and grants or obviously outnumbered, they flee to return at an
combat advantage to the skulking terror until the end
of the skulking terrors next turn. After all attacks are
advantageous moment.
resolved, the skulking terror teleports 8 squares and gains
a +4 power bonus to all defenses against ranged and area
attacks. About the authors
Creighton Broadhurst lives in Torquay, England where,
Combat Advantage
The skulking terror deals an extra 2d6 damage on melee apparently, the palm trees are plastic and the weather is
attacks against any target it has combat advantage against. warm. He shares a ramshackle old mansion with his two
Liquid Body children (Genghis and Khan) and his very patient wife.
The skulking terror is perfectly adapted to living in blood He is famed locally for his enduring love affair with booze
chaos. It can move through blood chaos without penalty and pizza. A huge Greyhawk fan he has just miraculously
and takes no damage from contact with blood chaos.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
survived the terrors of the Temple of Elemental Evil and is
now bravely investigating a certain ruined house outside
Str 14 (+7) Dex 19 (+9) Wis 13 (+6) Saltmarsh. His freelance credits include work with Wizards
Con 11 (+5) Int 13 (+6) Cha 12 (+6) of the Coast, Paizo, and Expeditious Retreat Press. You can
check out his blog at http://raging-swan.livejournal.com.
Skulking Terror Lore Bruce R. Cordell is an Origins and ENnie award-winning
A character knows the following information with a game designer whose long list of professional credits include
successful Arcana check. the new Forgotten Realms Campaign Guide , Keep on the Shad-
owfell, Draconomicon I: Chromatic Dragons and Open Grave:
DC 25: Skulking terrors are perfectly at home in Secrets of the Undead. Bruce is also an author of Forgotten
flows of blood chaos and often use them to get closer Realms novels, including Plague of Spells, first book in the new
to their foes. Their attacks can slow down their oppo- Abolethic Sovereignty series.
nents, making them easier targets.
DC 30: Skulking terrors retreat from battle if
David Noonan has an extensive list of RPG credits, includ-
injured or outnumbered but always return at a time of ing Martial Power, Scepter Tower of Spellgard, and contributions
their choosing to defeat their prey. to the 4th edition core rules. He lives in Washington state
with his wife and two children.
Fe b r u a r y 2 0 0 9 | D U N G E O N 16 3
49
Haven
of the
Bitter
Glass
by Kevin Kulp
An adventure for 12th-level characters
illustrations by William O'Connor and Chris Seaman
cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

In their cities and citadels on the

Astral Sea, the githyanki tasked with
e nsuring success for the upcoming
war struggled with a problem: How
best to handle communication
between d ifferent heads of the vast
githyanki army?

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
36

Haven of the Bitter Glass is an adventure for five
12th-level characters. The characters should gain
about one and a half levels worth of experience in
the course of the adventure. This means that if youre
running this adventure as part of the Scales of War
Adventure Path, youre adventurers should reach 14th
level by the end of the adventure. This is the ninth
adventure in the Scales of War Adventure Path; you
can run this adventure as the sequel to Beyond the
Mottled Tower, the eighth adventure in Scales of
War, or adapt it to run as part of your own campaign.
In this adventure, the heroes must thwart a
sophisticated and manipulative githyanki spy whose
diplomatic skills have assured him safety within a
human city. In the process, they can save potential
githzerai allies from extermination, forge an alli-
ance, infiltrate high society, and distupt the lines of
githyanki communicationwhich will change the
course of war.
Background
In their cities and citadels on the Astral Sea, the
githyanki tasked with ensuring success for the
upcoming war struggled with a problem: How best
to handle communication between different heads
of the vast githyanki army? The new githyanki over-
lord, Emperor Zetchrr, was not as magically adept as
the late Queen Vlaakith, and the mortal world was
vast; it would only be through surprise, strength, and
communication that they would carry the day and
annihilate their enemies.
Five years ago, an obscure githyanki scholar
named Kleth found the answer.
Four hundred years ago, the Astral Sea had been
disturbed by a human-crafted artifact called the
Bitter Glass, a huge arcane focus in a human city
called Auger that aided in communication. It created
astral turbulence when it functioned. Under the rule
of the now-deceased Lich Queen Vlaakith CLVII, the
githyanki did what they always did when something
disturbed them; in a night of fire and death, the city
of Auger was virtually annihilated by a githyanki
strike force mounted on dragons. The Bitter Glass
was destroyed, buried beneath dozens of feet of mud
and rubble, and few non-githyanki survived who
remembered what it did. The githyanki considered
the problem solved.
When the githyanki set their invasion plans in
motion, Kleth suspected that this long-lost human
device might be the tool they needed to organize
their armies, even though it triggered evil dreams
of self-reflection in those who encountered its psy-
chic effluvia. The githyanki dispatched a subtle and
accomplished spy named Telicanthus to the human
city of Sayre, which was built over the ruins of Auger.
Telicanthus was soon able to ascertain that the Bitter
Glass existed deep beneath the city, but it would take
a major excavation to find and use it. He settled in
Sayre for the long haul, using an unusual method
for keeping himself safe in a human city. Uncharac-
teristically for a githyanki, he adopted the guise of
a charming, aristocratic merchant, making himself
well known and the center of the citys social scene.
The process was calculated and effective. Telican-
thus arrived with vast amounts of money, positioning
himself as an exotic noble who sought refuge from
the evil of his own race. He made sure that he seemed
cultured, mysterious, and important. He gave beau-
tiful gifts and threw grand parties with exclusive
guest lists, spending his money freely on those who
befriended him. Within six months he was the most
Haven of the Bitter Glass
well known of Sayres social elite, close friends with
the governor, and a prized member of the citys most
prominent citizens. He used this influence to buy
himself the privacy and security he needed to pursue
his true agenda: securing the Bitter Glass.
Telicanthus then purchased the mansion sitting
over the long-buried Bitter Glass and surreptitiously
smuggled in githyanki to excavate Sayres undercity in
search of the missing glass globe. He found it within
months, and was unsurprised to find it shattered.
Socially secure and with most of the citys elite con-
vinced that he was above reproach, he quietly brought
in Kleth to put the Bitter Glass back in operating
order. Unfortunately, rebuilding the Bitter Glass was
beyond the capabilities of the githyanki scholar. But
in his long and thorough research into the githyankis
communication difficulties, Kleth had also read
about the powerful and ancient island nation of
Nefelus, home to sages who had fostered a trading
relationship with the city of Auger in ages past. Kleth
learned that the potent scholars of Nefelus had pro-
cured the rituals and secrets behind the construction
of the Bitter Glass, and informed Telicanthus of his
research.
A team of elite githyanki agents was assembled,
and the group struck out for Nefelus. There, they
managed to find some of the original plans and ritu-
als behind the construction of the Bitter Glass, but
Telicanthuss strike team was discovered before they
could gather everything they needed. They found
that the Nefelese had since improved on the original
design of Auger, but Telicanthuss team wasnt able
to determine the specifics. Only Telicanthus himself
made it out alive, but the information he brought back
was sufficient for Kleth to repair the original Glass
and render it functional once more. The activation of
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
37

the rebuilt Bitter Glass marked the beginning of the
githyanki invasion.
At the start of this adventure, Telicanthus has had
the Bitter Glass functioning for six months. Kleth has
found a method for eliminating the astral backlash
through a ritual that must be constantly performed,
and Telicanthus now stands at the center of a commu-
nication web that links every single githyanki general
(and several important spies) in the mortal realm.
So long as Telicanthus and the Bitter Glass remain
unhindered, every githyanki army has near-instant
communication with every other, allowing them to
coordinate their attacks with deadly precision. If the
mortal races want a hope of winning the upcoming
war, they need to discover and destroy this asset ...
but first they need to learn that it even exists.
Adventure Synopsis
In a previous adventure, Den of the Destroyer,
the PCs freed the mysterious deva Amyria from her
imprisonment in the form of a platinum sword. They
have not heard from her since she parted ways with
the adventurers in Overlook.
If you played through Beyond the Mottled Tower,
the PCs have just finished a momentous adventure,
chasing down and destroying Sarshan in his tower
within the Elemental Chaos. While this adventure
assumes that the characters have returned to Overlook,
the opening is easily altered to a location of your choice.
The adventurers have had at least an evening to
rest and recover after returning from their battle
with Sarshan; you might wish to give them additional
downtime if they have items to craft, rituals to per-
form, errands to complete, or allies to mourn. When
youre ready to begin, the PCs are summoned to the
walls of Overlooks western gates where a mysterious
flying ship was sighted heading for the city.
This ship, the githyanki war galleon Conqueror, has
crashed near the southwestern wall by the time the
PCs arrive. The only person on board is an injured
githzerai scout named Tokkit. He will announce
that his race is the sworn enemy of the githyanki
and that their last fortress in the area is under attack
from githyanki forces; he stole the githyanki ship to
try and summon help from the Heroes of Elsir Vale
(the adventurers) before the fortress of Akmaad falls.
The ship can manage one more trip back to the site
of the battle, and Tokkit is ready to start the trip back
immediately with whoever is willing to come. During
the journey, Tokkit admits that an important meet-
ing of githzerai leaders was occurring at Akmaad,
and that their lives are at grave risk. Somehow the
githyanki learned of the gathering and commu-
nicated it to a group of nearby mercenaries with
lightning speed (using the Bitter Glass), and the lead-
ers were ambushed almost as soon as they all arrived.
After fighting a githyanki recovery team sent to
reclaim the Conqueror, the PCs reach the besieged
fortress, where their actions decide the outcome of the
fight and the number of githzerai survivors. They have
multiple options for affecting the raging battle below.
If they succeed in routing the githyanki, the PCs learn
that several of the githzerai leaders were slain during
the battle and the remaining leader is hostile toward
humans. The surviving githzerai plan to go to the
nearby city of Sayre, so far untouched by war, and they
invite the PCs to accompany them if they wish to play a
part in the upcoming war council called, unknown to
the PCs, by their friend Amyria.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
What is an
Adventure Path?
An Adventure Path is a connected series of adven-
tures that comprises an entire D&D campaign,
from the heroes humble beginnings at 1st level
to their epic triumphs at the pinnacle of level 30.
These adventures cover all three tiers of play: heroic,
paragon and epic. Each tier is covered by roughly
six adventures, meaning that the entire adventure
path consist of eighteen adventures. Each adventure
covers between one and three. We will also point you
toward suggested side quests to help supplement XP,
assuring that your PCs are the correct level to tackle
each adventure.
Haven of the Bitter Glass is the second adventure
in the paragon tier. The PCs exploits are reaching out
and affecting the world beyond their immediate
surroundings, and the actions of the heroes in this
adventure have some far-reaching consequences in
the coming war. Be sure to emphasize this over the
course of play.
This Adventure Path is meant to be a complete
D&D campaign. That means were making some
assumptions about the history and mythology of the
world as the adventures progress, such as Queen
Vlaakiths death (an event weve adopted from a
Dungeon adventure, The Lich Queens Beloved,
from issue #100). Youll see some classic heroes and
villains from D&D history, as well as great ideas from
past issues of Dungeon and print sources.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
38

En route, a surviving githyanki assassin attacks
them and possibly reveals that one of the surviving
githzerai is a spy responsible for Akmaads destruction.
In Sayre, the PCs meet a local githyanki celebrity
named Telicanthus, who lauds them as the Heroes of
Elsir Vale and invites them to tea. The githzerai accom-
panying the PCs dont fare as well, since locals consider
them, oddly, evil and thieving undesirables. They are
initially refused entry to the city unless the PCs inter-
vene and vouch for them. In the abandoned warehouse
where the githzerai in Sayre are forced to stay, the PCs
meet Amyria once again, and she asks for their help in
organizing the fractious githzerai. In doing so, the PCs
discover a major githyanki plot in the city involving
Telicanthus. A divination spell points them toward a
long-forgotten library beneath a ruined temple of Ioun.
The PCs are attacked by a band of beggars en route,
and they find out the hard way that the temple of Ioun
is now a temple of Tiamat instead.
With clues and information that Telicanthus is
maintaining a magical communication network for
the githyanki armies, the PCs have the opportunity
to infiltrate his mansion and look for proof, perhaps
when they are invited to formal tea. Confronting
him directly is sure to end poorly, as Telicanthus has
Sayres most important citizens as political allies.
Secretly searching his mansion will reveal roughly
dug tunnels that lead to the ruin of a tower, and the
Bitter Glass itself. With proof of hidden githyanki
troops and traitorous activities, the PCs can publicly
confront Telicanthus with their evidence and finish
him once and for all.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Preparing and personalities of the arguing githzerai on page 58.
Finally, review the descriptions of the Coalition mem-
for Adventure bers on page 63 before running The Coalition skill
challenge (page 100).
Haven of the Bitter Glass has an unusual villain,
since Telicanthus is a foe who cannot be simply
attacked if the PCs want to reach their goals. That is to
say, simply attacking Telicanthus doesnt solve the PCs
overall problem (the existence of the Bitter Glass). He The Quests
also has powerful and influential friends who are also
Haven of the Bitter Glass allows PCs to earn quest
good and kind allies of the PCs. Simply killing him on
XP in several places. Provided here is a list of the
the basis of a suspicion will be considered murder by
adventures quests, along with their XP.
the locals, and considerable effort will go into branding
Major QuestUniting the Githzerai
the PCs as outlaws and arresting them.
The PCs must unite the arguing and disparate groups
For the best effect, you will want to play Telican-
of githzerai taking shelter in Sayre, convincing them
thus as extremely friendly and charismatic, keeping
to band together and help defend the human lands.
in mind his tendency to look down on githzerai even
Reward: 4,000 XP.
when it isnt in his best interest. Telicanthus isnt a
Major QuestDestroying the Bitter Glass
traditional gloating and monologuing bad guy; hes
The PCs must destroy or capture the Bitter Glass,
a witty and clever socialite who uses social expecta-
preventing the githyanki from continuing their com-
tions to his own advantage. Play him as such. Hes
munication rituals.
almost impossible to force into combat unless his life
Reward: 4,000 XP.
is on the line, and even then hes likely to run while
Minor QuestDefeat the Githyanki at Akmaad
shouting that hes being attacked by murderers. His
Through combat and tactics, the PCs must pre-
foremost concern of any action is How will this
vent the githyanki from overrunning the fortress of
affect peoples view of me? because his mission for
Akmaad.
Emperor Zetchrr is more important than his own
Reward: 800 XP.
petty vendettas.
Minor QuestPublicly Discredit Telicanthus
Telicanthus doesnt appear until after the PCs
The PCs must publicly discredit the githyanki spy
arrive in Sayre, so to start the adventure quickly be
Telicanthus, humiliating him in front of his allies and
sure to look over the different portions of the battle of
supporters.
Akmaad and understand how they fit together. After
Reward: 800 XP.
the large battle the adventure takes place mostly in
the city of Sayre, so youll want to be familiar with
the feel of the city and its different neighborhoods.
You will also want to be familiar with the agendas
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
39

Treasure Preparation
As with previous installments of the Scales of War
campaign, Haven of the Bitter Glass makes use of
the parcel system of treasure rewards as described
in the Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters
should accumulate seventeen parcels by the end
of the adventure. You can supply these treasures in
whatever way you wish, but the following sidebar
presents the most likely encounters to bear treasure.
During your preparation, assign parcels from those
that follow to the encounters in the spaces provided.
Use the players wish lists to come up with magic
items for the first eight parcels. (Consider saving at
least one or two of the highest level magic items for
later in the adventure, after the PCs have obtained
13th level.)
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: _______________________, D1 (on the
githyanki lancers).
Parcel B: _______________________, A1 (on the
githyanki dragonknight).
Parcel C: _______________________, A2 (on the
githyanki captain).
Parcel D: ________________________, A3 (loot from
dead githyanki, or as a reward for saving Akmaad).
Parcel E: ________________________, A4 (loot from
dead githyanki, or as a reward for saving Akmaad).
Parcel F: ________________________, A5 (loot from
dead githyanki, or as a reward for saving Akmaad).
Parcel G: ________________________, A5 (loot from
dead githyanki, or as a reward for saving Akmaad).
Parcel H: _______________________, T5 (on the
person of the Filth King).
Parcel I: _______________________, T6 (in the
mound of treasure guarded by the coin golem).
Parcel J: _________________________, T6 (in the
mound of treasure guarded by the coin golem).
Parcel K: _______________________, T6 (in the
mound of treasure guarded by the coin golem).
Parcel L: _______________________, T6 (in the
mound of treasure guarded by the coin golem).
Parcel M: _______________________, T8 (on the
person of the undead librarian).
Parcel N: _______________________, U10 (On the
person of the githyankis performing a ritual inside
the Bitter Glass).
Parcel O: ________________________, Z1 (the Final
Encounter, on the person of Telicanthus or his sec-
retary Pennel).
Parcel P: ________________________, Z1 (the Final
Encounter, on the person of Telicanthus or his sec-
retary Pennel).
Parcel Q: ________________________, Z1 (the Final
Encounter, on the person of Telicanthus or his sec-
retary Pennel).
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters
Guide, the following parcels can go in the lines above.
Consult the wish lists your players gave you for the
first eight parcels, making the items appear to be
githyanki manufacture where appropriate.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 17.
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 16.
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 16.
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 15.
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 15.
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 14.
Parcel 7: Magic item, level 14.
Parcel 8: Magic item, level 13.
Parcel 9: A striking gold statuette of a five-headed
dragon with gems for eyes, worth 7,200 gp.
Parcel 10: 7,000 gp in a huge pile of gold, silver, and
copper coins.
Parcel 11: A leather riding harness studded with
fourteen rubies, worth 500 gp each (7,000 gp
total).
Parcel 12: Three potions of vitality; one 1,000-gp dia-
mond; a small exquisitely painted portrait of Auglos,
founder of Auger, worth 400 gp.
Parcel 13: One potion of vitality.
Parcel 14: 2,000 gp.
Parcel 15: Eight exquisitely crafted stained glass
globes, each showing a different scene from the late
Lich Queen Vlaakiths rule, worth 1,000 gp each
(8,000 gp total); and 1,500 gp.
Parcel 16: A crystal and silver hourglass with sand
made from gem dust, worth 8,500 gp.
Parcel 17: 5,700 gp.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
40

What You Need to Play
This adventure contains everything you need to play,
including background information, setup, encounters
and maps. You may wish to review any appropri-
ate Dungeons & Dragons 4th Edition rules before
play begins. Make sure you read at least the opening
sections and initial encounters before starting. Also
review Telicanthuss description on page 56, as hes a
somewhat unusual villain who uses the social pressure
of a lawful society to keep himself safe from attack.
Starting
theAdventure
The adventure begins once the PCs have had a chance
to recover from the events in Beyond the Mottled
Tower, most likely in the city of Overlook. The DM
should make sure that the PCs have no other pressing
tasks before starting the adventure; once the PCs are
contacted, they will need to leave almost immediately.
Events begin when the PCs are interrupted by an
exhausted, panting soldier from Overlooks city mili-
tia. The soldier, a human named Coggin, has been
sprinting through the city along with nearly twenty
other Overlook soldiers trying to find them. Between
gasps for breath, the overwhelmed (and slightly star-
struck) guard tells them why hes been sent.
Read the following aloud:
My names Coggin, sirs. I was sent to find you. The guard
captain asked that you report immediately to the West
Gate. One of our scouts to the south reported that theres
some sort of a flying warship headed for the city. Its armed,
and it isnt built by any race they recognized. After how
youve helped the city so much, the captain would like you
on hand in case theres trouble. Sirs.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Depending on where the PCs are in Overlook when exit the citys gate. Captain Dauralis is clearly rattled
the messenger finds them, it may take them some and will defer to the PCs in the ensuing encounter.
time to get to the West Gate. They will be passed
through checkpoints by any guards they encounter,
all of whom recognize the heroes on sight. A few min-
utes before the PCs reach the West Gate, they hear a Adapting the Adventure
loud scraping and creaking noise, like the sound of
Haven of the Bitter Glass is designed with five play-
heavy wooden timbers being dragged roughly across
ers in mind. You can easily adjust the adventure for
the ground. This is the sound of the airship landing
larger parties by adding a few more monsters and
crashing, reallyoutside the city.
increasing the amount of treasure, using the guide-
Conqueror Down lines presented in the Dungeon Masters Guide. When
adding monsters, keep your changes simple; when
When the heroes reach a point that overlooks the west
possible, just add one monster whose level equals
and southwest of the city, they see that a flying gal-
the encounter level for each additional PC. You can
leon named the Conqueror has ignominiously crashed
similarly make the adventure easier for fewer than
into the war-torn turf beyond the city. The mast has
five players, reducing the number of monsters and
an improvised white flag hanging limply from it. The
the amount of treasure.
galleon has skidded to a halt on the ground, and the
This adventure is designed for 12th-level charac-
ship looks to have already been in a war. Patches of the
ters, who will be 14th level by the time the adventure
vessel have been charred by intense fire, with other
finishes. If your party is less than 12th level at the
sections badly damaged as if struck by large weapons.
start, you might wish to use a side adventure or two
A DC 21 Arcana check identifies the vessel as some-
to give them experience before starting Haven of the
thing native to the Astral Sea, while a DC 23 Nature
Bitter Glass. If not, a larger than normal 11th-level
check identifies the ship as githyanki construction. A
party can play through this adventure, but be sure to
second successful DC 23 Arcana check reveals that
give them an opportunity for extended rests when
the damage on the ship is similar to that which would
feasible so that they have a better chance of surviv-
have been inflicted by red dragons breath.
ing. For higher-level groups, you will want to add a
A lone humanoid figure is visible on board, waiting
corresponding number of monsters and treasure to
by the rail. Citizens outside the city are fleeing from
ensure that the group is challenged. You might also
the wreck as quickly as possible, and the adventurers
need to adjust the target DCs in skill challenges using
can hear their screams easily from here. Every guard
the Skill Check Difficulty Class table on page 61 of
nearby has a crossbow trained on the humanoid.
the Dungeon Masters Guide. With some adjustment,
With the PCs arrival, the local guard captaina
you should be able to run this adventure for groups of
female human named Captain Jerra Dauralisasks
three and eight players, and for characters between
them to accompany her down to speak with the ship.
10th and 15th level.
It takes only a few minutes to descend the steps and
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
41

Approaching the Ship
A lone githzerai male stands aboard the ship, manag-
ing to look both exhausted and anxious at the same
time. He carries no weapons and makes no threaten-
ing moves. This is Tokkit, the only githzerai to escape
the githyanki siege on his fortress.
Roleplaying Encounter: Meeting Tokkit (page 72).
On Board the Conqueror
Once the PCs are on board the githyanki war gal-
leon, Tokkit will waste no time getting the ship back
in the air and pointed toward Akmaad. He does this
by moving to the bridge and standing in the ritual
circle, taking the wheel, and concentrating. The sails
rise and the ship begins to right itself, taking to the
air with a screeching groan. It tacks around in a circle
and gains altitude as it heads to the southwest.
The Conqueror is specially built to be a troop trans-
port carrying as many soldiers as possible, so tasks
handled by normal sailors are instead accomplished
by the psychic echoes of possessed githyanki sailors.
These echoes have no personality or ability to attack,
and manifest themselves as translucent shimmers
as they do sailing-related work ordered by anyone
standing inside a runic circle on the ships bridge. The
ghostly crew ceases functioning if this circle is ever
destroyed.
Tokkit spends his time talking about githyanki
and githzerai if anyone stays in the bridge with him.
He explains that he does not have much influence
within the monastery and that he hopes that his
actions today have some impact on his status. He will
also discuss his affection for a githzerai female named
Gallia, who he hopes is still alive despite the fact that
she dissolved their relationship several months ago.
While he may not say it explicitly, its clear that he is
In the Event of a Delay
This adventure assumes that the PCs quickly join
Tokkit in returning to the fortress of Akmaad. If they
Most of the githzerai at Akmaad right now are visitors. Our
delay for more than an hour before departing, the two
githyanki lancers on their dragons arrive at Overlook
and political leaders. Kathik from the Monastery of Nine
and scout from the sky before attempting to steal
back their galleon. Adapt the tactical encounter D1.
Repossession Team (page 74) if this occurs. If the PCs
delay for more than 3 hours before departing, any PCs
who will lead us in the upcoming war, and how involved we
arriving at Akmaad will discover the fortress empty
will be in aiding your world.
with the exception of the hundreds of dead githzerai
and githyanki littering the ground. Without the PCs to
help the githzerai, the githyanki were able to breach
the fortress and kill nearly all its inhabitants, leaving
only a handful able to escape and join their brethren
in Sayre. Adjust later encounters accordingly, assum-
ing that Odos and Gallia were among the handful of
survivors who fled to Sayre. This refusal to help may
sully the heroes reputation amongst people who hear
of it. In addition, any checks made to influence Odos
(including those made in The Coalition skill challenge
on page 100) are made with a 5 penalty.
If the PCs choose not to travel to Akmaad for some
reason, three days later they receive a Sending ritual
call from Amyria, asking them to join her in Sayre.
Continue the adventure with the arrival of the char-
acters in Sayre.
still in love with Gallia, and does not understand why
she left him. He believes it is because he has not inte-
grated well into the monasterys routine.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
It is during the voyage that Tokkit explains how
important it is that they win this fight.
Read the following aloud:
This githyanki attack could not have come at a worse time.
abbot is hosting a meeting of extremely important religious
Stones, Most Exalted Odos from the House of Reprisal,
Wellik the Elder from the Tower of Dancing Flame ... all
leaders that my people look up to. I think they are deciding
The conclusion is inescapable: Help the githzerai, and
maybe gain githzerai allies to help during the war. If
asked where githzerai are from, that they would view
the mortal realm as the PCs world but not their own,
Tokkit can reveal the basic information about gither-
zai from Monster Manual (pages 130131).
A Flying Ship
A normal airship costs 85,000 gp, and the Conqueror
is better than most since it doesnt require a crew.
The Conqueror is a plot device to quickly move the
PCs to Akmaad; the adventure assumes that the
ship is badly in need of repair and wont last much
longer than the trip. The Conquerors psychic helm has
been badly strained by moving the damaged vessel
at high speed, and any damage the ship incurs during
the fight against the githyanki commanders ship at
Akmaad will be enough to disrupt the enchantments
that keep it aloft.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
42

The Conqueror, Githyanki Airship
Gargantuan Vehicle
HP 400 (currently 90) Space 6 squares by 23 squares
Cost 125,000 gp
AC 4; Fortitude 20, Reflex 4
Speed 0, fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15
Pilot
The pilot must stand in a ritual circle in front of the control
wheel, located forward in the bridge.
Crew
The Conqueror does not require additional crew, with the
role of crew being handled by psychic echoes of possessed
humanoids.
Ramming Prow
The Conqueror can ram targets. When it does so, the
Conqueror takes no damage from Large or smaller targets,
and only half normal damage from Huge or larger targets.
Passengers take no damage unless the target is Huge or
larger. Then they take half normal damage.
Ballista
The ship is armed with two ballistas on its main deck.
These are usable by PCs.
Load
Fifty Medium creatures; thirty tons of cargo.
Out of Control
The Conqueror moves forward at half speed. Each round, it
has a 50% chance of descending. It descends 5 squares for
the first 10 rounds it is out of control. After 10 rounds, it
descends 10 squares per round. If the ship hits the ground
after descending more than 20 squares, it is destroyed.
Decks
The Conqueror has four decks: an exterior observation
platform, the topmost main deck, the middle crew deck,
and a lower cargo hold.
Soul Helm
The githyanki soul helm located in area C18 controls
propulsion, buoyancy, and psychic crew. This object
requires regular infusions of possessed souls in order to
operate, something that can only be done in the docks of
Tunarath, the githyanki capital city on the Astral Sea. If the
soul helm is destroyed, the ships psychic crew and ability
to fly fades after 5 hours. The soul helm has AC 4, Fortitude
20, Reflex 4, and 100 hp.
The Conqueror
This githyanki war galleon was constructed outside
the githyanki city of Tunarath, and (other than the
recent battle damage) shows all the signs of a new
vessel: shining wood, new fittings, and few personal
belongings on board. With a main deck that has room
for almost fifty troops to stand and fight, it is designed
primarily for the transport of troops.
C1. Main Deck
The main deck has an abundance of loose ropes, tra-
ditionally used by githyanki troops when they board
another vessel. They are also useful for PCs fighting
on deck who dont wish to be accidentally knocked
overboard. The two ballistas here can be used by PCs
using the rules from the Ballista sidebar.
C2. Forecastle
This raised area has one ballista and overlooks the
ramming spike.
C3. Sterncastle
This raised area has one ballista.
C4. Crenellations
Unlike most traditional ships, the sides of the githyanki
war galleon have crenellations to help protect troops.
Anyone on the deck has cover from enemies outside
the ship who are not attacking from above.
C5. Ramming Spike
Thirty feet long, this sharpened ramming spike is
designed to penetrate enemy ships or huge foes. It is
wielded by the ships pilot in the bridge (area C6).
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Ballista
Light Ballista Siege Weapon
Load: Standard action
Aim: Minor action
AC 23; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23
r Fire (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; attack bonus as noted below; 4d6
damage.
Siege Weapon Rules
No Powers: You cannot use a weapon power with a
siege weapon.
Actions: Loading and firing require multiple actions,
which can be split up between different characters.
Each character must be adjacent to the weapon.
Actions required to load, aim, and fire are indicated
above.
Aim: Choose a square as the target. Skip the aim
action if you wish to continue firing at the same
square as in the previous round. You can load, then
aim; or aim, then load.
Attack Bonus: Use the following calculation.
One half the level of the lowest-level crew
member.
The Intelligence modifier of the crew member who
spent an action to aim.
The siege weapons proficiency bonus, if any crew
member is proficient (+2 for a light ballista).
The crew member firing the ballista applies a bonus
from any condition that applies to weapon attacks.
Both crew members apply penalties from any con-
dition that applies to weapon attacks. For example,
if either crew member is weakened, a ballista attack
deals half damage.
Damage: Roll the indicated damage dice. A ballista
adds no ability modifier to its damage rolls.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
43
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

C6. Bridge
The entire ship is steered and controlled from this
location. The room is relatively bare, boasting a runic
circle on the floor and a ships wheel standing before
it. Windows around this room allow the captain to
see forward and arrowslits allow spellcasters to target
attackers to port or starboard outside the ship with
superior cover.
The dead githyanki captains body lies in a heap on
the side of this room. The rear of the bridge features a
heavy tapestry giving glory to a tall githyanki knight
standing triumphantly before a throne. This is an
image of Emperor Zetchrr, the ruler of the githyanki.
The pilot of ship can attempt to make attacks
against another ship with the ramming spike. Doing
so requires a successful Intelligence attack against
an AC of 20. The attack deals 4d10 + 20 points of
damage.

C7. Captains Cabin

This room is where the now-deceased githyanki cap-
tain Davot slept. The desk drawer is locked, requiring
a DC 23 Thievery check to open.
The desk contains the captains orders. These are
signed by Captain Iquel, and order the captain of
the Conqueror to accompany the warships Sacrifice
and Tyranny from Tunarath to attack the githzerai
stronghold of Akmaad. The ships manifest lists a full
contingent of 140 troops, one dragon and lancer, and
a gish assassin named Brannot. An additional hand-
written note (see page 45) can provide additional
information.

C8. Hold Entrance

Removable planks, leading down to hold.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
44

Davot,
We expect the attack to go smoothly and quickly.
Our informer is inside Akmaad already, and has
agreed to assist Brannot in the assassination of the
foul githzerai leaders. Once you receive the signal
from my flagship that the defenses are neutralized,
land the Conqueror at a safe distance from the
fortress and disembark all of your troops along with
the Tyranny.
By the grace of High Emperor Zetchrr, Lord of the
Astral Sea,
Captain Iquel
The Sacrifice
C9. First Officers Cabin
With no first officer on board, this cabin was inhab-
ited by the gish assassin Brannot. The only items
of interest are small hand-drawn portraits of three
githzerai: Odos, Kathik, and Wellik, githzerai leaders
currently meeting at Akmaad. If shown to Tokkit, he
looks exceptionally troubled. Not only does he recog-
nize the leaders, but he recognizes the artistic style as
that of Gallia, the githzerai monk he is in love with,
and he will say as much.
C10. Crew Quarters
This central area has room for two dozen hammocks.
Crew and common soldiers sleep here.
C1114. Elite Crew Cabins
These cabins are used by any crew members who are
too important to bunk in public areas. This might
include the ships first officer, mindslicers, gish, or
lancers.
C15. Lancer Cabin
This cabin belongs to a githyanki lancer, the elite
warrior who rides a dragon into battle. It smells a bit
like dragon, and gear to repair a riding harness and
saddle is piled underneath two hammocks.
C16. Crew Quarters
A dozen hammocks are stored against the walls,
ready to be hung when needed. This open area is used
as a central gathering area when the crew is awake.
C17. Galley
This area is used to prepare food for the ships crew
and passengers.
C18. Psychic Helm
This room is dominated by a complex device made
of steel, crystal, and leather. This githyanki psychic
helm keeps the ship aloft and maintains its crew of
psychic memories. The helm seems to emit a faint
screaming sound when in operation. Destroying this
helm allows the ship to operate for 5 more hours
before the magic it generates fails. The ship shud-
ders violently when it begins to lose power, hopefully
giving the captain enough time to land. Destroying
the soul helm is possible, and the repercussions of
doing so are described on page 43 in the description
of the Conqueror.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
C1921. Storage
This area is largely empty, as the Conqueror held only
troops on its way to Akmaad. The githyanki expected
that this area would be filled with pillaged goods
on their way back to Tunarath. The area also holds
ammunition for the ships ballistae and extra food
and drink for the githyanki troops.
C22. Brig
Five pairs of empty manacles dangle here.
Repossession Team
Less than an hour after the PCs have departed with
Tokkit on the galleon (unless they delayed substan-
tially at Overlook), the dragon riders sent by the
githyanki catch up to the ship.
If either githyanki lancer is captured and ques-
tioned after the battle, he gloats that the battle was
proceeding as planned when they left, and that the
githzerai have no chance of surviving. They also
threaten that Captain Iquel will deal quite harshly
with Tokkit for stealing their ship.
Tactical Encounter: D1. Repossession Team
(page 74).
The Siege of Akmaad
Akmaad is a little-used githzerai fortress and monas-
tery located 140 miles to the southwest of Overlook.
Despite having room for over four hundred people,
normally only forty to fifty githzerai monks and pil-
grims dwell there to train and purify themselves.
Over the last week, the site played host to a gathering
of important githzerai leaders from across the planes.
Intending to travel to the city of Sayre for a council on
the conflicts besieging the area (specifically, Overlooks
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
45
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

recent woes have not escaped notice outside Elsir Vale),

the leaders are deciding the role of githzerai in the
upcoming conflict. They know that the githyanki are
on the warpath, and the githzerais monastic leaders
disagree as to the best path to take. Acting in accor-
dance with tradition, the githzerai leaders have come
to the heart of the burgeoning war to discuss the extent
to which they will become involved.
Akmaad was their choice for a neutral and secure
meeting place, but a githzerai named Gallia was
possessed by githyanki months ago. She revealed
the location to her githyanki contacts as soon as she
learned that an important meeting was occurring.
The githyanki surreptitiously approached the fortress,
scouted the area without being detected, assassi-
nated several of the githzerai leaders, and launched a
full-scale attack with enough force to overpower the
githzerai. The githzerai have spent the time since the
attack desperately defending their fortress. If the PCs
do not help, the fortress will inevitably fall.

When the PCs Arrive

The adventurers pass over fields and woods that gradu-
ally give way to a reddish rocky waste as they approach
the githzerai fortress. They see signs of the battle before
they see Akmaad itself; fire and smoke rise from the site
in a dark pillar. The fortress is utilitarian and stark, with
red walls rising up over a dusty valley. An overhanging
mountain cave makes it extremely defensible.
When the Conqueror closes on Akmaad, the githz- who reveal themselves. Githyanki troops have broken The news is not entirely bad, however. The
erai are close to losing. The upper cliff face has been through the githzerais defenses several times and githyanki ship Tyranny lies crashed and burning out-
seized by githyanki, and the githzerais defensive land- entered the fortress, only to be rebuffed by the githze- side of the fortress, brought down by concentrated
slide has not been triggered. A gish assassin managed rai. Currently the githyanki are still outside the fortress githzerai attacks. Dead litter the battlefieldfar more
to infiltrate the fortress and assassinate several key in military formation, launching attacks and working githyanki than githzeraibut the githzerai are still
leaders before fleeing. A githyanki champion circles on a final assault, and the githzerai have organized into outnumbered almost five to one.
on his red dragon and assaults any fortress defenders three units to hold the fortress as long as possible.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
46
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

The Flow of Battle
You will want to be familiar with the different encounters
and run them in whatever order makes the most sense.
Most encounters allow for the possibility of a short rest
between foes. Only the highly mobile dragon can engage
the PCs quickly no matter where they are on the battle-
field, making it tactically sensible to fight it first. Its up to
you to briefly describe whats going on elsewhere on the
battlefield. Youll want the PCs to feel like theyre part of a
huge battle; make the siege as cinematic as possible.
The PCs can proceed across the Akmaad battle-
field in a number of ways. Achieving success at all
four of the following encounters means the siege
is broken and the githzerai survivors saved. The
following order of encounters is most likely.
Falling Rock
The PCs kill the guards stationed at the landslide
zone above the cliff and drop several hundred tons of
rock onto the githyanki troops assaulting the fortress.
Tactical Encounter: A3. Falling Rock (page 80).
Side Entrance and Wall Breach
The PCs finish off stragglers with the aid of counter-
attacking githzerai. They slay the githyanki who have
just begun a ritual to gain entrance into the fortress,
as well as stop a wall breach (tactical encounters A4
and A5).
Tactical Encounter: A4. Side Entrance (page 82).
Tactical Encounter: A5. Wall Breach (page 84).
Another possibility involves the PCs landing their ship
before being seen and dropping the landslide while
avoiding detection. This is difficult but possible if they
keep their ship low to the ground on their approach.
This tactic requires coordination with the pilot (likely
Tokkit), who if not otherwise instructed, takes the
shortest and most obvious route to the battle. If the
PCs pull off this attack, they will be attacked by the red
dragon before they can regain the air.

Draconic Champion
The Conqueror is seen approaching the battlefield.
The remaining red dragon, ridden by the githyanki
champion, approaches to see who crews the ship. The
dragon and rider attack, and the remaining ship Sacri-
fice slowly tacks to join the fight after gathering some
githyanki troops from the fight below.
Tactical Encounter: A1. Draconic Champion
(page 76).

Boarding the Sacrifice

The ship Sacrificealmost as damaged as the Con-
queror at this pointcloses to commandeer the
Conqueror. The githyanki commander and her
bodyguard, as well as the additional troops who just
reboarded, engage the PCs. It is possible that the PCs
or Tokkit will try to impale the Sacrifice on the Con-
querors ramming spike. If successful, both ships lose
altitude as they begin to crash.
Tactical Encounter: A2. Boarding the Sacrifice
(page 78).

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
47

The Aftermath
Once the battle is effectively over, summarize the
results based on the adventurers victory point total
(see the Who Wins? sidebar). Allies or enemies
flee, wounded are tended to, injured enemies are
dispatched or captured, and loot is gathered. The
surviving githzerai gather in front of the fortress to
measure the cost.
Read the following aloud:
The surviving githzerai, many of them wounded, gather
around an old blind githzerai who seems as aware of his
surroundings as if he could still see. The monk speaks in a
rough tone. Were alive. I dont know how they knew we
were here, but the cost was high. Too high. Both Kathik
and Wellik are dead, along with dozens of our brothers and
sisters. We lost the abbot and most of the monastery. Our
conference is finished. Now I must decide our path.
With an almost undetectable grimace, the stoic
githzerai turns his empty eye sockets toward the lines
of dead and wounded. Gather your belongings. In the
morning we travel to Sayre. There is a conference there
I am obligated to attend before we depart for home. He
pauses and turns his sightless gaze in your direction. You
arent githzerai, but you fought for us. Who are you?
The PCs can introduce themselves and explain their
role in the battle. Most githzerai hail them as heroes,
and Odos (the blind githerzai) grudgingly thanks them,
but he is exhausted and grieving for his slain friends.
He is not amenable to being told that the githzerai
must ally with humans. If Tokkit mentions that he
committed githzerai troops to serve in Overlook as an
exchange for getting help, Odos will not be pleased and
will tell him to take it up with the githzerai in Sayre.
Odos is not an inspiring leader; he is dour, pessimis-
tic, and suspicious. Nevertheless, he isnt a bad person.
He is greatly respected by his people for keeping them
both safe and strong in the Elemental Chaos, and his
knowledge of history and tradition is legendary. While
many of the githzerai might individually disagree with
him at times, they would all die to protect him.
Roleplaying Encounter: Negotiating with Odos
(page 85).
Who Wins?
In a fight of this magnitude, with hundreds of troops
fighting each other in addition to the PCs, it is handy
to have a shortcut measure for determining success
or failure in the overall battle. You can do so using a
victory point system. For each of the following goals
that the PCs achieve, total the victory points and
consult the table.
Goal Victory Points Awarded
Landslide released on githyanki army 5
Githyanki commander on Sacrifice killed 3
Sacrifice destroyed or captured 2
Githyanki champion on red dragon defeated 2
Troops assaulting fortress scattered 2
Passwall ritual disrupted 1
Githyanki troops entering the east door slain 1
05: Almost all the githzerai are captured or killed by
githyanki. A handful escape in the confusion, includ-
ing the spy Gallia. Odos of the House of Reprisal
survives as well.
610: The githyanki are rebuffed before seizing the
fortress. Roughly twenty githzerai survive, including
Gallia and Odos of the House of Reprisal.
11+: The githyanki are defeated and scattered.
Almost fifty githzerai survive, including Gallia and
Odos of the House of Reprisal.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Odos, Githzerai Elder
Medium natural humanoid (blind)
Level 16 Elite Controller
XP 2,800
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +20, blindsight20
HP 312; Bloodied 156
AC 30; Fortitude 28, Reflex 28, Will 30; see also iron mind
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Hammer Strike (standard; at-will)
+21 vs. AC (crit 1920); 2d8 + 5 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
M Hammering Flurry (standard; at-will)
The githzerai elder makes two hammer strike attacks.
M Knock Out of Sync (standard; at-will)
+21 vs. AC (crit 19-20); 3d8 + 5 damage, and the targets
initiative count is reduced by 5. If the targets initiative
count is reduced below 0, it loses its next turn and then
reenters the initiative count at 20.
R Jumping Sparks (standard; at-will) Lightning,
Teleportation
Ranged 10; targets three creatures; +19 vs. Fortitude
(no attack roll required for allies); enemies take 2d8 + 7
lightning damage, and the target teleports 7 squares, to an
unoccupied space of the elders choosing.
C Psychic Blows (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Psychic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +20 vs. Will; 2d8 + 5
psychic damage.
Avenging Storm (immediate interrupt, when targeted by a
ranged or area attack; encounter) Teleportation
A ranged attack targets another creature within 10
squares of the elder. The elder teleports 10 squares into a
square adjacent to the attacker and makes two hammer fist
attacks.
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt, when the githzerai elder
would be hit by an attack; encounter)
The githzerai elder gains a +2 bonus to all defenses until
the end of his next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common,
DeepSpeech
Skills Acrobatics +20, Athletics +18, Insight +20
Str 16 (+11) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 24 (+15)
Con 20 (+13) Int 15 (+10) Cha 15 (+10)
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
48

After the battle, Tokkit seeks out the female monk
Gallia to introduce her to the PCs. In the process of
seeking her out, Tokkit speaks with other githzerai,
many of whom remark how they thought she was
dead when she was trapped on the upper roof and sur-
rounded. When Tokkit finds her, she coldly shrugs off
any explanation (or questions) about how she was able
to survive long enough to re-enter the fortress.
Gallia is polite but formal to both the PCs and
Tokkit. She denies any wrongdoing if accused of
spying, although as with other possessed individuals
the characters have encountered, a DC 21 Insight
check reveals that shes under the influence of an
outside source. Based on their experiences in The
Temple Between, theyre likely to assume, rightly, that
a githyanki spirit is controlling the githzerai woman.
Convincing any githzerai that Gallia is a
githyanki spy is not as difficult as the PCs might
expect, even to Tokkit. Her behavior has been
odd in the past months since her possession, and
the githzerai are familiar with the githyankis
penchant for possessing individuals to use them
as spies. Even so, as outsiders, it requires a DC 23
Diplomacy check to convince Odos and the other
githzerai that Gallia should be questioned about
her activities leading up to and during the attack. If
they discovered the portraits on the Conqueror, they
even have hard evidence that Gallia was sending
the githyanki information, and receive a +5 bonus
on the Diplomacy check. Should she be seized
and searched, she has a small piece of pale green
stained glass on her person that she cannot or will
not explain. The glass is magical, and a DC 23
Arcana check reveals that it is a one-way communi-
cation device; when activated with a ritual only the
githyanki in command of Gallias body knows, it
Haven of the Bitter Glass
allows her to send a message to an unknown recipi-
ent (Telicanthus in Sayre, although Gallia refuses
to divulge who her contact is). The glass does not
allow her to receive messages.
Gallia cannot be intimidated. As with possessed
individuals that the PCs have encountered in past
Scales of War adventures (see The Temple Between
in issue #161), the spirit in Gallias body cant really
be threatened, since it can leave at any time. If
Gallia is killed, the possessing githyanki spirit
simply wakes up in its rightful body, leaving
behind only a lifeless githzerai shell. The spirit in
Gallia refuses to answer questions. In terms of
the adventure, shes here to confirm that the
githyanki spies are everywhere, and that
they plotted this attack for some time right
under the noses of their hated githzerai
enemies.
If the glass is discovered and she has
the opportunity after being accused, Gallia
attempts to flee and rejoin the gish assas-
sin Brannot. If the PCs are able to prove her
complicity as a spy, Odos orders her executed
on the spot. She will laugh and not resist. She
refuses to answer questions. The heroes can
attempt to intercede on her behalf with a
DC 25 Diplomacy or Bluff check (bluff-
ing Odos entails convincing him that they
have a way to drive the spirit out) . Success
means Odos orders Gallia bound in chains
and put under a 24-hour guard.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
49

Gallia Level 11 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, githzerai XP 600
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +13
HP 108; Bloodied 54
AC 27; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 23; see also iron mind
Speed 7; see also inescapable fate
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+17 vs. AC; 2d8 + 3 damage.
M Stunning Strike (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 3 damage, and the target is
stunned until the end of Gallias next turn.
Inescapable Fate (immediate reaction, when an adjacent
enemy shifts away from Gallia; at-will)
Gallia shifts to remain adjacent to the enemy. Gallia cannot
use this power if the enemy shifts using a movement mode
Gallia does not possess.
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt, when Gallia would be hit by
an attack; encounter)
Gallia gains a +2 bonus to all defenses until the end of her
next turn.
Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Gallia can fly 5 squares.
Trace Chance (standard; recharge 6 )
Ranged 5; no attack roll required; the next melee attack
Gallia makes against the target gains a +5 power bonus to
the attack roll and, if it hits, it is automatically a critical hit.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Skills Acrobatics +15, Athletics +9, Insight +13
Str 15 (+7) Dex 17 (+8) Wis 16 (+8)
Con 12 (+6) Int 10 (+5) Cha 11 (+5)
The githzerai leader Odos is the only surviving
member of a group of githzerai leaders meeting
at Akmaad. As described above, hes taciturn and
especially distrustful of outsiders as a rule, and these
traits are only exacerbated by recent experiences. He
lost several close friends and pupils in the githyanki
attack on the monastery, and hes not interested in
any negotiations with Overlook at the moment. He
flatly refuses to send any githzerai to the city to help
shore up its defense, despite any promises Tokkit
might have made. Odos intends to lead his surviving
people to Sayre to join with other githzerai refugees
there. But despite his resolve on these issues, the char-
acters have the option of learning some important
details from Odos. See the Negotiating with Odos
roleplaying encounter on page 85 for details.
If the PCs do not offer to accompany the githzerai
to Sayre, Odos simply rounds up his survivors and
prepares to begin the long trek alone. At that point,
Tokkit quietly approaches and asks the heroes to
come along, concerned that Odos is not necessar-
ily making the wisest decisions in his grieving state.
Tokkit mentions that this might give Odos a chance
to know humans, and the road will be dangerous.
In addition, the PCs may wish to learn more about
a supposed war council that the githzerai had met
to discuss joining in the first place. Of course, if the
characters have engaged Odos, they might have
already learned all about the trip to Sayre and the
war council (see Negotiating with Odos on page 85).
Underneath it all, though, Tokkit enjoys their com-
pany. He feels more like a hero when he is with the
adventurers, and he would enjoy spending more time
hearing their stories.
Sayre is over twenty miles away across rough ter-
rain, and the githzerai have wounded who must be
pulled along in small carts. Due to the slow pace, it
takes two days for the githzerai to reach Sayre with
their patients. Under the ministrations of the PCs and
any githzerai healers, the injured troops begin to heal.
Ambush
Although the githyanki attack was thwarted, Brannot
the gish assassin survived by fleeing early. He single-
handedly killed two of the elder githzerai, and he
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Allies at Akmaad
If you want, you can certainly decide that a number
of soldiers from Overlook accompany the PCs on
the galleon, or introduce a rival adventuring party
to act as the heroes foil. These other combatants
can engage different githyanki than the PCs during
the battle at the githzerai fortress, allowing you to
emphasize the sheer number of foes without having
to play out every individual battle.
hopes to finish the job while the large group is travel-
ing. He attacks on the night of the first camp.
Tactical Encounter: S1: Ambush (page 86).
If the PCs somehow manage to save a githyanki
war galleon and use that to travel to Sayre, Brannot
stows away on board and attacks at the earliest oppor-
tunity. He destroys the runic circle that allows the
ship to be controlled and then starts hunting Odos
and the PCs. His astral slide ability makes it easy
for him to move around the ship quickly. Move the
Ambush tactical encounter to the map of the war
galleon rather than the tactical map indicated on the
encounter page.
The City of Sayre
Sayre is an artistic, monument-filled city built in a par-
ticularly beautiful valley. Sayre holds a university and
a large number of artisans, making it a popular site for
those who deal in either information or fine art.
Population: Approximately 12,000, including
almost 1,500 students attending the University. Most
inhabitants are human, elf, eladrin, or halfling. Some
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
50

dwarves also live in Sayre, although they tend to keep
to themselves.
Government: Sayre is governed by Lord Divian
Torrance, a politically astute nobleman adept at play-
ing different factions of the city against each other.
Power resides with Lord Torrance, as well as the Arti-
sans Guild and the Universitys archdean.
Defense: The Guards of the March are a force of
100 soldiers led by General Alvro Taramin that have
little to do other than patrol the safer sections in and
around the city. Most merchants, guilds, and noble
families have their own mercenary guards that pro-
tect their property and work together when danger
appears. In a time of crisis, General Taramin has the
authority to call on any house with its own private
guard to cede command of their troops directly to
him. Fortunately, he has never had to do so, but if he
were, he could call over 2,000 troops. With a cliff, a
lake, and steep hills protecting three sides of Sayre, the
Guards of the March spend much of their time outside
the city patrolling the farming areas to the west.
Inns and Taverns: Caperlys Dancehall; Firetree
Alehouse; the Rat and Hammer Inn; the Singing
River Inn; the Sodden Mage tavern; The Tankard of
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Ink tavern. The River Jewel in The Glassworks is the
most expensive inn in the city, and the Inn of the Ugly
Dog in the Dregs is the cheapest.
Supplies: The Market; the Glassworks; Low Moun-
tain. The Market District is the home of hundreds of
different vendors of almost any product conceivable,
although not all are legitimate. The Glassworks is home
to the citys finest artists and artisans, and is the place to
go if youre looking for jewelers or sculptors. Low Moun-
tain is home to most of Sayres dwarves, and hidden
weaponsmiths and armorers are available to anyone
who can gain a prior recommendation from a dwarf.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
51

Temples: Bright Forge (Moradin); Covet House
(Tiamat, hidden); the Founding Tower (Erathis); Great
Hall (Ioun); Shrine of the Singing Waters (Corellon);
the Waypoint (Avandra).
History
Sayre is built in a small, defensible valley. Steep hills
to the north provide protection from overland armies
and make excellent spots for small defensive guard
posts. The Lake of Songs sits uphill to the northwest of
the city. Dammed at its outflow to help control floods,
this lake is used year-round for fishing and recreation;
it is extraordinarily beautiful and the subject of many
paintings and tapestries by local artists. The Singing
River descends from the lake and splits briefly into
three branches as it flows through Sayre. A tall cliff
guards Sayres eastern flank, dropping 200 feet to the
valley below. The only direction an invading army
could easily approach Sayre from is the west, across
the farms and fields, and guard towers alert the town
to any threat approaching from that direction.
Before Sayre was built, the city of Auger stood on this
site, built over 400 years ago as a refuge for exiled divin-
ers. A diviner named Auglos and his apprentices were
driven from the island of Nefelus after he prophesized
a local nobles death and was blamed by the mans rela-
tives. After fleeing the familys wrath, Auglos settled
in this particularly beautiful and defensible valley to
continue his research into divination and communica-
tion. More academics and sages slowly joined him, and a
small cityAugergrew up around his tower.
Augloss skill as a craftsman began to bring him
fame. At first he specialized in divinatory devices
such as crystal balls. His masterpiece was a huge glass
globe the color of the evening sky, a device that could
transmit messages thousands of miles and even across
Haven of the Bitter Glass
planes if individually crafted receiving mirrors were Rebuilding
first attuned to it. Auglos sold the communication
Shepherds moved back onto the site within sixty years,
mirrors for extremely high prices, typically to mer-
but without a dam on the Singing River, the site of
chant consortiums or the rulers of more prosperous
the former city had become a flood plain whenever it
city states. His customers never knew that if he chose,
rained. Finally, dwarven engineers rebuilt the dam on
he could hear and see everything that passed through
the Lake of Songs, and Sayre was built where Auger
one of his glass devices, and that he also sold much of
once stood. The level of the land had risen after so
the information he obtained through his eavesdrop-
many years of floods, and none of the old buildings
ping, resulting in an even more profitable secondary
were still visible above ground. All residents of the
business in the espionage trade.
modern city know that there is an old city beneath the
Auglos knew that his glass globe created psychic
streets, and some families dug down to take advantage
ripples in the Astral Sea when it was used, but he
of a pre-made cellar by digging through the roofs of
didnt consider it a problem; how likely was it that
old buildings, but enough people caused cave-ins or
anyone would be bothered? He should have done
unleashed monsters that its now illegal to dig into the
more research. His master glass, the device attuned to
undercity.
all the others that allowed him to listen in on so many
Sayre is ruled by a wily half-elven politician
fascinating conversations, created ripples near the
named Lord Divian Torrance, and under his direction
githyanki city of Tunarath, and psychic debris from
the city goes out of its way to attract the finest artists
the glasss communication soon caught the githyankis
and craftsmen in the land. As a result, many wealthy
attention. The githyanki quickly determined that
families call Sayre home, and all of these have their
someone on the mortal realm was using the energy of
own mercenary security forces to protect their
the plane to fuel a communication device. Paranoid
houses and workshops. Not much of a public militia
in the extreme, within three months, the Lich Queen
is needed, although a small force controlled by Tor-
Vlaakith herself named this device the Bitter Glass
rances good friend General Taramin remains active.
and decreed that the psychic pollution must be elimi-
The public militia is subsidized by a public ordinance
nated. Her knights quickly carried out her orders.
crafted by the wily Lord Torrance. Each family above
The raid on Auger was terrible to behold. Githyanki
a certain income level must commit a number of
dragonriders shattered the towns dam, flooding the
troops from their own personal guard units to the
streets with water and mud, then proceeded to pick
citys defense. This makes the citys safety the concern
off fleeing citizens one by one. By the end of the night,
of all the wealthiest families, although it requires a
Auglos and his assistants were dead, and the Bitter
charismatic and skillful general to keep all the differ-
Glass was shattered and buried under the broken
ent house troops in line. Sayre boasts a small theater
tower that housed it. Augers remains were looted and
and a large university that attracts scholars from cities
abandoned, and survivors from the raid left the area,
across this corner of the mortal realm. For such a
never aware of the reason behind the attack.
small city, Sayre is a shining beacon of light. Lord Tor-
rance fully intends to keep it that way.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
52

The Fisher District
Located at the northern tip of the city, this low-lying
area is prone to floods during the spring rains. Fisher-
men and fishmongers who live here ply the lake for
their trade and live in raised huts. Its possible to buy
fish in the market district, but the freshest fish can
be bought by those brave enough to come north up
muddy streets and buy the catch coming off the boats.
There isnt much crime in the Fisher District; most
fishermen have large families, and they police their
own neighborhood with stout clubs and many friends.
Interestingly, this is the one neighborhood that isnt
defined by the breaks of the river. Fishermen live on
both outer shores and both inner ones, crossing the
rivers in small boats or over swaying rope bridges.
Ketchs Catch: This small fish stand has a repu-
tation for bringing in some of the largest, tastiest
fish in the lake. More importantly, the stall is run by
Gloriana Ketch. She makes a business of tracking city
gossip while her husband is off fishing, and shes a
good source for anyone who wants to know the latest
city rumors about the nobles or anyone of importance.
If you feel the need to drop any rumors about events
in or around townor further afieldGloriana is a
good source for PCs to seek out.
Prospect Hill
This residential neighborhood holds the majority of
the citys grand estates and mansions. Flanked by
rivers on either side, the low hill rises gradually over
the rest of Sayre. This neighborhood was the heart
of the ancient City of Seers. All the richest citizens
of Sayre live here. There is virtually no crime here,
and private mercenary units ensure that the neigh-
borhood stays safe. Unsavory types moving through
Prospect Hill should expect to be challenged several
times, especially after dark.
The Pillar of Hope Reborn: This ostentatious
memorial is a 60-foot-tall pillar with an eternal, magi-
cal flame atop it. According to the plaque this marks
the spot of Auglos the Wises tower in Auger, first
founder of the city that became Sayre. Its not par-
ticularly accurate, being located almost 200 feet from
Telicanthuss mansion and the actual site of the tower,
but its a good meeting spot for young couples on
Prospect Hill who wish to go courting after dark. The
beggars of Sayre have a yearly competition, awarding
50 gp to anyone of their ilk who can surreptitiously
climb the pillar and extinguish the flame. Guards-
men usually find crippled and dead beggars under
the pillar for weeks afterward.
Telicanthuss Mansion: Marked by gate pillars
boasting lanterns made from exquisitely blown glass,
this mansion was bought by Telicanthus and reno-
vated after the former owner moved south. Its one of
the social epicenters of Prospect Hill, and servants
and guests enter and exit it during most daylight
hours (or later, if Telicanthus is hosting a party.) A
competent and wily butler (Telicanthuss sociopathic
servant Pennel) monitors all guests and stops anyone
who doesnt belong. Telicanthuss guards are notably
polite as they escort interlopers off the property. A
successful DC 23 Streetwise check by a character
also reveals that unlike other parts of the city, none
of General Taramins city militia come within three
blocks of Telicanthuss home. See SC3: Telicanthuss
Tea Party for more details on this bit of information.
The Glassworks
This neighborhood on the eastern edge of Prospect
Hill is home to the citys artists. Sayre attracts many
of the finest craftsmen to this area. The wide roads
are lined with shops and stores, and are roughly
grouped by type of business. Businesses selling expen-
Haven of the Bitter Glass
sive goods, such as goldmakers and jewelers, typically
have their own security. Theres an atmosphere of
camaraderie in the Glassworks, and in the event of
trouble, all locals pitch in to solve the problem. Many
artists and shop owners live in apartments located
over their stores.
The River Jewel: This is one of the finest inns
in the entire city, with superb service and prices to
match. Rooms are large, secure, beautifully deco-
rated, and extremely comfortable. The staff offers
any amenity a guest might want, and will send out
for food or items not offered in-house, and the chefs
are renowned for truly delicious meals. Rooms here
cost 15 gp a night, an outrageous amount compared
to other inns in the city, but rooms seldom go empty.
Telicanthus offers to house the PCs here, in individual
rooms if they prefer, at his own cost. If he does, the
staff will be informed that their guests are the Heroes
of Elsir Vale, and will treat the PCs with inordinate
respect.
The Rose Window: This shop carries only the
finest stained glass and sculpted crystal. Bando Ham-
merglass is as knowledgeable a dwarven craftsman
as you can find, and can usually identify a stained
glass windows craftsman if the individual is famous
enough. He charges high prices for high quality art, but
is happy to talk to PCs if they come by with questions.
Bando is puzzled if the PCs bring panes of the Bitter
Glass to him for identification, as hell be fairly sure
that the work is Telicanthuss. Its not, but its of a simi-
lar style thanks to Kleths repairs of the original. He
wont tell the PCs that immediately, however, and will
put them off for an afternoon while he consults with
Telicanthus himself. Only a DC 23 Diplomacy check
encourages Bando to open up with this information on
an initial meeting. If Bando does speak with Telican-
thus, the githyanki sends Pennel that night to murder
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
53

Bando in his bed and dispose of his body to prevent
him from speaking with the adventurers.
Bando cannot positively identify the glass pieces
that might have been found at Akmaad, or the cast-off
glass shards that the beggars are using as knives in
encounter V1: the Plaza of Vision, but he can confirm
that they came from the same extremely qualified
glassmaker.
The University of Sayre
Founded by a priestess of Ioun who was appalled with
the lack of learning among most people she met, the
university is a bustling school of higher learning that
teaches everything from agriculture to esoteric magi-
cal theory. Students tend to be young and from out of
town, as the university recruits the best and brightest
from many different areas. The university is often
viewed as an excellent finishing school for noble sons
and daughters, and it isnt uncommon for loyal ser-
vants to be seen dragging their drunken masters back
home after a rowdy night in the Dregs.
The Tankard of Ink: This is a popular tavern
for students who want to be in stumbling distance of
their rooms after drinking, and for those who dont
care for the Dregs. Many professors from the univer-
sity have adopted the tankard as their own, as well.
This is the place to come if you want a philosophical
debate instead of a fistfight.
Low Mountain
While most races have integrated nicely in Sayre,
the dwarven inhabitants tend to keep to themselves.
Low Mountain is a neighborhood of high stone walls
and twisting streets. Non-dwarves have trouble find-
ing places in Low Mountain, as none of the streets
are labeled, and none of the buildings are numbered
or named. As they say, If you need to know where
you are in Low Mountain, you probably shouldnt be
there. The area is safe, with squads formed exclu-
sively of dwarven guards patrolling the streets after
nightfall, but its not particularly exciting to non-
dwarves. That changes if youre a dwarf, or have the
trust of one. Wonderful restaurants, clever sages,
and master craftsmen hide within the featureless
buildings. Some dwarves will accept a bribe to guide
outsiders to the right place and introduce them to the
right contact.
Deep Cartography: This small shop contains
two dwarven brothers, Andor and Toris Scrollstone,
sages who specialize in maps and locations. Com-
monly consulted by explorers into the Underdark and
merchants who have long journeys ahead of them,
the Scrollstone brothers are the people to consult if
the PCs wish to learn more about Sayres undercity.
Although they know nothing about the Bitter Glass,
they can talk about Auger and its destruction at
unknown hands. They have old maps showing what
buildings used to be where. A DC 21 Dungeoneering
check reveals to the PCs that Augloss tower was origi-
nally below the spot where Telicanthuss mansion
now stands. Both dwarves actually know this if asked,
as the incorrect location of the memorial plaque on
Prospect Hill annoys them.
The Market
This is the heart of the city for everyone but the
wealthiest citizens. The streets are full of people
from all walks of life, and any non-exotic object (as
well as many exotic and rare ones) can be purchased
here. Whether youre looking for ink from a giant
octopus or the feather from an angel, youll likely to
be able to buy itor something that the seller swears
is authenticsomewhere in the market. This area is
characterized by narrow streets, tiny shop stalls, yell-
Haven of the Bitter Glass
ing shopkeeps, and a multitude of different bazaars.
Due to the university, the market contains a great
number of booksellers and scrollmakers. Debt-ridden
sages who have been forced to sell their library
crouch side by side with itinerant thieves peddling
stolen spellbooks.
Rancid Agnes: This elderly beggar holds court
at the edge of the market. She is taken care of by
regulars in the market who consider it good luck to
throw her a few coins when they pass by. In return,
she is unfailingly friendly to anyone who doesnt treat
her with contempt. Agnes is always happy to pass a
few minutes chatting with strangers, and shes the
best resource for finding something quickly, as she
has a good memory for what merchant has what sort
of item. Secretly she is also a spy for the church of
Tiamat, passing on any worthwhile gossip to the high
priest. Agnes is one of the citys original beggars, and
despite their work with the temple, she is envious of
the new beggars Telicanthus brought in to foment
discord between the citys residents and githzerai
refugees. A DC 21 Diplomacy check accompanied
by at least a 10-gp bribe results in Agnes making an
offhand, angry reference to the new beggars in town
and their work agin the refugees, but if confronted
on these comments, Agnes looks frightened and
scampers away.
Downwind
The name for the farmer and tannery district is usu-
ally correct, with the stink of the livestock blowing
away to the southwest. This district is characterized
by wide pens, warehouses and slaughterhouses,
and stockyards where herd animals are sold. On
the rare occasions when exotic animals or monsters
are brought into the city, theyre kept in Downwind
until sold.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
54

The March
The March looks almost like a military parade ground.
This area was once the preferred spot for Lord Limbic
the Scholar, a former ruler who had an obsession with
statuary and monuments. As a result, he spent a great
deal of the citys coffers on self-aggrandizing monu-
ments. More than two dozen great statues, triumphal
arches to non-existent battles, and other spectacular
monuments stand in this area. Theyre starting to
decay somewhat due to a lack of interest in keeping
them pristine, but they define this section of the city.
The Dangle: This was originally named The
Triumphal Arch of Limbic the Gracious until it was
turned into the citys location for public execution and
punishment. Murderers are hanged from the 30-foot-
tall arch and left to dangle for a few days. Public
stocks are also located here, for punishments of a less
severe nature. Public executions are rare in Sayre,
and the city hasnt seen one in months.
The Guard Barracks: Sayre doesnt require a
large standing army thanks to the proliferation of
private guards, but the one hundred full-time city
militia the city employs are stationed in this gray, aus-
tere building that is also known for its statue of Lord
Limbic standing on the roof.
The Dregs
Most of the citys entertainment is located in this
rundown, old section of the city. Dancehalls, seedy
taverns, pawn shops, breweries, and comfort houses
all crowd its narrow alleys. The area isnt immediately
dangerous to visitors, as thugs paid by local businesses
roam the streets with the intent of keeping people
safe in the theory that a live customer is a paying
customer. Theyve been known to look the other way
after dark, though, especially for a sizeable bribe.
Inn of the Ugly Dog: This tiny inn sits above
a loud and raucous tavern. The namesake dog has
been stuffed by a taxidermist and magically ani-
mated; it staggers around the tavern to greet visitors.
The Inn of the Ugly Dog has cheap ale, mostly clean
rooms, good prices, and an ever-changing array of
owners as the property is a common stake in the
inns games of chance.
Riverdown
These are the slums of Sayre, and the area where the
citys undesirables live. Beggars and unsavory visitors
gather here, along with anyone too poor to pay for
lodging elsewhere. Abandoned and crumbling ware-
houses hold rotting goods or illegal and smuggled
property. The streets are narrow and twisting, made
slick by constant mist that rises from the waterfalls.
Dark and smoke-stained buildings house beggars
with wet coughs from the constant moisture. Rats
scuttling through glassless windows provide one of
the few free food sources for the locals. It isnt an
attractive place to live, and visitors who show weak-
ness are likely to be preyed upon by the locals.
The Plaza of Vision: This abandoned plaza is sur-
rounded by vacant buildings. The githzerai living in
Sayre have taken over one of them, reinforcing it and
using it as a temporary headquarters.
Lowbridge: The local temple to Tiamat, worshipped
in her role as Goddess of Greed and Envy, is located in
an abandoned warehouse across the street from the last
bridge in Sayre. Beggars congregate in this area each
morning before heading out across the city. The beggars,
strangely, wont speak to anyone while near Lowbridge.
They wont ask for money until theyve gone to other parts
of town, as theyre careful not to draw attention to the
activities of the Filth King (leader of the citys beggars).
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Approaching Sayre
You hear the distant sound of church bells long before you
actually see Sayre. It lies in the valley below you, nestled
between three rivers. Sunlight reflects from the citys canals.
Although it has roughly the same number of inhabitants as
Overlook, Sayre is a very different city. It is said to be a city
of artists, artisans, and scholars, and you can see why. The
sunlight filtering through the hills gives a golden glow to the
entire valley. From where you stand, you can see mansions and
palaces rising up from islands between the rivers, university
halls jutting upward, numerous monuments and large statues,
and the smoke from smithies rising into the air. Mist from a
huge waterfall swirls along the southern edge of the city.
A guardhouse stands in front of the great bridge that
leads over the river into the city. A throng of people bustle
aboutbuskers, salesfolk, travelers, beggars, and guards.
Even a few rich nobles can be seen, riding in open-top
carriages in their finery.
A servant comes up, haltingly. Excuse me, he says, but
by any chance are you the Heroes of Elsir Vale?
If the PCs say yes, he smiles widely.
My master will be so pleased! Youre quite famous; he was
just talking about you today at tea. Would you do me the
honor of allowing me to introduce you?
If they say no, the servant looks disappointed and says
that his master Lord Telicanthus would be sorry not
to offer them hospitality. If they say yes, he looks even
happier and leads them through the throng to a dark-
doored wooden carriage with remarkable stained
glass windows. The carriage is pulled by two horses.
The servant knocks once and opens the door.
My Lord Telicanthus, may I please introduce the famous
Heroes of Elsir Vale.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
55

A tall, spindly man steps out into the sunlight. Lord
Telicanthus is a githyanki.
Hes quite unlike any githyanki that the PCs have
seen before, however. Lord Telicanthus has a warm,
quick smile and eyes that make it clear hes very
interested in whomever is speaking. He wears very
fashionable, expensive clothing and has no githyanki
jewelry or weaponry whatsoever. His handshake is
firm, his voice is clear, and he has only the faintest
trace of an accent when he addresses the PCs.
Its such a pleasure to meet you. Weve received some news
of our friends to the north, but I never expected to meet the
heroes in person! Some travelers have brought word of your
many battles. Its very rare to meet living heroes, so this is
quite a moment for me. Are you just arriving here in Sayre?
If the answer is yes, then Telicanthus continues.
Well, allow me to provide you with some most humble
shelter! The finest inn in the city is the River Jewel, right by
the bridge in our Glassworks District. Pennel? He turns
to his secretary, just exiting the carriage. Run ahead to the
Jewel and book ... He looks at you and counts. Rooms for
each of them. Put it on my account there, meals included.
Let them know that their guests are people of honor, and
are to be treated as such. The secretary nods and hurries
off. Its so rare to get people of the world here, artists aside.
He considers. Would you do me the honor of coming to tea
tomorrow? All the elite in the city, from the mayor on down,
would doubtlessly be honored to meet you. Youll be the toast
of the town. Tomorrow, at my estateIll have Pennel leave
details for you in the morning, and Ill send a carriage.
If he observes them with the githzerai, his attitude
tightens a little. A DC 23 Insight check reveals that he
doesnt like githzerai much, but that hes working to be
polite. If they accuse him of being a githyanki, he smiles.
Of course I am! Im not associated at all with those
murderous fellows in the Astral Sea, though. No, I left
that life years ago and Ive never regretted it once. Im a
glassmaker now, and a loyal citizen of this fine city. We
cant help how were born, but we can choose how we live
our lives. Something that everyone really ought to learn.
Telicanthus is lying, but hes told this lie so much that
it flies off his lips easily. Have him make a Bluff check
with a +5 bonus (+28 total) if the PCs attempt to dis-
cern whether or not hes lying. Odos and his fellow
githzerai, on the other hand, are openly angry that a
githyanki lives in the city. Odos manages to refrain
from attacking Telicanthus on sight, only because he
doesnt want to risk his people being thrown out of
Sayre for attacking one of the citys residentsand
a wealthy one, at that. Odos gathers his people and
leaves the area immediately without another word,
his wrath evident in every curt gesture.
Whats Happening
Telicanthus knew the PCs were approaching from
one of his agents who saw the PCs and the githzerai
while traveling. Telicanthus sees the heroes as a
potential enemy, one that would certainly be opposed
to his mission if they found him out, but he is too
egotistical to see them as an actual, credible threat.
He is confident that hell manage to convince the
adventurers that hes harmless, just as hes done to
everyone else in the city. He believes that if he shows
them kindness, flatters their egos with deference and
attention, and buys them expensive gifts, they will
underestimate him and become his unwitting allies
without even realizing they have done so. He knows
of General Zithiruuns defeat, as well as their pursuit
of Sarshan, but doesnt believe overcoming any innate
dislike of his race will cause him any more of an issue
Haven of the Bitter Glass
than it has with the residents of Sayre. Telicanthus
is so accustomed to racism that it doesnt even cause
him to blink anymore.
His invitation to tea is a high honor, as anyone in
town can tell the PCs. Telicanthuss invitations are
hotly contested, and the local social scene can revolve
around who is invited and who is not. People in
town know that Telicanthus is a kind and important
merchant, and he is immensely popular. Theyd be
surprised if told that his fellow githyanki are respon-
sible for the attacks on nearby settlements. In fact,
most of Sayres citizens are so well insulated from the
outside world that few are aware a war is underway
just beyond their walls.
Entering the City
Once the PCs and Telicanthus part ways, the adventur-
ers quickly discover a new problem. Their githzerai
allies are being turned away at the gates, helped not
at all by their curt and now angry leader Odos. The
city guards refuse to allow the githzerai to cross the
bridge into the city. They are extremely rude, explain-
ing that their kind isnt welcome here since all they
do is steal and cause trouble. If the PCs intervene, a
DC 18 Diplomacy check can get the githzerai inside;
a githzerai attempting Diplomacy does so with a 5
penalty to the check. A DC 18 Perception check while
this negotiation takes place shows Telicanthus watch-
ing from his carriage window as it passes by into Sayre.
His expression is one of amusement, and a DC 23
Insight check reveals a certain cruel satisfaction in
the githzerais predicament. Feel free to give the PCs
a bonus on their check for roleplaying the scene well
(for example, if they bring up the unprovoked attack at
Akmaad). Once successful, the guards grudgingly let
the githzerai pass.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
56

If the adventurers fail, the githzerai are not
allowed in through this gate. They will need to walk
south along the Singing River to reach the southern
bridge into Riverdown, the worst section of Sayre.
The PCs have the choice of heading directly to the
River Jewel, accompanying the githzerai to their lodg-
ing in Riverdown, or finding lodging of their own. The
party is most likely entering the city from the east if
they have come from Akmaad. Entering the city here
will take them through the broad, paved streets of the
University. They will walk next to academic buildings
and past marble statues of long-dead deans, topping
the hill and heading down toward the central fork of
the river. Following the river northwest brings them
into the Glassworks and right to the door of the River
Jewel, the finest inn in Sayre. Telicanthuss secretary
Pennel will have arrived here before the PCs, and their
rooms will be ready. They are offered baths, food, and
the finest amenities, all at Telicanthuss expense.
Following the east fork of the Singing River south-
ward brings them into Riverdown. The quality of
the buildings begins to degrade quickly once they
are away from the university, and an oily mildew
covers the stone walls. Constant mist from the nearby
waterfall fills the air here. If it is daytime, the streets
boast less wealthy individuals running errands, packs
of unsupervised children, stray dogs, and people of
questionable repute. There are a large number of beg-
gars living in Riverdown, and anyone with the sort of
wealth and stature that the PCs have will be watched
carefully. While the characters are watched, a DC
23 Streetwise check reveals that, strangely enough,
no beggars approach them once theyre in this dis-
trict, whereas theyre approached freely elsewhere in
Sayre. While a hastily organized ambush from local
gang members is possible if the PCs put themselves
in an especially vulnerable situation, the local toughs
arent suicidal, and no one would attack a combina-
tion of the PCs and so many githzerai.
The Githzerai Sanctuary
PCs accompanying the githzerai arrive at the Plaza
of Vision, an open area in Riverdown only accessible
by winding through back alleys that branch off of
tertiary streets. Its an isolated and dark plaza sur-
rounded by abandoned and rotting warehouses. A
corroding statue of a skyward-staring wizard stands
in an empty fountain in the middle of the square. It
isnt uncommon to find a beggar or two loitering here.
Finding the Plaza of Vision will require some hunting
by the PCs, but isnt a particularly difficult challenge.
Odos knows that the githzerai living in Sayre live in
a red building alongside the plaza, and he leads the
group there directly.
Odos is appalled that the githzerai arent living
somewhere better. Riverdown is extremely poor, par-
ticularly when compared to the university district they
walked through earlier, and Odos feels that this area
is beneath the dignity of the githzerai. He is fuming
by the time they arrive, particularly when he sees that
the building used by the githzerai is an old warehouse
painted with flaking, peeling red paint. A githzerai at
the door readily admits them, and a DC 15 Percep-
tion check reveals raised voices coming from deeper
inside the building. The words are unintelligible, but it
sounds like githzerai voices raised in anger.
Karkdin, the Low Sanctuary
There are thirty-five githzerai currently inside the
makeshift Low Sanctuary, an open warehouse that
has been divided into sleeping, meeting, and eating
sections. The structure is rough and dilapidated,
Haven of the Bitter Glass
but clean and organized. Its well-lit interior is a nice
counterpoint to the slums outside.
The current state of the githzerai community
in Sayre could best be described as fractious. The
githzerai have splintered into two groups who believe
they should proceed in very different ways. One of
the leaders, Aziff, urges patience and caution. She
is convinced that the locals feelings are temporary.
She has lived in Sayre for many years, and the recent
change in public opinion about the citys githzerai
citizens has distressed her a great deal (although she
doesnt reveal anything but a stoic demeanor openly).
Aziff has the backing of the other local githzerai, and
also of a friend the PCs will recognize (see An Old
Friend below).
The other leader, an atypically fiery githzerai
named Galott, is urging action. Young and angry,
he wants to take the fight to the streets, organizing
what amounts to a githzerai gang. Galott and several
other githzerai are refugees from cities and monaster-
ies from elsewhere in the world. Many have traveled
several hundred miles to get to Sayre after seeing
githyanki destroy their homes, and theyre appalled
that nothing is being done here to combat the threat.
These githzerai wear red armbands and never travel
alone, only adding to the local residents fears of
exactly what Galott is asking his fellows to do.
At the time the PCs arrive, the two local lead-
ers are debating the best path with great passion
and volume. The arrival of the PCs and the refugee
githzerai from Akmaad disrupt any disagreements
or discussions happening inside the building, as
the githzerai gather around the newcomers seeking
news of the summit that was supposed to happen at
Akmaad.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
57
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Local Problems The Githzerai Debate

In addition to discussing what happened at Akmaad, Azitt: This younger, female githzerai has grown quite
Through decisions made by the githzerai leadership, the close to Amyria in the short time she has known her.
the local githzerai relate the problems that they have
PCs have the opportunity to influence how thousands She has lived in Sayre for a while and remembers a time
been having here in Sayre. They are not sure why,
of githzerai interact with the defenders of the mortal when githzerai were not treated so poorly. While she
as they have done nothing to provoke the response,
world during the upcoming war. Do they stay neutral? doesnt have much of a voice in the proceedings, she
but the people of the city have turned against them.
Help humans? Assassinate Telicanthus and flee the city, represents a large enough faction of local githzerai that
As a result, even arriving as they have with Odos,
leaving the PCs to pick up the pieces? The githzerai Galott has been forced to recognize her.
the two arguing leaders cease all discussion as soon
elder Odos will ultimately decide his peoples course Chend. Chend is an elderly githzerai who favors
as the adventurers enter the room. Only after Odos
of action, and its up to the PCs to help convince him. leaving the humans and the githyanki to their war.
has spoken up on their behalfsomething he does
During the skill challenge and discussion, here are the He thinks they should leave the plane until the war
immediatelyare the PCs informed of whats been
individuals who hold strong opinions on the subject. is decided, then deal with the survivors. Odos knows
happening to githzerai in the city since their arrival.
Amyria. Amyria is wise, quiet, and completely sin- Chend from long ago and values the elders views.
Guards harass them and limit their movements,
cere. The deva has dark gray skin with faint purple Gallia. This githzerai from Akmaad is a traitor, as
beggars attack them and spy on them, and any rob-
markings, and is vehemently opposed to assassinating a githyanki destroyed her soul when it possessed her
bery or attack that occurs in the city is being blamed
Telicanthus. Not only does she think it would be a death body months ago. In the unlikely event that she hasnt
on the githzerai. Even more worrisome, four githzerai
sentence for the martyrs who attempted it, she fears yet been revealed, she will side with Chend and favor
out on their own at night have been brutally slain by
that the political backlash from all of his friends would the githzerai abandoning the mortal plane. In this case,
someone using knives. The other githzerai have been
put every githzerai in the city at risk. Worse, assuming allow the PCs another DC 21 Insight check to see if
unable to locate the killer, and the city guard seems
it is he behind a possible githyanki communication they notice Gallias possession yet.
disinterested in helping, claiming that other githz-
web, she isnt sure that killing him would stop it; he Most Exalted Odos from the House of Reprisal:
erai are committing the crimes as they turn on one
might be completely innocent. She is in favor of more Now that he has had time to calm down after the siege
another like a pack of rabid dogs. The racism and
investigation, and revealing Telicanthus as a fraud and of Akmaad, Odos remains neutral as to what the githz-
hatred is growing. They blame the githyanki Telican-
traitor before dealing with him publicly. That way the erai should do. He personally favors killing Telicanthus
thus for this, although they have no solid proof and he
githzerai cant possibly be blamed. She will also point and then abandoning the plane, but is willing to listen
publicly urges moderation against the githzerai.
out that Sayre hasnt been attacked by githyanki yet, to each argument before he makes his decision. He
An Old Friend and that may be because Telicanthus is alive, although knows that Amyria wishes him to join her Coalition, but
they have no way to know for sure. is not sure that he wants anything to do with the mortal
Amyria heard that the PCs arrived in town in the
Galott. Galott is a young githzerai leader with a fiery world and its defense against the githyanki threat. All
company of Odos and the githzerai refugees of
temper and great pride. He is tired of being mistreated the githzerai respect Odoss final decision, as the last
Akmaad, so she headed to Riverdown to wait their
by the other races, whom he considers inferior to the remaining principal elder on the mortal world. But if
arrival. Amyria will not seek out the PCs at the River
githzerai. The very fact that they would allow a githyanki the PCs fail in The Debate skill challenge and the
Jewel. If the adventurers have parted ways with Odos
in their midst makes them suspect. He is mistrustful, and githzerai leave the city for parts unknown, Azitt stays
and do not come with him to Riverdown, a street
thinks that he should lead a small group of githzerai into behind to act as a companion and assistant to Amyria
urchin soon arrives at their inn with a message from
Telicanthuss mansion to kill him. in her work with the Coalition.
the githzerai leader requesting their presence.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
58

However they arrive, once they reach the githzerai
settlement, Amyria emerges from a back chamber,
concealed in a heavy, floor-length cloak.
Roleplaying Encounter: Reconnecting with
Amyria (page 87).
Convincing Odos
Bringing Odos around to Amyrias point of view is
the first task she gives the PCs in Sayre. She knows
she needs another ally on the Coalition who will echo
her call for solidarity, as well as the importance of
discovering the githyankis means of communication
and expanding the breadth of the Coalition to include
other cities and regions of the world. This skill chal-
lenge should happen shortly after the characters have
caught up with Amyria and been able to observe the
fractured state of the githzerai community in Sayre.
Skill Challenge: SC1. The Debate (page 89).
Interpreting Clues
The PCs dont have enough information yet to reach
any conclusions about Telicanthus, but it may be
worthwhile for them to consider what clues they do
have. If they have convinced Odos (see The Debate
on page 89), he might have brought up the idea of
using ritual magic to aid their investigation. Alter-
natively, they might think of this tactic themselves.
However, there are other ways to learn about Telican-
thus. Possible leads include the following:
The magical piece of blue stained glass held by
the githyanki captain at Akmaad.
The magical green stained glass held by Gallia.
Amyrias dream of a web, with the spider inside of
Sayre (see Reconnecting with Amyria on page 87).
The odd fact that Sayres beggars seem to hate
githzerai, despite no provocation.
Someone in the city killing githzerai.
Some of these clues can be investigated in Sayre;
for instance, the PCs already have an invitation to
Telicanthuss mansion for tea the next afternoon,
and they can easily learn more about the beggars in
the city by tailing one back to Covet House (see The
Debate on page 89 for details).
Ambush in the Plaza
Secretly hired by Telicanthus to attack and kill
anyone emerging from Karkdin, a trained band
of beggars waits in the plaza outside the githzerai
sanctuary. These are not the citys normal cadre of
beggars. Telicanthus hired a group of mercenaries
known as the Laughing Shadows to do his dirty work
for him. Composed of an assortment of spies, thieves,
and strongarms, the Laughing Shadows now pose as
Telicanthuss household guards, as well as beggars
tasked with eliminating any githzerai they encounter
singly in the city. The Laughing Shadows have been
so effective at infiltrating Sayres beggar population
that most of the native beggars dont even realize that
theyve been compromised. But theyve certainly all
bought off on the fun of singling out the githzerai as a
target of scorn and fear.
The Laughing Shadow beggars attack the PCs
when they leave the building, unless they exit with a
large group of githzerai as well. After a successful or
unsuccessful attack, any surviving beggars scatter.
Tactical Encounter: P1. Ambush in the Plaza
(page 90).
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Covet House
If the attack by the beggars in The Ambush
encounter doesnt make the PCs suspicious enough
to investigate, the mention of a spice house in The
Debate might. The spice house referred to in the
divination (see The Debate on page 89) is a ware-
house in Lowbridge that was abandoned a decade ago
but still smells faintly of exotic spices. The faded and
chipped paint over the boarded main doors specifies
Ridolfi and Sons, Spice Merchants. This building
is the secret entrance to Covet House, a Temple of
Tiamat kept up by the citys beggars. The PCs can find
it with a DC 18 Streetwise check. If the adventurers
didnt perform the ritual, they can still find the spice
house after the Ambush tactical encounter. All the
beggars who attack the heroes smell strongly of old
spices. A successful Streetwise check is sufficient to
point the characters in the direction of Covet House.
A young homeless child sits across the street from
Covet House. If she sees the PCs investigating the
doorway, she shuffles over and asks them for money.
If shes convinced that they plan to break in, she
departs and goes around the side of the house to a
cleverly concealed rope pull coming out of the build-
ings foundations. She gives the rope three short pulls,
the signal for trouble. No beggars in Covet House or
the Temple will be surprised if she has this chance
to warn them. The PCs can determine her intentions
with a DC 18 Insight check.
The door to Covet House appears to be boarded up.
In truth, its locked with a combination of nails and
knotholes that need to be manipulated in a certain
order to open it. A DC 23 Thievery check is sufficient
to unlock the door, although failing the check sounds
an internal alarm bell, warning those inside.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
59
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

T1. Entry
The spice houses interior is 20 feet by 30 feet, and is
mostly unlit. Dim light is provided by light that seeps
in through cracks in the wooden exterior. The build-
ing lacks any staircase to the upper floors, as it rotted
out years ago. The actual floor is covered with rubble,
and the sound of squeaking rats can be heard. The
smell of spices is very strong inside the building. A
DC 21 Perception check reveals a clear trail through
the rubble. This trail ends at a hidden trapdoor in the
floor. The trapdoor is trapped.

Daggerspring Floor Level 13 Lurker

Trap 800 XP
The ceiling above the trapdoor is rigged to collapse if the trap
on the trapdoor isnt first disarmed. If triggered, a pile of old
garbage, debris, and disease-ridden rats is dropped on the trap-
door square and all adjacent squares. Any character in one of
the affected squares is subject to the trap.
Perception
DC 23: The character discovers the trap on the trapdoor.
Trigger
Any creature that attempts to open the trapdoor without first
disabling the trap sets it off.
Attack
Standard Action Close burst 1
Targets: All creatures in burst
Attack: +16 vs. Reflex
Hit: 2d10 + 8 damage. On a critical hit, the target is knocked
prone and subject to the secondary attack. All affected
squares become difficult terrain.
Secondary Attack: +16 vs. Fortitude; 5 damage, and the target
is infected with cackle fever (see Dungeon Masters Guide
page 49).
Miss: Half damage.
Countermeasures
A character adjacent to the trapdoor can disable the trap
with a DC 23 Thievery check.

This trapdoor opens into a short pit 5 feet deep. This

pit is the entrance to a narrow tunnel only 4 feet

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
60

tall that must be navigated on hands and knees by
Medium characters. The tunnel runs for 30 feet east
under the street, and ends in a second trapdoor in the
floor of the tunnel. It is completely dark.
T2. The Entrance
This counterweighted trapdoor in the tunnel from
area T1 opens downward, and is effectively punched
into the ancient roof of a buried building. Carved into
the wood of the trapdoor are the words Give, and you
will be given to in Common. The door can only be
opened on this side by sliding a coin into a slot next to
the door, or with a DC 23 Thievery check.
A rope ladder hangs beneath the trapdoor, leading
20 feet down onto the filthy floor of one of Augers
original buildings. This stone-walled building used to
have interior floors as well, but they have rotted away.
If the warning bell has been rung by the girl outside,
or the PCs failed to correctly pick the door lock the
first time and set off the alarm, there will be several
Laughing Shadows scrabblers here.
Tactical Encounter: T2: The Entrance (page 92).
T3. Ancient Street
This area was once an open street in the old city of
Auger, but it was completely filled with mud and silt
when the city was destroyed. This section of the street
was excavated several generations ago, and has since
served as a sleeping place and shelter to generations
of beggars. Stopped up by silt and soil on either end,
this 50-foot-long section of roadway is lined with
ancient cobblestones and filled with sleeping pal-
lets and the meager possessions of dozens of people.
Another forgotten building, this one choked with
rubble, stands next to the one from which the PCs
have just emerged. Across the street is the excavated
entrance to what was once a grand temple of Ioun.
The icon of Ioun above the doorway has been ripped
off, however, leaving no sign as to whom the temple is
now dedicated.
T4. Temple Doors
The outer doors to the temple are unlocked. The ves-
tibule is 10 feet long, and the walls of either side have
an amateurish painting of a beautiful woman stand-
ing on a mountain of wealth, holding out her arms
invitingly. A DC 18 Religion check reveals this to be
a painting of a human aspect of Tiamat, goddess of
greed and envy.
The inner door is closed, trapped but not locked.
Several worshipers are engaged in worship when
the PCs crash Covet House, and if no one from area
T2 has escaped to raise the alarm, no one inside the
temple will notice the adventurers approach. The
inner door has the painted image of a five-headed
dragon on it, crouched over a mound of treasure. The
mound is worn down by the passage of many greedy
hands.
T5. Covet House Temple
This temple of Ioun was built hundreds of years ago
and was badly damaged when Auger was destroyed
by githyanki 400 years ago. It has since been exca-
vated and restored by Sayres population of beggars.
The Filth King, a corrupt human who rules the
beggars of the city, found it when digging into the
undercity almost fifteen years ago. A devotee of
Tiamat already, he repurposed the chapel into a
church to the goddess of greed. The purpose of the
temple is to remind these worshipers that everyone
else has a better life than they do. The temple inspires
envy, even as it provides a place to worship it. As such,
Haven of the Bitter Glass
every single pew appears more comfortable to sit in
than the place you are actually sitting. A subtle magi-
cal effect makes everyone else in the room seem more
wealthy and attractive, and causes the viewer to view
himself as shabbier that he really is.
The room is octagonal, with nine pews facing an
altar. Rough paintings on the walls show beggars star-
ing through windows, watching rich people eat a feast
on golden plates. Behind the altar is a pit that runs the
length of the room. It is 10 feet wide and 20 feet deep.
The bottom of the pit is empty except for more than a
dozen failed thieves skeletons, along with a handful
of coins that fell when being tossed over onto the pile
of treasure (area T6). There is no ladder up from the
bottom of the pit; anyone who falls in must climb up
the sheer walls (Athletics DC 23). For anyone stand-
ing in the room, the glittering pile of wealth lying
across a black gulf of the pit has an almost unmistak-
able attraction, even with a rough statue of Tiamat
looking down on it.
Unless he has been alerted of their approach, the
Filth King is leading a devotional prayer to Tiamat as
the PCs enter.
Tactical Encounter: T5. Covet House Temple
(page 94).
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
61

T6. The Guardian of Greed
On the far side of the pit, a large pile of wealth beck-
ons the greedy. This contains many, many coins along
with a handful of art objects. After the Filth King and
his followers in Covet House have been defeated, it is
likely that the PCs will cross the pit onto this pile of
wealth at T6. This activates the coin golem, guardian
of Tiamats tribute.
Tactical Encounter: T6. The Guardian of Greed
(page 97).
T7. Secret Corridor
This corridor hasnt been entered since the temple
was first converted to Tiamat. At that time, beggars
descended this corridor and heard the sounds of
scratching from room T8. They fled back up the cor-
ridor and built the statue in front of the secret door.
Later generations have forgotten that this corridor
even exists.
The ramp slopes steeply downward. It ends in a
small pile of stone rubble that has fallen from the
ceiling and blocked the door behind it. This rubble
can be moved easily. The door behind it leads into the
Vault of Knowledge. The door is stuck and requires a
DC 18 Strength check to pull open. A faint, flickering
light can be seen from beneath the doorway once the
rubble is clear.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
T8. Vault of Knowledge After Covet House
When the githyanki attacked the town of seers, many The PCs might wish to return to their inn or return
people were unable to escape. In the vaults beneath to the githzerai sanctuary of Karkdin. If night hasnt
the temple of Ioun, a senior librarian and his research fallen, they can also explore the city and research Tel-
aides were sealed in the vault of knowledge. After the icanthus, the Bitter Glass, and the location of Augloss
dragon attack burst the dam and a wall of water and tower in Auger. They now have enough knowledge to
silt hit the city, a fallen ceiling block trapped them understand that a device in the city is allowing the
in the undervault of the library. The librarians were githyanki to communicate with one another. They
unable to pry open the door, and no help came for may not yet have proof that Telicanthus is involved,
them. In the light of magical lanterns, trapped under- however.
ground and buried under water and rubble, they The PCs may proceed however they like until
slowly starved to death. Amyria brings them to meet members of her Coali-
Read, advised the Senior Librarian, and so they tion the next morning. If they seem frustrated or
read as they died. They kept reading even after life uncertain how to proceed, allow Amyria to come by
had left them. After two hundred years, when the and urge their patience, since more will become clear
books and scrolls were starting to disintegrate, what after the meeting with her Coalition.
was once the senior librarian declared that they must
preserve the words for all eternity. At his instruc-
tion, and with nothing to carve with except their
own finger bones, the aides began to transcribe every
sentence from every scroll onto the rock walls of the
secret library. It took them more than a hundred
years to finish, and the last of their sanity ebbed away
with their flesh. Now the archivists and bone scribes
wait and read the words written on the walls, desper-
ate for new information to consume and document.
When the PCs pry open this door, they begin a tac-
tical encounter.
Tactical Encounter: T8. Vault of Knowledge
(page 98).
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
62

The Coalition
Members of the Coalition that Amyria has managed
to put together are in Sayre, but shes disappointed
that theyve spent days bickering and disagreeing
about the best way to shatter the githyanki military
alliance. (In fact, they havent even been able to agree
on a name for the group, which is why Amyria refers
to the group as the Coalition. She hopes something
more inspiring will come out of their talks that will
help bind the leaders together.) She hopes that the
PCs reputations (all the members have heard about
the successful defense of Elsir Vale at this point), their
investigation of Telicanthus and the Bitter Glass, and
the membership of their new githzerai ally, Odos, will
help the alliance find focus.
The deva meets the PCs fairly early at their inn,
waking them if necessary. Odos is with her. The
weather is beautiful outside, and Amyria suggests that
they walk over to the meeting place for the Coalition
in the center of the city. It takes about 15 minutes
for the group to reach a beautiful old building in the
March. Amyria mentions that the building was once
used for town meetings, but not currently. She has
rented it for use as a central meeting place for her
allies.
The PCs walk up a large marble staircase to the
second floor, where Amyria opens a set of double
doors into a circular room dominated by a large
semicircular table. The room is filled with strangers
of various races, all swept up in the heat of argument.
They all look up when Amyria enters, and she intro-
duces everyone to the PCs and Odos.
The Coalition is divided, much as the githzerai had
been the day before. A reactive nature and a lack of
clear leadership has led them to second guess their
best strategy.
Skill Challenge: SC2. The Coalition (page 100).
The Members
Amyria has not finished forming her group to oppose
the githyanki, but has made great progress. Members
of the Coalition include:
Kalad: Last seen in Siege of Bordrins Watch
when he was rescued by the PCs, this heavily muscled
dwarven paladin no longer looks quite as haunted as
he did in the tunnels of Bordrins Watch. He is gruff
but friendly, and a staunch ally of the PCs. Kalad also
has spoken to Amyria several times, and he backs
her unflinchingly. Unfortunately, his seemingly blind
willingness to support the deva makes him look
intractable and foolish to the more politically savvy
members of the Coalition, and his staunch support
has almost proved a liability from time to time. If
Kalad didnt survive Siege of Bordrins Watch in
your campaign, thats okay. The priest of Moradin in
Overlook called in several favors and had Kalads body
sent across the land to have a ritual of Raise Dead
performed on it. He has been tasked with representing
Overlooks interests in Amyrias Coalition.
Fariex the Scalehammer: This adult copper
dragon has an unhealthy interest in the activities
of humans. He has spent his life in human or elven
form, living in human cities and studying their ways.
He is light-hearted by nature, and knows more jokes
than most jesters. He is far from a buffoon, however,
and expects respect. His one weakness is a tendency
to weigh the facts of a problem instead of quickly
making up his mind.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Fariex has the ability to assume the shape of a
human, and he does this at all Coalition meetingsor
anywhere else hes encountered in the city, for that
matter. He does not openly reveal his true nature, but
passes himself off as a powerful merchant with inter-
ests in various cities. Fariex does not represent a city
or other political body, but was invited because of his
connections to many far-reaching settlements, town-
ships, and ports, and the wealth and military might
they represent. In meetings, Fariex is mostly quiet,
but will occasionally interject a pointed question,
especially if the topic of conversation touches on his
area of expertise (namely, money and its movement
through business affairs). He also has an interesting
sense of humor, and will sometimes try to openly
catch others in duplicity or engage in some word play
over a statement he perceives as absurd. The richest
member of the Coalition, Fariex is a key player to ally
with, since he can fund many of the operations the
Coalition is ambitiously interested in pursuing.
Caliandra of the Stagrunners: This ancient elf
can trace her descendants back to elves who migrated
from the Feywild almost eleven of her generations
ago. She leads not only her own tribe, the Stag
runners, but has also been named the voice of all the
tribes that live in the wild reaches to the north and
west of Elsir Vale. All told, she speaks for a group of
twenty-five tribes.
Fierce, wild, and haughty, she is stubborn and
opinionated, and isnt afraid to engage in a pro-
tracted argument about aspects of history that most
people have long forgotten. She holds inf luence
with many gnome, elf, and eladrin leaders, much
as a respected grandmother and advisor might. In
a crisis, she leans toward solutions that provide the
most safety for the most people. She seems to expect
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
63

subservience, making Caliandra nearly intolerable
to deal with. But she also has tremendous in-roads
among the barbarian tribes she represents, making
her a valuable asset.
One of the naysayers of the Coalition, Caliandra
automatically assumes her age and experience make
her the voice everyone else should listen to. She talks
loudly, fiercely, and often, but she doesnt mince
words. She gets to her point quickly. She favors action
of some sort, but is like a ship in need of a pilot. If
given a course that she can approve ofsomething
that will let her lead her people to glorious battle
against the invaders who have killed so many of her
peopleshe will fight honorably and without hesita-
tion. But she demands respect, and is fond of rejecting
someone elses idea out of hand, only to bring it back
up minutes later as a concept all her own.
Lord Divian Torrance: The ruler of Sayre,
elected by a fellowship of scholars and merchants,
is a potent and skilled politician. His goal, first and
foremost, is to see that his city comes out ahead in
the war. Hes not willing to side with the githyanki
invaders, but his goal is to lead this Coalition so that
his small city is given due representation. He knows
that Sayres leadership wouldnt have been consulted
if not for the good fortune of hosting the first meet-
ing and the absence of a representative from Nefelus,
Amyrias first choice to host the meeting. But he plans
to make the most of the opportunity and makes it
clear at every opportunity how relevant and impor-
tant Sayre is to the coming conflicts. Lord Torrance
can be wooed if he firmly believes Sayre will continue
to be an important player. He is opposed to any plan
that deals with bringing Nefelus into the Coalition,
although he wont openly say so. Hes worried that if
Nefelus brings their magical expertise and knowledge
to the Coalition, Sayres position as a center of knowl-
edge will be dramatically weakened. Thankfully, this
isnt an issue that is likely to rear its head ... yet.
Quelenna Entromiel: The female eladrin
Quelenna Entromiel rules over the mercantile settle-
ment of Dornaithos, which trades both fine craftwork
(including goods from the Feywild) and everyday
items. She has dealings with the Elsir Consortium,
a group of merchants from the Elsir Vale, and with
traders in every major settlement across this corner of
the mortal world. Gregarious and shrewd, Quelenna
is well known for her business acumen and efficiency.
Its rumored shes not afraid to resort to bribery if
doing so will get a project or deal finished quickly.
Quelenna wants Dornaithoss fortunes to continue
and thinks running the Coalition is a way to make
herself more prominent and secure better deals for
Dornaithos to provide war material. While the Coali-
tions first order of business is not to determine a
leader, she already has her sights set on the position.
Inogo Dravitch: A priest of Erathis, Inogo hails
from the distant city of Sherrbyr. This city lies far
to the northeast, beyond Elsir Vale by at least three
weeks travel. Inogo is the current leader of this city of
temples. A theocratic city state, Sherrbyr also boasts
a massive college of divinity, where worshipers of
nearly any deity can openly practice their faith.
As a result of its varied populace, the citys lead-
ership is formed of a council of priests of the most
worshiped deities in the city. The council changes as
the population changes. Some deities fall out of favor
while others rise. But Erathiss worshipers have been
a power in the city for years, and Inogo is the most
recent in a long series of Erathis-worshiping council
leaders known as Deacons.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Sherrbyr is a city accustomed to nearly endless
debate, thanks to efforts to accommodate every faith
represented on the ruling council. As someone long
schooled in this approach to government, Deacon
Dravitch is well out of his league in a group that needs
to make decisions quickly and decisively. He repre-
sents a powerful city, however, in terms of both its
military and divine might. Sherrbyr could field a veri-
table army of healers, as well as a mounted corps of
paladins. Inogo is mostly quiet in Coalition meetings,
speaking up only when a plan of action is proposed.
He is, at first, unwilling to commit any resources
without first exploring other options or his personal
favorite, negotiating with these githyanki to help
them see reason. Odos despises Inogo immediately,
and Inogo reciprocates. As Sherrbyr has yet to experi-
ence anything like the githzerai have at the hands
of the invaders (in fact, Sherrbyr has been entirely
spared, to this point), its an understandable attitude.
Odos: The githzerai leader firmly believes that Tel-
icanthus is up to no good, and while he is mostly quiet
in all proceedings, when the issue of the githyanki
noble inevitably surfaces, he doesnt hesitate to make
his opinion known. This is true whether or not the
characters succeeded in The Debate skill challenge
(see page 89). If the PCs failed at the skill challenge,
Odos can still be persuaded here, but he calls for
Telicanthuss head at these opportunities rather than
backing Amyrias call to investigate the powerful mer-
chant. This drives Lord Torrance to distraction, and
Odos quickly finds himself on the outs with many
other members of the Coalition. But Odos represents
githzerai all over the mortal world and beyond, and
he knows the githyanki tactics and agendas. Hes per-
haps the singlemost important ally in the defense of
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
64
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

the world, and most of the other Coalition members
know thiseven if they wont admit it openly.
Amyria: Not a member of the Coalition, the
extremely passionate and charismatic deva paladin
has rallied these leaders to meet in Sayre to discuss
the invasion. While she doesnt have a vote on a
course of action, she has the right to speak freely
something she hesitates to take advantage of in this
first meeting. When she does speak, Amyria almost
glows with her inspiration and belief in what is right.
Tea Party
that Telicanthus buys in the Glassworks. Everything
about his residence denotes taste and class.
The Guests
Several other guests have been invited to partake
in Telicanthuss party, in addition to the Heroes of
Elsir Vale.
Lord Divian Torrance (Governor of Sayre): A
brilliant half-elven politician, Torrance keeps the
city safe by circumventing or misdirecting any true
threat before it can even manifest. Lord Torrance
is an elected official, brought to power by power-
ful merchants and scholars who dont have political
ambitions, but want to be free to conduct their busi-
ness with minimal government interference. This
arrangement has worked surprisingly well, as most
merchants police their own organizations to prevent
criminal or underhanded dealings from disturbing
the peace of Sayre. The Lord suspects that Telicanthus
is more than he seems, but he also suspects that Teli-
canthuss presence in the city is keeping it safe from
attacks. Thats not something he wants to risk without
good cause. Telicanthus is too important politically

For his invitation to tea, Telicanthus will send a car-

riage to pick up the PCs at their inn in the early
afternoon, after their meeting with the Coalition.
The carriage will arrive at Telicanthuss mansion on
Prospect Hill at exactly the proper time. Telicanthus
himself comes out to warmly greet his guests. If the
PCs are inappropriately dressed or bear weapons,
he looks a bit surprised, but is too polite to mention
it. Telicanthus invites the heroes into his home and
ushers them into the tea room, where he introduces
them to the other guests.
Telicanthuss home is beautiful. It is tastefully
decorated with the finest art that comes out of Sayres
robust artistic community. Paintings of local nature
and city scenes hang on the walls next to beautiful
tapestries; his porcelain and dishware are exquisitely
crafted, and his food the finest available. Superb
stained glass fills many of his windows, most of which
he modestly claims that he crafted himself. Excep-
tionally talented musicians behind screens play light
background music that invariably delights guests.
Even the air smells nice, scented by exotic perfumes

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
65

and socially for the Lord to accuse of a crime unless
he has incontrovertible proof.
Of course, the characters have already met Lord
Torrance at their meeting that morning, but Teli-
canthus is unaware of this. For his part, Divian acts
ignorant of the characters, although if they bring
up their meeting, he acknowledges that he knows
them with a gracious nod. Telicanthus takes in the
exchange without expression, regardless of how the
PCs behave.
Lady Catherine Torrance (Lord Torrances wife):
Lady Catherine is human, and just as sharp as her
husband. Her polite and informal banter usually
hides piercing, meaningful questions. She hopes that
a light laugh and a quick smile are enough to deflect
any interest in her husbands business ... or her own.
Any information she does learn she passes on to her
husband, and she may be used as the intermediary if
Lord Torrance wishes to pass any messages or infor-
mation to the PCs.
General Alvro Taramin (Commander of the
city guard): Taramin is an elderly tiefling soldier who
is keenly aware that he doesnt have enough troops
under his direct command to protect the city in the
case of an invasion. He questions the PCs closely
about the tactics that were used at Overlook and
Akmaad, so that he has some hope of countering
invaders if worse comes to worst. He doesnt know
that Telicanthus has quietly encouraged Lord Tor-
rance to reduce funding to Sayres military, but he
would be furious with Torrance if told.
Archdean Isabelle Grimaldi (Archdean of the
Sayre University): The archdean of the university is
a middle-aged, attractive human woman with a keen
mind for magical research. Shes a bit absentminded
when it comes to small talk, and she tends to turn
conversations toward subjects with which shes more
familiar. That means that any conversation with
her might suddenly turn to monster dissection and
alchemical theory. Shes not shy about being single,
and can be somewhat forward to men she finds
attractive. Unfortunately, she tends to develop crushes
on war heroes.
Baranor the Black: This retired human adven-
turer has kept his riches even as the years have
weakened his combat prowess. Now in his eighties,
hes happy to regale his listeners with astonishing
tales of his youth, even if they dont always sound
factual. He has a little more trouble remembering the
names of his new friends. Almost completely deaf,
Baranor carries a horn to aid his hearing and a cane
to help with his aching knees. He also lives next door
to Telicanthus, in a smaller and less elaborate home.
Telicanthuss Mansion
The mansion grounds are described below. When the
PCs arrive at the party, feel free to provide them with
the details of the mansion as they wander around, but
also proceed to the skill challenge.
Skill Challenge: SC3. Telicanthuss Tea Party
(page 105).
M1. The Hedge and Front Gate
Telicanthuss estate is mostly bordered by an 8-foot-
tall hedge, enough to keep out the casual burglar
while still appearing attractive. The front gate is
guarded by two human guards, 24 hours a day. These
sentries are members of the Laughing Shadows, and
are tougher than any of the mercenaries hired by othe
merchants or nobles.
Servants and workmen enter through the rear
gate (M20) instead of this one, but during the day, a
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Laughing Shadow Sentry Level 11 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 600
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +13
HP 47; Bloodied 23
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 22, Will 23
Speed 5
m Halberd (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the sentrys next turn.
M Halberd Sweep (immediate interrupt; usable when a target
the sentry has marked leaves a square within reach; at-will)
Weapon
Reach 2; +16 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the
targets movement ends and it slides 2 squares.
M Halberd Trip (standard; requires halberd; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +16 vs. AC; 2d8 + 2 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Streetwise +11
Str 18 (+9) Dex 15 (+7) Wis 16 (+8)
Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 13 (+6)
Equipment scale armor, halberd, crossbow with 20 bolts
servant stands here with an appointment book. He
consults this book when visitors arrive to determine
who has a legitimate appointment to see Telicanthus
and who does not. If there is a conflict or confusion
about a possible appointment, he often sets up a
potential appointment several hours hence and then
confirm with Telicanthus before the visitors return.
M2. Vestibule
This vestibule has a cloakroom and two lavatories.
Doors are typically locked at night (Thievery DC 21)
unless Telicanthus is hosting a party, but are unlocked
during the day.
M3: The Great Hall
This domed room is a full 90 feet across, and has a
balcony circling it 20 feet off the ground. The floor
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
66
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

is polished marble tile, and beautiful paintings and

statues ring the room. This is the room used for grand
balls and parties. During the day, the room usually
has only a paucity of furniture in it.

M4. Porch
This outside porch overlooks the gardens, and has
comfortable chairs and small tables.

M5. Tea Room

The area where Telicanthus takes tea looks out onto
well tended gardens and features a table large enough
to sit several guests. Windows line the walls, and a dis-
creet lavatory stands at one corner of the room.

M6. Parlor
The parlor is where musicians typically play during
teatime. This room has formal furniture, a portrait
of Telicanthus over the fireplace, and a wall of books
about many different religions that have probably
never been read.

M7. Portrait Gallery

This portrait gallery ostensibly has portraits of several
generations of Telicanthuss family, both male and
female relatives of all ages. In truth, Telicanthus com-
missioned one artist to paint every single portrait,
taking aspects of Telicanthuss facial features to man-
ufacture images of realistic-looking relatives.

M8. Library
The library is a comfortable room with stained glass
on the upper windows. The walls are lined with
bookcases. Most of the books are on either stained
glass manufacture or the history of Sayre and Auger,
including quite a few tomes that include rough maps
of the ancient city. Other subjects include archi-

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
67

tecture, mining, books about good manners, racial
customs, the social registry of Sayre, and more.
M9. Reading Room
This reading room has a small bar, several very com-
fortable chairs, and a small table.
M10. Pennels Office
This is the office for Telicanthuss secretary and
bodyguard, Pennel. The door to the office is locked
(Thievery DC 21 to open), although the PCs might
have the key (see Telicanthuss Tea Party on page
65). The desk is piled with paperwork detailing
the various expenses and purchases that the estate
makes. A DC 21 Streetwise check reveals that the
estate burns through a truly impressive amount of
money each month. A DC 21 Insight check reveals
that Telicanthus seems to be paying for substantially
more food on a daily basis than his household staff
could eat, even taking into account the parties he
throws. It appears to be enough for an additional
1520 people each day.
In addition, a DC 21 Perception check reveals a
key to Telicanthuss office in the top drawer of Pen-
nels desk.
M11. Pennels Bedroom
This is Pennels bedroom. The door is unlocked. He
lives very sparsely; little in this room shows any sort
of personality. Compared to the rest of the house, the
room seems bare. In reality, Pennel is both a body-
guard and assassin in addition to being a top-notch
secretary. Telicanthus has set him to stalk and kill
githzerai in his spare hours, a task that Pennel read-
ily accepts. He keeps spare cash locked in a small
chest within his wardrobe (DC 23 Thievery to pick),
along with his preferred knives and any clothing hes
recently bloodied. If the characters poke around here,
a DC 23 Heal check indicates the blood currently
staining Pennels clothingwhich has a peculiar tint
that a DC 18 Arcana check can identify as githzerai
bloodis no more than two days old. This is the date
of the most recent attack on a githzerai.
M12. Telicanthuss Bedroom
Telicanthuss bedroom is just as richly decorated
as the rest of his house, but a DC 21 Insight check
reveals that there are no memories of the Astral Sea
or the githyanki homeland. This may seem unusual,
and stems from Telicanthuss obsession with main-
taining his cover.
His wealth is kept in off-site strongrooms else-
where in the city, and Telicanthuss bedroom is mostly
filled with an extravagantly large bed and wardrobes
full of fine clothing.
M13. Hidden Corridor
This narrow corridor is hidden between the walls and
accessible only from Telicanthuss office. This narrow
hallway is less than 5 feet wide. The stairs at its end
lead down to area U1.
M14. Telicanthuss Office
This is Telicanthuss office and sitting room, where
he often sits to discuss business with associates. The
door to the room is locked (Thievery DC 23 to pick
the lock unless the PCs have the key from Pennels
office). The windows are yellow stained glass that let
in the sun, and his wide desk is clear of most paper.
Telicanthus is careful not to keep anything incrimi-
nating here; he keeps the door locked and the papers
on his desk for show. On his desk is a large journal
Haven of the Bitter Glass
detailing guest lists for parties. Other papers include
designs for stained glass projects. A small tray on his
desk holds attractive shards of stained glass.
A DC 23 Perception check reveals that this room
seems slightly narrower than it should be based on
the hallway, and that a secret door (leading to area
M13) is hidden behind a full length mirror attached
to the wall. The mirror is magical, and can be opened
by touching it with a piece of stained glass. Discov-
ering this requires a successful DC 21 Arcana or
Thievery check. When activated, the mirror becomes
fully permeable for 5 rounds and allows passage
through to area M13. The passageway in M13 can
also be entered by breaking the mirror (Strength DC
15), of course, but that leaves very visible evidence
that intruders have passed by.
M15. Workshop
This is Telicanthuss workshop for making stained
glass. He has raw materials, dyes, and a small furnace
here. A DC 21 Perception check reveals that this
workshop has not been used in some timeseveral
weeks at least, and possibly several months. The
githyanki smuggles his work into the city. Its all
constructed in Tunarath to help Telicanthus keep up
his front.
M16. Storage
This storage area holds furniture and paraphernalia
often used for parties.
M17. Kitchen
This kitchen has a pantry and store-room attached
to it. It is large enough to handle food preparation
for more than a hundred people. The cooks on duty
refuse to discuss Telicanthuss private business. If
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
68

convinced with a DC 18 Intimidate check, however,
they admit that theyve grown used to cooking more
food each day than the household needs. They believe
that Telicanthus quietly takes it out of the house and
donates it to the poor each day, but they have no evi-
dence to this effect. Pennel simply comes for the food
and carries it away each day. In truth, this extra food
goes to the githyanki workers in the excavations.
M18. Servant Quarters
These houses provide shared lodging for the man-
sions staff. Between cooks, maids, and butlers,
Telicanthus employs eight servants.
M19. Stable
This stable holds Telicanthuss carriages and horses.
M20. Rear Gate
This rear gate is where workers, craftsmen, and deliv-
eries come each day. It is less strictly guarded than
the front gate, and the guard who is always supposed
to be stationed here often takes short breaks to chat
with the local help. The gate is typically locked (DC
21 Thievery to open). The guard is also a member of
the Laughing Shadows.
Excavations
Telicanthus has unearthed a section of the tower that
holds the Bitter Glass beneath his mansion.
U1. Entrance Tunnel
This downward-sloping tunnel runs relatively straight
from the stairs that lead to area M13. It is carved into
the dirt and reinforced with wooden crossbeams, and
ends at a short ladder that leads to the actual excava-
tions below. The ceiling height here is only 5 feet.
U2. False Tunnels
These side tunnels were dug by githyanki while
searching for Augloss tower. They are empty other
than loose dirt and the remains of broken tools.
U3. Work Gear
A pile of shovels, picks, and wheelbarrows sits here,
abandoned after the tower was found and cleared.
U4. Sleeping Githyanki
This open, excavated cavern with an 8-foot-tall ceil-
ing is where the githyanki excavators sleep between
shifts. An additional githyanki sleeps nearby in one
of the tunnels. The area has a table with four chairs,
piles of food stuffs, casks of liquid, and small piles of
belongings. Wooden braces hold up the ceiling.
Tactical Encounter: U4. Sleeping Githyanki
(page 107).
U5. Leisure Time
This is the second of three teams of githyanki ritual-
ists. They have recently finished their shift inside the
Bitter Glass and are sitting around a small fire, drink-
ing. This area is set off for githyanki who are awake
but not performing the ritual, and there is little else
for them to do. The area is partially occluded by piles
of rubble (difficult terrain). One of these githyanki is
Kleth, the sage brought in to clean and activate the
Bitter Glass.
The githyanki are sitting next to the ruins of
Augloss tower. The building is ancient and battered,
broken off at the top and badly abused. The walls and
floor are dirt. The small alcove at the top of the map
is a makeshift privy.
Tactical Encounter: U5. Leisure Time (page 108).
Haven of the Bitter Glass
U6. Augloss Tower
The ground floor seems to have originally been one
solid piece of stone. It shattered and fell into the
basement when the tower was attached, creating a
makeshift ramp that angles downward at a sharp
angle. Anyone descending must make a DC 21
Acrobatics check or fall, possibly tumbling into the
chasm at the bottom of the ramp. Fighting on this
slope requires this Acrobatics check when struck in
combat.
U7. Chasm
This chasm has opened up under the towers base-
ment. The narrow crack descends 30 feet downward.
The bottom is filled with rubble.
U8. Stained Glass Workshop
This area is Telicanthuss workshop for creating magi-
cal stained glass, used as communication devices
after being attuned within the Bitter Glass. Delicate,
beautiful panes of glass are stacked here. The furnace
is a magical device with an intense, smokeless flame
that will gutter out if the forge is moved. Anyone
moved forcibly into this space takes 4d8+6 fire
damage before the flame is extinguished. While not a
true craftsman, Telicanthus has enough skill to create
these rudimentary pieces.
From this area, faint chanting can be heard
coming from the Bitter Glass.
U9. Staircases
These two wooden staircases lead up from the floor of
the basement to the doorways on the side of the Bitter
Glass. The doorways are not locked.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
69
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

U10. Inside the Glass

The Bitter Glass is a floating glass sphere exactly 30
feet in diameter. Its clear that someone has recently
patched and repaired an older, more beautiful, ver-
sion of the device. It is made up of stained glass the
color of the evening sky, and glowing lights flicker
within it. The glass can be entered by two doors along
its equator. A 10-foot wide, 30-long glass balcony
stretches across the inside middle of the glass. A ritual
circle sits in the exact center of the sphere.
Tactical Encounter: U10. Inside the Glass (page
110).

Destroying the Glass

The Bitter Glass will continue to function even after
the ritual is stopped. While it is invulnerable to
damage from the outside, the inside panes of glass
are simple to break. Causing 200 points of damage to
the interior of the Bitter Glass destroys it once more.
Any linked communication glasses crack and shat-
ter when this happens, but the change might not be
immediately obvious to Telicanthus, since he doesnt
carry a piece of the glass with him.

Confronting Telicanthus
Attacking or slaying Telicanthus without prior proof
of his guilt will be looked upon very poorly by the
leadership of Sayre. Its still possible, however, and
as the DM you should not go to extreme efforts to
discourage the PCs should they prefer to handle him
that way.
Confronting him publicly in order to accuse him
in front of his peers, however, offers a more satisfying
conclusion. This is the solution both Lord Torrance
and Amyria propose. Telicanthus is a social person,
and he is likely to have at least one member of Sayres

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
70

social elite visiting at whatever time the PCs want to
find him. This scene is most effective if Telicanthus
is with a great number of people at the time: hosting
a masquerade party at his mansion, handling deli-
cate business negotiations while at tea, or throwing a
dinner party for his friends in the city.
He laughs off any accusations, hoping that his rep-
utation will see him through. Instead of fighting back,
he initially tries to preserve his cover and flees. If the
PCs offer proof that the Glass is destroyed, however,
he realizes that he no longer needs to keep his cover
and will attack with every weapon he possesses. His
secretary and bodyguard will attack as well, fighting
in and among any guests while he uses them as cover.
Tactical Encounter: Z1. Exposing Telicanthus
(page 112).
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Concluding the
Adventure
With Telicanthus dead or on the run, and
Lord Torrance shown the ruins of the Bitter
Glass, the PCs have finished the adventure.
The PCs receive a mixed response in Sayre
if they killed Telicanthus. Until the word
gets out that he was actually a spy, they will
be treated coldly. But after a few days,
when the truth is known, the locals will
be more accepting.
Torrance seizes ownership of Telican-
thuss mansion and everything in it for the
city, and will be pleased to house the PCs
there for as long as they require lodging.
If the PCs turn him down, he offers use
of the house to Odos and the githzerai.
(He finds more suitable housing for them
regardless.) He prefers to have them
nearby; with Telicanthus dead or fled,
he isnt sure how long it will be before
Sayre is attacked by the githyanki. He
immediately increases the city guard and
plans for various contingencies. In addi-
tion, with the githyanki invaders reeling
from the loss of their communication web,
the Coalition acts quickly and turns to their
prime sources of informationAmyria and
the adventurersfor input on the next course
of action. Of course, Amyria has a plan that
requires the active participation of the
heroes ...
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
71

Meeting Tokkit
Roleplaying Encounter
Encounter Level 11
Running this Encounter
Thie roleplaying encounter begins when the charac-
ters approach the Conqueror, the crashed githyanki
airship.
As the PCs approach the ship, read the
following aloud:
The warship leans to one side, and it has clearly been in a
fight. Its sails are ragged, and the stern of the ship is charred
from intense fire. A humanoid with greenish skin and gray
robes stands by the rail, hands held open, waiting for you to
approach. He speaks loudly enough for you to hear him at
a distance.
My apologies for the method of my arrival. My name
is Tokkit, and I come asking for help. At this moment, my
people are under attack by githyanki. I have heard that
there are those in this city of Overlook who are familiar with
the githyanki. I seek to stop the githyanki before they breach
our fortress and exterminate my brethren. Please, can you
tell me where to find those of your people who know of this
danger, and if they can help me? Please.
Tokkits manner is stiff and formal, as he is uncom-
fortable asking for help from outsiders. His first
move is to ask for those who defended this city, the
Overlook, from General Zithiruun. If the adven-
turers identify themselves, Tokkit looks at them
suspiciously, refusing to believe that so few could have
made such an impact. A DC 16 Diplomacy check is
sufficient to convince him, however.
Once the PCs have assured Tokkit of their
authenticity, in his halting manner he explains his
situation and asks for immediate help to return with
him. Still in some disbelief that the characters could
have accomplished so much, he initially insists on
more troops from Overlook. Captain Dauralis, silent
until this point, leans over to the nearest PC and says
that she knows the council will not approve such a
move in the wake of the attack on Overlook.
What Tokkit Knows
Tokkit can relate the following:
The githzerai fortress of Akmaad is some 140
miles southwest of Overlook, and 20 miles north
of the city of Sayre.
Akmaad currently houses close to 100 githzerai
trained to fight, as well as several dozen
noncombatants. (He does not yet share that
githzerai religious and political leaders were
effectively in the middle of a war council.)
He isnt sure how many githyanki are attacking. He
saw three war galleons and at least three lancers, so
he guesses two to three hundred troops.
Tokkit stole a githyanki ship by waiting until
all the githyanki troops had disembarked, then
sneaking aboard and slaying the captain. War
galleons are designed to be flown with only a
one- or two-person skeleton crew, with psychic
echoes of possessed githyanki sailors that
actually man the sails and rudder.
Tokkits stolen ship was chased and attacked
by githyanki lancers mounted on dragons, but
he was able to outpace them before they could
destroy the vessel; the ship f lies faster than the
dragons.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Some elements of the attack clearly bother Tokkit,
and others just havent completely clicked in his mind
yet. Some insight and prodding by the PCs can reveal
more.
Insight (DC 16): The fortress already has a defense
against just this sort of siege attack, but it wasnt triggered.
The fortress is built into a cliff and has a prepared landslide
arranged above it, set to crush any foes that stand before
the citadel when the landslide is set off. Tokkit doesnt
know why it wasnt activated, but he believes that the
githyanki probably killed the githzerai troops responsible
for activating it.
Diplomacy (DC 16): Tokkit is happy to help fight. He
admits to some combat ability, mostly as a scout. (He seems
uncomfortable as he says this; Tokkits role in the githzerai
hierarchy is currently in question, as explained below.)
Insight (DC 16): Tokkit has no doubt that his
attackers are still chasing him, and he takes several
opportunities to glance over his shoulder in the direction of
Akmaad. This is the primary reason he wants to start back
immediatelybefore Overlook realizes hes brought more
githyanki right to their doorstep.
Perception (DC 16): While the galleon is damaged
from the fight and the rough landing, Tokkit believes that it
will reach Akmaad once again.
Diplomacy (DC 21): If asked for payment, Tokkit
can pledge the service of githzerai troops to help guard
Overlook during the coming war. He is not of high
enough rank to work out the details, but is certain that
they an accommodation can be reached with his Abbot
once the citadel is saved. A follow-up DC 16 Insight
check reveals that Tokkit is genuinely hopeful such an
agreement can be reached, but that hes not sure if such a
thing is really possible. He doesnt have the authority to
make such a guarantee.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
72

Roleplaying Tokkit
More pessimistic and morose than most githzerai,
Tokkit has never entirely fit in at Akmaad. He is a
loner at heart who has had trouble focusing his mind
and purging it of chaotic emotions. He seldom com-
mands respect, and his peers have difficulty socializing
with him since he has imperfectly integrated himself
into the community. Even Gallia, the githzerai woman
he loves and who left him several months ago, has
acknowledged his imperfection of soul. (Tokkit does
not realize that Gallia left him because she was pos-
sessed by a githyanki, and is now a spy with no hope
of regaining her original personality.)
Akmaad was playing host to some of the most
important political and religious leaders of the githze-
rai, and Tokkits Abbot did not want him embarrassing
the monastery with his disordered thinking. As a result,
Tokkit was on a fasting vigil outside of the fortress
when the githyanki swooped in to attack.
Tokkit followed the best strategy he could conceive
of: He waited until a githyanki war galleon landed and
Haven of the Bitter Glass
If the characters take the time to check on Captain
Dauraliss claim that Overlook will be unwilling
to spare any troops, they can gain an immediate
disgorged its troops, snuck on board, and slew the
appointment with Councilor Fellstone, a male dwarf.
pilot. He then stole the ship. Realizing too late what
He echoes the Captains words almost verbatim.
was happening, the githyanki attacked it as it departed,
Overlooks council is unwilling to pledge troops
but Tokkit had the element of surprise and a githyanki
so soon after the battle, but he does encourage the
galleon that was slightly faster than the githyankis
heroes to assist. Tokkit doubts that so few people will
red dragon troops. The ship was badly damaged by
be able to accomplish much but hides any disappoint-
the vengeful githyanki as it fled, but Tokkit managed
ment. Any help is better than none.
to outdistance them and escape. He aimed the ship
toward the strongest potential ally nearby, the city of Development
Overlook, home of combatants with experience fight-
This encounter should convince the adventurers that
ing githyanki. But he did this knowing that githyanki
Tokkit is exactly what he appears: a very concerned,
dragon troops were certainly chasing him.
tenacious, and somewhat reckless githzerai monk
Now that he has arrived, hes wondering if he should
who desperately wants to return to his home with aid.
have piloted the ship to the city of Sayre instead, even
His fear and anger are genuine, and he is tremen-
though it is farther away. Overlook has clearly been
dously grateful for any help the heroes can provide.
attacked recently and may not have any troops that
are willing to help. He is determined to do his duty
and try, however. Perhaps he will distinguish himself
in this matter and find his place. Perhaps his attempt
to be heroic will return Gallia to him.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
73

D1: Repossession Team
Encounter Level 12 (3,600 XP)
Setup
2 pact dragons (D)
2 githyanki lancers (L)
Two githyanki lancers on specially bred red dragons
have been dispatched to retrieve their lost githyanki
war galleon. They have been ordered to come back
with the stolen ship or to not come back at all.
The PCs might be able to spot the approaching
enemies several rounds before they come into combat
range of the ship. Have any PC above decks make a
Perception check. A character in the crows nest gets
a +5 bonus on the check. A result of 27 or higher
will allow the character to see the approaching foes
emerge from a cloud 3 rounds before they close with
the ship. For every three points lower on the Percep-
tion check, the githyanki get 1 round closer to the
ship before being seen, up to only one rounds notice
if the PCs only achieve DC 21. This may give the PCs
a chance to gain surprise attacks using ranged weap-
ons or the ships ballistas.
If the PCs spot the attackers, read:
Your damaged ship sails through wispy clouds. Suddenly
you see movement ahead of you. Two red shapes fly out of a
cloud, changing direction and speeding up as they move in
your direction. You see two red dragons, each with a rider
strapped on its back.
2 Adult Pact Dragons (D) Level 13 Skirmisher
Large immortal magical beast (dragon, mount) XP 800 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 134; Bloodied 67; see also bloodied breath
AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 25
Resist 10 fire, 10 psychic
Speed 7, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 14
m Bite (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage; see also skirmish.
m Aggressive Charger (when mounted by a friendly rider of
13th level or higher; at-will) Mount
When it charges, the pact dragon makes a bite attack in
addition to its riders charge attack.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Fire
Close blast 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 12 fire damage, and
the target takes ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
C Bloodied Breath Weapon (free, when first bloodied) Fire
The dragons breath weapon recharges, and the dragon uses
it immediately.
Astral Jaunt (minor; encounter; recharge 6 ) Mount,
Teleportation
The pact dragon disappears into the Astral Sea, teleporting
10 squares. Its rider teleports with it.
Pledged Rider (when mounted by a friendly rider of 13th level
or higher; at-will) Mount
Any damage dealt to the pact dragon can be redirected to
its rider, and vice versa.
Skirmish +2d6
If, on its turn, the pact dragon ends its move at least 4
squares away from its starting point, it deals 2d6 extra
damage with its melee attacks until the start of its next
turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Draconic,
telepathy 20
Skills Endurance +17, Insight +15
Str 24 (+13) Dex 20 (+11) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 22 (+12) Int 15 (+8) Cha 16 (+9)
Haven of the Bitter Glass
2 Githyanki Lancers (G) Level 14 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,000 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +10
HP 134; Bloodied 67
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 26, Will 25
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; also see telekinetic tether
m Psychic Lance (standard; at-will) Psychic
Reach 2; +19 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 psychic damage, and if the
githyanki lancer charged, the target is pushed 2 squares.
M Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage, and
the githyanki lancer or its mount can shift 1 square.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 5 psychic damage.
Telekinetic Tether (move or immediate reaction when falling;
encounter)
The githyanki lancer can fly up to 10 squares, fly back to
its mounts saddle, or fall to the ground without taking
falling damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Acrobatics +16
Str 19 (+11) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 14 (+9) Int 15 (+9) Cha 11 (+7)
Equipment scale armor, silver longsword
Tactics
The pact dragons carry the githyanki lancers into
battle, soaring over their enemies and charging down
like thunderbolts, then teleporting upward so as to
charge again in the next round. The dragons fight
from the air for 3 rounds or until one of the charac-
ters drops (whichever happens first), at which point
they land on the deck of the ship for 2 rounds before
taking back to the air. They follow this attack routine
throughout the battle.
The githyanki lancers use mindslice while their
mounts are maneuvering. When charging, the
lancers use psychic lance to try and knock targets off
the deck. They do not dismount unless the battle is
definitively won.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
74
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Features of the Area

Illumination: This encounter takes place in
bright sunlight.
Masts: A character standing next to a mast can
use it to gain cover.
Crenellations: The Conquerors railings are
equipped with crenellations, giving defenders on the
decks of the ship cover against attacks that dont come
from higher ground.
Stairs: Stairs to upper decks are difficult terrain to
climbing characters, but normal terrain to descending
characters.
Ballistas: The squares occupied by ballistas are
considered difficult terrain, and characters in those
squares can use the siege weapons to gain cover.
The Conqueror: See the description of the ship
beginning on page 43 for details on individual areas,
if necessary.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
75

A1: Draconic
Champion
Encounter Level 12 (3,600 XP)
Setup
Xirakis, pact dragon
Thaggriel, githyanki dragonknight
Thaggriel is a scarred veteran of a dozen wars
against the githzerai. He is impatient and over-
confident; his commander is keeping him in reserve
during the siege of Akmaad, and he yearns for an
actual combat that challenges him. His dragon
Xirakis is even more headstrong, looking for any
opportunity to attack so long as it doesnt go against
the commanders express orders.
Since they are responsible for patrolling and pick-
ing off any escaping githzerai, Thaggriel and Xirakis
will be soaring over the mountain when the PCs ship
appears. Eager for combat, the two close quickly on
the ship to see who controls it. The PCs can open fire
with ballistas as soon as Xirakas and Thaggriel come
within range, although this causes the pair to maneu-
ver above or below the ship in such a way that they
cant easily be attacked.
Read the following aloud:
The red dragon closing on your ship is larger than the two
you just fought. There seems to be one githyanki ridingit.
Use the map of the Conqueror below for this battle.
Xirakis, Level 13 Elite Skirmisher
Adult Pact Dragon
Large immortal magical beast (dragon, mount) XP 1,600
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 268; Bloodied 134; see also bloodied breath
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 27, Will 25
Resist 10 fire, 10 psychic
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 14
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage; see also skirmish.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage; see also skirmish.
M Ripping Charger (when mounted by a friendly rider of 13th
level or higher; at-will) Mount
When it charges, Xirakis can make two claw attacks and
one bite attack; each must be against a different foe; see
also skirmish.
M Wing Buffet (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves to
flank Xirakis)
Targets triggering enemy; +15 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 7
damage, target is knocked prone, and the dragon shifts
2 squares.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Fire
Close blast 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 3d12 + 12 fire damage, and
the target takes ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
C Bloodied Breath Weapon (free, when first bloodied) Fire
The dragons breath weapon recharges, and the dragon uses
it immediately.
Astral Jaunt (minor; encounter; recharge 6 ) Mount,
Teleportation
Xirakis disappears into the Astral Sea, teleporting 10
squares. Its rider teleports with it.
Pledged Rider (when mounted by a friendly rider of 13th level
or higher; at-will) Mount
Any damage dealt to Xirakis can be redirected to its rider,
and vice versa.
Skirmish +2d6
If, on its turn, Xirakis ends its move at least 4 squares away
from its starting point, it deals 2d6 extra damage with its
melee attacks until the start of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Draconic,
telepathy 20
Skills Endurance +17, Insight +15
Str 24 (+13) Dex 20 (+11) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 22 (+12) Int 15 (+8) Cha 16 (+9)
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Thaggriel, Level 14 Elite Skirmisher
Githyanki Dragonknight
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +11
HP 272; Bloodied 136
AC 28; Fortitude 27, Reflex 27, Will 26
Saving Throws +2; +4 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic tether
Action Points 1
m Psychic Lance (standard; at-will) Psychic
Reach 2; +19 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 psychic damage, and if the
githyanki dragonknight charged, the target is pushed 2
squares.
m Silver Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage,
and the dragonknight or its mount can shift 2 squares.
r Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
M Knightly Prowess (standard; at-will)
The githyanki dragonknight can make two basic attacks.
Ifthe dragonknight charged and made a psychic lance
attack, the dragonkight or its mount can instead shift
2squares, then the dragonknight makes a silver longsword
attack.
M Hatreds Juggernaut (standard; recharge 6) Psychic
Reach 2; the githyanki dragonknight moves up to it or its
mounts speed, making a psychic lance against any enemy
that comes within reach.
Telekinetic Tether (move or immediate reaction when falling;
encounter)
The githyanki dragonknight can fly up to 12 squares, fly
back to its mounts saddle, or fall to the ground without
taking falling damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Athletics, Acrobatics
Str 21 (+12) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 18 (+11)
Con 16 (+10) Int 16 (+10) Cha 14 (+9)
Equipment scale armor, silver longsword, overcoat
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
76
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Tactics
Thaggriel and Xirakis use the sky to their advantage,
moving above and below the ship to avoid exposure to
the ballistas. They seldom stop moving, attacking the
ship to disable the sails if they cant easily reach and
attack a PC. Xirakis tries to charge multiple enemies
as often as possible to make maximum effect of rip-
ping charger. It even provokes opportunity attacks if
necessary to set up another charge. Xirakis uses its
breath weapon whenever it recharges. Thaggriel uses
knightly prowess as often as possible to keep Xirakis
free of melee to set up another charge.
The two land on the ship only if they believe all
accessible foes have been disabled.

Features of the Area

Illumination: This encounter takes place in
bright sunlight.
Masts: A character standing next to a mast can
use it to gain cover.
Crenellations: The Conquerors railings are
equipped with crenellations, giving defenders on the
decks of the ship cover against attacks that dont come
from higher ground.
Stairs: Stairs to upper decks are difficult terrain to
climbing characters, but normal terrain to descending
characters.
Ballistas: The squares occupied by ballistas are
considered difficult terrain, and characters in those
squares can use the siege weapons to gain cover.
The Conqueror: See the description of the ship
beginning on page 43 for details on individual areas,
if necessary.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
77

A2: Boarding the
Sacrifice
Encounter Level 14 (4,950 XP)
Setup
10 githyanki myrmidons (Y)
2 githyanki mindslicers (M)
Captain Iquel (I)
Whether she comes to the PCs or the PCs come to
her, Captain Iquel quickly loads some of her troops
and turns her ship to face the PCs as soon as shes
aware of them. This takes several minutes, giving the
PCs enough time to complete encounter A1. Iquels
ship is identical to the Conqueror other than being less
damaged. Her helmsman steers the ship while she
musters the troops on deck. She attempts to impale
the Conqueror with the Sacrifices ramming spike
before ordering her troops to go swinging and jump-
ing onto the Conquerors deck.
Both the Sacrifice and the Conqueror have multiple
ropes and lines that make it easy for sailors to swing
from one vessel to another. Using a rope to swing
from one deck to another requires a DC 10 Acrobat-
ics check. Githyanki receive a +5 bonus on these
checks due to their training. These ropes also provide
a last-minute chance for a falling character to save
themselves, granting a +5 bonus to saving throws
made to avoid falling to the ground.
Iquel is cautious, particularly if she has seen the
PCs destroy Thaggriel and Xirakis. Her primary
goal is to make sure that her troops succeed. While
she wishes to keep her ship intact, she would rather
sacrifice it than let the PCs swing the tide of the
battle below.
Read the following aloud:
A ship identical to your own is moving to intercept you. You
can see troops moving on its deck.
10 Githyanki Myrmidons (Y) Level 12 Minion
Medium natural humanoid
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
XP 175 each
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24
Speed 5
m Silver Short Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 7 damage, plus an extra 5 psychic damage if
the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Str 16 (+9) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 12 (+7) Int 12 (+7) Cha 10 (+6)
Equipment chainmail, silver short sword
2 Githyanki Mindslicers (M) Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 800 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, overcoat, silver longsword
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Iquel, Level 13 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Githyanki Captain (I)
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +10
HP 256; Bloodied 128
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 25
Saving Throws +2, +4 against charm effects
Speed 5; also see astral engagement and telekinetic leap
Action Points 1
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage,
plus an extra 2d10 psychic damage against an immobilized
target.
r Mindhook (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage, and the
githyanki captain or an ally of the captains choice marks
the target (save ends).
M/R Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The githyanki captain makes two basic attacks.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki captain or an ally within range
can fly up to 8 squares.
C Psychic Upheaval (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Psychic
Close burst 3; targets enemies; +16 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 4
psychic damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
Allies within the area gain 10 temporary hit points.
Astral Engagement (move; recharge 4 5 6) Teleportation
The captain teleports 6 squares to a square adjacent to an
enemy, and one ally within 5 squares of the captains start
or end point can charge the same enemy.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills: Arcana +15, History +17
Str 21 (+10) Dex 12 (+7) Wis 19 (+10)
Con 16 (+9) Int 18 (+10) Cha 16 (+9)
Equipment: plate armor, silver greatsword, Bitter Glass
communication device
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
78
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Tactics
Myrmidons are culled from the mass of githyanki
troopslesser warriors who are trained to surge
toward enemies in battle. They work in tandem and
have good communication. Half the myrmidons use
telekinetic grasp on the first round of combat while the
other half attacks targets immobilized by their peers.
The second round of combat allows the shock troop-
ers to switch roles, the rear lines moving forward to
attack newly immobilized foes.
Captain Iquel is a commander who prides herself
on her organization and tactics. She is angry that
several mistakes have been made during the course
of the battle, and is desperate for success so that she
is not punished upon her return. Once the ships are
locked together, she swings across to the Conqueror
at the beginning of round 3. She stands proudly with
her troops, protecting the mindslicers as long as possi-
ble. She uses psychic upheaval as soon as she can catch
at least two targets in the burst, and tries to focus her
melee attacks against more lightly armored foes if Features of the Area Development
possible. She directs her myrmidons to concentrate
Illumination: This encounter takes place in Regardless of the outcome of any ramming attempts,
their attacks on single targets as much as possible.
bright sunlight. the Sacrifice takes enough damage in this fight that it
Masts: A character standing next to a mast can is no longer airworthy, making it unsuitable if the PCs
use it to gain cover. want to use it to fly to Sayre.
Crenellations: The Conquerors railings are Captain Iquel carries a communication device
equipped with crenellations, giving defenders on the almost identical in size and shape to the one carried
decks of the ship cover against attacks that dont come by the githzerai Gallia, although hers is dark blue,
from higher ground. rather than green.
Stairs: Stairs to upper decks are difficult terrain to The Conqueror: See the description of the ship
climbing characters, but normal terrain to descending beginning on page 43 for details on individual areas,
characters. if necessary.
Ballistas: The squares occupied by ballistas are
considered difficult terrain, and characters in those
squares can use the siege weapons to gain cover.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
79

A3: Falling Rock
Encounter Level 14 (4,900 XP)
Setup
4 githyanki mindslicers (M)
2 githyanki warriors (W)
2 githyanki myrmidons (Y)
The sloping cliff overlooking the fortress of Akmaad
was turned into a defensive death trap by githzerai.
Hundreds of tons of rock and debris were piled and
balanced, held in place by heavy chains and two
stout guard towers. The intent was that if an army
ever threatened Akmaad, the githzerai could release
the chain and drop a massive landslide on top of the
heads of the attacking army.
This would have worked perfectly had the
githyanki not first scouted the area. Before the main
attack occurred, the githzerai in the guard towers
were quietly slain and the towers were seized by a
githyanki strike force. Now the force is split between
the two towers, forbidden to take part in the battle
below. They are bored and frustrated that theyve
been relegated to a simple guard duty, to the extent
that several of them are loitering on the edge of the
cliff, looking down at the fighting below.
In order to release the landslide, the PCs must
pull two large levers inside either guard tower. Pull-
ing each lever is a standard action. This releases the
chains and starts the lethal landslide. After the land-
slide has fallen, visibility on the battlefield of Akmaad
is reduced to 2 squares due to dust until the end of
the encounter.
Read the following aloud:
From your ship, its clear that two squat guard towers perch
on top of this steep cliff. Chains are stretched between them,
holding back what must be hundreds of tons of rock and
rubble. You can see a dead githzerai on the ground, and
several githyanki guarding the towers.
4 Githyanki Mindslicers (M) Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 800 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, overcoat, silver longsword
Tactics
Once alerted, these githyanki form up into two well-
organized groups, one for each tower. If one tower is
under attack, reinforcements are sent from the other
tower, always leaving behind at least one githyanki.
These githyanki give their lives to make sure that the
landslide is not dropped.
Once engaged in melee, the warriors and shock
troopers concentrate on immobilized foes, while the
mindslicers work in tandem to remove enemy artillery.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
2 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage, plus
an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
2 Githyanki Myrmidons (Y) Level 12 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 175 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24
Speed 5
m Silver Short Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 7 damage, plus an extra 5 psychic damage if
the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Str 16 (+9) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 12 (+7) Int 12 (+7) Cha 10 (+6)
Equipment chainmail, silver short sword
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
80

Features of the Area
Illumination: This encounter takes place in
bright sunlight.
Buildings: Two low, squat towers flank the rubble.
Both have had their doors broken open when the
githyanki seized control of the area, and so are no
longer useful for defense. Each tower is fairly barren
and spare, dominated by two thick wooden levers that
control the landslide winch.
Rock Pile: A character can move onto the piled
rocks from either tower. The boulders and rocks com-
prise difficult terrain.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Development Triggering the landslide effectively destroys enough
of the githyanki ground forces that further siege is
If the characters successfully defeat the githyanki
almost impossible. Combined with the destruction of
here, one character in each tower can pull the mas-
the githyanki air forces (see encounters A1 and A2) or
sive wooden levers to trigger the landslide. If this
the squads penetrating the walls (encounters A4 and
happens, read the following:
A5), this almost certainly guarantees victory.
With a tremendous, deafening roar, a cascade of rockfrom
pebbles the size of a pea to boulders the size of a mule
tumbles down onto the githyanki army massed outside the
walls of Akmaad. At first, all you see is a blinding cloud of
dust, but as the wind clears it from the field, you see that
hundreds of githyanki troops have been pulverized by the
rock, and the rest are scattered or fleeing outright.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
81

A4: Side Entrance
Encounter Level 14 (5,000 XP)
Setup
Githyanki mindslicer (M)
4 githyanki warriors (W)
8 githyanki myrmidons (Y)
3 githzerai cenobites (C)
This encounter occurs whether or not the landslide
from encounter A3: Falling Rock has been dropped. If
it has, this group is a band of githyanki that survived the
landslide trying to penetrate the fortress. If not, this is a
strike force attempting to use a ritual to gain entrance.
This small band of githyanki are led by a specially
trained mindslicer in the midst of a Passwall ritual.
If the ritual is completed, all nearby githyanki
storm the opening. While the ritual is performed,
the githyanki crouch in the area between a downed
githyanki ship and the wall, hoping they wont be
attacked until the ritual is complete.
Read the following:
Over the shouts and sounds of fighting, you hear the sound
of chanting. Protected from githzerai attack by the side of
the crashed ship and the angle of the walls, a small group of
githyanki appears to be performing some sort of ritual next
to the walls. Shock troopers guard the group.
Tactics
The mindslicer focuses on the ritual until attacked.
She will complete the ritual within 7 rounds or unless
shes interrupted. Any successful attack that deals
damage to the mindslicer disrupts the ritual. The
warriors and myrmidons do their best to stop the PCs
Githyanki Mindslicer (M)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 13 Artillery
XP 800
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, overcoat, silver longsword
from interfering, leading the battle away from the
mindslicer as much as possible.
The githzerai cenobites only come into play if the
ritual is completed. If that happens, they fight from the
gap, attacking only those enemies who step within reach.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This encounter takes place in
bright sunlight unless the landslide from encounter
A3 has been dropped. In that case, dust reduces vis-
ibility to 2 squares.
Buildings: The ritual is taking pace between
the walls of Akmaad and a crashed githyanki ship.
Climbing the walls requires a DC 16 Athletics check.
Rubble: If the landslide from encounter A3 has
been triggered, this entire area is full of rubble,
making each square except those on the canted deck
of the ship difficult terrain.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
8 Githyanki Myrmidons (Y)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 12 Minion
XP 175 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24
Speed 5
m Silver Short Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 7 damage, plus an extra 5 psychic damage if
the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Str 16 (+9) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 12 (+7) Int 12 (+7) Cha 10 (+6)
Equipment chainmail, silver short sword
4 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage, plus
an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
Crashed Ship: The crashed ship is leaning against
the walls of the fortress at a fairly steep angle. Any
character making a melee attack on the deck of the
ship must first make a successful DC 10 Acrobatics
check or take a 2 penalty to the attack roll.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
82
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Githzerai Cenobite Level 11 Soldier

Medium natural humanoid XP 600
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +13
HP 108; Bloodied 54
AC 27; Fortitude 22, Reflex 23, Will 23; see also iron mind
Speed 7; see also inescapable fate
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+17 vs. AC; 2d8 + 3 damage.
M Stunning Strike (standard; at-will)
+14 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 3 damage, and the target is
stunned until the end of the githzerai cenobites next turn.
Inescapable Fate (immediate reaction, when an adjacent
enemy shifts away from the githzerai cenobite; at-will)
The cenobite shifts to remain adjacent to the enemy. The
cenobite cannot use this power if the enemy shifts using a
movement mode the cenobite does not possess.
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt, when the githzerai cenobite
would be hit by an attack; encounter)
The githzerai cenobite gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the end of its next turn.
Trace Chance (standard; recharge )
Ranged 5; no attack roll required; the next melee attack
made against the target gains a +5 power bonus to the
attack roll and, if it hits, it is automatically a critical hit.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Skills Acrobatics +15, Athletics +9, Insight +13
Str 15 (+7) Dex 17 (+8) Wis 16 (+8)
Con 12 (+6) Int 10 (+5) Cha 11 (+5)

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
83

A5: Wall Breach
Encounter Level 14 (4,550 XP)
Setup
4 githyanki warriors (W)
10 githyanki myrmidons (Y)
10 githzerai cenobites (C)
The githyanki have breached the wall on the east
side of the tower. Githzerai are trying to prevent their
entry, but are being pushed backward and will fall
unless the PCs intervene.
Read the following aloud:
Surviving githyanki have managed to break through a
wall on the east side of the fortress. Githzerai defenders
are trying to hold them back, but one falls even as youre
watching.
4 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage, plus
an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
Haven of the Bitter Glass
10 Githyanki Myrmidons (Y) Level 12 Minion has been dropped. In that case, dust reduces visibility
Medium natural humanoid XP 175 each to 2 squares.
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
Buildings: The wall of Akmaad rises 30 feet
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24 at this point. One of the massive doors has been
Speed 5 destroyed.
m Silver Short Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon Rubble: This area is littered with dead bodies. If
+19 vs. AC; 7 damage, plus an extra 5 psychic damage if
the landslide from encounter A3 has been triggered,
the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter) it is also covered with rubble, making every square
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the difficult terrain.
target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Str 16 (+9) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 12 (+7) Int 12 (+7) Cha 10 (+6)
Equipment chainmail, silver short sword
Tactics
This combat should be described as a brutal back-
and-forth between the githzerai and the githyanki.
The githyanki are trying to establish a beachhead
within the fortress. To do so, they are concentrating
their attacks on a handful of githzerai every round,
taking them down before they move on to the next
targets. If the warriors are slain, the remaining shock
troopers become much less organized. Two cenobites
fall each round. All the githzerai are badly injured,
while the githyanki are relatively fresh thanks to their
superior numbers.
Similar to encounter A4, the cenobites dont play
much of a factor here. Assume that as a unit, they deal
10 points of damage to a nearby warrior at the end
of each round. If youd like them to play a more sub-
stantial role in the encounter, refer to the statistics on
page 83.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This encounter takes place in
bright sunlight unless landslide from encounter A3
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
84

Negotiating
with Odos
Roleplaying Encounter
Encounter Level 13
Running this Encounter
The adventurers have the potential to interact with
Odos and both earn his trust and gain some valuable
information in the process. As stated on page 48, the
githzerai leader is not especially forthcoming. Odos
can reveal much about the strength of his character.
You should feel free to communicate to the players
that he cares a great deal about his people, and that
only his tremendous inner strength is keeping him
from total despair.
While running this encounter, each piece of infor-
mation Odos has to share is associated with a skill, a
DC, and sometimes another, related condition. This
encounter is not a skill challenge. Feel free to award
the characters the pieces of information (or not) based
solely on how they roleplay this encounter and the
questions they ask. Alternatively, feel free to require
the recommended skill checks, providing bonuses as
indicated depending on the PCs behavior. The skills,
DCs, and possible bonuses are simply tools to guide
the encounter.
Check Modifiers
The adventurers gain bonuses while speaking
with Odos by mentioning their exploits against the
githyanki or impressing the githzerai leader with
their sincere desire to help. The following examples
grant the heroes the indicated bonus on skill checks
made during this roleplaying encounter with Odos.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Event Bonus the assassins in his room. It was green and looked reflective.
The characters uncover and prove that +1 If the characters have already revealed Gallia as a spy,
Gallia is possessed by a githyanki spy
The characters mention that they were +1
Odos can identify the device she carries as identical to the
one used by the githyanki who tried to assassinate him. If
responsible for the defeat of General Zithiruun
Gallia has not yet been identified as a spy, a character who
The characters mention the defeat of +1
makes a successful DC23 Insight check when Odos reveals
githyanki working for Sarshan
The characters make an offer to escort Odos +1 this information notices Gallia pay special attention and
and his survivors to Sayre attempt to feign indifference. The githyanki possessing
her wants to make sure none of these devices falls into the
What Odos Knows hands of their enemies.
Odos can tell the adventurers several pieces of impor- Diplomacy (DC 21): (only available after one other
tant information. Feel free to reward good roleplaying success). Odos and the other githzerai had planned this
without requiring a skill check if youd like. meeting at Akmaad to discuss whether or not to accept an
invitation in Sayre to meet with a newly formed coalition
Insight (DC 21): Odos is concerned greatly about
of leaders from other regions of the world concerned with
his people and their future. He worries that Sayre is only a
the extent of the githyanki invasion. Each comes from a
temporary solution, and doesnt know if theres anyone he
homeland ravaged by the githyanki, and theyre all looking
or the githzerai can trust other than themselves. Odos is a
for aid and support from their regions. Odos is bitter that
good and just leader, and his taciturn nature is a reflection
the humans (he has a tendency to call all non-githzerai
of the hardships his race has endured, exacerbated by the
and non-githyanki humans) sound divided over political
recent attacks.
issues when theres so much at stake. He was against going
Diplomacy (DC 23): The githyanki attacked without
to the meeting, but now feels that going to Sayre is the only
warning, and they sent strike teams to the personal
choice for his people.
chambers of all the githzerai leaders, as if they knew exactly
who to attack and where they were staying. Hes convinced
someone fed them information on the layout of Akmaad,
Development
As a result of this interaction, the characters should
as well as the names of the leaders present. He was spared
want to escort the githzerai to Sayre. The adventur-
only because he stepped outside for a walk and heard the
ers should also, hopefully, view Odos as an important
team of assassins in his room on his way back. He surprised
ally. Hes the last surviving githzerai elder on the
the squad of three and defeated them single-handedly.
mortal realm, and so all the githzerai of this world
Insight (DC 18): Attacks of this sort have been
follow his lead in the coming negotiations and
happening to githzerai enclaves and monasteries all over
conflicts.
the mortal realm. Most have fled to a refuge in Sayre, a
nearby city. Odos wants to take his people there now.
Perception (DC 23): One of the githyanki assassins
in his room had a small device that could be held in her
hand. She was speaking into this object when he surprised
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
85

S1: Ambush
Encounter Level 12 (3,800 XP)
Setup
Brannot, githyanki gish (B)
2 githyanki warriors (W)
This ambush can occur at any point during the trip
to Sayre, but is most likely to occur at night. Brannot
is a gish assassin who singlehandedly slew several of
the githzerai leaders at the beginning of the battle.
Hounded through the fortress by furious githzerai
guards who eventually discovered him, he was forced
to retreat from injuries before the PCs arrived.
Alongside two githyanki warriors he ran across,
he now shadows the retreating githzerai through the
wilderness. Brannot is looking for his opportunity
to assassinate Odos and eliminate the troublesome
adventurers.
2 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage, plus
an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude;
the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within
range can fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
Read the folliowing aloud:
The githzerai camp is quiet tonight. Even the wounded seem
to have found some peace in the wilderness. Suddenly, the
peace is shattered as a githyanki emerges straight out of the
ground at your feet, a silvery longsword poised to strike.
Tactics
Brannot tries to catch one or two PCs alone on one
of the lower decks of the ship, if the assault happens
aboard the Conqueror. If on land, Brannot waits until
nightfall to strike, hoping to catch one or more of the
PCs away from the githzerai and other allies. Brannot
attacks and then flees a short distance, hoping to
draw the PCs into an ambush set by his allies (the
githyanki warriors).
Brannot darts in and out of combat, using astral
stride to move through otherwise impassable obsta-
cles, and mixing double attacks with force bolts. The
warriors use telekinetic grasp to slow the approach
of the PCs in the first two rounds, taking advantage
of an immobilized foe if possible with their silver
greatswords.
If the fight lasts for more than 5 rounds, allow
Odos a DC 28 Perception check (his bonus is +20)
to hear the combat. If successful, he comes running,
arriving 2 rounds later at the beginning of round 7.
Odos can make the same check at the beginning of
each round until he hears the battle or the fight is
over. Other githzerai arent aware of the battle. If the
characters sound a general alarm, it still takes Odos
until round 5 to react as he calms his people. For their
part, the exhausted githzerai form up defensively
around their numerous wounded, and wait for an
enemy to show itself.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Features of the Area
Illumination: Brannot attacks in the dim light of
twilight or early dawn, when most all the exhausted
travelers have fallen asleep.
Rough Ground: Assume that if the PCs arent
aboard an airship, the site of the ambush Brannot
tries to draw the PCs into is riddled with areas of dif-
ficult terrain at inopportune places. He wants to limit
the characters mobility while capitalizing on his own.
Brannot, Level 15 Elite Skirmisher
Githyanki Gish (B)
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,400
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +14
HP 226; Bloodied 113
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 29
Saving Throws +2 (+4 vs charm effects)
Speed 5; see also astral stride
Action Points 1
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
The githyanki gish makes two silver longsword attacks.
R Force Bolt (standard; recharge 6 ) Force
Ranged 10; +18 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 4 force damage.
R Storm of Stars (standard; encounter) Fire
The githyanki gish makes four attacks, no more than
two of them against a single target: ranged 5; +20 vs. AC;
2d8 + 4 fire damage.
Astral Stride (move; at-will) Teleportation
The githyanki gish teleports 6 squares and gains the
insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start of
its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Arcana +16, History +13, Insight +14
Str 16 (+10) Dex 14 (+9) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 17 (+10) Int 19 (+11) Cha 17 (+10)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
86

Reconnecting
with Amyria
Roleplaying Encounter
Encounter Level 12
Encounter Details
The PCs might be surprised and pleased to see
Amyria, whom they havent seen since they parted
from her in Overlook. Amyria is overjoyed to see the
characters. In this encounter, establish the strength
of Amyrias character, her resolve to save the region
from the githyanki attacks, and her commitment and
faith in the characters. Amyria is suspicious of a great
deal. She knows of the githyankis ability to possess
people and use them as puppets and spies. But she
trusts the PCs implicitly for reasons she cant quite
communicate. She is clearly eager to see them again
and share her knowledge. That said, the deva is tired
and worried, and seems to be carrying a great burden
on her shoulders.
In this encounter, the adventurers have the oppor-
tunity to reconnect with Amyria and gain some
information in the process. There are no skill checks
in this encounter. Amyrias purpose in this encoun-
ter is to strengthen her bond with the adventurers
and secure them as allies in the tests to come. She
does not dismiss the three githzerai leaders when
she speaks with the characters. If the PCs ask Aziff,
Galott, and Odos to leave, Amyria will ask that they
be allowed to hear what she has to say. Only if the
characters insist will she grudgingly ask the other
NPCs to be sent away.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
What Amyria Knows has little more than a voice in the proceedings. She
She has spent a great deal of time in the weeks has no home community and represents only herself
since she parted with the adventurers traveling and her god, Bahamut. She is being allowed in the
outside Elsir Vale, seeking out the extent of proceedings because she organized the event and
chose Sayre as the site of the meeting. She can tell
the githyanki invasion. In the process, she has
the adventurers the names of the members of the
established connections in most of the cities
Coalition (see page 63 for their descriptions).
nearby. She has also learned that githyanki attacks
Amyria chose for the council to meet in Sayre
have come at the worst times for the defenses of
because, like Odos, who grunts and nods when
every region. Only Elsir Vale has been sparedat
she mentions this, she suspects that the githyanki
least thus farthanks to the PCs actions in
have some means of communication that surpasses
defeating General Zithiruun. She knows it is only
any sort of magic that she is aware of. They seem
a matter of time until the githyanki try again.
able to react almost instantaneously to threats
Amyria has an agent in the household of Lord
that marshal to meet them, and they strike when
Torrance and is suspicious of his connection (as
their enemies are at their most vulnerable. Only
well as that of other prominent citizens) to Lord
regions such as Elsir Vale (on a state of perpetual
Telicanthus. The githyanki, whom she went out of
heightened alert), are having luck defending against
her way to meet at a social event the week before,
the attacks. She also tells the PCs that she tried to
seems genuine, but a githyanki operating so openly
get to the island nation of Nefelus, off the distant
just seems wrong to Amyria. A DC 18 Insight check
coast, but theres some sort of blockade preventing
also reveals that Amyria is ashamed of her feelings
any ships from sailing there. The knowledge of
about Telicanthus. She wants to believe that not all
magic possessed by the sages of Nefelus is said to be
githyanki are evil ravagers intent on conquest, but
nearly unsurpassed, but the University of Sayre is a
she is suspicious nonetheless. She is too quick to
worthy rival. She hopes to convince the war council
deflect questions about Telicanthus, his motives, and
that they should ask the scholars of the university to
his possible operations. Her own self doubt gets in
turn all their efforts toward uncovering the nature
the way of her instincts about the githyanki, which is
of the githyankis communication network.
why she cautions the githzerai of acting too hastily.
Finally, Amyria has one other reason for coming
Amyria learned that two leaders in other nearby
to Sayre. She had a dream recently that had the
cities are seeking out allies. She feels that forming
weight of significance behind it. She wont use
a more concrete allianceshe calls this group the
words like prophetic, but when she recounts
Coalitionbetween all the besieged communities,
the dream, her eyes grow distant and her voice
city-states, and regions will help them all, so she
soft as she relates what she saw.
has been spending a great deal of time fostering
this idea. She has been marginally successful in
putting together the war council, which holds its first
meeting in Sayre in the morning. But Amyria herself
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
87

If the PCs ask Amyria about her dream, read the
following aloud.
In my dream I was standing in the midst of raw elements.
Waves crashed around me and fires flared, and I was
looking down through clouds onto a dark blue nights sky.
Stretching across the sky was a giant spiders web that was
woven between planes. It was silver and sparkled with stars,
and at the end of each web line was a githyanki. As each
githyanki spoke, the web sparkled, and a fat spider in the
middle listened to everything that anyone said. The spider
was beautiful, but you could tell it was evil, just like the
people talking through it. It scuttled around, fixing frayed
lines and tossing out new lines to new people. Most were
githyanki, but some were not. One of the lines went to a
githzerai. She looks troubled.
I looked harder at the spider, and I knew it was here in
Sayre. I could see the city around it. So I came here. I think
someone in Sayre is helping the githyanki, but we dont know
for sure who it is, although we have our suspicions. And we
dont have an easy answer about what to do about it.
If the three githzerai leaders are still present, Galott
speaks up:
Of course we do. We find your spider. We find him and kill
him. We kill him and return to our homes.
To which Amyria replies:
You think thats going to solve the problem, Galott? We
know of whom you speak. And hes politically connected
to everyone who could help the githzerai! Kill him and get
executed as murderers and traitors. I say we need to prove
what hes up to, and then discredit him. Its the only way to
help the githzerai.
At this point, the PCs can step in and help Amyria
persuade the brash githzerai to show some restraint
with a successful DC 21 Diplomacy or Intimidate
check. If successful, Galott bows his head and says:
I will comply with the majority. For one week. After that
time, my people will take matters into their own hands.
He then stands, nods to Odos and Azitt, and leaves.
Failure, however, results in Galott standing
suddenly, sending his chair toppling to the floor.
His voice shaking, he says:
You want to help us? You arent even of our race! The
guards here treat us as thieves, and even the beggars attack
us! This is no fit place for a githzerai. We should abandon
this plane and leave the humans to their fate. Well simply
clean up when theyre done.
Allow good roleplaying to influence this interaction
with Amyria and the githzerai. If one or more players
are particularly eloquent or sound convincing in their
promises to do what they can to aid the githzerai, you
might consider foregoing skill checks entirely.
Development
The rest of the githzerai excuse themselves shortly
after Galott leaves to speak with their people. When
gone, Amyria also stands to leave and rest. She thanks
the characters, but makes it clear to the PCs that
there is a divide in the githzerai community, and that
she has been unable to heal the rift. She asks for their
continued help in convincing Odos that the githzerai
should stay in Sayre long enough to solve the riddle of
her dream, and that they should expose Telicanthus
publicly instead of murdering him without proof.
She also plans to introduce Odos as a member of her
Coalition, and she asks the PCs to attend the meeting
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Amyria Level 13 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Medium immortal humanoid, deva XP 1,600
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +13
Aura of Recovery aura 2; allies that start their turn in
Amyrias aura gain a +1 bonus to all saves until the start
of their next turn.
HP 254; Bloodied 127
Resist necrotic 11, radiant 11
AC 29; Fortitude 23, Reflex 25, Will 28; +1 to all defenses
against bloodied enemies
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of Amyrias next turn. While so marked,
if the target doesnt attack Amyria, the target takes 7
radiant damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
Amyria makes two longsword attacks.
M Crusaders Assault (standard; requires longsword; at-will)
Radiant, Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage plus 1d8 radiant damage, and
one of Amyrias allies within 10 squares can make a basic
attack as a free action against the same target.
R Bahamuts Accusing Eye (standard; at-will) Cold, Radiant
Ranged 10; +18 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 7 cold and radiant
damage, and ongoing 5 cold and radiant damage and the
target is slowed (save ends both).
Memory of a Thousand Lifetimes (free, when the Amyria
makes an attack roll, a skill check, or an ability check and
dislikes the result; encounter)
Amyria adds 1d6 to the triggering roll.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common, Draconic,
Supernal
Skills Diplomacy +14, Religion +17
Str 11 (+6) Dex 13 (+7) Wis 24 (+13)
Con 15 (+8) Int 19 (+10) Cha 17 (+9)
as her guests. She makes it clear to them that she will
be able to speak and hopefully influence the events of
the meeting, but that she will not have a vote.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
88

SC1: The Debate
Encounter Level 13 (4,000 XP)
Setup
Amyria, Galott, Azitt, Chend, and even Gallia (if she
is still around) will chime in with their opinions and
their own arguments for or against what the PCs are
saying. Refer to the descriptions of these NPCs and
familiarize yourself with their personalities and moti-
vations before beginning the skill challenge. The goal
for the PCs here is to convince Odos to come to the
Coalition meeting and to not order an assassination
attempt on Telicanthus.
The Debate Level 13
Skill Challenge XP 4,000
I see no reason why the githzerai should not just leave the
mortals to their own devices, and perhaps attack the githyanki
once they are weakened from your conquest. I fail to see how
you can convince me otherwise, but I am willing to listen to
arguments.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy, History, Insight, Intimidation, Religion,
Streetwise
Victory
The party convinces Odos to investigate Telicanthus instead of
just leaving the mortal plane after having him assassinated.
Defeat
The party is unable to convince Odos to change his opinion.
He makes plans to leave, and gives instructions to his
subordinates that Telicanthus should be slain whether he is
guilty or not.
Bluff
DC 22 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
The PC paints a vivid picture of the hatred toward githzerai
that might occur if Telicanthus is assassinated, or how
important the githzerai are to the war cause, using just the
right amount of exaggeration.
Diplomacy
DC 22 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
The PC stresses how much stronger every realm will be if they
stand united against the githyanki threat.
History
DC 26 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
Recalling the details of past warfare between the githyanki and
githzerai, the PC inflames Odoss anger and reminds him how
important it is to stop his ancient foe. History can also be used
to remind Odos how laws tend to punish the guilty, and that
Telicanthus will likely be publicly humiliated if exposed.
Insight
DC 22 A success on this check does not count as a success on
the skill challenge, but does grant a +2 bonus on any other
skill checks made in the same round. Failure imposes a 2
penalty on any other skill rolls in the same round. Only one
insight check can be attempted per round.
Noticing the listeners subtle reactions, the group tailors their
responses to be more convincing.
Intimidation
DC 26 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
It is difficult to intimidate Odos, but he might be impressed by
the PCs strength and commitment as he tries to convert others
to the cause of the war.
Religion
DC 22 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
The PC describes how a githyanki victory could spell doom for
the githzerais introspective path of enlightenment, and quotes
passages that mention bringing order out of chaos.
Streetwise
DC 22 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
The PC reminds Odos that murdering a beloved figure often
causes great hatred and racism against the murderers, and
would paint a false image of the githzerai.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Development
If the PCs succeed in convincing Odos, he quiets the
fractious githzerai and unites them behind his will.
He agrees to accompany the PCs to meet Amyrias
Coalition, and the PCs gain a +2 bonus to all checks
that target Odos during The Coalition skill challenge
(see page 100). Odos decides that Telicanthus should
be investigated before taking more extreme measures.
In the interim, Odos wants to know how Telican-
thus is connected to this web that Amyria foresaw.
He asks if any of the PCs know how to cast the ritual
Consult Mystic Sages.
If so, Odos asks them to perform the ritual to find
out how Telicanthus is connected to Amyrias dream.
If none of the PCs currently possesses the ritual, Odos
gives them a ritual scroll and asks them to use it. If
none of the PCs possesses the Ritual Casting feat,
Odos orders Chend to do so. The ritual results in a
brief verse instead of a simple answer.
Read the writing on the wall
You are not far from a place where knowledge turns to greed
Beneath the spice house lurks the profane
And knowledge lies trapped behind the guardian
Odos asks the PCs to investigate. A DC 21 Streetwise
check reveals that while a number of spice merchants
have shops in Sayre, only one location is nearby: a
ruined warehouse that held rare spices, years ago. This
is the spice house referred to in the divination. The
same check can be made during a visit to any spice
store in the city to reveal that the Ridolfi family used to
have a warehouse near Lowbridge, in Riverdown.
If the PCs fail this check, they can still learn this
information the hard way in encounter P1. Ambush
in the Plaza (page 90).
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
89

P1: Ambush in
thePlaza
Encounter Level 14 (5,200 XP)
Setup
4 Laughing Shadow streetfighters (F)
10 Laughing Shadow scrabblers (S)
Telicanthus has gotten word to his ally, the Filth King,
that additional githzerai have come to town, and they
need to be slain or harassed. A vindictive and cruel
servant of Tiamat, the Filth King decides to take mat-
ters in his own hands.
Telicanthus long ago recruited the services of the
Filth King when he planted members of the Laughing
Shadow mercenary outfit among the Kings beggars.
With the arrival of Odos, Telicanthus sent word to the
Filth King to step up efforts to kill the githzerai and their
allies. The Filth King has taken things one step further
by setting up an ambush to catch and kill the next
group to emerge from Karkdin, the githzerai sanctu-
ary. Unfortunately, he didnt tell his troops to target only
githzerai, and the PCs are inadvertent targets.
As the PCs leave the githzerai sanctuary and
enter the Plaza of Vision, read:
As you leave the building and move into the plaza, you
notice that theres movement at the mouths of the alleys
around you. Ragged beggars emerge from the shadows
brandishing bright, new weaponsand wearing chainmail!
The attackers appear well fed, despite the rags and dirt that
cover them, and more than proficient with the weapons
theyre wielding.
4 Laughing Shadow
Streetfighters (F)
Level 13 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 128; Bloodied 64
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 24
Speed 6
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage (crit 18 + 1d6), and the target
is slowed until the end of the streetfighters next turn.
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +19 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Cheap Shot (immediate interrupt; usable when a slowed
target leaves an adjacent square; requires katar; at-will)
Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and the targets
movement ends.
C Streetfighter Flourish (standard; requires katar;
recharge 5 6)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +19 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6
damage, and the target is slowed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff+13, Intimidate +13, Stealth +15
Str 21 (+11) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 17 (+9)
Con 16 (+9) Int 11 (+6) Cha 10 (+8)
Equipment chainmail, katar, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Haven of the Bitter Glass
10 Laughing Shadow
Scrabblers (S)
Level 13 Minion
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 200 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 24
Speed 6
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 8 damage, and the scrabbler can shift 2
squares, ignoring difficult terrain.
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +18 vs. AC; 7 damage.
Combat Advantage
The scrabbler deals an extra 5 damage against any target
it has combat advantage against.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff+10, Stealth +15
Str 19 (+10) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 14 (+8) Int 10 (+6) Cha 8 (+5)
Equipment chainmail, short sword, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Tactics
The Laughing Shadows reveal themselves when the
PCs are roughly in the middle of the square, closing
in from every side. The scrabblers enter the plaza
from alleys, as do three of the four streetfighters. The
last streetfighter hides next to the dry fountain. He
holds a magic gem provided by the Filth King. See
Features of the Area for details.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
90
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Features of the Area

Illumination: This encounter can take place
during the day or night. If during the day, the area is
well lit by diffuse sunlight, with shadows (dim light)
in the alleys. If at night, the plaza is in shadow (dim
light), and the alleys are shrouded in darkness.
Rubble: The rubble in the plaza qualifies as dif-
ficult terrain.
Fountain: The fountain is dry and cracked after
decades of disuse. The lip of the empty water bowl
rises 10 feet (2 squares) off the ground; rising from
the bowl is a weathered statue of an ancient sage
gazing up toward the stars. Climbing the fountain
requires a DC 16 Athletics check, and its large
enough to provide cover or superior cover depending
on positioning.
Alleys: There are seven alleys opening into the
Plaza of Vision, each narrow and dark.
Buildings: The buildings range from two to six
stories (4 to 12 squares) in height. Climbing the walls
requires a DC 16 Athletics check.
Glowing Gem: The gem held aloft by one of the
streetfighters is imbued with a temporary magical
effecta blessing of Tiamatthat lasts for the duration
of the encounter. At the end of each of the characters
turns, he or she slides 1 square closer to the square
the gem is in. The Laughing Shadows are immune to
this effect. Even if the streetfighter holding the gem
is slain, the magic persists. Only smashing the gem
(defenses 20; 20 hp) ends the slide effect.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
91
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

T2: The Entrance
Encounter Level 12 (3,800 XP)
Setup
Gluttonous cube (G)
2 Laughing Shadow streetfighters (F)
3 Laughing Shadow scrabblers (S)
This encounter does not occur if the beggars have
no warning that the PCs are coming. If the PCs have
avoided setting off any alarms, boards criss-cross the
room 10 feet above the ground, allowing characters to
descend the rope ladder and reach the door safely. The
five scrabblers who would be defending here are found
inside encounter T5: Covet House Temple instead.
The Filth King, the priest of Tiamat who leads Sayres
beggars, has left a hidden surprise in this room for
anyone who would try to invade. A stronger than normal
gelatinous cube has been placed on the floor beneath
the trap door in the ceiling that leads down into this
room. The cube has learned to remain perfectly still
beneath the rope ladder, waiting for unsuspecting crea-
tures to descend directly into its clutches.
If the alarm has been given and the beggars expect
trouble, the boards criss-crossing the room 10 feet
above the floor have been removed, and five beggars
are hiding on rag-covered platforms that are affixed
to the walls. They hold their attacks until they are dis-
covered or the PCs are engaged with the cube.
Crossing the room without the boards is chal-
lenging even if the PCs discover the cube and dont
descend to the floor. They must traverse the platforms
attached to the walls with DC 10 or DC 20 Athlet-
ics checks (10 for the adjacent platform, 20 for those
with a 5-foot gap between them). Failure means the
unlucky PC falls to the floor (provided the character
also fails her saving throw), takes 2d10 points of
damage, and lands prone.
Read the following aloud if the alarm has not
been sounded.
Looking down from the trapdoor, you see a filthy rope ladder
that dangles almost all the way to floor, stopping 10 feet
above the ground. The room beneath you is otherwise mostly
empty. Several platforms jut from the wallsremains of the
floors of this multi-story building that appear to have been
reinforced. Each platform is covered in piles of rags, the
nearest of which is 5 feet below you and attached to the north
wall. The remaining platforms are each 5 feet across and
descend in regular intervals along the walls of the room to
either side. Across the room to the south is another door, but
its strangely 10 feet above the ground floor, above another
platform attached to the south wall.
If the alarm was sounded, the PCs can make Percep-
tion checks to notice the Laughing Shadows hiding
in piles of rags on five of the platforms. Have the
attackers make a Stealth check with a +5 bonus (for
a total bonus of +20). If the PCs spot them, read the
following:
Skulking on some of the platforms are several more beggars
like those from the plaza. Hiding in the piles of rags, they
throw off their disguises and rise to attack when they realize
theyve been discovered!
If undiscovered, the Laughing Shadows get a surprise
round to attack the PCs.
Gluttonous Cube (G)
Large natural beast (blind, ooze)
Level 13 Elite Brute
XP 1,600
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +10; tremorsense 10
HP 324; Bloodied 162
AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 23, Will 24
Immune gaze; Resist 15 acid
Saving Throws +2
Speed 4, see also engulf
Action Points 1
m Slam (standard; at-will)
+15 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 5 damage, and the target is
immobilized (save ends).
Engulf (standard; at-will) Acid
The gluttonous cube attacks one or two Medium or smaller
targets; +14 vs. Reflex (automatically hits an immobilized
creature). On a hit, the target is grabbed and pulled into
the cubes space; the target is dazed and takes ongoing
15 acid damage until it escapes the grab. A creature that
escapes the grab shifts to a square of its choosing adjacent
to the cube. The cube can move normally while creatures
are engulfed within it.
Translucent
A gluttonous cube is invisible until seen (Perception
DC 29) or until it attacks. Creatures that fail to notice
the gluttonous cube might walk into it, automatically
becoming engulfed.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Stealth +14
Str 18 (+10) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 22 (+12) Int 1 (+1) Cha 1 (+1)

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
92

2 Laughing Shadow
Streetfighters (F)
Level 13 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 128; Bloodied 64
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 24
Speed 6
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage (crit 18 + 1d6), and the target
is slowed until the end of the streetfighters next turn.
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +19 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Cheap Shot (immediate interrupt; usable when a slowed
target leaves an adjacent square; requires katar; at-will)
Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and the targets movement
ends.
C Streetfighter Flourish (standard; requires katar; recharge
5 6)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +19 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6
damage, and the target is slowed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff+13, Intimidate +13, Stealth +15
Str 21 (+11) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 17 (+9)
Con 16 (+9) Int 11 (+6) Cha 10 (+8)
Equipment chainmail, katar, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
3 Laughing Shadow Scrabblers (S) Level 13 Minion
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 200 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 24
Speed 6
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 8 damage, and the scrabbler can shift 2
squares, ignoring difficult terrain.
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +18 vs. AC; 7 damage.
Combat Advantage
The scrabbler deals an extra 5 damage against any target it
has combat advantage against.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff+10, Stealth +15
Str 19 (+10) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 14 (+8) Int 10 (+6) Cha 8 (+5)
Equipment chainmail, short sword, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Tactics Walls: Climbing the walls requires a DC 20 Ath-
letics check. This is the only way to get off the floor
In the event that the alarm was sounded, the Laugh-
and to the lowest platform 10 feet up, just in front of
ing Shadows plan is simple: Wait for the intruders
the door to area T3.
to descend to the floor, and once theyre engaged
with the cube, attack with their shuriken. If a PC
leaps to a platform adjacent to a Laughing Shadow,
Development
If all but one of the Laughing Shadows is killed, the
the mercenary attempts an Athletics check (+11 for
survivor tries to flee to the door. There, he discovers
streetfighters, +10 for scabblers) to leap to that plat-
that the door is locked and turns to fight to the death,
form and bull rush (+11 for streetfighters, +10 for
cursing the Filth King all the while. The Laughing
scrabblers) the character off to the floor below. A suc-
Shadows pride themselves on their discipline, and
cessful Athletics check but a failed bull rush attempt
will not willingly surrender.
by a Laughing Shadow or PC means the attacker is
pushed back onto his platform. Running jumps are
not possible in this room.
The cube waits until a creature has descended to
the floor, one way or the other, before attacking. If no
one is on the floor, the cube positions itself directly
beneath a battle, hoping someone will fall on top of it.
Any creature that falls onto the cubewhether adven-
turer or Laughing Shadowis automatically engulfed.
The cube doesnt distinguish between PCs or Laugh-
ing Shadows, and attacks the most convenient target
each round.
Unknown to them, the Laughing Shadows have no
easy way to escape, as the Filth King has locked the
door behind them. They might discover this the hard
way (see Development).
Features of the Area
Illumination: Dim light is provided by a lantern
on a platform attached to the south wall if the alarm
has not been sounded. Otherwise, the room is dark.
Exit Door: The Filth King has locked this wooden
door behind the scrabblers in this room. It requires a
DC 23 Thievery check to open. It leads to the under-
ground street (area T3).
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
93

T5: Covet House
Temple
Encounter Level 14 or 15 (5,600 XP)
Setup
The Filth King (K)
Laughing Shadow groveler (G)
2 Laughing Shadow streetfighters (F)
6 Laughing Shadow scrabblers (S)
The Filth King is the nominal leader of the beggars
in Sayre. More of a spiritual leader than a temporal
one, he works to keep his flock safe and regularly cuts
deals with locals to avoid their property or harass
their competition.
The Filth King was hired by Telicanthus some time
ago to harass the githzerai population of the city. Teli-
canthus doesnt know that the Filth King recognized
him (see Development below). The githyanki also
supplemented the Filth Kings beggars with members
of the Laughing Shadows mercenaries.
Read the following if the beggars are not yet
aware of the PCs:
You open the doors into an old temple. You can tell it was
once sacred to Ioun, but those days are long past. The pews
are filled with beggars, all with their backs to you, and a
filthy and bedraggled priest across the room stands before
an altar.
Read the following if the beggars expect the PCs:
You open the doors into an old temple. You can tell it was
once sacred to Ioun, but those days are long past. The pews
are filled with beggars, all facing you, and a filthy and
bedraggled priest across the room stands before an altar.
Get them! he hisses.
6 Laughing Shadow Scrabblers (S) Level 13 Minion
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 200 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 24
Speed 6
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 8 damage, and the scrabbler can shift 2
squares, ignoring difficult terrain.
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +18 vs. AC; 7 damage.
Combat Advantage
The scrabbler deals an extra 5 damage against any target it
has combat advantage against.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff+10, Stealth +15
Str 19 (+10) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 14 (+8) Int 10 (+6) Cha 8 (+5)
Equipment chainmail, short sword, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Tactics
The Filth King stays to the rear as much as possible.
His devotion to Tiamat has been repaid over the
years with several unique abilities, which he uses in
devout service to his queen. He begins a battle with
vitrioloic spray, spewing acid over as many PCs as
possible. Hes willing to allow himself to be f lanked
if doing so puts him in good position, relying on the
Laughing Shadows and f lanker strike. He also tries to
spread his melee attacks out early in the fight, hoping
to poison as many foes as possible.
If the remaining Laughing Shadows are all slain,
or if the Filth King is bloodied, he attempts to surren-
der. Hes made lots of money off Telicanthus, but his
loyalty is not so deep that its worth his life. If the PCs
refuse to offer quarter, he continues to fight, relying
on vengeful return to keep him safe.
The Laughing Shadows all fight to the death.
Development
If captured alive or his corpse is subjected to ritual
magic such as Speak with Dead, the Filth King can
shed some light on recent activity in the city. A few
weeks back, the Filth King was approached by a
stranger in a cloak. While he didnt see the mans
face, the stranger offered to pay substantially if the
beggars would harass the githzerai at every opportu-
nity. He even offered the services of mercenaries in
his employthe Laughing Shadowsand a bounty on
dead githzerai. The Filth King gladly accepted.
If asked and able to lie, he denies that this was
Telicanthus (an Insight check opposed by the Filth
Kings Bluff check indicates that he is lying), and adds
that Telicanthus is publicly known for supporting the
presence of the githzerai in the city. The Filth King
recognized Telicanthuss voice, though, even though
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
94

Filth King (K) Level 14 Elite Controller
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 2000
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +15
HP 278; Bloodied 139
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 26, Will 27
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Festering Scratch (standard; at-will) Poison
+19 vs. AC; 1d4 + 2 damage, and ongoing 10 poison
damage (save ends).
r Awaken Greed (standard; at-will) Implement, Psychic
Ranged 10; +18 vs. Will; 2d8 + 6 psychic damage, and the
target slides 4 squares and is slowed until the end of the
Beggar Kings next turn.
M Driving Sickness Poison
The Beggar King makes two festering scratch attacks. If
both hit the same target, on its next turn, the target must
move away from the Beggar King or the ongoing damage
increases by 5 points (maximum 15).
M Flanker Strike (immediate reaction; usable when an enemy
flanks the Beggar King; at-will) Poison
The Beggar King makes a festering scratch attack against
the triggering enemy.
C Vitriolic Spray (standard; encounter) Acid, Implement
Close blast 3; +16 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 4 acid damage,
and target is blinded until the end of the Beggar Kings
next turn.
Vengeful Return (when the Filth King is reduced to 0 hp; daily)
For 5 minutes, the Beggar King appears dead and gains all
the effects of the unconscious condition, but he cannot
die. He can still see and hear. After 5 minutes, his body is
restored, and he regains 20 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff +18, Intimidate +18, Stealth +14, Thievery +14
Str 10 (+7) Dex 15 (+9) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 19 (+11) Int 20 (+12) Cha 23 (+13)
Equipment hide armor, holy symbol of Tiamat, beggars garb
2 Laughing Shadow Level 13 Soldier
Streetfighters (F)
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 128; Bloodied 64
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 24
Speed 6
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage (crit 18 + 1d6), and the target
is slowed until the end of the streetfighters next turn.
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +19 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage.
M Cheap Shot (immediate interrupt; usable when a slowed
target leaves an adjacent square; requires katar; at-will)
Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and the targets
movement ends.
C Streetfighter Flourish (standard; requires katar;
recharge 5 6)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +19 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6
damage, and the target is slowed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff+13, Intimidate +13, Stealth +15
Str 21 (+11) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 17 (+9)
Con 16 (+9) Int 11 (+6) Cha 10 (+8)
Equipment chainmail, katar, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Laughing Shadow Groveler (G) Level 13 Lurker
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +9
HP 103; Bloodied 51
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 26, Will 25; +2 to all defenses
against marked enemies
Speed 7
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage (crit 18 + 2d6).
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage.
M/R Covert Attack (immediate reaction; when an ally attacks
an enemy the ally has marked because of cringe; requires
katar or shuriken; at-will) Weapon
Targets the enemy the triggering ally attacked; the groveler
makes a katar attack against an adjacent enemy or a
shuriken attack against a nonadjacent enemy. Hit: 4d6 + 6
damage (with katar, crit 30 damage + 2d6).
Cringe (standard; requires an ally in the area; at-will)
Close burst 10; the groveler chooses up to one ally in the
area per enemy in the area. The enemy is considered to be
marked by the chosen ally until the end of the grovelers
next turn. Each ally can mark only one enemy in this way.
The groveler gains +2 to all defenses against marked
enemies.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff+16, Stealth +15
Str 12 (+7) Dex 22 (+10) Wis 17 (+9)
Con 19 (+10) Int 12 (+6) Cha 20 (+11)
Equipment leather armor, katar, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
95
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

the githyanki was doing an excellent job concealing

his accent. The greedy Filth King has been sitting on
this information, waiting for an opportunity to use it to
extort the powerful and wealthy githyanki merchant.
Hes unwilling to part with his knowledge, thinking of
it as his retirement fund, unless the PCs catch him at
his lie.
If the PCs drop the Filth King, his vengeful return
ability activates. If the characters are still present in
the area 5 minutes after his death, he remains com-
pletely motionless. A Heal check made by a character
who examines his body can be opposed by the Filth
Kings Bluff check. Success reveals he is alive. Oth-
erwise, he waits until all the PCs move to the other
side of the pit before making a stealthy escape. If the
PCs engage the treasure golem (see The Guardian of
Greed on page 97), the Filth King likewise attempts
to escape, even if not all the characters move to the
other side of the pit. If combat begins with the trea-
sure golem, the king gains a +5 bonus on a Stealth
check to escape in the middle of the fight.

Features of the Area

Illumination: The room is filled with bright light
from torches along the walls.
Pews: A pew can be used to gain cover.
Pit: A 20-foot deep, 10-foot wide pit separates the
main temple from a vast pile of wealth that sits before
a statue of Tiamat. This wealth forms the accumu-
lated offerings of the citys beggars to Tiamat over the
past several generations. Any interaction with this
treasure triggers its guardian (see tactical encounter
T6 for details).
The bottom of the pit is littered with the skeletal
remains of would-be thieves, making the bottom of
the pit difficult terrain.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
96

T6: The Guardian
of Greed
Encounter Level 14 (5,000 XP)
Setup
Treasure golem (G)
The vast mound of treasure on the far side of the pit is
actually a treasure golem created to serve Tiamat, an
animated guardian made from the treasure it guards.
It is the embodiment of greed, and it blindly attacks
thieves. It formd instantly if even one of its coins is
picked up.
The golems weakness to be pacified by tribute is not
obvious. A DC 23 Religion check indicated that ancient
historical texts often pictured worshipers throwing vast
quantities of coins to an enraged coin golem.
When a PC touches the pile of treasure, read the
following:
The coins begin to slide and clink, moving by themselves as
they surge upward. In seconds, a five-headed dragon made
entirely out of treasure stands before you. Its hiss is the sound
of coins rubbing together, and its heads snap forward to attack.
Tactics
Once formed, the treasure golem attacks as long
as anyone remains standing on its side of the pit,
although it uses gleamshard to attack enemies that
target it from the other side of the pit. It will not
pursue enemies that retreat to the far side of the pit
unless those enemies continue to attack it from range.
It will not pursue enemies beyond the door to the
temple for any reason.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The room is filled with bright light
from torches along the walls.
Pews: A pew can be used to gain cover.
Pit: A 20-foot deep, 10-foot wide pit divides the
room. Bones litter the bottom of the pit, making all
those squares difficult terrain.
Sculpture: A rough, handmade statue of Tiamat
sits behind the pile of coins. The statue has clearly
been assembled by an inexpert artist, made from
cast-off junk and scavenged portions of other statues.
The statue sits in front of a secret door that is easily
found (Perception DC 18) once the statue is moved or
inspected closely. The statue can also provide cover.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Treasure Golem (G)
Large natural animate (construct)
Level 14 Solo Brute
XP 5,000
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6; darkvision,
tremorsense 5
HP 700; Bloodied 350; see also berserk attack
AC 26; Fortitude 30, Reflex 24, Will 23
Immune disease, poison
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6; cant shift
Action Points 2
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage, and the target
slides 2 squares or is knocked prone.
r Gleamshard (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +26 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 force damage, and the
target slides 2 squares or is knocked prone.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The treasure golem makes two basic attacks.
M Berserk Attacks (immediate reaction; usable when damaged
by an attack while bloodied; at-will)
The treasure golem makes two basic attacks against
random targets.
C Hoard Blast (standard; recharge 5 6)
Close burst 3; +22 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 7 damage, and
prone targets cannot stand until the end of the golems
next turn. Miss: Half damage. Effect: The golem bursts
into its component pieces, filling the area and gaining
insubstantial until the start of its next turn, when it
reappears within 5 squares of its last space.
C Weight of Greed (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Psychic
Close burst 3; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 7 psychic damage,
and the target is dominated until the end of the golems
next turn. Miss: Half damage.
Alignment Unaligned
Str 22 (+13)
Languages
Dex 10 (+7) Wis 8 (+6)
Con 25 (+13) Int 3 (+3) Cha 3 (+3)
Development
If the PCs are wise, they might retreat from the golem
and take an opportunity to replenish their abilities
with an extended rest. Of course, the Filth King tries
to slip away if combat begins with the treasure golem,
gaining a +5 bonus on a Stealth check to do so in the
middle of the fight.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
97

T8: Vault of
Knowledge
Encounter Level 13 (4,000 XP)
Setup
3 archivists (A)
5 bone scribes (B)
The Vault of Knowledge was once a library of Ioun
hidden beneath the ancient temple in Auger. When
the city was destroyed, the sages were trapped inside
and never rescued. They have read the same books
and the same scrolls for centuries, and now crave only
fresh information. Theyre happy to devour it from the
PCs brains if necessary.
The Vault used to be full of tomes. Now the series
of small rooms are completely empty, and every inch
of wall space is covered with crisscrossing lines of text
from a multitude of books, all carved into the walls.
Read the following aloud:
When you pry open the door, you see a large stone room.
It looks like it was once a library, but any books have long
since rotted away. Instead, the walls are covered with
thousands of lines of carved text, filling the space.
Rising from the ground around the room is a group of
pale, emaciated creatures. They immediately begin to lurch
your way. Their fingers are missing any flesh that might
have once been there, and each fingerbone is sharpened into
a point.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
5 Bone Scribes (B)
Medium natural humanoid (undead)
Level 13 Minion
XP 200 each
Tactics
Eager for sustenance, the bone scribes move forward
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion. to attack while the archivists stay around the edges
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 26, Will 24
of the combat. The bone scribes uses their sharpened
Immune disease
Speed 7 fingerbones to scrape thoughts from their targets
m Mind Touch (standard; at-will) Psychic head, weakening them for the attacks of the archi-
+16 vs. Will; 4 psychic damage, and the target takes a 2
vists. When a scribe uses mind touch or siphon memory,
penalty to Will and is slowed until the end of the bone
scribes next turn. The bone scribe can shift 1 square. memories from their target etch themselves as words
Alignment Evil Languages Common across the bone scribes papyrus-like skin. The archi-
Str 10 (+10) Dex 14 (+9) Wis 8 (+6) vists target foes struck by the scribes first.
Con 20 (+11) Int 23 (+12) Cha 19 (+10)
3 Bone Archivists (A) Level 14 Artillery
Features of the Area
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 1,000 each Illumination: The room is completely dark, but
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +19; darkvision the undead give off a soft glow. This is the equivalent of
HP 109; Bloodied 54
AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 26 dim light.
Immune disease; Resist 10 psychic; Vulnerable 5 radiant
Speed 6
m Mind Touch (standard; at-will) Psychic
+19 vs. Will; 1d10 + 6 psychic damage, and the target
takes a 2 penalty to Will and is slowed until the end of the
bone archivists next turn. The bone archivist can shift
3 squares.
r Siphon Memory (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +19 vs. Will; 2d4 + 6 psychic damage, and the
target can make only basic attacks or use at-will powers
until the end of the bone archivists next turn.
A Knowledge Barrage (standard; encounter) Psychic
Area burst 2 within 10; targets enemies; +17 vs. Will;
3d6 + 6 damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 12 (+8) Dex 15 (+9) Wis 10 (+7)
Con 19 (+12) Int 23 (+13) Cha 20 (+12)
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
98

Development
All the original scrolls and books have turned to dust,
but the contents of the original books are transcribed
on the wall of the library ... somewhat. Many of the
sentences are in no discernable order. As the librar-
ians grew more insane and the walls began to fill up,
they wrote sentences anywhere they could find room.
The result can be confusing and time-consuming to
comprehend.
This room can be useful to PCs hoping to research
some subject. A researcher gains a +1 bonus to any
Arcana, History, or Religion skill check made in the
room for every full hour spent researching here, up to
a maximum of +5. The check is made at the end of the
research time. All the text on the walls is in Common.
In addition, research in this chamber reveals infor-
mation specifically related to the Bitter Glass. Show
the accounts from Augloss journal from the sidebar to
the players if the characters try to look into communi-
cation devices or the destruction of Auger here.
No matter what the characters research in this
room, show them the information in the second
sidebar. Although originally recorded in a scroll over
four hundred years ago, this message from a long-ago
prophet is meant for the characters eyes.
In it, he warns against trusting Telicanthus, urges
the characters to seek out the Bitter Glass in the ruins
of Augloss tower beneath Telicanthuss mansion, gives
clues as to where the tower can be found, and warns
of a great threat. He also encourages the characters to
trust Amyria and follow her lead to bring together the
Coalition. Allow the characters to form their own con-
clusions from the message, but feel free to give them
some direction through roleplaying or skill checks
(such as Streetwise to learn of the dwarven Scrollstone
brothers of Deep Cartography; see page 54).
Writing on the Walls
A matrix of blown glass can be formed into a mathemat-
ically perfect sounding chamber, then used to amplify
magical resonance. In theory, disconnected sheets of
a similar substance can be attuned to the master. This
would allow communication at unlimited distance. The
question is: How can one handle the planar boundary?
When I began this research in N efelus, I never expected
that this would be a concern
A problem has developed. I need some method for
shunting away the psychic residue cast off during com-
munication. This seems to be quite toxic. I believe that
I can redirect it into the Astral Sea, where it should do
no harm to anyone
The final Glass is more beautiful than I could have hoped.
My apprentices have outdone themselves. A full 30 feet in
diameter, it has anchored itself into the very nature of our
plane, and hangs in space. Our ritual went flawlessly and
it has taken on a life of its own; as thoughts travel from
one external pane to another, the Glass shimmers like the
night sky. It is quite beautiful. It seems to be invulnerable
from the outside, as I intended, but the same protections
have not transferred into the interior. This worries me.
The interior of the Glass becomes a psychic maelstrom
if the information flow is not redirected. I have suc-
ceeded in rerouting the rogue energies to the Astral Sea.
So long as no one is bothered by them, I see no risk; and
in such a plane, what are the chances that they will be
discovered? So small as to be infinitesimal...
I am making only a few select panes linked to the glass,
but it would be just as simple to make many. I expect
that selling these to far-flung allies could make me a rich
man indeed. I will need to consider it.
from the diaries of Auglos of Nefelus
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Message from the Past
Youre watching me. I can see you, but you dont know
that. Youre listening to my words even though Im long
dead. No, not you! Idiot. Youre just writing down my
words because you were told to by the old man with a
beard and a magic glass. Im talking to the other people,
the ones reading this on the wall. They know Im dead.
Oh yes, dead, mud in my mouth, river arisen! I sing of a
ship that sails the air, that brings swords and fire. Youve
fought it, too, but its worse for you. Were just going to
die. Theyll kill us all because of what the bearded man
does, talking through the mirror. Theyll just flood the
room, and that will solve their problem until he finds it
again. Hes been looking for it a long time. You think he
likes you but its a lie. There was digging, you see, and
cleaning, and many false leads. Hell use it to conquer you
all, but no one will believe you. Youll have to prove him a
liar. They can talk through it, you see. Theyve managed
to do it, and the armies whisper through the blue dark-
ness in a way that no one else can hear. Youre dead if you
dont stop it. Even now they are discussing you. Distract
them, he is told, this is too important to ruin. But you
can. Boy! Boy, I demand a goose! Pluck it and ruin it and
save yourself if you find the right spot. Look for the old
tower when no one expects you. It isnt where they think
it is. Ask the dwarves if you like, the brothers who dream
of maps. Because in the days to come SHE will spread
herself, and none will be safe from HER reach, so you may
wish to trust the speech of the Bladed Girl. Trust, trust her
if no one else. If her people do not come together, they
will certainly be ripped apart. Like my goose? I am so very
hungry. I could use some tea. Boy!
verbatim account from the recorded visions of
Graiden Brackenhaus, oracular guest of Seer Auglos of
Auger, as scribed by Brother Pinnot from the Church
of Ioun.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
99

SC2: The Coalition
Encounter Level 14 (5,000 XP)
Setup
Begin by reading the following:
After meeting Amyria just after dawn at your inn, youve
accompanied her to a building on the University of Sayres
campus. The small lecture hall youve entered looks like it
has previously been used as a place to learn about the more
esoteric elements of arcane magical theory. A long table
has been placed in the middle of the room, and most of
the benches that normally occupy the space pushed to the
walls. Already seated at the table are six members of the
Coalition.
If the PCs successfully convinced Odos to attend,
continue:
Just as Amyria begins to look nervous at Odoss absence,
the githzerai walks smoothly into the roomnavigating the
furnishings despite his blindnessand takes a seat nearest
the door. Am I late? he asks with an arched eyebrow.
The goals of the PCs in this skill challenge are clear,
assuming they continue to follow Amyrias lead. On
the way to the event, she outlines what she hopes
will happen, and begs the PCs aid in bringing her
plans to fruition. At this point, the PCs dont know
who theyll be dealing with, other than Odos, and are
likely to follow the devas lead. If the characters show
resistance to some portion of Amyrias plan, feel free
to adapt to any changes to the meeting. If the PCs see
fit to add to Amyrias agenda, shes eminently open
to their ideasshe really wants their support, and
respects their experience and wisdom a great deal.
She does stress the importance of Coalition sanc-
tioning their activities, however. As she puts it, No
government will take you seriously without the Coali-
tions backing. Youll need their support, but that will
also open doors for you, and enable you to get places
and see things you wouldnt have before.
Free-spirited adventurers still might not under-
stand how being part of the Coalition is beneficial,
but Amyria points out that all the military and
financial aid represented in the room is vital to coor-
dinating the defense of the world. She also mentions
that without the Coalition, the githyanki will be able
to continue picking off individual, strategically impor-
tant cities and areas as they see fit, and that not every
region is as fortunate as Elsir Vale to have such stal-
wart champions willing to protect its borders.
Amyrias goals in the meeting are as follows:
Transfer control of military units under
command of Coalition members to the Coalition
council.
Vote on a Coaltion leader.
Vote on the relevance and importance of
Amyrias dream, and whether it warrants
investigation.
Name the Coalition.
Investigate Telicanthus and find the githyanki
communication hub.
The last goal is Amyrias most pressing, since its
something immediate she can (hopefully) get the
Coalition members behind. She knows that without
a solid goal to pursue, the Coalition runs the risk of
fracturing before it ever even fully forms.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Why the PCs?
If the PCs ask why theyre included in this meeting,
Amyria explains that news of their defeat of General
Zithiruun has spread across the land. In addition,
Amyria herself has spoken glowingly of the heroes in
all her individual meetings with the Coalition mem-
bers. The adventurers are considered honored guests
of Sayre and of the Coalition. They have been sum-
moned (at Amyrias guidance) as material experts on
githyanki tactics and motivations, as well as defensive
strategies to employ against the attackers.
Rules of the Gathering
The Coalition is an open forum, and everyone invited
can speak freely. But only the seven members of the
Coalition have a final vote on the bodys actions. An
idea put forth for a vote must be seconded, then a vote
will be taken. Simple majority rules. Amyria, as Lord
Torrance points out, is not given a vote, although all
the members are interested in what she has to say.
In this skill challenge, the PCs can try to work
toward the success of all five of Amyrias goals. The
skill challenge is only considered successful, however,
if the PCs can convince the Coalition to pursue an
investigation into the githyankis means of commu-
nication. They can do this by winning over any three
members of the Coalition, other than Kalad (who is
already on their side). The skill challenge is set up to
run in a format that encourages the characters to plead
their case to each member of the Coalition, trying to
win them over one at a time. Each Coalition member
responds to different proposalssome of the topics
interest them greatly, others less so. So in essence, in
this skill challenge, the PCs are attempting to find
common ground with three of the members. Failure at
this ultimate goal results in a challenge failure.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4 100

As such, each Coalition member represents a mini-
skill challenge of complexity 1 within the larger, more
complex skill challenge. Gaining 4 successes before 3
failures against a Coalition member brings that NPC
to the PCs side. However, indivudal failures against
a single Coalition member do not count as failures
toward the overall skill challenge. Instead, the PCs
accrue an overall failure only if they fail to win over a
Coalition member by failing the mini-skill challenge
targeting that member.
In addition, as the characters make successes that
pertain to each of Amyrias five goals, track those
successes separately from the successes needed to
complete the skill challenge (both the challenge at
large and the one represented by each member). Each
goal requires three successes to complete, which youll
note totals fifteen successes (three more than the PCs
need to succeed at the overall skill challenge). In effect,
even after the PCs have the backing of the Coalition,
they might still not have pushed their complete agenda
through. The PCs can continue to argue for their agen-
das after theyve achieved overall success. Failing the
skill challenge means the PCs are dismissed, leaving
some goals potentially unresolved. Finally, failures that
accrue to accomplish goals after the overall challenge
is successful do not retroactively cause the skill chal-
lenge to fail.
As you run the skill challenge, feel free to award
bonuses to skill checks if the PCs are inventive in
their arguments or roleplay especially well. In addi-
tion, if the PCs find a creative use for a skill not on
the list below, feel free to allow them the check (for
example, using Acrobatics or Athletics to reenact a
dramatic battle against General Zithiruun).
Convincing the Coalition Level 14
Skill Challenge 5,000 XP
As you find seats on the benches along the walls, the members
of the Coalition take a moment to consult notes, size each oth-
er up, and otherwise prepare themselves for the proceedings.
The party attempts to convince the Coalition of the wisdom of
Amyrias goals.
Complexity
5 (12 successes before 3 failures; see above)
Primary Skills
Arcana, Bluff, Diplomacy, History, Insight
Secondary Skills
Intimidate, Nature, Perception, Religion
Victory
The party earns the respect of the Coalition and gains their
approval to act as their agents in the fight against the
githyanki. Letters to this effect are hastily drawn up for
each character. Any of Amyrias goals that are successfully
completed are likewise acted on.
Defeat
The party does not receive sanctioning to act on the Coalitions
behalf at this time. Any other of Amyrias goals that the
characters fail to accomplish (see Setup, above) are likewise
not acted on by the Coalition. The group continues to
squabble and jockey for power for several more days until
the leaders leave for their homes. The Coalition is not dead,
howeverits start is just delayed, which proves costly (see
Diplomacy (DC 21)
Development, below).
Each of the Coalition members is associated not only with the
skills that will sway them to the PCs side, but also those
of Amyrias goals that interest them. When the PCs target
a member of the Coalition, they should know which skills
will impact the member, as well as to which of Amyrias
goals theyd like to credit any success (with the ultimate
goal of 12 total successes and three successes for each
smaller goal).
For convenience, here are Amyrias goals once more.
Transfer Control of Military
Coalition Leader
Amyrias Dream
Name the Coalition
Investigate Telicanthus
Arcana (DC 18)
Transfer Control of Military: The PC makes a compelling
case for coordinating the efforts of Sayre, the githzerai,
and other networks controlled by the Coalition in an
Haven of the Bitter Glass
effort to thwart the magic of the githyanki. Specifically
mentioning the githyankis flying ships or their connection
to red dragons results in a +2 bonus to the check made to
complete this goal.
Amyrias Dream: The PC mentions that the Coalition
member being addressed must have some knowledge
that can help interpret Amyrias dream and help them all
understand what it means.
Investigate Telicanthus: The PC brings up the green glass
device spotted by Odos in the attack at Akmaad (and
possibly the same device used by the possessed spy
Gallia), positing that the master glass merchant might have
information about these devices, if hes not responsible for
their creation.
Bluff (DC 23)
Coalition Leader: The PC flatters the Coalition member,
appealing to her ego and suggesting that she could use her
immense wisdom to help select the appropriate leader for
the august assembly in the room. (A follow-up free DC 18
Insight check, not applicable to the challenge, reveals that
Fariex sees through this attempt but is so amused by the
attempt that hes swayed in spite of himself, while Inogos
ego is genuinely moved by this plea.)
Investigate Telicanthus: The PC exaggerates the threat
of having a githyanki operating openly in an area near so
many attacked regions. If a character attempts this check
against Lord Torrance, it is made with a 2 penalty.
Transfer Control of Military: The PC makes a compelling
case for coordinating the efforts of all the military groups
in the room, assuaging concerns about a single individual
controlling the actions of the united military efforts by
reminding the Coalition that everyone will still have a
vote in how the new military structure is utilized. If the
coordinated efforts of the PCs and city defenders at
Overlook are mentioned, Kalad speaks up and aids this
check, giving the PCs a +2 bonus.
Coalition Leader: In a compelling gesture, the PC
congratulates all the members of the Coalition for their
foresight in forming this group, while simultaneously
indicating that while all in the room are clearly capable
leaders, someone must have the ability to make a final say
on matters of import. If the PC mentions Amyria for this
position, the check is made with a 2 penalty.
Name the Coalition: The PC mentions that the Coalition
will gain more respect and be likely to gain more members
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
101
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

and support with a name other than the Coalition. If the Coalition Leader: As with the Coalitions name, the PC Amyrias Dream
PC makes a suggestion for a name, the check is made with makes a point of calling out Inogo for being unwilling to Investigate Telicanthus
a +2 bonus. even agree that a leader is necessary. Diplomacy (DC 21)
Investigate Telicanthus: The PC lays out the case against the Nature (DC 21) Transfer Control of Military
githyanki noble in a compelling and organized fashion. If Amyrias Dream: The PC calls on Caliandras wisdom and Coalition Leader
the characters interrogated the Filth King and the PC brings knowledge of the natural world to aid the characters in Name the Coalition
up the information from that interview, the check is made their interpretation of the dream. Investigate Telicanthus
with a +2 bonus. Name the Coalition: The PC asks if perhaps the name of the History (DC 21)
History (DC 21) Coalition could be something that reflects the strength and Transfer Control of Military
Transfer Control of Military: The PC references other tenacity of the mortal world, calling on Caliandra to use her Name the Coalition
ancient battles in which allies merged their military forces insight to help them find a suitable title. Insight (DC 23)
to great effect. Perception (DC 23) Insight can only be used twice against Odos, once for each of
Name the Coalition: The PC makes a compelling historical Coalition Leader: The PC recognizes that Kalad, Fariex, the goals listed below.
case for the power of names to inspire and engage their Inogo, and Odos are not interested in the positionbut Transfer Control of Military
members. If the PC or PCs are members of an organization that the other three members are all quite interested in Amyrias Dream
already and use this as an example of their own success, the becoming the Coalitions first leader. Success here means Religion (DC 18)
check is made with a +2 bonus. the PCs can use this knowledge to gain a +2 bonus on the Transfer Control of Military
Insight (DC 23) next check made against Quelenna, Caliandra, or Lord Amyrias Dream
Transfer Control of Military: With this check, the PC Torrance.
recognizes that this goal has the members of the Coalition Amyrias Dream: The PC notices that the targeted Coalition FARIEX
most uneasy, enabling them to better couch their words to member is especially interested in a particular aspect of Complexity
assuage the members fears. Success on this check grants the dream, and that bringing it up in detail causes that 1 (4 successes before 3 failures; see above)
the PCs a +5 bonus on the next skill check made in the individual to react more favorably to the characters on Arcana (DC 18)
challenge. this topic. Success means the PCs can use this knowledge Transfer Control of Military
Amyrias Dream: The PCs recognize that Inogo and Odos to gain a +2 bonus on the next check made against the Amyrias Dream
have a fascination with Amyrias dream based on common Coalition member targeted with this check. Investigate Telicanthus
ground, as both believe in signs from higher powers. Investigate Telicanthus: The PC notices that the targeted Bluff (DC 23)
This helps the characters better reconcile the differences member shares pointed looks with other members of the Coalition Leader
between the two leaders, granting the PCs a +2 bonus on Coalition when Telicanthuss name is brought up. The PCs Investigate Telicanthus
the next skill check made in the challenge. gain a +2 bonus on the next check made to accomplish this Diplomacy (DC 21)
Investigate Telicanthus: A successful check reveals that goal, if necessary. Transfer Control of Military
Lord Torrance is not only nervous about the prospect of Religion (DC 18) Coalition Leader
investigating one of his citys most prominent citizens Transfer Control of Military: The PC simultaneously praises Name the Coalition
hes actually afraid that revealing any dirty laundry in the strength of the targeted Coalition members military Investigate Telicanthus
Telicanthuss activities will reflect poorly on his judgment might and strength, and asks how he could possibly let so Insight (DC 23)
as a leader and anger the githyanki, making Sayre a more many other good people in the world suffer by not lending Insight can only be used once against Fariex for the goal listed
prominent target. He believes that Telicanthuss presence his divine support to the Coalitions cause. below.
gives Sayre some protection against attack. If this check is Amyrias Dream: The PC asks the targeted member for Transfer Control of Military
successful, the PCs can soothe Lord Torrances fears. The next insight on the dream directly, simultaneously appealing to Perception (DC 23)
check made that targets Lord Torrance gains a +5 bonus. her ego and gaining valuable knowledge in the process. Perception can only be used a total of three times against
Intimidate (DC 23) Fariex, once for each of the goals listed below.
Transfer Control of Military: The PC bullies Inogo, all but ODOS Coalition Leader
calling him a coward for not being willing to risk his citys Complexity Amyrias Dream
troops for the greater good. 1 (4 successes before 3 failures; see above) Investigate Telicanthus
Name the Coalition: Shaming the indecisive Deacon, the Arcana (DC 18)
PC calls for action on at least this one simple task. Transfer Control of Military

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
102
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

LORD TORRANCE Transfer Control of Military LUNCH BREAK

Complexity Coalition Leader After the PCs have been at the skill challenge for a while, have
1 (4 successes before 3 failures; see above) Name the Coalition someone on the Coalition council call for a break, for lunch
Arcana (DC 18) Investigate Telicanthus and to give everyone a chance for air. During this period,
Transfer Control of Military History (DC 21) everyone at the meeting mills about, servants bring in
Amyrias Dream Transfer Control of Military refreshments, and most importantly, the PCs have a chance
Investigate Telicanthus Name the Coalition to do some casual lobbying on behalf of their agendas.
Diplomacy (DC 21) Insight (DC 23) Bluff (DC 23)
Transfer Control of Military Insight can only be used once against Caliandra for the goal Fariex breaks out a Three-Dragon Ante deck and asks if anyone
Coalition Leader listed below. is up for a quick game. The (apparently) human Fariex is a
Name the Coalition Transfer Control of Military dazzling cardshark, with a range of complex shuffles and
Investigate Telicanthus Nature (DC 21) card tricks up his sleeve. But hes also an honest gambler. A
Insight (DC 23) Amyrias Dream successful check means the PC manages to win the game
Insight can only be used twice against Lord Torrance, once for Name the Coalition (one way or the other), walk away with 50 gp, and a +5
each of the goals listed below. bonus on the next check made to influence Fariex.
Transfer Control of Military INOGO Endurance (DC 21)
Investigate Telicanthus Complexity Odos pulls forth a flask of a potent githzerai liquor called
1 (4 successes before 3 failures; see above) fekk. He takes a sip, grimaces quickly, and shows a flash
QUELENNA Bluff (DC 23) of a rare smile. If a characters shows any curiosity about
Complexity Coalition Leader the beverage, Odos offers a sip. A successful check means
1 (4 successes before 3 failures; see above) Investigate Telicanthus the character takes the offered sip of the potent, bizarrely
Diplomacy (DC 21) Diplomacy (DC 21) flavored alcohol without undue effect, gaining a +5 bonus
Transfer Control of Military Transfer Control of Military on the next check to influence Odos.
Coalition Leader Coalition Leader Heal (DC 18)
Name the Coalition Name the Coalition The PC overhears Caliandra speaking about one of
Investigate Telicanthus Investigate Telicanthus her grandsons, who has been suffering from a peculiar
History (DC 21) Insight (DC 23) illness of the lungs. Based solely on the descriptions of
Transfer Control of Military Insight can only be used twice against Inogo, once for each of the symptoms, the PC successfully diagnoses the illness,
Name the Coalition the goals listed below. and, most importantly, convinces Caliandra shes correct,
Insight (DC 23) Transfer Control of Military earning a success toward winning Caliandra over and a
Insight can only be used once against Quelenna for the goal Amyrias Dream success against any goal on Caliandras list (see above) of
listed below. Intimidate (DC 23) the PCs choice.
Transfer Control of Military Transfer Control of Military Stealth (DC 23)
Perception (DC 23) Name the Coalition The PC notices Lord Torrance and Quelenna in the corner
Perception can only be used three times against Quelenna, Perception (DC 23) in a heated discussion, and manages to sidle close enough
once for each of the goals listed below. Perception can only be used a total of three times against to eavesdrop without being noticed. The characters
Coalition Leader Inogo, once for each of the goals listed below. knowledge from a successful check results in a +5 bonus
Amyrias Dream Coalition Leader on the next check made against either Lord Torrance or
Investigate Telicanthus Amyrias Dream Quelenna in the skill challenge.
Investigate Telicanthus Religion (DC 18)
CALIANDRA Religion (DC 18) Inogo stands mostly alone during the break, sipping a
Complexity Transfer Control of Military drink and observing the rest of the room with a neutral
1 (4 successes before 3 failures; see above) Amyrias Dream expression. With a successful check, the PC engages Inogo
Diplomacy (DC 21) in conversation about the one topic that always draws him
out: Erathis. Success also earns a modicum of respect from
the quiet priest, and +5 bonus on the next check made to
influence him.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
103
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Development see to the defense of the Vale, and you can come collect within a week, Caliandra leaves the group, citing her
me from Overlook when youve pulled your heads from lack of faith in the groups ability to accomplish any-
This is a complex and difficult skill challenge, and its
the sand. Less than a week later, the city of Civiron, a thing of significance. Three days later, she is back,
very likely the PCs do not accomplish all of Amyrias
sister city to Sayre, is burned to the ground, 5,000 are tearfully recounting the slaughter of five of the tribes
goals here. But success overall does get them Coali-
killed, and the Coalition elects Lord Torrance as its (nearly 1,000 warriors and their families) under her
tion sanctioning for their future activities in Sayre
leader, then sends an emissary to bring Kalad back. leadership at the hands of githyanki strike teams.
and elsewhere, provided theyre on Coalition business
Amyrias Dream: Success on this goal means the Investigate Telicanthus: If the PCs successfully con-
at the time. Success and failure for each individual
Coalition votes unanimously to take Amyrias dream, vince the Coalition to investigate the githyanki merchant,
goal results in varied action by the Coalition.
and the threat it represents, seriously. Inogo and Odos Amyria is tasked with overseeing the investigation. This
Transfer Control of Military: If successful, the
find common ground here, and unearth a grudging means, as described under Amyrias Dream, that even
Coalition votes 52 in favor of this motion, led by Kalad
respect for one another. The characters can make DC if the characters fail the overall skill challenge and do
and seconded by Fariex. Inogo and Lord Torrance are
23 Religion and Insight checks to try and decipher the not receive the Coalitions sanction for future missions,
the only two who hold out against this prospect. On
dream, or aid members of the Coalition in their efforts they will be asked by Amyria to look into the githyankis
Amyrias suggestion, however, Kalad is named the Coali-
(assume their checks are made with a +10 bonus). Suc- activities. Failure at this goal also changes little. Amyria
tions general, which soothes Inogo a great deal. If the
cess indicates that the Coalition agrees to let Amyria still wants to know if Telicanthus represents her spider.
PCs fail, not all is lost. The Coalition votes 43 against
lead the way on this issue, giving her the ability to coor- Personally, having asked around about the merchant, she
the motion (Kalad, Fariex, and Quelenna are the three
dinate efforts to root out the spider of Sayre. Even if the feels hes little more than a fop, but might be providing
ayes). In one weeks time, the PCs hear of three more
PCs failed at the overall skill challenge, but succeeded sanctuary to other githyanki or their agents.
towns razed to the ground by githyanki invaders, total-
on this goal, Amyrias sanctioning by the Coalition gives
ing almost 11,000 dead. All three were towns near
the PCs the ability to act on her behalf, and she imme- What it Means to Succeed
Sherrbyr, and Inogo changes his vote in an emergency
diately engages them to help her in these efforts. Failure The PCs have the Coalitions blessing, and they are
meeting. Kalad is named the Coalitions general.
here changes almost nothing, although it means that if each provided with papers, which they can choose to
Coalition Leader: If successful, Lord Torrance
Amyria and the PCs act on the dream, they do so at risk carry or not, that give the bearer the authority to act
immediately moves that only a sitting member of the
of the Coalitionsand Lord Torranceswrath. on behalf of the new organization. This, of course, car-
Coalition can be considered, seconded by Quelenna.
Name the Coalition: Success means the Coali- ries more weight if the characters succeed in more of
This motion is passed with a 61 vote, Kalad being
tion votes unanimously to give the group an actual Amyrias goals. At the very least, Lord Torrances name
the only dissenter as he grumbles loudly that the clear
name. Feel free to throw out as many ideasserious on the papers might give the PCs inroads in Sayre.
choice for leadership is Amyria. For her part, the deva
and ridiculousas you like. The PCs can participate
shows no emotion other than pleasure that another of
and make DC 18 Diplomacy checks to champion What it Means to Fail
her goals has been met. The characters and Amyria are
their choices. If this happens, the first PC to achieve Failing the overall skill challenge means the Coalition
asked to leave the room, and after a heated, hour-long
three successes convinces the Coalition to vote on might adopt one or more of Amyrias goals, but the
debate, the new leader of the Coalition is announced as
his or her name choice. Amyria favors something respective leaders leave Sayre in three days for their
Lord Divian Torrance. Failure means the Coalition has
dramatic and themed along the lines of her deity, homes. A week later, attacks against Caliandras tribes,
no central leadership, and in a remarkable move, Kalad
such as the Platinum Shield Coalition or the Order several villages near Sherrbyr, and several communi-
announces immediately that he is withdrawing from
of Heavens Fang. Failure means only that the Coali- ties on Fariexs trade routes are attacked by githyanki.
the group, apologizing tearfully to Amyria. Without a
tion continues with their current neutral identity, but Over 40,000 civilians are killed, and the Coalition
leader, were a headless, bickering bunch, he says. Ill
quickly reforms with more resolve than before.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
104

SC3: Telicanthuss
Tea Party
Encounter Level 12 (1,400 XP)
Setup
This skill challenge should be as drawn out as you
feel your group would prefer. Some will want to get
straight to the skill checks. Some will want to linger
with the other guests and catch up on city gossip.
The tea party takes place in areas M1 through M9
(see pages 6668 for complete descriptions of these
areas). All other doors are closed. These doors are not
locked unless listed as such in their descriptions.
When the PCs settle into the task of actually dig-
ging around, looking into Telicanthuss contacts and
his home, the skill challenge starts. Begin by reading
the following:
Youve just walked into one of the most magnificent homes
youve ever seen. Ornate stained glass fills almost every
window, and expensive furnishings decorate the space.
The lord of the housethe githyanki Telicanthusis there
to greet you, hands outstretched. Welcome to my humble
home! Please, feel free to enjoy the house and meet my
other guests.
In this skill challenge, the already suspicious char-
acters take the opportunity afforded by Telicanthuss
invitation to learn more about the githyankis activi-
ties in Sayre.
Telicanthuss Tea Party Level 12
Skill Challenge 1,400 XP
You ve been invited to the home of Sayres most prominent
and notoriouscitizen. Now that youre in his home, you
have the chance to rub shoulders with some of the citys most
sophisticated guests, and dig up some dirt on Telicanthus in
the process.
The party attempts to find out what, if anything, Telicanthus is
up to.
Complexity
2 (6 successes before 3 failures)
Primary Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy, Dungeoneering, Stealth
Secondary Skills
Heal, Insight, Thievery
Victory
The party learns about the excavation under Telicanthuss
home, and learns how Telicanthus accesses this portion of
the Sayre undercity.
Defeat
The party doesnt know anything about the excavation, but
learns the next morning from Amyria about suspicious
activity and the remote sounds of digging near the back of
the mansion. Telicanthus learns that Amyria suspects him,
and has alerted the githyanki workers in the excavation
site. They post guards and cannot be caught unawares in
encounters U4 or U5.
Bluff
DC 10 A successful check indicates the character spots
General Taramin standing alone in the portrait gallery,
casually examining Telicanthuss family tree. Engaging in
meaningless small talk, the character learns that General
Taramin was asked, as a personal favor, to leave his watch
patrols away from the mansion, since their presence was a
distraction to my work.
Diplomacy
DC 21 The character happens on Lord and Lady Torrance in
the Tea Room. With a successful check, the PC manages
through veiled language to convince Lord Torrance that
the adventurers will use discretion in their investigation.
Assured of their capabilities, Lord Torrance gives a hint of
a nod in the direction of Pennel, who is openly staring the
character down from across the room. When Lord Torrance
sees the PC notice Pennel, he gives a slight nod and moves
away. A successful DC 15 Insight check indicates the PC
Haven of the Bitter Glass
knows that he should investigate Pennel further, perhaps in
his chambers in the mansion.
Dungeoneering
DC 16 The character notices that, near the back of the house
on the ground floor, the floor feels extra creaky, indicating
something is happening near the foundation at that back
portion of the property.
Stealth
DC 21 With a successful Stealth check, the character is able
to slip away and investigate one room not part of the
normal tea party (areas M10 to M20). See pages 6869 for
descriptions of these areas and what a character can find
in them.
Heal
DC 10 The PC comes across the nearly deaf Baranor the
Black sitting alone in a chair in the Great Hall. His face is
contorted in a grimace of discomfort as he rubs his left
knee. A successful check allows a PC to diagnose the
problem with Baranors knee and prescribe an effective
herbal remedy.
In his gratitude, he rambles on about his days as an
adventurer, comparing his benefactor to his old cleric friend
Goldie. The real information Baranor provides is when he
mentions the earthquake he felt a few nights back, and
the few nights before that. He tells the PC hes complained
to Lord Torrance, but neither he nor anyone else has felt
them. The tremors were side effects of the excavations
under Telicanthuss mansion. The deaf ex-adventurer felt
them because he was able to ignore the distraction of his
hearing. Based on his description, the PC can learn that the
origin of the tremor was behind the mansion.
Insight
DC 16 The PC spots Archdean Grimaldi in a conversation
with Telicanthus. The Archdean is agitated and asking
something about food storage in the city. A successful check
reveals that Telicanthus is surreptitiously looking around
to see if anyone is paying attention to the conversation,
and reassuring the Archdean at the same time. The
Archdean concludes the exchange by looking pointedly
at Telicanthuss kitchen and stores before walking off,
seemingly pacified.
Thievery
DC 21 The PC spots Pennel pocket the key to his office. A
successful check allows the character to snag the key out of
Pennels pocket as he passes by on an errand.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
105
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Development
Success at the skill challenge means the PCs should
be clearly pointed to investigate Telicanthuss office.
Slipping away isnt a problem. Once there, they
should discover area M13 and the secret stairway to
the excavation.
If the PCs are openly hostile to Telicanthus or
question him about excavations, he lies smoothly,
claiming that his respected neighbor must be con-
fused, if they bring up Baranors comments. Lord
Torrance is mortified and pulls the adventurers aside
to ask them to leave. Telicanthus intercedes on their
behalf, however, insisting they stay. He grandly states
that hes used to such suspicions because of the sins
of his poor, deluded fellow githyanki, and that he
only hopes he can prove to the Heroes of Elsir Vale
that he is unlike those creatures who seek to conquer
and destroy. Hes quite convincing in his denials,
and short of attacking the githyanki, the PCs are left
with little option other than find another way (such
as by finding the Bitter Glass) to expose the powerful
merchant.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
106

U4: Sleeping Githyanki
Encounter Level 13 (4,000 XP)
Setup
4 githyanki warriors (W)
Githyanki mindslicer (M)
Telicanthus has three different groups of githyanki per-
forming rituals inside of the Bitter Glass, as the ritual
needs to occur continuously. This particular group of
githyanki, unless they have a reason to expect danger
(such as if the PCs failed the Telicanthuss Tea Party
skill challenge), have not bothered to post a guard and
can be easily surprised by a stealthy party.
The githyanki do their best to avoid being captured.
Three of the githyanki warriors are sleeping when
the characters arrive if theyre not expecting trouble.
Theyre not wearing armor (resulting in an AC of 20)
and their weapons are lying near their bedrolls.
The mindslicer and another warrior are awake but
fatigued, lost in their own thoughts. It is possible that
the PCs will not notice the mindslicer immediately.
Read the following aloud:
You hear the faint sounds of breathing. The narrow tunnels
open up into a larger intersection ahead, and you can see
several shapes in the near darkness.
Allow the githyanki a Perception check to detect the
approaching PCs, opposed by the characters Stealth
checks. Give all the characters a +5 bonus on their
Stealth checks unless the githyanki are on alert. If the
PCs are carrying open light sources, the githyanki get
a +5 bonus on Perception checks to detect them.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Githyanki Mindslicer (M) Level 13 Artillery (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 800
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +14, History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, silver longsword Tactics
The mindslicer leads with a psychic barrage. They
4 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each githyanki fight defensively, trying to back toward area
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12 U5. If the fight goes poorly, the githyanki split into a dif-
HP 118; Bloodied 59 ferent tunnels, hoping to separate the PCs. The warriors
AC 28 (or 20 without armor); Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
fight to the death, but see Development.
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon Features of the Area
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage,
Illumination: A shuttered lantern provides a dim
plus an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is
immobilized. light in this otherwise pitch black area.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter) Rubble: The tunnels are scattered with discarded
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the pick axes and chunks of rubble.
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range Development
can fly up to 5 squares. If the PCs are routing the warriors, the mindslicer tries
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
to alert the githyanki at area U5. Two come and help,
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7) Kleth alerts the githyanki in area U11, and the others
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7) defend the tower entrance at area U5. If Telicanthus is
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword still alive, he is magically alerted by Kleth.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
107

U5: Leisure Time
Encounter Level 12 (3,700 XP)
Setup
3 githyanki warriors (W)
Githyanki mindslicer (M)
Kleth, githyanki mindslicer (K)
These githyanki have recently completed their shift
performing the ritual of the Bitter Glass. Still shaking
somewhat from the psychic emanations they have
successfully channeled and calmed, they are having
a few drinks before they sleep. The five githyanki sit
around a fire at the base of the shattered tower, dis-
cussing their boredom and Telicanthuss plan.
One of the githyanki looks considerably older than
the others. This is Kleth, the mindslicer sage who
first learned of the existence of the Bitter Glass and
who led the team in reconstructing it from ancient
notes. He does not have the same warrior mindset
that most githyanki have. He is a scholar at heart and
would prefer to be in an astral library rather than a
dark tunnel.
If the PCs approach undetected, read the following:
Firelight plays across the rough dirt and stone excavation.
You hear the sound of voices ahead. Next to the remains
of a shattered stone tower, you see five githyanki sitting
around a fire and passing a bottle back and forth.
How many more months? asks an older one.
Until this world is claimed, another one answers. It
wont be long.
If the githyanki have been warned of the adven-
turers approach, read the following:
Firelight plays across the rough dirt and stone excavation.
Several alert githyanki stand staring into the tunnel, and
they give a shout of alarm when they see you approach.
Kleth, Githyanki Mindslicer (K) Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 800
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter) Psychic
Ranged 10; Kleth or an ally within range can fly up to 5
squares.
A Unstable Balance (standard; encounter)
Area burst 3 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 2d6 + 3 damage, and
the target is knocked prone.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +19, History +16, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, silver longsword, communication glass
linked to Telicanthus
Tactics
Once alerted, Kleth tries to knock attackers prone
before fleeing to warn Telicanthus and the githyanki
performing the ritual inside the Bitter Glass. The
other githyanki attack to the best of their ability, the
mindslicer leading with psychic barrage as the warriors
concentrate on one target at a time.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Githyanki
Mindslicer (M)
Level 13 Artillery (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 800
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +14, History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, silver longsword
3 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage,
plus an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is
immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
108
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Features of the Area

Illumination: A small campfire illuminates the
otherwise black tunnel, providing dim light.
Buildings: The remains of a wizards tower, black-
ened and broken by ancient dragonfire, dominates
the cave. The tunnel ceiling arches to over 15 feet (3
squares) high in this area.
Rubble: Piles of dirt and stone litter the area, cre-
ating squares of difficult terrain.

Development
If these githyanki have been alerted by the fighting in
the tunnels, they are not sitting quietly. Two warriors
have come to aid the sleeping githyanki in area U4,
the third warrior and mindslicer defend this tower
entrance, and Kleth descends to the Bitter Glass
warn the other githyanki. Kleth also notifies Telican-
thus using his communication glass.

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
109

U10: Inside the Glass
Encounter Level 12 (3,900 XP)
Setup
3 githyanki warriors (W)
Githyanki mindslicer (M)
Bitter Glass
The Bitter Glass is a 30-foot-diameter hollow sphere
of blue stained glass. A glass bridge without rail-
ings spans the interior and provides a place to stand
without touching the psionically charged walls of the
sphere itself. This rebuilt version of the Bitter Glass is
somewhat crude compared to the long-ago destroyed
original, but Kleth and Telicanthus have created
a version that functions well enough to satisfy the
githyankis need for instant communication.
For the sphere to transmit communication, a con-
stant ritual must be performed by creatures inside the
sphere itself. Telicanthus has had teams of githyanki
performing this ritual for months. The teams are both
bored and exhausted, but they know that ceasing this
ritual, even for a few seconds, creates a psychic backlash
that can injure anyone inside the sphere (see below).
They tell themselves that their actions are essential for
their races eventual success in conquering the mortal
realm, and they have resigned themselves to the tedium.
A fight against intruders is a welcome respite.
The Bitter Glass works as an effective commu-
nication device due to the ritual that Kleth and his
assistants have been performing in it around the
clock. When the PCs attack and disrupt that ritual, it
reverts to its old and imperfect functioning. Anyone
near the globe is subjected to a babble of loud voices
coming from all around them, echoing off the walls
and disrupting concentration (see below).
When the PCs enter, read:
The door fades away when you touch it, and youre looking
into a sphere full of blue light. Four githyanki stand on a
narrow glass bridge, chanting as they obviously perform a
ritual; their voices echoing strangely in the space. Psychic
energy courses up and down the walls as they see you and
their chanting halts for a second.
As soon as the ritual is disrupted, the Bitter Glass
attacks as well (see below). The characters can make
an Arcana check as soon as the Bitter Glass has
attacked once, allowing the characters to know how
to circumvent the damage from the device.
Arcana DC 23: The psychic effect bombarding
the room is emanating from the sphere itself. It can be
suppressed temporarily with another Arcana check.
Githyanki Mindslicer (M) Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 800
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12
HP 98; Bloodied 49
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24 (34 against the Bitter
Glass)
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +14, History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, silver longsword
Haven of the Bitter Glass
3 Githyanki Warriors (W) Level 12 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 700 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 118; Bloodied 59
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22 (32 against the Bitter
Glass)
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage, plus
an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; sustain minor; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +9, Insight +12
Str 21 (+11) Dex 17 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 12 (+7) Cha 13 (+7)
Equipment robes, silver greatsword
Tactics
The githyanki are unable to maintain the ritual
while fighting, so they do their best to end the fight
quickly. They work to bullrush PCs inside the sphere
off the pathway, ganging up on one member at a time
and dropping them before moving on to the next.
While they fight, the psychic energy in the globe
begins to take its toll on everyone in the chamber.
The githyanki are somewhat resistant to the psychic
backlash of the Bitter Glass. They receive a +10 bonus
to their Will defense against attacks from the glass, as
noted in their statistics.
All four githyanki (and Kleth if present) do
not hesitate to move out of the sphere to try and
keep characters outside, especially if the PCs show
intentions of attacking the sphere with the goal of
destroying it. Any creature who does attack the inside
of the sphere, which can be done only while inside
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
110

it or in one of the squares adjacent to one of the two
portals into the Bitter Glass, becomes the immediate
focus of the githyankis attacks.
Bitter Glass Level 14 Blaster
Hazard 1,000 XP
As the githyanki are forced to cease their ritual, a babbling
backlash of psychic energy attacks your mind, causing an im-
mediate and intense pain.
Initiative +12
Trigger
As soon as one githyanki stops performing the ritual, the
Bitter Glass rolls initiative.
Special: A creature that touches the Bitter Glasss walls is
subject to the attack, but is that attacks only target.
Attack
Standard Action Close burst 10 (centered in the
center of the sphere)
Targets: Each creature in burst
Attack: +18 vs. Will
Hit: 2d8 + 5 damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save
ends), and the target is dazed until the end of the Bitter
Glasss next turn.
Miss: Half damage.
Countermeasures
Arcana DC 21 (Standard Action) The character suppresses
the glasss attack until the start of his or her next turn.
However, each consecutive round this action is taken, the
DC increases by 2.
Dealing 200 points of damage to the inside of the Bitter
Glass damages the panes of glass enough to shatter
the inside of the device and render it permanently
inoperable. Realizing that this is the only way to stop the
psychic emanations of the glass requires a DC 23 Arcana
check (a free action). The Bitter Glasss interior has AC
28, Fortitude 26, Reflex 24, Will 26, and is vulnerable 10
thunder.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright deep blue light, coming from
the glowing stained glass sphere itself.
Bitter Glass Portals: The portals leading into
the Bitter Glass open automatically when a creature
stands adjacent to them. Otherwise, they remain
closed. They can also be mentally commanded to
close (a free action) by a creature adjacent to a portal,
something the githyanki make sure to do while
defending the sphere.
Bitter Glass Surface: The sloped sides of the
sphere are rough, requiring DC 20 Athletics checks
to climb.
Walkway: The glass bridge through the Bitter
Glass is 2 squares wide and 6 squares long, sus-
pended 15 feet above the bottom of the sphere. It
lacks a railing.
Development
If Kleth fled from area U5, he is also encountered
here. He fights to the death at the Bitter Glass, unwill-
ing to give up his lifes greatest work for anything.
When the glass is destroyed, one final pulse of
psychic energy surges through the chamber. The
pulse doesnt deal any damage, but each character
can feel some portion of his or her thoughts carried
away by the energy. A DC 23 Arcana check reveals
that each PC has had some portion of his or thoughts
ripped into the Astral Sea, where some creature or
another might find it. Feel free to use this in a future
adventure, as you see fit. After all, what are the odds
some creature finds the residue of a single creatures
thoughts in the vastness of the Astral Sea?
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
111

Z1: Exposing
Telicanthus
Encounter Level 16 (7,100 XP)
Setup
Telicanthus
Pennel
2 githyanki mindslicers
4 githyanki myrmidons
This encounter occurs wherever the PCs decide to
confront Telicanthus and his secretary Pennel. Teli-
canthus is an active adversary who is careful not to
get in a fight anywhere where doing so would tarnish
his public image. For that reason, he is more likely to
retreat from a fight in public, particularly if he can
later pin any property damage on the heroes to get
them arrested or exiled from the city.
This changes if the Bitter Glass has been
destroyed. Once that happens, Telicanthus has no
more reason to keep up his front, and will doubtlessly
attempt to take his revenge on the characters. When
Telicanthus finally decides to remove the heroes from
action, he and his secretary Pennel attack.
At heart, however, Telicanthus is overconfident.
While he tries not to let it show, he believes that he
is a superior creature, and that he does his enemies a
favor by gracing them with his presence. Even while
being attacked, he quietly congratulates himself for
allowing the PCs to fight a foe of his caliber. This
would make him insufferable if his true attitude were
known, so he carefully conceals it when dealing with
the people of Sayre. His ego comes through when he
is angry, however, which is the case if the Bitter Glass
is destroyed.
Telicanthuss secretary Pennel is a very different
sort of person. Pennel is human and appears as bland
as dishwater: neat pale clothing, pale hair, pale eyes,
extremely efficient, eidetic memory, and no talent
for small talk. Under Telicanthuss employment and
careful psychic grooming, his natural sociopathic ten-
dencies have been honed to a wicked edge.
When the PCs decide to confront Telicanthus, its
likely to be at his mansion. But feel free to allow them
to find the githyanki anywhere in the city that they
choose. With the evidence they have (the Filth Kings
confession, the Bitter Glass beneath his home, and the
many githyanki clearly in his employ), they do so with
the blessing of Lord Torrance and the Coalition. The
governor accompanies the characters to confront Teli-
canthus with a squad of four city militia, but they stay
out of any ensuing conflict.
The characters have some time before confront-
ing Telicanthusat least enough for an extended
rest. If they wait more than 24 hours before seeking
him out, however, he sends Pennel to murder sev-
eral prominent citizens in the city before fleeing. In
that case, the characters find nothing but a burning
mansion when they seek out the githyanki with their
accusations.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Telicanthus Level 16 Elite Controller (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 2,800
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +11
Deathless Fanaticism aura 5; when a lower-level ally within
the aura is reduced to 0 hit points, it dies if damaged again
or at the end of its next turnwhichever comes first.
HP 308; Bloodied 154
AC 30; Fortitude 27, Reflex 28, Will 30
Saving Throws +2; +4 against charm and fear effects
Speed 6, fly 6 (clumsy)
Action Points 1
m/r Mindhammer (standard; at-will) Psychic
Reach 2 or Ranged 10; +20 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic
damage, and the target is slowed until the end of
Telecanthuss next turn and pushed 2 squares.
M/R Double Hammering (standard; at-will) Psychic
Telicanthus makes two mindhammer attacks.
M Force Switch (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Force
Reach 4; targets two creatures; + 20 vs. Fortitude;
2d10 + 5 force damage, and the targets switch places.
Telicanthuss allies take no damage from this attack.
M Suffering Ties (standard; encounter) Psychic
+20 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 7 psychic damage, and until the
start of Telicanthuss next turn, attacks that hit Telicanthus
deal half damage to Telicanthus and half to the target.
Nondamaging effects such attacks impose affect the target
instead. Any healing the target gains is halved between the
target and Telicanthus.
C Binding Suggestions (standard; recharge 6 after being first
bloodied) Psychic
Close burst 2; targets enemies; +18 vs. Will; the target
is dazed (save ends). Each turn the target starts dazed,
Telecanthus can make a secondary attack against that
target.
Secondary Attack: +20 vs. Will; the target takes 7 psychic
damage and is dominated (save ends). Miss: The target
takes 2d6 + 7 psychic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Bluff +23, Diplomacy +23, Insight +17
Str 12 (+9) Dex 17 (+11) Wis 18 (+12)
Con 18 (+12) Int 21 (+13) Cha 24 (+15)
Equipment robes
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
112

Pennel
Medium natural humanoid, human
Level 14 Elite Soldier
XP 2,000
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +17
HP 276; Bloodied 138
AC 30; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 26
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Crystal Dagger (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 3d4 + 8 psychic damage, and the target is
marked until the end of Pennels next turn.
r Crystal Strands (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Ranged 10; +19 vs. Reflex; 3d4 + 7 damage, and the target
is pulled 3 squares.
M/R Crystal Bloom (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Pennel makes two basic attacks.
M/R Cut Off (immediate interrupt; usable when a target Pennel
has marked leaves a square adjacent to Pennel or enters a
square adjacent to Telicanthus; at-will)
Pennel can make a basic attack against the target. If the
attack hits, the targets movement ends.
C Crystal Shards (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Psychic
Close burst 3; +18 vs. Reflex. 2d4 + 7 psychic damage, and
the target is immobilized (save ends). Miss: Half damage,
and the target is slowed until the end of Pennels next turn.
Psychic Redirection (immediate interrupt; useable when an
attack hits Telicanthus; at-will)
Pennel redirects the triggering attack to himself.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Acrobatics +18, Insight +17, Stealth +18, Thievery +18
Str 15 (+12) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 20 (+12)
Con 18 (+11) Int 17 (+10) Cha 12 (+8)
Equipment robes, crystal dagger, schedule book
Haven of the Bitter Glass
2 Githyanki Mindslicers
Medium natural humanoid
Level 13 Artillery
XP 800 each
Tactics
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12 Pennel absorbs as much damage as possible for Teli-
HP 98; Bloodied 49 canthus until his master decides to escape; once he
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 24 (34 against the Bitter
does, Pennel attempts to slow and delay the attackers
Glass)
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects while Telicanthus flees for his life. Pennel gladly gives
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap his life if it means that Telicanthus is able to reach
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
safety.
+18 vs. AC; 1d8 + 2 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic Telicanthus will not fight if doing so might harm
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage. his reputation and social status. Once he joins a
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter) combat, he uses every power possible to confuse and
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindslicer or an ally within range
annoy his opponents. He would much rather humili-
can fly up to 5 squares.
A Psychic Barrage (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic ate someone than hurt them. Once he is bloodied, he
Area burst 1 within 20; +16 vs. Will; 1d6 + 3 psychic focuses on fleeing the scene and extracting vengeance
damage, and ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends), and
at a later date. Telicanthus has no problems whatso-
the target cant use daily or encounter powers (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech ever with sacrificing Pennel.
Skills Arcana +14, History +11, Insight +12
Str 14 (+8) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 12 (+7)
Con 14 (+8) Int 17 (+9) Cha 11 (+6)
Equipment robes, silver longsword
4 Githyanki Myrmidons Level 12 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 175 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24
Speed 5
m Silver Short Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 7 damage, plus an extra 5 psychic damage if
the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Str 16 (+9) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 12 (+7) Int 12 (+7) Cha 10 (+6)
Equipment chainmail, silver short sword
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
113

Appendix I:
NewMonsters
For more on githyanki, see Monster Manual, page 128.
Githyanki Lancer
Githyanki lancers are specially trained githyanki who
ride war-dragons into combat. From dragon-back, they
use force lance to skewer any foe who opposes them.
Githyanki Lancers (G) Level 14 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,000 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +10
HP 134; Bloodied 67
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 26, Will 25
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; also see telekinetic tether
m Psychic Lance (standard; at-will) Psychic
Reach 2; +19 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 psychic damage, and if the
githyanki lancer charged, the target is pushed 2 squares.
M Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage, and
the githyanki lancer or its mount can shift 1 square.
R Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 5 psychic damage.
Telekinetic Tether (move or immediate reaction when falling;
encounter)
The githyanki lancer can fly up to 10 squares, fly back to
its mounts saddle, or fall to the ground without taking
falling damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Acrobatics +16
Str 19 (+11) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 14 (+9) Int 15 (+9) Cha 11 (+7)
Equipment scale armor, silver longsword
Githyanki Lancer Tactics
A githyanki lancer prefers to fly into battle on its
mount, charging with psychic lance to keep foes off
balance and out of retaliating range so the githyanki
can more easily skirmish. The lancer does not dismount
until the battle is clearly over or forced to do so. In the
Haven of the Bitter Glass
latter case, telekinetic tether might keep the lancer in the
Githyanki Captain Tactics
saddle or at least see it safely to the ground. A githyanki
lancer uses mindslice while its mount is maneuvering or
A githyanki captain fiercely leads from the front,
entering the fray with astral engagement and pinning
its foes are otherwise out of reach.
enemies down with psychic upheaval. The captain
Githyanki Captain then cuts down immobilized foes, or designates tar-
Githyanki captains lead vast numbers of warriors and
gets with mindhook or a recharged astral engagement.
When an opponent bloodies the captain, the captain
myrmidons into battle.
prefers to attack that enemy, using astral engagement
Githyanki Captain Level 13 Elite Soldier (Leader) (if possible) or telekinetic leap, followed by psychic
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 upheaval. If the enemy is immobilized, the captain
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +10
the uses an action point to double attack the same
HP 256; Bloodied 128
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 25 adversary.
Saving Throws +2, +4 against charm effects
Speed 5; also see astral engagement and telekinetic leap
Action Points 1
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+18 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage,
plus an extra 2d10 psychic damage against an immobilized
target.
r Mindhook (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage, and the
githyanki captain or an ally of the captains choice marks
the target (save ends).
M/R Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The githyanki captain makes two basic attacks.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki captain or an ally within range
can fly up to 8 squares.
C Psychic Upheaval (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Psychic
Close burst 3; targets enemies; +16 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 4
psychic damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
Allies within the area gain 10 temporary hit points.
Astral Engagement (move; recharge 4 5 6) Teleportation
The captain teleports 6 squares to a square adjacent to an
enemy, and one ally within 5 squares of the captains start
or end point can charge the same enemy.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills: Arcana +15, History +17
Str 21 (+10) Dex 12 (+7) Wis 19 (+10)
Con 16 (+9) Int 18 (+10) Cha 16 (+9)
Equipment: plate armor, silver greatsword, Bitter Glass
communication device
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
114

Githyanki Dragonknight
Githyanki dragonknights are elite warriors trained to
use their pact dragons to devastate their foes.
Githyanki Dragonknight Level 14 Elite Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +11
HP 272; Bloodied 136
AC 28; Fortitude 27, Reflex 27, Will 26
Saving Throws +2; +4 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic tether
Action Points 1
m Psychic Lance (standard; at-will) Psychic
Reach 2; +19 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 psychic damage, and if the
githyanki dragonknight charged, the target is pushed 2
squares.
m Silver Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage,
and the dragonknight or its mount can shift 2 squares.
r Mindslice (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 3 psychic damage.
M Knightly Prowess (standard; at-will)
The githyanki dragonknight can make two basic attacks.
Ifthe dragonknight charged and made a psychic lance
attack, the dragonkight or its mount can instead shift
2squares, then the dragonknight makes a silver longsword
attack.
M Hatreds Juggernaut (standard; recharge 6) Psychic
Reach 2; the githyanki dragonknight moves up to it or its
mounts speed, making a psychic lance against any enemy
that comes within reach.
Telekinetic Tether (move or immediate reaction when falling;
encounter)
The githyanki dragonknight can fly up to 12 squares, fly
back to its mounts saddle, or fall to the ground without
taking falling damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Athletics, Acrobatics
Str 21 (+12) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 18 (+11)
Con 16 (+10) Int 16 (+10) Cha 14 (+9)
Equipment scale armor, silver longsword, overcoat
Haven of the Bitter Glass
others focus attacks on immobilized targets. Then
Githyanki Dragonknight
they switch roles.
Tactics
A githyanki dragonknight flies into battle initially Githyanki Lore
with hatreds juggernaut. It goes on with savage dis-
In addition to the information given in the Monster
plays of knightly prowess, mixing attacks to bring down
Manual, a character knows the following information
as many foes as possible. The knight uses its action
with a successful Nature check.
point to finish off a foe in dramatic fashion, to unleash
DC 20: Githyanki armed forces contain a number
a mounts attack (such as a breath weapon), or to
of different warriors. Lancers are specially trained
follow up the end of hatreds juggernaut with a series of
githyanki who ride draconic mounts, and those who
attacks on a particular enemy.
excel in this role become githyanki knights. Leading
squads are captains, who use their psychic powers
Githyanki Myrmidons to tie up foes and take them apart. Lowliest among
Githyanki myrmidons are selected from githyanki
githyanki military forces are the myrmidons, who
that were unsuited for full warrior training. They
throw themselves at githyanki enemies.
are taught to follow orders without question, surging
forward against the enemy, mobbing their foes and
never retreating.
Githyanki Myrmidon Level 12 Minion
Medium natural humanoid XP 175 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 24
Speed 5
m Silver Short Sword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 7 damage, plus an extra 5 psychic damage if
the target is immobilized.
R Telekinetic Grasp (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +15 vs. Fortitude; the
target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common,
Deep Speech
Str 16 (+9) Dex 14 (+8) Wis 16 (+9)
Con 12 (+7) Int 12 (+7) Cha 10 (+6)
Equipment chainmail, silver short sword
Githyanki Myrmidon Tactics
Myrmidons work to aid one another and their supe-
riors. Part of the squad uses telekinetic grasp while the
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
115
 Haven of the Bitter Glass

Groveler Tactics Streetfighter Tactics

Laughing Shadows
The Laughing Shadows are a primarily human A groveler begins combat, if possible, with cringe, set- Streetfighters train to move quickly among foes,
mercenary company always willing to hire their ting up his enemies for attacks by his allies. Grovelers unwary or otherwise, and tangle up the battlefield.
services to the highest bidder. They specialize in are never encountered without other Laughing Shad- A streetfighter starts out with the showy streetfigh-
duplicitous assignments, frequently posing as some- ows or similar allies, typically streetfighters. Once teers flourish to keep enemies close at hand. Then the
thing theyre not. enemies are marked, the groveler uses covert attack streetfighter attacks and marks foes to make later use
whenever possible to devastate persistent attackers. of cheap shot if those opponents move away.
Laughing Shadow
Groveler Laughing Shadow Laughing Shadow
These members of the Laughing Shadows specialize
Streetfighter Scrabbler
in appearing weak and helpless, setting up their foes Some members of the laughing shadows have learned Laughing Shadow scrabblers dart in and out of
for attacks by the grovelers allies. the down-and-dirty, ruthless fighting style of the combat, seeking weakness in their foes.
streets. These rough and scarred mercenaries use
Laughing Shadow Groveler (G) Level 13 Lurker Laughing Shadow Scrabbler Level 13 Minion
whatever weapon is at hand, and dont shy away from
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800 Medium natural humanoid, human XP 200 each
low tactics to win. Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +9
HP 103; Bloodied 51 HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 26, Will 25; +2 to all defenses
Laughing Shadow Streetfighter Level 13 Soldier AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 24
Medium natural humanoid, human XP 800 each Speed 6
against marked enemies
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +9 m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
Speed 7
HP 128; Bloodied 64 +18 vs. AC; 8 damage, and the scrabbler can shift 2
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon
AC 29; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 24 squares, ignoring difficult terrain.
+18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage (crit 18 + 2d6).
Speed 6 R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
m Katar (standard; at-will) Weapon Ranged 6/12; +18 vs. AC; 7 damage.
Ranged 6/12; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage.
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage (crit 18 + 1d6), and the target Combat Advantage
M/R Covert Attack (immediate reaction; when an ally attacks
is slowed until the end of the streetfighters next turn. The scrabbler deals an extra 5 damage against any target
an enemy the ally has marked because of cringe; requires
R Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon it has combat advantage against.
katar or shuriken; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +19 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 damage. Alignment Evil Languages Common
Targets the enemy the triggering ally attacked; the groveler
M Cheap Shot (immediate interrupt; usable when a slowed Skills Bluff+10, Stealth +15
makes a katar attack against an adjacent enemy or a
target leaves an adjacent square; requires katar; at-will) Str 19 (+10) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 16 (+9)
shuriken attack against a nonadjacent enemy. Hit: 4d6 + 6
Weapon Con 14 (+8) Int 10 (+6) Cha 8 (+5)
damage (with katar, crit 30 damage + 2d6).
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and the targets Equipment chainmail, short sword, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Cringe (standard; requires an ally in the area; at-will)
movement ends.
Close burst 10; the groveler chooses up to one ally in the
C Streetfighter Flourish (standard; requires katar;
area per enemy in the area. The enemy is considered to be
recharge 5 6)
Scrabbler Tactics
marked by the chosen ally until the end of the grovelers
next turn. Each ally can mark only one enemy in this way.
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +19 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 A scrabbler circles the combat, looking for oppor-
damage, and the target is slowed (save ends). tunities to gain combat advantage while throwing
The groveler gains +2 to all defenses against marked
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
enemies. shuriken.
Skills Bluff+13, Intimidate +13, Stealth +15
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Str 21 (+11) Dex 19 (+10) Wis 17 (+9)
Skills Bluff+16, Stealth +15
Con 16 (+9) Int 11 (+6) Cha 10 (+8)
Str 12 (+7) Dex 22 (+10) Wis 17 (+9)
Equipment chainmail, katar, 10 shuriken, beggars garb
Con 19 (+10) Int 12 (+6) Cha 20 (+11)
Equipment leather armor, katar, 10 shuriken, beggars garb

M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
116

Laughing Shadow Sentry
These vigilant sentries are adroit at posing as less
competent household guards or city militia.
Laughing Shadow Sentry Level 11 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 600
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +13
HP 47; Bloodied 23
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 22, Will 23
Speed 5
m Halberd (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the sentrys next turn.
M Halberd Sweep (immediate interrupt; usable when a target
the sentry has marked leaves a square within reach; at-will)
Weapon
Reach 2; +16 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 4 damage, and the
targets movement ends and it slides 2 squares.
M Halberd Trip (standard; requires halberd; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +16 vs. AC; 2d8 + 2 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Streetwise +11
Str 18 (+9) Dex 15 (+7) Wis 16 (+8)
Con 16 (+8) Int 11 (+5) Cha 13 (+6)
Equipment scale armor, halberd, crossbow with 20 bolts
Sentry Tactics
Laughing Shadow sentries work together like a well-
oiled machine. A sentry will attempt to stay at reach,
using halberd trip to keep a foe prone and setting up
an attack from an ally who will gain combat advan-
tage against the now-prone target.
Laughing Shadow Lore
A character knows the following information with a
successful Nature check.
DC 20: The Laughing Shadows are a large,
organized mercenary company that specializes in
missions in urban environments. Each member care-
fully learns to be able to blend in to whatever city or
town in which they are assigned. They are experts at
meshing seemlessly with other locals, whether as beg-
gars or city militia.
Treasure Golem
This golem is a treasure guardian, made up of that
which it guardsshifting baubles, items, and coins.
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Treasure Golem (G)
Large natural animate (construct)
Level 14 Solo Brute
XP 5,000
Initiative +5 Senses Perception +6; darkvision,
tremorsense 5
HP 700; Bloodied 350; see also berserk attack
AC 26; Fortitude 30, Reflex 24, Will 23
Immune disease, poison
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6; cant shift
Action Points 2
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage, and the target
slides 2 squares or is knocked prone.
r Gleamshard (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +26 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 force damage, and the
target slides 2 squares or is knocked prone.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The treasure golem makes two basic attacks.
M Berserk Attacks (immediate reaction; usable when damaged
by an attack while bloodied; at-will)
The treasure golem makes two basic attacks against
random targets.
C Hoard Blast (standard; recharge 5 6)
Close burst 3; +22 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 7 damage, and
prone targets cannot stand until the end of the golems
next turn. Miss: Half damage. Effect: The golem bursts
into its component pieces, filling the area and gaining
insubstantial until the start of its next turn, when it
reappears within 5 squares of its last space.
C Weight of Greed (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Psychic
Close burst 3; +15 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 7 psychic damage,
and the target is dominated until the end of the golems
next turn. Miss: Half damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 22 (+13) Dex 10 (+7) Wis 8 (+6)
Con 25 (+13) Int 3 (+3) Cha 3 (+3)
Treasure Golem Tactics
A treasure golem unleashes weight of greed on its
enemies, then uses an action point to attack and
knock a couple foes prone. On its next turn, it uses
hoard blast. It then resorts to double attack until hoard
blast or weight of greed recharges. It moves as it needs
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
117

to, w ithout regard for opportunity attacks, focusing
on targets that damaged it most recently or those who
have damaged it most. When bloodied, it becomes
less careful, not more.
Treasure Golem Lore
A character knows the following information on a
successful Arcana or Religion check.
DC 20: The secrets to creating a treasure golem
are occasionally granted to those who worship the
Tiamat or Avandra. Wizards and other arcanists
have also devised similar techniques, based on the
religious techniques. Proper rites make a hoard of
treasure into its own guardian. The magic also makes
the treasure useless for spending until the monster it
comprises is slain.
Bone Sage
Bone sages are remnants of evil academics and
scribes, lingering in their thirst for knowledge.
Bone Scribe Level 13 Minion
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 200 each
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 27; Fortitude 25, Reflex 26, Will 24
Immune disease
Speed 7
m Mind Touch (standard; at-will) Psychic
+16 vs. Will; 4 psychic damage, and the target takes a 2
penalty to Will and is slowed until the end of the bone
scribes next turn. The bone scribe can shift 1 square.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 10 (+10) Dex 14 (+9) Wis 8 (+6)
Con 20 (+11) Int 23 (+12) Cha 19 (+10)
Haven of the Bitter Glass
Bone Archivists
Medium natural humanoid (undead)
Level 14 Artillery
XP 1,000 each
Bone Scribe Lore
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +19; darkvision A character knows the following information on a
HP 109; Bloodied 54 successful Religion check.
AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 27, Will 26
DC 20: Bone scribes are undead who hunger
Immune disease; Resist 10 psychic; Vulnerable 5 radiant
for information. They attempt to rip it directly from
Speed 6
m Mind Touch (standard; at-will) Psychic their victims heads, before recording it elsewhere for
+19 vs. Will; 1d10 + 6 psychic damage, and the target
posterity. These undead seldom stop until they have
takes a 2 penalty to Will and is slowed until the end of the
bone archivists next turn. The bone archivist can shift extracted every bit of information available, killing
3 squares. the target.
r Siphon Memory (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +19 vs. Will; 2d4 + 6 psychic damage, and the About the Author
target can make only basic attacks or use at-will powers In addition to helping run the D&D fan site EN World
until the end of the bone archivists next turn. (www.enworld.org), Kevin Kulp is a Boston-based writer and
A Knowledge Barrage (standard; encounter) Psychic computer game designer.
Area burst 2 within 10; targets enemies; +17 vs. Will;
3d6 + 6 damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 12 (+8) Dex 15 (+9) Wis 10 (+7)
Con 19 (+12) Int 23 (+13) Cha 20 (+12)
Bone Sage Tactics
Eager for knowledge, the bone scribes move forward
to attack while an archivist stays near the back of a
combat. Bone scribes use their finger bones to scrape
thoughts from the targets head. The archivist uses
its knowledge barrage power first, to slow any retreat
and knock strong foes off kilter. It then uses to siphon
memory, until melee attackers force it to use mind
touch. When the bone sages succeed on their attacks,
memories from the target appear as words, etching
themselves across the creatures papery skin.
M a rc h 2 0 0 9 | D u n g e o n 16 4
118
Alliance
at
Nefelus
By Chris Tulach
An adventure for 14th-level characters
illustrations by Jason A. Engle, Ralph Horsley, William
OConnor, Steve Prescott, Wayne Reynolds, Lars Grant
West and Eva Widermann
cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

Long have we strove to remain

detached from the affairs of the
mainland. But this threat taxes
us to the limits of our power, and
so we reach out to those who have
proven themselves time and time
again. Perhaps, if you aid us, we
will consider assisting your cause
as a means of g ratitude.
Bejam, member of
the Thraxinium of Nefelus

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
4

Alliance at Nefelus is an adventure for 14th-level
characters. At the end of the adventure, the PCs
should be midway through 15th level. Although this
adventure is part of the Scales of War adventure path,
it takes the plot in a different direction as new friends
and foes are discovered. It also makes a good stand-
alone adventure or is inserted easily into your own
ongoing campaign.
In this adventure, the PCs are again joined by their
friend Amyria, the deva last seen in Haven of the
Bitter Glass, the previous adventure. She musters the
PCs to respond to a call for aid from the island nation
of Nefelus, an isolationist magocracy that is under an
environmental threat. If the PCs can help put an end
to Nefeluss troubles, Nefelus might be willing to lend
their extensive arcane knowledge and naval might to
the Coalition.
Background
The island nation of Nefelus, a lush tropical realm
that has long kept itself isolated from the dealings of
the rest of the world, has recently found its tranquil
peace disturbed by a threat that even its deva-led mage
council (known as the Thraxinium) cannot squelch.
Several weeks ago, a mysterious ice floe appeared a
few miles off the coast of the island, and within a few
days, the warm and pleasant climate of Nefelus began
to grow colder, threatening the natural order.
Nefelus took action as soon as it was apparent that
the conditions were getting more severe. Endowed
with a formidable navy to protect themselves from
pirates and foreign interlopers, the Thraxinium dis-
patched vessels to the ice floe to investigate, and if
necessary, fight any present threat. However, unusual
arctic sahuagin attacked the shipssome speculate
that an unknown force apparently transformed and
bolstered them. Only one vessel made it to the ice
floe, and no reports came back from its crew.
Several days passed, and the Thraxinium debated
their next course of action as they did research to
combat the threat of the climate change. While they
were preparing their next moves, the magical cold
emanating from the ice f loe intensified and over the
course of one night, it formed an icy ring that cut off
any ships bound in or out of the ports. The nation of
Nefelus was under siege, and the weather was get-
ting worse. The ice threatens to continue to spread,
and possibly engulf the entire island.
A few days ago, several members of the Thraxinium
reported that they were enacting a ritual that would
stave off any further climatic change as long as the
forces behind the unnatural cold did not greatly inten-
sify. Although that bought a little time, it still meant
that many members of the Thraxinium had to spend
considerable resources maintaining the ritual just to
keep the island from being overwhelmed, and the icy
ring still separated Nefelus from any help by sea.
Despite being isolationist, several Thraxi (mem-
bers of the Thraxinium) still maintained contact
with the outside world. Bejam, a deva on the Thrax-
inium, formed a friendship with a deva named
Amyria. She had been working to convince the
Thraxinium to join an allied Coalition of the mortal
realm intent on defeating a githyanki invasion. But
Nefelus had seen nothing of the githyanki save for
a single, strange burglary attempt years before, and
theyd heard even less. Reluctant to get involved, the
Thraxi, through Bejam, politely refused all Amyrias
requests. When the Thraxinium ran out of options
to deal with the threat of the ice blockade, however,
Bejam turned to Amyria for aid.
Alliance at Nefelus
What is
an Adventure Path?
Scales of War is the fourth Adventure Path to appear
in the pages of Dungeon Magazine. But what, you
ask, is an Adventure Path? Quite simply, it is a series
of related adventures intended to form a complete
D&D campaign that takes your players from 1st
level all the way to, in the case of Scales of War, 30th
level.
Previous Adventure Paths, presented with the 3rd
Edition D&D rules, took characters from 1st to 20th
level. But with all three tiers in the new edition ripe
and ready to explore, were pushing the limit with
Scales of War. Each tier takes roughly six adventures
to traverse, which means well finish off this Adven-
ture Path in about eighteen issues. Each adventure
advances characters from between one and a half
to two levels of experience. We recognize that not
everyone will meet every encounter or complete
every quest, however, so periodically, well point
you to a supplemental Side Trek or short adventure
to keep your PCs on pace. Plus, roughly every few
months, Dragon will feature new support content
for Scales of War.
Finally, this Adventure Path is intended to func-
tion as a complete D&D campaign. That means well
be making assumptions about the history of the
world as we move along, just as you would in any
campaign you run. Well be borrowing heavily from
the D&D mythology of 4th Edition, as well as all the
great ideas that have cropped up in other products
over the yearsincluding the pages of past issues of
Dungeon!
Enjoy your stay in Scales of War, and keep an eye
out for next months installment.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
5
 Alliance at Nefelus

Bejams message found its way to Amyria just

before the Coalitions first meeting in Sayre. Once the The Quests
events of Haven of the Bitter Glass ended, freeing
In Alliance at Nefelus, the PCs attempt to put an end Major QuestPersuade Bejam to Join the
Nefelus became Amyrias top priority. She approached
to the drastic climatic changes being put forth from the Coalition
the Coalition and told them of Nefeluss problems, and
massive iceberg lair called Icehome, just off the coast of Although succeeding in saving Nefelus endears the
their need for assistance. The Coalition agreed to send
the island of Nefelus. As a result of these actions, Nefe- Nefelese to the PCs, it would be an even greater boon
Amyria as an envoy to Nefelus in the hopes that aid to
lus will aid the Coalition, and the PCs can also attempt to have one of the Thraxi seated on the Coalition.
Nefelus might bring them out of seclusion and into the
to convince one of their important magisters to join the Reward: 5,000 XP.
battle against the githyanki. They did so despite the
Coalition. In addition, they retrieve an artifact known
protests of the Coalitions leader, Lord Torrance, who
as the Seed of Winter from Icehome and can bring it Minor QuestRecover the Seed of Winter
secretly still fears that adding Nefelus to the group will
back to Nefelus for research, and they can attempt to Although the Nefelese dont know who is responsible
diminish Sayres importance.
retrieve one of the members of the last expedition to for directing the attack on their island, they do know
Amyria knew that shed need assistance in case
the iceberga githzerai named Uarion. that the tool being used against them is a legend-
battle was necessary, and turned to the PCs to accom-
ary artifact known as the Seed of Winter, long since
pany her to Nefelus. Chartering a ship called Brindols
Major QuestSave Nefelus thought to have been in the Feywild.
Pride, the adventure begins on board the ship as the
Nefeluss tropical climate is threatened by a massive Reward: 1,000 XP.
characters near the icy ring surrounding Nefelus. The
ice floe just off its shore. A ring of ice has formed
events of Alliance at Nefelus take place a few weeks
around the island, and the PCs must find a way to Minor QuestRetrieve Uarion
after Haven of the Bitter Glass ended.
stop the encroaching cold from destroying the islands The only survivor of the previous mission to the ice-
environment. berg, the githzerai Uarion might still be alive. He is an
Adventure Synopsis Reward: 5,000 XP (and 275 ppthe equivalent of accomplished mentalist and someone of importance
three 15th- and one 14th-level treasure parcelsplus to the Thraxinium.
The characters begin the adventure aboard Brindols the elemental prism as promised by the Thraxinium). Reward: 1,000 XP.
Pride, a warship f lying under the colors of the Coali-
tion. There, they are briefed by Amyria, a longtime
and staunch ally of the characters. Recently she was
the ice. The fog coming off the ice mixing with the characters to accompany her to be introduced
named special envoy to Nefelus, the island nation
hot tropical weather makes it particularly difficult to Bejam, a member of the Thraxinium. Bejam
magocracy led by a council of devas. On board the
to see the ice ring until the PCs are right on it, at explains what they know about the icy ring, the cli-
ship, they are briefed of the mission aheadNefelus
which point they notice that they have companya mate changes, the Seed of Winter, and the sightings
is blockaded by an unknown antagonist, who has
frost giant contingent patrolling the ice to ensure that of unusual sahuagin creatures. The characters are
conjured a massive ice f loe around the island and is
none break through from either side. After dealing asked to journey to the ice floe and put a stop to the
assaulting the tropical land with the bitter cold of a
with the frost giants and breaking through the ice, punishing cold and blockade that imperils Nefelus. In
northern winter.
the ship continues on to Nefelus. exchange, the Thraxinium rewards the PCs for their
The first task ahead of the PCs is to enter Nefelus.
Once the PCs arrive in Nefelus, they are taken efforts and considers aiding the Coalition. However,
The ship is equipped with a specially designed ram-
to quarters to rest while Amyria meets with the time is r unning short for Nefelus; the cold assault is
ming bow and a reinforced hull to break through
T hraxinium. After a short while, Amyria asks the growing and the containment ritual will end soon.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
6

The PCs need to head back through the icy ring,
but to arrive at Icehome with little chance of detec-
tion, they can travel underwater. They are given three
apparatuses of Kwalish to use to make it to the ice floe.
Amyria stays behind to negotiate an alliance with
Nefelus.
The characters attempt to dodge sahuagin patrols
and make their way to the ice floe, discovering either
the underground entrance to Icehome or the last
remaining intact sailing ship of the previous expedi-
tion on the surface of the ice. Either way, they run into
arctic sahuagin and must fight their way farther into
Icehome.
Inside Icehome, the characters find a network of
caverns occupied by creatures that are apparently
subservient to or allied with Chillreaver, a double-
headed white dragon that they might have glimpsed
on their way into Icehome. In addition, they have the
opportunity to learn information from a githzerai
now allied with Chillreaver that journeyed with the
last landing party from Nefelus.
As they ascend to the upper levels of Icehome, they
must deal with Chillreavers personal guards and,
finally, the white dragon himself. He is engaged in a
ritual to bring the full power of the Seed of Winter to
bear on Nefelus, attempting to shatter the contain-
ment ritual the Nefelese have in place. The characters
must fight Chillreaver and stop the Seed of Winter
from generating the unnatural cold. Once the ritual is
broken and Chillreaver defeated, Icehome begins to
collapse and the characters must flee before they are
crushed in the crumbling ice floe.
If they successfully return to Nefelus after defeat-
ing Chillreaver and retrieving the Seed of Winter, they
can attempt to help Amyria convince Bejam to join
the Coalition and fight alongside the forces of good
against the githyanki invaders.
Preparing for
Adventure
Alliance at Nefelus has the PCs beginning with a
blockade run to enter Nefelus, where they quickly
turn around to leave for Icehome, the lair of Chill-
reaver and source of the Nefelese problem.
This adventure is relatively straightforward to
start, but you should at least read the introductory
material and the information on Chillreaver so you
have an idea of what the groups up against. Most
of the combat encounters inside Icehome are easy
enough to run with limited prep time, although the
first encounter (H1. Blockade Run) and first skill
challenge (Approaching Icehome) should be allo-
cated reading time.
What You Need to Play
This adventure includes the encounters the PCs face
as they explore and adventure in the area. It also pro-
vides tactical maps and more for the adventure. If you
and your players havent read through the Dungeons
& Dragons 4th Edition rules yet, that is your first
best step so that you make certain you understand the
rules. Also as mentioned above, read through at least
the first of the adventures chapters before starting.
This review enables you to become familiar with the
material and the style of presentation. You might also
want to take a look at the sections below regarding
the adventure format.
Alliance at Nefelus
Adapting the Adventure
Alliance at Nefelus is designed with five players in
mind. You can adapt the adventure for larger groups
easily by adding more treasure and inserting a few
extra monsters using the guidelines presented in the
Dungeon Masters Guide. When adapting the adven-
ture for larger groups, keep it simple. Where possible,
just add one monster whose level equals the encoun-
ter level for each additional PC. Otherwise, look for
appropriate monsters from this adventure (see the
Appendix, in particular) and the Monster Manual or
Monster Manual 2 to help stiffen up the resistance.
Monster Manual 2 contains a great deal of new mon-
sters appropriate for paragon tier play.
This adventure is also designed for 14th-level
characters. As written, a slightly larger group of 13th-
level characters can play through the adventure, but
be sure to give the characters plenty of chances to
take extended rests so that they can have a fair shot
at surviving the expedition. For higher-level groups,
adapting the adventure takes a bit more work. You
need to add monsters and increase the treasure
rewards to amounts appropriate for the characters.
In all, adjusting the adventure is not too arduous, and
with a little work, you can run this scenario for groups
of three to eight players, and for characters of 13th
through 16th level.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
7

Treasure Preparation
As with previous installments of the Scales of War
campaign, Alliance at Nefelus makes use of the
parcel system of treasure rewards as described in the
Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accu-
mulate fifteen parcels by the end of the adventure.
Of these, they should gain the reward for completing
the quests (four parcels for 27,500 gp or 275 pp and
the elemental prism), and then whatever treasures
they find along the way (the remaining ten). You can
Treasure Parcels
Parcel 6
Parcel A: _____________________ I2 Behir Lair.
Parcel B: _____________________ I2 Behir Lair.
Parcel C: _______________________ I3 Xurg elmek s
Chamber.
Parcel D: _____________________ I4 Uarions Fate (on
Uarions person).
Parcel E: _____________________ I5 Icy Sappers (in
the crevasse).
Parcel 9
Parcel F: ________________________ I 6 Fr o s t G i a n t
Enclave.
Parcel G: ___________________ I6 Frost Giant Enclave
(on the person of Nara of the Waste).
Parcel H: ____________________ Chillreavers Treasure
Chamber.
Parcel I: ____________________ Chillreavers Treasure
Chamber.
Parcel J: ____________________ Chillreavers Treasure
Chamber.
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide,
the following parcels can go in the spaces above. Rely
on the wish lists your players gave you for the first
eight parcels.
supply these treasures in whatever way you wish, but
the Treasure Parcels sidebar presents the most likely
rooms to have treasure. During your preparation,
assign parcels from those that follow to the rooms
in the spaces provided. Use the players wish lists to
come up with magic items for the first five parcels.
(Consider saving at least one or two of the highest
level magic items for later in the adventure, after the
PCs have acheived 15th level.)
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 18.
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 17.
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 17.
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 16.
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 15.
Parcel 6: A small wooden box with an elixir of invisibility*
and 2 pieces of amber carved into stars
(100 gp each).
Parcel 7: A sparkling blue diamond worth 5,000 gp
and two potions of vitality.
Parcel 8: A velvet pouch with four ivory statuettesa
monkey, a snake, an elephant, and a panther (6,000 gp
total for the set); and 1,000 gp.
Parcel 9: A large sack of gold coins (10,000 gp) minted
in a northern land beyond the Winterbole Forest.
Parcel 10: A platinum ring with Bahamuts symbol
worth 2,500 gp and an ornate rubyencrusted silver
letter opener worth 1,500 gp.
*Found in Adventurers Vault.
Alliance at Nefelus
Starting the
Adventure
This adventure begins several weeks after the events
in the last Scales of War adventure, Haven of the
Bitter Glass. The PCs have had a chance to rest and
recover, and if theyre a little short on XP before tack-
ling this adventure, you can run them through a side
trek to get them to 14th level. Once the adventure
begins, there is little time for the PCs to engage in any
sort of activities outside the scope of the adventure.
Amyria, Envoy to Nefelus
A deva scion of Bahamut and force for good, Amyria
is responsible for spearheading the efforts to bring
together the Coalition against the githyanki incur-
sion. Amyria has been tasked to become the special
envoy to the isolationist island nation of Nefelus, due
in part to her heritage (the rulers of Nefelus are all
devas) and also because she has shown that she is
a capable diplomat. She is passionate, caring, and
charismatic. The PCs are her favorites when it comes
to getting a job done, and thus she has taken them
along to help with Nefeluss problem.
Amyrias statistics are in the tactical encounter
H1. Blockade Run.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
8

Striking an Accord
The adventure begins with the PCs aboard the
Brindols Pride, a specially outfitted caravel that is
designed specifically to break through the ice ring
that is cutting off the island nation of Nefelus from the
rest of the world. Joining the PCs aboard is Amyria,
the scion of Bahamut and recently appointed envoy to
Nefelus. If the characters have participated in Den of
the Destroyer or Haven of the Bitter Glass, theyre
sure to know Amyria.
What the PCs Know
The PCs were provided with the following informa-
tion from Amyria at the outset of the mission. Amyria
mentions that more information should be forthcom-
ing once they arrive in Nefelus.
The tropical island nation of Nefelus is under
assault by a sort of unnaturally cold weather. It is obvi-
ous to the Nefelese that this environmental change is
being directed by a malign intelligence.
Nefelus is an isolationist nation run by a council of
deva mages called the Thraxinium. They are known
to be among the most knowledgeable arcanists in the
world, and their storehouses of information contain
secrets lost to the other civilized races. In addition,
their navy is incredibly strong and bolstered by their
ancient magic. With these two assets, Nefelus has
remained fiercely independent until their recent call
for aid to Amyria.
The chilling weather has become so intense that
a ring of ice has formed around the island, trapping
their ships and cutting off any travel to or from the
Alliance at Nefelus
When the players are ready to begin, read the
following:
About a week ago, you left the city of Sayre at the behest
of your friend and staunch ally Amyria, a deva scion
devoted to Bahamuts cause and the opposition of evil in the
world. She asked you to accompany her on a mission to the
isolationist island nation of Nefelus. When she mentioned
to you that you should dress for cold weather even though
Nefeluss a tropical island, the questions started flying. She
gave you a full briefing as you prepared to depart aboard
Brindols Pride, an odd-looking caravel with a reinforced
hull and a sharpened steel bow.
island. Although the Thraxinium is maintaining a
ritual to keep the worst of the cold from assaulting
the island proper, they cannot maintain it for much
longer.
Amyria and the Coalition have decided to come
to Nefeluss aid with the hopes that Nefelus will join
the Coalition if they are successful. The captain of
the caravel Brindols Pride volunteered to have his
ship fitted with the appropriate equipment to break
through ice, and Amyria assembled a team (the PCs)
to accompany her to the island.
DC 22 Insight: Amyria is keeping something from
the characters, which is uncharacteristic of her. If
pressed, she admits that she is uneasy about meeting
other devas, especially some as ancient as members
of the Thraxinium. She is also concerned that if she
fails in this task, the Coalition forces will lack a key
allyone that can provide substantial military and
magical support.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
9

When the PCs have been briefed, read the
following:
Your journey to Nefelus is now almost complete. A massive
bank of fog looms directly ahead, and the air becomes chilly.
A cry comes out of the crows nest from the lookout. Iceberg
to starboard! Looking to the right, you can see a gigantic,
shadowed mass far off in the fog, and it stands at least 100
feet tall.
You continue on, the waves licking at the hull of the ship,
and then finally, after a few more cold hours, the fog begins to
lift and you see a thick ring of ice floating up ahead. Smaller
chunks of ice, some the size of large wagons, bob up and down
in the water near the ship. Just as you see a clear picture of the
ice ring and the captain is preparing to ram, you notice that
several large forms become visible through the mist.
Tactical Encounter: H1. Blockade Run (page 18).
Welcome to Nefelus
After their run-in with the frost giant patrol, the ship
continues on to the port of Nefelus.
You sail on through the cold and fog for another mile or so.
Abruptly, the fog lifts, the sun shines, and you are awash in
the steamy heat of a tropical paradise.
As the ice rapidly melts off the ships bow, you see a city
rise before you, clinging to the massive cliffs of an inlet.
All around you in the bay, fishing boats and naval vessels
meander about, clinging close to the shores. Many more are
docked along the cliff shores. Switchback stairs, walkways,
and small wooden buildings dot the lush cliffsides. At the
far top of the cliffs, hundreds of feet in the air, larger wooden
structures are packed tightly together, huddled close to
the cliffs edge and away from the dense rainforest that
surrounds the city. At the horizon, a great domed structure
rises above all to dominate the skyline; from this distance, it
looks like a temple or perhaps a university.
Alliance at Nefelus
Amyria explains to the PCs that the Nefelese dont
have many visitors from the mainland, and it is both
an honor and a privilege to be allowed to enter as
guests. She also explains that Nefelus is both the
name of their capital and nation, and that few other
settlements are on the island. She can also provide
most of the information in the sidebar on Nefelus if
asked (except for the names of the taverns and supply
shops), since she has been briefed by the Coalition
upon being appointed special envoy.
Nefeluss History
A character knows the following information with a
successful History check.
DC 11: Nefelus is an island nation ruled by a council
of deva mages called the Thraxinium. Nefelus has one of
the largest known contingents of devas in the world; some
say that almost the entire island is sacred ground and most
devas reincarnate here. All citizens of prominence are devas.
The Nefelese have remained isolationist for at least the last
two centuries, having little contact with the mainland.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
10

DC 18: The Nefelese believe that knowledge and
magical prowess are the two greatest attributes an
individual can possess. Their ancient and massive Great
Library, which also serves as their governmental seat,
university, and temple to Corellon and Ioun, is said to
contain secrets long lost to the rest of the world.
NEFELUS
Capital and only city of the tropical island nation
bearing the same name, Nefelus is built among the
vegetation on either side of the high cliffs of an inlet.
Population: 32,500; few live more than a mile
from the cliffside shores, since the rainforest beyond
is dense. Most of the residents are devas; there is
a minority population of eladrin, elves, gnomes,
half-elves, and humans here. The rest of the races
are unknown to Nefelus, although some say that
dwarves, dragonborn, and goliaths live in the moun-
tains in the interior of the island.
Government: Nefelus is a magocracy, ruled by a
council of seven deva mages called the Thraxinium.
The council is elected once every ten years by devas
that possess the ability to cast rituals. No other Nefe-
lese citizens are allowed to vote for the Thraxinium.
The government sits in the Great Library, a massive
domed structure that rises above all other buildings
and is also the university, library, and main temple
complex to Corellon and Ioun. In foreign affairs,
Nefelus is isolationist, conducting only limited trade
and relations with the outside world.
DC 23: The Nefelese have lived on this island for as
long as anyone can remember, and in times past, they
used to trade and relate to the other nations of the world.
However, a threat from the Elemental Chaos more than
two centuries ago almost destroyed their idyllic culture.
They blamed the other civilizations for their ignorance, and
after ensnaring the threat and locking it away in the world,
withdrew almost all ties to the mainland.
Defense: Nefelus is without a standard army or
militia, having rebuked any external threats with
their magic or naval might. Rather, they have the
Nefallum, an organized military force consisting of
approximately 100 deva mages, answerable to the
Thraxinium. They also have a 200-ship navy known
as the Sea Sentinels, consisting of about 2,500 offi-
cers, sailors, and marines. Their naval vessels are
often powered by magic and are considered some of
the finest crafted in the world.
Inns: Due to its isolationist nature, there is little
profit to be had for an innkeep. Those that seek
boarding can arrange such with a boarding house.
Taverns: Navahs House of Spirits, Gerties Brown
Bottle, The Green Parrot.
Supplies: Gamals Gear, Nefelus Outfitters.
Temples: The Great Library (Corellon and Ioun),
The Valorous Spire (Bahamut), Brighthall (Pelor);
Melora is worshiped at small shrines in most homes
and by sailors.
Alliance at Nefelus
Meeting Bejam
Meeting the deva Thraxi is an important event. The
PCs have the chance to make a good impression on
the leadership of Nefelus.
Roleplaying Encounter: Meeting Bejam (page
21).
Once the PCs have agreed to help Nefelus out,
Bejam escorts them out of the sitting room into the
entry hall where the PCs meet up with Amyria. He
asks the PCs if he can provide any mundane provi-
sions for the PCs, and he offers up spiked ice shoes if
the PCs want them.
With Amyria in tow, Bejam escorts you down one of those
mysterious hallways that leads farther into the Great Library.
At the end of the hall, a spiral staircase leads down into the
darkness. As you descend down, softly glowing orbs affixed
to the walls light your way. The stairs continue for hundreds
of feet. Eventually, you come to a door with a strange series
of sigils on its face. Bejam softly intones some words and the
sigils flash. He opens the door, revealing a workshop with all
sorts of tools and arcane objects lying about on various tables.
Beyond the workshop, the cavernous room is what
looks to be a dock, but no tunnel leads out into a waterway.
Floating in the pool are three curious objects; they look like
giant silvery lobsters with glass windows where their eyes
should be. You can see seats and a number of levers through
the windows; these appear to be a sort of vehicle.
Bejam explains that those three vehicles are known
as apparatuses of Kwalish, named after the wizard that
invented them. He then continues to brief the PCs on
their mission in a conversational manner.
When we realized that the first ships were
attacked and the ice ring blockaded us, we
prepared these vehicles for use. They are
submersible craft.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
11

The PCs are to pilot the apparatuses of Kwalish to
the iceberg so they arrive without much notice.
The previous attempts at traveling by ship and
the presence of the ice ring make conventional
means of getting there riskier.
Each apparatus can carry two people. One of the
two needs to be piloting at all times; the other
should keep lookout and can operate the claws
if needed. The vehicles are equipped on the
lever console with a homing arrow that has been
attuned to the iceberg such that the arrow always
points toward the iceberg.
It should take approximately 3 hours to reach the
iceberg from here. The vehicles are easy enough
to pilot. You need to surface the vessels after you
arrive so that the air can be replenished; theres
only enough air in one of these to take you there.
(Bejam gives the PCs a quick course in piloting
the apparatus.)
After your piloting instructions, Bejam assembles you all
at the dock. I have two more items for you to take with you.
I am certain that they will be of aid to you on the mission.
He produces a small flickering prism and a scroll tube from
his robe.
This object is called an elemental prism. We know that the
Seed of Winter grants creatures under its influence resistance
to cold attacks, and the prism allows the user to circumvent
such defenses while providing the user with protection.
The ritual inked on this scroll is called Solace Bole.
It will transport you to a small secluded place in a pocket
plane where you can rest and regroup. Time will pass
normally there, but when you return, only an hour will have
gone by. With the short amount of time we have before our
defenses are shattered, you might find this necessary.
Statistics for the apparatus of Kwalish can be found
in Adventurers Vault (page 17), and statistics for the
elemental prism and the Solace Bole ritual are located
in Appendix II (see page 50). The elemental prism is
considered a treasure parcel for the party, since they
keep it at the conclusion of the adventure.
Bejam can also obtain any other mundane pro-
visions the PCs think that they might need for the
journey, including spiked ice shoes that might provide
them with better grip on areas of slick ice, at the cost
of speed (see Using Ice Shoes on page 13).
Bejam wishes the PCs good luck on their mission
and helps the PCs enter the vehicles if needed.
As the PCs are ready to depart in the
submersibles, read:
Amyria asks one of you to reopen the hatch. She leans in
and says quietly, One last thing before you leave. I think
that it might be possible to convince Bejam to join the
Coalition as a representative of Nefelus. I will stay here
and attempt to work toward that goal, but ultimately it will
depend on the success of your mission. May the platinum
dragon bring justice to our enemies.
Approaching Icehome
Once inside the apparatuses, the PCs must travel
through the depths of the sea to Icehome.
Skill Challenge: SC1. Traveling to Icehome (page
23).
Alliance at Nefelus
Icehome
Constructed from Chillreavers will and the power
of the Seed of Winter, Icehome is the epicenter of the
climate changes and the white dragons lair. It is still
continuing to grow, and a floating ice bridge miles
long connects it to the ice ring off the coast of Nefelus.
Only two entrances lead into Icehome; either through
the mountainous calderalike opening at the top of
the iceberg (which the dragon, ice gargoyles, and frost
giants use), or the undersea entrance that the arctic
sahuagin use.
Icehome was formed only recently, and the
bottom levels of the iceberg lair are still in a rough
state. Chillreaver has concentrated most of his recent
energy on creating the ice ring blockade that sur-
rounds Nefelus and hasnt had the opportunity yet to
refine the under-dwellings.
Icehome consists of three levels. On the lowest
level, the arctic sahuagin baron Xurgelmek and an
eye of frost beholder maintain order among the other
arctic sahuagin and their pets. This level is also just
below the surface of the sea, and the entrance to
Icehome is underwater. This level is connected to the
second level by a shaft that the beholder commonly
uses to give reports on the sahuagin to the frost giants.
Frost giants rule the second level of Icehome; in
particular, a frost giant ice shaper named Nara of the
Wastes heads up the forces. In addition, Chillreaver
has designated this level as the place to keep prison-
ers, since the frost giants are better organized and less
prone to outright savagery than the sahuagin. An ice
bridge leads directly up to the third level.
The top level is Chillreavers lair and is the most
refined of the three levels. Chillreaver has begun the
process of shaping the ice into a grand fortress for
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
12

himself, and his ice gargoyle creations wait patiently
for his instructions in the entry hall. The dragons
main chamber is where he keeps the Seed of Winter,
and he attends to it regularly, guiding its power with
his will. In Chillreavers treasure room, a shaft leads
out the top of Icehome, through the caldera.
Features of Icehome
The following features are common in Icehome.
Illumination: The inside of Icehome is illumi-
nated by a strange soft glow emanating from the walls
of the chambers. Unless otherwise noted, all areas are
brightly lit. Underwater areas are dimly lit.
Walls and Floors: Since Icehome is constructed
completely of ice, it stands to reason that traversing
the ground might be a little hazardous. Thankfully,
the lower two levels are spotted with snow and are
easier to traverse. On these two levels, unless otherwise
noted, the terrain is treated as normal terrain. The top
level is slick, however, and creatures without ice walk
(or another means of travel such as flying or teleport-
ing) treat the terrain as difficult terrain and are moved
1 extra square when subjected to forced movement.
Using Ice Shoes: If a PC is wearing ice shoes
(either given to them by Bejam or found in Icehome),
it gives them 1 speed, but they are considered to have
ice walk.
Stalagmites: Many stalagmites are on the two
lower levels of Icehome; these are treated as block-
ing terrain, but creatures can cut the corners while
moving around them.
Frigid Cold: Icehomes interior and exterior is
considered an area of cold weather. Every 8 hours a
PC is in Icehome without resistance to cold, the PC
must succeed on a DC 22 Endurance check or lose
a healing surge. If the PC has no healing surges left
when the check is failed, the PC loses hit points equal
to the characters level. See the Dungeon Masters
Guide, pages 158159 for more information.
Extended Rests
Taking extended rests at the wrong place in Icehome
is difficult. In addition, should Chillreavers forces
go on alert, the situation becomes dicey for the PCs.
Also, the PCs need to consider an element of time
they have less than 24 hours to stop Chillreaver
before Nefeluss magical defenses fall and the island is
assaulted by the climate change.
Alliance at Nefelus
Investigating
Icehomes Exterior
If the PCs decide to investigate the surface of Icehome
instead of going inside the undersea entrance, they
find an intact Nefelese sailing vessel pulled partially
ashore. If they go aboard, it is clear that the ship has
been ransacked of all valuables, and there appears to
have been a bloody battle, although no crew remains.
The ship is otherwise in sailing condition, and with a
crew of four, can be readied quickly to depart.
A DC 23 Perception check outside the ship reveals
webbed tracks leading back to the sea and drag
marks spotted here and there with blood. Uarions
tracks up the side of the iceberg have long since been
concealed by the wind and snow.
If the PCs tarry too long here, they might encoun-
ter a frost giant patrol consisting of three frost giant
scouts and a frost giant (a level 14 encounter worth
4,600 XP).
However, the PCs do have a few options. First, the
Solace Bole ritual should allow the PCs to disappear
from the area, rest up, and return with only 1 hour
passed. This can be absolutely critical when used at
the right time, since it gives the party an extended
rest on demand.
The other option to resolve a more mundane,
6-hour extended rest is to clear a level of Icehome and
then camp in the cleared level. Most of the creatures
dont journey into the levels below where they nor-
mally live, so the party should be relatively safe if the
denizens of Icehome arent actively looking for the PCs.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
13
 Alliance at Nefelus

If the PCs are careful enough, they could have two 4. Elemental Farm
extended rests within the 24-hour time frame, thanks
An eerie glow bounces off the stalagmites in this
to the ritual. This should be sufficient for groups that
room. To the west, a pair of ledges rises up to give a
manage their resources effectively.
commanding view of the room. Chillreaver enjoys
projects, and several of the stalagmites in this
1. Entrance Cavern room are cocoons for servitor elementals that are
This area is where the arctic sahuagin guards and
waiting to be activated. Uarion, the missing githz-
raiders congregate. The undersea entrance opens
erai mindmage, has also fallen under the sway
up here onto the icy cavern floor. To the southeast, a
of Chillreaver and the Seed, and they are here, as
water-filled tunnel flows into Xurgelmeks chamber.
well. Uarian has oversight of the elementals. The
Tactical Encounter: I1. Entrance Cavern (page
chamber exits in a tunnel to the north.
24).
Tactical Encounter: I4. Uarions Fate (page
31).
2. Behir Lair
Natural stairs ascend up into this expansive cavern. 5. Umber Hulk Lair
The floor here is dotted with stalagmites, as with
The defining feature of this chamber is the cre-
other areas of this level. Two ledges, one to the east
vasse splitting the ice in the center of the room.
and the other to the south, connect with Xurgelmeks
More stalagmites dot the floor, and a newly
chamber and rise 10 feet from the floor. The sahuagin
excavated tunnel in the southeast region of the
keep an icetouched behir that frost giants brought
chamber leads to the frost giant enclave. Another
recently. The icetouched behir has been affected by
tunnel leads to the north, but it is partially
the Seed of Winter, and it has been kept happy by a
blocked by a massive stalagmite.
steady diet of Nefelese from their last failed attempt to
Tactical Encounter: I5. Icy Sappers (page
investigate Icehome, but it grows hungry again.
34).
Tactical Encounter: I2. Behir Lair (page 26).

3. Xurgelmeks Chamber 6. Frost Giant Enclave

This massive chamber is the home of the frost
The leader of the arctic sahuagin, a baron named
giants. A slippery ice bridge rises to the grand hall
Xurgelmek, dwells in the western half of this cham-
on the next level, and a cold stream pools up near a
ber. A 20-foot high ledge splits the chamber in half,
natural staircase on the far side of the ice platform,
and a beholder eye of frost dwells in the other half of
nearly cutting the room in two. Unlike the other
the chamber, keeping guard on the shaft leading up to
chambers on this level, the whole of the floor is
the second level and where the frost giants dwell.
devoid of stalagmites. Nara of the Wastes keeps her
Tactical Encounter: I3. Xurgelmeks Chamber
retinue here, and they use their linked portal to
(page 28).
travel back to their northern home when necessary.
Tactical Encounter: I6. Frost Giant Enclave
(page 35).

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
14

7. Grand Hall
Chillreavers refinements start to show in this
room, since it appears to be constructed with
precision rather than crudely or naturally shaped.
The room contains six ice pillars that lead into the
main chamber, where a number of ice gargoyles
stay motionless and await the commands of their
master or unauthorized visitors. A secret door
to the south leads to the treasure chamber, and
to the east an illusory sliding ice wall provides
access to Chillreavers main chamber.
Tactical Encounter: I7. Gargoyles in the
Hall (page 38).
8. Chillreavers
Chamber
This impressive chamber is dominated by a ped-
estal that rises 50 feet from the floor. On top of
the pedestal is the Seed of Winter, glowing with
the cold beams of the ten silver mirrors set into
alcoves along the north and south sides of the
top level walkway. Along the eastern wall is a
massive dais inscribed with runes of power that
Chillreaver uses to augment the effects of the
Seed of Winter. To the south, a secret door allows
access to the treasure chamber.
Tactical Encounter: I8. Chillreavers Seed
(page 40).
Alliance at Nefelus
9. Treasure Chamber
Accessible only through secret entrances to the north
and west, this chamber has a platform 30 feet above
the floor that cuts the room in two. Icy pillars mark
the boundary of the platform and the floor below. On
the platform is Chillreavers treasure hoard, as well as
an exit shaft leading out of Icehome to the top of the
iceberg.
Illumination: This area is brightly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 60 feet from the lower floor.
Floor: The floor here is treated as difficult terrain
for anyone moving on it without ice walk. In addition,
creatures without ice walk standing on the floor are
moved 1 additional square when subjected to forced
movement.
Platform: Roughly half of the room is 30 feet
above the lower floor. On this platform are the inter-
esting baubles and spoils of Chillreavers conquests
(his treasure parcels are found here).
Exit Shaft: This smooth ice shaft is 15 feet in
diameter and heads out the top of Icehome (see
Escape from Icehome for more information). It
requires a DC 30 Athletics check to climb up it. After
40 feet, the terrain becomes a bit easier to climb since
it gradually slopes upward for another 40 feet (DC
10 Athletics check to climb) before again becoming a
50-foot sheer climb to the top of the rim (DC 25 Ath-
letics check to climb).
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
15

Escape from Icehome
Upon significantly reducing the Seed of Winters
power, the magic energy sustaining Icehome
begins to unravel and the structure starts to col-
lapse. The PCs must move away from the iceberg
before it completely collapses!
When the PCs disable the Seed of Winter
trap, read:
The Seed of Winter is knocked free of its position on
the pedestal. A crackling blast of white frost resonates
out from the Seed, through the room, and beyond.
After 5 more combat rounds (if necessary),
read:
The floor begins to vibrate as a rumbling sound
is getting increasingly louder. That noise is soon
overtaken by a deafening Crack! You soon come to
the conclusion that the iceberg is crumbling apart!
The PCs must now participate in a skill challenge
to escape from Icehome before it becomes their
tomb. It doesnt matter which way they godown
to the undersea entrance to take off in the appa-
ratuses of Kwalish or up to the top of the iceberg
to make their way back down to the shore and
the last Nefelese vessel out (see Investigating
Icehomes Exterior on page 13 for more informa-
tion about the Nefelese ship).
If the PCs are still engaged in combat with
Chillreaver, it might make for an exciting finale
to weave the skill challenge as the characters
escape the crumbling iceberg in with the battle.
Skill Challenge: SC2. Escape from Ice-
home (page 43).
Alliance at Nefelus
Return to Nefelus
After the PCs escape from the destruction of Ice-
home, they can return back to Nefelus to report the
details of their mission to Amyria and Bejam, and
then they can attempt to convince the Thraxus to
become part of the Coalition.
With the defeat of Chillreaver and the destruction of his
iceberg lair, the weather begins to warm. As you approach
the island nation, the icy ring has already begun to crack
and break into swiftly melting floes of ice.
After the PCs dock their vessel, they are taken back
to the Great Library to meet once again with Amyria
and Bejam. The PCs can relay what has occurred on
the iceberg.
If the PCs brought back the githzerai mindmage
Uarion, Bejam is thankful for his return, and prom-
ises to have their best priests tend to him.
If the PCs return with the Seed of Winter, Bejam
asks to have the Thraxinium study it before handing it
back to them.
If the PCs mention the silver mirrors used to
augment the power of the Seed of Winter:
Bejam looks concerned at this news. Ten, you say? We are
still missing a few more, and if their magic can be perverted
to power a fell artifact, who knows for what else the mirrors
have been appropriated.
When the PCs are finished telling their story,
read:
Our gratitude runs deep for what youve done today. We
will reward you handsomely for your efforts, and you can
be sure that Nefelus will provide aid to your cause on the
mainland. Would there be anything else youd ask of us?
You catch Amyrias eye as Bejam awaits your answer.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
16

If the PCs decide to take Amyrias cue, they might ask
Bejam to personally join the Coalition on behalf of his
nation.
Skill Challenge: SC3. Convincing Bejam (page
44).
Concluding the
Adventure
The PCs have defeated Chillreaver and saved the
island nation of Nefelus from a great disaster. In so
doing, the Nefelese have decided to end their isolation
and are sending both magical and naval aid to the
Coalition. If they were convincing enough, the PCs
might have persuaded Bejam, one of the Thraxinium
of Nefelus, to personally join the Coalition to give his
people a voice in the fight against the githyanki threat.
After a few days of rest in the tropical island
weather, Amyria and Bejam are ready to return to the
mainland and to the Coalition. Amyria speaks little
of her recently discovered past with the Nefelese. As
promised, the Seed of Winter is returned to the PCs,
who are told that it is vitally important that one of
them hold on to it until its true purpose becomes
known. They can relate the story of the Seed of Winter
from their research (see Appendix 2 for more infor-
mation). Uarion is nursed back to health, since the
changes wrought by Chillreaver and the Seed fade
within hours of his return to Nefelus.
Read the following at the conclusion of the
adventure, which leads the PCs into the next
installment of the Scales of War adventure path,
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King.
As you assemble at the dock in Nefelus, Bejam gives his
regards to his assembled family and friends. While Bejam
is distracted with his goodbyes, Amyria leans in to speak
with you in a troubled tone.
I have just received a message from Fariex. He is brief,
since he communicated by using a Sending ritual. The
Coalition has suffered great losses. They are in chaos and in
dire need of new leadership. We must return immediately.
Alliance at Nefelus
What Have the PCs Learned?
At the conclusion of Alliance at Nefelus, the PCs
should learn the following information.
The isolationist island of Nefelus, known for its
vast stores of ancient knowledge and formidable
navy, has decided to aid the Coalition.
Bejam, a deva spellcaster and member of the
magocracy that governs Nefelus, has (most likely)
decided to accept a seat on the Coalition.
The PCs have recovered an artifact known as the
Seed of Winter from a two-headed white dragon
known as Chillreaver. The artifact was given to
Chillreaver by a fomorian king from the Feywild
named Cachlain.
Many silver mirrors that were placed all around
the world and used as communication devices
by the Nefelese have gone missing. Some turned
up in Chillreavers lair, having been repurposed
for augmenting the Seed. Many more are still
missing.
Members of the Coalition have been attacked
and possibly slain, and the council is falling into
chaos. The Coalition is looking for a new leader.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
17

H1: Blockade Run
Encounter Level 18 (10,800 XP)
Setup
1 Amyria, Envoy to Nefelus (A)
5 frost giant scouts (S)
3 frost giants (F)
As the ship Brindols Pride closes in on the icy ring to
break through the frozen blockade, a frost giant patrol
attacks the PCs and possibly the ship.
As Brindols Pride approaches the ice ring, read:
Several frost giants take form out of the freezing fog.
Some wield enormous frozen greataxes and others draw
back frosty bows with ice arrows. They are positioned on
the ice ring, where they are preparing to attack, while the
ship continues to move toward the ice at ramming speed!
The PCs are on the deck of the ship when combat
begins, along with Amyria. Make sure to roll initia-
tive for Amyria along with the PCs, since she leaps
into the fray to fight the giants as well. You might
wish to make a copy of Amyrias stat block and hand
it to one of the more experienced players to control
her for this fight, or if a PC falls unconscious, allow
that player to play her until his or her character is
back in the action.
Development
Roll initiative for the ship and add a +2 modifier. When
it comes to the ships initiative, the ship moves straight
forward until it reaches the ice ring, and then slams
into the ice. Make an attack at +18 vs. Fortitude against
all characters standing on the deck of the ship when it
rams the ice ring. On a hit, the target is knocked prone.
On each subsequent turn, the ship breaks through
part of the ice ring. Move the ship forward 1 square.
Once it is completely free of the ice ring (no ship
squares are in the squares that were occupied by the
ice ring), it continues forward at a speed of 6 squares.
The PCs might need to head back on the ship at that
point if they have disembarked to fight.
Tactics
Unless played by another player, Amyria readies
an action to jump off the ship and charge the near-
est giant when the ship contacts the ice ring. She
attempts to rally the PCs close enough to her to affect
them with crusaders assault and the aura of recovery.
The frost giant scouts attempt to keep the PCs at
range, and they open up with their chillshards if they
can affect multiple PCs on the ship. They continue
to move and shoot with icy arrows, and they even
consider jumping onto an ice floe if it gives them
a tactical advantage. When the last of the scouts
becomes bloodied, he attempts to flee the combat,
running along the ice ring back toward Icehome
(which is about 2 miles from this area).
The frost giants attack any PCs that come close
enough to them; if they have no real options, they
start attacking the ship with their greataxes. They
use their handaxes only if theres no other option that
presents itself. Unlike the scouts, the frost giants fight
to the finish.
Alliance at Nefelus
Amyria (A) Level 14 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Medium immortal humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +12
Aura of Recovery aura 3; allies that start their turn in Amyrias
aura gain a +2 bonus to all saves until the start of their
next turn.
HP 252; Bloodied 126
AC 30; Fortitude 24, Reflex 27, Will 28
Resist 10 radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of Amyrias next turn. While so marked, if the
target doesnt attack Amyria, the target takes 7 radiant
damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
Amyria makes two longsword attacks.
M Crusaders Assault (standard; requires longsword; at-will)
Radiant, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage plus 1d8 radiant damage, and
one of Amyrias allies within 10 squares can make a basic
attack as a free action against the same target.
R Bahamuts Accusing Eye (standard; at-will) Cold, Radiant
Ranged 10; +18 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 7 cold and radiant
damage, and ongoing 5 cold and radiant damage and the
target is slowed (save ends both).
Memory of a Thousand Lifetimes (free, when the Amyria
makes an attack roll, a skill check, or an ability check and
dislikes the result; encounter)
Amyria adds 1d6 to the triggering roll.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common,
Draconic, Supernal
Skills Diplomacy +15, Religion +17
Str 10 (+7) Dex 12 (+8) Wis 21 (+12)
Con 12 (+8) Int 18 (+11) Cha 16 (+10)
Equipment plate armor, longsword
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
18
 Alliance at Nefelus

Features of the Area

Illumination: The fog provides concealment to
targets 10 squares or farther away.
Ice Ring: The ring has enough snow on top to pro-
vide traction, and it is treated as normal terrain.
Ice Floes: A number of ice floes are present in
the water near the ship and the ice ring. These are all
a bit slippery and are treated as difficult terrain. A
creature subject to forced movement while on an ice
floe is moved an additional square. Creatures with ice
walk ignore the difficult terrain and additional forced
movement.
Brindols Pride: The ship has a crew of 12 besides
Amyria and the PCs, 300 hit points, a swim speed of
6 squares, AC and Reflex defenses of 2, and a Forti-
tude defense of 30. If the ship drops to 0 hit points,
its hull is breached and it starts to sink. Its movement
is reduced to 0, and it sinks into the sea in 3 rounds.
The PCs might need to think quickly to save the crew
and they have to swim one mile in freezing cold water
(see the Dungeon Masters Guide, page 159, to see how
characters are affected by frigid cold) to the port of
Nefelus before they are rescued.

Aftermath
Keep in mind to divide the XP share by an extra par-
ticipant due to Amyrias assistance in the combat. So,
if you have five PCs, you should award each PC one-
sixth of a share instead of one-fifth.
When the encounter is finished and the ship has
broken through the ice ring, go to Welcome to Nefe-
lus on page10.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
19

5 Frost Giant Scouts (S) Level 15 Artillery
Large elemental humanoid (cold, giant) XP 1,200 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17
HP 115; Bloodied 57
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 28, Will 27
Resist 15 cold
Speed 9 (ice walk)
m Icy Spear (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 cold damage.
r Icy Arrow (standard; requires longbow; at-will) Cold,
Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +22 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 cold damage, and the
target is slowed until the end of the frost giant scouts next
turn.
A Chillshards (standard; recharge ) Cold, Weapon
Area burst 1 within 20; +20 vs. Fortitude; 1d12 + 8
cold damage, and the target is slowed and cannot take
immediate or opportunity actions until the end of the frost
giant scouts next turn. Aftereffect: The target is slowed
until the end of the frost giant scouts next turn.
Tundra Hunter (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
The frost giant makes a melee or ranged attack. If the
attack hits, the target gains vulnerable 10 cold (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target gains vulnerable 5 cold (save ends).
Quick Release
The frost giant scout does not provoke opportunity attacks
when it makes ranged or area attacks.
Icebound Footing
When an effect pulls, pushes, or slides a frost giant, the
giant moves 2 squares less than the effect specifies. Also,
a frost giant can make a saving throw to avoid being
knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +16, Stealth +18
Str 19 (+11) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 20 (+12)
Con 19 (+11) Int 10 (+7) Cha 10 (+7)
Equipment hide armor, spear, longbow, 40 arrows
Alliance at Nefelus
3 Frost Giants (F) Level 17 Brute
Large elemental humanoid (cold, giant) XP 1,600 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +13
HP 201; Bloodied 100; see also dying swipe
AC 29; Fortitude 32, Reflex 27, Will 28
Resist 15 cold
Speed 8 (ice walk)
m Icy Greataxe (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 4d6 + 7 (crit 8d6 + 31) cold damage.
M Dying Swipe (when the frost giant drops to 0 hit points)
The frost giant makes an icy greataxe attack.
M Chilling Strike (standard; recharge ) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 cold damage, and the target
gains vulnerable 10 cold (save ends).
R Icy Handaxe (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +20 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 cold damage.
Icebound Footing
When an effect pulls, pushes, or slides a frost giant, the
giant moves 2 squares less than the effect specifies. Also,
a frost giant can make a saving throw to avoid being
knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +19
Str 23 (+14) Dex 16 (+11) Wis 20 (+13)
Con 21 (+13) Int 10 (+8) Cha 12 (+9)
Equipment hide armor, greataxe, 3 handaxes
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
20

Meeting Bejam
Roleplaying Encounter
Encounter Level 14
Running this Encounter
The PCs disembark at the port, and they are led up
the cliffside walkways and through the crowded city
streets to the Great Library, where they are given
the opportunity to rest and then meet with Bejam, a
member of the Thraxinium.
Play up the sights of Nefelus. This is a city unlike
others the PCs have likely visited. The Nefelese are
powerful mages and use their knowledge to enhance
their city in many ways. The closest comparison is
Sayre, in the PCs experience, but even that city of
sages and artists pales in comparison to Nefelus.
Once the ship is docked, you leave the mundane tasks to
the crew and depart with Amyria into the wondrous city of
Nefelus. Scaling up the sides of a verdant cliff dotted with
buildings that smell like fish and the salty spray of the sea,
you reach the top and are nearly lost in the crowded, busied
masses of people moving about. Even in the midday sun,
the crowds move rapidly this way and that, but they always
appear to be aware of your presence and never bump or
brush up against you.
You continue to make your way through the wooded
streets, rife with the sounds of conversation, the chatter of
tropical birds, and the constant whispering of the breeze
through the exotic trees. After navigating through this
urban maze for well over two hours, the entrance to the
Great Library is before you. All you need do now is climb
the hundreds of stairs to the domed complexs yawning gate.
Amyria looks to you and says, Here we are. Were
to meet one of their council in the entry hall. His names
Bejam. Lets go upstairs and see if we can ask around for
him.
When the PCs head up the stairs and go inside
the Great Library, read:
A great entry hall stretches on for what seems like hundreds
of feet. Each direction is dotted with multiple hallways and
doors leading farther into the complex. Above, you can see
the beautiful blue sky streaming through the glass dome,
but youre certain that from the outside, the dome looked
like it was crafted out of wood. In the center of the hall, a
hundred-foot-high orrery depicting the planes and the world
gleams in the sun. The surfaces in the orrerys universe shift
and move, as though alive with activity.
Just as you come to the realization that the stifling,
humid air has abated, a male deva dressed in a shimmering
blue-violet robe with small platinum wings adorning his
back approaches you. He smiles at your retinue and says,
Welcome to Nefelus, our most honored guests. I am
Bejam, Sixth Thraxus and Keeper of the Mirrors. It is good
to see that you arrived without much delay. Amyria, I will
take you before the Thraxinium to discuss the specifics of
our situation. As for your retinue, I will have an attendant
escort them to a waiting room where they can rest. I am
certain we will have need of their expertise soon enough.
What Bejam Knows
The PCs do not get to meet with Bejam immediately.
Following protocol, he wants a meeting with Amyria
first. After his initial introduction, Bejam motions to
another deva in the chamber, and exits with Amyria,
leaving the PCs to be escorted to a well-appointed sit-
ting room where they can rest. They are told by the
attendant that it will be some time, and they should
Alliance at Nefelus
rest if they can (the PCs can take an extended rest
here if they so desire).
If the PCs try to discuss matters with Bejam before
he has had a chance to bring Amyria to the council,
he tells them that they might ask their questions after
they return from their meeting. Bejam and Amyria
return after 6 hours.
After a long wait and numerous inquiries as to your food
and beverage preferences by the attendant, Amyria and
Bejam arrive in your sitting room.
Amyria speaks. After long discourse and debate, I
have talked on behalf of the Coalition and weve entered an
arrangement with the Thraxinium. If you assist Nefelus in
shedding its problem, they have agreed to at least support
the Coalition with material and knowledge. My friends, I
must ask you to once again imperil yourselves for the good
of our cause. I will let Bejam give you the details that have
recently become known to me. Amyria nods at Bejam and
exits the room as the Thraxus begins to brief you.
Bejam does not spend time rehashing what the charac-
ters already know about the situation. He imparts the
following information to the PCs. Impart this informa-
tion conversationally so the players feel like theyre
asking the right questions to receive these answers.
Through the Thraxiniums research, the heart of this
problem appears to bear the mark of an artifact known as
the Seed of Winter. When properly harnessed by a creature
attuned to it, the artifact can cause drastic localized climate
changes and can even alter creatures that come in contact
with it or are near it. However, we think whats happening
to Nefelus goes beyond the normal power of the artifact;
someone or something must be augmenting it in some way.
The Seed of Winter was thought lost to the Feywild
centuries ago, but it has apparently made its way back into
the world.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
21

The Thraxinium knows through divinations and other
more mundane observations that the iceberg that appeared
out in the sea is the source of the emanations.
Just before the ice ring completely blockaded our ships,
we sent out three ships to investigate the iceberg and
attempt to deal with the problem. We monitored their
progress, and two of the three ships were attacked and
destroyed by sahuagin with ice-blue skin. They appeared
tougher than normal sahuagin and had an affinity for the
cold. The last ship limped to the shore of the iceberg and
was under assault by frost giants there; we saw only one
survivor make it away from the vessela githzerai mentalist
named Uarion. We have not heard from him since.
Uarion has been with us for several decades; he is the
only githzerai in the city, but he proves his worth to Nefelus
time and time again through his mastery of the powers
of the mind. He soaks up knowledge like a sponge, and he
is probably the most accomplished nondeva ritualist in
Nefelus. It would be a shame if he was lost to the power of
the Seed.
(Bejam gives the PCs a description of Uarion.)
If the PCs ask him about his title as the Keeper
of Mirrors:
I am the caretaker of our network of our silver mirrors,
which are communication devices that we have planted
throughout the world to keep informed of whats happening
on the mainland. We currently set the communication to
receive only images and speech, so our observations remain
unnoticed. To the untrained eye, a silver mirror can appear
as a large mundane item, so its presence is easy enough
to conceal. Over the past few months, however, we have
noticed that many of our silver mirrors out in the world
have gone missing, and until this crisis reared its head, it
was my primary concern.
The PCs might also ask Bejam about glass or mirrored
communication devices based on their experiences in
Haven of the Bitter Glass. Bejam can confirm that
some githyanki burglars, as he calls them, a mere
six months prior. The Thraxi, however, isnt willing to
hastily assume those githyanki were tied to the invad-
ers, although pointing out the timing of the attack gets
Bejam thinking, and gives the PCs a benefit in the
skill challenge to convince the deva to join the Coali-
tion (see page 44).
Alliance at Nefelus
Once the PCs have finished asking Bejam
questions, read:
After having finished your briefing, Bejam concludes his
talk with you and says, We need your assistance to stop the
climate change from overwhelming our island and to break
the blockade. From the estimates made by the Thraxinium,
we have about a day before our ritualists can no longer
sustain the magic holding back the freezing weather. Once
the ritual gives way, the islands climate will be forever
altered and many creatures here will die. Nefelus will suffer
a corruption the likes of which we have not been threatened
with for hundreds of years. I implore you to journey to the
iceberg and end this assault on our way of life. If you can
bring back the Seed of Winter for study and find out the
fate of Uarion, all the better. Amyria says she has not met
any more accomplished at dangerous tasks than you. Will
you assist us?
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
22

SC1: Traveling to
Icehome
Encounter Level 14 (3,000 XP)
Setup
Once the PCs begin the journey to Icehome, it takes
about 3 hours, and if the characters arent careful,
they might encounter arctic sahuagin along the way.
Traveling to Icehome Level 14
Skill Challenge XP 3,000
You must use the strange craft provided by the Nefelese to
traverse the depths to the iceberg, all the while attempting to
avoid detection.
The PCs leave the safety of Nefelus, journey under the
surface of the sea, navigate under the ice ring blockade,
avoid sahuagin patrols, and find the undersea entrance to
Icehome.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, History, Nature, Perception
Victory
The PCs make their way to the undersea entrance of
Icehome and encounter I1 Entrance Cavern (see page 24).
Defeat
The PCs make it there, but not without strain on the
apparatuses. The systems malfunction on the vehicles,
and they lose environmental control inside. Each PC loses
1 healing surge and the devices are rendered useless for
returning to Nefelus. They will need to find another way
back.
Special
There are three apparatuses, so take turns by craft. If two
characters are in the craft, let the crew decide to roll one,
one with an assist, or two skill checks before going back to
the craft again. Only crew of the same craft can assist each
others skill checks.
Alliance at Nefelus
Arcana
DC 18 If the PC succeeds by 10 or more, he or she fully
understands the mechanisms for operating the claws and
receives a +2 bonus to attack rolls when using rending
claws.
The PC effectively operates the vehicles levers and coaxes better
performance out of the craft.
History
DC 23 The next Arcana check made in this craft receives a
+2 bonus.
The PC recalls hearing tales of Kwalishs devices and remembers
a common quirk present in all of them that makes them easier
to operate.
Nature
DC 18 If the PC succeeds by 10 or more, and the overall
skill challenge result is victory, he or she finds a swifter
route to Icehome that all the craft take, shaving an hour off
of their time. This allows the PCs to preserve enough air in
the craft for a return journey and means they can leave the
apparatuses sealed.
The PC navigates around the ice ring and uses the current to
the vehicles advantage.
Perception
DC 11 Every failure on this check means the PCs have an
encounter with three arctic sahuagin guards while in the
submersibles (see Appendix 1 for statistics). After 3 rounds
of combat, any remaining guards flee the area to return to
Icehome and warn the other sahuagin of their approach.
The PC keeps a sharp eye out for arctic sahuagin, avoiding them
where possible.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
23

I1: Entrance Cavern
Encounter Level 12 (3,950 XP)
Setup
5 arctic sahuagin guards (G)
4 arctic sahuagin raiders (R)
1 arctic sahuagin priest (P)
Unless the characters take their apparatuses to the
surface and explore the exterior, they end up spotting
the undersea entrance to Icehome, and they have to
fight their way past the arctic sahuagin that guard
this area.
Once the PCs complete the Traveling to Ice-
home skill challenge, read:
You propel your craft through the depths, and a massive
shadow starts to take form in the water ahead. You see the
underbelly of a massive icebergyouve just about reached
your destination.
Upon nearing the iceberg, you see a hole in it that
indicates an underwater tunnel. As you maneuver your
craft through the narrow passage in a single file, the tunnel
starts to climb. Eventually, a pale blue light surrounds you,
and you realize that youre just about to surface. Chunks of
ice bob near your craft as you bring them up for air.
Have the players place three 2-by-2 markers down in
any open water spaces on the map to represent where
the apparatuses of Kwalish surface.
As you bring the craft to the surface, you see that youre in
an ice cavern dotted with stalactites and snow. A number
of blue-skinned sahuagin appear more than happy to
greet you in the traditional customs of their people as they
threaten you with their weapons.
Development
The PCs are still inside the apparatuses when combat
begins. It takes a minor action from one PC to open
the hatch for the vehicle. The PCs can stay inside the
craft and use its rending claws to attack the sahuagin,
but the sahuagin quickly figure out this tactic and
attempt to stay out of reach.
If the sahuagin were warned of the PCs approach
(possibly by accumulating failures in the skill chal-
lenge), they are ready for them and gain combat
advantage during the first round of combat. Other-
wise, determine initiative normally.
Tactics
The arctic sahuagin guards throw their ice tridents
once the battle is joined. They have a stash of ice tri-
dents in the northwest corner of the room, and they
can retrieve another one if necessary. Once theyve
thrown one trident and retrieved another, they gang
up on one PC and engage in melee.
The arctic sahuagin raiders double-team a PC if
possible, even going out into the water to meet them
where their craft is located. They prefer to attack
softer targets first, such as ranged attackers and con-
trollers. They take directions from the priest and do
not withdraw unless ordered to do so.
The arctic sahuagin priest begins the battle by
targeting a defender or other tough-looking melee
character with freezing bolt, especially if the target is
still away from the shore, in an attempt to slow the
advance. Once a suitable striker-type target is avail-
able, the priest uses arctic jaws on the PC and orders
the guards to gang up on that target.
Alliance at Nefelus
The priest calls for a retreat to the behir lair only
when he becomes bloodied, and it does not head to
Xurgelmek for fear of reprisal.
4 Arctic Sahuagin Raiders (R)
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic)
Level 11 Soldier
XP 600 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 112; Bloodied 56
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 22
Resist 10 cold
Speed 5 (7 on a charge, ice walk), swim 5 (7 on a charge)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 (1d8 +
7 to a bloodied target) damage plus 1d8 cold damage, and
the target is marked until the end of the arctic sahuagin
raiders next turn.
R Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
2d6 + 5 (2d6 + 7 to a bloodied target) damage.
M Opportunistic Strike (immediate reaction, when a flanked
enemy shifts; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin raider makes a melee basic attack
against the enemy.
M Sliding Strike (immediate interrupt, when a marked enemy
makes an attack that doesnt include the arctic sahuagin
raider; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin raider shifts 7 squares adjacent to the
triggering enemy, and makes a melee basic attack against
that enemy.
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin raider gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls
and a +2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Str 20 (+10) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 10 (+5) Cha 10 (+5)
Equipment 2 tridents
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
24

Arctic Sahuagin Priest (P) Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic) XP 800
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12; low-light vision
HP 101; Bloodied 50
AC 25; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 26
Resist 10 cold
Speed 5 (7 during a double move, ice walk), swim 5 (7 during
a double move)
m Longspear (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +17 (+18 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d10
+ 4 (1d10 + 6 to a bloodied target) damage plus 1d8 cold
damage, and the target slides 1 square.
R Freezing Bolt (standard; at-will) Cold
Ranged 10; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs.
Fortitude; 2d6 + 6 (2d6 + 8 to a bloodied target) cold
damage, and the target is slowed until the end of the arctic
sahuagin priests next turn.
R Arctic Jaws (standard; recharges when no target is affected
by this power) Cold
Ranged 20; icy shark jaws appear and bite the target;
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. Will; 2d6 + 6 (2d6
+ 8 to a bloodied target) cold damage, and target gains
vulnerable 5 cold and is slowed (save ends both).
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin priest gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls
and a +2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +15
Str 16 (+9) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 20 (+11)
Con 16 (+9) Int 12 (+7) Cha 16 (+9)
Equipment trident, holy symbol, frozen kelp robe
Alliance at Nefelus
5 Arctic Sahuagin Guards (G) Level 11 Minion
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic) XP 150 each
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 22
Immune cold
Speed 5 (7 on a charge, ice walk), swim 5 (7 on a charge)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 7 damage (9
damage to a bloodied target), and the target is marked
until the end of the arctic sahuagin guards next turn.
R Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
7 damage (9 damage to a bloodied target).
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls and a
+2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Str 16 (+8) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 10 (+5) Cha 10 (+5)
Equipment trident, 3 javelins
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
25

I2: Behir Lair
Encounter Level 14 (5,000 XP)
Setup
1 icetouched behir (B)
Once the PCs come ashore in the ice cavern and fight
their way through the first group of arctic sahuagin,
they can proceed up the natural stairs into a large
chamber that houses a pet of the sahuaginan ice-
touched behir that theyve been keeping well-fed with
the recently dead sailors from the Nefelese vessels.
When the PCs enter this area, read:
Ascending the natural stairs in the cave complex, you enter
a large cavern dotted with stalagmites here and there. A
ledge, about 10 feet off the ground, is ahead of you. The
climb looks a bit slick. Farther past that ledge to the extreme
south of the cavern, another ledge offers a similar climb. A
tunnel heads farther south.
Perception Check
DC 16: You can see that theres something moving behind
one of the stalagmites near you...something big.
The icetouched behir is resting behind one of the
stalagmites, having recently finished off the last of the
Nefelese sailors. PCs who succeed on the Perception
check gain surprise against the creature (although
unless they have a particularly good vantage point,
the behir has cover).
Tactics
The icetouched behir attempts to devour a creature
as soon as it can. In subsequent rounds, it attempts to
use its lightning breath when enough targets present
themselves to it. Otherwise, it alternates between its
bite attack and thunderleg stomp. When it can, it uses
its ability to climb to its advantage, scrambling up the
side of one of the two ledges in the cavern.
The behir taunts its foes with stories of how it will
enjoy picking them apart bone by bone like the sailors
that it feasted on before. If it is about to die, it attempts
to flee to Xurgelmeks chamber and up the ice shaft to
the second level.
Development
If the PCs approach this encounter by heading up
the southern stairs instead of the northern ones, they
automatically see the icetouched behir and gain sur-
prise against it. However, Xurgelmek and the arctic
sahuagin raiders notice the characters after 1 round
of combat and come to the behirs aid. The beholder
does not leave its position in its chamber, since it
guards the ice shaft to the second level.
Otherwise, after a few rounds of combat (when-
ever you think it appropriate), have one of the arctic
sahuagin raiders move into the area to investigate the
disturbance and join the battle. The other sahuagin
stays in the area unless the raider calls for reinforce-
ments (at your discretion).
Alliance at Nefelus
Icetouched Behir (B) Level 14 Solo Soldier
Huge natural magical beast XP 5,000
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +12; tremorsense 10
HP 705; Bloodied 352
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 28, Will 28
Resist 10 cold, 10 lightning
Saving Throws +5
Speed 7 (ice walk), climb 5
Action Points 2
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage.
M Bite (standard; at-will) Lightning
Reach 3; +21 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage plus 1d8 lightning
damage, and any creature within 3 squares of the target
takes 1d8 lightning damage.
M Devour (standard; recharges when no creature is affected by
this power)
Reach 3; +19 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target
is swallowed. While swallowed, the target is grabbed and
restrained. A swallowed creature has line of sight and line
of effect only to the icetouched behir, and no creature has
line of sight or line of effect to it. A creature that escapes
the grab is no longer swallowed and appears in a space
adjacent to the icetouched behir. An icetouched behir can
move normally while it has a target grabbed in this way.
When the icetouched behir dies, the target is no longer
swallowed and can escape as a move action, appearing in
the icetouched behirs former space. Sustain Minor: The
icetouched behir sustains the grab, and the target takes
15 damage.
C Lightning Breath (standard; recharge y z ) Lightning
Close burst 1; +17 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 6 lightning damage.
Miss: Half damage. Effect: The icetouched behir makes a
secondary attack. Secondary Attack: This attack does not
provoke opportunity attacks, and the area of effect must
not include the area of the primary attack: area burst 1
within 10; +17 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 6 lightning damage. Miss:
Half damage.
C Thunderleg Stomp (standard; at-will)
Close burst 3; +17 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 + 6 damage, and the
target is knocked prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Str 23 (+13) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 21 (+12)
Con 21 (+12) Int 7 (+5) Cha 13 (+8)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
26
 Alliance at Nefelus

Features of the Area

Illumination: This area is brightly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet from the floor.
Stalagmites: These are blocking terrain and pro-
vide cover. A creature can move around the corner of
a stalagmite square normally.
Ledges: Two ledges are 10 feet above the floor
of the area. They require a DC 20 Athletics check
to climb. The ledge in the eastern end of the room
contains the sailors remaining gear, including several
sets of spiked ice shoes that help traverse slippery ter-
rain (see Using Ice Shoes on page 13).

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
27

I3: Xurgelmeks
Chamber
Encounter Level 14 (5,600 XP)
Setup
Xurgelmek, arctic sahuagin baron (X)
2 arctic sahuagin raiders (R)
1 beholder eye of frost (B)
Xurgelmek, the arctic sahuagin baron and leader of
the first levels enclave, dwells here with a special
guardian to watch over the entrance to the second
levela beholder eye of frost that frost giants brought
back. It agreed to perform duties here in exchange for
having first crack at enslaving some of the Nefelese
when the land was conquered by Chillreaver.
Xurgelmek was the first creature changed by
the Seed of Winter after Chillreaver arrived here,
and he brought his sahuagin clan before the dragon
to undergo the same transformation. As such, he
believes that they are Chillreavers most favored ones,
since the dragon didnt bless the frost giants with the
gift of the Seeds power.
Xurgelmek keeps the sahuagin here in line by fear,
and to report failure to him is death. Since the other
arctic sahuagin have not found much to do since
becoming changed by the Seed, most of them spend
time away from the ice caverns to hunt and raid the
nearby lands.
When the PCs enter this area, read:
This room is divided in two by a ledge that rises 20 feet
from the cavern floor. The lower elevation of the room
sports more spearlike stalagmites and a pool of deep blue
water at the rooms southern edge.
Up on the higher elevation, a massive stalagmite
partially obstructs a smooth shaft in the ceiling that is
about 10 feet in diameter.
Tactics
Xurgelmek orders his raiders to engage the intrud-
ers at once, and follows right behind them, using the
raiders as a buffer between himself and the PCs. He
tries to engage a melee character to bring down the
PCs first line of defense. The baron uses his bloodchill
claw against targets when possible, but if they show
resistance to cold damage, he relies on his trident. He
doesnt throw his trident unless its absolutely neces-
sary to do so.
The raiders harry a front-line character as well,
possibly teaming up with the baron to bring down a
defender quickly. They position themselves effectively
to take advantage of opportunistic strike when possible.
Alliance at Nefelus
Tell Us What You Know!
The beholder might be willing to strike an accord
with the PCs in exchange for its own life, if the PCs
succeed on a DC 34 Intimidate check while it is
bloodied. The beholder can provide the PCs with its
purpose for being here, information on where the
githzerai Uarion is located (although it doesnt know
his fate), and knowledge of the frost giant enclave in
the level above. It can also reveal the malevolence
behind the Seed of Winterthe double-headed white
dragon Chillreaver.
The beholder stays up on the ledge area, but floats
over to the northern passage of the ledge as well as
toward the center of the room to find a better vantage
point with which to launch its attacks. If possible,
it tries to stay close to the stalagmites to gain cover
unless it cannot attack any targets from that position.
It targets ranged strikers with its central eye attack,
and uses its eye rays where it sees a tactical advantage.
If it is badly injured (less than 20 hit points left), it
attempts to hide up in the shaft and target enemies
directly below.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
28

Xurgelmek, Level 15 Elite Brute (Leader)
Arctic Sahuagin Baron (X)
Large natural humanoid (cold, aquatic) XP 2,400
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
Blood Healing (Healing) aura 10; any ally within the aura
that starts its turn adjacent to a bloodied enemy regains
5 hit points.
HP 360; Bloodied 180
AC 27; Fortitude 38, Reflex 26, Will 27
Resist 10 cold
Saving Throws +2
Speed 5 (7 on a charge; ice walk), swim 7 (9 on a charge)
Action Points 1
m Trident (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +18 (+20 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d10 +
7 (1d10 + 12 against a bloodied target) damage plus 1d10
cold damage; see also blood hunger.
m Bloodchill Claw (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 2; +18 (+20 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
1d6 + 7 (1d6 + 12 against a bloodied target) damage,
and ongoing 5 cold damage and the target is slowed
(save ends both).
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+20 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
2d8 + 7 (2d8 + 12 against a bloodied target) damage.
M Barons Fury (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin baron makes a trident attack and two
claw attacks.
Blood Hunger
The arctic sahuagin baron gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls
and a +5 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +15
Str 22 (+13) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 12 (+8)
Con 18 (+11) Int 12 (+8) Cha 16 (+10)
Equipment trident, 3 javelins, headdress
2 Arctic Sahuagin Raiders (R) Level 11 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic) XP 600 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 112; Bloodied 56
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 22
Resist 10 cold
Speed 5 (7 on a charge, ice walk), swim 5 (7 on a charge)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 (1d8 +
7 to a bloodied target) damage plus 1d8 cold damage, and
the target is marked until the end of the arctic sahuagin
raiders next turn.
R Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
2d6 + 5 (2d6 + 7 to a bloodied target) damage.
M Opportunistic Strike (immediate reaction, when a flanked
enemy shifts; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin raider makes a melee basic attack
against the enemy.
M Sliding Strike (immediate interrupt, when a marked enemy
makes an attack that doesnt include the arctic sahuagin
raider; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin raider shifts 7 squares adjacent to the
triggering enemy, and makes a melee basic attack against
that enemy.
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin raider gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls
and a +2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Str 20 (+10) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 10 (+5) Cha 10 (+5)
Equipment 2 tridents
Alliance at Nefelus
Beholder Eye of Frost (B) Level 14 Elite Artillery
Large aberrant magical beast XP 2,000
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16; all-around vision,
darkvision
HP 222; Bloodied 111; see also ice armor
AC 28 (30 with ice armor); Fortitude 28 (30 with ice armor),
Reflex 28, Will 29
Resist 15 cold
Saving Throws +2
Speed fly 4 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+21 vs. AC; 2d6 damage.
r Central Eye (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged 8; +20 vs. Reflex; the target is weakened (save
ends). If the target takes cold damage while weakened by
this power, it is immobilized until no longer weakened.
R Eyes of the Beholder (free, when an enemy starts its turn
within 5 squares of the beholder eye of frost; at-will)
The eye of frost uses eye ray against the triggering enemy.
R Eye Rays (standard; at-will) see text
The beholder eye of frost uses one eye ray power chosen
from the list below. Using eye rays does not provoke
opportunity attacks.
1Freeze Ray (Cold): Ranged 10; +19 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 7
cold damage.
2Telekinesis Ray: Ranged 10; +19 vs. Fortitude; the eye
of frost slides the target 6 squares.
3Ice Ray (Cold): Ranged 10; +19 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 6 cold
damage, and the target takes ongoing 5 cold damage and
is immobilized (save ends both).
Ice Armor (when first bloodied; encounter)
The beholder eye of frosts AC and Fortitude increase by 2
until the end of the encounter, and any creature within its
eyes of the beholder aura gains vulnerable 5 cold.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech
Str 13 (+8) Dex 21 (+12) Wis 18 (+11)
Con 21 (+12) Int 12 (+8) Cha 23 (+13)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
29
 Alliance at Nefelus

Features of the Area

Illumination: This area is brightly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 40 feet from the lower
elevations floor.
Stalagmites: These are blocking terrain and pro-
vide cover. A creature can move around the corner of
a stalagmite square normally.
Ledge: There is a 20-foot high ledge that effec-
tively cuts this room in two. It requires a DC 20
Athletics check to climb.
Water Tunnel: Canny PCs might think to take
the apparatuses of Kwalish through the water tunnel
into this area, or attempt to swim it. If they do so, they
gain surprise on Xurgelmek and the others present
here.
Ice Shaft: This smooth shaft is 10 feet in diameter
and leads up 30 feet to the second level of Icehome. It
requires a DC 30 Athletics check to climb.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
30

I4: Uarions Fate
Encounter Level 14 (5,000 XP)
Setup
Uarion, icetouched githzerai mindmage (U)
2 chillfire destroyers (C)
5 windstrikers (W)
When the arctic sahuagin attacked the Nefelese
ships bound for Icehome, one vessel limped its way
to the shore of the iceberg. There, the crew met an
unfortunate end at the hands of frost giants, but one
escapeda githzerai mentalist named Uarion, an
agent of the Thraxinium.
Evading capture by the frost giants, Uarion
scaled the iceberg and entered through the caldera
at the top. He then encountered Chillreaver, who
defeated him in combat and subjugated him to the
power of the Seed of Winter, transforming him into an
icetouched creature and shattering his formidable
will. With such an unexpected resource, Chillreaver
allowed the mentalist to participate in his next servi-
tor experiment, given the githzerais affinity for the
elements.
Uarion was installed in the elemental farm that
Chillreaver had set up on the second level near the
frost giants. There Chillreavers captured elementals
have been placed in icy stasis in preparation for the
dragons attack on Nefelus. Uarion was provided with
the means to awaken them from their slumber should
Chillreavers icy lair need them.
When the PCs ascend from the icy shaft on the
lower level, read:
An eerie rippling glow bounces off the numerous
stalagmites in this cavern, illuminating the area like light
shining off the water. At the far end, a pair of ledges rises
up close to the ceiling. There is a tunnel passageway to the
north.
Perception Check
DC 18: You think you detect movement in several of the
stalagmites, like something is trapped inside.
DC 23: A humanoid form stands in the shadows
on the far ledge.
If the PCs attempt to call out or parley with
Uarion, read:
The voice from the shadows calls out in a metered, cool
tone. You have come to threaten the will of my master. The
Seed must be protected at all costs. Approach no farther and
leave the way you arrived, and I shall spare you the agony
of the change.
A DC 23 Insight check reveals that the githzerais
voice, though cool and calm, has conflicted underpin-
nings, and an external force is supplanting his will.
One the PCs approach, Uarion attacks the PCs.
Development
The elemental creatures are encased in the ice stalag-
mites at the start of the combat, and they can be freed
only by Uarion. Each round on his turn, Uarion can
use a minor action to shatter one of the stalagmites
containing an elemental (destroying the cover and
making the square difficult terrain), or use a move
action to shatter two stalagmites. He cannot spend
both a minor action and a move action on the same
Alliance at Nefelus
turn. Uarion frees the chillfire destroyers first, and
then the windstrikers. He cannot shatter stalagmites
that do not contain an elemental.
It should become apparent after the first round of
combat that the PCs are fighting a frost-skinned ver-
sion of Uarion, the missing githzerai from Nefelus.
Tactics
Uarion stays at range from the PCs, using his less
accessible position to his advantage. He leads off with
mindstrike and continues to use it until the PCs move to
within range of his other powers. He saves his elemental
bolts and concussion orb until he has multiple targets
within range. His accurate mind allows him to fire on
targets without concern for the cover granted by the
stalagmites. He engages in melee only as a last resort,
but he does not flee the area under any circumstances.
The chillfire destroyers use their trample to flatten
defenders and other front-line targets and then attack
lighter armored foes. If a PC proves resistant to its
cold attacks, it switches to a new target.
The windstrikers use searching wind to designate
targets as their quarry, and then each quickly moves
up on its next turn to deliver a lethal windstrike. They
use their flight to avoid getting stuck next to defenders.
All the elementals are completely subservient to
Chillreavers, and by extension, Uarions will and
fight until they are destroyed.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
31

Uarion, Level 14 Artillery
Icetouched Githzerai Mindmage (U) Large elemental magical beast (cold, fire) XP 1,000 each
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16
HP 105; Bloodied 52
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 26, Will 26; see also iron mind
Resist 10 cold
Speed 7 (ice walk)
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+19 vs. AC; 2d8 + 4 damage.
R Mindstrike (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 20; +17 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 4 psychic damage, and
the target is dazed (save ends); see also accurate mind.
R Elemental Bolts (standard; daily) see text
Ranged 10; Uarion makes 3 attacks, each against a
different target; +17 vs. Reflex; 4d8 acid, cold, fire, or
lightning damage (Uarion chooses the damage type for
each attack); see also accurate mind.
A Concussion Orb (standard; encounter)
Area burst 2 within 10; +17 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 4
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
Accurate Mind
The Uarions ranged attacks ignore cover and concealment
(but not superior cover or total concealment).
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt, when Uarion would be hit by
an attack; encounter)
Uarion gains a +2 bonus to all defenses until the end of its
next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Deep
Speech
Skills Acrobatics +18, Arcana +13, Athletics +10, Insight +16
Str 13 (+8) Dex 19 (+11) Wis 19 (+11)
Con 15 (+9) Int 13 (+8) Cha 10 (+7)
2 Chillfire Destroyers (C) Level 14 Brute
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +12
Leaking Firecore (Fire) aura 2; while the chillfire destroyer is
bloodied, each creature that starts its turn within the aura
takes 10 fire damage.
HP 173; Bloodied 86; see also firecore breach
AC 26; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 25
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 cold, 10 fire
Speed 5
m Freezing Slam (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 2; +17 vs. AC; 1d12 + 6 damage plus 1d12 cold
damage.
M Trample (standard; at-will) Cold
The chillfire destroyer moves its speed and can move
through enemies spaces. The destroyer makes an attack:
+15 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d10 cold damage,
and the target is knocked prone.
C Firecore Breach (when the chillfire destroyer drops to 0 hit
points) Fire
The destroyer does not die until the start of its next turn.
Until then, the destroyer can take no actions. At the start
of the destroyers next turn, it makes an attack: close burst
3; +15 vs. Reflex; 4d10 + 6 fire damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
Str 16 (+10) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 20 (+12)
Con 23 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 12 (+8)
Alliance at Nefelus
5 Windstrikers (W) Level 9 Lurker
Medium elemental magical beast (air) XP 400 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +9
HP 56; Bloodied 28
AC 21; Fortitude 22, Reflex 20, Will 20
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Speed 0, fly 8 (hover)
m Windstrike (standard; at-will) Cold, Thunder
Reach 2; +14 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 cold and thunder damage.
M Lethal Windstrike (standard; at-will) Cold, Thunder
Reach 2; targets the windstrikers quarry (see searching
wind); +14 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 cold and thunder damage.
Effect: The target is no longer designated as the
windstrikers quarry.
R Searching Wind (standard; recharges when the windstriker
hits with lethal windstrike) Cold, Thunder
Ranged 10; +12 vs. Will; 2d6 + 5 cold and thunder
damage, and the target is knocked prone. Effect: The target
is designated as the windstrikers quarry.
Shifting Wind (immediate reaction, when the windstriker takes
damage; at-will)
Until the end of its next turn, the windstriker does not
provoke opportunity attacks and can move through
enemies spaces.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
Str 14 (+6) Dex 17 (+7) Wis 10 (+4)
Con 20 (+9) Int 5 (+1) Cha 17 (+7)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
32
 Alliance at Nefelus

Features of the Area

Illumination: The strange eerie glow in this room
provides only dim light.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet from the lowest
elevations floor.
Stalagmites: These are blocking terrain and pro-
vide cover. A creature can move around the corner of
a stalagmite square normally. When Uarion shatters a
stalagmite, it is destroyed and replaced with difficult
terrain in the square it occupied.
Ledge: There is a 10-foot and 20-foot ledge at the
far western end of the room. Climbing either ledge
requires a DC 20 Athletics check.
Ice Shaft: This smooth shaft is 10 feet in diameter
and leads down 30 feet to the first level of Icehome. It
requires a DC 30 Athletics check to climb.

Aftermath
Assuming the PCs render Uarion unconscious
instead of killing him, they likely have questions for
him. However, until the characters remove the Seed of
Winter from Chillreavers clutches, Uarion is intrac-
table and can be viewed only as a threat. This might
pose a problem for the PCs, since they have to decide
what to do with the githzerai. They might decide to
leave him here, take him to their submersibles (if they
have space for him), or carry him along while they
continue exploring.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
33

I5: Icy Sappers
Encounter Level 14 (5,600 XP)
Setup
4 icetouched umber hulks (U)
In this chamber, four icetouched umber hulks,
retrieved by the frost giants some time ago, dwell here
under the control of Chillreaver. Through the influ-
ence of the Seeds transformative power, their wills
have become pliable to the dragons commands, and
they patiently await the opportunity to once again
burrow through the earth. Chillreaver plans to use
them as sappers against Nefelus if needed.
In their boredom, they have begun to tunnel
around in their area. However, the dragon recently
put a stop to this, worried that they might cause
undue structural damage to Icehome.
When the PCs enter this area, read:
A rugged crevasse splits the ice in the middle of this cavern.
A gently sloping tunnel, looking as though it was recently
excavated, is present in the southeast end. To the north,
another tunnel exit is visible, although it is partially blocked
by a massive stalagmite.
Perception Check
DC 18: You can hear something moving about inside the
crevasse.
Tactics
The icetouched umber hulks are down in the bottom of
the crevasse, 20 feet from the cavern floor. Once a PC
gets within 5 squares of their starting positions, they
roll initiative and move up to investigate (and attack).
Alliance at Nefelus
The umber hulks use their confusing gaze each Crevasse: The crevasse is 20 feet deep and
round, attempting to slide targets into the crevasse. requires a DC 20 Athletics check to climb.
If they hit a target with their grabbing double attack, Ice Tunnel: The tunnel to the southeast goes
they try to pull the grabbed PC into the crevasse to under and out into the frost giant enclave, severely
be devoured. They leave the crevasse initially only to sloping upward 10 feet. Exiting the tunnel on the frost
attack the PCs and then only if they have no PCs to giant enclave side requires ice walk, a burrow speed,
attack in the crevasse. or a DC 15 Athletics check.
4 Icetouched Level 12 Elite Soldier
Umber Hulks (U)
Large natural magical beast XP 1,400 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +13; darkvision,
tremorsense 5
HP 248; Bloodied 124
AC 30; Fortitude 33, Reflex 28, Will 27
Resist 10 cold
Saving Throws +2
Speed 5 (ice walk), burrow 2 (tunneling)
Action Points 1
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage.
M Grabbing Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The icetouched umber hulk makes two claw attacks.
If both claw attacks hit the same target, the target is
grabbed. A grabbed target takes ongoing 10 damage from
the icetouched umber hulks mandibles until it escapes.
The icetouched umber hulk cannot make any other attacks
while grabbing a creature.
C Confusing Gaze (minor 1/round; at-will) Gaze, Psychic
Close blast 5; targets enemies; +16 vs. Will; the target
slides 5 squares and is dazed (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 26 (+14) Dex 16 (+9) Wis 14 (+8)
Con 20 (+11) Int 5 (+3) Cha 11 (+6)
Features of the Area
Illumination: This area is brightly lit, except
inside the crevasse, where it is dimly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet from the floor.
Stalagmites: These are blocking terrain and pro-
vide cover. A creature can move around the corner of
a stalagmite square normally.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
34

I6: Frost Giant
Enclave
Encounter Level 17 (8,000 XP)
Setup
Nara of the Wastes, frost giant ice shaper (N)
3 frost giant scouts (S)
2 winter wolves (W)
The temporary home of the frost giant clan that has
allied with Chillreaver, the frost giants here are led
by Nara of the Wastes, a sacred ice shaper second in
power only to the jarl of her tribe. Chillreaver has
long been an ally of these frost giants when they both
lived in the frozen lands north of the Winterbole
Forest, beyond Nentir Vale.
Chillreaver initially came to the frost giant jarl
after receiving the Seed of Winter and in the early
stages of his plans to destroy Nefelus. After some
negotiation over land rights once Nefeluss climate
had been adjusted to the frost giants liking, the jarl
agreed to send a contingent with the dragon once Ice-
home was formed well enough to sustain occupants.
Nara was chosen to lead the frost giants in Icehome,
and she has created a portal back to their realm
should they have need of supplies, servitors, or addi-
tional warriors. Indeed, Chillreaver has requested
Nara send back hunters periodically to bring back
creatures he thought important to subject to the
influences of the Seed of Winter for use in the coming
assault on Nefelus.
Now, Nara commands about fifteen frost giants in
Icehome. Most are out on patrols around the recently
created ice ring blockade, keeping the Nefelese from
attempting any type of escape, but a few remain here
as her personal retinue.
When the PCs enter this area, read:
This massive cavern is far larger than any you have yet
seen in this iceberg complex. A slick, steep-sloping ice bridge
hangs over a fast-moving stream; the streams banks are
thick with a white mist. To the west, a platform rises up 30
feet from the floor and is connected to the ice bridge. Unlike
in the other caverns, no stalagmites are here. Furs, animal
skins, tools, and large weapons are piled in various places
near the walls.
The winter wolves begin lying down (prone), in the
positions shown on the map. Unless the PCs enter
from the umber hulk tunnel, they spot the PCs and
engage in combat.
The scouts are on watch here, and at least one
notices the PCs from any approach they use (unless
they are attempting to sneak in). Nara is standing at
the top of the stairs leading up to the ice bridge.
Tactics
The winter wolves wait to see if the PCs attempt to
cross the water to meet them; otherwise, they use
the natural staircase to access the platform and leap
down in a takedown charge on any PCs close enough
to it (or attack PCs already on the platform). They are
Naras personal companions, and they defend her if
she looks like shes in trouble. If they knock a target
prone on the platform, they drag it off the edge if
possible.
Alliance at Nefelus
The scouts start in their indicated positions, but
quickly pull back to the ice bridge where they have
the advantage of maneuverability. They target defend-
ers and other melee characters with their chillshards
to keep them from accessing the platform.
Nara uses her wall of frost to separate the PCs,
allowing the scouts to concentrate fire on a smaller
group of characters. She uses her freezing bolt to slow
the advance of melee characters, and uses ice slide to
move PCs off the platform if they access it. She grants
ice armor to her winter wolves, if possible.
Nara orders the scouts to stand their ground no
matter what the cost, but if she is at half of her blood-
ied total or lower, she attempts to flee up the ice
bridge to make her last stand with the ice gargoyles in
the hall above.
What Nara Knows
Nara of the Wastes is not above selling information
for her life. If she is captured and coerced into talking
in exchange for her freedom, she tells the PCs about
Chillreaver, his relationship with the frost giants,
and what she knows of his plans (see the Setup in
this encounter). She also mentions that Chillreaver
has greatly amplified the power of an artifact known
as the Seed of Winter, which was given to him by a
fomorian king from the Feywild named Cachlain.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
35
 Alliance at Nefelus

Features of the Area Ice Tunnel: The tunnel

to the southeast goes under
Illumination: This area is brightly lit.
and out into the frost giant
Ceiling: The ceiling is 60 feet from the floor.
enclave, then severely slopes
Crevasse: The crevasse is 20 feet deep and
upward 10 feet. Exiting the
requires a DC 20 Athletics check to climb.
tunnel on the frost giant
Platform: A platform connects to an ice bridge
enclave side requires ice
and dominates the middle of the room, with a 30-foot
walk, a burrow speed, or a
ledge that requires a DC 20 Athletics check to climb.
DC 15 Athletics check.
The platform is accessible by a natural ice stairway.
Ascending these stairs counts as difficult terrain;
descending them is treated as normal terrain.
Ice Bridge: The ice bridge slopes upward and is
slick; it is treated as a slide by creatures without ice
walk. The ice bridge is difficult terrain, and a creature
that enters one of the ice bridges squares must make
a DC 20 Acrobatics check; failure indicates that the
creature moves to the end of the bridge (on the plat-
form side), falls prone, and ends its move.
Stream and Pool: The water here is 10 feet deep,
and it can be crossed by swimming or jumping over
it. However, choke frost rises up from the water,
hindering the movement of any creature passing
through it.
Choke Frost: The squares containing the stream
and pool, as well as all squares adjacent to them,
are filled with choke frost, which is a light, white
mist that congeals into thick ice as creatures move
through it. Creatures entering a square of choke frost
take a 1 penalty to speed for each square of choke
frost through which they move. As a move action, a
creature can negate this penalty. The frost giants (and
other creatures with the cold keyword) are immune
to this effect. The winter wolves are not immune, and
they stay on their side of the water unless they tra-
verse up the platform.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
36

Nara of the Wastes, Level 19 Controller (Leader)
Frost Giant Ice Shaper (N)
Large elemental humanoid (cold, giant) XP 2,400
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16
HP 182; Bloodied 91
AC 32; Fortitude 32, Reflex 29, Will 33
Resist 15 cold
Speed 8 (ice walk)
m Freezing Flail (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +24 vs. AC; 2d12 + 4 cold damage.
R Freezing Bolt (standard; at-will) Cold
Ranged 20; +22 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 4 cold damage, and the
target is immobilized (save ends).
R Ice Slide (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged 10; +22 vs. Fortitude; the frost giant ice shaper
slides the target 3 squares.
A Wall of Frost (standard; recharge ) Cold, Conjuration
Area wall 12 within 10; the frost giant ice shaper conjures
a wall of swirling snow that lasts until the end of the ice
shapers next turn. The wall is 6 squares high and blocks
line of sight. The walls space is lightly obscured and is
difficult terrain. A creature that starts its turn adjacent to
the wall takes 5 cold damage, and a creature that enters
a square of the wall or starts its turn there takes 15 cold
damage. Sustain Minor: The wall persists.
Ice Armor (standard; recharge )
One ally within 10 squares of the frost giant ice shaper
gains resist 10 to all damage until the end of the ice
shapers next turn.
Icebound Footing
When an effect pulls, pushes, or slides a frost giant ice
shaper, the ice shaper moves 2 squares less than the effect
specifies. Also, an ice shaper can make a saving throw to
avoid being knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant, Primordial
Skills Arcana +14, Heal +21, Intimidate +20
Str 21 (+14) Dex 16 (+12) Wis 25 (+16)
Con 22 (+15) Int 10 (+9) Cha 22 (+15)
Equipment chainmail, flail
3 Frost Giant Scouts (S) Level 15 Artillery
Large elemental humanoid (cold, giant) XP 1,200 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17
HP 115; Bloodied 57
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 28, Will 27
Resist 15 cold
Speed 9 (ice walk)
m Icy Spear (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 cold damage.
r Icy Arrow (standard; requires longbow; at-will) Cold,
Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +22 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 cold damage, and the
target is slowed until the end of the frost giant scouts next
turn.
A Chillshards (standard; recharge ) Cold, Weapon
Area burst 1 within 20; +20 vs. Fortitude; 1d12 + 8
cold damage, and the target is slowed and cannot take
immediate or opportunity actions until the end of the frost
giant scouts next turn. Aftereffect: The target is slowed
until the end of the frost giant scouts next turn.
Tundra Hunter (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
The frost giant makes a melee or ranged attack. If the
attack hits, the target gains vulnerable 10 cold (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target gains vulnerable 5 cold (save ends).
Quick Release
The frost giant scout does not provoke opportunity attacks
when it makes ranged or area attacks.
Icebound Footing
When an effect pulls, pushes, or slides a frost giant, the
giant moves 2 squares less than the effect specifies. Also,
a frost giant can make a saving throw to avoid being
knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +16, Stealth +18
Str 19 (+11) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 20 (+12)
Con 19 (+11) Int 10 (+7) Cha 10 (+7)
Equipment hide armor, spear, longbow, 40 arrows
Alliance at Nefelus
2 Winter Wolves (W) Level 14 Skirmisher
Large natural magical beast XP 1,000 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision
HP 141; Bloodied 70
AC 28; Fortitude 27, Reflex 26, Will 24
Resist 20 cold
Speed 8 (ice walk)
m Bite (standard; at-will) Cold
+19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d6 cold damage,
or 2d10 + 6 damage plus 1d6 cold damage against a
prone target.
M Takedown (standard; usable only when charging; at-will)
Cold
+19 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage plus 1d6 cold damage, and
the target is knocked prone.
C Freezing Breath (standard; recharge ) Cold
Close blast 5; +17 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 6 cold damage. Miss:
Half damage.
Drag (minor; usable only while adjacent to a prone enemy;
at-will)
The winter wolf shifts 1 square, and pulls a prone target
that is adjacent to it 1 square.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 23 (+13) Dex 21 (+12) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 21 (+12) Int 9 (+6) Cha 10 (+7)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
37

I7: Gargoyles
in the Hall
Encounter Level 16 (6,800 XP)
Setup
4 ice gargoyles (G)
2 ice gargoyle reavers (R)
This hall was fashioned by Chillreaver as his grand
receiving chamber, and he one day hopes to take
his conquered foes here for the purpose of subjugat-
ing them. For now, it serves as the home for the first
of his creations born from the bosom of Icehome
his ice gargoyles.
The ice gargoyles serve Chillreaver as messengers,
scouts, and guards for the nearly completed upper
level of his palace. Even more so than the other crea-
tures of Icehome, they are completely subservient to
his whimseffectively an extension of his willand
Chillreaver views them as his children.
When the PCs arrive here from the ice bridge, read:
This room sits in stark contrast to everything youve seen
before in the iceberg complex. Here, it appears that the room
has been intricately carved from the ice; no snow, rough
patches, or uneven grades mar the smooth walls, floors, and
ceiling of this chamber.
Perfectly round ice columns frame a large-based
platform at the far end. On top of the platform are two
massive ice gargoyle statues. To either side of this platform
sit smaller ones with smaller ice gargoyles. There is no
visible exit from this room except where you entered.
The ice gargoyles begin in their ice form. If a PC
moves past the last set of pillars leading into the center
of the room, the ice gargoyles revert to their normal
forms and attack. They also do the same if a PC moves
adjacent to the illusory sliding wall to the east.
Tactics
When the ice gargoyles revert to their normal forms,
they use f lying grab to harry their foes, using the
ample ceiling to maneuver out of range of melee and
short ranged attacks.
2 Ice Gargoyle Reavers (R) Level 15 Lurker
Large elemental humanoid (cold) XP 1,200 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
Freezing Gaze (Cold) aura 2; requires the ice gargoyle reaver
to be in its ice prison; an enemy that enters or starts its turn
within the aura is weakened until the start of its next turn
and takes 5 cold damage.
HP 116; Bloodied 58
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 27, Will 26
Immune slow; Resist 15 cold
Vulnerable fire (the ice gargoyle reaver grants combat
advantage until the end of the attackers next turn)
Speed 6, fly 8; see also flying grab
m Claw (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage, and ongoing 5 cold
damage (save ends).
M Bloodchill Bite (standard; recharge y z ) Cold, Healing
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 cold damage (3d6 + 5 cold damage
against a weakened target), the target gains vulnerable
5 cold (save ends), and the ice gargoyle reaver regains 5
hit points.
M Flying Grab (standard; recharges after using ice prison)
The ice gargoyle reaver flies 8 squares and makes a melee
basic attack at the end of that movement. If the attack hits,
the target is grabbed. The ice gargoyle reaver can try to
move the grabbed target as part of its next move action.
If it succeeds, it can move or fly at full speed, pulling the
target with it.
Alliance at Nefelus
The ice gargoyle reavers stay close to their ene-
mies, keeping as many PCs as possible within their
freezing gaze. Targets that are weakened by the gaze
are then subjected to their bloodchill bite.
The gargoyles fight until they are destroyed.
Ice Prison (standard; at-will)
The ice gargoyle reaver encases itself and anyone it is
grabbing in ice. In this form, the ice gargoyle reaver and any
target it is grabbing gain resist 20 all, except against the
cold damage dealt by this power. Both can still see their
surroundings, but they cannot use other normal senses.
A target the ice gargoyle reaver is grabbing is stunned,
restrained, and takes ongoing 20 cold damage (save ends
all, ending the grab and ice prison). Aftereffect: The target
is slowed and weakened until the end of the ice gargoyle
reavers next turn.
Each time a target the ice gargoyle reaver is grabbing takes
the ongoing cold damage, the ice gargoyle reaver regains 5
hit points. The ice gargoyle reaver can take no actions in the
ice prison, other than to end the effect (a minor action). If the
gargoyle takes damage in this form, the ice prison is broken,
freeing the grabbed target as if it saved and ending the grab.
Alignment Evil Languages Primordial
Skills Stealth +19
Str 25 (+14) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 22 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 20 (+12)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
38

4 Ice Gargoyles (G) Level 12 Lurker
Medium elemental humanoid (cold) XP 700 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 96; Bloodied 48
AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 23
Immune slow; Resist 15 cold
Vulnerable fire (the ice gargoyle is dazed until the end of the
attackers next turn)
Speed 6, fly 8; see also flyby grab
m Claw (standard; at-will) Cold
+17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage plus 1d6 + 4 cold damage.
M Flyby Grab (standard; recharges after using ice prison)
The ice gargoyle flies 8 squares and makes a melee basic
attack at the end of that movement. If the attack hits,
the target is grabbed. The ice gargoyle can try to move
the grabbed target as part of its next move action. If it
succeeds, it can move or fly at full speed, pulling the
target with it.
Ice Prison (standard; at-will)
The ice gargoyle encases itself and anyone it is grabbing
in ice. In this form, the ice gargoyle and any target it is
grabbing gain resist 15 all, except against the cold damage
dealt by this power. Both can still see their surroundings,
but they cannot use other normal senses. A target the
ice gargoyle is grabbing is stunned, restrained, and takes
ongoing 20 cold damage (save ends all, ending the grab
and the ice prison). Aftereffect: The target is slowed until
the end of the ice gargoyles next turn.
Each time a target the ice gargoyle is grabbing takes the
ongoing cold damage, the ice gargoyle regains 5 hit points.
The ice gargoyle can take no actions in the ice prison, other
than to end the effect (a minor action). If the gargoyle
takes damage in this form, the ice prison is broken, freeing
the grabbed target and ending the grab.
Alignment Evil Languages Primordial
Skills Stealth +18
Str 24 (+14) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 10 (+12)
Con 20 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 17 (+10)
Alliance at Nefelus
Features of the Area
Illumination: This area is brightly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 60 feet from the floor.
Floor: The floor here is treated as difficult terrain
for anyone moving on it without ice walk. In addi-
tion, creatures without ice walk standing on the floor
are moved one additional square when subjected to
forced movement.
Secret Door: There is a secret door to the south that
leads into Chillreavers treasure chamber. It can be dis-
covered with a DC 25 Perception check, and a DC 20
Arcana check or DC 25 Thievery check opens it.
Illusory Sliding Wall: To the east, a wall has
been masked by an illusion. A character adjacent to
the wall who succeeds on a DC 15 passive Percep-
tion check notices that something is unusual about
the wall. Another DC 25 Perception check or DC 25
Arcana check pierces the illusion and reveals an intri-
cate inscription in Draconic upon the wall.
The inscription reads,
A DC 13 Perception check reveals a torn scrap of a
Pass through this portal and enter the presence of
note stuck between the talons of one of the defeated
Chillreaver, master of Icehome, greatest among the Dark
gargoyles.
Queens frozen children. Prepare for supplication in the
proper manner, and you can enter his fearsome domain The note reads:
and receive his cold gift. new dwarf emissary has arrived at the court.
He seems shrewd and capable, and his family
A character who kneels in a square adjacent to the
connections will help us at the stone kings court
wall causes the wall to slide away into the Chillreav-
in light of the events in Sayre. I have faith that Her
ers chamber. This can also be accomplished with a
Majestys will should prevail, but Ironfells presence
DC 20 Thievery check in one of the adjacent squares.
will only help...
The rest is blurred or torn, except for a fragment of a
signature, which reads Zetc...
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
39

I8: Chillreavers Seed
Encounter Level 18 (10,000 XP)
Setup
Chillreaver (C)
Seed of Winter (S)
Of late, Chillreaver has spent almost all his time here,
coaxing every possible thread of power from the Seed
of Winter. As he gets closer and closer to finishing off
the island nation of Nefelus, his abilities with the arti-
fact have gone far beyond the reach of mortal users.
He has constructed this chamber to house the
artifact, channel its power, and provide a sanctum
sanctorum for himself to draw even more secrets
from the Seed. More information on Chillreavers
plans and his motives can be found in Appendix 2
(page 49).
When the PCs enter the chamber, read:
Inside is an impressive and terrifying sight. The room is
bathed in blue-white light, with beams focused on a small
white object floating atop a pedestal high above your heads.
The beams originate from ten silvery mirrors positioned
along the east and west sides of the walkway you stand
upon. Down below, you can see the base of the pedestal
where the beams are focused; the pedestals length make it
appear almost like an ice obelisk. An energy hangs about
the room, and the air is colder than youve felt anywhere
else in the complex. Briefly, you feel an invasive presence in
your mind, as if it is searching for something...and then it
is gone.
Alliance at Nefelus
You then fix your eyes upon the terrible form that sits
upon a rune-inscribed icy dais at the far end of the room. A
gigantic, two-headed white dragon meets your gaze, its eyes
black as the soulless depths and its mouths smoking with its
icy breath. It speaks, both voices echoing off the icy walls in
unison, The mages must be desperate to save their people.
They send outsiders here to do their work. How weak! How
pathetic! Soon the storm comes to them, and nothing will
escape my wrath!
Tactics
Chillreaver is not at all pleased that the PCs have
arrived at this late hour. Furious, he launches his
assault on the characters by flying across the room
and using his breath weapon against the largest PC
concentration possible. He stays up in the air, hover-
ing near the Seed to protect it from the characters
meddling.
In subsequent rounds, Chillreaver keeps out of
melee range as long as possible, attacking with icy
tomb against targets that are effective at range, and
using his frightful presence when all (or almost all) the
PCs can be affected. He uses his action points as soon
as he can (provided he can take two attack actions in
a round in which he spends an action point).
Chillreaver is no coward, and he does not abandon
the Seed of Winter under any circumstances. If one or
more characters start shattering the silver mirrors or
attempt to wrest the Seed from its pedestal, Chillreaver
assaults them with great fury, choosing his most dam-
aging attacks. If it looks likely that the PCs will destroy
all the silver mirrors, Chillreaver attempts to snatch up
the Seed of Winter and exit Icehome through the trea-
sure room and out the top of the iceberg. There, he can
mount a final stand against the PCs.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
40

Features of the Area
Illumination: This area is brightly lit.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 60 feet from the floor.
Floor: The floor here is treated as difficult terrain
for anyone moving on it without ice walk. In addition,
creatures without ice walk standing on the floor are
moved 1 additional square when subjected to forced
movement.
Walkway: A walkway frames the room in a
U-shape. The walkway is 30 feet up from the floor
where the dais and pedestal base are found, and its
another 20 feet up in the rooms center to the Seed
of Winter. The silver mirrors are at the walkway level,
pointed up at the Seed.
Secret Door: A secret door to the south leads into
Chillreavers treasure chamber. PCs discover it with a
DC 20 Perception check, and it can be opened with a
DC 20 Arcana check or DC 25 Thievery check. Chill-
reaver might use this way out to flee with the Seed of
Winter if hes able.
Runed Dais: The semicircular dais on the east-
ern side of the room bears a number of deep blue or
purple rejuvenation runes carved into the ice. Any
creature on or adjacent to the dais who makes a DC
20 Arcana check can spend a healing surge as a
minor action. Chillreaver can also take advantage of
this twice during the combat.
Silver Mirrors: Ten silver mirrors focus the energy
of the Seed of Winter, allowing Chillreaver to tap into
an incredible amount of ancient power. These silver
mirrors are bigabout 6 feet tall by 4 feet wideand
were stolen from various places in the world by Chill-
reavers agents. A DC 23 Arcana check reveals these
are some of the silver mirrors that the Nefelese once
used as communication devices, and their magic
has now been appropriated to power and focus the
a rtifact. Although they are extremely bulky and
heavy to carry out (they each weigh about 60 pounds),
they are easy enough to shatter and render com-
pletely useless for good or ill. They have AC 29, other
defenses 26; hp 1. A DC 21 Dungeoneering check
reveals that shattering all the silver mirrors will cause
the Seed of Winter to fall to the floor.
Chillreaver, Exarch of Tiamat (C) Level 17 Solo Soldier
Huge natural magical beast (dragon) XP 8,000
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
Chillwrath Aura (Cold) aura 2; each square within the aura
costs enemies 1 extra square of movement to enter.
HP 845; Bloodied 422; see also bloodied breath
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 29, Will 29
Resist 25 cold, 10 poison
Saving Throws +5; see two-headed
Speed 8 (ice walk), fly 8 (hover), overland flight 12
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 3; +23 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 plus 2d6 cold damage, plus
2d6 cold damage on an opportunity attack or against an
immobilized target.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +23 vs. AC; 2d4 + 7 damage, and the target is
pulled 2 squares.
M Chillreavers Fury (standard; at-will)
Chillreaver makes a bite attack and a claw attack.
R Deep Freeze (standard; recharge ) Cold
Ranged 10; +22 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 7 cold damage,
ongoing 10 cold damage, and the target is immobilized and
dazed (save ends all). Aftereffect: The target is slowed until
the end of Chillreavers next turn.
Con 26 (+16) Int 14 (+10) Cha 14 (+10)
Alliance at Nefelus
Seed of Winter: While placed on the pedestal
and acting as the focus for Chillreavers weather
manipulation, the Seed actively attempts to defend
itself from the interloping PCs. It is treated like a
trap (see the entry below), and works in conjunction
with Chillreaver when possible. The Seed cannot be
destroyed, but it can be handled without harm. Once
the Seed is removed from the pedestal, it can no longer
sustain its current magic while in an unfocused state.
The entirety of Icehome begins to crumble away.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge ) Cold
Close blast 5; +21 vs. Reflex; 6d6 + 7 cold damage,
and the target is immobilized and dazed (save ends
both). Aftereffect: The target is slowed until the end of
Chillreavers next turn.
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
Cold
Chillreavers breath weapon recharges, and he uses it
immediately.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) Fear
Close burst 10; targets enemies; +21 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of Chillreavers next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
Threatening Reach
Chillreaver can make opportunity attacks against all
enemies within his reach (3 squares).
Two-Headed
Chillreaver rolls initiative twice, and receives two full turns
during a round. He rolls for recharge on each of his turns.
Each time Chillreaver becomes dazed or stunned, or suffers
from an effect that has the charm keyword, that effect ends
at the end of his next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Arcana +15, Athletics +24
Str 22 (+14) Dex 16 (+11) Wis 17 (+11)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
41
 Alliance at Nefelus

Aftermath
Once the Seed of Winter is unseated from its position
on the pedestal, a blast of energy crackles through the
room. Five rounds later, a great rumbling sound is fol-
lowed by deafening cracks. The magic which sustained
Icehome is becoming undone, and the whole structure
will soon crumble into the sea. The characters need to
escape. Go to Escape from Icehome on page 16.

Seed of Winter (S) Level 18 Blaster

Trap XP 2,000
A large shimmering white acorn floats on a pedestal high
above. Cold blue-white beams travel from 10 silver mirrors
positioned throughout the chamber to converge on the seed.
Trap: The Seed of Winter attacks the nearest creature without
the cold keyword within range on its turn.
Perception
Characters cant use Perception to detect this trap.
Additional Skill: Arcana
DC 25: The character recognizes that the silver mirrors are
focusing the Seed of Winters power.
DC 30: The Seed of Winter is an artifact and is indestructible
by any conventional means.
Initiative +8
Trigger
Once on its turn, the trap attacks the nearest creature to it
within range without the cold keyword.
Attack
Standard Action Ranged 10
Target: One creature
Attack: +24 vs. Will
Hit: The target is dominated (save ends) and is under the
control of Chillreaver. Aftereffect: The target takes 2d10 + 5
cold damage and is immobilized (save ends).
Countermeasures
An adjacent character can remove the Seed of Winter from
its pedestal with a DC 35 Thievery or Strength check. This
disables the trap. The character gains a +2 bonus to this
check for each silver mirror that has been destroyed. The
Seed of Winter falls to the floor if all the silver mirrors have
been destroyed.
A character can attack any of the 10 silver mirrors (AC 29,
other defenses 26; hp 1 each). Destroying all the silver mirrors
disables the trap and the Seed of Winter falls to the floor.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
42

SC2: Escape from
Icehome
Encounter Level 16 (7,000 XP)
Setup
Start running the skill challenge, and have the action
move from one scene to another with the dragon
fighting all along the way. Run a few rounds of
combat, have the PCs make a round of skill checks,
move the scene, and start over again until you reach a
climactic conclusion!
If the fight against Chillreaver (see the encounter
beginning on page 40) spills outside through the
hole in the roof, the PCs find themselves atop the
steep, treacherous summit of Icehome. Away from the
15-foot wide pit that leads back down to area 9, the
ground slopes steeply away. The summit is covered
with difficult terrain, and the steep slope means that
any round a character makes an attack, he or she
must also succeed on a DC 20 Acrobatics check or fall
prone after making the attack. A character wearing
spiked ice shoes receives a +5 bonus on this check.
Chillreavers size and weight mean that the dragon
does not need to make Acrobatics checks if he lands
to face the characters.
Escape from Icehome Level 16
Skill Challenge XP 7,000
The iceberg is beginning to break up and crumble into the sea,
and you have to escape before youre taken down with it!
The PCs must find a way to escape from Icehome before the
whole iceberg completely collapses.
Complexity
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Athletics, Dungeoneering, Endurance,
Perception
Other Skills
Arcana, Thievery
Victory
The PCs escape crumbling Icehome just before it falls into
the sea, and they arrive back in Nefelus safely.
Defeat
The PCs are crushed in the collapse of the iceberg. Each PC
loses all remaining healing surges and must make three DC
20 Endurance checks to attempt to swim to shore wounded
in frigid cold water. If all three checks fail, the PC is dead
and the body is later recovered by the surviving PCs.
Special: Grabbing Treasure
A PC can attempt to grab an as-yet unclaimed treasure
parcel on the way out. This is declared when a primary skill
check for the skill challenge is made; the check has a 5
penalty applied. (Also see Thievery, below.)
Special: Ice Walk
PCs with ice walk receive a +2 bonus to Acrobatics and
Athletics checks for the duration of the skill challenge.
Special: Overland Flight
PCs with overland flight earn one automatic success for
the group.
Special: Recovering Bodies
A PC can attempt to recover a body left elsewhere in the
cavern on the way out, provided that the PC is heading in
the general direction of the location of the body. This is
declared when a primary skill check for the skill challenge
is made; the check has a 5 penalty applied.
Acrobatics
DC 13 A successful check counts as a success on the
skill challenge.
The PC dodges out of the way of incoming ice boulders, falling
debris, and floor hazards. Alternatively, the PC can wriggle
through spaces that got a little too tight when the collapse began.
Alliance at Nefelus
Arcana
DC 20 A success or failure on this check does not count
as a success or failure on the skill challenge.
The PC has heard of similar magical energy imploding when
the power source was drastically diminished. They also learn
that the creatures affected by the Seed of Winter have begun
to revert back to their normal form. The PC receives a +2
bonus to the next check in the skill challenge.
Athletics
DC 13 A successful check counts as a success on the
skill challenge.
The PC jumps, climbs, and runs to safety, using raw physical
power to negotiate the hazards.
Dungeoneering
DC 13 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
The PC knows the ins and outs of ice caves, and how to
successfully avoid hazards while negotiating a collapsing
structure.
Endurance
DC 13 A successful check counts as a success on the
skill challenge.
Slow and steady wins the race, and the PC endures the
cold water, icy tunnels, and windy slopes to find escape.
Perception
DC 13 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
The PC looks for cracks and splits in the ice, falling debris, and
shortcuts on the way out.
Thievery
DC 20 A success or failure on this check does not count as
a success or failure on the skill challenge.
The PC can make a Thievery check to grab an as-yet unclaimed
treasure parcel. If the check is successful, the PC does not take a
penalty to the primary skill check.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
43
 Alliance at Nefelus

SC3: Convincing Bejam Arcana

DC 18 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
Insight
DC 11 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge. challenge.
Encounter Level 15 (1,200 XP) The PC explains that Nefeluss magical strengths might be The PC senses that Bejam is struggling with this decision and
exploited without proper representation on the Coalition. wants to do whats best for his people, but sees the greater good
Setup Bluff in personally representing Nefelus.
Bejam is willing to entertain the notion, but he is not DC 18 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
convinced that he can do the most good away from The PC flatters Bejam with talk of his accepting nature and the
his people and the Thraxinium. The PCs need to con- ability to have an open discourse, even with strangers from the
vince him to leave his ancestral home to represent the mainland.
Diplomacy
island nation in the Coalition.
DC 11 A successful check counts as a success on the skill
challenge.
Convincing Bejam Level 15 The PC explains the merits of having a voice on the Coalition,
Skill Challenge XP 1,200
allowing Nefelese interests to be fully articulated to the other
You have made a proposal to Bejam to have him represent the members.
Nefelese among the Coalition against the githyanki threat.
Although he seems reasonably receptive to the idea, he still has
doubts that he can do his people the greatest good by leaving
his official duties in Nefelus.
The PCs attempt to convince Bejam that he should join the
Coalition, so that Nefelus has a voice among the group.
Complexity
1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Bluff, Diplomacy, Insight
Victory
The PCs convince Bejam to join the Coalition. He agrees to
leave with Amyria once he has informed the Thraxinium of
his decision.
Defeat
Bejam is unsure that leaving his people is the right thing
to do in these dangerous times. He promises Nefelese
assistance to the Coalition, but does not seek a seat among
the group.
Special
All PCs receive a +1 bonus to checks in the skill challenge
if they returned Uarion or brought back the apparatuses of
Kwalish. If they did both, all PCs receive a +2 bonus instead.

April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
44
 Alliance at Nefelus

Appendix 1: Frost Giant Scout Tactics except that they have a blue-white frostlike tinge to
their skin or hide, and they have deep blue eyes. Men-
A frost giant scout stays at the longest distance away
New Monsters from its targets as possible while maintaining effec-
tally, their wills have become more pliable, and they
are completely subservient to Chillreaver.
tive use of its icy arrow and chillshards.
Several new monsters are introduced in the adven- An icetouched creature is treated just like a
ture and are also described below. normal version of the base creature, except for the fol-
Icetouched Creature lowing changes.
Frost Giant Scout The influences of Chillreavers manipulation of the
Icetouched Creature
Frost giant scouts provide long-range support for Seed of Winter have resulted in several creatures
Resist 10 cold
their fellow frost giants with their cold-based attacks. becoming partially transformed both in body and
Speed Gains ice walk
mind. Physically, these creatures appear as normal,
Frost Giant Scout Level 15 Artillery
Large elemental humanoid (cold, giant) XP 1,200
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17
HP 115; Bloodied 57
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 28, Will 27
Resist 15 cold
Speed 9 (ice walk)
m Icy Spear (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 cold damage.
r Icy Arrow (standard; requires longbow; at-will) Cold,
Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +22 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 cold damage, and
the target is slowed until the end of the frost giant scouts
next turn.
A Chillshards (standard; recharge ) Cold, Weapon
Area burst 1 within 20; +20 vs. Fortitude; 1d12 + 8
cold damage, and the target is slowed and cannot take
immediate or opportunity actions until the end of the frost
giant scouts next turn. Aftereffect: The target is slowed
until the end of the frost giant scouts next turn.
Tundra Hunter (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
The frost giant makes a melee or ranged attack. If the
attack hits, the target gains vulnerable 10 cold (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target gains vulnerable 5 cold (save ends).
Quick Release
The frost giant scout does not provoke opportunity attacks
when it makes ranged or area attacks.
Icebound Footing
When an effect pulls, pushes, or slides a frost giant scout,
the giant moves 2 squares fewer than the effect specifies.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +16, Stealth +18
Str 19 (+11) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 20 (+12)
Con 19 (+11) Int 10 (+7) Cha 10 (+7)
Equipment hide armor, spear, longbow, 40 arrows
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
45

Ice Gargoyle
Chillreaver called these creatures from the Ele-
mental Chaos, using the power of the Seed of Winter.
He uses the ice gargoyles to guard the upper reaches
of Icehome. Occasionally, they fly around the area
near the ice floe and act as Chillreavers eyes when
the dragon is busy directing the power of the Seed of
Winter.
Ice gargoyles are native to the Elemental Chaos,
and they inhabit the bitterly cold places of the world
and other planes. When encountered, they most com-
monly appear to be vague forms encased in steaming
ice. Telltale signs of an ice gargoyle lair are various
creatures trapped in ice with shocked looks of horror
on their faces.
Ice Gargoyle Tactics
An ice gargoyle begins combat within its ice prison.
When prey comes near, it reverts to its normal form
and makes a flying grab. It then returns to its ice
prison to feed on the creature it grabbed. If it is dam-
aged by fire, it concentrates its attacks on the enemy
that dealt it fire damage.
Ice Gargoyle Reaver
Tactics
The ice gargoyle reaver fights like its smaller kin,
but it has the added tactic of entering its ice prison
and then using bloodchill bite on a foe its aura has
weakened.
Alliance at Nefelus
Ice Gargoyle Level 12 Lurker
Medium elemental humanoid (cold) XP 700
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 96; Bloodied 48
AC 26; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 23
Immune slow; Resist 15 cold
Vulnerable fire (the ice gargoyle is dazed until the end of the
attackers next turn)
Speed 6, fly 8; see also flyby grab
m Claw (standard; at-will) Cold
+17 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage plus 1d6 + 4 cold damage.
M Flyby Grab (standard; recharges after using ice prison)
The ice gargoyle flies 8 squares and makes a melee basic
attack at the end of that movement. If the attack hits,
the target is grabbed. The ice gargoyle can try to move
the grabbed target as part of its next move action. If it
succeeds, it can move or fly at full speed, pulling the target
with it.
Ice Prison (standard; at-will)
The ice gargoyle encases itself and anyone it is grabbing
in ice. In this form, the ice gargoyle and any target it is
grabbing gain resist 15 all, except against the cold damage
dealt by this power. Both can still see their surroundings,
but they cannot use other normal senses. A target the
ice gargoyle is grabbing is stunned, restrained, and takes
ongoing 20 cold damage (save ends all, ending the grab
and the ice prison). Aftereffect: The target is slowed until
the end of the ice gargoyles next turn.
Each time a target the ice gargoyle is grabbing takes the
ongoing cold damage, the ice gargoyle regains 5 hit points.
The ice gargoyle can take no actions in the ice prison, other
than to end the effect (a minor action). If the gargoyle
takes damage in this form, the ice prison is broken, freeing
the grabbed target and ending the grab.
Alignment Evil Languages Primordial
Skills Stealth +18
Str 24 (+14) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 10 (+12)
Con 20 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 17 (+10)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
46

Ice Gargoyle Reaver Level 15 Lurker
Large elemental humanoid (cold) XP 1,200
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
Freezing Gaze (Cold) aura 2; requires the ice gargoyle reaver
to be in its ice prison; an enemy that enters or starts its turn
within the aura is weakened until the start of its next turn
and takes 5 cold damage.
HP 116; Bloodied 58
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 27, Will 26
Immune slow; Resist 15 cold
Vulnerable fire (the ice gargoyle reaver grants combat
advantage until the end of the attackers next turn)
Speed 6, fly 8; see also flying grab
m Claw (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage, and ongoing 5 cold
damage (save ends).
M Bloodchill Bite (standard; recharge ) Cold, Healing
+20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 cold damage (3d6 + 5 cold damage
against a weakened target), and the target gains vulnerable
5 cold (save ends).
M Flying Grab (standard; recharges after using ice prison)
The ice gargoyle reaver flies 8 squares and makes a melee
basic attack at the end of that movement. If the attack
hits, the target is grabbed. The ice gargoyle reaver can try
to move the grabbed target as part of its next move action.
If it succeeds, it can move or fly at full speed, pulling the
target with it.
Ice Prison (standard; at-will)
The ice gargoyle reaver encases itself and anyone it is grabbing
in ice. In this form, the ice gargoyle reaver and any target it is
grabbing gain resist 20 all, except against the cold damage
dealt by this power. Both can still see their surroundings, but
they cannot use other normal senses. A target the ice gargoyle
reaver is grabbing is stunned, restrained, and takes ongoing
20 cold damage (save ends all, ending the grab and ice prison).
Aftereffect: The target is slowed and weakened until the end of
the ice gargoyle reavers next turn.
Each time a target the ice gargoyle reaver is grabbing takes
the ongoing cold damage, the ice gargoyle reaver regains 5
hit points. The ice gargoyle reaver can take no actions in the
ice prison, other than to end the effect (a minor action). If the
gargoyle takes damage in this form, the ice prison is broken,
freeing the grabbed target as if it saved and ending the grab.
Alignment Evil Languages Primordial
Skills Stealth +19
Str 25 (+14) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 22 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 20 (+12)
Alliance at Nefelus
Arctic Sahuagin
The sahuagin were the first to be affected by the
Seed of Winters transformative influence. In the past,
they harried the island of Nefelus, but now they pose
an even greater threat. Contact with the Seeds emana-
tions has quickly turned these creatures into tougher
versions of their more mundane counterparts. In
addition, some of the sahuagin are starting to find
ways to alter their powers in their new forms, evolving
beyond what they once were.
Reveling in their newfound power, these arctic
sahuagin were the first of Chillreavers allies, attempt-
ing to maintain his favor in exchange for more
power. One day soon, they hope to wreak havoc on
the Nefalese in revenge for years of frustration at the
magocracys hands.
Some arctic sahuagin ride dire sharks that have
also been changed by the Seed of Winter.
Arctic Sahuagin Guard Level 11 Minions
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic) XP 150
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +7; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 22
Immune cold
Speed 5 (7 on a charge, ice walk), swim 5 (7 on a charge)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 7 damage (9
damage to a bloodied target), and the target is marked
until the end of the arctic sahuagin guards next turn.
R Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
7 damage (9 damage to a bloodied target).
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls and a
+2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Str 16 (+8) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 10 (+5) Cha 10 (+5)
Equipment trident, 3 javelins
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
47

Arctic Sahuagin Raider Level 11 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic) XP 600
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 112; Bloodied 56
AC 27; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 22
Resist 10 cold
Speed 5 (7 on a charge, ice walk), swim 5 (7 on a charge)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 (1d8 +
7 to a bloodied target) damage plus 1d8 cold damage, and
the target is marked until the end of the arctic sahuagin
raiders next turn.
R Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
2d6 + 5 (2d6 + 7 to a bloodied target) damage.
M Opportunistic Strike (immediate reaction, when a flanked
enemy shifts; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin raider makes a melee basic attack
against the enemy.
M Sliding Strike (immediate interrupt, when a marked enemy
makes an attack that doesnt include the arctic sahuagin
raider; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin raider shifts 7 squares adjacent to the
triggering enemy, and makes a melee basic attack against
that enemy.
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin raider gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls
and a +2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Str 20 (+10) Dex 14 (+7) Wis 12 (+6)
Con 14 (+7) Int 10 (+5) Cha 10 (+5)
Equipment 2 tridents
Arctic Sahuagin Priest Level 13 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid (aquatic) XP 800
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12; low-light vision
HP 101; Bloodied 50
AC 25; Fortitude 24, Reflex 25, Will 26
Resist 10 cold
Speed 5 (7 on a charge, ice walk), swim 5 (7 on a charge)
m Longspear (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +17 (+18 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d10
+ 4 (1d10 + 6 to a bloodied target) damage plus 1d8 cold
damage, and the target slides 1 square.
R Freezing Bolt (standard; at-will) Cold
Ranged 10; +18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs.
Fortitude; 2d6 + 6 (2d6 + 8 to a bloodied target) cold
damage, and the target is slowed until the end of the arctic
sahuagin priests next turn.
R Arctic Jaws (standard; recharges when no target is affected
by this power) Cold
Ranged 20; icy shark jaws appear and bite the target;
+18 (+19 against a bloodied target) vs. Will; 2d6 + 6 (2d6
+ 8 to a bloodied target) cold damage, and target gains
vulnerable 5 cold and is slowed (save ends both).
Blood Frenzy
The arctic sahuagin priest gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls
and a +2 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +15
Str 16 (+9) Dex 18 (+10) Wis 20 (+11)
Con 16 (+9) Int 12 (+7) Cha 16 (+9)
Equipment trident, holy symbol, frozen kelp robe
Alliance at Nefelus
Arctic Sahuagin Baron Level 15 Elite Brute (Leader)
Large natural humanoid (cold, aquatic) XP 2,400
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
Blood Healing (Healing) aura 10; any ally within the aura
that starts its turn adjacent to a bloodied enemy regains
5 hit points.
HP 360; Bloodied 180
AC 27; Fortitude 38, Reflex 26, Will 27
Resist 10 cold
Saving Throws +2
Speed 5 (7 on a charge; ice walk), swim 7 (9 on a charge)
Action Points 1
m Trident (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
Reach 2; +18 (+20 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d10 +
7 (1d10 + 12 against a bloodied target) damage plus 1d10
cold damage; see also blood hunger.
m Bloodchill Claw (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 2; +18 (+20 against a bloodied target) vs. AC; 1d6
+ 7 (1d6 + 12 against a bloodied target) damage, and
ongoing 5 cold damage and the target is slowed (save
ends both).
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +18 (+20 against a bloodied target) vs. AC;
2d8 + 7 (2d8 + 12 against a bloodied target) damage.
M Barons Fury (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
The arctic sahuagin baron makes a trident attack and
two claw attacks.
Blood Hunger
The arctic sahuagin baron gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls
and a +5 bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal, Common
Skills Intimidate +15
Str 22 (+13) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 12 (+8)
Con 18 (+11) Int 12 (+8) Cha 16 (+10)
Equipment trident, 3 javelins, headdress
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
48

Arctic Dire Shark Level 14 Skirmisher
Huge natural beast (aquatic, mount) XP 1,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +9
HP 139; Bloodied 69
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 28, Will 23
Resist 10 cold
Speed swim 10 (12 on a charge)
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+17 (+19 against creatures without a swim speed) vs. AC;
3d6 + 5 damage.
Deft Swimmer (while mounted by a friendly rider of 14th level
or higher; at-will) Mount
The dire sharks rider gains a +2 bonus to AC against
opportunity attacks. While in water, the rider also gains
a +2 bonus to attack rolls against creatures without a
swim speed.
Waterborn
While in water, the dire shark gains a +2 bonus to attack
rolls against creatures without a swim speed.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 21 (+12) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 19 (+11) Int 2 (+3) Cha 9 (+6)
Chillreaver
Chillreaver is a mighty two-headed white dragon and
exarch of Tiamat that originally laired in the lands
north of the Winterbole Forest. There, he made the
berserker barbarian tribes run in fear and fought the
frost giant jarl to claim control over their clans.
Under the command of his Dark Queen, he set
his four eyes on Nefelus, where he was tasked with
bringing woe to the prosperous island nation. He soon
acquired a means to allow him to accomplish his ruin-
ous plans from the fomorian king Cachlainan artifact
known as the Seed of Winter. He is determined to make
the most of his time with the artifact, and if he can,
find a way to keep the Seed in service to his queen.
He has unlocked power in the Seed that none other
can claim; his essence is in perfect concordance with
the Seeds wishes, and it fuels his desire for conquest and
ruin upon those who seek warmth and comfort. Crip-
pling Nefelus and bringing the chill of winter will allow
the dragon to mount an attack on the island itself.
Personality
Chillreaver has a vicious, brutal mind. Above all, he
revels in the suffering of others at his command. He
aspires to lay waste to lands and turn them into arctic
deserts, to kill the warmth of the summer, and to turn
joy into grief and loss. Chillreaver is, in many ways,
the dark parts of winter personified.
The two-headed dragon also loves to subjugate
others and would want nothing more than to rule
over a continent of sentient creatures that he could
endlessly and mercilessly exploit for his own cruel
whims. He hopes to begin that dream with Nefelus.
Chillreaver, Exarch of Tiamat Level 17 Solo Soldier
Huge natural magical beast (dragon) XP 8,000
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
Chillwrath Aura (Cold) aura 2; each square within the aura
costs enemies 1 extra square of movement to enter.
HP 845; Bloodied 422; see also bloodied breath
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 29, Will 29
Resist 25 cold, 10 poison
Saving Throws +5; see two-headed
Speed 8 (ice walk), fly 8 (hover), overland flight 12
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) Cold
Reach 3; +23 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 plus 2d6 cold damage, plus
2d6 cold damage on an opportunity attack or against an
immobilized target.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +23 vs. AC; 2d4 + 7 damage, and the target is
pulled 2 squares.
M Chillreavers Fury (standard; at-will)
Chillreaver makes a bite attack and a claw attack.
R Deep Freeze (standard; recharge ) Cold
Ranged 10; +22 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 7 cold damage,
ongoing 10 cold damage, and the target is immobilized and
dazed (save ends all). Aftereffect: The target is slowed until
the end of Chillreavers next turn.
Alliance at Nefelus
For all his aspirations, Chillreaver is not without a
practical side. He has assembled a number of allies to
his cause, promising to those he cannot directly con-
trol a small claim to his soon-to-be massive resource
gain. He values strong, unwavering loyalty to him and
his Dark Queens cause, and he reluctantly acknowl-
edges those that aid his efforts. Of course, hell
ultimately be thinking about the long-term prospects
of claiming his allies resources even as he prepares to
support them in battle.
Lore
Arcana or Religion DC 25: Chillreaver is a pow-
erful, two-headed white dragon legendary in the north.
He is also particularly blessed by Tiamat, who gave
him his second head, and serves as one of her exarchs.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge ) Cold
Close blast 5; +21 vs. Reflex; 6d6 + 7 cold damage,
and the target is immobilized and dazed (save ends
both). Aftereffect: The target is slowed until the end of
Chillreavers next turn.
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
Cold
Chillreavers breath weapon recharges, and he uses it
immediately.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) Fear
Close burst 10; targets enemies; +21 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of Chillreavers next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
Threatening Reach
Chillreaver can make opportunity attacks against all
enemies within his reach (3 squares).
Two-Headed
Chillreaver rolls initiative twice, and receives two full turns
during a round. He rolls for recharge on each of his turns.
Each time Chillreaver becomes dazed or stunned, or suffers
from an effect that has the charm keyword, that effect ends
at the end of his next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Arcana +15, Athletics +24
Str 22 (+14) Dex 16 (+11) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 26 (+16) Int 14 (+10) Cha 14 (+10)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
49

Appendix 2: New Magic
Items and Rituals
Elemental Prism
One of the many secrets of Nefelus, an elemental prism
allows its user to convert one element to another.
Elemental Prism Level 16
This flickering prism focuses elemental power and converts it
to a different element, bathing you in a protective glow.
Wondrous Item 45,000 gp
Power (Encounter): Free Action. Use this power when you
make an attack that deals acid, cold, fire, lightning, poison,
or thunder damage. Change all your attacks damage to a
different type of your choice among those above. You gain
resist 15 to your attacks original damage type until the end
of your next turn.
Solace Bole
You transport yourself and your companions to the hollow
of an enormous tree trunk in the Feywild. While youre
there, time passes slowly in the place you once were.
Level: 12 Component Cost: 500 gp
Category: Travel Market Price: 2,600 gp
Time: 10 minutes (see below) Key Skill: Arcana (no check)
Duration: 1 hour (see below)
You and up to five other creatures you designate within
10 squares of you are transported to a sealed hollow the
size of a comfortable room within a magical tree in the
Feywild. The hollow has a glowing light you can control
and is filled with sweet air. You can remain within the
bole for up to 12 hours. Thereafter, or when you will it
to be so, you and all the creatures the ritual took to the
hollow return to the exact place they left. Only 1 hour of
time has passed in the world. If you took an extended rest
within the bole, you must wait 12 hours after your return
to the world to take another one.
If you have assistance when performing this ritual,
divide the casting time by the number of participants. The
assistants all chant in a fey harmony while you perform
the ritual. Anyone you want to assist you in this way can
learn the proper harmony during an extended rest.
The Seed of Winter
The Seed of Winter is appropriate for paragon-level
characters.
Seed of Winter Paragon Level
This outsized, pearlescent acorn is one of the fabled artifacts of
the Winter Court of the Feywild. It is a potent reminder of the
power the fey can hold over the environment.
The Seed of Winter is a +3 implement that acts as either a wand
or a totem, and possesses the following properties.
Enhancement: Attack rolls and damage rolls
Critical: +3d6 cold damage, or +3d10 cold damage against
creatures with the fire keyword
Property: You gain a +2 item bonus to Endurance checks and
Intimidate checks.
Property: You gain ice walk.
Property: Enemies take a 2 penalty to saving throws against
your powers that have the charm or fear keyword.
Power (At-Will Arcane, Cold, Implement): Standard Action.
You can use ray of frost (wizard 1). You can use Intelligence,
Wisdom, or Charisma for the attack roll.
Power (Encounter Arcane, Cold, Implement): Standard
Action. You can use winters wrath (wizard 7). You can use
Intelligence, Wisdom, or Charisma for the attack roll.
Power (Daily Cold, Implement, Primal, Reliable): Standard
Action. You can use devouring ice (druid 15). You can use
Intelligence, Wisdom, or Charisma for the attack roll.
Alliance at Nefelus
Goals of
the Seed of Winter
Bring the touch of winter to even the
most sweltering climes.
Oppose the agents of the Summer Fey
and elemental fire.
Demand obedience from the weak and frail.
Be reunited with the Winter Court.
Roleplaying
the Seed of Winter
The Seed of Winter communicates in a harsh female
voice, which leaves an echo reminiscent of tinkling
glass. It issues demands to its owner, and screams
with rage when it is not obeyed. The more the user
obeys the seed, the more he or she becomes aloof,
cold, and authoritarian, willing to resort to harsh
means to accomplish any task. Some say that the Seed
of Winter contains the resonance of an archfey who
once lived in the Winter Court.
Concordance
Starting Score 5
Owner gains a level +1d10
Owner is a creature with the cold keyword +2
Owner has at least one power with the +1
cold keyword
Owner kills a creature with the +1
fire keyword (1/day)
Owner dominates or intimidates +1
a creature (1/day)
Owner refuses the Seed (2/day) 1
Owner or an ally kills a creature with 2
the cold keyword (1/day)
Owner frees a creature from 2
mental control (1/day)
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
50

Pleased (1620)
The Seed and I shall bring forth the icy grip of obedience
to those who try to deny us.
Harsh, dominating, and cold, the wielder and the Seed
are one with each other.
The Seeds enhancement bonus increases to +4.
Critical: +4d6 cold damage, or +4d10 cold damage against
creatures with the fire keyword
Property: You gain resist 10 cold.
Power (Daily Charm): Minor Action. An enemy within
5 squares of you makes a melee basic attack against an
adjacent target of your choice.
Satisfied (1215)
The Seed and I prepare the weak for the bitter times
ahead.
The wielder has proven worthy to possess the Seed,
which grows more sated with each cold victory.
Property: You gain resist 5 cold.
Power (Encounter): Free Action. You can use this power when
you hit an enemy with a power that slows the target. That
enemy is immobilized instead.
Normal (511)
The Seed asks only for my loyalty and to follow its
wisdom.
The Seed makes only occasional demands of its
wielder, but if such demands are not followed, it is
prone to outbursts of anger.
Alliance at Nefelus
Unsatisfied (14) About the Author
Originally thought to have been raised from a humble Mid-
The Seed chides me at every turn, wearing on my will. western family, Chris Tulach actually fell to Earth in a
Nothing I do ever pleases it. meteorite-shaped capsule flung from a planet far outside our
The wielder is being forgiving to others or refrains galaxy. While under the yellow rays of Sol, Chriss nerdity
far surpasses that of any normal human. Using this precious
from bringing winter to the warm. The Seed is in a gift only for good, he has become the D&D Organized Play
perpetual state of negative emotion, constantly judg- Content Developer, responsible for the development and
ing the wielder or screaming in rage. deployment of Dungeons & Dragons organized play pro-
Property: You take a 2 penalty to your Will. grams. He is also the co-author of E2 Kingdom of the Ghouls.
Special: You gain vulnerable 5 fire.
Angered (0 or lower)
No! Leave me be! I have only cold sorrow now.
Howling with fury, the Seed crushes the wearers
spirit and demands to be passed on to someone with a
stronger will.
The Seeds enhancement bonus drops to +2.
Critical: +2d6 cold damage, or +2d10 cold damage against
creatures with the fire keyword
Property: You take a 4 penalty to your Will.
Special: You gain vulnerable 10 fire.
Special: Whenever you would be slowed, you are immobilized
instead.
Moving On
The wintry reaches of the Feywild call again to the Seed.
The Seed of Winter eventually tires of the mortal world
and its civilized ways, and returns to the posses-
sion of a creature of the Feywild to renew its ancient
energy. If the Seed is at least satisfied, it leaves behind
an implement of cold of the users choice.
April 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 5
51
 In this war, we face not only
mortal danger, but a more
sinister attackan assault
against our hearts and minds.
The githyanki threaten to drive
us to defeat through neglect
and treachery. Neglect as we
refuse to take the bold steps we
must to survive, and treachery
as our enemies lead astray
those who could be our allies,
and mobilize them against us.

Amyria,
appealing to the Coalition

Throne ofthe Stone-Skinned King By Logan Bonner illustrations by John Stanko cartography by Sean MacDonald
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
4

Background
The githyanki built a network of allies across many
planes before beginning their attacks, and one of
these is Cachlain, a powerful fomorian known as
the Stone-Skinned King. From his secluded lair, he
provides transport for the forces of evil. Like the Elsir
Vale, though to a lesser extent, Cachlains realm con-
tains portals to different planes and locations. Though
the githyanki possess many means of transport, the
Stone-Skinned Kings portals are especially worri-
some, since they connect to lands near several cities of
the Coalition. The fomorian has established total con-
trol over the portals, using rituals that took decades to
take effect; no one passes through one of the portals
without Cachlains seal.
Cachlain, the fomorian king, rules a subterranean
complex of caverns, much of it chipped from great
crystals and shaped by cyclops slaves into immacu-
late, enormous corridors and rooms. Cachlain is
particularly fond of beautiful magical craft, and his
citadel is filled with arcane torches and doorways
that open on command. Constructs are his favorite
marvel, and he has many throughout his realm. Once,
when the king was in an especially mad mood, he had
a stone golem pried apart, and its stone armor affixed
to his skin. This gave him his name.
Cachlains assistance came only recently, after a
human named Sovacles replaced the kings former
advisor. Sovacles urged cooperation with the githyanki,
and he holds great influence over Cachlains decision-
making. No one is certain where Sovacles came from,
or how he ended up in the fomorians court.
The Coalitions war council found out about the
troop transports, but it doesnt know how many troops
are moving through, or what Cachlain is gaining for
his assistance. They also know that Cachlain provided
the Seed of Winter to the invaders in Alliance at Nefe-
lus. Rumors have spread that he wants the Seed of
Winter back. Furthermore, he has been using a portal
that connects the Feywild to a region near where the
Elsir River flows from the mountains. His underlings
have been taking slaves from the Elsir Vale recently,
then transporting them through the portal into a
grove that lies on the outskirts of Cachlains realm.
Meanwhile, the war council has been thrown
into an uproar in the PCs absence. Enemy forces
have killed two members, Lord Torrance of Sayre
and Kalad of Overlook. The war council needs a new
leader, and it has two empty seats.
Adventure Synopsis
The PCs return to Sayre from Nefelus, bearing the
Seed of Winter. The members seek a leader to head
a new war council that will oversee all the armies
involved in the war. The PCs engage in a skill chal-
lenge, where they nominate their preferred candidate
(most likely Amyria). Then, the council discusses
the fomorian king Cachlain. For some time, the evil
forces troops have been traveling through the Fey-
wild and to the world using the natural gates within
his dark domain, and spies have discovered that the
Seed of Winter was given to Nefeluss enemies by the
fomorian. The PCs are sent to the court to find out
what hes getting for his help and to try to make him
to leave the conflict, or even switch sides. They carry
the Seed of Winter as a bargaining chip.
After following Cachlains slavers to find a portal
to the Feywild, and obtaining the fomorians seal from
those slavers, the PCs enter the Feywild. Theyre soon
attacked by firbolgs, who want to return the PCs and
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
The Quests
As the PCs pursue the central goals of Throne of the
Stone-Skinned King, they have several opportunities
for picking up minor tasks from potential allies.
Major QuestEnd Cachlains Interference
Enemies of the PCs have allied with Cachlain, the
Stone-Skinned King, so they can use the magical
portals of his Feywild kingdom as a staging area for
raids. The PCs travel to the fomorian kings realm,
where they must convince him (through diplomacy
or force) to stop allowing githyanki troops to travel
through his domain.
Reward: 8,000 XP.
Minor QuestAssist the Eladrin
A group of eladrin seeks to end their enmity with
Cachlain and form an alliance. After the PCs meet
these eladrin, they can help them achieve this goal.
Reward: 1,600 XP.
Minor QuestTurn Bram Ironfell
The PCs meet Bram Ironfell of House Karak once
more, now serving as an ambassador for the githyanki.
If the PCs can turn him to the side of good, he could
be a valuable ally in the future.
Reward: 1,400 XP.
Minor QuestSpeak to Talyrin
Sovacles, Cachlains new advisor, turned the king
against his cyclops advisor Talyrin when he took over.
Shes imprisoned somewhere near Cachlains throne
room, and if the PCs find her prison, they can gain her
as an ally against Sovacles.
Reward: 1,400 XP.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
5

the Seed of Winter to followers of Inzira, the Daughter
of Frostwhite Forest, who claims to be the proper
owner of the artifact. The eladrin general seeks an
alliance with Cachlain, fearing the machinations
of Sangwyra fomorian upstart and their mutual
enemy. The general allows the PCs to borrow the Seed
of Winter and go to Cachlains court, hoping they can
form an alliance one way or another.
When they reach Cachlains realm, they meet with
the king and his advisor Sovacles, and they discover
that Sovacles nearly controls the king. Rebuffed for
the time being, the PCs must await another audience
with the king. As they explore the court, they discover
the sheer number of troops traveling through the
domain, and that the forces of evil have promised to
spy on Cachlains enemies in exchange for his help.
Bram Ironfell, from The Lost Mines of Karak
(Dungeon 159), reappears as an ambassador to the
court from the githyanki. The PCs can also meet a
cyclops oracle who formerly advised Cachlain, but
now lies imprisoned in a hidden jail. Cachlains rival
sends assassins to slaughter the PCs.
The assassination attempt foreshadows an assault
that happens soon after, as the fomorian rival
attempts to seize Cachlains domain. As the PCs
help fight them off, Bram Ironfells moment of truth
approaches, and the PCs actions determine whether
he becomes a foe or ally.
The PCs learn that Sovacles had something to
do with the invasion, and they confront the advi-
sor. However, the advisor still has Cachlain under
control and has convinced him that the PCs were
responsible for the attacks. As the PCs battle Sovacles
and Cachlain, the advisor reveals that he works for
Tiamat. Enraged at this news, Cachlain drops the
PCs and Sovacles into a gladiatorial arena below the
throne room. Sovacles reveals his true form as a pow-
erful shapeshifter and exarch of Tiamat.
If the PCs succeed, they convince Cachlain to form
an unlikely alliance with the eladrin, who receive the
Seed of Winter as a token of the agreement. The PCs
also find hints that the githyankis efforts on their
world have suffered serious setbacks in recent weeks,
and their forces are preparing to consolidate at their
largest stronghold.
Preparing for
Adventure
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King takes the PCs
into the dark places of the Feywild and involves them
in political intrigue. They go through several skill
challenges as the PCs try to find solutions to the dif-
ficult, uncertain situations caused by the war.
What You Need to Play
Descriptions of the different segments of the adven-
ture follow, and tactical encounter complete with stat
blocks and maps give you everything you need to run
each encounter. If you arent sure how to use the tacti-
cal encounter format, see a previous Scales of War
adventure, such as Alliance at Nefelus.
Treasure Preparation
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King uses the trea-
sure parcel system described in the Dungeon Masters
Guide. The PCs should gain a total of fifteen treasure
parcels. The Treasure Parcels sidebar lists the most
likely places to find parcels, so you can fill in the
blanks with the parcel numbers noted below. The
magic items should come from the players wish lists,
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: ____________, SC1. The Coalitions Leader.
Parcel B: ____________, A1. Slay the Slavers.
Parcel C: ____________, A1. Slay the Slavers.
Parcel D: ____________, A4. Battle Camp Raid.
Parcel E: ____________,
Parcel 7 B3. Assassination Attempt.
Parcel F: ____________, B3. Assassination Attempt.
Parcel G: ____________, B1. Disrupted Banquet.
Parcel H: ____________,
Parcel 2 B4. Caged Animals.
Parcel I: ____________, B6. Arena of Blood.
Parcel J: ____________, B6. Arena of Blood.
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters
Guide, the following parcels can go in the spaces
above. Rely on the wish lists your players gave you
for the first six parcels.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 20.
Parcel 2: Magic weapon, level 19.
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 19.
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 18.
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 18.
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 17.
Parcel 7: Four platinum bars minted in Tunarath,
each worth 9,000 gp (36,000 gp total).
Parcel 8: An emerald faceted by cyclops experts
(15,000 gp) and 170 pp.
Parcel 9: Bag of precious gems worth a total of
16,500 gp and 10,000 gp.
Parcel 10: 300 pp.
with most of the higher-level items appearing in par-
cels found later in the adventure, and the 20th-level
magic item found on Virizans body.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
6

Vital Information
This adventure reveals Scales of Wars true villain:
Tiamat, the god of greed, wealth, and envy. If youre
running the adventure path, make sure the players
find out the following plot points.
Kalad and Lord Torrance of the Coalition were
killed while the PCs were in Nefelus. Thrown into
chaos, the Coalition requires new leadership. With
Kalad gone, the Coalition also lost its best general.
Cachlain, the fomorian king, has grown more
aggressive. He takes slaves from areas that are
under attack, and transports githyanki troops
through his realm.
The githyanki leave nothing when they invade, and
they bring about the total destruction of any lands
they conquer. Vlaakith, the Lich Queen, no longer
leads the githyanki. (Bram Ironfell reveals these
facts.)
The fomorian named Sangwyr seeks to conquer
Cachlains realm, and only an alliance between
Cachlain and Inzira, a noble eladrin, can keep him
at bay. He would be a strong ally of the githyanki
(and Tiamat).
Sovacles is Virizan, one of Tiamats exarchs, and
Chillreaver (from Alliance at Nefelus) was as
well. Tiamat is helping the githyanki and is behind
the githyanki attacks.
The githyanki have outposts all across the world,
but their largest is a fortress called Garaithas
Anvil, from which the githyanki launched their
entire invasion from their home on the Astral Sea.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Starting the Adventure Pacing
Adventure Both the skill challenge early in the adventure and
the time the PCs spend in Cachlains court can take
As soon as the PCs return from Nefelus, theyre sum- whatever amount of time you feel is appropriate, and
moned to meet with the leaders of the Coalition. The their durations are left vague. If your players are antsy,
skill challenge (The Coalitions Leader) takes place or worry that the githyanki danger can grow while
over days or weeks, so the PCs have time to catch up the PCs spend time away from the world, bring on
with their allies amid the chaos of choosing a leader encounters or events in a more rapid succession.
for the Coalition.
for either seat, and for a position as leader. The PCs
Return to take part in a skill challenge as they put forth a candi-
date theyd like to see on the council and run a brief
the Coalition campaign to put that person in power.
Skill Challenge: SC1: The Coalitions Leader
When the PCs return, they find that the Coalition has
(page 17).
been shaken up by several events. While the PCs and
Amyria were absent, the politically savvy Lord Divian
Torrance maneuvered to become the head of the
News of the
council. The dwarf Kalad, one of the PCs most out-
Stone-Skinned King
Regardless of who leads the Coalitions council, they
spoken allies, had become an effective general for the
have a task they want the PCs to undertake. The
coalitions armies, and had earned the enmity of the
fomorian Cachlain, known as the Stone-Skinned
githyanki. While preparing for a battle near Sherrbyr,
King, allied with the githyanki. They have been fun-
he was assassinated by the githyanki, and without his
neling troops through his domain in the Underdark
leadership the battle ended in defeat for the Coalition.
of the Feywild, taking advantage of the numerous
Shortly before the PCs finished their battles to
portals to other lands that lie within it. Githyanki
save Nefelus, Torrance went missing. Githyanki from
have moved more rapidly due to this, but no one is
Garaithas Anvil claimed he came to them as a represen-
sure how severe the problem is. Caliandra has been
tative of the council, seeking a diplomatic compromise
tracking the situation in the Feywild and knows that
to prevent further bloodshed. Seeing this as an affront
Cachlain wants the Seed of Winter. The fomorian once
and a threat, they killed Torrance for his arrogance.
believed it belonged to him, and Caliandra believes
Now, the Elsir Vale and Sayre seats on the Coali-
he lent it to aid those who attacked Nefelus.
tion are open, and the council lacks a leader. The
head of Brindols council, Eoffram Troyas, seeks both The coalition wants to decipher Cachlains motives
spots. Many people, both citizens of the Elsir Vale and and prevent him from helping the githyanki if possible.
influential people in other regions now ruled by the They believe the PCs are the only ones strong enough
Coalition, have suggested Amyria as a replacement to safely travel to the kings domain and deal with him.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
7
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Enter the Feywild

Taking advantage of the chaos caused by the
githyanki attacks, Cachlain has been sending under-
lings to the world to collect slaves for his court. By
comparing the locations of a few raids in the Elsir
Vale, the Coalition has guessed that the slavers have
been traveling out of Rhest, a ruined city that was
once the capitol of the kingdom of Rhestilor. Some
explorers were trying to excavate the ruins, but no
ones heard from them in a long time.
If the PCs go to the ruins, they find the cyclops
slavers didnt take much care to cover their tracks.
They hold slaves in a small room, preparing to take
them back to Cachlains court. By defeating the
cyclopses, the PCs find the special ritual scroll given
to the cyclopses to let them access a portal back to the
Feywild. The slaves are all citizens from nearby towns
in the Elsir Vale. If the PCs kill the slavers and set
the slaves free, neither group will be missedtheyre
small potatoes to the fomorian king. Hes more inter-
ested in the Seed of Winter.
Tactical Encounter: A1. Slay the Slavers (page
20).

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
8
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Firbolg Hunters
Once the PCs arrive in the Feywild, they find them-
selves inside a large circle surrounded by standing
stones. This is the fey demesne of the Sky Shaper,
an archfey who can control the course of the moon
and sun within his small realm. Cyclops slavers were
using it as a base, but the Sky Shaper was pleased
when the firbolgs recently arrived and killed the
cyclopses in a glorious battle.
These firbolg hunters, working to gain favors from
the eladrin of the Frostwhite Forest, have staked out
this grove. The eladrin have detected the path of the
Seed of Winter and helped set up the firbolg ambush.
The firbolgs want to capture the PCs. The first group
doesnt speak. They fight for the sake of fighting,
wishing to test the PCs mettle. In the second battle, if
the firbolgs find out the PCs are willing to meet with
the eladrin peacefully, they volunteer to lead them,
but still ask if they can fight until one side submits.
Tactical Encounter: A2. Sky Shapers Grove
(page 22).
Tactical Encounter: A3. Firbolg Cave (page 24).

Pyradan
A dusk harrier named Pyradan leads this small group
of firbolgs and their beast allies. Hes comfortable in
battle, but gruff and tactless when interacting with
others. He works for the eladrins only because they
have the foresight to find powerful opponents who
can give the firbolgs a good fight. He uses the mis-
sions they give as training, and he asks only that he
be allowed to take trophies of his victory.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
9
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Eladrin Encampment Read the following: Sangwyrs Cronies

After the battle, the firbolgs lead (or carry, if the PCs Before the PCs and Druemmeth can leave the battle
The general says, Inzira seeks a temporary alliance with
lost) the PCs to a battle camp of eladrin ruled by camp, raiders affiliated with the upstart fomorian
the Stone-Skinned King. Its best if she speaks with you. He
Inzira, Daughter of Frostwhite Forest. The firbolgs Sangwyr make a bold strike against them. While
then removes a mithral medal from his chest and pins it to
depart soon after, tired of the companionship of other the other eladrin soldiers fight off lesser members
the wall of the tent. Ice spreads from it, crystallizing across
humanoids. of the horde, a few monsters break through to attack
a large surface, and forming the image of a female eladrins
In the battle camp, the PCs meet one of Inziras the tents around Druemmeth. After the assault, if
face. With long white hair and piercing, icy blue eyes, her
lesser generals, Druemmeth Goldtemple. He is a tall, Druemmeth still lives, he urges the PCs to make their
presence is cold and unfeeling. Her eyes study you as she
muscular eladrin with long, dark brown hair and, way to Cachlains court even sooner.
speaks.
true to his name, streaks of gold in the hair above his Tactical Encounter: A4. Battle Camp Raid
The Seed of Winter belongs to me, not to you and
ears. Adorned in mithral chainmail and wearing a (page 26).
certainly not to the Stone-Skinned King. It was a gift
longsword, hes clearly prepared for battle.
from Koliada to me when I was a mere child, and I have
Druemmeth questions the PCs. He has heard tales
no intention of parting with it. However, I see that the
about the war against the githyanki, so he knows the The Seed of Winter
fomorian and I must work together to foil the plots of
PCs by reputation and is friendly to them as long as Over the course of most of this adventure, the PCs
Sangwyr. Use the Seed of Winter for the time being, as a
they arent aggressive. In fact, he apologizes for send- still carry the Seed of Winter they gained during Alli-
tool to make a way into the Kings court. Ill be expecting
ing the firbolgs after them, claiming that he would ance at Nefelus. The Seed isnt pleased about being
you to return it when youre finished.
have approached them more diplomatically had he used as a bargaining chip, and it makes its wishes
Its convenient that our interests align, so youll be my
known who they were. known. When it realizes it has the chance to return
messengers. Tell the fomorian I do not like him, and I know
However, Druemmeth hasnt received word about to Inziras possession, it decides thats what it truly
he does not like me. However, Sangwyr utterly hates both of
the events in Nefelus, and he wants to know how wants. The Seed is impatient and vocal about its
us, and we must stop his stupid uprising.
the PCs attained the Seed of Winter. If theyre forth- wishes, but Inzira can calm it for the immediate
coming and appear honest, he believes them easily. future. The Seed proves useful when fighting the
Druemmeth offers to guide the PCs to a place near
Otherwise, his attitude is no longer friendly, and his inferno bats in Invasion Tunnel and the winter
the Stone-Skinned Kings palace, where they can
interrogation grows more threatening. Whether he wolves in B4. Caged Animals.
easily find some of the kings guards. The general is
finds out what he wants to know with little effort or
proper and respectful, though its clear he resents
is unable to pry any information from the PCs, he
that the PCs were sent as Inziras emissaries rather
asks the PCs to leave his tent while he converses with
than himself. He also mentions that emissaries were
Inzira, his ruler. When he brings the PCs back in, he
sent before, but havent been heard from again. He
has prepared a means for the PCs to converse with
asks that the PCs attempt to find them and have them
Inzira.
releasedif theyre alive.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
10
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Cachlains Court the halls, and you begin to see a wider variety of fey as you Features of the Court
move closer to the heart of Cachlains holdings.
Most of the rooms and halls of Cachlains court share
After their first audience with Cachlain and Sovacles, some common features
the PCs have some time before Sangwyr attacks. They The map and descriptions here describe only a small
Illumination: Bright light. Magic torches line the
have a chance to explore a few areas of the court, and segment of the fomorians massive underground
walls, emitting yellow and blue light.
meet some old and new allies. Most of the encounters palace. Numerous passages, living quarters for ser-
Doors: In most areas, unlocked double doors are
in this section are attacks by Sangwyrs followers, or vants, and workshops used by cyclops artisans sprawl
large enough for Huge creatures to fit through, or no
they occur toward the end of the adventurewhen the out for miles surrounding the main complex of the
doors exist there at all.
PCs face Sovacles and Cachlain. court.
Walls: Most walls are hewn from purple crystal
and supported in some places with beautifully forged
The Court iron plates.
A vast network of subterranean tunnels, both natural
and constructed, the domain of the Stone-Skinned
King is labyrinthine. Dozens of exits to the surface dot
the landscape, and Cachlains troops patrol that terri-
tory aboveground, which the king considers a part of
his domain.
The PCs can approach the guards to be taken to
the king, and they reach the area with little trouble.
Infiltration is possible, if they can move into one of
the exits. However, navigating the winding, twisting
tunnels of the Feydark palace is nearly impossible,
not to mention dangerous. Some of the tunnels dont
even appear to lead back to the central complex, and
connecting tunnels can be found only through secret
doors. If the PCs decide to enter this way, create a
complexity 2 or 3 skill challenge.

When the PCs enter the tunnels, read:

As you descend into the tunnels of Cachlains domain, the

air becomes cold and stagnant. The purple crystal that
forms the walls around you glows faintly. Strange, vibrantly
colored mosses and fungi carpet the floors and walls,
though living quarters and common areas you pass through
are scoured clean. Slaves and their cyclops overseers walk

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
11
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

1. Foyer
The only room connecting public passageways and
Cachlains throne room, this room also contains a
secret door that leads to a set of stairs connected to a
hidden prison (area 6).

Perception Check
When PCs are in this room, compare their passive
Perception checks to the DC below.
DC 25: You catch a faint light shining through the deep
purple crystal of the eastern wall of this room. It outlines
what is almost certainly a secret door.

2. Throne Room
This room is where Cachlain spends most of his time,
watching the gladiatorial matches through the enor-
mous window in the floor of the room. Its also where
he speaks to important visitors.
A warding ritual protects the door between this
room and the hallway, and only a command from
Cachlain or Sovacles can open the door.
The PCs have a skill challenge here when they first
arrive to meet with the king.
Skill Challenge: SC2. Audience with the King
(page 28).
The PCs later engage in battle with Cachlain and
The only interesting information that can be found 4. Banquet Hall
in this room is in the fomorian kings diary. It has a An enormous table fills the center of this room. Its
Sovacles in this room. See the Confrontation
brief description of each day, with few facts and a lot made from an enormous, ancient tree split in half,
section.
of paranoid rambling and screeds against the kings and a few twigs still grow from it. The table is ringed
3. Cachlains Bedchamber rivals. Interestingly, the king hasnt made an entry for with chairs, some sized for Large creatures and others
several monthsnot since Sovacles became his new for Medium creatures. Cachlain doesnt join in at ban-
The fomorian kings sleeping quarters are spacious
advisor. quets, instead allowing his closest cyclops followers to
and ornately decorated, with iron filigree along the
walls. Its unlikely the PCs end up in this room, and entertain his guests.
theres no chance Cachlain invites them there for
any reason. Inside the room is an enormous bed with
blankets made of luxurious animal hides.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
12

Encounters
in the Court
The middle encounters in Cachlains court dont occur
in any particular order. Once the PCs arrive, they meet
with the king, but theyll have some time to kill before
they see the king again. They later are called back to
the throne room for the Throne Room Showdown
encounter. Between those bookends, they explore.
Use encounters based on where the PCs go or what
secrets they try to uncover. If you know PCs intend
to go to one place repeatedly, consider triggering the
encounter on a later visit. Sangwyr and his githyanki
allies (who plan to betray Cachlain) engineered all the
attacks, but the assaults dont necessarily occur in
sequence or in close proximity. Put whatever amount
of time feels best between the fights.
Assassination Attempt (Area 6): The PCs might
explore the secret prison after seeing the secret door.
Instead, they might hear rumors about Cachlains
former advisor, and receive a hint that shes in a
hidden prison.
Disrupted Banquet (Area 4): Bram invites the PCs
to the banquet as a token of respect. If they refuse,
Cachlains relative, Droeth might request their atten-
dance (and its a bad idea to refuse the kings kin).
Invasion Tunnel (Area 5): This battle might occur
when the PCs return to rest, or right after the Dis-
rupted Banquet or Caged Animals encounters. In
either case, this invasion raises an alarm that gets the
PCs attention.
Caged Animals (Area 8): The PCs might be in the
arena to watch a bout, hear rumors about a plot to
cause mischief, or respond to an alarm.
The Ambassadors Banquet
The PCs are invited to a banquet at one point, where
they meet the ambassadors from other courts. Among
their number are the following.
Droeth: This laconic cyclops speaks for Uluh-
couram, a fomorian monarch and close relative of
Cachlain. He doesnt appear to have any pressing
business, and he has been in Cachlains domain for a
while, just wasting time. Though he appears to be a
lazy, uninteresting toady, hes an oni spiritmaster in
disguise. He dispatched Droeth some time ago and
ize that he has some regrets about his decision. He
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
plans to take the ambassadors hostage and steal the
Seed of Winter.
Andrinna Baelsblood: A haughty tiefling,
Andrinna claims to be a direct descendant of the
rulers of Bael Turath. She runs numerous slave trad-
ing operations in the world and has come to propose
sharing resources with Cachlain.
Troke: Dissatisfied with his treatment here, this
satyr came to resolve a territory dispute with the king,
and he hasnt had an audience for nearly a month. He
represents the Circle of Crownstone, a collective of
fey who live in lands that border Cachlains domain.
Bram Ironfell: This former ally now represents
the githyanki interests in Cachlains court. The PCs
have a chance to talk to him during the banquet. He
Bram Ironfell,
Githyanki Ambassador
Since the PCs met him in The Lost Mines of Karak
(Dungeon #159), the dwarf Bram Ironfell has gone
from being a secret agent of Sarshan to serving as an
ambassador on behalf of the githyanki. When they
meet him in Cachlains palace, the PCs realize that the
dwarf has made a power grab among the githyanki
forces and has been rewarded for treachery against
the people of his homeland.
The more the PCs talk to him, the more they real-
acts harried and fearful. The PCs have a chance to
talk with him at length during the banquet.
He is surrounded by githyanki bodyguards at all
times. One is Arzoa, who attempts to assassinate
the PCs if they venture into the secret prison (see the
Assassination Attempt encounter).
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
13

isnt willing to talk about what he has done to achieve
his place in the githyanki hierarchy, nor the ways
he betrayed the people of the Elsir Vale (more out
of shame than secrecy). However, he doesnt mind
talking about the githyanki and what he has learned
about them. The following are some of the bits of
information the PCs can pry out of him.
Bram deserted the people of the Elsir Vale because
he was certain they were going to lose the war, and
it was better to survive by joining the enemy than
to die with the others. Hes surprised at the PCs
success fighting off the githyanki and their allies.
Vlaakith, the Lich Queen, who once led the
githyanki, has been slain. Theyre now lead by
Emperor Zetchrr, who seeks to bring war and
conquest across the planes.
The githyanki are merciless and destructive, and
they leave nothing behind in realms they conquer.
After sacking the entire land and destroying
everything they find, they leave nothing but a
barren wasteland.
During the banquet, some of Sangwyrs agents
attempt to take hostages. The agents also placed seda-
tives in the meal, so keep track of which PCs partake
in food and drink at the banquet. Refer to B1. Dis-
rupted Banquet to run the sleeping elixir.
Tactical Encounter: B1. Disrupted Banquet
(page 31).
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
5. Ambassadors Quarters from time to time, though they dont trust her any
more than she trusts them.
Visitors to the court stay in these modest rooms. Two
Legbreaker Kimdal: This gnome might be the
are meant to house Medium creatures, and the north-
only prisoner who unequivocally deserves to be here.
east room is largerfit for a Large or Huge visitor.
Known only for larceny and violence, this vicious
The doors to the chambers lock and require a DC 20
thief awaits his execution. Hes gruff and off-putting,
Thievery check to open.
and all his practical advice is about various ways to
The middle room is for the PCs, and Cachlains
murder fey creatures and which ones have the best
servants bring cots if there are more than four PCs.
loot (arguably useful information for PCs).
Its not particularly comfortable, but the beds are high
quality, and the room is quiet.
Talyrin
The room to the west houses Bram Ironfell and
This cyclops was once the kings advisor, but was
his two guards. See the sidebar about Bram Ironfell.
imprisoned once Sovacles took over her spot. She
He also makes an appearance in the Disrupted Ban-
has been in this prison for months and is eager to
quet encounter.
help anyone who can help release her. Though shes
Sangwyrs agents tunnel into these rooms and
by no means a friend of good or of the eladrin, shes
begin marauding through the halls.
the lesser of two evils compared to Sovacles. Despite
Tactical Encounter: B2. Invasion Tunnel
her situation, shes still fiercely loyal to Cachlain.
(page 34).
If the PCs talk to her, they can learn the following
6. Hidden Prison information.
Sovacles arrived about three months ago and
Located below the other rooms on this level of the
quickly ingratiated himself with Cachlain. Soon
court, this prison is down a flight of stairs concealed
after that, Talyrin was imprisoned in the middle of
behind a secret door. The prison contains three cells,
the night. She was imprisoned by Cachlains order,
each of which is occupied.
and no evidence or even accusation is needed
Talyrin: A former advisor to Cachlain, this cyclops
for the king to imprison someone. Synch this up
is a wealth of information (see below).
with the amount of time that has passed in your
Eladrin Ambassadors: In one cell sit two eladrin
campaign. Sovacles arrived at least one month
followers of Inzira named Elletraius (male) and
before the PCs encountered the fey in The Temple
Serennel (female). Sovacles and the king jailed them
Between (Dungeon 161).
shortly after they arrived two weeks ago, seeking an
Talyrin believes Sovacles has supernatural power
audience so they could propose an alliance. Sigils
that lets him control Cachlain. This is the first of
covering the walls, floors, and iron bars prevent them
the Stone-Skinned Kings advisors to wield magic
from teleporting out of their cell. They have little new
openly. Fearing its power, Cachlain was unwilling
information and are curious as to what has been hap-
to choose anyone but sages and powerful warriors
pening outside. Theyve been talking with Talyrin
as advisors in the past.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
14

A rival of Cachlain named Sangwyr has long
coveted the Stone-Skinned Kings caverns. For
decades now, the upstart has fought both Cachlain
and the eladrin of Frostwhite Forest. Talyrin hears
that Sangwyrs forces are growing, bolstered by
allies from another plane. (She doesnt know theyre
githyanki.)
Under Sovacless guidance, conditions have gotten
worse in Cachlains realm. The troops moving
through secret complexes deep below ground take
food and resources that would go to those who
live in the court. The cyclopses collect more and
more slaves, and Sovacles sends them to assist the
githyanki soldiers.
After the eladrins in another cell told her that
Inzira seeks an alliance, Talyrin came to believe
its a good planif Sangwyr is truly becoming
dangerous. She fears the rumors of his power might
be lies spread by the eladrin to trick Cachlain, and
she hasnt seen evidence that an attack is imminent.
Tactical Encounter: B3. Assassination
Attempt (page 36).
7. Gladiatorial Arena
Within a massive cavern, surrounded by a 10-foot
wide chasm, is a vast, flat pillar of bloodstained
purple crystal. In this room, gladiatorial battles are
held continuously for the pleasure of the fomorian
king watching through the window at the apex of the
cave. All the walls here are littered with tunnel open-
ings, creating dozens of platforms where audience
members can watch the matches. Betting is lively,
as are calls for blood. All sorts of humanoids and fey
beasts are brought in to battle here, and Cachlain
considers this the jewel of his palace.
The climactic encounter of this adventure takes
place in this arena. See the Confrontation section.
8. Animal Pens
Beasts used for gladiatorial matches are kept here,
as are a rack of weapons and some chariots. Cyclops
animal handlers, who are also trained guards, guard
this area. A tunnel leads from this room to the slave
pens and the quarters of free gladiators who fight for
fame and wealth.
When Sangwyrs raiders attack, they attempt to set
animals free from these pens.
Tactical Encounter: B4. Caged Animals
(page 39).
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Confrontation
After a string of attacks by Sangwyrs followers,
Cachlain invites the PCs back to his chamber to talk
about the attacks.
As soon as they arrive, read:
Sovacles commands the doors to the throne room, and they
slam closed behind you. The advisor, clearly angered, yells,
The gracious king invited you into his palace, and you
use trickery and deceit to compromise the security of his
domain. You aid his great enemy, Sangwyr, and you plot
against our brave, wise king! At every opportunity, youve
allowed them into the kings domain and led them in their
assault! Now, submit to imprisonment and the king might
spare your lives.
If the PCs try to reason with the king and his advi-
sor, they quickly find that logic wont work, and
that Cachlain follows the irrational hatred Sovacles
demonstrates for the PCs. Once the PCs become
aggressive or anger Sovacles with their persistence,
the advisor leads Cachlain in an attack against the
PCs.
Tactical Encounter: B5. Throne Room Show-
down (page 41).
This encounter leads into the climactic fight of the
adventure, as the PCs and Sovacles drop into the
gladiatorial arena below and face off.
Tactical Encounter: B6. Arena of Blood
(page 43).
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
15

Concluding
the Adventure
If the PCs knocked Virizan out instead of killing him,
Cachlain demands a quick execution, believing the
exarch is too dangerous to be allowed to live. He abso-
lutely refuses to let the creature leave his domain. If
he has his way, the Stone-Skinned King has Virizan
executed, and his remains torn apart by animals from
the pens.
If the PCs convince Cachlain to let them inter-
rogate Virizan, they find the exarch is extremely
disciplined and obstinate. He would rather die than
reveal any of his queens secrets. However, he also
boasts, and the PCs might learn the following about
Tiamats plans:
No one who opposes Tiamat will be left alive when
her plans come to fruition.
She has three other (living) exarchs. Virizan is
cryptic, but the PCs can figure out a few things.
Tiamat usually keeps one exarch to represent each
of her heads, and the PCs have now defeated both
her white and green exarchs. Three more remain,
each certainly involved in the war against their
world.
Cachlains Choice
After they revealed his advisors true motives and
protected his palace, the PCs have influence over
Cachlain. He comes as close to trusting them as
a fomorian can. With his autonomy restored, he
releases Talyrin from her prison and reinstates her as
his main advisor. She vouches for the PCs, too.
Cachlain agrees that Sangwyr is a true danger.
Hell ally with Inzira and her eladrin for now, and
eventhough it pains him to do soallows her to take
the Seed of Winter as a token of this alliance. The Seed
wants to go back to Inzira (for now), and anyone else
who keeps it takes the 1 concordance hit for refusing
the Seed every day.
The king refuses to help the githyanki again, but
doesnt intend to take up arms against them. Sangwyr
presents a big enough threat to him that Cachlain
will be preoccupied with the upstarts destruction for
some time.
However, the king does have information about
the githyanki strongholds, since theyve been using
his portals. He gives the PCs some information on
a githyanki outpost in the mountains north of Elsir
Vale, including a fairly detailed map on how to
reach it.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Inzira and the
Frostwhite Eladrin
To settle the specifics of the alliance, Druemmeth
Goldtemple is invited to Cachlains court. He thanks
the PCs, and states that Inzira sympathizes with their
alliance. If the PCs speak with her, they can persuade
her to join the Coalition. She appoints Druemmeth
to the council, effective once he finishes dealing with
Cachlain.
Back to the Coalition
Their task complete, the PCs can return to Sayre to
deliver the news to the Coalition. Cachlain allows
them to exit through one of his portals (and they
arrive near the portal they first took to reach the Fey-
wild). If they succeeded on either the Audience with
the King skill challenge or the Release Cachlains
Mind skill challenge (in the Throne Room Show-
down encounter), he gives them the sigil sequence so
they can use Linked Portal or similar rituals to travel
to his court.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
16

SC1: The Coalitions
Leader
Encounter Level 15 (6,000 XP)
Setup
After the deaths of two of its members, the Coalitions
council lacks a strong leader and needs represen-
tatives for the Elsir Vale and Sayre. The PCs can
nominate a candidate. Most likely, this would be
Amyria. The members of the council make it clear
that the PCs will not be accepted onto the council,
since they are vital to combat efforts and are needed
elsewhere. The candidate is selected by all the mem-
bers of the council who arent running for the seat,
but the council members also listen to those they
represent, so convincing the people of various regions
is as important as convincing the council members
themselves.
Rival Candidates
Two major players oppose the PCs candidate. Each
time the PCs have a failure in the skill challenge,
assign it as a success for one of these candidates,
based on who you think would do best at the activity
described. Describe how these successes benefit the
rivals, to let the PCs know how their adversaries fare
and where the PCs need to step up. For example, if
the PCs try to speak to the people of Overlook and fail
at the Diplomacy check, you might decide that many
of them have jobs in Quelennas trade organization,
and give their support (and a success) to her instead.
If the PCs choose to support Eoffram or Quelenna
instead of a third candidate, skip the skill challenge
or do a simple (complexity 1) challenge. The PCs
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
support is probably enough to carry the candidate to
victory, since the two are otherwise evenly matched. Factions and
Council Members
Eoffram Troyas
If the PCs try to sway specific settlements or mem-
A member of the Brindol council, the male half-
bers of the council to their side, special rules apply.
elf Eoffram Troyas is outspoken and rash, and has
become even more so as he hears more news of
Each factions effect applies only for one success; after
a faction has sided with them, the PCs need to find
war. When speaking, he is somber, methodical, and
additional allies.
humorless. Debate bores him, and hed prefer to
Brindol: Eoffram Troyas made both friends and
make quick, unilateral decisions than let issues get
enemies on his council. If the PCs recruit this faction,
bogged down in endless chatter.
they undermine his base. Eoffram loses one success
If youre playing Scales of War, Eoffram was the
if he has any.
NPC who recruited the PCs in Rescue at Rivenroar.
Overlook: The people of Overlook respect the
Represents: Brindol.
PCs because of their previous assistance and because
Motive: Though he truly seeks to do good, Eoffram
Kalad allied with them. PCs receive a +2 bonus to
believes his ideas are the only ones that matter. Hes
attempts to recruit this faction.
willing to sacrifice whatever he needs to if it helps end
Bejam: If the PCs convinced him to join the coun-
the war. A quick, decisive victory is what he believes
cil, this deva from Nefelus is eager to support them
he needs to establish his leadership and immortal-
and gives an automatic success.
ize his name. Eoffram wasnt chosen to advise the
Fariex: Fariex enjoys political squabbles and espe-
Coalition, and still harbors resentment that he wasnt
included.
cially clever ripostes. If the PCs have succeeded at any
political gambits, they receive a +2 bonus to checks
Platform: Eoffram wants to be aggressiveto take
to recruit him.
the fight to the enemies of the Coalition. A show of
Caliandra: The elf barbarian queen respects
force can, in his opinion, cause the enemy troops to
strength of arms. If the PCs succeed at the Blockade
scatter and retreat. He favors a combat crash course
political gambit, they receive a +2 bonus to checks to
for citizens of all the Coalitions communities, along
recruit her. If they fail at that gambit, they take a 2
with recruiting mercenaries, followed by a rapid
penalty instead.
assault against the evil forces.
Inogo: If the PCs use Religion to recruit Inogo, they
gain a +2 bonus to the skill check.
Quelenna Entromiel
Odos: The githzerai leader isnt interested in these
Since the councils inception, Quelenna has occupied
political games and wants the selection process to
a seat. Ruler of the settlement called Dornaithos, she
be over with. If the PCs are far ahead when they
has influence over trade in several lands, and she can
attempt to recruit Odos, they receive a +2 bonus to
easily access raw materials needed for the war effort.
the checks.
Traders in every major settlement know her name.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
17

Shes an expert at arranging deals, especially when
time is tight, and some say shell even use bribes if it
will help her.
Represents: Dornaithos, a major trade city.
Motive: Quelenna want Dornaithoss fortunes to
continue, and she thinks running the war council is
a way to make herself more prominent and secure
better deals for Dornaithos to provide war materiel.
Platform: Two words encapsulate Quelennas
proposal: caution and commerce. Quelenna believes
and makes this belief widely knownthat the war
wont last long, and that the free cities can weather
the storm once the githyanki assault runs out of
steam. She encourages a defensive posture and argues
that building up the defenses of the cities is best for
now and for the future. Of course, Dornaithos is
happy to provide the materials and expertise to build
these fortifications.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
The Coalitions Leader Level 15 Eoffram fights less ardently since the Elsir Vale seat will likely
Skill Challenge XP 6,000 go to him. A PC attempting this check gains a bonus equal to
Your actions determine whether your candidate becomes the the number of successes the PCs have.
History DC 18 (1 success, maximum 2 successes)
leader of the Coalition.
The PCs use their knowledge of historical warfare to coach their
The PCs argue for their candidate, try to gather support, candidate on lessons to be learned from past battles, so the
rebut the arguments of the other candidates, and train candidate can look more knowledgeable about the art of war.
their candidate to be a better leader. Most checks in Insight DC 18 (1 success, maximum 2 successesone per rival)
this challenge take one or more days to resolve, so the The PC watches one of the rival candidates speak and figures
challenge takes up a bit of time. out some of that candidates true motives. This also gives a +2
Complexity bonus to all checks during the next event (see below) triggered
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures). Special: When by that rival.
the PCs gain a failure, assign it as a success to one of Religion DC 18 (1 success, maximum 1 success)
the rival candidates (whichever is most likely to benefit By encouraging their candidate to show religious devotion,
from the PCs failure on that specific task). The PCs lose the PCs gain the backing of many religious leaders in various
the challenge only if a single rival gains 3 successes. regions.
Consequently, they can have more than 3 total failures. Streetwise DC 23 (1 success, maximum 1 success)
Primary Skills The PC finds out that Quelenna Entromiel has been bribing
Diplomacy, History, Religion, Streetwise.
officials to secure their support. Exposing her also removes 1
Other Skills success from her tally, if she has any.
Bluff, Streetwise. Streetwise DC 11 (no successes)
Victory By gathering or spreading rumors, the PC find ways to
The NPC nominated by the PCs is chosen to lead the war undermine a rivals support base. The next ally who makes a
council. skill check in this challenge gains a +5 bonus.
Defeat
When a rival achieves three successes (in other words,
three of the PCs failures are assigned to that rival), that
rival is chosen as the leader of the war council.
Special
If the PCs have developed especially favorable relations
with members of the council, or leaders in regions of
the coalition, give them one automatic success (total,
not per person/region) to represent the support of those
individuals.
Bluff
DC 18 (no successes)
By misrepresenting the number of influential people supporting
their candidate, the PCs sow doubt in the competition. The next
political gambit (see below) has its DC reduced by 5.
Diplomacy
DC 18 (1 success, no maximum successes)
The PC speaks to common people, convincing them to urge
their leaders to support the PCs candidate.
Diplomacy
DC 23 (1 success, maximum 1 success)
Eoffram Troyas seeks both the Elsir Vale seat and the leadership.
If the PCs candidate seeks only the Sayre seat and leadership,
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
18
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Political Gambits Effect: One or two PCs can skip their next action Changing Sides
in the skill challenge to instead investigate the Occurs when the PCs have 8 or more successes.
The PCs rivals arent passive in this challenge.
evidence of this raid. Each PC makes one DC 23 Once the PCs are close to victory, one of the other
The following political events can happen during
Perception check and one DC 23 Streetwise check. If candidates might switch sides and come to the aid of
the course of the challenge, and give Eoffram and
one PC is sent, it requires a success on both checks, if the PCs. (You might choose to have a rival switch just
Quelenna opportunities to gain successes for them-
two are sent, they must succeed at a total of 3 or more. after his or her second political gambit fails.)
selves (bringing the PCs closer to defeat). Each gambit
Victory: The PCs reveal that the severity of the Effect: If either rival has fewer successes than the
can appear after the PCs have a certain number of
raid was greatly exaggerated, and theres no evidence other, he or she joins the PCs cause and says that the
successes, and an entry mentions in what range it
that the hobgoblins were even associated with the PCs candidate speaks for his or her people. This gives
should appear. For example, The Blockade can
githyanki. the PCs one success and removes a candidate from
occur when the PCs have 2, 3, or 4 successes, and
Defeat: Eofframs views appear more credible, and contention. The rival gains or retains a seat on the war
the PCs choose whether to forgo actions when you
he gains 1 success. council in any case.
announce that event occurs.

The Blockade Accusation False Commands

Occurs when the PCs have 79 successes. Occurs when the PCs have 911 successes.
Occurs when the PCs have 24 successes.
Quelenna uses her connections to find out about Desperate to prove his plans viability, Eoffram
A group of hobgoblins seize a road used by the
the PCs wealth, acquired from their various adven- sends out false orders to three cities, commanding
Elsir Consortium and prevent the flow of goods.
tures, and uses this evidence to claim that the PCs them to raise civilian armies and strike back at the
Quelenna uses this as evidence that trade is vital to
have only their own profit in mind. Claiming the PCs invaders.
the war, and she intends to make sure resources move
are biased, she contends that the PCs want only a Effect: Up to three PCs can forgo their next
through it.
pawn who can send them to the lands with the most skill checks to instead try to prevent the messages
Effect: Any number of PCs can skip their next
riches. from being acted on. Each PC can attempt a DC 18
skill checks to travel out and try to break the block-
Effect: Each PC has to defend his or her motives. Endurance check to catch the messenger, or a DC 18
ade. One of the PCs makes a d20 roll, with a +5
Victory: The PCs convince all present that their Diplomacy check to convince the leaders of the city to
bonus for each PC participating. The DC is 17.
efforts are noble and intended for the greater defense ignore the orders. The PCs fail if they commit fewer
Victory: The PCs break the blockade, but gain no
of the world. Their backing of Amyria carries even than three of their members (adjust the number if you
successes.
more weight, and one PC gains a +2 bonus on the have fewer than three players).
Defeat: Quelennas mercenaries break the block-
next skill check made during the skill challenge. Victory: If all PCs succeeded, they prevent Eof-
ade, and she gains one success.
Defeat: If at least one PC fails, Quelenna gains a frams plan from working and likely save some lives.
Raid on Brindol success. If more than half fail, the PCs also lose one Defeat: Eoffram denies responsibility for the
success when someone they had already brought to orders, claiming that the people demand this course
Occurs when the PCs have 47 successes.
their side reneges to support Quelenna instead. of action. He must be given control or the war effort is
A stealth raid by hobgoblins against Brindol is
easily foiled by the citys guards. Eoffram claims this doomed to failure. He gains one success.
shows that the evil forces can be defeated easily, but
the details of his story dont add up.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
19

A1: Slay the Slavers
Encounter Level 16 (7,600 XP)
Setup
2 cyclops crushers (C)
2 cyclops slavers (S)
1 stone golem (G)
The PCs go down a narrow set of stairs that leads to a
large room where water drains from the ruins above.
When they look into the room, read:
Ahead is a room built with white stone brick. Deep channels
built into the floor carry water out, away from the room,
and you hear a steady flow of water to the south.
2 Cyclops Crushers (C) Level 14 Brute
Large fey humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16; truesight 6
HP 171; Bloodied 85
AC 26; Fortitude 27, Reflex 26, Will 25
Speed 8
m Spiked Greatclub (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +17 vs. AC; 2d10 + 8 damage.
R Evil Eye (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged sight; targets a creature the cyclops crusher has hit
with a melee attack during this round; the target takes a
2 penalty to attack rolls and all defenses until the end of
the encounter or until the crusher uses evil eye against a
different target.
C Tremor Smash (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Weapon
Close blast 2; +17 vs. AC; 2d12 + 8 damage, and the target
is knocked prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven
Skills Athletics +18
Str 23 (+13) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 19 (+11)
Con 21 (+12) Int 10 (+7) Cha 11 (+7)
Equipment scale armor, greatclub
In the room sit four cyclopses, who all appear to be
relaxing. Two have giant wooden clubs, and the other two
have nets attached to their belts and spears slung across
their backs. Near the entrance, a stone golem stands
perfectly still.
Surprise
The PCs can try to gain surprise. The PC with the
lowest bonus rolls a Stealth check opposed by the
slavers passive Perception checks (26 is the highest).
The PCs have surprise if no enemies detect them.
2 Cyclops Slavers (S) Level 15 Controller
Large fey humanoid XP 1,200 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15; truesight
HP 149; Bloodied 74
AC 29; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 25
Speed 7
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage.
r Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 4 damage.
R Evil Eye (minor 1/round; at-will) Sleep
Ranged sight; the target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls
against the cyclops slaver until the end of the encounter or
until the slaver uses evil eye against a different target.
C Barbed Net (standard; requires net; recharge 4 5 6)
Weapon
Close blast 4; +19 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 6 damage, and the
target is restrained and takes ongoing 10 damage (save
ends both).
A Sleep Powder Flask (standard; encounter) Sleep
Area burst 1 within 10; +19 vs. Fortitude; the target is
slowed (save ends). First Failed Saving Throw: The target is
knocked unconscious instead of slowed (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven
Skills Stealth +19
Str 20 (+12) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 21 (+12) Int 11 (+7) Cha 10 (+7)
Equipment leather armor, spear, 3 nets, 10 shuriken, 1 sleep
powder flask
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Dungeoneering Check
DC 18: This room looks newer than the surrounding ruins.
Judging from the way water falls into the room, it appears
the room was built to drain the swampy water away from
the ruins, perhaps so they could be made livable once again.
The construction uses dwarven methods, and the room was
clearly not constructed by cyclopses or other fey.
When the PCs see the people imprisoned behind
the portcullis, read:
An iron portcullis blocks off a dead-end tunnel. Inside are
several humans, dwarves, and other residents of the Elsir
Vale. When they see you, they shout at you, begging for help.
Stone Golem (G) Level 17 Elite Soldier
Large natural animate (construct) XP 3,200
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +7; darkvision
HP 336; Bloodied 168; see also death burst
AC 33; Fortitude 33, Reflex 24, Will 24
Immune disease, poison, sleep
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6; cant shift
Action Points 1
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +23 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 damage, and the target is
pushed 1 square and dazed (save ends).
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The stone golem makes two slam attacks.
M Golem Rampage (standard; $recharge 5 6)
The stone golem moves its speed plus 2 and can move
through enemies spaces, provoking opportunity attacks as
normal. When it enters a creatures space (ally or enemy),
the golem makes a slam attack against that creature. The
creature remains in its space, and the golem must leave the
space after it attacks. The golem must end its rampage in
an unoccupied space.
C Death Burst (when reduced to 0 hit points)
The stone golem explodes in a burst of jagged stones.
Close burst 1; +23 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage, and the space
it occupied is difficult terrain until cleared.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 24 (+15) Dex 7 (+6) Wis 8 (+7)
Con 24 (+15) Int 3 (+4) Cha 3 (+4)
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
20

Tactics
The slavers main goal is preventing the loss of any
of the slaves theyve just collected. All the cyclopses
attack anyone who moves close to the portcullis.
This room has a narrow entryway, so its possible to
let the fight stagnate if you create a bottleneck there.
Give the PCs a good chance to move into the larger
room. Of the enemies, only the golem is likely to move
toward the entryway.
Cyclops Crushers: The crushers move into posi-
tion to guard the slaves cell, moving into the water
if necessary. They use their bulk to block passage
and attack with tremor smash to keep enemies from
going where they want. If they act before the PCs, the
crushers move into position, then ready an action to
attack anyone who comes into reach.
Cyclops Slavers: The slavers use shuriken and
their evil eye powers to keep enemies at bay. They
move in if multiple enemies are clustered together
and toss barbed nets on the foes to entangle them.
Each slaver has one flask filled with powder that
induces sleep, and they use these expensive items
sparingly. They wait until the battle is going poorly
before they throw their flasks. The slavers are in com-
mand and can order allies to move away from the PCs
to make it easier to throw nets over them.
Stone Golem: The golem follows the slavers
orders and tries to keep the PCs away from the slavers
and the prisoners. It flanks with one of the crush-
ers. When all the PCs have spread out, or when one
of the cyclopses is reduced to 0 hit points, the golem
uses golem rampage to hurt as many PCs as it can. The
slavers direct the golem to use its slam attack to knock
PCs into the water. Remember that the stone golems
slam attack cant push a creature if its used during
golem rampage.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Features of the Area
Illumination: Several braziers throughout the
room provide bright light.
Rubble: The rubble near the entrance is difficult
terrain.
Water: The water in constructed channels is 5 feet
deep, so PCs need to swim, (DC 10 Athletics). The
monsters are tall enough that they can walk through
the water in the channels, but they treat it as difficult
terrain. The pool near the entrance is shallow, but it
counts as difficult terrain.
Portcullis: Prisoners from the Elsir Vale are
trapped in a small room behind a well-crafted port-
cullis. It requires a DC 28 Strength check to force
open, and it has AC 4, Ref lex 4, Fortitude 12; hp
120. One of the cyclops slavers (of your choice) car-
ries the key.
Walls: The walls are smooth stone, requiring a
DC 20 Athletics check to climb.
Treasure: The PCs receive a map and a ritual
scroll that let them locate and access a portal near the
ruins.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
21

A2: Sky Shapers Grove
Encounter Level 17 (9,800 XP)
Setup
2 firbolg ghostravens (G)
2 shadow snakes (S)
As the PCs appear in this grove after traveling
through the portal from the Elsir Vale, read:
You are surrounded by a circle of tall, columnar stones. A
ring of glowing runes encircles them, and then it dims after
you arrive. Youre in a verdant grove in the Feywild, and
a vibrant moon hangs in the sky above the tops of the tall,
ancient trees. A bit to the west is a steep cliff. A cave mouth
is directly across from you, and two enormous doors made
of entwined wood and vines span the tunnel, which is just
inside the cave mouth.
The firbolg hunting party wants to surprise the PCs,
so roll a Stealth check against the highest passive
Perception of the party to determine surprise. Use the
lowest bonus among the enemies (the firbolgs +19).
The PCs cant surprise the firbolgs, since the firbolgs
know theyre coming and the portal doesnt allow for
a stealthy entry.
When the PCs see their enemies, read:
You see two humanoids, each about 12 feet tall. They wear
headdresses crafted to look like crows and carry enormous
picks with the same motifs. Near them, you can barely make
out two snakes, each of which has two heads and is made of
solid shadow.
2 Firbolg Ghostravens (G)
Large fey humanoid
Level 16 Elite Lurker
XP 2,800 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +18; low-light vision
HP 236; Bloodied 118
Regeneration 5
AC 30; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 28
Vulnerable necrotic (if the firbolg ghostraven takes necrotic
damage, its regeneration does not function on its next turn
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects, immobilized,
restrained, and slowed)
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Heavy War Pick (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7 damage (crit 2d12 + 19).
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The firbolg ghostraven makes two heavy war pick attacks.
If the ghostraven hits two targets with the attacks, one
of the targets of the ghostravens choice is blinded (save
ends).
R Moonfire (minor 1/round; recharge 4 5 6)
Ranged 10; +19 vs. Will; until the end of the firbolg
ghostravens next turn, the target cannot benefit from
invisibility or concealment.
Ghostraven Form (minor; at-will) Polymorph
Until the firbolg ghostraven attacks, it gains insubstantial
and phasing and gains a fly (clumsy) speed equal to its walk
speed. While in dim light or darkness, it has concealment
while in this form.
Ghostraven Strike
When the firbolg ghostraven hits a target that couldnt see
the ghostraven at the start of the ghostravens turn, the
attack deals 2d8 extra damage.
Hunters Flight
A firbolg ghostraven doesnt provoke opportunity attacks
while jumping or when moving at half speed while flying.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Athletics +18, Nature +18, Stealth +19
Str 20 (+13) Dex 23 (+14) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 17 (+11) Int 13 (+9) Cha 15 (+10)
Equipment leather armor, raven helmet, heavy war pick
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
2 Shadow Snakes (S)
Large shadow beast (reptile)
Level 16 Skirmisher
XP 1,400 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
HP 158; Bloodied 79
AC 30; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 27
Resist 10 poison
Speed 7, climb 7; see also shifting shadowstrike
m Bite (standard; at-will) Poison
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage, and ongoing 10
poison damage (save ends).
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Poison
The shadow snake makes two bite attacks and shifts 1
square before, between, or after the attacks.
M Shifting Shadowstrike (standard; encounter) Poison
The shadow snake shifts 7 squares and makes a bite attack
against two different targets at any point during its move.
Vanish into the Night (standard; encounter)
The shadow snake gains the insubstantial and phasing
qualities, and is invisible in dim light, until the end of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages
Skills Stealth +20
Str 20 (+13) Dex 25 (+15) Wis 10 (+8)
Con 22 (+14) Int 4 (+5) Cha 20 (+13)
Tactics
Between cover from the trees and concealment from
the darkness, it can be difficult to find (and hit) ene-
mies in this fight. The hunters take advantage of the
terrain and lighting.
Firbolg Ghostravens: The firbolgs are silent
throughout this encounter, never letting out more
than a grunt of pain. They test the PCs by making a
few bad moves, such as provoking opportunity attacks
when they dont need to, to see if the PCs are worthy
opponents. An Insight check (DC 20) reveals that
they are testing the PCs and not fighting as aggres-
sively as they could. If a firbolg is killed, the other
retreats when it is low on hit points, rather than facing
an unnecessary death.
By using ghostraven strike, the firbolgs use the
darkness to the fullest. Though it can attack, then
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
22

Sway the Sky Shaper Level 16
Skill Challenge XP 1,400
A rumbling voice thunders through the sky. You fight in my do-
main, do you? Fine, then. Entertain me. You quickly realize this
must be the Sky Shaper, the archfey Caliandra told you about.
The PCs can try to sway the Sky Shaper to their side,
causing him to make his domain sunny to disadvantage
the firbolgs. As the PCs gain successes, the sky gets lighter,
and it darkens again if they fail. Each PC can contribute
once per round. Most attempts require a minor action, but
a character who makes an Acrobatics check for a different
reason can count that check for the challenge, and Arcana,
History, and Insight checks are all free actions.
Complexity
1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Bluff, Nature.
Other Skills
Arcana, History, Insight.
Victory
The Sky Shaper decides to side with the PCs and alters the
sky in this domain: The area is filled with bright light, and
each enemy takes 5 necrotic damage at the start of each of
its turns.
Defeat
The Sky Shaper supports the firbolgs and alters the sky in
this domain: The area remains in dim light, and all light
sources that normally create bright light produce dim
light instead. In addition, until only one enemy remains, a
random enemy becomes invisible at the start of each round
of combat, and remains so until the start of the next round.
Inaction
If a round passes without any PC attempting a check on the
skill challenge, the PCs gain 1 failure. Tell the players about
this effect when the encounter begins.
immediately use ghostraven strike, it leaves a window to
see if the PCs capitalize on the poor tactical decision.
The firbolgs fight to subdue, not to kill. A PC
knocked unconscious by a firbolg doesnt make death
saving throws.
Shadow Snakes: Unlike the firbolgs, snakes
fight on bestial instinct and do attempt to kill PCs.
Using trees and standing stones to gain cover, the
snakes attempt to hide as often as they can. They are
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Critical Hit (1 success, no maximum successes) A successful
critical hit gives 1 success (if a PC scored the crit) or 1
failure (if an enemy scored the crit).
Whenever a creature scores a critical hit, the Sky Shaper chortles
with glee and rewards that creature.
Fey Pacts (1 success, maximum 1 success per character) Only
a creature of the fey origin (such as a gnome or eladrin) or a
fey pact warlock can take this action.
The PC invokes a pact the Sky Shaper made with fey races in times
past.
Acrobatics
DC 13 (1 success, maximum 2 successes)
The Sky Shaper is easily amused by acrobatic antics.
Arcana
DC 20 (no successes)
The PC searches his or her memory for details about the Sky
Shaper and reveals something about the archfeys behavior.
Reveal the Sky Shapers love for acrobatics and compliments.
Bluff
DC 13 (1 success, no maximum successes)
By flattering the Sky Shaper with compliments, the PC gains
his favor.
History
DC 20 (no successes)
The PC remembers that the Sky Shaper made pacts with fey.
Reveal the conditions of the Fey Pacts entry.
Insight
DC 13 (no successes)
Trees: The small (1 square) trees provide cover to
Figuring out the Sky Shapers tastes, the PC learns one type of
action the Sky Shaper is fond of. Reveal one of the primary skills anyone who stands in their spaces. The larger trees (3
for this skill challenge. squares across) have a wider trunk, which is blocking
Nature
terrain. The rest of these trees provide cover.
DC 20 (1 success, no maximum successes)
Doors: The doors arent locked and can be opened
The PC recognizes how the Sky Shaper has reshaped the terrain
here and displays this knowledge, impressing the archfey. easily. If this happens, combine the next encounter,
A3. Firbolg Cave with this one.
extremely aggressive, unless the Sky Shaper trans- Thorn Bushes: The thorn bushes are difficult ter-
forms the environment to daylight, in which case they rain, and any creature moving into them or starting
fight while retreating into the trees away from the its turn in them takes 5 damage.
center of the grove. Statue: This stone statue represents a wolflike
hound. A creature standing in the statues space gains
Features of the Area cover.
Illumination: Begins in dim light. See the Sway Difficult terrain: The puddle, clusters of rocks,
the Sky Shaper skill challenge. and fallen tree are difficult terrain.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
23

A3: Firbolg Cave
Encounter Level 17 (8,400 XP)
Setup
1 firbolg bloodbear (B)
2 portal hounds (H)
Pyradan, firbolg dusk harrier (P)
This encounter is connected to A2. Sky Shapers
Grove, and it might even be combined with that
encounter if the PCs go through the door into the
cave before the previous battle is over.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
When a PC enters the cave, read: Tactics
The firbolgs and their trained hounds attempt to
Inside this cave you see a blazing campfire surrounded by
subdue the PCs. If one of the creatures reduces a PC
bedding. In the back of the cave, you can see a constructed
to 0 hit points or fewer, it knocks the PC unconscious,
wall made of large, natural stones.
and the PC doesnt make death saving throws.
Portal Hounds: These animals are well-trained
When a PC sees the cliff in the back of the cave,
hunting companions, and they take orders from
read:
Pyradan. Their main purpose is to drag creatures that
remain outside the cave into the cave using their tele-
A 10-foot-tall cliff rises up in front of you, with a shaft of
portation powers.
solid stone separating it into two sections. Atop the cliff, you
Firbolg Bloodbear: With its huge damage
see that a soft blue light shining from the floor illuminates
output, the bloodbear is in charge of beating enemies
the ceiling and walls above it.
to a pulp until theyve been subdued. It singles out
one target at a time, and it especially likes to attack
When Pyradan joins the fight, read:
defenders. Facing the bloodbear when its in its
bear berserker form can be dangerous, and theres
A firbolg carrying two spears, one of which has a
a chance it will try to kill its opponents while its
hooked point, faces you. For the first time since you first
berserk.
encountered these firbolgs, one speaks. He says, It appears
Pyradan: Preferring to fight in melee alongside
you are worthy to fight. And now that we know youre a
allies, Pyradan keeps his enemies contained by slid-
challenge, it will bring us great glory when we capture you
ing them with his hooked spear, trapping them in
for the Daughter of Frostwhite Forest. Introduce yourselves
flanked positions. He taunts his enemies, but respects
so we might fight as warriors. I am Pyradan, and the fury
them if they fight bravely and competently.
of the Wild Hunt runs through my veins.
Features of the Area
Arcana Check
Illumination: Dim light in most areas, but the
A character who sees the magic circle on top of the
biggest room is lit with bright light from a campfire.
cliff, or sees another creature using the circle, can
Campfire: Any creature that enters or starts its
make this check.
turn in the campfire takes 2d8 fire damage.
DC 18: This magic circle grants clairvoyance, allowing
Water: Fresh water wells up in this cave from a
anyone inside it to see nearby areas despite any obstacles in
spring. The water is difficult terrain.
the way.
Rocks: Piles of rock are difficult terrain.
Cliff: The cliff that leads up to the magic circle is
10 feet tall (2 squares) and requires a DC 15 Athletics
check to climb.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
24

Firbolg Bloodbear (B) Level 15 Elite Brute
Large fey humanoid XP 2,400
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +18; low-light vision
HP 240; Bloodied 120; see also bloodbear form
Regeneration 5 (10 while in bloodbear form)
AC 27; Fortitude 28, Reflex 25, Will 28
Vulnerable necrotic (if the firbolg bloodbear takes necrotic
damage, its regeneration does not function on its next turn)
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects, immobilized,
restrained, and slowed)
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d8 + 9 damage.
m Claw (standard; usable only while in bloodbear form; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d12 + 9 damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The firbolg bloodbear makes two melee basic attacks. If
the bloodbear hits with both attacks, it makes a secondary
attack against the target. Secondary Attack: +17 vs.
Fortitude; the target is grabbed.
M Bloodbear Maul (standard; recharges when bloodied)
Reach 2; targets a creature grabbed by the firbolg
bloodbear; no attack roll; 4d10 + 9 damage, and if the
bloodbear is in bloodbear form, it makes a bite attack
against the target as a free action.
M Bite (standard; usable only while in bloodbear form; at-will)
+18 vs. AC; 3d12 + 9 damage, and if the target is granting
combat advantage to the firbolg bloodbear, the target
takes ongoing 10 damage (save ends).
R Moonfire (minor; recharge 4 5 6 )
Ranged 10; +15 vs. Will; until the end of the firbolg
bloodbears next turn, the target cannot benefit from
invisibility or concealment.
Bloodbear Form (when first bloodied; encounter) Healing,
Polymorph
The firbolg bloodbear takes the form of a humanoidbear
hybrid. It regains all its hit points, gains regeneration 10,
and gains bite and claw attacks. When the bloodbear is
bloodied a second time, it reverts to its normal form until
the end of the encounter.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Athletics +19, Intimidate +13, Nature +18
Str 24 (+14) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 22 (+13)
Con 20 (+12) Int 12 (+8) Cha 13 (+8)
Equipment hide armor, bear helmet
Pyradan, Level 17 Elite Skirmisher
Firbolg Dusk Harrier (P)
Large fey humanoid XP 3,200
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +17; low-light vision
HP 322; Bloodied 161
Regeneration 5
AC 31; Fortitude 29, Reflex 30, Will 27
Vulnerable necrotic (if Pyradan takes necrotic damage, his
regeneration doesnt function on his next turn)
Saving Throws +2; +4 against charm effects, immobilized,
restrained, and slowed
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 damage.
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10/20; +22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
Pyradan makes two spear attacks, and slides one hit target
1 square. Pyradan then shifts 3 squares.
R Moonfire (minor 1/round; recharge 456 )
Ranged 10; +20 vs. Will; until the end of Pyradans
next turn, the target cannot benefit from invisibility or
concealment, and Pyradan gains combat advantage to the
target.
C Forest of Spears (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Weapon
Close burst 2; targets enemies; +22 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5
damage, and the target is either slowed or takes ongoing
10 damage (save ends both). On a critical hit, the target
takes both effects.
Deadly Flanker
When an ally flanks with Pyradan, that ally deals 1d8 extra
damage with attacks against the flanked creature.
Harriers Flank (immediate reaction, when an ally moves
adjacent to a creature within 2 squares of Pyradan; at-will)
Pyradan shifts 2 squares. He must end this shift in a
flanking position with the ally who triggered this power.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Acrobatics +19, Athletics +20, Intimidate +15, Nature +17
Str 22 (+14) Dex 25 (+15) Wis 18 (+12)
Con 17 (+11) Int 13 (+9) Cha 15 (+10)
Equipment hide armor, 2 spears, 4 javelins
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
2 Portal Hounds (H) Level 16 Controller
Medium fey beast XP 1,400 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +21; low-light vision
Portal Aura (Teleportation) aura 2; when an enemy starts its
turn within the aura, the portal hound can teleport that
creature to a different square within the aura.
HP 150; Bloodied 75
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 30, Will 28
Speed 7, teleport 7
m Bite (standard; at-will)
+21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage.
M Dimensional Jaws (standard; at-will) Teleportation
+21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the portal hound makes
a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary
Attack: +22 vs. Will; the target is teleported 10 squares.
C Portal Walk (move; encounter) Teleportation
The portal hound attacks, then teleports itself to a square
within 10 of it; close burst 1; +21 vs. Will; the target is
teleported into a square adjacent to the portal hound,
after the hound teleports.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 16 (+11) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 14 (+10) Int 5 (+5) Cha 19 (+12)
Magic Circle: A creature inside the circle can see
the domain around the firbolgs. That creature has
line of sight to all other squares in the cave and out-
side as far as the hound statue (see A2. Sky Shapers
Grove above). This does not give line of effect, but it
does allow the creature to ignore concealment, and to
see any creatures, including hidden creatures, in the
area.
Doors: The doors arent locked and can be opened
easily. Most likely, theyre already open when this
encounter begins.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
25

A4: Battle Camp Raid
Encounter Level 15 (6,600 XP)
Setup
2 night hags (H)
3 rakshasa archers (R)
1 troll vinespeaker (T)
While the PCs are finalizing their agreement with
Druemmeth Goldtemple, the sound of clashing
blades and shouts of alarm echo from a distant part
of the camp. All the monsters are attempting to hide,
so make Stealth checks for each group. The monsters,
NPCs, and PCs roll initiative.
When a PC looks outside, read:
Though the sounds of battle come from far across the camp,
you see a few eladrin bodies much closer. The bodies are
peppered with arrows or flayed with hundreds of tiny cuts.
If a PCs passive Perception check beat a monsters
Stealth check, point out the location where the PC
sees movement in the trees.
When a PC sees the troll vinespeaker, read:
You see a troll with thorny vines wrapped around its arms
and chest. It chants as it lashes out with magical rays
formed of razor-sharp brambles.
Silhouetted Targets
At the start of the fight, a glowing silver sigil illumi-
nates Druemmeths tent, casting silhouettes. This
allows the rakshasa archers outside to shoot at the
3 Rakshasa Archers (R)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 15 Artillery
XP 1,200 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16; low-light vision
HP 110; Bloodied 55
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 26, Will 25
Speed 6
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+19 vs. AC; 1d8 + 3 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +20 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage.
R Double Attack (standard; at-will) Weapon
The rakshasa archer makes two longbow attacks against a
single target or against two targets within 3 squares of one
another.
R Ghost Arrow (standard; $recharge 56 ) Necrotic,
Weapon
Requires longbow; ranged 20/40; +20 vs. Reflex; 1d10 +
5 necrotic damage, and the target cannot spend healing
surges (save ends).
Deceptive Veil (minor; at-will) Illusion
The rakshasa archer can disguise itself to appear as any
Medium humanoid. A successful Insight check (opposed by
the rakshasas Bluff check) pierces the disguise.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +14, Intimidate +14
Str 17 (+10) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 18 (+11)
Con 14 (+9) Int 12 (+8) Cha 14 (+9)
Equipment longbow, quiver of 30 arrows
Change Shape (minor; at-will) Polymorph
PCs and NPCs through the tent (which does provide
cover). With his first minor action, Druemmeth dims
the sigil, ending this effect.
Tactics
The monsters start off by going after Druemmeth,
but focus on the PCs once they become more danger-
ous. They also attack anyone who gets in their way, so
the eladrin winter blades and PCs can soak up some
attacks to keep Druemmeth from dropping. The hags
and rakshasas are in their natural forms.
Troll Vinespeaker: The troll is the leader of this
band. It waits until multiple allies are bloodied before
using chant of power.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
2 Night Hags (H)
Medium fey humanoid
Level 14 Lurker
XP 1,000 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +10; darkvision
Shroud of Night aura 5; bright light within the aura is reduced
to dim light, and dim light becomes darkness.
HP 109; Bloodied 54
AC 27; Fortitude 28, Reflex 26, Will 26
Speed 8
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+19 vs. AC; 1d6 + 6 damage. If the night hag has combat
advantage against the target, the target is also stunned
(save ends).
M Dream Haunting (standard; at-will) Psychic
The night hag moves into a stunned or unconscious
creatures space and makes an attack against it; +18 vs.
Will; 3d6 + 4 psychic damage, and the night hag disappears
into the targets mind. While in this state, the night hag
is removed from play and does nothing on subsequent
turns except deal 3d6 + 4 psychic damage to the target (no
attack roll required). As long as the target remains stunned
or unconscious, the night hag cant be attacked. When the
target is no longer stunned or unconscious, or when the
target dies, the hag reappears adjacent to the target and is
insubstantial until the start of its next turn.
C Wave of Sleep (standard; recharge 6 ) Psychic, Sleep
Close blast 5; +17 vs. Will; 1d8 + 3 psychic damage, and
the target is dazed (save ends). First Failed Saving Throw:
The target falls unconscious (no save).
A night hag can alter its physical form to appear as an old
crone of any Medium humanoid race (see Change Shape,
Monster Manual, page 280).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
Skills Arcana +14, Bluff +16, Intimidate +16, Stealth +16
Str 22 (+13) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 19 (+11) Int 14 (+9) Cha 18 (+11)
Night Hags: The hags try to drop Druemmeth,
and they take turns using claw attacks and wave of
sleep. They intend to set up Druemmeth for dream
haunting.
Rakshasa Archers: After each attack, the rak-
shasas try to hide if they can. They spread out their
attacks, and save ghost arrow attacks for PCs.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
26

Troll Vinespeaker (T) Level 14 Controller
Large natural humanoid XP 1,000
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +13
HP 142; Bloodied 71; see also troll healing
Regeneration 10
AC 28; Fortitude 26, Reflex 23, Will 21
Vulnerable acid or fire (if the troll vinespeaker takes acid or
fire damage, its regeneration does not function until the
end of its next turn)
Speed 8
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +19 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage.
M Frenzied Strike (free, when the troll vinespeakers attack
bloodies an enemy; at-will)
The vinespeaker makes a claw attack.
R Ray of Thorns (standard; at-will) Implement
Ranged 10; +18 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 6 damage.
C Chant of Power (standard; encounter) Healing,
Implement
Close burst 5; targets allies; the target gains 10 temporary
hit points and a +4 bonus to damage rolls while it has the
temporary hit points.
A Thorny Burst (standard; at-will) Implement, Zone
Area burst 1 within 10; +18 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 6 damage,
and the target is immobilized (save ends). The burst
creates a zone of thorns and brambles that lasts until the
end of the encounter. The zone is difficult terrain, and each
creature that enters the zone or starts its turn there takes
1d8 damage.
Troll Healing Healing
If the troll vinespeaker is reduced to 0 hit points by an
attack that does not deal acid or fire damage, it falls prone
and remains at 0 hit points until the start of its next turn,
when it regains 10 hit points. If an attack deals acid or fire
damage to the vinespeaker while it is at 0 hit points, it is
destroyed.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Athletics +16, Endurance +15
Str 18 (+11) Dex 16 (+10) Wis 12 (+8)
Con 22 (+13) Int 16 (+10) Cha 10 (+7)
Equipment mantle of thorny vines, gnarled staff
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Druemmeth Level 15 Skirmisher (Leader)
Goldtemple
Medium fey humanoid, eladrin XP 1,200
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
Fey Quickness aura 10; an eladrin ally within the aura can use
fey step as a minor action.
HP 144; Bloodied 72
AC 29; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 25
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target grants combat
advantage until the end of its next turn.
Nimbus of Battle (immediate reaction, when an ally within 10
damages an enemy; at-will) Healing
The triggering ally regains 1d10 hit points.
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
Druemmeth Goldtemple teleports 5 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Diplomacy +15, History +17, Insight +14
Str 21 (+12) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 16 (+10) Int 20 (+12) Cha 17 (+10)
Equipment chainmail, longsword
2 Eladrin Winter Blades Level 14 Soldier Minion
Medium fey humanoid, eladrin XP 250 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 27, Will 24
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 6
m Winter Longsword (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 8 cold damage.
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
Features of the Area
The eladrin winter blade teleports 5 squares. Illumination: Dim light. Squares within 4 of the
Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven campfire are bright light.
Str 20 (+12) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 12 (+8) Rocks: Difficult terrain.
Con 14 (+9) Int 15 (+9) Cha 16 (+10)
Equipment leather, longsword
Bushes: A creature in a bush gains cover. Bushes
are difficult terrain.
Allies: Druemmeth Goldtemple leads the eladrin Trees: The tree trunks are blocking terrain. A
soldiers and any eladrin in the party with his aura. creature standing in the trees branches gains cover.
He uses the PCs as human shields, preferring to help Tents: Walls of tents block line of sight and
them rather than venture out into melee and leave provide cover (though the large tent has an open
himself exposed. entrance).
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
27
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Audience
with the King
Encounter Level 13 (4,200 XP)
Setup
The PCs are taken before the king, in the company
of several cyclops bodyguards, when they first arrive.
Cachlain is accompanied by his advisor, Sovacles,
and they begin to question the PCs about why theyve
come and how they attained the Seed of Winter. Read
up on Cachlain and Sovacles before running the
adventure, so you can take their personalities and
motivations into account during the skill challenge.
Show the players the illustration below.
Arcana or Nature Check
DC 13: You can tell that the plates in Cachlains skin are
fragments of a stone golem, and they still retain some of the
golems magical essence.
Cachlain, the
StoneSkinned King
Gruff and easily distracted, Cachlain is a difficult
person with whom to converse. He lets his advisor
lead the discussion and interjects only when hes
annoyed with the proceedings. He rarely asks ques-
tions, and when he does theyre either insulting or
inspired by his deep, unrelenting paranoia.
Cachlain ascended to the throne after he killed
his father, and his realm has been steadily growing in
size until it stagnated in recent years. He blames this
on Sangwyr and Inziras followers equally. The Seed of
Winter was one of his most prized possessions, and he
lent it to the forces invading Nefelus only under great
duress. Sovacles has forced Cachlain to do things hed

When the PCs enter the throne room, read:

A massive throne of purple crystal stands on the far side

of this room. Cachlain sits there, looking you over with his
grotesque eyes. Like other fomorians, his body is deformed,
and his skin purple and covered in warts. Plates of stone are
bonded to his flesh. They look almost like armor and are
carved with elaborate designs.
Next to the throne is a smaller seat, and when you enter,
a human rises from it. Hes a slight, bald man, and carries
a staff of office. His eyes dart among you as he prepares to
speak.
The unique feature of this room is the floor. Giant panes
of glassor maybe smooth crystalform a window that
looks down on an arena far below. Gladiators battle there,
and you catch the king sneaking glances at the fight.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
28
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

rather not have, and any crack in the advisors control Sovacles, Human Advisor
would let the Stone-Skinned King come to his senses,
A cold, secretive man, Sovacles speaks for the king.
such as they are.
Compromise and compassion arent in his vocabulary,
Though paranoid and cruel, Cachlain is less
and hes dismissive of anyone whose goals dont align
reprehensible than other fomorian rulers. Cachlain
with his. Though hes arrogant, hes not stupid. He can
captures slaves to work in his halls or fight in the
tell the PCs are dangerous and wont risk confronting
arena, but isnt as cruel to them as other fomorians.
them directly the first time he encounters them. Once
He has even set slaves free in the past, though he
theyve been worn down by Sangwyrs attacks, he
stopped that practice after other fomorians saw it as a
thinks he can defeat them.
sign of weakness.
Appearances are deceiving in Sovacless case. In
An avid fan of gladiatorial combat, Cachlain spends
truth, he was a snaketongue cultist, given serpentine
days in his throne room watching the games; he even
traits by the yuan-ti. Later, unsatisfied with the power
takes his meals there and slumbers on his throne. The
hed been given, he sought out followers of Tiamat.
king keeps strange hours and requires the arena to be
His ambition paid off, and he received the blessings
active all day and night. The plates in Cachlains skin
of the god of greed. He became a shapeshifter, able to
were once a stone golem crafted by cyclopses to fight
take on five different forms. These forms mix human,
in the arena. It destroyed all who battled it, and when
snake, and dragon traits. In time, his service gained
the king tired of seeing the same result in every fight,
him the title of exarch to Tiamat. He is commonly
he had the golem destroyed. Its reward was becom-
known by the name Virizan. Sovacles is an alias.
ing a part of the king. Its consciousness still exists in a
The alliance Cachlain made with the githyanki
latent form, and it feels constant pain from the process
was Sovacless plan, and the details of it arent in
that bound it to the king.
Cachlains best interest. In fact, the githyanki are
closely allied with Tiamat, and Sovacles serves only
her interests. Now, Sovacles thinks Cachlain is too
difficult to deal with, and he seeks a more pliable ally.
The fomorian Sangwyr seeks Cachlains throne, and
Sovacles forged a secret pact with Sangwyr to depose
the king, take over, and embark on aggressive attacks
against the enemies of Tiamat and the githyanki.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
29

Running the Challenge
This skill challenge will end in failure as far as the PCs
know. Later in the adventure, influencing Cachlain
here matters. Keep the number of successes and
failures the PCs have accrued a secretplay this
challenge close to the vest. Eventually, Sovacles will
show the PCs the door. The more success the PCs
have, the more suddenlyand angrilySovacles sends
them away.
Dealing with Cachlain is like talking to an unin-
terested child, and Sovacles would just as soon be
done with the PCs. Its a race against the clock, as
the PCs try to make some headway before theyre
dismissed.
Audience with the King Level 16
Skill Challenge XP 4,200
The Stone-Skinned king sits upon his tall throne, looking down
on you with disdain. His advisor, Sovacles, steps forward and
asks you, Why do you come here, and what makes you think
the great king cares what you have to say?
Though the PCs are supposed to be here negotiating with
the king, its a certainty that they wont succeed. This is
because Sovacles has the king under mental control. The
real goals of the challenge are to figure out what Sovacles is
doing and to plant the thought in Cachlains mind that the
PCs might be powerful, and that Sangwyr is a true danger.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures)
Distraction
The gladiatorial battle in the area below distracts the king.
At the start of each round of the skill challenge, roll a d6.
On a 5 or 6, the king isnt paying attention that round, and
the DC for primary skills is increased by 5.
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Athletics, Bluff, Diplomacy, History, Intimidate.
Other Skills
Arcana, Insight.
Victory
The PCs are asked to leave for now, but theyre given a
room among the ambassadors quarters. Sovacles tells
them theyll be granted another audience in a few days,
after the king has had time to ponder their words.
Defeat
Sovacles says the king has had enough of the PCs chatter
and tells them to leave the court. However, as they leave
they see Bram Ironfell, who requests they be allowed to
stay for a time so he can talk to them.
Special (1 success, maximum 1 success)
By presenting the Seed of Winter, the PCs gain an automatic
success.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Acrobatics or Athletics
DC 13 (1 success, maximum 1 success per PC)
By performing a feat of strength or agility, the PC appeals
to the fomorians love of gladiatorial skill. If Cachlain was
distracted (see Distraction above), restore the DCs to normal
for this round of the skill challenge. The king is impressed and
takes those he perceives as powerful warriors more seriously.
Arcana
DC 13 (no successes)
The PC discovers that Cachlain is affected by a type of magic
that affects the mind.
Arcana or History
DC 20 (1 success, maximum 1 success per skill)
By reciting some of the history or magical traits of the Seed of
Winter, the PC inflames Cachlains hunger to possess the item,
and makes him more eager to make a deal with them.
Bluff
DC 20 (1 success, maximum 3 successes)
The PC worries Cachlain by lying about how much danger the
king is in, or suggesting that his githyanki allies or advisor are
treacherous. Bluffing successfully requires making the king feel
hes in danger, not just describing the actual state of things.
Diplomacy
DC 25 (1 success, maximum 3 successes)
Attempting to sway Cachlain to help the Coalition and/or
Inzira, the PC overcomes the kings mental blockto at least a
small degreeand makes him see reason.
Insight
DC 13 (no successes)
The PC tells by Cachlains behavior that he doesnt have his
wits about him, or sees that when Sovacles makes a suggestion
Cachlain is quick to adopt the same line of thinking.
Intimidate
DC 20 (1 success, maximum 3 successes)
Sovacles claims that threats wont work against the mighty
king, but Cachlain himself is clearly shaken. His paranoia
makes him more susceptible to intimidation.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
30
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

B1: Disrupted
The elixir works slowly, so give the PCs time to inter- Tactics
act with the other guests (especially Bram Ironfell)
The monsters have two goals: to eliminate witnesses
Banquet before anyone falls asleep.
by killing anyone still conscious, and to kidnap the
When the elixir takes effect, make an attack
ambassadors to hold for ransom. The oni, disguised
Encounter Level 14 (5,600 XP) against Bram Ironfell and any PC who ingested the
as Droeth, secured the largest of the ambassadors
Encounter Level 15 (6,300 XP) if Bram Iron- food or drink. The other NPCs (Andrinna Baelsblood
fell joins the oni and rakshasas suites, and they plan to take the hostages there to
and Troke) eat or drink (assuming the PCs didnt
transport them out of Cachlains palace. (See B2.
warn them against doing so), and are automatically
Setup hit. The attack is +22 vs. Fortitude, and any creature
Invasion Tunnel to see how they plan to transport
Andrinna Baelsblood (A) them out.)
hit is unconscious until awoken by being attacked or
Bram Ironfell (B) Oni Spiritmaster: As soon as it acts, the oni
shaken awake (a standard action). After being woken
1 oni spiritmaster (O) moves out into the closest hallway (using spirit form
up, the creature is slowed (save ends).
3 rakshasa warriors (R) if it needs to move without taking too much damage
If anyone is still conscious after the elixir takes
Troke (T) from opportunity attacks). It then brings out its
effect, the monsters transform to their true forms and
howling spirits, making them into a line to block
attack whoevers left. Otherwise, they abscond with the
At the start of this encounter, the rakshasas and oni the hallway off. It counts on the rakshasas to mark
bodies, take them to the ambassadors quarters, and
are still disguised and are posing as dinner guests. enemies, and it relies on all its allies to keep it safe so
restrain them with manacles. In that case, the battle
The oni is in the form of Droeth, the fomorian. The it can use ranged attacks from a safe position. The oni
occurs in that area instead (once the PCs escape).
three rakshasas have replaced the githyanki in Bram uses devour spirit when its cornered and needs to use
Ironfells entourage. spirit form or howling blast again.
The agents have also tainted the food at the ban- Rakshasa Warriors: The rakshasas try to block
quet with a solution that causes sleep. Compare the off the exits, and they mark PCs to try to prevent
DC below to the PCs passive Perception checks. them from attacking the oni or howling spirits. When
a rakshasa isnt in a dangerous position, it grabs one
Perception Check of the unconscious ambassadors and drags him or her
DC 25: You detect an odd, sweet scent in the food and toward the hall to the north.
wine.

A PC who succeeds on the Perception check (or is told

about the strange scent) can make a Nature or Thiev-
ery check.
DC 20: On closer inspection, you can tell the scent is
typical of alchemical elixirs that cause sleep.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
31

Bram Ironfell (B) Level 12 Skirmisher (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid, dwarf XP 700
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision
HP 123; Bloodied 61
AC 26; Fortitude 24, Reflex 23, Will 26
Saving Throws +5 against poison effects
Speed 5
m Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+17 vs. AC; 2d4 + 5 damage.
M Cowards Slice (standard; at-will)
Bram makes a dagger attack, then shifts half his speed. If
the attack hits, the target is marked by one of Brams allies
within 5 squares of the target. The mark lasts until the end
of Brams next turn.
C Ambassadors Sanction (standard; at-will)
Close burst 10; targets one ally in burst; the target can
move half its speed and make a melee basic attack. The
target receives a +2 bonus to the attack roll if it attacks a
creature marked by the target.
Stand Your Ground
When an effect forces Bram Ironfell to movethrough a
pull, a push, or a slidehe moves 1 square less than the
effect specifies. When an attack would knock Bram prone,
he can roll a saving throw to avoid falling prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Deep
Speech, Dwarven, Elven
Skills Bluff +17, Diplomacy +17, Dungeoneering +15,
History +14
Str 14 (+8) Dex 12 (+7) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 19 (+10) Int 16 (+9) Cha 22 (+12)
Equipment dagger
Oni Spiritmaster (O) Level 14 Elite Artillery
Large natural humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
HP 142; Bloodied 71
AC 26; Fortitude 27, Reflex 26, Will 26
Saving Throw +2
Speed 7; fly 8 (clumsy); see also spirit form
Action Points 1
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 4 damage.
R Dread Fear (standard; at-will) Fear, Necrotic
Ranged 20; +19 vs. Will; 3d6 + 5 necrotic damage, and
the target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls against the oni
spiritmaster and undead creatures (save ends).
R Harassing Spirits (standard; encounter; see also devour spirit)
Necrotic, Psychic
Ranged 20; +19 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 5 necrotic damage, and
the target is dazed and takes ongoing 10 psychic damage
(save ends both).
C Howling Blast (standard; encounter; see also devour spirit)
Fear, Psychic
Close blast 5; targets enemies; +17 vs. Will; 2d8 + 6
psychic damage, and the target is knocked prone.
Deceptive Veil (minor; at-will) Illusion
An oni spiritmaster can appear as a Medium or Large
humanoid. A successful insight check (opposed by the onis
Bluff check) pierces the illusion (see Change Shape, MM
280).
Devour Spirit (minor 1/round; at-will)
The oni spirit master devours one howling spirit within
sight, killing it and recharging harassing spirits, howling
blast, or spirit form.
Spirit Form (standard; sustain standard; encounter; see also
devour spirit) Polymorph
The oni spiritmaster becomes insubstantial, gains phasing,
and gains fly (hover) 8 until the end of its next turn.
Spirit Retinue
An oni spiritmaster starts combat with four howling spirits.
These four spirits are part of the oni spiritmasters XP
value. An oni spiritmaster can have twelve howling spirits
as part of its retinue, with each howling spirit beyond the
first four counting toward the encounters XP value.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Skills Bluff +17, Religion +14, Insight +14
Str 18 (+11) Dex 20 (+12) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 22 (+13) Int 19 (+11) Cha 21 (+12)
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Howling Spirit Level 14 Minion
Medium shadow humanoid (undead), oni XP 250 each*
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
Choir of Madness aura 1; any enemy within the aura that
takes damage from a power that has the fear or psychic
keyword takes 5 extra psychic damage.
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic, insubstantial
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 30, Will 28
Speed fl y 8 (hover); phasing; see also spectral strafe
m Spectral Strafe (standard; at-will) Necrotic
The howling spirit shifts 1 square before or after the
attack; +17 vs. Reflex; 7 necrotic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 6 (+5) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 12 (+8) Int 6 (+5) Cha 21 (+12)
* XP is included in the oni spiritmasters XP value.
3 Rakshasa Warriors (R) Level 15 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,200 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16; low-light vision
HP 142; Bloodied 71
AC 31; Fortitude 29, Reflex 28, Will 28
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
The rakshasa warrior makes two attack rolls and keeps the
better result; +21 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the rakshasas next turn.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+21 vs. AC; 1d8 + 5 damage.
M Tiger Pounce (immediate reaction, when a marked enemy
within 5 squares of the rakshasa warrior shifts; at-will)
Weapon
The rakshasa shifts to the nearest square adjacent to the
enemy and makes a basic attack against it.
Deceptive Veil (minor; at-will) Illusion
The rakshasa warrior can disguise itself to appear as any
Medium humanoid. A successful Insight check (opposed by
the rakshasas Bluff check) pierces the disguise.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Athletics +15, Bluff +14, Intimidate +14
Str 20 (+12) Dex 18 (+11) Wis 18 (+11)
Con 14 (+9) Int 12 (+8) Cha 14 (+9)
Equipment scale armor, heavy shield, longsword
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
32

Brams Fate
After the fight, the PCs need to decide what happens
to Bram (if they didnt already kill him). The githyanki
are finished with his services, the Coalition wont
welcome him back, and Cachlain doesnt want him
around if hes not a useful diplomat. If hes set loose
on his own, the githyanki probably kill him, and if
hes taken back to the world, the Coalition might
execute him for treason. The futures not bright for
Bram Ironfell.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Development
Brams moment of truth comes during this encounter,
as he decides to continue fighting for his githyanki
masters or to assist the PCs. Bram didnt know his
guards were rakshasas in disguise, so hes taken aback
by their actions. Bram chooses sides based on how
friendly and persuasive the PCs were when speaking
to him. He wants to side with the winners, and hes
not above cowering indecisively for a round or two
until he can guess the victor, or trying to switch sides
in the middle of the fight.
The monsters githyanki masters dont plan to keep
Bram around, so the oni and rakshasas dont bother
protecting him even if he joins their side.
Features of the Area
Illumination: One magical sconce fills the prison
with dim light. The hallway to the west is dark.
Cells: The prisoners cells are locked. Opening the
lock requires a DC 30 Thievery check. The bars can
be bent or destroyed (break DC 28; AC 4, Fortitude
12, hp 120).
Doors: The double doors leading into the prison
are open at the start of the battle, though a monster
or PC might close them to limit the battles area. The
doors cant be locked.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
33

B2: Invasion Tunnel
Encounter Level 16 (7,050 XP)
Setup
1 drider fanglord (D)
1 scarred bulette (B)
2 inferno bats (S)
5 drow underlings (U)
A bulette, warped by Sangwyrs torturers, digs a path
into Cachlains palace. Drow underlings follow the
creature, carefully reinforcing the tunnels it creates
while burrowing to allow them to travel through it. A
drider fanglord leads the group and also brings along
two trained inferno bats. These invaders could arrive
to take away the hostages collected in the Disrupted
Banquet encounter or be another isolated attack to
cause havoc in the court.
The tactical map assumes the PCs arrive after the
creatures have breached the wall. If you want the
monsters to arrive and enter the palace while the PCs
are there, have the bulette come through the wall first,
followed by the other monsters. The noise the bulette
makes while burrowing makes a stealthy entrance
impossible for the monsters.
When the PCs see the monsters, read:
A rampaging bulette, covered in thousands of scars,
thrashes through the hall. Behind it, you see several weak-
looking drow carrying short swords and daggers. In the air
above these creatures float two bats made entirely of fire.
When the PCs see the drider fanglord, read:
A drider wielding a serrated greatsword moves toward you,
climbing along the walls.
Drider Fanglord (D) Level 14 Brute
Large fey humanoid (spider) XP 1,000
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 172; Bloodied 86
AC 26; Fortitude 27, Reflex 25, Will 23
Speed 8, climb 8 (spider climb)
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7 damage.
M Quick Bite (minor; at-will) Poison
Requires combat advantage; +16 vs. Fortitude; 1d4
damage, and ongoing 10 poison damage (save ends).
R Darkfire (minor; encounter)
Ranged 10; +16 vs. Reflex; until the end of the driders
next turn, the target grants combat advantage to all
attackers, and the target cannot benefi t from invisibility or
concealment.
R Web (standard; $recharge ) C Rising Burst (standard; the bulette must have emerged from
Ranged 5; +15 vs. Reflex; the target is restrained. Escaping
from the web requires a successful DC 25 Acrobatics
check or DC 27 Athletics check.
Alignment Evil Languages Elven
Skills Dungeoneering +15, Stealth +17
Str 24 (+14) Dex 21 (+12) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 22 (+13) Int 13 (+8) Cha 9 (+6)
Equipment leather armor, greatsword
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Scarred Bulette (B)
Large natural beast
Level 15 Elite Skirmisher
XP 2,400
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +10; darkvision,
tremorsense 20
HP 304; Bloodied 152
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 25, Will 23
Vulnerable charm (a tortured bulette hit by a charm attack is
immobilized until the end of its next turn)
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, burrow 6
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will)
Before it bites, the bulette can make a standing long jump
(as a free action) without provoking opportunity attacks;
+20 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, or 4d8 + 6 damage against a
prone target.
M Earth Furrow (move; at-will)
The scarred bulette moves its burrow speed just below the
surface of the ground, avoiding opportunity attacks as it
passes underneath other creatures spaces. As it burrows
beneath the space of a Medium or smaller creature on the
ground, the bulette makes an attack against the creature;
+14 vs. Fortitude; the target is knocked prone.
the ground after burrowing this turn; at-will)
Close burst 2; the bulette sprays rocks and dirt into the
air when it rises out of the ground; +19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6
damage.
Spray of Tainted Blood (when an adjacent creature hits the
scarred bulette with a melee attack)
The attacker takes a 2 penalty to Fortitude until the end
of the scarred bulettes next turn.
Habituated to Torture
While the scarred bulette is bloodied, it gains a +2 bonus
to all defenses and to speed.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Athletics +20, Endurance +19
Str 27 (+15) Dex 21 (+12) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 24 (+14) Int 2 (+3) Cha 11 (+7)
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
34

2 Inferno Bats (S) Level 15 Skirmisher
Medium elemental beast (fire) XP 1,200 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +13
HP 144; Bloodied 72
AC 29; Fortitude 25, Reflex 29, Will 23
Resist 20 fire
Speed 2 (clumsy), fly 8; see also fiery swoop
m Inferno Touch (standard; at-will) Fire
+20 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 fire damage, and ongoing 10 fire
damage (save ends). Failed Saving Throw: Each ally
of the target, within 2 squares of the target, takes 10
fire damage.
M Fiery Swoop (standard; at-will) Fire
The inferno bat shifts 4 squares and can move through
occupied squares as it moves. It makes a melee basic
attack against any creature whose space it enters. The
inferno bat cannot attack a target more than once in this
fashion, and it must end its movement in an unoccupied
square.
Heatseeker (immediate reaction, when the inferno bat is
damaged by an enemys ranged attack; at-will)
The inferno bat shifts 2 squares toward the triggering
enemy.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 8 (+6) Dex 27 (+15) Wis 12 (+8)
Con 16 (+10) Int 2 (+3) Cha 9 (+6)
5 Drow Underlings (U) Level 14 Minion Skirmisher
Medium fey humanoid XP 250 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 28; Fortitude 24, Reflex 27, Will 26
Speed 6
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 6 damage.
r Thrown Dagger (standard; at-will) Poison, Weapon
Ranged 5/10; +19 vs. AC; 6 poison damage.
Darkfire Sacrifice (when the drow underling is reduced to 0 hit
points)
An ally within 5 squares of the drow underling gains
combat advantage and ignores concealment on its
next attack.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
Str 16 (+10) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 13 (+8) Int 13 (+8) Cha 20 (+12)
Equipment leather armor, short sword
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Drow Underlings: These poorly trained
warriors are fiercely loyal and are willing to
give their lives for their commanding drider.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light.
Walls: The hewn crystal walls require a DC
15 Athletics check to climb.
Doors: The smaller rooms doors are locked,
but the doors to the larger room have already
been opened by the monsters. A creature
Tactics inside a room can lock them (with an additional
Sangwyrs agents attack anyone who approaches, and minor action). Locked doors require a DC 18 Thiev-
they fight to the death. ery check to open.
Scarred Bulette: In the relatively confined area Furniture: Most of the furniture requires an extra
of this encounter, the bulette burrows from room square of movement to move onto. The enormous
to room to move itself out of harms way or to chase
table in the larger room is high enough for Medium
down enemies who are difficult for the bulettes allies or smaller creatures to stand under. A creature under
to approach. The bulette doesnt worry about its allies, the table gains cover against Large or larger creatures.
and it doesnt care if it hits them with earth furrow or
rising burst. The bulette cant burrow into the throne
room, because its protected by hundreds of warding
rituals put in place by the paranoid fomorian king.
Drider Fanglord: The driders tactics complement
the bulettes. To avoid the bulettes earth furrow power,
the drider climbs on the walls or ceiling. It uses web to
set up targets for the bulettes rising burst attack, and it
uses quick bite against creatures that have a penalty to
Fortitude from the bulettes spray of tainted blood. The
drider leads the group and has a rapport with the ani-
malistic inferno bats and bulette.
Inferno Bats: These creatures follow the driders
orders. They use fiery swoop to pass over creatures and
give them ongoing damage, then flank them with the
drider or some of the drow.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
35

B3: Assassination
Attempt
Encounter Level 16 (7,200 XP)
Encounter Level 17 (9,200 XP) with optional
skill challenge
Setup
Arzoa, githyanki assassin (A)
2 purplespawn nightmares (P)
As the PCs explore the hidden prison, mysterious
assassins attack them. Make Stealth checks for each
monster and compare the results to the PCs passive
Perception checks. If the PCs dont detect any of the
enemies, the assassins have a surprise round.
If a PCs passive Perception is higher than a
monsters Stealth check, read:
You suddenly hear soft footfalls coming from the hall. What
evers approaching is clearly trying to conceal its presence.
When a PC sees Arzoa, read:
A githyanki clad in heavy, red robes glares determinedly
and brandishes two silver longswords. You catch a glimpse
of chainmail during her rapid, graceful movements.
When a PC sees a purplespawn nightmare, read:
Skulking through the shadows comes a creature with a
vaguely humanoid shape. Purple scales cover its body,
and its long tail, tipped with spikes, lashes in the air. It has
humanoid arms and carries a longsword.
Arzoa, Level 18 Elite Controller
Githyanki Assassin (A)
Medium immortal humanoid XP 4,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +15
HP 344; Bloodied 172
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 31, Will 30
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the target grants combat
advantage until the end of its next turn.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
Arzoa makes a silver longsword or mind grip attack, shifts
half her speed, then makes another silver longsword or
mind grip attack.
R Mind Grip (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +22 vs. Will; 1d10 + 7 psychic damage, and the
target slides 5 squares.
C Mind Assassination (minor; $recharge ) Psychic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +22 vs. Will; 1d10 + 7
psychic damage, and the target takes ongoing 10 psychic
damage (save ends).
C Tide of Woe (immediate reaction, when an enemy within
10 squares of Arzoa takes psychic damage; usable while
bloodied; at-will) Fear
Close burst 10; targets the triggering enemy. Effect: The
target is knocked prone.
Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; targets Arzoa or one ally; the target can fly 5
squares.
Mental Block Psychic
If a creature taking ongoing psychic damage hits Arzoa,
that creature takes 2d8 psychic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Acrobatics +21, Arcana +20, Bluff +18, Stealth +21
Str 17 (+12) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 22 (+15)
Con 20 (+14) Int 23 (+15) Cha 18 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
2 Purplespawn Nightmares (P) Level 17 Lurker
Medium natural humanoid (reptile) XP 1,600 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +8; darkvision
HP 128; Bloodied 64
Regeneration 10 (if the purplespawn nightmare takes radiant
damage, regeneration does not function until the end of its
next turn)
AC 30; Fortitude 29, Reflex 30, Will 28; see also psychic edge
Resist 10 psychic
Speed 6, climb 6 (spider climb)
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 4 damage.
M Tail (standard; at-will) Sleep
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage, and the target is
dazed (save ends). First Failed Saving Throw: The target is
dazed and slowed (save ends both). Second Failed Saving
Throw: The target falls unconscious (save ends).
Nightmare Form (standard; at-will) Polymorph
The purplespawn nightmare can alter its physical form to
appear as an enemy of its choice. While the nightmare is
adjacent to that enemy, roll 1d20 whenever a melee or
ranged attack targets the nightmare. On a roll of 10 or
higher, the attack instead targets the copied enemy. The
copied enemys attacks are not subject to this effect.
Nightmarish Torment Psychic
If the purplespawn nightmares melee attack hits an
enemy it is copying with nightmare form or a sleeping
target, that target takes ongoing 10 psychic damage in
addition to the attacks other effect (save ends).
Psychic Edge
A purplespawn nightmare gains a +4 bonus to all defenses
against attacks from enemies that are taking ongoing
psychic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Acrobatics +18, Bluff +18, Stealth +18, Thievery +18
Str 19 (+12) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 11 (+8)
Con 20 (+13) Int 13 (+9) Cha 20 (+13)
Equipment longsword
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
36

Tactics
The assassins pile up ongoing psychic damage to
increase their effectiveness.
Arzoa: The leader of the assassins, Arzoa is
aggressive and smart. She hits the PCs with mind
assassination as soon as she can to set up her mental
block and give the nightmares a bonus to all defenses.
If shes almost bloodied when mind assassination
recharges, she saves it so she can use tide of woe
against PCs when they take damage from it. She tries
to keep a PC in melee combat and repeatedly uses
double attack to make two longsword attacks against
that PC. Arzoa knows that healers are dangerous and
tries to beat down leaders quickly.
Purplespawn Nightmares: If the monsters have
a surprise round, a nightmare readies nightmare
form to use against any PC that comes adjacent to
it. These creatures are willing to let their leader
take the brunt of the attacks. They fight cautiously,
aiming to survive until Arzoa becomes bloodied and
can use tide of woe. Bright light frightens and aggra-
vates the nightmares. If one takes radiant damage, it
shifts away from the source.
Talyrin: If the PCs have talked to Talyrin, and she
believes they have similar goals, she helps them sur-
vive the assassination attempt. She can use a standard
Arzoas Secrets Level 18
Skill Challenge XP 2,000
As you attempt to interrogate Arzoa, you catch a flash of
psychic power. She whispers, You ll get nothing from me. My
mind slips away even as I speak. Failure is unacceptable.
The PCs have only a short time to interrogate Arzoa before
her mind is gone. If they can act quickly, the PCs have a
better chance of getting information from her as she loses
her sense of secrecy.
Complexity
1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures)
Mind Degeneration
After every two skill checks the PCs attempt, Arzoas
mental faculties deteriorate, giving the PCs an automatic
failure. After the first failure, shes still somewhat lucid.
After the second, she has the mind of a child, and with the
third she regresses to animal instinct, then dies.
Primary Skills
Diplomacy, Intimidate.
Other Skills
Heal, Insight.
Victory
The PCs learn one piece of information per success. Choose
one based on what the PC asked or demanded.
action to give a PC resist psychic 5 until the end of that
PCs turn. She has also studied purplespawn night-
mares and can tell the PCs about their capabilities.
Eladrin Ambassadors: The eladrin cant offer
much help. They encourage the PCs and are certain
that the assassins must be minions of Sangwyr, but
they dont do anything useful.
Legbreaker Kimdal: Once the battle starts,
this gnome thief rattles his bars and yells that he can
help the PCs if theyll just let him out. If they do, he
immediately makes a run for the exit. The monsters
make opportunity attacks against him if he runs past,
but they dont chase him down.
Development
Arzoa, though shes part of Brams entourage, acts on
behalf of Sangwyr and the githyanki leaders. Theyve
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
You fight well. Chillreaver . . . perhaps not such a failure.
Bram is not strong. Not strong like githyanki.
Cachlain will fall. Too much resistance . . .
I follow githyanki ways . . . now the dragons ways.
Defeat
The PCs dont find out all the secrets Arzoa knows.
Diplomacy
DC 20 (1 success, no maximum successes)
The PC learns one of the four facts above. Give a PC making a
Diplomacy check a 2 penalty per failure the PCs have, as
Arzoa becomes more difficult to reason with.
Insight
DC 13 (no successes)
The PC realizes that Diplomacy works best early in the challenge,
Heal
and Intimidate gets better later on.
DC 20 (no successes)
By slowing the degradation of Arzoas mind, the PC buys more
time. The PCs dont gain an automatic failure this round. This
skill works only once during the challenge.
Intimidate
DC 20 (1 success, no maximum successes)
The PC learns one of the four facts above. Give a PC making an
Intimidate check a +2 bonus per failure the PCs have, as Arzoa
becomes less stubborn and more pliable.
decided to cut Bram out of the loop, since he hasnt
been ruthless enough. Though Arzoa knows this, she
refuses to divulge any of it. As a part of her training,
she mastered a technique to eradicate her own mind
in case of failure. If the PCs interrogate her, she uses
this ability, and the PCs can enter a skill challenge.
Features of the Area
Illumination: One magical sconce fills the prison
with dim light. The hallway to the west is dark.
Cells: The prisoners cells are locked. Opening the
lock requires a DC 30 Thievery check. The bars can
be bent or destroyed (break DC 28; AC 4, Fortitude
12; hp 120).
Doors: The double doors leading into the prison
are open at the start of the battle. The doors cant be
locked.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
37

B4: Caged Animals
Encounter Level 17 (8,600 XP)
Setup
1 chimera (C)
2 quickling zephyrs (Q)
1 thunderfury boar (B)
3 winter wolves (W)
In the animal pens right next to the gladiatorial
arena, Sangwyrs quickling minions set the ani-
mals loose to run unchecked through the halls of
Cachlains court. The PCs probably arrive from the
tunnel on the north side of the room, but theres a
chance theyll come through the arena itself.
If you choose, Bram Ironfell and two of his guards
might be in their room (the small room with three
beds), or Bram might be there alone if his guards
were already exposed as rakshasas (in the Disrupted
Banquet encounter).
When the PCs arrive, read:
Along the walls of this room, well-crafted iron cages stand,
filled with various animals trained for gladiatorial combat.
Corpses of cyclops animal handlers and guards slump in the
corners of the room, their blood splattered across the walls
behind them. Two small humanoids with gray skin and
powerful legs swiftly move near the cages. They flip open
the latches to release the animals.
Roll initiative after you read the text above.
Chimera (C)
Large natural magical beast
Level 15 Elite Brute
XP 2,400
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +14; all-around vision,
darkvision
HP 366; Bloodied 183; see also bloodied breath
AC 27; Fortitude 29, Reflex 23, Will 24
Resist 10 fire
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, fl y 10 (clumsy), overland flight 15
Action Points 1
m Lions Bite (standard; at-will)
+18 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage.
M Rams Charge (standard; at-will)
The chimera makes a charge attack; +19 vs. AC; 1d10 +
11 damage, and the target is pushed 1 square or knocked
prone.
M Triple Threat (standard; at-will)
The chimera makes the following three melee attacks,
each one against a different target:
Lions Bite +18 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage.
Dragons Bite +18 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 damage.
Rams Gore +18 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
C Dragon Breath (standard; encounter) Fire
Close blast 5; +16 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 3 damage, and ongoing
10 fire damage (save ends).
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
The chimera recharges and uses dragon breath.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Str 24 (+14) Dex 17 (+10) Wis 14 (+9)
Con 23 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 17 (+10)
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
2 Quickling Zephyrs (Q)
Small fey humanoid
Level 14 Lurker
XP 1,000 each
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision
HP 82; Bloodied 41
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 29, Will 23
Speed 12, climb 6; see also blinding speed and unstoppable
m Short Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+19 vs. AC; 1d6 + 9 damage.
Blinding Speed (move; recharge ) Illusion
The quickling zephyr moves 12 squares and becomes
invisible until it attacks or until the end of its next turn.
Combat Advantage
If the quickling zephyr has combat advantage against its
target, it deals 2d6 extra damage and dazes the target on a
successful melee attack (save ends).
Unstoppable
The quickling zephyr ignores difficult terrain and can move
across any solid or liquid surface.
Alignment Evil Languages Elven
Skills Acrobatics +26, Bluff +13, Stealth +21
Str 12 (+8) Dex 28 (+16) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 22 (+13) Int 16 (+10) Cha 12 (+8)
Equipment short sword
Thunderfury Boar (B) Level 15 Brute
Large fey beast XP 1,200
Initiative +9 Senses Perception +8
HP 182; Bloodied 91
AC 27; Fortitude 29, Reflex 20, Will 20
Speed 8
m Gore (standard; at-will)
+18 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, or 3d8 + 7 damage while the
thunderfury boar is bloodied.
M Death Strike (when reduced to 0 hit points)
The thunderfury boar makes a gore attack.
C Thunderfury (standard; recharge ) Thunder
Close burst 2; +17 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 thunder damage,
and the target is knocked prone. Miss: Half damage, and
the target is not knocked prone.
Thunderous Charge Thunder
The thunderfury boar deals 10 extra thunder damage
when it charges.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 24 (+14) Dex 15 (+9) Wis 12 (+8)
Con 22 (+13) Int 5 (+4) Cha 9 (+6)
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
38

3 Winter Wolves (W)
Medium natural magical beast
Level 14 Skirmisher
XP 1,000 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +10; low-light vision
HP 141; Bloodied 70
AC 28; Fortitude 27, Reflex 26, Will 24
Resist 20 cold
Speed 8 (ice walk)
m Bite (standard; at-will) Cold
+19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d6 cold damage, or
2d10 + 6 damage plus 1d6 cold damage against a prone
target.
M Takedown (standard; usable only when charging; at-will)
Cold
+19 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage plus 1d6 cold damage, and
the target is knocked prone.
C Freezing Breath (standard; recharge ) Cold
Close blast 5; +17 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 6 cold damage. Miss:
Half damage.
Drag (minor; usable only while adjacent to a prone enemy;
at-will)
The winter wolf shifts 1 square and pulls a prone target
that is adjacent to it 1 square.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Giant
Str 23 (+13) Dex 21 (+12) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 21 (+12) Int 9 (+6) Cha 10 (+7)
Tactics
By the time the PCs and monsters roll initiative, the
quicklings have opened two cages. By default, they
first open the cages containing the chimera and two
of the winter wolves. The first time the zephyrs initia-
tive comes up, they release the other monsters.
All the animals have been trained for the arena,
so theyre more tactically savvy than most beasts.
However, they dont have a designated target. While
most of their attacks target PCs, they sometimes hit
the quicklings, especially with multitarget attacks or
when the quicklings are bloodied.
Quickling Zephyrs: As often as possible, the
quicklings move away from their targets after attack-
ing (using blinding speed if possible). They try to keep
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
the animals between themselves and the PCs. Once Features of the Area
theyre bloodied, the quicklings retreat using the
Illumination: Bright light.
safest path possible.
Pens: The locks on the pens are easy to open
Winter Wolves: Using pack tactics, the wolves
for humanoid creatures. The bars can be bent or
gang up on single foes or small groups. If a winter
destroyed (break DC 28; AC 4, Fortitude 12, hp 120).
wolf knocks an enemy prone, it uses drag to pull that
Pit: The crevasse that forms the southern border of
enemy closer to the other wolves. They also go after
the room is 4 squares (20 feet) deep. A creature that
creatures knocked prone by the thunderfury boars
falls in takes 2d10 damage from the fall. The sides
thunderfury.
require a DC 20 Athletics check to climb.
Chimera: If multiple enemies are clustered near
Water Basin: It costs 1 extra square of movement
the pit, the chimera flies across the pit, lands on the
to move into the water basin. A Small creature in the
other side, and uses dragon breath against them. If
basin gains cover. The basin is full of water, but its not
it doesnt have three PCs in reach for its triple threat
deep enough to do more than make a creature wet.
attack, it uses one of those attacks against a quickling
Treasure: The weapons rack could contain a
or other humanoid. The PCs might parlay with the
magic weapon a PC can steal. You can include one of
chimera, but it has been penned up for a long time,
the treasure parcels here (and possibly allow the PC
and its not receptive to reason (and it definitely doesnt
to pick up the weapon during the encounter).
want to remain in slavery).
Thunderfury Boar: In tight quarters, the boar
has some trouble charging. It sometimes chooses to
provoke opportunity attacks just so it can charge.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
39

B5: Throne Room
Showdown
Encounter Level 17 (9,600 XP)
Setup
Cachlain, the Stone-Skinned King (C)
Sovacles, Cachlains Advisor (S)
This encounter begins after Sovacles calls the PCs
back to his throne room and accuses them of allying
with Sangwyr and compromising the kings palace.
Cachlain, Level 20 Elite Soldier
the Stone-Skinned King (C) Cachlains Advisor (S)
Huge fey humanoid XP 5,600
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +18; truesight 6
HP 388; Bloodied 194; see also cracked stone
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 30, Will 32
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 2 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +27 vs. AC; 2d10 + 7 damage, and the target is
pushed 2 squares.
R Evil Eye (minor 1/round; at will) Charm
Ranged 10; +25 vs. Will; slide the target 3 squares, and
the target makes a melee basic attack against a target of
Cachlains choice.
C Stone Swat (standard; recharge 56 )
Close blast 3; +27 vs. AC; 3d10 + 7 damage, and the target
is pushed 2d4 squares and knocked prone.
Cracked Stone
While bloodied, Cachlain has a 2 penalty to defenses and
his attacks deal 1d10 extra damage.
Stone Defense (immediate reaction, when hit and damaged by
an attack; recharge 456 )
Cachlain gains resist 5 to all damage until the end of his
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Elven
Skills Bluff +21, Endurance +23, Intimidate +23
Str 22 (+16) Dex 12 (+11) Wis 17 (+13)
Con 26 (+18) Int 19 (+14) Cha 23 (+16)
Equipment robes, crown
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Sovacles, Level 18 Elite Controller
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 4,000
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +18
HP 340; Bloodied 170
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 30, Will 31
Resist poison 10
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Staff (standard; at-will) Necrotic, Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 necrotic damage.
R Ensnaring Coil (standard; at-will) Necrotic
Ranged 15; +22 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 5 necrotic damage and
slide the target 4 squares.
A Bane Quills (standard; at-will) Poison
Area burst 1 within 10; +22 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 5 poison
damage, and the target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls
and skill checks until the end of Sovacless next turn.
R/A Coils and Quills (standard; at-will)
Sovacles makes an ensnaring coil attack and a bane quills
attack.
A Poison Darkness (standard; encounter) Poison
Area burst 1 within 20; +22 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 7 poison
damage. Effect: The burst becomes a zone of darkness until
the end of Sovacless next turn. Any creature that starts its
turn within the zone takes 5 poison damage and is blinded
(save ends). Sovacles can see through the darkness. Sustain
Minor: The zone persists.
Serpents Trickery (immediate interrupt, when targeted by an
attack while an ally is adjacent; at-will)
Sovacles redirects the attack to an adjacent ally and shifts
1 square.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic, Elven
Skills Arcana +20, Bluff +21, Diplomacy +21, History +20,
Insight +18, Religion +20
Str 13 (+10) Dex 20 (+14) Wis 19 (+13)
Con 18 (+13) Int 22 (+15) Cha 25 (+16)
Equipment fine clothing, staff of office
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
40
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Tactics Then, the plates of glass flutter away, opening a hole

that drops the PCs and Sovacles to the gladiatorial
The PCs arent meant to finish this fight by defeating
arena below. The fall is 40 feet (4d10 falling damage).
both enemies. See Development and the Release Moving Into the Arena
Remember that a character trained in Acrobatics can
Cachlains Mind skill challenge.
make a check as a free action to reduce the damage If the combatants jump over to the arena floor, they
Cachlain: Struggling against the control of Sova-
by half the result of the check. enter the middle of a gladiatorial bout. You can grab
cles, the Stone-Skinned King becomes more reluctant
a couple of eladrin Feydark gladiators from the Arena
to fight as the PCs gain successes in the skill chal-
lenge. He doesnt stop attacking, but he makes poor
Features of the Area of Blood encounter, or pick whatever monsters you
Illumination: Bright light. want for the battle on which the PCs and monsters
decisions. For instance, he might use his evil eye on a
Fireplace: This fireplace is tall enough to contain intrude. You could instead use a handful of minions
creature with a poor melee basic attack.
Medium creatures. A creature that enters or starts its in the arena the unleashed animals can cut down,
Sovacles: The advisor remains close to the king,
turn in the fireplace takes 5 fire damage. making the fight feel more chaotic.
using serpents trickery to redirect attacks to the fomo-
Magic Circle: The arcane sigils carved into the
rian. He uses the attacks he redirects as evidence that
floor here are used for scrying rituals by Sovacles, but
the PCs are trying to kill the king. Ensnaring coils lets
they dont have any use during combat.
him move enemies into position to be hit by bane quills
Throne: Cachlains throne is blocking terrain for
or Cachlains attacks.
Medium creatures. A creature can climb onto it with
Development a DC 13 Athletics check. The base of the throne is
solid crystal, so its not possible to walk under it.
Sovacles reveals his true motives after he becomes
Floor: The window floor is perfectly safe to walk
bloodied, or when the PCs succeed on the skill chal-
on. Until Cachlain commands the floor to open,
lenge and he realizes he has lost control over the king.
the floors durability and magical protection keep it
Sovacles should be standing on the window in the
intact.
floor when he makes his pronouncement.
Doors: The southern door is locked by magic,
and only Cachlain or Sovacles can command it to
When this happens, read:
open. The door leading to Cachlains bedchamber is
unlocked and can be opened easily.
Sovacles, wounded and angry, snarls, You have no idea
Ceiling: The ceiling is 5 squares (25 feet) high.
who youre dealing with! My queen has given me the power
to destroy you easily! Tiamat will have all that you possess
and more, and your blood is my gift to her! And Im sure
Cachlains replacement will be more amenable to our
commands.

Cachlain responds quickly, shouting out that hell

never let the god of greed steal what belongs to him.
He gestures at the floor and his evil eye flashes green.

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
41

B6: Arena of Blood
Encounter Level 20 (14,800 XP)
Encounter Level 21 (20,400 XP) if the gladia-
tors fight for Virizan
Setup
1 blackroot treant (T)
4 eladrin Feydark gladiators (G)
Virizan, Exarch of Tiamat (S)
This encounter begins immediately after B5. Throne
Room Showdown. Virizan begins the encounter in
his venom wisp form.
Release Cachlains Mind Level 18
Skill Challenge XP 6,000
The fomorian king is fighting against Sovacless control, even
while attacking you. He squints his eyes and shakes his head
as though he were trying to banish unwanted visions.
While they fight the Stone-Skinned King and Sovacles, the PCs
can attempt to free the monarch from his advisors control.
Each PC can attempt a skill check as a minor action once
per round to contribute to this challenge.
Complexity
2 (requires 6 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Diplomacy, Insight, Intimidate.
Other Skills
Heal.
Victory
Sovacles reveals his true intentions, and Cachlain changes
the fight. See Development.
Defeat
The PCs realize they cant end the enchantment
through their efforts. (They need to wait until they drop
Sovacles below his bloodied value before the events of
Development occur.)
Special (1 success, maximum 1 success)
If the PCs succeeded on the skill challenge in Audience
with the King, they gain an automatic success.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
After the PCs land in the arena, read: The PCs keep the same initiative, and Virizan goes
at the same time Sovacles did. Roll initiative for the
In the gladiatorial arena below you, a handful of eladrin treant and gladiators.
gladiators fight an undead treant bound in place with Throughout the fight, Virizan reveals the following
massive cold iron chains. A crowd massed in dozens of cave information:
mouths along the towering walls takes in the bout. You have destroyed my human guise! Still, I have four
You see Sovacles plummet down and hear his body snap more forms that can defeat you easily! Now you know
as he hits the purple crystal of the arena floor. The crowd you face Virizan, exarch of Her Dark Majesty Tiamat!
cheers! Just when it appears that the advisors threat is All in this room will take my secret to their graves!
ended, his body evaporates and forms into a wispy green Cachlain wont last long! Sangwyr marches, and the
cloud with smoky wings. fomorian weaklings forces cant stop him alone. Tiamat
covets this domain and it will be hers, and Sangwyr will
be a perfect puppet upon the throne.
Do not think I ever underestimated you. You defeated
Chillreaver, so youre clearly skilled. None of Tiamats
Special (1 success, no maximum successes) exarchs falls easily!
The PC makes one of Sovacless attacks hit Cachlain, either I have no illusions that I am the strongest of Tiamats
by redirecting the attack, dominating Sovacles, or by luring exarchs. Even if you defeat me, you cant stop us all!
Sovacles to use a multitarget attack that hits the fomorian.
Special (2 successes, no maximum successes)
If the PC uses dispel magic on the king, it cant totally The venom wisp form is described in the readaloud
overpower the enchantment, but it severely weakens
text above, and the other three forms are described
Sovacless control.
below.
Arcana DC 25 (1 success, no maximum successes)
Fighting power with power, the PC recites countermagic to
reverse Sovacless enchantment.
Diplomacy DC 20 (1 success, no maximum successes)
The PC reasons with Cachlain, convincing him the PCs arent
his enemies. Increase the DC to 25 if the PC has attacked
Cachlain during this encounter.
Heal DC 13 (no successes)
By healing Cachlains wounds, the PC gains a +5 bonus to his
or her next check in the skill challenge, and Cachlain wont
attack that PC (save ends).
Insight DC 20 (1 success, maximum 2 successes)
The PC points out that Sovacles is becoming more blatant and
is flaunting his control over the king.
Intimidate DC 25 (1 success, maximum 2 successes)
The PC berates Cachlain for letting Sovacles order him around.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
42

To describe the naga form, read:
Virizan transforms into an enormous, coiled serpent with
a humanoid face. A row of green quills run down his spine,
and longer spines jut out from the tip of his muscular tail.
Peals of thunder sound at his command.
To describe the snake swarm form, read:
The exarchs body rips into pieces, which become writhing
snakes as they fall to the ground. A swarm of the creatures
crawls across the ground, baring fangs that drip with
venom.
To describe the snaketongue form, read:
Virizan assumes the guise of a human creature with scaled
skin. He produces his staff of office, now twisted and warped
into the image of a hooded serpent.
Blackroot Treant (T) Level 19 Elite Soldier
Huge fey magical beast (plant, undead) XP 4,800
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +13; low-light vision
Blackroot Aura (Healing, Necrotic) aura 2; each enemy that
starts its turn within the aura takes 10 necrotic damage,
while an undead ally that starts its turn within the aura
regains 10 hit points.
HP 368; Bloodied 184
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 29, Will 32
Vulnerable fire (a blackroot treant takes ongoing 5 fire
damage [save ends] when damaged by fire).
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6 (forest walk)
Action Points 1
m Slam (standard; at-will) Necrotic
Reach 3; +25 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage, and ongoing 5
necrotic damage (save ends).
M Entangling Roots (minor; at-will)
Reach 4; +23 vs. Reflex; the target is knocked prone and
restrained (save ends). If the blackroot treant moves, slides,
or is pushed more than 4 squares from the target, the
target is no longer restrained.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven
Skills Nature +18, Stealth +16
Str 27 (+17) Dex 14 (+11) Wis 18 (+13)
Con 24 (+16) Int 16 (+12) Cha 22 (+15)
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
4 Eladrin Feydark Gladiators (G) Level 16 Soldier
Medium fey humanoid XP 1,400 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 154; Bloodied 77
AC 32; Fortitude 28, Reflex 30, Will 26
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 6
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the gladiators next turn.
M Bloodletting Stab (standard; encounter) Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7 damage. If the gladiator has combat
advantage against the target, the target takes ongoing 10
damage (save ends).
Gladiators Cage
An enemy flanked by the gladiator takes a 5 penalty to
attack rolls.
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
The eladrin Feydark gladiator teleports 5 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Str 21 (+13) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 13 (+9)
Con 18 (+12) Int 15 (+10) Cha 16 (+11)
Equipment scale armor, spear
Tactics
The fight between the PCs is the heart of this encoun-
ter, and the gladiators and treant introduce chaos into
the battle.
Eladrin Feydark Gladiators: Neutral parties,
the gladiators fight for whichever side the crowd is
behind. Though fickle, the crowd supports the PCs.
They can also fight the PCs after being hit with Viri-
zans overwhelm mind power.
Blackroot Treant: Driven mad with rage, the
treant lashes out indiscriminately. See the sidebar.
Virizan: No longer hidden in human form, this
exarch of Tiamat can shapechange constantly. He
uses mind spike each turn, and overwhelm mind when
possible. Virizan chooses his form based on the abili-
ties he needs.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
43

Virizan, Exarch of Tiamat (S) Level 18 Solo Controller
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) XP 10,000
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +18
Shifting Body Track hit points separately for each of Virizans
forms. He is bloodied once two forms have dropped to 0
hit points, and he is defeated when all forms have dropped
to 0 hit points. See also death change.
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 30, Will 31
Resist determined by current shape
Saving Throws +5
Speed determined by current shape
Action Points 2
C Mindspike (minor 1/round; at-will) Psychic
Close burst 10; targets one creature in burst; +22 vs. Will;
3d6 psychic damage, and ongoing 5 psychic (save ends).
R Overwhelm Mind (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Charm
Ranged 20; targets a creature taking ongoing psychic
damage; +22 vs. Will; the target is dominated (save ends).
Exarchs Shape (minor 1/round; at-will) Polymorph
Virizan changes to one of the forms below. The form must
have more than 0 hit points.
Death Change (when current form is reduced to 0 hit points)
Virizan uses exarchs shape, and the new form takes
damage equal to half the damage of the effect that
reduced the previous form to 0 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic, Elven
Skills Arcana +20, Bluff +21, Diplomacy +21, History +20,
Insight +18, Religion +20
Str 13 (+10) Dex 20 (+14) Wis 19 (+13)
Con 18 (+13) Int 22 (+15) Cha 25 (+16)
Equipment fine clothing, staff of office
Naga Form Only
Large natural magical beast (reptile, shapechanger)
HP 170
Speed 6
m Tail Slap (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the target is
pushed 2 squares.
A Exarchs Thunder (standard; at-will) Thunder
Area burst 10 within 20; +22 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 7
thunder damage. Miss: Half damage.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Snake Swarm Form Only Artillery: When enemies cant reach him, the
Medium natural magical beast (reptile, shapechanger, swarm)
exarch chooses naga form to make artillery-style area
Swarm Attack aura 1; each enemy that starts its turn within
the aura takes 7 damage. attacks. He also uses it when he needs to push foes
HP 170 away.
Resist half damage from melee and ranged attacks; Control: To move enemies around (to push them
Vulnerable 10 against close and area attacks
into the pit or within the treants reach), Virizan uses
Speed 6; ignores difficult terrain
m Swarm of Fangs (standard; at-will) Poison snaketongue form.
+23 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage, and ongoing 5 poison (save Melee: When he wants to enter melee combat or is
ends).
surrounded, Virizan chooses his snake swarm form.
Snaketongue Form Only Defense and Mobility: To cover a lot of ground, or to
Medium natural humanoid (shapechanger) reduce the damage hes taking, the exarch changes to
HP 170 venom wisp form to gain flying and insubstantial.
Resist 10 poison
Speed 6
m Serpent Staff (standard; at-will) Poison
+23 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 poison damage.
R Emerald Coils (standard; at-will) Poison
Ranged 20; two targets; +22 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 poison
damage, and slide the target 3 squares.
Venom Wisp Form Only
Medium natural magical beast (shapechanger)
HP 120
Immune poison; Resist insubstantial
Speed 0, fly 8 (altitude limit 3, hover)
m Venomous Claws (standard; at-will) Poison Tough Fight
+23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 poison damage.
C Caustic Breath (standard; at-will) Poison If the PCs are low on resources, and you dont want
Virizan shifts his speed and makes an attack at any point the fight to turn into an endless series of at-will
during that movement; close blast 3; +22 vs. Fortitude;
attacks, use the following variant rule: Each time a PC
1d10 + 7 poison damage. Miss: Half damage.
saves against overwhelm mind, that creature regains
an encounter attack power.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
44

The Treant
Is Terrain
In this battle, the blackroot is treated more like a
hazard than a monster. The treant doesnt give expe-
rience points by default, though you can give out full
or partial XP if the PCs end up fighting and defeating
the treant for some reason.
Cold iron chains bind the treant. It is immobilized
and cant be forced to move by a push, pull, or slide.
The chains have AC 4; other defenses 12; break DC
30; hp 120.
The treant treats everyone as an enemy, including
the PCs, Virizan, and the gladiators.
It makes opportunity attacks against anyone it
can.
On its turn, it uses entangling roots and its slam
attack against random targets within reach.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light.
Pit: The crevasse that surrounds the arena floor is
4 squares (20 feet) deep. A creature that falls in takes
2d10 damage from the fall. The sides require a DC
20 Athletics check to climb.
Ledges: The towering walls are honeycombed
with cave mouths that serve as viewing areas for a
diverse audience of fey creatures. The lowest ledges
(shown on the map) are 2 squares (10 feet) higher
than the floor of the arena, and the walls around
them require a DC 20 Athletics check to climb.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Audience
Participation
Audience members pack the viewing ledges. They
cheer for exciting attacks and might help the PCs if
theyve been fighting well. This could include distract-
ing Virizan, drawing the treant away from PCs, or
dropping ropes to help a PC out of the pit.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
45

Appendix:
New Monsters
Cyclops Slaver
Tasked with procuring slaves for their fomorian mas-
ters, cyclops slavers craft the specialized tools they
use to capture their targets.
Cyclops Slaver Level 15 Controller
Large fey humanoid XP 1,200
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15; truesight
HP 149; Bloodied 74
AC 29; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 25
Speed 7
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +20 vs. AC; 2d10 + 4 damage.
r Shuriken (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 6/12; +20 vs. AC; 2d6 + 4 damage.
R Evil Eye (minor 1/round; at-will) Sleep
Ranged sight; the target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls
against the cyclops slaver until the end of the encounter or
until the slaver uses evil eye against a different target.
C Barbed Net (standard; requires net; recharge 4 5 6 )
Weapon
Close blast 4; +19 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 6 damage, and the
target is restrained and takes ongoing 10 damage (save
ends both).
A Sleep Powder Flask (standard; encounter) Sleep
Area burst 1 within 10; +19 vs. Fortitude; the target is
slowed (save ends). First Failed Saving Throw: The target is
knocked unconscious instead of slowed (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven
Skills Stealth +19
Str 20 (+12) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 17 (+10)
Con 21 (+12) Int 11 (+7) Cha 10 (+7)
Equipment leather armor, spear, 3 nets, 10 shuriken, 1 sleep
powder flask
Cyclops Slaver Lore
Arcana DC 18: Fomorians seek more slaves to do
their work for them. The misshapen giants trust the
work of collecting slaves to their cyclops followers.
The slave masters create barbed nets and alchemical
sleep powder, and set out to distant lands in search of
new creatures to enslave.
Cyclops Slaver Tactics
After using barbed net to restrain as many targets as
it can, a slaver moves back and lets its allies beat on
the enemies. Slavers use evil eye on strikers or other
characters with primarily single-target attacks. The
slavers alchemical sleeping powder is difficult to
create and requires rare substances, so they throw
their flasks only when desperate. Slaves arent much
good when theyre dead, so a slaver can throw its
barbed net inside-out, and the target doesnt take
ongoing damage.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Eladrin
In the world, eladrin are exceptional. In the Feywild,
though, theyre more common, and many serve as
rank and file or find odd paths of employment.
Eladrin Winter Blade Level 14 Soldier Minion
Medium fey humanoid, eladrin XP 250
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +8; low-light vision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 27, Will 24
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 6
m Winter Longsword (standard; at-will) Cold, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 8 cold damage.
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
The eladrin winter blade teleports 5 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Elven
Str 20 (+12) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 12 (+8)
Con 14 (+9) Int 15 (+9) Cha 16 (+10)
Equipment leather, longsword
Eladrin Winter Blade Lore
Arcana DC 11: The rank and file of armies mus-
tered by the Winter Court, eladrin winter blades
dont have much combat training. Most arent soldiers
by trade, and they rely on the small amount of long-
sword training all eladrin receive. They carry blades
that develop frost when carried by eladrin from the
Winter Court.
Eladrin Winter Blade Tactics
When fighting with mostly other eladrin, winter
blades follow orders, and they take the brunt of
assaults. If theyre grouped with other creatures who
are better suited to fighting on the front lines, the
eladrin teleport to surprise the enemies behind the
first rank.
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
46

Eladrin Feydark Gladiator
Medium fey humanoid
Level 16 Soldier
XP 1,400
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +9; low-light vision
HP 154; Bloodied 77
AC 32; Fortitude 28, Reflex 30, Will 26
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 6
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the gladiators next turn.
M Bloodletting Stab (standard; encounter) Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7 damage. If the gladiator has combat
advantage against the target, the target takes ongoing 10
damage (save ends).
Gladiators Cage
An enemy flanked by the gladiator takes a 5 penalty to
attack rolls.
Fey Step (move; encounter) Teleportation
The eladrin Feydark gladiator teleports 5 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Str 21 (+13) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 13 (+9)
Con 18 (+12) Int 15 (+10) Cha 16 (+11)
Equipment scale armor, spear
Eladrin Feydark
Gladiator Lore
Arcana DC 20: Many fomorian kings love gladi-
atorial combat, and they seek all sorts of warriors
and creatures to fight in their arenas. They especially
prize eladrin slaves, because the fomorians love gloat-
ing over an eladrins pain.
Eladrin Feydark
Gladiator Tactics
Experts in arena combat, eladrin Feydark gladiators
prefer to fight in pairs (gaining the benefit of gladia-
tors cage). If they need to move into battle, they do so
carefully instead of rushing in, and they save fey step
in case they need to escape from the heat of battle.
Throne of the Stone-Skinned King
Firbolg Dusk Harrier Firbolg Dusk Harrier Lore
In the Wild Hunt, dusk harriers flush out prey and Arcana DC 11: Among the Wild Hunt, firbolg
assist other firbolgs as they chase down their quarry. dusk harriers occupy a support role, and they set up
their prey to be slaughtered. They hunt both beasts
Firbolg Dusk Harrier Level 13 Elite Skirmisher
and people, adapting their skills to both situations.
Large fey humanoid XP 1,600
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +17; low-light vision Masters of a fighting style that uses two spears (one
HP 322; Bloodied 161 with a hooked point), dusk harriers can attack rapidly,
Regeneration 5
and they drag their foes into the middle of the hunt-
AC 31; Fortitude 29, Reflex 30, Will 27
ing party.
Vulnerable necrotic (if Pyradan takes necrotic damage, his
regeneration doesnt function on his next turn) Arcana DC 18: Other firbolg hunters judge dusk
Saving Throws +2; +4 against charm effects, immobilized, harriers harshly, and a dusk harrier is shunned if he
restrained, and slowed
or she fails to be fully effective in combat. A dusk har-
Speed 8
Action Points 1 rier expelled from a hunting party might become a
m Spear (standard; at-will) Weapon hermit or run with a pack of wild beasts. A few, how-
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 damage. ever, become enforcers or commanders for fomorians
r Javelin (standard; at-will) Weapon
or archfey. Still, they refuse to teach firbolg secrets
Ranged 10/20; +22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) especially the dusk harriers two-spear fighting style.
Pyradan makes two spear attacks, and slides one hit target
1 square. Pyradan then shifts 3 squares. Firbolg Dusk Harrier Tactics
R Moonfire (minor 1/round; recharge 456 )
Rarely found without other melee warriors to fight
Ranged 10; +20 vs. Will; until the end of Pyradans next turn,
alongside, firbolg dusk harriers use their mobility and
the target cannot benefit from invisibility or concealment,
and Pyradan gains combat advantage against the target. harriers flank to help their allies. When encounter-
C Forest of Spears (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
ing intelligent prey, they use psychological warfare,
Weapon
Close burst 2; targets enemies; +22 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 taunting their enemies. When fighting an adventur-
damage, and the target is either slowed (save ends) or ing party or other group, a dusk harrier repeatedly
takes ongoing 10 damage (save ends). On a critical hit, the attacks the weakest target if doing so provokes des-
target takes both effects.
perate actions from others within the group. For
Deadly Flanker
instance, a dusk harrier might repeatedly strike at a
When an ally flanks with Pyradan, that ally deals 1d8 extra
damage with attacks against the flanked creature. wizard if that causes defenders and leaders to disen-
Harriers Flank (immediate reaction, when an ally moves
gage from other foes to protect the wizard.
adjacent to a creature within 2 squares of Pyradan; at-will)
Pyradan shifts 2 squares. He must end this shift in a
flanking position with the ally who triggered this power.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven
Skills Acrobatics +19, Athletics +20, Intimidate +15, Nature +17
Str 22 (+14) Dex 25 (+15) Wis 18 (+12)
Con 17 (+11) Int 13 (+9) Cha 15 (+10)
Equipment hide armor, 2 spears, 4 javelins
May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
47
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Portal Hound teleportation abilities to trap prey on isolated or danger- other hazardous terrain into which the portal hound
ous terrain. They then try to push or frighten the prey can teleport PCs.
Part physical flesh and part magical energy, a portal
into dangerous places (into brambles, off precipices, or
hound can teleport itself and other creatures easily.
into rushing water, for example) to weaken or kill it. Encounter Groups
Portal Hound Level 16 Controller Although portal hounds are often trained by firbolgs,
Medium fey beast XP 1,400 Portal Hound Tactics feral members of the breed form packs with fey
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +21; low-light vision
The versatile allotment of teleportation powers portal animals.
Portal Aura (Teleportation) aura 2; when an enemy starts its
turn within the aura, the portal hound can teleport that hounds possess are useful in any situation. When
creature to a different square within the aura. trained by firbolgs, portal hounds use precise telepor- Level 15 Encounter (XP 6,800)
HP 150; Bloodied 75 tation to trap foes. Wild portal hounds, on the other 1 displacer beast packlord (level 13 elite
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 30, Will 28
Speed 7, teleport 7 hand, target weak foes (especially bloodied and lightly skirmisher, Monster Manual page 70)
m Bite (standard; at-will) armored enemies), teleporting their prey and them- 2 portal hounds (level 16 controller)
+21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage. selves away from other combatants to go one-on-one. 2 thunderfury boars (level 15 brute, Monster
M Dimensional Jaws (standard; at-will) Teleportation
Portal hounds are especially skilled at using ter- Manual page 35)
+21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the portal hound makes
a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary rain to their advantage. Include thorns, wildfires, or
Attack: +22 vs. Will; the target is teleported 10 squares.
C Portal Walk (move; encounter) Teleportation
The portal hound attacks, then teleports itself to a square
within 10 of it; close burst 1; +21 vs. Will; the target is
teleported into a square adjacent to the portal hound,
after the hound teleports.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 16 (+11) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 14 (+10) Int 5 (+5) Cha 19 (+12)

Portal Hound Lore

Arcana DC 13: These hounds of the Feywild
seethe with magical power, which causes them to
manifest extraordinary abilities of teleportation. Even
their jaws warp and shift, allowing them to transport
their quarry with a simple bite. Though wild portal
hounds are cunning predators, the creatures are even
more dangerous when trained by firbolgs, who use
them to corner their enemies.
Arcana DC 20: Because of their unique abilities,
portal hounds live and stalk prey in unusual terrain. In
marshy areas, around cliffs, among dangerous vegeta-
tion, and near rushing water, portal hounds use their

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
48
 Throne of the Stone-Skinned King

Scarred Bulette Scarred Bulette Lore About the Author

Logan Bonner has worked on D&D Miniatures, Forgotten
Tortured by servants of fomorians, these bulettes have Nature DC 18: Though bulettes live primarily in Realms Players Guide, Adventurers Vault, Players Handbook
been inculcated into blind obedience to their mis- the world, a few are found living in the Feywild or are 2, and Arcane Power in his time as a designer at Wizards
taken there to serve as pets or beasts of burden for of the Coast. He has designed both familiars and alchemy,
shapen masters.
encouraging people to be both social and anti-social.
powerful fey. Fomorians who capture bulettes have
Scarred Bulette Level 15 Elite Skirmisher them tortured for years, until the beasts wills are
Large natural beast XP 2,400
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +10; darkvision, broken. These obedient bulettes are covered in scars,
tremorsense 20 and their blood has become tainted by magical toxins.
HP 304; Bloodied 152
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 25, Will 23 Scarred Bulette Tactics
Vulnerable charm (a tortured bulette hit by a charm attack is
immobilized until the end of its next turn) In most ways, a scarred bulette fights like any other
Saving Throws +2 bulette, burrowing beneath opponents to knock them
Speed 6, burrow 6 over and using rising burst when it emerges from the
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will) ground. However, since it doesnt have second wind, a
Before it bites, the bulette can make a standing long jump scarred bulette is more likely to keep fighting after
(as a free action) without provoking opportunity attacks; being wounded. After a creature hits the bulette and
+20 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, or 4d8 + 6 damage against a
triggers its spray of tainted blood, the bulette uses earth
prone target.
M Earth Furrow (move; at-will) furrow to move beneath that creature and take advan-
The scarred bulette moves its burrow speed just below the tage of its weakened Fortitude.
surface of the ground, avoiding opportunity attacks as it Scarred bulettes are rarely encountered with-
passes underneath other creatures spaces. As it burrows
beneath the space of a Medium or smaller creature on the out masters. It takes great effort and years to turn a
ground, the bulette makes an attack against the creature; bulette into this monstrosity, and no one who pos-
+14 vs. Fortitude; the target is knocked prone. sesses a scarred bulette wants its efforts to be wasted.
C Rising Burst (standard; the bulette must have emerged from
the ground after burrowing this turn; at-will)
Close burst 2; the bulette sprays rocks and dirt into the
air when it rises out of the ground; +19 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6
damage.
Spray of Tainted Blood (when an adjacent creature hits the
scarred bulette with a melee attack)
The attacker takes a 2 penalty to Fortitude until the end
of the scarred bulettes next turn.
Habituated to Torture
While the scarred bulette is bloodied, it gains a +2 bonus
to all defenses and to speed.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Skills Athletics +20, Endurance +19
Str 27 (+15) Dex 21 (+12) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 24 (+14) Int 2 (+3) Cha 11 (+7)

May 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 6
49
Garaithas
Anvil
By Scott Fitzgerald Gray
An adventure for 17th-level characters
illustrations by William OConnor, and Empty Room
Studio artistsVince Chui, David Hammond, Jeffrey
Koch, Adam Paquette, Wayne Reynolds, James Ryoun,
and Frank Wall
cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

The path of this war and the destruction of

all hangs by the thinnest thread, but by the fa-
vor of fate and the gods, a light comes to us in
our darkest hour. With the power of the Well
of Worlds lost to them, the githyankis assault
upon the world will shatter like glass, but we
must act now if we hope to prevail. There is no
time for cautionno time for fear. Struck with
all the force that this Coalition can muster
against it, Garaithas Anvil must fall.

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
35

Garaithas Anvil is an adventure for five 17th-level
characters. By the end of the adventure, the PCs
should have attained 19th level. This adventure is the
sequel to Throne of the Stone-Skinned King in the
Scales of War adventure path, or it can be adapted for
use in your own ongoing campaign.
In Garaithas Anvil, the PCs take on the role of
a strike team fighting for the Coalition of peoples
standing against the githyanki invasion. However,
what appears at first to be a routine mission against
a remote outpost reveals how close the githyanki are
to completely overwhelming the Coalitions worldly
defensesand shows up a critical weakness in the
invaders plans. By undertaking the dangerous infil-
tration of a githyanki planar nexus, the PCs have a
chance to take the fight to the invaders on their own
turfand to potentially turn the tide of war.
Background
In the aftermath of the previous installment of the
adventure path (Throne of the Stone-Skinned King),
the PCs discovered that Tiamat was secretly behind
the githyanki invasion, and that the githyanki con-
trolled a number of outposts previously unknown
to the Coalition. One of those outposts becomes the
starting point of this adventure when the Coalition
receives word of githyanki troops seen in a remote
mountain pass.
However, when the PCs investigate, they find not
a military outpost but an ancient temple built around
an ancient portal called the World Gate. At the fane of
Chaniir, they discover that a schism is growing within
the githyanki. The majority forces loyal to Emperor
Zetchrr are under attack by insurgents who oppose
the githyankis invasion of the world, and who know
that Tiamats dark goals underlie Zetchrrs ambition. permanent teleportation circle at their destination.
The Quests
In Garaithas Anvil, the PCs take on a strike team
role against three different githyanki targets. In the
final battle, while the heroes of the Coalition lead a full
assault against a planar shipyard, the PCs must cap-
ture a githyanki admiral who holds the key to turning
the tide of war. Each section of the adventure offers
the characters a chance to earn quest XP.
Minor QuestFree the Faithful of Chanhiir
In a remote githyanki temple known as the Fane
of Chanhiir, the PCs discover a faction of githyanki
opposed to the invasion and the aspirations of the
Emperor Zetchrr. By taking out the Zetchrr loyalists
that have invaded the temple and slaughtered the
faithful of Chanhiir, the PCs gain access to the World
Portal, which leads to a secret githyanki site known
as the Well of Worlds.
Reward: 1,600 XP.
The githyankis mastery of planar travel and
teleportation grants them a deadly edge in their inva-
sion of the world, but the full extent of their planar
power remains as yet unknown to the Coalition or its
heroes. Harnessing power drawn off from the world,
the Feywild, and the Shadowfell, the githyanki portal
network is powered by a planar nexus called the Well
of Worlds.
Within the Well, a teleportation circle known
as the Sovereign Gate can teleport creatures to any
location in the world or the planes, with or without a
Garaithas Anvil
Minor QuestCapture the Well of Worlds
Arcane secrets gained in Chanhiir give the PCs access
to the githyanki planar nexus known as the Well of
Worlds. By defeating its guardians and aiding the
enslaved eldritch giant who watches over the site,
the PCs discover that the githyanki seek to extend the
power of the Well of Worldsgranting them limitless
access to the world by way of the massive portal net-
work through which the invasion is being waged.
Reward: 2,000 XP.
Major QuestCapture Admiral Kadane and
Garaithas Anvil
To control the Well of Worlds, the PCs need to obtain
one of three eldritch keys held by the highest githyanki
leadership. One such leaderAdmiral Kadaneis
currently at the githyanki planar shipyard known as
Garaithas Anvil. As the heroes of the Coalition launch
a full assault against the site, the PCs attempt to cap-
ture Kadane and give the Coalition the power to shut
down the githyanki invasion.
Reward: 12,000 XP.
An ultimately powerful version of a true portal (as
created by the ritual of the same name), the Well
of Worlds is the site from which elite githyanki
scouts and strike teams launch their incursions into
the world, and it accounts to a large degree for the
githyankis previous success in the invasion. However,
Zetchrr has an even bolder plan in hand.
With eldritch craft bestowed by Tiamat and
stolen from the giants, the githyanki seek to have
the power of the Sovereign Gate extended through-
out their entire portal network. From anywhere in
their empire, the githyanki can send troops by the
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
36

thousands to any location in the world. As their
assaults bypass whatever defenses the Coalition can
mount, the destruction promises to be absolute. If
the githyanki succeed in their plans, no force in the
mortal realm can stand against them.
Adventure Synopsis
The invasion of the world is in full swing, but the PCs
actions in previous adventures have earned the Coali-
tion critical information regarding the githyanki,
their plans, and their allies. As this adventure begins,
the Coalition has received word of githyanki troops
seen in a remote mountain pass north of Elsir Vale
close to one of the githyanki outposts whose existence
was only learned of in the course of Throne of the
Stone-Skinned King.
The PCs (along with the Freeriders) investigate,
fearful that this outpost might be the vanguard of a
larger assault. Instead, however, the heroes discover
a hidden githyanki temple called the Fane of Chan-
hiira monastery whose faithful have rejected the
leadership of Zetchrr, and who have paid a terrible
price for their refusal to bend to the emperors will.
After routing the invading githyanki and their
fomorian servants, the PCs treat with the faithful
of Chanhiir, uncovering more of the githyankis
secrets. From the insurgents, the characters hear
more of Tiamats role in the githyanki invasion
and of plots that extend to the ancient war between
Tiamat and Bahamut. Additionally, the PCs discover
that Chanhiirs central hall is built around a unique
portal that feeds planar energy to a githyanki site
called the Well of Worlds.
The Well of Worlds is a planar nexus warded by
powerful magic that normally allows only githyanki
to enter it. However, with the aid and knowledge
of their Nefelus alliesparticularly the deva mage
Bejamthe PCs can adopt a powerful eldritch sigil
seen on the githyankis fomorian allies. The whitefire
mark grants the party access to the Well of Worlds,
where they undertake a stealth strike-team mission to
investigate and neutralize the site.
By freeing the eldritch giant Haryssusan unwill-
ing servant of the githyanki whose knowledge of
planar magic is unsurpassedthe PCs discover that
the power of the Well of Worlds fuels the vast net-
work of githyanki portals through which the invasion
of the world is being waged.
At the center of that network is the Sovereign
Gatea permanent true portal that can send crea-
tures to any location in the Astral Sea, the world, or
the planes. However, more devastating to the Coali-
tion are Zetchrrs plans to extend the capability of
the Sovereign Gate throughout the entire githyanki
portal network. If successful, the githyanki can send
troops by the thousands to any location in the world,
and the Coalition will be powerless to stop them.
Control of the Well of Worlds is maintained by
a set of eldritch keys held by the highest-ranking
githyanki war leaders. The githyanki have no fear
of these keys falling into the wrong hands, knowing
that they can be used only by full-blooded githyanki
who themselves have been attuned to the keys with
unique rituals. However, with the aid and knowledge
of Haryssus, Bejam of Nefelus believes that he can
reconfigure a key, potentially giving the Coalition the
ability to control the githyanki portal network.
One of the keys is held by Admiral Kadane, leader
of the githyankis airship and astral-craft navy. From
information gleaned from the rout of the Well of
Worlds, the PCs know Kadanes current location: the
githyanki shipyards known as Garaithas Anvil. One of
Zetchrrs most important military sites, the shipyard
Garaithas Anvil
is a planar mote within which the githyanki and their
giant servants craft and repair airships and astral craft
in preparation for the final assault on the world.
The PCs determine the location of Kadanes flag-
ship, the astral man-of-war Cevren, but time is of the
essence. If the githyanki become aware that the Well
of Worlds has been taken, they will launch a counter-
offensive that will overwhelm the Coalitions forces.
However, when a Coalition war council refuses to
authorize the decisive strike against Garaithas Anvil,
it is left to the PCs to take charge.
The Coalition must capture Kadane and deliver a
knockout punch against Garaithas Anvil all at once.
Under the PCs leadership, the forces of the Coalition
are arrayed in the form of the Hundredfive score of
the greatest heroes of the mortal world assembled at
the Fane of Chanhiir, and set to undertake a desper-
ate assault at the heart of the githyanki war machine.
The assault is launcheda hundred heroes throw-
ing themselves against a githyanki force ten times
their number. However, the PCs have an even more
important missionbreaking into one of the ship-
yards many repair docks where Kadanes flagship
Cevren is moored. The PCs fight their way through
the guards and wards of the dock before cutting their
way through Kadanes defenders. However, when the
cowardly admiral takes to the air in Cevren, the party
must follow in a commandeered githyanki strike ship.
In the sky above the shipyard, an immense astral
gate flaresthe portal through which githyanki ships
are launched against the world. Against that storm
of white light, a pitched ship-to-ship battle ensues,
and the PCs can pursue Cevren above the hundred
fighting for control of the shipyard below. In the end,
both ships lock together, out of control and spinning
toward the astral gate as the PCs and Kadanes forces
face off in a final showdown.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
37

Setting
Garaithas Anvil is written in three parts, each tied
to a specific location. In Part One, the PCs and the
Freeriders infiltrate the remote githyanki temple
known as the Fane of Chanhiir, discovering the secret
portal that grants them access to the Well of Worlds.
Part Two of the adventure is an assault against the
Well of Worldsa planar nexus that generates the
power driving the githyankis portal network in the
world and the Astral Sea.
In Part Three, the PCs lead the assault against
the shipyard of Garaithas Anvila planar site from
which the githyanki fleets are built and launched.
Its captureand that of the githyanki leader Admiral
Kadanepromises to turn the tide of war.
Preparing for
Adventure
Garaithas Anvil involves a number of important
revelations regarding the unfolding plot of the Scales
of War adventure path. Even as they take the fight
to the githyanki, the PCs face off against githyanki-
allied giants and meet a faction of githyanki rebels
who have a significant part to play in upcoming
adventures.
Additionally, this adventure provides the opportu-
nity for the PCs to take an active role in establishing
the goals of the sometimes-fractious Coalition.
Although the members of this body are united in
their desire to defend the world from the githyanki
invasion, infighting and uncertainty runs rampant
among its members. As a result, the Coalition often
opts for careful measures instead of decisive action.
The adventure can begin in the downtime imme-
diately after the PCs previous adventure. Go to Part
One: The Fane of Chanhiir (page 39) when you are the basic parameters of the encounter. It gives you a
ready to begin.
What You Need to Play
This adventure contains everything you need to
play, including background information, setup,
encounters, and maps. You might wish to review any
appropriate Dungeons & Dragons 4th Edition rules
before play begins.
You need to read only the opening sections of the
adventurethe introduction and encounters for the
Fane of Chanhiirto begin play. The PCs incursion
into the remote githyanki temple is a four-encounter
arc perfect for a single sessions play. You can then
familiarize yourself with the full importance of the
fane and its value to the Coalition, and then with the
information the PCs uncover as they interact with the
githyanki priest Talanee and her followers.
Using Tactical Encounters
Each encounter includes several common elements,
as described below.
Encounter Level
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five
player characters. An encounter of average difficulty
is one where the encounter level is equal to the level
of the party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower
than the party are easy encounters, while encounters
that are 2 or more levels higher than the party are
difficult encounters.
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the XP
value noted beside the encounter level. This amount
should be divided by the number of group members,
with an equal amount awarded to each character.
Garaithas Anvil
Setup
This section of a tactical encounter provides you with
key to the monsters in the encounter so you can locate
them on the tactical map, then provides context or
background information. The map of each encounter
area indicates where the monsters are located when
the encounter begins. The setup section also describes
what monsters are doing and how they react when
the PCs arrive.
Some encounters include monsters that are hidden
or that do not appear until later in combat. Do not
place those monsters on the map unless at least one
PC has succeeded on the Perception check to notice
them, or when they enter combat.
Read-Aloud Text
Read-aloud text provides information about what the
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have
to read it word for word. Especially where read-aloud
text is provided in a question-and-answer format, feel
free to paraphrase and use your own words when
describing the information presented. Use read-
aloud text wisely. It is written for the most common
approach to a particular situation, but the PCs
actions might require you to alter the information in
any number of ways.
Monster Statistics
Encounters include statistics blocks for each monster
type present in the encounter. If more than one mon-
ster of a particular kind is present, the statistics block
indicates how many creatures can be found.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
38

What is an
AdventurePath?
An adventure path is a connected series of adventures
that comprises an entire D&D campaign, from the
heroes humble beginnings at 1st level to their epic
triumphs at the pinnacle of level 30. These adven-
tures cover all three tiers of play: heroic, paragon, and
epic. Each tier is covered by roughly six adventures,
meaning that the entire adventure path consist of
eighteen adventures. Each adventure covers between
one and three levels, but you can also have the PCs
undertake side quests to help supplement XP. This
assures that the PCs are the correct level to tackle
each adventure.
Garaithas Anvil is the penultimate adventure
in the paragon tier, and it continues to bring the PCs
firmly into a leadership role in the Coalition fighting
the githyanki invasion. Play up the degree to which
the members of the Coalitionincluding the deva
Amyria and the Freeridersare now looking to the
PCs for leadership, especially in the section between
Part Two and Part Three of the adventure. In the face
of uncertainty and bickering by the Coalition, the PCs
must step up and demonstrate the bold leadership
necessary to turn the tide of war.
This adventure path is meant to be a complete
D&D campaign. That means were making some
assumptions about the history and mythology of the
world as the adventures progress, such as Queen
Vlaakiths death (an event weve adopted from the
adventure The Lich Queens Beloved in Dungeon
100). As the adventure path moves into the epic tier,
you can look forward to the appearance of some
classic heroes and villains from D&D history, as well
as great ideas from past issues of Dungeon and other
sources.
Adapting the Adventure
Garaithas Anvil is designed with five PCs in mind. This entry describes special actions the monsters take
You can adapt the adventure for larger groups easily
by adding additional treasure parcels and monsters
using the guidelines presented in the Dungeon Mas-
ters Guide. When adapting the scenario for larger
groups, bear in mind that the three sections of the
adventure are built around specific conflicts. Adding
more githyanki or their giant allies makes better sense
in most encounters than randomly dropping in new
monsters of different types. In encounters with only
one or two creatures, simply increase the level of
those creatures using the guidelines on page 174 of
the Dungeon Masters Guide.
This adventure is designed for characters starting at
17th level, but a larger group of lower-level characters
should have no problem with the challenges herein.
However, the nature of the PCs strike-team mission
limits the partys opportunities to take an extended
restespecially in the final stage of the adventure: the
assault on Garaithas Anvil. Lower-level parties should
definitely take advantage of the magic of the pool in
Encounter W2 (page 72). In addition, you can give the
PCs additional potions created from the waters of the
pool in W2, placing them on the githyanki astraan and
the githyanki reavers in encounter G1. Alternatively,
considering adding a short side trek before this adven-
ture or between Part One and Part Two so that the
PCs will have attained 18th level before taking on Part
Threethe final assault against Garaithas Anvil.
If the PC party consists of fewer than five char- Stone-Skinned King, the PCs learned of a number of
acters, you can adjust the level of the monsters and
encounters accordingly. Alternatively, have an NPC
ally join the PCs on their initial mission and the sub-
sequent parts of the adventure.
Garaithas Anvil
Tactics
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
Map
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
Features of the Area
This section describes special features noted on the
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
which the characters can interact, those features are
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, and
the like.
Part One:
The Fane of Chanhiir
The githyanki invasion has seen the PCs undertake
a series of increasingly important missions, taking
the fight to the invaders even as they try to uncover
the secret plots fueling the ambition of the githyanki
Emperor Zetchrr. Githyanki forces are sweeping
across the world, and the situation grows more des-
perate each day.
In the course of their adventures in Throne of the
heretofore unknown githyanki outposts within Coali-
tion lands. During their downtime in the aftermath
of the previous adventure, activity at one of these sites
becomes the catalyst for a new mission.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
39

Treasure
As with previous installments of the Scales of War
campaign, Garaithas Anvil makes use of the parcel Parcel I: ___________________, W3 (carried by the
system of treasure rewards as described in the
Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accu-
mulate twenty treasure parcels by the end of the
adventure. You can supply these treasures in what-
ever way you wish, but the following sidebar presents
the most likely encounters to bear treasure.
During your preparation, assign parcels from those
that follow to the encounters in the spaces provided.
Use the players wish lists to come up with magic
items for the first eight parcels. Consider saving at
least one or two of the highest-level magic items for
the end of the adventure, which can represent the
gear the PCs capture with Admiral Kadane.
Parcel A: ____________________, C1 (carried by the
githyanki reavers).
Parcel B: __________________, C2 (in the room
behind the secret door).
Parcel C: _____________________, C3 (carried by the
fomorians).
Parcel D: _____________________, C3 (carried by the
fomorians).
Parcel E: ______________________, C4 (carried by the
githyanki warmongers and githyanki reavers).
Parcel F: _____________________, C4 (carried by the
githyanki warmongers and githyanki reavers).
Parcel G: _____________________, W2 (carried by the
githyanki strike team).
Parcel H: __________________, W2 (carried by the
githyanki strike team).
Parcel 7: Magic item, level 21.
eldritch giants).
Parcel J: ___________________, W3 (carried by the
eldritch giants).
Parcel K: __________________, G2 (carried by the
eldritch giants)
Parcel L: ___________________, G3 (carried by the
fire giant forgecallers).
Parcel M: ___________________, G5 (carried by the
githyanki gish warmasters).
Parcel N: ___________________, G8 (stored on board
Iliyoru or Cevren).
Parcel O: __________________, G8 (stored on board
Iliyoru or Cevren).
Parcel P: __________________, G8 (carried by Admi-
ral Kadane).
Parcel Q: __________________, G8 (carried by Admi-
ral Kadane).
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters
Guide, the following parcels can go in the areas above.
Consult the wish lists your players gave you for the
first eight parcels, making the items appear to be of
githyanki manufacture where appropriate.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 18.
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 19.
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 19.
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 20.
Garaithas Anvil
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 20.
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 21.
Parcel 8: Magic item, level 22.
Parcel 9: 360 pp.
Parcel 10: Four mithral amulets (7,500 gp each)
and three 1,000 gp gems.
Parcel 11: 220 pp.
Parcel 12: Two astral diamonds and two potions
of vitality.
Parcel 13: 1,500 gp, one githyanki icon (7,500 gp),
and two potions of vitality.
Parcel 14: Four githyanki ceremonial daggers
(1,500 gp each).
Parcel 15: 480 pp.
Parcel 16: 2,000 gp, two gem-studded platinum
statuettes (15,000 gp each), and two 5,000 gp
gems.
Parcel 17: 290 pp.
Parcel 18: 3,500 gp, a crystal globe set with
adamantine filigree (15,000 gp), a jeweled mith-
ral-mesh dagger scabbard (7,500 gp), and three
potions of vitality.
Parcel 19: Two crystal and mithral cameos bearing
the likeness of Emperor Zetchrr (7,500 gp each).
Parcel 20: One 5,000 gp gem, and two potions of
vitality.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
40

Trouble in the Mountains
While resting up or taking care of personal business,
the PCs receive a message from Amyria or another
member of the Coalition they have close ties to. The
PCs are most likely in the city of Sayre at the time, but
any location in Coalition lands will do.
The message reads as follows:
Word of githyanki activity comes in from across all
frontiers, but we have had one report that demands quick
investigation. The watchtower at Thiradith marks the
northernmost frontier of our settled lands and is within
striking distance of one of the outposts we learned of from
your work in the fomorian Cachlains court. Three days ago,
riders there reported seeing githyanki along the mountain
passes. Their numbers were small and theyve shown no
sign of wanting to engage the outpost, but that has created
even more worry in the watch commander. As is the case
in every corner of the frontier, rumors of ancient ruins in
the mountains have him convinced that the githyanki seek
some weapon or relic to give them even more advantage in
this war.
I do not share his fear, but githyanki scouts in the
northlands are reason enough for worry. There are precious
few resources for us to lose in those wild lands, but this
unknown outpost might too easily become a staging ground
for the githyankis next assault. The guards at Thiradith
are raw recruits and veterans whose injuries keep them
from the front lines. They can bolster the barricades well
enough, but they are ill-suited to hunting githyanki in
hostile terrain. As such, they have sent a plea for aid to all
the agents of the Coalition. It might well be that you meet
up with others when you get there, so share the assignment
as you see fit. We must find out what kind of presence the
githyanki have in the northlands.
The PCs can finish up whatever business they have
at their present location before heading north. The
party is instructed to send word by way of Sending
when they have discovered (and hopefully thwarted)
the githyankis plots. (The message came with ritual
scrolls if none of the PCs has mastered Sending.)
Thiradith
The watchtower of Thiradith is a rebuilt ruin of
Nerath, and it has watched over the empty northern
frontier for a generation.
The three-day journey to Thiradith is uneventful. These
remote badlands are uninhabited and far removed from the
front lines of the invasion. Wolves and crows are the only
company on the road, but these give you a wide berth as you
make your way north.
Just before sunset, you see the watchtower in the
distance. An upthrust embankment of sheer stone wall
atop a white bluff, the site commands a sweeping view
of the rocky scrubland that spreads to all sides. A gate
and drawbridge allow access across a steep-sided ravine
that protects the site on all sides. Sun-faded flags fly high
above the ramparts, and the bridge is already down as you
approach.
The watchtower is a small outpost with a permanent
population of forty human and half-elf members of
the border militia. Birkeni, a veteran half-elf fighter, is
captain here. He meets the PCs at the gate, making no
effort to hide his relief at seeing them. There are no
stores or services here, but Birkeni offers free use of
the outposts amenities (weaponsmith, armorer, and
so on) and semiprivate accommodation in the bar-
racks hall.
Garaithas Anvil
However, upon their arrival in the hall, the char-
acters discover that they are not the first to respond
to the watchtowers summons. Megan Swiftblade and
the Freeriders are already here, having arrived from a
recent mission to the west that morning.
Though Megan has lost none of the pride she has
demonstrated in her previous meetings with the PCs
(in Siege of Bordrins Watch, The Temple Between,
and Beyond the Mottled Tower), her dedication to
the Coalition has tempered that pride with purpose.
However, the partys reaction to the presence of the
Freeriders (and the NPCs reaction to the PCs) likely
depends on what transpired between both groups in
their previous meetings. Roleplay the interaction as
you see fit, but if things threaten to turn ugly, Birkeni
pulls rank to remind all the characters that there are
more pressing matters at hand.
Old Friends?
This section of the adventure assumes that the PCs
and the Freeriders have at least a neutral attitude
toward each other. However, this might not be
the case insofar as events played out in your own
campaign.
Depending on the relationship between the two
groups, paraphrase or rework the read-aloud text and
the setup to the adventure as necessary. The Freerid-
ers need to be part of the assault on the temple with
the PCs. However, in a worst-case scenario in which
both groups are openly antagonistic toward each
other, have them journey separately to the site. Then
let the PCs find only the one entrance, not knowing
that the Freeriders are also in the temple until they
meet up again in Encounter C4.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
41

You and the Freeriders are honored guests at that nights
mess, but the mood is more somber than celebratory. Over
a meal of military rations, heavy bread, and ale, Birkeni
speaks. I told your compatriots this morning all that I
can report beyond what was sent in our missive. A week
ago, one of our patrols found three dead githyanki within a
hundred strides of each other on one of the foothill tracks.
The mudskins had been in some sort of fight by the look
of them, but as the scouts came back to report, they were
shadowed by a half-dozen more githyanki, very much alive.
Followed them to within sight of the watchtower, then fell
back into the hills again.
This is the first githyanki sighting in this area. In the
intervening week, the watchtower has seen no further
sign of the githyanki, though no patrol has ventured
into the foothills again for fear of ambush. Birkeni has
no idea what killed the githyanki that the first patrol
found, and no bandits or monsters are in the region.
The PCs might immediately speculate that these were
two groups of githyanki fighting each other, but this
only feeds the captains belief that the githyanki seek
some mythical relic hidden within the mountains.
Birkeni is dead wrong as regards the githyankis
motivation for being herebut in the end, the PCs
can discover that the hidden outpost holds an even
greater treasure.
Unless the PCs have business to conduct in the for-
tress or with the Freeriders, Birkeni hopes they intend
to set out the next morning.
Into the Hills
The patrol trail from the watchtower to the foothills is easily
followed, winding through thin stands of jack pine and
patches of scrub grass that slowly disappear as the rocky
ground begins to climb. The day is overcast as you reach
a marker Birkeni spoke ofa great arch of rust-colored
stone, beyond which the wall of the mountain begins to rise.
It doesnt take long to locate the site where the githyanki
were foundthree patches of blood-stained rock on the trail
winding roughly up. Of the bodies, there is no sign.
The githyanki that fell here were the faithful of
Chanhiir, fleeing from the temple when they were
cut down by a force of invading githyanki. A DC 25
Perception check made to search the area shows
signs that the bodies were picked up and moved. The
githyankis week-old tracks are undetectable in the
rubble and scree of the foothills, but finding the track
leading to the temple takes only a DC 20 Perception
check or a few hours searching.
By Birkenis description, you are already well past any of
the watchtowers patrol routes when you happen across a
faint trail cut into the rocky ground. A set of rough steps
have been carved into a wall of crumbling shale, leading to
a narrow track twisting off into the shadows of the adjacent
cliffs. Ahead, a bluff of black stone rises like a broad spike in
the cloudy gloom.
Approaching the Fane
Let the PCs take whatever precautions they wish,
but they and the Freeriders are in no danger of being
spotted as they approach. Flush with recent victories
in their invasion and confident in the security of the
fanes remote location, the invading githyanki have
established a watch only at the two entrances to the
temple.
If the githyanki who dwell at this remote location are
vanguard scouts, they show very little aptitude for it. With
no patrols in sight, you have clear run of the trails that wrap
Garaithas Anvil
around the black stone bluff on both sides, easily spotting
two caverns that might be entrances into some sort of
complex within. These lie on opposite sides of the bluff, out
of sight and sound of each other. However, the echoes of the
surrounding cliffs give you warning of the guards stationed
at both locations even before you see themgithyanki voices,
arguing and laughing in Deep Speech. Whatever the origin
of this force, its members seem to have no interest in hiding
their presence here.
With no patrols around the area of the fane, the PCs
and the Freeriders can easily split up to approach
both entrances separately, preventing flight or a
potential ambush from behind if the entire group
goes in the same entrance. Give the players a chance
to devise this divide-and-conquer strategy, but Megan
Swiftblade can suggest it if no one else does.
The Freeriders salute as you take your leave of each other,
heading along the low track that will bring you separately
within sight of both entrances.
The approach to the fane is detailed in Encounter C1
on page 59.
Fane of Chanhiir
Encounters
The PCs infiltration of the temple is a quick-strike
assault undertaken in conjunction with the Freerid-
ers, with both groups fighting their way in from
opposite entrances before meeting in the middle.
Areas that are not part of tactical encounters
(including the areas in the Freeriders side of the
incursion) have been left for your development. Use
the following table to generate area contents or ideas
of your own.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
42
 Garaithas Anvil

1d6 Details of the Fane
1 Former living quarters, ransacked (bedrolls,
prayer mats, robes)
2 Mess hall (tables, benches, trenchers, mugs)
3 Stores (foodstuffs, water barrels, cloth, rope,
wool, whetstones)
4 Prayer room, ransacked (benches, prayer mats,
icons or symbols of Queen Vlaakith)
5 Library, ransacked (githyanki religious texts
and histories)
6 Formerly empty, now filled with the rotting
bodies of the faithful of Chanhiir (ninety corpses
in total)
C2: Hall of Heroes
This mausoleum has been the resting place of the
honored dead of Chanhiir for generations. When they
invaded, Zetchrrs githyanki pulled down a dozen
statues that once lined the walls here. However, in
doing so, they have drawn down the wrath of vengeful
spirits that now haunt this place.
The secret room is empty, but it can be used as the
location for any treasure placed here (see page 40).
Tactical Encounter: C2. The Watch of the Dead
(page 61).
C3: Training Ground
This chamber was once a training ground for the
githyanki of the temple. The only survivors of the
assault on Chanhiirten ranking githyanki leaders
and priestsare due to be taken to the githyanki capi-
tal of Tunarath for trial and execution. However, the
invaders cannot leave until the Chanhiiri reveal how
to reverse the wards locking down the World Gate in
area C4.

Unless the PCs tarry too long outside the encounter

areas (including any attempt to take an extended
rest), no random encounters occur in the fane. If the
PCs spend more than 1 hour in any area, a patrol con-
sisting of a githyanki mindlasher and three githyanki
warmongers finds them. Use the statistics blocks from
Encounter C2.

C1: Cavern Entrance

The twisting mountain paths that wind around the
bluff lead to the temples two cavern entrances. The
Fane of Chanhiir has no north-south orientation
given so that the map has no bearing on the PCs
choice of which entrance to take. Whichever entrance
the party chooses is automatically the one at lower
right on the map, with the Freeriders taking the oppo-
site entrance.
Tactical Encounter: C1. Githyanki Watch
(page 59).

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
43

The Chanhiiris warders are two fomorians whose
presence here reflects the alliances the PCs learned
of in Throne of the Stone-Skinned King. In the
aftermath of this encounter, the PCs learn some of
the secrets of the fane and hear of factions within the
githyanki empire fighting against Zetchrrs rule.
Tactical Encounter: C3. Prisoners of Chanhiir
(page 63).
C4: Portal Hall
The center of the temple is a terraced chamber built
around the World Gatea unique teleportation circle
that funnels planar energy to the Well of Worlds.
As the PCs meet the Freeriders fighting their way in
from the other side, both groups fight alongside the
Chanhiiri in a climactic showdown that routs the
githyanki invaders.
Afterward, the PCs learn more about the Well
of Worlds as they hear hints of the plots underly-
ing the githyanki invasionplots that expand on the
knowledge of Tiamats involvement in the events of
the adventure path, and that hint at an epic struggle
between Tiamat and Bahamut.
Tactical Encounter: C4. Portal Hall (page 66).
Enemies and Allies
Two groups of githyanki are presently in the tem-
plethe faithful of Chanhiir, the last of which are
prisoners in area C2; and the invading forces loyal to
Emperor Zetchrr that attacked the fane and slaugh-
tered the Chanhiiri that dwelt here. The invaders
motivations are explained after the PCs have success-
fully treated with the priests that are all that remain
of Chanhiirs faithful. See Secrets of the Fane for
more information.
The githyanki and fomorians who have occupied
the temple speak Deep Speech among themselves
and to their prisoners, and there are several points
at which the PCs can overhear their conversations.
If none of the party know Deep Speech, paraphrase
those sections of read-aloud text as necessary, then
make sure that the Freeriders or the githyanki priest
Talanee fill in the information the PCs miss.
Much of any treasure you place in these encoun-
ters is the wealth of the Chanhiiri, captured by the
invading githyanki. However, Talanee and her follow-
ers are set to abandon the fane, and they are content
to let the PCs keep their former riches. See The
Chanhiiris Fate, page 45, for more information.
Secrets of the Fane
With the githyanki invaders routed, the Fane of
Chanhiir is safe from further incursion. However,
the discovery of this secret site and the knowledge of
its priests prove to be an unexpected boon in the war
against the githyanki.
The PCs might investigate the strange sigils on
the wrists of the fomorians in area C3, or they might
leave that investigation to Bejam and the mages of
the Coalition in the next section. If they mention the
marks to the Freeriders, they are told that the dead on
the other side of the fane include three more fomo-
rians, all bearing the same sigil. See The Whitefire
Mark sidebar (page 45) for more information.
In the aftermath of the previous encounter, the
PCs can take the opportunity to further explore the
fane and to learn more of the history and purpose of
this site from Talanee and her followers.
Garaithas Anvil
(If the Chanhiiri did not survive a confrontation
with the party in Encounter C3, or if the PCs allowed
them to march alone to their deaths in Encounter
C4, the information in this section can be uncovered
by a careful search of the portal hall and the prayer
chambers and libraries scattered about the temple;
see Details of the Fane on page 43. If you wish to
impress upon the players the usefulness of not killing
potential allies, make them undertake an improvised
skill challenge or face an elite trap or hazard before
gaining all the information presented here.)
Talanee is grateful to both the PCs and the Free
riders for their aid in defending the fane. After filling
the PCs in on any information they missed in Encoun-
ter C3, she provides more information on the fane
and the World Gate.
What was behind the fomorians threats? What
did the invaders need from you?
The Chanhiiris task is to keep watch over the World Gate
for the githyanki, but in making our opposition known
to the plots of the false emperor Zetchrr, we were first
shunned, then assaulted. However, our craft allowed us
to seal the gate in ways that Zetchrrs thralls could not
overcome.
What is the World Gate?
The World Gates are the prime portals through which the
githyanki first mastered the connections between planes.
This World Gate is set within the mortal realm, with others
in the Feywild and the Shadowfell. More distant gates in
nameless planes are whispered of, but they are beyond my
knowledge.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
44

What are the World Gates? How are they differ-
ent from other permanent teleportation circles?
The World Gate functions as a portal in the same manner
as any teleportation circle. However, the ancient magic of
the World Gates sees them also act as anchors that connect
their realms to the Astral Sea. They are siphons for planar
energy, feeding it back to the Well of Worlds.
What is the Well of Worlds? What is its impor-
tance to the githyanki invasion?
The Well of Worlds is a site of powerful planar magic,
built by Chanhiir in the lost age of our race and open only
to those of githyanki blood. It is a planar mote existing in
no worldfueled by the energy of the Astral Sea but not
set within it. The Well of Worlds is the center of the portal
network that is the lifeblood of the githyanki empire. It is
the site through which elite githyanki strike teams travel
the planes, including the force charged with seizing the
fane. It is a place that touches all other placesall planes of
existence, all sites in those planes. From the Well of Worlds,
the githyanki have access to anywhere in all of creation.
In game terms, the Well of Worlds is a permanent
and freely used true portal, as created by the ritual
of the same name. See The Sovereign Gate sidebar,
page 51, for more information.
The Chanhiiris Fate
With the invaders overthrown, the surviving faith-
ful of Chanhiir attend to their dead. With the bodies
badly decomposed and too numerous to easily move,
the githyanki consecrate the empty chambers into
which the invaders piled the corpses, then seal those
areas up behind walls of loose rock. (The PCs assis-
tance in this effort is welcomed but not asked for.)
The Whitefire Mark
The whitefire mark is a mystical sigil implanted only
in the most trusted servants of the githyankithose
granted access to the Well of Worlds. The sigils are
a permanent magical brand that burns with a white
flame powered by the bearers own life force. A mark
goes black when its possessor dies, but its magic
remains potent for up to 24 hours. (This is what
allows Bejam to recreate the whitefire mark for the
PCs; see the next section.) A creature raised from the
dead within that time retains its mark.
Talanee knows what the whitefire marks are and
how they function. PCs who have established an alli-
ance with the Chanhiiri are told the above information
in this part of the adventure. For others, a DC 20
Arcana check made on an active mark or the mark of a
creature dead less than 24 hours identifies the sigil as
an arcane token allowing a creature to make use of a
powerful magic relic or effect that would otherwise be
warded against it. A DC 25 Arcana check reveals the
full nature of a whitefire mark. Alternatively, Bejam
can reveal the information in the next section.
This extended burial takes a day. When it is done
(but only after the PCs have gleaned all possible
information from Talanee), the githyanki announce
their intention to leave the fane.
This holy place has lost its sanctity, debased as it is by the
blood of Zetchrrs traitors. Our fate lies elsewhere now.
Though the PCs do not know it, Talanee and her
followers have a larger part to play in the adven-
ture path. The surviving Chanhiiri are loyalists to
the lich Queen Vlaakith, who returns in the next
Garaithas Anvil
installment. However, this information is not some-
thing that Talanee shares with the PCs under any
circumstances.
The Chanhiiri plan to leave this place by way of
the World Gate in area C4. Doing so means shutting
down the force field, allowing the PCs to make use of
the portal but leaving the fane vulnerable to another
githyanki incursion. The need to defend the fane and
to avoid attracting the githyankis attention underlies
the next two sections of the adventure.
Before she and her followers depart (or in response
to specific questions if the PCs have them), Talanee
shares important information regarding a discovery
made in the previous installment of the adventure
paththe fact that Tiamat is behind the githyanki
invasion of the world.
Zetchrr is a dog leading dogs, but those who lash
themselves to his leash see not the chains he wears. The false
emperor talks of rebuilding the glory of the githyanki, but
he is a pawn of forces he has not the mind to understand or
the will to stand against.
In the long eons since the gods and primordials fought
for control of all creation, Bahamut and Tiamat have
undergone a never-ending sibling war. Driven apart yet
drawn constantly together by their dichotomous natures,
the two gods fight endless battles, both face to face and
through their proxies in all the many worlds. Among all
races, long ages of peace follow epochs of tyranny as each
deity ekes out a temporary victory over the other, but in the
end, always, the battle continues. Until now.
In this age, a new war looms between these two ancient
adversaries. On both sides, armies amass across worlds in
preparation for brutal conflict, but Tiamat means to see
that this battle with Bahamut is the last. The dragon queen
seeks to slay the platinum lord, and Zetchrr has sworn
himself and the githyanki to the service of this dark goal.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
45

Tanalee is not yet certain what role the githyanki play
in Tiamats plan, but the intelligence she shares has
been gathered by other githyanki insurgents, often at
the cost of their lives. Though she stands steadfastly
by her claims, she does not reveal the source of her
information, stating only that many githyanki are
united in their hatred of Zetchrr. See the Truth and
Consequences sidebar for more information.
Talanees information has hopefully earned the
Chanhiiri enough trust that the PCs let them go. If
not, the githyanki fight (most likely in vain) to earn
their freedom. See Shoot First, Ask Questions Later
(page 65).
Part Two:
The Well of Worlds
The Well of Worlds is a planar nexus at the center of
the githyankis extensive network of portals across the
Astral Sea, the world, and the planes. The Well is the
site of the Sovereign Gatean ancient and powerful
teleportation circle that serves as a transit point for
elite githyanki strike teams and scouts at the van-
guard of the ongoing invasion. More importantly, the
Well of Worlds is the center of a bold arcane experi-
ment being undertaken on the orders of the githyanki
Emperor Zetchrran experiment whose success will
spell doom for the free peoples of the world.
The Well of Worlds and the Sovereign Gate are
located in a planar nonspace, and they are protected
by magical wards that prevent any but full-blooded
githyanki and their most trusted servants from
accessing them. These wards make the Well of
Worlds unassailableor so the githyanki think.
Garaithas Anvil
Truth and Consequences
The information that Tanalee presents builds on The World Gate
what the PCs learned of Tiamats involvement in the
A unique ritual dispels the force field around the
githyanki invasion in Throne of the Stone-Skinned
World Gate. With its wards deactivated, the World
King. However, Vlaakiths githyanki agents do not
Gate functions as a permanent teleportation circle
yet understand the full scope of Tiamats plans. As
with a sigil sequence the PCs can read easily. In addi-
a result, the priests tale contains a significant bit of
tion, the World Gate features a permanent link to the
misinformation.
Sovereign Gate in the Well of Worlds and can act as
In truth, Tiamats plot to kill Bahamut does not
the focus for any scrying ritual. Both these features
rely on the githyanki under Emperor Zetchrr. The
prove useful to the PCs later in the adventure.
githyanki invasion of the world is merely a subter-
Any Arcana check reveals that the portal has addi-
fugea deadly feint with which Tiamat hopes to
tional epic-level powers. However, that same check
distract the attention of Bahamut and his faithful
tells the PCs that unlocking or controlling those
while she pursues the ritual that will allow her to
powers is beyond their skill. One of the characters
summon the Platinum Dragon in mortal form.
will likely make the obvious suggestion to seek assis-
If asked, Tanalee knows nothing about the other
tance from the deva Bejam and the powerful mages
information the PCs discovered in Throne of the
of Nefelus. However, one of the Freeriders can raise
Stone-Skinned Kingin particular, the existence of
the idea if need be.
the exarchs of Tiamat. This should tell the PCs that
With the force field down, the Chanhiiri step into
Tiamats plots are more convoluted than they might
the portal and are gone. The location the githyanki
have previously suspected, and that unraveling those
teleport to is beyond the scope of this adventure. If
plots will take on prime importance in the future.
the PCs attempt to note the sigil sequence of the
If the PCs are suspicious of Talanee, they find
Chanhiiris destination, it is coded and made unread-
orders on one of the githyanki warmongers from
able by the power of the World Gate.
Encounter C4 corroborating what they learn here
regarding the World Gates and the Well of Worlds.
However, they find no information supporting what
she tells them regarding the war between Tiamat
and Bahamut, nor of the githyankis place in that
struggle.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
46

Word to the Coalition
Before or after the Chanhiiri depart the fane, the
PCs can use Sending to report to their contact in
the Coalition (likely Amyria). Assuming they report
everything Tanalee has told them, the PCs receive the
following in return:
Secure the fane as best you can. Get word to Thiradith.
Make another Sending to me with the portal sigils. Wait for
our arrival.
An hour after the PCs make the Sending with the
World Gates sigil sequence, Amyria and a dozen
heroes loyal to the Coalition step through the World
Gate. With them is Bejam, the deva mage the PCs
befriended on Nefelus in Dungeon 165. Depending
on whether Bejam accepted a position on the Coali-
tion in that adventure, this might be the first time the
PCs have seen him since then. In any case, Amyria
has asked him to accompany her, believing that his
advanced arcane knowledge will be of great benefit.
The PCs are left in charge of establishing defenses
and organizing a watch over the fane. The Freerid-
ers and the newly arrived heroes look to the PCs for
direction in establishing patrols, scouting the best
lookout locations, and keeping a force on alert in the
portal hall in case any githyanki come through the
World Gate.
The githyanki do not make a return appearance
at the fane in this adventure, but dont let the PCs
know that. Use this opportunity to give the characters
a sense of the respect their previous escapades have
earned in the eyes of the growing number of heroes
loyal to the Coalition. This relationship becomes an
important aspect of the third part of the adventure.
While the PCs set up the security arrangements
for the fane, Bejam gets to work investigating the
World Gate and poring over the lore in the fanes
libraries. The PCs have time to take an extended rest
and look after any remaining business in the fane or
at the watchtower. Afterward, Bejam summons them
and Amyria for a troubled council.
What Lies Beyond
Bejam calls the PCs to one of the empty library cham-
bers in the fane, explaining that he does not want the
things he has learned to become common knowledge
yet. He has developed some understanding of the
operation of the World Gate and the existence of the
Well of Worlds, but what he has learned has put him
on edge.
The githyanki priest spoke truth regarding the World
Gates. The circle here siphons the planar energy of the
mortal realm, drawing it to a site beyond. This Well of
Worlds is spoken of in the lore here, but the fact that
the githyanki have kept the site secret even from Nefelus
demonstrates its importance. Indeed, the existence of the
Well and its power goes some way toward explaining the
advantage the githyanki have gained in this war.
If any of the information meant to be revealed by
Talanee remains unknown to the PCs (most likely
because they slew the Chanhiiri before they could
hear it), Bejam can fill it in here.
If the Well of Worlds was merely as this Talanee described
ita portal for moving the githyankis elite forcesI would
wish to know more of it. However, the brief period of my
study here has shown that the World Gate is drawing off
planar energy greatly in excess of its normal operation,
according to the githyankis lore. From what the Chanhiiri
said, Zetchrr had specific purpose in seizing the fane, and I
am fearful as to what that purpose might be.
Garaithas Anvil
Let the PCs suggest that a mission through the World
Gate to the Well of Worlds is in order. However, as
important as it is to see what the githyanki are up to,
the Coalition cannot afford to have the githyanki dis-
cover that their secrets have been compromised. As
such, sending in a small group is the best strategy.
If the PCs are not inspired to volunteer for this
mission, Bejam actively recruits them. However,
the PCs heard from Talanee that only full-blooded
githyanki can access the Well of Worlds. Thankfully,
Bejam has discovered another of the githyankis
secrets.
The whitefire marks borne by the fomorians are crafted
by potent ritual magic the like of which I have never seen
before. By this magic, those who bear the marks carry the
essence of the githyanki within them. If the fomorians you
fought traveled here by way of the Well of Worlds, the
whitefire marks were their passage. The githyanki no doubt
feel secure that the secret of the sigils is protected from
those who might seek to subvert it. However, they have not
reckoned with the craft of Nefelus.
From the lingering power in the fomorians sigils, the
whitefire mark can be recreated. Those who bear the
mark can make the journey to the Well of Worlds.
However, time is of the essence.
I do not know how long the githyanki will await the return
of their forces from the fane, but if they discover us here,
their retribution will be swift. We must send word to the
Coalition for reinforcements to hold the fane in the event
of another githyanki assault. For my part, I will convince
Nefelus to send more aid of its own. If the worst comes to
pass, we can hopefully hold the fane long enough for you
to discover what the Well of Worlds isand what kind of
threat it represents.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
47
 Garaithas Anvil

Megan Swiftblade and the Freeriders take charge of

the watch in the PCs absence, even as more defend-
ers travel by way of the World Portal to the fane. See
Part Three of the adventure for more information on
these heroes of the Coalition.

The ritual by which the whitefire mark is bonded to a living

creature seems simple enough, but the exertion that shows
in Nefelus when he is done shows the potency of the magic
that has been imbued in you. As the ritual is completed,
the sigil flares to life on your wrist, its outline of white
flame writhing around the stark lines of a githyanki blade.
Though the mark can be covered by sleeve or armor easily
enough, you feel its flame still flaringpulsing in time with
the beating of your heart.

While the ritual is completed, a pair of Nefelus mages

recently arrived at the fane have been studying the
shadowy destination beyond the World Gate. As the
PCs prepare to embark, the mages brief them.

Beyond the World Gate lies a portal the likes of which we

have not seen before. It has no sigil sequence. Rather, its
location is fixed by psychic energy and the flow of planar
power through it. A force of githyanki a half-dozen strong
arrived there only an hour ago, but we have seen no other
traffic before or since.

When the PCs are ready to step through the World
Gate, go to Encounter W1 on the next page.
Well of Worlds
Encounters
The githyankis belief that the Well of Worlds is unas-
sailable means that it has no permanent defenses,
though the PCs face numerous challenges as they
fight their way through the site.
The Well of Worlds exists in a planar nonspace that
gives the site a nonlinear layout. Areas W2, W3, and
W4 are a continuum, with doorways at one side of an
area leading to the other side of the area adjacent, as
noted by the A and B keys on the tactical map. A
character who looks out of the area W2 doorway on
the left side of the map is looking into area W3 from
the right. Likewise, a character going through the
southwest door in area W3 enters area W4 from the
east.
W1. Sovereign Gate
The sole portal within the Well of Worlds is a perma-
nent true portal through which elite githyanki strike
teams and scouts have access to any point in the
Astral Sea, the world, and the planes beyond. Even
though the PCs possess whitefire marks that allow
them to enter the Well of Worlds, their presence here
does not go unnoticed.
Tactical Encounter: W1. Sovereign Gate
(page 69).

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
48

W2. Githyanki Bivouac
The githyanki troops that move through the Well
of Worlds rest and recuperate here, making use of
potent healing magic to quickly get themselves back
into the fray. The strike team that recently passed
through the portal is here, and its members do not
take kindly to the PCs intrusion.
Tactical Encounter: W2. Githyanki Bivouac
(page 71).
W3. Hall of Shards
The planar energy siphoned off through the World
Gates is collected and amplified in this arcane nexus.
Two eldritch giants work here, manipulating the flow
of planar energy as part of the githyankis plans to
extend the power of the Well of Worlds throughout
their entire portal network.
Tactical Encounter: W3. Hall of Shards
(page 73).
W4. The Stair Gate
This area grants access to the heart of the Well of
Worlds, but the PCs way is blocked by a magically
warded gate that requires a skill challenge to open.
However, the partys presence here attracts the atten-
tion of summoned planar guardians.
Tactical Encounter: W4. The Stair Gate
(page 75).
W5. Astral Vortex
A churning astral vortex drives the githyankis portal
network, and is the source of the power that will soon
allow that network to touch every part of the world.
An eldritch giant ritualist labors here on behalf of the
githyanki, but a summoned githyanki guardian shade
and the raging vortex itself are the deadlier threats.
Tactical Encounter: W5. Astral Vortex (page 77).
Admiral Kadane
The name of Admiral Kadane is heard at various
points in the adventure, allowing a PC to recall the
following information with a DC 27 History check.
If none of the characters has any prior knowledge
of Kadane, they can consult with others in the
Coalition (particularly Amyria) to gain the following
knowledge.
Admiral Kadane was a mid-rank captain of the githyanki
astral fleet who threw his lot in with Zetchrr when
the new emperor claimed power in the aftermath
of Vlaakiths fall. The githyanki fleet is strong under
Kadanes captains, but the admiral is a weak leader.
Though a brilliant tactician, he prefers to direct his troops
from the deck of a fast ship as far as possible from the
real fighting.
Dark Tidings
With the Well of Worlds temporarily secured, the
PCs can return to the Fane of Chanhiir by way of the
Sovereign Gate in area W1. Whether they determine
the operation of the Sovereign Gate first or simply
use it as the starting point of a Linked Portal ritual
(see the Sovereign Gate sidebar), they discover that
Bejam has been hard at work in their absence. He, the
Nefelus mages, and the Freeriders and other heroes of
the coalition have all been bonded with the whitefire
mark, allowing them to transit to the Well of Worlds.
At the same time, the other Nefelus mages have been
working nonstop to keep the Chanhiir gate open as a
destination portal for transits from across the world.
Garaithas Anvil
Additional members of the Coalition have been joined by
more than forty heroes of a dozen lands at the fane, with
still more coming by the sound of it. The defenses you set up
around the temple have been redoubled. The approaches
through the mountains are secure, watchers atop the highest
bluffs scan the skies for airships, and the World Portal is
quickly cleared of new arrivals and carefully watched for
any sign of githyanki activity. So far, however, your presence
in the fane appears to have gone unnoticed.
The Mages Council
After debriefing the PCs, Bejam and a security force
cross over to the Well of Worlds. The deva mage is
anxious to speak to Haryssus and undertake a full
assessment of the sites power. Let the PCs take an
extended rest, before or after which they can fine-tune
the defenses of the fane as they wish. Whether they
remain in the temple or return to the Well of Worlds,
Bejam soon calls them to council in Haryssuss library.
The heroes of the Coalition have the Well of Worlds
locked down, including an ambush line set up to catch
any githyanki passing through the Sovereign Gate. In the
bivouac, you spot the Freerider dwarf Ragnum Dourstone,
who offers a grim nod by way of greeting. Behind him, more
than a dozen dead githyanki are piled high.
Ragnum reports to the PCs that the heroes of the
Coalition have been lucky so far in getting the drop
on githyanki transiting into the Well of Worlds.
Theyre coming through the white portal steadyscouts
and strike teams looking to rest up. No sign yet that they
know were here, but we questioned one moving alone, said
he was from Utargarth, Utargarath, something like that.
Someone named Kadane sent him to the fane to see whats
up with the team supposed to be holding it. Its a safe bet
therell be more like him coming through soon enough.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
49

A PC that makes a DC 27 History or Arcana check
recognizes the name Ragnum heard as Utargaraith,
and knows what it means. (If no PCs make a success-
ful check, they can ask Haryssus or Bejam.)
Utargaraith is the name of the interplanar shipyards
where the githyanki build and repair their fleets of astral
craft and airshipsGaraithas Anvil, as it is most commonly
translated. Garaitha was a corsair and military captain
whose legendary exploits have inspired generations of
githyanki.
The PCs learn more about Garaithas Anvil in the
next section. However, if they question Bejam or
Haryssus about the site in this meeting, see First
Strike on page 53 and the beginning of Part Three
(page 54).
The Githyankis Secret
Beyond the astral vortex, the exhausted Bejam stands
with Haryssus, the works of the eldritch giants
library spread across the tables.
We have gained a valuable ally in our fight against the
githyanki, Bejam says, nodding to the giant. I have
learned much of the operation of this place, but I fear that it
spells our doom all the same.
Rather than simply having Bejam and Haryssus
recite the following information, try to play it out as
a give-and-take as the PCs and the mages share and
compare what they know.
What are the keyholes on the plinth over the
stair gate?
Four crystal keys once granted control of the Well of
Worlds to the highest-ranking of the githyanki. Queen
Vlaakith held one, but her key was said to be lost when
she was destroyed. Zetchrr holds one, taken from one of
Garaithas Anvil
Vlaakiths captains slain when the new emperor came to realize with certainty that you have taken this place, they
power. Kadane, admiral of the githyanki fleet, holds one. will attack with numbers beyond reckoning. You few, brave
Dokan, general and master of the githyanki ground forces, as you are, cannot stand against them.
holds the third.
From the connection between Kadane and the
What are the githyankis plans for the Well of githyanki that invaded the fane, the players should
Worlds? hopefully suggest finding the admiral as a means to
The githyanki have made great advances in portal magic locating one of the crystal keys. Even if they dont,
in recent yearssome of it stolen; some gifted by allies we however, Bejam announces that it is time to take what
can only guess at. Great numbers of eldritch giants have they know to the Coalition as a whole.
become beholden to the githyanki, and many of those
unwilling to serve have been forced to servitude. For the
last two years, githyanki and giant mages have worked to
carefully reshape the power that flows through the Well of
Worlds, hoping to see that power flow through the whole
of the githyanki portal network. Should they succeed,
the power of the Sovereign Gate will be extended, one
node at a time, across all the githyanki portals of the
Astral Sea and the planes beyond.
How can the githyankis plans be
stopped?
The power of the Well of Worlds is crafted
and shaped by unique ritualssome older than
time, and many now lost. To establish even
minimal mastery of the Well would require
one of the crystal keys and the rituals of control
uniquely bound to those who bear them.
When the PCs have digested the above
information, Haryssus ends the discus-
sion on a note of finality.
My knowledge and your mages power combined can
ward the Well of Worlds against assault for a time, but
we cannot hope to control it. Already in the scant hours
since you have come here, a score of githyanki have passed
through the Sovereign Gate, and more will come when those
your friends have slain are missed. When the githyanki
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
50
 Garaithas Anvil

The Sovereign Gate

War Council
The Sovereign Gate is a more powerful version of the
It takes 1 hour and three DC 30 Arcana checks to If the details the PCs have learned of the githyanki
portal created by the True Portal ritual. It functions
understand the workings of the Sovereign Gate in shipyard and Admiral Kadane have not already done
only for full-blooded githyanki or creatures bearing
area W1 of the Well of Worlds. Whether the PCs so, the title of this adventure should hopefully suggest
the whitefire mark. Using the Sovereign Gate as the
undertake this effort themselves or leave it to Bejam that an assault on Garaithas Anvil is the intended
source or destination for any portal ritual negates the
and the other Coalition mages determines when this endgame. However, the partys previous experience
need for reagents and grants the user a +10 bonus to
information is revealed. with the fractious Coalition will likely also sug-
the Arcana check for the ritual.
gest that establishing a consensus for action will be
Using the Sovereign Gate to transit to a location
As impossible as it might have seemed, Talanees descrip- difficult.
not marked by a teleportation circle requires a DC
tion of the Sovereign Gates function holds true. Its power During the PCs assault on the Well of Worlds,
25 Arcana check. A character can make this check
is built on that of the epic True Portal ritualmagic Bejam sent word to the Coalition leadership, request-
only once per hour. The check result determines the
that creates a teleportation circle capable of carrying ing that they come to the fane for a war council that
portals duration.
creatures to any destination. However, the power of the can decide the Coalitions course of action. However,
Sovereign Gate is permanent and even more far-reaching. not all members of the Coalition leadership have
Arcana Check Result Portal Duration
The pulsing haze of white light that fills this chamber is a made the journey. In particular, Eoffram Troyas has
2029 1 round
weave of planar energy and arcane power that taps into remained behind in Brindol to help deal with a hob-
3039 3 rounds
the mind of any creature standing within it. Any place goblin uprising (a real threat this time, in contrast to
40 or higher 5 rounds
you can name or describe, any location you have ever the exaggerated attack that played a part in the lead-
visited or seen, any site you can remember and summon ership debate in Throne of the Stone-Skinned King).
The Sovereign Gate sets its destination according to
to mindthe Sovereign Gate will take you there. Amyria is here, as are other Coalition members
the will of a single character who steps within it and
The Sovereign Gate has no sigil sequence to mark its known to the PCs (choose the roster based on those
makes the Arcana check. If two or more characters
planar location. Rather, the flow of planar energy cours- characters the PCs have the strongest relationship
attempt to control the portal at the same time, all
ing through the Well of Worlds is indelibly marked upon with, good or bad). However, the cautious Quelenna
make opposed Arcana checks. The character with
the mind and spirit of each creature that passes through Entromiel is here as well, potentially undercutting
the highest check controls the portal (assuming the
it. Only those who have first been taken through the any hope the PCs have of inspiring the coalition into a
check result was 20 or higher), and all creatures
Sovereign Gate by another creature or who have reached quick response to the githyanki threat.
within the teleportation circle go to that characters
the site through one of the World Gates can transit there. If Quelenna was not successful in her bid for
chosen destination.
Moreover, the portal holds a permanent record of every leadership of the Coalition in Throne of the Stone-
A nonportal destination can be seen within the
location it has ever been used to accessthe coordinates Skinned King, she is taking advantage of this crisis
Sovereign Gate as a hazy image, just as with a normal
of uncountable locations across the planes locked within to clandestinely push her agenda of cautious defense.
portal ritual. However, creatures at the destination
the pulsing white of its walls. (See Throne of the Stone-Skinned King for more
cannot see the Sovereign Gate. Creatures stepping
information on Eoffram, Quelenna, and their goals.)
through the Sovereign Gate simply appear as if from
The war council takes place in an abandoned
nowhere at their destination.
library in the fane. Megan Swiftblade and a dozen
other heroes of the Coalition are on guard, but the

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
51

bulk of those who have come to defend the fane are
outside, in area C4, or in the Well of Worlds, keeping
watch against a githyanki attack.
The PCs are present to once again recount their
story for those who have not heard it. Bejam likewise
summarizes the danger presented by the Well of
Worlds and the githyankis plots.
The power of the Well of Worlds transcends any magic
known to the mortal races. If it can be extended to their
wider network of permanent teleportation circles, the
githyanki can open portals at will into any location, from
any location, and not with vanguard strike teams and
scouts but with whole armies. Their assaults will instantly
reach behind the strongest walls and beyond the most
well-defended roads and passes. The destruction will be
absolute. If the githyanki succeed at their plans, no force in
the mortal realm will stand against them.
The PCs can add to Bejams assessment if they wish.
However, especially if the characters discuss the need
for military action, the Coalitions response leaves
them cold. Quelenna Entromiel takes the lead, build-
ing on the uncertainty and fear felt by a number of
the other Coalition members present.
We are far from our homes and familiesthe places and
people we are bound to defend. This place, these planar
sites you speak of are meaningless targets. A majority of our
many lands heroes are here now to defend these places, and
for what? This is a fight we cannot win, and as such, it is a
fight we cannot consider. Waiting here for eventual attack
or, worse, seeking out the githyanki stretches our already
over-extended resources past the breaking point. Instead, we
must ask what we might do to hinder the githyanki. Slow
down their plots to give us time to plan a proper defense of
our homelands.
Let the PCs take the lead in pointing out the futility
of defending against an enemy that can move troops
from any permanent or temporary teleportation
circle to any location in the world in the blink of an
eye. However, even martial-minded leaders such
as the barbarian elf queen Caliandra are swayed
by Quelennas focus on defending the Coalitions
homelands.
Amyria agrees with the PCs, but even if she cap-
tured the leadership of the Coalition in the previous
adventure, her voice cannot overcome the dissent
that Quelenna inspires. Moreover, any attempt on
Amyrias part to take the partys side is met with
bureaucratic resistance.
Neither you nor these adventurers have the authority to
direct the Coalition as a whole according to your whim. I
move that this war council be dissolved at once, and that we
return to Sayre for a full debate.
To the PCs, it should be clear that this war council is
destined to fail.
Fortune Favors the Bold
This section of the adventure features no combat, no
traps, and no skill challenges. However, it is none-
theless intended to represent a turning point for the
campaign. This is strictly a roleplaying scenario, and it
gives the PCs a chance to step up as de facto leaders of
the Coalitiona role they have slowly established for
themselves at every previous stage of the paragon tier.
It is up to the PCs to lead the heroes of the Coali-
tion in a preemptive assault against Garaithas
Anvilan attack designed both to cripple the
githyanki war machine, and to deliver to the Coali-
tion the power to control the Well of Worlds. To do so,
the players need to undertake a number of steps, as
indicated below.
Garaithas Anvil
Most of these points follow naturally from the
information previously revealed. For example,
because the PCs know that Kadane is at Garaithas
Anvil, it makes sense that they would seek to scry the
admirals location. However, these broad points are
not meant to be absolutes. Let the players decisions
set out the groundwork and the plan for the assault,
using NPCs to establish direction only if the PCs
seem stuck or request their aid.
If the players come up with alternative approaches
to some of the points below, adjust and improvise as
necessaryeven to the point of forgoing a stealth mis-
sion in favor of a straight-up strike (see the Direct
Assault sidebar in the next section).
A Time for Heroes
The PCs must win the favor of the other heroes of
the Coalition if the attack on Garaithas Anvil has
any hope of succeeding. However, this initial task
is perhaps the easiest part of their plan. At the first
sign that the PCs intend to act against the orders of
the Coalition, Megan Swiftblade and the other Free
riders immediately back them up in the war council.
(Assuming you have played through Beyond the
Mottled Tower, Megan owes the PCs a life-debt that
has earned her allegiance even if the relationship
between the two groups has remained strained.)
The Coalitions so-called leaders dont know what theyre
saying. Bankers and merchant lords, the lot of them. If you
say we need to strike this Garaithas Anvil, the Freeriders
are with you. But theres nearly a hundred of us here all
told, come together to show our strength. With you leading,
I promise the rest will follow.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
52

If the scene suggests it, one of the Freeriders might
tear a token of office from one of the reluctant Coali-
tion leaders, handing it to the PCs in an overtly
symbolic gesture. This is the partys moment, and it
should feel memorable. Outside the fane, the PCs can
then take their case to the Hundredthe assembled
heroes of the Coalition, ready to give their lives to
defend their world.
In a worst-case scenario in which the PCs decide
to acquiesce to the whims of the Coalition, Amyria
can take a more direct role in suggesting that bold
action is necessary to turn the tide of war. However,
she has not the reputation or the experience to lead
the Hundred. Only the PCs can do this.
Garaithas Anvil
First Strike
Announcing the intent to attack Garaithas Anvil in
force is one thing. Figuring out how to get the heroes
of the Coalition to the shipyard without alerting the
githyanki to the impending assault is something else.
Characters trained in Arcana or History can study
the lore of the Well of Worlds (that found with the
eldritch giants in Encounter W3 and in Haryssuss
library) to find out everything they need to know
about Garaithas Anvil. Paraphrase the information
given at the beginning of Part Three: Garaithas
Anvil on page 54.
The Garaitha docks are set with two score per-
manent portals whose sigil sequences are one of the
most closely guarded secrets of the githyanki empire.
However, the unique nature of the Sovereign Gate
allows the sigil sequences of the Garaitha portals to
be extracted carefully. If the PCs want to undertake
this task themselves, make it a series of DC 27 Arcana
checks or an impromptu skill challenge. Alternatively,
the eldritch giant Haryssus can obtain the sequences
(or, if necessary, suggest this course of action).
The Nefelus mages can set up teleportation circles
to take the PCs and the Hundred from the fane to
Garaithas Anvil. Once the attackers have transited to
the shipyard, the mages then attempt to block access
to the shipyards portals using the power of the Well
of Worlds. This should prevent a githyanki counterat-
tack, at least for a short time.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
53

Kadanes Key
The PCs know that Kadane is at Garaithas Anvil, and
that control of the Well of Worlds might be possible
with the crystal key the githyanki admiral is said to
hold. The githyanki have no fear of these keys falling
into the wrong hands, knowing that they can be used
only by full-blooded githyanki who themselves have
been attuned to the keys with unique rituals. Bejam
and Haryssus believe that they can overcome these
protections, but finding and capturing Kadane can be
a challenge even for the most capable heroes.
With their skills and experience, the PCs are the
most logical choice to undertake the strike-team
assault to locate Cevren and Kadane. Although the
assault on Garaithas Anvil is not merely a diversion, it
allows the PCs to focus on the specific goal of finding
the admiral while the other heroes of the Coalition
keep the githyanki on the ropes.
Target Acquired
Garaithas Anvil is a vast place, and the PCs have little
hope of finding Kadane by mere chance. However,
the unique nature of the Well of Worlds means that
a character can use scrying rituals to search for the
admiral or his flagship even in the astral nonspace
in which the shipyard exists. The entire shipyard is
under the effect of a Forbiddance ritual for the pur-
pose of scrying effects, but the Well of Worlds can
overcome that.
Whether alone or with Bejams aid, the PCs can
obtain the location of the specific repair dock where
Cevren is moored. More importantly, they can work
out the closest portal to arrive at and can see enough
of the area around the portal to note the exterior dock
entrance, its defenses, and the under-construction
extension that offers the easiest way into the area.
Paraphrase the information given under Garaithas
Anvil Encounters in the next section as the PCs plan
their assault.
The Moment of Truth
With the Hundred soundly behind them, the PCs
have set in motion a plan that might conceivably
turn the tide of war. When they are ready to lead the
assault, go to the next section.
Part Three:
Garaithas Anvil
The shipyard of Garaithas Anvil is a planar mote
suspended at the boundary between the world, the
Feywild, the Shadowfell, and the Astral Sea. From its
surface, the shipyard appears to be the interior of a
vast sphere, its ground curving up to all sides. At its
center, directly above any viewer standing on its sur-
face, a great astral gate acts as a transit point for the
ships that are built and repaired here. Forty perma-
nent teleportation circles across the shipyard connect
Garaithas Anvil to the Astral Sea, as well as to the
world, the Feywild, and the Shadowfell, all of which
provide the raw materials and labor that fuel the con-
struction of the githyanki war fleet.
Garaithas Anvil
Garaithas Anvil
Encounters
The attack against the shipyard catches the githyanki
entirely by surprise. However, though the heroes of
the Hundred have followed the partys lead to take
the war to the githyanki, a victory here will be for
naught if the PCs cannot capture Admiral Kadane
and the key to the Well of Worlds.
The Garaithas Anvil encounters represent only a
small part of this repair dock complex, which itself is
one of dozens of similar dock facilities spread across
the surface of the planar mote. Any exits from the
repair dock lead to similar chambers in adjoining
docksthe warehouses, forges, mills, and arcane labo-
ratories dedicated to supporting the githyanki war
machine. The docks where airships and astral ships
(including Cevren) are moored are sealed off under
moveable domes.
A vast astral gate sits at the center of the inverse
sphere of the shipyard. Ships can rise to and descend
from the gate under their own power (the githyankis
astral craft normally function only in the Astral Sea),
but the unstable flow of energy within the gate makes
it difficult to properly navigate astral craft above the
surface of Garaithas Anvil. This is an advantage to
the heroes assaulting the shipyard (since it prevents
the numerous ships present from taking part in the
githyankis defense of the site), but raises the stakes
for the PCs in the ship-to-ship battle in encounter G7.
Garaithas Anvil is populated with workers from
the githyankis servant-races, particularly fomorians
and other giants. As low-rank laborers, these crea-
tures do not bear the whitefire mark. All creatures
within the shipyard converse in Deep Speech.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
54

G1: Construction Site
Breaking from the main battle, the PCs fight their
way through a force of githyanki defenders to gain
access to the repair dock complex where Admiral
Kadanes flagship Cevren is moored.
An open storage space leads to a locked door and
the repair dock beyond. The door can be opened with
a DC 27 Thievery check or smashed in with a DC 20
Strength check. If the door is broken open, the crea-
tures in areas G2 and G3 do not hear it.
Tactical Encounter: G1. Dock Siege (page 79).
G2: Loading Zone
Within the repair dock complex, a planar loading
zone has become an embarkation point for giant rein-
forcements summoned to the battle.
Tactical Encounter: G2. Loading Zone (page 81).
Garaithas Anvil
G3: Fire and Forge
A cadre of fire giants operates a smithy that turns out
steel- and brass-work for the githyankis astral craft
and airships. With the alarm sounded, the PCs find
these servants of the githyanki forging deadly weap-
ons to be taken to the battle in the shipyard outside.
Tactical Encounter: G3. Fire and Forge
(page 83).
G4: Warehouse
This dark space is a testament to the advanced state
of the githyanki invasion. Its crates contain weapons,
armor, field rations, and other supplies for a long
military campaign. Just as disconcerting are signs
that many more crates have recently been moved out
from this area as the githyanki invasion is stepped up
across the world.
G5: Dock Gate
At the center of the repair dock complex, access to
the ships is guarded by a force of githyanki and fomo-
rians. The docks are sealed off from the laborers
areas and warehouses by magical wards that the PCs
must first shut down, then reactivate to prevent new
defenders from joining the fight against them.
Tactical Encounter: G5. Dock Gate (page 85).
G6: Boarding Party
Kadanes flagship can be seen in the distance, but
another force of githyanki guards stands between the
PCs and their target. When the cowardly Kadane
takes to the air, the characters must commandeer the
githyanki astral strike ship Iliyoru, taking to the air
after the fleeing Cevren.
Tactical Encounter: G6. Boarding Party
(page 88).
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
55

G7: Iliyorus Flight
A ship-to-ship battle ensues as the PCs attempt to
catch up to the fleeing Kadane, using the power of
the strike ship to attack Cevren even as they ward
off an aerial assault by githyanki warriors on flying
mounts.
Tactical Encounter: G7. Iliyorus Flight (page 91).
G8: Kadanes Stand
In the end, both ships lock together and spin out
of control toward the vast astral gate above. On the
decks of Cevren and Iliyoru, the PCs face off against
Kadanes troops and the admiral himselfa quarter-
mile above the bloody battle below.
Tactical Encounter: G8. Kadanes Stand
(page 95).
Striking the Anvil
As the PCs prepare to lead the Hundred into battle,
Bejam and his mages set up the teleportation circles
that will take them to Garaithas Anvil.
Across the bluffs and trails surrounding the fane, the mages
of the Coalition are scribing dozens of planar portals,
causing the fading twilight to blaze with eldritch light.
Spread out before them, the greatest heroes of the mortal
realm stand in expectation of the battle to come. Most are
on foot, a score or more mounted on steeds still skittish
from having made the transit through portals from their
own lands. One force of rangers from the desert lands south
of Elsir Vale make a last check of the tack on a flight of
griffons. No one speaks.
Direct Assault
If the PCs are dead-set against taking the easy way
in to the repair dock complex, simply create a main
entrance that passes through mostly empty ware-
house space similar to area G4, then connects to area
G5 by way of the door at the top of the overview map.
The repair dock complex features no windows or other
entrances aboveground, so the main entrance or the
under-construction extension are the only ways in.
However, a frontal assault is by far the tougher of the
two approaches.
The ground-level main doors of each repair dock
complex are guarded by two fomorian warriors and
two fomorian painbringers (a level 21 encounter; see
Encounter C3 and the Monster Manual for statistics
blocks). The fomorians quickly fall back from the ongo-
ing battle when they see any PC approach the doors.
Additionally, starting in the fourth round of the fight,
six githyanki minions join the fray each roundeither
At your signal, Bejam and his mages activate the planar
portals, and a flare of white light cuts through the darkness.
Within that light, hazy images of the shipyard flare to
lifewindowless stone buildings, the open spaces between
them thronging with githyanki and giants.
Around you, the Hundred are ready, waiting to move at
your word.
The attack on Garaithas Anvil is a broad assault
through a dozen portals simultaneously, and the
heroes of the Hundred hit the githyanki hard. Along-
side the assault, the PCs undertake one last strike
team missionbreaking for the repair facility where
Kadane and his flagship wait.
Garaithas Anvil
blademasters (Encounter C1), gish crusaders (G1), or
psychic archers (G5). See those encounters for statis-
tics blocks.
The doors into all the repair dock complexes are
warded by the same magic that protects the doorways
into area G5. See encounter G5 for details of the skill
challenge necessary to disable the doors magical
wards. Once those wards are disabled, an exterior
door into the repair dock complex requires a DC 27
Strength check to open or close. Any fomorians and
githyanki that survive the fight pursue the PCs into
the repair dock.
PCs who make their way through the main doors
go straight to Encounter G5. However, the sound of
combat at the main entrance puts the creatures in that
area on alert. Additionally, all eight of the fomorian
guards from Encounter G2 and four fire giant serfs
from Encounter G3 come to G5 to enter the fray, arriv-
ing at a rate of two giants per round.
When the PCs step into the portal prepared for
them, the Hundred follow.
The portals through which you emerge in Garaithas Anvil
go dark almost as soon as you step through them. Bejam
and Haryssus made good on their pledge to seal planar
access into the shipyard. However, high above, a blazing
circle of white light hangsthe massive astral gate around
which the shipyard has been built. Even as you watch, a
half-dozen astral strike ships rise toward the gate, caught up
in its flow of energy then swallowed with an immense flash
as they are shunted away.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
56
 Garaithas Anvil

To the right and high above you along the curve of the The casualties on the Coalitions side are thankfully possession of Kadanes crystal key and the admiral
shipyard floor, the banner of the Freeriders waves at the few. While the PCs bask in the well-deserved glow of himself (assuming he or his corpse survived the final
front of an assault against an emplacement of githyanki victory, the surviving githyanki can be held within fight). Bejam then returns to the Well of Worlds,
guards scrambling to get into defensive positions. To your the docks while arrangements are made for them where he and Haryssus are successful in bringing the
left, a force of dwarf warriors chant a death dirge for the to be moved. Having scried the battle, Bejam and site under Coalition control.
fallen Kalad as they cut their way through a squad of Amyria arrive by portal to debrief the PCs and take
giantshowling fomorian guards and laborers towering
above their githyanki masters.
Behind you, cavalry forces that have come through their
portals on horseback crash over githyanki ground troops
like a living wave. Overhead, ranger archers on griffons
wing their way above the battlefield, a force of githyanki
flying forth to meet them on reptilian fliers, shrieking as
they strike.
Screaming oaths of vengeance, the hundred greatest
heroes of the mortal world throw themselves against waves
of defenders that must total ten times that number. The
battle for Garaithas Anvil has begun.

Turning the Tide

If the party had a relatively easy time with the previ-
ous encounters, feel free to add a denouement combat
challenge taking out the last pockets of githyanki
resistance. Otherwise, as the PCs descend in Iliyoru,
they can see that the heroes of the Hundred have won
the day on the ground below.

The forces of Garaithas Anvil have been routedthe heroes

of the world victorious. The bodies of githyanki and giants
are spread across the shipyard by the hundreds, as are the
throngs of prisoners being held under tight watch by the
Freeriders and others. The damaged Iliyoru lands noisily
in an open space close to the dock where it was originally
moored, all eyes on you as you disembark. And as one, the
heroes of the Hundred salute, five-score weapons raised to the
white sky as a shout of triumph echoes from the gray stones.

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
57

Spoils of War
Any warriors captured in the battle for Garaithas
Anvil are mid-level leaders at best, who know noth-
ing more about the githyankis plots than the PCs
have already learned. In particular, the rank-and-file
githyanki know nothing of Tiamats involvement
with Zetchrrs plots. However, Kadane is one of the
githyankis highest-ranking leaders, and he could
prove instrumental to the PCs goals in the next
installment of the adventure path.
In addition to crippling the githyankis abil-
ity to wage war through their portal network, the
capture of the Well of Worlds grants the Coalition
additional resources. In Haryssuss lore, one of the
PCs discovers a ritual that can undo the effect of the
githyanki possession seen in previous adventures.
Any captured githyanki spies can be freed of this foul
possession, restoring their minds and driving the
possessing spirits out.
The Future
The Coalitions rout of Garaithas Anvil deals a major
blow to the githyanki war effort, effectively scuttling
a significant portion of their astral fleet and put-
ting large numbers of astral craft and airships under
Coalition control. While the fear of a githyanki repri-
sal might loom large, the PCs victory allows Bejam
and Haryssus to establish full control over the Well of
Worlds for the Coalition.
The same wards that once prevented access to the
planar mote by any but the githyanki can now be
reworked to prevent the githyanki from making use
Garaithas Anvil
of the Sovereign Gate. More importantly, by shutting
down the flow of power from the World Gates, the
Coalition can cripple the githyanki portal network,
making a counterattack against Garaithas Anvil
impossible and significantly limiting the githyankis
ability to wage war against the world.
A decisive blow has been dealt against the
githyanki. The tide of war has turned, though the
PCs fight is far from over.
The True Plan
Although Tiamat makes use of the githyanki, her plot
to kill Bahamut does not rely on Emperor Zethchrs
githyanki. As mentioned earlier, the githyanki inva-
sion of the world is merely a ploy to weaken the forces
of good and distract Bahamut and his faithful while
she pursues a plan to summon the Platinum Dragon
in mortal form. She intends to destroy him at that
point, thus ending a conflict that has recurred since
Io was split. If the PCs continue to follow the path
they are on, they will have an opportunity in the near
future to learn this information.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
58

C1: Githyanki Watch
Encounter Level 17 (8,800 XP)
Setup
8 githyanki blademasters (B)
2 githyanki reavers (R)
The path the PCs follow leads to one of two cavern
entrances to the temple. The invading githyanki
expect no trouble here, and they are distracted.
The PCs can follow the path directly to the cavern
easily enough. However, unless they do so invisibly,
the githyanki have a group passive Perception check
(+10) to spot them when they are 50 feet from the
cavern entrance (the edge of the trail on the map).
Even distracted, the guards automatically see any PCs
who approach closer than 25 feet from the cavern.
Characters can leave the path and attempt to
climb the rough walls above the entrance (DC 20
Athletics), but making noise on the shadowy slopes
is a bigger concern than staying hidden. With a DC
20 Stealth check, a PC stays hidden but dislodges a
fall of rubble and scree that puts the githyanki below
on alert. A DC 25 Stealth check allows a character to
approach unheard and unseen.
If the githyanki are alerted by the partys
approach, they pull back to the inner cavern where
they can be seen only with a DC 20 Perception check.
Adjust their positions on the tactical map accordingly.
Characters approaching by air from above can
automatically stay hidden until they attack. They gain
surprise unless the githyanki are otherwise alerted to
their presence.
When the PCs can see the cavern entrance, read:
The twisting path leads to a cliff, atop which a broad shelf
of stone is lit by the pulsing white light of magic lamps. The
cavern beyond falls quickly into shadow, but it appears
to narrow down to a passageway leading farther into the
mountain.
Perception Check
DC 20: Even the shadows cant hide the patches of the
cavern floor that have enormous Xs scrawled in charcoal
upon them.
If the githyanki are not alerted to the PCs pres-
ence, read:
Nearly a dozen githyanki stand or crouch along the stone
shelf and within the shelter of the cavern. Their armor and
livery mark them as guards watching over this entrance,
though they appear profoundly disinterested in the task.
In addition to the guards, an astral wave trap wards
this approach to the fane. This defense was set up by
the githyanki of the temple, and although the invad-
ers are aware of its existence, they cannot disable
it. The Xs marked on the floor indicate the trigger
points the guards are aware of, but there are others as
shown on the tactical map.
Garaithas Anvil
8 Githyanki (B)
Blademasters
Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 8 psychic damage.
M Twin Longsword Strike (standard; requires combat advantage
against the target; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 12 psychic damage
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githyanki blademaster flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 12 (+9)
Con 15 (+10) Int 13 (+9) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, 2 silver longswords
2 Githyanki Reavers (R) Level 17 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 197; Bloodied 98
AC 29; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Fullblade (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d12 + 4 (crit 2d12 + 28) plus 1d6 psychic
damage, plus an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is
immobilized.
M Reaving Strike (standard; encounter) Psychic, Reliable,
Weapon
+18 vs. Fortitude; 3d12 + 4 damage plus 1d6 psychic
damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki reaver or an ally within range can
fly 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 14 (+10)
Con 17 (+11) Int 15 (+10) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, silver fullblade
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
59

Astral Vents Level 19 Blaster
Trap XP 2,400
The floor of the cavern suddenly ripples as a wave of unearthly
power lifts you off your feet.
Trap: When a creature steps onto a trigger point, a pulse
of astral energy disrupts the space around it, blasting it
skyward.
Perception
PCs who intuit that the Xs on the cavern floor mark
the trigger points of the trap can choose to avoid those
locations. However, characters cannot use Perception to
detect the unmarked trigger points of this trap.
Trigger
When a creature enters or begins its turn in a trigger
square, the trap attacks that creature.
Attack
Opportunity Action Melee
Target: The creature that triggered the trap.
Attack: +22 vs. Reflex
Hit: 3d8 + 4 damage, and the target is lifted 10 feet into the
air. Unless the target has the means to stay aloft, it then
falls to the ground in a random adjacent square, taking
1d10 damage and being knocked prone as normal for
falling.
Countermeasures
A creature can jump the squares to avoid triggering them.
A creature that triggers the trap can attempt a DC 27
Acrobatics check. With a successful check, the creature
takes no damage but is pushed 1 square in a random
direction.
A creature blown into the air by a trap can, as normal,
make an Acrobatics check to reduce falling damage.
A creature adjacent to a trigger square can disable that
square for the rest of the encounter with a DC 27
Arcana check.
Garaithas Anvil
Tactics Cliff: The steep slope below the shelf and to both
sides of the path drops off 40 feet. Scaling a cliff
The githyanki reavers fight close together, each
requires a DC 20 Athletics check. A creature that
targeting a lightly armored foe as it flanks with a blade-
drops down from above takes 4d10 falling damage.
master. A reaver switches targets freely in an attempt to
Stairs: The rough stone stairs are difficult terrain.
sow maximum disruption in melee, reserving its reav-
Rubble: These areas of loose scree are difficult
ing strike for a defender or striker that deals it damage.
terrain. A creature that runs, charges, or makes a
If either reaver immobilizes a foe, both focus their next
double move through rubble must make a DC 20
silver fullblade attacks on that creature.
Acrobatics check or fall prone.
Two blademasters flank with the reavers, while the
others swarm heavily armored PCs in groups of two
or three, flanking for combat advantage and making
twin longsword strikes.
The githyanki avoid the marked triggers of
the astral vents, but they can be affected by the
unmarked triggers.
These githyanki are confident in their ability to
take care of any threat, and they hurl insults at the
PCs throughout the fight. They raise no alarm and
fight to the death.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The narrow canyon walls cut any
daylight to dim light along the path. At night, the
path is dark. Magic lamps shed bright light within the
mouth of the cavern and across the stone shelf day
and night, fading to dim light in the cavern.
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 20 feet high.
Astral Vent: The githyanki have marked five of
the trigger points to the astral vent trap in charcoal on
the rock shelf. The three trigger points shown in red
on the tactical map are not visible to the PCs or the
githyanki.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
60

C2: The Watch of
theDead
Encounter Level 18 (11,000 XP)
Setup
Githyanki mindlasher
3 githyanki shades (S)
3 githyanki warmongers
The resting place of the honored dead of Chanhiir
was the sight of a last stand by the temples faith-
ful. When the invaders pulled down this place in
the aftermath, they drew forth the vengeful spirits
of the githyanki warriors interred here. The invad-
ing githyanki now shun this area, not even having
claimed their dead. They avoid attack by running
through here when they go to and from area C1.
Perception Check (within 30 feet of the doorway)
DC 13: No sound comes from the darkness ahead, but
the foul stench of death rises on the air.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
Huge statues of githyanki warriors once lined the walls of
this chamber, but these now lie shattered and strewn across
the floor. The rotting corpses of a half-dozen githyanki lie
alongside them, all well-armored warriors. At the center of
the room, the floor opens up to create a balcony set with a
stone railing. Light and raised voices come up from below.
Perception Check
DC 13: The voices converse in Deep Speech and in
the dialect of the githyanki. However, the words cannot be
made out from this distance.
DC 20: The shattered statues and their rubble flare
and pulse with a faint glow.
Garaithas Anvil
As long as they do not have a light source in hand, the Tactics
PCs can cross to the balcony railing without attract-
The githyanki shades take on lightly armored foes
ing the attention of the githyanki below.
with their ghost swords, making spirit rake attacks
against heavily armored combatants or those staying
\The chamber below appears to be a temporary camp with
at the edge of the fray. Once they slow an enemy with
three dozen bedrolls set around a pair of smoldering fire
pits. Three githyanki are herewarriors by their look, and
bladed wrath, they use soul strike to devastate it, and
follow that with spirit rake.
all of them angry. One mutters that the human outpost
The warmongers target strikers and defenders
waits to be taken, cursing the orders that keep the githyanki
with telekinetic crush and silver greatsword attacks. A
in the temple while the astraan mages chant their useless
warmonger reserves soulsword burst until two or more
rituals over the shielded circle. A second growls agreement
PCs are adjacent to it, but it catches the githyanki
as he curses someone he calls the coward Kadane, safe on
shades in the burst if it can.
Cevren while we hide like dogs for the sake of his fear.
The githyanki mindlasher stays at the edge of the
fray, targeting well-armored PCs with psychic slam
A character can make a DC 27 History check to recall
and mind crush attacks. It maintains cover behind the
the name of the githyanki Admiral Kadane (see the
fallen statues, entering melee only if pressed.
sidebar on page 49). If the PCs are not successful now,
The githyanki shades focus their attacks on the
they have the opportunity to learn who Kadane is
PCs as the creatures that drew them into combat.
later in the adventure.
However, a shade that finds a githyanki between it
In the round or two that it takes a PC to listen at
and a PC target attacks the closer target fifty percent
the railing (or if the party attempts to bypass the bal-
of the time.
cony on their way to the stairs), the spectral githyanki
If the PCs move down to the lower chamber, the
shades guarding this place rise from the rubble.
githyanki follow but the shades do not.
From the rubble, three shapes rise across the chambertheir
forms that of armored githyanki warriors, but strangely
translucent in the gloom. Without word or warning, they
attack.
Any sound of fighting reaches the githyanki below
(the mindlasher and warmongers), who assume that
their allies at area C1 have come under attack while
returning from duty. They come up the stairs and
enter combat in the third round.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
61

3 Githyanki Shades (S) Level 16 Lurker
Medium elemental humanoid (undead) XP 1,400 each
Initiative +19; Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 84; Bloodied 42
AC 30; Fortitude 26, Reflex 29, Will 28
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Speed 8, fly 8
m Ghost Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 damage.
r Spirit Rake (standard; at-will) Fear, Psychic
Ranged 5; +19 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and the
target takes a 2 penalty to all defenses (save ends).
C Bladed Wrath (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Burst 1; +21 vs. AC; 1d10 + 5 damage, and the target takes
a 2 penalty to all defenses and is slowed (save ends both).
M Soul Strike (standard; recharge ) Radiant, Weapon
Slowed targets only; +19 vs. Will; 4d10 + 5 radiant
damage, and the target gains vulnerable 10 psychic until
the end of its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages (understands
Common, Deep Speech)
Str 21 (+13) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 16 (+11)
Con 18 (+12) Int 19 (+12) Cha 21 (+13)
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light in the lower camp; dim
light in the upper statue chamber.
Ceiling: 30 feet high.
Balcony: The statue chamber opens up at its
center 30 feet above the floor below. A stone railing
around the balcony is 4 feet high. Characters who fall
from the balcony take 3d10 damage.
Statues and Rubble: The shattered remains of
the oversized githyanki statues provide cover. The
statues and their rubble are difficult terrain. It takes
a DC 13 Athletics or Acrobatics check to move over a
statue.
Psychic energy flares unchecked within the
fallen statues and their rubble. A creature that ends
its turn on or adjacent to a statue or in a square
of rubble takes 2d10 psychic damage and grants
Githyanki Mindlasher Level 18 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +20
HP 132; Bloodied 66
AC 30; Fortitude 29, Reflex 33, Will 29
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 8; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+25 vs. AC; 2d8 + 4 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindlasher or an ally within
range can fly 5 squares.
A Mind Crush (standard; recharge ) Psychic
Area burst 2 within 20; +23 vs. Will; 1d10 damage, and
ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends). Aftereffect: The
target gains vulnerable 10 psychic and can make only basic
attacks (save ends).
A Psychic Slam (standard; at-will) Psychic
Area burst 2 within 10; +23 vs. Will; 2d8 psychic damage,
and the target is knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +12
Str 22 (+15) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 22 (+15)
Con 18 (+13) Int 20 (+14) Cha 14 (+11)
Equipment silver longsword
combat advantage to all adjacent creatures until the
beginning of its next turn. The githyanki shades are
immune to this effect.
Stairs: The steep stairs descending to the level
below are difficult terrain.
Bodies: The bodies of dead githyanki strewn
throughout the statue chamber are difficult terrain.
Bedrolls: Bedrolls spread throughout the camp in
the lower chamber are difficult terrain.
Fire Pits: These are difficult terrain. Any creature
that enters a fire pit takes 1d8 + 5 fire damage.
Secret Door: This hidden door requires a DC 20
Perception check to spot and a DC 25 Thievery or
Strength check to open.
Garaithas Anvil
3 Githyanki Warmongers Level 17 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +11
HP 162; Bloodied 81
AC 33; Fortitude 29, Reflex 31, Will 29
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 2d10 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage, plus
3d8 extra psychic damage if the target is immobilized or
stunned.
R Telekinetic Crush (standard; recharge )
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +22 vs. Fortitude;
1d10 damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range
can fly 5 squares.
C Soulsword Burst (standard; requires silver greatsword;
encounter) Psychic, Weapon
Close burst 1; +22 vs. Will; 3d10 damage, and the target
takes ongoing 5 psychic damage and is stunned (save ends
both).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 18 (+12) Int 16 (+11)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
Cha 21 (+13)
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
62

C3: Prisoners of
Chanhiir
Encounter Level 17 (9,600 XP)
Setup
2 fomorian painbringers (P)
10 githyanki prisoners (G)
What was once a training ground for the hundred
githyanki who made Chanhiir their home is now
a holding area for the survivors of the assault. The
githyankis fomorian servants stand guard.
As the PCs approach this area, read:
The stench of filth becomes stronger as you move along the
corridor. The dull and intermittent pounding of steel on
stone rises ahead, along with a harsh voice shouting. You
like that, small ones? You keep your silence, you all meet the
same fate!
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
A ruined martial training hall is lined with shattered
weapon racks and filled with what appear to be pillars of
yellow-white light extending floor to ceiling. These shift
slowly, drifting across the chamber as they flare and fade.
In the haze of light, ten githyanki in tattered robes are
roped together hand and foot and huddled along one wall.
Two hulking fomorians pace before them, one clubbing the
sodden remains of a githyanki corpse with its flail.
Garaithas Anvil
Perception Check
DC 20: Both fomorians wear glowing sigils on their
wristsa sword wrapped in an outline of white flame.
Insight Check
DC 20: The fomorians keep an uneasy eye on the
shifting yellow pillars as they threaten the githyanki, but the
prisoners show no fear.
The fomorians have been charged with convincing
the githyanki to reveal the secret of disabling the
wards on the World Gate (see the next section). The
giants are distracted, and the PCs have a chance to
attack with surprise.
2 Fomorian (P) Level 19 Elite Controller
Painbringers
Huge fey humanoid (giant) XP 4,800 each
Initiative +8 Senses Perception +16; truesight 6
HP 362; Bloodied 181
AC 35; Fortitude 35, Reflex 29, Will 33
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Flail (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 3; +24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage; see also studied foe.
R Evil Eye (minor; at-will)
Ranged 5; +22 vs. Will; the target takes 3d6 + 5 damage
whenever it damages the fomorian painbringer. If the
painbringer uses this power against a new target, the
previous target is no longer affected.
R Funnel Pain (standard; at-will)
Ranged 8; +22 vs. Will; 4d6 + 5 damage; see also studied
foe.
C Painful Visions (minor; encounter)
Close burst 4; +22 vs. Will; the target is dazed (save ends);
see also studied foe.
Studied Foe
The fomorian painbringer gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls
against a creature affected by its evil eye power.
Alignment Evil Languages Elven, Deep Speech
Skills Intimidate +19
Str 24 (+16) Dex 9 (+8) Wis 14 (+11)
Con 21 (+14) Int 12 (+10) Cha 21 (+14)
Equipment chainmail, flail
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
63
 Garaithas Anvil

Tactics
The prisoners flatten against the nearest wall, avoid-
ing the PCs, the fomorians, and the pillars of light.
They attempt to free themselves as they warily watch
the fray. If the PCs engage the githyanki, see the side-
bar on page 65.
The fomorian painbringers avoid being flanked,
keeping the pillars of light between them and the
PCs. A painbringer uses its evil eye against creatures
that attack it, making funnel pain attacks against heav-
ily armored PCs and using painful visions if hemmed
in by two or more foes.
Development
The burning sigils on the fomorians are a thing the
PCs have never seen before. See The Whitefire
Mark (page 45) for more information.
When the fight here is done, speaking with the
prisoners and securing the doors out of this area are
likely to be the PCs first priorities. See The Waiting
Game, below, and The Chanhiiri also below.
The chamber beyond the doors has the look of an
auditorium or shrine, with wide terraces that might be
some sort of amphitheater seating stepping down from
the walls. Scattered across the terraces, a number of wide
altars blaze with a searing white flame. At the center of the
floor, a raised dais holds a permanent teleportation circle.
However, this is sealed in behind a sphere of shimmering
magical force that sends tendrils of white light pulsing into
the room. The sphere of light is the focus of the githyanki
that fill this area, who are milling around the dais and
arguing among themselves.
Perception Check
DC 13: The githyanki are spaced out warily around the
pulsing sphere, as if they fear getting too close.
DC 20: The githyanki are arguing over their inability
to overcome the ward protecting the teleportation circle.
One talks of giving the fomorians time to work a harsher
interrogation, but other githyanki fear Kadanes wrath if
the high priests arent returned to the anvil in good time.
The PCs learn the meaning of the anvil later in
the adventure.
space occupied by a pillar of light takes 2d10 radiant
damage, slides 4 squares in a random direction away
from the pillar, and is knocked prone. If a pillar slides
a creature into the area of another pillar, the original
slide ends and the creature suffers the effect of the
new pillar.
Rubble: These areas of loose scree are difficult
terrain.
Shattered Weapon Racks: The githyanki invad-
ers destroyed the temples armaments, making these
areas difficult terrain. Additionally, a character
knocked prone in the area of a shattered weapon rack
must make a DC 20 Acrobatics check or take 1d8
damage from shards, spikes, and shattered blades.
Doors: These stone double doors are closed,
preventing the sound of combat in this area from
reaching area C4.

The Waiting Game Features of the Area

The stone doors leading out of this area open easily,
Illumination: The pillars of light shed bright light
as do the identical doors at the end of the connecting
throughout the area.
passageway. A wide gap where the second doors close
Ceiling: 40 feet high.
allows the PCs to see into area C4 without having to
Pillars of Light: Astral energy has been sum-
open them. (The creatures there are not as shown on
moned and bound to this place by githyanki priests,
the Encounter C4 tactical map. Likewise, the bodies
creating a challenging combat ground. After the turn
on the map are not present yet. See the next encoun-
of the last creature in the initiative order, each pillar
ter for more information.)
of light shifts 1d4 squares in a random direction.
A creature that begins its turn adjacent to a pillar
of light takes 1d10 radiant damage and slides 2
squares in a random direction away from the pillar. A
creature that moves through or begins its turn in the

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
64

The Chanhiiri
Assuming the PCs did not engage them, the githyanki
prisoners have freed themselves from their bonds
by the time combat ends. However, if they are
approached and spoken to in Common or Deep
Speech, only their leader Talanee responds.
The githyanki prisoners show signs of having been
repeatedly beaten. An elderly female steps forward with
a pronounced limp. I am Talanee, she says. You have
our thanks for your aid, but you must leave this place. The
injury done to our temple must be addressed, but this battle
is not yours.
The PCs are likely to be suspicious of Talanee and her
followers, but the githyanki are equally wary. How-
ever, they answer a few basic questions in gratitude
for having been freed.
Who are you?
We are the Chanhiiri, the faithful of the Fane of Chanhiir.
Who are the other githyanki?
They are the forces of Zetchrr the False. They have
claimed this fane and bestowed on the Chanhiiri the
sentence of death.
How do you plan to defeat the invaders?
The destiny of our people is struggle, and we will die free
as we lived if that is our fate.
The insular Chanhiiri do not give up more infor-
mation easily. Each item below requires a DC 25
Diplomacy check. Each PC can make only one check,
and the PCs cannot aid each other. With each suc-
cessful check, read the most appropriate piece of
information for the PCs line of questioning. Any
further questioning must wait until Secrets of the
Fane, page 44. (Even with a successful check, there
are things Talanee does not speak ofspecifically, the
Chanhiiris loyalty to Vlaakith and the connection
between the fane and the Well of Worlds.)
What happened here? Why are you fighting the
other githyanki?
The usurper Zetchrr reshapes the will and destiny of the
githyanki in the name of his own ambition. We reject that
ambition, for which our people name us traitors.
What is the Fane of Chanhiir?
This temple is an ancient siteold as the githyanki empire.
Chanhiir, a legendary githyanki mage, was its first high
priest and founder. His faithful numbered nearly a hundred
before Zetchrrs force despoiled this place.
Why were you left alive?
We will be returned to Tunarath, where our execution will
act as a warning to all those who oppose Zetchrrs rule.
Why are the invaders still here? Why were the
fomorians threatening you?
There is power here that Zetchrrs curs yearn to control,
but its secrets are ours. Neither threat nor death will take
our knowledge from us.
Reluctant Allies
The Chanhiiris immediate goal is to avenge their
dead by taking on the invaders in area C4. Outnum-
bered as they are, they have no hope of winning
that battle, but these stoics do not fear the death that
awaits them. However, they are not suicidal, and
they are willing to accept assistance if the PCs offer
it. However, if the party tarries here for more than 5
minutes, Talanee and the others head immediately
for the portal hall. If the PCs try to stop them, see the
Shoot First, Ask Questions Later sidebar.
The PCs can take a short rest while they speak to
Talanee. The githyanki in area C4 are preoccupied
Garaithas Anvil
with their work there, and they do not enter this
chamber during that time.
The PCs movement into the next encounter trig-
gers the appearance of the Freeriders in the same
area. When the PCs are ready to move (or if the
Chanhiiri force their hand), go to the next page.
Shoot First,
AskQuestionsLater
This section of the adventure assumes that the PCs
establish a detente (however tenuous) with the
Chanhiiri. However, if the party isnt diplomatically
inclined, dont labor the point.
If Talanee and the other surviving priests are
attacked or cornered, they fight back. Talanee is
a githyanki astraan (use the statistics block from
Encounter W2), while her followers include five
githyanki warmongers (Encounter C2) and four
githyanki blademasters (Encounter C4). Nonminions
have half their normal hit points to reflect the harsh
treatment they have received. The Chanhiiri take a
2 penalty to all defenses for their lack of armor and
poor physical condition.
In the first round of combat, a Chanhiiri githyanki
deals 1d6 + 2 damage with melee attacks as it fights
unarmed. In subsequent rounds, the githyanki fall
back to the destroyed weapon racks and grab dam-
aged versions of their normal weapons that deal half
damage.
Once they have weapons in hand, the Chanhiiri
fight their way through to area C4, then take on the
githyanki there. The party can make a single DC 27
Diplomacy check to cease hostilities with the Chan-
hiiri. Up to two PCs can aid the character making the
check.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
65
 Garaithas Anvil

C4: Portal Hall When the PCs can see into the chamber, read: Despite Megans bravado, the Freeriders are vastly
outnumbered and have depleted most of their
Encounter Level 18 (11,200 XP) Before the stairs on the far side of the hall, Megan resources to make it this far. If the PCs opened the
Swiftblade stands with the severed head of a githyanki doors, the githyanki in this area are aware of their
Cross-Fire captain clutched by the hair. The Freeriders are bloodied presence. If they looked through the gap in the doors,
As the PCs have worked their way through Chanhiir, but defiant behind her, the githyanki in the chamber they can surprise the distracted githyanki.
Megan Swiftblade and the Freeriders have cut their spreading out in preparation for attack.
own path through the githyanki invaders from the
opposite cavern entrance. Whether the PCs wait to
enter this area or come through immediately from
Encounter C3, the Freeriders are there to meet them.
If the PCs havent already investigated the con-
necting passage and the doors between areas C3 and
C4, incorporate the read-aloud text from the previous
encounter as appropriate.
If the PCs have allied themselves with the Chan-
hiiri, Talanee and the others follow the partys lead as
regards entering this area. However, if the previous
encounter ended in a confrontation with the priests,
this encounter likely begins with the Chanhiiri burst-
ing through the doors at the same time the Freeriders
attack from the other direction. Rework the read-
aloud text in this section accordingly.

As the PCs or the Chanhiiri prepare to enter this

area, read:

From beyond the second set of double doors comes a sudden

shout of alarm and the sounds of combat. Over the clash
of swords and the shrieks of dying githyanki, the familiar
voice of Megan Swiftblade rings out. You laid claim to
Elsir Vale, but our lands still stand free! Our people will not
kneel to you, mudskin, nor will the wider world you covet!
We will not fall!

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
66

Setup
5 Freeriders (F)
12 githyanki blademasters (B)
2 githyanki reavers (R)
2 githyanki warmongers (W)
With the githyanki invaders hemmed in by the Free
riders, the PCs, and the Chanhiiri, the portal hall
around the World Gate becomes a final battleground.
Tactics
The githyanki warmongers make telekinetic crush
attacks against the closest PCs, then focus silver
greatsword attacks against immobilized foes. They
repeat that tactic as often as telekinetic crush recharges,
saving soulsword burst until they can affect three or
more foes.
The githyanki reavers focus on lightly armored
PCs in the hope of a quick kill. Each holds its reav-
ing strike until it is flanking with a blademaster for
combat advantage.
The githyanki blademasters flank with each other,
the warmongers, or the reavers for combat advantage.
All the githyanki know to stay away from the force
sphere, but they do their best to immobilize or stun
PCs within its aura (see Features of the Area). They
reserve their flying powers until they are forced into
the sphere, allowing them to flee it without provoking
opportunity attacks.
12 Githyanki (B)
Blademasters
Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 8 psychic damage.
M Twin Longsword Strike (standard; requires combat advantage
against the target; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 12 psychic damage
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githyanki blademaster flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 12 (+9)
Con 15 (+10) Int 13 (+9) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, 2 silver longswords
2 Githyanki Reavers (R) Level 17 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 197; Bloodied 98
AC 29; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Fullblade (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d12 + 4 (crit 2d12 + 28) plus 1d6 psychic
damage, plus an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is
immobilized.
M Reaving Strike (standard; encounter) Psychic, Reliable,
Weapon
+18 vs. Fortitude; 3d12 + 4 damage plus 1d6 psychic
damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki reaver or an ally within range can
fly 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 14 (+10)
Con 17 (+11) Int 15 (+10) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, silver fullblade
Garaithas Anvil
Allied Forces
Given the time and complexity involved in doing so,
it is not intended that you play out the attacks of
the Freeriders and the Chanhiiri in this encounter.
Instead, assume that the Freeriders and the Chan-
hiiri focus on the githyanki minions in the portal hall
while the PCs take on the more potent threats of the
warmongers and the reavers.
Roll initiative for the Freeriders and the Chan-
hiiri as separate groups. Each round on its initiative,
a group takes out 1d4 1 githyanki blademaster
minions. On the invaders initiative, the githyanki
fighting Talanee and her followers take out 1d3 1
Chanhiiri minions. For the purpose of this combat,
assume that Talanee, her nonminion followers, and
the Freeriders all survive as long as the PCs do. (See
the sidebar on page 65 for information on Talanee
and her followers.)
If the combat goes on long enough that the Fre-
eriders and the Chanhiiri run out of minions to kill,
have reinforcements arrive through the door the Fre-
eriders entered througha mix of blademasters and
githyanki psychic archers (see Encounter G6). These
are additional githyanki that the Freeriders bypassed
in one of the closed chambers in the other part of the
temple.
When the fight is done, award the PCs full expe-
rience for all creatures noted in the setup for the
encounter, even those defeated by the Freeriders and
the Chanhiiri.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
67
 Garaithas Anvil

2 Githyanki Warmongers (W) Level 17 Soldier Bodies: The bodies of dead githyanki killed by the
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
Freeriders are difficult terrain.
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +11
HP 162; Bloodied 81 Altars: These wide stone altars burn with magi-
AC 33; Fortitude 29, Reflex 31, Will 29 cal fire fueled by the essence of the Astral Sea. The
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects 3-foot-high altars require a DC 13 Athletics check to
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
jump or climb across. However, a creature that begins
+24 vs. AC; 2d10 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage, plus its turn adjacent to or passes over an altar takes 1d10
3d8 extra psychic damage if the target is immobilized or fire and radiant damage. A creature that begins its
stunned.
turn on an altar takes 2d10 fire and radiant damage
R Telekinetic Crush (standard; recharge )
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +22 vs. Fortitude; and is dazed until the end of its turn.
1d10 damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends). Force Sphere: Like the astral vents in Encounter
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter) C1, the force sphere protecting the teleportation
Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range
circle is a defensive ward of the temple that the
can fly 5 squares.
C Soulsword Burst (standard; requires silver greatsword; invading githyanki cannot shut down. The tendrils
encounter) Psychic, Weapon of energy that lash out into the room act as an aura 4
Close burst 1; +22 vs. Will; 3d10 damage, and the target
centered on the sphere (marked by a dotted line on
takes ongoing 5 psychic damage and is stunned (save ends
both). the tactical map). A creature that starts and ends its
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech turn within the aura is struck by a tendril of energy
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 17 (+11) that deals 1d8 psychic damage and gives it vulnerable
Con 18 (+12) Int 16 (+11) Cha 21 (+13)
5 psychic (save ends).
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
A creature that attempts to move into the sphere
Features of the Area takes 2d8 psychic damage and is pushed 3 squares
and knocked prone.
Illumination: The burning altars fill the chamber
Treasure: If you place treasure parcels in this
with bright light.
area, double the amount of treasure found and award
Ceiling: 40 feet high from the floor of the cham-
half to the Freeriders, allowing the PCs to retain the
ber; 30 feet from the highest terrace along the wall.
correct amount. The Freeriders have claimed their
Terraces: The chamber is cut into wide tiers of
own treasure as they fought their way into the temple
amphitheater seating. These 3-foot-high oversized
and need no share of anything the PCs found in ear-
steps can be descended at full speed, but moving up a
lier encounters.
tier requires either 1 additional square of movement
or a DC 10 Athletics check.
Stairs: The stairs leading down through the tiers
are normal terrain.
Dais: The dais at the center of the chamber is 3
feet high. It costs 1 extra square of movement to hop
up on the dais.

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
68

W1: Sovereign Gate When the PCs step through the World Gate in
the fane of Chanhiir, read:
Encounter Level 17 (8,000 XP)
The domed chamber into which you are transported is a
haze of white light beyond which the walls are a faint blur.
Setup The brightness here drives into your eyes like knives, a
Astral shade
current of arcane power twisting through you. The portal
The domed chamber into which the PCs step by way platform extends to a closed doorway directly ahead, an
of the World Gate is infused with a haze of white astral haze shimmering to either side like a wide pool of
lightastral essence coalescing around the Sovereign gently rippling water.
Gate.
See Features of the Area for information on the
effect of the white light and the astral haze that sur-
rounds the platform.
Perception Check
DC 25: The haze of white light ripples on the platform
ahead as a shapeless creature slowly materializing there.
The astral shade is a wraithlike apparition of astral
essence, featureless and silent. Although the PCs
whitefire marks grant them access to the Well of
Worlds, this guardian creature attacks any non-
githyanki not in the company of a githyanki escort. If
the PCs do not detect it, the astral shade attacks with
surprise when the first character moves more than
halfway toward the doors.
In addition to this threat, the PCs are hindered
by a flare-up of astral energy that infects their
whitefire marks. See the Tested by Fire sidebar for
information.
Tactics
The astral shade targets the closest PCs with astral
chains and uses radiant ray to engage other PCs and
slide them into the astral haze. It invokes astral shock-
wave early, in case the power is recharged by a PC
who discovers its vulnerability.
Garaithas Anvil
Astral Shade Level 17 Solo Lurker
Large immortal humanoid XP 8,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +11; blindsight 10,
darkvision
HP 448; Bloodied 224
AC 29; Fortitude 28, Reflex 30, Will 28
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial;
Vulnerable force (the next attack against the astral shade
ignores its insubstantial)
Saving Throws +5
Speed fly 10 (hover), teleport 6; phasing
Action Points 2
m Astral Slam (standard; at-will) Radiant
+20 vs. Fortitude; 3d8 + 4 radiant damage and the target
gains vulnerable 10 to radiant damage until the end of the
astral shades next turn. If the astral shade is bloodied, the
target is also restrained (save ends).
r Radiant Ray (minor; at-will) Radiant
One or two targets; +22 vs. Reflex; 3d8 radiant damage,
and the target slides 1 square. If the astral shade is
bloodied, the attack instead deals 3d8 + 5 radiant damage
and slides the target 2 squares.
M Wrathful Strike (immediate reaction; when damaged by an
attack; at-will)
The astral shade teleports 4 squares and makes an astral
slam attack or a radiant ray attack.
C Astral Shockwave (standard; recharges when the astral
shade takes force damage) Force
Close burst 3; +20 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 5 force damage and
the target is pushed 5 squares.
C Radiant Chains (standard; recharge ) Radiant
Close burst 3; +20 vs. Fortitude; 3d8 + 5 radiant damage
and the target is immobilized (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common
Skills Stealth +20
Str 21 (+13) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 16 (+11)
Con 16 (+11) Int 18 (+12) Cha 21 (+13)
If it does not have to move, the astral shade takes
two minor actions per round to make four radiant
ray attacks in addition to its melee or close attack. It
spends its action points only on rounds in which it
does not move, making four radiant ray attacks and
two radiant chains or astral shockwave attacks.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
69

Development
The astral shade pursues the PCs into any part of the
Well of Worlds. The githyanki in area W2 cannot
hear the sounds of combat in this area, but they
immediately notice any fight that spills past the doors.
They grab up weapons and join the fray alongside the
astral shade 3 rounds later, making for a memorable
(and possibly lethal) combined encounter.
Tested by Fire
The whitefire marks that allow servants of the
githyanki to access the Well of Worlds exact a cost
that the PCs are heretofore unaware of. Starting in
the third round after the party arrives here, the planar
energy coursing through the Well of Worlds causes
each PCs sigil to flare up in a blaze of astral fire.
At the beginning of each of his or her turns, a PC
has a chance to overcome this effect with a DC 25
Arcana or Endurance check. On a failed check, the PC
takes 2d8 damage and is dazed until the end of his or
her turn.
Once the PC makes a successful check, he or she
is no longer affected, although the sigils continue to
burn brighter while the party remains in the Well of
Worlds. This effect occurs throughout the Well of
Worlds, so that a PC must continue to make checks
even after this encounter is over until he or she over-
comes the affect.
Garaithas Anvil
Features of the Area Ceiling: The dome of the ceiling rises to a height
of 30 feet in the center of the chamber.
Illumination: Astral energy infusing this area fills
Platform: A platform of white stone suspended in
the chamber with bright light. However, the intensity
the center of the dome runs from the teleport circle
of that light has a debilitating effect on creatures that
to the door. The platform has no edge or railing.
linger here.
Creatures knocked off the platform do not fall, but
A creature can ignore the effect of the light for
are suspended in the haze of astral energy that fills
a number of rounds equal to its Constitution modi-
the chamber.
fier (minimum 1 round). Thereafter, creatures with
Teleportation Circle: The Sovereign Gate is a
normal vision or low-light vision treat all other crea-
permanent teleportation circle and true portal that
tures in the area as if they had concealment. Creatures
functions only for full-blooded githyanki or creatures
with darkvision treat all creatures in the area as if they
that possess a whitefire mark. See The Sovereign
had total concealment. Creatures closing or covering
Gate on page 51 for more information.
their eyes gain no respite from the light. Blindsight,
Astral Haze: The haze of astral energy filling
tremorsense, and powers or other effects that allow a
the chamber is hazardous to any creatures within it,
creature to ignore concealment or total concealment
including those knocked off the platform and those
work normally to counteract this effect.
that fly more than 10 feet above or away from the
platform. A creature that begins its turn in the astral
haze must make a DC 20 Endurance check. With
a successful check, a creature takes 1d10 radiant
damage. On a failed check, the creature takes 2d10
radiant damage and is dazed until the beginning of its
next turn. The astral shade is immune to these effects.
Though creatures do not fall within it, the astral
haze is empty space that offers no resistance neces-
sary for movement. Creatures with a fly speed can
move through the astral haze normally. Other charac-
ters knocked into the astral haze must be pulled back
to the platform.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
70

W2: Githyanki Bivouac
Encounter Level 18 (11,000 XP)
Setup
Githyanki astraan (A)
2 githyanki mindlashers (M)
3 githyanki warmongers (W)
Elite githyanki warriors (including those leading
the assault on the world) use this bivouac to draw on
the energy of the Well of Worlds, replenishing their
resources before heading back into the fray.
When the PCs first see into this area, read:
The curved wall of this huge chamber slowly reveals what
appears to be some sort of camp. Well-used leather couches
are spread across the stone floor between glowing crystal
pillars. From ahead comes the sound of gently falling water.
Perception Check
DC 20: Over the sound of water, faint voices rise.
A PC who understands Deep Speech recognizes the
voices of githyanki, but they are too far away to be
understood.
When the PCs can see the pool at the far side of
this area, read:
At the head of the chamber, the camp opens up around
a wide pool. Water pours into it from an ornate
fountainhead. A half-dozen githyanki sit around its edge,
talking quietly.
Perception Check
DC 13: At the couches beyond where the githyanki sit,
weapons, armor, and combat gear are piled high. While
these are clearly combat troops, they look ill-prepared for a
fight at present.
This githyanki strike team is currently engaged in
an operation in one of the more remote Coalition
regions. They have no reason to fear an attack, and
they are distracted as the party approaches.
Tactics
Only the astraan has a weapon at hand when combat
begins. In the first round, the warmongers forego
attacks to rush to their gear and seize their silver
greatswords. The mindlashers rely on their non-
weapon attacks.
The astraan stays out of melee, relying on telekinetic
blast and astral fire attacks to take care of foes attempt-
ing to close. If possible, the astraan uses telekinetic
blast to target a PC adjacent to the pool, dropping the
target into the water.
The mindlashers double-team the same targets in
the hope of a quick kill, making mind crush attacks,
then switching to psychic slam to maximize psychic
damage dealt.
After retrieving weapons, the warmongers take
on the strongest-looking melee combatants, spacing
out their soulsword burst attacks and ganging up on
stunned foes. (The warmongers statistics block has
been updated to reflect their lack of armor.)
If the PCs flee this area, half the surviving
githyanki pursue while the other half take the oppo-
site route into Encounter W3. The githyanki surround
the PCs as they join their eldritch giant allies in that
fight.
Garaithas Anvil
Githyanki Astraan (A)
Medium natural humanoid
Level 16 Controller
XP 1,400
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17
HP 155; Bloodied 77; see also astral ward
AC 30; Fortitude 27, Reflex 30, Will 28; see also astral ward
Speed 8
m Silver Dagger (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 psychic damage, and the target is
stunned (save ends).
r Telekinetic Strike (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 6 force damage and
slide the target 1 square.
R Telekinetic Blast (standard; recharge )
Ranged sight; one or two targets; +20 vs. Fortitude; the
target is wrenched from the ground and hurled up to 20
feet into the air. A target that strikes a ceiling or other solid
object takes 1d10 damage. The target then falls back to
the ground into an unoccupied space within 1 square of its
original space (the astraans choice), taking falling damage
as normal.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki astraan or an ally within range
can fly 5 squares.
A Astral Fire (standard; at-will) Cold, Fire
Area burst 2 within 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 cold and
fire damage, and the area of the attack becomes difficult
terrain until the end of the encounter.
Astral Ward (immediate interrupt, when the githyanki astraan
would be hit by a melee attack while bloodied; encounter)
The githyanki astraan makes a silver dagger attack against
the triggering attacker and gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the end of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +20, Insight +17
Str 18 (+12) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 19 (+12)
Con 19 (+12) Int 24 (+15) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment silver dagger
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
71

2 Githyanki Mindlashers (M) Level 18 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,400 each
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +20
HP 132; Bloodied 66
AC 30; Fortitude 29, Reflex 33, Will 29
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 8; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+25 vs. AC; 2d8 + 4 psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki mindlasher or an ally within
range can fly 5 squares.
A Mind Crush (standard; recharge ) Psychic
Area burst 2 within 20; +23 vs. Will; 1d10 damage, and
ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends). Aftereffect: The
target gains vulnerable 10 psychic and can make only basic
attacks (save ends).
A Psychic Slam (standard; at-will) Psychic
Area burst 2 within 10; +23 vs. Will; 2d8 psychic damage,
and the target is knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +12
Str 22 (+15) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 22 (+15)
Con 18 (+13) Int 20 (+14) Cha 14 (+11)
Equipment silver longsword
Features of the Area
Illumination: The glowing crystal pillars fill the
area with bright light.
Ceiling: 20 feet high.
Pool: This crystal-clear pool is imbued with pow-
erful healing magic made use of by githyanki passing
through the Well of Worlds. Creatures who drink
from the pool while taking a short rest gain the ben-
efit of an extended rest instead.
The pool is attuned to the githyanki, who can
make repeated use of it. Other creatures (even those
possessing a whitefire mark) disrupt the pools magic.
Up to five such creatures can make use of the pool,
after which it takes 24 hours to recharge. (Adjust this
number based on the number of characters in the
party if necessary.)
Garaithas Anvil
3 Githyanki Warmongers (W) Level 17 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each One for the Road
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +11
HP 162; Bloodied 81 With a DC 30 Arcana check, a character can bottle
AC 28; Fortitude 29, Reflex 33, Will 29 one dose of the pools water in a way that retains
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
its magical essence for 24 hours. These unique
Speed 8; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon potions can be used by the PCs during Part Three of
+24 vs. AC; 2d10 damage plus 1d10 psychic damage, plus the adventure, when they will be unable to take an
3d8 extra psychic damage if the target is immobilized or extended rest.
stunned.
R Telekinetic Crush (standard; recharge )
Further use of the pool in this way remains entirely
Ranged 5; Medium or smaller target; +22 vs. Fortitude; at your discretion. If access to this magic seems likely
1d10 damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends). to be unbalancing, simply say that shutting down the
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
work the githyanki have done to expand the effect
Ranged 10; the githyanki warrior or an ally within range
can fly 5 squares. of the Well of Worlds has diminished the pools
C Soulsword Burst (standard; requires silver greatsword; power.
encounter) Psychic, Weapon
Close burst 1; +22 vs. Will; 3d10 damage, and the target
takes ongoing 5 psychic damage and is stunned (save ends
both).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 18 (+12) Int 16 (+11) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
Despite its healing properties, the energy of the pool
is too potent for prolonged exposure. A creature that
begins its turn in the pool takes 2d10 damage and
loses 1 healing surge.
Crystal Pillars: These pillars run from floor to
ceiling and provide cover.
Couches: Leather couches spread throughout the
chamber are used by githyanki troops passing through
the Well of Worlds. A couch provides cover. It costs 1
additional square of movement to hop up on a couch.
A character can make a DC 10 Strength check to tip
over a couch, which then grants superior cover.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
72

W3: Hall of Shards
Encounter Level 16 (7,200 XP)
Setup
2 eldritch giants (G)
This wide chamber is the nexus point through which
planar energy is funneled to fuel the astral vortex at
the heart of the Well of Worlds. The eldritch giants
here are servants of the githyanki, and they bear the
same whitefire mark as the fomorians in the temple.
Both are ritualists engaged in channeling the power
of the Well of Words into the wider githyanki portal
network.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
White light ahead marks the boundary of a circular
chamber whose floor and ceiling are composed of huge
crystal shards. Pure planar energy surges within the shards,
which focus and hone it like lenses into twin pulsing spheres
of white light at the bottom and top of the chamber.
Twin platforms run along the outer walls of this hall of
shards, carved of the same white stone as the wider bridge
running between sealed doors at the chambers center. On
the bridge, two giants sit cross-legged as if in meditation.
Both have their backs turned to you as they pore over what
appear to be open ritual books. Violet-skinned and hairless,
these creatures are unarmed and unarmored, their bare flesh
covered with runic tattoos glowing red and black.
Perception Check
DC 20: Hidden within the pulsing gleam of their dark
tattoos, the whitefire mark burns at both giants wrists.
2 Eldritch Giants (G) Level 18 Skirmisher
Large fey humanoid (giant) XP 2,000 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +20; low-light vision
HP 171; Bloodied 85
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 31, Will 33
Resist 10 force
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 8, teleport 6
m Eldritch Blade (standard; at-will) Force, Weapon
Reach 2; +21 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 7 force damage.
r Force Missile (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +21 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 force damage.
C Sweeping Sword (standard; encounter) Force, Weapon
Close blast 2; +21 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 force damage, and
the target is knocked prone. Special: When charging, the
eldritch giant can use this power in place of a melee basic
attack.
Consume Magic (minor 1/round; at-will)
Targets an adjacent conjuration or zone created by an
enemy; +21 vs. the Will of the creator of the conjuration or
zone; the conjuration or zone is destroyed, and its effects
end. The eldritch giants attacks deal 3d6 extra force
damage until the end of its next turn.
Eldritch Field (minor; recharge ) Zone
Close blast 5; the blast creates a zone of rippling magic
that lasts until the end of the encounter or until the
eldritch giant uses this power again. The zone is difficult
terrain, and the giants attacks deal 1d6 extra force
damage against creatures within the zone.
Alignment Evil Languages Elven, Giant
Skills Arcana +21, Insight +20
Str 21 (+14) Dex 12 (+10) Wis 22 (+15)
Con 19 (+13) Int 24 (+16) Cha 13 (+10)
Garaithas Anvil
Astral Nexus Level 17 Elite Blaster
Hazard XP 3,200
Tendrils of white light begin to peel off where the crystal shards
focus planar energy into spheres of pure astral essence.
Hazard: The flood of planar energy flares in unexpected and
dangerous ways as it is focused and distilled here to pure
astral essence.
Perception
No Perception check is necessary to notice the energy of
the astral nexus.
Additional Skill: Arcana
DC 20: The character recognizes the nature of the astral
nexus and its uncontrolled energy, gaining a +2 bonus
to Arcana checks made to avoid the hazards effects (see
Countermeasures, below).
Trigger
The first time a creature uses an arcane power in the area,
the astral nexus becomes dangerously unstable and the
hazard rolls initiative.
Attack
Standard Action Melee
Target: One creature within the area
Attack: +20 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 2d6 + 6 damage, ongoing 5 radiant damage (save ends),
and the trap makes a secondary attack.
Secondary Attack: Close burst 2 centered on the primary
target; +24 vs. Reflex
Target: Each creature in the burst other than the primary
target
Hit: 1d10 + 3 damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Countermeasures
A character can make a DC 27 Arcana check as a standard
action to calm the local arcane energies. If successful, the
characters space and each square adjacent to the character
are considered outside the traps area until the end of the
characters next turn.
Special
The confluence of energy here plays havoc with arcane
powers. Each time a creature uses an arcane power, roll
1d4 and add the result as a bonus to all attack rolls made
with that use of the power. However, at the end of the
attacking creatures turn, it must make a saving throw or
take 2d10 damage.
Treat all an eldritch giants powers except its eldritch
blade as arcane powers for the purpose of this effect.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
73

Tactics
The eldritch giants face off against the strongest-look-
ing melee combatants with eldritch blade or sweeping
sword attacks, using force missile only if all PCs attempt
to stay at range. Both giants use eldritch field to pin
PCs down in areas of difficult terrain, focusing their
attacks on any characters stuck in the zone.
Once the eldritch giants are aware of the PCs
presence in the Well of Worlds, they pursue the party
into any part of the site.
Development
In the aftermath of combat, the PCs can investigate
this place. With a DC 20 Arcana check and 5 minutes
study of the ritual books here, a PC recognizes that
planar energy is being focused and distilled to pure
astral essence by the crystal shards here. With a DC
25 Arcana check, a PC understands that the Well of
Worlds powers the Sovereign Gate as some sort of
master gate, with connections to githyanki portals
across the Astral Sea and the planes. However, a full
detailing of this sites power is beyond the PCs pres-
ent resources. See The Githyankis Secret, page 50,
for details.
Garaithas Anvil
Features of the Area
Illumination: The power of the astral nexus
floods this area with white light.
Ceiling: The ceiling stands 20 feet above the
platforms and bridge; 40 feet above the shard floor.
The ceiling is composed of the same immense crystal
shards as the floor, and it has its own astral nexus at
its center.
Platforms and Bridge: Twin platforms run along
the outer walls of the chamber while a wider bridge
crosses it, all 20 feet above the shard floor. Characters
who fall from a platform or a bridge take 2d10 fall-
ing damage and 1d10 damage from the razor-sharp
shards.
Walls: The smooth walls of the chamber extend
above and below the platforms and the bridge. The
walls can be climbed with a DC 20 Athletics check.
Shard Floor: The immense crystal shards that Astral Nexus: The twin spheres of astral energy
make up the chamber floor are not meant to be at the center of the shard floor and ceiling create a
walked upon. A creature must make a DC 13 Athlet- hazard and play havoc with arcane powers. See the
ics check to balance while moving up to half speed statistics block.
on the shard floor; a DC 20 Athletics check while A creature that is forced into or attempts to enter
moving up to full speed. If the check fails by 5 or the astral nexus takes 2d10 radiant damage and is
more, the creature falls prone at the end of its move pushed 2 squares. The creature is knocked prone,
and takes 1d10 damage. takes 1d10 damage from the razor-sharp shards of
the floor, and is dazed until the beginning of its next
turn.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
74

W4: The Stair Gate
Encounter Level 17 (8,800 XP)
Setup
4 marauder planestalkers
The twisting flight of stairs leading down to the heart
of the Well of Worlds is blocked by a magically barred
floor. In addition, four planar guardians attack any
creatures except githyanki that venture here.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
The doorway from the hall of shards opens upon a round
chamber of pale gray stone. The air here flares with
swirling currents of white lightfour circular mirrors are
set along the walls, their surfaces rippling like quicksilver.
In the center of the chamber, the stone floor disappears to
be replaced by an uneven grid of black steel bars. A stone
plinth stands at the center of the barred floor, its sides set
with glowing keyholes. Beneath the bars, steep ivory stairs
twist down into a haze of white light.
Arcana Check
DC 25: The ambient astral energy here is harmless,
but a stronger pulse of arcane power surges in the four
mirrors. Something lurks within their silvered surfaces,
waiting to be called forth.
The marauder planestalkers appear one per round
starting the third round after a PC enters this area. If
the PCs do not note the threat with an Arcana check,
the first planestalker attacks with surprise.
Garaithas Anvil
4 Marauder Planestalkers Level 17 Lurker Tactics
Large aberrant magical beast XP 1,600 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +13; low-light vision
The marauder planestalkers split up to take on single
HP 129; Bloodied 64 PCs, going into planephase form, then attempting to
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 28 use their body snatch power to prevent the characters
Resist see planephase form; Vulnerable psychic; a marauder
from aiding each other in combat. If caught out of
planestalker that takes psychic damage immediately ends
planephase form. planephase form, they target as many PCs as possible
Speed 7; teleport 5; see also planar evasion, planephase form with dimensional disjunction, then make bite attacks
m Bite (standard; at-will) for increased damage.
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 3d6 + 6 damage.
M Body Snatch (standard; usable only in planephase form; The marauder planestalkers do not pursue PCs
encounter) Teleportation who flee back to area W3. However, see the skill chal-
+21 vs. Fortitude; 4d6 + 6 damage, and both the target lenge for information on pursuit into area W5.
and the marauder planestalker are teleported to an
extradimensional space that completely encloses both
creatures. The space is 2 squares high and 4 squares wide
on each side. Other creatures do not have line of effect or
line of sight to the target or the planestalker, and the target
and planestalker do not have line of sight or line of effect
to other creatures.
If the planestalker takes 25 damage, if it is killed, or if the
target is killed, the target and the planestalker return to
the spaces they occupied before being teleported, or to the
nearest available spaces.
C Dimensional Disjunction (standard; encounter)
Close blast 3; +19 vs. Will; 2d6 + 3 damage, and the target
takes 10 extra damage from melee attacks (save ends).
Planar Evasion (immediate reaction, when the marauder
planestalker is hit by a melee attack; recharge )
Teleportation
The marauder planestalker teleports 3 squares.
Planephase Form (standard; sustain minor; at-will)
The marauder planestalker partially phases into another
plane, gaining the insubstantial and phasing qualities until
the end of its next turn or until it attacks. Sustain Minor:
The effect persists.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Deep Speech
Skills Bluff +14, Insight +18, Stealth +20
Str 16 (+11) Dex 24 (+15) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 21 (+13) Int 7 (+6) Cha 13 (+9)
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
75

Features of the Area
Illumination: This area is suffused with bright
light.
Ceiling: 20 feet high.
Stair Gate: Access to the ivory stairs is blocked
by a floor of uneven black steel bars, set across the
chamber on a 1-foot grid. A Small character can
squeeze through the narrow bars with a DC 27 Acro-
batics check, granting access to the stairs and area
W5. This creates no advantage in the skill challenge.
If the check fails by 5 or more, the character takes
2d10 radiant damage from a feedback surge of astral
energy through the bars.
A creature must make a DC 13 Athletics check to
balance while moving across the uneven bars of the
stair gate. On a failed check, the creature falls prone
at the end of its move. The Acrobatics check to move
across the grid is in addition to the Acrobatics check a
character can make in the skill challenge.
Plinth: The black onyx plinth at the center of
the stair gate features four keyholes attuned to the
crystal keys that control the Well of Worlds (see The
Githyankis Secret on page 50). Picking the magical
locks is not enough to open the stair gate; its wards
can be overcome only by the skill challenge. When
the stair gate vanishes, the plinth remains behind,
floating in midair.
Ivory Stairs: These steep curved stairs are dif-
ficult terrain. The ivory stairs begin below the stair
gate, descending more than 300 feet to area W5.
Stair Gate Level 19
Skill Challenge XP 2,400
A flight of worn stone steps descends into the astral vortex at
the heart of the Well of Worlds. However, unlocking the stair
gate requires a powerful effort of will and perseverance.
To pass through to the astral vortex, the PCs must break
through the powerful magic wards of the gate that blocks
the stairs leading down.
Complexity
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Athletics, Thievery.
Other Skills
Acrobatics, Perception.
Victory
The wards of the stair gate are shut down, causing the
grid of black bars to flare brilliant white, then vanish. Each
creature in the area not capable of flight must make a DC
13 Acrobatics or Athletics check to jump to the safety,
either catching the edge of the floor or hanging onto the
stone plinth that stays suspended in midair. On a failed
check, a creature falls to the stairs and takes 2d10 falling
damage before coming to a halt.
With the stairs open, the PCs can descend to the astral
vortex below. Any surviving marauder planestalkers do not
follow PCs who choose to flee down the stairs.
Defeat
The PCs overload the wards of the ivory stairs, destroying
the bars of the stair gate in a blast of arcane energy that
deals 2d10 force damage to all creatures in the chamber.
In addition, a creature in the area of the bars not capable
of flight falls to the stairs and takes 2d10 falling damage
before coming to a halt.
The PCs can descend to the astral vortex. However, if any
marauder planestalkers survive, they pursue the PCs down
the stairs to join the githyanki guardian shade in Encounter
W5.
Special
In addition to weakening the gate stairs with brute force
by using an Athletics check, a PC can target the gate with
a weapon attack or a nonweapon power that deals force
damage. The gate has AC 33, Fortitude/Reflex 31, 120
hit points, and resist 5 to all damage. Every 10 points of
damage dealt to the gate earns the party 1 success in the
skill challenge. Any attack that deals no damage after the
Garaithas Anvil
gates resistance is taken into account earns the party 1
failure in the skill challenge.
If the gate is destroyed, the party earns an automatic
victory in the skill challenge.
Acrobatics
DC 14 (no successes or failures) With a successful check
(a minor action), a character gains a +2 bonus to his or her
next primary skill check in the challenge.
Affecting the wards of the gate is easiest from directly atop
it, but the uneven grid requires careful balance.
Arcana
DC 22 (1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes) With
a successful check, the PC exploits that interference to
destabilize the wards.
The astral energy surging around the stairs interferes with
the arcane wards of the gate.
Athletics
DC 27 (1 success or failure) By damaging the gate with
brute force, the PC weakens the wards. See also Special,
below.
The arcane wards of the gate are inextricably bound to its
physical strength.
Perception
DC 22 (0 successes or failures) With a successful check (a
minor action), a character gains a +2 bonus to his or her
next primary skill check in the challenge.
The ever-shifting astral energy within the chamber ebbs
and flows in a pattern that can be discerned.
Thievery
DC 22 (1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes) With
a successful Thievery check, the PC weakens the gate and
the wards.
The strength of the gate wards is tied to its ancient
construction.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
76

W5: Astral Vortex
Encounter Level 20 (14,000 XP)
Setup
Eldritch giant (G)
Githyanki guardian shade
At the heart of the Well of Worlds, a vast astral vortex
powers the githyankis system of permanent telepor-
tation circles in the world and beyond.
As the PCs descend the stairs into this area, read:
White light seethes in a corrosive whirlpool filling a vast
chamber below. The air is hazy above a stone platform
extending from the bottom of the stairs across the seething
vortex. Pillars of glowing stone rise above the maelstrom,
their surfaces crawling with an ever-shifting flow of
arcane runes.
The far side of the chamber is taken up with what
appears to be an oversized arcanists study. Tall shelves and
wide tables are covered with well-worn tomes and tattered
scrolls. A violet-skinned eldritch giant glances up in surprise
at your approach, the whitefire mark burning at his wrist as
he holds up a hand in warning.
I am Haryssus. It has been long years since any but the
masters of this place breached the stair gate, but those who
did so lived no longer than will you. I have no quarrel with
you. Flee while you can.
Perception Check
DC 22: At the giants hands and feet, a faint blur of
eldritch energy takes the form of all-but-invisible restraints
binding this creature to its workplace.
Insight Check
DC 22: Despite the giants dismissive demeanor, his
voice carries an undertone of weariness, not of anger. His
words are no threat, but a warning of imminent danger.
The presence of intruders in the well chamber
sends ripples into the astral vortex, from which the
githyanki guardian shade is summoned in 1 round.
Unless the PCs discern the giants warning with a
successful Insight check, the guardian shade mate-
rializes next to as many PCs as possible and attacks
with surprise.
When the githyanki guardian shade appears,
read:
A sudden flare of yellow-white light heralds the appearance
of a ghostly githyanki. Larger than the shades you fought in
the fane, this creature wields twin bastard swords, a white
light burning in its eyes as it attacks.
Tactics
Each round, the githyanki guardian shade attacks as
many PCs as possible with bladed wrath, then targets
another with spirit rake after teleporting away. It uses
soul strike as frequently as possible, but especially on
foes that demonstrate resistance to psychic damage,
and it targets creatures hit with soul strike with mul-
tiple spirit rakes.
Haryssus avoids entering the fight at first, know-
ing that he will be tortured by the githyanki if the
PCs are defeated. However, once the guardian shade
is bloodied, the eldritch giant cautiously aids the PCs
with force missile attacks each round. (At your option,
Haryssus can enter the fight earlier if the PCs are in
danger of being soundly defeated.)
Haryssus cannot leave the platform to which he
is bound, but if the PCs attack him at any point, he
defends himself vigorously (use the statistics block and
tactics from Encounter W3). Once the giant enters
combat against the PCs, it takes two DC 27 Diplomacy
checks (each a minor action) to get him to stand down
during combat. See also Development, below.
Garaithas Anvil
Githyanki Guardian Shade (G) Level 20 Solo Lurker
Medium elemental humanoid (undead) XP 14,000
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +21; darkvision
Guardian Presence (Psychic) aura 1; while the githyanki
guardian shade is bloodied, each creature that starts its
turn adjacent to it takes 5 psychic damage.
HP 756; Bloodied 378
AC 34; Fortitude 30, Reflex 32, Will 28
Immune disease, poison
Saving Throws +5
Speed 8, fly 8
Action Points 2
m Ghost Sword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+25 vs. AC; 2d10 + 7 damage and the target takes a 2
penalty to all defenses and is slowed (save ends both).
r Spirit Rake (minor; at-will) Fear, Psychic
Ranged 5; +23 vs. Will; 1d8 + 5 psychic damage, and the
target takes a 2 penalty to all defenses (save ends).
C Bladed Wrath (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Burst 3; targets enemies; the githyanki guardian shade
pulls the target 2 squares, then makes a ghost sword
attack against each adjacent enemy. Effect: The githyanki
guardian shade teleports up to 8 squares.
C Guardian Fury (immediate reaction; at-will) Force
Burst 2; +23 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 4 force damage and the
target is pushed 3 squares.
M Soul Strike (standard; recharge , recharge
while bloodied) Radiant, Weapon
Slowed targets only; +23 vs. Will; 4d10 + 10 radiant
damage, and the target gains vulnerable 15 psychic until
the end of its next turn.
R Soul Bolt (standard; encounter, recharges when first
bloodied) Psychic
Ranged 10; +23 vs. Will; 2d8 + 5 psychic damage, and the
target is stunned until the end of the githyanki guardian
shades next turn. Miss: Half damage, and the target is
dazed until the end of the githyanki guardian shades next
turn.
Astral Soul (immediate reaction, when the githyanki guardian
shade takes damage; encounter)
The githyanki guardian shade becomes insubstantial and
gains phasing until the end of its next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages (understands
Common, Deep Speech)
Str 25 (+17) Dex 23 (+23) Wis 21 (+15)
Con 21 (+21) Int 19 (+19) Cha 26 (+18)
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
77
 Garaithas Anvil

Development A Medium or smaller creature can climb or swing up A creature that falls into the astral vortex is swept
to the top of a table with a DC 14 Athletics or Acro- up in its flow, circling the pool at one revolution per
Even if the PCs attacked Haryssus, he stands down
batics check (a move action). A character can make a round. A creature in the vortex takes 3d10 radiant
automatically once the githyanki guardian shade is
DC 20 Strength check to tip over a table, which then damage per round and is dazed until the end of its
destroyed. The eldritch giants bonds can be undone
grants superior cover. next turn.
with a simple Break Enchantment ritual, but the
Chair: The giant-sized chair provides cover. A creature in the vortex can make a DC 27 Athlet-
arcane wards that hold him here prevent Haryssus
Pillars: Pillars of glowing white stone rise above ics or Acrobatics check as a free action to grab a pillar.
from performing the ritual himself.
the astral vortex to the height indicated on the tacti- It then takes a DC 15 Athletics check (a move action)
Once freed, the eldritch giant becomes a staunch
cal map. Each pillar glows with a shifting sequence of to climb to the top of the pillar. (Because the creature
ally of the PCs and an invaluable source of infor-
arcane runes. A creature can jump from the platform circles the pool, it can choose which pillar it grabs
mation regarding the Well of Worlds. The PCs can
to a pillar, or from pillar to pillar, with an Athletics onto.) A creature that escapes the vortex is still dazed
attempt to talk to him, but the advanced planar magic
check as normal. until the end of its next turn.
of the Well of Worlds is beyond the understanding
Platform: A slick stone platform runs from the The speed of the vortex makes it difficult to coor-
of any but the most knowledgeable mages. The PCs
stairs to the giants study, passing 10 feet above the dinate attempts to reach creatures trapped within it.
should be inspired to have Haryssus talk to Bejam,
astral vortex. The platform can be moved along nor- It takes a DC 22 Acrobatics check to throw a rope in
but respond to any questions here by paraphrasing
mally, but a Medium or smaller creature that makes front of a creature in the vortex. The creature must
the information given in The Githyankis Secret
a melee attack while in a square on the edge of the then make a DC 14 Acrobatics or Athletics check to
(page 50).
platform must make a DC 14 Acrobatics check or grab it. A creature that grabs a rope can be pulled out
Features of the Area stumble and fall over the edge. A creature that falls of the vortex as a standard action.
from the platform takes
Illumination: This area is suffused with bright
1d10 falling damage
light.
and is caught up in the
Ceiling: The ceiling rises 40 feet above the astral
astral vortex.
vortex; 30 feet above the platform bridge and the
Astral Vortex: This
library floor.
vast whirlpool of astral
Ivory Stairs: These steep curved stairs are dif-
essence seethes and
ficult terrain. The ivory stairs run up to the stair gate,
boils at the heart of the
ascending more than 300 feet to area W4.
Well of Worlds. A crea-
Shelves: These bookshelves are stacked high with
ture that begins its turn
scholarly tomes focusing on planar and portal magic.
adjacent to the vortex
These works provide essential information regard-
(either along the plat-
ing the Well of Worlds (see The Githyankis Secret,
form or in the library)
page 50).
or atop one of the pil-
Tables: These giant-sized tables are tall enough
lars takes 2d8 radiant
that a Medium or smaller creature can move under
damage.
one and gain cover. It costs 2 squares of movement for
a Large or larger creature to hop up onto a table.

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
78

G1: Dock Siege
Encounter Level 18 (11,000 XP)
Setup
Githyanki astraan (A)
12 githyanki gish crusaders (C)
3 githyanki reavers (R)
As the battle for Garaithas anvil gets underway, the
PCs use the shock of the assault to move for the repair
dock where Cevren is moored.
When the PCs break for the construction zone,
read:
The battle rages ahead of you, an offensive wedge pushing
the frenzied githyanki back. Lost in the chaos of the clash
of forces, your movement away from the brunt of the fight
and toward the gantries of the construction zone goes all
but unnoticed. A single force of a dozen githyanki catches
sight of you, spreading out into an attack formation at
your approach.
Tactics
The gish crusaders fight in groups of two or three,
flanking for combat advantage. They make silver
longsword attacks against lightly armored foes, but use
astral bolt against heavily armored foes.
The githyanki astraan stays at range if possible,
hitting PC strikers and controllers with telekinetic blast
and astral fire.
The githyanki reavers focus silver fullblade and reav-
ing strike attacks against lightly armored PCs.
The githyanki fight the party on the ground until
two or more PCs make a move for the catwalks. On
the astraans orders, the crusaders use astral stride to
fall back to the catwalk platforms. The astraan uses
telekinetic leap to fly to the closest catwalk, while the
reavers continue to throw themselves at PCs on the
ground.
This encounter remains part of the larger battle
raging around the PCs. In the fourth round and every
second round thereafter, another 1d6 minions enter
the frayeither githyanki gish crusaders, githyanki
psychic archers, or githyanki corsair cutters (see
Encounter G6 for additional statistics blocks).
Githyanki Astraan (A) Level 16 Controller
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,400
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +17
HP 155; Bloodied 77; see also astral ward
AC 30; Fortitude 27, Reflex 30, Will 28; see also astral ward
Speed 8
m Silver Dagger (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 2d4 + 4 psychic damage, and the target is
stunned (save ends).
r Telekinetic Strike (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 6 force damage and
slide the target 1 square.
R Telekinetic Blast (standard; recharge ) Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
Ranged sight; one or two targets; +20 vs. Fortitude; the
target is wrenched from the ground and hurled up to 20
feet into the air. A target that strikes a ceiling or other solid
object takes 1d10 damage. The target then falls back to
the ground into an unoccupied space within 1 square of its
original space (the astraans choice), taking falling damage
as normal.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki astraan or an ally within range
can fly 5 squares.
A Astral Fire (standard; at-will) Cold, Fire
Area burst 2 within 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 5 cold and
fire damage, and the area of the attack becomes difficult
terrain until the end of the encounter.
Astral Ward (immediate interrupt, when the githyanki astraan
would be hit by a melee attack while bloodied; encounter)
The githyanki astraan makes a silver dagger attack against
the triggering attacker and gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the end of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +20, Insight +17
Str 18 (+12) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 19 (+12)
Con 19 (+12) Int 24 (+15) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment silver dagger
Garaithas Anvil
12 Githyanki (C) Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Gish Crusaders
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 30; Fortitude 29, Reflex 28, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also astral stride
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 10 psychic damage.
r Astral Bolt (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 10 psychic damage.
Astral Stride (move; encounter) Teleportation
The githyanki gish crusader teleports 6 squares and gains
the insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 20 (+13) Dex 18 (+12) Wis 14 (+10)
Con 17 (+11) Int 14 (+10) Cha 18 (+12)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
3 Githyanki Reavers (R) Level 17 Brute
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
HP 197; Bloodied 98
AC 29; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic leap
m Silver Fullblade (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 2d12 + 4 (crit 2d12 + 28) plus 1d6 psychic
damage, plus an extra 3d6 psychic damage if the target is
immobilized.
M Reaving Strike (standard; encounter) Psychic, Reliable,
Weapon
+18 vs. Fortitude; 3d12 + 4 damage plus 1d6 psychic
damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki reaver or an ally within range can
fly 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 14 (+10)
Con 17 (+11) Int 15 (+10) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, silver fullblade
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
79
 Garaithas Anvil

Development Gantry: Each of these gantry towers rises 20 feet Exterior Walls: The under-construction walls
above the adjoining catwalk, and each features a of the dock are rough wood and stone. They can be
Once the defenders here have been overcome, the
crane sling arm for raising cargo from below. A gantry climbed with a DC 15 Athletics check.
distraction of the surrounding battle allows the PCs
tower provides cover and can be climbed with a DC Debris: Loose piles of wood, steel, and detritus are
to enter the repair dock unseen.
10 Athletics check. A creature engaged in combat difficult terrain.
When the PCs open the door leading to areas on the top of a tower must make a DC 22 Acrobatics Crates: These stacks of construction supplies
G2, G3, and G4, read: check or fall in a square adjacent to the towers base, stand 5 feet high and provide cover. It takes a DC 10
chosen randomly. Athletics check to move across a stack of crates.
A dark corridor opens up on both sides of the door. To the
The sling arm cable hanging from the end of a Opening: The interior of this repair dock is
left stands a vast open space whose floor cannot be seen,
gantry arm can be jumped to from a nearby catwalk accessed by an open doorway 10 feet above the closest
and booming voices within shout out the words of a ritual.
with an Athletics check as normal. (A sling arm that catwalk.
To the right, firelight flares, ringing out with the heavy echo
has been moved over a catwalk
of steel on steel. A third leg of the corridor leads off into
can be grabbed.) A character
shadow ahead.
who makes the jump snags the
The PCs can approach area G2 unhindered, but any cable with a DC 14 Acrobatics
movement toward G3 or G4 is interrupted. See the check. On a failed check, the
G3 tactical encounter. character falls.
A creature that grabs a
Features of the Area cable pulls the gantry arm 45
Illumination: The exterior shipyard is infused degrees in the direction of the
with bright light. The warehouse space and the cor- creatures movement, and can
ridor beyond the door are dark. swing out on the cable in the
Catwalks: These shaky catwalks rise alongside same direction. The creature
the under-construction walls of the repair dock can then jump from the cable
expansion. A catwalk can be moved along normally, to any nearby catwalk by
but a Medium or smaller creature that makes a melee making an Acrobatics check.
attack while in a square on the edge of the catwalk Use the DC for an Athletics
must make a DC 14 Acrobatics check or stumble and check to jump the distance
fall over the edge. See the tactical map for the heights from the gantry to the catwalk,
of different catwalks relative to the ground. but treat the creature as if it has
Ladders: These rough mesh ladders connect the a running start.
catwalks. It takes a move action and a DC 15 Athlet-
ics check to climb 10 feet up a ladder.

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
80

G2: Loading Zone
Encounter Level 19 (12,800 XP; see the hazard
statistics block)
Setup
2 eldritch giants (E)
8 fomorian guards (G)
Inside the repair dock, two eldritch giants attempt to
reactivate the dead planar magic of the shipyard to
bring in reinforcements from the Feywild.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
Sand covers the floor of this massive chamber, its walls piled
high with huge ingots of iron and brass, densewood logs
of great length and heft, and bundled heaps of deadfall.
Two eldritch giants are shouting out the words of a ritual
as a teleportation circle flares erratically to life in midair
between them. Within the portal stands a hazy landscape
of fallen trees and black smoke, and a shower of logs and
deadfall spills through it to the sandy floor. At the same
time, eight armed fomorians leap through the gate even as
it fades away. One of the fomorians howls Keep those gates
open, mage! Theres troops waiting to cross and blood to be
spilled!
The magic with which Bejam and Haryssus have
inhibited the portals of the shipyard is holding, but
these eldritch giants are pushing the limits of those
wards. Normally used to transport raw materials from
other planes, these floating teleportation circles have
been commandeered to bring reinforcements from
the Feywild.
If the PCs have already taken on the fire giants in
Encounter G3, the creatures here mistook that noise
for the ever-present din of the foundry. The eldritch
giants and fomorians are distracted and expect no
attack. Unless the PCs draw attention to themselves,
they can easily gain surprise before the fomorians
begin to scale the catwalk on their way to area G5.
Tactics
The fomorian guards flank for combat advantage as
they make evil eye and halberd attacks. Any nearby
fomorian targets an immobilized PC for the extra
damage granted by skullcracker. The fomorians are
tall enough that they can reach the catwalk from the
floor. Treat their halberds as reach 1 weapons for
such attacks.
The eldritch giants initially fall back to let the
fomorians take on melee combatants, making force
missile attacks in conjunction with eldritch field as they
teleport away from any challengers. When the fomo-
rians have fallen, the giants create their eldritch blades
and enter melee.
Each round, one of the eldritch giants uses a minor
Alignment Evil Languages Elven, Giant
action to trigger the portal fall hazard after teleport-
Skills Arcana +21, Insight +20
ing safely out of range.
Development
If the PCs bypass this encounter to go directly to the
repair dock, the creatures here come to the aid of the
githyanki in Encounter G4. See the Reinforcements
sidebar in that encounter for more information.
Garaithas Anvil
2 Eldritch Giants (E) Level 18 Skirmisher
Large fey humanoid (giant) XP 2,000 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +20; low-light vision
HP 171; Bloodied 85
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 31, Will 33
Resist 10 force
Saving Throws +5 against charm effects
Speed 8, teleport 6
m Eldritch Blade (standard; at-will) Force, Weapon
Reach 2; +21 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 7 force damage.
r Force Missile (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +21 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 force damage.
C Sweeping Sword (standard; encounter) Force, Weapon
Close blast 2; +21 vs. AC; 3d6 + 7 force damage, and
the target is knocked prone. Special: When charging, the
eldritch giant can use this power in place of a melee basic
attack.
Consume Magic (minor 1/round; at-will)
Targets an adjacent conjuration or zone created by an
enemy; +21 vs. the Will of the creator of the conjuration or
zone; the conjuration or zone is destroyed, and its effects
end. The eldritch giants attacks deal 3d6 extra force
damage until the end of its next turn.
Eldritch Field (minor; recharge ) Zone
Close blast 5; the blast creates a zone of rippling magic
that lasts until the end of the encounter or until the
eldritch giant uses this power again. The zone is difficult
terrain, and the giants attacks deal 1d6 extra force
damage against creatures within the zone.
Str 21 (+14) Dex 12 (+10) Wis 22 (+15)
Con 19 (+13) Int 24 (+16) Cha 13 (+10)
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
81

Portal Fall Level 20 Elite Lurker
Hazard XP 5,600
An eldritch giant activates a dormant portal hanging in mid-
air, and a deadly avalanche of wood spills from a matching
portal in the Feywild and drops toward you.
Hazard: Logs and deadfall tumble down to a target square and
make a burst 3 attack.
Perception
Characters cant use Perception to detect this hazard.
Initiative +21
Trigger
Each eldritch giant can, as a minor action once per turn,
trigger the traps attack. Special: Though the giants cannot
keep the portals open for long, additional fomorians
have a chance to cross over from the Feywild the longer
the fight goes on. Starting in the fourth round and every
round thereafter, each activation of the hazard brings 1d4
1 more fomorian guards into the fray. Award the PCs
additional experience for any reinforcements they kill.
Attack
Minor Action 1/turn Close burst 1 centered on one
enemy
Targets: Creatures in burst
Attack: +23 vs. Reflex
Hit: 3d8 + 5 damage
Effect: The area becomes difficult terrain.
Countermeasures
A character who makes an Arcana check at DC 27 as a
standard action briefly forces the hidden portals away from
his or her area, and the hazard cannot target any creature
within a close burst 2 of the character.
A character who makes an Arcana check at DC 27 as a
minor action briefly forces the hidden portals away from
him or her, and the hazard cannot target him or her.
When an eldritch giant is killed, the hazard becomes less
dangerous, and when both are dead, it ceases to function.
Garaithas Anvil
8 Fomorian Guards (G) Level 17 Minion Soldier Ingot Piles: Piles of 2-foot-long iron or brass
Huge fey humanoid (giant) XP 400 each ingots rise 15 feet high. These areas provide cover
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +13; truesight 6 and are difficult terrain. A Large or smaller creature
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 33; Fortitude 30, Reflex 29, Will 28
must make a DC 14 Athletics check to move across an
Speed 8 ingot pile.
m Halberd (standard; at-will) Weapon Log Piles: Densewood logs and deadfall are piled
Reach 4; +22 vs. AC; 8 damage (13 damage against
to a height of 20 feet. These areas provide cover and
immobilized targets) and the target is marked until the end
are difficult terrain. A Large or smaller creature must
of the fomorian guards next turn.
R Evil Eye (minor 1/round; at-will) make a DC 22 Athletics check to move over a log pile.
Ranged 5; +20 vs. Will; the target is immobilized until the A Large or larger creature moving across a log pile
end of the fomorian guards turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Elven
must make a DC 14 Acrobatics check or unleash an
avalanche of logs in a burst 2, dealing 2d10 damage
Str 24 (+15) Dex 22 (+14) Wis 20 (+13)
Con 20 (+13) Int 11 (+8) Cha 15 (+10) to itself and any Large or smaller creature in the area.
Equipment chainmail, halberd
The area filled by fallen logs becomes difficult terrain
for Large or smaller creatures.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Smoky torches along the walls fill
this area with dim light.
Ceiling: 60 feet high.
Floor: The soft sand floor of the loading zone is
difficult terrain for any Medium or smaller creatures.
Catwalk: This shaky catwalk connects to the
adjacent passageway and overlooks the floor 30 feet
below. The catwalk has no ladders; the giants who
work in this area simply climb it. A catwalk can be
moved along normally, but a Medium or smaller crea-
ture that makes a melee attack while in a square on
the edge of a catwalk must make a DC 14 Acrobatics
check or stumble and fall over the edge. The soft sand
floor means that a creature that falls takes only 2d10
damage unless it hits an area of logs dropped by the
portal fall hazard.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
82

G3: Fire and Forge
Encounter Level 19 (12,400 XP)
Setup
2 fire giant forgecallers (F)
3 fire giant ironmongers (I)
12 fire giant serfs (S)
The githyanki docks are built around numerous
foundries where the steel frames of astral warships
are forged, welded, and repaired.
Whenever the PCs make their first foray toward
this area (whether initially from area G1 or after
Encounter G2), they are interrupted by a pair of
giants running for the dock gate (area G5).
When the PCs first approach this area, read:
A shout from the chamber beyond precedes pounding
footsteps as two fire giants suddenly appear in the
passageway. In their arms, each carries a pile of what look
like smoldering steel spheres.
Two fire giant serfs are carrying slag missiles (thin
spheres of iron holding a core of molten slag) to the
battle outside. Unless the PCs draw attention to them-
selves, they can easily pull back into area C1 or C2 as
the giants turn up the third leg of the passageway and
disappear from sight. Go to Encounter C5 (the Follow-
ing the Giants sidebar) if the PCs decide to pursue.
If the PCs took on the giants in Encounter G2
before entering this area, the fire giants here had a 50
percent chance to notice the fight over the noise of the
foundry. If no noise was heard, the giants are all hard
at work and distracted in the positions indicated on
the tactical map. If the giants heard combat, the forge-
callers and ironmongers have moved out of sight to the
Garaithas Anvil
right, around the corner from the door. Do not place
their miniatures (noted by ghosted tags on the tactical
map) unless they are spotted or until they attack.
When the PCs can see into this area, read:
Iron and brass ingots are piled high across this chamber,
with piles of deadfall and kiln-fired charcoal standing close
by the feeder doors of a half-dozen massive forges. The heat
of this foundry is crippling even from a distance, but the
workers here seem not to noticesome dozen fire giants
work furiously at massive anvils. The ship castings they
work with are being systematically destroyedcut to chunks
and hot-hammered into the spheres you saw the others
carrying. These appear to be some sort of weapon destined
for the fight outside.
Perception Check, if the forgecallers and iron-
mongers are in hiding.
DC 22: Although twelve fire giants labor hard
within the foundry, three central anvils and a forge are
conspicuously untended.
If the PCs fail the Perception check or otherwise
blunder into the chamber, any giants in hiding gain
surprise.
12 Fire Giant Serfs (S) Level 16 Soldier Minion
Large elemental humanoid (giant) XP 350 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 30; Fortitude 32, Reflex 27, Will 27
Resist 15 fire
Speed 7
m Fiery Forge Hammer (standard; at-will) Fire
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 3 damage plus 3 fire damage, and the
target is dazed until the end of the fire giants next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Giant
Skills Endurance +19
Str 23 (+15) Dex 11 (+9) Wis 10 (+9)
Con 22 (+15) Int 10 (+9) Cha 11 (+9)
Equipment forge hammer
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
83
 Garaithas Anvil

2 Fire Giant Forgecallers (F) Level 18 Artillery Tactics

Large elemental humanoid (giant) XP 2,000 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +17
The forgecallers focus smoldering mace attacks on
HP 136; Bloodied 68 defenders or strikers, using their reach to stay out of
AC 32; Fortitude 33, Reflex 29, Will 30 harms way. If no melee target presents itself, a forge-
Resist 15 fire
caller creates a fire pillar or f lameburst to strike distant
Speed 8
m Smoldering Mace (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon foes.
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d10 The ironmongers open combat with a hammer
fire damage. blast, then focus searing forge hammer attacks on dazed
R Fire Pillar (standard; at-will) Fire
Ranged 20; +21 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 3 fire damage.
foes. If the PCs fall back, the giants fill steel spheres
A Flame Burst (standard; recharge 6 ) Fire with molten metal to launch slag missile attacks.
Area burst 2 within 10; +21 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 3 fire The fire giant serfs wade into combat with their
damage, and ongoing 10 fire damage (save ends).
fiery forge hammers, flanking for combat advantage
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Intimidate +14 and focusing on dazed targets.
Str 23 (+15) Dex 15 (+11) Wis 16 (+12)
Con 22 (+15) Int 10 (+9) Cha 11 (+9) Development
Equipment dragonhide armor, mace
If the PCs bypass this encounter to go directly to the Burning Slag: Pools of molten slag overflowing
3 Fire Giant Ironmongers (I) Level 16 Soldier repair dock, the creatures here come to the aid of the from the forges are difficult terrain. Any creature that
Large elemental humanoid (giant) XP 1,400 each githyanki in Encounter G4. See the Reinforcements enters or begins its turn in an area of burning slag
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +9 sidebar in that encounter for more information. takes 2d10 fire damage.
HP 156; Bloodied 78
Ingot Piles: Piles of 2-foot-long iron or brass
AC 30; Fortitude 32, Reflex 27, Will 27
Resist 15 fire Features of the Area ingots rise 15 feet high. These areas provide cover
Speed 7 Illumination: The fires of the forges fill this area and are difficult terrain. A Large or smaller creature
m Searing Forge Hammer (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon
with bright light. must make a DC 14 Athletics check to move across an
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage plus 2d8 fire
damage, and the target is marked until the end of the fire Ceiling: 40 feet high. ingot pile.
giants next turn. Heat Hazard: The blistering air of the foundry Wood and Charcoal: Deadfall and kiln-fired
r Slag Missile (standard; at-will) Weapon charcoal are piled to a height of 15 feet. These areas
is breathable by the PCs. However, a creature that
Ranged 10; +21 vs. AC; 2d10 + 5 fire damage, and ongoing
begins its turn adjacent to a forge takes 1d10 fire provide cover and are difficult terrain. It takes a DC
5 fire damage (save ends).
C Hammer Blast (standard; requires forge hammer; encounter) damage. A creature that comes into contact with a 14 Athletics check to move over a pile of wood and
Fire, Weapon forge takes 2d10 fire damage. charcoal.
Close blast 2; +21 vs. AC; 1d12 + 5 damage plus 2d8 fire
Anvils: These enormous steel anvils stand 10 feet
damage, and the target is dazed until the end of the fire
giants next turn. high and provide cover. A creature can climb to the
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Giant top of an anvil with a DC 13 Athletics check.
Skills Endurance +19
Str 23 (+15) Dex 11 (+9) Wis 10 (+9)
Con 22 (+15) Int 10 (+9) Cha 11 (+9)
Equipment forge hammer, forge apron

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
84

G5: Dock Gate
Encounter Level 19 (12,600 XP; see the Rein-
forcements sidebar)
Setup
4 fomorian guards (G)
8 githyanki gish crusaders (C)
2 githyanki gish warmasters (W)
Beyond the foundry and the loading zone, the central
repair docks are sealed off behind secure magical
wards. After breaking into this area and facing off
against githyanki guards and their giant allies, the
PCs must seal the dock again to prevent reinforce-
ments from arriving.
As the PCs approach through the empty ware-
house, read:
Ahead, a massive doorway opens up, and a faint
shimmering marks the field of a magical force ward. From
beyond, a harsh voice shouts out.
Perception Check, for a PC who understands
Deep Speech
DC 22: A githyanki screams in anger: Keep
formation! Space yourselves out, you misshapen lumps, or
you can join your worthless kin in the fight outside!
A PC can safely peer around the corner to see what
lies beyond the doorways.
When the PCs look into this area, read:
Close to you, a glowing panel set into the stone wall pulses
in time with the force field set within the doorway ahead.
This magical gate is one of three sets of warded doorways
adjacent at one end of a huge hangar. Four fomorians
stand watch near the four corners of the hangar, and a pack
of githyanki circles around them as they watch the doors.
In a circular open dock at the opposite end, five astral
craft hang suspended in a nest of steel cables. However,
these are all smaller strike ships, not the flagship you seek.
The placement of the githyanki guards on the tacti-
cal map represents their position when the PCs first
look in. Each round that the PCs spend watching, the
warmasters and the gish crusaders move 6 squares
counterclockwise. Swayed by the overheard threats
of one of the warmasters, the fomorians stand alert
where indicated.
Following the Giants
When the PCs see the fire giants move for this
area (see Encounter G1), they might elect to follow,
attempting to make their entrance when the gate is
opened. Alternatively, as long as the giants in area
G2 or G3 remain unaware of the PCs presence in
the dock, four more giants (either fire giant serfs or
fomorian guards) exit the complex every 2d6 rounds.
The distracted giants are not likely to notice the PCs
if they hide within the warehouse. When the warded
door is opened, the PCs have 2 rounds to pass through
before it is closed again. The giants going through the
door join the combat in this area, in addition to the
troops noted in the Reinforcements sidebar.
Garaithas Anvil
Getting In
As long as the PCs do not step fully into the open or
approach with a light source, they need not make
Stealth checks to avoid being seen by the guards
while outside this area. Moving adjacent to the magic
control panel for either of the area G4 doors puts a
PC in view of the guards unless he or she is invisible.
However, by timing his or her attempts to disable the
gate with the guards movement, the PC has a chance
to avoid detection. It takes three DC 22 Thievery or
Arcana checks (each a standard action) to disable the
wards, simultaneously opening all three gates. How-
ever, the character making the check must also make
a DC 22 Stealth check as a minor action each time or
be seen by those within the hanger.
The guards here immediately spot any PCs openly
approaching the gate. If alerted by the PCs attempts to
unlock the gate, the fomorians move in to flank both
gates before they can be opened, while the githyanki
pull back behind the cover of scrap piles and crates.
4 Fomorian Guards (G) Level 17 Minion Soldier
Huge fey humanoid (giant) XP 400 each
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +13; truesight 6
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 33; Fortitude 30, Reflex 29, Will 28
Speed 8
m Halberd (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 4; +22 vs. AC; 8 damage (13 damage against
immobilized targets), and the target is marked until the
end of the fomorian guards next turn.
R Evil Eye (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged 5; +20 vs. Will; the target is immobilized until the
end of the fomorian guards turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Elven
Str 24 (+15) Dex 22 (+14) Wis 20 (+13)
Con 20 (+13) Int 11 (+8) Cha 15 (+10)
Equipment chainmail, halberd
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
85

8 Githyanki (C) Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Gish Crusaders
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 30; Fortitude 29, Reflex 28, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also astral stride
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 10 psychic damage.
r Astral Bolt (standard; at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 10 psychic damage.
Astral Stride (move; encounter) Teleportation
The githyanki gish crusader teleports 6 squares and gains
the insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 20 (+13) Dex 18 (+12) Wis 14 (+10)
Con 17 (+11) Int 14 (+10) Cha 18 (+12)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
Tactics
The fomorian guards wade into melee, using evil eye
against the most heavily armored PCs and focusing
halberd attacks on immobilized opponents. They use
their reach to stay out of danger. These guards do not
fight in isolation, and they raise the alarm as soon as
the threat posed by the PCs becomes clear. See the
Reinforcements sidebar.
The gish crusaders fight in pairs, flanking for
combat advantage with silver longsword attacks, or
making astral bolt attacks against PCs staying out of
melee.
Each gish warmaster stays back in the first round
to strike with astral storm, then wades in against
defenders and strikers with double attack. Against two
or more PCs adjacent to each other, a warmaster uses
astral lightning, spending its action point to keep up its
double attack the first time.
2 Githyanki (W) Level 17 Elite Skirmisher
Gish Warmasters
Medium natural humanoid XP 3,200 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +17
HP 330; Bloodied 165
AC 33; Fortitude 28, Reflex 32, Will 30
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 5; see also astral stride
Action Points 1
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 3 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
r Astral Strike (standard; at-will) Radiant
Ranged 5; +20 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 radiant damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
The githyanki gish warmaster makes two silver longsword
attacks. If it hits two different targets, each target takes an
additional 1d8 psychic damage.
R Astral Storm (standard; encounter) Psychic, Radiant
The githyanki gish warmaster makes four attacks, no more
than two of them against a single target: ranged 5; +20 vs.
Fortitude; 3d8 + 6 psychic and radiant damage.
A Astral Lightning (standard; recharge ) Lightning
Area burst 1 within 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 4d8 + 6 lightning
damage.
Astral Stride (move; at-will) Teleportation
The githyanki gish warmaster teleports 6 squares and
gains the insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start
of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Arcana +17
Str 19 (+12) Dex 18 (+12) Wis 18 (+12)
Con 21 (+13) Int 24 (+15) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
Dock Gate Level 16
Skill Challenge XP 1,400
Entering the repair dock required you to open all three gates
into the area. Now you must seal them again, and quickly.
The three dock gates feature control panels on the inside
of the hanger similar to those seen on the outside. As long
as the gates remain open, the PCs find themselves under
renewed assault. Each skill check in this challenge requires
a standard action.
Complexity
1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures).
Garaithas Anvil
Primary Skills
Arcana, Athletics, Thievery
Victory
The PCs successfully override the magical gate controls,
sealing all three gates and preventing them from being
opened again.
Defeat
The PCs damage the gates arcane mechanism enough
to permanently shut them, but a blast of arcane power
causes all creatures within 5 squares of any doorway to
lose a healing surge. In addition, a last wave of eight gish
crusaders comes through before the gates are sealed (see
the Reinforcements sidebar).
Special
If the PCs choose to ignore this skill challenge and simply
move for the next encounter, this adventure quickly takes a
turn for the worse. Githyanki reinforcements responding to
the alarm inside the complex arrive in the hundreds within
5 rounds, pursuing the PCs into area G6 and following in
strike ships if they take to the air. This is a fight the party
cannot possibly win, but the githyanki are savvy enough to
want to keep at least some of these powerful PCs alive for
questioning.
This turn of events grants the Coalition forces outside an
easier victory as troops are drawn off to pursue the party.
The PCs allies in the Coalition will eventually come to their
rescue, but the ultimate resolution of the adventure will be
up to you.
Arcana
DC 25 (1 success or failure, maximum 2 successes)
The PC taps into the magic within one of the gates, gaining
control of its flow.
Athletics
DC 20 (1 success or failure, maximum 1 success)
With brute force, the PC unlocks the inhibitors that control
the flow of arcane power to the gates.
Thievery
DC 25 (1 success or failure, maximum 2 successes)
Working at the control panel, the PC is able to override
part of the mechanism controlling the gates.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
86

Reinforcements
The skill challenge to seal the doors is essential to the
PCs success in this part of the adventure. However,
the longer they take to do so, the greater the threat
from the shipyards defenders.
In round 3, the githyanki realize the seriousness of
the threat posed by the PCs. In response to screaming
orders from a gish warmaster, a gish crusader forgoes
its attack for 1 round to move for one of the gate con-
trol panels, using it to sound a shrill alarm.
Starting in round 5 and every other round there-
after, new defenders appear at the doorway at the
top of the mapfour githyanki corsair cutters (see
Encounter G6), one githyanki reaver (Encounter G1),
or four fomorian guards. Choose the reinforcements
or roll randomly. These new defenders focus their
attacks on the closest foesmost likely those PCs
working at the doors as part of the skill challenge.
If the PCs bypassed either Encounter G2 or G3, this
encounter gets significantly more deadly. In addition
to the reinforcements noted above, the nonminion
fire giants from G3 enter the fray here in round 7
in response to the alarm. The eldritch giants from
Encounter G2 enter this encounter in round 9.
Award the PCs additional experience for any rein-
forcements they kill.
Once the skill challenge is completed, no further
reinforcements arrive (aside from those noted under
Defeat). The PCs see more githyanki and giants
racing up to the gates, but with the wards reactivated
and under the partys control, these additional rein-
forcements can find no way in.
Development
Even if the PCs dispense with this encounter quickly,
the fight does not go unnoticed.
When the PCs have time to regroup after the
fight, or if a character can see in the direction of
area G6, read:
The echo of footsteps rings out along the landing that rises
adjacent to the hanger. Thirty feet above, a dozen githyanki
warriors watch you coldly.
These githyanki are Kadanes personal guard.
Knowing that the alarm has been raised, they hold
back to watch over Cevren, waiting for the PCs to
come to them.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This area is infused with bright
light.
Warded Door: The open doorways are filled with
a shimmering force field when the door wards are
active. No creature, object, or power can pass through
a warded door in
either direction.
Garaithas Anvil
Crates: These squares are difficult terrain. These
piles of mesh steel crates stand 15 feet high and
provide cover. They can be climbed with a DC 10
Athletics check.
The steel mesh sides of these empty crates provide
convenient handholds. A creature with two hands
free can push one of the 3-foot-high crates in front of
it at normal speed (though it cannot run). This pro-
vides cover while moving, but the creature must then
draw its weapons or retrieve stowed items when it
stops moving.
Scrap: These areas of cast-off steel fragments,
cables, and other detritus are difficult terrain. A
creature that runs, charges, or makes a double move
through an area of scrap must make a DC 20 Acro-
batics check or fall prone.
Scrap Piles: A 5-foot-high scrap pile provides
cover and is difficult terrain. It takes a DC 10 Athlet-
ics check to move over a scrap pile.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
87

G6: Boarding Party
Encounter Level 18 (11,600 XP)
Setup
8 githyanki corsair cutters (C)
1 githyanki corsair shipmaster (S)
1 githyanki gish warmaster (W)
8 githyanki psychic archers (P)
The PCs will likely take a stealthy approach when
ascending the high catwalk, but the githyanki have
already fallen back to more defensible positions.
When the PCs can see the upper landing, read:
The approach to the upper landing is undefended, and
it yields up the sight of another repair dock and the first
glimpse of your goal. The sleek flagship Cevren sits within
a taut lattice of mooring lines, pulsing white light bathing
it where the roof dome above the dock has been drawn
back to reveal open air and the astral gate above. A dozen
githyanki are in motion across the decks of the man-of-war,
but the force between you and them is the more immediate
concernthe githyanki you saw before have fallen back
behind makeshift barricades.
Perception Check
DC 13: The figures on the flagship are led by a hulking
githyanki in golden plate armor, his voice a dark howl as he
shouts orders.
Insight or Perception Check
DC 20: The githyanki swarming over the Cevren
are a mix of guards and flight crew. Though still obviously
under repair, the astral man-of-war is preparing to launch.
Garaithas Anvil
Tactics The psychic archers fall back to continue firing,
targeting PCs moving for the ships.
The githyanki are set to defend Cevren against attack,
The corsair shipmaster and the corsair cutters
and they take advantage of their defensive cover for as
use telekinetic leap and telekinetic jump to fly over the
long as possible. The psychic archers fire their psychic
shots as soon as the PCs appear on the landing (or
advancing PCs and attack from behind. The shipmas-
ter uses blade dance against a lightly armored PC, then
attempt to go over it).
shifts to flank with a corsair cutter for combat advan-
The corsair shipmaster moves to fight any PC
tage. The cutters flank in groups of two, constantly
attempting to push through the barricade. The corsair
regrouping as they are cut down.
cutters attack between gaps in the barricade, target-
ing PCs dazed by the psychic archers attacks for Githyanki Corsair (S) Level 19 Skirmisher
extra damage from combat advantage. Shipmaster
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,400
The warmaster makes astral storm and astral light- Initiative +18 Senses Perception +15
ning attacks against heavily armored PCs. HP 179; Bloodied 89
When the PCs are at or over the barricade, the AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 32, Will 31
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
githyankis tactics change. The warmaster enters the
Speed 6; see also telekinetic leap
fray, making double attacks against a single target in m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
the front ranks. It uses its action point when a foe is +24 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage, and
first bloodied, making two double attacks in the hope if the githyanki corsair shipmaster has combat advantage
against the target, it can shift 3 squares.
of dropping it. M Blade Dance (standard; encounter) Psychic, Weapon
8 Githyanki (C) Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
+24 vs. AC; 3d8 + 6 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage, and
the target is dazed until the end of the githyanki corsair
Corsair Cutters
shipmasters next turn. Effect: The shipmaster can shift up
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
to 3 squares before or after making this attack.
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +13
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
Ranged 10; the githyanki corsair shipmaster or an ally
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 28
within range can fly 5 squares.
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Combat Advantage
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump
A githyanki corsair shipmaster deals 1d6 extra damage on
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
melee attacks against any target that is granting combat
+22 vs. AC; 10 damage.
advantage to it.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
The githyanki corsair cutter flies 5 squares.
Skills Acrobatics +21, Insight +20
Combat Advantage
A githyanki corsair cutter deals 3 extra damage on
Str 22 (+15) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 22 (+15)
Con 19 (+13) Int 21 (+14) Cha 17 (+12)
melee attacks against any target that is granting combat
Equipment: leather armor, light shield, silver longsword
advantage to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 21 (+13) Dex 23 (+14) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 16 (+11) Int 17 (+11) Cha 16 (+11)
Equipment: leather armor, light shield, silver longsword
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
88

Githyanki (W) Level 17 Elite Skirmisher
Gish Warmaster
Medium natural humanoid XP 3,200
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +17
HP 330; Bloodied 165
AC 33; Fortitude 28, Reflex 32, Will 30
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 5; see also astral stride
Action Points 1
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 3 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
r Astral Strike (standard; at-will) Radiant
Ranged 5; +20 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 radiant damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
The githyanki gish warmaster makes two silver longsword
attacks. If it hits two different targets, each target takes an
additional 1d8 psychic damage.
R Astral Storm (standard; encounter) Psychic, Radiant
The githyanki gish warmaster makes four attacks, no more
than two of them against a single target: ranged 5; +20 vs.
Fortitude; 3d8 + 6 psychic and radiant damage.
A Astral Lightning (standard; recharge ) Lightning
Area burst 1 within 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 4d8 + 6 lightning
damage.
Astral Stride (move; at-will) Teleportation
The githyanki gish warmaster teleports 6 squares and
gains the insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start
of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Arcana +17
Str 19 (+12) Dex 18 (+12) Wis 18 (+12)
Con 21 (+13) Int 24 (+15) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
Garaithas Anvil
Cevrens Escape The PCs are welcome to attack Cevren if they
wish. See Encounter G7 for information on attacking
The guards here fight to the death to prevent the PCs
the astral man-of-war, and keep track of how much
from reaching Cevren. When six or fewer githyanki
damage the PCs deal, since it counts toward success
remain standing, or if the PCs decide to simply
in the skill challenge in that encounter.
bypass these defenders to get to the dock, the flagship
Whether the fight is finished or not, a PC that gets
breaks its moorings and takes to the air.
closer to the second repair dock sees the astral strike
ship left behind.
With a shriek of rending steel, the astral man-of-war
lurches up within its nest of mooring lines. As the githyanki Bobbing in the astral man-of-wars magical wake, a smaller
on the decks hack through the last of these, the ship is swept armored strike ship strains at its mooring lines.
up as if lifted by a mighty wave. The last of the githyanki
crew pull themselves on as Cevren lifts slowly to the The name Iliyoru is emblazoned across the strike
pulsing white sky. ships hull. A PC who understands Deep Speech
translates the name as White Blade.
Astral craft function only in the mystical medium
A PC who saw Cevren depart knows that cutting
of the Astral Sea, but the presence of the astral gate
the strike ships lines is enough to start its ascent.
automatically lifts Cevren and the smaller strike ships
With a DC 22 Arcana check, a PC knows that the
from their moorings.
smaller strike ship is faster than the man-of-war if it
8 Githyanki (P) Level 16 Minion Artillery can be properly controlled.
Psychic Archers When the PCs are ready to board Iliyoru, read:
Medium natural humanoid XP 350 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +11 The strike ship is undefended, and whatever crew might
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
have been here was either commandeered by Kadane or
AC 28; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 27
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects mustered for the battle outside the repair dock. Iliyoru tugs
Speed 6; see also telekinetic jump at the lines that hold her fast, drawn by the swirling essence
m Silver Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon of the astral gate high above.
+23 vs. AC; 6 damage.
R Psychic Shot (standard; requires longbow; at-will) Psychic, Cutting the ship free of its moorings takes only 1
Weapon round. Iliyoru immediately begins to climb, but the
Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. Will; 8 psychic damage and the
PCs must master the astral crafts complex controls to
target is dazed until the end of its next turn.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter) mount an effective pursuit of the fleeing Cevren. Go
The githyanki psychic archer flies 5 squares. to Encounter G7 on the next page.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 18 (+12) Dex 18 (+12) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 21 (+13) Int 24 (+15) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment leather armor, silver dagger, longbow, quiver
with 20 arrows
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
89

Ships of the Line
Iliyoru is an astral strike ship, similar in design to an
astral skiff (Manual of the Planes page 159) but larger
and built for war. Cevren is a massive astral man-of-
war and the flagship of the githyanki fleeta planar
warship on the scale of a seafaring war galleon. Both
ships feature hulls reinforced with protective magic
and open decks that can be sealed behind protective
plates for long-distance travel across the Astral Sea.
Both craft possess spell turrets and force ballistas
for use in ship-to-ship combat. See Encounter G7 for
more information.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This area is infused with bright
light.
Catwalk: This shaky catwalk rises alongside the
landing of the dock. The catwalk can be moved along
normally, but a Medium or smaller creature that
makes a melee attack while in a square on the edge of
the catwalk must make a DC 14 Acrobatics check or
stumble and fall over the edge.
Ladders: These rough mesh ladders connect the
lower level with the landing. It takes a move action
and a DC 15 Athletics check to climb 10 feet up a
ladder.
Garaithas Anvil
Gantry: Each of these gantry towers rises 20 feet The steel mesh sides of these empty crates provide
above the catwalk or the landing, and features a crane convenient handholds. A creature with two hands
sling arm for raising cargo from below. A gantry tower free can push one of the 3-foot-high crates in front of
provides cover and can be climbed with a DC 10 Ath- it at normal speed (though it cannot run). This pro-
letics check. A creature engaged in combat on the top vides cover while moving, but the creature must then
of a tower must make a DC 22 Acrobatics check or fall. draw its weapons or retrieve stowed items when it
The sling arm cable hanging from the end of a stops moving.
gantry arm can be jumped to from a nearby catwalk Scrap: These areas of cast-off steel fragments,
with an Athletics check as normal. (A sling arm that cables, and other detritus are difficult terrain. A
has been moved over a catwalk can be grabbed.) A creature that runs, charges, or makes a double move
character who makes the jump snags the cable with through an area of scrap must make a DC 20 Acro-
a DC 14 Acrobatics check. On a failed check, the batics check or fall prone.
character falls. Scrap Pile: A 5-foot-high scrap pile provides cover
A creature that grabs a cable pulls the gantry arm and is difficult terrain. It takes a DC 10 Athletics
45 degrees in the direction of the creatures move- check to move over a scrap pile.
ment, and can swing out on the cable in the same
direction. The creature can then jump from the
cable to any nearby catwalk by making an Acrobatics
check. Use the DC for an Athletics check to jump the
distance from the gantry to the catwalk, but treat the
creature as if it has a running start.
Makeshift Barricade: The githyanki have
assembled the mesh steel crates littering this area into
barricades 6 feet high. The barricades are difficult
terrain and provide superior cover. An unstable bar-
ricade can be climbed over with a DC 15 Athletics
check, vaulted over with a DC 15 Acrobatics check,
or pushed through with a DC 20 Athletics check.
Pushing a barricade slides its crates and any creature
behind those crates 2 squares.
Crates: These squares are difficult terrain. These
piles of mesh steel crates stand 15 feet high and
provide cover. They can be climbed with a DC 10
Athletics check.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
90

G7: Iliyorus Flight
Encounter Level 18 (11,200 XP)
Admiral Kadane is on board the flagship Cevren as it
lifts off toward the astral gate at the core of Garaithas
Anvil. The PCs have seized the astral strike ship
Iliyoru and are giving chase. This encounter is not a
straightforward combat challenge. Rather, the PCs
must take control of Iliyoru even as they utilize her
armaments and their own powers to bring Cevren to
a halt. However, as they do so, the PCs come under
attack from the man-of-war and from githyanki forces
battling their Coalition allies.
Explain the controls of Iliyoru to the players (see
the Fight in the Skies sidebar) as the PCs settle in on
the strike ship. Then give the players an overview of
the skill challenge and let the chase begin.
Iliyorus Flight Level 18
Skill Challenge XP 8,000
Cevren is rising quickly above Iliyoru, bound for the astral
gate and a chance to flee the conflagration below.
Cutting Iliyoru free of its moorings causes it to
automatically rise up toward the astral gate high above
the Garaitha docks. However, only by gaining control of
the ship do the PCs have a chance to catch up to
Kadanes flagship.
Complexity
4 (requires 10 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Acrobatics, Arcana, Athletics, Thievery.
Other Skills
Acrobatics, Perception.
Special
PCs not crewing the ship or making checks in the skill
challenge can make attacks against Cevren in an attempt to
cripple the flagship. Damage dealt to Cevren counts toward
success in the skill challenge. Damage dealt to Iliyoru does
not count toward failure in the skill challenge, but can
hinder the ships speed. See the Fight in the Skies and
Roll Out the Guns sidebars for more information.
If the PCs close the distance between Iliyoru and Cevren to
0 squares, or if Cevrens speed is reduced to 0 by damage,
they gain an automatic victory in the skill challenge. If
Iliyorus speed is reduced to 0 by damage, the PCs gain an
automatic defeat in the challenge.
Victory
The PCs earn a victory in this skill challenge in two stages.
When they achieve 5 successes, they gain full control of
Iliyoru. This allows the strike ship to travel at its maximum
speed of 12 squares (until brought under control, Iliyoru
travels at a speed of 10 squares).
Subsequent checks in the challenge focus on safely bringing
the smaller ship to within boarding range of Cevren. With
an overall victory in the challenge (whether attained by
successful skill checks or by attacks against Cevren), the
PCs can successfully fire the grappling lines that lock the
man-of-war and the strike ship together.
Defeat
Whether or not they gain initial control of Iliyoru, the PCs
cannot successfully lock to Cevren. Instead, the smaller
Iliyoru goes into an out-of-control spiral that brings it within
range of the flagships grapples. (If the PCs fail the skill
challenge while Cevren is still well out of range, Kadane
sees them scuttle their ship and descends to seize it.) Each
PC on the strike ship takes 2d10 damage and loses 1
healing surge.
Acrobatics
DC 13 (0 successes or failures) With a successful check (a
free action), the PC gains a +2 circumstance bonus to his
or her next primary skill check in the challenge or a +2
circumstance bonus to damage on his or her next attack
made against Cevren (see the Fight in the Skies and Roll
Out the Guns sidebars). On a failed check, the PC takes a
2 penalty to his or her next primary check or damage roll.
Taking control of Iliyoru is made more difficult by the ships
chaotic movement as the PCs try to avoid attack while
climbing toward the astral gate.
Acrobatics
DC 20 (1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes) Only
the PC piloting Iliyoru can make this check. In addition
to earning a success in the skill challenge, a successful
check grants Iliyoru a +10 bonus to AC and Reflex until the
beginning of the pilots next turn.
By constantly changing up the smaller strike ships course
as it climbs, the PC makes Iliyoru a more difficult target for
the whitewings and the gunners on Cevren.
Garaithas Anvil
Arcana
DC 25 (1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes)
Drawing on his or her understanding of magic devices, the
PC works out the complex operation of the strike ships
controls.
Athletics
DC 20 (1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes)
Getting control of Iliyoru relies on traditional sailing skill
as much as magical aptitude. With a successful check, the
PC properly sets the strike ships rigging to help control its
erratic course upward.
Perception
DC 13 (0 successes or failures)
With a successful Perception check (a free action), the PC
gains a +2 circumstance bonus to his or her next check in
the challenge or a +2 circumstance bonus to damage on
his or her next attack made against Cevren (see the Fight
in the Skies and Roll Out the Guns sidebars). On a failed
check, the PC takes a 2 penalty to his or her next primary
check or damage roll.
The shifting maelstrom of the astral gate flares wildly
overhead as Iliyoru and Cevren arc around each other,
making it hard to accurately judge distance and direction as
the ships close.
Thievery
DC 25 (1 success or failure, maximum 3 successes)
The complex controls of Iliyoru can be subtly coerced into
responding to the PCs direction.
After the PCs have made their first success or
failure in the skill challenge, read:
Iliyoru pitches as you try to bring her under control,
swinging wide over the shipyard below. The githyanki and
the Coalition forces are still locked in combat, neither side
giving ground in the ongoing assault. Then suddenly, a
group of white shapes peel away from a skirmish with the
Coalitions griffon riders. Eight white reptilian creatures
wing their way up and toward Iliyoru with a shriek, their
githyanki riders spurring them on.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
91

Setup
8 githyanki corsair cutters on astral whitewings
The whitewings and their riders approach from below
Iliyoru, but these creatures have speed enough to
easily catch up to the strike ship with double moves.
This encounter has no tactical map, but use the plan
of Iliyoru from Encounter G8 to map the whitewings
movement around the ship.
The whitewings and their riders start out spaced
around one side of the strike ship. As the fight pro-
gresses, keep track of Iliyorus speed as compared to
the whitewings. A whitewing uses most of its move
to keep up with Iliyoru (either 10 or 12 squares), with
its additional movement used to adjust its position
relative to the ship. (The proximity of the astral gate
grants the whitewing the increased fly speed for its
astral wings power.)
New Creature:
AstralWhitewing
These highly intelligent reptilian flyers are native
to the Astral Sea, and are raised and trained by
the githyanki as flying mounts. A whitewing seats
one rider in a specially made saddle, and it can be
controlled by reins or voice command. These crea-
tures have a wingspan of nearly 30 feet, and they
are equally at home in the skies of the planes as the
Astral Sea.
Native wild whitewings are found only in the
Astral Sea, and they are known for their predatory
pack attacks on travelers in that realm. Whitewings
trained as mounts by the githyanki are sometimes lost
on scout missions, and they can be found wandering
wild in the remote mountainous regions of the world
and the Feywild.
Fight in the Skies
When it leaves the dock, Iliyoru starts out 40 squares
beneath the climbing Cevren. The strike ship initially
travels at a speed of 10 squares. When brought under
control (5 successes in the skill challenge), it travels at
a speed of 12 squares. The flagship Cevren has a speed
of 8 squares. Because of the turbulence created by the
astral gate, neither craft can make a double move in
this encounter.
The lift granted by the astral gate means that it
takes only three PCs to control Iliyoruone pilot and
two crew. (A ship of this size normally requires a crew
of three or more.) For each missing crew member, the
ships speed is reduced by 2 squares.
The PC who pilots the strike ship must do so with
a standard action and a move action each round. The
PCs crewing Iliyoru must use a standard action each
round to do so. Because those three PCs are actively
working the strike ships controls, they can make
primary skill checks in the skill challenge as minor
actions. All other characters make primary skill checks
in the challenge as standard actions.
Initially, three PCs need to fly the ship and make
checks in the skill challenge, with other PCs either
undertaking the skill challenge or attacking Cevren
Tactics
The whitewings swarm Iliyoru, using their astral jaunt
or flyby attack to get into position for tail slam attacks
against the strike ship. The githyanki corsair cutters
do not attack, since they know they cannot deal any
damage against Iliyorus magically enhanced defenses.
As the whitewings and their riders move around
the strike ship, they do so at different altitudes relative
Garaithas Anvil
in an attempt to slow it down (see the Run Out the
Guns sidebar). However, a PC can forgo crewing the
ship to join in the attack as long as Iliyorus reduced
speed matches Cevrens, preventing the flagship from
getting out of range.
Keep track of the distance between the two ships
from round to round, and of the change in speed of
either craft as it takes damage. For every 50 damage
either astral craft takes, its speed is reduced by 2
squares. At fly speed 0, a ship floats out of control
toward the astral gate, allowing the other ship to catch
it. (The PCs can continue to attack Cevren even after
its speed has been reduced to 0. However, a ship at 0
hit points is not destroyed, but simply disabled.)
Each warship is equipped with grappling lines that
can be fired by the pilot. Iliyoru engages its grapples
when the PCs have achieved a victory in the skill chal-
lenge. If the party suffers a defeat in the challenge,
Cevren instead fires its grapples against the strike
ship.
The vehicle rules above have been adapted from
Adventurers Vault. You can use that supplement if
you want to play out a more complex chase between
Iliyoru and Cevren.
to each other. However, because diagonals on the
battle grid are equivalent to horizontal or vertical dis-
tances, two githyanki four squares apart on the battle
grid remain 4 squares apart at different heights for the
purpose of targeting them both with an area attack.
See the Fight in the Skies and Run Out the
Guns sidebars for more information on the combat
with the whitewings and their riders.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
92

8 Astral Whitewings Level 15 Skirmisher
Large immortal beast (reptile) XP 1,200* each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +18; low-light vision
HP 146; Bloodied 73
AC 30; Fortitude 27, Reflex 28, Will 26
Speed 4, fly 8 (hover); see also astral wings
m Tail Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage.
M Flyby Attack (standard; at-will)
The astral whitewing moves its fly speed and makes one
tail slam attack at any point during that movement. The
whitewing does not provoke opportunity attacks when
moving away from the target of the attack.
R Stunning Shriek (standard; at-will)
Ranged 5; the target is stunned until the end of its
next turn.
Astral Jaunt (move action; must be mounted by a friendly
githyanki rider; recharge ) Mount, Teleportation
The astral whitewing and its rider teleport a distance equal
to the whitewings fly speed.
Astral Wings
While in the Astral Sea, the whitewings fly speed
increases to 12 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 22 (+13) Dex 24 (+14) Wis 20 (+12)
Con 18 (+11) Int 8 (+6) Cha 16 (+10)
* A whitewing in this encounter flees if its corsair cutter rider
is killed, earning XP only for the minion.
Run Out the Guns
Four of the six turrets on Iliyoru are designed to allow
spellcasters to channel magical attacks against other
ships and airborne combatants. A character in a spell
turret can use the turret to direct any nonweapon
ranged or area arcane or divine attack power.
A character directing a power through a spell turret
uses his or her own attack modifier and deals damage
as normal. However, a power directed through a spell
turret cannot be used with an implement.
The magic of a spell turret doubles the range of
arcane and divine powers, and allows powers to target
inanimate objects even if they normally cannot do so.
Characters attacking airborne creatures through a
spell turret can make use of any of a powers effects.
Powers that create effects in addition to hit point
damage can be used against a ship, but the ship
ignores such effects (including ongoing damage).
Attacks that deal damage throughout an area (typi-
cally attacks that target all creatures in a burst) strike
more than 1 square when used against a ship, dealing
additional damage as follows: burst 1 or 2, 2 damage;
burst 3 or 4, 3 damage; burst 5 or larger, 5 damage.
Attacks that can target multiple characters function
only as a single attack when directed through a spell
turret.
Garaithas Anvil
Characters who do not have arcane or divine
powers can make use of two force ballista turrets on
the strike ship.
Force Ballista: +15 vs. AC; ranged 40; 3d10 force
damage. Each force ballista has 10 bolts and is oper-
ated by a single character. Firing is a standard action.
Activating the magical bolt loader is a minor action.
Each round that the astral ships are in the air, the
crew of Cevren launch four force ballista attacks
against the pursuing Iliyoru, using the attack and
damage modifiers above. (Kadane is the only githyanki
on Cevren with arcane powers, but he is too busy
giving orders to make use of the flagships spell
turrets.)
Attacks made with the spell turrets and force
ballistas of either ship target only the other craft or
creatures in the air. These attacks cannot target a
character on a ship.
Cevren: HP 800; AC 8; Fortitude 20, Reflex 12;
resist 10 all damage; speed 8.
Iliyoru: HP 500; AC 6; Fortitude 17, Reflex 15; resist
10 all damage; speed 10 (at the beginning of the skill
challenge) or 12 (after 5 victories in the challenge).
The vehicle rules above have been adapted from
Adventurers Vault. You can use that supplement if
you want to play out a more complex chase between
Iliyoru and Cevren.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
93
 Garaithas Anvil

8 Githyanki Corsair Level 17 Minion Skirmisher

Cutters
Experience
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each The astral whitewings are a much more potent
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +12 threat than their minion masters in terms of their
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 28
hit points and attacks. However, if its rider is slain,
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects a whitewing in this encounter immediately flees
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump the battle. Because this encounter treats the white-
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
wings and their riders as a single creature with
+22 vs. AC; 10 damage.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter) minion hit points, XP is awarded only for the cor-
The githyanki corsair cutter flies 5 squares. sair cutters.
Combat Advantage On the off chance that the PCs kill one of the
A githyanki corsair cutter deals 3 extra damage on
melee attacks against any target that is granting combat
whitewings while targeting its rider, award them
advantage to it. additional experience as appropriate.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 21 (+13) Dex 23 (+14) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 16 (+11) Int 17 (+11) Cha 16 (+11)
Equipment: leather armor, light shield, silver longsword

Development
At the completion of the skill challenge, Cevren is
locked to Iliyoru and ready to be boarded. If the
PCs suffered a defeat in the skill challenge and
were seized by Cevren, paraphrase the following
accordingly.

The grappling controls are set and punched, and with a

shriek of steel, a dozen silver cables lance out from Iliyoru
to sink into Cevrens hull. Like raptors caught in a death
spiral, the two ships are pulled toward each other even as
their now-connected momentum causes them to spin out of
control. The lightning-streaked maelstrom of the astral gate
looms above you.

The PCs have no chance for a short rest. Go to the

next page for the final encounter and the showdown
with Kadanes forces.

June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
94

G8: Kadanes Stand
Encounter Level 21 (19,600 XP)
Setup
Admiral Kadane, githyanki gish overlord (O)
6 githyanki blademasters (B)
6 githyanki corsair cutters (C)
8 githyanki psychic archers (P)
On board the githyanki flagship Cevren, the PCs face
off against Admiral Kadane and his forces in a final
showdown.
As Cevren and Iliyoru come together, read:
Even as Iliyoru and the larger Cevren come together
with a shuddering crash, you hear the shouts of githyanki
troops as the deck doors of the flagship split and unfurl like
an insects shell. Spread out along the rail, around twenty
githyanki howl in defiance. Behind them stands the hulking
figure in golden armor, his voice booming over the bloodlust
of his troops and the shrieking storm of the astral gate
looming above you. The hearts of these mortal dogs are
mine! Kill them all!
Garaithas Anvil
This final battle is a free-for-all on the decks of both
astral craft as they spiral out of control beneath the
looming maelstrom of the astral gate. The PCs can
choose to take up defensive positions in Iliyoru, or
they can move across to take the fight to the main
deck of the more wide-open Cevren. Describe the
ever-present threat of the astral gate looming above,
threatening to swallow both ships as they spin closer
each round. The scope of this battle is limited only by
your imagination and the PCs willingness to throw
themselves into the fight.
Development
The retrieval of Kadanes crystal key is the PCs pri-
mary mission here, but what they do with the admiral
himself is up to them. Whether Kadane is killed or
captured, any surviving githyanki on Cevren surrender
at once. The PCs are victorious, but the out-of-control
ships are still heading for the astral gate above. In the
aftermath of the battle, the PCs can free Iliyoru from
Cevren and descend back to the shipyard. If the strike
ship was disabled by Cevren in Encounter G6, the PCs
can seize the man-of-war instead.
The grappling cables are quickly jettisoned as Iliyoru
responds while you pull her away from the crippled
flagship. The pressure of the astral gate is severe, and the
strike ship bucks as you set course for the ground. Behind
you, caught up in the white storm, Cevren is quickly swept
away, trailing cables and shattered rigging as it disappears
into the maelstrom.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
95

side Trip
Intentionally traveling through the astral gate is a
poor course of action for the PCs, since they have no
idea where it leads. (This knowledge is beyond even
Bejam and Haryssus.) However, if the party takes that
route, the other side of the astral gate is a remote
portal in the Astral Sea where a number of other
githyanki astral warships are circling. Their angry
captains are wondering why they cannot cross over
to Garaithas Anvil (the astral gate is closed from this
side by Bejam and Haryssuss magic), and they take
a great interest in the appearance of a ship from the
other side. The PCs have no way to return to the ship-
yard, but their Coalition allies will commandeer strike
ships and come after them eventually. How the PCs
fare until then is up to you. Alternatively, if you feel
like an even bigger finish to the adventure, you can
improvise a skill challenge based on the challenge in
Encounter G6. Let the PCs race against time as they
attempt to disengage Iliyoru from Cevren before both
astral craft are swept up into the gate above. When
they regain control of the ship, they can return safely
to the shipyard below.
Features ofthe Area
Illumination: The astral gate sheds bright light
across the decks of both ships.
Boarding Zone: A shifting 10-foot gap of empty
space splits the two ships where grappling cables have
lashed them together. Creatures that cannot fly or tele-
port can jump from one ship to the other with a DC
10 Athletics check (DC 20 without a running start), by
climbing along an exposed grappling cable (a DC 15
Garaithas Anvil
Athletics check; see below), or by swinging across on
one of the many loose rigging lines hanging between
the ships (a DC 15 Acrobatics check; see below).
While none of these checks are difficult, the pen-
alty for failure can be extreme. A creature that falls
while jumping, climbing, or swinging across the gap
can attempt a saving throw to grab onto the deck
of the ship it is moving to. On a failed saving throw,
the creature falls into empty air but can catch itself
on a rigging line with a DC 27 Acrobatics or Athlet-
ics check. If that check fails, the creature falls to the
shipyard below. (Unless you want to keep track of dis-
tance, assume that Iliyoru and Cevren climb 500 feet
during the skill challenge and the subsequent battle.
A fall from that height deals 250 damage.)
Deck: The decks of both astral craft buck and
shudder as the ships spiral out of control. Each round
at the beginning of its turn, a creature standing on
the deck of either ship must make a DC 14 Acrobat-
ics check or slide 1 square in a random direction. If a
creature slides off the deck, see above for its chances
of holding on.
Raised Deck: Raised areas are marked on the
decks of both ships. These are 5 feet high and provide
cover. It costs 1 extra square of movement to swing up
onto a raised deck.
Rigging Lines: Damage dealt to both ships in the
previous encounter has left rigging lines hanging in of the ship it is sunk into requires a DC 33 Strength
the empty air between them. A rigging line is stout check. Cables cannot be forcibly detached from the
rope (AC 10, Reflex 10, Fortitude 5; 15 hit points). A ship they are shot from, but the controls on a ship can
creature can grab a rigging line and swing from one disconnect its own cables as a minor action.
ship to the other with a running start of at least 2 Climbing from one ship to another by way of a
squares and a DC 15 Acrobatics check. grappling cable requires a double move and a DC 15
Grappling Cables: These thick cables are a tough Athletics check.
weave of steel and adamantine (AC 5, Reflex 5, Forti-
tude 10; 100 hit points). Pulling a grappling cable out
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
96

Tactics
Kadane fears for his life, and the cowardly admiral
is not eager to engage the PCs. He stays at the back of
the fray for as long as possible, using his minions as
cover while he targets PCs adjacent to each other with
astral whirlwind. PCs who get within 5 squares are hit
with soulstorm strike before Kadane uses astral stride to
teleport to safety.
The corsair cutters and the githyanki blademasters
fight in pairs, flanking for combat advantage.
The githyanki psychic archers target PCs engaging
the corsair cutters and the blademasters, dazing tar-
gets to grant the melee attackers additional advantage.
Only when half of Kadanes minions have been
killed does the gish overlord take the fight to the PCs.
He makes a soulstorm strike against any characters
in range before using astral whirlwind to attempt to
stun whichever character has been most effective in
combat. He then uses blade fury against that foe twice
by spending an action point. Kadane repeats this
tactic immediately with his second action point, then
stays at the center of the fray making soulstorm strike
and blade fury attacks each round against every PC he
can target.
Admiral Kadane
Garaithas Anvil
Admiral Kadane, (O) Level 19 Solo Skirmisher
Githyanki Gish Overlord
Medium natural humanoid XP 12,000
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +18
HP 724; Bloodied 362
AC 33; Fortitude 33, Reflex 31, Will 29
Saving Throws +5 (+7 against charm effects)
Speed 5, teleport 6
Action Points 2
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 1d10 + 6 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage.
M Blade Fury (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
Kadane makes four silver greatsword attacks and can shift
up to 2 squares after each. Effect: Kadane teleports 3
squares and gains a bonus to his next attack roll equal to
the number of creatures he hit with this attack.
C Soulstorm Strike (standard; at-will) Lightning, Radiant
Close blast 5; +22 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 4 lightning and radiant
damage and ongoing 10 lightning and radiant damage.
A Astral Whirlwind (minor; recharge ) Psychic,
Radiant
Area burst 1 within 10; +22 vs. Fortitude; the target is
stunned until the end of its next turn.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; Kadane or an ally within range can fly 5
squares.
R Rescuing Banishment (immediate interrupt, when an ally in
range is hit by an enemy attack; at-will) Teleportation
Ranged 10; targets the hit ally; the target is banished to a
demiplane and suffers no effect of the triggering attack.
It returns to a square within 10 squares of Kadane at the
start of Kadanes next turn.
Silver Banishment (free, when Kadane hits a target with
a weapon attack; recharges when first bloodied)
Teleportation
The target is banished to a demiplane (save ends). It
disappears from sight, cannot take actions, and cannot be
targeted. On a save, the target reappears in the space it
last occupied. If that space is occupied, the target returns
to the nearest unoccupied space of its choosing.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Insight +18, Intimidate +20
Str 26 (+17) Dex 22 (+15) Wis 18 (+13)
Con 21 (+14) Int 19 (+13) Cha 22 (+15)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword, crystal key
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
97

8 Githyanki (P) Level 16 Minion Artillery
Psychic Archers
Medium natural humanoid XP 350 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +11
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 28; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 27
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6; see also telekinetic jump
m Silver Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 6 damage.
R Psychic Shot (standard; requires longbow; at-will) Psychic,
Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. Will; 8 psychic damage and the
target is dazed until the end of its next turn.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githyanki psychic archer flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 18 (+12) Dex 18 (+12) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 21 (+13) Int 24 (+15) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment leather armor, silver dagger, longbow, quiver with
20 arrows
6 Githyanki (C) Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Corsair Cutters
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +12
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 10 damage.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githyanki corsair cutter flies 5 squares.
Combat Advantage
A githyanki corsair cutter deals 3 extra damage on
melee attacks against any target that is granting combat
advantage to it.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 21 (+13) Dex 23 (+14) Wis 21 (+13)
Con 16 (+11) Int 17 (+11) Cha 16 (+11)
Equipment: leather armor, light shield, silver longsword
Garaithas Anvil
6 Githyanki (B) Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Blademasters
Medium natural humanoid XP 400 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 28; Fortitude 25, Reflex 23, Will 22
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 8 psychic damage.
M Twin Longsword Strike (standard; requires combat advantage
against the target; at-will) Psychic, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 12 psychic damage
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githyanki blademaster flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 24 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 12 (+9)
Con 15 (+10) Int 13 (+9) Cha 21 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, 2 silver longswords
About the Author
Scott Fitzgerald Gray (9th-level layabout, vindictive
neutral) started gaming in high school and has worked
as a writer and editor much of the time since then. After
belatedly realizing he could combine both vocations in 2004,
hes been making up for lost time as a freelance RPG editor
and designer, primarily for Wizards of the Coast. He lives in
the Canadian hinterland with a schoolteacher, two daughters,
and a large number of animal companions.
June 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 7
98
A Tyranny
of Souls
By Robert J. Schwalb
An adventure for 19th-level characters
illustrations by William OConnor and Kekai Kotaki
cartography by Robert Lazzaretti & Mike Schley

TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

Listen!
The darkest hour is upon us, but we have no need
to fear and no reason for anguish. It has been foretold
that our hero will return. Her blade will shine like
a thousand stars, and our enemies will cower in its
brilliant light. Her voice will ring with the shouts
of a thousand warriors, and our enemies will wail
and gnash their teeth with fear. And her anger will
burn like a thousand suns, and our enemies will be
as cinders before her intolerable wrath. It has been
foretold that she who broke our chains will come forth
once again and lead us to glory and conquest, and in
her name we will build an empire to span all worlds,
giving no shelter, no succor, and no mercy to those
who oppose us. It has been foretold and the time is
near. Take heart warriorGith has returned, and
our ultimate victory is at hand!

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 1 58
24
 A Tyranny of Souls

Tiamat seized the githyanki city and bleeds it dry to supply her armies with arms, A Tyranny of Souls is an adventure for five 19th-
soldiers, and other resources. In doing so, she broke the ancient pact between the level characters. By its end, the player characters
should be 21st level. With some adaptation, however,
githyanki and red dragons, and she inadvertently loosed Giths soul from the Nine Hells
you can run this adventure as a stand-alone scenario
to return to her people once more. Masquerading as Vlaakith reborn, Gith seeks out the or as part of your own campaign.
Coalition to forge a temporary alliance and hopes to join forces to remove Tiamat from
Tunarath and withdraw the githyanki from the war. Background
Tiamat casts a dark shadow across the ancient
githyanki city of Tunarath, but the city is no stranger
The Quests rebels, they learn the movement is in shambles since to evils machinations. Having endured the Lich-
In A Tyranny of Souls, the PCs journey to Citadel the emperors soldiers captured their leader. The Queens thousand-year reign, the city has witnessed
Mercane only to discover their contacts dead. From characters must rescue Vlaakith if the Separat- astonishing wickedness. All was to have changed
there, the adventurers push on to Tunarath, where ists would have a chance to retake the city from with Vlaakiths assassination, but the vacuum she
they must rescue the Separatists leader, negotiate an Tiamat. created plunged the city into turmoil, with military
alliance, and defeat Emperor Zetchrr to force Tiamat Reward: 2,400 XP. commanders and pretenders all vying for her throne.
out of the ancient githyanki city. When a leader emerged to right its course, though,
Minor QuestDefeat the Emperor it would lead the githyanki into greater darkness in
Minor QuestContact the Separatists For the Separatists to take command of the city, the Tiamats thrall.
The adventurers are sent to Citadel Mercane to meet emperor must lose control over the dragons. The only The githyanki have never knelt to a god, but
with the Separatists representatives. Finding the rep- way this can happen is if he is defeated and the scepter desperate times demand desperate actions. The Lich-
resentatives murdered, the characters must discover of Ephelomonthe pacts physical representationis Queens death threatened to tear Tunarath apart,
another way to make contact with these rebel githyanki given to Vlaakith. and the githyanki were no closer to correcting their
even if this means traveling to Tunarath. Reward: 2,800 XP. course. Zetchrr had a strong claim to the throne, but
Reward: 2,400 XP. his radical views and his involvement in Vlaakiths
Major QuestThe Githyanki Withdraw from the death made him unpopular with the conservative
Minor QuestInfiltrate Tunarath War factions. While he argued and fought, less worthy
The githyanki guard their infamous citys location, so The PCs can negotiate with the Separatists to get them ascendants each put forward their own claims.
travelers seeking out this bastion must find a route to withdraw from the war and in doing so deliver a ter- Zetchrr lacked sufficient strength to take the city
to the city and, once there, find a way through the rible setback to Tiamats plans. by force, but each day he delayed, the damage and
cordon. Reward: 14,000 XP. violence escalated. Like Gith so long ago, Zetchrr
Reward: 2,400 XP. Bonus: +2,400 XP if the characters secure a 1,000- turned to Tiamat for aid. The dark goddess, with
year reprieve. plans of her own, proved a willing ally. She had long
Minor QuestRescue Vlaakith Bonus: +2,800 XP if the characters secure an coveted greater influence over the githyanki, but
When the characters make contact with the githyanki alliance. she saw the ancient pact as an obstacle. She offered

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
25

to help, promising to give Zetchrr full control over
the dragons in the city in exchange for his unswerv-
ing loyalty and fealty. Zetchrr knelt, and his rise to
power was assured.
Bolstered by red dragons, dragonspawn, and
devil mercenaries, Zetchrr dashed his enemies and
crushed all opposition in a single week. Amid the
ruins of Vlaakiths old palace, Tiamats dark priests
crowned Zetchrr emperor and the new tyrant
declared his bold plans for his people, including a
renewed commitment to the crusade against the
mind flayers and a new peace with their estranged
kin, the githzerai. His promises amounted to little, for
Tiamat had other plans.
The Dark Lady needed soldiers for her armies,
weapons for her troops, and a base to launch new
attacks against her enemies. Tunarath provided all
these things. Zetchrrs goals stood in Tiamats way,
and so, by her decree, the githyanki would abandon
their campaign against the mind flayers and refocus
their efforts to combat Tiamats foes. Zetchrr had no
choice but to accept his mistresss commands, and
thus was Tunaraths new course set.
What neither Tiamat nor Zetchrr realized was
that by abandoning the Eternal Crusade, they ren-
dered the ancient compact between the githyanki
and the red dragons void. Without the pact, Gith,
whos soul long-languished in Dispaters cells in the
Nine Hells, was free to find the oblivion long-owed
her in the Shadowfell, but this ancient hero was not
finished yet.
Adventure Synopsis
A few days before the adventure begins, a githyanki
envoy representing the Separatists presented him-
self before the Coalition to gauge their interests in
forming a short-term alliance. The representative
explained that not all githyanki are so eager to die
for Tiamat, and many see their service to the dark
goddess as slavery. The envoy invites the Coalition to
send representatives to Citadel Mercane, where they
can bargain on neutral ground, free from Tiamats
ever-present eyes. Although the Coalition suspects a
trap, the opportunity to weaken Tiamats armies is too
good to pass up. The adventurers, who have proved
capable allies, are chosen to serve as ambassadors
and negotiate the terms on the Coalitions behalf.
The heroes make the journey to Citadel Mercane,
but they soon discover their contacts are missing or Tiamats wrath.
dead. Meeting up with a possible ally, a disguised
raavasta (see Manual of the Planes, page 136), to help
navigate the trade center, the PCs learn the Separat-
ists are active in Tunarath and that they must travel
there and contact them if they would get them to
withdraw from the war.
In the githyanki city, the PCs learn the emperor is
wise to their intent and has moved to capture and kill
many Separatist leaders, plus he has traps in place for
the adventurers. They eventually encounter a Separat-
ist agent who informs them that Vlaakith, their leader,
was taken prisoner and is held at the Fortress of Three
Sorrows. By freeing her, the PCs can demonstrate
their goodwill and also give the rebel faction renewed
hope and drive to fight against Tiamats agents.
The characters travel to the floating fortress, battle
through its defenses, and fight their way to Vlaakiths
cell. There, they learn from the aspect of Dispater,
who has come to steal back the soul inhabiting her
A Tyranny of Souls
body, that the legendary warrior Gith possesses the
young githyanki woman.
Once the characters free her and restore Vlaakith
to the Separatists, they can engage in the negotiations
for which they were sent. The Separatists agree to
withdraw the githyanki from Tiamats war, but admit
their promises are worthless as long as Zetchrr is
in power. The githyanki ask the PCs to infiltrate his
palace, defeat the usurper, and recover the scepter of
Ephelomon. Meanwhile, the Separatists will attack
Tiamats garrisons and retake the city. The adventure
concludes in a deadly battle against the emperor and
his red dragon cohort in his personal chambers, while
battles rage in the skies above and in the city streets.
If the PCs succeed, Tunarath becomes free from
Tiamat and the githyanki can once more follow their
own destinies. If they fail, there will be no stopping
Managing the Adventure
Although A Tyranny of Souls has a straightforward
plot, the players have several choices and options for
completing the various parts, allowing the adventure
to unfold in an organic fashion. Giving meaningful
choices means the PCs might skip over some encoun-
ters, and in doing so, they might lag behind in XP or
miss out on important treasure. Many encounters
provided adaptation entries to help you repurpose
them for later use in the adventure. Alternatively,
you can use the smaller sample encounters to offer
additional challenges. Just move the treasure the
characters missed to these improvised combats.
Shifting encounters helps you create the illusion of
success from cleverness without diminishing the XP
and treasure the characters ought to earn.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
26

Preparing for
Adventure
A Tyranny of Souls takes the adventurers into the
Astral Sea. The characters begin by exploring Cita-
del Mercane, an ancient trade center built within
the heart of a crimson mountain, where they hope
to meet with the Separatists agents. From the cita-
del, the characters travel across the Astral Sea to
Tunarath. Once there, the PCs might explore the
Merchant District, attack a floating fortress, and
ultimately assault the Chromatic Bastion, seat of
Zetchrrs power.
What You Need to Play
Aside from the core rulebooks, A Tyranny of Souls
references information from three other sources.
Tunarath, City of Death in Dragon Magazine #377
provides a comprehensive history and overview of
the githyanki and their city. The Manual of the Planes
provides extensive information on the Astral Sea and
its inhabitants and should prove a useful resource
for adding more detail than given in this adventure.
Finally, a few tactical encounters feature vehicles.
While the key information you need to use vehicles is
included in an appendix, Adventurers Vault provides
the complete rules.
Several tactical encounters involve challeng-
ing environments, mounts, and three-dimensional
combat. Be sure to review Movement in Three
Dimensions, Mounted Combat, and Flying in the
Dungeon Masters Guide (pages 4548) before run-
ning this adventure.
Using Tactical Encounters
Each encounter includes several common elements,
as described below.
Encounter Level
Each tactical encounter assumes a group of five player
characters. An encounter of average difficulty is one
where the encounter level is equal to the level of the
party. Encounters that are 1 or 2 levels lower than the
party are easy encounters, while encounters that are
2 or more levels higher than the party are difficult
encounters.
For overcoming an encounter, a group earns the
XP value noted beside the encounter level. This
amount should be divided by the number of group
members, with an equal amount awarded to each
character.
you might also cut treasure parcels if the PCs have
Setup
This section of a tactical encounter provides you with
the basic parameters of the encounter. It gives you a
key to the monsters in the encounter so you can locate
them on the tactical map, then provides context or
background information. The map of each encounter
area indicates where the monsters are located when
the encounter begins. The setup section also describes
what monsters are doing and how they react when
the PCs arrive.
Some encounters include monsters that are hidden
or that do not appear until later in combat. Do not
place those monsters on the map unless at least one
PC has succeeded on the Perception check to notice
them, or when they enter combat.
A Tyranny of Souls
Read-Aloud Text
Read-aloud text provides information about what the
characters can see and are aware of. You do not have
to read it word for word. Especially where read-aloud
text is provided in a question-and-answer format, feel
free to paraphrase and use your own words when
describing the information presented. Use read-
aloud text wisely. It is written for the most common
approach to a particular situation, but the PCs
actions might require you to alter the information in
any number of ways.
Adapting the Adventure
As written, A Tyranny of Souls is for five charac-
ters at 19th level. If the characters are of slightly
higher level, you might cut an encounter or two, and
already attained them during a previous adventure. If
the characters are below 19th level, you can use the
additional encounters provided in the text to catch
up the adventurers as needed.
Parties with four or fewer player characters need
more opportunities to take extended rests, so you
might make some combats easier or spread them
out. You might also reduce the complexities of skill
challenges since there are fewer participants.
For larger parties, simply add additional creatures
or hazards to combats using the guidelines presented
in the Dungeon Masters Guide. Larger parties might
need fewer extended rests and so you can tighten the
plot to move the characters from one scene to the
next. As well, skill challenges will become easier for
larger groups, so consider increasing the complexities
by 1 or more depending on the partys size.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
27

Monster Statistics
Encounters include statistics blocks for each monster
type present in the encounter. If more than one mon-
ster of a particular kind is present, the statistics block
indicates how many creatures can be found.
What is an
AdventurePath?
An adventure path is a connected series of adventures
that comprises an entire D&D campaign, from the
heroes humble beginnings at 1st level to their epic
triumphs at the pinnacle of level 30. These adven-
tures cover all three tiers of play: heroic, paragon, and
epic. Each tier is covered by roughly six adventures,
meaning that the entire adventure path consist of
eighteen adventures. Each adventure covers between
one and three levels, but you can also have the PCs
undertake side quests to help supplement XP. This
assures that the PCs are the correct level to tackle
each adventure.
This adventure path is meant to be a complete
D&D campaign. That means were making some
assumptions about the history and mythology of the
world as the adventures progress, such as Queen
Vlaakiths death (an event weve adopted from the
adventure The Lich Queens Beloved in Dungeon
Magazine #100). As the adventure path moves into
the epic tier, you can look forward to the appearance
of some classic heroes and villains from D&D history,
as well as great ideas from past issues of Dungeon
Magazine and other sources.
Treasure
The adventure uses the parcel technique of trea-
sure distribution as described in the Dungeon Masters
Guide. Use the following 20 treasure parcels. When
determining which magic items are present, consult
your players wish lists. If an item is appropriate for
a monster to use in an encounter, feel free to let it,
noting the items features and making changes to the
stat-block as needed.
Parcel 1: _______________, Magic item, level 23.
Parcel 2: _______________, Magic item, level 22.
Parcel 3: _______________, Magic item, level 21.
Parcel 4: _______________, Magic item, level 20.
Parcel 5: _______________, 6 astral diamonds.
Parcel 6: _______________, 2 gems of valor (Adventurers
Vault 191), 3 potions of vigor (level 19, Adventurers Vault
189), talisman of good fortune (Adventurers Vault 168),
and 4,400 gp worth of residuum.
Parcel 7: _______________, 3 astral diamonds, 50 pp.
Parcel 8: _______________, 300 pp and 5 potions of
vitality.
Tactics
This entry describes special actions the monsters take
to defeat the adventurers. Sometimes this means the
monsters take advantage of special features of the
area or make use of special powers or equipment.
Map
Each encounter includes a map keyed with the initial
locations of each monster. The map also indicates the
location of any special features of the area.
A Tyranny of Souls
Parcel 9: _______________, Ritual scroll of Planar Portal
and 1,000 gp of residuum.
Parcel 10: _______________, Trethrixs palanquin
(page60), fine clothing worth 1,200 gp, and a pouch
containing 70 pp.
Parcel 11: _______________, Magic item, level 24.
Parcel 12: _______________, Magic item, level 23.
Parcel 13: _______________, Magic item, level 22.
Parcel 14: _______________, Magic item, level 21.
Parcel 15: _______________, 600 pp and two diamonds
worth 5,000 gp each.
Parcel 16: _______________, 16,000 gp; a silvery cloak
spun from astral thread, a mithral mirror, and golden
idol of Tiamat, each valued at 15,000 gp.
Parcel 17: _______________, 400 pp and 2 frozen
potions of vitality (cant be used until 5 minutes after
being removed from the chamber).
Parcel 18: _______________, 8 gems worth 5,000 gp
each and two fire opals worth 1,000 gp each.
Parcel 19: _______________, 21,000 gp.
Parcel 20: _______________, astral skiff and 1,000 gp.
Features of the Area
This section describes special features noted on the
map. If the location has items or areas of interest with
which the characters can interact, those features are
described here. Look here to see if a door is out of the
ordinary, if an altar has a secret compartment, and
the like.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
28

Starting the
Adventure
The adventure begins not long after the adventurers
complete Garaithas Anvil, long enough for them
to recover, but before the characters have a chance
to spend their gold and resupply. The initial meeting
with the githyanki envoy happens off-stage (though
it doesnt have to), and once the Coalition comes to
a decision about how to respond to the invitation,
Amyria turns to her friends and allies: the adventur-
ers. The following encounter occurs wherever the PCs
are resting between adventures.
Read the following aloud, and break it up as
needed if the players wish to interject a comment
or question.
Amyria appears in a flash of light. Two human mages in
gray robes and carrying staffs accompany her. She looks
around to gain her bearings, and then toward you. She
smiles, but theres no joy in it and her eyes are hard, fierce,
and filled with worry.
Friends, I apologize for dropping in unexpected, but
events force my hand. Again, Im afraid, the Coalition
needs your aid. You know the threat the githyanki pose:
They are integral to the Dark Ladys plans. We have an
opportunity to change this and deliver a terrible blow to the
Chromatic Dragon if you are willing.
A few days ago, a githyanki envoy came before the
Coalition with an offer. He represented the Separatists, a
rebel faction within Tunarath, the githyankis greatest city.
What he described was troubling: Tiamat rules through a
puppet emperor named Zetchrr and he uses the city poorly,
draining it of resources to supply Tiamats war machine.
He admitted his people have no love for us, but he also
explained this war was not of their making and has proved
too costly to continue.
Friends, they want an alliance! Yes, it seems suspect, a
trap perhaps, but can we afford to turn away new allies in
our time of need?
We discussed the matter and we have agreed to send
envoys of our own to meet with their representatives. With
the recent troubles, and your incomparable successes, we
turn to you for aid. We want you to negotiate an alliance
with these rebels and get the githyanki out of this war. If we
can achieve this, our victory might very well be at hand.
Amyria stops here and lets the PCs ask questions,
argue, and say whatever they want. She knows this
is a risky venture, but she believes the adventurers
are up to the task, given their record. Assuming they
agree, she explains what the PCs need to do.
The githyanki want to meet on neutral ground. Their
representatives will not meet here, and were not willing to
step into the vipers nest of Tunarath. We agreed to meet at
the Citadel Mercane, a trade depot in the Astral Sea. There,
you will negotiate for an alliance. Your aim is to get the
githyanki to withdraw from the war. We have faith in you
and your wisdom, so you can bargain with the Coalitions
full authority. If their offer is genuine, failure is no option.
Should the negotiations unravel, I dont know that we can
win this.
Amyria knows little else, although the PCs are to ask
for Relthrik at the Dreaming Spire in the citadel.
She has learned that Citadel Mercane was raised by
planar merchants centuries ago, but inner strife and
upheavals have seen the power shift to the Society
of Seven Diamonds, a cabal of ruthless merchants
A Tyranny of Souls
and traders. The Citadel has a cosmopolitan environ-
ment, so the adventurers should have little trouble
blending in and picking up whatever supplies they
need. Amyria warns the characters that Tiamat has
operatives everywhere and the adventurers should be
watchful for spies and assassins.
When the characters are ready, the two mages
begin the rituals performance. It takes 10 minutes,
and when they complete it, a shimmering opening
appears in the middle of the circle they inscribed on
the floor. When all the characters step through, pro-
ceed to Blood Mountain.
Alternate Hooks
Even if you are not running A Tyranny of Souls as
part of the Scales of War adventure path, you can still
use the adventure as a stand-alone scenario. Consider
any of the following adventure hooks.
Ancient Evil
Kastya Zurityh-Movya, a githyanki lich and expatri-
ate hiding in the Shadowfell, has long harbored a
grudge against his people and hungers for revenge
against Vlaakith. With the recent troubles bubbling
up from Tiamats influence in the city, Kastya senses
an opportunity. Sending his lieutenant Iliss Githom-
Vaas to recruit the PCs residing in Gloomwrought,
he asks them to negotiate an alliance with the new
Vlaakith to see to his return to the city and secure a
place in her new regime. The PCs might agree given
that a change in power would ultimately weaken
the githyanki threat, but they might also secure
athousand-year reprieve from the githyanki in which
these planar raiders would not attack their world for a
specified time.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
29

Chaos Reigns
While taking some well-deserved downtime in Sigil
(or elsewhere), the heroes are approached by a coali-
tion of githzerai and Xaositectsa faction devoted
to Chaos. The coalition has learned that Gith has
escaped the Nine Hells and now leads a Separatist
faction within Tunarath. The githzerai believe Giths
return could fracture and weaken the githyanki,
while the Xaositects simply want to spread unrest. To
these ends, the coalition recruits the PCs to negotiate
an alliance with the Separatists and foment a bloody
civil war.
The One in the Void
When Vlaakith CLVII worked to steal the divine
spark residing within the One in the Void (see The
Lich Queens Beloved in Dungeon Magazine #100),
she inadvertently stirred the corpses consciousness.
The dead god now dreams, and in its visions it sees
a disturbing future, one in which the Far Realm
spills into the mortal world and unravels the cosmos.
Believing the githyanki are vital to combating the
impending mind flayer empire that will begin the
invasion, the dead god scours the natural world
for heroes to restore the githyanki to their proper
purpose and release them from Tiamats clutches.
Plagued with disturbing visions and dreams, the PCs
travel to Tunarath and in doing so learn of Tiamats
plot and the Separatist movement to oust her puppet
from the githyanki throne. If the PCs help the Sepa-
ratists, they can secure an alliance with the githyanki
to attend to the mind flayer threat growing in the
natural world.
Part One:
BloodMountain
The mages portal opens onto the mountain slopes
just outside the entrance to Citadel Mercane.
The portal transports you to a blood-red shelf overlooking
a jagged slope that eventually gives way to loose bits of rock
and debris hanging in the Astral Sea. Above, the scarlet
mountain rises toward a distant peak, obscured by petrified
trees, jutting protrusions, and roiling mist. A path winds up
the mountain to a massive cleft from which sulfurous smoke
streams. A strange vessel emerges from the plume, sleek and
fitted with sails, spheres crackling with lightning, and other
spars, and then it vanishes in a flash of light.
Mayhem approaches the adventurers (if he didnt
Blood Mountain has a sinister reputation and for
good reason. According to legend, the mountain is an
ancient battlefield where god and primordial fought
and died. Their spilled blood turned the mountain its
crimson color. The place is by no means safe, because
in the ruins clinging to its surface and beneath the
petrified trees foresting its rugged slopes lurk astral
stalkers, blood fiends, and worse.
Help or Hindrance?
The Separatists truly intended to meet the councils
errant words may have indicated already, I am Mayhem, your
envoys at Citadel Mercane, but Tiamats operatives
dashed these plans, murdering them before the PCs
arrive. Among the retinue and the only one to survive
was a raavasta spy named Mayhem. The fiend infil-
trated the githyanki long ago and accompanied the
group hoping to muck it up. When Tiamats agents
attacked, they upset his plans and now hes quite
upset with the goddess.
A Tyranny of Souls
When the adventurers head toward the smoking
cleft, they encounter Mayhem disguised as a strange
humanoid creature, but before they have a chance to
speak, the mountains denizens attack.
Tactical Encounter: Mayhems Plight (page53).
Consequences
Defeating the blood fiends and saving Mayhem
can give the PCs an edge later when they enter the
githyanki city. If Mayhem is unharmed in the fight,
the characters gain one future victory toward find-
ing the githyanki city (page55). If Mayhem flees or is
killed, the PCs suffer one defeat instead.
Aftermath
Once the blood fiends are destroyed or driven off,
runaway).
The odd fellow approaches and says, Many thanks my
friends. Had not you interceded on this humble servants
behalf, poor Mayhem would have found the Raven Queens
unwelcome embrace, but not before enduring the equally
unpleasant teeth and claws of those terrible brutes. In
exchange for your heroic intervention to save this unworthy
life, I am duty-bound to return the favor if you will allow
me. But first, introductions are undoubtedly in order. As my
humbled and indebted servant. Citadel Mercane is very much
my home away from home; perhaps I can be of some service?
Mayhem might be a useful ally to the adventurers in
spite of his evil alignment and dubious morals. The
raavasta knows a great deal about the planes and can
provide assistance as shown in later sections. The
fiends willingness to help stems from his newfound
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
30

hatred for Tiamat combined with the hope for a new
and terrible war in the Astral Sea, which he believes
will result when and if the Separatists come to power
in Tunarath.
The raavasta knows the route to Tunarath, and he
also knows what happened to the Separatists envoys,
but he doesnt share this information right away or
explain how he witnessed his companions death.
Instead, he waits and watches, gauging the charac-
ters worthiness and planning to manipulate events
from behind the scenes to ensure Vlaakith eventually
comes to power.
Mayhem never participates in combat, and he
disappears while the fighting rages only to reappear
once its done. He follows the PCs, giving advice when
requested, but never volunteering anything. If the
PCs dismiss him, he continues to monitor them, but
from afar, and might assume different identities to
ingratiate himself with the adventurers.
Additional Encounters
If the PCs dont head for the cleft and to Citadel
Mercane beyond right away, they can explore the
mountain. Its a desolate peak, haunted by wreckage
from the ancient war and littered with bones. While
exploring, the PCs are bound to come across the
mountains inhabitants, and none are friendly.
A Tyranny of Souls
Agents of Mephistopheles criminals, and other planar scum. The founders have
Level 19 Encounter (XP 12,950) long since vanished, ceding power to the marut mer-
cenaries who were hired to guard the settlement and
2 ice devils (Monster Manual, page63) to a new cabal known as the Seven Diamonds Society.
4 legion devil legionnaires (Monster Manual, The characters must pass through the cleft and
page64) travel nearly a half-mile into the mountain to reach
1 war devil (Monster Manual, page67) the outpost.
When Gith escaped the Iron Tower in the Nine
Hells, Dispater sent his aspect to chase her down.
All this activity has not gone unnoticed by the arch-
devils rivals, and Mephistopheles has sent agents
of his own to discover what Dispater is after and
to thwart him if possible. These agents followed
Tiamats forces from Tunarath and witnessed the
destruction of the githyanki envoys. The devils lurk
in a petrified forest, where they argue about what
they should do next.
Crimson Hunters
Level 21 Encounter (XP 16,600)
2 astral stalkers (Monster Manual, page10)
Blood Mountain is home to astral stalker tribes,
and their numbers are so great, few travelers risk
exploring the mountains ruins. The astral stalkers
prowl the slopes invisibly, watching for intruders
and slaughtering any they find for trophies.
Citadel Mercane
Deep in the mountain, reached only by an enor-
mous fissure, stands Citadel Mercane. Built
centuries ago by a race of planar merchants to serve
as a trade hub for their enterprise, the citadel still
serves in this capacity, but also as a refuge for exiles,
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
31

The mists thin and give way to an enormous chamber,
easily a mile in diameter. Red crystals as long as towers
encrust the walls. Suspended in the chambers center is a
spheroid architectural mass of minarets, walls, stairs, and
bridges. Steel struts emerge from the fortress and extend
to the walls to keep it in place. Piers bristle from these
supports, looking like hairs from afar, but you can see an
astounding assortment of vessels, ranging from tiny skiffs
to astral hulks crewed by hundreds. Traffic moves through
yawning gates constructed to resemble toothy mouths. You
can see a half-dozen facing your direction.
No bridges grant access to the Citadel, but the Astral
Seas nature allows even non-flying individuals to fly.
Its about a quarter-mile through the air to reach the
fortress, and so it takes about five minutes to cross
thedistance.
Maneuvering in the
Astral Sea
A creature can stand on any surface equal to or larger
than its base. It gains the ability to fly at one-half its
normal speed if not under the effect of gravity. It
can hover, but it is a clumsy flier. A creature with the
ability to fly can use its innate flying speed instead.
It gains hover.
Tunarath and Subjective Gravity: Anyone within
200 feet of a surface in Tunarath is subject to normal
gravity. (See Tunarath, City of Death in Dragon
#377 for more information about the city.)
Citadel Mercane
A trade compound in the heart of a mountain, Citadel
Mercane sees traffic from all sorts of planar peoples.
Population: 9,000. The Citadel boasts a diverse
population consisting of just about every kind of
civilized creature imaginable, from angels to devils,
from humans to maruts. Githyanki are numerous since
they often duck into the Citadel to trade plunder for
supplies.
Government: The Society of Seven Diamonds rules
Citadel Mercane with the permission of the marut
mercenary companies who enforce the law here. The
Society is made up of seven raavasta, each of whom
conceals its true appearance behind a mask. The high
cabalist is Tordaka, a raavasta who appears in public
as a humanoid with golden skin and sporting overlarge
feathery wings. His greatest rival is a corrupt and deca-
dent fiend named Trethrix, who prefers the disguise of
a svelte young woman.
Defense: The maruts protect the stronghold from at-
tacks. Three mercenary companies billet here, and the
Iron Sons are the oldest and have the most influence.
Commerce: A bustling black market thrives in the
Citadel, and any goods can be had for a price. Drugs,
poisons, cursed items, terrible rituals, astral vessels,
magic items, slaves, and anything one could want are
all for sale. Most trading takes place in the open-air
market that sprawls just inside the outer wall and
surrounds the inner fortress. The best inn and tavern is
the Dreaming Spire, boasting thirty rooms and a menu
with cuisines hailing from no less than a dozen worlds
and a hundred civilizations.
Organizations: Temples of any sort are not permitted
in the Citadel, but priests of every god, living and dead,
are free to move about the city. Many planar factions
including the Xaositects, the Fated, the Mercykillers,
and even the Doomguard have offices here.
A Tyranny of Souls
The Bazaar
Just inside the outer wall is the floating bazaar, an
insane collection of floating platforms and free-float-
ing structures filled with planar travelers.
Even before you pass through the gate, you get a sense of
the chaos and wonder of the Bazaar. It is a maze of floating
earthmotes, each crowded with merchants hawking their
wares. Visitors float from stall to stall, swapping platinum
coins for all manner of goods. You spy larger structures
too, some sideways towers, others spherical buildings, while
others still could pass for ordinary in your native world if
not for the fact that they float about, drifting through the
marketplace. Astonishingly, there are no collisions even
though everything is in motion.
Beyond, or perhaps beneath, is an interior wall,
hundreds of feet away, and it sports more gates and tall
statues of strange humanoids that look up at commerces
dance above.
Merchants use stalls situated on small earthmotes
ranging from 2-by-2 platforms to more sizeable
structures containing bits of architecture, fossilized
bones, and other oddities. The free-floating maze is in
constant motion, so mapping the place is both unnec-
essary and impossible. To help navigate the Bazaar,
tiny mechanical servantsguidesflit through the
crowds, offering aid to any traveler who appears lost.
These creations are artfully crafted, each unique and
strange. Examples included tiny dragons, cherubic
babies, metal skulls with glowing eyes, shimmering
balls of light, and so on. Each guide is a construct with
AC 27, other defenses 22; 1 hp. They cannot attack,
and they explode in a shower of harmless sparks
ifdestroyed.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
32

Using a guide or not, the PCs can find just about
anything they could want here. Let the PCs sell off
equipment, make purchases, and make any other
preparations they need before proceeding with the
adventure.
Inner Sphere
Below the Bazaar is the Inner Sphere, a sealed orb
of stone and iron pierced by a half dozen gates pro-
tected by adamantine doors that have powerful wards
placed upon them. No one outside of the Society of
the Seven Diamonds and the marut bodyguards are
permitted within the sphere. Standing all across its
surface are twenty-foot tall statues depicting the Cita-
dels founders. Some say the statues are in fact the
founders, now forever trapped in stone.
Rumors hold the Inner Sphere contains vast
wealth and plenty. It is a paradise of which one can
only dream. Outsiders clamber to catch a glimpse
of what goes on beyond its walls, but none have seen
anything but shifting mists.
The rumors are wrong. The Inner Sphere holds a
hideous wound in the Astral Seaa permanent rent
allowing passage to the Abyss. The raavasta, who hail
from the Elemental Chaos, use this portal to move
between planes.
Word on the Street
Characters might make Streetwise checks in the
Bazaar to learn general information about the place.
Mayhem grants the PCs gain a +2 bonus to their
Streetwise checks.
DC Information
20 Citadel Mercane has stood for a thousand years
and is a popular trade center for the merchants
across the Astral Sea.
25 The Citadel is open to all, provided visitors
respect its laws. The most important
commandment is Harm no one. The watch does
not tolerate violence in the city, and those who
break this law are either cast out or executed.
There are exceptions, though. Why just the
other day, a group of githyanki from Tunarath
was slaughtered outside the Dreaming Spire. The
maruts did nothing and no one knows why.
35 Merchants run this city. They rarely emerge from
the Sphere (the inner compound), but when they
do, there is much fanfare and celebration.
40 There are whispers that the ruling cabal
murdered and replaced the rightful lords of the
Citadel. A century ago, the original rulers just
up and vanished, and the new cabal moved in
rightafter.
Buying and Selling
The characters can purchase any magic item, ritual,
or alchemical formula of their level or lower without
any trouble. A specific item above their level requires
a DC 27 Streetwise check to locate. Finding an astral
vessel or a sigil address requires a bit more work, as
described in the following entries.
Characters can also find buyers in the city. Items
of the characters level or less sell for the standard
resell price. Selling items above the characters levels
can bring a slightly higher price with negotiation. A
character can accept the flat price or engage in a com-
plexity 1 skill challenge (4 successes before 3 failures)
involving DC 22 Bluff, Diplomacy, and Insight checks.
A success sees the character receive one-quarter of
the items price, while failure results in one-sixth of its
value. The character must accept these terms.
A Tyranny of Souls
Loosed Demons
At some point while the adventurers explore the
Bazaar, they discover just how dangerous Citadel
Mercane can be.
Tactical Encounter: Demons Among Us
(page56).
Consequences: Defeating the goristro demons
gives the PCs an edge when trying to enter the city.
Destroying them counts as one victory.
The Dreaming Spire
There are no shortages for places to stay, but charac-
ters looking for accommodations find the Dreaming
Spire is their best choice (especially since they were
to meet the envoys here). A strange structure, it
looks almost like a tree rising from the middle of the
market. Both the top and bottom are taverns called
Night and Day respectively, and the main walled
areathe trunkholds thirty rooms. Guests can
arrange for rooms and meals in either tavern.
When the PCs ask after Relthrik, they learn he was
killed in the streets by a huge blue dragonspawn and
dark angels. The human bartender looks closely at the
PCs, sighs, and then hands them a small metal box. He
says, He said peopled come looking for him and left it
for them. Guess those people would be you, huh?
The metal box is bronze and featureless except for
a thumb-sized groove on the bottom. Placing a digit in
the groove causes the box to float upward and unfold.
Appearing in the center is a shimmering illusion of
the githyanki they were to meet. It speaks at once,
My mission has failed. The Dark Ladys agents infest
this place, and our efforts have proved insufficient
to evade them. If you truly wish to make an alliance,
come to Tunarath and we will find you. The illusion
flickers and dies. Moments later, the box evaporates
as if it had never been.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
33

Githyanki Questions
The characters might ask around for general informa-
tion on Tunarath and the githyanki to get a better
sense of what they are about to get into. Characters
can make Streetwise checks in place of Nature checks
for Githyanki Lore (Monster Manual, page129). In
addition, a successful DC 40 check reveals, A little
over twenty years ago, the Lich-Queen fell victim to
a coup, murdered in her palace during a dread ritual
that would have catapulted her to divinity. Thecity
fell into bloody civil war until a warrior named
Zetchrr claimed her throne. Some say he managed
this only because he made a deal withTiamat.
Running Afoul of the Law
Level 21 Encounter (XP 16,000)
5 marut blademasters (Monster Manual, page185)
If the characters are on their best behavior, they
arent likely to find too much trouble. However, their
investigations might take them into danger and, by
extension, combat. Since rule zero in the Citadel is
harm no one, a fight could cause the PCs problems.
Once the characters get into a fight, they have
a 10% chance each day they spend in the city of
encountering the Citadels watch. Combats after the
first increase the chance by 20%, so 30% per day for
two fights, 50% for three, and so on. A typical combat
with the watch features the creatures here. If the PCs
defeat the watch, they must move quickly lest the full
weight of the Citadels wrath comes crashing upon
them (featuring whatever epic-level monsters you feel
are appropriate).
To the Githyanki City
With the githyanki contacts dead, the adventurers
can either return home or push on to Tunarath. Get-
ting there is a challenge since the githyanki guard the
routes to their city and also keep secret any shortcuts
that might allow swift passage. Though the informa-
tion they seek is secret and often guarded, the PCs
can uncover ways to reach the city with a little effort.
Skill Challenge: Finding Tunarath (page55).
A Tyranny of Souls
Dealing with the Devil
A failed Bluff check made as part of the Finding
Tunarath skill challenge (page55) or inquiries made
in the Citadels dark underbelly (a DC 28 Streetwise
check) turns up a name: Scaramandar. A crime lord,
information-broker, and cambion, Scaramandar has
extensive contacts throughout the Astral Sea, with
eyes and ears from the natural world to Sigil and most
places in between. Hes a useful sort to befriend, if you
can afford his steep prices.
The cambion knows all about the adventurers and
their past exploits. He also knows what they are after,
what happened to their contacts, and, best of all, how
to get to Tunarath. Scaramandar possesses a sigil
address to a little-used teleportation circle hidden
within Tunaraths Merchant District. He also can
fabricate the proper documentation to get the charac-
ters into the city and through the cordon. All of this is
available at no charge, if, and only if, the PCs agree to
do him a favor.
Scaramandar wants a seat on the Society of Seven
Diamonds. Trethrix, a particularly corrupt and
decadent member, blocks his ascent. The cambion is
certain, thanks to promises from other members, that
her removal will open the path to his ascent. Scara-
mandar isnt about to get his hands dirty, and the
PCs represent an excellent way to get rid of his rival
and remove the killers by sending them to what he
believes is certain death in the githyanki city.
When the PCs start asking around about Scara-
mandar, the cambion sends two agents to arrange a
meeting at a place Scaramandar controls. The ser-
vants are a pair of rakshasa nobles (Monster Manual,
page217) disguised to be appealing to the adventur-
ers. The rakshasas invite the PCs to meet with their
master at Night (the tavern at the Dreaming Spire) for
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
34

a meal and a profitable conversation. If the characters
agree, they can meet at whatever time they wish.
Seated in a large chair at a table crowded with a dozen
handsome mortals representing several different races
is an overlarge humanoid with an infernal mien. He
has crimson skin, curling black horns emerging from his
forehead, and long, oiled black hair, all of which suggests
some devilish ancestry. He smiles and stands, revealing
brilliant robes of uncertain hues embroidered with obscene
images. He spreads his arms wide in a gesture of welcome.
His playthings scatter. Greetings friends. It comes to
my attention you have need of information. Perhaps
Icanhelp.
Scaramandar starts by describing what happened to
the githyanki operatives, revealing that a bluespawn
godslayer leading a force of angels ambushed the
envoys and murdered them all. The maruts didnt
respond because Tiamats forces had made arrange-
ments with a Diamond named Trethrixshe
paid off the merchant princess in exchange for no
reprisals.
The cambion then steers the conversation to the
adventurers mission, but, if the characters seem
worried, he says, You have nothing to fear from me
friends. I think your task is worthy, though I fear
the obstacles placed in your path might be too great
without friendly assistance. Scaramandar then lays
out his offera ritual scroll of Planar Portal, a sigil
address to Tunarath, and trade exemptions for all.
In exchange, he asks the characters to assassinate
Trethrix: Kill her, and youll be in the githyanki city
before her blood dries. Scaramandar honors the bar-
gain, and any Insight check reveals this fact.
Scaramandar is not worried the PCs will betray
him. He knows quite a bit about their activities, and
his information would be of extensive interest to
Zetchrr. He might share what he knows with Tia-
mats operatives (as you decide).
Scaramandar fights back if the PCs attack him,
and four rakshasa nobles hidden in the crowd come to
his aid straightaway. A battle here draws the maruts
attention too. Five marut blademasters show up at the
start of the third round, coming to Scaramandars aid
and making the entire battle very one-sided against
the adventurers.
The cambion supplies additional information if the
PCs agree to his proposal.
Excellent friends, excellent. Trethrix and her retinue
are due to make their appearance in 12 hours. She is at
her most vulnerable once she returns to the inner sphere.
Opening and closing those portals takes about 5 minutes,
so when she arrives she must wait for the gate to open.
Strike then and strike quick, lest the Iron Sons appear and
foil the attempt. When you finish, bring her head to me
just beyond the cleft. There, all I have promised you will be
yours. I warn you, if the maruts catch you, I can do nothing
to help you. Agreed?
With their mission in hand, the PCs are free to make
any needed arrangements before they attack.
Tactical Encounter: The Devils Bargain
(page58).
Adaptation: Rather than have this encounter
take place in Citadel Mercane, you could run it in
Tunarath. Characters seeking access to the For-
tress of Three Sorrows could turn to the cambion
for assistance. Trethrix is a rival merchant who is
blackmailing him, and he would see her removed.
A Tyranny of Souls
Scaramandar Level 20 Elite Controller
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 5,600
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
HP 382; Bloodied 191
AC 33; Fortitude 35, Reflex 31, Will 34
Immune charm; Resist 15 fire
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy)
Action Points 1
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Fire, Weapon
+25 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage, and ongoing 5 fire damage
(save ends).
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
Scaramandar makes two greatsword attacks. If both
attacks hit the same target, the ongoing 5 damage
becomes ongoing 10 fire damage (save ends).
r Hellfire Doom (standard; at-will) F Fear, Fire
Ranged 10; targets one or two creatures; +24 vs. Reflex;
2d10 + 7 fire damage, and the target takes a 2 penalty to
attack rolls (save ends).
R Shackles of Phlegethos (minor 1/round; at-will) F Fire
Ranged 10; +24 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 fire damage, and if the
target moves more than 1 square on its turn it takes 10
fire damage, and if the target makes an attack on its turn it
takes 10 fire damage (save ends both).
A Hellfire Storm (standard; recharge 4 5 6) F Fear, Fire,
Zone
Area burst 2 within 10; +24 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 fire
damage, and the target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls
and ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends both). The burst
creates a zone that lasts until the end of Scaramandars
next turn. Each enemy that starts its turn within the zone
cannot make saving throws until the end of its next turn.
As a move action, Scaramandar can move the zone up to 4
squares. Sustain Minor: The zone persists.
C Brimstone Jaunt (move; encounter) F Fire, Teleportation
Close burst 1; +24 vs. Fortitude; the target is blinded (save
ends). Effect: Scaramandar teleports 20 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Bluff +21, Diplomacy +21, Insight +19, Intimidate +21,
Streetwise +21
Str 25 (+17) Dex 17 (+13) Wis 18 (+14)
Con 23 (+16) Int 19 (+14) Cha 22 (+16)
Equipment fine robes, greatsword
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
35

Inexchange for her murder, Scaramandar gives the
PCs a ritual scroll, ingredients, and sigil address to a
permanent teleportation circle in room 1 of the Float-
ing Fortress. In this scenario, the raavasta target does
not get marut reinforcements; shes on her own.
The Merciless
The characters might think to steal an astral skiff on
their own or get a hint to do so from a failed Endur-
ance check during the Finding Tunarath skill
challenge. Plenty of vessels are docked at the piers
outside the Citadel, and a group could hijack a vessel
without too much trouble.
Characters snooping around the docks find a lone
ship at the end of a pier. A Streetwise check can turn
up useful information about the ship.
DC Information
14 The Merciless hails from Tunarath and is
captained by a cruel and murderous githyanki
warrior named Risan. Its currently docked at
the end of Pier Nine.
22 The ship took heavy damage during a raid on
Hestavar and could not return to the githyanki
city. The Merciless has been docked here for a few
weeks, undergoing repairs. The repairs are all
but complete, but the crew took heavy casualties
during the raid
27 The crew has made few friends here, and if
something bad were to happen, its not likely
they would get any help.
The characters can attack the ship without fear of
attracting attention. The other captains detest these
githyanki and turn a blind eye to any violence toward
Risan and his crew.
Tactical Encounter: Stolen Mercy (see 61).
Adapting the Encounter: You can run this
encounter while the PCs are in Tunarath. If the PCs
need a way to reach the Fortress of Three Sorrows,
the Merciless could get them there if they eliminate
the captain and crew.
Consequences: A bold move to be sure, but one
with far-reaching consequences. The ship is identified
by the dragonknights, costing the PCs 2 defeats when
trying to enter the city.
captain of Giths Memory, a powerful astral carrack.
Shortcuts through the Void
The githyanki are vigilant in protecting Tunarath and
thus monitor all traffic coming into and out of the
city, boarding vessels, inspecting containers, and sub-
jecting craft to divinatory magic. So tight is this net
that few smugglers have made much headway moving
illicit goods into the city, and the githyanki make ter-
rible examples of those who fail.
One smuggler, Taikus, knows a way and uses it to
move slaves out of Tunarath and to bring weapons
and supplies into the city for the Separatists. If the
adventurers are tipped off about his enterprise, it
means his system has been compromised and the
noose is ready to close about his neck.
The PCs likely come across Taikus by accident. If
they choose to contact the smuggler, they find him at
a warehouse on Pier 6, just outside the Citadel. The
building stands between two empty docks. However,
Tiamats agents close in to kill the smuggler.
Tactical Encounter: Secret Way (see 63).
Adapting the Encounter: The adventurers
might come across Taikus and his operation while in
Tunarath. Instead of granting access to a permanent
portal, Taikus might arrange a meeting with the
Separatists.
A Tyranny of Souls
Consequences: Disrupting the smugglers assis-
tance to the Separatists is a major setback for the
movement in Tunarath. The PCs suffer 1 defeat when
trying to enter Tunarath.
The Sympathizer
Characters who successfully attain a victory on the
Finding Tunarath skill challenge (page55) can
have a meeting with Captain Jladimir, the githyanki
Jladimir was once a githyanki knight, but he resigned
when Vlaakith was murdered by adventurers. He left
his city to become a merchant, and he has sailed the
Astral Sea these past two decades. Citadel Mercane is
one his favorite ports.
Jladimir is tall, thin, with angular features and
a short, stubby nose. He has bright blue eyes and
mottled skin. He wears chainmail armor and car-
ries a distinctive silver longsword. Two decades as
a merchant have done nothing to soften his dis-
position toward nongithyanki. He harbors a deep
hatred for adventurers, blaming them, in part, for
his queens death. The only thing he hates more than
nongithyanki is Zetchrr, for Jladimir knows the
blackguard was behind his ladys assassination.
Jladimir hasnt officially joined the Separatists,
but hes close. He resents Tiamats surging influence,
and his hate for the tyrant endures. Now that the Sep-
aratists claim to have Vlaakith CLVIII on their side,
hes willing to help them.
In spite of his misgivings, he needs little convinc-
ing to help the PCs reach Tunarath. The characters
need only mention the Separatists, and he volunteers
to ferry them to the city. If Mayhem is present, the
characters dont even need to mention their mis-
sion. Jladimir also supplies the adventurers with the
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
36

proper documentation to enter the Merchant Dis-
trict. This is the extent to which Jladimir will help.
He offers nothing about the city, about the political
developments, or anything elsesuch is his disdain
for the adventurers. Passage on his ship is simple and
uncomfortable, but its passage all the same.
His ship leaves the day after the PCs meet with
him, so the characters still have time to make pur-
chases, perform rituals, and do anything else they
need while at the Citadel.
If All Else Fails
Its unlikely but possible for the adventurers to utterly
fail in finding a way to Tunarath. If they exhaust
every option and still havent secured passage, let the
PCs purchase an astral skiff for 13,000gp. Mayhem
can lead the characters to the city. Otherwise, the PCs
will have to follow another shipperhaps the Merci-
less. This should get the characters there, but it doesnt
quite get them into the city. Mayhem can provide the
characters with trade exemptions for the modest sum
of 1 pp per character.
Sailing the
AstralSea
Adventurers who do everything right at Citadel Mer-
cane gain passage on Giths Memory and need only
wait for the ship to arrive at Tunarath. If the charac-
ters followed up the other leads and participated in
those encounters, the trip to the githyanki city should
be uneventful. However, skipping one or more of
these side-treks puts the adventurers a little behind
on experience points. You can catch the characters up
by repurposing skipped encounters while the PCs are
in Tunarath, or you might run one or more of the fol-
lowing optional encounters.
Githyanki Raiders
Level 19 Encounter (12,000 XP)
5 githyanki dragonknights (page68)
5 pact dragons (page69)
A wing of dragonknights riding pact dragons patrol
the Astral Sea to intercept explorers and plunder mer-
chants not bearing trade exemptions.
A Tyranny of Souls
Infernal Envoys
Level 19 Encounter (12,200 XP)
2 ice devils (Monster Manual, page63)
7 legion devil veterans (Monster Manual, page64)
1 war devil (Monster Manual, page67)
A war devil in service to Glasya (archdevil and lord
of the sixth layer of Nine Hells) crosses the Astral
Sea bound for Tytherion, where it intends to meet
with Tiamat to negotiate for another legion of abishai
thralls. If the adventurers missed out on any treasure
parcels, they can recover them from this entourage.
Malachis Refugees
Level 19 Encounter (12,152 XP)
2 gibbering abominations (Monster Manual,
page126)
4 grimlock followers (Monster Manual, page148)
1 mind f layer mastermind (Monster Manual,
page188)
Fleeing the upheaval in the natural world when
the alienist Malachi (Brink of Madness, Dungeon
Magazine #163) failed to create a stable portal to
the Far Realm, this mind flayer mastermind and
its followers ride on a makeshift chariot made from
a massive statues head pulled by two gibbering
abominations.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
37

Part Two: Tunarath
Having crossed the Astral Seas expanse by portal or
by vessel, the adventurers find Tunarath, the ancient
githyanki city, lying before them. Never a welcom-
ing place, Tunarath is made even more uninviting by
Tiamats occupying force and its crushing, totalitarian
regime. How the adventurers find the city depends on
the methods used to reach it.
By Ship
Characters approaching Tunarath must contend with
the sentinels if they want to reach the city intact.
If the adventurers reach the city by way of a
planar vessel, read:
Your vessel breaks through the shimmering astral essence
and there, amid the sea of sparkling lights, floats Tunarath.
Citadels drift around the city, each a cluster of spurs,
towers, and chains connecting these floating fortresses
to smaller roosts. Dragons with riders soar through the
firmament as massive astral warships perform training
maneuvers over the city.
Beyond the traffic, and beyond the strongholds net, is
the city. Although bristling with towers and strongholds,
wormed with roads, and spewing black plumes of smoke,
its foundation is clear. The city grows like tumors all over
a dead creatures petrified remains. Whats clearly a head
stands at one end. From its shoulders stretch six arms,
each ending at steel docking towers crowded with ships.
Structures armor the beings torso, extending down to what
would have been its abdomen but is now a crumbling region
dimpled with dark caverns and littered with debris.
The Cordon
The githyanki are not about to let a band of adventur-
ers enter the city. Not long after Tunarath comes into
view, a wing of dragonknights surrounds the vessel to
inspect the cargo and ensure the ship has the trade
exemption needed to dock at the stations. (Use the
Githyanki Raiders encounter on page37.) tually executed. The adventurers might resist capture
Characters on board Giths Memory have nothing to
fear. Captain Jladimir has documentation and pres-
ents it to the dragonknight when she comes aboard.
Jladimir is feared and respected enough that the
githyanki dont search the vessel and, in fact, escort it
the rest of the way to the docking stations.
Without Jladimir, the PCs must fend for them-
selves. What sort of welcome the adventurers face
depends on how they acquitted themselves in Citadel
Mercane. Total the number of victories and defeats
from any encounters as described under the Conse-
quences entries. Characters receive no experience
points for any of the skill challenges related to enter-
ing the city.
One or More Victories: The githyanki dragon-
knights are secret members of the Separatists. They
make a great show of searching the ship and inter-
rogating the adventurers, but ultimately, they allow
the heroes to make the rest of the way to the Docking
Stations without trouble. If Mayhem is not present,
the githyanki also suggest the characters go to the
Morningstar Inn to find proper accommodations.
No Victories, No Defeats: The characters ship is
searched by two githyanki dragonknights, while the
others position themselves around the PCs vessel. If
the characters picked up trade exemptions at Citadel
Mercane, their ship is searched, but the PCs are even-
tually permitted into the city. If the characters didnt,
they must succeed on a complexity 1 skill challenge
A Tyranny of Souls
(4 successes before 3 failures) involving Bluff and
Diplomacy skill checks against DC 22, or Intimi-
date checks against DC 27. A victory earns the PCs
a trade exemption and passage into the city. Defeat
sees the PCs taken to the Fortress of Three Sorrows
(page43) where they are to be incarcerated and even-
as they like, but if they lose or go along with the
githyanki, they are interred at the Fortress of Three
Sorrows (page43) where they should have a chance
to escape, recover their gear, and rescue Vlaakith.
Mayhem could prove a useful ally in the event that
this happens.
If the characters defeat the dragonknights, the city
will mobilize a response (use creatures from Assault-
ing the Fortress on page68). The PCs might retreat,
and might even return to Citadel Mercane to find
another way into the city. A loss against the githyanki
results in incarceration at the Fortress of Three Sor-
rows, as described above.
In any event, dont forget the PCs need to get into
the city, so poor decisions should make it harder, but
not impossible.
One Defeat: As above, but the skill challenge DCs
increase by 5.
Two or More Defeats: The characters are auto-
matically escorted to the Fortress of Three Sorrows as
described above.
Docking Stations
Past the cordon, the PCs can disembark from their
vessel at the docking stations rising up from the arm
accessing the citys Merchant District. The docking
stations are metal piers stabbing out from the arm.
Each pier can hold up to eight ships. Here, the adven-
turers can see the citys diversity: Plenty of githyanki
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
38
 A Tyranny of Souls

live and work here, but devils, maruts, dragonborn
mercenaries, and all sorts of other creatures do so as
well. The PCs are safe at the docking stations and can
proceed into the Merchant District without trouble.
By Portal
If the adventurers came up with another way to enter
the city, they can bypass all the trouble with the
cordon and arrive in a dim alley tucked between two
tall towers in the Merchant District.
If the adventurers reach the city by portal,
read:
ters linger this long, proceed with the following tacti-
cal encounter.
Tactical Encounter: Kill Squad (page65).
Adaptation: If the kill squad doesnt arrive in
time, or the PCs dont come to the city by way of
portal, you can use this encounter at any point after
the PCs arrive, but before Part Five.
City Overview
Tunarath is a sprawling metropolis built atop the pet-
rified remains of a dead god known only as the One
in the Void. Much of Tunarath remains as it always
has, but it has not emerged from the tumultuous last
decades unscathed.
Vlaakiths mad rituals sent shockwaves through the
city, destroying Susurrus, the Palace of Whispers, and
reducing the necropolis and the statue of Gith to rubble.
Damage from this event can still be seen in adjoining
military districts and the city has worked to rebuild.
The Merchant District, however, is more or less
intact. Although overrun by Tiamats agents and sol-
diers, the githyanki still do not allow nongithyanki

The portal deposits you in a refuse-littered

alley drenched in shadows. Ahead of you,
the alley opens onto a crowded street filled
with merchants and travelers alike. Behind
you, the rough stone side street disappears
as it makes its way deeper into the buildings
scraping the shimmering sky.

The permanent teleportation circle on

the alleys ground is hidden behind a
permanent illusion masking the alleys
entrance. Smugglers use the alley to
move in and out of the city without
attracting attention. The illusion mask-
ing the alley is identifiable as such with
a successful DC 20 Arcana check. A few
githyanki are aware of it, but they find it
useful, so they have not yet destroyed it.
This said, they monitor the portal, and
the adventurers sudden appearance
sees a githyanki kill team descend on
the alley after 5 rounds. If the charac-

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
39

who have no affiliation with the war effort to venture
farther than the commercial quarter, and those who
push into the neighboring districts find themselves
beset by overwhelming numbers. Luckily, the Sepa-
ratists operate in the Merchant District, blending in
with the other merchants.
Exploring the City
The characters are free to explore the Merchant
District, but their purpose here is to contact the
Separatists.
Rumors in Tunarath
The characters can learn more about current events
in the city by making Streetwise checks.
DC Information
28 Emperor Zetchrr rules the city, and the
githyanki of Tunarath fight on Tiamats behalf.
30 Zetchrr came to power after foreigners
assassinated the Lich-Queen Vlaakith, and he has
ruled for 25 years.
35 Many believe Zetchrr had a hand in Vlaakiths
death and point to his close ties to Tiamat as
further proof of his treachery. Not all are so
willing to fight for Tiamat.
40 Vlaakith has returned and is allied with the
Separatists. However, the emperors warriors
captured her and hold her someplace out of
the city. If she were freed, she could rally the
githyanki against Zetchrrs tyranny.
Shopping
The Merchant District has a robust market, and char-
acters can purchase mundane and magic equipment
up to their level. If the PCs didnt spend time properly
outfitting themselves at Citadel Mercane, let them do
so here.
A Tyranny of Souls
Tunarath In addition, Tiamat keeps four legions in the city to
ensure her continued control. These mercenary forces
Under Tiamats heel, the former center of githyanki
are made up of dragonborn, humans, devils, abishai,
culture has now become a bastion of the Dark Ladys
and other creatures loyal to the Dark Lady. As powerful
strength.
as they are, Tiamat knows they are only as strong as the
Population: 120,000; Githyanki are still the dominant
dragons supporting them, and if the dragons quit the
people in Tunarath, but they now share the city with
city, Tiamats forces would surely follow.
Tiamats legions. Unprecedented numbers of devils,
Inns: The Morningstar Inn; Iron House; The Dragons
dragonborn, dragonspawn, and other creatures have
Den; others. The Morningstar Inn is the most expen-
free rein to go where they please. Outside of these
sive but most popular establishment in the Merchant
forces, visitors are still confined to the Merchant Dis-
District.
trict, where a diverse population thrives.
Taverns: The Winesink; Filthy Dredges; Nectar House;
Government: After foreigners assassinated Vlaakith
others.
CLVII, Emperor Zetchrr came to power. He rules by
Supplies: The Merchant District is the commercial
Tiamats consent and is little more than a puppet. If he
center in the city and one can find just about anything
displeases Tiamat, his reign would come to an abrupt
they could want. Merchants sell from established
end.
shops, open-air markets, or carts along the streets. Busi-
Defenses: Most githyanki serve in the military with
nesses cluster together along streets set aside for trade.
allegiance to a society found in the military districts.
Kyndl Street, for example, offers alchemical supplies,
Military societies raise armies consisting of warriors,
poisons, and ritual ingredients.
gish, and warlocks. Foremost of these warriors are the
Temples: For as long as Tunarath has stood, it has
githyanki knights who ride dragons into battle. Numer-
never housed an official temple. With Zetchrrs reign,
ous floating fortresses are arranged around the city, and
the city now has a grotesque temple dedicated to
each has a full company and two to four pact dragons
Tiamat that also serves as the emperors palace.
to intercept foreign vessels coming too close to the city.
Enemies on All Sides Contact, Finally
Although the Separatists took precautions when The recent setbacks to the Separatists efforts have
making contact with the Coalition, their efforts did forced them into hiding, but when the PCs destroy
not go undetected. Tiamat has spies everywhere, the bluespawn godslayer in Blue Thunder, word
and her agents intercepted the message when they spreads and agents set out to find the PCs. Mayhem
destroyed the githyanki waiting in Citadel Mercane. knows exactly where the rebels hide and can lead the
Still fearing an upset to her plans, Tiamat dispatched PCs to them if he is still in the partys company and
a favored servant to watch for the adventurers and if hes asked. Otherwise, just have a Separatist agent
intercept them before they make contact with the contact the PCs.
rebels. After the PCs enter the Merchant District, Tia-
mats agents locate the PCs and attack.
Tactical Encounter: Blue Thunder (page67).
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
40
 A Tyranny of Souls

The crowds fill the streets in a seething mass. Finding the

Tu'narath Separatists here is tantamount to finding courage in a
kobold tribe. Yet even as this realization sinks in, you spy a
Susurrus
hooded githyanki moving through the crowds, scanning for
The Will of Gith
(Commissar's Stronghold) (Palace of Whispers) something. His eyes fall on you, linger for a moment, and
then he moves away. It seems he wants you to follow.
Military
Military
District
District The adventurers can trace the githyankis route
Naval Docking
Towers
Naval Docking
Towers
through the streets to a building not far from the
K'radystar docking towers.
(Citadel of the Military
Void's Eye) District Kran'i'toc
(Citadel of War) The githyanki ducks into a two-story building constructed
from stone, encrusted with leering gargoyles, and supported
Merchant
Docking District Astral by flying buttresses. No sign hangs above the door, but the
Towers Shipyards
Military G'lathk raucous laughter and clinking glass sounding from within
District (Farmer)
Mlar (Artisan) District indicate its an inn or tavern or both.
District

The building is the Morningstar Inn, an infamous

tavern with rooms to rent upstairs. It has the look
of a gothic cathedral, so it blends in with the other
Military Military buildings. Tall windows covered by rich curtains
District District
offer access into guest rooms on both floors. Double
doors on one side lead into the common room, while
another set offers discrete access to the private
rooms. The latter doors are locked (DC 30 Thievery
or DC 35 Strength to open) and fooling around with
the doors causes Gharvag (the githyanki Separatist
agent) to come around to bring the PCs inside to the
common room.

Red Dragon Caves

The bawdy sounds you heard on the street are absent inside
= Flying the large common room. An octagonal bar, painted black,
Fortress
commands the view and behind it stands an attractive
tiefling in a revealing red dress. She smiles. The tables
0 1,300 feet
around the bar are empty except for one. There, you spot
the githyanki you spied on the streets. He invites you to sit
with a gesture.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
41

The tiefling is Rhapsody, the owner and member of
the Separatists. In the years since Zetchrr came to
power, Rhapsody opened her doors to the rebels to
serve as a base and haven. The place still operates as a
tavern, but only Separatists come here.
The githyanki is Gharvag, a Separatist agent and
contact for the adventurers. He has information
useful to the PCs, but also plenty of bad news about
what needs to be done before they have a chance to
get the negotiations underway.
Plans Foiled?
Although he never expected to see the adventurers
here, their appearance confirms suspicions that the
envoys the Separatists sent are now dead. Gharvag is
Vlaakiths right-hand man, but he has little author-
ity. Like his mistress, he wants an alliance, but the
emperors secret police and oppressive tactics have
driven the organization intohiding.
Gharvag can supply the PCs with missing informa-
tion, and he answers the following questions.
What do you think happened to the envoys?
The emperors agents must have intercepted our
communications. Zetchrrs secret police have been
rounding up sympathizers all over the city, forcing the
leaders to lay low. Weve been waiting for word from the
envoys, and this explains the silence.
Were here. Lets talk.
Im afraid youve come a long way for nothing. Our leader
has been captured and is held at a flying fortress outside
of the city. We havent mounted a rescue mission since it
would expose more of us to Zetchrrs reprisals.
While Vlaakith lies in chains, there can be no alliance.
Should she become free, however... If the characters blow it with Gharvag, Rhapsody can
Why do you need her?
Our leader is critical to our success, for she is none other
than Vlaakith. She wants the gith peoples reunited
and has little use for the treacherous goddess and her
draconiclegions.
Wasnt Vlaakith killed?
Yes, Vlaakith CLVII was destroyed around 25 years ago. I
might not agree with the methods used to remove her from
power, but she was mad. Had she succeeded in her designs,
it would have meant the end for all of us. Our Vlaakith is
different. Gone are the deific ambitions, and in their place
is a renewed commitment to our glorious crusade against
the mind flayers.
If we get her out, can we get this alliance ham-
mered out?
I am certain Vlaakiths freedom will bring the rebels out
from hiding, but even if you reach an agreement, I cant see
how we can follow through on any promises. Zetchrr has is fine. With Zetchrr dead, the githyanki wont rally
the dragons on his side. As long as he carries the scepter
of Ephelomon, the dragons will do as he says. Even with
all our numbers, Im not sure we can stand against such
powerful enemies.
A Tyranny of Souls
Rhapsody
step in to calm the githyanki down and get the PCs
back on track. She tells Gharvag that the PCs are
their best hope at getting Vlaakith back and saying
to him, If you want them out of the war, youd best
get over your prejudices and see the allies standing in
front of you.
Conclusions
No negotiations are going to happen while Vlaakith
is imprisoned. Since Gharvag and the rest of the
Separatists are unable or unwilling to free her, it
falls to the adventurers to free her. Assuming the
PCs suggest this course of action, Gharvag tells the
characters shes in the Fortress of Three Sorrows, the
stronghold in sight of the Chromatic Bastion, the seat
of Zetchrrs power. If the characters go this route,
proceed with Part Three.
Depending on how the conversation goes, the
adventurers might gain a little insight into what lays
ahead. Even if Vlaakith is freed, she probably will not
follow through on any negotiations while the emperor
sits on the throne. With this in mind, the PCs might
get it into their heads to strike at Zetchrr first. This
behind anyone until Vlaakith presents herself and
reveals she is in fact Gith reborn. This along with the
destruction of the scepter of Ephelomon wrests the city
from Tiamats clutches. Go to Part Five if the charac-
ters are gunning for the emperor.
Regardless of which way the PCs go, if the PCs
help, Gharvag gives them treasure parcel 7. Rhapsody
hands the characters parcel 4 and says, I think you
can use this more than I can right now.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
42
 A Tyranny of Souls

Part Three:
Fortressof
ThreeSorrows
With the negotiations stalled and the PCs stuck
behind enemy lines, their best shot at completing
the mission is to rescue Vlaakith from her captors at
the Fortress of Three Sorrows. The PCs might learn
about her captivity from Gharvag or might stumble
across her when they themselves are captured by the
githyanki on a botched attempt to enter the city.
To most githyanki, attacking a floating fortress is
a suicide mission. Each fortress boasts dragons and
a full company of warriors. Worse, its not like the
fortress is somehow out of sight from the city, so there
are bound to be reinforcements waiting to jump in
and destroy the attackers. The sheer improbability of
success and the brazenness required are what makes
this entire foray possible.
The adventurers have two key advantages. One is
time. A sudden strike at a fortress should let the PCs
punch through the githyankis defenses in 5 rounds
or so. Thats about 30 seconds. The other fortresses
cant mobilize this quickly, so the characters can land
and get inside before others can intercept them.
Second, the adventurers have unseen allies. The tress without too much trouble, aside from a likely Dungeon Features
commander in charge of the floating fortress closest skirmish with the fortresss defenders and the dangers The following features are generally true of all loca-
to the Three Sorrows is actually a Separatist member, posed by snatching a prisoner from the fortress. tions in the fortress.
and so any response from his citadel is slow to come if Once the PCs free Vlaakith from her prison, Entrances: There are two ways into the fortress.
it happens at all. she can speed the PCs back to the Morningstar The first is through the statues mouth, where the
How the PCs get to the fortress is up to them. Inntheres a permanent teleportation circle in a garrisons pact dragons lair and where the githyanki
Options include using an astral skiff, stowing away on locked room on the second floorby using a Linked store their astral interceptors (see page 46). The second
a supply ship, using a ritual to bypass the defenses, Portal ritual, provided she gets the ritual components. is through a hatch on the central tower.
and so on. Whatever they decide, they reach the for-

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
43

Ceilings: Except where indicated otherwise, ceil-
ings are 20 feet tall.
Doors: Except for the cells, no doors are locked
in the complex. Doors open into rooms unless noted
otherwise. A door that joins two rooms opens into the
larger room
Illumination: Everburning torches fill all rooms
with bright light.
Stairs: Stairs are made from stone, and squares
containing stairs count as difficult terrain while
climbing them.
Fortress of Three Sorrows
Overview
Like most other floating fortresses, the Fortress of Three
Sorrows is a brooding structure to which there are teth-
ered three smaller towers raised atop astral detritus.
The fortress sits on top of a massive statues head, tilted
at a forty-five-degree angle, as if it was a tumor growing
out from the statues ear. The statues features are that of
a screaming human wearing an open-faced helm.
A. Satellite Towers
Tethered by chains forged from astral driftmetal to
the fortress are three satellite towers perched atop
rocky bergs. The bergs float on the astral horizon, and
the towers rise 20 feet above them.
B. Main Tower
The central tower grants access to the fortresss
interior. When under attack, the githyanki captain
commands its forces from this location.
C. Ballista Platforms
The Main Tower sports four exposed staircases that
each descend to a ballista platform. There, crews
man these powerful siege engines and hurl death at
enemies as they approach.
D. Statues Head
The Fortress of Three Sorrows stands atop an ancient
statues decapitated head. The head floats on the
astral horizon, and three chains spill from its tear
duct to the satellite towers, giving the fortress its
appropriate name.
E. Maw
The githyanki excavated the statues mouth to serve as
a hangar for two astral interceptors (see page 46) and
two pact dragons.
0. Assault on the Fortress
Unless the PCs devise some way to sneak into the For-
tress of Three Sorrows, they face stiff resistance when
they descend on the stronghold.
Tactical Encounter: Assaulting the Fortress
(page68).
Adapting the Encounter: If the PCs sneak into
the stronghold and thus bypass its defenses, consider
denying Vlaakith the ability to perform the Linked
Portal ritual. The adventurers have to escape the for-
tress by some other means. The Into the Maw tactical
encounter on page74 covers slipping out of the fortress
by stealing an astral interceptor (see page 46).
1. Prison Level
The trapdoor on the rooftop opens onto an iron ladder
that descends 30 feet to the floor below. The guard-
room at the center is where the githyanki captain
A Tyranny of Souls
and soldiers meet with visitors and attend to general
business. A narrow corridor rings the guardroom
and grants access to several cells and also the bar-
racks. One can descend to the armory below by way
of a cramped spiral staircase in the center of the
guardroom.
Tactical Encounter: Desperate Defenders
(page70).
2. Armory Level
This level takes its name, obviously, from the armor-
ies and storerooms that hold weapons, armor, and
foodstuffs. As well, this level holds a training facility
where githyanki warriors can spar and hone their
techniques. Currently, the training room is where the
githyanki hold Vlaakith, keeping her distanced from
other warriors lest she corrupt them with her lies.
The staircase descends from the prison level and
continues to the hangar in the statues maw.
When Gith escaped the Nine Hells, Dispater was
none too pleased. The archdevil dispatched his aspect
and bodyguards to Tunarath to see what had hap-
pened and there discovered what was unfolding in
the city. The aspect knew Gith would not give up her
people, so Dispater has spent several weeks search-
ing for her. The appearance of another Vlaakith was
too obvious given that her predecessor had no heirs,
so the aspect has traveled to the Fortress of Three
Sorrows to interview the prisoner and confirm his
suspicions.
Tactical Encounter: Jailbreak (page72).
Armory: This room contains shelves loaded
with mundane crossbow bolts, armor, and silvered
weaponry.
Storerooms: Two storerooms hold foodstuffs,
water, and other mundane supplies.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
44

Vlaakith CLVIII
Defeating the aspect and the other creatures in this
room lets the PCs focus on freeing Vlaakith from her
prison. She can talk, but she cannot move. She doesnt
say anything right off since shes not entirely sure who
the PCs are and what they intend. She answers any
questions the PCs put to her. What follows are likely
questions and typical answers. Vlaakith doesnt have
time to waste telling lies, so she answers to the best
of her knowledge and truthfully, only shading where
absolutely necessary.
So, who are you?
I am Vlaakith, the one hundred fifty-eighth of the name,
and Tunaraths rightful queen.
What are you doing here?
The so-called emperors cronies attacked my quarters
in the city and killed my guards. I fought, but they
overpoweredme.
Who the devil was that fellow you were
talkingto?
Dispater. Actually, it was his shadow, an aspect.
What was he doing here?
He believes I am not who I say I am.
A Tyranny of Souls
Who does he think you are?
Gith.
Gith?
Gith led the uprising that toppled the illithid empire and
freed her peoples from a thousand years spent in chains.
Gith vanished soon after her people settled in the Astral
Sea, and many believe she traded her soul to forge the
pact between the scions of Ephelomon and the githyanki.
According to legend, she was held in the Nine Hells, bound
to an archdevils will.
So if that was Dispater and hes looking for Gith,
doesnt this mean Gith has escaped?
It would seem so.
If Gith has escaped, that means the pact is
broken, right?
Again, you seem to have the right of it.
So, are you Gith?
Would it change matters if I was? You want the githyanki
out of the war. I can make this happen, but only if you
release me.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
45

Vlaakith will not negotiate while shes a prisoner.
Gith has been around for a while and is not about to
be intimidated into making a bargain. Furthermore,
its not Gith the PCs have to convince: the supreme
commanders who make up the Separatists need to be
convinced to break with Tiamat for good f before the
githyanki will end hostilities.
Pitfalls: The adventure expects the PCs to free
Vlaakith, but the players might have other ideas.
Abandoning Vlaakith to whatever fate is in store for
her does not in fact contain Gith. She can abandon
the flesh at any time and find a new host elsewhere.
The only reason she hasnt yet is because shes estab-
lished her new identity, and starting over again
would be an annoying setback. As a consequence, the
characters will never get the chance to negotiate with
the Separatists to extract them from Tiamats war.
Destroying Zetchrr and revealing the broken pact
will more or less remove the githyanki as a threat, but
when the githyanki reorganize, the PCs world is cer-
tain to be their first target.
The worst thing the characters can do is to attack
Vlaakith. She might not yet be at full strength, but
her power rivals that of an archdevil, and she should
prove a deadly enemy, far stronger than what the PCs
could hope to face at their level. Vlaakith isnt inter-
ested in slaughtering the party, and so she takes them
all alive to use later against Zetchrr.
3. Hangar
The spiral stairs end at the hangar. The githyanki
keep their pact dragon steeds, the two astral intercep-
tors, replacement parts, and food for the mounts here.
Astral Interceptor
Gargantuan vehicle (astral skiff)
HP 250 Space 2 squares by 4 squares Cost 13,000 gp
AC 4; Fortitude 20, Reflex 2
Speed fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15
Pilot
The pilot must stand at a control wheel, typically at the
rear of the astral interceptor.
Crew
In addition to the pilot, an astral interceptor requires a crew
of three, all of whom use a standard action each round to
control the skiff. Reduce the skiffs fly speed by 4 squares
for each missing crewmember. At fly speed 0, the astral
interceptor sails out of control.
Load
Ten Medium creatures; one ton of cargo
Out of Control
An out-of-control astral interceptor moves forward at half
speed (not including any modifiers for its astral sails).
Astral Attunement
The astral interceptor functions only in the Astral Sea.
Fragile Propulsion
For every 25 damage the astral interceptor takes, its speed
is reduced by 2 squares. At fly speed 0, the ship comes to a
stop.
The following tactical encounter occurs only if the
PCs skipped Assaulting the Fortress.
Tactical Encounter: Into the Maw (page74.
A Tyranny of Souls
Vlaakith CLVIII/Gith Level 25 Solo Soldier
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 35,000
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +23
Forceful Presence aura 2; a bloodied enemy that starts its
turn within the aura is pushed 5 squares.
HP 912; Bloodied 456
AC 39; Fortitude 37, Reflex 41, Will 42
Immune fear; Resist 30 psychic
Saving Throws +5 (+7 against charm effects)
Speed 6; see also mind over matter
Action Points 2
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+30 vs. AC; 2d10 + 9 damage, and the target is dazed until
the end of Vlaakiths next turn, see Giths judgment.
M Ancient Wrath (standard; at-will)
Vlaakith makes an unarmed strike attack against up to
three targets, and can use time to die as a free action
before each attack. While bloodied, she can attack up to
four targets.
M Shattering Strike (free, when Vlaakith hits a creature with a
melee attack; recharges when first bloodied)
The target takes a 2 penalty to defenses until the end of
the encounter.
M Stunning Impact (free, when Vlaakith hits a creature with a
melee attack; recharge 5 6)
The target is stunned until the end of its next turn.
R Time to Die (minor; at-will)
Ranged 5; +27 (+32 against immobilized targets) vs.
Fortitude; the target is pulled 5 squares. This action does
not provoke opportunity attacks.
C Telekinetic Bind (minor; recharges when no creatures are
immobilized by this power)
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +28 vs. Fortitude; the target
is immobilized (save ends).
Giths Judgment
Vlaakith deals 3d6 extra damage to immobilized targets.
Mind over Matter (move; at-will)
Vlaakith flies 6 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Supernal
Skills Acrobatics +26, Athletics +21, Diplomacy +24,
Dungeoneering +23, History +25, Insight +23,
Intimidate +24
Str 18 (+16) Dex 28 (+21) Wis 22 (+18)
Con 20 (+17) Int 23 (+18) Cha 25 (+19)
Equipment simple clothing
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
46

Escaping the Fortress
After rescuing the prisoner, the PCs can escape by
way of the Linked Portal ritual, fly out in a stolen
astral vessel, or by some other means. With Vlaakith
in tow, the adventurers need to return to the city and
get things rolling, so let just about any plan work. If
the PCs are stumped, have an NPC ally pick them up
and ferry them back.
Once back in the city, the characters can lay low
at the Morningstar Inn. Rhapsody has enough hidey-
holes to allow the entire party to disappear for as
long as they need. Theres not much time, however,
for the attack did not go unnoticed and the emperors
wrath unleashes a storm like Tunarath has never
beforeseen.
Part Four:
Negotiations
The emperor responds to Vlaakiths escape by clos-
ing off the city. Those floating fortress commanders
who failed to stop the adventurers and didnt have the
good sense to flee are summarily executed, and he
installs new commanders loyal to himself and Tiamat
in their place, many of which are not even githyanki.
Military societies loyal to his throne mobilize and
lay siege to those of uncertain reliability, while a full
legion with red dragon support sweeps through the
Merchant District searching for Vlaakith and her
liberators.
As casualties mount, confidence in the emperor
falters. Division and unrest spread across the city. Yet
for all the dissatisfaction, none seem willing to rise
up against Zetchrr as long as he has Tiamats sup-
port. If they could remove Zetchrr and break his pact
with the red dragons, the people would rise up and
wrestthe city free from Tiamats grip.
The adventurers have proved their courage, their
competence, and their ambition. In Vlaakiths eyes,
they are the ones the movement needs to spark the
revolution. Shortly after the characters return to the
city (after theyve had a chance to take an extended
rest), Vlaakith calls the Separatists leaders to a meet-
ing. The PCs, representing the Coalition, can bargain
with the leadership to forge an alliance and convince
them to withdraw from Tiamats unholy war.
Skill Challenge: A Turning Point (page76).
Mayhems Exit
After the negotiation, Mayhem decides Tunarath is
too dangerous a place to linger and chooses this time
to make his exit. He bids the characters farewell and
ducks out, vanishing into the city. Mayhem is unlikely
to return, but if the characters ever find themselves in
Citadel Mercane, they might have an ally or an enemy
there depending on how they treated him.
Part Five:
WarforTunarath
Upon securing the agreement with the githyanki
separatists under Vlaakiths command, the only thing
left for the adventurers to do is to defeat Emperor
Zetchrr. The emperors forces are spread across the
city, searching for Vlaakith, so the PCs need only deal
with those left guarding Zetchrrs throne. While the
PCs attack the emperors palace, the Separatist lead-
ers under Vlaakiths command spark the uprising,
leading strikes against Tiamats command centers
and destroying those who have betrayed them. The
A Tyranny of Souls
Separatists are strong enough to fight for a time, but
they need to rouse the rest of the city to their cause,
something that can be achieved only by destroying
the emperor.
The chaos and infighting wracking the city covers
the PCs approach to the bastion, so aside from a few
incidental encounters (with combats of your design if
the adventurers are not yet 20th level), they enter the
shattered remnants of the Queens District.
When the PCs enter, read:
A crumbling, mazelike necropolis of tombs and shattered
statues spreads out in all directions. Paths wind through the
wreckage and lead up to a towering cathedral wrought from
black stone and fitted with windows set with multicolored
glass. Before it stands the remains of an obsidian statue.
Only two glossy black legs remain.
The Chromatic Bastion
Zetchrr rules Tunarath from the Chromatic Bas-
tion, an obscene cathedral built to honor Tiamats
role in his victory over his rivals. Built atop the
ruins of the Lich Queens palace, it symbolizes the
end of Vlaakiths corruption and the githyankis
strengthened bonds to the Dark Lady of Avarice. It
is a macabre place, filled with shadowy horrors and
protected by githyanki, dragons, and a menagerie of
terrible monsters.
Features of the
ChromaticBastion
The following features are common throughout the
bastion unless otherwise mentioned in the text.
Illumination: Rooms are bright, lit by everburn-
ing torches set in iron sconces every 5 squares or so.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
47

Doors: Iron doors are unlocked. Doors open into
rooms unless noted otherwise. A door that joins two
rooms opens into the larger room.
Combat: Dont feel confined by the maps pre-
sented in the tactical encounters. Combats can and
should spill over into adjoining rooms. Avoid letting
battles trigger additional encounters by having ene-
mies push the PCs back the way they came.
A Tyranny of Souls
Few adventuring parties have the resources and
wherewithal to endure eight encounters in a row,
so the Chromatic Bastion provides one location to
help the PCs regain healing surges and daily powers
without breaking the suspension of disbelief with
a full-blown extended rest. If the PCs attempt an
extended rest anyway, feel free to hit them with
improvised encounters featuring githyanki minions to
make the rest difficult.
0. The Necropolis
The adventurers must pass through the Necropo-
lis to reach the Chromatic Bastion. Fallen heroes
and notable githyanki were accorded the special
honor of being interred in vaults within sight of the
Palace of Whispers. Few, though, rested easy in their
tombs, and those cursed with unlife wander the
necropolisstill.
Tactical Encounter: Stillness Broken (page77).
1. Shattered Gith
Giths statue, standing at the highest point in the
Queens District, has long stood as a reminder of the
legendary heros sacrifice and as an inspiration to con-
tinue to fight in her name. Vlaakith CLVIIs aborted
attempt to seize the divine spark within the One in
the Void caused shockwaves to wash across the dis-
Extended Rests
trict, toppling Giths intimidating statue andthe Old
The Chromatic Bastion offers few opportunities
Palace of Whispers on which the Chromatic Bastion
for the adventurers to take extended rests. The PCs
now stands.
simply dont have 6 hours to spend recouping while
their allies fight for the citys future on the streets
beyond. Not only do the PCs give Zetchrr the time he
needs to crush the uprising but also an extended rest
gives the emperor a chance to recall his troops and
stiffen his defenses.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
48

The brooding cathedral looms before you, an ugly thing
that is squat and unadorned aside from the rainbow glass
plates set around the ornately carved iron doors. Before
the structure stand the remains of a once-impressive statue
carved from solid obsidian. Only the legs, part of the waist,
and sword blade remain, but you can tell it depicted a
female warrior. Black dust and broken statuary litter the
ground all around the statue, and rubble from an older
structure covers the cathedrals grounds.
2. Antechamber
Adventurers destroyed Vlaakith CLVII and sundered
her phylactery, but Zetchrr preserved the Lich-
Queens essence in her spine and bound her to his
service with terrible oaths. To show his scorn for his
predecessor, he reduced her to a common sentinel.
Tactical Encounter: Evils Backbone (page79).
3. Gallery of Flame
The gallery of flame honors Tiamat in her red
dragon aspect, and those who seek the fires of her
greed might experience unspeakable desires in this
fierychamber.
Tactical Encounter: Red Sentinels (page81).
4. Vestry
Zetchrr and his attendant priests use this chamber to
don their priestly vestments when worshiping at one
of the two altars.
Shelves cover the walls in this chamber, and each is laden
with heavy ceremonial robes woven from brass thread.
An iron door stands closed on the opposite wall. Ice rimes
itssurface.
5. Gallery of
Ice
The door to this room is frozen
shut and requires a DC 22
Strength check to open.
Although built to honor
the Chromatic Dragon in
her white dragon aspect, the
emperor uses this chamber to
store dragon carcasses for later
use in Tiamats war. Attending
the remains are devils suited for
the gallerys chilly environs.
Tactical Encounter: The
Freezer (page82).
A Tyranny of Souls
6. Hall of Skulls
This chamber houses the mind flayer skulls recov-
ered from the old Palace of Whispers. Since Zetchrr
came to power, precious few skulls have been added.
Skulls, arranged in stacks that reach the ceiling, extend
along the walls to the chambers end. Most are damaged in
some way or another, and all are of an alien shape.
A character that succeeds on a DC 22 Dungeoneer-
ing check recognizes the skulls as belonging to
mindflayers.
7. Shrine of Queens
Although Zetchrr has nothing but scorn for the
Lich-Queen, he has not fallen so far as to forget his
heritage. This room honors the long line of queens
who preceded the emperor.
Against the far wall stands a short porphyry altar holding
a statuette of a proud githyanki woman wearing a crown.
Statues of stern githyanki warriors stand in each corner,
all eyes on the altar. Something about this room fills
you with ease, making your mission and fears seem no
longerpressing.
The sensations the PCs feel come from the ghosts of
Vlaakith that haunt this chamber. They approve of
the adventurers mission. Not enough of them remain
to manifest themselves in any way more than just a
feeling. Characters can safely take an extended rest in
this room.
Altar: Inspecting the altar and succeeding on
a DC 27 Perception check reveals a hidden panel.
Inside is a magnificently carved wooden box. Open-
ing the box reveals a pulsing black heart. The box is
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
49

Vlaakith CLVIIs phylactery, and if the characters
defeated her in Evils Backbone, she reforms in this
room after the requisite time has passed. Destroying
the box (AC 10, Fortitude 5, Reflex 10; 5 hp) prevents
Vlaakith from reforming and destroys her for good.
A DC 27 Religion check identifies the box as being a
phylactery.
If the characters take the box with them, Vlaakith
reappears in a space adjacent to the boxs carrier
after the requisite number of days has passed and
attacks at once.
8. Gallery of Decay
Zetchrr built this chamber to honor Tiamat in her
black dragon aspect. Currently, though, the emperor
sets aside this chamber to hold curiosities recovered
during the war. Since these items of interest are in
fact dangerous creatures, the emperor set mercenar-
ies to guard them.
Tactical Encounter: Curiosities (page84).
9. Gallery of Death
This chamber honors Tiamat in her green dragon
aspect and sports a beautiful idol of the goddess
in emerald. Since this chamber grants access to
Zetchrrs private quarters, he places tough guards to
ensure he is not disturbed.
Tactical Encounter: Emerald Statue (page86).
10. Guard Post
Although Zetchrr commits his forces to crushing the
Separatists, he keeps a small force of githyanki here
as insurance. Guards positioned here listen for sounds
of combat with the dragons in room 3 and alert their
cohorts in room 11 to make ready for a fight.
Tactical Encounter: Those Who Are About to
Die (page88).
11. Barracks
Off-duty githyanki spend their time in these cham-
bers. Each room consists of two or more bunk beds
and a small table with a basin and water. The central
rooms are residences for the gishsaraths (githyanki
swordmasters).
Tactical Encounter: Those Who Are About to
Die (page88).
12. Hall of Heroes
To promote loyalty among his warriors, the emperor
had this room covered in bas-relief carvings depict-
ing githwarriors battling githzerai, mind flayers,
When the characters defeat Zetchrr and his allies,
and slaads. When the Chromatic Temple comes
under attack, the githyanki move to make a stand in
thischamber.
knights exit through the hatch. Vlaakith congratu-
Tactical Encounter: Those Who Are About to
Die (page88).
13. Training Facilities
The githyanki use this bare room to spar and perform
weapon maneuvers. The walls hold weapon racks,
and the floor is broken up into fighting rings. Gith-
warriors are on guard here should the Chromatic
Bastion come under attack.
the characters can see Tunarath in flames, and fight-
Tactical Encounter: Those Who Are About to
Die (page88).
14. Gallery of Tempests
This room celebrates Tiamat in her blue dragon
aspect. This room is also where the emperor passes
judgment on those who disappoint him. He executes
the disloyal and inept and discards their corpses in a
charnel pit below.
Tactical Encounter: Vicious Storm (page89).
A Tyranny of Souls
15. The Emperors Redoubt
The emperor claims the tower at the cathedrals rear.
The tower has three levels, all of which are open so
the emperor can see all levels at once. The tower is
open at the top, and the emperor frequently comes
and goes by this way.
Tactical Encounter: The Emperors Redoubt
(page91).
Concluding the
Adventure
an astral skiff descends through the roof and settles
on the second floor. Vlaakith and several githyanki
lates the adventurers on their victory and then starts
looking for the scepter of Ephelomon. If the scepter was
destroyed, she gathers the pieces. Otherwise, she asks
the PCs for it. She then makes ready to leave, saying,
Its time to finish this. She then boards the astral
skiff again. The characters can join her if they wish.
Vlaakith and her retinue head for the dragon caves
at the opposite side of the city. Through the windows,
ing still rages in pockets. Not long after, the skiff
descends and lands on a large floating rock amid the
debris held by the red dragons. There, Vlaakith steps
out and waits.
Moments later, an elder red dragon emerges from
a cave followed by four more dragons of similar
size. Before they have a chance to breathe, Vlaakith
raises her hands to show them the scepter. She says
thefollowing:
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
50

Children of Ephelomon, the pact is ended and your worthy
service is no longer required.
If not already broken, she shatters the relic with a
telekinetic attack. Otherwise, she drops the pieces to
the ground.
The elder red dragons eyes narrow for a moment
and then it says, You have been suitable partners
these long years. It would be a waste to see you
destroyed. We shall leave, but know this: When we
next meet, it shall be as enemies. The elder dragon
roars and lifts off, and the other dragons follow its
lead. All across the shattered expanse, more drag-
ons leave their caves, some carrying blackened
eggs, others spitting fire, piercing the air with their
screams. As dragons abandon the city in scores, the
few remaining dragons fighting the Separatists take
note and drop their riders to the city streets below
before following their kin. Within minutes, the drag-
ons vanish into the shimmering void, and the city is
once more under githyanki control.
Vlaakith honors whatever agreements she made
with the adventurers and stakes no claim to any
treasures they extracted from the Chromatic Bastion.
The characters are free to stay in the city for as long
as they wish, but they will likely wish to return to the
Coalition to report their success, and Vlaakith gladly
has her servants open a portal to the natural world to
facilitate the adventurers return.
If the characters forged a short-term alliance, two
githyanki generals accompany them to the natural
world to work with the Coalition leaders to lend their
service in the coming fight against Tiamats armies.
Otherwise, Vlaakith takes command of Tunarath.
She has the Chromatic Bastion razed, and she builds
a new structure amid the red dragon caves as a sign
of githyanki independence. Her first order of business
after securing the city is to extend a hand of peace
to the githzerai cousins. It has been too long, and old
grudges have weakened her people. Those githzerai
who accept the proffered peace eventually make the
journey from the Elemental Chaos to find new lives
amid their age-old enemies. A reunited people, they
surrender their old identities of githyanki or githzerai
and embrace a new culture as the gith.
Will Vlaakith restart the Eternal Crusade? Will
she become a new threat against the mortal world,
or will she leave it be as she scours other worlds for
the hated illithid infestation? Or does she have some
other design? The giths fate is in your hands.
A Tyranny of Souls
Appendix:
VehiclesSummary
Vehicles are objects with special statistics, some of
which are similar to those possessed by creatures.
Unless otherwise mentioned, use the rules governing
objects as described in the Dungeon Masters Guide.
The following guidelines include information that
applies to vehicles used in this adventure. For the full
rules, see Adventurers Vault, pages 1417.
Size: Vehicles have sizes just like creatures.
Hit Points: A vehicle reduced to 0 hit points is
destroyed, and creatures on board are knocked prone
in their squares. The vehicles wreckage occupies its
space and counts as difficult terrain.
Space: Vehicles occupy all the space within its
listed dimensions. Vehicles cannot squeeze.
Defenses: Like all objects, vehicles have an Armor
Class, a Fortitude defense, and a Reflex defense. They
do not have a Will defense.
Speed: A vehicles speed determines how far it
travels when a driver or pilot uses a move action.
Using 2 move actions allows the vehicle to move twice
its speed.
Pilot and Crew: Vehicles require a character to
control it and a crew to help. Pilots usually operate
the vehicle from the rear so when placing the vehicle
on the map, decide which is the front and which is
the rear.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
51

A vehicle needs a pilot. Without one, the vehicle
goes out of control and the statistics block describes
what happens. Only one character can control a vehi-
cle during a round, though any number of characters
can attempt to take control until one is successful. A
character can yield control to another character as a
free action, but the character assuming control of the
vehicle (also a free action) can take no other action
with the vehicle during that turn. If a character does
not move into the pilot position and assume control
when its yielded, the vehicle might go out of control
unless some other character takes control.
Initiative: A vehicle never rolls for initiative and
acts on the turn of the creature controlling it. If the
vehicle is out-of-control, the vehicles effective initia-
tive check result is 1 lower than the last creature in
the initiative order. For multiple out-of-control vehi-
cles, the vehicles act in order of which has been out of
control the longest.
Opportunity Attacks: A vehicles movement does
not provoke opportunity attacks against the vehicle or
creature(s) occupying it. Creatures moving within still
provoke opportunity attacks from other creatures in
the same vehicle, as normal.
General Conditions: Vehicles can be attacked
just like other objects. Some conditions have special
rules (see below). If an effect allows a saving throw to
end a condition, a vehicle makes one at the end of its
controllers turn (or at the end of the vehicles turn if
out of control). A pilot can use a move action to allow
a vehicle to make an additional saving throw during
his or her turn.
Immobilized: An immobilized vehicle cannot
move except by a pull, a push, or a slide.
Prone: A vehicle that would be knocked prone
instead takes 1d10 damage and is slowed (see below)
until the end of the next round.
Restrained: A restrained vehicle is immobilized
and cannot be forced to move by a pull, a push, or a
slide effect. If the restrained condition is ended by the
escape action, the vehicle uses the pilots relevant skill
modifier.
Slowed: The vehicles speed is reduced to 2, as
normal.
Out of Control: A pilot must use specific actions
to steer, move, or stop a vehicle. In any round in
which no character uses actions to control the vehicle,
a vehicle is out of control (see statistics block).
Crashing and Ramming: If a vehicle tries to
move into a space occupied by an object, a creature,
or another vehicle, it crashes. The vehicle and what-
ever hits it take 1d10 damage per square the vehicle
moved in its previous turn. Creatures on board (and
those on board the object it hits) take half damage.
If the target of the crash is more than one size
category smaller than the out-of-control vehicle, the
vehicle continues to move regardless of how much
damage it dealt during the crash. The space the target
occupies is treated as difficult terrain for the vehicles
movement.
Against targets of equal or greater size, the vehicle
continues to move only if the target is destroyed. If not
destroyed, the vehicles move ends immediately.
Turning and Heading: Every vehicle has a
headingthe direction it currently moves. To track
a vehicles heading, place a token along the front
edge of the vehicles space on the battle grid. When
a vehicle moves, uses the marker to count off squares
in the direction the vehicle is moving, and then move
the vehicle counter or miniature to catch up.
A Tyranny of Souls
Drive: Move Action. Move the vehicle a distance
up to its speed. When you move the vehicle, it must
move in the direction of its heading marker. The
vehicle can move directly forward or it can move
along either forward diagonal adjacent to its heading
marker. It cannot move in other directions without
making a turn. A vehicles movement does not pro-
voke opportunity attacks against the vehicle or the
creatures on it. Terrain affects a vehicle in the same
way that it affects creatures.
Turn: Move Action. Move the vehicle a distance
equal to half its speed. When you move the vehicle,
it must move in the direction of its heading marker.
The vehicle can move directly forward or it can move
along either forward diagonal adjacent to its heading
marker. At any point during the vehicles movement,
move its heading marker from its current position to
either side of the vehicle. Reorient the vehicles coun-
ter or miniature accordingly at the end of the move.
Otherwise, this action follows the rules for the drive
action (above).
Stop: Move Action. Move the vehicle forward a
number of squares equal to the distance it moved
in the previous round. At the end of the move, the
vehicle is motionless. A vehicle begins moving again
when the pilot uses the drive action. A stopped vehi-
cle does not go out of control while motionless unless
otherwise noted in its description. The vehicles head-
ing marker remains in place. If and when the vehicle
moves again, it must initially move in this direction.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
52

Mayhems Plight
Encounter Level 18 (10,200 XP)
Setup
2 blood fiends (B)
Mayhem (M)
Mayhem is confronted by two ravenous blood fiends.
The abominations happily engage anyone that
interferes.
The path emerges from the petrified forest and climbs to a
smoking cleft in the mountainside. Standing on the road,
and looking quite terrified, is a tall blue-skinned humanoid
dressed in fine robes. Two muscular four-armed humanoids
with blood red skin and long claws and fangs threaten the
traveler from mountain ledges.
2 Blood Fiends (B) Level 23 Soldier
Medium elemental humanoid XP 5,100 each
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +23; darkvision
HP 220; Bloodied 110
AC 41; Fortitude 36, Reflex 34, Will 32
Immune fear
Speed 8, fly 10
m Claws (standard; at-will)
+28 vs. AC; 2d8 + 10 damage.
m Bloodthirsty Bite (standard; at-will) F Healing
Requires combat advantage; +28 vs. AC; 1d8 + 10 damage,
and the target is grabbed and takes ongoing 10 damage.
Also, the blood fiend regains 10 hit points.
C Terror Gaze (minor; at-will) F Fear
Close blast 3; +24 vs. Will; the target is immobilized (save
ends).
Combat Advantage
The blood fiend gains combat advantage against any living,
bloodied enemy.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Primordial
Skills Intimidate +24
Str 30 (+21) Dex 26 (+19) Wis 24 (+18)
Con 28 (+20) Int 22 (+17) Cha 27 (+19)
A Tyranny of Souls
Mayhem the Raavasta (M) Level 19 Lurker
Medium elemental humanoid (shapechanger) XP 2,400
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +18; truesight 6
HP 136; Bloodied 68
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 32, Will 33
Resist 10 psychic, 10 variable (3/encounter; see Resist,
Monster Manual, page 282)
Speed 8
m Claws of Blindness (standard; at-will)
+23 vs. AC; 1d6 + 6 damage, and the target is blinded (save
ends).
R Mind Scramble (standard; recharges when first bloodied or
when Mayhem scores a critical hit with claws of blindness) F
Psychic
Ranged 10; +22 vs. Will; 1d10 + 7 psychic damage, and the
target is dazed and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save
ends both).
Change Shape (minor; at-will) F Polymorph
Mayhem can alter its physical form to take on the
appearance of any Medium humanoid, including a unique
individual.
Cloak and Claw
Mayhems attacks deal 2d6 extra damage against a target
against which it has total concealment.
Vanish (immediate reaction, when an enemy hits Mayhem;
recharge 5 6) F Illusion
Mayhem shifts 3 squares and is invisible until the end of its
next turn or until it makes an attack.
Alignment Evil Languages All
Skills Bluff +21, Stealth +20
Str 15 (+11) Dex 22 (+15) Wis 18 (+13)
Con 16 (+12) Int 19 (+13) Cha 24 (+16)
Equipment fine clothing
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
53

Tactics
The blood fiends focus their attacks on Mayhem until
the PCs join the combat. One closes to use terror gaze,
while the second moves in to make an attack with
its claws, leaping from a ledge to put itself between
the PCs and their prey. If the characters attack, both
blood fiends abandon Mayhem and use terror gaze
to pin down their enemies and then close to savage
them with their claws. Once they bloody an enemy,
they go for the kill, using their bloodthirsty bite attacks.
Mayhem plays the part of the hapless victim for 1
round. If the PCs have yet to help him by the start of
the second round, the next time hes hit by an attack,
he uses vanish to cover his retreat. If prevented, he
uses mind scramble against a blood fiend and tries to
withdraw to the cleft. He flees if hes bloodied.
A Tyranny of Souls
Features of the Area
Cliffs: Climbing up or down the rock faces
requires a DC 14 Athletics check. A fall from the cliff
below the path causes the character to roll down the
mountain side, moving 1d20 squares and taking 1d10
damage for every 2 squares moved before coming to
astop.
Vents: Fissures in the mountain near the cleft
(marked V1, V2, V3, and V4 on the map) occasionally
burst hot, poisonous steam. On initiative count 10,
roll 1d4 to determine which vent attacks.
c Vented Steam F Fire, Poison
Close blast 3; +21 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 6 fire damage, and the
target takes ongoing 10 fire and poison damage (save
ends).
Sulfurous Smoke: All spaces adjacent to the cleft
are lightly obscured, while spaces in the cloud or in
the cleft are heavily obscured.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
54

Finding Tunarath
Encounter Level 19 (12,000 XP)
Setup
To secure a route to the githyanki city, the PCs must
negotiate Citadel Mercane for leads. You should
run this skill challenge as the adventurers explore
and investigate the Bazaar. This skill challenge is
unusual in that even failed checks can reveal routes to
Tunarath. These options are more dangerous and risk
much, but they are as viable as geting a victory with
the skill challenge. Many failures, as shown below,
include links to side-treks. If characters follow-up on
these, turn to the indicated pagefor details on what
happens.
Finding Tunarath Level 19
Skill Challenge XP 12,000
The air hums with conversation, and in the crowds you see any
number of useful types who might aid you in your mission.
The PCs listen and interact with locals to discover possible
routes to Tunarath. This skill challenge takes at least 6
hours.
Complexity
5 (12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy, Endurance, History, Insight, Intimidate.
Other Skills
Streetwise.
Victory
The characters arrange a meeting with Captain Jladimir,
a Separatist sympathizer. He stands as the best and most
certain route to Tunarath. Proceed to The Sympathizer
on page36.
Defeat
If the characters havent yet found a way to reach Tunarath
by one of the challenges failures, they must begin the skill
challenge again.
A Tyranny of Souls
Special
If the PCs rescued and befriended Mayhem, they gain a +2
Advanced Streetwise 1 DC 27 (0 successes or failures)
The PCs ask around about Scaramandar and learn he is a
bonus to all skill checks related to the skill challenge. fixer and problem-solver. He has a dubious reputation and is
Bluff DC 22 a known double-crosser, but he might aid them in reaching
The PCs adopt cover stories and use them to find a way to the Tunarath. If the characters follow this lead, they get an
githyanki city. audience. Go to Dealing with the Devil on page34.
Requires a successful Streetwise check. Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
The first failure turns up a name for someone who might skill.
help: Scaramandar. The failed check opens up the advanced Advanced Streetwise 2 DC 22 (0 successes or failures)
Streetwise 1 option. The PCs cannot make any more Bluff A little investigation into suitable vehicles to steal comes up
checks until they succeed on another Streetwise check. with the name Merciless. If the characters follow this lead, they
Diplomacy DC 22 find the vessel with little trouble. See Merciless on page36.
The adventurers negotiate for passage, hinting at their mission Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
and seeking sympathizers. skill.
The PCs cannot make any more Diplomacy checks until Advanced Streetwise 3 DC 22 (0 successes or failures)
they get another success with Streetwise. The PCs learn Taikus is still in the city and he might be willing
Endurance DC 22 (4 successes maximum; see below) to help. If the characters follow this lead, they find directions to
The PCs spend time carousing in the hopes loose lips might his warehouse. Proceed with Shortcuts through the Void on
reveal a clue. page36.
On a failed check, a nearby barfly suggests the characters Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
should just steal a ship. The failed check opens up the skill.
advanced Streetwise 2 check.
History DC 27
The PCs recall and mention a particularly bloodthirsty
githyanki raid so that they can attempt to weaken bonds of
loyalty or foment feelings of vengeance in people around them.
A successful check can negate one failure instead of
granting a success.
Intimidate DC 22
The PCs use threats to pressure locals to cough up a way to
thecity.
If failed, in addition to counting as a failure, the first failed
check reveals a name of someone who might help. Taikus,
a githzerai black marketer, sometimes smuggles goods into
Tunarath. This failure opens up advanced Streetwise 3. The
PCs cannot make any more Intimidate checks until they
succeed on another Streetwise check.
Streetwise DC 22
The PCs explore the Citadel, listening to rumors, asking
questions, and generally feeling the pulse of the city.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill. In addition to counting as a success, a successful check
opens up the Bluff, Diplomacy, and Intimidate skills.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
55

Demons Among Us
Encounter Level 20 (14,400 XP)
Setup
3 goristro slaves (G)
Three hulking goristro demons escaped their han-
dlers by killing them. Free, they vent their rage at
innocent bystanders and will not stop until destroyed.
While the PCs explore the market, read:
Screams pierce the Bazaars steady hum, presaging a mad
rush. Through the fleeing people, you see a massive demon
leap from one ruined stall to land on another. It whips
its chain about, decapitating three too-slow patrons. Two
more demons bound into the scene, roaring and screeching
inrage.
A Tyranny of Souls
3 Goristro Slaves (G) Level 19 Elite Brute Tactics
Huge elemental humanoid (demon) XP 4,800 each
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +17; darkvision The demons are enraged and attack anything that
HP 450; Bloodied 225; see also raging frenzy comes too close. A demon uses lashing chains against
AC 31; Fortitude 33, Reflex 28, Will 29 the first enemy to come in its range, and then uses the
Resist 20 variable (2/encounter; see Resist, Monster Manual,
attack again against a different target by spending an
282)
Saving Throws +2 action point. If a PC closes on the demon, it uses gor-
Speed 8 istro stomp or, if waiting for the power to recharge, it
Action Points 1
hammers its foe with double attack. The demons fight
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +22 vs. AC; 2d10 + 8 damage. until destroyed.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The goristro makes two slam attacks.
M Goristro Stomp (immediate reaction, when a nonadjacent
enemy moves adjacent to the goristro; recharge 4 5 6)
The goristro attacks the triggering enemy: +22 vs. AC;
4d8 + 6 damage, and the target is pushed 2 squares and
knocked prone.
M Raging Frenzy (immediate reaction, when attacked by an
adjacent enemy while bloodied; at-will)
Targets triggering enemy: +22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage.
R Lashing Chains (standard; at-will)
Ranged 5; +22 vs. AC; 3d10 + 8 damage, and the target is
grabbed. Effect: One other creature grabbed by the goristro
slides to a space adjacent to the target of the attack, takes
15 damage, and is no longer grabbed.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Abyssal
Str 27 (+17) Dex 12 (+10) Wis 17 (+12)
Con 25 (+16) Int 6 (+7) Cha 12 (+10)
Equipment chains
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
56

Features of the Area
Crowds: During the first round, the characters
have cover from the patrons in the Bazaar, but each
square a character moves closer to the demons counts
as difficult terrain due to the press of fleeing people.
During the second round, this environmental effect
ends and the PCs are free to move about normally.
Floating Stands: The battlefield consists of
several floating stands. Because the PCs are on the
Astral Sea, they can fly up to half their speed and
hover in place. Since they are clumsy fliers, such
characters take a 4 penalty to attack rolls and
defenses while flying. A character can choose not to
fly and instead jump, making an Athletics check as
normal to cross the gaps (Players Handbook, page 182).
Tents: Many floating stands contain tents. A char-
acter inside a tent has total concealment.
Walls: Some floating stands contain walls. Char-
acters behind them gain cover.
A Tyranny of Souls
Development
Starting on the fifth round and every 2 rounds there-
after until the end of the encounter, three marut
blademasters (Monster Manual, page185) join the
fight to help contain the demons. These combatants
do not attack the PCs unless the PCs attack them. If a
fight breaks out between the PCs and the maruts, see
the Running Afoul of the Law sidebar on page57
for further developments.
Conclusion
Once the last demon falls, the Bazaars commerce
resumes as if nothing had happened. The dead drift
away and are eventually picked up by locals for ren-
dering into candles and food, but not before they are
picked clean of valuables. As the characters recover,
Trethrix of the Seven Diamonds appears at their side.
A beautiful woman, svelte and appealing, she smiles
and thanks the adventurers for their selfless service.
As a reward, she gifts them with treasure parcel 5.
After she honors the characters, she returns to her
palanquin to continue her shopping.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
57

The Devils Bargain
Encounter Level 19+ (12,600 XP)
Setup
4 marut escorts (M)
Trethrix (T)
Periodically one of the Seven Diamonds travels the
Bazaar to assert that they are the true masters and to
encourage commerce. The most recent Diamond to
explore the Bazaar is Trethrix. A raavasta, she is thor-
oughly evil, but she has no special complaint against
the adventurers and thus is not prepared for an attack
against her.
This encounter occurs only if the adventurers
move to assassinate the merchant to gain access to
Tunarath. The best time to strike is when she awaits
the portal to open to the Inner Sphere. The adventur-
ers should have plenty of time to scout the area and
set up their ambush.
When the PCs can see this scene, read:
A beautiful woman reclines on a palanquin. Standing
at each corner is a gray-skinned humanoid wielding a
greatsword. The group waits before a shuddering gate
ringed with bright glyphs set on the Inner Spheres surface.
4 Marut Escorts (M) Level 19 Minion Soldier
Medium immortal humanoid XP 600 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +20; truesight 10
HP 1; a minion never takes damage from a miss.
AC 34; Fortitude 36, Reflex 31, Will 32
Immune sleep; Resist 10 thunder
Speed 8, fly 4 (hover), teleport 4
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Thunder, Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 12 damage plus 3 thunder damage, and the
target is pushed 1 square.
Hardy Minion (when the marut escort is hit by an attack;
at-will)
Roll 1d6. On a 5 or 6, the marut takes no damage from the
attack.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Str 30 (+19) Dex 21 (+14) Wis 23 (+15)
Con 23 (+15) Int 12 (+10) Cha 13 (+10)
Equipment greatsword
A Tyranny of Souls
Trethrix (T) Level 23 Elite Controller
Medium elemental humanoid XP 10,200
(shapechanger), raavasta
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +22; truesight 6
HP 428; Bloodied 214
AC 40; Fortitude 35, Reflex 38, Will 36
Resist 15 psychic, 15 variable (2/encounter; see Resist,
Monster Manual, page 282)
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Beguiling Claws (standard; at-will) F Charm
+26 vs. AC; 1d6 + 5 damage, and the target is blinded (save
ends).
R Bind (minor; recharges when enforce contract is used) F
Charm, Psychic
Ranged sight; no attack roll required; the target chooses
to take ongoing 20 psychic damage (save ends) or be
dominated (save ends); see also enforce contract.
C Mind Stab (standard; encounter) F Fear, Psychic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +28 vs. Will; 5d6 + 9
psychic damage, and the target moves its speed away from
Trethrix.
Change Shape (minor; at-will) F Polymorph
Trethrix can alter its physical form to take on the
appearance of any Medium humanoid, including a unique
individual (see Change Shape, Monster Manual, page280).
Enforce Contract (immediate reaction, when an enemys melee
or ranged attack targets Trethrix; recharges when bind is
used) F Charm
The attack targets the creature affected by Trethrixs bind
power instead of Trethrix. Using this power ends the bind
effect on that creature.
Vanish (immediate reaction, when an enemy hits Trethrix;
recharge 5 6) F Illusion
Trethrix shifts 3 squares and is invisible until the end of its
next turn or until it attacks.
Alignment Evil Languages All
Skills Bluff +23, Diplomacy +23, Insight +22
Str 14 (+13) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 23 (+17)
Con 22 (+17) Int 28 (+20) Cha 25 (+18)
Equipment fine clothing
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
58
 A Tyranny of Souls

Tactics
The marut escorts form a defensive perimeter around
the raavasta to block attempts by enemies to reach
their charge. When a foe closes, the maruts use their
greatswords to throw back the attacker. They follow
Trethrix as she moves about to avoid the PCs attacks.
While her minions move to protect her, Trethrix
uses bind against a tough defender. If the target opts
to become dominated, she compels it to make basic
attacks against its allies. If she comes under attack,
she safeguards herself by using enforce contract, at
Inner Sphere Gate
which point she chooses a different target to bind. If
two or more PCs close on her, she uses mind stab to
drive them off and spends an action point to hit a
target she misses with her beguiling claws. If she drops
to 100 hit points or fewer, she uses vanish to make an
escape if possible.
The marut blademasters that come through the
portal (see Development on the next page) close on
the closest enemy, fighting their way to the raavastas
side using teleport if necessary. Once there, they take
up the roles her escorts performed and fight to the
death defending the fiend.

Features of the Area an AC 2, Fortitude 20, Reflex 2, hp 400. If a statue

takes 50 or more damage, blue blood sprays in a con-
Inner Sphere Gate: A massive gate leads to Cita-
tinuous close blast 3 in the direction from the attack.
del Mercanes interior. It takes 5 minutes to open or
The blood is harmless, but it grants concealment to
close the gate fully due to its great weight. The gate
creatures standing in the blast.
is made from adamantine and has an AC 2, other
Lightning Ward: To protect the inner sphere,
defenses 20; resist 20 all; hp 1,000. Breaching the
the Society of Seven Diamonds placed powerful
gate allows access to the Inner Sphere (page33).
wards around their gates. The lightning ward attacks
Statues: Eight 20-foot-tall statues in two rows of
when any natural creature enters a space adjacent to
four stand to either side of the portal. The statue has
theward.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
59
 A Tyranny of Souls

c Lightning Ward F Lightning

Melee 1; +22 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 7 lightning damage, and the
Development Conclusion
target is pushed 1d4 squares and is dazed until the end of After the third round, the gate is wide enough for After killing the raavasta, the PCs can move to the
its next turn. one marut blademaster to join the fight. Every other appointed place. A rakshasa proxy working for Scara-
round thereafter, another two join the battle. This mandar gives them a ritual scroll, the sigil address,
Palanquin: Trethrix rides on a levitating continues until five blademasters emerge. and residuum enough to perform the ritual. Depend-
palanquin. ing on how the PCs mission went, they might need
Marut Blademaster Level 21 Soldier
to retreat farther up into the mountain to escape
Trethrixs Palanquin Medium immortal humanoid XP 3,200
Medium vehicle Initiative +18 Senses Perception +22; truesight 10 vengeance-seeking maruts. They could, while there,
HP 30 Space 1 square Cost 1,800 gp HP 201; Bloodied 100 face additional encounters as described on page31.
AC 5; Fortitude 10, Reflex 5 AC 37; Fortitude 37, Reflex 32, Will 33 Completing the ritual, though, transports the adven-
Speed fly 4 (hover) Immune sleep; Resist 10 thunder
Speed 8, fly 4 (hover), teleport 4 turers to Tunarath as the cambion promised.
Pilot
The pilot must maintain concentration (minor action) or m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Thunder, Weapon
the palanquin goes out of control. +27 vs. AC; 1d10 + 11 damage plus 1d6 thunder damage,
Load the target is pushed 1 square, and the target is marked
One Medium creature; 100 pounds of gear. until the end of the marut blademasters next turn.
Out of Control M Double Attack (standard; at-will) F Thunder, Weapon
An out-of-control palanquin comes to a stop at the The marut blademaster makes two greatsword attacks.
beginning of its turn. Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Compact Skills Endurance +22, Intimidate +17
An adjacent creature can fold up an unoccupied palanquin Str 32 (+21) Dex 23 (+16) Wis 25 (+17)
as a standard action into a tiny object. Con 25 (+17) Int 14 (+12) Cha 15 (+12)
Equipment greatsword

Treasure: Trethrix carries treasure parcel 10 on

her person. Characters who fail to kill Trethrix and flee into
the Bazaar are hunted for the remainder of their stay
here. See Running Afoul of the Law on page34 for
further developments.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
60

Stolen Mercy
Encounter Level 19 (12,000 XP)
Setup
2 githyanki mates (M)
4 githyanki pirates (P)
Risan (R)
The Merciless is an astral skiff docked at the end of Pier
Nine. Having taken substantial damage during an ill-
advised raid into Hestavar, the ship limped to Citadel
Mercane for repairs. The vessel is inviting to thieves
because of its isolation and the lack of goodwill
earned by the ships crew. In fact, should the ship and
its crew come under attack, no one comes to their aid.
4 Githyanki Pirates (P) Level 19 Minion Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 600 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +13
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 34; Fortitude 33, Reflex 31, Will 30
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also telekinetic jump
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 16 psychic damage, and the target is marked
until the end of the githyankis next turn.
r Crossbow (standard; recharges when the githyanki spends a
minor action to reload the weapon) F Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +26 vs. AC; 16 damage.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githyanki flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 25 (+16) Dex 22 (+15) Wis 19 (+13)
Con 14 (+11) Int 15 (+11) Cha 14 (+11)
Equipment chainmail, light shield, silver longsword, crossbow
with 10 bolts
When the PCs enter Pier Nine, read:
Docks stretch out all along the metal pier, many of which
hold astral vessels in all sorts of shapes and sizes. As you
near the end, the ships thin out until there are none for the
final 100 or so feet. At the very end, you spy the Merciless,
a sleek ship with an enclosed deck equipped with patched
sails and long navigation rods sprouting from the hull.
Hatches grant access to its interior and crystalline portals
might provide a glimpse into its interior.
An observation deck towers over the ship, with metal
rungs ascending to a hatch at the decks bottom.
2 Githyanki Mates (M) Level 19 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,400 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +13
HP 177; Bloodied 88
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 33, Will 30
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5; see also astral stride
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 1d8 + 8 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage, and
the githyanki mate shifts 1 square.
r Astral Dagger (standard; at-will) F Force, Psychic
Ranged 10; +24 vs. AC; 1d6 + 8 force damage plus 1d6
psychic damage.
M Merciless Cut (standard; requires silver longsword; at-will) F
Psychic, Weapon
Targets a dazed or stunned creature; +24 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7
damage plus 2d8 psychic damage, and a dazed target is
stunned instead of dazed (save ends).
C Psychic Assault (standard; recharge 4 5 6) F Psychic
Close blast 3; +22 vs. Will; 1d6 + 7 psychic damage, and
the target is dazed (save ends).
Astral Stride (move; encounter) F Teleportation
The githyanki pirate teleports 6 squares and gains the
insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 22 (+15) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 19 (+13)
Con 17 (+12) Int 20 (+14) Cha 14 (+11)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
A Tyranny of Souls
Risan and the two pirates recline on the observation
deck, while the surviving pirates make the final prep-
arations for departure. The githyanki dont expect an
attack and so they are not watching from the deck.
The pirates work inside the vessel, so it takes a DC 13
Stealth check to approach the ship unnoticed.
Risan (R) Level 19 Elite Artillery (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 4,800
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +19
HP 270; Bloodied 135
AC 31; Fortitude 29, Reflex 31, Will 34
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 6; see also astral stride
Action Points 1
m Psychic Blade (standard; at-will) F Force, Psychic
+24 vs. AC; 1d6 + 7 force damage plus 1d6 psychic
damage.
r Hurled Blade (standard; at-will) F Force, Psychic
Ranged 15; +26 vs. AC; 1d8 + 8 force damage plus 1d8
psychic damage.
R Double Attack (standard; at-will)
Risan makes two hurled blade attacks, or one psychic blade
attack, shifts, and makes a hurled blade attack.
R Githyanki Tactics (move; at-will)
Ranged 5; targets one githyanki Risan can see; the target
slides 5 squares.
R Psychic Spear (standard; recharge 4 5 6) F Force,
Psychic
Ranged 20; +26 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5 force damage plus 2d8
psychic damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends).
C Psychic Scream (immediate reaction, when first bloodied;
encounter) F Psychic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +22 vs. Will; 4d6 + 7
psychic damage, and the target is dazed (save ends). Miss:
Half damage, and the target is not dazed.
Astral Stride (move; encounter) F Teleportation
Risan teleports 6 squares and gains the insubstantial and
phasing qualities until the start of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +17, History +14, Insight +19, Intimidate +21
Str 19 (+13) Dex 22 (+15) Wis 20 (+14)
Con 15 (+11) Int 17 (+12) Cha 25 (+16)
Equipment chainmail
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
61

Tactics
The githyanki pirates shout for Captain Risan if an
adventurer opens a hatch, thus raising the alarm.
Otherwise, the pirates are oblivious to combat outside
the skiff until the start of round 3 when one finally
comes out from the craft and sees the fight.
Once alerted, three of the githyanki pirates take
their stations, while the fourth spends a move action
to move the ship 3 squares and turn it broadside to
bring the pier into its firing arc. The pirates fire at the
PCs using their crossbows.
The githyanki mates lead the attack, either using
astral stride to engage the PCs on the pier below or
fighting PCs who engage them at the platform. They
use psychic assault first followed by merciless cut.
Risan fights from the observation deck, using his
double attack to support his mates and psychic spear to
pin down enemy defenders. Risan doesnt engage
the PCs in melee unless he is the only thing between
them and his ship, at which point he closes the dis-
tance with astral stride and directs his psychic blade
attacks at controllers and leaders first.
Features of the Area
Observation Deck: The observation deck stands
30 feet above the pier and has an open top. With sub-
jective gravity, PCs can fly to the top using the normal
rules for navigating the Astral Sea (page57). Or, a
character can climb the ladder up to the hatch with a
DC 0 Athletics check.
The Merciless: The vessel is an astral skiff.
A Tyranny of Souls
Merciless
Gargantuan vehicle (astral skiff )
HP 250 Space 2 squares by 6 squares Cost 13,000 gp
AC 4; Fortitude 20, Reflex 2
Speed fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15
Pilot
The pilot must stand at a control wheel, typically at the
rear of the astral skiff.
Crew
In addition to the pilot, an astral skiff requires a crew of
three, all of whom use a standard action each round to
control the skiff. Reduce the skiffs fly speed by 4 squares
for each missing crewmember. At fly speed 0, the Merciless
sails out of control.
Load
Ten Medium creatures; one ton of cargo
Out of Control
An out-of-control astral skiff moves forward at half speed
(not including any modifiers for its astral sails).
Astral Attunement
The astral skiff functions only in the Astral Sea.
Fragile Propulsion
For every 25 damage the Merciless takes, its speed is
reduced by 2 squares. At fly speed 0, the ship comes to a
stop.
The ship provides superior cover to creatures
inside. Two portals on each side allow occupants to
make attacks against enemies outside the vessel.
Treasure: The characters gain treasure parcel
20, which includes the Merciless. In addition, planar
charts reveal a quick route to Tunarath through a
nearby color veil.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
62

Secret Way
Encounter Level 19 (12,000 XP)
Setup
Negotiated Passage (Skill Challenge)
2 angels of Tiamats vengeance
Taikus (T)
Along the way to the warehouse, two angels of
Tiamats vengeance, who have been watching the
characters, follow them to the site. About 5 minutes
before the characters arrive, both angelsfrom as
far away as you liketarget two PCs with sign of
vengeance. Since this sign is invisible and harmless,
the character doesnt notice it. However, a DC 29
Arcana check reveals its general presence and nature.
ADC25 Religion check identifies its source.
When the PCs enter the warehouse, read:
Wooden crates stand in piles forming three rows extending
to the warehouses far wall. Aside from these goods and dust
floating through the air, the place seems empty.
Taikus has a permanent portal linking Tunarath to
Citadel Mercane inside an extradimensional space
hidden at the back of the warehouse. When the
characters enter the building, Taikus is inside the
extradimensional space. He emerges 2 rounds later.
Characters searching the warehouse can find the
extradimensional space with a DC 29 Arcana check
or a DC 27 Perception check. If the characters find
the space while the githzerai is still inside, the PCs
take a 2 penalty to all Diplomacy checks made as
part of the Negotiated Passage skillchallenge.
A Tyranny of Souls
Negotiated Passage Level 19
Skill Challenge XP 2,400
The githzerai watches you with suspicion, uncertain of your
motives.
The adventurers must convince Taikus that they aim to help
the Separatists. This skill challenge takes a fewminutes.
Complexity
1 (4 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy, Insight.
Other Skills
History, Intimidate.
Victory
Taikus leads the PCs to the extradimensional space, but
before the PCs reach it, the angels of Tiamats vengeance
attack.
Defeat
Taikus denies the PCs access to the portal. Before the
characters have a chance to react, the angels of Tiamats
vengeance attack, further damning the PCs in the
githzeraiseyes.
Bluff (DC 22)
The PC gives a false reason for wanting to reach Tunarath.
Afailed check here results in two failures.
Diplomacy (DC 22)
The characters explain their mission and ask for aid. The first
success makes available the History check.
History (DC 22; Requires a successful Diplomacy check)
A PC recalls some of the worst raids and excesses by the
githyanki, relating these tales to his or her mission and how the
group intends to stop future attacks.
Insight (DC 22)
A PC senses the githzerai is nervous and catches him throwing
a glance to an innocuous stack of crates (hes looking at the
entrance to the extradimensional space). This check also reveals When Taikus appears, read:
that Intimidate does not work on Taikus.
Intimidate (DC 30)
Taikus is not easily moved by threats. Each failed Stepping out from around a stack is a rail-thin githzerai
Intimidate check applies a 5 penalty to all future checks wearing a tattered cloak. He looks at you with a raised
made as part of this skill challenge. eyebrow, Can I help you?
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
63

2 Angels of
Tiamats Vengeance
Level 19 Elite Brute
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 4,800 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16
HP 446; Bloodied 223
AC 34; Fortitude 33, Reflex 29, Will 33; see also chromatic
cloak
Immune disease, fear; Resist 15 radiant; 15 variable (3/
encounter, acid, cold, fire, lightning, or poison only; see
Resist, Monster Manual, page 282), see also coldfire pillar
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover); see also sign of vengeance
Action Points 1
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Acid, Cold, Fire, Lightning,
Poison, Weapon
Reach 2; +25 vs. AC; 1d10 + 9 damage plus 1d8 acid, cold,
fire, lightning, or poison damage plus 1d8 acid, cold, fire,
lightning, or poison damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The angel of vengeance makes two longsword attacks.
R Sign of Vengeance (minor; encounter) F Teleportation
Ranged sight; the angel of vengeance places an invisible
sign upon the target. Until the end of the encounter, as a
move action, the angel can teleport adjacent to the target.
C Chromatic Pillar (when first bloodied; encounter) F Acid,
Cold, Fire Lightning, Poison, Polymorph
The angel transforms into a 30-foot-high pillar of draconic
energies. Close burst 2; +23 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 9 acid, cold,
fire, lightning, or poison damage plus 1d8 + 9 acid, cold,
fire, lightning, or poison damage. The angel of Tiamats
vengeance is immune to all damage until the start of its
next turn.
Chromatic Cloak (until bloodied) F Acid, Cold, Fire, Lightning,
Poison
Attacks against the angel of vengeance take a 2 penalty
until the angel is bloodied. While cloak of vengeance is in
effect, a creature that makes a successful melee attack
against the angel takes 1d8 acid or cold damage and 1d8
fire, lightning, or poison damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Insight +21, Intimidate +22
Str 27 (+17) Dex 18 (+13) Wis 25 (+16)
Con 23 (+15) Int 19 (+13) Cha 26 (+17)
Equipment plate armor, 2 longswords
Taikus (T) Level 15 Elite Controller
Medium natural humanoid, githzerai XP 2,400
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +18
HP 282; Bloodied 141
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 30, Will 30; see also iron mind
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7
Action Points 1
m Unarmed Strike (standard; at-will)
+20 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage.
R Inner Spark (standard; at-will) F Lightning, Teleportation
Ranged 5; +18 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 4 lightning damage, and
the target teleports 5 squares to an unoccupied space of
Taikuss choosing.
R Reorder Chaos (standard; recharge 5 6) F Teleportation
Ranged sight; up to 4 Medium or smaller targets; +19 vs.
Fortitude; the targets teleport to swap spaces as Taikus
chooses.
R Trace Chance (standard; recharge 5 6)
Ranged 5; no attack roll required; the next melee attack
made against the target gains a +5 power bonus to the
attack roll, and, if it hits, it is automatically a critical hit.
C Psychic Fists (standard; encounter) F Psychic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +19 vs. Will; 1d8 + 4
psychic damage.
Avenging Wind (immediate interrupt, when targeted by a
ranged attack; encounter) F Teleportation
The attack targets another creature within 5 squares
of Taikus, and Taikus teleports 10 squares into a square
adjacent to the attacker.
Iron Mind (immediate interrupt, when Taikus would be hit by
an attack; encounter)
Taikus gains a +2 bonus to all defenses until end of his next
turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Deep
Speech
Skills Acrobatics +20, Athletics +18, Insight +18
Str 19 (+11) Dex 23 (+13) Wis 23 (+13)
Con 13 (+8) Int 15 (+9) Cha 14 (+9)
A Tyranny of Souls
Tactics
The angels teleport into spaces adjacent to the adven-
turers whom they targeted with sign of vengeance and
then make double attacks each round.
Taikus uses trace chance at the earliest opportunity
and spends his action point on the first round to use
inner spark. He then uses psychic fists when he can
catch the greatest number enemies in one shot or
reorder chaos to better arrange the battlefield. Taikus
enters the extradimensional space when bloodiedand
uses the portal to warn the Separatists in Tunarath.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Everburning torches set on the
walls fill the entire warehouse with bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet high.
Crates: Boxes and crates are arranged in four
rows, each 10 feet tall. An adjacent character can
make a DC 22 Strength check to knock the stack
over. The toppled stack fills all squares in a line up
to the next stack. Creatures in the path are entitled
to a saving throw to shift into an adjacent square. A
failed saving throw results in the character taking
4d6 damage and being knocked prone and restrained
(save ends both). Until cleared, the toppled stack
counts as difficult terrain.
Extradimensional Space: The portal opens onto
a small room with a permanent portal contained by
a hermetic circle in the corner. The portal is opaque.
Characters entering it appear in Tunarath (page38).
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
64

Kill Squad
Encounter Level 19 (13,600 XP)
Setup
1 githyanki blackweaver (B)
1 githyanki dread knight (K)
4 Tiamat-sworn reavers (T)
Moving through the portal alerts servants loyal to
Zetchrr, and the emperor dispatches a kill squad to
deal with the intruders. This encounter can occur in
the alley where the PCs first appear or later if the PCs
move quickly.
Githyanki Blackweaver (B) Level 20 Artillery
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 2,800
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
HP 146; Bloodied 73
AC 32; Fortitude 31, Reflex 32, Will 34
Immune disease, poison; Resist 20 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed fly 4 (hover)
m Corrosive Touch (standard; at-will) F Lightning, Necrotic
+25 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 lightning and necrotic damage, and
the target is pushed 1 square.
R Black Lightning (standard; at-will) F Lightning, Necrotic
Ranged 10; +25 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 lightning damage, and
ongoing 5 necrotic damage (save ends).
C Consuming Shadows (immediate reaction, when an enemy
enters a space adjacent to the blackweaver; encounter) F
Necrotic, Teleportation
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +23 vs. Fortitude; 1d8 +
7 necrotic damage, and the target is blinded (save ends).
Effect: The blackweaver teleports 5 squares.
Lich-Queens Legacy
The githyanki blackweavers melee and ranged attacks
deal 2d6 extra necrotic damage to targets suffering
ongoing necrotic damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana +19, History +21
Str 15 (+12) Dex 23 (+16) Wis 19 (+14)
Con 20 (+15) Int 18 (+14) Cha 24 (+17)
Equipment robes
When the kill squad appears, read:
You have company. Rounding a corner, flanked by two
hulking dragonborn, is a slim githyanki warrior encased in
baroque armor and wielding a silver greatsword. Behind
you, a hideous githyanki mage missing its lower body
hovers above the ground, black lightning crackling from its
withered hands. Two more dragonborn stand to the undead
mages sides.
Githyanki Dread Knight (K) Level 20 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,800
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +12
Final Authority aura 1; enemies in the aura take a 2 penalty
to attack rolls on attacks that do not include the githyanki
dread knight.
HP 190; Bloodied 95
AC 35; Fortitude 33, Reflex 32, Will 31
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5
m Silver Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+27 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage,
and the target is marked until the end of the dread knights
next turn.
M Severing Strike (immediate interrupt, when an enemy the
dread knight has marked shifts or makes an attack that does
not include the dread knight; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+27 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage plus 3d6 psychic damage,
and the target is dazed (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the dread knight or an ally within range can fly
up to 5 squares.
C Forceful Lure (standard; encounter)
Close burst 3; targets enemies; +23 vs. Fortitude; the
target is pulled 2 squares, and the dread knight makes a
melee basic attack against the target.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills History +20, Insight +17
Str 25 (+17) Dex 22 (+16) Wis 14 (+12)
Con 22 (+16) Int 17 (+13) Cha 19 (+14)
Equipment plate armor, silver greatsword
A Tyranny of Souls
4 Tiamat-Sworn Reavers (T) Level 18 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, dragonborn XP 2,000 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +12
HP 176; Bloodied 88; see also dragonborn fury and springing
assault
Regeneration 10 (only while bloodied).
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 27, Will 29
Speed 5; see also springing assault
m Triple-headed Flail (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+23 vs. AC (+24 while bloodied); 1d10 + 5 damage.
M Rending Strike (standard; requires triple-headed flail; at-will)
F Weapon
The Tiamat-sworn reaver attacks up to three targets with
its triple-headed flail. If it hits one target, it can push the
next target 1 square on a hit, and if it hits two targets, the
third takes ongoing 5 damage on a hit (save ends).
Dragonborn Fury (while bloodied)
The reaver gains a +1 racial bonus to attack rolls.
Skirmish +2d6
If, on its turn, the Tiamat-sworn reaver ends its move at
least 3 squares away from where it began its turn, its
melee attacks deal 2d6 extra damage until the start of its
next turn.
Springing Assault (free, when the reaver hits with a melee
attack during its turn; recharges when first bloodied)
The reaver shifts 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills History +12, Intimidate +13
Str 21 (+14) Dex 14 (+11) Wis 17 (+12)
Con 24 (+16) Int 13 (+10) Cha 14 (+11)
Equipment scale armor, heavy shield, triple-headed flail
Tactics
The githyanki dread knight leads the attack, spring-
ing into action using telekinetic leap to land in the
partys midst. There, he slashes about him using
his silver greatsword, focusing his attacks on soft
enemies. If an enemy he marks tries to slip away, he
delivers a punishing severing strike. If only one char-
acter is near him, he resorts to forceful lure to yank
themback.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
65
 A Tyranny of Souls

The blackweaver avoids melee combat, blasting Features of the Area

characters with black lightning and targeting them
Illumination: Shadows cast by the buildings
again to benefit from Lich-Queens legacy. If cornered,
reduce the lighting in the alley to dim.
the blackweaver uses consuming shadows to make
Permanent Portal: The PCs emerge into the alley
agetaway.
through this portal. The PCs can move through the
The Tiamat-sworn weavers have no particular
portal freely provided it remains open, which is only
loyalty to the emperor or the githyanki, and they fight
likely if the characters used Taikuss portal, Refer
only as long as they have the upper hand. Each reaver
back to the map on page63 in case the adventurers
targets a different enemy, using rending strike to destroy
retreat here.
their enemies. Once they make their attack, they shift
Rubbish: Boxes, crates, and general filth clutter
and charge, even if it means taking an opportunity
the alley. Squares containing rubbish count as diffi-
attack. These skirmishers maneuver as best as they can
cult terrain.
in the tight confines, but if they find it too restrictive,
Illusory Wall: Spanning the alleys mouth is an
they retreat to the street beyond to conclude the battle.
illusory wall. Characters can see through it out to
the street beyond, but people on the street cant see
Taking Prisoners through it into the alley. Thus, the wall blocks line of
If the characters take any prisoners, they might learn
sight for characters on the street.
useful information. The blackweaver and the dread
Street: The combat might spill out onto the street
knight prove unhelpful and volunteer nothing, but
beyond. People clear the area quickly, not wanting to
the dragonborn can be convinced to talk with a com-
be involved in the fight.
plexity 1 skill challenge (4 successes before 3 failure)
involving DC 22 checks with the Bluff, Diplomacy,
and Intimidate skills. A victory reveals that the
emperor dispatched them. The prisoner knows that
Tiamat watches the emperor closely, and many sus-
pect she might remove him altogether if it wasnt for
the scepter of Ephelomon. Zetchrr, evidently, fears that
the adventurers might connect with the rebels and
form an alliance against him.
If the characters have no failures from the skill
challenge, the prisoner also reveals that the emperor
has many more kill squads out in the city, hunting for
Separatist leaders. They have had some success and
have even captured their leader, some waif who who
has taken Vlaakiths name. Shes pretty important
since the emperor didnt just kill her outright. In fact,
he spirited her away to one of the floating fortresses.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
66

Blue Thunder
Encounter Level 19 (13,900 XP)
Setup
7 angels of Tiamat (A)
1 bluespawn godslayer (B)
The kill squads failure prompts Zetchrr to send
another band to intercept the adventurers before
they meet with the Separatists. They choose a walled
square to make their attack.
At some point before the PCs find the Morning-
star Inn, read:
The crowds thin until you are alone in a walled square.
Two empty bridges crisscross overhead, and an impressive
statue depicting a githyanki warrior riding a red dragon
dominates the squares center. The eerie stillness is broken
when a hulking humanoid, some strange cross between
giant and blue dragon, enters the square. Joining it are
several winged angels whose torsos give way to wispy
nothingness.
Tactics
The bluespawn godslayer charges into combat, smash-
ing a character with its greatsword. It attacks any
dragonborn or devas first, targeting defenders next.
On its next turn, it makes another greatsword attack
followed by awesome blow with an action point. The
godslayer tries to push its enemy onto a spike and
then focus on that opponent until it dies.
The angels work in teams of three, surrounding
their opponents and slashing with their greatswords
until their enemy falls. The angels fight until
destroyed.
Features of the Area
Bridges: Two bridges span the square. The first
is 15 feet above the squares and the second is 30 feet
above.
Spike: Three corners contain bristling spikes. Any
creature forcibly moved into a space containing a
spike is subject to an attack.
c Spike
Melee 0; +23 vs. Reflex; 10 damage, and the target is
immobilized (save ends). Aftereffect: The target takes 5
damage.
A Tyranny of Souls
Statue: It takes a DC 22 Athletics check to enter
the statues space. A character in its space gains cover
against all attacks.
7 Angels of Tiamat (A) Level 21 Minion
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 800 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +12
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 35; Fortitude 35, Reflex 31, Will 30
Immune fear; Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6, fly 9 (hover)
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Fire, Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 18 fire damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 26 (+18) Dex 18 (+14) Wis 14 (+12)
Con 18 (+14) Int 12 (+11) Cha 16 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, greatsword
Bluespawn Godslayer Level 22 Elite Brute
Huge natural humanoid (reptile) XP 8,300
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +17; low-light vision
HP 510; Bloodied 255
AC 36; Fortitude 36, Reflex 31, Will 33
Resist 30 lightning, 30 thunder
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Lightning, Weapon
Reach 3; +26 vs. AC; 4d6 + 9 damage plus 2d8 lightning
damage; see also slayer.
M Awesome Blow (standard; at-will) F Lightning, Weapon
The godslayer makes a greatsword attack. If the attack
hits, it makes a secondary attack against the same target.
Secondary Attack: +26 vs. Fortitude; the target is pushed 3
squares and knocked prone.
M Bite (standard; at-will) F Lightning
Reach 2; +24 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage plus 2d8 lightning
damage; see also slayer.
Slayer
The bluespawn godslayer deals +10 damage against
dragons, dragonborn, and immortals.
Alignment Evil Languages Draconic
Str 28 (+20) Dex 19 (+15) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 25 (+18) Int 10 (+11) Cha 16 (+14)
Equipment heavy shield, greatsword
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
67

Assaulting
theFortress
Encounter Level 20 (15,300 XP)
Setup
7 ballista platforms
26 githwarriors (G)
2 githyanki dragonknights riding pact dragon
steeds (P)
1 githyanki terrth (T)
As the adventurers near the Fortress of Three Sor-
rows, the githyanki within mobilize to meet the
threat.
Five githwarriors accompany the githyanki terrth
(fortress commander), and three githwarriors operate
each of the seven ballista platforms.
When the PCs see the fortress, read:
The fortress hovers on the astral horizon, a statues
decapitated head tilted on its side with a squat tower rising
up from where its ear should be. Silver chains tether three
smaller towers, each floating on tiny islands. Two red
dragons with riders emerge from its maw.
Tactics
The first time the githyanki terrth hits an enemy
with his silver longsword, he uses instructive slash. On
subsequent turns, he follows up his longsword attacks
with slaughter the weak. Meanwhile, the pact dragons
and their riders attack any lone adventurers, or if
there arent any, their vehicle.
7 Ballista Platforms (B) Level 19 Blaster
Hazard XP 2,400
A massive crossbow manned by three crewmen, these plat-
forms hurl spear-size bolts at foes.
Hazard: Seven ballista platforms arranged around the
battlefield fire at enemies.
Perception
No check is necessary to notice the ballista platforms.
Trigger
When the PCs move into line of sight to a platform, a
platforms crew rolls initiative and attack on their turn. A
ballista requires a standard action to reload.
Initiative
A ballista platform acts on the initiative of its crew.
Attack
Standard Action Ranged 30
Target: One creature
Attack: +24 vs. Reflex
Hit: 4d8 + 7 damage.
Countermeasure
F A character can attack a crewmember (a githwarrior). If the
PCs kill two crewmembers, that ballista can fire only every
other round. If the PCs kill all three crewmembers, that
platform is effectively disabled, although they could fire the
ballista themselves.
F A character can attack the ballista (AC 5, Fortitude 10,
Reflex 5; hp 60). Destroying the ballista disables the
platform.
26 Githwarriors (G) Level 16 Minion Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 350 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 30; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 26
Saving Throws +2 against charm
Speed 6; see also telekinetic stride
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githwarrior flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 25 (+15) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 15 (+10)
Con 15 (+10) Int 12 (+9) Cha 14 (+10)
Equipment scale mail, greatsword, crossbow with 10 bolts
A Tyranny of Souls
2 Githyanki Dragonknights (P) Level 17 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
Initiative +15
HP 165; Bloodied 82
Senses Perception +16
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 26, Will 28
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5
m Silver Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage,
plus 3d6 extra psychic damage against an immobilized
target.
m Lance (standard; must be mounted; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +24 vs. AC; 1d8 + 9 damage (2d8 + 9 damage
when charging).
M Impaling Charge (standard; encounter) F Weapon
Requires lance and mount; the githyanki dragonknight
makes a charge attack; reach 2; +25 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7
damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends). Effect:
The githyanki dragonknight cannot make lance attacks
until the end of the encounter.
R Telekinetic Fist (standard; recharge 6)
Ranged 5; Medium or small target; +22 vs. Fortitude;
1d6 + 7 damage, and the target slides 2 squares and is
immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki dragonknight or an ally within
range can fly 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +16
Str 25 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 21 (+13) Int 13 (+9) Cha 18 (+12)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, lance, silver bastard
sword
Features of the Area
Driftmetal Chains: Characters can attack the
chains (AC 15, Fortitude 12, Reflex 4; hp 200).
Destroying a chain sends the satellite tower adrift.
The tower moves 4 squares each round, crashing into
Tunarath after 10 rounds.
Main Tower: The main tower has a crenellated
wall providing cover to creatures standing behind it.
A trap door on the center of the roof leads down to
room 1.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
68
 A Tyranny of Souls

2 Pact Dragons (P) Level 13 Skirmisher Githyanki Terrth (S) Level 16 Soldier (Leader)
Large immortal magical beast (dragon, mount) XP 800 each Medium natural humanoid XP 1,400
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +15; darkvision Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15 M Instructive Slash (standard; encounter) F Psychic, Weapon
HP 134; Bloodied 67; see also bloodied breath Unwavering Discipline aura 3; any ally within the aura gains a Targets a dazed creature; +23 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage plus
AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 25 +2 bonus to defenses. 2d8 psychic damage.
Resist 10 fire, 10 psychic HP 154; Bloodied 77 R Heavy Crossbow (standard; recharges when the githyanki
Speed 7, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 14 AC 31; Fortitude 30, Reflex 27, Will 27 spends a minor action to reload the weapon) F Weapon
m Bite (standard; at-will) Saving Throws +2 against charm effects Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage.
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage; see also skirmish. Speed 5 R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
M Aggressive Charger (while mounted by a friendly rider of m Silver Longsword (free, after the githyanki terrth hits an Ranged 5; targets the githyanki terrth or one ally; the
13th level or higher; at-will) F Mount enemy with a silver longsword attack; at-will) F Psychic, target can fly up to 5 squares.
When charging, the pact dragon makes a bite attack in Weapon C Telekinetic Command (move; encounter)
addition to the riders charge attack. +23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 4 damage, and the target is dazed until Close burst 5; one ally in the burst slides up to 5 squares.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fire the end of the githyanki terrths next turn. Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Close blast 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 12 fire damage, and M Slaughter the Weak (standard; at-will) Skills History +12, Insight +15
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). One ally adjacent to the githyanki terrth makes a melee Str 24 (+15) Dex 19 (+12) Wis 14 (+10)
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F basic attack against the same enemy. If the enemy is dazed Con 18 (+12) Int 14 (+10) Cha 16 (+11)
Fire or stunned, the attack deals 2d8 extra psychic damage. Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, silver longsword, heavy
The dragons breath weapon recharges and the dragon uses crossbow, 20 bolt
it immediately.
Astral Jaunt (minor; recharge 6) F Mount, Teleportation
The pact dragon and its rider disappear into the Astral Sea,
teleporting 10 squares.
Pledged Rider (while mounted by a friendly rider of 13th level
or higher; at-will) F Mount
Any damage dealt to the pact dragon can be redirected to
the rider, and vice versa.
Skirmish +2d6
If, on its turn, the pact dragon ends its move at least 4
squares away from its starting point, it deals 2d6 extra
damage on all melee attacks it makes until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Draconic,
telepathy 20
Skills Endurance +17, Insight +15
Str 24 (+13) Dex 20 (+11) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 22 (+12) Int 15 (+8) Cha 16 (+9)

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
69

Desperate Defenders
Encounter Level 20 (14,350 XP)
Setup
2 gishsarath (S)
8 githwarriors (G)
1 githyanki kithrak (K)
1 redspawn immolator (R)
While the battle rages outside, the githyanki scram-
ble to defend the fortress to ensure Vlaakith doesnt
escape. The kithrak (captain) and support troops are
the first line of defense inside the fortress, with rein-
forcements coming on the round following.
When the PCs can see into the central room,
read:
A shuddering red-scaled beast crowned with fire growls at
you while a githyanki dressed in black-enameled plate and
wielding a fullblade shouts orders to attack. Two githyanki
underlings in scale armor ready themselves for battle.
The ladder drops from the roof trapdoor and ends at
a 30-foot diameter chamber with an iron door set in the
wall to either side. A spiral staircase burrows deeper into
thetower.
2 Gishsarath (S) Level 16 Elite Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 2,800 each
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +15
HP 306; Bloodied 153
AC 30; Fortitude 27, Reflex 28, Will 29
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 5; see also astral stride
Action Points 1
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 plus 1d8 psychic damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
The gishsarath makes two silver longsword attacks.
R Force Bolt (standard; at-will) F Force
Ranged 10; +19 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 4 force damage.
R Storm of Stars (standard; encounter) F Fire
The gishsarath makes four attacks, no more than two of
these against a single target; ranged 5; +21 vs. AC; 2d8 + 5
fire damage.
Astral Stride (move; encounter) F Teleportation
The gishsarath teleports 6 squares and gains the
insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Arcana +17, History +14, Insight +15
Str 16 (+11) Dex 14 (+10) Wis 14 (+10)
Con 17 (+11) Int 19 (+12) Cha 17 (+11)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
8 Githwarriors (G) Level 16 Minion Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 350 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 30; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 26
Saving Throws +2 against charm
Speed 6; see also telekinetic stride
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githwarrior flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 25 (+15) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 15 (+10)
Con 15 (+10) Int 12 (+9) Cha 14 (+10)
Equipment scale mail, greatsword, crossbow with 10 bolts
A Tyranny of Souls
Githyanki Kithrak (K) Level 20 Soldier (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid XP 2,800
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +18
HP 190; Bloodied 95
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 32, Will 31
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 5
m Silver Fullblade (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+27 vs. AC; 1d12 + 6 damage plus 1d8 psychic (crit 2d12 +
18 + 8 psychic), and the next time the target takes damage
before the start of the kithraks next turn, it takes 1d8
extra psychic damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki kithrak or an ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
R Telekinetic Snare (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; +25 vs. Fortitude; the target slides 2 squares and
is immobilized (save ends).
C Devastating Arc (standard; recharge 6) F Psychic, Weapon
Close burst 1; the githyanki kithrak makes a silver fullblade
attack against each enemy in the burst.
C Emperors Voice (standard; encounter) F Healing
Close burst 5; each ally in burst regains 20 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills History +14, Insight +18
Str 26 (+18) Dex 23 (+16) Wis 16 (+13)
Con 22 (+16) Int 15 (+12) Cha 18 (+14)
Equipment plate armor, silver fullblade, keys to all the cells on
this level and the level below
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
70
 A Tyranny of Souls

Redspawn Immolator (R) Level 20 Brute The kithrak uses telekinetic snare to move an
Large natural beast (reptile) XP 2,800 enemy closer to the redspawn immolator and uses his
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
silver fullblade to dispatch the character. The kithrak
Inner Flame (Fire) aura 3; any ally within the aura gains resist
10 fire. While the immolator is bloodied, each enemy that reserves devastating arc for when it faces three or more
ends its turn in the aura takes 10 fire damage. enemies at once, and uses emperors voice when the
HP 234; Bloodied 117; see also inner flame and redspawn dragonspawns redspawn fury activates.
frenzy
The gishsarath supports the githwarriors using
AC 32; Fortitude 34, Reflex 32, Will 29
Resist 20 fire force bolt and storm of stars, only reverting to melee
Speed 6 attacks when he exhausts his ranged attacks.
m Bite (standard; at-will) F Fire
Reinforcements in the hall outside the main
Reach 2; +23 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage, and ongoing 5 fire
damage (save ends). chamber arrive at the start of the second round, while
M Claws (standard; at-will) those in the barracks join the fight at the start of the
Reach 2; +23 vs. AC; 2d10 + 6 damage. fourth round.
C Fiery Expulsion (when first bloodied; encounter) F Fire
Close blast 3; +21 vs. Reflex; 1d12 + 7 fire damage, and
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends). Features of the Area
Redspawn Frenzy (while at 58 or fewer hit points) Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet high.
The redspawn immolators melee attacks deal 2d6 extra
Iron Ladder: The ladder descends from the
damage, and the immolator treats allies as enemies for the
purposes of opportunity attacks and makes all opportunity hatch to the bottom of the room. Climbing the ladder
attacks provoked from it. requires a DC 0 Athletics check.
Alignment Evil Languages Draconic Doors: Iron bars can be dropped over the doors
Str 27 (+18) Dex 22 (+16) Wis 12 (+11)
to prevent reinforcements from arriving (DC 27
Con 24 (+17) Int 8 (+9) Cha 17 (+13)
Strength check). The bars themselves count as unat-
Tactics tended objects weighing less than 20 pounds.
Cells: Prison cells make up a third of this floor.
The githyankis tactics depend on whether the adven-
Each door is locked (DC 22 Thievery or DC 27
turers descend into the central room. If they linger at
Strength to open). The cells contain a mix of political
the top, the githwarriors use their crossbows and the
prisoners or nothing (as you decide). None of these
gishsarath uses force bolt. The redspawn immolator
prisoners are useful for this foray (treat as minions; all
climbs the ladder, sped up by the kithrak, who uses
defenses 22), but they might prove helpful later.
telekinetic leap to place the monster near the top.
Barracks: Opposite the cells are the barracks.
The githyanki focus fire on the first character to
This big room features many bunk beds, a few tables
come down the ladder, and then engage in melee
surrounded by chairs, and a kitchen.
combat when more characters join their companion.
Treasure: Characters searching the barracks find
The dragonspawn makes a charge attack against the
treasure parcel 8 amid mundane clothing and per-
closest enemy and then uses its claws, fighting until
sonal effects.
destroyed.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
71

Jail Break
Encounter Level 21 (16,000 XP)
Setup
1 angel of Tiamats Vengeance (A)
1 aspect of Dispater (D)
2 barbed devil veterans (B)
The aspect of Dispater interrogates the prisoner while
his attendants watch.
When the PCs can see Vlaakith, read:
Suspended within a column of fire is a young githyanki
woman. Her body doesnt move, but her eyes flick toward
you. To the side, and turning your direction, is a towering
angel whose astral essence crackles with lightning, flares
with flames, and drips poison. Opposite the guardian
stands a slim, horned humanoid dressed in scarlet robes
and gripping a gnarled staff in his hands. Just inside the
doorway, two menacing humanoids covered in gleaming
barbs fix you with fieryeyes.
Aspect of Level 20 Elite Controller (Leader)
Dispater (D)
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 5,600
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 382; Bloodied 191
AC 37; Fortitude 33, Reflex 35, Will 34
Resist 20 fire
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, teleport 10
Action Points 1
m Smiting Rod (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+25 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target is pushed 2
squares and dazed until the end of the aspect of Dispaters
next turn.
M Lesser Blasphemous Reply (immediate reaction, when hit by
a melee attack; recharges when first bloodied) F Thunder
Targets the attacker; +24 vs. Will; 3d8 + 7 thunder
damage, and the target is pushed 1 square.
R Lesser Inveigle (standard; recharge 5 6) F Charm, Psychic
Ranged 10; +24 vs. Will; 2d6 + 7 psychic damage, and the
target slides 2 squares and is dominated until the end of
the aspect of Dispaters next turn.
A Lesser Gate of Dis (minor; recharge 5 6) F Conjuration,
Fire
Area wall 5 within 20 squares. The aspect of Dispater
conjures a lattice of scalding iron that lasts until the start
of his next turn. The wall blocks movement and line of
effect, but it does not block line of sight. Creatures that
end their turn adjacent to the wall or are pulled, pushed, or
slid adjacent to the wall take 10 fire damage. The wall is 4
squares high and cannot be destroyed.
Lesser Diabolic Awe (free 1/round, when an enemy within 5
squares becomes bloodied or takes a critical hit; at-will) F
Fear, Healing
The enemy is pushed 3 squares away from the aspect of
Dispater and is dazed until the end of the aspects next
turn. Creatures with the devil keyword within 5 squares of
the aspect of Dispater regain 10 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Arcana +23, Bluff +22, History +23, Insight +20, Religion
+23
Str 18 (+14) Dex 19 (+14) Wis 20 (+15)
Con 23 (+16) Int 26 (+18) Cha 25 (+17)
Equipment scarlet robe, smiting rod
A Tyranny of Souls
Angel of Level 19 Elite Brute
Tiamats Vengeance (A)
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 4,800
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16
HP 446; Bloodied 223
AC 34; Fortitude 33, Reflex 29, Will 33; see also chromatic
cloak
Immune disease, fear; Resist 15 radiant, 15 variable (3/
encounter, acid, cold, fire, lightning, or poison only; see
Resist, Monster Manual, page 282); see also coldfire pillar
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover); see also sign of vengeance
Action Points 1
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Acid, Cold, Fire, Lightning,
Poison, Weapon
Reach 2; +25 vs. AC; 1d10 + 9 damage plus 1d8 acid, cold,
fire, lightning, or poison damage plus 1d8 acid, cold, fire,
lightning, or poison damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The angel of vengeance makes two longsword attacks.
R Sign of Vengeance (minor; encounter) F Teleportation
Ranged sight; the angel of vengeance places an invisible
sign upon the target. Until the end of the encounter, as a
move action, the angel can teleport adjacent to the target.
C Chromatic Pillar (when first bloodied; encounter) F Acid,
Cold, Fire Lightning, Poison, Polymorph
The angel transforms into a 30-foot-high pillar of draconic
energies. Close burst 2; +23 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 9 acid, cold,
fire, lightning, or poison damage plus 1d8 + 9 acid, cold,
fire, lightning, or poison damage. The angel of Tiamats
vengeance is immune to all damage until the start of its
next turn.
Chromatic Cloak (until bloodied) F Acid, Cold, Fire, Lightning,
Poison
Attacks against the angel of vengeance take a 2 penalty
until the angel is bloodied. While cloak of vengeance is in
effect, a creature that makes a successful melee attack
against the angel takes 1d8 acid or cold damage and 1d8
fire, lightning, or poison damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Insight +21, Intimidate +22
Str 27 (+17) Dex 18 (+13) Wis 25 (+16)
Con 23 (+15) Int 19 (+13) Cha 26 (+17)
Equipment plate armor, 2 longswords
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
72

2 Barbed Devil Veterans (B) Level 20 Soldier
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 2,800 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Grasping Barbs aura 1; an enemy that enters or leaves the
aura takes 5 damage and is marked until the end of its
next turn.
HP 191; Bloodied 95
AC 37; Fortitude 33, Reflex 31, Will 31
Resist 20 fire
Speed 7, teleport 7
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+27 vs. AC; 1d8 + 8 damage, and the target is pushed 1
square.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The barbed devil veteran makes two claw attacks. If both
attacks hit the same target, the barbed devil veteran tries
to impale the target on its barbs as a secondary attack.
Secondary Attack: +24 vs. Reflex; 5 damage.
R Hurl Flame (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fire
Ranged 5; +22 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 8 fire damage, and the
target takes ongoing 5 fire damage and is dazed (save ends
both).
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Athletics +23, Intimidate +21
Str 27 (+18) Dex 22 (+16) Wis 16 (+13)
Con 23 (+16) Int 13 (+11) Cha 22 (+16)
Tactics
The angel uses sign of vengeance and then closes
on the lead enemy, using double attack each round
until bloodied, at which point it transforms into a
chromaticpillar.
The aspect uses lesser inveigle to draw a character
into the room and then spends an action point to raise
his lesser gate of Dis. The aspect focuses on the unlucky
character with its smiting rod, while waiting for his
powers to recharge.
The barbed devils back away from the entrance
to pull the adventurers into the room. They use hurl
flame on the first round, and then use double attack
against those PCs who enter.
A Tyranny of Souls
Dispater tries to f lee if reduced to 95 or fewer
hit points, surrendering only if hes the last one in
the room. When the PCs first bloody the aspect, it
shouts, Release her and you will bring about the
doom of all things!
Features of the Area
Doors: All doors here are locked. The kithrak
in Desperate Defenders (page 70) has the keys.
Otherwise, opening a locked door requires a DC 25
Strength or Thievery check.
Treasure: A character searching the armory who
succeeds on a DC 22 Perception check locates treasure
parcels 2 and 3. A character searching the storerooms
who succeeds on a DC 22 Perception check discovers
treasure parcel 6 spread across both rooms.
Fighting Ring: The fighting ring a roped-off plat-
form standing two feet high. Getting into the fighting
ring costs an extra square of movement unless a DC
14 Acrobatics check is made.
Training Dummies: Three dummies equipped
with sharp blades stand at the ready to engage would-
be trainees. The dummy makes an attack against any
creature that enters a square adjacent to it unless the
triggering creature succeeds on a DC 14 Acrobatics
check.
C Energy Field Pulse F Fire
m Training Dummy Slash
Melee 1; +26 vs. AC; 10 damage, and the target is pushed 1 Close burst 1; all creatures in burst; +25 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 7
square. fire damage, and the target takes ongoing 10 fire damage
(save ends).
Hermetic Circle: The circle creates a dangerous
field that extends from floor to ceiling. Creatures
inside the field are immune to all damage, and the
field blocks line of effect. An adjacent character can
dismantle the field by engaging in a complexity 1 skill
challenge (4 successes before 3 failures) involving
Arcana and Thievery checks against DC 22. A failed
check or touching the field triggers an attack.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
73

Into the Maw 2 Githyanki Dragonknights (P) Level 17 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 1,600 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +16
Encounter Level 18 (10,400 XP)
HP 165; Bloodied 82
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 26, Will 28
Setup Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
2 githyanki dragonknights (D) Speed 5
m Silver Bastard Sword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
2 pack dragons (P)
+24 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 damage plus 1d6 psychic damage,
16 githwarriors (G) plus 3d6 extra psychic damage against an immobilized
target.
m Lance (standard; must be mounted; at-will) F Weapon
The adventurers automatically gain surprise if they
Reach 2; +24 vs. AC; 1d8 + 9 damage (2d8 + 9 damage
catch the githyanki while still in the hangar. when charging).
M Impaling Charge (standard; encounter) F Weapon
When the PCs first approach this area, read: Requires lance and mount; the githyanki dragonknight
makes a charge attack; reach 2; +25 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7
damage, and the target is immobilized (save ends). Effect:
The stairs end in a large hangar. Two wide alcoves hold The githyanki dragonknight cannot make lance attacks
red dragons, and attending them are githyanki warriors in until the end of the encounter.
R Telekinetic Fist (standard; recharge 6)
plate armor. More githyanki work on the astral skiffs or sort
Ranged 5; Medium or small target; +22 vs. Fortitude;
through supplies. 1d6 + 7 damage, and the target slides 2 squares and is
immobilized (save ends).
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the githyanki dragonknight or an ally within
range can fly 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills History +11, Insight +16
Str 25 (+15) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 17 (+11)
Con 21 (+13) Int 13 (+9) Cha 18 (+12)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, lance, silver bastard
sword
A Tyranny of Souls
2 Pact Dragons (P) Level 13 Skirmisher
Large immortal magical beast (dragon, mount) XP 800 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 134; Bloodied 67; see also bloodied breath
AC 27; Fortitude 26, Reflex 25, Will 25
Resist 10 fire, 10 psychic
Speed 7, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 14
m Bite (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +18 vs. AC; 2d6 + 7 damage; see also skirmish.
M Aggressive Charger (while mounted by a friendly rider of
13th level or higher; at-will) F Mount
When charging, the pact dragon makes a bite attack in
addition to the riders charge attack.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fire
Close blast 5; +15 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 12 fire damage, and
ongoing 5 fire damage (save ends).
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F
Fire
The dragons breath weapon recharges and the dragon uses
it immediately.
Astral Jaunt (minor; recharge 6) F Mount, Teleportation
The pact dragon and its rider disappear into the Astral Sea,
teleporting 10 squares.
Pledged Rider (while mounted by a friendly rider of 13th level
or higher; at-will) F Mount
Any damage dealt to the pact dragon can be redirected to
the rider, and vice versa.
Skirmish +2d6
If, on its turn, the pact dragon ends its move at least 4
squares away from its starting point, it deals 2d6 extra
damage on all melee attacks it makes until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Deep Speech, Draconic,
telepathy 20
Skills Endurance +17, Insight +15
Str 24 (+13) Dex 20 (+11) Wis 18 (+10)
Con 22 (+12) Int 15 (+8) Cha 16 (+9)
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
74
 A Tyranny of Souls

16 Githwarriors (G) Level 16 Minion Skirmisher

Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 350 each
Development
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10 The heroes must stop the fleeing astral interceptor
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion. before it escapes and brings reinforcements. This
AC 30; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 26
could be a thrilling chase over Tunarath or a vicious
Saving Throws +2 against charm
Speed 6; see also telekinetic stride battle in the Astral Sea. If the ship gets away, use
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon creatures presented in this adventure to build a level
+21 vs. AC; 12 damage. 22 encounter. These reinforcements arrive 5 minutes
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
after the ship escapes.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githwarrior flies 5 squares. Features of the Area
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Astral Interceptor: Two astral vessels stand at
Str 25 (+15) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 15 (+10)
Con 15 (+10) Int 12 (+9) Cha 14 (+10) the ready. They have enclosed hulls, so creatures
Equipment scale mail, greatsword, crossbow with 10 bolts inside cannot be targeted by attacks. See page46 for
statistics.
Tactics Supplies: Squares containing these items count
When the githyanki are no longer surprised, the as difficult terrain, and a creature knocked prone
dragonknights mount their dragons and attack the here takes 5 damage from the jagged bits and pointy
PCs, even though they have little room to maneuver. things.
Using Deep Speech, one dragonknight orders a crew
onto an astral interceptor to get help. Four githwarriors
converge on the vessel to take off and get help, ram-
ming PCs if necessary.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
75

A Turning Point
Encounter Level 21 (16,000 XP)
Setup
The moment for which the adventures have long
fought is at hand. Vlaakith and her lieutenants are
open to discussion about withdrawing the githyanki
from the war and might be convinced to give their aid
in the ongoing struggle.
A Turning Point Level 21
Skill Challenge XP 16,000
The room hums as the gathered assembly awaits your words.
In their cold faces, you see everything from blank stares, to
suspicion, to open hatred. Vlaakith stands and the room quiets.
These visitors have come a long way and have endured many
hardships. Let us hear their words to seek an accord between
our peoples.
Although the githyanki want nothing to do with Tiamats
war, they are not allies yet. To get the githyanki to withdraw
fully from the war, the characters must make a bargain all
can live with.
Complexity
5 (12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Diplomacy, History, Insight, Intimidate, Religion, Streetwise.
Other Skills
Bluff.
Victory
Vlaakith agrees to withdraw the githyanki from the war
provided the characters successfully defeat Zetchrr.
Vlaakith also grants the PCs world a reprieve from githyanki
attacks for a thousand years (though this applies only to
those githyanki under Vlaakiths command; she doesnt
mention this). Finally, if the characters acquire no failures
in the course of the skill challenge, Vlaakith agrees to a
short-term alliance between her people and those of the
adventurers. Such an alliance proves beneficial to the PCs in
a future Scales of War adventure.
Defeat
Vlaakith agrees to withdraw the githyanki from the war but
only with the following conditions. The adventurers must
kill Zetchrr, and they must find and destroy the remains of
Vlaakith CLVII.
Special
If Mayhem is present for the negotiations, he can speak
on the characters behalf, assuming the characters have
performed and treated him well. At any point during the
negotiation, the PCs can convert one failed check into a
successful check.
If the PCs rescued Vlaakith and freed her without question,
the characters gain a +2 bonus to all Diplomacy checks. This
bonus increases to +4 if the PCs saved her after dealing with
the Emperor.
Bluff (DC 27)
The PCs make promises or offers they cannot actually follow
through on or have no intention to uphold.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill.
Diplomacy 1 (DC 22; 2 successes)
The PCs describe their predicament, what they know of
Tiamats intent, and what will result if she is victorious.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill. Achieving 2 successes opens up Diplomacy2.
Diplomacy 2 (DC 22; 2 successes maximum; requires Diplo-
macy 1 to unlock)
The PCs explain that through their alliance with Tiamat, the
githyanki have become embroiled in a divine war not of their
making and they are taking a hand in the fate of the gods.
Achieving 2 successes opens up Diplomacy 3.
Diplomacy 3 (DC 27; 2 successes maximum; requires Diplo-
macy 2 or Streetwise to unlock)
The PCs announce that Tiamat has violated the ancient pact
and thus the githyanki are no longer bound by its terms. One
githyanki asks that if this is true, where is Gith?
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill. The first success here opens up Insight. The second
success opens up Diplomacy 4.
Diplomacy 4 (DC 22; 4 successes maximum; requires Diplo-
macy 3 to unlock)
The PCs ask for an alliance.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill. On the first success, Vlaakith says that even if they
agreed, their alliance would be worthless while Zetchrr is
still in power. This opens up Diplomacy 5. On a failed check,
the characters cannot make this check again until they
succeed on another check related to the skill challenge.
Diplomacy 5
The PCs volunteer to destroy Zetchrr and end his reign.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill.
A Tyranny of Souls
History (DC 14; 1 success maximum; requires Diplomacy 4 to
unlock)
A character recalls the terms of the ancient pact, remembering
that Gith demanded the githyanki be free to rule their own
destiny.
DC 27 (1 success, 2 maximum)
Insight (DC 22; 1 success maximum; requires Diplomacy 3 to
unlock)
The PCs notice Vlaakith flinches when they mention the pact
has been violated.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill. A success here also opens up Intimidate.
Intimidate (DC 27)
The PCs paint a pretty bleak picture about what is in store for
the githyanki if they dont withdraw from the war, suggesting
that they will be destroyed if they lose or become subservient to
Tiamat if they win.
Characters can cooperate to aid a lead character using this
skill.
Religion 1 (DC 22 (1 success maximum))
A character describes Tiamats notoriety and her long history
of betrayals by citing key moments where she has acted in the
world. This bleak portrait calls into question the strength of the
githyanki alliance with the Dark Lady.
Success opens up Religion 2.
Religion 2 (DC 22; 1 success maximum; requires Religion 1 or
Streetwise to unlock)
A PC reminds the githyanki that no god has ever ruled the
githyanki peoples.
Streetwise (DC 14; 2 successes maximum)
A character cites an example of how Tiamat actually controls
the city, and also how Zetchrr serves Tiamat directly.
The first success also opens up the Religion 2 check. The
second success opens up Diplomacy 3.
Failure
A defeat on this skill challenge doesnt mean the
adventure is over; it results in an even greater chal-
lenge and no guarantees that the githyanki wont
become a problem at some future point.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
76

Stillness Broken 3 Slaughter Wights Level 18 Brute
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 2,000 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Encounter Level 19 (12,400 XP)
HP 182; Bloodied 91; see also death wail
AC 30; Fortitude 30, Reflex 27, Will 26
Setup Immune disease, poison; Resist 20 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
3 slaughter wights (S) radiant
Speed 7
1 tormenting ghost (T) m Claw (standard; at-will) F Healing, Necrotic
2 wrath spirits (W) +21 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 necrotic damage, the target loses
a healing surge and is weakened (save ends), and the
slaughter wight regains 15 hit points.
The undead hunger for souls and attack when the
C Death Wail (when reduced to 0 hit points) F Necrotic
characters draw near. Close burst 5; targets enemies; +21 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 +
4 necrotic damage. Undead allies in the burst can make a
When the PCs are about halfway to the Chro- basic attack as a free action.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
matic Bastion, read:
Str 26 (+17) Dex 20 (+14) Wis 9 (+8)
Con 22 (+15) Int 12 (+10) Cha 18 (+13)
The path travels through a damaged area, with a yawning
fissure to one side and crumbling tombs and rubble to the
other. Black fire gutters up in columns on either side of
theroad.
A Tyranny of Souls
Tormenting Ghost (T) Level 21 Controller
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 3,200
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 152; Bloodied 76
AC 32; Fortitude 30, Reflex 34, Will 32
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Spirit Touch (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
+24 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 9 necrotic damage.
M Ghostly Possession (standard; recharge 5 6) F Charm
Target must be a living humanoid; +24 vs. Will; the
tormenting ghost enters the targets space and is removed
from play, and the target is dominated (save ends).
The tormenting ghost can use the power against only
one creature at a time. When the target is no longer
dominated, or when the tormenting ghost chooses to end
its ghostly possession (a free action), the ghost reappears in
a square adjacent to the target.
C Burst of Terror (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fear, Necrotic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +24 vs. Will; 1d8 + 9
necrotic damage, the target is pushed 5 squares; and the
target is dazed and immobilized (save ends both).
A Ghostly Terrain (standard; at-will) F Zone
Area burst 1 within 10; the area is suddenly filled with
ghostly lights, wisps of necrotic mist, and the faint
whispers of the dead. The zone is difficult terrain and
lightly obscured. Any creature that enters or ends its turn
in the zone is immobilized (save ends). The zone lasts until
the end of the encounter of for 5 minutes.
Spectral Shift (immediate reaction, when missed by a melee
attack; at-will)
The tormenting ghost shifts 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +24
Str 11 (+10) Dex 28 (+19) Wis 14 (+12)
Con 20 (+15) Int 12 (+11) Cha 25 (+17)
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
77
 A Tyranny of Souls

2 Wrath Spirits (W) Level 17 Soldier Features of the Area

Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 1,600 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +12; darkvision Rubble: Squares containing rubble count as dif-
HP 111; Bloodied 55 ficult terrain.
AC 33; Fortitude 27, Reflex 29, Will 30 Chasms: The small chasm is about 30 feet deep
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
(dealing 3d10 damage to those who fall in), while
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Keening Sword (standard; at-will) F Psychic the larger one is about 90 feet deep (9d10 damage).
+24 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and the target is Climbing out of a chasm requires DC 14 Athletics
marked until the end of the wrath spirits next turn.
checks.
A Exploding Head (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fear,
Necrotic Sealed Vaults: A vault grants cover and has AC 5,
The wrath spirit materializes a flame semblance of its Fortitude 10, Reflex 5; hp 40.
missing head and hurls it: area burst 2 within 10; +21 Mausoleums: A locked door (DC 27 Thievery or
vs. Fortitude; 3d10 + 7 necrotic damage, and the target
DC 32 Strength) bars access. Each tomb holds a stone
is immobilized and marked (save ends both). Miss: Half
damage, and the target is marked but not immobilized. sarcophagus and he rotting remains within it. The
Burning Challenge (immediate reaction, when an enemy tormenting ghost and wrath spirits use phasing to
marked by the wrath spirit makes an attack that does not
move through the mausoleums walls unimpeded.
include the wrath spirit; at-will) F Psychic
The triggering enemy takes ongoing 10 psychic damage Pillars of Necrotic Flame: Black fire gutters
and is dazed (save ends both). from wounds in the dead god. Necrotic attacks made
Alignment Evil Languages Common from spaces adjacent to either pillar gain a +10 bonus
Str 16 (+11) Dex 17 (+11) Wis 18 (+12)
to damage rolls. Creatures entering or starting their
Con 15 (+10) Int 22 (+14) Cha 24 (+15)
turns in a space containing the necrotic flame take 10
fire and necrotic damage.
Treasure: One shattered mausoleum contains
parcel 1.

Tactics
The slaughter wights shriek to alert their allies in the
tombs, charge, and then make a fighting retreat to the
pillars of necrotic flame to boost their attacks. The
wrath spirits fly around behind the PCs to herd them
forward, while the tormenting ghost finds a melee
striker and attacks using burst of terror.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
78

Evils Backbone
Encounter Level 21 (18,000 XP)
Setup
Spine of Vlaakith (V)
2 sword wraith attendants (S)
When Zetchrr came to power, the githyanki believed
the Lich-Queen was well and truly dead. However,
the new emperor discovered that a piece of her
remained: her spine. Through dread magic, Zetchrr
bound her spirit to the spine and extracted oaths of
service from it, transforming the dead Lich-Queen
into a form of demilich. As long as Zetchrr lives,
Vlaakith would serve.
When the PCs enter the room, read:
A blackened spine hovers before an iron door across the
room. Pale blue light from the flickering torches glint off six
bright amethysts set into each bone ring. The spine casts
a queer shadow on the white tile floor, suggesting that of a
tall, thin female humanoid.
Perception Check
DC 31 Shadows in the rooms corners seem to move inde-
pendent of the light source, coalescing into vague humanoid
figures.
Spine of Vlaakith (V) Level 20 Solo Artillery
Tiny natural animate (undead) XP 14,000
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +18; darkvision
Intruding Terror (Fear) aura 2; enemies within the aura take a
2 penalty to attack rolls.
HP 600; Bloodied 300; see also consume soul and
indestructible
Regeneration 20 (if the spine of Vlaakith takes radiant
damage, regeneration doesnt function until the end of its
next turn)
AC 32; Fortitude 32, Reflex 28, Will 33
Immune disease, poison, sleep; Resist 10 necrotic, 10 psychic
Saving Throws +5
Speed fly 12 (hover)
Action Points 2
r Shadow Ray (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
Ranged 20; +27 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 necrotic damage.
r Immobilizing Ray (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
Ranged 20; +25 vs. Fortitude; 1d6 + 8 necrotic damage,
and the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Drain Soul (standard; at-will)
Ranged 5; does not provoke opportunity attacks; +25
vs. Fortitude; the target is dazed and restrained (save
ends both). First Failed Saving Throw: The target is instead
stunned and restrained (save ends both). Second Failed
Saving Throw: The target dies, and its soul is trapped in one
of the spines soul gems until the spine is destroyed; see also
consume soul and Fate of Drained Souls sidebar.
R Wither (minor; at-will) F Necrotic
Ranged 20; +25 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing 10
necrotic damage (save ends).
A Tyranny of Souls
R Twin Rays (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
The spine of Vlaakith makes a shadow ray attack and a
immobilizing ray attack.
C Soul Shriveling Pulse (immediate reaction, when a creature
fails a saving throw against drain soul; at-will) F Fear,
Necrotic
Close burst 5; +25 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 5 necrotic damage,
and the target takes a 2 penalty to saving throws (save
ends).
Consume Soul (minor; expends a trapped soul; recharge ) F
Healing
The spine of Vlaakith regains 200 hit points.
Soul Gems
The spine of Vlaakiths six soul gems can each hold the soul
of one if its victims. At the beginning of an encounter, the
soul gems contain two souls. Crushing a gem after the spine
is defeated releases the soul back to the Shadowfell.
Indestructible
When the spine of Vlaakith is reduced to 0 hit points
or fewer, its spine (but not the soul gems) crumbles into
dust, but it is not destroyed. It reappears 1d10 days later
within 1 square of its phylactery (in room 15), unless the
phylactery is also found and destroyed.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +17, Insight +18, Intimidate +23, Religion +18
Str 16 (+13) Dex 16 (+13) Wis 17 (+13)
Con 24 (+17) Int 15 (+12) Cha 27 (+18)
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
79

2 Sword Wraith Attendants (S) Level 18 Lurker
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 2,000 each
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 95; Bloodied 47; see also death strike
Regeneration 10
AC 31; Fortitude 30, Reflex 31, Will 33
Immune disease, poison; Resist 20 necrotic, insubstantial;
Vulnerable 10 radiant (if the sword wraith attendant takes
radiant damage, its regeneration does not function until
the end of the its next turn)
Speed fly 8 (hover); phasing; see also shadow glide
m Shadow Sword (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
+21 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 7 necrotic damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends).
M Death Strike (when reduced to 0 hit points) F Necrotic
The sword wraith shifts 4 squares and makes a melee basic
attack, dealing 2d8 extra necrotic damage on a hit.
Combat Advantage F Necrotic
The sword wraith attendant deals 2d6 extra necrotic
damage against any target granting combat advantage to it.
Shadow Glide (move; encounter)
The sword wraith attendant shifts 6 squares.
Spawn Wraith
Any humanoid killed by a sword wraith rises as a free-
willed sword wraith at the start of its creators next turn,
appearing in the space where it died (or in the nearest
unoccupied space). Raising the slain creature (using the
Raise Dead ritual) does not destroy the spawned wraith.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +21
Str 14 (+11) Dex 24 (+16) Wis 12 (+10)
Con 18 (+13) Int 11 (+9) Cha 24 (+16)
Tactics
Vlaakith would gladly let the PCs pass to destroy the
emperor, but Zetchrrs magic impels her to attack.
She waits for the characters to attack first or to move
past the first pair of columns, at which point she
attacks using twin rays. She then uses her drain soul
attack by spending action point if the target is within
5 squares. She uses this tactics against any opponent
who draws too close, using her immobilizing ray to
keep fleeing enemies in place.
A Tyranny of Souls
The sword wraith attendants harry PCs who dont Stained-Glass Windows: The stained glass win-
close on the spine, using phasing to move through dows are not made of glass at all. They are instead
the floor and come up behind their opponents. They congealed hatred. Any creature that starts its turn in
work together to ensure they get flanking. If they find a square adjacent to the window makes a melee basic
themselves close to a dazed enemy, they dont pass up attack or a charge attack against the closest creature
the chance to strike the afflicted enemy with their and treats allies as enemies for the purpose of oppor-
shadow swords in the hopes of spawning a new sword tunity attacks until the start of the creatures next
wraith. turn. Each window has AC 5 Fortitude 10, Reflex 5;
hp 5. A destroyed window loses this effect.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Two everburning torches in sconces
to either side of the door to room 3 fill the room with
bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet high.
Columns: Four columns, each 3 feet wide, sup-
port the ceiling overhead. The columns provide cover.
Fate of Drained Souls
When a victim of the drain soul attack fails its second
saving throw, the victims soul is trapped in one of
Vlaakiths spine gems. The souls former body crum-
bles into dust at the end of the creatures next turn.
If the spine is destroyed, each creature trapped in a
gem is targeted by an attack: +25 vs. Will; the soul
is destroyed. On a miss, the soul remains intact but
is trapped in a gem. If a targets soul remains intact
within a gem, then the gem glows with faint inner
light and reveals an image of a tiny figure inside. This
gem can be used as part of the Raise Dead ritual,
reducing the component cost by half. The Raise
Dead ritual can still bring back a target whose soul
is destroyed.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
80

Red Sentinels
Encounter Level 19 (12,000 XP)
Setup
2 adult red dragons (R)
The emperor uses these dragons to protect the
deeper chambers. These dragons are descendants of
Zetchrrs own red dragon steed.
When the PCs enter this room, read:
Heat blasts you from this blazing chamber. Through the
heat mirage created by two fiery pools, you make out the
hulking forms of two red dragons.
2 Adult Red Dragons (R) Level 17 Solo Soldier
Large natural magical beast (dragon) XP 8,000 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 750; Bloodied 375; see also bloodied breath
AC 33; Fortitude 33, Reflex 30, Will 29
Resist 20 fire
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6, fly 8 (hover), overland flight 12
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) Fire
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage plus 3d6 fire
damage.
bine a bite with double attack.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The dragon makes two claw attacks.
M Tail Strike (immediate reaction, when an enemy moves to a
position where it flanks the red dragon; at-will)
The dragon attacks the enemy with its tail: reach 2; +20
vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 7 damage, and the target is pushed 1
square.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6 ) F Fire
Close blast 5; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 6 fire damage. Miss:
Half damage.
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F
Fire
The dragons breath weapon recharges, and the dragon
uses it immediately.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) F Fear
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +20 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of the dragons next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff +14, Insight +15, Intimidate +19
Str 25 (+14) Dex 19 (+11) Wis 16 (+10)
Con 22 (+13) Int 13 (+8) Cha 14 (+9)
Tactics
The two dragons are accustomed to working with
each other. When the PCs enter, they take to the air,
flying 20 feet above the floor, and close to deliver
their breath weapon attacks against the largest group of
characters. They then spend an action point each to
charge a character they hit with their breath weapons.
A Tyranny of Souls
After, both dragons maneuver to position them-
selves on opposite sides of the PCs. The first dragon
uses frightful presence to send the PCs fleeing while
the other dragon bites any character that moves past
it. On the round following, they do the same thing,
but in reverse.
The dragons save their second action points for
when they are bloodied, using them to combine bite
attacks with their breath weapons, or, failing that, com-
Features of the Area
Illumination: The pools of fire fill this room with
bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling in this room is 50 feet high.
Dais: A dais stands on the opposite side of the
room, flanked by the dragons. The steps up are steep
and count as difficult terrain.
Iron Doors: The iron doors are not locked, but
they are super-hot. Characters opening them by hand
take 10 fire damage.
Fiery Pools: Two pools of naphtha burn. A creature
that enters or starts its turn adjacent to a pool takes 5
fire damage, while a creature that enters or starts its
turn in a pool takes 10 fire damage and ongoing 10 fire
damage (save ends).
The fires are so intense that a creature standing in
or behind them is lightly obscured.
Heat: Heat from the burning pools imposes a 2
penalty to all attack rolls to all creatures that do not
have resist fire of 10 or more.
Treasure: The dragons hoard consists of treasure
parcels 14, 18, and 19, all of which sit in a pile on the
dais.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
81

The Freezer
Encounter Level 20 (14,000 XP)
Setup
3 ice devils (I)
1 winterdeath dracolich (W)
This foul chamber holds dragon carcasses for later
animation. The dracolich lairing here (a red dragon in
life) has endured terrible torments from the ice devils,
hence its lesser state.
When the PCs enter this room, read:
A blast of cold greets you when you enter this large
chamber. Several ice-blue insectoid humanoids turn to look
at you, their longspears raised in challenge, but the hulking
red dragon skeleton rimed with ice rising from the frozen
floor commands your attention. Red dragon carcasses hang
by their tails from the ceiling.
3 Ice Devils (I) Level 20 Soldier
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 2,800 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +13; darkvision
Cold Aura (Cold) aura 5; enemies in the aura take a 2 penalty
to all attack rolls.
HP 195; Bloodied 97
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 31, Will 29
Immune cold; Resist 20 fire
Speed 8
m Icy Longspear (standard; at-will) F Cold, Weapon
Reach 3; +27 vs. AC; 1d12 + 7 cold damage, and the target
is slowed (save ends).
M Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +25 vs. AC; 1d6 + 7 damage.
C Chilling Command (minor; recharge 5 6) F Cold
Close burst 5; +23 vs. Will; the target takes ongoing 5 cold
damage and is immobilized (save ends both).
C Freezing Breath (standard; recharge 3 4 5 6) F Cold
Close blast 5; +23 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 7 cold damage, and
the target is slowed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Endurance +23
Str 25 (+17) Dex 22 (+16) Wis 17 (+13)
Con 27 (+18) Int 15 (+12) Cha 19 (+14)
Equipment longspear
A Tyranny of Souls
Winterdeath
Dracolich (W)
Level 20 Elite Controller
Huge natural magical beast (dragon, undead) XP 5,600
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
HP 384; Bloodied 192; see also bloodied breath
AC 34; Fortitude 33, Reflex 32, Will 30
Immune disease, fear, poison; Resist 30 cold, 30 necrotic;
Vulnerable 10 radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 10 (clumsy)
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will) F Cold, Necrotic
Reach 3; +25 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage. Against an
immobilized target, this attack deals 3d6 extra cold and
necrotic damage.
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F
Cold, Necrotic
The winterdeath dracolichs breath weapon recharges and
it uses it immediately.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6) F Cold, Necrotic
The winterdeath dracolich breathes a blast of icy black
necrotic energy: close blast 5; +23 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 7
cold and necrotic damage, and the target is immobilized
until the end of the dracolichs next turn. Miss: Half
damage. Effect: The target loses any cold or necrotic
resistance it has (save ends).
C Unnerving Presence (standard; encounter) F Fear
Close burst 5; +23 vs. Will; the target moves up to its
speed away from the winterdeath dracolich by the safest
possible route and takes a 2 penalty to all attack rolls
until the end of the dracolichs next turn.
C Winterdeath Corona (standard; recharge 6) F Cold,
Necrotic
Close burst 3; +23 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 7 necrotic damage,
and ongoing 10 cold damage (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Draconic
Skills Arcana +18, Endurance +22, History +18, Insight +19,
Intimidate +18, Religion +18
Str 25 (+17) Dex 22 (+16) Wis 19 (+14)
Con 24 (+17) Int 16 (+13) Cha 17 (+13)
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
82

Tactics
The dracolich uses its breath weapon and spends its
action point to attack with unnerving presence. It then
alternates between winterdeath corona and bite attacks
while waiting for its breath weapon to recharge.
The ice devils position themselves to hit their ene-
mies with freezing breath followed by chilling command,
stabbing their enemies with longspears while waiting
for their powers to recharge.
A Tyranny of Souls
Features of the Area
Illumination: This room is dark.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet high.
Dragon Corpse: Large dead red dragons hang by
their tails from hooks set in the ceiling. A character
can climb a corpse with a DC 14 Athletics check. An
adjacent character can swing the corpse as an attack:
level + 4 vs. Reflex; the target is pushed 1 square and
knocked prone.
Uttercold: Two areas of the floor are covered with
uttercold (elemental ice). The squares count as difficult
terrain and any creature entering a square containing
uttercold takes 10 cold damage. If a square of utter-
cold is included in a fire burst or blast attack, it erupts
in scalding steam.
C Scalding Steam F Fire, Zone
Burst 1 centered on triggering square; all creatures in
burst; +23 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 fire damage. The burst
creates a zone of steam that lasts until the end of the
triggering attackers next turn. All squares in the zone
count as being lightly obscured. If multiple squares
are affected, overlapping areas count as being heavily
obscured.
Treasure: The dracolich has a modest hoard con-
sisting of treasure parcels 13 and 17.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
83

Curiosities
Encounter Level 21 (16,300 XP)
Setup
1 astral stalker (A)
1 gibbering abomination (G)
2 marut sentinels (M)
1 breath of Tiamat (B)
To expand his forces, Zetchrr scours the Astral
Sea for potential creatures to add to his stables. He
hopes to either replace the draconic servants (if he
ever wriggles out from under Tiamats claw) or use
them against the rebels that endanger his rule. He
posts two marut sentinels in this room to ensure the
captives do not escape. The gibbering abomination
is clearly visible through the transparent walls of its
prison; the astral stalker is invisible, making its prison
appear empty.
When the PCs enter this room and can see the
cages, read:
Two squat humanoids with steel skin and wielding
greatswords stand guard in this chamber. Two shimmering
cubes stand to either side. Only one cube is occupied, and
inside is a floating mass of flesh, eyes, and tentacles.
Perception Check
DC 22 You see a control panel on the wall.
Astral Stalker (A) Level 22 Elite Lurker
Medium immortal humanoid XP 8,300
Initiative +23 Senses Perception +18; blindsight 10
HP 314; Bloodied 157
AC 38; Fortitude 32, Reflex 38, Will 32
Saving Throws +2
Speed 10, climb 6
Action Points 1
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+27 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage, and the astral stalker can
choose to designate the target as its quarry (see stalkers
quarry).
r Throat Dart (standard; at-will) F Poison
Ranged 5/10; +29 vs. AC; 1d10 + 8 damage, and the target
takes ongoing 5 poison damage and is slowed (save ends
both). First Failed Saving Throw: The target is immobilized
instead of slowed (save ends). Second Failed Saving Throw:
The target is stunned instead of immobilized (save ends).
M Quick Claws (standard; at-will)
Against a slowed or immobilized target, the astral stalker
makes two claw attacks.
Combat Advantage
The astral stalkers melee attacks deal 2d6 extra damage
against any target granting combat advantage to it.
Invisibility (standard; at-will) F Illusion
The astral stalker is invisible until it attacks.
Stalkers Quarry (minor; at-will)
The astral stalker knows the exact location of a creature
it has designated as its quarry. The astral stalker can have
only one quarry at a time, but the power works across any
distance and even crosses planar boundaries.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Stealth +24
Str 22 (+17) Dex 26 (+19) Wis 15 (+13)
Con 19 (+15) Int 8 (+10) Cha 10 (+11)
Tactics
The marut sentinels do not attack right away, but
they try to block access into the room. They respond
to attempts at conversation with silence. They know
what will happen if either they or the adventurers
make an attack in this room, so they are prepared to
get out from the traps blast.
A Tyranny of Souls
Gibbering Abomination (G) Level 18 Controller
Medium aberrant magical beast XP 2,000
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +13; all-around vision,
darkvision
Unnatural Utterances aura 5; any enemy that starts its turn
within the aura takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
HP 168; Bloodied 84
AC 32; Fortitude 31, Reflex 30, Will 30
Speed 6, fly 4 (hover; maximum altitude 1)
m Tentacle (standard; at-will) F Psychic
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 2d6 + 5 damage, and ongoing 5
psychic damage (save ends).
C Gibbering (free, once on the gibbering abominations turn
before it takes other actions; at-will) F Psychic
Close burst 5; deafened creatures are immune; +20 vs.
Will; the target is dazed until the end of the gibbering
abominations next turn.
R Eye of Despair (standard; recharge 4 5 6) F Psychic
Ranged 10; +20 vs. Will; 3d8 + 4 psychic damage, and the
target is immobilized (save ends).
Combat Advantage
The gibbering abomination deals 2d6 extra psychic
damage on melee and ranged attacks against any target
granting combat advantage to it.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 20 (+14) Dex 18 (+13) Wis 19 (+13)
Con 16 (+12) Int 11 (+9) Cha 12 (+10)
Once a character makes an attack, the maruts fight
back, laying into their enemies with double attack,
while the trap randomly disgorges acid into the room.
If an enterprising character uses the control panel
to disable the trap, the force cages vanish, loosing the
creatures they contain. Neither the gibbering abomi-
nation nor the astral stalker see the maruts as allies,
but they treat each other as allies for the purpose of
their powers and opportunity attacks.
The gibbering abomination begins gibbering on its
turn and uses eye of despair against ranged attackers.
While waiting for this power to recharge, it hits foes
in its reach with its tentacles, moving to get combat
advantage with the astral stalker when possible.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
84

The astral stalker is invisible until it makes an
attack. It moves to where it can get a clear shot at
nondefender if possible, using stalkers quarry first
and then throat dart. It then spends an action point to
charge its quarry. It attacks using quick claws until its
quarry succeeds on a saving throw, at which point the
astral stalker uses invisibility to skulk away and set up
its next attack.
Breath of Tiamat Level 18 Blaster
Trap XP 2,000
Trap: When any creature makes an attack in this room,
random pillars burst up through the floor and spray the
area with acid.
Perception
F DC 20: A character notices discolored tiles in the trapped
squares.
Trigger
When a creature makes an attack in this room, the trap
activates and rolls initiative.
Initiative +8
Floor Burst
Free Action Melee 1
Trigger: A creature stands in the traps square when it first
makes its attack.
Target: The triggering creature
Effect: The creature is pushed 1 square and is knocked prone.
Acid Spray F Acid
Standard Action Close blast 5
Special: Roll 1d4. The square matching the number
erupts when a steel column mounted with a sprayer bursts
through the floor (see below). The blast originates from
this square.
Target: Each creature in blast
Attack: +21 vs. Reflex
Hit: 3d8 + 5 acid damage, and ongoing 15 acid damage
(save ends).
Countermeasures
F Turning a dial in the center of the control panel deactivates
the trap and also negates the cages containing the astral
stalker and the gibbering abomination.
A Tyranny of Souls
2 Marut Sentinels (M) Level 18 Soldier
Medium immortal humanoid XP 2,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +20; truesight 10
HP 175; Bloodied 87
Regeneration 10
AC 35; Fortitude 35, Reflex 29, Will 30
Immune sleep; Resist 10 thunder
Speed 8, fly 4 (hover), teleport 4
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Thunder, Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 1d10 + 8 damage plus 1d6 thunder damage,
the target is pushed 1 square, and the target is marked
until the end of the marut sentinels next turn.
M Double Attack (standard; recharge 5 6)
The marut sentinel makes two greatsword attacks.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Endurance +20, Intimidate +15
Str 30 (+19) Dex 21 (+14) Wis 23 (+15)
Con 23 (+15) Int 12 (+10) Cha 13 (+10)
Equipment greatsword
Features of the Area
Illumination: Everburning torches fill the room
with bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 20 feet tall.
Stairs: The stairs count as difficult terrain while
ascending them and normal terrain while descending
them.
Force Cages: Two cages are positioned on either
side of the room. The cages wall of force do not block
line of sight, but they do block line of effect. Each cage
has AC 4, Fortitude 12, Reflex 4, hp 200. A dispel
magic spell automatically destroys a cage. The only
way to lift the cages is by turning the dial on the con-
trol panel to deactivate the trap. Sound cannot pass
through the cages while they are active.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
85

Emerald Statue
Encounter Level 20 (14,000 XP)
Setup
1 githyanki knight (G)
1 kryizoth fire mage (K)
2 tlaikith forlorn (T)
Emperor Zetchrr placed his most loyal guards in
this chamber to safeguard the passage to his personal
quarters. The githyanki are alerted if combat occurs
in any adjacent chamber and ready actions to attack
whenever an enemy enters the room. The githyanki
knight readies telekinetic fist, the fire mage readies
immolation, and the forlorn ready their silver swords.
Although this combat begins in this room, it can
easily spill back into adjacent rooms as the guardians
work to keep the adventurers away from their master.
When the PCs enter this room, read:
An enormous idol of Tiamat dominates this otherwise bare
chamber. Two githyanki stand guard before it. One wears
antiquated plate armor and wields a silvery blade. The
other is dressed in scorched robes and is obviously undead.
Also in this room are two ghostly githyanki knights, echoes
of the living warrior opposite them. They turn as one, ready
for the attack.
Githyanki Knight (G) Level 21 Elite Controller
Medium natural humanoid XP 6,400
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +22; darkvision
HP 396; Bloodied 198
AC 35; Fortitude 34, Reflex 31, Will 33
Immune fear; Resist 5 psychic, 5 radiant
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 5
Action Points 1
m True Silver Sword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage plus 1d8 psychic damage
(crit 3d12 + 20 + 8 psychic).
M Dark Smite (standard; recharges when first bloodied) F
Psychic, Weapon
Targets an immobilized creature; +25 vs. Fortitude; 2d12
+ 8 damage plus 1d12 psychic damage, and the target is
pushed 5 squares and knocked prone.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
The githyanki knight makes two true silver sword attacks.
R Reactive Grab (immediate reaction, when an enemy enters a
square adjacent to the githyanki knight; encounter)
The githyanki knight makes a telekinetic fist attack
against the triggering enemy. This attack doesnt provoke
opportunity attacks.
R Telekinetic Fist (standard; at-will)
Ranged 5; +25 vs. Fortitude; the target is immobilized (save
ends). Each Failed Saving Throw: The githyanki knight slides
the target 5 squares.
M Dimensional Exile (free, when the githyanki knight hits with
a melee attack; encounter) F Teleportation
The target is sent to a pocket dimension (save ends). The
target is removed from play and cannot take actions.
When the target ends the effect, it returns to the space it
last occupied or the closest unoccupied space.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 27 (+18) Dex 21 (+15) Wis 24 (+17)
Con 22 (+16) Int 16 (+13) Cha 20 (+15)
Equipment plate armor, true silver sword
A Tyranny of Souls
Kryizoth Fire Mage (K) Level 20 Controller
Medium natural humanoid (undead), githyanki XP 2,800
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
Black Flame Shroud (Fire, Necrotic) aura 1; any enemy that
enters or starts its turn within the aura takes 10 fire and
necrotic damage.
HP 190; Bloodied 95
AC 34; Fortitude 30, Reflex 33, Will 33
Immune disease, poison; Resist 20 fire, 20 necrotic;
Vulnerable 10 radiant
Speed 6; see also dimension step
m Blackflame Touch (standard; at-will) F Fire, Necrotic
+24 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 7 fire and necrotic damage, and the
target loses 1 healing surge.
r Rotting Missile (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
Ranged 20; +24 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 7 necrotic damage, and
the target is slowed and takes a 2 penalty to AC (save
ends both).
R Immolation (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fire
Ranged 10; +24 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 7 fire damage, and
ongoing 10 fire damage (save ends). Miss: Half damage.
Each Failed Saving Throw: Each enemy adjacent to the
target takes 10 fire damage.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the kryizoth fire mage or one ally within range
can fly up to 5 squares.
Heat Mirage (immediate interrupt, when hit by a melee or
ranged attack; encounter) F Illusion
The kryizoth fire mage gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the end of its next turn.
Dimension Step (minor; recharge 4 5 6) F Teleportation
The kryizoth fire mage teleports 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Skills Arcana+22, History +19
Str 17 (+13) Dex 20 (+15) Wis 19 (+14)
Con 22 (+16) Int 25 (+17) Cha 14 (+12)
Equipment robes, staff
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
86
 A Tyranny of Souls

2 Tlaikith Forlorn (T) Level 19 Soldier The forlorn use telekinetic pull to drag soft enemies
Medium natural humanoid (undead), githyanki XP 2,400 each into their reach and then hit them with soul strike.
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +12; darkvision
They then move out of the room and pull their targets
Dimensional Bar aura 1; creatures in the aura cannot teleport,
and creatures cannot teleport into the aura. with them to lure the PCs to the emerald statue.
HP 125; Bloodied 62
AC 33; Fortitude 32, Reflex 29, Will 30 Features of the Area
Immune disease, poison; Resist 20 necrotic; insubstantial;
Illumination: The emerald idol glows with inner
Vulnerable 10 radiant
Speed 5, fly 5 (hover) luminance, filling the room with bright light.
m Silver Sword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon Ceiling: The ceiling here is 20 feet tall.
+24 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 7 damage, and the target is marked Emerald Idol: The idol looms over the chamber
until the end of the tlaikith forlorns next turn.
M Soul Strike (standard; encounter) F Weapon and is filled with Tiamats malice. Nongithyanki
+24 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 7 damage, and the target is stunned starting their turns in spaces adjacent to the idol are
(save ends). subject to an attack.
R Telekinetic Leap (move; encounter)
Ranged 10; the tlaikith forlorn or one ally within range can
m Tiamats Judgment F Poison
fly up to 5 squares.
Melee 1; +25 vs. Fortitude; 10 poison damage, and the target is
R Telekinetic Pull (minor; encounter)
pushed 1 square.
Ranged 5; +24 vs. Fortitude; the target is pulled 5 squares.
C Silver Arc (standard; encounter) F Psychic, Weapon
Close burst 1; +24 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 7 damage, and the The statue has AC 3, Fortitude 15, Reflex 3, hp
target is dazed (save ends). 200. Characters can enter a statues space by spend-
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
telepathy 10 ing 3 squares of movement. Searching the statue and
Str 24 (+16) Dex 18 (+13) Wis 16 (+12) succeeding on a DC 25 Perception check reveals the
Con 19 (+13) Int 13 (+10) Cha 21 (+14) entire thing pivots to expose the chamber beyond.
Equipment plate armor, silver sword

Tactics
The githyanki knight uses telekinetic fist to pin down
a defender, and then closes on a ranged attacker for
melee. If the target of its telekinetic fist fails its save to
end the immobilized effect, the knight slides it to an
adjacent space and attacks using dark smite and then
pins the target once more.
The fire mage keeps her distance from the forlorn
so she can use dimension step if needed. She leads with
her immolation power. She helps maneuver her allies
into the best position using telekinetic leap and then
punishes ranged attackers with her rotting missile.

July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
87

Those Who Are
About to Die
Encounter Level 19 (12,800 XP)
Setup
2 chosen gishsarath (S)
8 chosen githwarriors (G)
No matter the direction from which the adventur-
ers approach, the githyanki here reactquickly to the
arrival of intruders.
2 Chosen Gishsarath (S) Level 18 Elite Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16
XP 4,000 each
HP 342; Bloodied 171
AC 32; Fortitude 29, Reflex 30, Will 31
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against charm effects)
Speed 5; see also astral stride
Action Points 1
m Silver Longsword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+23 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage, plus 1d8 psychic damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
The gishsarath makes two silver longsword attacks.
R Force Bolt (standard; at-will) F Force
Ranged 10; +21 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 5 force damage and the
gishsarath pushes the target 1 square.
R Storm of Stars (standard; encounter) F Fire
The gishsarath makes four attacks, no more than two of
these against a single target; ranged 5; +23 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6
fire damage.
Astral Stride (move; encounter) F Teleportation
The gishsarath teleports 6 squares and gains the
insubstantial and phasing qualities until the start of its
next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Arcana +19, History +16, Insight +16
Str 17 (+12) Dex 15 (+11) Wis 15 (+11)
Con 19 (+13) Int 21 (+14) Cha 19 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, silver longsword
A Tyranny of Souls
8 Githwarriors (G) Level 16 Minion Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 350 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +10
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 30; Fortitude 30, Reflex 28, Will 26
Saving Throws +2 against charm
Speed 6; see also telekinetic stride
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
R Crossbow (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Ranged 15/30; +21 vs. AC; 12 damage.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The githwarrior flies 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 25 (+15) Dex 20 (+13) Wis 15 (+10)
Con 15 (+10) Int 12 (+9) Cha 14 (+10)
Equipment scale mail, greatsword, crossbow with 10 bolts
Tactics
The githyanki use the cramped quarters to their best
advantage, and use telekinetic leap to fly over their
allies heads and hit the enemies from behind.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Everburning torches in iron
sconces every 15 feet fill the area with bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling in room 10 is 30 feet tall. The
ceiling in the hall and barracks (room 11) beyond is
50 feet tall. The ceiling in room 13 is just 20 feet tall.
Stairs: The stairs descending from room 10 to the
hall beyond are steep and cost 3 squares of movement
to ascend or descend. The stairs leading up to room
13 are difficult terrain while ascending them and
normal terrain while descending them.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
88

Vicious Storm
Encounter Level 21 (17,800 XP)
Setup
1 caller in darkness (C)
1 primal storm (P)
2 storm devils (S)
The devils and the primal storm await their masters
pleasure in this room. When the PCs enter, place
only the primal storm and the storm devils. The
caller in darkness doesnt join the fight until one of
three things happen: either storm devils are slain, the
primal storm is slain, or a creature falls into the pit.
Neither the primal storm nor the storm devils are
aware of the caller in darkness. The undead creature
formed from the terrified githyanki executed in this
awful room. While powerful, it fears the storm devils
and will not ascend from the pit unless forced.
The cramped quarters make maneuvering in this
room difficult, and so the encounter might spill into
adjoining rooms.
When the PCs can see in this room, read:
An appalling reek greets you when you enter this
chambera stench transcending ordinary decay. Two
ledges flank a deep pit occupying the rooms center. Statues
depicting rearing blue dragons stand in the corners on
the ledges. Just as you make out two winged humanoids
wielding tridents, a crackling orb of lightning comes to life,
slashing the air with energy.
Caller in Darkness (C) Level 19 Elite Soldier
Large shadow animate (undead) XP 4,800
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 253; Bloodied 126
AC 33; Fortitude 33, Reflex 28, Will 33
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Saving Throws +2
Speed fly 8 (hover); phasing
Action Points 1
m Spirit Bite (standard; at-will) F Necrotic, Psychic
Reach 2; +23 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 necrotic damage, and
ongoing 10 psychic damage (save ends).
M Double Bite (standard; at-will) F Necrotic, Psychic
The caller in darkness makes two spirit bite attacks.
M Steal Essence (standard; at-will) F Necrotic, Psychic
Reach 2; targets a creature marked by the caller in
darkness; +22 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 9 necrotic damage, and
ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends). First Failed Saving
Throw: The target takes ongoing 5 psychic damage and is
weakened (save ends both). Second Failed Saving Throw: The
target takes ongoing 10 psychic damage and is stunned
instead of weakened (save ends both).
C Advantage of Fear (minor 1/round; at-will) F Fear
Close burst 10; targets one creature; the target is marked
and grants combat advantage to the caller in darkness
(save ends both); see also steal essence.
C Soulstorm (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F Necrotic,
Psychic
Close burst 2; +22 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 9 psychic damage
plus 1d10 + 9 necrotic damage. In addition, a target that
grants combat advantage to the caller in darkness takes
ongoing 5 psychic damage and ongoing 5 necrotic damage
(save ends both).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Str 24 (+16) Dex 18 (+13) Wis 24 (+16)
Con 21 (+14) Int 10 (+9) Cha 25 (+16)
A Tyranny of Souls
Primal Storm, Blue Dragon (P) Level 20 Artillery
Large natural animate (construct) XP 2,800
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +14; tremorsense 5
HP 146; Bloodied 73
AC 32; Fortitude 30, Reflex 32, Will 30
Immune poison; Resist 30 lightning
Speed 10, fly 4
m Slam (standard; at-will) F Lightning
Reach 2; +26 vs. AC; 2d8 + 8 lightning damage.
R Storm Bolt (standard; at-will) F Lightning
The primal storm targets up to three creatures; the first
target must be within 20 squares of the primal storm, the
second must be within 10 squares of the first, and the third
target within 10 squares of the second; +25 vs. Reflex; 2d6
+ 8 lightning damage, and the target is dazed until the end
of its next turn. Miss: Half damage, and the target is not
dazed.
C Lightning Step (standard; recharge ) F Lightning,
Teleportation
Close burst 2; +21 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 8 lightning damage,
and the target is dazed until the end of its next turn. Miss:
Half damage, and the target is not dazed. Effect: The primal
storm teleports 8 squares after making this attack.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 17 (+13) Dex 26 (+18) Wis 19 (+14)
Con 20 (+15) Int 7 (+8) Cha 7 (+8)
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
89

2 Storm Devils (S) Level 23 Artillery
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 5,100 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 169; Bloodied 84
AC 37; Fortitude 35, Reflex 34, Will 33
Resist 20 fire, 20 lightning, 20 thunder
Speed 7, fly 7 (clumsy)
m Trident (standard; at-will) F Lightning, Weapon
+26 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 8 damage, and ongoing 10 lightning
damage, and the target is dazed (save ends both).
r Lightning Fork (standard; at-will) F Lightning
Requires trident; ranged 20; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 8
lightning damage.
A Infernal Thunderclap (standard; recharge 5 6)
Lightning, Thunder
Area burst 2 within 20; +26 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 6
lightning and thunder damage, and the target is pushed 3
squares from the origin square and dazed until the end of
its next turn.
Cyclone (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
The storm devil shifts 3 squares, and any Medium or
smaller enemy adjacent to the storm devil at the start of
the move is knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Stealth +23
Str 20 (+16) Dex 25 (+18) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 25 (+18) Int 16 (+14) Cha 17 (+14)
Equipment trident
Tactics
The primal stormliving lightning formed from a
blue dragons breathloiters near the ceiling, flying
about and raging with contempt for the intruders. It
opens with storm bolt, targeting three creatures it can
see with this deadly attack, and flies 2 squares so it
can maintain its altitude. The primal storm stays near
the ceiling, blasting the characters each round until a
creature engages it. If it is confronted by two or more
enemies in melee, it uses lightning step to slip away.
The primal storm pursues enemies that flee from
thisroom.
A Tyranny of Souls
While the primal storm dances across the ceiling, Statues: Four statues depicting blue dragons stand
the storm devils use infernal thunderclap to push the in the rooms four corners. A statue has AC 5, Forti-
characters into the pit. They avoid melee when pos- tude 10, Reflex 5, hp 40.
sible, attacking with lightning fork until their infernal
thunderclap recharges. Each round, they move across
their ledges to get the best shot possible.
When the caller in darkness joins the combat,
it flies to just above the pit and hovers there. If the
storm devils are present, it treats them as enemies
just as it does the PCs. Each round, it starts by using
advantage of fear against an enemy it can see, giving
preference to the adventurers first, specifically divine
characters. It moves so it can reach a creature it has
marked and attacks using steal essence, and then
spends its action point to use double bite. Thereafter,
the caller in darkness marks another enemy and uses
steal essence or double bite until destroyed.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This room is dark.
Ceiling: The ceiling here is 20 feet high, or 10 feet
above the ledges.
Ledges: Ledges on either side of the room stand
10 feet above the floor. Climbing a ledge requires a
DC 14 Athletics check.
Stairs: The stairs are treated as difficult terrain
while ascending them and normal terrain while
descending them.
Pit: A 40-foot pit yawns wide in the center of the
room. The pit is actually 50 feet deep, but heaps of
githyanki corpses fill the bottom 10 feet and reduce
the falling distance. A character that falls into the pit
activates the caller in darkness in addition to taking
4d10 damage from the fall. A character can climb out
of the pit with a DC 25 Athletics check.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
90

The Emperors
Redoubt
Encounter Level 23 (28,600 XP)
Setup
Emperor Zetchrr (Z)
4 Handmaidens (H)
Vraxanault, the Red Terror (V)
The growing unrest troubles Tiamat, and to ensure
Zetchrr is getting his house in order, she has
sent Vraxanault, her red dragon exarch, to gauge
Tunaraths troubles. The Separatists choose this time
to strike, coordinating their efforts with the PCs. So
when the adventurers enter this room, the dragon
interrogates the emperor even as astral skiffs battle
knights on pact dragons in the starry sky overhead.
When the PCs enter through the secret door,
read:
The door opens onto a lavish chamber. Soft pillows cover
the floor near the stairs that trace the interior wall and lead
up to the level above. A heavy brocade curtain conceals the
side of the room opposite from where you enter. A disk inset
into the floor shines with blue light.
From above, you hear voices. Both are likely male, with
the first voice, cultured and patient, nearly drowned out by
the louder booming voice. From what you can make out, the
two discuss Tunaraths troubles.
Characters looking up through the hole in the ceil-
ing can make out a gargantuan red dragon. When it
speaks, fire puffs from its toothy maw. The characters
can ascend the stairs as they wish, but call for DC 34
Stealth checks. If a character fails, the massive dragon
thunders, It seems you have other guests. Attend
to them. Your house does not seem to be in order,
and our queen will be displeased. The red dragon
exarch wings its way out through the roof, right into
the raging battle overhead. If the PCs make it past the
dragon and reach the third floor (such as by using the
teleporter), the exarch growls, deal with them and
then flies away as above. The characters dont need to
fight the exarch now, but if they wish to, use the statis-
tics presented on the next page.
When the PCs reach the second f loor, read:
An immense red dragon reclines on the floor here. Behind,
lying in piles, is its hoard. More stairs lead up to the level
above.
When the PCs can see the third f loor, read:
Banners cover the walls of this wide room. An iron throne
flanked by burning braziers stands at one side, while
banners cover the walls all around. Overhead, there
is no ceiling affording a good look at the raging battle
above. Astral skiffs maneuver, launching volleys at pact
dragons and their riders. The githyanki are tearing
themselvesapart.
A Tyranny of Souls
When the PCs first see Zetchrr, read:
The githyanki before you can only be Zetchrr. He has the
bearing of a veteran warrior and is not slowed by the black
plate armor covering his body. A crude iron crown rests on
his brow, a ruby-encrusted scepter hangs from his weapon
belt, and a silver sword rests easy in his hand. He glowers
at you with his one good eyethe other is gone and in its
place is a fat onyx stone.
You are a troublesome company. I credit you for your
persistence, but now . . . now, it is time for you to die.
Attending Zetchrr are four handmaidens, fanatical
githyanki warriors with intricate tattoos covering
their bodies. They wield long, serpentine daggers.
4 Handmaidens (H) Level 17 Minion Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 400 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 31; Fortitude 28, Reflex 29, Will 32
Saving Throws +2 against charm effects
Speed 6
m Poisoned Dagger (standard; at-will) F Poison, Weapon
+22 vs. AC; 8 damage plus 5 poison damage.
C Scream of Vengeance (when reduced to 0 hit points)
Close burst 10; each ally in the burst gains a +2 bonus to
attack rolls until the end of its next turn.
Telekinetic Jump (move; encounter)
The handmaiden flies up to 5 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech
Str 11 (+8) Dex 21 (+13) Wis 13 (+9)
Con 18 (+12) Int 10 (+8) Cha 24 (+15)
Equipment robes, poisoned dagger
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
91

Emperor Zetchrr (Z) Level 23 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Medium natural humanoid, githyanki XP 10,200
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +18
Despair (Fear) aura 1; any enemy within the aura takes a 2
penalty to all defenses and saving throws.
HP 428; Bloodied 214
AC 39; Fortitude 36, Reflex 32, Will 36
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6
Action Points 1
m Silver Sword (standard; at-will) F Psychic, Weapon
+30 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage plus 2d6 psychic damage, and
the target is marked until the end of Zetchrrs next turn.
Against an immobilized target, this attack deals 4d6 extra
damage and slides the target 2 squares.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) F Poison, Psychic, Weapon
Zetchrr makes a silver sword attack against two different
targets.
M Parrying Maneuver (standard; requires silver sword; at-will)
F Psychic, Weapon
Zetchrr makes a silver sword attack; on a hit, the target
also grants combat advantage to Zetchrr until the end of
his next turn.
R Folded Space (move; encounter) F Teleportation
Ranged 5; no attack roll; Zetchrr and the target swap
spaces.
R Telekinetic Vise (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Ranged 5; +28 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 8 damage, and the
target is immobilized (save ends).
C Telekinetic Thrust (standard; recharge 4 5 6)
Close burst 1; targets enemies; +28 vs. Fortitude; the
target is pushed 1 square and is immobilized (save ends).
Miss: The target is pushed 1 square.
Combat Advantage
Emperor Zetchrrs melee attacks deal 4d6 extra damage
against any target granting combat advantage to him.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
Draconic
Skills Diplomacy +23, History +18, Insight +18, Intimidate +23
Str 27 (+19) Dex 15 (+13) Wis 14 (+13)
Con 22 (+17) Int 21 (+16) Cha 24 (+18)
Equipment full plate, two silver swords, scepter of Ephelomon
(see sidebar)
A Tyranny of Souls
Vraxanault, the Red Terror Level 21 Solo Soldier
Elder Red Dragon (V)
Tactics
Huge natural magical beast (dragon) XP 16,000 The handmaidens rush any adventurers on their floor
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +18; darkvision or use the teleporter to reach characters who fight on
HP 808; Bloodied 404; see also bloodied breath
the main floor. Their scream of vengeance power can
AC 35; Fortitude 36, Reflex 33, Will 30
Resist 25 fire reach allies on other levels.
Saving Throws +5 Vraxanault is loyal to Zetchrr as long as he pos-
Speed 8, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 15 sesses the scepter of Ephelomon. The dragon uses
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) F Fire
frightful presence and spends an action point to employ
Reach 3; +26 vs. AC; 2d10 + 9 plus 4d6 fire damage. his breath weapon. If the dragon is faced with two or
m Claw (standard; at-will) more attackers at once, it resorts to shock wave fol-
Reach 3; +26 vs. AC; 2d10 + 9 damage.
lowed by immolate foe or breath weapon depending on
M Double Attack (standard; at-will)
The dragon makes two claw attacks. what it has available.
R Immolate Foe (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fire Zetchrr engages the closest enemy from the start,
Ranged 20; +26 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 7 fire damage, and using telekinetic vice to lock an enemy down and then
ongoing 10 fire damage (save ends).
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6) F Fire
strike. He attacks this enemy, closing the distance
Close blast 5; +24 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 7 fire damage. Miss: using folded space if necessary, hammering away using
Half damage. his weapons. Zetchrr makes good use of the terrain
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F
to slide foes off the upper level to fall to the bottom
Fire
The dragons breath weapon recharges automatically, and floor. He rips through his opponents with his weap-
the dragon uses it immediately. ons until all his enemies lay dead or he is destroyed.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) F Fear
Close burst 10; targets enemies; +25 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of the dragons next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
C Shock Wave (minor; recharge 5 6)
Close burst 5; +24 vs. Fortitude; the target is pushed
5 squares, is knocked prone, and is dazed (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target is slowed (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Bluff +17, Insight +18, Intimidate +22
Str 27 (+18) Dex 21 (+15) Wis 16 (+13)
Con 26 (+18) Int 15 (+12) Cha 15 (+12)
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
92

Scepter of Ephelomon
This ruby-encrusted golden scepter represents an
ancient pact between the githyanki and the red drag-
ons sworn to Tiamat. Ephelomon, Tiamats former
red dragon exarch, entrusted it to Gith (savior of the
githyanki people) millennia ago. A powerful relic and
potent symbol, the scepter of Ephelomon has been part
of the rulers regalia since the days when the first
Vlaakith ascended the throne. When Zetchrr came
to power, though, he quickly discovered the scepter
had no power. At first he thought he had been given a
false item, but rituals revealed the items vast magical
strength had vanished. What this signaled was that
the pact had been broken. Zetchrr has hidden this
fact since taking power, but he knows if the truth
about the pact became known that the dragons
would leave and his reign would end, with or without
Tiamats support.
The scepter hangs on Zetchrrs belt. During the
combat, any character that makes a DC 24 Arcana
check (a free action) recognizes the scepter for what
it is. A second check against a DC 29 (a standard
action) reveals it is powerless. A character can steal
the scepter from Zetchrrs belt by making a DC 31
Thievery check (with a 10 penalty for the attempt in
combat). Once in hand, the scepter can be destroyed:
AC 10, Fortitude 5, Reflex 10, Fortitude 5, hp 15.
If the characters destroy the scepter in Vraxanaults
line of sight, the dragon roars with rage and abandons
the emperor to whatever fate the PCs have in store
for him.
A Tyranny of Souls
Features of the Area
Illumination: Everburning torches in iron
sconces along the walls fill the entire tower with
bright light.
Ceiling: The ceilings in the first and second floors
are 30 feet tall. The third floor has no ceiling, provid-
ing a view of the shimmering Astral Sea.
Stairs: Stairs emerge from the wall and wind up
and around to the top floor. Spaces containing stairs
count as difficult terrain.
Openings: A fall from the top deals 3d10 damage
if the creature falls to the second floor or 6d10 if the
creature falls all the way to the bottom. A fall from
the second floor deals 3d10 damage.
Blood Rock: Where indicated on the tactical
map, the floor is made from blood rock. A creature
standing in one of these squares can score a critical
hit on a natural die roll of 19 or 20.
Teleporters: Two magical gates connect the first
floor to the third floor. A creature entering the tele-
porters space immediately moves adjacent to the
other teleporters destination square.
Curtain: A thick curtain on the first floor pro-
vides Zetchrr with privacy. The curtain blocks line of
sight, and moving through the curtain costs an extra
square of movement.
Furniture: Cushions, bed, and dresser on the first
floor, and Zetchrrs throne on the third all count as
difficult terrain.
Treasure: The dragons horde consists of treasure
About the Author
parcels 11, 12, and 16, while Zetchrr has a small Robert J. Schwalb is a freelance game designer with over one
coffer in his bedchamber. It holds treasure parcel 15. hundred design and development credits to his name. Robert
lives in Tennessee with his wife Stacee and his legion of feisty
varmints.
Perkins, this one is for you.
July 20 09 | D u n g e o n 16 8
93
 Betrayal
at
Monadhan
By David Noonan
An adventure for 21st-level characters
illustrations by Chad King, Empty Room Studio, Jason
A. Engle, and Mclean Kendree,
cartography by Mike Schley Sean Macdonald
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

Betrayal is the only truth that sticks.

 Arthur Miller

Betrayal at Monadhan is an adventure for five

21st-level characters. By the end of the adventure,
the PCs should be midway through 22nd level. This
adventure is the sequel to Tyranny of Souls in the
Scales of War adventure path, and it leads directly to
the next adventure: Grasp of the Mantled Citadel.
It also plays well as a standalone and can be adapted
for use in your ongoing campaign.
In Betrayal at Monadhan, the PCs travel to
Monadhan, a domain where those whove betrayed
their family, friends, god, or nation suffer supernatu-
ral imprisonment. While seeking a portal to an even
darker realm, the PCs must contend with a grief-
mad, undead dragon, its cambion and death giant
allies, and the best-known betrayer of all: Kas, whose
sword cut off the hand of his god.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
4

Background
Tiamats black exarch, Mornujhar, has hidden away a
ritualist of immense knowledge. The ritualist is in a
dark realm, working on a ritual that will bring about
Bahamuts doom. The only way to reach the exarch
and the ritualist is to travel to Monadhan, the Domain
of Betrayal, and pass through a portal there.
Not only does a dark lord
an undead dragon named
Arantorguard the portal, but
the denizens of Monadhan
cannot leave voluntarily unless
they possess the key.
The key would allow passage either back to the
world or to Mornujhars demesne, and it is always the
object of greatest betrayal in Monadhan.
Right now, the key and object of great betrayal is the
Sword of Kas, which is also part of Arantors hoard. Kas
himself has come to Monadhan in search of it, gather-
ing around him a crew of ritually enhanced vampires.
Into this volatile mix step the PCs, who are trying
to keep both Kas and Arantor at bay while they jour-
ney through Monadhan and use the Sword of Kas to
get to Mornujhar. In more than one way, the price
of success may be high. The PCs may be forced into
betrayals of their own to escape Monadhan, and such
betrayals might play into the hands of Vecna himself,
who pulls the puppet strings in very subtle ways.
Adventure Synopsis
The PCs begin the adventure under the Coalitions
protection in Sayre, where they meet an angel of
secrets who calls herself Rachaela. Rachaela tells
them the tale of Mornujhar and impresses upon them
the importance of finding out what the ritualist is up
to and stopping it. Rachaela pays the PCs to travel to
Monadhan, use the portal leading to the shadowed
demiplane of Vaerothim, and confront the ritualist
once and for all.
The PCs trip to Monadhan is complicated by the
difficulty of willingly leaving Monadhan, a super-
natural prison for traitors and betrayers. To use the
portal, the PCs must find Monadhans key: whatever
object in the realm is the most potent symbol of
betrayal. They must also defeat Arantor, the dark lord
of Monadhanan undead dragon which guards the
portal itself.
The Quests
The climax of the PCs major quest, Defeating Irfe-
lujhar, occurs in the next adventure, Grasp of the
Mantled Citadel. But a minor quest in this adventure
is the first step to completing that one.
Minor QuestBetray the Betrayer
The PCs double-cross Kas the Betrayer, accepting his
aid but then using the Sword of Kas themselves rather
than letting it fall into Kass hands.
Reward: 3,200 XP.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Once in Monadhan, the PCs travel through the
jungle and reach the shantytown where most of
Monadhans denizensa sorry mix of betrayers from
all realms and timeslive their lives in squalor. The
PCs speak to a seer named Sarissa, who reveals that
the current key to Monadhan is the Sword of Kas, the
artifact that cut off the hand of the god Vecna. The
PCs inquiries put them into conflict with vampires
skulking around the shantytown. After several bat-
tles, the PCs learn that the vampires are working for
Kas himself.
Kas confronts the PCs and offers them a bargain:
he will tell the PCs how to defeat the dark lord that
guards the portal if the PCs recover the Sword of
Kas and turn it over to him. The PCs realize that Kas
doesnt know that the sword is also the ticket out of the
domain of Monadhan. Kas keeps his part of the bar-
gain and tells the PCs how Arantors grief and shame
over his own horrible crimethe slaughter of a village
and the murder of his daughter centuries agotakes
tangible form in the lower cavern of Arantors lair.
Making Arantors victims come to life will distract and
weaken the dark lord enough that the PCs can win the
day, recover the sword, and use the portal.
After fighting their way through magical caverns
that rearrange themselves, the heroes reach a final
showdown with Arantor. Theyll need to use their
tactical acumen, the power theyve acquired thus
far, and Kass advice to defeat the dark lord. Then
they must decide whether to betray Kas and keep the
sword for themselves so they can use the portal to
reach the demiplane of Vaerothim.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
5

The PCs dont know it (yet), but their success
is mitigated by the fact that Rachaela is actually
Niuria, an angel of secrets who serves Vecna. The God
of Secrets will be pleased beyond measure if the PCs
can betray Kas, giving him a taste of his own medi-
cine and keeping the sword out of his grasp.
Setting
Other than an introductory skill challenge, this
adventure takes place entirely within the Shad-
owrealm of Monadhan, the Domain of Betrayal.
Arantor, the dark lord of Monadhan, inadvertently
created the domain centuries ago when, during a
war, he slaughtered an entire town of civilians, then
murdered his own daughter in an effort to keep
his crime a secret. Since Arantors first betrayal,
Monadhans population has slowly grown as traitors,
turncoats, and double-crossers of all stripes have
found themselves surrounded by an inexorable mist,
then deposited in Monadhan with little chance for
escape.
Monadhan appears as a dismal, twisted ref lection
of the jungle valley where Arantors original crime
took place. Impenetrable mist surrounds the valley
on all sides at a distance of a few miles from the
valleys edges (impenetrable unless you possess the
key of Monadhan, of course). Near the center of the
valley is a small rise with a ruined keep atop it and a
shantytown at its base. Underneath that keep are the
magical caverns where the PCs will ultimately go
caverns that are home to Arantor, the Sword of Kas,
and the portal to Vaerothim.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Treasure
As with previous installments of the Scales of War campaign, Betrayal at Monadhan makes use of the parcel
system of treasure rewards as described in the Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters should accumulate thirteen
treasure parcels by the end of the adventure. You can supply these treasures in whatever way you wish, but the
following list presents the most likely encounters to bear treasure. During your preparation, assign parcels from
those that follow to the encounters in the spaces provided.
Use the players wish lists to come up with magic items for the first six parcels. Consider saving at least one
or two of the highest-level magic items for the end of the adventure, Arantors dragon hoard. If any PC has fallen
behind gear-wise, you can correct that disparity by putting an item or even two items from that wish list in parcels
A, B, and C.
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide,
Parcel A: _______________, S1 (payment advance from the following parcels can go in the areas above. Consult
Rachaela ). the wish lists your players gave you for the first eight
Parcel B: _______________, S1 (payment advance from parcels, making the items appear to be of githyanki
Rachaela). manufacture where appropriate.
Parcel C: _______________, S1 (payment advance from Parcel 1: Magic item, level 25.
Rachaela). Parcel 2: Magic item, level 25.
Parcel D: _______________, T1 (within the seers hut). Parcel 3: Magic item, level 24.
Parcel E: _______________, T4 (in the unearthed coffin). Parcel 4: Magic item, level 23.
Parcel F: _______________, T4 (in the unearthed coffin). Parcel 5: Magic item, level 23.
Parcel G: Two masks of familiar betrayal worth 65,000 Parcel 6: Magic item, level 22.
gp each, C5 (hanging next to the rack). Parcel 7: 1,000 pp and four articulated dragon models
Parcel H: _______________, C5 (carried by the huecuva). with sapphire scales (worth 15,000 gp each)
Parcel I: tapestries collectively worth 125,000 gp, C6 Parcel 8: 1,100 pp.
(on the walls). Parcel 9: 700 pp and a pouch with 5,000 gp worth of
Parcel J: _______________, C8 (carried by Bahlik Gur). residuum.
Parcel K: _______________, C8 (carried by Bahlik Gur). Parcel 10: 500 pp and a potion of recovery.
Parcel L: _______________, C9 (Arantors lair). Parcel 11: Three golden monkey statuettes (worth
Parcel M: _______________, C9 (Arantors lair). 10,000 gp each), one 5,000 gp ruby, and three potions
Parcel N: _______________, C9 (Arantors lair). of vitality.
Parcel O: _______________, C9 (Arantors lair). Parcel 12: Seven 5,000 gp jacinths.
Parcel 13: Three platinum rings with inset diamonds
(worth 7,500 gp each) and 2,500 gp.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
6

Preparing The most important thing you can do before each session is
for Adventure
This may be your D&D groups first foray into epic-
tier play. For you, the shift from 20th to 21st level
should be a smooth one. Youll find that the monsters
are no more complex than the ones youre accus-
tomed to. Youll do a little more mental arithmetic
simply because the numbers are bigger, but other-
wise, the transition to epic tier doesnt change whats
going on behind your DM screen very much.
While its a small step for you, its more of a leap
for your players, who have new powers and a whole
new epic destiny to deal with. At first, they may need
help from the arbiter at the table and an expert at
D&D: you. (Yes, if youre running this adventure, you
can call yourself a D&D expert. Congratulations!)
Take a look at the PCs new powers and abilities so
you can adjudicate them efficiently and quickly at the
table. Because you see everything thats going on, you
often have a good vantage point to spot those teach-
able moments.
You have an ulterior motive for checking out those
new abilities, of course: All that new complexity
the players get at epic tier is eventually going to get
focused on the monsters and machinations you set
up for the rest of Scales of War, and perhaps beyond.
Knowing what the heroes are capable of with their
rituals, magic items, powers, and abilities prepares
you to keep them challenged and to keep the action
moving. (Challenging the characters is different from
thwarting them, of course.)
to spend a few minutes reviewing each encounter that the
players are likely to reach during that session.
What You Need to Play
This adventure contains everything you need to play,
including background information, setup, encounters
and maps. You might wish to review any appropriate
Dungeons & Dragons 4th Edition rules before play
begins.
The most important thing you can do before each
session is to spend a few minutes reviewing each
encounter that the players are likely to reach during
that session. That should re-familiarize you with
monster abilities and tactics and a sense of what other
rules (typically those related to skills or terrain) will
come into play. Dont try to commit the monsters to
memory in the minutes leading up to the sessions
start. Youre just planting the seed in your brain so
that when you see the encounter later, you say to your-
self, I remember these guys.
Betrayal at Monadhan
What is an
Adventure Path?
An adventure path is a connected series of adventures
that comprises an entire D&D campaign, from the
heroes humble beginnings at 1st level to their epic
triumphs at the pinnacle of level 30. These adven-
tures cover all three tiers of play: heroic, paragon, and
epic. Each tier is covered by roughly six adventures,
meaning that the entire adventure path consists of
eighteen adventures. Each adventure covers from
one to three levels, but you can also have the PCs
undertake side quests to supplement their XP. This
assures that the PCs are the correct level to tackle
each adventure.
Betrayal at Monadhan is the first adventure
in the epic tier, so it starts revealing to the PCs the
enormity of Tiamats evil. The heroes will spend
this adventure and its sequel, Grasp of the Mantled
Citadel, beyond the Coalitions call. That 30th-level
climax is looming closer and closer. A classic vil-
lain from D&D history, Kas the Betrayer, makes an
appearance here, and the PCs may very well finish
this adventure with a full-fledged artifact, the Sword
of Kas, within their (literal) grasp.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
7

Adapting the Adventure
Betrayal at Monadhan is designed with five PCs in
mind. You can adapt the adventure for larger groups
by adding additional treasure parcels and monsters
using the guidelines presented in the Dungeon Mas-
ters Guide. When adapting the scenario for larger
groups, bear in mind that the second half of the
adventure takes place in cavernsexpansive caverns,
but caverns nonetheless. Make sure any monsters you
add will fit inside the caverns while giving PCs and
monsters alike enough room to move around.
You dont need to increase the number of mon-
sters. You can instead increase the levels of those
creatures using the guidelines on page 174 of the
Dungeon Masters Guide. Because the upper caverns
rearrange themselves anyway, you can certainly
make the caverns larger without worrying that theyll
encroach on other chambers.
This adventure is designed for characters starting
at 21st level, but a larger group of lower-level charac-
ters should have no problem with these challenges.
The party can tackle the challenges of Monadhan at
their own pace. Your only concern should be that the
heroes are unlikely to want to fight Kas after encoun-
ter T4 (which follows on the heels of at least two and
maybe as many as four tough encounters), and that
the PCs arent running on fumes when they reach the
climax at encounter C9. If youre worried about the
level disparity, Monadhan has plenty of opportunities
for leveling up. The wilderness trek to the shantytown
can have more than two encounters (and who knows
what ancient mysteries are in that jungle, cast into the
Shadowfell by Arantors great betrayal?)
Betrayal at Monadhan
Mask of Familiar Betrayal
Exquisitly crafted from nearly paper-thin marble and
bound in delicate golden frames, these masks are
minor magic items that have almost no game effect.
When worn, the wearer can choose an adjacent crea-
ture. Until the wearer ends the effect or moves away
from the creature, he or she can choose to appear as
an exact likeness of the target creatures great love or
a close family member.
Because the mask works only when adjacent to the
target and only for that target, the mask of familiar
betrayal has limited use for espionage and other sub-
terfuge. The mask is commonly employed by torturers
to break the spirit of their victims by making it seem
as if someone they love is hurting them, by prostitutes
offering the simulation of a lost love, or by bored
nobles with money to burn who seek entertainment
in the deception of their fellows.
The masks have little value as magic items for
an adventurer, but they are also always made of
incredible and expensive materials. A typical mask
(including the masks found in this adventure) is
worth 65,000 gp.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
8
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Part 1: Monadhan
Onward from Sayre Monadhan, once a simple jungle valley whose
location in the world is lost to history, is now the
Part 1 of this adventure is a short skill chal-
name of the Domain of Betrayal within the Shad-
lenge to provide some exposition and set the PCs
owfell. The sigil sequence to travel there with
in motion. It also introduces an NPC that will
Planar Portal is esoteric (Arcana DC 30) to dis-
appear in later installments in the Scales of War
cover through research, but its not secret per se.
adventure path
Its that no one goes there via Planar Portal and
similar rituals because they cant bring you back
Onward from Sayre out again. More information on Monadhan can
Encounters be found in the Domains of Dread: Monadhan
Before the PCs do anything else, make sure
article from Dragon #378.
that theyre rested, theyve done any shopping,
The vast majority of Monadhans residents
and that theyre in a state of general readiness.
didnt use any ritual to get there. They betrayed
Theyll have opportunities to engage in com-
someoneperhaps a spouse, parent, superior
merce, research, and rituals at other points in the
officer, priest, or liege. Some got away with their
adventure, but theres no point in setting up the
betrayals, and some didnt. But afterward (some-
adventure, then having the players respond with,
times days or weeks afterward), the betrayer
OK, but lets go shopping first.
wound up ensnared in fog that seemed to arise
from nowhere. The fog grew thicker and thicker,
S1: On the Side of the
then a warm breeze blew it awayleaving the
Angels
betrayer on the edge of Monadhan with impen-
This encounter starts with a Coalition man-at-
etrable fog behind and a teeming jungle in front.
arms approaching the PCs and inviting them to
a conference chamber at their earliest conve-
The unearthly fog, impenetrable to the eye, suddenly
nience. If pressed, every other word out of the
parts, and you find yourself standing atop a fog-capped
man-at-armss mouth is that hes only the mes-
hill. Similar hills surround a jungle valley that stretches
senger, etc., but that theres a Rachaelasome sort
before you. To the north, a massive waterfall feeds a
of diplomat, I think, and an angelthat wants to
river winding a serpentine path across the valley floor.
speak to them.
In the middle of the valley is a low rise, more a
Skill Challenge: On the Side of the Angels
barren hump than an actual hill. You can just make
(page 18).
out the straight edges of defensive walls near the top.
Tendrils of smoke rise from what must be chimneys or
campfires nearby.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
9

Closer to you, what looks like a thin, tenuous footpath
winds its way along the low ridge, just inside the fog line.
A wider path heads downhill, into the jungle and in the
approximate direction of that hump near the center of the
valley.
The characters first thought may be to just turn
around and walk back through the fog to wherever
they came from. Unless they have the Sword of Kas,
this wont work. Instead, they stumble through the fog
for several minutes, then emerge at another random
spot on the rim of the Monadhan foothills, almost
indistinguishable from where they first arrived.
Monadhans Properties
With no day or night to speak of, time takes on an
indeterminate quality in Monadhan, and no one
seems to age. That doesnt necessarily mean that the
domain somehow suspends the aging process. Few
Monadhan residents would grow to a ripe old age in
a community where everyone has already betrayed
someone and is suffering supernatural punishment
for it. Occasionally a Monadhan resident will die sud-
denly during exertion or even sleepit was as if his
own heart betrayed him, the old ladies cluck as they
rifle through the corpses pockets.
Monadhans other properties are better under-
stood by residents of the domain. Because hardly
Betrayal at Monadhan
anyone ever escapes Monadhan, academic records on
the following phenomena are scant (Arcana DC 35
to know either, and even then the documentation is
fragmentary).
The Sting of Betrayal: Because the domain of
Monadhan is suffused with betrayal, the domain itself
rewards those willing to hurt their friends. If a crea-
ture makes an attack that damages an allya friendly
fire incident, in other wordstwo things immediately
happen.
First, the ally takes ongoing 10 damage (save ends)
in addition to whatever damage the attack itself dealt.
Second, the creature who made the attack gets
its choice of either regeneration 5 or a +1 bonus on
attacks. Either effect lasts until the ally makes its
saving throw.
A creature can benefit from the sting of betrayal
only once per round, so an area attack that damages
multiple allies earns the attacker only one regenera-
tion 5 or one +1 bonus on attacks.
For the sting of betrayal to function, the creature
making the attack and the ally must begin the battle
as allies by any reasonable definition, not merely neu-
tral parties who find common cause against a foe or
other allies of convenience.
The Blurted Confession: Monadhans longer-
term residents are traitors who have spent years
scrabbling for their very existence in an environment
full of other desperate traitors. Accordingly, many
have internalized their betrayals and buried them
deep within their psyches. At the moment of death or
great trauma, many blurt out a final confessionoften
admitting the betrayal that consigned them to their
fate in Monadhan.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
10

When a monster dies during this adventure, have
it deliver a sentence or two of confession referencing
some act of betrayal. Such a confession might be:
Military: I left Olaf to die; We burned our
tunics, then joined the refugees; We told the
prisoners wed guard them, but then we got so
hungry
Political: I poisoned the Count so I could marry
the Countess; I swore that Morrin was pilfering
from the treasury alone, but really it was both of
us
Religious: I swore Id bury him near the chapel,
but they wanted too much recompense; When
they asked if Id convert, of course I said yes
Familial: Jorrek isnt really the father; Uncle
was going to split the farmland, but then Laria
leaned too far over the well
Romantic: Of course I told her I loved her; No
one knew about the maiden in the tower
Innocuous: It was I who took the masters
monocle; I sometimes caught seven fish, rather
than the six we were allowed
Cryptic: I told her to go first; There were
three torches after all; The fingernails are
underneath the rug
If you have some committed actors at your table,
encourage them to blurt out a confession of some sort
if theyre knocked unconscious, stunned, or take a lot
of damage from a single attack. The blurted confes-
sion can be a good way for a player to get across a
characters shady past, old regrets, or other aspects of
a personal backstory that otherwise wouldnt have the
opportunity to surface.
The Jungle
It takes two days of walking through winding jungle
paths to reach Monadhans shantytown and the
second part of the adventure. If the PCs want to use
overland flight or other means to short-circuit the
journey, let them. Theyre missing out on two basic beneath the ruined keep, and he never leaves his lair.
combat encounters and the chance to take their epic
powers on a test run, but there arent any major plot
implications for doing so.
W1: The Eight of Us
Say Welcome
A hydra arises from the shallow pool where its been
sleeping to menace the PCs.
Tactical Encounter: The Eight of Us Say Wel-
come (page 20).
Betrayal at Monadhan
W2: The Death Giants Pet
The PCs find a more direct path to the Monadhan
shantytown, only to meet a death giant and his pet
chuul patrolling it.
Its possible that the PCs will try to capture the
death giant rather than killing him outright. If they
succeed, you have two choices: run an impromptu
skill challenge to cover the interrogation, or have
the death giant betray the PCs and tell them all he
knows only to switch back to Arantors side when its
most inconvenient for the PCs or dramatic for the
story.
From a captured death giant, the PCs can learn
that Arantor lives in the lowermost of magic caves
Hes served by many death giants along with some
cambions and a few rakshasas. The death giant is in
the dark about Arantors history, his weaknesses, or
his ultimate aims. Even among the death giants, this
particular fellow is ill-informed because hes always
out in the jungle with his pet chuul, not in the caves
or the shantytown with the other death giants.
Tactical Encounter: The Death Giants Pet
(page 21).
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
11
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Part 2: Shantytown
The PCs reach the shantytown at the center of
Monadhan without too much trouble. Once there,
they must interact with the Shantytown residents in
an effort to learn where the portal onward is.
This part of the adventure is intentionally free-
form. Some D&D groups will relish the opportunity
to investigate a community where everyone has a
darkly fascinating, betrayal-laden past. Others will
want to make a quick Streetwise check or two and
keep all that conversation abstract. Either approach is
fine; its just a matter of knowing the preference of the
players at your table.
The simplest way to proceed is for PCs to make DC
22 Streetwise checks. The first success reveals the
Sarissa clue below, and the second success reveals the
Rolain clue below.
If you want to expand the investigation, here are
some factors to consider:
The PCs are epic tier, and the vast majority of
the shantytown residents arent. Other than
Kass crew (described in encounters T1-T3)
and the death giant patrols that occasionally
come through the shantytown (use the giants in
encounter C7 if you like), no one is capable of
even scratching the characters armor, much less
offering an actual challenge in battle.
No one gets to Monadhan without first
committing a betrayal so cruel that it garnered
supernatural imprisonment as a response. Most
of the shantytowns residents are damaged
goods: insane, depressed, paranoid, or habitually
blaming everyone but themselves for their fate.
Some are wracked with guilt while others deny
that they did anything to deserve their fate.
Either way, few are pleasant to be around.

Whether you play out a detailed investigation or not,

all this effort should get the PCs two valuable pieces
of information:
Sarissa the seer knows about the portal. She lives
in a hut on the edge of the shantytown.
A mysterious figure named Rolain can
supposedly go into Arantors lair and emerge
alive. (Its actually Kas, not Rolain, that can do
this, but the denizens of the shantytown dont
know that.) Rolain can be found at midnight at
the shantytowns graveyard.

With these two clues in hand, its likely that the PCs
will visit Sarissa first, because they can do so at any
time (Rolain appears at only midnight). While the
PCs are learning all of this, Kass crew of vampires is
learning about them, which leads into the encounters
that follow.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
12
 Betrayal at Monadhan

T1: Seers Hut well.) There they meet more of Kass crew, including Once the PCs agree to Kass offer, or at least
Gwenth, a powerful vampire. engage in sincere negotiation, Kas tells an abbreviated
Compared to most of the shantytowns residents,
Tactical Encounter: T2: Shantytown (page 25). version of Arantors story:
Sarissa is relatively pleasant. She says that shell
answer questions for a hundred gold coins each, an
amount that should be a pittance for the heroes at this
T3: Graveyard Arantor was a silver dragon who fought bravely in the war
The PCs seek out the mysterious Rolain, only to learn between the dragonborn and the tieflings, many centuries
point but is a fortune for her.
(probably as theyre fighting him) that he too works ago. He attacked the town of Monadhan, not realizing it
Sarissa explains that Arantor, the dark lord who
for Kas. was full of civilians. Mad with grief and shame, he tried to
rules Monadhan, hasnt been seen in years. She
Tactical Encounter: Graveyard (page 27). cover up his crime, but his own daughter confronted him.
doesnt know how to reach his lair. She knows that
Arantor murdered his daughter to protect his guilt, and
Arantor guards a dark portal that leads onward from
Monadhan, but she doesnt know where it goes. She
T4: Desecrated Graveyard thus the Domain of Betrayal was born.
When the PCs defeat Rolain, the graveyard itself Now Arantor spends all his time in the lowest depths
volunteers that whether the PCs want to depart
comes alive and attacks. Sometimes the PCs never get of the caves beneath the shantytown. His betrayal was so
Monadhan through the mists or through the portal,
an even break. heinous that parts of his past come to life periodically in the
theyll need the key of Monadhan: whatever object
Tactical Encounter: Desecrated Graveyard (page lairjust to torment Arantor, I think. If you find a way to
within the domain is most representative of betrayal.
29). insinuate yourself into those illusions of the past, Arantors
Those who depart take the key with them, so the
grief and shame will weaken him. Use the word Imrissa
exact nature of the key changes. After staring into her
fire for a moment, Sarissa says that the current key to
Talking to Kas that was the name of Arantors daughter.
Kas himself arrives at the graveyard after encounter But beware! Death giants and undead guardians stand
Monadhan is the Sword of Kas.
T4. He doesnt want to fight; hes looking to make a watch in the upper chambers. Simply becoming lost down
If the PCs have never heard of Kas, Sarissa can
deal. there is a constant danger. The walls themselves can betray
provide some basic exposition: Kas was once a trusted
Kass offer is simple: He will reveal the dragon you
lieutenant of Vecnas, but Kas betrayed Vecna and cut
lords weakness if the adventurers retrieve his sword
off Vecnas hand, then escaped. Both Vecnas dismem-
and return it to him. Kas mightmightbe able to What Kas doesnt know (but the PCs should) is that
bered hand and the Sword of Kas are now artifacts,
beat Arantor, but he cant fight while dealing with the sword itself is the key, making it the only way
and Vecna is still chasing after Kas, eager for revenge.
the magic of the lower cavern (the skill challenge, in anyone can get out of Monadhan. At this point, the
As soon as Sarissa tells the PCs about the key to
other words). The PCs, on the other hand, can do both seed of betrayal has been planted. For the PCs to com-
Monadhan, the vampires attack.
simultaneously. plete their mission, they must break their deal and
Tactical Encounter: Seers Hut (page 23).
The characters are probably in no condition to betray Kas the Betrayer.
T2: Shantytown fight Kas immediately after their encounters with
Rolain and the denizens of the graveyard. If they do,
A figure that flees from the seers hut at the end of
hell happily trade blows with them; his stat block is
that fight draws the characters back into the heart
on page 55. But Kas is not interested in killing them,
of the shantytown. (The callophage vampire is the
at least not yet, and hes still amenable to a deal when
best choice, but a spy minion of Kas will do just as
the PCs realize that a level 26 solo soldier is a tough
nut to crack.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
13
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Part 3: Caverns
Now the PCs have reached the meat of the adventure: a series of
linked caves with the dark lord Arantor at the bottom. Theyll fight
through the death giants, cambions, and other followers of Aran-
tor as they descend further and further. The shifting nature of the
caves makes retreat more difficult, and unlike the vampires in the
shantytown, these monsters have had years to hone their tactics
against intruders.
Eventually, the PCs reach the lowest cavern, where Aran-
tor himself makes his lair. If they can slay the undead dragona
task involving a simultaneous skill challenge and a to-the-death
combatthey can win the sword of Kas for themselves and earn
their ticket out of Monadhan and onward to Vaerothim.

The Shifting Caves

The six chambers that comprise the upper part of the chamber are
near the heart of Arantors domain, and thus they express betrayal
in an unusual way: The winding passages that connect the six
chambers change every few hours. In other words, the map itself
will betray the characters after a few encounters.
At first, the six chambers are arranged in layout A, with wind-
ing, 20-foot-wide tunnels connecting them. The tunnels curve and
descend enough that PCs can never see more than 20 squares in
front or behind them. Each tunnel is about a quarter mile long.
Each X in the layout is a dead enda 10-square by 10-square
chamber devoid of monsters or treasure.
Whenever the PCs take an extended rest or reach a dead end,
the layout of the caves shifts to one of the three alternatives. Either
roll randomly or choose the layout that delivers the best drama.
The PCs dont notice the shift when it happens, but a DC 25 Dun-
geoneering check should tell them that any tunnel theyve recently
walked down is subtly different now. PCs can identify the direc-
tion of the Chamber of Rivers (C1) from any adjacent chamber
with a DC 30 Perception check to hear the running water.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
14
 Betrayal at Monadhan

finding the tunnel that leads to the lower cavern, and

after theyve visited a few rooms, they know which
layout theyre dealing with.

Resting in the Caves

Its likely that PCs will need to take an extended rest
during their exploration of the upper caves, and the
shifting caves may make them reluctant to ascend all
the way to the surface. They can camp in the dead
ends or in a chamber theyve already cleared. If they
do, a death giant patrol (first C7, then C8) arrives 1d4
hours after they start resting.

C1: Cavern of Rivers

This chamberalways the one closest to the surface
is where the PCs think theyre fighting a dark naga
and some cambions. Then they are surprised by a fell
troll that surfaces from underneath the waterfall.
Tactical Encounter: Cavern of Rivers (page 31).

C2: Cavern of Cliffs

Flight is at a premium when PCs contend with flying
The shifting caves also contribute to the likeli- devils in a room with many plateausand lots of sheer
The shifting caves arent intended to be a head-
hood that the PCs will occasionally backtrack. When cliffs to push ones foes from. The devils were caught
scratching puzzle. There are only four possible
they do, spring encounter C7, then C8 on them. You in a double-cross between archdevils and found
configurations after all, and nobody at the table is
can delay those encounters according to your sense themselves in Monadhan for their betrayal. They
having fun if the PCs wander through empty cave
of pacing, but make sure that the PCs have had both believe that their sentence will be over soon and that
after empty cave. You want to use the shifting con-
death giant encounters by the time they reach the theyll somehow be restored back to the Nine Hells.
figuration of the caves for two reasons. First, you want
lower cavern. In the meantime, theyve sold their services to Aran-
it to shake the PCs up a bit and remind them that
The denizens of the caves have to deal with their tor in a feudal arrangementprotection in exchange
in Monadhan, they cant take anything for granted.
shifting nature as well (everyone but Arantor does), for service.
Second, its an opportunity to make sure that PCs
but theyre used to it by nowOf course the walls Tactical Encounter: Cavern of Cliffs (page 34).
experience most if not all of the upper caverns while
still giving them the freedom of choice that they so betray us doesnt everything? they say. As a practi-
cal matter, few of them leave their chambers. The C3: Cavern of Sulfur
cherish. At the point where the shifting caves become
death giants trying to visit Arantor just accept that This encounter features undead that Arantor ritu-
an impediment to gameplay, dispense with the shift-
theyll have to wander around for a while before ally created shortly after awaking in Monadhan.
ing and get the PCs down to the lower cavern.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
15

The undead are oblivious to the chambers greatest
danger: toxic fumes that erupt from geysers in the
floor and poison the living.
Tactical Encounter: Cavern of Sulfur (page 37).
C4: Cavern of Air
The rest of Arantors undead minions call this
chamber, full of floating rock platforms, their home.
Like encounter C2, it rewards PCs who can fly and
punishes those who arent quick enough to get from
platform to platform before they break apart.
Tactical Encounter: Cavern of Air (page 39).
C5: Cavern of Truth
Rakshasa mercenaries with a history of double-cross-
ing their employers live in this chamber and torture
the informants that the death giants occasionally
drag down from the shantytown. Arantor pays them
well, and theyre a little reluctant to double-cross
himyet.
If you need to introduce a new PC to the adventure
(either because you have a new player or because a
PC died and wasnt raised), the jail cells in this cham-
ber are a good place to do so. The existing heroes can
rescue the new PC, and the new PC should quickly
realize that the other PCs are the best way out of
Monadhan. Have the new character figure out what
betrayal resulted in a one-way trip to Monadhan. If
the player is reluctant to play someone known for
betrayal, you can posit some arcane experiment gone
awry to explain the new PCs presenceor suggest
an NPC that, when viewed through the players eyes,
deserved betrayal.
This cavern also has an NPC, Macaebus, whom
the PCs can rescue. Macaebus is just a frightened
resident of the shantytown now, and he was once a
castellan of the exchequer who appropriated his lords
funds to his lords rivals. Macaebus is a last chance
exposition NPC. If the PCs have somehow missed
key information (like the basics of Arantors history
or the fact that you need an object of great betrayal
to leave Monadhan), Macaebus can provide it. Hes
a noncombatant, but that doesnt mean he doesnt
possess useful information. And if your table favors a
number of social encounters, you can make the infor-
mation exchange with Macaebus into a full-blown
skill challenge.
Tactical Encounter: Cavern of Truth (page 42).
C6: Cavern of Statues
This chamber is the only one of the upper chambers
that Arantor regularly visitsand he comes here only
once every few months. More cambions stand guard
here, and the PCs may find some clues of use in the
next adventure: Grasp of the Mantled Citadel.
Tactical Encounter: Cavern of Statues (page 45).
C7: Death Giant Reinforcements
This encounter isnt tied to a specific locationits a
patrol of the death giants that Arantor trusts to handle
the day-to-day rulership of the shantytown and the
jungles of Monadhan. The encounter doesnt depend
on the specific terrain in the chamberthough the
giants know the caverns well enough to use whatever
advantage they can getso you can spring this on the
PCs whenever you like.
Tactical Encounter: Death Giant Reinforcements
(page 48).
C8: Death Giant Boss
Once the PCs rest or backtrack again after dealing
with encounter C7, you can use this encounter. Now
Betrayal at Monadhan
the heroes have roused the ire of the death giant boss,
Bahlik Gur, and his retinue. Like the previous death
giant encounter, this one isnt tied to any specific
locationuse it whenever the PCs think theyre going
someplace safe, such as an already-cleared chamber
or a dead end.
Tactical Encounter: Death Giant Boss (page 50).
C9: Lower Cavern
This encounter, the climax of Betrayal at Monad-
han, pits the PCs against Arantor himself. Arantor is
a level 25 solo, but if the PCs can somehow simultane-
ously fight Arantor and perform a skill challenge to
get the ghosts of Arantors past to haunt him anew,
the fight becomes easier. You can deliver a satisfying
conclusion to the adventure if you apply enough pres-
sure that the players feel like theyre being stretched
thinnot quite enough characters for the fight and
not quite enough for the skill challenge.
When this encounter is over, the PCs will negoti-
ate with Kas as described in the Aftermath section
(page 17), or possibly fight him, if they provoke
him enough, before heading through the portal to
Vaerothim.
Tactical Encounter: Lower Cavern (page 52).
Aftermath
Once Arantor falls and the PCs obtain the Sword of
Kas, its time for them to head through the portal and
on to the next adventure: Grasp of the Mantled Cita-
del. First, though, theyll betray Kas the Betrayer
himself.
Confrontation with Kas
As mentioned in encounter C9, Kas appears at the
entrance to the lower cavern shortly after one of the
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
16

PCs takes the Sword of Kas from Arantors hoard.
Time Kass appearance so that the PCs are closer to
the portal than Kas is. Its not entirely fair to put a
level 26 solo between the PCs and safetyespecially
after they just fought a level 25 solo.
Kas isnt exactly a creature of subtlety. He wants
his sword, he wants it now, and no wet-behind-the-
ears mortal interlopers are going to keep it from him.
We have our bargain, mortals! Kas says. Surrender my
sword to me now, and I may may let you ascend to the
surface.
In the likely event the PCs dont immediately hand
over the sword, Kas gets angrier. His desire to be
reunited with his sword is clouding his judgment, so
hes being neither diplomatic nor particularly clever
in his handling of the situation.
Fools! You are mere worms; I could take that sword from
you, then bathe it in your blood. You cannot betray me!
Thats .. unthinkable folly!
Then Kas jumps down from the ledge and starts
walking toward the PCs, but he does so slowly. All the
while, he talks about the dark things he and his sword
will accomplish if reunited. Improvise here, but watch
that Kas doesnt slip into Gollumesque my precious
parody.
Give me my sword, for I have dark designs that extend
beyond this dreary prison. All that youve seen so far is
prologue. Give it to me, and Ill let you live long enough
to see my triumph!
Make sure that the PCs have ample time to gather
Arantors treasure and any fallen comrades. If they
move toward the portal, thats goodKas certainly
makes no move to stop them. Hes focused totally on
obtaining the sword and doesnt realize that hes prac-
tically goading the characters to abscond with it. Only
when the first PC disappears through the portal will
Kas realize whats happened.
No! You cannot leave with my sword! The betrayer cannot
be betrayed! Come back, you fools!
If Things Go Off Track
The most likely course of events is that the PCs banter
a bit with Kas, then head through the portal and on
to the next adventure. But players are delightfully
unpredictableand thats a good thing.
The PCs Fight Kas: If this looks inevitable, roll
initiative and get on with it. The PCs have had a short
rest, but a battle with Kas comes on the heels of the
battle with Arantor. Maneuver Kas so that the PCs
can change their minds and flee through the portal
if theyre overmatched, but otherwise dont pull
punches with Kas. Hes a soldier, so hes durable but
less likely to deal high spikes of damage.
If the PCs win, they can go through the portal at
their leisure. If theyre losing, theyll probably retreat
through the portal. If theyre being particularly clue-
less (it happens to every table once in a while), you
can have a shadowy figure on the other side of the
portal beckon toward them. If things go off the rails
and the PCs get wiped out by Kas, they deserve what
they get which is a new unlife as Kass vampires.
But even then, the adventure path isnt over. Kas isnt
part of the Bahamut/Tiamat struggle, but he becomes
intensely curious about it and sends vampire versions
Betrayal at Monadhan
of the PCs to Vaerothim to find out whats going on.
The game is still afoot, but the PCs have a new wrin-
kle in that they need a cure for vampirism and a way
to break free of Kas in addition to everything else on
their plates.
The PCs Give Kas the Sword: Its possible that
particularly hidebound PCs will honor a bargain with
a guy whose sobriquet is the betrayer. Right before
they do so, have Kas lay it on thick: Ah, think of the
wondrous terrors my sword and I will bring into being! If
they really, truly give Kas the sword, then he either
fights the PCs (if you think the PCs have any fight
left in them) or insults them as he heads through the
portal.
Now Monadhan essentially resets itself. The PCs
see faint stirrings near Arantors corpse. He returns to
unlife in 24 hours. And theres a new object of great
betrayal somewhere in Monadhan. The PCs can visit
the seer (if alive) or use ritual means to discover what
it is. Then they must attain it (probably after a short
adventure you create) and then face Arantor once
more.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
17

S1: On the Side On the Side of Angels
of the Angels
Encounter Level 21 (16,000 XP)
Setup
Angel of secrets (A)
This is a negotiation, pure and simple. The PCs will
strike a deal with Rachaela and learn more about
what to expect in Monadhan.
When the PCs enter the chamber, read:
You enter the room to find an angel with a stern
countenance floating at the far end of a long table. She
wears a white tabard with a red gauntlet design along the
edge. The angel bows and motions for you to sit. Wine
goblets appear out of nowhere at each seat.
I am Rachaela, and I bear news of your wider efforts,
she says. Despite your recent successes and the Coalitions
victories, Tiamats plotting continues unabated. Even
as we speak, one of her exarchs is guarding a ritualist
of unparalleled potency. We do not know exactly what
ritual they are working on, but if Tiamat is placing such
importance on the ritual, we cannot afford to let it come to
fruition. We want you to stop the exarch, Mornujhar, and
capture or kill the ritualist.
But it wont be easy. Youll need to pass through part
of the Shadowfell known as Monadhan, the Domain of
Betrayal, just to reach a portal that connects to Mornujhars
fortress. Will you aid us one more time?
Skill Challenge
Level 21
XP 3,200
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills: Diplomacy, Insight, Religion.
Diplomacy (DC 22, standard action)
The character impresses Rachaela with his forthright
demeanor and ability. This earns the heroes one success.
Its also a chance for Rachaela to provide additional detail
in her reply.
Once you get to Monadhan, you wont be able to simply use a
teleportation ritual to get back here. You must find a portal
probably guarded by Arantor, the dark lord of the domainand
use it to move onward toward the black exarch.
Insight (DC 27, standard action)
A successful Insight check not only earns the characters a
success, but it suggests that Rachaela is holding something
back. If pressed, shell say shes hiding who her superiors
are.
There is some risk you ll be captured, and I am sending you to
the Domain of Betrayal, after all. I trust you, but I worry about
the supernatural power of betrayal in such a place. Best to be
circumspect.
Religion (DC 14, standard action)
You can garner only one success with this skill. In addition
to earning a success, the PC learns that the red gauntlet
motif on Rachaelas tabard resembles iconography used by
priests of Kord several centuries ago. If asked about Kord
directly, Rachaela smiles and says, Suffice it to say that I
admire Kords strength.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Secondary Skills: Intimidate, Religion.
Intimidate (DC 27, standard action)
Having a tough demeanor, if skillfully done, can impress
Rachaela. This doesnt earn any successes directly but
provides a +2 bonus on the next check made by a primary
skill.
Religion (DC 25/30/25, standard action)
A PC can make a monster knowledge check during the
skill challenge. This doesnt earn any successes, but it does
give the PCs some idea of what theyre dealing with. A
25 or higher on the Religion check reveals that Rachaela
is an angel of secrets, an immortal humanoid with the
angel subtype (obviously). A 30 or higher also reveals the
basics of its memory blade, mind lash, roaring revelation, and
foresight powers. A 35 or higher reveals it has resist 10
radiant and is immune to disease and fear.
Success: Rachaela agrees to give the PCs treasure parcels A,
B, and C before they leave for Monadhan, and the extra
rewards mentioned in Grasp of the Mantled Citadel when
they return victorious. She will perform the Planar Portal
ritual to send the PCs to Monadhan or provide the sigil
sequence so the PCs can do so themselves.
Failure: Rachaela gives the PCs their choice of treasure parcels
A, B, or C (but not all three) and just the normal award at
the end of the next adventure. Shell perform the Planar
Portal ritual for the PCs.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
18

This angel has a genuine mission for the PCs, and she
truly wants them to succeed. But she also has a few
secrets of her own: her real name is Niuria, and she
serves Vecna. She wont reveal this under any circum-
stances and carefully chose her clothing to suggest
that she serves Kord.
Begin the skill challenge once Rachaela has laid
out the mission in broad termssomething along the
lines of the readaloud text above.
This is more than an ordinary skill challenge,
because the negotiations with Rachaela serve two
purposes. First, they are indeed a challenge for the
PCs. Second, its a chance for you to provide key expo-
sition that sets up the rest of the adventure, whether
or not the characters overcome this challenge.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Angel of Secrets (A) Level 22 Elite Controller
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 8,300
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +23; darkvision
Angelic Presence Attacks against the angel of secrets take a
-2 penalty until the angel is bloodied; once bloodied, the
penalty increases to -4.
HP 408; Bloodied 204
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 34, Will 36
Immune disease, fear; Resist 10 radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, fly 8 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Memory Blade (Standard, at-will) Psychic
Reach 2; +27 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 psychic damage, and the
target cant use encounter powers or daily powers until the
end of the angels next turn.
R Mind Lash (Standard, at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +25 vs. Will; 2d10 + 8 psychic damage, and the
target is dazed until the end of the angels next turn.
C Roaring Revelation (Standard, encounter and when reduced
to 0 hit points) Psychic, Thunder
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +23 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 +
8 psychic and thunder damage, and the target is stunned
until the end of the angels next turn.
Foresight (Immediate Interrupt, when attacked, recharge 5 6)
Teleportation
The angel of secrets teleports 4 squares and makes a
memory blade attack.
Alignment Unaligned Languages All
Skills Arcana +22, History +22, Stealth +20
Str 22 (+17) Dex 18 (+15) Wis 23 (+17)
Con 20 (+16) Int 23 (+17) Cha 27 (+19)
Equipment memory sword, cloak of angels, chainmail.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
19

W1: The Eight of Us
Say Welcome
Encounter Level 20 (14,000 XP)
Setup
1 heroslayer hydra (H)
The PCs first task is to get to the Shantytown, Monad-
hans sole settlement. To do so, they have a lot of jungle
to cross, and along the way, theyll encounter a hydra.
When the adventurers get within about 10
squares of the pool, read:
Youve been working your way away from the mists and into
the forest, and now youve reached a clearing with a pool of
murky water in the center of it. Before you even have a chance
to approach, a five-headed reptile erupts from underwater. It
bellows as, one by one, each head turns to regard you.
Then it lurches forward, five jaws opening wide.
Tactics
This is a straightforward battle, a sort of shakedown
cruise for players still getting used to their epic-level
abilities. The hydra doesnt have any connection to
the ongoing plot; sometimes a monster is just a mon-
ster. Your goal in this battle isnt to play the monster
optimally. Youll have plenty of time for that later.
Instead, try to give the players a warm-up fight that
lets them flex their epic muscles before the more dif-
ficult encounters ahead.
From the players perspective, the hydra is a very
well-behaved beast. Because it wants to take advan-
tage of its heroslayer bonus, it almost always accedes to
the marked condition and attacks the party defender.
Watch for critical hits from the PCsthey recharge
the rampage attack. When not rampaging, have the
hydra concentrate its attacks on the defender, because
doing so gets you a certain +2 attack and +5 damage,
plus the possibility of another 10 damage if you hit
with two bite attacks.
Dont be shy about moving, even if it provokes
opportunity attacks. The hydra has almost 800 hit
points, after all, and damage just makes it grow more
heads. You want as many PCs as possible nearby, both
for the rampage and more importantly for threatening
reach. Because the hydra is huge, it can move through
PC squares as long as it doesnt end its turn on top of a
PC. (PCs can also move through the hydras squares,
provoking opportunity attacks as usual.)
Features of the Area:
Illumination: Monadhan never gets brighter than
an overcast day, but its skies never go completely dark,
either.
Water: Near the center of the encounter area,
mark a 4 x 4 square as deep water, then surround that
with roughly three squares of shallow water, making
an asymmetrical pond. The hydra starts submerged
in the deep water.
The squares marked as shallow water are difficult
terrain. The deep water is about 10 feet deep. Thats
difficult terrain for the hydra, and large or smaller
creatures trying to fight in deep water suffer the pen-
alties and restrictions of aquatic combat (described on
page 45 of the Dungeon Masters Guide).
Vegetation: The exact location of bushes and trees
doesnt matter. Just scatter contiguous squares of vege-
tation as you see fit. The vegetation is obscuring terrain
that provides concealment and is difficult terrain.
Tree Trunks: In the middle of some vegetation
squares, leave a square (or even a 2 x 2 space) as
blocking terrainthe trunk of the banyanlike trees
Betrayal at Monadhan
that make up much of Monadhans jungle. Climbing a
tree requires a DC 15 Athletics check. Ascending 20
feet grants concealment from obscuring leaves. The
top of the jungle canopy is 50 feet above ground.
Heroslayer Hydra (H) Level 20 Solo Brute
Huge natural beast (reptile) XP 14,000
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +19; all-around vision
HP 776; Bloodied 388
AC 32; Fortitude 34, Reflex 30, Will 30
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6
Action Points 2
m Bite (Standard, at-will)
Reach 3; +23 vs. AC; 1d10 + 8 damage.
M Hydra Fury (Standard, at-will)
The heroslayer hydra makes five bite attacks, plus
an additional attack for each head it has grown (see
regenerating heads). A target hit by more than one bite
attack in a round takes 10 extra damage.
M Rampage (Standard, recharges when a critical hit is scored
against the heroslayer hydra)
The hydra makes one bite attack against each enemy
within reach. On a hit, the target takes ongoing 10 damage
(save ends).
Heroslayer
While a heroslayer hydra is marked, it gains a +2 bonus
to attack rolls and a +5 bonus to damage rolls against the
creature that marked it.
Many-Headed
Each time a heroslayer hydra would become dazed or
stunned, it instead loses one attack while using hydra fury
during its next turn. The hydra can be dazed or stunned
multiple times.
Regenerating Heads
When a heroslayer hydra first reaches 582, 388, and 194
hit points, a head is destroyed. At the start of the hydras
next turn after a head is destroyed, two heads grow in the
lost heads place, and the hydra gains an additional bite
attack with hydra fury.
Threatening Reach
A heroslayer hydra can make opportunity attacks against
all enemies within its reach (3 squares).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages
Str 23 (+16) Dex 19 (+14) Wis 18 (+14)
Con 26 (+18) Int 2 (+6) Cha 9 (+9)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
20

W2: The Death Chuul Juggernaut (C) Level 23 Elite Soldier
Giants Pet
Encounter Level 21 (14,350 XP)
Setup
1 chuul juggernaut (C)
1 death giant soulcatcher (D)
Most of the death giants in Arantors employ use
steel predators as guardians and pets. This giant is
experimenting with an alternative. After much trial
and error, hes trained one of the chuuls that inhabit
Monadhans jungles. The chuul fears the caves, how-
ever, so the death giant is stuck patrolling far from
base with its pet.
As the characters work their way through the
jungle, read:
Youre making faster progress now, because youve found
a relatively straight path through the jungle. It looks as if
someoneor someones, more likelycut their way through
the vegetation with a machete.
Perception Check
DC 10: Whatever made this path was dragging
something massivemaybe its own tail.
DC 20: A large creature wearing boots accompanied
the dragging creature.
Nature Check
DC 30: The cut-back vegetation bears the mark of
something with pincers or mandiblesperhaps a chuul or
umber hulk.
Huge aberrant magical beast (aquatic) XP 10,200
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
Psychic Moan (Psychic) aura 1; a chuul juggernaut exudes a
constant hum of psychic energy. Enemies in the aura take a
-2 penalty to Will defense and gain vulnerable 5 psychic.
HP 434; Bloodied 217
AC 39; Fortitude 37, Reflex 31, Will 33
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7, swim 7
Action Points 1
m Claw (Standard, at-will)
Reach 3; +30 vs. AC; 2d8 + 8 damage, or 5d8 + 8 damage
against an immobilized creature.
M Double Attack (Standard, at-will) Poison
The chuul juggernaut makes two claw attacks. If both claw
attacks hit a single target, the chuul juggernaut makes a
secondary attack against the same target with its tentacles.
Secondary Attack
+28 vs. Fortitude; the target is immobilized (save ends).
R Psychic Lure (Standard, at-will) Psychic
Ranged 10; +29 vs. Will; 2d10 + 3 psychic damage, and the
target is pulled 5 squares.
Tentacle Net Poison
A creature hit by a chuul juggernauts opportunity attack is
immobilized until the end of the juggernauts next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Deep Speech
Str 27 (+19) Dex 19 (+15) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 25 (+18) Int 4 (+8) Cha 16 (+14)
The encounter is a meeting engagement; the death
giant and chuul are using their trail from yesterdays
patrol to start todays patrol, so theyre heading away
from the shantytown just as the PCs are heading
toward it.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Death Giant Soulcatcher (D)
Large shadow humanoid (giant)
Level 22 Controller
XP 4,150
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
Soulsnatcher aura 10; a creature that dies within the aura
bestows one soul shard to the soulcatcher (see soul shroud).
HP 209; Bloodied 104
AC 36; Fortitude 35, Reflex 32, Will 35
Resist 15 necrotic
Speed 8
m Soul Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; + 27 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage and the target is
immobilized until the end of the soulcatchers next turn.
R Soul Shrive (standard; at-will) Necrotic
Ranged 10; + 26 vs. Fortitude; the target is stunned and
loses 1 healing surge at the start of its turn (save ends
both). A target without healing surges takes damage equal
to one quarter its total hit points.Each time the target
loses a healing surge or takes damage from soul shrive, the
soulcatcher gains a soul shard.
A Soulfury Detonation (standard; must expend 3 soul shards;
at-will) Necrotic
Burst 2 within 10; +26 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 6 necrotic
damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Consume Soul Shard (minor; at-will) Healing
The soulcatcher expends one soul shard and regains 20 hit
points.
Soul Shroud
The soul shroud contains soul shards that swirl around the
soulcatcher to protect and empower it. At the beginning
of an encounter, the soul shroud contains four soul shards.
While the soul shroud is depleted of soul shards, the
soulcatcher takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Intimidate + 18
Str 28 (+20) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 25 (+18) Int 12 (+12) Cha 15 (+13)
Equipment leather armor, dagger
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
21
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Tactics Death Giant Soulcatcher: The soulcatcher stays Features of the Area:
a square or two behind the chuul and uses soul shrive
This is the first contact the PCs have with someone Illumination: Monadhan never gets brighter than
until its built up four soul shards: enough for a soul-
actually loyal to Arantor; a lone death giant scout that an overcast day, but its skies never go completely dark,
fury detonation with a soul shard left over to avoid the
patrols the jungle. either.
2 attack penalty. Remind players hit by soul shrive
Chuul: The chuul juggernaut makes a double Vegetation: The exact location of the bushes and
that theyve lost their healing surges only temporarily.
attack whenever it can, hoping to also make the trees doesnt matter. Just scatter contiguous squares
Theyll get the healing surges back when they make
immobilizing secondary attack. If it cant reach the of vegetation as you see fit. The vegetation is obscur-
the saving throw.
PCs with a single move, it uses psychic lure to bring a ing terrain that provides concealment and is difficult
The chuul juggernaut fights until slain, but the
PC closer. terrain.
death giant will try to flee if reduced below 30 hit
Remember that because the chuul is huge, it can Tree Trunks: In the middle of some vegetation
points. Such a retreat is unlikely to be successful if the
move through PCs squares as long as it doesnt end its squares, leave a square (or even a 2 x 2 space) as
PCs are still in fighting trim.
movement there (and the PCs can do likewise). blocking terrainthe trunk of the banyanlike trees
that make up much of Monadhans jungle. Climbing a
tree requires a DC 15 Athletics check. Ascending 20
feet grants concealment from obscuring leaves. The
top of the jungle canopy is 50 feet above ground.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
22

T1: Seers Hut
Encounter Level 22 (17,900 XP)
Setup
1 cambion soulthief (S)
1 callophage vampire (C)
3 disfigured vampires (N)
The PCs investigation leads them to Monadhans seer,
but shes not alone. Kass agents try to capture or kill
the PCs before they can learn more about the nature
of the domain theyre in.
When the PCs reach a suitably dramatic point
in their discussion with the Seer of Monadhan,
read:
A woman in tattered robes calls out from the street,
Sarissa! Oh, seer! I trust Im not interrupting anything.
Ah, I see you have guests....
Perception Check
DC 25: The woman on the street is standing at the edge of
a puddle in the road, but you dont see her reflection in the
puddle.
The woman is a callophage vampire created by a
ritual known to her master, Kas the Betrayer. Kas is in
Monadhan seeking his sword, so hes told his agents
here to be on the lookout for powerful visitors. When
strangers come to Monadhan, Kass agents are under
orders to kill or capture them. As long as at least one
newcomer survives, Kas figures he can learn what he
needs to know through interrogation. If all the new-
comers happen to die, theres always the Speak with
Dead ritual.
Tactics
Kass crew is out to kill the PCs, but theyre also trying
to learn why the PCs have come to the Shantytown in
the first place. During the battle, theyll converse with
the PCs and try to get information from them. They
arent interested in negotiation or parley, however;
theyll fight fiercely throughout any conversation.
Cambion Soulthief: The soulthief is circling
overhead invisibly at the start of the fight but lands
with a move action during its first turn and makes a
longsword attack or a double lunge, dealing the extra
damage from combat advantage. It tries to shift away
and use soul grasp in the following round. Ideally, it
makes a soul grasp attack, then turns invisible and
teleports with soul fuel (if the soul grasp hits) or flies
to a spot with cover or concealment (if the soul grasp
misses).
Disfigured Vampire: The disfigured vampires
come out of the shanties at the start of their turn and
engage the nearest PCs in melee. Theyre straightfor-
M Double Lunge (standard; must be invisible; at-will) Weapon
ward combatants, resorting to blood drain only if they
need hit points and are flanking a PC or are within
range of a PC in the callophages clutches. Dont forget
to use their gaze attacks twice: when bloodied and
when they die.
Callophage Vampire: The callophage vampire
wades into the middle of the PCs immediately, trying
to hit as many as possible with its alluring visage. Then
it claws a PC, following with a disfiguring bite. Once
the callophage has disfigured an enemy, it makes a
stolen beauty attack against a character whos trying to
stay out of the fray, such as a wizard or other ranged
controller.
The soulthiefs and disfigured vampires fight until
slain, but if the callophage vampire is below 50 hit
points and it looks as if the monsters are losing, shell
Betrayal at Monadhan
polymorph into mist form and flee into the heart of
the Monadhan shantytown. Whether the PCs give
chase right away or after a short rest, they are led into
encounter T2.
Sarissa: Sarissa is a noncombatant. She doesnt
need to survive this encounter. One of Kass crew can
slay her with a single attack.
Cambion Soulthief (S) Level 22 Lurker
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 4,150
Initiative +22 Senses Perception +18; darkvision
HP 156; Bloodied 78
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 35, Will 30
Resist 15 fire
Speed 10, Fly 8 (clumsy)
m Longsword (standard, at-will) Weapon
+27 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage.
r Soul Grasp (standard; recharges when no enemy is affected
by this power) Necrotic
Ranged 10; +27 vs. Will; 1d10 + 8 necrotic damage, and
the target takes ongoing 5 necrotic damage and is slowed
(save ends both). First Failed Save: The target is immobilized
instead of slowed (save ends). Second Failed Save: The
target is stunned instead of immobilized (save ends).
The cambion soulthief makes a longsword attack against
two targets.
Combat Advantage
The cambion soulthief deals 1d6 extra damage on melee
attacks against any target granting combat advantage to it.
Invisibility (standard, at-will) Illusion
The cambion soulthief becomes invisible until it attacks.
Soul Fuel (minor; a creature must be immobilized or stunned by
this soulthiefs soul grasp; at-will)
The cambion soulthief turns invisible until it attacks and
teleports 10. The creature affected by soul grasp loses a
healing surge and automatically saves against the effect of
soul grasp.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Stealth +23
Str 23 (+17) Dex 25 (+18) Wis 14 (+13)
Con 18 (+15) Int 13 (+12) Cha 17 (+14)
Equipment longsword, iron gauntlet
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
23

Callophage Vampire (C) Level 22 Controller
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 4,150
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
HP 203; Bloodied 101
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
callophage vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 34, Will 35
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Speed 6
m Claw (Standard; at-will) Necrotic
+28 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target is grabbed.
M Blood Drain (Standard; must have combat advantage;
recharges when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied)
Healing
+24 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 15 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the callophage vampire regains
50 hit points.
M Disfiguring Bite (Standard; at-will) Psychic
Targets a creature grabbed by the callophage vampire;
+26 vs.Fortitude; 3d8 + 5 damage, and the target takes
ongoing 10 psychic damage and is dazed (save ends both).
R Stolen Beauty (Standard; cannot be used until a disfiguring
bite hits; recharges after each successful disfiguring bite)
Charm, Psychic
Ranged 10; +26 vs. Will; 3d10 + 3 psychic damage, and
the target cannot use encounter attack powers, daily
attack powers, or utility powers (save ends). Aftereffect:
The target cannot willingly move closer to the callophage
vampire (save ends).
A Alluring Visage (standard; recharges when bloodied)
Charm
Close burst 10; +26 vs.Will; the target is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends). Sustain Minor: Each creature
that has not yet saved against the effect is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends).
Mist Form (standard; encounter) Polymorph
The callophage vampire becomes insubstantial and gains
a fly speed of 12, but cannot make attacks. The callophage
vampire can remain in mist form for up to 1 hour or end
the effect as a minor action.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Diplomacy +21, Streetwise +21
Str 18 (+15) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 17 (+14)
Con 19 (+15) Int 20 (+16) Cha 21 (+16)
Betrayal at Monadhan
3 Disfigured Vampires (N) Level 21 Brute
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 3,200
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 245; Bloodied 122
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
disfigured vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 33; Fortitude 34, Reflex 30, Will 31
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 15
radiant
Speed 6
m Vampiric Claw (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
+24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and 10 ongoing necrotic
damage (save ends).
C Gaze Upon My Hideous Ruin (immediate reaction, when
first bloodied and again when reduced to 0 hit points;
at-will) Fear, Psychic
Close burst 2; +22 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and
the disfigured vampire pushes the target 5 squares.
M Blood Drain (Standard; requires combat advantage; recharges
when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied) Healing
+23 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 13 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the disfigured vampire regains
61 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 23 (+16) Dex 15 (+12) Wis 13 (+11)
Con 25 (+17) Int 7 (+8) Cha 17 (+13)
Features of the Area:
Illumination: What passes for ambient light in
Monadhan is the sources of light here. The vampires
regeneration functions normally.
Walls: The shanty walls provide cover, but theyre Fence: Jumping or vaulting across the fence at full
flimsy. Any attack that hits a wall, even an unarmed speed requires a DC 20 Athletics or Acrobatics check.
attack from a weak PC, creates a hole roughly 1 foot in
Those who fail the check get over the fence but end their
diameter. Once theres a hole, a creature can attack crea- movement in the square just beyond it. Creatures can also
tures on the other side of the wall and gain the benefit of put holes in the fences the same as in the shanty walls.
superior cover (incoming attacks suffer a 5 penalty). A Sarissas Hut: Among Sarissas scant personal
second hit in the same section of shanty wall makes the effects is treasure parcel D. If she survives the battle,
hole big enough to function as a doorway. she gives the treasure to the PCs in gratitude (but she
Wrecked Shanty: The debris from collapsed keeps the gold they paid her). If Sarissa dies, the PCs
shanty walls is difficult terrain. find the treasure parcel near her corpse.
Vegetation: The thick bushes and vine-festooned
trees offer concealment and are difficult terrain.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
24

T2: Shantytown
Encounter Level 22 (17,550 XP)
Setup
Gwenth (G)
1 callophage vampire (C)
1 disfigured vampire (N)
The PCs chase the mysterious figure fleeing from
the battle at the seers hut only to find more of Kass
agents ready to ambush them.
When the characters approach the pool in the
middle of the map, read:
You see a pale woman in leather armor glide gracefully
over the footbridge, drawing two short swords as she does
so. Another vampire in tattered robes stands atop the
wreckage of a shanty to the east.
Perception Check
DC 22: Something big is rustling on the other side of the
porous shanty walls to the west.
Another disfigured vampire is hiding in the shanty
just west of the PCs, plus the callophage to the east
and Gwenth coming from the north.
Tactics
Kass crew makes its first serious effort to kill or cap-
ture the PCs at this point. The vampire Gwenth is one
of Kass most trusted lieutenants, and shes eager to
curry favor with Kas (and make Rolain look less effec-
tive by comparison).
Gwenth, Vampire (G) Level 23 Elite Skirmisher
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 10,200
Initiative + 21 Senses Perception +20; darkvision
HP 434; Bloodied 217
Regeneration 15 (regeneration does not function while
Gwenth is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 37; Fortitude 35, Reflex 36, Will 34
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable
10 radiant (if Gwenth is exposed to direct sunlight, her
regeneration does not function on her next turn)
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, climb 4 (spider climb)
Action Points 1
m Bloodletter (standard; at-will) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; 2d6 + 3 damage, and ongoing 10 damage (save
ends).
M Slashing Roll (standard; at-will) Weapon
Gwenth shifts 4 squares and makes two bloodletter attacks
at any point in the movement.
M Blood Drain (standard; must have combat advantage;
recharge when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied)
Healing
+26 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 6 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and Gwenth heals 108 hit points.
M Eviscerate (standard; recharge 5 6) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; one or two targets; 5d6 + 8 damage, and the
target is dazed (save ends).
A Betraying Gaze (standard; encounter) Charm, Gaze
Area burst 3 within 10; +26 vs. Will; the target makes an
at-will attack against a target of Gwenths choice and is
immobilized (save ends).
Combat Advantage
Gwenth deals an extra 4d6 damage with her attacks
against any target she has combat advantage against.
Mist Step (move; encounter) Teleport
Gwenth teleports up to 6 squares and becomes
insubstantial until the end of her next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Bluff +22, Insight +20, Stealth +24
Str 24 (+18) Dex 27 (+19) Wis 18 (+15)
Con 25 (+18) Int 16 (+14) Cha 22 (+17)
Equipment leather armor, 2 short swords
Betrayal at Monadhan
Callophage Vampire (C)
Medium natural humanoid (undead)
Level 22 Controller
XP 4,150
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
HP 203; Bloodied 101
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
callophage vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 34, Will 35
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Speed 6
m Claw (Standard; at-will) Necrotic
+28 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target is grabbed.
M Blood Drain (Standard; must have combat advantage;
recharges when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied)
Healing
+24 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 15 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the callophage vampire regains
50 hit points.
M Disfiguring Bite (Standard; at-will) Psychic
Targets a creature grabbed by the callophage vampire; +26
vs.Fortitude; 3d8 + 5 damage, and the target takes ongoing
10 psychic damage and is dazed (save ends both).
R Stolen Beauty (Standard; cannot be used until a disfiguring
bite hits; recharges after each successful disfiguring bite)
Charm, Psychic
Ranged 10; +26 vs. Will; 3d10 + 3 psychic damage, and the
target cannot use encounter attack powers, daily attack
powers, or utility powers (save ends). Aftereffect: The target
cannot willingly move closer to the callophage vampire
(save ends).
A Alluring Visage (standard; recharges when bloodied)
Charm
Close burst 10; +26 vs.Will; the target is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends). Sustain Minor: Each creature
that has not yet saved against the effect is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends).
Mist Form (standard; encounter) Polymorph
The callophage vampire becomes insubstantial and gains
a fly speed of 12, but cannot make attacks. The callophage
vampire can remain in mist form for up to 1 hour or end
the effect as a minor action.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Diplomacy +21, Streetwise +21
Str 18 (+15) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 17 (+14)
Con 19 (+15) Int 20 (+16) Cha 21 (+16)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
25

Disfigured Vampire (N) Level 21 Brute part of the map. With elite hit points, regeneration,
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 3,200
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 245; Bloodied 122
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
disfigured vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 33; Fortitude 34, Reflex 30, Will 31
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 15
radiant
Speed 6
m Vampiric Claw (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
+24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and 10 ongoing necrotic
damage (save ends).
C Gaze Upon My Hideous Ruin (immediate reaction, when
first bloodied and again when reduced to 0 hit points;
at-will) Fear, Psychic
Close burst 2; +22 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and
the disfigured vampire pushes the target 5 squares.
M Blood Drain (Standard; requires combat advantage; recharges
when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied) Healing
+23 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 13 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the disfigured vampire regains
61 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 23 (+16) Dex 15 (+12) Wis 13 (+11)
Con 25 (+17) Int 7 (+8) Cha 17 (+13)
Disfigured Vampire: The disfigured bursts through
the shanty wall and attacks whichever PC is standing
nearest to it at the time. It uses blood drain only when
Gwenth or the callophage vampire daze a PC (and
thus grant it combat advantage).
Callophage Vampire: The callophage crosses the
water at the southern footbridge, then uses the same
tactics as the callophage in encounter T1: alluring
visage, then a claw attack to set up disfiguring bite, then
stolen beauty used against a PC who could be badly
hampered if limited to at-will powers.
Gwenth: Gwenth uses betraying gaze in the first
round if possible. Note that this is likely to result in
a friendly fire incident. Then she uses slashing roll to
lure the PCs into the maze of shanties in the western
Betrayal at Monadhan
and an attack that deals ongoing damage, she can
afford to be patient. As soon as shes down 100 hit
points, shell use eviscerate, then blood drain to heal
herself and weaken a PC. Thereafter, shell use eviscer-
ate whenever its recharged, because she deals more
damage when attacking a dazed enemy.
The disfigured and callophage fight until slain, but
Gwenth will flee (probably via mist step) if reduced
below 50 hit points. If she escapes, she returns to
Kass cave, where she remains until the end of the
adventure(unless returning her to the fray at some
point would be suitably dramatic).
Features of the Area
Illumination: The bonfires marked on the map,
plus Monadhans ambient light, are the sources of
light here. Even in the middle of the day, its not
considered direct sunlight that would suppress the
vampires regeneration.
Walls: The shanty walls provide cover, but theyre
flimsy. Any attack that hits a wall, even an unarmed
attack from a weak PC, creates a hole roughly 1 foot
in diameter. Once theres a hole, a creature can attack
creatures on the other side of the wall and gain the
benefit of superior cover (incoming attacks suffer a 5
penalty). A second hit in the same section of shanty just beyond it. Creatures can also put holes in the low
wall makes the hole big enough to function as a walls as if they were shanty walls.
doorway. Shallow Water: The squares marked as shallow
Wrecked Shanty: The debris from collapsed water are difficult terrain.
shanty walls is difficult terrain. Bonfire: The bonfires, which are used by the shan-
Low Wall: The low wall provides cover. A DC 20 tytown denizens to stave off a little of the domains
Athletics or Acrobatics check is needed to jump or pervasive gloom, deal 10 fire damage and 5 ongoing
vault it at full speed. Those who fail the check get fire damage (save ends) to any creature that starts its
over the wall but end their movement in the square turn in the same square as the bonfire.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
26

T3: Graveyard
Encounter Level 22 (17,550 XP)
Setup
Rolain (R)
1 callophage vampire (C)
1 disfigured vampire (N)
The PCs meet the mysterious Rolain theyve heard
about and learn that Rolain is in league with Kas.
When the PCs follow their quarry into the grave-
yard, read:
Youve been walking along a path that winds through the
graveyard, seeing stone mausoleums interspersed among
headstones and graveyard statuary. A cloaked figure
wearing a longsword and shield steps from behind one of
the tombs ahead of you, arms folded across his chest. I am
Rolain, he says.
Perception Check
DC 22: Besides Rolain, you glimpse a bulky outline on
the far side of the mausoleum to the east.
DC 26: A third, slim figure hides behind a statue in the
second row of graves to the west.
Rolain is under orders to learn all he can about the
PCs, so hell talk to them and say nearly anything as
long as he can keep them talking. When the charac-
ters stop sharing anything useful or the conversation
turns into nothing but threats, Rolains sword comes
out. Once Rolain decides that the time for talking has
passed, the PCs cannot convince him otherwise. He
figures hell get the rest of the story from a captured
PC or a ritually compelled corpse.
Tactics
Rolain and the other vampires fight until the PCs or
the vampires are dead.
Rolain: Rolain is a tough nut to crack, with elite
soldier defenses, more than 400 hit points, and regen-
eration. He can afford to be patient. He uses his mark
chiefly to inconvenience enemies (with the attack
penalty that accompanies the condition) rather than
to trigger lethal guard; he doesnt mind moving the
Action Points 1
mark from character to character. He uses dominat-
ing gaze and irrefutable challenge every chance he gets.
Dominating gaze sets up the possibility of a friendly
fire incident, and even after the dominated PC saves,
it sets up Rolains blood drain because the aftereffect is
dazed. Irrefutable challenge keeps plenty of PCs within
stabbing range
Disfigured Vampire: The disfigured fights like
the disfigureds in encounters T1 and T2, except that it
will do everything it can to push one or more enemies
into a pit with its gaze attack. Because this maneuver
is a triggered immediate action, some anticipation
and planning on your part are needed to pull it off.
The payoff, both in drama and tactical effectiveness,
makes the effort worthwhile.
Callophage Vampire: The callophages alluring
visage is another good way to pull the PCs into a pit.
Because its sustained, the callophage can continue
to tug at a PC who made the saving throw for hinder-
ing terrain (and thus may be prone at the pits edge).
This callophage is more cautious than her previous
counterparts. Once shes charged up her stolen beauty
attack, shell retreat a bit and take cover behind a
headstone before unleashing it.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Rolain, Vampire (R)
Medium shadow humanoid (undead)
Level 23 Elite Soldier
XP 10,200
Initiative + 20 Senses Perception +20; darkvision
HP 434; Bloodied 217
Regeneration 15 (regeneration does not function while Rolain
is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 41; Fortitude 38, Reflex 37, Will 36
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable
10 radiant (if Rolain is exposed to direct sunlight, his
regeneration does not function on his next turn)
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7, climb 3 (spider climb)
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+ 30 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of Rolains next turn.
M Lethal Guard (opportunity, when an adjacent creature
marked by Rolain makes an attack that does not include
him or shifts; at-will)
Rolain makes a longsword attack against the triggering
creature.
M Blood Drain (standard, encounter; recharges when an
adjacent creature becomes bloodied) Healing
Requires combat advantage. +28 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 +
6 damage, and the target is weakened (save ends), and
Rolain heals 108 hit points.
M Shield Slam (minor; recharge 5 6) Weapon
+28 vs. Fortitude; the target is stunned until the end of
Rolains next turn.
R Dominating Gaze (minor; recharge 6) Charm, Gaze
Ranged 5; + 27 vs. Will; the target is dominated (save ends,
with a -2 penalty on the saving throw). Aftereffect: The
target is dazed (save ends). Rolain can dominate only one
creature at a time.
C Irrefutable Challenge (standard; recharge 4 5 6) Weapon
Close burst 4; targets enemies; no attack roll; pull the target
within the burst 3 squares to a square adjacent to Rolain. A
target that cannot end adjacent does not move. Then Rolain
makes a longsword attack against each adjacent enemy.
Mist Step (move; encounter) Teleport
Rolain teleports up to 6 squares and becomes insubstantial
until the end of his next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Insight +20, Intimidate +19
Str 27 (+19) Dex 24 (+18) Wis 18 (+15)
Con 25 (+18) Int 16 (+14) Cha 22 (+17)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, heavy shield
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
27

Callophage Vampire (C) Level 22 Controller
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 4,150
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
HP 203; Bloodied 101
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
callophage vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 34, Will 35
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Speed 6
m Claw (Standard; at-will) Necrotic
+28 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target is grabbed.
M Blood Drain (Standard; must have combat advantage;
recharges when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied)
Healing
+24 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 15 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the callophage vampire regains
50 hit points.
M Disfiguring Bite (Standard; at-will) Psychic
Targets a creature grabbed by the callophage vampire;
+26 vs.Fortitude; 3d8 + 5 damage, and the target takes
ongoing 10 psychic damage and is dazed (save ends both).
R Stolen Beauty (Standard; cannot be used until a disfiguring
bite hits; recharges after each successful disfiguring bite)
Charm, Psychic
Ranged 10; +26 vs. Will; 3d10 + 3 psychic damage, and
the target cannot use encounter attack powers, daily
attack powers, or utility powers (save ends). Aftereffect:
The target cannot willingly move closer to the callophage
vampire (save ends).
A Alluring Visage (standard; recharges when bloodied)
Charm
Close burst 10; +26 vs.Will; the target is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends). Sustain Minor: Each creature
that has not yet saved against the effect is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends).
Mist Form (standard; encounter) Polymorph
The callophage vampire becomes insubstantial and gains
a fly speed of 12, but cannot make attacks. The callophage
vampire can remain in mist form for up to 1 hour or end
the effect as a minor action.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Diplomacy +21, Streetwise +21
Str 18 (+15) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 17 (+14)
Con 19 (+15) Int 20 (+16) Cha 21 (+16)
Betrayal at Monadhan
Disfigured Vampire (N) Level 21 Brute
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 3,200
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 245; Bloodied 122
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
disfigured vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 33; Fortitude 34, Reflex 30, Will 31
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 15
radiant
Speed 6
m Vampiric Claw (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
+24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and 10 ongoing necrotic
damage (save ends).
C Gaze Upon My Hideous Ruin (immediate reaction, when
first bloodied and again when reduced to 0 hit points;
at-will) Fear, Psychic
Close burst 2; +22 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and
the disfigured vampire pushes the target 5 squares.
M Blood Drain (Standard; requires combat advantage; recharges
when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied) Healing
+23 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 13 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the disfigured vampire regains
61 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 23 (+16) Dex 15 (+12) Wis 13 (+11)
Con 25 (+17) Int 7 (+8) Cha 17 (+13)
Features of the Area:
Illumination: The ambient light of Monadhans
sky provides somewhat gloomy illumination. The
vampires regenerate normally.
Statues: Most of these statues resemble elaborate
Iron Fence: Unlike the fences in encounter T1,
versions of the headstones. They are difficult terrain
these wrought iron fences block movement but dont
and provide cover.
provide cover. A DC 10 Climb check is needed to
Pit: The pits are 15 feet deep, so falling into one
scale the fence, which is 10 feet high.
presents little danger to any of the combatants. The
Headstones: Creatures in the same square as a
walls, however, are mucky, slick, and unstable (DC
headstone gain cover.
30 Athletics check to climb). They tend to collapse
Stone Tombs: These small mausoleums are
when a climber puts weight on a hand- or foothold,
blocking terrain. Most have been broken into and
so that any failure on the Athletics check results in
looted. Those few that remain undisturbed have been
the climber sliding back to the bottom. The mud and
entirely sealed with mortar.
debris at the bottom of each pit is difficult terrain.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
28

T4: Desecrated
Graveyard
Encounter Level 23 (25,500 XP)
Setup
1 desecration (D)
The battle with Rolain attracted the attention of a
desecrationthe animate force behind a graveyard
full of traitors, turncoats, and other betrayers. It
could not resist being drawn to the violence from the
previous encounter.
When the PCs have had a short rest after
encounter T3, read:
The ground starts to rumble. And in the gloom in front of
you, the grave-earth and headstones start to take on an
immenseand movingshape.
Like the wilderness encounters, this encounter
doesnt have much impact on the larger story. The
desecration doesnt care about the PCs, Kas, Arantor,
or the struggle between Tiamat and Bahamut. It was
roused by violence and wants only to spread more of
the same. This as an opportunity to demonstrate that
not everything revolves around the campaigns cen-
tral plot. Sometimes, bad things just happen.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Tactics Pit: The pits are 15 feet deep, so falling into one
presents little danger to any of the combatants. The
The desecration fights in straightforward fashion. It
prefers to make mouth of darkness attacks, then move
walls, however, are mucky, slick, and unstable (DC
30 Athletics check to climb). They tend to collapse
over a pit and drop the grabbed character into one.
when a climber puts weight on a hand- or foothold,
(Because the desecration is gargantuan, it treats
so that any failure on the Athletics check results in
the pits as difficult terrain.) If a PC is marking it, it
the climber sliding back to the bottom. The mud and
will preferentially make unholy smite attacks if that
debris at the bottom of each pit is difficult terrain.
PC isnt already taking ongoing necrotic damage.
Newly Discovered Grave: If the heroes defeat
Remember that because its gargantuan, the des-
the desecration, they notice that the turmoil churned
ecration can move through squares occupied by the
a particularly old coffin to the surface. Its neither
characters and they can move through its squares,
locked nor trapped. If the characters search it, they
too.
find a moldering skeleton and treasure parcels E, F,
The desecration fights until slain, but it wont leave
and G inside.
the graveyard; if the adventurers choose to flee, it
wont pursue them.
When the battle is over, Kas appears and tries to
talk to the PCs (as described in the Shantytown sec-
tion, page 13).
Features of the Area:
Illumination: The ambient light of Monadhans
sky provides somewhat gloomy illumination.
Iron Fence: Unlike the fences in encounter T1,
these wrought iron fences block movement but dont
provide cover. A DC 10 Climb check is needed to
scale the fence, which is 10 feet high.
Headstones: Creatures in the same square as a
headstone gain cover.
Stone Tombs: These small mausoleums are
blocking terrain. Most have been broken into and
looted. Those few that remain undisturbed have been
entirely sealed with mortar.
Statues: Most of these statues resemble elaborate
versions of the headstones. They are difficult terrain
and provide cover.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
29
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Desecration (D) Level 23 Solo Controller

Gargantuan natural animate (earth, undead) XP 25,500
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
Aura of Malevolence (Fear) aura 10; any enemy within the
aura that attacks with a radiant power takes a -2 penalty
to the attack roll.
HP 1,075; Bloodied 537
AC 39; Fortitude 38, Reflex 33, Will 37
Immune disease, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Saving Throws +5
Speed 8
Action Points 2
m Unholy Smite (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
Reach 4; +28 vs. AC; 3d6 + 15 necrotic damage, and
ongoing 15 necrotic damage (save ends).
M Double Attack (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
The desecration makes two unholy smite attacks; +27 vs.
AC; 3d6 + 8 damage.
M Mouth of Darkness (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
Reach 4; +26 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 15 necrotic damage, and
the target is grabbed.
C Dark Plague (when first bloodied and again when the
desecration is reduced to 0 hit points) Necrotic
Close burst 20; targets enemies; +24 vs. Fortitude; the
target is weakened (save ends). In addition, the target
loses a healing surge. Miss: Half damage, and the target is
weakened until the end of its next turn. The target does
not lose a healing surge.
Rejuvenation
A desecration rises at full hit points one day after it has
been destroyed. Only a quest destroys the creature
completely, preventing it from using the rejuvenation power.
Second Wind (Standard, encounter) Healing
The desecration spends a healing surge and regains 269
hit points. The desecration gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
until the start of its next turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages
Str 26 (+19) Dex 16 (+14) Wis 16 (+14)
Con 23 (+17) Int 10 (+11) Cha 24 (+18)

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
30

C1: Cavern of Rivers
Encounter Level 22 (16,800 XP)
Setup
1 fell troll (F)
1 dark naga (D)
2 cambion impalers (I)
No matter what the configuration of caverns (see the
Shifting Caverns section), the Cavern of Rivers always
lies closest to the surface and the keep. The cavern
is home to a dark naga, some of Arantors cambion
guards, and a fell troll that the naga has trained.
When the PCs reach the northern entrance,
read:
To your left, almost around a corner, is a waterfall
cascading into a dark pool that runs through the center of
the room. The foam from the waterfall is moving rapidly
southwardtheres a fast current running through the
water. Smaller rivulets of water run down the sides of the
cavern, splashing across the cavern floor to join the water
in the center. Both the waterfall and the smaller streams of
water pulse at irregular intervals; occasionally the roar of
water falling on stone almost disappears for a second. Tiny
droplets of water cover the smooth rock at your feet, making
it quite slippery.
The water flows toward the southern wall, which is
carved flat and covered with a black-on-white mosaic.
Perhaps its supposed to be veins or tree branchesmany
stones are missing, so its hard to tell.
Some water flows into passages in the southeast and
southwest corners of the room. The southwest corner has
some exposed rock as far as you can see, but the southeast
passage is covered in water. It could be only a foot of water,
or it could be quite deep indeed. The water is so murky that
its impossible to judge depth by sight.
A massive snake with a human womans head stirs from
its coils on a rock outcropping to the southeast. Peering
around a corner to the southwest is a humanoid head and
an arm holding an iron spear.
Perception Check
DC 24: The bubbles coming from the waterfall seem to
be swerving around something in the middle of the water,
just south of the waterfall. Either the water is shallower
there, or theres some sort of mass just underwater.
That mass under the water is the fell troll, which
will emerge in the second or third round of the battle.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Dark Naga (D) Level 21 Elite Controller
Large immortal magical beast (reptile) XP 6,400
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +21; darkvision
HP 404; Bloodied 202
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 33, Will 36
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Tail Sting (Standard, at-will) Poison
Reach 2; +24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 poison damage (3d6 + 8
damage against a dazed target), and the target is slowed
(save ends).
C Lure (Minor, at-will) Charm
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +25 vs. Will; the target is
pulled 1 square and dazed (save ends).
C Psychic Miasma (Standard, recharge 5 6) Psychic
Close burst 3; +26 vs. Will; 3d6 + 10 psychic damage, and
the target is dazed (save ends). First Failed Save: The target
is stunned (save ends).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic, Supernal
Skills History +22, Insight +21, Stealth +19
Str 26 (+18) Dex 18 (+14) Wis 22 (+16
Con 26 (+18) Int 24 (+17) Cha 30 (+20)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
31

2 Cambion Impalers (I)
Medium immortal humanoid (devil)
Level 19 Skirmisher
XP 2,400
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +24; darkvision
HP 179; Bloodied 89
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 32, Will 30
Resist 10 fire
Speed 6, fly 10 (clumsy)
m Spear (Standard, at-will) Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 3d6+8 damage.
M Swooping Charge (Standard, encounter) Weapon
The cambion impaler charges and makes the following
attack in place of a melee basic attack: +25 vs. AC; 3d6
+ 8 damage, and either slide the target 3 squares and
immobilize the target until the end of the impalers next
turn or deal 10 ongoing damage. The impaler is not
considered a clumsy flyer when making this attack.
A Soulscorch (Standard, recharge z ) Fire
Area burst 1 within 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 4 fire
damage, and ongoing 10 fire damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Athletics +20, Bluff +19, Diplomacy +19
Str 22 (+15) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 20 (+14
Con 19 (+13) Int 17 (+12) Cha 21 (+14)
Equipment robes, spear
Fell Troll (F)
Huge natural humanoid
Level 20 Elite Brute
XP 5,600
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +16
HP 360; Bloodied 180
Regeneration 15 (if the fell troll takes acid or fire damage,
regeneration does not function until the end of its next turn)
AC 32; Fortitude 38, Reflex 30, Will 31
Saving Throws +2
Speed 10
Action Points 1
m Claw (Standard, at-will)
Reach 3; +23 vs. AC; 2d10 + 7 damage.
M Backhand Slam (Standard, at-will)
Reach 3; +21 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 7 damage, and the target is
pushed 4 squares and knocked prone.
Blood Frenzy
The fell troll gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls and a +2
bonus to damage rolls against bloodied enemies.
Troll Healing Healing
If the fell troll is reduced to 0 hit points or fewer by an
attack that does not deal acid or fire damage, it rises on its
next turn (as a move action) with 20 hit points.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Giant
Skills Athletics +22, Endurance +23
Str 24 (+17) Dex 10 (+10) Wis 13 (+11
Con 27 (+18) Int 5 (+7) Cha 7 (+8)
Betrayal at Monadhan
Tactics
At first, this seems like a straightforward fight against
some guards, but youre setting up the players for an
Aha! moment when the fell troll rises out of the
water. Let your own sense of timing and dramatic
flair determine when the troll springs forth on your
table. You also want the PCs to struggle a bit with the
slippery floors and the water, so try to draw the PCs
into the middle of the room, even if that means leav-
ing a monster or two isolated and vulnerable.
Dark Naga: Maneuver the naga so its at the heart
of the battle and close to as many PCs as possible. It
can slow, daze, and stun nearby PCs, and you want it
to sow as much frustration as possible. If the PCs are
slowed, dazed, and stunned in the current, so much
the better. Dont be shy about moving the dark naga
into the south-central part of the pool and daring the
PCs to come and get it. The dark naga can take some
punishment and makes good bait.
Cambion Impalers: If the impalers can attack
a PC right away by flying in for a melee attack, they
will. If possible, save a swooping charge attack to give
a three-square slide to a PC who is (wisely) refusing
to get near the dark naga. If some or all of the PCs
hang back and avoid melee completely, one or both
of the impalers can counter with a soulscorch attack.
The impalers will use soulscorch even if the fell troll is
in the burst (which, if it hits, will knock out the trolls
regeneration for a round and count as a friendly fire
incident as described under The Sting of Betrayal on
page 10.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
32

The cambion impalers dont worry much about
the difficult and challenging terrain, but they arent
completely immune to it because theyre clumsy fliers
while airborne, they must move at least 2 squares
per turn or crash (as described on p. 48 of the Dun-
geon Masters Guide). Furthermore, they suffer a 4
penalty to attacks and damage while flying (except
for their swooping charge), so they prefer to fly to an
advantageous square and then land before attacking.
Fell Troll: The fell troll is a simple but effective
monster. Dont forget to regenerate at the start of
every turn unless it took fire or acid damage last turn.
Use backhand slam if the attack will push the target
close enough to the dark naga for its psychic miasma
and lure attacks to work.
Features of the Area:
Illumination: This cavern has only the illumina-
tion the PCs bring with them.
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 20 feet high.
Slippery Rock: The squares marked as slippery
are challenging terrain, requiring a DC 14 Acrobatics
check to negotiate. Characters who fail the Acrobat-
ics check fall prone and end their move action in the
first slippery square they enter. The dark naga and
the cambion impalers are acrobatic enough that they
automatically succeed on the Acrobatics check, but
the fell troll might slip if its unlucky.
Shallow Water: The squares marked as shallow
water are difficult terrain.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Deep Water: This water is between 5 and 6 feet
deep. Its considered difficult terrain, and creatures
trying to fight in a deep water square suffer the penal-
ties and restrictions of aquatic combat (described on
p. 45 of the Dungeon Masters Guide). Characters who
can keep their heads above water (all but dwarves,
halflings, and similar creatures) can walk on the
bottom of the pool rather than swimming with the
Athletics skill, if they wish.
Current: The map squares marked with arrows
have a strong current, as described on p. 45 of the
Dungeon Masters Guide. At the start of each players
turn, the current slides the character 2 squares in the
direction of the arrow. A creature can choose to fight
the current by spending two squares of movement
(to slide only 1 square) or four squares of movement
(to negate the slide). A creature need not take a move
action right away, but when it takes a move action
later in its turn, it moves either 2 or 4 squares less. A
creature that wants to travel in the currents direction
need do nothing, of coursethe slide 2 at the begin-
ning of the turn is essentially free movement.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
33

C2: Cavern of Cliffs
Encounter Level 21 (15,250 XP)
Setup
1 war devil (W)
1 storm devil (S)
3 barbed devils (B)
The Cavern of Cliffs is home to devils betrayed into
long-term servitude to Arantor. They order around
the cambions when something needs to be done on
the surface, but mostly they remain in this chamber
and bemoan the treachery of fate.
When the PCs can see clearly into the chamber,
read:
This room has a high, vaulted ceiling, and luminous lichen
in the upper reaches illuminate crystalline stalactites, some
more than five feet in diameter, hanging from the ceiling.
The stalactites seem to catch and hold the light, glowing
from within.
Before you and to the left is a cliff that rises about 30
feet along the left wall and 60 feet straight ahead of you, To
the right is the lip of a clifftop. From your vantage point at
the entrance, you cant see how far down it goes.
Perception Check
DC 25: You see the head of a barbed devil peeking over
the edge of the center cliff, some 60 feet above you. It darts
back beyond the edge after a moment.
Dungeoneering Check
DC 24: The stalactites are incredibly rare locracite
crystal formations, renowned both for their beauty and
their fragility. Their grip on the ceiling is far more tenuous
than a standard stalactite.
When the barbed devils spot the heroes, they
motion to the war devil and storm devil, who creep
closer to the edge and prepare for battle.
Tactics
Because they can all fly or teleport, the devils have
the advantage in this terrain. Yet because the war
devil and storm devil are clumsy flyers (thus taking a
4 penalty on attacks and damage while airborne), its
not as big of an advantage as it seems.
Storm Devil: The storm devil has little reason to
engage in meleenot when it can use lightning fork
and infernal thunderclap from a safe distance. The
push from infernal thunderclap can send a PC over a
cliff edge. A character who succeeds at a saving throw
doesnt go over the cliff and instead is prone at the
cliff edge.
Barbed Devils: The barbed devils are a little over-
matched compared to the PCs statistically, but theyre
versatile combatants. Make sure theyre doing what
the PCs dont want them to. In general, they should
be in melee, where they can use their barbed aura and
their minor-action shift 3. If the PCs prefer to trade
attacks from a distance, the barbed devils can reply
with hurl f lame (subject to recharge, of course). Dont
forget that the barbed devils can teleport around the
chamber and once per fight deal damage when they
do so.
Betrayal at Monadhan
War Devil: The ideal position for the war devil
is at the edge of a cliff, because then it can send PCs
plummeting off the edge (subject to a saving throw)
with each trident attack. That leaves the war devil
vulnerable in return to push and slide attacks from
the PCs, but thats good drama at the table, and the
war devil can rejoin the fray after a fall without too
much trouble.
At the start of each war devil turn, consider what
youll do with your minor action: use besiege foe to
mark a PC (preferably one far away and beset by
barbed devils) or fiendish tactics if its recharged (to
grant extra attacks to other devils). Also, ask yourself
whether theres a tricky way that the war devil can
use devilish transposition, such as if the PCs have the
storm devil or one of the barbed devils surrounded.
Powers like this give the monsters an action advan-
tage: they use only one action to accomplish two
things (in this case, moving the war devil into a target-
rich environment while rescuing a more vulnerable
monster).
Dont forget to make recharge rolls. All three mon-
sters have recharging powers, and the war devil has
two.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
34

Storm Devil (S) Level 23 Artillery
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 5,100
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 169; Bloodied 84
AC 37; Fortitude 35, Reflex 34, Will 33
Resist 20 fire, 20 lightning, 20 thunder
Speed 7, fly 7 (clumsy)
m Trident (Standard, at-will) Lightning, Weapon
+26 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 8 damage, and ongoing 10 lightning
damage, and the target is dazed (save ends both).
R Lightning Fork (Standard, at-will) Lightning
Requires trident; ranged 20; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 8
lightning damage.
A Infernal Thunderclap (Standard, recharge 5 6)
Lightning
Area burst 2 within 20; +26 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 6
lightning and thunder damage, and the target is pushed 3
squares from the origin square and dazed until the end of
its next turn.
Cyclone (Free, when first bloodied, encounter)
The storm devil shifts 3 squares, and any Medium or
smaller enemy adjacent to the storm devil at the start of
the move is knocked prone.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Stealth +23
Str 20 (+16) Dex 25 (+18) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 25 (+18) Int 16 (+14) Cha 17 (+14)
Equipment trident
3 Barbed Devils (B) Level 18 Skirmisher
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 2,000 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
Threatening Barbs aura 1; any creature in the aura that makes
a melee attack or a close attack with the weapon keyword
against the barbed devil takes 5 damage.
HP 170; Bloodied 85
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 30, Will 29
Resist 20 fire
Speed 7, teleport 7
m Claw (Standard, at-will)
+23 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage.
M Double Attack (Standard, at-will)
The barbed devil makes two claw attacks.
R Hurl Flame (Standard, recharge 5 6) Fire
Ranged 5; +21 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 6 fire damage, and ongoing
5 fire damage, and the target is dazed (save ends both).
C Barbed Teleport (Standard, encounter) Teleportation
Close burst 1; +23 vs. AC; 1d8 + 7 damage, and the barbed
devil teleports 7 squares.
Infernal Bound (Minor, at-will)
The barbed devil shifts 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Athletics +21, Intimidate +19
Str 25 (+16) Dex 23 (+15) Wis 15 (+11)
Con 18 (+13) Int 12 (+10) Cha 20 (+14)
Betrayal at Monadhan
War Devil (Malebranche) (W) Level 22 Brute (Leader)
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 4150
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +15
HP 255; Bloodied 127
AC 35; Fortitude 34, Reflex 32, Will 30
Resist 30 fire
Speed 8, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Claw (Standard, at-will)
+26 vs. AC; 1d6 + 8 damage.
M Trident (Standard, recharge 4 5 6) Weapon
Reach 2; +26 vs. AC; 4d8 + 8 damage and ongoing 5
damage (save ends), and the target slides into any square
adjacent to the war devil and is knocked prone.
R Besieged Foe (Minor, at-will)
Ranged sight; the war devil marks an enemy; allies of the
war devil gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls made against the
target until the encounter ends or the war devil marks a
new target.
R Devilish Transposition (Move, at-will) Teleportation
Ranged 20; the war devil and an allied devil within range
swap positions.
R Fiendish Tactics (Minor, recharge 5 6)
Ranged 10; affects up to 2 allied devils of the war devils
level or lower; each target can take a move action or make
a basic attack.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +20
Str 27 (+19) Dex 23 (+17) Wis 19 (+15)
Con 25 (+18) Int 15 (+13) Cha 18 (+15)
Equipment trident
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
35
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Features of the Area: Stalactites: The locracite formations on the ceil-

ing catch and magnify the light, but theyre dangerous
Illumination: If the PCs bring any light source
as well as beautiful. Any attack with the thunder key-
into the room, the entire chamber is brightly lit. The
word that deals at least 10 damage causes some of the
locracite stalactites transmit the light throughout the
stalactites to burst. Everyone in the chamber imme-
chamber and even seem to magnify its intensity.
diately hears the crystalline stalactites shattering like
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 90 feet above
glass. At the start of the next round, jagged shards
the ledge where the PCs start, which means its 30
rain down on everyone in the chamber, making
feet from the highest elevation in the chamber.
a +28 attack against Reflex that deals 2d10 + 10
Cliffs: It takes a DC 15 Athletics check to ascend
damage. This may count as a friendly fire incident
these cliffs at half speed, granting combat advan-
as described under The Sting of Betrayal on page 10.
tage during the climb, as described on p. 182 of the
Any intentional attack (such as someone aiming an
Players Handbook. Creatures that take damage while
arrow at a stalactite) automatically hits. If the attack
climbing must immediately make a DC 15 Athletics
deals at least 10 damage, then shards rain down at the
check (DC 20 if the damage made the climber blood-
start of the next round. There are enough locracite
ied) or fall. Creatures about to fallusually because
formations on the ceiling to sustain four such attacks.
they failed an Athletics checkcan, as an immedi-
ate action, attempt a DC 20 Athletics check (with
an additional +1 DC per point of damage) to make
a last-ditch grab at the cliff face. Failing this second
Athletics check sends the character tumbling down
the cliff.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
36

C3: Cavern of Sulfur
Encounter Level 22 (18,600 XP)
Setup
1 abhorrent reaper (A)
2 betrayer wights (B)
Sulfur trap
This chamber is home to some of Arantors loyal (for
this place, anyway) undead. They claim this chamber
as their own because the toxic fumes make it unin-
habitable for anyone not immune to poison.
When the PCs reach the entrance to the cham-
ber, read:
Youve been smelling something foul and rotten as you
approached this chamber, and now you have some idea
why. Theres a cone-shaped formationlike a volcano,
only about 5 feet tallin the center of a pool in this cavern.
Scattered around the periphery are smaller volcano-like
cones, each only 2 or 3 feet high and surrounded by chunks
of rock.
Along the right wall are two clawed undead, their eyes
glowing with hate as they shamble toward you. To the
left near the back of the cavern is a black-cloaked figure
wielding a scythe and floating several feet off the cavern
floor.
Perception Check
DC 29: The room smells strongly of sulfur.
DC 33: You can make out a light haze near one of the
nearer cones.
Dungeoneering Check
DC 29: Concentrations of sulfur are frequently
poisonous, but the poison dissipates rather quickly in a
large cavern like this.
At the start of every turn, the geyser cone in the
middle of the room spouts scalding water. But the
real danger in the roomother than the undead, of
courseare the poison-spewing sulfur cones.
Tactics
Beyond dealing with the sulfur cones, the PCs must
deal with a cohesive trio of monsters that have every
reason to stick together and focus their efforts. Ide-
ally, this battle resolves into a slugfest right next to one
of the sulfur cones. If thats the case, the monsters can
exact a grim toll from the PCs for passage through
this chamber.
Betrayer Wights: These are simple brutes, but its
worth paying close attention to the weakened condi-
tion on the claw attackthats where this monster
gets its oomph. Track which PCs are weakened, and
remember to give the betrayer wight 15 more hit
points if the PC decides to get rid of the weakened
condition by spending a healing surge. Spending a
healing surge is an expensive way to purge a con-
dition that youre likely to reapply the next round
anyway. A party can quickly deplete its resources if
its not willing to spend at least some time weakened
during this battle. Dont forget the death wail. It gives
the other monsters an extra basic attack, which might
impose the weakened condition.
Before each betrayer wight attack, check whether
the abhorrent reaper is within 5 squares, because if it
is, the attack deals an extra 1d6 necrotic damage.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Abhorrent Reaper: The abhorrent reaper also
gets extra basic attacks with its bloodthirst power, and
thus more chances to weaken the PCs and consume
their healing surges. The reaper is quite mobileits
fast, flies well, and has a decent charge attackbut
the best place for it is right between the two betrayer
wights. Umbral phantasm is an important (and frus-
trating) part of the reapers damage mitigation, so use
it whenever you can and remember to check for its
recharge at the start of every turn.
Features of the Area
Illumination: This cavern has only the illumina-
tion the PCs bring with them.
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 60 feet high
and covered in cracksvents that allow the sulfur in
this room to percolate up to the surface, so diffused
that its barely noticeable when it reaches open air.
Geyser Cone: At the start of every turn, the geyser
cone spews steam and scalding droplets of water.
Make an area burst attack (+28 vs. Fortitude) against
each creature in a 3-square burst from the cone; any
creature hit takes 2d10 fire damage. Squares adjacent
to the geyser cone are lightly obscured (as described
on p. 61 of the Dungeon Masters Guide) because of the
steam.
Sulfur Cone: Every round, two of the six sulfur
cones will erupt, spewing poison within 2 squares
(see the trap description below). The abhorrent reaper
and betrayer wights are immune to poison and
blithely ignore the sulfur, but theyre smart enough to
lure the PCs close to a sulfur cone if they can.
Debris: The debris around each sulfur cone is dif-
ficult terrain.
Shallow Water: The water is difficult terrain.
Its uncomfortably hot but not actually damaging.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
37

Its also poisonous; a creature that drinks the water
takes 2d10 + 5 poison damage and ongoing 10 poison
damage (save ends, probably when the incautious PC
retches the water back up).
Abhorrent Reaper (A) Level 23 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Large shadow humanoid (undead) XP 10,200
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
Aura of Ruin aura 5; any ally within the aura deals 1d6 extra
necrotic damage with melee attacks.
HP 424; Bloodied 212
AC 40; Fortitude 37, Reflex 34, Will 36
Immune disease, fear, poison; Resist 10 necrotic; Vulnerable
10 radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Abhorrent Sickle (Standard, at-will) Necrotic, Weapon
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 necrotic damage.
M Hateful Charge (Standard; usable only when charging, at-will)
Necrotic, Weapon
Requires sickle; +30 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 necrotic damage, and
the target is knocked prone and is immobilized until the
end of the abhorrent reapers next turn.
C Hates Cleave (Standard, at-will) Necrotic, Weapon
Requires sickle; +28 vs. AC; 6d6 + 8 necrotic damage.
Bloodthirst
When an abhorrent reaper bloodies an enemy, one of the
abhorrent reapers allies can make a melee basic attack
against the bloodied creature as a free action.
Umbral Phantasm (Immediate Interrupt, when the abhorrent
reaper would take damage, recharge 5 6 )
The abhorrent reaper becomes insubstantial until it attacks
or until the end of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Intimidate +23
Str 27 (+19) Dex 21 (+16) Wis 16 (+14)
Con 20 (+16) Int 18 (+15) Cha 24 (+18)
Equipment robes, sickle
Betrayal at Monadhan
2 Betrayer Wights (B) Level 21 Brute
Medium shadow humanoid (undead) XP 3,200 each
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +5; darkvision
HP 244; Bloodied 122
AC 33; Fortitude 36, Reflex 33, Will 32
Immune disease, poison; Resist 20 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Speed 7
m Claw (Standard, at-will) Healing, Necrotic
+24 vs. AC; 2d8 + 9 necrotic damage, and the target is
weakened. To end the weakened condition, the target
must spend a healing surge (a free action). If the target
does so, the wight regains 15 hit points.
C Death Wail (when reduced to 0 hit points) Necrotic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +21 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 +
7 necrotic damage. Undead allies in the burst can make a
basic attack as a free action.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Str 28 (+19) Dex 22 (+16) Wis 6 (+8)
Con 24 (+17) Int 8 (+9) Cha 20 (+15)
Sulfur Spewers Level 18 Blaster
Hazard XP 2,000
Hazard: This cavern is close to a sulfur vent deep underground,
and the cinder cones marked on the map periodically emit
poisonous clouds of sulfur
Perception:
DC 29: The room smells strongly of sulfur.
DC 33: A lingering haze near the cinder cones marks where
the sulfur is strongest.
Additional Skill: Dungeoneering
DC 29: Concentrations of sulfur are frequently poisonous,
but the poison dissipates rather quickly in a large cavern
such as this.
Trigger: At the start of each turn, roll 1d6 twice. The indicated
cinder cones emit a cloud of poisonous sulfur.
Attack
Standard Action Close burst 2
Target: All living creatures within the area
Attack: +21 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 2d10 + 5 poison damage and ongoing 10 poison (save
ends)
Miss: Half damage.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
38

C4: Cavern of Air
Encounter Level 22 (18,400 XP)
Setup
1 void lich (V)
2 callers in darkness (C)
1 tormenting ghost (T)
This chamber is another chance for the PCs to
employ their flying and Athletics skills as they battle
a quartet of undead on floating platforms of stone.
When the PCs reach the cavern entrance, read:
Safe passage through this cavern ends almost as soon as
you set foot inside, for the passageway opens into a cavern
from high on one of the cavern walls. You can see another
platform about 50 feet southeast of you on the far wall
with two passages exiting the cavern. Between you and that
other platform is empty, dark space. Floating like islands in
that dark space are rock platforms, each several feet thick.
As you watch, the islands creep from side to side,
slowly enough that you can jump from one to another but
rapidly enough that in a few minutes, the platforms will be
thoroughly shuffled.
A ghost in tattered finery hovers directly above one of
the larger islands, beckoning you closer.
Characters can see at least 100 feet from their
own light source:
Automatic: The rocky stone floor is about 100 feet
below you.
Perception Check
DC 23: There are two dark clouds hovering near the
ceiling, one over each of the largest islands.
The dark clouds are callers in darkness. A void
lich waits around the corner. It will appear the round
after it hears sounds of battle.
Tactics
The beckoning on the part of the tormenting ghost is
just a ruse to draw the PCs onto the floating islands,
where the terrain is more advantageous to the mon-
sters (and more interesting for the DM).
Tormenting Ghost: Use the burst of terror attack
to force PCs off the islands and ghostly possession
against PCs with effective ranged attacks. Use spectral
shift whenever an adventurer misses with an attack.
Ghostly terrain, while effective, probably distracts from
the fun of this encounter, so use it only when you see a
truly great opportunity.
Callers In Darkness: Use advantage of fear and
steal essence as often as possible, resorting to spirit
bites only when you cant reach the marked charac-
ter. Keep track of which caller has which character
marked, and make sure you apply the conditions for
failed saving throws.
Void Lich: The void lich arrives in the second
round of the fight, alights on an unoccupied island,
then attacks with void tendrils every round. Eventually
this will attract a heros attention. If engaged in melee,
the void lich uses frightful gaze (especially if its enemy
isnt flying and might get pushed off the island) or
hideous laughter. Fade to dusk and phase step should be
sufficient to get the void lich out of harms way.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Tormenting Ghost (T)
Medium shadow humanoid (undead)
Level 21 Controller
XP 3,200
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 152; Bloodied 76
AC 32; Fortitude 30, Reflex 34, Will 32
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Speed fly 6 (hover); phasing
m Spirit Touch (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
+24 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 9 necrotic damage.
M Ghostly Possession (Standard, recharge 5 6) Charm
Target must be a living humanoid; +24 vs. Will; the
tormenting ghost enters the targets space and is removed
from play, and the target is dominated (save ends).
The tormenting ghost can use this power against only
one creature at a time. When the target is no longer
dominated, or when the tormenting ghost chooses to end
its ghostly possession (a free action), the ghost reappears in
a square adjacent to the target.
C Burst of Terror (Standard, recharge 5 6) Fear, Necrotic
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +24 vs. Will; 1d8 + 9
necrotic damage, the target is pushed 5 squares, and the
target is dazed and immobilized (save ends both).
A Ghostly Terrain (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
Area burst 1 within 10; the area is suddenly filled with
ghostly lights, wisps of necrotic mist, and the faint
whispers of the dead. The area becomes difficult terrain
and lightly obscured. Any creature that enters or ends its
turn in the area is immobilized (save ends). The ghostly
terrain remains in place for 5 minutes before fading away.
Spectral Shift (immediate reaction, when missed by a melee
attack, at-will)
The tormenting ghost shifts 3 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Stealth +24
Str 11 (+10) Dex 28 (+19) Wis 14 (+12)
Con 20 (+15) Int 12 (+11) Cha 25 (+17)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
39

Void Lich (V)
Medium aberrant humanoid (undead)
Level 20 Elite Lurker
XP 5,600
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +18; darkvision
Shroud of Night aura 5; bright light within the aura is reduced
to dim light, and dim light within the aura is reduced to
darkness (if the void lich takes radiant damage, the aura is
negated until the end of the void lichs next turn).
HP 296; Bloodied 148
AC 34; Fortitude 31, Reflex 32, Will 34
Immune disease, poison, fear; Resist 10 necrotic
Saving Throws +2
Speed 4, fly 8 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Life Trap (Standard, at-will) Healing Necrotic
+23 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 + 7 necrotic damage, and the void
lich regains 15 hit points.
R Void Tendrils (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
Ranged 10; +23 vs. Will; 2d6 + 7 necrotic damage, and the
target is knocked prone and dazed (save ends).
C Frightful Gaze (Minor, at-will) Fear, Gaze
Close blast 3; +21 vs. Will; the target is pushed 5 squares
and takes a -2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends). First Failed
Saving Throw: The target is dazed, immobilized, and takes a
-2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends all).
C Hideous Laughter (Minor, recharges when the void lich
bloodies an enemy) Fear, Psychic
Close blast 3; +21 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and
the target takes a -5 penalty to all defenses until the end of
the void lichs next turn.
Fade to Dusk (Minor, recharge 5 6)
The void lich becomes insubstantial and invisible until it
attacks or until the end of its next turn.
Phase Step (Minor, at-will)
The void lich teleports up to 2 squares.
Indestructible
When a void lich is reduced to 0 hit points, its body and
possessions dissipate into wisps of darkness, but it is not
destroyed. It reappears (along with its possessions) in
1d10 days within 1 square of its phylactery, unless the
phylactery is also found and destroyed.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Deep Speech,
telepathy 10
Skills Arcana +22, Intimidate +20
Str 16 (+13) Dex 17 (+13) Wis 26 (+18)
Con 22 (+16) Int 24 (+17) Cha 20 (+15)
2 Callers in Darkness (C)
Large shadow animate (undead)
Level 19 Elite Soldier
XP 4,800 each
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 253; Bloodied 126
AC 33; Fortitude 33, Reflex 28, Will 33
Immune disease, poison; Resist insubstantial
Saving Throws +2
Speed fly 8 (hover); phasing
Action Points 1
m Spirit Bite (Standard, at-will) Necrotic, Psychic
Reach 2; +23 vs. AC; 1d10 + 7 necrotic damage, and
ongoing 10 psychic damage (save ends).
M Double Bite (Standard, at-will) Necrotic, Psychic
The caller in darkness makes two spirit bite attacks.
M Steal Essence (Standard, at-will) Necrotic, Psychic
Reach 2; targets a creature marked by the caller in
darkness; +22 vs. Fortitude; 1d10 + 9 necrotic damage, and
ongoing 5 psychic damage (save ends). First Failed Saving
Throw: The target takes ongoing 5 psychic damage and is
weakened (save ends both). Second Failed Saving Throw: The
target takes ongoing 10 psychic damage and is stunned
instead of weakened (save ends both).
C Advantage of Fear (Minor 1/round, at-will) Fear
Close burst 10; targets one creature; the target is marked
and grants combat advantage to the caller in darkness
(save ends both); see also steal essence.
C Soulstorm (Free, when first bloodied, encounter) Necrotic,
Psychic
Close burst 2; +22 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 9 psychic damage
plus 1d10 + 9 necrotic damage. In addition, a target that
grants combat advantage to the caller in darkness takes
ongoing 5 psychic damage and ongoing 5 necrotic damage
(save ends both).
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common
Str 24 (+16) Dex 18 (+13) Wis 24 (+16)
Con 21 (+14) Int 10 (+9) Cha 25 (+16)
Betrayal at Monadhan
Features of the Area:
Illumination: The chambers upper reaches,
where most of the action takes place, are unlit.
Phosphorescent lichen near the cavern floor makes
it obvious to the characters that its a long way
down. Within 5 squares of the void lich, bright light
becomes dim light and dim light becomes darkness.
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 150 feet high
(20 feet higher than the floating islands).
Floating Islands: The islands marked on the map
float laterally at the start of each turn. Roll 1d8 for
each island; 1 means it drifts 1 square north, 2 means
1 square northeast, 3 is east, and so on. The islands
dont change altitude.
Besides drifting, the islands are fragile. Sufficient
force (a powerful attack or a collision with another
island) is enough to break them apart. If two islands
bump together (occupy adjacent squares), a few
pebbles fall ominously to the cavern f loor. If a f loat-
ing island rolls movement that would make any part
of it overlap with another island, then it breaks into
two pieces. Let your sense of creative verve decide
where the break happens, either splitting up com-
batants or keeping them together as you see fit. Roll
1d8 a second time for movement for one of the two
daughter islandsit doesnt matter whichto get
some separation between the two daughters (con-
tinue rolling until a result causes the second piece
to move away from the first). Likewise, if a close or
area attack deals at least 20 damage and covers at
least half of an island, break the island apart. Judge
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
40
 Betrayal at Monadhan

for yourself whether a particular attack is unlikely to

damage the stones: a close attack with thrown dag-
gers, for example, probably could be ignored in this
case. Collisions with the cavern walls usually dont
make the islands break apart, but if nothing has
cracked in half for several turns or youre really itch-
ing to stir things up, then either assign a chance for
a wall collision to damage a platform or just declare
that one breaks.
Cavern Floor: From the floating islands to the
cavern floor is a fall of 130 feet onto a pile of rubble
chunks of rock that abraded off the floating islands
in the past. The floor is difficult terrain throughout.
The only feature of interest down there is the bound
island (described below).
Bound Island: Floating a few feet above the
cavern floor is a 3-square by 3-square island, moored
to the ground with a rope. A creature with no other
way to rejoin the fray can untie the rope, and the
island will rise at the start of the next turn into any
available space at the same altitude as the other
islands.
The players are unlikely to learn this, but over
time, the rubble on the cavern floor coheres into new
floating islands that ascend to take the place of those
that have been ground apart through collisions. Its
a natural (though rare) process in this domain, but
Noorikhan the void lich has been experimenting with
it. The bound island is one of his trials.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
41

C5: Cavern of Truth
Encounter Level 22 (19,200 XP)
Setup
1 rakshasa noble huecava (H)
3 rakshasa destroyers (D)
1 gray render (G)
This cavern exists to punish those whove angered
Arantor, coerce betrayal from pawns in Arantors
schemes, and to provide a measure of cruel amuse-
ment during Arantors long periods of melancholy.
When the PCs reach the cavern entrance, read:
The purpose of this cavern is clear: imprisonment, torture,
and execution. Along the side walls are prison cages
fashioned from unnaturally smooth stalagmites. Three
are empty, and the fourth one, in the southeastern corner,
has a grayish giant within it. A guillotine stands in the
center of the room with its blade raised, iron maidens are
immediately to your left and right, and wooden stretching
racks are arrayed on the far end of the chamber. Two
passages exit the far end of the room.
A groove has been cut in the floor, connecting the iron
maidens, the guillotine, and the center of the southern wall,
which bears a fresco of eladrin lords and ladies gazing out
upon a pastoral lake.
Two bipedal tiger-creatures are fiddling with the
guillotine mechanism. A third such creature stands near the
rack in the southwest part of the room.
Perception Check
DC 25: The floor of the room is slightly sloped. The
iron maidens are at the higher end and the fresco on the
south wall is lower.
DC 30: It looks as if theres someone on the southwest
rack. It could be human but its hard to tell at this distance.
There is indeed a human on the rack, a denizen
of the shantytown named Macaebus. The creature
imprisoned in the southeast cage is a gray render
that the rakshasas captured from the surrounding
jungle and domesticated through pitiless torture.
Tactics
This battle will be more fun for everyone involved if it
spreads out a bit. That will let the PCs feel the frustra-
tion of being marked (for a change) and give the gray
render room to work.
Rakshasa Noble Huecuva: The huecuva hangs
back and uses its three potent ranged attacks (mind
twist, phantom lure, and frightful phantom) to either
damage the PCs directly or act as a puppet master,
spreading the PCs out and moving them into dis-
advantageous positions. If confronted in melee, the
huecuva uses unholy claw and then phantom image.
Unholy claw deals damage to all adjacent living crea-
tures, possibly including the rakshasa destroyers and
the gray render. The huecuva wont hesitate to use
unholy claw anyway, which may trigger a friendly fire
incident as described in The Sting of Betrayal (page
10).
Betrayal at Monadhan
Rakshasa Noble Huecuva (H) Level 19 Elite Controller
Medium natural humanoid XP 4,800
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +19; low-light vision
HP 356; Bloodied 178
Regeneration 5 (damage from silver weapons negates
regeneration until the end of the rakshasa noble huecuvas
next turn)
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 33, Will 34
Saving Throws +2
Speed 7Action Points 1
m Unholy Claw (Standard, at-will)
+24 vs. AC; 1d6 + 3 damage, and the target takes ongoing
10 necrotic damage (save ends). When the target takes
ongoing necrotic damage from this power, all adjacent
living creatures take 5 necrotic damage.
R Mind Twist (Standard, at-will) Psychic
Ranged 20; +23 vs. Will; 3d6 + 7 psychic damage, and the
target is dazed (save ends).
R Phantom Lure (Standard, at-will) Charm
Ranged 10; +22 vs. Will; the target slides 5 squares.
R Frightful Phantom (Standard, recharge 5 6) Fear
Ranged 5; +23 vs. Will; 4d8 + 7 psychic damage, the target
is pushed 5 squares, and the target is stunned (save ends).
Deceptive Veil (Minor, at-will) Illusion
The rakshasa noble huecuva can disguise itself to appear
as any Medium humanoid. A successful Insight check
(opposed by the rakshasas Bluff check) pierces the disguise.
Phantom Image (Minor, recharge 5 6) Illusion
Until the end of the rakshasa noble huecuvas next turn,
any creature that attacks the rakshasas AC or Reflex
defense must roll twice and use the lower attack roll result.
If either result is a critical hit, use that result instead.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Arcana +20, Athletics +17, Bluff +21, Diplomacy +21,
History +20, Insight +19, Intimidate +21
Str 16 (+12) Dex 20 (+14) Wis 20 (+14)
Con 18 (+13) Int 22 (+15) Cha 24 (+16)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
42

Rakshasa Destroyers: At the start of the fight,
one of the destroyers moves to the stalagmite cage
holding the gray render, then uses a minor action
to pull the lever and cause the stalagmites to drop
into the floor. The destroyers make triple attacks as
often as they can (with longsword, that means six
attack rolls). They mark different opponents and try
to draw them apart. Use knights move occasionally to
make a marked PC chase the destroyer around the
battlefield.
Gray Render: The gray render joins the battle
the round after one of the rakshasas releases it from
its cage. It makes claw attacks, trying to always have
a character grabbed. While it has a PC grabbed, it
uses body swap whenever possible and dismembering
bite on its own turn. If the gray render is bloodied and
opponents are proving adept at escaping its grab, it
switches tactics to doing double attacks every round,
knocking PCs prone and dealing ongoing damage
each time.
3 Rakshasa Destroyers (D) Level 21 Soldier
Medium natural humanoid XP 3,200 each
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +20; low-light vision
HP 196; Bloodied 98
AC 37; Fortitude 37, Reflex 34, Will 35
Speed 6
m Longsword (Standard, at-will) Weapon
The rakshasa destroyer makes two attack rolls and keeps
the better result; +26 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage, and the
target is marked until the end of the rakshasas next turn.
m Claw (Standard, at-will)
+26 vs. AC; 1d8 + 6 damage.
M Triple Attack (Standard, at-will) Weapon
The rakshasa destroyer makes three melee basic attacks.
If two or more attacks hit the same target, that target is
dazed (save ends).
Deceptive Veil (Minor, at-will) Illusion
The rakshasa destroyer can disguise itself to appear as any
Medium humanoid. A successful Insight check (opposed by
the rakshasas Bluff check) pierces the disguise.
Knights Move (Move, recharge 5 6)
The rakshasa destroyer can fly up to 6 squares. It must
land at the end of this move or else it crashes.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Athletics +22, Bluff +19, Insight +20, Intimidate +19
Str 25 (+17) Dex 19 (+14) Wis 21 (+15)
Con 20 (+15) Int 15 (+12) Cha 18 (+14)
Equipment heavy shield, longsword, scale armor
Betrayal at Monadhan
Gray Render (G) Level 19 Elite Brute
Large natural humanoid XP 4,800
Initiative +10 Senses Perception +15; blindsight 10
HP 452; Bloodied 226
AC 31; Fortitude 34, Reflex 27, Will 28
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Claw (Standard, at-will)
Reach 2; +22 vs. AC; 1d12 + 8 damage, and the target is
grabbed.
M Double Attack (Standard, at-will)
The gray render makes two claw attacks. If both attacks hit
the same target, the target takes ongoing 10 damage (save
ends).
M Body Swap (Immediate Reaction, when the gray render is
hit by an enemys melee attack while the gray render has
a creature grabbed; requires a grabbed creature, at-will)
Weapon
The gray render uses the grabbed creature as a weapon;
targets the triggering enemy; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d12 + 8
damage, and the gray render pushes the target 4 squares.
The grabbed creature takes half the damage dealt by this
attack.
M Dismembering Bite (Standard, encounter)
Targets a creature grabbed by the gray render; +20 vs.
Fortitude; 3d12 + 8 damage, and the target is dazed (save
ends).
Rampage (while bloodied)
The gray renders claw attack also knocks a target prone.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages
Skills Athletics +23
Str 27 (+17) Dex 13 (+10) Wis 15 (+11)
Con 26 (+17) Int 2 (+5) Cha 10 (+9)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
43
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Features of the Area: Blood Channels: The channels cut into the floor
are designed to keep the floor of this torture chamber
Illumination: Everburning torches in wall
cleanand they do their job almost too well. Each
sconces provide bright illumination throughout this
time a creature on or adjacent to a blood channel
room.
takes damage from an attack that draws blood (most
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 20 feet high.
weapon attacks, for example), everyone in the cham-
Stalagmite Cages: These cages are formed from
ber will see the blood flow into the channel of its
obviously unnatural stalagmites that rise nearly to
own volition. Once blood is in the channel, it spreads
the ceiling. The gaps between them are small: an inch
along the channel toward the south wall at the rate of
or two near the bottom, approximately a foot near
1 square per turn (at initiative count 1). Use tokens to
the ceiling. Just outside the ring forming the cage is
mark which squares have blood in them. Creatures
a foot-tall stalagmite that functions as a lever. When
adjacent to a token at the start of their turn take 5
someone pulls the lever, the other stalagmites retract
damage but score critical hits on 19-20 (unless their
into the cave floor.
critical chance is already better than that) until the
Three of the stalagmite cages are unoccupied. The
start of their next turn.
southeastern one has a trained gray render in it.
South Wall Mosaic: If blood in the channel
Iron Maidens: These are typical torture
reaches the south wall, the eladrins in the picture
equipment.
transform into tieflings and the landscape in the
Guillotine: The guillotine is in the up position
mosaic transforms into a charred wasteland with a
and held by a thin cord. Of course, it will fall if some-
magma lake. Note that if blood has flowed into the
one moves (or is slid, pulled, or pushed) through the
channel then it will reach the wall before long unless
guillotine opening (+28 vs. Reflex; 8d8 + 20 damage).
characters specifically take action to stop it.
Winching the guillotine blade back into the up posi-
Macaebus: See page 16.
tion takes eight turns, so hit or miss, this trick is likely
to work only once.
Rack: The rack is typical medieval torture fare,
but its notable for two reasons. First, its occupied by
a villager named Macaebus (described on page 16).
Second, two Masks of the Beloved (described in the
treasure section) hang on pegs on the racks frame.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
44

C6: Cavern of Statues
Encounter Level 22 (16,300 XP)
Setup
1 cambion soul conf lagrant (C)
2 cambion legionnaires (L)
2 nothic mindblights (N)
One of only two upper chambers that Arantor regu-
larly visits (the Cavern of Truth is the other), the
Cavern of Statues is a gallery containing certain
antiquities that remind Arantor of life before coming
to Monadhan. Although most of Arantors hoard lies
in the lower cavern, some of the items here are bulky
but valuable indeed.
When the PCs reach the cavern entrance, read:
This room is home to seven large statues, all larger than
life. Between them hang tattered tapestries that show maps
in sable, snow-cotton, and golden wool. A brazier near the
center statuethat of a dragon in a rampant posecasts
everything in a reddish light.
Standing near the dragon statue are three cambions,
one with an iron-shod quarterstaff and two with short
swords and shields.
Two passages exit the room at the northeast corner.
Perception Check
DC 29: You hear flapping footstepsnot boots, but skin
on stonecoming from one of the northern passageways.
The silver dragon statue depicts Arantor as he
existed in life, and the other statues are figures
important to him (some of whom will figure in later
Scales of War adventures). The map tapestries likewise
have information useful in the PCs future endeavors.
Tactics
Unlike battles that spread the PCs out (such as C4
and C5), this encounter should develop into a big,
confusing scrum because of the short ranges and
dominated PCs. This is also the battle most likely to
have friendly fire incidents which trigger Monadhans
blessing.
Cambion Soul Conf lagrant: The leader of the
cambions that serve Arantor, the soul congflagrant
wants nothing to do with melee. Instead, it hangs
back as far as it can. Each round it uses one of its
three ranged attacks, in order of priority: purge the
soul, soulscorch, hellfire ray. Soulscorch might hurt the
other cambions (who have resist fire 15); if it does,
the soul conflagrant gains the benefits of a friendly
fire incident, as described in The Sting of Betrayal
on page 10. Like most cambions, the soul conflagrant
is a clumsy flyer and would rather land each turn
than suffer the 4 penalty to attacks and damage for
attacking while airborne.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Cambion Soul Conflagrant (C)
Medium immortal humanoid (devil)
Level 23 Artillery
XP 5,100
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 166; Bloodied 83
AC 35 (38 against ranged attacks); Fortitude 34, Reflex 34
(38 against ranged attacks), Will 36
Resist 15 fire
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Staff (Standard, at-will) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage.
R Hellfire Ray (Standard, at-will) Fire
Ranged 20; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 8 fire damage, and the
target is knocked prone.
R Purge the Soul (Standard, recharges when any enemy within
sight is reduced to 0 hit points or fewer) Necrotic
Ranged 20; +28 vs. Reflex; 4d6 + 8 necrotic damage, and
the target is weakened (save ends).
A Soulscorch (Standard, recharge 5 6) Fire
Area burst 1 within 10; +28 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 8 fire
damage, and ongoing 10 fire damage.
Soul Mantle
A mantle of soul energy protects the cambion soul
conflagrant, giving it a +4 bonus to AC and Reflex defense
against ranged attacks (already included in its statistics).
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +22, Bluff +24, Diplomacy +24
Str 14 (+13) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 19 (+15)
Con 22 (+17) Int 22 (+17) Cha 27 (+19)
Equipment robes, quarterstaff
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
45

Cambion Legionnaire: The two legionnaires stay
close to each other (to benefit from the legions mantle
power) and try to establish a front line that keeps
enemy melee combatants away from the cambion
soul conflagrant. They prefer to make gladius attacks;
keep track of how many hit, because those hits charge
up the push function of the shield rush. The legion-
naires save their immolate attacks for moments when
they can get at least two and preferably three figures
within the area. Cambions have only resist 15 to fire,
so its possible that the legionnaires will damage each
other with their immolate attacks. That constitutes a
friendly fire incident, as described in The Sting of
Betrayal section on page 10.
Nothic Mindblights: The nothics hop into the
fray, appearing at one of the northern passages at the
start of round 2. They use their eye of insanity attacks
until they have a PC dominated, then use necrotic
eye or mesmerizing visage until the character shakes
off the domination. That recharges the eye of insan-
ity, so the nothic starts the sequence all over again.
Because its a save-ends effect that includes a saving
throw penalty, youll need to keep close track of how
each character is responding to mesmerizing visage.
Like the other monsters in this encounter, the mind-
blights have an attack (necrotic eye) that might cause a
friendly fire incident.
2 Cambion Legionnaires (L) Level 21 Soldier
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 3,200 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +20; darkvision
HP 198; Bloodied 99
AC 37; Fortitude 34, Reflex 31, Will 31 (35 if another
cambion is within 3 squares)
Resist 15 fire
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Gladius (standard; at-will) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage. Effect: The target is marked
until the end of the legionnaires next turn.
M Shield Bash (minor; at-will) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; the cambion legionnaire pushes the target 1
square and can shift into the square the target vacates.
C Immolate (standard; recharge z ) Fire
Close burst 2; +28 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 fire damage, and
ongoing 10 fire damage.
Legions Mantle
While the legionnaire is within 3 squares of another
cambion, it gains a +4 bonus to Will defense (already
included in its statistics) and a +2 bonus on saving throws.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +22, Bluff +24, Diplomacy +24
Str 14 (+13) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 19 (+15)
Con 22 (+17) Int 22 (+17) Cha 27 (+19)
Equipment short sword, light shield
Betrayal at Monadhan
2 Nothic Mindblights (N) Level 19 Controller
Medium aberrant humanoid XP 2,400 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +11; darkvision,
truesight 10
HP 180; Bloodied 90
AC 32; Fortitude 32, Reflex 32, Will 29
Speed 6
m Claw (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
+24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 3 damage, and ongoing 5 necrotic
damage (save ends).
R Eye of Insanity (Standard, recharges when no creature is
dominated by the nothic mindblight) Fear
Ranged 5; +23 vs. Will; the target is dominated (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target is dazed until the end of its next turn.
C Necrotic Eye (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
Close blast 5; +23 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing
10 necrotic damage (save ends).
A Mesmerizing Visage (Standard, recharge 5 6) Charm,
Psychic
Area burst 2 within 10; targets enemies; +23 vs. Will; 2d8
+ 6 psychic damage, and the target takes a -1 penalty to
saving throws (save ends). First Failed Saving Throw: The
target takes a -3 penalty to saving throws instead of -1
(save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Deep Speech
Skills Stealth +19
Str 21 (+14) Dex 20 (+14) Wis 15 (+11)
Con 20 (+14) Int 10 (+9) Cha 12 (+10)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
46
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Features of the Area: West Statue: This statue depicts a female angel
of secretsone that bears a striking resemblance to
Illumination: The brazier provides bright, red-
the angel the heroes met in Encounter S1. The word
dish light throughout the chamber.
Niuria is carved into the base (not Rachaela, which
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 20 feet high.
is the name she gave previously).
Center Statue: This statue depicts Arantor as he
North Tapestry: This tapestry is a map of an
once was: a proud silver dragon, ferocious in battle.
ancient empire, with roads connecting cities, major
Treasure parcels G and H are at the base of the statue.
coastlines, mountain ranges, etc. A DC 24 History
Northeast Statue: This statue depicts a skeleton
check reveals that the map, while more artistic
wearing finely embroidered robes and gaudy jewelry.
and less cartographically accurate, is of the ancient
The word Irfelujhar is carved into the base.
empire of Arkhosia shortly before its war with Bael
Southeast Statue: This statue depicts a dragon-
Turath. The tapestries collectively constitute treasure
born wearing heavy armor and wielding a falchion.
parcel I. Even rolled up, each tapestry is a very bulky
The word Mornujhar is carved into the base.
100 pounds.
South Statue: This is a statue of a sleek black
Northeast Tapestry: This tapestry map requires a
dragon. The word Mornujhar is also carved into the
DC 29 History check; its an artistic representation of
base. This is likely to be confusing to the PCs, or make
the ancient eladrin Realm of the Twin Queens.
them think that when they finally meet Mornujhar
Eastern Tapestries: This tapestry seems to be
(in Grasp of the Mantled Citadel), that he will be a
an illustrative depiction of a strange and disturb-
black dragon in disguise. This statue is merely meant
ing forest. According to the caption woven into the
to give him honor as Tiamats black exarch.
bottom of the tapestry, it is the Forest of Twisted
Southwest Statue: This statue of an old woman
Souls.
has crumbled into several pieces and is lying in a
South Tapestry: Another tapestry map; a DC 24
heap atop the pedestal. The word Sarissa is carved
History check reveals that it represents Bael Turath.
into the base. PCs who make even a token effort to
Western Tapestry: This tapestry map requires a
put the pieces back together realize that this statue is
DC 24 History check; its an artistic representation of
a perfect likeness of the seer Sarissa, whom they met
the ancient human empire of Nerath.
in Encounter T1, Seers Hut.

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
47

C7: Death Giant
Reinforcements
Encounter Level 23 (22,200 XP)
Setup
2 death giant dreadguards
2 death giant soulcatchers
1 steel predator
This is the first encounter to use when the PCs back-
track through a chamber theyve already cleared or
when they camp for an extended rest. Accordingly, its
not tied to a specific location. You can run this battle
using the map for any of encounters C1C6 or at the
empty chambers at each dead end in the ever-shifting
upper caverns.
When the PCs see the death giants, read:
Four dark-skinned giants are running toward you, their
armor jingling and rattling as they unsheathe their
weapons. Two of them have plate armor, mace, and shield,
while two others are in leathers and wielding massive
quarterstaffs. Behind them lopes a metallic creature shaped
like a leopard but bigger than a horse.
Perception Check
DC 26: Four flickering, crystalline shards orbit each of
the giants at a distance of a few feet.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Tactics The soulcatchers have two ways to earn soul
shards, but they tend to spend them fast. Remind
Three of the five monsters in this fight are able to
mark the PCs. This is a prime opportunity to split the
players hit with soul shrive that theyve lost their heal-
ing surges only temporarilytheyll get the healing
adventurers into several small groups that have a hard
surges back when they make the saving throw.
time supporting one another. Strive to create at least
Steel Predator: Like the dreadguards, the steel
one mismatch in the monsters advantage so that a
predator can mark PCs. As a fast elite, it can make a
few of the characters need rescuing while under fire
vicious pounce to the enemys back ranks, then make
before disaster falls.
a bite attack in the next round to mark a PC whos
Death Giant Dreadguard: The dreadguards
ill-suited for melee (such as a wizard or invoker),
stay close to each other and mark different PCs. Use
even if that means taking some opportunity attacks
positioning to lure the marked PCs into attacking
on the way. Thereafter, use resonating roar if its avail-
the wrong dreadguard (and thus triggering death
able and can hit at least three targets. Otherwise,
guardian); the death giants reach 2 should help. They
make a bite attack if only one PC is adjacent or snap
use soul shield whenever it can make the difference
jaw if there are two. When making a snap jaw attack,
between an attack hitting or missing.
decide which PC to mark for next turn and attack
Keep careful track of each dreadguards supply of
that character first. This makes it more likely that the
soul shards. Add a soul shard whenever a creature
character will be right in front of the steel predator
(including another death giant) dies within 5 squares,
again next round, ready to be bitten.
and subtract a shard whenever the dreadguard uses
If the steel predator focuses on PCs who are averse
its soul shield power or heals 20 hit points. Dont spend
to melee, its likely that theyll try to shift away during
the last soul shard until the dreadguard is likely to die
their turn. Remember that the steel predator can
in the next round anyway, because a dreadguard with
use shifting steel to keep them running around the
no soul shards suffers a 2 attack penalty.
battlefield.
Death Giant Soulcatchers: The soulcatchers stay
behind the dreadguards and use soul shrive as often
as they can. Each soulcatchers aim is to accumulate
seven soul shards, which will let it use soulfury detona-
tion twice in a row and still have one soul shard left
over (to avoid the 2 attack penalty). Soulcatchers
preferentially target lightly armored PCs in the belief
that they tend to have lower Fortitude defenses. Soul-
fury detonation is likely to damage any dreadguards
caught in its area, which constitutes a friendly fire
incident as described in The Sting of Betrayal on page
10.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
48

2 Death Giant Dreadguards (D) Level 22 Soldier
Large shadow humanoid (giant) XP 4,150 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
Soulcatcher aura 5; a creature that dies within the aura
bestows one soul shard to the dreadguard (see soul shroud).
HP 209; Bloodied 104
AC 38; Fortitude 37, Reflex 33, Will 31
Resist 15 necrotic
Speed 7
m Mace (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +29 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage and the target is
marked until the end of the dreadguards next turn.
Death Guardian (immediate interrupt, when an enemy marked
by the dreadguard makes an attack that does not include
the dreadguard; at-will)
The dreadguard makes a mace attack against the triggering
enemy.
Soul Shield (free, when an ally within 5 squares is hit by an
attack; at-will)
The dreadguard expends one soul shard and the ally gains
a +4 bonus to defenses against the attack.
Consume Soul Shard (minor; at-will) Healing
The dreadguard expends one soul shard and regains 20 hit
points.
Soul Shroud
The soul shroud contains soul shards that swirl around the
dreadguard to protect and empower it. At the beginning
of an encounter, the soul shroud contains four soul shards.
While the soul shroud is depleted of soul shards, the
dreadguard takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Intimidate + 18
Str 28 (+20) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 16 (+14)
Con 25 (+18) Int 12 (+12) Cha 15 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, mace
2 Death Giant Soulcatchers (S) Level 22 Controller
Large shadow humanoid (giant) XP 4,150 each
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
Soulsnatcher aura 10; a creature that dies within the aura
bestows one soul shard to the soulcatcher (see soul shroud).
HP 209; Bloodied 104
AC 36; Fortitude 35, Reflex 32, Will 35
Resist 15 necrotic
Speed 8
m Soul Dagger (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; + 27 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage and the target is
immobilized until the end of the soulcatchers next turn.
R Soul Shrive (standard; at-will) Necrotic
Ranged 10; + 26 vs. Fortitude; the target is stunned and
loses 1 healing surge at the start of its turn (save ends
both). A target without healing surges takes damage equal
to one quarter its total hit points.Each time the target
loses a healing surge or takes damage from soul shrive, the
soulcatcher gains a soul shard.
A Soulfury Detonation (standard; must expend 3 soul shards;
at-will) Necrotic
Burst 2 within 10; +26 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 6 necrotic
damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Consume Soul Shard (minor; at-will) Healing
The soulcatcher expends one soul shard and regains 20 hit
points.
Soul Shroud
The soul shroud contains soul shards that swirl around the
soulcatcher to protect and empower it. At the beginning
of an encounter, the soul shroud contains four soul shards.
While the soul shroud is depleted of soul shards, the
soulcatcher takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Intimidate + 18
Str 28 (+20) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 25 (+18) Int 12 (+12 Cha 15 (+13)
Equipment leather armor, dagger
Betrayal at Monadhan
Steel Predator (P) Level 20 Elite Soldier
Large immortal animate (living construct) XP 5,600
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 388; Bloodied 194
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 32, Will 30
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against ongoing damage)
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Bite (Standard, at-will)
Reach 2; +27 vs. AC; 4d6 + 4 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the steel predators next turn.
M Snap Jaw (Standard, at-will)
The steel predator makes a bite attack. On a hit, the target
is also knocked prone, and the predator makes another
bite attack against a different target.
M Vicious Pounce (Standard, at-will)
The steel predator charges and makes the following attack
in place of a bite attack; +25 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 5 damage,
and the target is pushed 1 square and knocked prone. The
predator moves into the space vacated by the target.
C Resonating Roar (Standard, recharge 5 6 or when the steel
predator takes thunder or lightning damage) Thunder
Close burst 3; +25 vs. Fortitude; 4d8 + 7 thunder damage,
and the target is deafened and dazed (save ends both).
Shifting Steel (immediate reaction, when a creature adjacent to
the steel predator shifts, at-will)
The predator shifts into the space vacated by the triggering
creature.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Acrobatics +21, Athletics +21, Endurance +23, Stealth +21
Str 22 (+16) Dex 23 (+16) Wis 23 (+16)
Con 26 (+18) Int 15 (+12) Cha 12 (+11)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
49

C8: Death Giant Boss
Encounter Level 23 (24,100 XP)
Setup
Bahlik Gur
2 death giant dreadguards
1 steel predator
This is the second encounter that can occur in a
previously cleared room or as a wandering monster
encounter at a dead end or in any corridor. This
encounter features Bahlik Gur, Arantors second-
in-command. Bahlik Gur handles the day-to-day
affairs of the upper caverns and assists with Arantors
limited interactions with the rest of the Monadhan
domain. Run it only after encounter C7.
When the PCs see the death giants, read:
Death to the interlopers! shouts the lead giant as three of
the dark-skinned brutes lumber toward you. Next to them
is another of the metallic panther creatures you faced when
you last fought these giants.
Perception Check
DC 26: Four flickering, crystalline shards orbit each of
the giants at a distance of a few feet.
Tactics
These monsters use similar tactics to the death giants
in C7: mark different PCs and lure the party into sep-
arating its force. All four of the monsters can mark:
use that to their advantage. The death giant dread-
guards and the steel predator behave as they did in
encounter C7. Bahlik Gur makes double attacks as
often as he can (which doubles his chances of mark-
ing a PC) and will use press the attack rather than
moving himself. He would much rather spend his
four shards on soul shield than consume a shard for 20
hit points, which is less than 5 percent of his total.
Bahlik Gur is more aware of Monadhans bless-
ing than most monsters. If either of the dreadguards
are almost dead, Bahlik Gur tries to deliver the
killing blow himself. If he succeeds in killing the
dreadguard, he gains a soul shard and the blessing of
Monadhan from a friendly fire incident.
Soul Shield (free, when an ally within 5 squares is targeted by
Betrayal at Monadhan
Bahlik Gur (B)
Large shadow humanoid (giant)
Level 23 Elite Soldier
XP 10,200
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
Soulcatcher aura 5; a creature that dies within the aura
bestows one soul shard to bahlik gur (see soul shroud).
HP 434; Bloodied 217
AC 42; Fortitude 39, Reflex 33, Will 33
Resist 20 necrotic
Saving Throws + 2
Speed 7
Action Points 1
m Mace (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +29 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target is
marked.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Weapon
Bahlik Gur makes two mace attacks. If he hits two targets
with them, he gains a +2 bonus to his next attack roll.
C Press the Attack (move; at-will)
Close burst 10; targets 1 ally; the target can take a move
action as a free action.
Battle Fervor
Bahlik Gur scores critical hits on attack rolls of 19 or 20.
Death Guardian (immediate interrupt, when an enemy marked
by Bahlik Gur makes an attack that does not include Bahlik
Gur)
Bahlik Gur makes a mace attack against the enemy.
an attack)
Bahlik Gur expends one soul shard and the ally gains a +4
bonus to all defenses against the attack.
Consume Soul Shard (minor; at-will) Healing
Bahlik Gur expends one soul shard and regains 20 hit
points.
Soul Shroud
The soul shroud contains soul shards that swirl around
Bahlik Gur to protect and empower it. At the beginning of
an encounter, the soul shroud contains four soul shards.
While the soul shroud is depleted of soul shards, Bahlik
Gur takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Intimidate + 18
Str 28 (+20) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 16 (+14)
Con 25 (+18) Int 12 (+12) Cha 15 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, mace, treasure parcels
J and K
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
50

2 Death Giant Dreadguards (D) Level 22 Soldier
Large shadow humanoid (giant) XP 4,150 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
Soulcatcher aura 5; a creature that dies within the aura
bestows one soul shard to the dreadguard (see soul shroud).
HP 209; Bloodied 104
AC 38; Fortitude 37, Reflex 33, Will 31
Resist 15 necrotic
Speed 7
m Mace (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +29 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage and the target is
marked until the end of the dreadguards next turn.
Death Guardian (immediate interrupt, when an enemy marked
by the dreadguard makes an attack that does not include
the dreadguard; at-will)
The dreadguard makes a mace attack against the triggering
enemy.
Soul Shield (free, when an ally within 5 squares is hit by an
attack; at-will)
The dreadguard expends one soul shard and the ally gains
a +4 bonus to defenses against the attack.
Consume Soul Shard (minor; at-will) Healing
The dreadguard expends one soul shard and regains 20 hit
points.
Soul Shroud
The soul shroud contains soul shards that swirl around the
dreadguard to protect and empower it. At the beginning
of an encounter, the soul shroud contains four soul shards.
While the soul shroud is depleted of soul shards, the
dreadguard takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant
Skills Intimidate + 18
Str 28 (+20) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 16 (+14)
Con 25 (+18) Int 12 (+12) Cha 15 (+13)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, mace
Betrayal at Monadhan
Steel Predator (P) Level 20 Elite Soldier
Large immortal animate (living construct) XP 5,600
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 388; Bloodied 194
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 32, Will 30
Saving Throws +2 (+4 against ongoing damage)
Speed 8
Action Points 1
m Bite (Standard, at-will)
Reach 2; +27 vs. AC; 4d6 + 4 damage, and the target is
marked until the end of the steel predators next turn.
M Snap Jaw (Standard, at-will)
The steel predator makes a bite attack. On a hit, the target
is also knocked prone, and the predator makes another
bite attack against a different target.
M Vicious Pounce (Standard, at-will)
The steel predator charges and makes the following attack
in place of a bite attack; +25 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 5 damage,
and the target is pushed 1 square and knocked prone. The
predator moves into the space vacated by the target.
C Resonating Roar (Standard, recharge 5 6 or when the steel
predator takes thunder or lightning damage) Thunder
Close burst 3; +25 vs. Fortitude; 4d8 + 7 thunder damage,
and the target is deafened and dazed (save ends both).
Shifting Steel (immediate reaction, when a creature adjacent to
the steel predator shifts, at-will)
The predator shifts into the space vacated by the triggering
creature.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Acrobatics +21, Athletics +21, Endurance +23, Stealth +21
Str 22 (+16) Dex 23 (+16) Wis 23 (+16)
Con 26 (+18) Int 15 (+12) Cha 12 (+11)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
51

C9: Lower Cavern
Encounter Level 25 (35,000 XP)
Setup
Arantor (A)
This encounter is the climax of the adventure. The
PCs must simultaneously manage a skill challenge
and a fight with a dual-acting solo dragon, all while
Kas waits in the wings.
When the PCs reach the precipice that affords a
view of the lower cavern, read:
Below you paces a huge skeletal dragon, shaking its head
from side to side and muttering Oh, nooh, no The
dragon is within a chamber more than a hundred feet long,
with alcoves and crevices along the periphery. Stalagmites
and stone pillars dot the landscape, and gray mist coheres
in low spots on the cavern floor.
Along the western wall is a circular portal limned with
lightning. You can see shimmering movement within the
dark circle, but from this vantage point, you cant make out
what lies beyond.
Arcana or Religion Check
DC 26: The areas of strange mist scattered around
the cavern are laden with memories tied to the dark lord,
Arantor. Perhaps what is contained within them could
prove useful in vanquishing him.
Dungeoneering Check
DC 23: The hero notices that the subterranean stream
has weakened the rock in the marked squares to the point
where a sudden blow might shatter it.
Betrayal at Monadhan
Tactics doing well at the skill challenge is another way to
counter successful skill checks.
This encounter works best when some players are
As dragons go, Arantor is more capable making
working on the skill challenge while others are fight-
melee attacks than fighting from a distance. He gets
ing Arantor directly. A dual-acting, 25th-level solo
dragon helps to enforce that split. Be ruthless if the
to use his breath weapon only twice: once before
being bloodied and once at the moment hes blood-
PCs all rush headlong into battle and equally ruth-
ied. Make those attacks count. Watch Arantors hit
less if they spread out and head into the mist. After a
point total once it drops below 500. He needs to be in
few rounds, the battle will settle into a rhythm, and
perfect position when he becomes bloodied. You will
the players will be constantly assessing whether their
know when thats about to happen, but the players
characters are more useful in the actual battle or in
wont.
the skill challenge.
Imrissas choices are straightforward but no less
Two simple things will help to give the skill chal-
potent. Influential whispers might be the best attack
lenge its moment in the sun. First, whenever the
Arantor/Imrissa has, because dominated is the
characters achieve a success, be explicit about the
second-best condition a monster can impose on a PC
exact penalty that Arantor is suffering because of
(second only to the dead condition). Keep the domi-
that success. Such details make the player feel good
nated figure near one of its allies so the domination
about the decision to forego combat for a skill check
can jump to another charaacter with the aftereffect.
and emphasize the importance of the skill challenge.
Use betraying breath when it can hit three or more
Second, the success or failure of each skill check is
figures; it doesnt do much damage, but it eats up the
a chance for both you and your players to ham it up
characters actions twice: first through the dazed
a bit and really act like victims/perpetrators of the
condition, and then with an attack thats (probably)
ancient massacre at Monadhan. Arantor will react
aimed at another PC and not at Arantor. The dragon
with histrionics whenever confronted with evidence
is a powerful tool in robbing players of actions, which
of his crime. Watch the interest level around the rest
are the fundamental currency of the game. Always
of the table, of course, and dont engage in long solilo-
consider whether more PC actions will be lost with
quies. Give each skill challenge a bit of dialogue and a
influential whispers or with betraying breath. And dont
dollop of drama, then proceed with the action.
forget to teleporttheres nothing wrong with free
In general, Arantor will fight those PCs who fight
movement.
him. If a specific PC succeeds twice in a row on the
skill challenge, consider sending Arantor after that
PC specifically. On an instinctive level, Arantor
knows how crippling multiple successes can be, espe-
cially if theyre easy for the character to accomplish.
Sending an adventurer whos been dominated with
inf luential whispers after one of his or her allies whos
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
52
 Betrayal at Monadhan

Features of the Area single target. The stone has AC and Fortitude defense from the circumference. This is the portal to the
of 20, with other defenses at 15. An attack that deals lichs stronghold and Grasp of the Mantled Citadel.
Illumination: The cavern is dimly illuminated by
more than 15 damage destroys the stone square(s) Creatures within 5 squares of the portal can see a
phosphorescent fungus, glimmering insects, and the
it targeted. Anyone standing entirely on destroyed shimmering image of the Forest of Twisted Souls in
flickering balefire emanating from Arantor.
squares of flooring drops into the stream automati- Vaerothim (PCs who saw the tapestry in the Cavern
Stalagmites and Pillars: The large stalagmites
cally. Anyone standing partially on destroyed squares of Statues can make a DC 25 Perception check to
and pillars are blocking terrain, while the areas of
of flooring is allowed a saving throw to avoid falling make the connection ), but the portal doesnt work
smaller stalagmites are difficult terrain and provide
into the stream. without the key of betrayal, which is the Sword of Kas.
cover to those behind them.
Mists: Anyone standing in the mist-filled squares Southern Alcove: This disused alcove appears
Shadowed Crevices: The crevices marked (C)
can access the skill challenge. See SC1 below. to hold no more than rocky debris, but when Imrissa
seem to extend farther than they should and rapidly
Ceiling: The ceiling of the cavern is 50 feet above dies, an illusion fades away and Arantors hoard is
fill with strange mist and shadows. A character that
the floor. revealed. Treasure parcels L, M, N, and O are here,
enters one of these crevices must spend one entire
Western Wall: Along the western wall is a ver- along with the Sword of Kas (described below). When
turn navigating the oddly shadowed passage before
tical circle with short forks of lightning emerging the illusion drops, Kas appears near the cavern
emerging, at the start of their second turn after enter-
ing, from a different, randomly determined crevice. A
DC 26 Arcana or Dungeoneering check made during
the turn spent in transit allows the player to randomly
select two crevices as possible emergence points and
then choose the one they prefer.
Subterranean River: An underground stream
runs just beneath the surface of the cavern in the
indicated squares. It flows to the southeast at a rate
of 4 squares per turn; move anything in the water 4
squares in the direction of the flow at the start of its
turn. A series of stalactites plunge into the river as it
exits the cavern; any character not actively attempt-
ing to dive below them is automatically stopped from
continuing downstream. Crawling out of the stream
and onto an adjacent square of rock counts as moving
through difficult terrain but is otherwise unimpeded.
Thin Stone: The stone over the subterranean
stream is quite thin, barely capable of sustaining the
weight of creatures standing upon it. Any melee or
ranged attack can target a square of the thin stone
instead of a creature. Bursts and blasts automatically
target all the squares in their area, treating them as a

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
53

entrance. The characters are closer to the sword and
closer to the portal, but Kas certainly has words for
his erstwhile partners. Give the players a moment to
check out the treasure, then describe Kass arrival
and deal with the adventures final resolution in the
Aftermath section on page 17.
Arantor (A) Level 25 Solo Brute
Huge natural magical beast (dragon, undead) XP 35,000
Initiative +19; see also two souls Senses Perception R Influential Whispers (standard; must be Imrissas turn;
+19; darkvision
HP 819; Bloodied 409; see also bloodied breath and shattered
prison
AC 38; Fortitude 39, Reflex 36, Will 36
Immune disease, poison; Resist 25 cold, 15 necrotic;
Vulnerable 15 radiant
Saving Throws +5
Speed 8, fly 8 (hover)
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) F Necrotic
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage plus 2d8 necrotic
damage.
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 2d8 + 8 damage.
M Furious Onslaught (standard; must be Arantors turn; at-will)
Arantor makes a claw attack against each enemy in reach,
and one bite attack.
C Remnant Breath (standard; must be Arantors turn;
encounter) F Cold, Necrotic
Close blast 5; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 5 necrotic damage, and
the target takes 15 ongoing cold damage (save ends).
C Bloodied Breath (when Arantor first becomes bloodied;
encounter) F Cold, Necrotic
Arantor recharges remnant breath and uses it immediately.
C Betraying Breath (standard action; must be Imrissas turn;
recharge y z ) F Charm, Psychic
Close blast 5; targets enemies; +28 vs. Will; 2d10 + 4
psychic damage and the target is dazed until it damages
one of its allies.
The Weight of Remorse Level 23
Skill Challenge XP 0*
Arantors past is a bloody one, full of carnage and slaughtered
innocents. Taking the faces of his victims and calling on his
remorse, you seek to distract, disable, or even turn his rage
against himself.
The PCs hope to call upon Arantors conscience and sense of
remorse to help them defeat the dark lord and the Imrissa.
Complexity
3 (requires 8 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Bluff, Diplomacy, History, Insight.
Bluff (DC 22 standard action)
at-will) F Charm, Psychic
Ranged 10; +28 vs. Will; 2d10 + 4 psychic damage, and
the target is dominated (save ends). Aftereffect: The nearest
ally within 3 squares of the target is dominated (save
ends). This attack does not provoke opportunity attacks.
Dead Dragons Stride (move; must be Imrissas turn; at-will) F
Teleportation
Arantor teleports 10 squares.
Two Souls
Arantor acts twice each round, once on initiative result 30
and once on initiative result 20. The first is Arantors turn,
and the second is Imrissas turn, which determines which
powers Arantor can use on each turn. On Imrissas turn,
Arantor can only move by using dead dragons stride.
Shattered Prison (when Arantor drops to 0 or fewer hit points)
Arantors corpse cracks open and releases Imrissa, who
continues to fight. She is large instead of huge, has 234
hit points, does not benefit from two souls, can move
normally, and only uses powers that can be used on
Imrissas turn.
Alignment Chaotic evil Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +19
Str 31 (+22) Dex 25 (+19) Wis 14 (+14)
Con 26 (+20) Int 14 (+14) Cha 23 (+18)
Betrayal at Monadhan
The PC spins stories about the lives of Arantors victims, playing up
their innocence and the tragedy of their undeserved slaughter.
Diplomacy (DC 22 standard action)
The PC begs and pleads with Arantor for mercy while playing the
role of the victim he or she resembles or attempts to call upon
Arantors decency and honor.
History (DC 27 standard action)
The PC recites a litany of the places and peoples ravaged by
Arantor in his time, allowing his or her allies to better tailor
their stories.
A successful History check also grants a +2 bonus to the next
Bluff or Diplomacy check.
Insight (DC 22 standard action)
The PC appeals to Arantors conscience and feelings of remorse,
slowly homing in on the correct path to take.
A successful check also reveals that a failed Intimidate check
enrages Arantor. A check result of 27 or higher grants a +2
bonus to the next check in the skill challenge.
Secondary Skills
Arcana or Religion, Intimidate.
Arcana or Religion (DC 14 0 successes, minor action)
The PC uses their extensive knowledge of the flow of magic or the
undead to discern the effects each check has had and steer their
allies accordingly.
Using these skills doesnt count as a success or failure for
the challenge. Instead, the result grants a +2 bonus or 2
penalty to the next characters check.
Intimidate (DC 22 1 success, standard action)
The PC uses their assumed faces to threaten Arantor with divine
judgment or to demand to know why they were attacked.
A failed check enrages Arantor, providing him with a +2 bonus
to attack rolls and a +6 bonus to damage rolls until the end
of the PCs next turn.
Special
A character who has discovered Imrissas name and uses it
during this skill challenge gains a +2 bonus to all checks. If
Imrissas spirit is present, all PCs gain a +5 bonus to their
checks. These bonuses do not stack.
Success
Arantor guards himself against the influence of the Imrissa and
does not act on Imrissas turn until he uses shattered prison.
Each success has additional consequences as follows:
1st Success: The character deals 4d10 psychic damage to
Arantor.
2nd: Arantor takes a 1 penalty to attack rolls and all
defenses until the end of the encounter.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
54

3rd: The character deals 4d10 psychic damage to Arantor.
4th: Arantor takes a 1 penalty to attack rolls and all
defenses until the end of the encounter, and betraying
breath recharges only on a 6 until Arantor uses shattered
prison.
5th: The character deals 4d10 psychic damage to Arantor.
6th: Arantor takes a 1 penalty to attack rolls and all
defenses until the end of the encounter.
7th: The character deals 4d10 psychic damage to Arantor.
8th: Arantor takes a 1 penalty to attack rolls and all
defenses until the end of the encounter, and Arantor does
not act on Imrissas turn until he uses shattered prison.
Failure
Imrissa retains some of its hold on Arantor despite the appeals
to his conscience. The effects already accrued remain, but
the skill challenge can no longer be accessed during this
encounter.
*Note that PCs receive no experience for completing the skill
challenge; they receive the relevant experience by defeating
Arantor (which is now easier).
Sword of Kas* Epic Level
The Sword of Kas was created by Vecna for his lieutenant. Kas
rewarded his former master by using it to cut off Vecnas
hand and gouge out his eye. The Sword offers great power
to any who grasp it, but wielders end up betraying what
they love most.
The Sword of Kas is a +5 vicious short sword with the following
properties and powers.
Weapon: short sword
Enhancement: +5 attack rolls and damage rolls
Critical: +5d12 damage.
Property: The Sword of Kas deals 2d10 extra damage against
allies and former allies.
Property: Whenever an attack with the Sword of Kas reduces
a target to 0 hit points or fewer, you gain concealment until
the end of your next turn.
Property: If you attack Vecna, a servant of Vecna, a cultist
of Vecna, or any other creature working directly to serve
Vecnas ends, you deal 5 extra damage on a hit.
Property: When you take the total defense action or use your
second wind, you gain a +5 item bonus to all defenses until
the start of your next turn.
Kas of Monadhan Level 26 Solo Soldier
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 45,000
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +22; darkvision
HP 952; Bloodied 476
Regeneration 20 (regeneration doesnt function while Kas is
exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 40; Fortitude 41, Reflex 39, Will 41
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 fire, 15 necrotic;
Vulnerable 10 radiant
Saving Throws +5
Speed 7, climb 3 (spider climb)
Action Points 2
m Bastard Sword (Standard, at-will) Weapon
+31 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10 damage.
M Blood Drain (standard; requires combat advantage against
the target; encounter) Healing
+29 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 14 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and Kas regains 59 hit points.
M Betrayers Whirlwind (standard; at-will) Weapon
Targets up to three creatures; +31 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10
damage, and Kas slides the target 3 squares.
R Dominating Gaze (minor, recharge 4 5 6) Charm, Gaze
Ranged 5; +29 vs. Will; the target is dominated (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target is dazed (save ends).
Property: The Sword of Kas is initially invisible to everyone
but the creature possessing it. You gain combat advantage
against melee targets when using it until you successfully
hit, at which point the weapon becomes visible to
everyone. The Sword of Kas turns invisible again after being
sheathed for a short rest (or for 5 minutes).
Power (Encounter): Free Action. When you would pull or push
a target, you slide the target the same distance instead.
Power (Daily Poison, Radiant): Free Action. When you hit
with the Sword of Kas, the target takes ongoing 15 poison
damage (save ends). If the attack is made against an un-
dead creature, it instead takes ongoing 15 radiant damage
(save ends). Saving throws made to end this effect take a -2
penalty.
*The Sword of Kas is fully described in Open Grave, page 44.
Betrayal at Monadhan
R Kass Challenge (Minor 1/round; at-will) Necrotic
Close burst 5; targets one enemy; no attack roll; the target
is marked until the end of Kass next turn. If the target
makes an attack that doesnt include Kas as a target while
marked by this power, it takes ongoing 10 necrotic damage
(save ends).
Kass Recovery (when Kas becomes bloodied)
All adverse effects affecting Kas end, then Kas takes a
standard action after the triggering action is resolved.
Mist Form (standard; encounter) Polymorph
Kas becomes insubstantial and gains fly (hover) 12 until
the end of his next turn. Kas cannot attack while in this
form and can sustain this form for up to 1 hour.
Misty Assault (immediate reaction, when hit by an attack;
at-will) Necrotic
Kas flies 6 squares and is insubstantial while he flies. He
can make a bastard sword attack before or after he flies.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Arcana +25, Insight +22, Intimidate +27, Religion +25,
Stealth +21
Str 26 (+21) Dex 20 (+18) Wis 19 (+17)
Con 22 (+19) Int 24 (+20) Cha 28 (+22)
Equipment plate armor, bastard sword
About the Author
David Noonan has an extensive list of RPG credits, including
Martial Power, Scepter Tower of Spellgard, and contributions
to the 4th Edition core rules. He lives in Washington state
with his wife and two children.
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
55
 Betrayal at Monadhan

New Monsters

Cambion Impaler Level 19 Skirmisher

Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 2,400
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +24; darkvision
HP 179; Bloodied 89
AC 33; Fortitude 31, Reflex 32, Will 30
Resist 10 fire
Speed 6, fly 10 (clumsy)
m Spear (Standard, at-will) Weapon
+24 vs. AC; 3d6+8 damage.
M Swooping Charge (Standard, encounter) Weapon
The cambion impaler charges and makes the following
attack in place of a melee basic attack: +25 vs. AC; 3d6
+ 8 damage, and either slide the target 3 squares and
immobilize the target until the end of the impalers next
turn or deal 10 ongoing damage. The impaler is not
considered a clumsy flyer when making this attack.
A Soulscorch (Standard, recharge z ) Fire
Area burst 1 within 10; +20 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 4 fire
damage, and ongoing 10 fire damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Athletics +20, Bluff +19, Diplomacy +19
Str 22 (+15) Dex 25 (+16) Wis 20 (+14
Con 19 (+13) Int 17 (+12) Cha 21 (+14)
Equipment robes, spear

Cambion Legionnaire Level 21 Soldier

Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 3,200
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +20; darkvision
HP 198; Bloodied 99
AC 37; Fortitude 34, Reflex 31, Will 31 (35 if another
cambion is within 3 squares)
Resist 15 fire
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Gladius (standard; at-will) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage. Effect: The target is marked
until the end of the legionnaires next turn.
M Shield Bash (minor; at-will) Weapon
+28 vs. AC; the cambion legionnaire pushes the target 1
square and can shift into the square the target vacates.
C Immolate (standard; recharge z ) Fire
Close burst 2; +28 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 5 fire damage, and
ongoing 10 fire damage.
Legions Mantle
While the legionnaire is within 3 squares of another
cambion, it gains a +4 bonus to Will defense (already
included in its statistics) and a +2 bonus on saving throws.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +22, Bluff +24, Diplomacy +24
Str 14 (+13) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 19 (+15)
Con 22 (+17) Int 22 (+17) Cha 27 (+19)
Equipment short sword, light shield

September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
56

Cambion Soulthief Level 22 Lurker
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 4,150
Initiative +22 Senses Perception +18; darkvision
HP 156; Bloodied 78
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 35, Will 30
Resist 15 fire
Speed 10, Fly 8 (clumsy)
m Longsword (standard, at-will) Weapon
+27 vs. AC; 2d6 + 8 damage.
r Soul Grasp (standard; recharges when no enemy is affected
by this power) Necrotic
Ranged 10; +27 vs. Will; 1d10 + 8 necrotic damage, and
the target takes ongoing 5 necrotic damage and is slowed
(save ends both). First Failed Save: The target is immobilized
instead of slowed (save ends). Second Failed Save: The
target is stunned instead of immobilized (save ends).
M Double Lunge (standard; must be invisible; at-will) Weapon
The cambion soulthief makes a longsword attack against
two targets.
Combat Advantage
The cambion soulthief deals 1d6 extra damage on melee
attacks against any target granting combat advantage to it.
Invisibility (standard, at-will) Illusion
The cambion soulthief becomes invisible until it attacks.
Soul Fuel (minor; a creature must be immobilized or stunned by
this soulthiefs soul grasp; at-will)
The cambion soulthief turns invisible until it attacks and
teleports 10. The creature affected by soul grasp loses a
healing surge and automatically saves against the effect of
soul grasp.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Stealth +23
Str 23 (+17) Dex 25 (+18) Wis 14 (+13)
Con 18 (+15) Int 13 (+12) Cha 17 (+14)
Equipment longsword, iron gauntlet
Disfigured Vampire Level 21 Brute
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 3,200
Initiative +12 Senses Perception +16; darkvision
HP 245; Bloodied 122
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
disfigured vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 33; Fortitude 34, Reflex 30, Will 31
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 15
radiant
Speed 6
m Vampiric Claw (Standard, at-will) Necrotic
+24 vs. AC; 2d6 + 6 damage, and 10 ongoing necrotic
damage (save ends).
C Gaze Upon My Hideous Ruin (immediate reaction, when
first bloodied and again when reduced to 0 hit points;
at-will) Fear, Psychic
Close burst 2; +22 vs. Will; 2d8 + 7 psychic damage, and
the disfigured vampire pushes the target 5 squares.
M Blood Drain (Standard; requires combat advantage; recharges
when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied) Healing
+23 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 13 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the disfigured vampire regains
61 hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Str 23 (+16) Dex 15 (+12) Wis 13 (+11)
Con 25 (+17) Int 7 (+8) Cha 17 (+13)
Betrayal at Monadhan
Callophage Vampire Level 22 Controller
Medium natural humanoid (undead) XP 4,150
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +19; darkvision
HP 203; Bloodied 101
Regeneration 10 (regeneration does not function while the
callophage vampire is exposed to direct sunlight)
AC 36; Fortitude 33, Reflex 34, Will 35
Immune disease, poison; Resist 15 necrotic; Vulnerable 10
radiant
Speed 6
m Claw (Standard; at-will) Necrotic
+28 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6 damage, and the target is grabbed.
M Blood Drain (Standard; must have combat advantage;
recharges when an adjacent creature becomes bloodied)
Healing
+24 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 15 damage, and the target is
weakened (save ends), and the callophage vampire regains
50 hit points.
M Disfiguring Bite (Standard; at-will) Psychic
Targets a creature grabbed by the callophage vampire;
+26 vs.Fortitude; 3d8 + 5 damage, and the target takes
ongoing 10 psychic damage and is dazed (save ends both).
R Stolen Beauty (Standard; cannot be used until a disfiguring
bite hits; recharges after each successful disfiguring bite)
Charm, Psychic
Ranged 10; +26 vs. Will; 3d10 + 3 psychic damage, and
the target cannot use encounter attack powers, daily
attack powers, or utility powers (save ends). Aftereffect:
The target cannot willingly move closer to the callophage
vampire (save ends).
A Alluring Visage (standard; recharges when bloodied)
Charm
Close burst 10; +26 vs.Will; the target is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends). Sustain Minor: Each creature
that has not yet saved against the effect is pulled 3 squares
and immobilized (save ends).
Mist Form (standard; encounter) Polymorph
The callophage vampire becomes insubstantial and gains
a fly speed of 12, but cannot make attacks. The callophage
vampire can remain in mist form for up to 1 hour or end
the effect as a minor action.
Alignment Evil Languages Common
Skills Diplomacy +21, Streetwise +21
Str 18 (+15) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 17 (+14)
Con 19 (+15) Int 20 (+16) Cha 21 (+16)
September 20 09 | D u n g e o n 170
57
 Legacy
of Io
By Daniel Marthaler
An adventure for 24th-level characters
illustrations by William OConnor
cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

And thus it was that the proud god Io, forefather

of dragons, went forth alone to meet that
formidable primordial known as the King of
Terror. The confrontation raged fierce between
the divine and the base for long days as grievous
wounds were wrought by both upon the form of
the other. It continued in such ferocity unabated
until the vile King of Terror took up his crude
axe and dealt to noble Io a fearsome blow that
shattered his divine form, hewing the valiant
god in twain. The vicious primordials triumph
was not to be, for no sooner had Ios sundered re-
mains fallen to earth than they rose up to assail
the beast as the twin gods Tiamat and Bahamut.
Their sudden assault saw the King of Terror torn
asunder in a righteous fury, yet in their triumph,
the victorious deities fell upon each other. Two im-
perfect forms for a single essence, the pair are ever
drawn together, locked in eternal hatred as that
which they are seeks unachievable consolidation.

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
4

Legacy of Io is an adventure for five 24th-level
characters. By the end of the adventure, the PCs
should be midway through 25th level. This adventure
follows Grasp of the Mantled Citadel in the Scales
of War adventure path but can be adapted for use in
any campaign.
In Legacy of Io, the characters seek out and
recover an ominous artifact they hope will assist
them in their struggle against the forces of the dark
goddess Tiamat. Unlikely alliances are forged and the
heroes find themselves in violent conflict with the
good-aligned forces of the heavenly city of Hestavar
as they storm through the peaceful planar metropolis
in search of what might be the only way to thwart the
seemingly unstoppable machinations of the Dragon
Queen.
Background
In the previous installment of the adventure path
(Grasp of the Mantled Citadel), Tiamats sinister
and far-reaching plans bore dark fruit as she sum-
moned Bahamut in mortal form and destroyed him.
He may have fallen, but Bahamut has one last gambit
in play: the deva paladin Amyria has begun experi-
encing visions that depict the Arrow of Fate, an ancient
and powerful artifact that dates from the Dawn War
at creations beginning that could be the undoing of
Tiamats schemes.
When the primordial known as the King of
Terror cut down the original dragon-god Io, the
fallen gods sundered remains rose up as the dei-
ties Tiamat and Bahamut. A shard of Ios form had
been torn off during the titanic battle and remained
separate from the newly birthed gods, becoming
what is now known as the Arrow of Fate. The divine
fragment-turned-artifact retains the furor of the
Dawn War that raged during its creation and is a
potent weapon against both the divine and primor-
dial. Infused with the colossal energies released at the
destruction of Io and birth of his successor gods, the
relic is capable of exerting influence over the forces of
life and death.
This immensely powerful object was eventually
sequestered by servants of Pelor, Erathis, and Ioun,
for the trio of gods had plans for the artifact. As part
of an unusual bargain with Asmodeus, the deities
undertook a great ritual to lock away the artifact with
four great seals.
Adventure Synopsis
Amyria, driven by the visions that began shortly after
Bahamuts destruction, approaches the PCs and begs
their assistance in recovering the artifact. At her
urging, they travel to the astral city of Hestavar to
seek out whatever knowledge of the artifacts location mercantile district where Erathiss seal is located,
they can discover. Upon arriving in the domain, how-
ever, the characters come under attack by draconic
forces seemingly loyal to Bahamut.
After fending off the assault, the heroes make
their way to the great libraries of the Swan Tower,
home to the goddess of knowledge, Ioun. At possibly
the greatest collection of divine lore and scholarship
that exists, they search for information on the bizarre
visions tormenting Amyria. They discover that the
artifact they seek is known as the Arrow of Fate and
that it is hidden within Hestavar. Four mystical seals
conceal the artifact; each is guarded in turn by forces
loyal to the gods and dedicated to preventing anyone
and anything from tampering with their ward.
Legacy of Io
The PCs have several options. The fourth and
final seal is inaccessible until the first three are
destroyed, but the first three can be tackled in any
order. Regardless of the sequence, the characters
need to open all four to gain access to the Arrow. Once
they destroy the first, they come to the attention of
the Bright Guard, a company of exalted responsible
for policing Hestavar. The Bright Guard combs the
streets for the characters, forcing them to move care-
fully or attract unwanted attention.
To open the seal dedicated to Pelor, the heroes
must fight their way through the angelic guardians
of the Dawnbell Bastion to sunder the bell in which
the seal has been bound and that gives the small
fortification its name. The self less defenders are
unaware of the nature of the bell (and would not be
moved even if they knew), and they resist violently
any attempts to trespass or tamper with the rightful
property of their master.
When the PCs make their way onto Methion, the
they are ambushed by a band of celestial dragonkin,
this time augmented by forces from the Nine Hells.
After dealing with the seemingly random attack, the
characters head to the spacious market square where
the goddess placed her seal. Before destroying it, the
heroes must overcome Erathiss faithful who patrol
the square and the guardians summoned by the dis-
turbance of the seal itself.
Before the PCs can neutralize the seal dedicated to
Ioun, they are forced to scour the city for the entrance
to its hidden resting place. Once they gain entry to the
Sealed Library, they must fight their way through the
scholarly defenders and undo the seal.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
5

The Quests
In Legacy of Io, the characters must identify and
recover the Arrow of Fate. As the adventure pro-
gresses, they have the following chances to earn
quest XP.
Minor QuestIdentify the Artifact
The vast libraries and knowledgeable sages of the
Swan Tower offer the best chance of uncovering the
identity of the mysterious artifact and its history. This
information is crucial to determining the PCs course
of action and understanding the task at hand.
Reward: 5,000 XP.
Minor QuestSunder the Dawnbell
Pelor bound one of the four seals into the form of a
bell wrought from silver and gold. Destroying it opens
the seal and must be done if the characters hope to
reclaim the Arrow.
Reward: 6,000 XP.
Minor QuestDestroy the Seal of Methion
Erathis worked her seal into the great market square
of Methion. Without its destruction, the Arrow will
remain hidden.
Reward: 6,000 XP.
Minor QuestOpen Iouns Seal
Ioun hid her seal where few could find it. The heroes
must uncover its location and open the seal.
Reward: 6,000 XP.
Major QuestSecure the Arrow
Overcoming the enraged titan that guards the final
seal reveals the Arrow of Fate, but the PCs must still
survive Guionnes betrayal and escape the city with
the Arrow if it is to be of any use against Tiamat.
Reward: 35,000 XP.
Legacy of Io
To open the final seal and claim the Arrow of Fate, What You Need to Play
the characters must head into the eye of the storm
Everything you need to run the adventure, including
that rages over the rough and tumble island district
background information, setup, tactical encounters,
know as the Salts. There they face not another servant
and maps, is contained within these pages. More
of the gods but a powerful titan. With its destruction,
detailed information on how to use the tactical
the final seal is undone and the Arrow is revealed.
encounter format can be found in previous Scales of
Unfortunately for the heroes, the titans passing also
War adventures, such as A Tyranny of Souls, while
removes the force holding the churning sea at bay and
Manual of the Planes and Hestavar: the Bright City
it comes crashing back to fill the void. When the PCs
from Dragon #371 can provide such information on
are washed ashore, they find themselves betrayed by
the domain and city of Hestavar.
an ally and forced into a desperate battle to retain
possession of the prize on which so much depends. Treasure Preparation
Legacy of Io employs the treasure parcel system as
Preparing for Adventure described in the Dungeon Masters Guide. A total of
Legacy of Io gives the characters an opportunity
fifteen treasure parcels are available to the heroes
to gain a powerful artifact that might be able to hold
over the course of the adventure. The following side-
back the seemingly unstoppable advances of Tiamat
bar lists the most likely encounters to have parcels
and perhaps even strike back at her. The heroes make
and what each parcel might contain. The magic items
their way to the domain that epitomizes civilization
should be taken from your players wish lists. The
and justice only to find themselves in conflict with
parcels can be awarded in whatever order you see fit,
the heavenly denizens and working with devils. The
but the higher level items are best used later in the
will of three gods must be overthrown if the PCs hope
adventure.
to thwart that of another.
The adventure can begin as soon as the characters
complete their previous adventure. Go to Trouble
Sleeping (page 7) when you are ready to begin.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
6

Treasure
Parcel A: ____________, H1. A Warm Welcome
Parcel B: ___________, D3. For Whom the Bell Tolls
Parcel C: ___________, D3. For Whom the Bell Tolls
Parcel D: ___________, D3. For Whom the Bell Tolls
Parcel E: ____________, M1. Back Alley Ambush
Parcel F: ____________, M3. Last Ditch Defense
Parcel G: ____________, M3. Last Ditch Defense
Parcel H: ____________, L1. Angry Librarians
Parcel I: ____________, L1. Angry Librarians
Parcel J: ____________, L2. Headmasters Charge
Parcel K: ____________, L2. Headmasters Charge
Parcel L: Parcel 15, S1. Raging Storm
Parcel M: ____________, S2. Guionnes Betrayal
Parcel N: ____________, S2. Guionnes Betrayal
Parcel O: ____________, S2. Guionnes Betrayal
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide,
the following parcels can go in spaces above. Magic
items should be selected from your players wish lists.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 28
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 27
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 27
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 26
Trouble Sleeping
Once the PCs have had a chance to recuperate from
their last adventure, Amyria approaches them. It is
obvious that something is bothering the deva a great
deal: her gray skin is drawn and has taken on a sickly
cast, her eyes are feverish, and her normally distinct
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 25
Parcel 6: 1,000 pp, one potion of recovery, 5 ad
Parcel 7: six clear diamonds that glow with inner light
(15,000 gp each)
Parcel 8: 750 pp, mithral and celestial gold statuette
of Pelor inlaid with condensed astral fire (100,000 gp)
Parcel 9: 20 ad, one potion of recovery, 5 tempest whet-
stones (level 20, Adventurers Vault, page 190)
Parcel 10: 120 pp, one potion of recovery, 2 potions of
resistance (level 24, Adventurers Vault, page 188)
Parcel 11: celestial oak and baatorian hardwood
puzzle box inlaid with mithral (50,000 gp) contain-
ing 200,000 gp worth of residuum, gold and black
enameled astrolabe adorned with points of elemental
lightning, fire, and ice (50,000 gp)
Parcel 12: 460 pp, ritual scroll of Planar Portal and
able to foil Tiamats foul schemes. I have asked much of you
Plane Shift
Parcel 13: devil skin pouch holding 20 ad
of you to search out the identity of and recover this fateful
Parcel 14: 250 pp, a pair of mithral and black glass
bracelets chased with shifting fire (50,000 gp each),
platinum ring set with astral diamonds and frozen
lightning (50,000 gp), one potion of life
Parcel 15: The Arrow of Fate (see page 26)
white markings seem faded, almost clouded over.
She avoids answering questions about her health or
reason for seeking the characters out until they are in
private, at which point she holds up her hands to fore-
stall further questions.
Legacy of Io
I understand that this is somewhat out of the ordinary,
but I have need to speak to you without the others in the
Coalition overhearing.
I .. have not been well. The others believe that my
grief over Bahamuts passing and the progress of the war
are responsible. I have done nothing to dissuade them
of their ideas, but they are incorrect. Since the fall of the
Platinum Dragon, my dreams have been wracked by
increasingly vivid visions. Each night I see myself pierced
through with an arrow of bone wrapped with sinew and
flesh and adorned with burning runes. Silver-chased
blood spreads from my wounds and runs from the head of
the arrow. The power of these visions is frightening and
ancient beyond explanation, but I cannot describe them
as evil or malicious.
With every fiber of my being I know these visions to be
a gift, a last gift from Bahamut to his beleaguered children.
The artifact from the visions is the key; it must somehow be
before, but I cannot approach the Coalition with this. I beg
artifact, without which I fear we will all be lost.
If the heroes press her with questions, she explains
that this is all she knows, but she is certain of what
she has revealed. Amyria is visibly relieved if the PCs
agree to the search and enjoins them, for reasons she
cannot quite articulate, to begin their search in the
fabled libraries of the Swan Tower within the astral
domain of Hestavar. She offers to arrange transport
to the domain if the characters wish, explaining that
she knows an astral skiff captain by the name Jinhar
who would be willing to make a short detour and dis-
cretely drop off the heroes at the edge of the domain
as repayment for a past favor.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
7

PCs trained in Arcana or Religion know that the
astral domain and metropolis of Hestavar is the home
to Erathis, Ioun, and Pelor and is widely considered to
be the ideal of just civilization. A DC 25 check with
either skill reveals that the Swan Tower is the seat
of Ioun and perhaps the most prestigious center of
learning that exists.
Should the characters attempt to use rituals to
ferret out information regarding the mysterious
artifact, their efforts yield only silence. It seems that
something powerful is obscuring the artifact and
blocking divination attempts. If the heroes mention
this to Amyria, she is unperturbed and utterly certain
that the answers will reveal themselves when the
time is right.
Part One: The Bright City
Whether the PCs accept Amyrias offer of transport
or arrange to reach Hestavar on their own, this adven-
ture assumes they arrive with little trouble and less
excitement. If the characters havent quite reached
24th level, the journey through the astral sea could be
fraught with however much danger is necessary to get
them caught up.
At the end of the trip, the heroes are deposited
upon a pristine white sand bank that winds its way
through a peaceful lagoon sparkling in the sunlight.
Beyond the beach are open, airy buildings carved
from white marble and roofed with gold. Elegant
ships ply the lagoon and glide through the sky, dart-
ing about within the cloud of earthmotes that rises
ever higher. Manicured cobblestone streets and
breathtaking buildings of every imaginable archi-
tectural style crown these floating neighborhoods.
Hestavar, the Bright City, lies before them.
The Sand Bar
The sun-warmed sand winds toward the city ahead, the
way sprinkled with rocky outcroppings and small pools.
Tiny waves lap at the edges of the bar, contributing to the
peaceful, calming ambiance.
After encounter H1, the PCs are left with trou-
bling questions but no answers. The attacking forces
were clearly the servants of a draconic deity but
seem to have been from the celestial hosts of the late
Bahamut. Equally as disturbing and inexplicable is
the fact that the attackers seemed to know where the
characters would be. Whatever the answers to these
riddles, the ambushers left few traces and fewer clues.
If the heroes tarry overlong, a flight of twelve Angels
of Light led by an Angel of Command (see encounter
D1) arrive to investigate. Unless the PCs do some-
thing rash, such as attacking the angels, they find
little evidence and offer to escort the newcomers the
remainder of the way to the city.
Tactical Encounter: H1. A Warm Welcome
(page 14).
Legacy of Io
Hestavar
The remainder of the sojourn in the city is unevent-
ful. White sand gives way to sculpted marble and
manicured cobblestone as the characters make their
way into the city proper. The vast majority of the city
lies above them on the many earthmotes that rise to
the heavens. Even at ground level, the bustle of an
active, thriving metropolis envelops the characters.
The open, airy streets, lined with beautiful homes
and businesses of all descriptions, are thronged with
exalted going about their business and troops of
angels going about their gods business. Despite all
the activity, there remains a sense of peace and con-
tentment that no mortal city could duplicate.
Getting anywhere in a massive, bustling city built
on hundreds of independent and sometimes mobile
floating chunks of rock is a daunting task for outsiders.
Fortunately for the heroes, the natives of Hestavar take
great pride in their ability to navigate the confusing
three-dimensional maze and are more than willing
to give aid to lost travelers. The complex nature of the
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
8

Hestavar
Hestavar, the Bright City, is the pinnacle of civiliza-
tion: art, innovation, trade, and justice flourish among
the many floating earthmotes upon which the ideal
city is built. Erathis, Ioun, and Pelor reside within the
city, along with hosts of angels and exalted souls. A
scattering of beings from every mortal race inhabit or
are passing through the city at any time and might rub
shoulders with the angelic servants of other deities,
eladrin lords, or even the odd devil that comes to the
city to conduct business.
The domain consists of a great number of
earthmotes that climb above the sparkling lagoon
occupying the lower third of the domain. Hestavar
sports normal gravity, but soft drops, areas that allow
a character to float gently downward, connect many
of the earthmotes to those higher or lower.
Radiance Affinity: Creatures gain a +1 bonus
to attack rolls using radiant powers. Creatures deal
only half damage with attacks using necrotic damage
(though ongoing necrotic damage is unaffected).
Current Developments: Spurred by the recent
death of Bahamut, many of the good and unaligned
gods have come together to discuss Tiamats actions
and what they might do in response. Erathis, Ioun,
and Pelor have withdrawn from Hestavar to attend
this council, leaving the operation of the city in the
hands of its angelic bureaucracy.
city plus the fact that the natives derive much good-
natured entertainment from the bewilderment of
mortal bumpkins means that their directions, while
always accurate and precise, will seem insanely con-
voluted to foreigners. For those disinclined to navigate
on foot, astral skiffs offer ferry services to the more
popular destinations within the city for the reasonable
price of a few platinum pieces a head.
The PCs can find almost any service or item they
might be looking for within the city, and it is easy to
lose sight of their mission amid all the bounty the
Bright City has to offer. If they get too far off track,
have their path pass close by the Swan Tower or even
move up and repurpose encounter M1 by ambush-
ing them while shoppingthat should get them going
again. Regardless of whether they head straight to it
or detour, the Swan Tower is a landmark of Hestavar.
Reaching it should be simple.
Kerith-Ald, the Swan Tower
Kerith-Ald occupies the entirety of its own earthmote.
The majority of the many structures on the earthmote
are given over to the magic academy, university, and
vast library that make the tiny island of rock perhaps
the greatest center of knowledge that exists. The Swan
Tower for which the complex is named rises above all
the others and is the private resting place and retreat
of the goddess Ioun.
The fabulous library of the Swan Tower is far too
large to be contained within any single structure on
the earthmote; it is spread among several adjoining
buildings. The storied halls are overflowing with
every manner of tome, scroll, and loose paper imag-
inable, all meticulously cataloged and filed on one
of the countless shelves or in some other receptacle
by a veritable army of scribes and librarians. The
Legacy of Io
knowledge contained within the library is freely
available to all who seek it, but those that abuse this
hospitality quickly find themselves expelled and
barred from reentry by the hosts of Ioun.
During their research (i.e., once they have started
the skill challenge), the characters are approached by
an elderly gentleman. He would be indistinguishable
from the host of other scholars frequenting the library
were it not for the two small horns jutting from his
forehead, red irises, and hoofed feet that proclaim
his devilish origins. With a flourish and bow, he
introduces himself as the humble planar historian
and scholar Guionne and explains that he believes
he and the heroes are searching for the same artifact.
He, of course, has a purely academic interest in the
artifact and would be most willing to lend the PCs
his expertise in uncovering it for the chance to prove
that it does indeed exist and that his theories about
it are correct. He warns them, though, that this vein
of research earns no good will from the guardians of
the library, and that he has had to step carefully and
move circuitously in order to avoid being expelled.
Guionne seems friendly and sincere in his offer. He
will leave the characters to their own devices should
they wish it, although he does occasionally stop by to
add a helpful book to their pile, recommend a work by
a particular author, or see if they have reconsidered
his offer. Should they accept his help at any point,
Guionne is delighted and bends all his expertise
to assisting them in their search, tasking a pair of
cherub-looking creatures to fetch critical tomes as he
confers with the heroes. He is especially keen to point
out potential targets for the PCs to spy upon, sheep-
ishly blaming old habits if this is brought up.
Skill Challenge: H2. Researching the Visions
(page 15).
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
9

The Next Move
With the information gained in the previous skill
challenge in hand, the characters have some choices
to make. They can attempt each of the first three seals
in any order, but once they make their first move, the
forces of Hestavar will be alerted. That makes making
moving about the city a challenge. Before beginning,
the heroes have time to finish business in the city and
to take an extended rest if desired. When the PCs are
ready to move on a seal, proceed to the appropriate
section (Part Two, Three, or Four).
Part Two:
The Dawnbell Bastion
The Dawnbell Bastion is a light fortification and gar-
rison built and maintained by angels of Pelor upon
three small, neighboring earthmotes. The elegant
tower that rises several times the height of its sister
buildings is open at the top, revealing the bastions
primary function as home to the Dawnbell. The bell
that lends the complex its name tolls but once a day,
announcing the beginning of each day in a city that
knows no darkness.
The bastion can be reached by a soft fall that
deposits travelers onto the largest of the earthmotes
and can be left by a similar manner to reach motes
below. The guardians are accustomed to their bas-
tion being used in this manner and pay little heed
to those arriving or leaving so long as they stray no
further than the entrance to D1. The angelic defend-
ers are not aware that the Dawnbell is one of the
ancient seals, but they will brook no interference
with their masters rightful property. They have been
tasked with the defense of the bastion and will not
be swayed.
D1. Meditation Garden
The angels that inhabit the bastion use this room and
its sand garden to aid in their meditation. The doors
are left open to enable those who have become lost to
ask for assistance.
Tactical Encounter: D1. Pointed Meditation
D2. Golden Bridge
This fantastic bridge appears to be crafted from
impossibly thin sheets and arches of gold and is pains-
takingly detailed with scenes of angels battling and
emerging victorious over the forces of darkness.
Tactical Encounter: D2. Defending the Bastion
D3. Practice Hall
The larger of the two circular buildings is used by the
defenders to practice and hone their martial skills in
mock combat against each other. The angels within
keep a sharp eye out for threats to the bastion.
Tactical Encounter: D3. Defending the Bastion
D4. Tower Base
The first of three balconies that ring the tower has
gold-flecked marble walls that are pierced with
arches that provide access to the tower proper. A low
wall runs around the outer edge of the balcony.
D5. The Dawnbell
The uppermost balcony of the tower is open to the
air to allow the tolling of the Dawnbell to be heard
throughout the city. The archangel tasked with the
defense of the bell can be found within this area at
all times.
Tactical Encounter: D5. For Whom the Bell Tolls
Legacy of Io
Hestavar Alerted
The characters attacks stir the Bright Guard and
allied angelic forces into action. Bands of exalted take
to the streets as flights of angels search from the air,
forcing the heroes to tread carefully or attract the
attention of the authorities.
Skill Challenge: H3. Dodging the Law
Part Three:
The Seal of Erathis
The earthmote and mercantile district known as
Methion is one of the most diverse and cosmopolitan
markets to be found anywhere. Only the bazaar in the
City of Brass comes close, and while artisans of Hes-
tavar might grudgingly concede that the arms traded
in the bazaar are more destructive, they are quick to
point out that the markets of Methion are unequaled
for weapons more sophisticated than a sharpened
metal stick.
The earthmote is also home to the majority of the
exalted houses dedicated to Erathis and involved in
the Game of Making. It is here that the goddess chose
to bind her seal, working it into the very ground of the
main market square. Thousands of merchants and
customers make their way across the seal each day,
unaware of what lies beneath their feet.
Methion Side Streets
The back alleys and side streets in Hestavar may be
cleaner and better lit than in any mortal city, but
danger lurks even in the heart of the Bright City.
Once again the celestial hosts of Bahamut seem to
have it in for the PCs, but this time they are accompa-
nied by disturbing new allies.
Tactical Encounter: M1. Back Alley Ambush
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
10

Market Square
The central market square of Methion teems with
activity, barely slackening in the slightest even during
the hours normally reserved for resting. Whether
just passing through or browsing among the tempo-
rary stalls and carts that spring up across the square,
thousands tread each day upon the massive symbol
of Erathis that is emblazoned upon the flagstones.
A small force of exalted soldiery moves through the
crowd at all hours, keeping the peace and ensuring
that thievery is all but unknown.
Tactical Encounter: M2. Market Day
Erathiss Faithful
When the characters attempt to disrupt the seal,
the following tactical encounter is triggered as the
seal summons the faithful to defend their mistresss
property.
Tactical Encounter: M3. Last Ditch Defense
Hestavar Alerted
The heroes attacks stir the Bright Guard and allied
angelic forces into action. Bands of exalted take to the
streets as flights of angels search from the air, forcing
the PCs to tread carefully or attract the attention of
the authorities.
Skill Challenge: H3. Dodging the Law
Part Four:
The Sealed Library
Rather than defend her seal with angelic steel as Pelor
chose to do or with the weight of civilization as Erathis
did, Ioun hid hers away within the Sealed Library,
a marvelous construction which is itself hidden in
the fabric of the domain. Within its confines, trusted
scholars have long worked on sensitive projects for
their lady while standing vigil over the seal.
The open and well lit interior seems at odds with
its cloistered nature, but the structure of the place is
designed to promote contemplation while fostering
research and advancement. The vast shelves could
never contain the sheer quantity of lore required by
the scholars ensconced within the library. They are
tied through ancient ritual to every library that wel-
comes Iouns presence. Books slip from the world and
beyond to stock the shelves of the library before shift-
ing back when no one is watching.
Searching the Streets
Entrances to the Sealed Library are hidden through-
out the city, allowing the scholars to move about and
gather whatever they might need for their work. Dead
ends to back alleys behind alchemists shops and
spare rooms in rare book sellers stores are the places
the characters must search, all without arousing
unwanted suspicion.
Skill Challenge: L0. Unearthing the library
L1. The Library
Travelers to the library arrive in this room after step-
ping through one of the many doorways in Hestavar
to emerge from the portal that ties them all together.
The scholars who work within the library use this
room to conduct their research, meditate on obscure
arcanisms, and verbally spar with one another.
Tactical Encounter: L1. Angry Librarians
L2. Headmasters Office
This well-furnished office is used by the scholar
appointed by Ioun to oversee the running of the
library. In addition to such duties, the headmaster
also uses to the office to conduct private research and
entertain guests who have been granted access to the
library by the goddess.
Tactical Encounter: L2. Headmasters Charge
Legacy of Io
Hestavar Alerted
The heroes attacks stir the Bright Guard and allied
angelic forces into action. Bands of exalted take to the
streets as flights of angels search from the air, forcing
the PCs to tread carefully or attract the attention of
the authorities.
Skill Challenge: H3. Dodging the Law
Part Five: Storms Fury
With each seal opened, the storm that rages perpetu-
ally over the district known as the Salts grows more
intense. The breaking of the third seal is heralded by
shrieking winds and roaring thunder. The uninhab-
ited islands near to the center of the gale are raked
with lightning as the storms rage reaches heights
never before seen and the waters of the lagoon begin
to flow inward toward the eye of the storm.
It is in the eye, where no immortal dares to tread,
that the final seal was placed, bound into an all but
forgotten terror from the war at creations beginning:
Nakheten, the raging storm, a powerful storm titan
lieutenant of the primordial Heur-Ket. Eons of captiv-
ity have not been kind to the storm titan, but while he
is only a shadow of his former self, he remains a ter-
rible force of insane rage and hatred.
Eye of the Storm
Within a cage formed of deific magic, Nakheten rages
upon the scoured lagoon bed. The storm above roars
and thunders in echo of his fury as he drives the
waters of the lagoon into a frothing wall of destruction
in a bid to free himself and resume his masters work.
Tactical Encounter: S1. Raging Storm
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
11

Washed Up
This nameless, uninhabited island lies near the heart
of the storm. Its location and unique, bladelike rock
formations ensure that a steady stream of waterlogged
flotsam washes up with each tide. After the death of
Nakheten sees the lagoon crashing back to reclaim
the battlefield, the characters become just such
refuse. Guionne and his devilish entourage are aware
of the islands peculiar nature and have come to see
what the tide drags in.
Tactical Encounter: S2. Guionnes Betrayal
Concluding the Adventure
Guionnes defeat sees the heroes free to flee the city
unopposed, a wise course of action considering the
forces of Hestavar are only expanding the hunt. With
the Arrow of Fate in hand, the PCs have succeeded
in their quest and undoubtedly secured a powerful
artifact for the war against Tiamat, but the cost of this
triumph is high and the repercussions of their actions
are sure to be far reaching.
Roleplaying the
Arrow of Fate
The Arrow of Fate does not communicate directly
with its bearer, although latent emotions imprinted
upon the Arrow do occasionally spill over. Normally
these are confined to inf luencing preexisting feel-
ings, nudging the bearer along rather than leading
her. The only encounters that prompt the Arrow to
directly inf luence its bearer are those with the ser-
vants of the primordial known as the King of Terror
(toward which the bearer feels and unreasoning
hatred); plots to resurrect that primordial; or stum-
bling across some long-forgotten method of reuniting
Ios sundered halves.
The Arrow of Fate
Arrow of Fate Epic Level
An ancient shard of the fallen dragon god Ios physical form,
the Arrow of Fate is a powerful weapon against the primordi-
als and their servants. As a fragment of a greater god, the
artifact is equally effective against the divine, for what better
to harm a god with than a piece of another? The Arrow, cre-
ated from the essence of the one that gave rise to them, also
holds great power over the children of Io.
The Arrow of Fate can function as a rod, staff, or wand, as
any weapon of the spear group, or as ammunition for a
crossbow, longbow, or shortbow (in which case it overrides
any enchantment the bow or crossbow may carry).
Whatever its form, it is a +6 weapon of that type.
Enhancement: Attack rolls and damage rolls
Critical: +6d8 damage, or +6d12 damage against dragons and
creatures with the elemental or immortal origin
Property: Attacks using the Arrow of Fate ignore the first 5
points of resistance a dragon or creature with the elemental
or immortal origin has, if any, to the damage.
Power (At-will): Minor Action: The Arrow of Fate transforms
from its current form into one of the other implements,
weapons, or ammunitions listed above.
Power (Daily F Fire, Radiant): Standard Action. You breathe
forth a blast of fire charged with the energy of the astral
sea: Close blast 3; Constitution + 6 vs. Reflex; 4d12 + 8 fire
and radiant damage. Miss: Half damage.
Legacy of Io
Goals of the Arrow of Fate
F Destroy the primordials and their servants
F Protect the world for which Io fought and was
destroyed
F Prevent the twin halves of Io, the gods Tiamat and
Bahamut, from resolving their eternal conflict by
permanently destroying their opposite
Concordance
Starting score 5
Owner gains a level +1d10
Owner slays a primordial +2
Owner kills a servant +1
of a primordial (max 1/day)
Owner completes a quest to restore +1
balance between Tiamat and Bahamut
Owner flees from combat with a 1
primordial or servants of one
Owner knowingly aids a 1
primordial or its servants
Pleased (16-20)
The essence of the sundered god and I are as one.
The Arrow of Fate has found a worthy bearer to
entrust with its power.
Property: Attacks using the Arrow of Fate ignore the first 15
points of resistance a dragon or creature with the elemental
or immortal origin has against the damage.
Property: Once per day, the Arrow of Fate can be used to
perform the Raise Dead ritual without the need for
components or its bearer having the ritual caster feat.
Power (Encounter F Fire, Radiant): Standard Action. You
breathe forth a blast of fire charged with the energy of
the astral sea: Close blast 5; Constitution + 6 vs. Reflex;
4d12 + 8 fire and radiant damage. Miss: Half damage. This
supersedes the normal close blast attack granted by the
artifact.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
12

Satisfied (12-15)
I have routed the enemies of creation. With the Arrows
help, I will drive them before me.
The Arrow of Fate senses great promise in its
bearer, granting increased powers to enable the
bearer to achieve it.
Property: Attacks using the Arrow of Fate ignore the first 10
points of resistance a dragon or creature with the elemental
or immortal origin has against the damage.
Power (Daily F Fire, Radiant): Standard Action. You breathe
forth a blast of fire charged with the energy of the astral
sea: Close blast 5; Constitution + 6 vs. Reflex; 4d12 + 8 fire
and radiant damage. Miss: Half damage. This supersedes the
normal close blast attack granted by the artifact.
Power (Daily F Fear): Standard Action. An aura of majestic
terror washes over your enemies: Close burst 10; targets
enemies; Constitution +6 or Charisma +6 vs. Will; the
target is stunned until the end of your next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
Normal (5-11)
The threats to creation are endless. Another warrior is
always welcomed.
Anyone willing to safeguard the world or oppose
the primordials earns at least a passing chance from
the Arrow of Fate.
Unsatisfied (1-4)
Flight is unbefitting when the world is at stake.
The Arrow begins to find its bearer lacking and to
withdraw its blessings.
Special: You take a 2 penalty to attack rolls and damage
rolls against creatures other than servants of a primordial
or those with the elemental origin. This penalty applies
whether you are using or merely carrying the Arrow.
Displeased (0 or Lower)
Cowardice in the face of or allying with the forces that seek
to undo creation is unforgivable.
The Arrow is disgusted with its bearer. Only a
sudden or dramatic turn of events will prevent it from
abandoning the failed bearer in short order.
Special: You take a 5 penalty to attack rolls and damage
rolls against creatures other than servants of a primordial
or those with the elemental origin. This penalty applies
whether you are using or merely carrying the Arrow.
Special: Whenever you move away from an enemy without
ending closer to another or making an attack that round,
the Arrow makes the following attack against you as an
immediate interrupt: Constitution +6 vs. Will; the target is
slowed until the start of its next turn.
Legacy of Io
Moving On
The Arrow has given me what aid it can. It is time to stand
on my own.
The Arrow of Fate believes it has accomplished what
it can with its current bearer and that its goals would
be better served elsewhere.
When the bearer next gains a level, the Arrow
of Fate disappears, continuing its eternal struggle
elsewhere. If its concordance was at least 5, it leaves
behind a +6 elementalbane version of its current or
most used form. If this form is an implement, the
daily power deals 2d10 rather than 2[W] damage
and uses the owners primary casting stat in place of
Strength.
Until it moves on, the Arrow of Fate retains all the
powers and properties appropriate for its current
concordance.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
13

H1. A Warm Welcome
Encounter Level 25 (39,500 XP)
Setup
2 silver dragons errant (D)
12 angels of light (Off top and right edges of map)
A strike force, seemingly from the celestial hosts
of Bahamut, lies in wait for the characters to begin
crossing the open sandbar. Once their prey is
exposed, the dragons lead their angelic minions in a
glorious charge.
When the dragons begin their attack, read:
A shining pair of silver dragons plummets toward you
with a thunderous roar, their eagerness obviously getting
the better of their tactical sense. A dozen brilliant angelic
figures follow silently and purposefully behind, their
burning glaives held at the ready.
12 Angels of Light Level 23 Minion Skirmisher
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 1,275 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also death
burst.
AC 37; Fortitude 34, Reflex 34, Will 36
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Angelic Glaive (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +28 vs. AC; 15 damage.
C Death Burst (when the angel of light drops to 0 hit points)
FRadiant
The angel of light explodes in a burst of radiant light: close
burst 10; targets enemies; +26 vs. Fortitude; the target is
blinded until the end of its next turn. Effect: Angels in the
burst gain 10 temporary hit points.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Str 18 (+15) Dex 23 (+17) Wis 27 (+19)
Con 23 (+17) Int 15 (+13) Cha 23 (+17)
Equipment glaive.
Legacy of Io
Tactics to take down a single target rather than randomly
charging into the fray.
The dragons brashly rush into combat and lead off
The angels fight to the end, but a dragon pulls back
with their most powerful attacks. They use breath
to the edges of the combat to launch breath weapon
weapon whenever it recharges, laying about them-
selves with tail smash or errants fury when their more
attacks when seriously injured. Should both dragons
be in danger of dying, they flee, leaving the angels to
impressive abilities are unavailable. The angels are
their fate.
more methodical, setting up flanks and ganging up
2 Silver Dragons Errant (D) Level 24 Elite Brute
Features of the Area
Huge natural magical beast (dragon) XP 12,100 each Illumination: Bright light.
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +19; darkvision Rock Outcroppings: These rocky outcroppings
HP 564; Bloodied 282; see also bloodied breath
AC 36; Fortitude 38, Reflex 35, Will 34 are 10 feet tall. They can be climbed with a DC 24
Resist 30 cold Athletics check. The central outcropping is pierced by
Saving Throws +2 an arch large enough for medium creatures to operate
Speed 10, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 15
in freely. Creatures under the arch gain cover from
Action Points 1
m Bite (standard; at-will) attacks originating above them.
Reach 2; +27 vs. AC; 4d6 + 8 damage. Water: Both the small pool and the lagoon are rel-
m Claw (standard; at-will)
atively shallow and can be moved through but count
Reach 2; +27 vs. AC; 2d8 + 8 damage.
C Tail Smash (standard; at-will) as difficult terrain.
Close blast 3; one, two, or three enemies in blast; +25 vs.
AC; 4d6 + 8 damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
M Errants Fury (standard; at-will)
The silver dragon errant makes two claw attacks and one
bite attack.
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge ) F Cold
Close blast 5; +23 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 8 cold damage, and the
target gains vulnerable 10 to all damage (save ends). Miss:
Half damage.
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) F
Cold
Breath weapon recharges, and the silver dragon errant
uses it.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) F Fear
Close burst 10; targets enemies; +23 vs. Will; the target
is stunned until the end of the silver dragon errants next
turn. Aftereffect: The target takes a -2 penalty to attack
rolls (save ends).
Unstoppable
A silver dragon errant makes saving throws against
ongoing damage at the start of its turn as well as at the end
of its turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +19
Str 31 (+21) Dex 24 (+19) Wis 14 (+14)
Con 26 (+20) Int 14 (+14) Cha 22 (+18) No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
14

H2. Researching
the Visions
Encounter Level 24 (30,250 XP)
Setup
The Swan Tower is home to quite possibly the finest
university, magic academy, and library to be found
among the planes. If the information the heroes seek
on Amyrias strange visions and the artifact depicted
within can be uncovered anywhere, the prestigious
halls of the Swan Tower will hold the answers.
Researching the Visions Level 24
Skill Challenge XP 30,250
The halls of Kerith-Ald are steeped in lore long forgotten
elsewhere. Somewhere within the Swan Tower, an ancient
tome or equally ancient scholar must hold the answers.
Complexity
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Bluff, History, Religion, Stealth
Secondary Skills
Diplomacy, Insight, Streetwise
Victory
The PCs manage to uncover the information contained
within the sidebar on page 16.
Defeat
The characters not only fail to uncover the information they
need, but their antics and the fact that they were delving
into sensitive areas get them barred from returning to the
library for a year and a day.
Arcana (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
The hero delves through the countless works of obscure arcana
searching for anything relevant or draws out useful information
by engaging in discourse with another scholar versed in the
subject.
Bluff (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
Posing as a visiting devotee of ancient divine lore or promising
to credit a scholar in the groundbreaking paper the PC is this
close to finishing, the character gleans useful information from
the inhabitants of the Swan Tower.
Diplomacy (DC 29 or 33, 0 successes)
A success on this check does not count as a success for
the challenge but does grant a +2 bonus to the next skill
check. Likewise, failure does not count as a failure for the
challenge but instead imposes a 2 penalty to the next skill
check. Alternatively, a character can use this skill to remove
one failure caused by the use of Intimidate, with success on
a DC 33 check. Success removes the failure but grants no
other bonus, while failure still imposes a 2 penalty to the
next skill check.
The character smoothes the way with their considerate
approach, removing problems before they occur and ensuring
everyone remains happy.
History (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
The hero finds links to other historical events. By working
backward from those, she uncovers information the party seeks.
Insight (DC 29, 0 successes)
A success on this check does not count as a success for
the challenge but does grant a +2 bonus to the next skill
check. Likewise, failure does not count as a failure for the
challenge but instead imposes a 2 penalty to the next skill
check.
The PC scouts out scholars that seem to have the knowledge
necessary, setting them up for other characters, or uses their
skills to keep the rest of the party motivated and focused.
Intimidate
Attempts to use Intimidate result in an automatic failure.
The inhabitants of the Swan Tower are either immovable
extensions of divine will or break down and babble incoherently
when confronted, yielding no useful information either way.
Such strongarm tactics do, however, draw the attention of the
towers angelic guardians.
Religion (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
Sifting through the archives on the ancient history of the divine,
guided by the characters knowledge of the players involved, or
engaging in theological debate earns the hero a vital bit of lore.
Stealth (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
The PC manages to slip quietly into a portion of the library
where he or she wouldnt normally be allowed and overhears a
juicy bit of information regarding the artifact.
Legacy of Io
Streetwise (DC 29, 0 successes)
A success on this check does not count as a success for
the challenge but does grant a +2 bonus to the next skill
check. Likewise, failure does not count as a failure for the
challenge but instead imposes a 2 penalty to the next skill
check.
Even in the cloistered libraries of the Kerith-Ald there are things
people are willing to trade favors for. Credit, time with rare
tomes, access to a rivals notes; the character facilitates these
things, turning favors earned to the advantage of the party.
Once the heroes begin the skill challenge, Guionne
(who keeps a close eye on the goings-on at the library)
approaches them and offers his services. Should they
accept his offer of assistance, his insights provide a +2
bonus to all checks made from that point on. Even if
the characters refuse his first offer of help, he leaves
them with a tip that proves accurate and provides a
+2 bonus to the next check made (alternatively, the
DM may reveal an approach to this skill challenge
that the players havent thought of, such as the use
of Streetwise). Guionne approaches a second time
after that check, hoping his beneficial aid changed
the characters minds. He can approach the group as
a whole or single out one or two characters whom he
deems the most likely to welcome his help.
Development
Success in the challenge reveals the enormity of the
task ahead of the heroes, what might be at stake, and
the far-reaching repercussions of removing the Arrow
of Fate from Hestavar. If the PCs accepted Guionnes
help during their research, he hovers nearby while
the characters discuss their options and next move.
If not, than he eavesdrops on the discussion anyway.
At an appropriate time, he interjects himself into
the conversation, claiming to feel solidarity with the
heroes and offering his assistance once more. He
is quite sure the servants of the three gods that call
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
15

The Arrow of Fate
During their research into the strange visions plagu-
ing Amyria, the characters uncover the following
information.
The flesh-wrapped bone arrow described by
Amyria appears to be the artifact known as the Arrow
of Fate, a relic from the terrible Dawn War, when gods
fought primordials for control of the world. The origi-
nal dragon god Io was cut down during that struggle
by the primordial known as the King of Terror. When
the sundered halves of the deity fell to the ground,
they sprang up as the twin gods Tiamat and Bahamut.
A single fragment of Ios physical form remained sepa-
rated from the newly birthed gods, and it was this tiny
shard of divinity that became the Arrow.
The Arrow of Fate is a potent weapon against both
the primordial and the divine, forged as it was during
the upheaval of the Dawn War. As time wore on,
claims arose that it was capable of exerting a powerful
influence over the forces of life and death. Eventually
the artifact became an issue of contention between
the archdevil Asmodeus and the trio of gods Erathis,
Ioun, and Pelor. Asmodeus sought access to Hestavars
knowledge for his devils and followers. In a show of
cooperation characteristic of an earlier age, the three
gods granted this, but only with guarantees that
Asmodeus and his adherents would treat Hestavar, its
environs, and the souls of its inhabitants as strictly off-
limits for their usual deviltry. Asmodeus agreed, and
to cement this bargain, the Arrow of Fate was locked
away in Hestavar on condition that the pact would
stand for as long as the Arrow remained within the
city. Sealing away the Arrow was Asmodeuss sugges-
tion, but it suited the interests of all parties.
To safeguard the Arrow and ensure that the accord
would last, Erathis, Ioun, and Pelor wove a great ritual
in four parts, one for each of the deities and a fourth
representing their collaboration. Each of the gods
warded their seal in their own way. Pelor forged his
into the form of a great bell that would announce the
coming of dawn and set a garrison of angels to watch
over the bastion constructed to hold it. Erathis bound
her seal into the very flagstones of the largest market
square upon the mercantile earthmote and neighbor-
hood of Methion. Ioun secreted hers away within the
Sealed Library, a cloistered haven hidden within the
fabric of the domain, where a trusted few researched
sensitive projects for their lady. The fourth seal, pro-
tected by the first three, rests under the constant
storm that marks the Salts district. It is accessible
only should each of the others be undone. Even so, the
gods set a terrible foe from the Dawn War to guard
the Arrow from any who would disturb it.
Legacy of Io
Hestavar home will not be understanding of the PCs
quest and will react badly to any attempts to open
the seals. Guionne cannot aid in the coming battles
that he sees as inevitable, both because he has no
skill for such things and because of the pact between
Asmodeus and Hestavar. He can offer the characters
the use of two houses in the city. Guionne is certain
that no one could trace them to back to him, and
they could be invaluable to the characters as safe
havens. Whether or not the heroes accept his offer of
sanctuary, Guionne gives them the addresses before
departing quietly to avoid attracting undue attention.
Failure leaves the heroes in a difficult position.
Not only are they still in the dark about the nature
of the Arrow of Fate, but they are barred from fur-
ther research in the library. Fortunately for them,
Guionne is not considered part of their cabal and is
not expelled from the library. He offers to share his
research with the characters, claiming that with their
insights, hell be able to uncover the truth in just a few
days. Should they agree, he returns with the infor-
mation in two days, at which point he suggests the
heroes make use of his two safe houses, as above. If
the PCs adamantly refuse to have anything to do with
Guionne and fail the challenge, they return to where
they are staying to find a courier has dropped off an
anonymous packet of concise information regarding
the seals, complete with warnings about the authori-
ties reactions and the locations of two safe houses.
This, of course, came from Guionne.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
16

H3. Dodging the Law
Encounter Level 24 (12,100 XP)
Setup
After the characters launch an attack upon or open
one of the first three seals, the peacekeeping forces of
Hestavar scramble to apprehend the violent crimi-
nals. Once alerted, exalted patrols begin sweeping
the streets as flights of angels search from the skies.
This makes moving about the city a difficult prospect
if the heroes wish to avoid confrontation with the
authorities.
These patrols continue for the duration of this
adventure, meaning that the PCs will engage in this
skill challenge three times, once after breaking each
seal.
Dodging the Law Level 24
Skill Challenge XP 12,100
Exalted and angelic patrols are out in force, combing the streets
for the characters. The party must tread lightly or draw
unwanted attention.
Complexity
2 (requires 6 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Insight, Stealth, Streetwise
Secondary Skills
Intimidate, Perception
Victory
The heroes manage to evade the forces of justice.
Defeat
The PCs are discovered and set upon by a patrol; see
Development.
Insight (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
After observing the patterns of the patrols, the characters
recognize a safe time to leave the area.
Legacy of Io
Intimidate (DC 29, 0 successes)
A success on this check does not count as a success for
the challenge but does grant a +2 bonus to the next skill
check. Likewise, failure does not count as a failure for the
challenge but instead imposes a 2 penalty to the next skill
check.
The hero pressures those that have seen the party to remain
quiet or suffer unpleasant consequences. The risk, of course, is
that they will run to the authorities all the faster once the PC
moves on.
Perception (DC 29, 0 successes)
A success on this check does not count as a success for
the challenge but does grant a +2 bonus to the next skill
check. Likewise, failure does not count as a failure for the
challenge but instead imposes a 2 penalty to the next skill
check.
The characters notice a sheltered back alley or unorthodox path
across the earthmotes that seems lightly traveled and might
therefore be lightly patrolled.
Stealth (DC 28, 1 success, no maximum)
Attempts to use this skill suffer a 2 penalty for each party
member that is not trained in Stealth.
The character coaches the rest of the party on the art of stealth,
attempting to slip the group past the patrols unnoticed.
Streetwise (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
The maze of streets and alleys is a second home to the PC, her
keen understanding of the urban jungle enabling her to guide
the party down paths the law would never think to check.
Development
Success lets the characters avoid the patrols search-
ing for them as they move about the city. Failure
means the heroes are spotted by a patrol that consists
of either one Angel of Command and five Angels of
Light (see D1 for stats) or one Exalted Captain and
four Exalted Patrollers (see M2 for their stats). After
fleeing the scene or dealing with the patrol, the PCs
are able to make it to their destination.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
17

D1. Pointed
Meditation
Encounter Level 25 (35,050 XP)
Setup
2 angels of command (C)
2 angels of authority (A)
10 angels of light (L)
Gleaming doors seemingly crafted from solid gold
and covered with bas-reliefs of angels triumphing
over the forces of darkness are thrown open, reveal-
ing a scene of intense serenity. An immaculately
manicured sand garden lies surrounded by reflect-
ing pools in the center of a circular room. A number
of angelic figures in deep contemplation are spread
about the area or perched on the balcony that runs
the circumference of the room.
10 Angels Level 23 Minion Skirmisher
of Light (L)
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 1,275 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also death
burst.
AC 37; Fortitude 34, Reflex 34, Will 36
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Angelic Glaive (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +28 vs. AC; 15 damage.
C Death Burst (when the angel of light drops to 0 hit points)
F Radiant
The angel of light explodes in a burst of radiant light: close
burst 10; targets enemies; +26 vs. Fortitude; the target is
blinded until the end of its next turn. Effect: Angels in the
burst gain 10 temporary hit points.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Str 18 (+15) Dex 23 (+17) Wis 27 (+19)
Con 23 (+17) Int 15 (+13) Cha 23 (+17)
Equipment glaive
If this is the first seal the characters attempt to
open, the nearest angel turns from its meditation
when the heroes enter the room and addresses them:
Welcome to the Dawnbell Bastion, citizens. There is no
shame in seeking guidance in the Bright City, for none
are truly lost who seek the path. Where is it that you
desire to go?
Should the PCs name a destination, the angel pro-
vides detailed and precise directions. If the characters
attempt to move past the angel or respond that they
wish to proceed farther into the bastion, angels move
to block off the stairs and the original angel states:
None may trespass within the bastion by the will of the
lord Pelor. It is time for you to leave.
The angels will not make the first move, but it is
obvious that they will not be swayed in their duty.
Violence or attempts to forcibly push past an angel to
gain the stairs, along with any other means of moving
further into the bastion, cause the angels to attack.
If this is not the first seal the heroes have visited,
the angels recognize them and attack once the char-
acters are in the room.
Tactics
The angels of command lead the charge, one attempt-
ing to catch as many PCs as possible with its edict of
honor while the other uses honor strike to immobilize
the most dangerous-looking foe. They attempt to
keep as many characters as possible marked in order
to gain the benefits of lead the faithful and to protect
their allies, employing from one, many at the first
opportunity.
Legacy of Io
The angels of authority hang back, preferably on
the second level, to blast at the party. They fly for-
ward to unleash majestic rally when it is available. The
angels of light swarm the foe, setting up flanks for
themselves and the angels of command and focus-
ing their attacks on critical targets. A few might hang
back to prevent loose PCs from moving up the stairs
to attack the angels of authority.
The angels fight intelligently and methodically to
the end.
2 Angels Level 22 Controller (Leader)
of Authority (A)
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 4,150 each
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +18
HP 203; Bloodied 101
AC 36; Fortitude 32, Reflex 34, Will 35
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) F Radiant, Weapon
Reach 2; +27 vs. AC; 1d10 + 8 damage plus 1d10 radiant
damage.
R Lightning Bolt (standard; at-will) F Lightning
Ranged 10; +26 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 8 lightning damage,
and the target is dazed until the end of the angel of
authoritys next turn.
C Majestic Rally (standard; recharge ) F Radiant,
Thunder
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +26 vs. Will; 1d10 + 8
radiant damage plus 1d10 thunder damage, and the target
is weakened (save ends). Miss: Half damage. Effect: Any
angel within the burst gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls until
the end of the angel of authoritys next turn.
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against the angel of authority takes a 2 penalty
to the attack roll.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Insight +23, Religion +23
Str 20(+16) Dex 22(+17) Wis 25 (+18)
Con 19(+15) Int 24(+18) Cha 27(+19)
Equipment plate armor, quarterstaff
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
18
 Legacy of Io

2 Angels Level 25 Soldier (Leader) Features of the Area

of Command (C)
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 7,000 each Illumination: Bright light streams through the
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +18 many arrow slits in the second story.
HP 234; Bloodied 117 Ref lecting Pools: The pools are knee deep and
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 36
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
are difficult terrain.
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover) Sand Garden: The sand garden can be moved
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon through freely, although this destroys the carefully
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is
tended designs. Clambering onto one of the large
marked until the end of the angel of commands next turn.
M Honor Strike (standard; recharge ) F Radiant, Weapon rocks takes an extra square of movement.
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage and the target Stairs: Squares containing stairs are difficult
is marked, immobilized, and takes ongoing 15 radiant terrain.
damage (save ends all).
C Edict of Honor (standard; recharges when first bloodied) F Second Story: The second story is open over the
Thunder center of the room and has no railing. Characters
Close burst 3; +28 vs. Will; 3d8 + 9 thunder damage, that fall from the
and the target is marked until the end of the angel of
second story take
commands next turn, and the angel of command pulls the
target 2 squares. 2d10 damage.
Lead the Faithful
Allies deal 5 extra radiant damage when they hit a creature
marked by an angel of command.
From One, Many (immediate reaction when an angel minion
ally within 5 squares is reduced to 0 or fewer hit points;
encounter)
Four angel minions of the same type rise from the remains
of the triggering angelic minion. These minions appear
in the square in which the triggering minion fell, or the
nearest unoccupied square. The new minions act on the
same initiative count as the triggering minion.
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against the angel of command takes a 2
penalty to the attack roll.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +19
Str 29 (+21) Dex 21 (+17) Wis 22 (+18)
Con 26 (+20) Int 25 (+19) Cha 22 (+18)
Equipment full plate, heavy shield, longsword

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
19

D3. Defending the
Bastion
Encounter Level 24 (34,075 XP)
Setup
1 angel of command (C)
1 angel of supremacy (S)
2 angels of thunder (T)
7 angels of light (L)
Where this encounter occurs depends on the charac-
ters. If they attack into area D3, they catch the angels
unawares. The characters earn a surprise round, and
the encounter begins with the angels in the positions
marked. If the heroes strike out across the bridge
(area D2) that leads to area D4 of the tower, the angels
of thunder automatically see them as they move onto
the bridge and the encounter will be fought primarily
on the bridge and in area D4 of the tower.
7 Angels Level 23 Minion Skirmisher
of Light (L)
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 1,275 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also death
burst.
AC 37; Fortitude 34, Reflex 34, Will 36
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Angelic Glaive (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +28 vs. AC; 15 damage.
C Death Burst (when the angel of light drops to 0 hit points)
F Radiant
The angel of light explodes in a burst of radiant light: close
burst 10; targets enemies; +26 vs. Fortitude; the target is
blinded until the end of its next turn. Effect: Angels in the
burst gain 10 temporary hit points.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Str 18 (+16) Dex 23 (+18) Wis 27 (+20)
Con 23 (+18) Int 15 (+14) Cha 23 (+18)
Equipment glaive
Angel of Supremacy (S) Level 24 Soldier
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 6,050
Initiative +19
HP 226; Bloodied 113
Senses Perception +18
AC 40; Fortitude 38, Reflex 36, Will 35
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Spear (standard; at-will) F Thunder, Weapon
Reach 3; +31 vs. AC; 1d10 + 9 damage plus 1d10 thunder
damage.
R Light of Justice (standard; encounter) F Radiant
Ranged 10; +29 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 9 radiant damage.
Effect: The target is marked until the end of the encounter.
Summons to Justice (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged sight; targets creatures marked by the angel of
supremacy; no attack roll; the angel of supremacy pulls the
target 1 square.
Astral Brilliance (standard; encounter) F Radiant, Zone
Close burst 3; +29 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 9 radiant damage.
Effect The burst creates a zone of radiance that lasts until
the end of the encounter. The angel of supremacys spear
attack deals 1d10 extra radiant damage while the angel is
within the zone.
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against the angel of supremacy takes a 2
penalty to the attack roll.
Threatening Reach
An angel of supremacy can make opportunity attacks
against all enemies in reach.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +21
Str 29 (+21) Dex 21 (+17) Wis 22 (+18)
Con 26(+20) Int 25 (+19) Cha 19(+16)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, spear
Tactics
If the encounter takes place in area D3, the angels
are surprised by the heroes. The angel of command
and angel of supremacy, who were sparring, fly up
to engage the PCs and keep them from reaching the
angels of thunder. The angels of light swarm forward,
ganging up on characters to bring them down. The
two angels of thunder hang back and fire into the
heroes from the safest spot they can find, using thun-
der wing to escape melee.
Legacy of Io
If the PCs move onto the bridge (area D2), an
angel of thunder spots them immediately. The angels
of light fly out to engage the characters as they cross
the bridge while the two angels of thunder blast away
at the party. The angel of command and the angel of
supremacy move out the following round and position
themselves to prevent the heroes from crossing the
bridge. If the PCs withdraw to maximum range or if
the combat drags on for more than five rounds, then
the angels of thunder abandon their defensive posi-
tions and attempt to hurl the characters off the bridge
with their thunder wing power.
The angels fight to the death.
2 Angels of Thunder (T) Level 24 Artillery
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 6,050 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +20
HP 173; Bloodied 86
AC 36; Fortitude 34, Reflex 36, Will 37
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 10, fly 12 (hover)
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) F Thunder, Weapon
Reach 2; +31 vs. AC; 1d6 + 8 damage plus 1d10 thunder
damage.
R Thunder Crack (standard; at-will) F Thunder
Ranged 20; +29 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 8 thunder damage,
and the target is knocked prone.
C Thunder Wing (standard; at-will) F Thunder
Close burst 3; targets enemies; +29 vs. Fortitude; 2d6
+ 8 thunder damage, and the angel of thunder pushes
the target 2 squares. Effect: The angel of thunder shifts 2
squares.
R Dancing Lightning (standard; recharge ) F Lightning
Ranged 20; targets one, two, or three enemies in range;
+29 vs. Reflex; 3d12 + 8 lightning damage.
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against the angel of authority takes a 2 penalty
to the attack roll.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Insight +23, Religion +23
Str 20(+16) Dex 22(+17) Wis 25 (+18)
Con 19(+15) Int 24(+18) Cha 27(+19)
Equipment quarterstaff
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
20
 Legacy of Io

Angel Level 25 Soldier (Leader) Features of the Area Combat Matting: The ground floor of area D3 is
of Command (C) covered with thick mats to prevent injuries occurring
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 7,000 Illumination: Bright light illuminates all the pos-
while the angels spar. Falling from the second story
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +18 sible combat arenas.
HP 234; Bloodied 117 incurs no damage as the padding absorbs the force,
Stairs: Squares containing stairs are difficult
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 36 but does still knock one prone.
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
terrain.
Arrow Slits: The arrow slits on the second story of
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover) Doors: The golden doors to area D3 and D4 are
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon D3 give the occupants cover but do not restrict their
not barred and can be opened easily.
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is ability to attack out.
Golden Bridge: The bridge (area D2), despite the
marked until the end of the angel of commands next turn. Tower Balcony: The balcony of area D4 is
M Honor Strike (standard; recharge ) F Radiant, Weapon airy feeling of its construction, is stable and movement
enclosed behind a low wall which grants cover to
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage and the target across the bridge incurs no penalties. The bridge is
is marked, immobilized, and takes ongoing 15 radiant medium-sized creatures behind it. A series of arches
open to the air, and any creature forced off faces a long
damage (save ends all). provide access to the towers interior. Large creatures
C Edict of Honor (standard; recharges when first bloodied) F drop to the nearest earthmote below. The low rail-
must squeeze to fit onto the balcony but can pass
Thunder ing allows a creature a saving throw to avoid the fall,
Close burst 3; +28 vs. Will; 3d8 + 9 thunder damage,
through the arches unhindered.
with those successful
and the target is marked until the end of the angel of
falling prone in the
commands next turn, and the angel of command pulls the
target 2 squares. nearest square on the
Lead the Faithful bridge. Those that
Allies deal 5 extra radiant damage when they hit a creature fail fall 100 feet, take
marked by an angel of command.
From One, Many (immediate reaction when an angel minion
10d10 falling damage,
ally within 5 squares is reduced to zero or fewer hit points; and are going to have
encounter) a hard time return-
Four angel minions of the same type rise from the remains
ing to the fight before
of the triggering angelic minion. These minions appear
in the square in which the triggering minion fell, or the its over. Creatures
nearest unoccupied square. The new minions act on the capable of flying fall
same initiative count as the triggering minion. eight squares before
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against the angel of command takes a 2
managing to halt
penalty to the attack roll. themselves, take no
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal falling damage, and
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +19
are free to fly back
Str 29 (+21) Dex 21 (+17) Wis 22 (+18)
Con 26 (+20) Int 25 (+19) Cha 22 (+18) into the combat on
Equipment full plate, heavy shield, longsword their turn.
Second Story: The
second story of area
D3 is open over the
center of the room
and has no railing.

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
21

D5. For Whom the
Bell Tolls
Encounter Level 26 (50,200 XP)
Setup
Memar (M)
Dawnbell
8 angels of light (L)
Memar stands where indicated. The angels of light
are not present at the beginning of the encounter.
When the heroes enter the area, read:
A massive figure radiating a palpable aura of righteousness
and power awaits you at the top of the tower. Its armor,
crafted from gold and mithral, bears impossibly detailed
scenes of angelic forces waging war against all manner
of dire foes, as does the titanic greatsword it holds before
itself. Turning its featureless face to you, a voice like echoing
thunder intones:
8 Angels of Light Level 23 Minion Skirmisher
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 1,275 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also death
burst.
AC 37; Fortitude 34, Reflex 34, Will 36
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Angelic Glaive (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +28 vs. AC; 15 damage.
C Death Burst (when the angel of light drops to 0 hit points)
F Radiant
The angel of light explodes in a burst of radiant light: close
burst 10; targets enemies; +26 vs. Fortitude; the target is
blinded until the end of its next turn. Effect: Angels in the
burst gain 10 temporary hit points.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Str 18 (+15) Dex 23 (+17) Wis 27 (+19)
Con 23 (+17) Int 15 (+13) Cha 23 (+17)
Equipment glaive
Legacy of Io
The charge to defend the Dawnbell was laid upon me
by the lord Pelor, master of the Radiant Host, the Dawn
Bringer. You shall not stand against his will.
Memar, Level 27 Elite Soldier
Archangel of Protection (M)
Large immortal humanoid (angel)
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +21
XP 22,000
Blazing Radiance aura 5; enemies treat the area within the
aura as difficult terrain and take a 2 penalty to attack rolls
as long as Memar is not bloodied.
HP 560; Bloodied 280
AC 45; Fortitude 42, Reflex 39, Will 44
Immune fear; Resist 15 Radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage.
M Warding Strike (standard; at-will) F Radiant, Weapon
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the first time
the target makes an attack before the end of its next turn
it takes 3d8 + 9 radiant damage.
C Overwhelming Presence (standard; encounter) F Radiant
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +31 vs. Will; 1d8 + 9
radiant damage, and the target is stunned until the end of
Memars next turn.
Dawnbell Warden
When Memar is within 5 squares of the Dawnbell, the
Dawnbell takes only half damage from melee and ranged
attacks; Memar takes the rest. While Memar is adjacent
to the Dawnbell, the Dawnbell gains a +2 bonus to its
defenses.
Retribution (while not bloodied) F Radiant
A creature that makes a successful melee attack against
Memar takes 3d8 radiant damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +19
Str 29 (+22) Dex 21 (+18) Wis 25 (+21)
Con 28 (+22) Int 20 (+18) Cha 22 (+19)
Equipment full plate, greatsword
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
22

Dawnbell Level 26 Elite Blaster
Trap XP 18,000
The great silver bell before you begins to toll with a terrible
power, crushing the resolve and bodies of those who would
trespass against Pelor.
Trap: When a creature attacks an angel of Pelor within 5
squares of the bell or the bell itself, it begins to toll.
Perception
No check is required to see the Dawnbell.
Additional Skills: Arcana or Religion
DC 36: The character recognizes the power contained
within the bell.
Initiative +13
Trigger
When a creature attacks an angel of Pelor within 5 squares
or the bell itself, the trap activates and rolls for initiative.
Attack
When the Dawnbell attacks, roll a d4 to determine which
attack it uses.
Standard Action Close burst 5
Target: All creatures in burst (angels are immune)
1 Attack: +28 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 4d10 + 9 thunder and force damage and the target is
pushed 3 squares and deafened (save ends).
2 Attack: +28 vs. Will
Hit: 4d10 + 9 thunder and radiant damage and the target
is weakened (save ends).
3 Attack: +28 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 4d10 + 9 thunder and necrotic damage and ongoing
15 necrotic (save ends).
4 Attack: +28 vs. Will
Hit: 4d10 + 9 thunder and psychic damage, and the target
is knocked prone and takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls and
all defenses (save ends) and provokes an opportunity attack
from adjacent angels.
Countermeasures
An adjacent character can prevent the trap from attacking
for a round with a DC 36 Thievery check. Failure causes the
Dawnbell to attack as an immediate reaction.
A character can attack the Dawnbell itself (AC 39, other
defenses 36; hp 180), but doing so causes it to attack as
an immediate reaction. Destroying the Dawnbell disables
the trap.
Legacy of Io
Tactics Open Balcony: This level is open to the heavens,
and any creature forced off faces a long drop to the
Memar waits for the PCs to make the first move, pre-
earthmote below. A low wall running around the
paring a warding strike against the first character to
exterior allows a creature a saving throw to avoid the
move within range if it wins initiative. Memar attempts
fall, with those successful falling prone in the near-
to remain adjacent to the Dawnbell if possible, but
est square of the tower. Those that fail fall 50 feet to
will move if doing so is advantageous. The archangel
the second balcony, where they make a second saving
is confident in dawnbell wardens ability to protect the
throw. If the second save succeeds, the character
Dawnbell and leaves the bells inherent properties to
catches the second balcony and stops there but takes
protect it from direct attack. If the bell takes more than
5d10 damage from the fall. If the second save fails,
100 damage, Memar moves to prevent further attacks.
the character falls another 50 feet to hit the earth-
The first four angels of light appear during the
mote at the level of the first balcony and take 10d10
third round of combat, flying in on their initiative
damage. Returning to the combat requires a great
count, while the rest show up the round after Memar
deal of stair climbing: 10 squares of difficult terrain
is bloodied. They move to set up flanking positions
if they landed on the second balcony, or 20 squares of
and focus attacks on ranged or supporting heroes not
difficult terrain if they fell to the ground. Creatures
engaged in melee.
capable of flying fall eight squares before managing to
The angels fight to the end.
halt themselves, take no falling damage, and are free
The Seal to fly back into the combat on their turn.
Destroying the Dawnbell breaks the seal. If Memar
and all of the angels of light are killed, the Dawnbell
continues to toll for that round before tearing apart
the first time it is attacked the next round.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light.
Dawnbell: The Dawnbell fills the squares it occu-
pies, preventing movement through them.
Pillars: The white marble pillars are wound about
with silver and gold. They do not hinder movement
but provide cover against melee attacks as normal.
Stairs: Squares containing stairs are difficult
terrain.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
23
 Legacy of Io

M1. Back Alley
Ambush
Encounter Level 25 (41,100 XP)
Setup
2 mithral dragonkin (M)
1 war devil lieutenant (W)
2 assassin devils (A)
10 legion devil legionnaires (L)
The bizarre attacks by the celestial hosts of Bahamut
continue, but this time the Platinum Dragons ser-
vants have joined forces with devils from the Nine
Hells. The uncommon allies wait to ambush the PCs
as they pass through the crowded streets of Methion.
The characters are set up in the small square in
the center of the map.
When the heroes enter the area, read:
A modicum of silence descends as you enter a rare pocket of
calm amidst the constant commotion of Methion.
Streetwise Check
DC 36: The Bright City never sleeps, especially the district
of Methion, which hums with activity even during the latest
hour. Something about this sudden calm doesnt sit right.
Perception Check
DC 36: A glint of silver catches your eye as something
crouches low to avoid being seen on a nearby rooftop, and
the faint rasping of steel being drawn echoes from an alley.
Ambush!
2 Mithral Dragonkin (M) Level 25 Skirmisher
Medium natural humanoid XP 7,000 each
Initiative +19
dragonborn fury
Senses Perception +18; see also
HP 234; Bloodied 117
AC 39; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 36
Resist 20 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover), teleport 10
m Longspear (standard; at-will) F Radiant, Weapon
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 2d8 + 9 damage and ongoing 10
radiant damage (save ends).
M Dimensional Strike (standard; at-will) F Teleportation
The mithral dragonkin teleports 5 squares, makes a
longspear attack, teleports 5 squares, and makes a
longspear attack against a different target.
C Dragon Breath (standard; encounter) F Radiant
Close blast 3; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 9 radiant damage,
and the target is blinded (save ends).
Prescient Defense (immediate interrupt, when the mithral
dragonkin is hit by an attack; recharge )
The mithral dragonkin gains a +4 bonus to all defenses
against the triggering attack. If the attack misses, the
mithral dragonkin teleports 5 squares.
Dragonborn Fury (while bloodied)
The mithral dragonkin gains a +1 racial bonus to
attack rolls.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +19
Str 29 (+21) Dex 21 (+17) Wis 22 (+18)
Con 26 (+20) Int 25 (+19) Cha 22 (+18)
Equipment full plate, longspear
10 Legion Devil Level 21 Minion
Legionnaires (L)
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 800 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 37; Fortitude 33, Reflex 32, Will 32; see also squad defense
Resist 15 fire
Speed 7, teleport 3
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 8 damage.
Squad Defense
The legion devil legionnaire gains a +2 bonus to its
defenses when adjacent to at least one other legion devil.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 14 (+12) Dex 12 (+11) Wis 12 (+11)
Con 14 (+12) Int 10 (+10) Cha 12 (+11)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
War Devil Level 25 Brute (Leader)
Lieutenant (W)
Large immortal humanoid (devil)
Initiative +19
XP 6,050
Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 286; Bloodied 143
AC 38; Fortitude 37, Reflex 35, Will 33
Resist 30 fire
Speed 8, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+29 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage.
m Trident (standard; recharge ) F Weapon
Reach 2; +29 vs. AC; 4d4 + 9 damage and ongoing 5
damage (save ends), and the target slides into any square
adjacent to the war devil lieutenant and is knocked prone.
R Besieged Foe (minor action; at-will)
Ranged sight; automatic hit; the target is marked, and
allies of the war devil lieutenant gain a +2 bonus to attack
rolls made against the target until the encounter ends or
the war devil lieutenant marks a new target.
R Devilish Transposition (move; at-will) F Teleportation
Ranged 20; the war devil lieutenant and an allied devil
within range swap positions.
R Fiendish Tactics (minor; recharge )
Ranged 10; affects up to 2 allied devils of the war devil
lieutenants level or lower; each target can take a move
action or make a basic attack.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +20
Str 28 (+21) Dex 24 (+19) Wis 20 (+17)
Con 26 (+20) Int 15 (+14) Cha 19 (+16)
Equipment trident
24
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2

2 Assassin Devils (A) Level 24 Lurker
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 6,050 each
Initiative +25 Senses Perception +23; darkvision
HP 167; Bloodied 83
AC 38; Fortitude 34, Reflex 38, Will 36
Resist 25 fire
Speed 12
m Shadow Sword (standard; at-will) F Necrotic, Weapon
+27 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 5 necrotic damage, and ongoing 5
damage (save ends).
R Shadow Net (standard; recharges when the assassin devil
uses shadow cloak) F Necrotic
Area burst 2 within 10; +26 vs. Reflex; the target is
restrained, is weakened, and takes ongoing 10 necrotic
damage (save ends all). While a target is affected by
shadow net, the assassin devil cannot use its shadow cloak
power.
Dangerous Shadows
An assassin devils shadow sword attack deals 4d6 extra
necrotic damage against any target granting combat
advantage to it.
Shadow Cloak (standard; recharges when no creatures are
affected by shadow net) F Illusion
The assassin devil is invisible until it hits or misses with an
attack.
Traitors Pact
The assassin devils necrotic damage is unaffected by
Hestavars radiant affinity.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Stealth +27
Str 21 (+17) Dex 28 (+21) Wis 25 (+19)
Con 17 (+15) Int 17 (+15) Cha 13 (+13)
Equipment leather armor, sword
Tactics
If any of the PCs move to alert their party members,
the ambush is sprung. A character that succeeded on
either the Streetwise or Perception check can act in
the surprise round; others are caught off guard.
The assassin devils use the surprise round to use
shadow net on a group of the heroes. If one manages to
hit a significant number of them, the second instead
attacks a vulnerable-looking PC. The two spend the
Legacy of Io
encounter attacking targets they have combat advan-
tage against, throwing their shadow net and retreating
while invisible to wait for a good opening.
The mithral dragonkin tear into the characters,
using their teleportation powers and taking advantage
of the differing heights of the buildings to stay clear of
reprisals. The war devil lieutenant directs the combat,
marking priority targets with besieged foe, moving
itself or allies into tactically advantageous positions
with devilish transposition, and pressing the attack with
fiendish tactics. It is especially fond of lining up flanks
or using its trident to knock foes prone and slide them
into the perfect position before using fiendish tactics to
give the assassin devils extra attacks that benefit from
their dangerous shadows ability.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light.
Barrels and Crates: The larger piles of stacked
barrels and crates are difficult terrain and provide
cover to those hiding behind them.
Buildings: The buildings are of varying heights,
as indicated on the map, and can be scaled with DC
30 Athletics checks. Falling from one of the buildings
deals normal damage (1d10 for every 10 feet). The
entrances are all locked or barred, and it takes a DC
36 Thievery check to open one.
Wagon: The wagon provides cover to those that
clamber into it by spending an additional square of
movement. Squeezing under it provides superior
cover against attacks originating from above. The
wagon is heavy but can be moved at half a heros
speed with a DC 28 Strength check.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
25

M2. Market Day
Encounter Level 24 (34,230 XP)
Setup
1 exalted captain (C)
2 exalted watchmen (W)
10 exalted patrollers (P)
The vast market square teems with activity. Dozens
of stalls and carts cater to the tide of citizens brows-
ing or just passing through. A force of Erathiss
exalted soldiery patrols the square at all hours,
keeping the peace and ensuring thievery remains
remarkably uncommon.
The captain, watchmen, and five of the patrollers
are currently keeping an eye on things in the square.
The other five patrollers are in the vicinity, but they
enter the combat at a later time and should not be
placed on the map.
There are around three dozen civilians in the
square as well, but it is not necessary to mark their
exact location; once fighting breaks out, they flee as
fast as possible. If the PCs are prepared to recklessly
open the fight with area attacks or wish to make the
opportunity attacks provoked by fleeing civilians,
then place as many as you see fit. Treat the civilians as
minions with 22 for all their defenses.
If this is the first seal the characters attack or
attempt to open, the exalted soldiers pay them little
heed. The heroes are free to engage in conversation
and the exalted are friendly enough as long as the seal
is not mentioned. Once the PCs reveal their purpose
or attempt to break the seal, the exalted soldiers move
to block them, but they try to talk the characters down
before resorting to violence. The soldiers are not going
to let the heroes deface the symbol of their goddess
in the heart of her domain, no matter what the PCs
might say. If the argument drags on and the charac-
ters hesitate in acting, the two exalted watchmen take
down two heroes by surprise, triggering the encounter.
If the PCs have attacked or attempted to open any
of the other seals, the soldiers shout an alarm and
move to intercept as soon as they spot the characters
entering the square.
Exalted Captain (C) Level 25 Soldier (Leader)
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human XP 7,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +17
HP 174; Bloodied 87
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 36
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the exalted captains next turn.
M Bolstering Sword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is marked until
the end of the exalted captains next turn and the exalted
captain or one ally within 10 squares gains 15 temporary
hit points.
C Edifying Shout (minor; recharge )
Close burst 5; +28 vs. Will; 1d8 + 6 damage, and the target
is marked until the end of the exalted captains next turn.
Effect: Allies in the burst gain 10 temporary hit points.
Battlefield Command
Allies gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls against creatures
marked by the exalted captain.
Divine Light (minor, only while bloodied; encounter) F Healing
The exalted captain regains 60 hit points, and the exalted
captain and all allies within 5 squares gain a +2 bonus to
all defenses until the end of the exalted captains next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +17
Str 29 (+21) Dex 21 (+17) Wis 20 (+17)
Con 26 (+20) Int 25 (+19) Cha 22 (+18)
Equipment full plate, heavy shield, longsword
Legacy of Io
2 Exalted Watchmen (W) Level 24 Controller
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human XP 4,150 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19
HP 226; Bloodied 113
AC 38; Fortitude 37, Reflex 34, Will 37
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6
m Truncheon (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+29 vs. AC; 2d10 + 8 damage.
M Head Crack (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+28 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 8 damage, and the target is
dazed until the end of the exalted watchmans next turn.
M Take Down (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+28 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 8 damage, and the target is
knocked prone, and is grabbed and restrained (until
escape). Attempts to escape the grab take a 5 penalty.
Symbol of Peace
Ranged 10; +28 vs. Will; The target cannot make attacks
(save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Insight +23, Religion +23
Str 20(+17) Dex 22(+18) Wis 25 (+19)
Con 26(+20) Int 19(+16) Cha 27(+20)
Equipment leather armor, truncheon
10 Exalted Level 24 Minion Soldier
Patrollers (P)
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human XP 1,513 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 40; Fortitude 35, Reflex 35, Will 37
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+29 vs. AC; 15 damage.
Riot Control
If an exalted patroller hits a target that is adjacent to at
least one other exalted patroller, the target is knocked
prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal
Str 20 (+17) Dex 23 (+18) Wis 25 (+19)
Con 23 (+18) Int 15 (+14) Cha 18 (+16)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
26
 Legacy of Io

Tactics
The exalted captain leads from the front, bolstering
allies with his various abilities that grant temporary
hit points or other bonuses. He uses edifying shout to
enhance the survivability of the minions if there are
several in range, even if he might not be able to affect
many heroes. The watchmen move around the edges
of the fight, neutralizing dangerous PCs with symbol
of peace or employing take down on mobile characters.
They are fond of using head crack on enemies they
have grabbed, forcing the enemy to choose between
attacking and attempting to escape. The patrollers
gang up on heroes to take advantage of riot control and
to set up flanks.
The exalted are dedicated warriors and fight to the
end, confident in their ability to be reborn, to protect
their goddesss property, and to stop the murderous
PCs.

Special
Make a note of whether the characters kill any civil-
ians, because it affects encounter M3.

Features of the Area Symbol of Erathis: The symbol is worked into

the flagstones of the square. The soldiers prevent the
Illumination: Bright light.
heroes from doing more than casually inspecting
Carts and Stalls: The carts and stalls found
it, so they have no chance to cause much harm to it
throughout the square count as difficult terrain and
before the encounter starts.
provide cover to those standing behind them.
Buildings: The buildings surrounding the square
are locked and barred from the inside once violence
breaks out.

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
27

M3. Last Ditch
Defense
Encounter Level 26 (52,256 XP)
Setup
Goran Steelgate (G)
2 Methion guildmasters
12+ Methion citizens
When the PCs attempt to destroy the seal, whether
or not they take a short rest after M2, the encounter
begins. Only Goran is placed on the map to begin with.
When the characters attempt to open or damage
the seal, read:
The massive symbol of Erathis pulses with a brilliant
blue light. When it recedes, an elderly dwarf wearing
finely-manufactured plate armor and carrying an equally
well-crafted hammer can be seen. His eyes pass over the
carnage wrought by the previous battle, growing heavy as
they take in the destruction. He turns to you with a grim
expression: I hope its worth the cost, lads. Nows the time
to see it through.
On the second round of the combat, one of the guild-
masters and six of the citizens enter from the edges
of the map. Two rounds later, the second guildmaster
and six more citizens enter the fray. Every second
round thereafter, 1d6 Methion citizens move in from
off the map.
Special
If the heroes killed any of the civilians in encounter
M2, then Goran, the guildmasters, and all of the citi-
zens are enraged and gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls.
Legacy of Io
12+ Methion Citizens Level 24 Minion
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human XP 1,513 each
Tactics
Goran fights intelligently but ruthlessly, stacking
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion conditions to cripple priority targets and kicking PCs
AC 38; Fortitude 36, Reflex 36, Will 38
while theyre down. The Methion guildmasters and
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6 citizens fight as an unorganized mob, ganging up on
m Improvised Weapon (standard; at-will) F Weapon targets of opportunity. When within Gorans aura,
+29 vs. AC; 15 damage. however, they act cooperatively, setting up flanks and
For Methion! (when reduced to 0 hp)
The Methion citizen makes an improvised weapon attack
shifting to reach advantageous positions.
as a free action. Goran fights to the bitter end. The civilians only
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal break and run if Goran is slain and the quake caused
Str 20 (+17) Dex 23 (+18) Wis 25 (+19)
by breaking the seal occurs (see below).
Con 23 (+18) Int 15 (+14) Cha 18 (+16)
Equipment improvised weapon
The Seal
Until the cost has been paid in full, the seal remains
inviolate. Once Goran Steelgate and 20 Methion
citizens (Methion guildmasters count as four
citizens for this purpose) have been slain,
the seal destroys itself, causing a minor
earthquake that can be felt across the
earthmote.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
28
 Legacy of Io

Goran Level 27 Elite Soldier (Leader) 2 Methion Guildmasters Level 24 Controller M Rune of Weakness (minor; recharges when no targets are
Steelgate (G) Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human XP 4,150 each suffering the effects)
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), dwarf XP 22,000 Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19 +28 vs. Fortitude; the target is weakened (save ends). Only
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +21 HP 226; Bloodied 113 one rune power may be attempted a turn.
Cooperative Tactics aura 5; allies within the aura deal 10 AC 38; Fortitude 37, Reflex 34, Will 37 Rune of Reinforcement (minor; at-will)
extra damage when attacking a target they are flanking Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant The Methion guildmaster or an adjacent ally gains a +2
and gain a +2 bonus to all defenses when adjacent to Speed 6 bonus to AC and Fortitude defenses for the remainder
another ally. m Forge Hammer (standard; at-will) F Fire, Weapon of the encounter or until the Methion guildmaster uses the
HP 572; Bloodied 236 +29 vs. AC; 2d10 + 8 damage, and the target takes ongoing power again. Only one rune power may be attempted a
AC 45; Fortitude 45, Reflex 39, Will 43 10 fire damage (save ends). turn.
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant M Rune of Brittleness (minor; recharges when no targets are Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal
Saving Throws +2 suffering the effects) Skills Insight +23, Religion +23
Speed 6 +28 vs. Reflex; the target takes a 5 penalty to AC, attack Str 20(+17) Dex 22(+18) Wis 25 (+19)
Action Points 1 rolls, and damage rolls (save ends all). Only one rune power Con 26(+20) Int 19(+16) Cha 27(+20)
m Warhammer (standard; at-will) F Weapon may be attempted a turn. Equipment plate armor, forge hammer.
+34 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is marked
until the end of Gorans next turn.
M Shield Bash (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Features of the Area
+32 vs. Fortitude; 2d6 +9 damage, and the target is Illumination: Bright light.
knocked prone and dazed (save ends). Carts and Stalls: The carts and stalls found
M Hammer and Anvil (standard; at-will) F Weapon
throughout the
Goran makes a warhammer attack and a shield bash attack.
M Crucible of Forging (standard; recharge ) F Fire, square count as dif-
Weapon ficult terrain and
+32 vs. Reflex; 4d10 +9 fire damage, and the target takes provide cover to those
ongoing 15 fire damage and takes a 5 penalty to AC (save
ends both).
standing behind
C Judgment of Thunder (standard; recharges when first them.
bloodied) F Fear, Thunder Buildings: The
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +32 vs. Fortitude; 4d10
buildings surround-
+ 9 thunder damage, and the target takes a -2 penalty to
attack rolls (save ends). ing the square are
Second Wind (minor; encounter) F Healing locked and barred
Goran regains 118 hit points and gains a +2 bonus to all from the inside.
defenses until the end of his next turn.
Symbol of
Alignment Good Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Athletics +27, Insight +17 Erathis: The symbol
Str 27 (+21) Dex 22 (+19) Wis 26 (+21) is worked into the
Con 31 (+23) Int 23 (+19) Cha 21 (+18)
flagstones of the
Equipment full plate, heavy shield, warhammer
square and has no
impact on the tactical
encounter.

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
29

L0. Unearthing
the Library
Encounter Level 24 (12,100 XP)
Setup
Ioun secreted her seal away within the Sealed
Library, a structure itself hidden within the fabric
of the domain. Trusted scholars and devotees of the
goddess that are tasked with conducting sensitive
research on their ladys behalf are granted access
to the sanctum to pursue their work. A number of
doorways lead to and from the library, enabling the
scholars within to move about the city and collect
whatever materials they might need. Occasionally,
creatures devoted to the pursuit of knowledge are
shown these secret ways, but only those that have
earned the full confidence of Ioun and can be trusted
not to reveal what they know.
It is one of these hidden doorways that the charac-
ters must seek out if they are to breach the library and
open the seal within.
Unearthing the Library Level 24
Skill Challenge XP 30,250
Unearthing one of the hidden paths that leads to the Sealed
Library is no easy task when it could be anywhere in the mas-
sive, bustling, planar metropolis.
Complexity
5 (requires 12 successes before 3 failures).
Primary Skills
Arcana, Bluff, Intimidate, Perception, Stealth, Streetwise
Secondary Skills
Insight
Victory
The heroes manage to discover one of the secret ways into
the Sealed Library.
Legacy of Io
Defeat
The secrecy of the Sealed Library defeats the PCs; they fail
Development
Success allows the characters to uncover one of the
to find a way in. They can try again.
Arcana (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum) hidden doorways leading to the Sealed Library.
By working out what manner of rare, arcane materials the
scholars of the library would need and where they might find
Should they fail, their attempts attract the notice
them, the character narrows the search. of the authorities, and a double strength patrol of
Bluff (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum) exalted soldiery moves in on the heroes. To evade the
Through a combination of innocent-seeming questions,
patrol, the PCs engage in skill challenge H3 (page
enquiring about special orders of rare ritualistic ingredients,
and posing as one of the cloistered scholars, the hero deduces 17), but they need to achieve 12 successes before
areas that the scholars might frequent. 3 failures. This skill challenge is worth 30,250 XP.
Insight (DC 29, 0 successes) If the characters fail skill challenge H3, the patrol
A success on this check does not count as a success for
the challenge but does grant a +2 bonus to the next skill
brings the heroes to battle. The patrol consists of one
check. Likewise, failure does not count as a failure for the exalted captain, two exalted watchmen, and eight
challenge but instead imposes a 2 penalty to the next skill exalted patrollers (see encounter M2 on page 26 for
check. A success reveals that successful Intimidate checks
statistics).
also generate a failure.
By sounding out people encountered in the city, the PC is able
to guide his fellows along the most productive paths.
Intimidate (DC 29, 1 success, 1 failure, no maximum)
Requires a successful Arcana, Bluff, or Streetwise check
to unlock. A success on this check counts toward the skill
challenge but also generates a failure. A failure on the
check generates only a single failure.
Leaning on those that might have had contact with the scholars
might yield significant clues, but such strongarm tactics earn no
friends.
Perception (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
The character searches likely areas, looking for tracks that lead
to or from dead ends, rooms with no outlets, and other places
that might indicate the presence of a portal.
Stealth (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
Slipping into backrooms of book sellers or watching possible
locations from the shadows, the hero eliminates some
possibilities while finding supporting evidence for others.
Streetwise (DC 29, 1 success, no maximum)
A few cheap ales and a bit of discrete eavesdropping net the PC
some interesting stories about secretive mages showing up from
nowhere. A few might even be true.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
30

L2. Angry Librarians
Encounter Level 25 (52,256 XP)
Setup
3 library researchers (R)
2 library academics (A)
The scholars working within the Sealed Library
dont expect anyone to barge through their hidden
doorways, least of all a band of heavily armed adven-
turers. Two of the researchers, the ones adjacent to
the ladders, are high on the sliding ladders searching
the shelves for materials. The researcher nearest to
the portal is six squares off the ground, the farther
one is eight.
The intellectuals who inhabit the library are some
of the brightest minds to be found anywhere. While
they might be surprised to find the PCs in their sanc-
tum, they have worked out what it is the characters
seek and do not hesitate in using force to stop them,
especially now that they are so close.
When the heroes enter the library, read:
With a flash of light, you find yourself in what appears to
be a well lit and appointed library. Solid tables and plush
chairs are scattered about the room, which is dominated
by a mirror-still reflecting pool and massive shelves that
sweep around the entirety of the room and reach to the
ceiling some 40 feet up. Five scholarly-looking individuals,
two high in the air upon ladders, look up in surprise as you
enter. As the shock wears off, a look of recognition passes
over them and they grab for implements kept near at hand.
Perception Check
DC 28: The ladders seem to be attached to a track near
the ceiling.
3 Library Researchers (R) Level 25 Artillery
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human X P 7,000 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +20
HP 175; Bloodied 87
AC 37; Fortitude 33, Reflex 39, Will 37
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6
m Knock Back (standard; at-will) F Implement
+30 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 10 damage, and the library
researcher pushes the target 3 squares.
R Force Barrage (standard; at-will) F Force, Implement
Ranged 20; three attacks, each targeting the same or
different creatures; +28 vs. Reflex; 2d6 +9 force damage.
If a target is hit by two or more of the attacks, the target is
knocked prone.
A Prism Bomb (standard; recharge ) F Fear, Implement,
Lightning, Poison
Area burst 2 within 20; each target in the burst is subject
to the following attacks:
+28 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 9 poison damage.
+28 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 9 lightning damage.
+28 vs. Will; The target is stunned (save ends).
A Cinder Cloud (standard; encounter) F Fire, Implement,
Zone
Area burst 1 within 10; the library researcher conjures a
zone of burning hot cinders. Any creature within the zone
when it is conjured, which starts its turn within the zone,
or moves into the zone is subject to the following attack:
+28 vs. Reflex; 3d10 +9 fire damage, and the target takes
ongoing 10 fire damage (save ends). Sustain Minor: The
zone persists.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +25
Str 14 (+14) Dex 16 (+15) Wis 26 (+20)
Con 19 (+16) Int 30 (+22) Cha 21 (+17)
Equipment robes, wand
Tactics
The library researchers blast away at the PCs while
avoiding melee. They make use of the sliding ladders
to keep out of reach of slow-moving combat characters
while raining long-range spells upon their foes. The
library academics move about to keep heroes suffer-
ing from ongoing damage or other conditions within
Legacy of Io
their litany of sustaining aura, teleporting to gain favor-
able positioning or to avoid dangerous situations. The
academics and researchers are aware of each others
abilities and plan accordingly, so the academics will
attempt to position themselves out of the blast of prism
bomb and slide targets into a cinder cloud or group
them up for area attacks.
Secure in the knowledge that they will be revived
within Kerith-Ald, the exalted fight to the death.
2 Library Academics (A) Level 25 Controller
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), eladrin XP 7,000 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19
Litany of Sustaining aura 5; enemies within the aura take a 2
penalty to saves to end ongoing damage or conditions.
HP 233; Bloodied 116
AC 39; Fortitude 37, Reflex 38, Will 38
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6
m Soporific Touch (standard; at-will) F Implement, Psychic
+29 vs. Will; 2d10 + 8 psychic damage, and the target is
stunned until the end of the library academics next turn.
R Word of Stumbling (standard; at-will) F Implement
+29 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the library academic
slides the target 3 squares.
R Word of Flaying (standard; recharge 6) F Implement
+29 vs. Fortitude; 4d10 + 9 damage, and ongoing 15
damage and the target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls
and all defenses (save ends all).
Fey Step Mastery (minor; at-will) F Teleportation
The library academic teleports 3 squares.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Elven,
Supernal
Skills Insight +23, Religion +23
Str 14(+14) Dex 22(+18) Wis 25 (+19)
Con 24(+19) Int 30(+22) Cha 19(+16)
Equipment robes, rod
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
31
 Legacy of Io

Features of the Area the rest of the distance desired and forcing the occu-
pants of both ladders to make Acrobatics or Athletics
Illumination: Bright light.
checks to avoid falling. The occupants of the library,
Tables: The heavy wooden tables can be leapt
having extensive experience, are treated as having a
upon by sacrificing a square of movement. Overturn-
+32 modifier for checks relating to the ladder system.
ing a table requires a DC 28 Strength check, and it
then provides cover against attacks originating from
the other side.
Plush Chairs: The chairs are large and sturdy,
capable of providing cover to creatures sharing their
square.
Ref lecting Pool: This decorative pool appears to
be about 6 feet deep, but that is a trick of perspective.
In fact, it is just 6 inches deep and has no effect on
movement or combat.
Shelves: The shelves that wrap around the room
and reach to the ceiling are crammed with books
of all descriptions. Climbing around on the shelves
requires a DC 28 Athletics check and allows the
climber to move at half speed.
Sliding Ladders: Three ladders are set into a
series of enchanted tracks that run along the entire
outer edge of the library. Climbing up a ladder is
treated as difficult terrain, but moving up or down
a stationary ladder requires no check. A creature
on a ladder can move it up to 8 squares to the left or
right with a move action. Clinging to a moving ladder
requires a DC 32 Acrobatics or Athletics check to
avoid falling from the speeding contraption. Attack-
ing, being attacked, moving vertically on the ladder,
or anything else more involved than simply holding
on imposes a 5 penalty to such checks until the end
of the distracted creatures next turn. The ladders
safely slow and stop moving before impacting with
one another unless the moving ladder has moved at
least 4 squares and the controlling party wishes it,
then the two forcibly slam into each other, moving

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
32

L3. Headmasters Behind the supremely thick doors of his study, Head-
master Burage is in conversation with the sphinx
Charge Granosos. The spell shards are not on the map at the
beginning of the encounter.
Encounter Level 27 (56,104 XP)
When the PCs open the doors, read:
Setup A distinguished-looking, elderly man is conversing with
Headmaster Burage (B)
a large, feline creature sporting the wings of an eagle.
Granosos (G)
The bizarre but somehow unmistakably female creature
8 spell shards
turns to face you with timeless eyes that shimmer with
the depth of ages. It regards you with a sad but accepting
expression. The elderly exalteds expression reflects more
rage than acceptance.
On the far wall, flanked by two statues depicting hooded
women, is the seal.
Every second round, two spell shards appear in
advantageous positions within the library.
Perception Check (Before Opening the Doors)
DC 28 The massive wooden doors prevent any noise from
crossing the threshold.
Seal
The seal remains unharmed by attempts to damage
it until Headmaster Burage has been slain and
Granosos has either also been killed or has quit the
battlefield, at which point the seal splits down the
center with a thunderous crack.
Legacy of Io
Headmaster
Burage (B)
Level 27 Elite Controller
Medium immortal humanoid (exalted), human XP 22,000
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +21
HP 518; Bloodied 259
AC 44; Fortitude 39, Reflex 42, Will 42
Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, teleport 5
Action Points 1
m Caning (standard; at-will) F Implement
+32 vs. AC; 2d8 + 9 damage, and the target is dazed and
takes a 2 to attack rolls (saves ends both).
r Chastisement (standard; at-will) F Fear, Implement
Ranged 10; +31 vs. Will; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is
immobilized (save ends).
Headmasters Wrath (standard; at-will)
Headmaster Burage makes two basic attacks.
C Telekinetic Hurl (standard; recharges when Headmaster
Burage hits with a basic attack)
Close burst 5; targets one creature in burst; +31 vs. Reflex;
2d10 + 9 damage, and Headmaster Burage slides the
target 5 squares and the target is knocked prone.
R Leaping Polymorph (standard; recharge ) F
Polymorph
Ranged 10; +31 vs. Fortitude; the target becomes a Tiny
animal (save ends). While in this form, the target cannot
use powers or make attacks. Aftereffect: One of the
targets allies within 10 squares suffers the following
attack: +31 vs. Fortitude; the target becomes a Tiny
animal (save ends). While in this form the target cannot
use powers or make attacks.
Startling Displacement (immediate interrupt, when
Headmaster Burage is hit with an attack; recharges when
first bloodied) F Teleportation
Headmaster Burage swaps places with one creature within
5 squares. The triggering attack hits this creature instead.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +25
Str 15 (+15) Dex 16 (+16) Wis 27 (+21)
Con 25 (+20) Int 32 (+24) Cha 21 (+18)
Equipment robes, rod
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
33

Granosos (G) Level 27 Elite Brute
Large immortal magical beast, sphinx XP 22,000
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +29; low-light vision
HP 672; Bloodied 336
AC 40; Fortitude 39, Reflex 40, Will 42
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, fly 6 (hover)
Action Points 1
m Ancient Claws (standard; at-will)
+30 vs. AC; 4d10 + 8 damage.
m Bite of Ages (standard; at-will)
+30 vs. AC; 2d10 + 8 damage, and the target is knocked
prone and immobilized (save ends).
Fury of Ages (standard; at-will)
Granosos makes an ancient claws and a bite of ages
attack. If both hit the same target, the target is weakened
(save ends).
r Primordial Riddle (minor; at-will) F Psychic
Ranged 10; Granosos compels the target to contemplate a
riddle. The target is dazed until the end of the encounter
or until it answers the riddle. To determine the answer,
a creature must spend a minor action and succeed at
a DC 28 History check. A target that does not attempt
to answer the riddle during its turn takes 3d8 psychic
damage at the end of its turn. An ally can provide the
answer and end the effect. If an ally ends the effect, the
target takes 3d8 psychic damage.
Sands of Time (immediate interrupt, when Granosos is hit with
an attack; recharges when a creature takes damage from
primordial riddle)
Granosos gains a +4 bonus to all defenses against the
triggering attack. If the triggering attack still hits, Granosos
takes only half damage.
C Great Roar (standard; recharge ) F Thunder
Close blast 5; +26 vs. Fortitude; 5d10 + 10 thunder
damage, and the target is pushed 5 squares and is
knocked prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven,
Elven, Primordial, Supernal
Skills Insight +30
Str 29 (+22) Dex 27 (+21) Wis 32 (+24)
Con 28 (+22) Int 31 (+23) Cha 32 (+24)
Legacy of Io
Spell Shard Level 24 Minion Artillery moving isnt to her advantage. Granosos unleashes her
Medium immortal animate XP 1,513 each great roar when several enemies are in its blast.
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +20 The spell shards hurl their origin spell at the heroes,
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also
energy release. targeting whichever spell they know to the maximum
AC 36; Fortitude 35, Reflex 35, Will 37 effect. Given the choice between not casting and risk-
Speed 2, fly 12 (hover) ing destruction, they choose to continue casting; their
r/a Origin Spell (standard; at-will) F Fire, Force, Lightning,
energy release guarantees something gets off even if
or Thunder
When created, the spell shard knows one of the following they fall.
attacks, determined randomly: The battle may spill into area L1; Burage is likely to
1Ranged 10; +29 vs. Reflex: ongoing 10 fire damage teleport between the areas at least a few times during
(save ends).
2Ranged 10; +29 vs. Reflex; 15 force damage.
the fight to gain a better position for his attacks, and
3Two attacks; ranged 10; +29 vs. Reflex; 10 lightning Granosos fights wherever she gains the best advan-
damage. tage. She slowly works her way toward the portal in
4Area burst 1 within 10; +29 vs. Reflex; 10 thunder
L1 if the battle begins turning against her. Neither
damage.
Energy Release (when the spell shard drops to 0 hit points) combatant is inclined to use the sliding ladders, but
The spell shard makes an origin spell attack as a free action. Burage might if he sees an advantage. The PCs could
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal always decide to have fun with them. Refer back to
Str 12 (+13) Dex 23 (+18) Wis 27 (+20)
Con 23 (+18) Int 12 (+13) Cha 23 (+18)
the features of area L1 if it comes up.
Headmaster Burage and the spell shards all fight
Tactics to the death. Granosos is less vested in the struggle
Headmaster Burage teleports around the battle- and will cede the battlefield and retreat if Burage is
field, alternating between smashing characters into slain and she is bloodied.
each other with telekinetic hurl and lashing out with
headmasters fury. He is inordinately fond of leaping
polymorph and normally uses it against the heroes
with the highest damage output. He saves startling dis-
placement for dangerous-looking attacks or those that
attach debilitating conditions.
Granosos fights very calmly and methodically,
shifting about the battle to bring her fury of ages to
bear where it will do the most good. She normally
focuses both attacks on a single PC, but will split them
if it is advantageous or avoids reprisals. She uses pri-
mordial riddle against as many characters as possible,
both to hinder her enemies and to recharge sands of
time. She will swap move actions for primordial riddle if
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
34
 Legacy of Io

Features of the Area

Illumination: Bright light.
Table: The heavy wooden table can be leapt upon
by sacrificing a square of movement. Overturning it
requires a DC 28 Strength check, and it then provides
cover against attacks originating from the other side.
Plush Chairs: The chairs are large and sturdy,
capable of providing cover to creatures sharing their
square.
Shelves: The shelves that wrap around the room
and reach to the ceiling are crammed with books
of all descriptions. Climbing around on the shelves
requires a DC 28 Athletics check and allows the
climber to move at half speed.
Headmasters Desk: This solid desk can be
mounted at the cost of a square of movement. It pro-
vides cover to those sheltering behind it.
Statues: The two statues flanking the seal depict
Ioun. They are normal statues.
Seal: The stone seal carved into the wall has no
effect on the tactical encounter. Attempts to attack it
directly fail to cause any damage until the proper con-
ditions are met (see above).

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
35

S1. Raging Storm
Encounter Level 28 (65,000 XP)
Setup
Nakheten (N)
Place Nakheten where indicated. The characters
should be scattered about the opposite side of the
encounter area, near the swirling wall of water.
Regardless of whether the heroes flew through the
storm or travelled on the water, they are tossed by
the violent conditions into the heaving lagoon before
being spat out into the encounter. If the PCs manage
to arrive in some other fashion, adjust the following
accordingly:
When the characters arrive, read:
The churning water of the lagoon roars as waves rise into a
wall of crushing, swirling water, hurling you like rag dolls
into an area of the lagoon bed somehow devoid of water.
The thundering wall of water rotates around the dry bed
with crushing force as the insane rage of the storm plays out
above. A titanic creature roars in concert with the storm, its
rumbling bellows drowning out even the thunder. Its form
seems roughly hewn from shale; brilliant, crackling blue-
white lights shine forth from cracks and joints in its body
and a billowing cloud of steam and lightning streams from
its crown. As it turns to regard you, unending, ageless rage
burns deeply in eye-like voids and a thundering howl of
fury bursts from blazing, blue-white furnace of its mouth.
The final seal, a flat disk of dull metal inscribed with the
combined symbols of Erathis, Ioun, and Pelor, is sunk deep
into the rocky flesh of its chest.
Acrobatics Check
Each hero; DC 32: PCs that succeed are placed on the
map normally. Those that fail begin the battle prone.
Legacy of Io
Nakheten, Level 28 Solo Brute Tactics
the Raging Storm (N)
Huge elemental humanoid (aquatic, giant) XP 65,000 Nakheten is not a subtle combatant. Its rage at its
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +29; low-light vision eons-long confinement is boundless, and it seizes the
Tempest Fury (Lightning, Thunder) aura 10; any creature that chance to vent its fury upon the characters. Nakheten
enters or begins its turn in the aura takes 15 lightning and
charges headlong into combat, smashing about itself
thunder damage; creatures other than Nakheten treat the
area within the aura as difficult terrain and cannot fly. with titanic fury. The titan does not normally reserve
HP 1,310; Bloodied 655 powers, preferring to unleash its limited or recharge-
AC 41; Fortitude 44, Reflex 39, Will 40
able abilities as soon as possible. Nakhetens rage is
Resist 30 lightning, 30 thunder
Saving Throws +5 endless; the titan fights to the death.
Speed 8, fly 10 (hover), swim 8
Action Points 2 Seal
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +31 vs. AC; 2d12 + 11 damage.
When Nakheten falls, the seal embedded in its chest
C Call Lightning (standard; at-will) crumbles into dark ash before being blown away on
Close burst 10; one target in burst; +29 vs. Reflex; 3d12 + the faltering winds of the dying storm. As it does so,
11 lightning damage.
the Arrow of Fate, long hidden within, becomes visible.
Titanic Fury (standard; at-will)
Nakheten makes a slam attack against each enemy within An almost tangible release of power pulses from the
reach. It also makes one call lightning attack. collapsing seal as the ancient rituals bound to it begin
C Lightning Storm (standard; recharges when first bloodied) to unravel, washing over the heroes, refreshing and
F Lightning
Close burst 10; + 27 vs. Reflex; 5d10 + 11 lightning
empowering them just as a short rest would. The PCs
damage. If the attack hits only a single target, that target have just enough time to grab the Arrow before the
takes an additional 5d10 lightning damage and is dazed whirling water of the lagoon crashes down to reclaim
(save ends).
its bed.
M Storm Blood (immediate interrupt, when an enemy hits
Nakheten with a melee attack; at-will) F Lightning,
Thunder
Reach 3; targets the triggering enemy; +29 vs. Reflex; 2d12
+ 11 lightning and thunder damage.
C Howling Winds (standard; recharge ) F Thunder
Close burst 5; +27 vs. Fortitude; 5d10 + 11 thunder
damage, and the target is pushed 5 squares and is knocked
prone.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven,
Elven, Primordial, Supernal
Skills Insight +30
Str 34 (+26) Dex 23 (+21) Wis 20 (+19)
Con 30 (+24) Int 15 (+16) Cha 23 (+20)
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
36
 Legacy of Io

Features of the Area

Illumination: While the dense, black clouds of
the raging storm block out the sunlight that blankets
Hestavar, the near constant flashes of lightning pro-
vide a harsh, flickering equivalent to Bright light.
Wall of Water: The roaring wall of water churns
about Nekhetens prison, driven by the titans fury.
Nekheten, contained by the power of the seal, cannot
pass or be forced to pass the standing stones and enter
the water. Characters that enter the churning wall
for any reason take 3d10 damage, are slid 6 squares
clockwise around the edge of the wall, and are
knocked prone in a square adjacent to the wall.
Standing Stones: Each of these riblike spurs of
stone bears an engraved symbol of Erathis, Ioun, or
Pelor upon its surface.
Seal: The dull metal seal embedded in Nekhetens
chest is impervious to damage while the titan lives
(see above).

No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
37

S2. Guionnes
Betrayal
Encounter Level 26 (51,150 XP)
Setup
Guionne (G)
2 cherubium (C)
1 war devil lieutenant (W)
1 assassin devil (A)
2 shocktroop devil line breakers (S)
10 legion devil legionnaires (L)
Guionne and the devils are in the positions indicated.
The assassin devil is invisible and concealing itself
with Stealth; do not place it on the map until the
heroes notice it or it attacks.
The PCs are set up along the shore.
10 Legion Devil Level 21 Minion
Legionnaires (L)
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 800 each
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 37; Fortitude 33, Reflex 32, Will 32; see also squad defense
Resist 15 fire
Speed 7, teleport 3
m Longsword (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 8 damage.
Squad Defense
The legion devil legionnaire gains a +2 bonus to its
defenses when adjacent to at least one other legion devil.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 14 (+12) Dex 12 (+11) Wis 12 (+11)
Con 14 (+12) Int 10 (+10) Cha 12 (+11)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
When the characters enter the area, read:
The crashing surf deposits you like so much flotsam on
the shore of a small island, your path narrowly avoiding
the razor-sharp spurs of rock that dot the lagoon nearby.
The familiar, cheerful voice of Guionne calls out: Ah,
my friends! I am so delighted that you were as good as
your word and managed to retrieve the arrow. Guionne
breathes deeply, savoring the feel. Cant you feel it in the
air? The city is already feeling so much more hospitable,
and we have you to thank for it. Now I need the artifact.
Guionne (G) Level 26 Elite Controller
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 18,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +18
HP 502; Bloodied 251
AC 43; Fortitude 38, Reflex 41, Will 41
Resist 25 fire
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6, teleport 6
Action Points 1
m Backhand (standard; at-will) F Weapon
+31 vs. AC; 2d8 + 9 damage, and the target is pushed 2
squares and dazed (saves ends).
R Acid Bolt (standard; at-will) F Acid, Implement
Ranged 10; +30 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 9 acid damage, and the
target takes a 2 penalty to attack rolls until the end of
Guionnes next turn.
C Molten Wave (standard; recharge ) F Fire,
Implement
Close blast 5; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 9 fire damage, and
ongoing 15 fire damage (save ends).
A Wall of Burning Iron (standard; recharges when first
bloodied) F Conjuration, Fire, Implement
Area wall 10 within 10 squares. Guionne conjures a wall
of red-hot iron covered in wicked barbs. The wall blocks
movement, line of sight, and line of effect. Creatures that
end their turn adjacent to the wall take 10 fire damage.
Creatures that touch the wall or are pulled, pushed, or
slid into the wall take 10 damage and 10 fire damage.
Legacy of Io
Guionne is perfectly willing to let the heroes go if
they give him the Arrow. He allows the PCs to pick
themselves up and brush off the sand, but if the char-
acters make a threatening move or delay too long, he
orders the devils to attack.
Perception Check
DC 37: A faint rustling, the sound of something moving
stealthily, catches your attention, seeming to originate from
the empty air. Perhaps the air isnt as empty as you thought.
The wall is 3 squares high, can be climbed with a DC 29
Athletics check (creatures climbing or standing on the wall
take 10 damage and 10 fire damage for touching it), and
cannot be destroyed. Sustain Minor: The wall persists.
R Iron Spike (standard; recharge ) F Fire, Implement
Range 5; Target must be within 2 squares of the wall
conjured with wall of burning iron; +31 vs. AC; 4d10 + 9
damage, and ongoing 15 fire damage and the target is
immobilized (save ends both).
Cherubium Conduit
Guionne can channel any of his powers with the
implement keyword through one of his cherubium that is
within 20 squares, treating the cherubiums square as his
own for purposes of the ability (line of sight, line of effect,
range, origin squares, and so on). Guionne does not need
line of sight or line of effect to the cherubium.
Spawn Cherubium (minor, at-will)
Guionne takes 15 damage and creates a cherubium in
an adjacent square. The cherubium enters the initiative
count immediately after Guionne and can act normally the
turn it is created. Guionne cannot control more than two
cherubium at a time; creating a new cherubium while he
has two active destroys one of the preexisting cherubium.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +25
Str 21 (+18) Dex 22 (+19) Wis 21 (+18)
Con 25 (+20) Int 28 (+22) Cha 27 (+21)
Equipment rod
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
38

Tactics
The devils fight a coordinated battle, led by Guionne
and the war devil lieutenant. Guionne uses wall of
burning iron to order the field in favor of the devils,
isolating or redirecting melee heroes while trap-
ping ranged or support characters in unfavorable
melees. He attacks through his cherubium, prefer-
ring to remain well clear of any possible danger to
his person. The war devil lieutenant guides the flow
of the combat with his abilities, focusing his fiendish
tactics on shocktrooper devil line breakers, if they
are at full hit points and have multiple targets for
their shocktroop attack, and the assassin devil, if it has
combat advantage against a target. The shocktrooper
devil line breakers and legion devil legionnaires
charge forward to prevent the PCs from targeting
their less-well-defended allies and from assisting
other characters. The shocktrooper devil line break-
ers actively seek to engage multiple targets at the
2 Cherubium (C) Level 26 Minion
Medium immortal animate (devil) XP 2,250 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +19
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also death
burst.
AC 39; Fortitude 34, Reflex 36, Will 36
Resist 25 fire
Speed 2, fly 12 (hover)
m Needling Teeth (standard; at-will)
+30 vs. AC; 15 damage.
R Sweet Disposition (immediate interrupt, when a creature
targets the cherubium with an attack; at-will)
Range sight; targets the triggering creature; +28 vs. Will;
the target cannot attack the cherubium until the start
of its next turn. The target is free to target a different
creature with the attack. This power does not provoke
opportunity attacks.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Str 8 (+12) Dex 26 (+21) Wis 21 (+18)
Con 22 (+19) Int 15 (+15) Cha 27 (+21)
opening of the encounter. The assassin devil moves
about the rear of the engagement, targeting back rank
characters and avoiding defenders.
The devils have no way of fleeing Hestavar and
fight ferociously if the fight turns against them. Gui-
onne, on the other hand, can quit the city and will
run if the majority of the devils are down and he is
severely injured.
Assassin Devil (A) Level 24 Lurker
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 6,050
Initiative +25 Senses Perception +23; darkvision
HP 167; Bloodied 83
AC 38; Fortitude 34, Reflex 38, Will 36
Resist 25 fire
Speed 12
m Shadow Sword (standard; at-will) F Necrotic, Weapon
+27 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 5 necrotic damage, and ongoing 5
damage (save ends).
R Shadow Net (standard; recharges when the assassin devil
uses shadow cloak) F Necrotic
Area burst 2 within 10; +26 vs. Reflex; the target is
restrained, is weakened, and takes ongoing 10 necrotic
damage (save ends all). While a target is affected by
shadow net, the assassin devil cannot use its shadow
cloak power.
Dangerous Shadows
An assassin devils shadow sword attack deals 4d6 extra
necrotic damage against any target granting combat
advantage to it.
Shadow Cloak (standard; recharges when no creatures are
affected by shadow net) F Illusion
The assassin devil is invisible until it hits or misses with an
attack.
Traitors Pact
The assassin devils necrotic damage is unaffected by
Hestavars radiant affinity.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Stealth +27
Str 21 (+17) Dex 28 (+21) Wis 25 (+19)
Con 17 (+15) Int 17 (+15) Cha 13 (+13)
Equipment leather armor, sword
Legacy of Io
War Devil Level 25 Brute (Leader)
Lieutenant (W)
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 7,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 286; Bloodied 143
AC 38; Fortitude 37, Reflex 35, Will 33
Resist 30 fire
Speed 8, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+29 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage.
m Trident (standard; recharge ) F Weapon
Reach 2; +29 vs. AC; 4d4 + 9 damage and ongoing 5
damage (save ends), and the target slides into any square
adjacent to the war devil lieutenant and is knocked prone.
R Besieged Foe (minor action; at-will)
Ranged sight; automatic hit; the target is marked, and
allies of the war devil lieutenant gain a +2 bonus to attack
rolls made against the target until the encounter ends or
the war devil lieutenant marks a new target.
R Devilish Transposition (move; at-will) F Teleportation
Ranged 20; the war devil lieutenant and an allied devil
within range swap positions.
R Fiendish Tactics (minor; recharge )
Ranged 10; affects up to 2 allied devils of the war devil
lieutenants level or lower; each target can take a move
action or make a basic attack.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +20
Str 28 (+21) Dex 24 (+19) Wis 20 (+17)
Con 26 (+20) Int 15 (+14) Cha 19 (+16)
Equipment trident
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
39

2 Shocktroop Devil Level 24 Soldier
Line Breakers (S)
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 6,050 each
Initiative +15 Senses Perception +9; darkvision
HP 219; Bloodied 109
AC 41; Fortitude 35, Reflex 34, Will 34; see also Asmodeuss
shield
Resist 15 fire
Speed 6, fly 8
m Sword and Shield (standard; at-will) F Weapon
Reach 2; +31 vs. AC; 3d6 + 8 damage, and the shocktroop
devil line breaker makes a secondary attack. Secondary
Attack: Reach 2; +28 vs. Fortitude; the target is pushed 2
squares and dazed until the end of the shocktroop devil
line breakers next turn.
M Shocktroop Attack (standard; recharges when the
shocktroop devil line breaker has full hit points)
The devil makes three sword and shield attacks, each
against a different target.
Asmodeuss Shield
While a shocktroop devil line breaker is not bloodied,
it gains a +2 bonus to all defenses against divine attack
powers. While bloodied, it takes a 2 penalty to all
defenses against divine attack powers.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Str 24 (+20) Dex 24 (+19) Wis 17 (+15)
Con 23 (+18) lnt 14 (+14) Cha 24 (+19)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
Legacy of Io
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light.
Rocky Cliffs: The majority of the small
island consists of a jagged stone outcrop-
ping that juts from the sea and surrounds
the small area of open sand. Climbing
around on the sharp rocks requires a DC
36 Athletics check and is done at one-quar-
ter normal speed.
Water: The lagoon water is relatively
shallow here but does count as difficult
terrain.
Razor-Edged Rocks: The rock pillars
sticking out of the lagoon are dangerously
sharp. A creature pulled, pushed, or slid
into or through a rock pillar square takes
15 damage. Such squares are difficult ter-
rain and provide cover as normal pillars.
Storm Surge: Powerful waves, driven
by the faltering storm, regularly crash
into the small island. At the start of each
turn, roll a d6; on a 5 or 6, a particularly
energetic wave hits. Creatures within d6
squares of the lagoons edge are subject to
the following attack: + 26 vs. Reflex; the
target is knocked prone and slides 1d6
squares straight into the lagoon.
No vember 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 2
40
Those Once
Loyal
By Robert J. Schwalb
An adventure for 25th-level characters

illustrations by William OConnor

cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2009 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

All that happens now has happened before and shall

happen again unless we choose otherwise. Since the
hated struggle against the elemental host in that sto-
ried event recalled as the Dawn War, we have seen the
divided god wage endless war as it seeks to reconcile
its sundered existence. Over the eons, the platinum
wrestles with the chromatic, using and discarding us
as they will to slake their thirst for vengeance. Our
late patron defeated the enemy, and the enemy has
defeated our patron. Time and again they fight, but
to what end? One triumphs only to fall as the other
gains ascendancy. I have peered through times mists,
apprehended the distant future, and can see no end
to this struggle. My despair at the eternal war impels
me to beseech your esteemed council, to urge you to let
the Platinum Dragons death be the last and to help
me put an end to this age-old cycle for all time. Fellow
dragons, the time to decide is now.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
29

Those Once Loyal is an adventure for five 25th-level
characters. By the end, the characters should be mid-
way through 27th level. This adventure builds on the
events described in the Scales of War adventure path,
but you can adapt it for use in your own campaign or
as a one-shot adventure for epic level adventurers.
Background
Bahamut is mostly dead . . . but not entirely so. A rem-
nant lives on, hidden away and kept safe by a servant
created for just this purpose. In Bahamuts unfathom-
able wisdom, he anticipated the end Tiamat intended
for him, extracted a portion of his divine essence, and
bequeathed it to an unwitting vessel. That vessel is
Amyria. Should the unthinkable happen (as it has),
the essence would guide Amyria to her ultimate
purpose.
At least, thats the plan.
Keeping the plan a secret was central to Bahamuts
agenda. Although Amyria is capable, as are her
companions, Tiamat would destroy her in a moment
if she knew what the deva carried within her. No
plan is safe when there are those who can peer into
the future and trace fates threads to their possible
outcomes.
One such being to identify Bahamuts intent was
the mithral dragon Dakranad, a historian and phi-
losopher who dwelled in Bahamuts palace. Any who
are close to the Platinum Dragon are aware that the
struggle between Bahamut and Tiamat is no new
thing. It has raged for countless millennia, all the way
back to the Dawn War when Bahamut and Tiamat
were born from Ios sundered form. Dakranad knew
that Bahamuts death, while tragic, would bring an
end to the war and spare the lives of generations to
come. This fact comforted Dakranad. He was shaken
when he received a vision of Bahamuts rebirth,
because he knew that if his master returned, the
wars would continue forever. The only solution was to
claim Bahamuts mantle and assume his place.
For all his intellect and foresight, Dakranad failed
to recognize his hubris when he approached the seven
gold dragons who advised their master. Dakranad
gave an impassioned speech, explaining the histories
and their consequences and the dangers yet to come
should Bahamut be permitted to continue his struggle.
He beseeched the dragons to elevate him so he could
take the Platinum Dragons place and bring the costly
war to an end. His audience was both delighted that
Bahamut would return and horrified by the dragons
offer. They were so offended that they tossed the
mithral dragon out from Celestia and unknowingly
placed him in the clutches of an insidious enemy who
wanted vengeance for himself.
Enter Dispater. Bahamut and Tiamat caused the
archdevil endless trouble with their squabbling. Dis-
pater lost his prized prisoner (Gith), had his aspect
murdered, and saw any chance at claiming the gith
yanki dashed for the foreseeable future. The only way
for Dispater to salvage his situation was to claim the
gods essence for himself and either keep it tucked
away in his iron citadel or use it to remove Asmodeus
and elevate himself to master of the Nine Hells.
Dakranad was skeptical about an alliance with
the archdevil, knowing enough to realize the peril in
dealing with such a fiend. Yet Dakranads desperation
undid his reservations and allowed him to be swayed
by the archdevils honeyed words. Dispater assured
the dragon that they would attain a bloodless victory,
and with his support they could seize Amyria when
she entered Celestia and prevent her from becoming
Bahamut with little trouble at all.
Those Once Loyal
Backed by a legion of devils, Dakranad and Dis-
pater slipped into Celestia, moved to the Shining
Bastion, Bahamuts palace, and seized the stronghold
by force. The gold dragons would not kneel before
them, even when faced by a devil and his army. The
gold dragons fought; Dakranad and his allies won;
Bahamuts palace was theirs.
It wasnt until the last gold dragon lay dying on the
f loor that Dakranad realized his crimes enormity.
His intent was never power but to save lives. The
dead dragons glassy eyes ref lected his corruption,
but instead of retreating from his wickedness, he
resolved to see his plan to its conclusion and right his
wrongs. He would lead Celestia into a bright future,
free from conf lict and strife, and free from Ios legacy
for all time.
Adventure Synopsis
The arrow of fate recovered in Legacy of Io points to
Celestia as the place to restore Bahamut to life. The
visions assailing Amyria are beginning to weaken
her, however, and if not stopped, may very well kill
her. Using her spelljammer, the adventurers travel to
Empyron to seek clues about how they might resur-
rect the fallen god and also to cure the deva. Once
there, Dakranads agents strike the city of healing.
While battling the dragons and angels, infernal assas-
sins slip behind the characters to kidnap Amyria and
bring her back to their master.
Whether or not the devils succeed, the charac-
ters learn Amyria is in fact the vessel and key to
Bahamuts recovery. An old ally, Kalad, whose soul
was spared and transformed into an exalted, points
to Torzak-Belgirn to find answers to their questions.
If the devils did succeed, the dragon attack points
to Dakranad, and the characters can easily discover
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
30

The Quests
In Those Once Loyal, the characters must escort
Amyria to her destiny to claim the birthright bestowed
upon her by Bahamut. As the adventure unfolds, the
characters have chances to earn quest XP.
Minor QuestDiscover Amyrias Destiny
Empyron, city of healing, is the best chance to dis-
cover what force works against Amyria. The healers
there reveal the truth about her condition, explaining
she carries within her a gods essence. This informa-
tion establishes her as one critical part in restoring
Bahamut to life.
Reward: 7,000 XP.
Minor QuestSave Amyria from Dakranad
The mithral dragon covets Amyrias power and seeks
to use it so he can assume Bahamuts place. His agents
attempt a kidnapping at Empyron. If the characters
would resurrect Bahamut, they must thwart the kid-
napping attempt or later rescue her.
Reward: 9,000 XP.
Minor QuestThwart Dispater
Angered over losing Gith from his iron fortress in the
Nine Hells, Dispater hopes to claim Bahamuts essence
for himself, which he sees as an even greater prize
than the githyanki matriarch. By defeating Dispater,
the adventurers clear another obstruction to restoring
the Platinum Dragon.
Reward: 9,000 XP.
that the mithral dragon has decreed himself heir to
Bahamuts throne and most likely lairs there.
Minor QuestDefeat the Mithral Dragon
The greatest obstacle to Bahamuts rebirth is not
Tiamat but rather one of his own children, the mithral
dragon named Dakranad. The dragon will stop at
nothing to ensure Bahamut remains dead and claim
his place. The characters must defeat the dragon in
order to complete their quest.
Reward: 11,000 XP.
Minor QuestRecover the Creation Spark
Amyria is not enough to see Bahamut restored: the
adventurers must secure a creation spark from Mora-
dins Forge. Placing the spark in Amyrias hands allows
Bahamuts essence to fully awaken and return to the
world as he was.
Reward: 11,000 XP.
Major QuestRestore Bahamut to Life
To complete the rebirth, the adventurers usher
Amyria across the Bridge of al-Sihal. To do that, they
must convince the archangel guardian of their causes
worthiness. Once Amyria crosses into the light at
the end, the transformation begins and Bahamut is
reborn.
Reward: 110,000 XP.
The characters have two choices. They can go
to the Platinum Dragons redoubt where, if Amyria
Those Once Loyal
was captured, she most likely waits for them; or they
can push on to Moradins Forge via Torzak-Belgirn.
Whichever path they choose, they will need to go
back and deal with the other.
At Bahamuts Palace, the characters find the
stronghold empty and the Halls of Reflection overrun
by devils. Battling through the defenders, the charac-
ters learn more of Dakranads plot, Dispaters agenda,
and how Bahamut planned for his death all along. If
Amyria is kidnapped, the characters dont find her
here, but they do learn the mithral dragon carried her
to Moradins Forge to acquire the creation spark for
himself, the catalyst necessary to restore the god.
Turning to Moradins Forge, the heroes find only
enemies. With the gods forces arrayed against them,
the adventurers must push their way through the
defenders to reach the godforge, where they hope to
find Amyria, secure a creation spark, or both. The
aspect of Moradin awaits them there, and the charac-
ters learn the divine avatar was turned against them
by their enemy. The characters must defeat the aspect
or convince him of their righteous purpose. In either
event, victorious characters may secure the creation
spark, but if Amyria is missing, they learn the mithral
dragon is a step ahead of them again and racing to the
Bridge of al-Sihal to complete his own apotheosis.
The adventure concludes with a race across Celes-
tia, the heroes working to cut off the dragon before
he can cross into the golden radiance at the bridges
end and claim Bahamuts power for himself. The final
scene sees the adventures embroiled in a three-way
fight against Dakranad and the archangel guardian
who protects the holy bridge. Should the characters
succeed, Amyria, who has known the truth all along,
finds the courage to carry the creation spark into the
light and assume the mantle thrust upon her.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
31

Preparing for Adventure
Those Once Loyal gives the player characters a
chance to undue Tiamats plotting and deliver a ter-
rible blow to the goddess, a setback that could unravel
all her plans and mark the final turning point in
the war. The characters travel to a plane of light and
unsullied goodness only to find its sanctity compro-
mised by misguided intent and fathomless greed. The
adventurers must face off against powerful foes, stir a
gods heart, and send a friend to certain death in the
hope of saving all creation from Tiamats tyranny.
The adventure should begin just after the charac-
ters retrieve the arrow of fate as described in Legacy
of Io. When you are ready to begin, go to Grim
Reunion on page 33.
What You Need to Play
Youll find everything you need to run the adventure
contained in the following pages, including the back-
ground information presented above, setup, and tactical
encounters that include statistics blocks and maps for
each combat encounter. If you need more information
on how to use the tactical encounter format, see a previ-
ous Scales of War adventure, such as Garaithas Anvil.
Also, Manual of the Planes and Plane Above provide addi-
tional information on Celestia, while Draconomicon 2
gives added insight into mithral dragons.
Treasure Preparation
Those Once Loyal uses the treasure parcel system
described in the Dungeon Masters Guide. The characters
should gain a total of eighteen treasure parcels. The
Treasure Parcels sidebar lists the most likely places to
find parcels. You can fill in the blanks with the parcel
numbers noted. Magic items ought to come from the
players wish lists, with most of the higher-level items
appearing in parcels found later in the adventure.
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: ____________, D. Covered Retreat
Parcel B: ____________, D. Covered Retreat
Parcel C: ____________, G. Bahamuts Throne
Parcel D: ____________, G. Bahamuts Throne
Parcel E: ____________, G. Bahamuts Throne
Parcel F: ____________, I. Accidental Prisoners
Parcel G: ____________, I. Accidental Prisoners
Parcel H: ____________, I. Accidental Prisoners
Parcel I: ____________, L. A Thousand Teeth
Parcel J: ____________, N. Forgeworks
Parcel K: ____________, N. Forgeworks
Parcel L: ____________, N. Forgeworks
Parcel M: ____________, P. Moradins Forge
Parcel N: ____________, P. Moradins Forge
Parcel O: ____________, P. Moradins Forge
Parcel P: ____________, P. Moradins Forge
Parcel Q: ____________, Q. War for Heaven
Parcel R: ____________, Q. War for Heaven
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters
Guide, the following parcels can go in spaces above.
Pick items from your players wish list to populate
magic items.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 29
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 28
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 28
Those Once Loyal
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 27
Parcel 7: Magic item, level 26
Parcel 8: ritual scroll of Imprisonment (Arcane Power,
page 156) and Voice of Fate, 3 potions of recovery
Parcel 9: pouch with 70 pp and 20 diamonds (5,000
gp each), ritual scroll containing Ease Spirit (Divine
Power, page 157) and True Portal, phial containing
50,000 gp of residuum
Parcel 10: 100 platinum ingots (worth 5,000 gp each),
gold statue depicting Moradin at the forge (60,000 gp)
Parcel 11: 1,250 pp, 2 caustic whetstones (level 30,
Adventurers Vault, page 190)
Parcel 12: 1,750 pp, 50,000 gp of residuum contained
in a Celestian steel box (worth 50,000 gp), miscella-
neous godforged components (worth 100,000 gp total)
Parcel 13: 300 pp, platinum tiara set with sapphires
(50,000 gp), gown woven from inert astral fire and
studded with fire rubies (100,000 gp), mithral scepter
studded with astral diamonds (100,000 gp), 2 potions
of resistance (level 24, Adventurers Vault, page 188)
Parcel 14: 25 ad, 1 potion of recovery
Parcel 15: 200 pp, 9 gold dragon statuettes (20,000
gp each)
Parcel 16: 9 ad, 50 pp, a mithral statuette depicting
Bahamut (50,000 gp), augmenting whetstone (level 26,
Adventurers Vault, page 190)
Parcel 17: 1 potion of life
Parcel 18: 6 diamonds (5,000 gp each)
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
32

Vital Information
This adventure reveals the methods required to
restore Bahamut to life. While running the adven-
ture, be sure to keep the following points in mind and
make sure the players understand them by the adven-
tures conclusion.
Long ago, Bahamut enshrined his essence in a
simple platinum sword and hid the relic in the
natural world as insurance against the time when
Tiamat would resume their age-old struggle.
Not long after Tiamat sparked the war, Bahamut
awoke the platinum sword. The weapon assumed
the form of a deva who took the name Amyria. To
protect Bahamuts essence, the deva knew nothing
of who she was or what role she would play in the
event of Bahamuts death.
Once Bahamut was slain, the essence stirred
within the vessel, impelling her to restore the
god to his true form. The Platinum Dragon never
intended the vessel to acquire a personality, and
thus the divine nature, as it fights to become free,
is inadvertently killing her.
Amyria is nothing more than a means to an end.
Her annihilation is regrettable, but there is no
other way to restore Bahamut.
Amyria is not enough. She must carry a creation
spark into the golden radiance at the end of the
Bridge of al-Sihal. By entering the light, Amyria
can merge with the creation spark and begin her
transformation into Bahamut.
A powerful angel guards the way into the Bastion of
Souls and permits no creature to cross the Bridge
without divine decree. The arrow of fate is the arrow
that slew Bahamut once long ago and remains a
mighty weapon. Using it against the archangel will
permit Amyria to pass without harm.
Those Once Loyal
Starting the Adventure Amyria still lives, but she doesnt respond to efforts to
help her. Any character trained in Heal sees shes in a
The amount of time between this adventure and the
coma and her condition worsens. Characters seeking
last is up to you. During the characters efforts to
more concrete answers have a few options.
recover the arrow of fate, Amyria was looking into the
Characters trained in Arcana or Religion know
intense visions troubling her since Bahamuts death.
Celestia is an astral dominion and is home to Kord,
Should the adventurers need time to create or pur-
Moradin, and Bahamut when he lived. It is a holy
chase magic items, follow up on other leads, or need
place where virtue and courage are celebrated and
an extra encounter or two to bring them to 25th level,
where great heroes may become exalted and lend
stall this adventures start.
their power to the dominions defense. A DC 26 Reli-
A Grim Reunion gion check recalls Celestia is also home to Empyron,
the City of Healing, where ailments have no hold.
Amyria finds the adventurers. During her travels, she
Alternatively, the adventurers might use rituals to
acquired a spelljammer named Mercys Blessing and
ferret out the answers to their questions.
searched the planes for answers to her visions as well
Consult Oracle: Characters using this ritual
as information on how to use the arrow of fate. Amyria
receive one-word answers to their questions. Use Vital
is exhausted by her efforts, and the visions have only
Information on this page to guide your answers.
grown worse. When she rejoins the adventurers, its
Consult Mystic Sages: Information gained from
clear shes sick. Its clear that if something is not done
this ritual also draws from Vital Information pre-
soon, this unknown plague might kill her.
sented on this page.
Amyria changes the subject should the characters
Divine Sight (Forgotten Realms Players Guide): A
ask after her, turning their attention to the item they
character benefiting from this ritual recognizes that
recovered. When the characters produce the item,
the arrow of fate serves Bahamut and also identifies
it swivels in their hand and points toward the deva.
Bahamuts essence roiling inside Amyria.
No matter where the character moves, the arrow
History Revealed (Arcane Power): Any character
shifts its position so it maintains it direction. When
who performs this ritual witnesses key scenes from
offered, Amyria takes the arrow of fate, and her eyes
the campaign involving Amyria, but the most impor-
open wide, her mouth falls open, and she collapses. A
tant scene is the recovery of the platinum sword in
moment later she recovers.
Rescue at Rivenroar (Dungeon 156).
Loremasters Bargain: This ritual provides the
Amyria blinks and gasps and shudders. She pulls herself to
surest information the adventurers need to gather
her feet and looks at you. A moment passes before she says,
information described under Vital Information. The
The visions are correct. Bahamut lives. Celestia. We . . .
entity called forth protects Bahamuts secret, however,
must . . . answers there. She collapses once again.
and so urges the characters to transport Amyria to
Celestia, where she will be at least one step closer to
realizing her purpose.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
33
 Those Once Loyal

Reaching Celestia The trouble with the Plane Shift ritual is that it
requires the characters to name a specific loca- Celestia
Traveling to an astral dominion is simple work for
epic level characters, but Amyrias spelljammer can tion they have visited once before or name a plane. Celestia, the Radiant Throne, is a wholesome and
bridge the distance provided they have the Plane Completing the ritual deposits the characters some virtuous plane, a realm of seven magnificent moun-
Shift ritual (Manual of the Planes, page 150). Amyria distance away from the named destination or at a tains whose peaks shine with inner light. This plane is
knows the ritual, but shes in no condition to perform random location on the plane. Assuming the charac- home to Bahamut, Kord, and Moradin, and the three
it herself. If the characters themselves lack the ritual, ters have never visited Empyron before and perform deities combine their power to combat evil. Moradin
they might find a ritual scroll (be sure to deduct the rituals, the adventurers appear in the air floating is the first of equals and both Bahamut and Kord
17,000 gp from a monetary treasure parcel) in Amyr- above Bahamuts Palace (proceed to Part Three). If accede to his wishes.
ias quarters. Alternatively, acquiring the ritual might the characters have been to Empyron before and get The plane consists of a range of seven peaks, about
prove an interesting side-trek if the characters arent a 30 or higher on their Arcana check, theyre close 120 miles long and wide. Each mount climbs some 10
quite to 25th level. enough to Empyron to close the distance in short miles up to blue skies above. The plane exerts normal
order (proceed to Part One). Failing this, the charac- gravity, and the deities can control their environs.
Mercys Blessing ters wind up at the Palace as above. Radiance Affinity: Creatures gain a +1 bonus
Gargantuan vehicle On the off chance that no character has the Ritual to attack rolls using radiant powers. Creatures deal
HP 500 Space 4 squares by 8 squares
AC 3; Fortitude 20, Reflex 2 Caster feat, they will need to find someone to per- only half damage with attacks using necrotic damage
Speed fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15 form the ritual on their behalf. Use any suitable NPC (though ongoing necrotic damage is unaffected).
Pilot to whom the characters have grown close to do the Current Developments: Bahamuts death drew
The pilot must sit at the spelljammer helm, at the vessels
job, but the characters will still need to supply the Kord and Moradin from their respective realms
rear.
Crew residuum. to respond to Tiamats machinations. Both gods
In addition to the pilot, the vehicle requires a crew of five, In the end, allow the characters to reach Celestia left their dominion and council with other gods
all of whom use a standard action each round to help with little effort. to determine how they should respond to deicide.
control the vessel. Reduce the vehicles fly speed by 4
squares for each missing crewmember. At fly speed 0, the Kords halls are beyond this adventures scope, but
vehicle is unable to travel and flies out of control. Moradin left an aspect to oversee his forge behind
Load Rainf athers Beard.
Thirty Medium creatures; forty tons of cargo.
Out of Control
When out-of-control, the vehicle moves forward at half
speed (not including any modifiers for its sails). Each round,
it has a 75% chance of descending. It descends 5 squares
for the first 10 rounds its out of control. After 10 rounds,
it descends 10 squares per round. If the vehicle hits the
ground while out-of-control after descending more than 20
squares, it is destroyed.
Sails
The vehicle takes a penalty or bonus to its fly speed from 4
to +4 depending on the strength and direction of the wind.
Spelljammer Helm (Navigation Focus)
This vehicle is equipped with a spelljamming helm which is
the navigation focus for the Plane Shift ritual.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
34
 Those Once Loyal

Part One: white robes and a silver mask, concealing gender and
features. As one, they turn to the deva and converge to
The City of Healing attend to her hurts.

The gentlest peak of the Seven Mounting Heavens is The attendants are exalted, chosen by the gods
Jusor. Travelers can ascend to its high vales by way to give comfort to the suffering. Their sole purpose
of the wide slopes, whose pitches are intended not to is to heal the sick and, despite their strange, silent
tax the traveler too greatly but rather to invite them behavior, they mean Amyria no harm. They try to
onward to Empyron far above. Not long after a trav- take Amyria and bring her inside the tower, where
eler makes the ascent, the City of Healings alabaster they can assess whatever assails her. If any character
towers come into view, graceful spires with f luted moves against the attendants or stops them from
columns and wide, arcing bridges spanning the dis- taking Amyria, they as one retreat to the doors, cock-
tance between them. The white walls bounding the ing their heads in confusion, watching and waiting
city bear the merciful visages and snapping gold ban- to see what the characters do next. A character who
ners declaring the citys devotion to life and living. attacks an attendant causes all six to disappear and
Through the open gates one finds broad avenues shutters to them every door and every window in
sheltered by the spreading boughs of massive oaks Empyron, barring all access to any chambers, thus
to dampen the suns brilliance. From any point in denying their aid for as long as you deem sufficient.
the city, one can just make out the still black waters
on whose shores the city stands. No ripple mars its
glassy surface and unseen stars ref lect their light off
its still waters.
The City of Healing welcomes all, offering succor
to those in need. Within its walls, curses melt, injuries
heal, and diseases flee. Characters suffering any inju-
ries, curses, diseases, or other persistent ailments find
them lifted upon entering the city, yet Amyria does
not stir from her sleep.
Whether the characters entered the city on foot or
landed the spelljammer in a clearing, the citys healers
find them:

A nearby towers massive doors swing on silent hinges to

reveal a brightly lit and airy hall. Six attendants emerge,
carrying crystalline goblets, cool cloths, and platters
bearing succulent fruit. Each attendant wears diaphanous

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
35
 Those Once Loyal

An Old Friend Couldnt some essence of Bahamut have survived? Event 1: Sanctity Violated
Hmm. If Bahamuts essence lingers still, he is in grave If the attendants carried Amyria into the great hall
Whether or not the characters allow the attendants
danger, for Dakranad will not permit his return. and the characters followed them inside, they find
to spirit Amyria away, a short, stocky attendant joins
Who is Darkranad? Bahamuts heir-apparent, an comfortable beds lining both sides for as far as they
the rest. Like the others, he wears white robes, but
arrogant mithral dragon who claims to have visions can see, suggesting the place is far larger inside than
he lacks a mask. Characters who knew Kalad in life
or some such nonsense. Hes the one causing all the out. Whitewood arched doors lead off on all sides
recognize him immediately.
trouble. while glowing motes fill the room with cheery light.
When Kalad perished in Throne of the Stone-
What sort of trouble? There has been trouble at There are no other patients here. If they ask Kalad
Skinned King (Dungeon 166), Moradin took pity on
Bahamuts palace. It seems the dragon has made foul about this, the dwarf explains that there are others,
this dedicated servant and called his spirit from the
alliances and driven out the proper custodians. Devils but they are elsewhere in the city. The gods built the
Shadowfell to serve in the afterlife as he did in life.
in Bahamuts hall, can you imagine? City of Healing during the Dawn War to attend to
Kalad lends his aid to Empyron, learning the ancient
If we can restore Bahamut, hell certainly toss him out, their soldiers. Such was the wars scope that at one
healing arts passed down for millennia. He remem-
wont he? Most likely, but only if you succeed. Have you time, no bed lacked an injured hero and no hall stood
bers little from his life, but he recalls familiar faces.
located his essence? (If yes) Amyria? Never guessed empty.
His face splits into a grin as he welcomes the heroes
that one, though she was always a bit funny, I suppose. While the attendants inspect Amyria, Dakranads
to the City of Healing.
Well, its just a matter of extracting the essence then. servants strike the city.
After a few friendly exchanges, the characters
This isnt something healers can do here. Youd do Tactical Encounter: A. Dragon Strike (see page
can question the dwarf as they like. Typical answers
best to sort this out with Moradin himself. If anyone 45).
follow typical questions below.
would know how to put a god back together again, itd
What are you doing here? I thought you were dead!
Indeed I was, friend, but Moradin still had need for
be him. (If no) Well, once we see whats wrong with Event 2: Kidnapping
Amyria, we can patch her up and maybe shell have While the dragons and angels strike from overhead,
this old dwarf. Ive come to learn the healing arts and
answers for us. Dispaters servants enter the hall from one of the side
lend my aid in what feeble ways I can.
Where would we find Moradin? Thats a question passages and abduct Amyria. Run this encounter only
Who are these others in the city? Ah. They are exalted
for sure. From what I hear, hes already left Celestia if one or more characters refuse to leave the devas
like myself. They intend no harm; their purpose is to
with Kord to convene with the other gods about fight- side while the battle rages.
help and nothing more.
ing Tiamat. Moradin would never leave his forge Tactical Encounter: B. Fiery Abduction (see
Can we trust them with Amyria? Of course, you came
unguarded. I imagine he left behind his aspect to page 48).
here didnt you? All are safe in the City of Healing.
continue his work. I would check at Torzak-Belgirn to Adapting the Encounter: Its likely the player
Have you heard about Bahamuts death? Who hasnt?
find him. characters will be busy fighting the silver dragons
Things have been difficult since he died. Celestia
readies for war. and thus unable to stop or confront the devils in this
What do you mean, difficult? Bahamuts passing is encounter. You can repurpose this encounter at any
grievous to be sure, but not all share this sentiment. point later in the adventure. The devils might cause
Vultures have emerged to claim his mantle. trouble for the characters in the Halls of Reflection
But Bahamut still lives! Does he now? Thats or the characters might face them while snooping
interesting . . . Where is he? Is this some sort of plot around at Torzak-Belgirn.
against Tiamat?

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
36

Where is the
Mithral Dragon?
The mithral dragons prescience allows it to stay
ahead of the characters until the end. If the devils
kidnap Amyria, they deliver her to the dragon at
the palace. Dakranad then moves to Torzak-Belgirn
where he deceives the aspect of Moradin and con-
vinces him that he plans to restore Bahamut and that
the characters aim to stop him and save Amyrias life.
Characters going first to Bahamuts Palace just
miss the dragon as he teleports to Moradins Forge.
Should the characters explore the Forge first, assume
that Dakranad has already turned the aspect and
gained the creation spark but lingers at the Palace to
argue with Dispater for a bit before pushing on to the
Bridge.
Event 3: Hot on the Heels
This event occurs only if the characters give chase
to the kidnappers or head into the Healing Hall to
see where the would-be abductors came from. Deep
within the Healing Hall are more fiends waiting to
cover their allies retreat.
Skill Challenge: C. Tracking the Devils (see
page 49).
Event 4: Devil in the Details
The kidnappers left a surprise for the adventurers. A
pit fiend and a small force await the characters when
they track the fleeing devils to the portal.
Tactical Encounter: D. Covered Retreat (see page
51).
Those Once Loyal
Event 5: What Next?
Diagnosis and Revelations With the information learned from the healers, the
Empyron attendants learned key information about characters have a few options. They might press
Amyria, but the characters can learn this only if at ahead to Moradins Forge (see Part Three) and seek an
least one attendant survived tactical encounter B or if audience with the god, or they might head for Baham-
the characters thwarted the kidnapping attempt and uts Palace to rescue Amyria, figure out how the devils
have other attendants inspect her. The characters can are involved, and perhaps defeat the mithral dragon
learn the following information from the attendants. (see Part Two). The characters have time to take an
Amyria does not have long to live. extended rest before heading off in either direction.
A powerful presence is using Amyrias body as
fuel to sustain itself. If left alone, the spark will
destroy itself and Amyria.
The healers could extract the essence, but doing
so would destroy it. If the essence is Bahamut,
then doing so would prevent the gods return.
If the characters piece this information together
with the information gained from Kalad and
suggest to the healers that the essence is in fact
Bahamut, the healers declare that they cannot
trigger the transformation. Only Moradin pos-
sesses the knowledge and means to reconstitute a
dead god and he has withdrawn to Torzak-Belgirn,
the forge city, where he musters his armies for war
against Tiamat.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
37

Part Two:
The Platinum
Dragons Fastness
The characters have several reasons to explore
Bahamuts Palace. The characters may venture here
to rescue Amyria, they might come to the palace to
learn more about Bahamuts plans, or they might visit
the stronghold to defeat the mithral dragon and its
allies. The characters can explore this location at any
point during the adventure, but it should be before
chasing down the dragon as described in Part Four.
Characters can reach the site easily. The portal in
Part One takes the characters to area 1 at the palace.
Otherwise, the characters can learn the castles loca-
tion from anyone at Empyron. It stands on a high
spur on the mountain called Mertion. The characters
can then use Amyrias spelljammer to reach the castle,
a ritual (assume someone in Empyron has the sigil
address for the castles teleportation circle), or make
an overland journey (the slowest and least likely,
given the characters levels). Characters walking and
climbing to the stronghold must devote at least a week
for travel and likely face additional encounters, at
your discretion.
Aside from confronting the corrupted mithral
dragon, the Halls of Reflection above the castle hold
the secret to Bahamuts reconstitution and also the
revelation that this struggle has happened before.
Regardless of when the characters tackle the site,
neither the mithral dragon nor the council of seven
gold dragons who once advised Bahamut are here.
Instead, the characters find devils aplenty waiting
for them. The mithral dragon made a bargain with a
devil to gain support to claim Bahamuts place.
Those Once Loyal
The Halls of Reflection Features of the Halls
The Platinum Dragons palace stands on a spur not Dispaters devils and a few angels loyal to the mithral
far below Mertions peak. The stronghold is far larger dragon guard the Halls. Their master plumbs Baham-
than the area the characters will explore. The section uts most private chambers in search of treasure. Most
concerning the adventurers is Bahamuts Halls of areas share common features.
Reflection where, in life, the Platinum Dragon could Illumination: Bright light. Angelic radiance fills
meditate, monitor his mortal servants, and plan ways each chamber with soft white light.
to counter Tiamats plotting. Bahamut stored his most Doors: Unless otherwise mentioned, doors are
precious treasures in a vault hidden deep within the unlocked.
complex. Outcropping: The Halls spread across several
stone plinths above the castle itself. A fall from this
If the characters approach Bahamuts Palace by area deposits a character in a courtyard 110 feet
any means other than the portal, read: below and deals 11d10 damage.
Stairs: Squares containing stairs are difficult
A mighty fortress rises from an outcropping jutting out terrain.
from the snowy mountain. Its gleaming walls catch Walls: Most walls are made from smooth ala-
and reflect the suns brilliance. Wide towers thrust up, baster, but beneath the glossy veneer, one can see
competing with the mountain itself for height, while draconic forms captured in the stone. Climbing the
dizzying ramparts festooned with draconic imagery walls requires a DC 31 Athletics check.
promise no easy entry to would-be assailants. Your eye
is drawn to a shimmering red light glowing from a small
cluster of buildings above the fortress proper. The light
seems out of place or wrong somehow.
The light the characters spot is the open portal to
the Healing Hall of Part One. Characters are free to
explore the rest of the palace as they like, and they
find courtyards and halls, cavernous passages, and
endless rooms, all scaled for gargantuan dragons. No
one stirs in the castle proper and nothing has dis-
turbed the furnishings or doors. The only exception
is the Chamber of the Seven Dragons, a massive audi-
torium where seven gold dragons convened to advise
Bahamut. In this sumptuous and wondrous room, the
adventurers find seven dragon carcasses, butchered
by devils.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
38
 Those Once Loyal

Keyed Locations
The following locations correspond with those on the
Halls of Reflection map.

1. Portal Landing
Adventurers traveling by portal emerge here. Parties
arriving by other means automatically see the por-
tals light. This area grants a breathtaking view of the
mountains to all sides, but its openness leaves arrivals
exposed.
Tactical Encounter: E. Hells Fury (see page 54).

2. Air Bridge
A wide bridge formed from force leads from the
portal landing to the Hall of Reflection. The bridge
is transparent, allowing those crossing it to see the
courtyard over one hundred below their feet.
Tactical Encounter: E. Hells Fury (see page 54).

3. Canary Courtyard
Bahamut and his attendants welcomed visitors
through the doors or from overtop to this modest
open-aired courtyard. A balcony rings the area and
the upper doors lead to the Aerie, where Bahamuts
guards await their masters next command.
Tactical Encounter: F. Devoted Guardians (see
page 65). 5. Audience Chamber doors open onto an empty hall with two more doors
When Bahamut spent time in the Halls of Reflection, to either side. These doors allow passage into empty
4. Angelic Aerie he would meet petitioners in this massive domed turrets.
Angels need never sleep, but they do spend time in chamber. Platinum seals block further passage into the
meditation to clear their minds of personality and Tactical Encounter: G. Bahamuts Throne (see complex unless the characters already defeated the
individual will. Bahamuts angels use the privacy page 57). godforged colossus in tactical encounter G, in which
afforded by this chamber for just this purpose. case the seals are open. If the characters have not yet
Tactical Encounter: F. Devoted Guardians (see 6. Rear Gate defeated the colossus, the seal attacks as described on
page 65). Double doors behind the domed tower allow access page 57.
to the interior and bypass the Canary Courtyard. The

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
39
 Those Once Loyal

7. Sky Walk 11. Bahamuts Vault

A wide bridge connects the Halls of Reflection to
the mountain on which it stands. The bridge is 70
feet long and ends at a dark cavern, where a spiral
staircase leads down to the fortress below. Characters
needing to take an extended rest may do so here.
8. Hall of Champions
To reach his vault, Bahamut moved through this
hall as a reminder of all the greatest mortal cham-
pions to sacrifice their lives in his name. The statues
depict humans, dragonborn, elves, and other races.
The statues change form, cycling through countless
mortals who died in Bahamuts service. Anyone who
spends time examining the statues can witness their
transformation.
If any player characters were lost during the Scales
of War campaign, consider adding their likenesses to
the statues here.
Bahamut stored many treasures here, including
magic items, relics, and other miscellaneous items of
value only to the deity. Dakranad plundered much of
the vault, but he left a few things here, including items
that lured Dispater into his present predicament.
Tactical Encounter: I. Accidental Prisoners (see
page 60).
What Next?
If the characters explored the Halls of Reflection
first, it should be clear the dragon is headed for Mora-
dins Forge to acquire the creation spark, so a trip
to Torzak-Belgirn is likely their next stop (see Part
Three). If the characters have already acquired the
creation spark, then they should learn from Dispater
that the dragon flies to the Bridge of al-Sihal to com-
plete his own apotheosis (see Part Four).

9. Sighing Passage
Upon entering this hallway, the characters hear
moaning and sighing echoing throughout the hall.
Following the noise to their origin reveals different
sized holes drilled into the far wall.
Tactical Encounter: H. No Sanctuary (see page
59).

10. Chamber of the Seal

A deadly trap guards Bahamuts Retreat. Should
any intruder draw too close, the trap unleashes
destruction.
Tactical Encounter: H. No Sanctuary (see page
59).

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
40

Part Three:
Rainfather
Solania may not be the tallest mountain in Celestia,
but it is a forebidding peak all the same. The mountain
reveals its severe character where the rocky slopes break
from the evergreen forest blanketing its lower slopes.
Sheer cliffs, jagged spurs, and treacherous ravines
promise a difficult time to climbers, and the ascent is
made worse by the unexpected plumes venting from the
mountains interior. Steam clouds lift to join the ever-
present mists concealing the mountains zenith, yet no
matter how dense, light flashes through the murky haze,
hinting at the wonders created at Moradins forge.
Solania, called Rainfather for the storms the dense
clouds produce as well as the waterfalls spilling into
rich mountain vales from the mountains dizzying
heights, houses the god Moradin and his servants. Cor-
ridors and chambers riddle the mountains interior,
some little more than crude caverns and others sump-
tuous halls built in the dwarven fashion. One could
spend ten lifetimes exploring these chambers and
never see them all, but what astonishing discoveries
one might find in these endless passages pale com-
pared to the innovation displayed in Torzak-Belgirn.
Torzak-Belgirn is a city built near Rainfathers
peak. Spread across metal platforms by the score, the
greatest artisans the planes have ever seen labor over
hot forges to produce fine arms and armor, wondrous
machines, innovative vehicles, and constructs from
tiny insects to giant-sized centurions. The work per-
formed here is not required and its workers are not
slaves. Those who toil here do so for the love of their
labor and also to honor the god who gave to them the
intellect and desire to create.
The city atop the mountain is interesting enough
to lure adventurers just to see its creations, but the
player characters likely have other reasons to search
out Rainfather. Based on information acquired thus
far, the characters likely come to the mountain to
seek out the creation spark to serve as a catalyst for
Amyrias transformation.
Torzak-Belgirn
The characters should have no trouble finding
Rainfather or the metallic city at its peak. Amyrias
spelljammer can descend from Mertion, where they
found Empyron, or Solania, where they braved
Bahamuts Halls of Reflection, and reach the lower
mountain in short order. Characters traveling with-
out the vessel should still have means to reach the
city, but have Kalad or Empyron attendants supply
stumped characters with the sigil address for a tele-
portation circle in the city if needed.
The characters arent in Torzak-Belgirn long
enough to make an extensive exploration of the city,
but they can purchase supplies of their character level
or less, rest if they havent done so already, and deter-
mine how they might get an audience with Moradin
or his representative. Such information is not easily
acquired, and thus the characters must engage in a
skill challenge if they would find Moradins proxy.
Skill Challenge: J. Finding the Soulforge (see
page 62).
Rainfathers Beard
A mighty waterfall named Rainfathers Beard con-
ceals the entrance to the Soulforge. The rushing
water, however, is not the only guardian. During the
Dawn War, Moradin defeated but spared a mighty
storm titan. In exchange for its life, it agreed to serve
Those Once Loyal
the god for ten thousand years. The storm titan dwells
in the pool and emerges to deny access to the Soul-
forge to anyone it deems unworthy.
Tactical Encounter: K. The Rainfathers Thrall
(see page 65).
The Soulforge
The Soulforge is one of several sites in Celestia that
connect to the Crucible of Light, an ancient fount
from which all things are possible. Here Moradin
fashions new creations, drawing energy from the
roiling fires at his forge and imbuing them into the
constructs he and his devoted servants create. The
aspect of Moradin continues the gods work.
1. Entrance
The Rainfathers Beard conceals the entrance to the
Soulforge.
When the characters move through the water-
fall, read:
A wide cavern extends into the mountain, then curves
slightly to open into a much larger chamber. The fiery glow
from red veins worming through the stone offers faint light.
Perception Check
DC 29: An enormous shadow moves across the wall.
2. Dank Caverns
These caverns house Morgol the Undying, a vicious
hyrdra raised by Moradin to dissuade accidental
guests from disturbing his work.
Tactical Encounter: L. A Thousand Teeth (see
page 67).
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
41

3. Hall of Grudges
This chamber recalls every creature and every power
to have ever wronged Moradin.
When the characters enter this chamber, read:
Four grim statues carved to resemble dwarven warriors rest
stony hands on axe handles, their weapons head down in
front of their feet. Helmets cover their faces and long beards
cover their chests. The walls between them move and writhe
as faces and images swim up from swirling mists to stare
with menace only to fade once more. Beatific faces compete
with monstrous visages, dragons and giants, demons and
devils. It is a strange image parade with no apparent end.
Should the party need to take an extended rest, they
can do so here.
4. Hall of the Godforged
Three sets of steel double doors block access to this
chamber. It is here where Moradin keeps his prized
creations.
Tactical Encounter: M. Godsworn Warriors (see
page 68).
Those Once Loyal
5. Forgeworks
Moradins servants use this chamber to melt down
damaged components. Although not intended as
a weapon, the forgeworks can prove a dangerous
obstacle.
Tactical Encounter: N. Forgeworks (see page 70).
6. Pit of Forgotten Creations
Moradin discards those components he cannot use into
this deep pit. A bridge spans the gap, connecting to the
forge beyond. Angels sworn to the god have gathered to
protect the aspect from the player characters.
Tactical Encounter: O. Angelic Defenders (see
page 71).
7. Moradins Forge
Moradin uses this chamber as a forge and entrusts the
room to his aspect to protect. Under normal circum-
stances, the aspect of Moradin might be amenable to
conversation, but the mithral dragon poisoned him
against the characters so that he now believes that the
adventures intend to stop Bahamuts rebirth.
Tactical Encounter: P. Moradins Forge (see page
72).
What Next?
If the characters came to Moradins Forge first, clues
should point them to the Halls of Reflection above
Bahamuts Palace (see Part Two), where they might
catch the mithral dragon before he moves on to the
Bridge of al-Sihal. If the characters have already dealt
with Dispater at the Halls of Reflection, the charac-
ters know that the mithral dragon is making for the
Bridge and their only hope of stopping him is to catch
him before he can cross it.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
42

Part Four:
The Bridge
of al-Sihal
By now, the adventurers know whos behind the plot,
what they must do to restore Bahamut, and where
the final showdown will take place. The Bridge can
be reached only by following the blinding path start-
ing at the mithral gate in Asiryet, the Heavenly City,
situated atop Chronias, the highest and mightiest
mountain in the dominion. Dispater or the aspect of
Moradin points the way for the characters, depend-
ing on the order in which the characters tackled the
adventure sites.
Assuming the characters still have the spelljammer,
they can make the final journey without trouble. Oth-
erwise, the characters must use rituals or physically
climb the mountains. Whatever means the characters
use, let them reach the shining city before its too late.
When the characters reach Asiryet, read:
A simple path winds around the magnificent mountain,
climbing ever higher to the shining city surrounding its
summit. A golden halo wreathes the city, underscoring
its purity and holiness. A shining ornate gate forged from
mithral grants access to a white stone bridge that extends
from the mountains peak into a shimmering curtain of
golden light.
What happens next depends on the adventurers
circumstances.
Those Once Loyal
Amyria is Present
Amyria awakens from her coma when the characters
draw near the bridge. After a few moments, she says,
You have shouldered my burden for so long, but I
must ask you to bear it further still. She points to the
bridge. There is my destiny. Do you have it? Shes
talking about the creation spark. Assuming the char-
acters do, she asks for it now, but this time in a deep,
sonorous voice, the voice of Bahamut. You have done
very well. Help me to the bridge. There I believe this
vessel will carry me across.
If the characters dont have the spark, Bahamut
says, There can be no return without Moradins aid.
Seek the creation spark from his forge behind Rain-
fathers Beard. With that, Amyria lapses back into
unconsciousness once more.
Tactical Encounter: Q. War for Heaven (see
page 76).
The Dragon Has Amyria
Just as the characters close on the bridge, they see
Dakranad making his way across, racing for the
golden curtain at the far side.
Tactical Encounter: Q. War for Heaven (see
page 76).
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
43
 Those Once Loyal

Concluding Amyria Dies

the Adventure
The adventure ends with Dakranads defeat and
Amyrias passage through the golden curtain. How
this comes about depends on the final encounters
outcome.
Dakranad Wins
If the mithral dragon carries Amyria and the creation
spark through the golden curtain, he inadvertently
achieves what the characters have been after all
along: Bahamuts rebirth. Bahamuts essence uses
Dakranads body for fuel and does not need to destroy
Amyria in the process. Moments after Dakranad
disappears into the curtain, Amyria returns to the
bridge, but she has little recollection of who she is or
what she is doing there. It is as if she were reincar-
nated. Amyria doesnt figure into future adventures in
the Scales of War campaign, but you can incorporate
her if you wish or simply let her go her own way.
If Amyria dies during the fight on the bridge, Baham-
uts essence escapes her body and hovers in the air
for a few minutes before dispersing. If the characters
would see Bahamut restored, someone must shepherd
the essence through the golden curtain with the cre-
ation spark. A character can do so by moving into the
essences space and breathing in the vapors. The char-
acter then feels compelled to enter the light. Stepping
through destroys the valiant hero. Such a sacrifice is
worthy of epics, and you should reward such a selfless
act by granting the players next character an extra
30th level magic item or a boon from Bahamut (see
Dungeon Masters Guide 2 for ideas).
Bahamuts Return?
Regardless of who steps through, provided the condi-
tions are met, Bahamut will return as described in
the next installment of the Scales of War adventure
path.

Amyria Steps Through Alone

The deva struggles to her feet, groaning in pain, her
body twisting and popping as Bahamuts essence
struggles to break free. She takes the creation spark
from the characters and turns toward the golden
curtain. She pauses for a moment, looking back to the
characters, tears spilling from her eyes. My friends,
there is nothing I can say or do to thank you for what
you have done for Him. This is not the end. I shall
return as I have many times before. Farewell for now
and thank you. With that Amyria steps through the
golden curtain.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
44
 Those Once Loyal

A. Dragon Strike
Encounter Level 27 (55,000 XP)

Setup
2 silver dragon scourgers (S)
4 angels of radiance (A)
6 Empyron attendants (T)
Kalad (K)

Dakranad dispatched two loyal silver dragons and

four angels sworn to him in his capacity as Bahamuts
steward to strike what he declared were imposters
and threats to Celestia. The dragons roar and screech,
hoping to lure the adventurers outside.

When the characters look outside, read:

Two mighty dragons descend from the blue skies, their silver
scales glittering in the brilliant sun. They roar with rage as
their long, sinuous tails sweep the air behind them.

Perception Check
DC 30: Perched atop a domed roof across the tree-lined
road are four wispy warriors, each wielding a mighty
greatsword. Featureless faces pick you out and the angelic
warriors spring into the air.
Tactics roof terrain power. Triggering the power lets the
dragon look inside the building and blast the charac-
The dragons work together and time their attacks
ters with its breath weapon or descend to maul them
for greatest effect. One dragon leads with frightful
with its melee attacks.
presence and the second hits the stunned targets with
The angels are more reluctant to enter combat, but
its breath weapon. On the following round, one uses
if the characters emerge from Amyrias building, they
smashing tail while the other strikes with scourgers
engage the closest character.
fury.
Hiding in the building isnt much help. A dragon
hunts fleeing adventurers, flying up to the roofs and
smashing through them by triggering the collapsing

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
45
 Those Once Loyal

Features of the Area Statues and Pillars: Squares containing statues 2 Silver Dragon Scourgers (S) Level 27 Elite Brute
Huge natural magical beast (dragon) XP 22,000 each
or pillars count as difficult terrain but grant cover to
Illumination: Bright light. Initiative +20 Senses Perception +20; darkvision
any creature in their spaces. HP 612; Bloodied 306; see also bloodied breath
Massive Trees: The trees grant cover to any
Amyria: The deva is unconscious where indicated AC 39; Fortitude 41, Reflex 38, Will 37
creature standing in spaces adjacent to their trunks.
on the map. Resist 30 cold
Creatures standing under their canopies gain con- Saving Throws +2
Temple Attendants: Six attendants other than
cealment from attacks originating overhead. Speed 10, fly 10 (hover), overland flight 15
Kalad position themselves around Amyria to protect Action Points 1
Other Buildings: The other buildings are empty,
her from harm. The attendants do not make attacks, m Bite (standard; at-will)
with no beds or patients inside. Doors to these build- Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 4d8 + 9 damage.
but they give their lives to protect the deva.
ings are unlocked unless the characters offended m Claw (standard; at-will)
the attendants (see page 35), in which case they are Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 2d8 + 9 damage.
C Smashing Tail (standard; at-will)
sealed and require a DC 31 Strength check to open.
Close blast 3; one, two, or three enemies in blast; +28 vs.
See the tactical map for building heights. AC; 4d10 + 5 damage, and the target is dazed (save ends).
Amyrias Building: This building looks like a M Scourgers Fury (standard; at-will)
The silver dragon scourger makes two claw attacks and
tower, but the interior extends for many hundreds of
one bite attack.
feet. Beds line both walls and squares containing beds C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 4 5 6 ) Cold
count as difficult terrain. If the characters hide inside Close blast 5; +26 vs. Reflex; 4d10 + 9 cold damage, and
this building, the dragons rip chunks out of the roof, the target gains vulnerable 10 to all damage (save ends).
Miss: Half damage.
triggering the collapsing roof terrain power. C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter) Cold
Breath weapon recharges, and the silver dragon scourger
Collapsing Roof Single Use Terrain uses it.
Damage to the roof causes stones and timbers to fall inside C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) Fear
and smash the interior where they land. Close burst 10; targets enemies; +26 vs. Will; the target is
Single Use Zone stunned until the end of the silver dragon scourgers next
Standard Action Area burst 3 turn. Aftereffect: The target takes a 2 penalty to attack
Check: Athletics check, DC 31 rolls (save ends).
Effect: A burst 3 section of the ceiling falls and lands on the Unstoppable
floor below the triggering creature. A silver dragon scourger makes saving throws against
Target: Each creature in the burst ongoing damage at the start of its turn as well as at the end
Attack: +30 vs. Reflex of its turn.
Hit: 2d10 + 9 damage, the target is knocked prone, and immo- Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Draconic
bilized and cant stand (save ends). Creatures immobilized Skills Athletics +28, Insight +20
by this attack gain superior cover until they save. Str 31 (+23) Dex 25 (+20) Wis 14 (+15)
Miss: Half damage, and slide the target to the closest square Con 26 (+21) Int 14 (+15) Cha 23 (+19)
outside the bursts edge.
Effect: The burst creates a zone of difficult terrain that lasts
until cleared.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
46
 Those Once Loyal

4 Angels of Radiance (A) Level 27 Minion Skirmisher Kalad: Kalad joins the adventurers in fighting the
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 2,750 each
dragons.
Initiative +22 Senses Perception +23
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion; see also
Kalad Level 24 Soldier
radiant martyr
Medium natural humanoid, dwarf XP
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 39, Will 39
Initiative +13 Senses Perception +14; low-light vision
Immune fear; Resist 20 radiant
HP 168; Bloodied 84; Healing Surges 11
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 35, Will 37
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
Immune fear
+32 vs. AC; 14 damage.
Saving Throws +5 against poison
C Radiant Martyr (when the angel of radiance drops to 0 hit
Speed 5
points) Radiant
m Warhammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
The angel of radiance explodes in a burst of brilliant
+30 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10 damage, and the target is marked
light; close burst 10; targets enemies; +28 vs. Fortitude;
until the end of Kalads next turn.
the target is blinded until the end of its next turn. Effect:
M Valiant Strike (standard; at-will) Divine, Weapon
Angels in the burst gain 10 temporary hit points.
+30 vs. AC, +1 per enemy adjacent to Kalad; 2d10 + 10
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
damage.
Str 20 (+18) Dex 25 (+20) Wis 30 (+23)
M Martyrs Smite (standard; encounter) Divine, Weapon
Con 25 (+20) Int 15 (+15) Cha 25 (+20)
+30 vs. AC; 4d10 + 15 damage. Until the end of Kalads
Equipment plate armor, greatsword
next turn, any time the target deals damage, Kalad can
choose to take that damage. The targets intended victim
6 Empyron Attendants Level 27 Minion (Leader) takes no damage but is subject to any effects of the attack.
Medium immortal humanoid XP 2,750 each R Angelic Rescue (standard; daily) Divine, Teleportation
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +21
Ranged 20; targets one willing ally; the target teleports
Healing Presence (Healing) aura 1; allies in the aura regain 9
from any square Kalad can see to a square within 5
extra hit points whenever they regain hit points.
squares of Kalad that is nearer to Kalad than the targets
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
original square.
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 39, Will 39
Stand Your Ground
Immune radiant
When an effect forces Kalad to movethrough a pull, a
Speed 6
push, or a slideKalad moves 1 square less than the effect
C Martyrs Shield (when reduced to 0 hit points)
specifies. When an attack would knock Kalad prone, he
Close burst 3; allies in the burst gain a +2 bonus to all
can roll a saving throw to avoid falling prone.
defenses until the end of their next turns.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common, Dwarven,
Alignment Lawful good Languages Supernal
Supernal
Skills Heal +26
Skills Athletics +20, Dungeoneering +16, Endurance +16,
Str 11 (+13) Dex 26 (+21) Wis 27 (+21)
Religion +17
Con 26 (+21) Int 10 (+13) Cha 11 (+13)
Str 16 (+15) Dex 13 (+13) Wis 14 (+14)
Equipment robes, mask
Con 15 (+14) Int 10 (+12) Cha 13 (+13)
Equipment robes, warhammer

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
47

B. Fiery Abduction
Encounter Level 28 (66,000 XP)
Setup
2 assassin devil abductors
4 brazen devil guards
Dispaters servants come to steal Amyria away start-
ing on round 4 of tactical encounter A.
If any characters have line of sight to Amyria
when the devils appear, read:
The lights gutter out inside the healing hall and sounds of
splintering wood and cracking stone echo from the darkness
within.
Tactics
The brazen devils attack the temple attendants and
any characters who remain inside, while the assassin
devils uses shadow net to ensnare and snatch Amyria.
The assassin devils flee with Amyria while the brazen
devils guard their retreat.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The halls interior is now dark. If
the dragons damaged the roof, bright light shines
through any holes.
Ceiling: The ceiling rises 50 feet above the floor.
Beds: Squares with beds count as difficult terrain.
Fountain: Characters in squares adjacent to the
fountain gain resist 3 to all damage. Any character
drinking from the fountain regains the use of second
wind. A character can benefit from the fountain in
this way just once per day.
Conclusion
If the devils capture Amyria, they flee down the pas-
sage through which they entered to reach the open
portal, which takes them to Bahamuts Palace (see
Part Two). The devils automatically escape if the char-
acters take a short rest after tactical encounter A or B.
2 Assassin Devil Abductors Level 27 Lurker
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 11,000 each
Initiative +27 Senses Perception +26; darkvision
HP 186; Bloodied 93
AC 41; Fortitude 37, Reflex 41, Will 39
Resist 25 fire
Speed 12
m Shadow Sword (standard; at-will) Necrotic, Weapon
+30 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 6 necrotic damage, and ongoing 5
damage (save ends).
A Shadow Net (standard; recharges when the assassin devil
uses shadow cloak) Necrotic
Area burst 2 within 10; +29 vs. Reflex; the target is
restrained, is weakened, and takes ongoing 10 necrotic
damage (save ends all). While a target is affected by
shadow net, the assassin devil cannot use its shadow cloak
power.
R Spirit Away (standard; encounter) Teleportation
Ranged 10; one target restrained by shadow cloak; +29 vs.
Will; the target teleports 10 squares.
Dangerous Shadows
An assassin devils shadow sword attack deals 4d6 extra
necrotic damage against any target granting combat
advantage to it.
Shadow Cloak (standard; recharges when no creatures are
affected by shadow net) Illusion
The assassin devil abductor is invisible until it hits or
misses with an attack.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Stealth +28
Str 22 (+19) Dex 30 (+23) Wis 27 (+21)
Con 18 (+17) Int 18 (+17) Cha 14 (+15)
Equipment leather armor, longsword
Those Once Loyal
4 Brazen Devil Guards
Large immortal humanoid (devil)
Level 27 Soldier
XP 11,000 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +25; darkvision
Cloying Hellfire (Fire) aura 2; a creature that starts its turn
in the aura takes 10 fire damage. A creature without the
devil keyword cannot use powers with the teleportation
keyword while in the aura.
HP 249; Bloodied 124
AC 43; Fortitude 40, Reflex 37, Will 38
Resist 30 fire
Speed 7, fly 7 (clumsy)
m Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +34 vs. AC; 2d12 + 8 damage, and the target
slides 1 square.
C Disgorge Hellfire (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Fire
Close blast 5; +32 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 10 fire damage, and
the target loses all resistances until the end of the brazen
guards next turn.
M Furious Assault (standard; encounter) Teleportation,
Weapon
Reach 2; +32 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 8 damage, the target is
pushed 3 squares, and the brazen devil guard teleports to
a space adjacent to the target at the end of the push.
M Fiendish Opportunist (immediate reaction, when an enemy is
pushed, pulled, or slid into a square adjacent to the brazen
devil; at-will) Weapon
+32 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 5 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
Infernal Assault (move; encounter) Teleportation
The brazen devil guard teleports 20 squares and gains a
+2 bonus to attack rolls until the start of its next turn. The
brazen devil guard can teleport into occupied squares,
sliding any creatures occupying those squares into the
nearest unoccupied squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +24
Str 28 (+22) Dex 18 (+17) Wis 25 (+20)
Con 25 (+20) Int 23 (+19) Cha 22 (+19)
Equipment hellforged plate armor (destroyed if brazen devil is
reduced to 0 hit points), trident
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
48

C. Tracking
the Devils
Encounter Level 16 (7,000 XP)
What seems like a simple tower from the outside is in
fact a much larger, sprawling maze of rooms, stairs,
and passages. Without a guide, one can become lost
among the hospital beds and sterile rooms as there
are few landmarks or signposts to orient an explorer.
The fleeing devils left signs to help navigate their way
back to the portal through which they emerged from
the Platinum Dragons stronghold. Alert and careful
adventurers can reach the portal before the devils
escape and gain an edge against the infernal trap
waiting for them.
Level: 25 (XP 7,000)
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: This is a staged skill challenge.
Each stage sees the characters moving through dif-
ferent parts of the Healing Hall and using different
primary skills to move on to the next part.
Those Once Loyal
Entire Challenge Stage 2: Chamber of Doors
These skills can be used at any point during the Beyond the passages, the adventurers come to a
challenge. massive chamber with one hundred doors scattered
Secondary Skills: Insight, Perception, special. across the walls, floor, and ceiling. Inspecting any
Insight (DC 31): A character can make an Insight door reveals each door is locked.
check at any point during the skill challenge to Primary Skills: Arcana, Thievery
remove 1 failure. This skill provides no successes. Arcana (DC 22): The character discerns Arcane
Perception (DC 31): During each stage, a character Lock wards in the middle of the room, on the floor, or
can make a Perception check to locate signs left by on each door except the one the characters enter. This
the fleeing devils. A success grants a +2 bonus to skill skill can earn a maximum of 1 success.
checks made during that stage. This skill provides no
successes.
Special: If an Empyron attendant survived and
accompanies the adventurers, the player characters
gain a +2 bonus to all checks related to this skill
challenge.
Stage 1: Passages
Twisting and turning passages create a challenging
maze.
Primary Skill: Dungeoneering
Dungeoneering (DC 26): The first successful check
earns the characters 1 success as the adventurers
navigate the passages and pick up the devils trail.
A failed check counts as a failure as the characters
become lost. A second Dungeoneering or Perception
check earns no additional success or failure but is
necessary to allow the characters to proceed to Stage
2. This skill can provide a maximum of 1 success.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
49

Thievery (DC 31): The character picks the lock on a
door. A successful or failed Thievery checks counts as
a failure for the challenge. Eventually, the characters
will locate the open door.
Stage 3: Mounting Stairs
Beyond the unlocked door is a steep, winding stair-
case. If the characters would catch the devils, they
must rush up the stairs.
Primary Skills: Athletics
Athletics (DC 17): The party must make a group
Athletics check. If the party gets three or more suc-
cessful checks, they earn one success and reach the
top of the stairs. If the party doesnt get at least three
successes, the out of shape adventurers slow the
party down, but the group still reaches the top of the
stairs. This skill can earn a maximum of 1 success.
Those Once Loyal
Stage 4: Shadowy Passage
The stairs open onto a shadowy passage, corrupted by
the devils presence. A pit fiend and its cronies pre-
pare an ambush for the characters, but the characters
can sneak up on them and ruin the ambush.
Primary Skills: Stealth
Stealth (DC 33): The party must make a group
Stealth check. If the party gets three of more success-
ful checks, they earn one success and foil the devils
ambush. If the party doesnt get at least three suc-
cesses, the may still foil the devils ambush, but they
may also face stiffer opposition. This skill can earn a
maximum of 1 success.
Ending the Challenge
Success: The characters find the portal and
are not surprised by the ambush. If the characters
received no failures during the skill challenge, they
gain surprise against the enemies in tactical encoun-
ter D.
Failure: Each time the characters get a failure on
a skill check, add two more legion devil militants to
tactical encounter D. If the characters fail the skill
challenge overall, they still find the portal but they
are surprised by the devils in tactical encounter D
and the devils have reinforcements as noted above.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
50

D. Covered Retreat reinforcements based on how the characters acquit-
ted themselves during the Tracking the Devils skill
Encounter Level 26 (46,100 XP) challenge.
Setup When the characters enter the room, read:
1 pit fiend (P) A veritable infernal army defends the strange platform
1 war devil mauler (W) commanding the chambers far side. Sinister red light wells
2 cambion hell thralls (C) up from a pit in the center illuminating a devil with scaly
4 legion devil militants (L) hide and a pair of cambions. Before the platform stands
a hulking horned devil and armored, human-like devils
If the characters won a victory in tactical encounter armed with longswords. White tiles cover the floor, walls,
C, the devils do not have surprise. Be sure to add and ceiling throughout the chamber.
Pit Fiend (P) Level 26 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 18,000
Initiative +22 Senses Perception +23; darkvision
Aura of Fear (Fear) aura 5; enemies in the aura take a 2
penalty to attack rolls.
Aura of Fire (Fire) aura 5; enemies that enter or start their
turns in the aura take 15 fire damage.
HP 486; Bloodied 243
AC 44; Fortitude 42, Reflex 38, Will 40
Resist 30 fire, 15 poison
Saving Throws +2
Speed 12, fly 12 (clumsy), teleport 10
Action Points 1
m Flametouched Mace (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon
Reach 2; +33 vs. AC; 2d10 + 11 fire damage, and ongoing 5
fire damage (save ends).
M Tail Sting (standard; at-will) Poison
Reach 2; +33 vs. AC; 1d6 + 11 damage, and the pit fiend
makes a secondary attack against the same target. Secondary
Attack: +29 vs. Fortitude; the target takes ongoing 15 poison
damage and is weakened (save ends both).
M Pit Fiend Frenzy (standard; at-will)
The pit fiend makes a flametouched mace attack and a tail
sting attack.
R Point of Terror (minor; at-will) Fear
Ranged 5; +30 vs. Will; the target takes a 5 penalty to all
defenses until the end of the pit fiends next turn.
Those Once Loyal
If the characters did not take a short rest after
encounters A or B, read:
A bronze-armored devil carries Amyria down the stairs into
the shining depression, as one shadowy fiend casts a smile
and a look your way before they both vanish into the light.
Tactics
The devils aim is to prevent the characters from
moving through the portal.
Pit Fiend: The pit fiend begins by using infernal
summons to add reinforcements to the legion devils,
and spends its remaining actions using point of terror
and irresistible command. The pit fiend orchestrates
the battle, staying back and blowing up his minions
R Irresistible Command (minor 1/round; at-will) Charm, Fire
Ranged 10; targets one devil of a lower level than the pit
fiend; the target slides 5 squares and explodes, dealing
2d10 + 5 fire damage to all creatures in a close burst 2. The
exploding devil is destroyed.
Infernal Summons (standard; encounter)
The pit fiend summons a group of devil allies. Summoned
devils roll initiative to determine when they act in the
initiative order and gain a +4 bonus to attack rolls as long as
the pit fiend is alive. They remain until killed, dismissed by
the pit fiend (free action), or the encounter ends. Characters
do not earn experience points for killing these summoned
creatures. The pit fiend chooses to summon one of the
following groups of devils:
8 legion devil legionnaires (level 21), or
2 war devils (level 22), or
1 war devil (level 22) and 4 legion devil legionnaires
(level 21)
Tactical Teleport (standard; recharge 4 5 6) Teleportation
The pit fiend can teleport up to 2 allies within 10 squares
of it. The targets appear in any unoccupied squares within
10 squares of the pit fiend.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Bluff +27, Insight +23, Intimidate +27, Religion +24
Str 32 (+24) Dex 24 (+20) Wis 20 (+18)
Con 27 (+21) Int 22 (+19) Cha 28 (+22)
Equipment flametouched mace, noble signet ring
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
51

to wipe out the adventurers, teleporting allies where
they can be of the most use, and shredding the char-
acters defenses until hes engaged, at which point he
responds with melee attacks.
War Devil Mauler: The war devil uses fiendish
pursuit to land in the characters midst and keep them
tied down while the legion devils move into position,
using claw and hurl to scatter defenders and crackling
trident to destroy strikers.
Cambion Hell Thralls: The cambions avoid
melee and remain on the platform as long as pos-
sible. One leads with plague of hellfire while the other
uses soulburn. Once the characters have saved against
plague of hellfire, the other cambion repeats the attack.
Legion Devil Militants: These devils work in
teams to keep their defenses high, while worrying
anyone they can reach with their attacks.
Features of the Area
Illumination: The portal sheds dim light in an 8
square radius.
Ceiling: The ceiling here is 30 feet high.
Platform: A 15-foot tall platform commands the
far side of the room. The floor sinks to a depression at
the platforms center, first to a landing 15 feet below
the top of the platform, which makes it even with the
rest of the floor, and then to another landing 15 feet
below the last. A character can climb the platform
with a DC 17 Athletics check.
Stairs: All squares containing stairs are difficult
terrain.
Portal: A shimmering red portal, this gateway
connects to area 1 in Bahamuts Palace (see page 39).
Treasure: The pit fiend has treasure parcels A
and B.
War Devil Mauler (W) Level 25 Soldier
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 7,000
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 235; Bloodied 117
AC 42; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 35
Resist fire 30
Speed 8, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +30 vs. Reflex; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the target is
grabbed.
m Crackling Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 4d6 + 4 damage plus ongoing 5
lightning damage.
R Hurl (minor; at-will)
The war devil mauler throws a Medium or smaller target
it is grabbing: the grab ends and the war devil mauler
slides the target 8 squares. The war devil makes an attack
against the slid target and one creature adjacent to the
target at the end of the slide: +30 vs. Reflex; 1d8 + 9
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
Fiendish Pursuit (move; recharges when the war devil mauler
uses hurl)
The war devil mauler flies 8 squares and lands at the end
of this movement. All creatures adjacent to the war devil
mauler are marked until the end of its next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +22
Str 29 (+21) Dex 25 (+19) Wis 21 (+17)
Con 27 (+20) Int 17 (+15) Cha 20 (+17)
Equipment trident
Those Once Loyal
2 Cambion Hell Thralls (C) Level 24 Controller
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 6,050
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +17; darkvision
HP 220; Bloodied 110; see also plague of hellfire
AC 38; Fortitude 34, Reflex 36, Will 38
Resist 20 fire
Speed 6, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Hellfire Blade (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 4d6 + 3 damage, and the target gains
vulnerability 5 fire until the end of the cambions next turn.
R Soulburn (standard; at-will) Fire, Psychic
Ranged 20; +28 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 9 fire and psychic
damage, and ongoing 10 fire and psychic damage (save
ends).
R Tortured Soul (immediate reaction, when a target fails a
saving throw to end the ongoing damage from soulburn;
at-will) Psychic
Ranged 20; +28 vs. Will; the target is dazed until the end of
the cambions next turn. Effect: The target slides 3 squares.
A Plague of Hellfire (standard; recharges when the cambion is
first bloodied) Fire, Psychic
Area burst 1 within 10; targets enemies; +28 vs. Reflex;
4d8 + 8 fire and psychic damage, the target takes ongoing
10 fire damage and the target is held immobilized 6
squares (30 feet) above the battlefield (save ends both).
Aftereffect: The target falls and takes normal falling
damage.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Supernal
Skills Arcana +24, Bluff +26
Str 17 (+15) Dex 22 (+18) Wis 21 (+17)
Con 20 (+17) Int 24 (+19) Cha 29 (+21)
Equipment robes, dagger
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
52

4 Legion Devil Militants (L) Level 26 Minion Soldier
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 2,250
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 42; Fortitude 38, Reflex 37, Will 37
Resist 20 fire
Speed 7, teleport 3
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+34 vs. AC; 14 damage.
Squad Defense
The legion devil militant gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
when adjacent to at least one other legion devil.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 14 (+15) Dex 12 (+14) Wis 12 (+14)
Con 14 (+15) Int 10 (+13) Cha 12 (+14)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
Summoned Legion Devil Level 21 Minion
Legionnaire
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP
Initiative +11 Senses Perception +11; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 37; Fortitude 33, Reflex 32, Will 32; see also squad defense
Resist 15 fire
Speed 7, teleport 3
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+30 vs. AC (+26 vs. AC if pit fiend is killed); 8 damage.
Squad Defense
The legion devil legionnaire gains a +2 bonus to its
defenses when adjacent to at least one other legion devil.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 14 (+12) Dex 12 (+11) Wis 12 (+11)
Con 14 (+12) Int 10 (+10) Cha 12 (+11)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
Those Once Loyal
Summoned War Devil Level 22 Brute (Leader)
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP
Initiative +17 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
HP 255; Bloodied 127
AC 35; Fortitude 34, Reflex 32, Will 30
Resist 30 fire
Speed 8, fly 8 (clumsy)
m Claw (standard; at-will)
+30 vs. AC (+26 vs. AC if pit fiend is killed); 1d6 + 8
damage.
m Trident (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC (+26 vs. AC if pit fiend is killed); 4d4
+ 8 damage, ongoing 5 damage (save ends), and the target
slides into any square adjacent to the war devil and is
knocked prone.
R Besieged Foe (minor; at-will)
Ranged sight; automatic hit; the target is marked, and
allies of the war devil gain a +2 bonus to attack rolls made
against the target until the encounter ends or the war devil
marks a new target.
R Devilish Transposition (move; at-will) Teleportation
Ranged 20; the war devil and an allied devil within range
swap positions.
R Fiendish Tactics (minor; recharge 5 6)
Ranged 10; affects up to 2 allied devils of the war devils
level or lower; each target can take a move action or make
a basic attack.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Intimidate +20
Str 27 (+19) Dex 23 (+17) Wis 19 (+15)
Con 25 (+18) Int 15 (+13) Cha 18 (+15)
Equipment trident
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
53

E. Hells Fury
Encounter Level 25 (35,000 XP)
Setup
5 Hells furies (H)
Dispater set his consorts with an important task. These
beautiful and terrible devils are to watch over the portal
to ensure no unwelcome visitors arrive to disturb Dispa-
ters searching. The furies have watched the portal since
the kidnappers arrived and now perch on the roofs, moni-
toring as commanded. The furies do not like one another
and hurl vicious insults at each other to pass the time.
The tactical map assumes the characters enter
through the portal. If the characters arrive by some
other means, expand the map as necessary. The furies
may be charged with watching the shining gate, but they
also recognize the danger posed by an approaching spell-
jammer. The howling winds cover any sounds of combat.
When the characters step through the portal, read:
The portal deposits you on a platform suspended in the sky.
Behind you, tall buildings constructed from white stone
glitter in the bright light. Double doors some thirty feet away
across an empty gulf grant access to the larger building.
When the characters see a fury, read:
Black-feathered angelic wings hold a pale, beautiful woman
in the air. The wind whips her long black hair about her
face, but even through the unruly strands you can see her
gleaming red eyes and curling smile. She raises a longbow
and nocks an arrow, causing it to ignite with unruly fire.
Perception Check
DC 31: Light bends around a 15-foot wide area extending
out from the platform on which you stand.
Tactics
The Hells furies avoid melee, staying back far enough
that they can pepper the characters with longbow
attacks. During the first round, each fury targets a dif-
ferent character with iron thorn. Once they pin down
their enemies, they use strafing shot to keep moving
and out of their enemies reach.
Features of the Area
Force Bridge: An invisible bridge (area 2) made from
force spans the gap. The bridge is impervious to damage.
Portal: The portal connects to the Hall of Healing
described in Part One (page 35). The portal provides
concealment against ranged attacks.
Those Once Loyal
Gusting Wind: Brutal winds scream and shriek
as they blow across the outcropping. Each round, roll
1d6. On a 6, a gust of wind makes an attack.
A Gusting Wind
The moaning winds gather strength as they howl around you.
Standard Action Area burst battlefield
Target: Each creature in the burst
Attack: +28 vs. Fortitude, +2 against flying creatures
Hit: The target is pushed 1d6 squares toward area 3.
5 Hells Furies Level 25 Artillery
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 7,000 each
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +20; darkvision
HP 176; Bloodied 88
AC 39 (41 while flying); Fortitude 37, Reflex 39 (41 while
flying), Will 36; see also deft flier
Resist 20 fire
Speed 6, fly 8 (hover); see also feathery escape
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+20 vs. AC; 3d8 + 7 damage.
r Longbow (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon
Ranged 20/40; +32 vs. AC; 2d10 + 9 damage, and ongoing
10 fire damage (save ends). If this attack hits a creature
already suffering from ongoing fire damage, this attack
instead deals 1d10 extra fire damage.
R Strafing Shot (standard; recharges when the Hells fury
misses with a longbow attack) Fire, Weapon
The Hells fury flies its fly speed and makes two longbow
attacks against two different targets at any point during
this movement.
R Iron Thorn (standard; encounter)
Ranged 5; +30 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 9 damage, and an iron thorn
appears in an unoccupied space adjacent to the target. The
target cannot move more than 3 squares from the iron thorn
and grants combat advantage to all attackers (save ends).
C Feathery Escape (immediate reaction, when bloodied by an
attack; encounter) Fire, Teleportation
The Hells fury disappears in a cloud of fiery feathers: close
burst 1; +28 vs. Reflex; 4d10+8 fire damage. Effect: The
Hells fury teleports 10 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 25 (+19) Dex 28 (+21) Wis 17 (+15)
Con 20 (+17) Int 14 (+14) Cha 22 (+18)
Equipment leather armor, longsword, longbow, quiver of 30 arrows
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
54

F. Devoted Guardians
Encounter Level 26 (46,500 XP)
Setup
Quoriel (Q)
2 guardian wyverns (W)
4 angels of warding (A)
Quoriel is charged with guarding the entrance to
the Halls of Reflection and has served the Platinum
Dragon for a thousand years. During this time, the
angels loyalty was without question. Bahamuts death
shook Quoriels resolve and made it possible for Dis-
pater to twist him to his service. Quoriel is confused
and paranoid; he despises Tiamat as much as ever,
but now sees Tiamats servants in anyone who comes
to call, including the player characters. The angels of
warding, sequestered in their meditation chambers,
follow Quoriels lead.
When the characters enter the Canary Court-
yard, read:
An open courtyard stretches before you. A twelve-foot-tall
angelic being stands before the door, gripping a blackened
quarterstaff in his hands. White sand covers the floor, and
unsettling images appear drawn in the dust: pentagrams,
queer beasts, and worse. A promenade encircles the
courtyard above, held aloft by wooden pillars with canaries
carved in their surfaces. The angels ghostly features darken
as its white eyes blaze and it challenges the intruders:
Despoilers, you dare enter Bahamuts sacred halls?
When the characters see the guardian wyverns,
read:
A winged, dragonlike creature drops from the balcony. Its
long tail, equipped with a stinger, slashes the air around it.
Perception Check
DC 19: You hear a creaking noise coming from the
balcony above.
Tactics
The angel is not up for conversation and attacks
immediately. When Quoriel attacks, the guardian
wyverns above join in during the first round, followed
by the angels of warding at the start of round three.
Quoriel: The archangel leads with overwhelming
presence and then spends an action point to use light-
ning bolt against one enemy he stunned. Quoriel then
flies up 5 squares and hovers. Each round thereafter,
Those Once Loyal
Quoriel hammers the characters with lightning bolt
and majestic rally when the angels of warding join the
fight.
Guardian Wyverns: The wyverns take to the air
as well, flying to get above the adventurers and then
blast them with purifying breath. While waiting for
their attack to recharge, they use flyby attack unless
bothered by a mobile character, at which point the
wyvern descends to nail the troublesome enemy with
a virulent sting.
Angels of Warding: When the angels of warding
show up, they burst through the double doors above
and leap down from the balcony (making Acrobatics
checks) to take the fight to the characters. Each angel
squares off against a different enemy, using hewing
slash if it is blinded, but otherwise relying on fullblades
to get the job done.
Features of the Area
Balcony: The balcony is 20 feet above the floor.
No stairs or ladder grants access, though a character
could climb a supporting pillar (DC 17 Athletics
check). The balcony blocks line of sight for characters
underneath it.
Doors: The doors at the maps top along with
the doors to the bottom are made from iron and are
accessed from the floor. They bear Bahamuts likeness
carved in bas-relief on their surfaces. The carvings
clutch the rings to open the doors in their hands. The
double doors on the left side can be accessed only by
the balcony. They are made from ash wood and bear
carvings similar to those on the iron doors below.
Draconic Carving: In area 4, a carving captures
Bahamuts likeness in the wood. Evil and chaotic evil
creatures take 15 radiant damage upon entering the
carvings squares.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
55

Quoriel Level 24 Elite Controller (Leader)
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 12,100
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19
HP 438; Bloodied 219
AC 40 (38 when bloodied); Fortitude 34, Reflex 36, Will 38
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
Action Point 1
m Quarterstaff (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
Reach 2; +29 vs. AC; 2d8 + 11 damage.
R Lightning Bolt (standard; at-will) Lightning
Ranged 10; +28 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 9 lightning damage,
and the target is dazed until the end of Quoriels next turn.
M Avenging Strike (when an ally within 5 squares of Quoriel is
reduced to 0 hit points; at-will)
Quoriel shifts 2 squares and makes a melee basic attack as
a free action.
C Majestic Rally (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Radiant,
Thunder
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +28 vs. Will; 2d10 + 8
radiant damage plus 2d10 thunder damage, and the target
is weakened (save ends). Miss: Half damage. Effect: Any
angel within the burst gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls until
the end of Quoriels next turn.
C Overwhelming Presence (standard; encounter) Radiant
Close burst 5; targets enemies; +28 vs. Will; 5d8 + 8
radiant damage, and the target is stunned until the end of
Quoriels next turn.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Insight +24, Religion +24
Str 21 (+17) Dex 22 (+18) Wis 25 (+19)
Con 19 (+16) Int 25 (+19) Cha 28 (+21)
Equipment plate armor, quarterstaff
2 Guardian Wyverns (W) Level 25 Skirmisher
Large immortal beast (reptile) XP 7,000 each
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +22; low-light vision
HP 234; Bloodied 117
AC 39; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 35
Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover); see also flyby attack
m Bite (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 2d12 + 7 damage.
m Claws (standard; at-will)
The guardian wyvern can attack with its claws only while
flying; +30 vs. AC; 2d10 + 9 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
M Virulent Sting (standard; at-will) Poison, Psychic
Reach 2; +30 vs. AC; 2d10 + 9 damage, and the guardian
wyvern makes a secondary attack against the same
target. Secondary Attack: +28 vs. Fortitude; the target is
immobilized and weakened (save ends both).
M Flyby Attack (standard; at-will)
The guardian wyvern flies up to 12 squares and makes one
melee basic attack at any point during that movement.
The guardian wyvern doesnt provoke opportunity attacks
when moving away from the target of the attack.
C Purifying Breath (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Fire, Radiant
Close blast 5; +27 vs. Reflex; 2d8 + 9 fire and radiant
damage, and the target is blinded and takes ongoing 10
fire damage (save ends both).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 28 (+21) Dex 25 (+19) Wis 20 (+17)
Con 26 (+20) Int 2 (+8) Cha 8 (+11)
Those Once Loyal
4 Angels of Warding (A) Level 23 Soldier
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 5,100 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +17
HP 210; Bloodied 105
AC 38; Fortitude 35, Reflex 34, Will 35
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 6
m Fullblade (standard; at-will) Radiant, Weapon
+30 vs. AC; 2d12 + 7 damage (crit 6d12 + 31), and the
target is marked until the end of the angel of wardings
next turn.
M Holy Ban (minor; recharges when the angel of warding hits
with a fullblade attack)
Targets a creature the angel of warding has marked; the
target can only spend move actions to move, and not shift,
away from the angel of warding (save ends).
C Hewing Slash (standard; requires fullblade; at-will)
Weapon
Close burst 1; one creature; +30 vs. AC; 2d12 + 7 damage,
and the angel of warding can repeat the attack against
another creature in the burst.
M Righteous Retaliation (immediate reaction, when an enemy
the angel of warding has marked ends its turn in a square
not adjacent to an angel of warding; recharges when first
bloodied) Teleportation, Weapon
The angel of warding teleports to a square adjacent to the
triggering enemy, makes a basic attack, and teleports to
the square it vacated.
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against an angel of warding takes a 2 penalty
to the attack roll.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Acrobatics +21, Insight +22, Intimidate +19
Str 23 (+17) Dex 20 (+16) Wis 22 (+17)
Con 18 (+15) Int 11 (+11) Cha 16 (+14)
Equipment plate armor, fullblade
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
56

G. Bahamuts Throne
Encounter Level 26 (45,000 XP)
Setup
1 godforged colossus (G)
1 platinum seal (P)
4 angels of great valor (A)
A powerful guardian blocks further passage into the
Halls of Reflection.
When the characters enter this room, read:
A massive throne on the side opposite the entrance holds a
twenty-foot-tall alabaster statue of a powerful dragonborn
warrior. Its stony hand rests on the sword lying across
its lap. At the thrones base, between the statues legs, is
a platinum disk engraved with a dragons likeness. Light
shining through windows piercing the dome illuminates
four flying angels.
The construct remains inert until the characters
attack any angel or they come within 5 squares of the
platinum seal. When the characters meet either con-
dition, the construct animates and attacks.
Tactics
The angels distract the characters and sweep down
from above to attack with greatswords. The colossus
uses voice of the demiurge and then force missiles against
characters reluctant to close. It uses force weapon
against those who do close.
Features of the Area
Ceiling: The ceiling is 30 feet high.
Treasure: Piled on the thrones arms are parcels
C, D, and E.
Those Once Loyal
Godforged Colossus (G)
Huge immortal animate (construct)
Level 29 Elite Brute
XP 30,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +26
Reverberating Presence (Psychic) aura 5; an enemy that
starts its turn in the aura takes 20 psychic damage.
HP 662; Bloodied 331
AC 43; Fortitude 48, Reflex 40, Will 45
Immune disease, fear, poison, sleep; Resist 30 force, 30
psychic
Saving Throws +2
Speed 10
Action Points 1
m Force Weapon (standard; at-will) Force, Psychic, Weapon
Reach 3; +32 vs. AC; 4d12 + 5 force damage, and the
colossus makes a secondary attack against the same
target. Secondary Attack: +25 vs. Will; 3d6 psychic damage,
and the target is stunned until the end of the godforged
colossuss next turn.
M Defensive Strike (immediate reaction, when an enemy
moves adjacent to the godforged colossus; recharge 5 6)
Psychic
+32 vs. AC; 4d12 + 15 damage plus 3d6 psychic damage,
and the colossus makes a secondary attack against the
same target. Secondary Attack: +30 vs. Fortitude; the target
is pushed 5 squares, knocked prone, and dazed (save
ends).
R Force Missile (standard; at-will) Force
Ranged 20; +30 vs. Reflex; 3d10 + 3 force damage, and the
target is pushed 5 squares.
C Voice of the Demiurge (standard; encounter) Psychic
Close burst 10; targets enemies; +26 vs. Will; 3d8 + 11
psychic damage, and the target is stunned until the end of
the godforged colossuss next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 40 (+29) Dex 21 (+19) Wis 34 (+26)
Con 31 (+24) Int 4 (+11) Cha 17 (+17)
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
57
 Those Once Loyal

Platinum Seal (P) Level 25 Warder 4 Angels of Great Valor (A) Level 25 Minion Skirmisher
Trap XP 7,000 Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 1,750 each
A shining platinum disk, ten feet in diameter, stands in the Initiative +18 Senses Perception +14
center of a marble surface. HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 39; Fortitude 39, Reflex 34, Will 33
Trap: A massive platinum disk bars passage through the portal Immune fear; Resist 15 fire, 15 radiant
in the mighty thrones base. Speed 6, fly 9 (hover)
Perception m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon
No check is necessary to notice the platinum seal. +30 vs. AC; 14 fire damage.
Additional Skill: Arcana, Religion Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
DC 26: The character identifies the platinum seals Str 28 (+21) Dex 18 (+16) Wis 14 (+14)
dangers. Con 18 (+16) Int 12 (+13) Cha 16 (+15)
DC 31: The character gains a +2 bonus to checks made to Equipment chainmail, greatsword
disable the trap.
Trigger
When a creature enters or starts its turn in a square
within 5 squares of the platinum seal, the trap attacks.
Attack Psychic, Radiant
Opportunity Action Close burst 5
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +28 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 2d6 + 9 psychic and radiant damage, and the target
teleports to a space adjacent to the godforged colossus.
Miss: Half damage.
Countermeasures
Destroying the godforged colossus also disables the trap.
A character adjacent to the platinum seal can engage in a
skill challenge to disable the trap and unlock the door. DC
26 Arcana or Religion, or DC 31 Thievery. Complexity 1
(4 successes before 3 failures). Success disables the trap.
Failure cause the platinum seal to make an attack against
each creature in a close burst 5: +28 vs. Fortitude; 4d8 +
9 psychic and radiant damage, and the target is stunned
until the end of its next turn.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
58

H. No Sanctuary
Encounter Level 26 (45,000 XP)
Setup
Eye of Bahamut (E)
Bahamuts most private sanctum stands below a
dangerous trap. An enormous statue made from solid
platinum comes to life when anyone other than an
individual permitted by Bahamut comes too close.
Dispater used his servants to lure the statue into the
hall and once past, he and his cronies slipped behind
it to enter Bahamuts sanctum. After the statue
dispatched Dispaters servants, it moved back to its
normal position, thus trapping the archdevil and his
servants inside the now impregnable vault.
When the characters can see into room 10, read:
A platinum dragon, or at least a statue, stands on a
pedestal in a cramped rooms center. It stands nearly
twenty-five feet tall, wings outstretched and eyes glittering
in the soft white light.
Perception Check
DC 26: A burned and severed hand lies on the floor near
the statues base.
Tactics
The trap is mindless and responds as it was designed.
Once triggered, the trap blasts the characters but
doesnt move from its position unless there are no
creatures it can hit with the blast. Should this happen,
the trap advances on the characters, thus freeing
Dispater and his allies from area 11. Dispater doesnt
emerge right away, but instead sends up his legion
devil militants (one of whom is missing a hand) to
clear the passage.
Features of the Area
Ceiling: The ceiling in area 10 is 40 feet high,
while the ceilings in areas 6, 8, and 9 are 30 feet
high.
Hidden Entrance: Once the trap moves off the
pedestal, it reveals a yawning black hole that drops 50
feet to area 11. Luring the trap off its base also trig-
gers tactical encounter I (following page).
Those Once Loyal
Eye of Bahamut (E)
Trap
Level 26 Solo Blaster
XP 45,000
A strange, many-faceted gem in the center of the chamber sud-
denly emits blasts of blinding light.
Trap: A glittering diamond set in a Huge stone statue flashes
with light. When a creature draws too close, the light
intensifies to scorch the infidel.
Perception
DC 26: The character notices the shining jewel.
Additional Skill: Arcana
DC 31: The character recognizes the eye of Bahamut for
what it is.
Initiative +13
Trigger
When a creature enters a square within 5 squares of
the Huge statue, the statue animates, rolls initiative,
and makes an attack on its turn to include the triggering
creature in the blast. For a move action, the statue shifts 2
squares.
Attack Radiant
Standard Action Close blast 5
Effect: The trap makes an attack to catch the most creatures it
can in the blast.
Target: Each creature in blast
Attack: +29 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 4d10 + 5 radiant damage, and ongoing 5 radiant damage
and the target is stunned (save ends both).
Aftereffect: The target is dazed (save ends).
Countermeasures
An adjacent character can climb onto the statue by
succeeding on a DC 26 Athletics check. A character on
the statue moves with the statue when it moves. Such a
character can engage in a skill challenge to detach the eye
of Bahamut from the statue and thus disable the trap. DC
31 Thievery. Complexity 1 (4 successes before 3 failures).
Success detaches the gem (see treasure, below) and
disables the trap. Failure causes the eye of Bahamut to
explode: close burst 8; targets all creatures in burst; 4d10
+ 5 radiant damage, and ongoing 30 radiant damage (save
ends).
A character can attack the gem (AC 38; Fortitude 38,
Reflex 38; hp 540 hit points). When reduced to 0 hit
points, the eye of Bahamut explodes as described above.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
59

I. Accidental
Prisoners
Encounter Level 29 (76,250 XP)
Setup
Dispater (D)
1 infernal ironguard (I)
2 legion devil militants (L)
Dispater and his allies found themselves trapped
inside the vault when the Eye of Bahamut returned to
its seat on the pedestal (encounter H). Dispater would
eventually blast his way free or use a ritual to escape,
but the items in the room have captured his attention.
When the characters trigger the trap in the room
above, he seizes the chance to escape.
When the characters can see into room 11, read:
The hole in the floor opens onto a dais some thirty feet
below. There, steps lead down into a large gallery with more
daises throughout the room, each containing oddities and
treasures alike. Creatures in this room include a hulking
warrior clad in plate armor and smaller, nervous-looking
devils. The figure capturing your attention is a tall, slender
man with a smooth head. He might pass for human if not
for his cloven hooves, tail, and horns jutting from his brow.
Dispater is powerful, but hes not willing to risk his
life in a needless fight against the characters. Dispater
is amenable to discussion if it means his escape. How-
ever, he can see through most ruses and if it seems
the characters intend to destroy him, he fights his way
free.
Questions and Answers
The Lord of Dis sells out Dakranad with little
remorse. The archdevil wants Amyria for himself, but
the dragon has given him precious few opportunities
to claim her. Dispater fears his chance at divinity may
have passed and worries that Dakranad may succeed
where he has failed. Thus, Dispater gives the charac-
ters what they need to know without a fight.
Provided the characters give Dispater a chance,
he says:
Ah, we meet again. It appears you have me at a
disadvantage, but dont let my discourtesy hamper our
reunion. I imagine you are looking for the vessel. Amyria
was her name, correct? Im afraid we are all too late. The
dragon has her, and he plans to take Bahamuts mantle for
himself.
If the characters have not already traveled to
Torzak-Belgirn, read:
Where did he go? A place called the Soulforge. Hes chasing
after a creation spark, the essence of divinity. Where is
this place? I cant tell you, because I simply dont know. It
sounds dwarven, so the Rainfather might be the natural
place to look. Now, if you dont mind, I have pressing
business of my own, and I must be on my way.
If the characters have already traveled to Torzak-
Belgirn, read:
Im sure Dakranad has the creation spark by now. But dont
worry, my friends. The Platinum Dragon will return, even
if not in the form you hoped for. Where is he headed? The
Bridge of al-Sihal, Id imagine. Now, if you dont mind, I
have pressing business of my own, and I must be on my
way.
Those Once Loyal
Tactics
Dispater fights to destroy the characters, fleeing only
if reduced to 300 hit points or less.
Dispater: Dispater uses gates of Dis to arrange the
battlefield to his liking. He uses the walls to keep the
characters from engaging him. Once so protected,
he uses inveigle to dominate strikers and turn their
attacks against their allies. While waiting for inveigle
to recharge, he strikes using scathing rod.
Infernal Ironguard: The ironguard moves back
to take a position next to Dispater, where he uses stab
and smash against any enemy that comes too close.
Legion Devil Militants: The legion devils rush
the characters, putting themselves between their ene-
mies and their master. If a character slips past them,
they teleport to maintain their blocking positions.
Features of the Area
Ceiling: The ceiling is 50 feet above the daises
and 60 feet above the floor elsewhere.
Dais: Wards protect the daises.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
60

m Warded Dais
Violet lightning crackles around the dais, throwing you back-
ward with agonizing force.
At-Will Force, Lightning
Opportunity Action Melee
Trigger: A non-dragon creature enters a dais square.
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +32 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 3d8 + 10 force and lightning damage, and the target is
pushed 2 squares.
Miss: Half damage, and the target is pushed 2 squares.
Treasure: Dispater managed to destroy one ward.
The safe dais holds treasure parcels F, G, and H.
Characters who defeat Dispater also gain the rod of
Dispater.
Rod of Dispater Level 28
A symbol of Dispaters authority, this adamantine rod is
shaped like two serpents entwined together. It grants the power
to scour foes with acid.
Implement (Rod) 2,125,000 gp
Enhancement: Attack rolls and damage rolls
Critical: +6d8 per plus
Property: The rod functions as a +6 mace as well as an
implement.
Power (At-Will): Free Action. Trigger: You hit with a melee
attack using the rod. Effect: The target is pushed 2 squares
and dazed (save ends).
Power (At-Will Acid, Implement): Standard Action. Effect:
Make a ranged 20 attack; Intelligence vs. Reflex; 2d8 +
Intelligence modifier acid damage, and the target takes a 2
penalty to attack rolls until the end of your next turn.
Dispater Level 28 Solo Controller (Leader)
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 65,000
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +21; darkvision
HP 1,295; Bloodied 647
AC 45; Fortitude 41, Reflex 43, Will 42
Resist 30 fire
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6, teleport 10
Action Points 2
m Smiting Rod (standard; at-will) Weapon
Requires rod of Dispater; +34 vs. AC; 2d8 + 10 damage
(crit 8d8 + 10), and the target is pushed 2 squares and
dazed (save ends).
M Blasphemous Reply (immediate reaction, when hit by a
melee attack; at-will) Thunder
Targets the attacker; +32 vs. Will; 3d8 + 10 thunder
damage, and the target is pushed 1 square.
R Scathing Rod (standard; at-will) Acid, Implement
Requires rod of Dispater; ranged 20; +32 vs. Reflex; 2d8 +
10 acid damage, and the target takes a 2 penalty to attack
rolls until the end of Dispaters next turn.
R Inveigle (standard; recharge 4 5 6) Charm, Psychic
Ranged 20; +32 vs. Will; 2d8 + 10 psychic damage, and
the target slides 3 squares and is dominated (save ends).
Aftereffect: The target is dazed until the end of its next turn.
A Gates of Dis (minor; at-will) Conjuration, Fire
Area wall 10 within 20 squares. Dispater conjures a lattice
of scalding iron that lasts until the start of his next turn.
The wall blocks movement and line of effect, but it does
not block line of sight. Creatures that end their turns
adjacent to the wall take 10 fire damage. Creatures pulled,
pushed, or slid adjacent to the wall take 20 fire damage.
The wall is 4 squares high and cannot be destroyed.
Diabolic Awe (free 1/round, when an enemy within 10 squares
becomes bloodied or takes a critical hit; at-will) Fear,
Healing
The enemy is pushed 3 squares away from Dispater and is
dazed until the end of Dispaters next turn. Creatures with
the devil keyword within 10 squares of Dispater regain 20
hit points.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Skills Arcana +29, Bluff +28, History +29, Insight +26,
Religion +29
Str 22 (+20) Dex 23 (+20) Wis 24 (+21)
Con 27 (+22) Int 30 (+24) Cha 29 (+23)
Equipment scarlet robe, rod of Dispater
Those Once Loyal
Infernal Ironguard Level 25 Soldier
Large immortal humanoid (devil) XP 7,000
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +21; darkvision
Guarding Presence aura 1; allies with the devil keyword that
are in the aura gain a +2 bonus to AC and Reflex defense.
HP 234; Bloodied 117; see also Dis shield
AC 41; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 37
Speed 6, fly 8
m Stab and Smash (standard; at-will) Weapon
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 2d12 + 9 damage, and the target is
pushed 5 squares and is knocked prone.
M Protect at any Cost (immediate interrupt, when an adjacent
ally is the target of an attack that does not include the
infernal ironguard; at-will)
+30 vs. Reflex; 1d4 + 9 damage, and the target is pushed 5
squares, and is knocked prone.
Dis Shield
While not bloodied, an infernal ironguard gains a +2
bonus to all defenses against divine attack powers. While
bloodied, it takes a 2 penalty to all defenses against divine
attack powers.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 28 (+21) Dex 24 (+19) Wis 19 (+16)
Con 26 (+20) Int 10 (+12) Cha 24 (+19)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, bastard sword
2 Legion Devil Militants (L) Level 26 Minion Soldier
Medium immortal humanoid (devil) XP 2,250
Initiative +16 Senses Perception +14; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 42; Fortitude 38, Reflex 37, Will 37
Resist 20 fire
Speed 7, teleport 3
m Longsword (standard; at-will) Weapon
+34 vs. AC; 14 damage.
Squad Defense
The legion devil militant gains a +2 bonus to all defenses
when adjacent to at least one other legion devil.
Alignment Evil Languages Supernal
Str 14 (+15) Dex 12 (+14) Wis 12 (+14)
Con 14 (+15) Int 10 (+13) Cha 12 (+14)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, longsword
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
61

J. Finding
the Soulforge
Encounter Level 25 (35,000 XP)
Setup
Having done some initial information gathering from
either Kalad or from the exalted working in Torzak-
Belgirn, the characters discover that Moradins proxy
works in a hidden place called the Soulforge. So
sacred is this site that its location remains a secret
even from Moradins most trusted colleagues. Many
smiths and workers, however, know rumors and leg-
ends that might point the way.
When the characters first arrive at Torzak-
Belgirn, read:
A fabulous city crowns the mountain. Smoke and steam
rise from forges and workshops scattered across dozens
of metal platforms. Staircases and bridges connect the
different areas, granting access to the many factories as
well as the homes, inns, and shops crowding this strange
community. If Moradin is to be found, surely these people
would know where.
Religion Check
DC 24: Torzak-Belgirn is also known as Moradins Forge,
and it is where his most devoted followers honor the god
through the ingenious works they create. Moradin has a
forge here, though there are rumors of another hidden
somewhere in the mountain.
Finding the Soulforge
The answers you seek are here, somewhere, and persistence
and courage will show the way.
This skill challenge unfolds in three stages. The first
stage sees the characters exploring Torzak-Belgirn,
looking for someone who might know the Soulforges
location. The second stage begins when the charac-
ters win an audience with Ghoren, a mighty smith
and ancient champion who rules the city in Moradins
name. The characters must persuade the mayor to
reveal the Soulforges secret location. The final stage
sees the characters descending the mountainside to
reach the Rainfathers Beard, the legendary entrance
to the mythical forge.
Level: 25 (XP 35,000)
Complexity: 5 (requires 12 success before 3 fail-
ures) Once the characters accumulate four successes,
they move to the next stage.
Those Once Loyal
Stage One:
Exploring Torzak-Belgirn
Somewhere in this city, you will find the Soulforge or at
least the way to it.
Primary Skills: Diplomacy, Perception,
Streetwise
Secondary Skills: Bluff, Religion
Bluff (DC 31): This check provides no successes. If
the characters fail a Stealth check, one character may
make a Bluff check to cancel the failure. Up to two
characters can aid on this check.
Diplomacy (DC 26): The characters persuade the
functionaries who restrict access to the lord that
they have legitimate business and to let them past. A
successful check earns 2 successes. A failed check,
in addition to counting as a failure, increases future
Diplomacy DCs by 2 for the duration of the skill chal-
lenge. Up to four characters can aid on this check.
This skill can yield up to 4 successes (from two skill
checks).
Perception (DC 17): The character spots a massive
forge situated higher than all others. Strange con-
structs patrol its perimeter. In addition to counting
as a success, a successful check opens up the Stealth
skill. This skill can provide a maximum of 1 success.
Religion (DC 17): The character recalls Torzak-
Belgirn is where those chosen by Moradin are invited
to spend their time in the afterlife. A success by 5 or
more reveals that Moradin can sometimes be found
here, but he is often away at a hidden forge some-
where in the mountain. A success by 10 or more
reveals that Moradins personal forge is known simply
as the Soulforge. A success by 15 or more reveals
Lord Ghoren to be the proxy ruler here; if anyone
would know where the Soulforge might be found, it
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
62

would be him. This skill can provide a maximum of 1
success.
Stealth (DC 26): The characters must make success-
ful Perception and Streetwise checks before they can
attempt this skill. With this check, the characters try
to infiltrate Lord Ghorens keep. This is a group check
requiring each participating character to make a
Stealth check. If half or more succeed, the characters
earn 2 successes toward the challenge. A second suc-
cessful attempt earns the characters 1 more success
as they sneak past the guards and into Lord Ghorens
chambers. This check can earn a maximum of 3 suc-
cesses. Failure on either attempt earns 3 failures for
the group, but these can be removed with immediate
Bluff checks (see above). If an immediate Bluff check
fails, the skill challenge fails.
Streetwise (DC 17): The characters ask around
about the Soulforge. A successful check turns up
nothing definitive, but the characters do learn that
Lord Ghoren would know the answer and where this
lord might be found. A character who succeeds by 5
or more learns the name of an unhappy functionary
who lets anyone meet the lord as a petty vengeance
for some past slight, thereby granting the characters
1 extra success. A success by 10 or more also reveals
that those who complement Lord Ghoren on his
craftsmanship can go far with him. Up to four char-
acters can aid on this check. This skill can earn a
maximum of 2 successes.
Those Once Loyal
Stage Two: Perception (DC 17): The character notices that Lord
Audience with Lord Ghoren Ghoren wears exceptionally fine armor. This skill
An angry dwarf with a long gray beard that gathers in earns no successes.
a pile beneath his feet leans forward on his throne, his Religion (DC 17): The character recalls Moradins
exquisite armor creaking. character and exploits, citing examples about Mora-
Primary Skills: Bluff, Diplomacy, Insight dins virtue to help show that the characters have
Secondary Skills: Intimidate, Perception, Reli- common cause with the god. The characters must
gion, special have earned at least 1 success with Diplomacy before
Special: Characters who are worshippers of Mora- using Religion will count as a success. This skill can
din gain a +2 bonus on skill checks made during this earn a maximum of 1 success.
stage. Characters who complement Lord Ghoren on
his fine armor gain a +2 bonus on Diplomacy checks
made during this stage.
Bluff (DC 26): The character tries to conceal the
partys true purpose for seeking out the Soulforge. Up
to four characters can aid on this check. This skill can
provide a maximum of 4 successes. Once a character
uses Bluff, all characters have a 2 on Diplomacy
checks.
Diplomacy (DC 26): The characters ask for aid
in their mission, using honesty and their missions
seriousness to sway the lord to their side. Up to four
characters can aid on this check. This skill can earn
a maximum of 4 successes. Once a character uses
Diplomacy, all characters have a 2 on Bluff checks.
Insight (DC 26): You see into the lords heart and
realize that the dwarf wants only to serve Moradin to
the best of his ability. The first success with this skill
reveals that Ghoren takes pride in his armor, while
the second success reveals Intimidates futility. This
skill can earn a maximum of 2 successes.
Intimidate: Lord Ghorens duty outweighs any
threats that the characters can put against him. Each
Intimidate check counts as 1 failure.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
63

Stage Three:
To Rainfathers Beard
The entrance to the Soulforge lies beyond Rainfathers
Beard, a waterfall near the mountains base.
Options: Characters can reach the Rainfathers
Beard by one of two ways. They can use the spelljam-
mer if they have it and simply fly down, or they might
just climb down the mountain.
Primary Skills: Arcana, Athletics, Religion,
Streetwise, special
Secondary Skills: Acrobatics, Endurance
Acrobatics: A character can substitute an Acrobatics
check for an Arcana check when flying down to Rain-
fathers Beard.
Arcana (DC 26): Characters flying to Rainfathers
Beard must succeed on two Arcana checks to pilot
the spelljammer through dangerous terrain. A failed
Arcana check deals 50 damage to the spelljammer in
addition to counting as a failure. One character can
aid on this check. This skill can earn a maximum of 2
successes.
Athletics (DC 31): Parties climbing down the moun-
tain must make a group Athletics check. In order to
count as a success, at least half the party must suc-
ceed. Failure of the group check earns 1 failure on
the challenge and also results in everyone losing 1
healing surge. This skill can earn a maximum of 2
successes.
Religion (DC 31): The character recalls a legend
about the Rainfathers Beard being near Moradins
Hands. A success here opens up use of the Streetwise
skill. This skill can earn a maximum of 1 success.
Streetwise (DC 26): Asking after Moradins Hands
and Rainfathers Beard reveals a probable location. A
success by 10 or more grants a much more accurate
location and an extra success. Up to four characters
Those Once Loyal
can aid on this check. Streetwise skill can be used
only after a successful Religion skill check. This skill
can earn a maximum of 2 successes.
Success: The adventurers reach the Rainfathers
Beard, where they must face the elemental guardian
charged with protecting the entrance.
Failure: What happens when the characters fail at
the skill challenge depends on where they acquire the
last failure.
Stage One: The characters get an audience with
Ghoren. Remove all failed checks and move forward
to the next stage. Ghoren learns of the characters
efforts to locate the Soulforge and warns the aspect.
Add two slaughterstone hammerers to tactical
encounter N, The Forgeworks (page 70).
Stage Two: The characters fail to impress Ghoren
and earn his enmity. Five slaughterstone hammerers
attack the characters in his throne room. If the charac-
ters defeat the constructs, Ghoren grudgingly reveals
the location of the Soulforge. Proceed with stage three.
Stage Three: The characters reveal themselves
during their descent. Add two storm gorgons to tacti-
cal encounter K (The Rainfathers Thrall, next page)
and the characters are automatically surprised.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
64

K. The Rainfathers
Thrall
Encounter Level 27 (58,000 XP)
Setup
1 storm titan (T)
4 storm gorgons (G)
The storm titan lairs in the pool formed by the
cupped hands while storm gorgons crop at the nearby
grass. When the characters arrive at this site, the
storm titan rises from its watery lair.
When the characters arrive at this area, read:
Rainfathers Beard tumbles down the cliffs face into a
frothing pool formed by two enormous, stone hands. Four
gray bulls crackling with lightning stand on the nearby
green. A titanic humanoid rises from the center of the pool,
sending waves to spill over the hands. It has midnight blue
skin and long green hair. It draws a massive blade from the
pool as it roars in anger.
Tactics
The storm titan hovers above the pool, using howling
winds and hurl thunderbolt to knock the characters
from the cliff. It uses roaring greatsword against any
character who comes within reach. The storm gor-
gons fly outside the storm fury aura to trample and
gore the adventurers. All creatures here fight until
destroyed.
Those Once Loyal
Features of the Area
Cupped Hands: An enormous carving depicts
cupped hands that catch the waterfall as it continues
down the mountainside. Squares on the hands are
slippery and count as difficult terrain. The water
inside the cupped hands is 30 feet deep near the
center.
Runoff: Water spills from the cupped hands and
flows toward the cliff. Runoff squares count as dif-
ficult terrain, and any creature that starts its turn in a
runoff square must make a DC 17 Athletics check as
a free action or slide 2 squares toward the cliff.
Cliff: The cliff overlooks another waterfall that
crashes 120 feet to another pool. A creature that falls
takes 12d10 damage on landing.
Waterfall: Snowmelt and rain supply the water of
this thundering fall. Squares adjacent to the waterfall
are lightly obscured.
m Thundering Waterfall
Frothing water tumbles down from misty heights to crash
amid the cupped hands.
At-Will
Opportunity Action Melee
Trigger: A character enters or starts its turn in a square
containing the waterfall.
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +30 vs. Fortitude
Hit: The target is knocked prone and slides into the closest
unoccupied square in cupped hands.
Miss: The target gains concealment and cover while in this
square.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
65

Storm Titan (T) Level 27 Elite Controller
Huge elemental humanoid (aquatic, giant) XP 22,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +22
Storm Fury (Lightning, Thunder) aura 4; any creature that
enters or begins its turn in the aura takes 10 lightning
and thunder damage; creatures other than storm giants
and storm titans treat the area within the aura as difficult
terrain and cannot fly.
HP 506; Bloodied 253
AC 43; Fortitude 43, Reflex 38, Will 38
Resist 30 lightning, 30 thunder
Saving Throws +2
Speed 8, fly 10 (hover), swim 8
Action Points 1
m Roaring Greatsword (standard; at-will) Lightning,
Thunder
Reach 3; +32 vs. AC; 2d6 + 11 damage plus 2d8 lightning
and thunder damage.
M Double Attack (standard; at-will) Lightning, Thunder,
Weapon
The storm titan makes two roaring greatsword attacks.
R Hurl Thunderbolt (standard; at-will) Lightning, Thunder
Ranged 10; +30 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 6 lightning and thunder
damage, and the target is pushed 3 squares and dazed
(save ends).
C Howling Winds (standard; recharge 4 5 6) Thunder
Close burst 4; +30 vs. Fortitude; 2d12 + 6 thunder
damage, and the target is pushed 4 squares and knocked
prone. Miss: Half damage, and the target is pushed 1
square.
Alignment Evil Languages Giant, Primordial
Skills Diplomacy +24, Intimidate +24
Str 33 (+24) Dex 22 (+19) Wis 19 (+17)
Con 29 (+22) Int 14 (+15) Cha 22 (+19)
Equipment greatsword
Those Once Loyal
4 Storm Gorgons (G) Level 26 Skirmisher
Large elemental beast XP 9,000 each
Initiative +21 Senses Perception +19; truesight 6
Tempests Fury (Lightning) aura 5; any creature that enters or
starts its turn in the aura takes 20 lightning damage.
HP 248; Bloodied 124
AC 42; Fortitude 40, Reflex 35, Will 35
Immune knocked prone, pull/push/slide; Resist 20 lightning,
20 thunder
Speed 8, fly 10 (hover); see also mobile melee attack
m Gore (standard; at-will) Thunder
+31 vs. AC; 1d10 + 12 damage plus 2d8 thunder damage,
and the target is pushed 2 squares and knocked prone.
M Mobile Melee Attack (standard; at-will)
The storm gorgon can move up to half its speed and make
one melee basic attack at any point during that movement.
The storm gorgon doesnt provoke opportunity attacks
when moving away from the target of its attack.
M Trample (standard; at-will)
The storm gorgon can move up to its speed and enter
enemies spaces. This movement provokes opportunity
attacks, and the gorgon must end its move in an
unoccupied space. When it enters an enemys space, the
gorgon makes a trample attack: +29 vs. Reflex; 1d10 + 10
damage, and the target is knocked prone.
C Storming Breath (standard; recharge 6) Lightning,
Thunder
Close blast 5; +29 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 20 lightning and
thunder damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 30 (+23) Dex 22 (+19) Wis 23 (+19)
Con 32 (+24) Int 2 (+9) Cha 8 (+12)
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
66

L. A Thousand Teeth
Encounter Level 26 (45,000 XP)
Setup
Morgol the Undying (M)
An ancient hydra lairs here and protects the Soul-
forge from unwanted visitors.
When the characters can see the hydra, read:
A great serpent with five heads roars in outrage and
lumbers forward, jaws snapping, red eyes gleaming.
Perception
DC 17: There are no stalagmites on the floor, but
stalactites hang from the ceiling by the score.
Tactics
Morgol the Undying is too to big maneuver through
these tunnels easily, so the hydra holds its position,
relying on its reach to bite the characters. Should
characters hang back and pepper it with ranged
attacks, it squeezes into the adjacent chamber where
it can best catch the characters with its hydra fury
attack. Morgol the Undying fights to the death.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Dim light. Fiery veins in the walls
shed dim illumination throughout these caverns.
Ceiling: The ceilings throughout these caves are
50 feet high.
Steps: Granite shelves serve as steps that descend
or ascend to other caves. Squares containing steps
count as difficult terrain.
Stalactites: Sharp stalactites hang throughout
these caves, though no stalagmites emerge from the
floor (the hydra cleared these). Each ceiling square
in a natural cavern contains one stalactite. A creature
can break off a stalactite by using the following ter-
rain power.
r Falling Stalactite Single Use Terrain
The stalactite ends at a sharp point. With the right pressure,
you might break it free to send it down and impale any crea-
ture below it.
Single-Use (per square)
Standard Action Ranged
Check: Strength check, DC 31
Effect: The stalactite falls and makes an attack.
Target: One creature below the stalactite
Attack: +29 vs. Reflex
Hit: 1d8 + 9 damage, and the target is immobilized.
Miss: The square is filled with rubble and counts as difficult
terrain until cleared.
Treasure: In one side chamber, the characters
find the hydras hoard, which consists of parcel I.
Those Once Loyal
Morgol the Undying Level 26 Solo Brute
Gargantuan immortal beast (reptile), hydra XP 45,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +23; all-around vision
HP 980; Bloodied 490; see also regenerating heads
AC 38; Fortitude 40, Reflex 36, Will 36
Saving Throws +5
Speed 6
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) Radiant
Reach 4; + 31 vs. AC; 2d8 + 10 damage plus 1d8 radiant
damage.
M Hydra Fury (standard; at-will)
Morgol makes five bite attacks, plus an additional attack
for each head it has grown (see regenerating heads). A
target hit by more than one bite attack in a round takes 10
extra damage.
M Rampage (standard; recharges when a critical hit is scored
against Morgol)
Morgol makes one bite attack against each enemy within
its reach. On a hit, the target also takes ongoing 10
damage (save ends).
Heroslayer
While Morgol is marked, it gains a +2 bonus to attack rolls
and a +10 bonus to damage rolls against the creature that
marked it.
Many-Headed
Each time Morgol would become dazed or stunned, it
instead loses one attack while using hydra fury during its
next turn. Morgol can be dazed or stunned multiple times.
Regenerating Heads
When Morgol first reaches 735, 490, and 245 hit points, a
head is destroyed. At the start of Morgols next turn after a
head is destroyed, two heads grow in the lost heads place,
and Morgol gains an additional bite attack with hydra fury.
Threatening Reach
Morgol can make opportunity attacks against all enemies
within its reach (4 squares).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 26 (+21) Dex 22 (+19) Wis 21 (+18)
Con 29 (+22) Int 2 (+9) Cha 10 (+13)
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
67

M. Godsworn
Warriors
Encounter Level 27 (57,000 XP)
Setup
1 iron golem juggernaut (J)
1 godforged bolter (B)
2 godforged slashers (S)
Moradin depleted his barracks when he left to meet
with the other gods. The servants he left behind
represent but a token force, but they savagely attack
anyone who intrudes.
When the characters open any door to this room,
read:
A large room, easily sixty feet across with a tall ceiling,
holds a looming iron statue armed with a cruel blade
and two humanoid constructs bristling with blades and
saws. Three platforms fill three corners. Atop two are
stone statues depicting dwarves. The third holds a stumpy
construct whose upper body is an overlarge crossbow. A
roaring fire fills the rooms center.
Tactics
The constructs are under orders to attack unauthor-
ized intruders. Upon opening any door, the creatures
animate and attack.
Iron Golem Juggernaut: The construct opens
with its breath weapon to catch as many characters at it
can. It then closes on any leading intruders, spending
an action point to cleave. The iron golem must squeeze
to leave this room, but it risks it to pursue the charac-
ters into adjoining chambers.
Godforged Bolter: This construct remains on
the ledge, using impaling bolt to pin down characters
in the iron golems reach. It reloads and repeats this
attack each round. Should any characters close on it,
it uses missile defense and then slams the enemy off the
platform. The godforged bolter remains where it is
unless the characters flee, at which point it descends
to give chase.
Godforged Slashers: The slashers work with the
iron golem, taking positions opposite the golem if
possible. The slashers use f lensing blades only when
presented with two or more targets. Otherwise they
use their slashing blades. Note that these constructs
spawn shattered progeny when damaged. These
constructs stay close to their creators so they can be
reincorporated into the godforged slasher if need be.
Like the others, the slashers and their progeny pursue
fleeing characters.
Those Once Loyal
Iron Golem Juggernaut (J)
Huge natural animate (construct)
Level 26 Elite Soldier
XP 18,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +15; darkvision
Noxious Fumes aura 3; while the iron golem juggernaut is
bloodied, any creature that enters or starts its turn in the
aura takes 10 poison damage.
HP 488; Bloodied 244; see also toxic death
AC 42; Fortitude 43, Reflex 38, Will 36
Immune disease, poison, sleep
Saving Throws +2
Speed 6 (cannot shift)
Action Points 1
m Iron Blade (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +33 vs. AC; 3d10 + 5 damage, and the target is
marked (save ends).
M Cleave (standard; at-will)
The iron golem juggernaut makes two iron blade attacks,
each against a different target.
M Dazing Fist (immediate interrupt, when a creature marked
by the iron golem juggernaut and within its reach moves or
shifts; at-will)
Reach 3; targets the triggering creature; +31 vs. Fortitude;
the target is dazed (save ends).
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6) Poison
Close blast 5; +31 vs. Fortitude; 4d8 + 9 damage, and
ongoing 5 poison damage (save ends).
C Toxic Death (when first bloodied and again when the iron
golem juggernaut drops to 0 hit points) Poison
Close burst 5; +31 vs. Fortitude; 3d10 + 6 poison damage,
and ongoing 10 poison damage (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 30 (+23) Dex 18 (+17) Wis 14 (+15)
Con 28 (+22) Int 3 (+9) Cha 3 (+9)
Equipment longsword
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
68
 Those Once Loyal

2 Godforged Slashers (S) Level 29 Brute
Large immortal animate (construct) XP 15,000 each
Initiative +22 Senses Perception +21; darkvision
Spinning Blades aura 1; each creature that starts its turn in
the aura takes 20 damage.
HP 328; Bloodied 164
AC 41; Fortitude 43, Reflex 41, Will 40
Immune disease, poison, sleep
Speed 6 (cannot shift)
m Slashing Blades (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 4d8 + 10 damage.
C Flensing Blades (standard; recharges when first bloodied)
Close burst 2; targets enemies; +32 vs. AC; 2d8 + 6
damage, and ongoing 15 damage (save ends).
M Hasty Repair (minor; at-will) Healing
Reach 2; targets one shattered progeny; the shattered
progeny is destroyed and the godforged slasher regains 40
hit points.
Shattered Progeny (free, when reduced to 246, 164, 82, and 0
hit points)
Place a shattered progeny token in an unoccupied space
adjacent to the godforged smasher, and reduce the
godforge slashers spinning blades damage by 5.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 30 (+24) Dex 27 (+22) Wis 24 (+21)
Con 28 (+23) Int 2 (+10) Cha 8 (+13)
Shattered Progeny Level 29 Minion Brute
Small immortal animate (construct) XP
Initiative as creator Senses Perception +21; darkvision
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion
AC 41; Fortitude 43, Reflex 41, Will 40
Immune disease, poison, sleep
Speed 4
m Spinning Blades (standard; at-will)
+32 vs. AC; 18 damage.
C Exploding Construct (when reduced to 0 hit points) Fire,
Radiant
Close burst 1; +30 vs. Reflex; 18 fire and radiant damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 30 (+24) Dex 27 (+22) Wis 24 (+21)
Con 28 (+23) Int 2 (+10) Cha 8 (+13)
Godforged Bolter (B) Level 26 Artillery
Medium immortal animate (construct) XP 9,000
Initiative +23 Senses Perception +18; darkvision
HP 185; Bloodied 92
AC 41; Fortitude 38, Reflex 41, Will 36
Immune disease, poison, sleep
Speed 4 (cannot shift)
m Slam (standard; at-will)
+31 vs. AC; 2d8 + 7 damage, and the target is pushed 2
squares.
R Impaling Bolt (standard; at-will) Weapon
Ranged 10; +31 vs. Reflex; 2d6 + 10 damage, the target
is immobilized (save ends), and the godforged bolter
pushes the target 1 square. Aftereffect: The target takes 10
damage.
C Missile Defense (immediate reaction, when hit by a melee
attack; recharges when first bloodied)
Close burst 10; +28 vs. Reflex; 4d10 + 8 damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 25 (+20) Dex 30 (+23) Wis 20 (+18)
Con 23 (+19) Int 2 (+9) Cha 8 (+12)
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light. A fiery pool in the
chambers center illuminates the room.
Doors: The steel doors are closed but not locked.
They feel warm to the touch.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 70 feet overhead.
Platforms: Three platforms rise 30 feet above the
floor in three corners. Rungs set in their faces grant
access to their surfaces. A fall from a platform deals
3d10 damage.
Statues: Two statues atop platforms resemble
towering dwarven warriors armed with greataxes and
clad in plate armor. A statue has AC/Reflex 5, Forti-
tude 10, and 40 hit points.
m Warding Statues
The statue comes to life to shove you from the platform.
Opportunity Action
Trigger: A creature starts its turn or enters a square adjacent to
the statue
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +30 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 2d8 + 9 damage, and the target is pushed 2 squares.
Fire Pit: Roiling flames burn in a stone basin at
the rooms center. Living creatures adjacent to the fire
pit take a 2 penalty to attack rolls.
m Fire Pit
Heat from the raging fires leaches your strength and resolve.
Opportunity Action
Trigger: A creature starts its turn or enters a fire pit square.
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +30 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 2d6 + 9 fire damage, and ongoing 10 fire damage (save
end). If the creature already has ongoing fire damage, it
instead takes an extra 4d6 fire damage.
Miss: Half damage.
Ceiling Hooks: Row upon row of hooks line the
ceiling. Dormant constructs once hung from the
hooks like toys. Now all the hooks are empty.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
69

N. Forgeworks
Encounter Level 26 (49,000 XP)
Setup
Forgeworks (N for Nozzles, C for Claw)
5 slaughterstone hammerers (H)
This chamber contains a wicked trap designed to take
raw ore and turn it into liquid metal. The slaughter-
stone hammerers ensure unwilling objects make it
into the crucible.
When the characters enter this room, read:
A raised pathway with a moving surface fills the room
with noise. Hulking humanoid constructs equipped with
hammer arms turn as one to note your presence.
5 Slaughterstone Hammerers (H) Level 25 Soldier
Large natural animate (construct) XP 7,000
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +12; darkvision
Thunder Step aura 2; each creature that starts its turn within
the aura is slowed until the start of its next turn.
HP 233; Bloodied 116
AC 41; Fortitude 40, Reflex 35, Will 35
Immune disease, poison, sleep
Speed 6
m Slam (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 2d8 + 10 damage, and the target is
knocked prone.
M Hammerstrike (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +28 vs. Fortitude; 2d8 + 10 damage, and the
target is dazed (save ends).
Tunnel Fighting
A slaughterstone hammerer takes no penalty to attack
rolls while squeezing and does not grant combat
advantage while squeezing.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 28 (+21) Dex 11 (+12) Wis 10 (+12)
Con 25 (+19) Int 1 (+7) Cha 3 (+8)
Perception Check
DC 26: A control panel stands against the far wall near
the rooms exit.
Forgeworks Level 25 Elite Blaster
Trap XP 14,000
The room is alive with industry, with bright sparks, streams of
liquid fire, and choking clouds of smoke.
Trap: The trap consists of several components linked by the
conveyor belt running through the room. A clawed hand
snatches creatures and places them on the conveyor belt.
Where indicated on the map, nozzles fire jets of superheated
steam, and the conveyor belt deposits anything on it into the
crucible at its end.
Perception
DC 31: A character spots the control panel on the opposite
side of the room.
Additional Skill: Dungeoneering
DC 28: The character identifies the nozzle locations.
Trigger
The trap makes the following attacks on the indicated turns.
Attack (Initiative 20, 10, 0)
No Action Melee
Target: Each creature on the conveyor belt
Effect: The creature slides 2 squares in the direction indicated on
the map.
Attack (Initiative 15, 5)
Minor Action Melee
Target: One random non-construct creature not on a conveyor
belt square
Those Once Loyal
Tactics
The slaughterstone hammerers try to prevent charac-
ters from escaping the room. They give preference to
characters on the conveyor belt.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Dim light. Fiery veins and the cru-
cible offer scant illumination.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 40 feet high.
Conveyor Belt: A 5-foot-wide conveyor belt runs
through the room. Squares containing the conveyor
belt count as difficult terrain.
Treasure: Leavings from melted-down items litters
the floor. Sifting through it reveals parcels J, K, and L.
Attack: +28 vs. Reflex
Hit: 2d8 + 9 damage, and the target slides to the closest square
containing the conveyor belt.
Miss: Half damage
Attack (Initiative 25) Fire
Standard Action Close blast 2
Target: Each creature in the blast for each nozzle
Attack: +26 vs. Reflex
Hit: 2d8 + 9 fire damage, and the target is dazed and
immobilized until the end of its next turn.
Attack Fire
Opportunity Action Melee
Trigger: A creature enters or starts its turn in the crucible
Target: The triggering creature
Effect: The creature takes 4d10 fire damage, and ongoing 10 fire
damage (save ends). A creature cannot make saving throws
to end the ongoing damage until it exits the crucible (DC 26
Athletics check).
Countermeasures
A character adjacent to the control panel can shut off the
device and disable the trap by engaging in a skill challenge.
DC 31 Thievery. Complexity 2 (6 successes before 3 failures).
Success shuts off the conveyor belt and the forgeworks can
only make the opportunity action attack. Failure causes the
control panel to explode: close blast 7; +28 vs. Reflex; 3d12
+ 9 damage, and the target is knocked prone and dazed
(save ends). The trap is disabled if the control panel explodes.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
70

O. Angelic Defenders
Encounter Level 25 (35,400 XP)
Setup
4 angels of supremacy (S)
14 angel of valor legionnaires (V)
The angels position themselves between the charac-
ters and Moradins aspect in the room beyond. The
angels do not attack unless the characters try to cross
the bridge.
When the characters enter this room, read:
Shimmering humanoid figures hang like stars in the sky,
each a glowing light hovering over a yawning darkness. A
white stone bridge crosses the chasm, but the angels seem
ready to block any progress.
Tactics
The angels are here to protect Moradins aspect by
denying passage to the chamber beyond.
Angels of Supremacy: These angels hover 5 feet
above their positions. When a character engages
an angel, it uses astral brilliance and makes its stand
14 Angel of Valor Legionnaires Level 21 Minion
Medium immortal humanoid (angel) XP 800 each
Initiative +14 Senses Perception +12
HP 1; a missed attack never damages a minion.
AC 35; Fortitude 35, Reflex 31, Will 30
Immune fear; Resist 10 fire, 10 radiant
Speed 6, fly 9 (hover)
m Greatsword (standard; at-will) Fire, Weapon
+26 vs. AC; 9 fire damage.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Str 26 (+18) Dex 18 (+14) Wis 14 (+12)
Con 18 (+14) Int 12 (+11) Cha 16 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, greatsword
Those Once Loyal
4 Angels of Supremacy
Large immortal humanoid (angel)
Level 24 Soldier
XP 6,050 each
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +18
HP 226; Bloodied 113
AC 40; Fortitude 38, Reflex 36, Will 35
Immune fear; Resist 15 radiant
Speed 8, fly 12 (hover)
m Spear (standard; at-will) Thunder, Weapon
Reach 3; +31 vs. AC; 1d10 + 9 damage plus 1d10 thunder
damage.
R Light of Justice (standard; encounter) Radiant
Ranged 10; +29 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 9 radiant damage.
Effect: The target is marked until the end of the encounter.
R Summons to Justice (minor 1/round; at-will)
Ranged sight; targets creatures marked by the angel of
supremacy; no attack roll; the angel of supremacy pulls the
target 1 square.
C Astral Brilliance (standard; encounter) Radiant, Zone
Close burst 3; +29 vs. Reflex; 2d10 + 9 radiant damage.
Effect: The burst creates a zone of radiance that lasts until
the end of the encounter. The angel of supremacys spear
attack deals 1d10 extra radiant damage while the angel is Features of the Area
within the zone. Illumination: Dim light. The angels glow com-
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
bined with the ever-present light shining from the
Any attack against the angel of supremacy takes a 2
penalty to the attack roll. fiery veins in the walls illuminate this chamber.
Threatening Reach Ceiling: The ceiling rises 100 feet overhead.
An angel of supremacy can make opportunity attacks Bridge: The bridge is made from stone. Struts
against all enemies in reach.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal beneath anchor it to the walls.
Skills Intimidate +21 Chasm: A deep chasm yawns below the bridge,
Str 29 (+21) Dex 21 (+17) Wis 22 (+18) dropping 200 feet to a mound of shattered metal,
Con 26 (+20) Int 25 (+19) Cha 19 (+16)
springs, cogs, and other detritus. A character who
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, spear
falls can make a saving throw to catch him- or herself
inside the zone it creates. These angels use summons on the struts below the bridge. From the struts, it
to justice to pull fleeing enemies back into their zones requires a move action and a DC 17 Athletics check
or light of justice to destroy any characters who slip to return to the bridge. Otherwise, the character
past. The angels of supremacy fight to the death, but takes 20d10 damage upon landing at the chasms
pursue only if characters move into room 7. bottom. The struts make it easy to climb out of the
Angels of Valor: These angels support their larger chasm (DC 17 Athletics).
kin, swooping down to make attacks using their great-
swords. They bolster any allies engaged in combat.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
71

P. Moradins Forge
Encounter Level 28 (65,000 XP)
Setup
Aspect of Moradin (A)
1 forgespirit (F)
2 godforged blade bearers (G)
8+ forgesworn dwarves (D)
The adventurers are again too late. By anticipating
their movements, Dakranad arrived at the forge
ahead of the heroes. There, with the aid of dark
magic, he persuaded the aspect of Moradin to give
him a creation spark by explaining that Amyria
housed Bahamuts essence and that he needed the
spark to release the essence and thus restore the Plati-
num Dragon to life. Thinking that this is exactly what
Moradin would want (and encouraged by Dakranads
sorcery), the aspect gave the creation spark to the
dragon. Before Dakranad left, he warned the aspect
that the characters would be following soon after and
suggested that they want to prevent Bahamuts rebirth
because they want to save Amyrias life. Thus, when
the characters find the aspect, they see he is both
sympathetic but resolved to stop them at any cost.
When the characters enter this room, read:
Brilliant flames roil and flare at the rooms far end. Before
them stands a mighty anvil on which you see hammers,
tongs, and other tools. A muscled, idealized dwarf dressed
in full plate armor and gripping an enormous hammer in
his fist turns from the anvil. The dwarf smoothes his singed
beard and regards you with sad eyes while two hulking
constructs step forward, brandishing spinning saw blades.
Eight more dwarves stand before smaller anvils and forges.
They ignore your presence as their hammers rise and fall in
perfect unison.
If the characters dont attack right away, read:
The dwarf speaks, his voice the sound of mountains shifting
on their foundations. Your purpose is noble but selfish.
Friendship demands loyalty, yet there are times when you
must set aside your misgivings for the good of the world.
Although you have violated my sanctum, I am willing to
forgive your trespass if you return whence you came and
give up this foolish mission.
The aspect answers questions as long as the char-
acters make no aggressive moves. What follows are
answers to likely questions.
What are you talking about? You have come to
save the devas life, but you will not find her here.
Dakranad has taken her to find her destiny.
Her destiny? She houses Bahamuts essence. The
mithral dragon intends to unleash this essence so the
Platinum Dragon can be reborn.
Give us the creation spark! I have it no longer. I gave
it to Dakranad. Even if I wanted to, I could not give it
to you. The Crucible bestows this blessing but once
each century.
Where is Dakranad now? I cannot tell you, lest you
interfere in his mission.
To gain more information about where Dakranad
is heading, the characters must engage in a skill
challenge to persuade the aspect that they too want
to see Bahamut restored. If the characters threaten
the aspect or make any aggressive move, the aspect
attacks. The characters can still try to persuade the
aspect of their intentions during the combat, but the
DCs are 2 higher than those listed below.
Those Once Loyal
Common Cause
The aspect grieves for your troubles, but his own loyalty to
Bahamut blinds him to your true purpose.
Level: 28 (XP 26,000)
Complexity: 1 (requires 4 successes before 3
failures).
Primary Skills: Bluff, Diplomacy, Religion,
special
Secondary Skill: Insight
Special: If the characters defeated Dispater and
show his head or his rod as proof of the dragons
corruption, the characters automatically earn 2 suc-
cesses. (2 successes, maximum 2 successes)
Arcana (DC 31): The character tries to unravel
the enchantment beguiling the aspect. This skill
cannot be used unless a successful Insight check has
ben made (see below). Up to four characters can aid
on this check. This skill can earn a maximum of 2
successes.
Bluff (DC 30): The character fabricates evidence
against Dakranad. In addition to counting as two fail-
ures, a failed check counts as two failures, closes off
future Bluff checks, and each new attempt results in
1 more automatic failure. This skill can earn a maxi-
mum of 4 successes.
Diplomacy (DC 26): The character cites truthful
evidence about Dakranads corruption or recounts
the partys past alliance with the Platinum Dragon.
This skill can earn a maximum of 4 successes.
Insight (DC 31): The character identifies that
the aspect of Moradin has been ensorcelled by the
mithral dragon. A successful check counts as 0 suc-
cesses but opens up use of the Arcana skill.
Religion (DC 17): The character recalls Moradins
character and shows how the aspects actions are
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
72
 Those Once Loyal

at odds with the gods nature. This skill can earn a

maximum of 1 success.
Success: The characters break the enchantment
and the aspect of Moradin realizes that the mithral
dragon tricked him. Enraged by this, he urges the
characters to venture to Bahamuts Palace (if the
characters havent yet been there) or to the Bridge
of al-Sihal (if the characters have already been to
Bahamuts Palace). Alternatively, if Amyria is still
with the characters, the aspect gives them the cre-
ation spark and advises them to seek the Bridge of
al-Sihal to witness Bahamuts imminent return.
Failure: The aspect of Moradin believes the
characters are trying to trick him. He commands his
servants to attack.

Tactics
Aspect of Moradin: The aspect uses mountain-
fall charge first, hoping to drive the characters back
onto the bridge and into the chasm beyond. The
aspect then uses rippling earth to keep driving back
the adventurers. After, the aspect presses the attack
using whirling hammer. He fights until destroyed and
gives no quarter; he will even pause to dispatch dying
characters. Such an affront as a fight in this sacred
chamber allows for no mercy.
Forgespirit: Starting on the second round, the
forgespirit, the very essence of creation, emerges from
the Crucible of Light to aid the aspect. It moves to
where forge burst can be most effective and then uses
that power. While sustaining it, it uses unearthly bel-
lows to send enemies through the flames it created.
Godforged Blade Bearers: These constructs hit
prone enemies with their swift blade attacks. They move
constantly, striking at every creature in their reach.
Forgesworn Dwarf: The minions avoid combat Statues: Two statues atop platforms resemble
until at least one godforged blade bearer is reduced towering dwarven warriors armed with greataxes and
to 0 hit points. The minions then attack en masse clad in plate armor. A statue has AC/Reflex 5, Forti-
and gang up on one enemy at a time using their tude 10, and 40 hit points.
warhammers.
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light. The Crucible of Light
fills the room with bright light.
Ceiling: The ceiling is 100 feet overhead.
God Anvil: The mighty anvil stands at the end of
the room. Immortal creatures within 5 squares of the
anvil gain a +1 bonus to attack rolls and deal 5 extra
radiant damage on all melee attacks.
Ledge: A ledge stands 10 feet above the floor.
Stairs: A staircase grants access to the ledge.
Squares containing stairs count as difficult terrain.

December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
73

Aspect of Moradin (A) Level 26 Elite Soldier (Leader)
Medium immortal humanoid XP 18,000
Initiative +20 Senses Perception +20; low-light vision,
truesight 10
Victorious Song aura 5; allies in the aura that can hear the
aspect of Moradin gain a +2 power bonus to attack rolls.
HP 482; Bloodied 241
AC 42; Fortitude 41, Reflex 36, Will 38
Immune poison
Saving Throws +2
Speed 5; teleport 5
Action Points 1
m Crushing Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
+33 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10 damage, and the target is dazed until
the end of its next turn.
M Grudge Strike (immediate reaction, when an enemy hits the
aspect of Moradin with a melee attack; at-will) Weapon
The aspect of Moradin makes a crushing hammer attack
against the triggering enemy.
M Bonecrusher Strike (immediate interrupt, when an adjacent
enemy uses the stand up action; at-will) Weapon
+31 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 10 damage, the target is knocked
prone, and cannot stand (save ends).
M Mountainfall Charge (standard; recharges when first
bloodied) Thunder, Weapon
The aspect of Moradin shifts 5 squares ignoring difficult
terrain and makes an attack at the end of this movement:
+34 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10 damage, the target is stunned
(save ends), and all enemies adjacent to the target take 10
thunder damage and are pushed 5 squares.
m Warding Statues
The statue comes to life to shove you from the platform.
Opportunity Action
Trigger: A creature starts its turn or enters a square adjacent to
the statue
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +30 vs. Fortitude
Hit: 2d8 + 9 damage, and the target is pushed 2 squares.
Crucible of Light: Beyond the God Anvil is the
Crucible of Light. Once every century, Moradin can
extract a creation spark from its fires. These sparks
are pure possibility. Left on their own, they might
Those Once Loyal
C Rippling Earth (standard; recharge y z ) Weapon
gives these treasures to a party that succeeds on the
Close burst 5; +31 vs. Fortitude; 2d10 + 10 damage, the skill challenge, but characters who defeat the aspect
target is pushed to the edge of the burst and knocked may take them anyway.
prone.
If the characters have Amyria in their possession
C Whirling Hammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
Close burst 1; one or two targets; +31 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10 and successfully negotiated with the aspect, they also
damage, and the target is dazed until the end of its next receive the creation spark. A golden locket contains its
turn. Effect: If one or both attacks miss, the aspect of power. Aside from the hammer embossed on one side
Moradin makes a secondary attack that does not provoke
and an anvil on the other, the item seems mundane.
opportunity attacks: Ranged 10; targets one enemy not
targeted by whirling hammer; +35 vs. AC; 2d10 + 10 Opening the locket releases blinding light: +32 vs.
damage, and the target is pushed 5 squares and knocked Fortitude; the target is blinded (save ends).
prone.
Rooted in Stone
The aspect of Moradin can only be forcibly movedby
Conclusion
a push, a pull, or a slideif he chooses to be, and then If the characters end this encounter without destroy-
may choose the distance he is forcibly moved up to the ing the aspect of Moradin, award them experience
maximum the effect specifies. The aspect of Moradin
points as if they had.
cannot be knocked prone.
Alignment Lawful good Languages Common, Dwarven,
Supernal
Skills Athletics +28, Diplomacy +23, Dungeoneering +27,
Endurance +27, History +20, Insight +25, Intimidate +23
Str 30 (+23) Dex 20 (+18) Wis 25 (+20)
Con 25 (+20) Int 15 (+15) Cha 20 (+18)
Equipment plate armor, heavy shield, warhammer
evolve into new gods, dominions, or even worlds. Non-
immortal creatures entering or starting their turns
in a space adjacent to the crucible take 20 fire and
radiant damage. Any character attempting to enter
the Crucible of Light is automatically pushed 1d10
squares and knocked prone.
Forges and Anvils: Opposite the ledge is a row
of forges and anvils. Creatures entering or starting
their turns in a square containing a forge take 10 fire
damage.
Treasure: Positioned atop the God Anvil are trea-
sure parcels M, N, O, and P. The aspect of Moradin
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
74

Forgespirit (F) Level 25 Controller
Large immortal magical beast (air, earth, fire) XP 7,000
Initiative +19 Senses Perception +17
HP 236; Bloodied 118
AC 39; Fortitude 39, Reflex 37, Will 35
Immune disease, petrification, poison; Resist 20 fire
Speed 6
m Fiery Touch (standard; at-will) Fire
Reach 2; +29 vs. Reflex; 1d6 + 8 fire damage, and ongoing
10 fire damage (save ends). If this attack hits a target
already suffering from ongoing fire damage, the attack
instead deals 10 extra fire damage.
M Hammer on Anvil (standard; at-will)
Reach 2; +29 vs. Fortitude; 3d8 + 8 damage, and the target
is pushed 3 squares and knocked prone.
C Forge Burst (standard; sustain: minor; encounter) Fire, Zone
Close burst 3; +29 vs. Reflex; 3d6 + 9 fire damage. Effect:
The squares along the edge of the burst become a zone of
raging fire that lasts until the end of the forgespirits next
turn (sustain minor). Any creature that starts its turn inside
or enters the zone takes 20 fire damage.
C Unearthly Bellows (standard; encounter)
Close blast 5; +29 vs. Fortitude; 3d10 + 6 damage, and the
target is pushed 3 squares, and slowed (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Primordial
Str 26 (+20) Dex 25 (+19) Wis 21 (+17)
Con 28 (+21) Int 6 (+10) Cha 15 (+14)
2 Godforged Blade Bearers (G) Level 27 Skirmisher
Large immortal animate (construct) XP 11,000 each
Initiative +24 Senses Perception +26; truesight 10
HP 245; Bloodied 122
AC 42; Fortitude 37, Reflex 40, Will 39
Immune disease, poison sleep
Speed 8; see also swift blade
m Swift Blade (minor; at-will)
Reach 2; +32 vs. AC; 3d8 + 9 damage, and the godforged
blade bearer shifts 1 square.
C Sparking Damage (when reduced to 183, 122, 61, and 0 hit
points) Lightning, Radiant
Close burst 1; +30 vs. Reflex; 5d10 lightning and radiant
damage.
Murderous Intent (while marked by an enemy)
The godforged blade bearers swift blade attacks deals 2d8
extra damage to targets that mark it.
Alignment Unaligned Languages
Str 23 (+19) Dex 29 (+22) Wis 26 (+21)
Con 21 (+18) Int 4 (+10) Cha 8 (+12)
Those Once Loyal
8 Forgesworn Dwarf (D) Level 26 Minion Brute
Medium immortal humanoid, dwarf XP 2,250 each
Initiative +18 Senses Perception +19; low-light vision
HP 1; a minion never takes damage from a miss.
AC 36; Fortitude 40, Reflex 36, Will 37
Speed 5
m Warhammer (standard; at-will) Weapon
+29 vs. AC; 17 damage.
Stand Your Ground
When an effect forces a dwarf to movethrough a pull, a
push, or a slidethe dwarf moves 1 square less than the
effect specifies. When an attack would knock a dwarf
prone, the dwarf can roll a saving throw to avoid falling
prone.
Eternal Returns
If a forgesworn dwarf is reduced to 0 hit points while in
the aspect of Moradins victorious song aura, two more
forgesworn dwarves appear in unoccupied spaces adjacent
to the aspect of Moradin at the end of his next turn.
Alignment Unaligned Languages Common, Dwarven
Str 26 (+21) Dex 20 (+18) Wis 23 (+19)
Con 28 (+22) Int 10 (+13) Cha 10 (+13)
Equipment chainmail, heavy shield, warhammer
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
75

Q. War for Heaven
Encounter Level 32 (140,000 XP)
Setup
Dakranad (D)
Zachariel (Z)
The characters chase the mithral dragon to the city,
follow the path up the highest peak (Chronias, the
Radiant Throne), and find the Bridge of al-Sihal.
How the characters find the bridge depends on their
circumstances. If Amyria is with the characters,
Dakranad attacks before she can confront Zachariel.
If the dragon has Amyria, it battles the archangel to
win its way past.
If Amyria is with the characters, read:
The bridge stretches ahead, vanishing into a curtain of
golden light. A magnificent figure stands before itan
angel. Its obscured features reveal little of its intent, but the
flaming sword it wields suggests only worthy souls can pass.
Just as you get your bearings, a dark shadow crosses you, a
shadow cast by a fearsome mithral dragon.
If Amyria is with the dragon, read:
The bridge stretches ahead, vanishing into a curtain of
golden light. Before the light, a fearsome mithral dragon
battles a powerful angel. Claw crashes against fiery sword
as the two clash. Around the dragons neck hangs a golden
locket and in its claw, you see Amyrias unconscious body,
blood running from her open mouth.
Arcana Check
DC 18: The golden locket shines with power and it appears
to contain the creation spark you seek.
Dakranad, Mithral Dragon Level 29 Solo Skirmisher
Huge immortal magical beast (dragon) XP 65,000
Initiative +27 Senses Perception +27; darkvision
HP 1,052; Bloodied 526; see also bloodied breath
AC 44; Fortitude 41, Reflex 43, Will 41
Resist 25 radiant
Saving Throws +5
Speed 10, fly 12 (hover), overland flight 15, teleport 10
Action Points 2
m Bite (standard; at-will) Radiant
Reach 3; +34 vs. AC; 2d8 + 11 damage, and ongoing radiant
15 radiant damage (save ends).
m Claw (standard; at-will)
Reach 3; +34 vs. AC; 3d8 + 8 damage.
M Dimension Strike (minor; at-will) Teleportation
The dragon teleports 5 squares, makes a claw attack,
teleports 5 squares, and makes a claw attack against a
different target.
M Wing Buffet (minor; recharge y z )
Reach 3; +32 vs. Fortitude; 4d10 + 8 damage, and the
target is pushed 3 squares.
R Mithral Prescience (minor; at-will)
Ranged 10; the target takes a 2 penalty to all defenses
against the dragons attacks until the dragon uses this
power against another target.
Tactics
The dragon means to get through the golden curtain
and the archangel isnt having it. If the dragon has
Amyria, shes at grave risk, because Zachariel cares
nothing for her. If shes not saved, she could very well
die in the fight. Of course, interfering characters put
themselves in the dragons path.
Dakranad: The dragon restricts its attacks to
claw attacks against Zachariel, knowing its radiant
attacks are useless. Should two or more characters
close, the dragon uses frightful presence and spends
an action point to use dimension strike against
stunned targets. The dragon withdraws from Zacha-
riel to concentrate his attacks against the party,
Those Once Loyal
C Breath Weapon (standard; recharge 5 6 ) Radiant
Close blast 5; +32 vs. Reflex; 4d10 + 6 radiant damage, and
the target is blinded (save ends). Miss: Half damage.
C Bloodied Breath (free, when first bloodied; encounter)
Breath weapon recharges, and the dragon uses it.
C Dimensional Flurry (standard; encounter) Radiant
Close burst 10; targets up to four enemies; +32 vs. Reflex;
4d6 + 5 damage, and the target takes ongoing 15 radiant
damage and is dazed (save ends both). Effect: The dragon
teleports to a space in the burst.
C Frightful Presence (standard; encounter) Fear
Close burst 10; targets enemies; +32 vs. Will; the target is
stunned until the end of the dragons next turn. Aftereffect:
The target takes a X2 penalty to attack rolls (save ends).
Prophetic Defense (immediate interrupt, when the dragon is hit
by an attack; at-will) Teleportation
The dragon gains a +4 bonus to all defenses against the
triggering attack. If the attack misses, the dragon teleports
6 squares.
Alignment Evil Languages Common, Draconic, Supernal
Skills Diplomacy +26, History +26, Insight +27, Intimidate +26,
Religion +26
Str 27 (+22) Dex 32 (+25) Wis 27 (+22)
Con 23 (+20) Int 25 (+21) Cha 25 (+21)
using his breath weapon and dimensional fury to
destroy the meddling adventurers.
If reduced to 200 hit points or less, Dakranad
grows desperate. If he still has Amyria, he abandons
the characters and renews his efforts against Zacha-
riel, striking at the characters only if they attack him
or try to snatch Amyria.
Zachariel: The angels sole purpose is to prevent
unlawful passage beyond the Bridge of al-Sihal. The
angel attacks only characters entering its reach, but
specifically focuses on the dragon. Zachariel cares
nothing for the characters unless they attack it. In
this case, the angel uses excommunication to remove
troublesome enemies and holy word to keep dangerous
opponents at bay. The angel is not above using blazing
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
76

arc and menacing presence to push characters from the
bridge.
Retrieving Amyria and the Creation Spark:
The characters have several options for retrieving
Amyria. A character adjacent to the dragon can use
the escape action against the dragons Fortitude or
Reflex to wrench her free. Alternatively, if the charac-
ters manage to stun or bloody him, Dakranad drops
Amyria at his feet. Once the dragon loses her, he
works to snatch her again by using the grab action.
Stealing the Creation Spark requires a DC 37 (DC
27 if the dragon is stunned) Thievery check.
Zachariel Level 28 Solo Soldier
Large immortal humanoid (angel) XP 65,000
Initiative +22 Senses Perception +27
Dimensional Ward aura 3; creatures cannot use teleportation
powers or effects to enter or exit squares inside the aura.
HP 1,036; Bloodied 518
AC 44; Fortitude 42, Reflex 38, Will 40
Immune fear; Resist 20 fire, 30 radiant; Vulnerable see arrow of fate
Saving Throws +5
Speed 8, fly 16 (hover)
Action Points 2
m Blazing Sword (standard; at-will) Fire, Radiant, Weapon
Reach 2; +35 vs. AC; 2d6 + 10 damage plus 2d6 fire and
radiant damage, and the target is slowed and marked until
the end of Zachariels next turn.
M Brilliant Rebuke (immediate reaction, when an adjacent
enemy moves or shifts; at-will) Fire, Weapon
Zachariel makes a blazing sword attack against the
triggering enemy.
R Excommunication (standard; recharges when an enemy hits
Zachariel with a melee attack) Acid, Teleportation
Ranged sight; +31 vs. Will; the target disappears into Carceri
and is removed from play (save ends). The target is marooned
on a bleak island lashed with acid rain, taking 20 acid
damage each time it fails a saving throw to end the effect.
Aftereffect: The target reappears in a square on the edge of
the Zachariels dimensional ward aura and is immobilized
and knocked prone until the end of its next turn.
C Astral Fury (free, when first bloodied; encounter) Radiant,
Zone
Close burst 5; +31 vs. Fortitude; 3d6 + 9 radiant damage,
and the target is blinded (save ends). Effect: The burst
creates a zone of brilliant light that lasts until the end of the
encounter. Zachariels blazing sword attacks deal 2d6 extra
radiant damage while he is within the zone.
Getting Amyria Through the Curtain: Once
Amyria gets the Creation Spark, her consciousness
returns. She wants to slip through the curtain, but she
cant while Zachariel blocks the way. The characters
can deal with the archangel by stunning or otherwise
incapacitating it or they might use the arrow of fate.
Those Once Loyal
C Blazing Arc (standard; at-will) Fire, Radiant, Weapon
Close burst 2; +35 vs. AC; 2d6 + 10 damage plus 2d6 fire
and radiant damage, and the target is slowed and marked
until the end of Zachariels next turn.
C Holy Word (minor; recharge 5 6 ) Thunder
Close blast 3; +31 vs. Fortitude; 4d8 + 13 thunder damage,
and the target is stunned until the end of Zachariels next
turn. Aftereffect: The target is dazed (save ends).
C Menacing Presence (minor 1/round; at-will) Fear
Close burst 3; targets creatures marked by Zachariel; +33
vs. Will; the target is pushed 3 squares and takes a 2
penalty to all attack rolls until the end of its next turn.
Angelic Presence (while not bloodied)
Any attack against Zachariel takes a 2 penalty to the
attack roll.
Threatening Reach
Zachariel can make opportunity attacks against all enemies
in his reach.
Arrow of Fate
Zachariel is particularly vulnerable to the arrow of fate. If
fired from a longbow or shortbow or used as an improvised
weapon, when hit Zachariel takes 250 points of damage
and is stunned (save ends).
Alignment Unaligned Languages Supernal
Skills Arcana +24, Diplomacy +26, History +24, Insight +27,
Religion +24
Str 31 (+24) Dex 23 (+20) Wis 26 (+22)
Con 27 (+22) Int 21 (+19) Cha 24 (+21)
Equipment plate armor, greatsword
Features of the Area
Illumination: Bright light. The golden curtain
and the radiant sun fill the area with bright light.
Bridge: The bridge is impervious to all damage. A
fall from the bridge sees the creature descend some
200 feet to land amid the lower mountain slopes.
Such a fall deals 20d10 damage upon landing.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
77

Golden Radiance: The golden light shining from
the gateway loosens the souls ties to the body. Mortal
creatures lingering too close are subject to an attack.
A character recognizes the danger the radiance poses
with a successful DC 28 Religion check.
A Golden Radiance
The light bathes you, and you feel your soul struggling to be
free.
Opportunity Action Divine
Trigger: A mortal creature starts its turn in a square containing
golden radiance
Target: The triggering creature
Attack: +32 vs. Will
Hit: The target is dazed (save ends).
First Failed Saving Throw: The target is stunned (save
ends) instead.
Second Failed Saving Throw: The character is pulled into
the light unless stopped by the angel and moves onto a
higher plane of existence (the character dies).
Treasure: Upon defeating the dragon, the adven-
turers discover that it carries parcels Q and R.
Conclusion
With the dragon dead, the creation seed in hand,
and Amyria still alive, the dying deva approaches the
archangel, but Zachariel denies her access. The angel
refuses her because it believes she intends to subvert
the proper order and consign the universe to play out
the drama between gods that has happened before
and shall happen again. The characters must con-
vince the archangel that permitting Amyria to cross is
the only way to avoid plunging the cosmos into a war
that would rip the planes apart.
An Argument for
Resurrection
I deny thee passage across the Bridge of al-Sihal.
Those Once Loyal
Level: 28 (XP 26,000) Success: The characters convince the archangel
Complexity: 2 (requires 6 successes before 3 to let Amyria pass. See Concluding the Adventure on
failures) page 44.
Primary Skills: Diplomacy, Heal, History, Reli- Failure: Zachariel is unmoved by the partys
gion, special entreaties and denies passage into the light. If Amyria
Secondary Skills: Arcana would pass, the heroes must defeat the angel. D
Special: If the characters brandish the arrow of fate
About the Author
and Zachariel can see it, they earn 2 successes. This
Robert J. Schwalb works as a freelance designer for
can earn a maximum of 2 successes. Wizards of the Coast. His recent credits include Martial
Arcana (DC 33): A character studying the arrow Power, Draconomicon: Chromatic Dragons, and the Forgot-
of fate discerns that it is particularly dangerous to ten Realms Players Guide. Robert lives in Tennessee with his
incredibly patient wife, Stacee, and his pride of fiendish were-
Bahamuts enemies. This check opens up the Special
cats, but is happiest when chained to his desk, toiling for his
option. Up to four characters can aid on this check. dark masters in Seattle.
This skill earns no successes.
Diplomacy (DC 33): The character reminds
Zachariel whats at stake if Tiamat wins and argues
that Bahamut is the only way to halt the Chromatic
Dragons agenda. Up to four characters can aid on this
check. This skill can earn a maximum of 4 successes.
Heal (DC 28): A successful Heal check reveals
Amyria will not live much longer. Sharing this with
the angel reveals her personal sacrifice to restore
Bahamut to life. This check can earn a maximum of 1
success.
History (DC 28): The character recalls horrors per-
formed in Tiamats name, hoping to drive home the
import of the characters mission. A failed check also
closes off future History checks during this skill chal-
lenge. This skill can earn a maximum of 2 successes.
Religion (DC 33): The character reinforces Baham-
uts place in the cosmos, the good he has worked, and
how the world will benefit by his return. This skill
can earn a maximum of 4 successes.
Intimidate: The angel will not be intimidated. Each
attempt results in a failure.
December 20 09 | D u n g e o n 17 3
78
Test
of
Fire
By Scott Fitzgerald Gray
illustration by William OConnor
cartography by Mike Schley
TM & 2010 Wizards of the Coast LLC All rights reserved.

You call yourselves heroes? You

claim greatness? Prove it to those who
survived the Dawn Wars of gods and
primordials. Prove it before the lords
of fire and chaos. Prove in this Cru-
cible Court of the City of Brass that
you are worthy of the allegiance of the
efreets!

J a n u a r y 2 010 | D u n g e o n 174
16

In Test of Fire, the heroes are tasked by the reborn
Bahamut with infiltrating Tiamats last stronghold
in the planesthe legendary City of Brass. There, the
heroes must engage a formidable efreet noble in a risky
alliance, then square off against the Lord of the Efreets
and the blue exarch of Tiamat in a city under siege.
Test of Fire is an adventure for five characters
midway through 27th level. By the end of the adven-
ture, the characters should have attained 29th level.
This adventure is the penultimate chapter of the
Scales of War adventure path, following the events of
Those Once Loyal. This assault on the City of Brass
can be adapted for use in other epic tier campaigns
with a bit of effort.
Background
For untold centuries, the Dragon Queen Tiamat has
labored on a deadly missionthe permanent destruc-
tion of her soul-sibling and nemesis Bahamut, the
Platinum Dragon. Tiamats plans came to light in the
mortal realm by virtue of her alliances with the githy-
anki. In the end, even the greatest of the heroes who
turned the tide of the githyanki invasion of the world
were unable to prevent Tiamats foul plots from claim-
ing the Platinum Dragons life.
All was not lost, however, for Bahamut is wise and
farseeing. To prevent Tiamats ultimate revenge, he
installed a fragment of his own essence into the deva
Amyria. Through this fragment and the bravery of
the heroes, Bahamut has been reborn at the Bridge of
al-Sihal on Celestia. Tiamats forces, emboldened by
the Platinum Dragons apparent demise, are reeling
from this sudden reversal of fortune. Tiamats plans
for cosmic dominion have been shattered, but the
Dragon Queen is far from helpless.
In a last-ditch effort to win its campaign against
the forces of good, half of Tiamats remaining army
has been sent to hold her final redoubt in the planes
the legendary City of Brass. By virtue of foul rituals
and dark pacts undertaken with Bashumgarda, the
Lord of the Efreets, the Dragon Queen has bolstered
her draconic servants with elemental power that may
yet turn the tide of war in her favor.
Bahamuts forces have already surrounded the
city, but the combined defenses of Tiamat and the
efreets will not be easily broken. The Platinum
Dragons servants, however, have made contact with
efreet factions within the city that might be turned
against Bashumgarda. Even now, the other half of
The Quests
In Test of Fire, the heroes must infiltrate the
besieged City of Brass by way of the deadly warren
of ruins known as the Keening Delve. Once inside
the city, their mission from Bahamut is to negotiate
an alliance with the capricious efreet noble Estumi-
shu. In order to obtain Estumishus favor and open
the City of Brass to Bahamuts forces, the characters
must slay Bashumgarda, the renegade Lord of Efreets.
The real power in the city, however, is Tiamats blue
exarch Namissi, who emerges for a final showdown as
Bahamuts forces attack.
Major QuestInfiltrate the City of Brass
The City of Brass is sealed behind powerful magical
wards laid down by Tiamats ritualists. Bahamuts
forces cannot attack until the seals are opened to them.
The adventurers must follow thedeadly paths of the
Keening Delve in order to gain secret access to the city.
Reward: 55,000 XP.
Test of Fire
Tiamats army attempts to enter the Elemental Chaos
in order to attack Bahamuts force. Bahamuts magic
has sealed off the City of Brass, but it cannot do so
for long. Against this dark deadline, it is up to the
characters to infiltrate the besieged city and negoti-
ate an alliance with the efreet noble Estumishu. The
heroes must then make their way across a city prepar-
ing for all-out war to find and kill Bashumgarda in
order to win the allegiance of the efreets. Unknown
to the characters is the fact that Tiamats blue exarch
Namissi, not Bashumgarda, is the true power in the
besieged City of Brass. The adventurers mission in
the fabled city will push them to their limits.
Major QuestOpen the Gates to Bahamuts Forces
After treating with Estumishu, the party must chart
a dangerous path through the City of Brass to where
Bashumgarda, Lord of Efreets, holds court. Only after
Bashumgarda is put down can the characters seize
control of the magical wards protecting the city as a
prelude to Bahamuts assault.
Reward: 65,000 XP.
Major QuestSee Tiamats Armies Routed
As Bahamuts forces crash against Tiamats defenders
in the City of Brass, the heroes must do battle against
the Dragon Queens blue exarch. Only when their
leader is destroyed can Tiamats forces be broken and
their threat ended.
Reward: 65,000 XP.
J a n u a r y 2 010 | D u n g e o n 174
22

Adventure Synopsis
Test of Fire begins in the aftermath of the events of
Those Once Loyal. Bahamut has been restored to
life by the sacrifice of Amyria, and Tiamats plans to
break the power of the fallen god have been dealt a
crippling blow.
As the adventure opens, the characters have
returned to Sayre to rest, recuperate, and mourn
Amyrias sacrifice. From there, they are summoned to
Bahamuts side in the Crystal Tear, an astral domin-
ion from which Bahamut directs his reenergized
forces. The Platinum Dragon lays out the scope of
Tiamats failure and her dark hope to turn this near-
defeat into victory.
The City of Brass is Tiamats last stronghold in
the planes. It is held by arrangement with Bashum-
garda, Lord of Efreets. Bahamuts force has the city
surrounded but cannot break in. Tiamats remaining
legions are attempting to return to the Elemental
Chaos to attack Bahamuts force. The full brunt of Tia-
mats armies, energized with elemental power, will be
too much for Bahamuts army to withstand.
Bahamut enlists the characters to infiltrate the
City of Brass by way of a secret portal hidden deep in
the Keening Delve. This legendary and deadly warren
of caverns and ruined chambers is set within the
basalt plate on which the City of Brass is built. After
entering the city, the heroes meet with Estumishu, an
efreet noble who represents factions seeking to over-
throw Bashumgarda because of his foul alliance with
the Dragon Queen. Estumishu offers his allegiance
only if the characters find and kill Bashumgardaa
deadly quest that requires the heroes to undertake a
dangerous pilgrimage across a city under siege.
After slaying Bashumgarda, the adventurers must
drop the magical wards which protect the city and
prevent Bahamuts forces from attacking. At the Eter-
nal Flame Pavilion, the heroes face off against the
protectors of the shrine of the Fire Lord Imix, which
has been corrupted by Tiamats foul rituals so as to
grant power to the Dragon Queens servants.
Then the unthinkable happens. The reborn
Bahamut, fighting Tiamats blue exarch Namissi, is
struck down in a titanic battle that shatters the great
Charcoal Palace. Only the heroes can stand against
the blue exarch in the end.
What is an B2, page 43). These can be used to add additional
Adventure Path?
An adventure path is a connected series of adven-
tures that comprises an entire D&D campaign,
from the heroes humble beginnings at 1st level
to their epic triumphs at the pinnacle of level 30.
These adventures cover all three tiers of play: heroic,
paragon, and epic. Each tier is covered by roughly six
adventures, meaning that the entire adventure path
consists of eighteen adventures. Each adventure
covers between one and three levels, but the adven-
turers can undertake side quests to supplement their
XP. This assures that the heroes are the correct level
to tackle each adventure.
Test of Fire is the penultimate adventure in the
Scales of War. It brings the characters into Bahamuts
confidence and sets up the climactic confrontation
between the heroes and Tiamat which will conclude
the final chapter.
Test of Fire
Adapting the Adventure
Test of Fire is designed for five adventurers but can
be easily adapted for larger or smaller groups. Simply
add or subtract treasure parcels and monsters using
the guidelines presented in the Dungeon Masters
Guide. The Keening Delve is a chaotic warren haunted
by ancient magic and foul creatures, and any type of
elemental-themed monster or hazard can be placed
there. The City of Brass is a thriving metropolis within
the Elemental Chaos. The adventure is already set up
with encounter groups that play a part in the charac-
ters attempts to move within the city (see Encounter
creatures to existing encounters.
This adventure is designed for characters partway
through 27th level. Be wary of sending lower-level
parties against the challenges of the Keening Delve
and the City of Brass. The Keening Delve contains
plenty of space for expansion, and you are encour-
aged to add encounters to the delve if you need to
bring a lower-level group up to speed. The heroes
should be 28th level (or close to it) when they meet
with Estumishu in Encounter B1.
Preparing
for Adventure
This adventure begins in the downtime immediately
after the characters previous adventure, Those Once
Loyal. Go to Part One: The Summons of Bahamut
(page 15) when you are ready to begin.
J a n u a r y 2 010 | D u n g e o n 174
23

What You Need to Play
This adventure contains everything you need to play,
including background information, setup, encounters,
and maps. You might wish to review any appropriate
Dungeons & Dragons 4th Edition rules before play
begins.
You need only read the opening sections of the
adventurethe introduction and the encounters in
the Keening Delveto begin play. The encounters
within the delve make up a good single sessions play,
or they can be expanded into a larger adventure. You
can then read up on the City of Brass and prepare for
the two complex skill challenges that are the center-
piece of the heroes mission. Background information
about the City of Brass from Manual of the Planes may
be useful but is not required to run this adventure.
Off the Adventure Path
Even if you are not running Test of Fire as part of
the Scales of War adventure path, a stealthy infiltra-
tion and assault on a besieged City of Brass is about
as epic as adventures get. If you dont favor a draconic
connection, the dark forces that Bashumgarda has
allied with can be any other long-term villain or evil
organization in your campaign. In such a scenario,
Bashumgarda and Namissi could be reworked as
creatures of other typesperhaps a pair of powerful
demon lords that have claimed the City of Brass as
their domain.
Use one of the following hooks to bring the heroes
into such an adventure.
Treasure
As with previous installments of the Scales of War
campaign, Test of Fire makes use of the parcel system
of treasure rewards as described in the Dungeon Mas-
ters Guide. The characters should accumulate fifteen
treasure parcels by the end of the adventure. You can
supply these treasures in whatever way you wish, but
the accompanying list presents the most likely encoun-
ters to bear treasure.
During your preparation, assign parcels from those
that follow to the encounters in the spaces provided.
Use the players wish lists to come up with magic items
for the first six parcels. Consider saving at least one or
two of the highest-level magic items for the end of the
adventure, representing gear the adventurers can claim
from their victories over Bashumgarda and Namissi or a
reward granted by Estumishu or Bahamut for the heroes
service to the City of Brass and the cause of good.
Treasure Parcels
Parcel A: _______________, K1
(carried by the black slaad overlord).
Parcel B: _______________, K3
(scattered within the rubble).
Parcel C: _______________, B1 (a gift from Estumi-
shu as a sign of trust if the heroes succeed at the skill
challenge; if the adventurers fail the challenge, add to
parcels LO).
Parcel D: _______________, B1 (as above).
Parcel E: _______________, B2 (carried by the leader
of a patrol encountered in the course of the skill chal-
lenge; if none, add to parcels LO).
Parcel F: _______________, B2 (as above).
Parcel G: __________________, B3
(carried by the greenspawn defender).
Test of Fire
Parcel H: _______________, B4
(carried by the redspawn magmastomper).
Parcel I: ___________________, B5
(carried by the pyremasters).
Parcel J: _______________, B5
(carried by Bashumgarda; see the tactical encounter).
Parcel K: _______________, B5 (as above)
Parcel L: _______________, after F2
(reward from Estumishu).
Parcel M: _______________, after F2 (as above).
Parcel N: _______________, after F2
(reward from Bahamut).
Parcel O: _______________, after F2 (as above).
Based on the guidelines in the Dungeon Masters Guide,
the following parcels can be placed in the areas above.
Parcel 1: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 2: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 3: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 4: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 5: Magic item, level 30
Parcel 6: Magic item, level 29
Parcel 7: 75 ad + two potions of recovery
Parcel 8: 50 ad + 500 pp
Parcel 9: 50 ad + three ceremonial holy symbols
of Tiamat (15,000 gp each) + 500 pp
Parcel 10: two potions of life + eight elemental
onyx rings (50,000 gp each)
Parcel 11: 100 ad
Parcel 12: 70 ad + 200 pp
Parcel 13: 60 ad + one potion of life + 200 pp
Parcel 14: six astral diamond signets
(50,000 gp each) + two potions of recovery + 100 pp
Parcel 15: 25 ad
J a n u a r y 2 010 | D u n g e o n 174
24

A Friend in Need
A powerful patron or ally of the characters has strong
business or family connections to the City of Brass.
He comes to the heroes in a panic, having heard that
the great planar metropolis has been besieged. He
knows of the secret portal in the Keening Delve and
offers the adventurers a powerful incentive to restore
the city to normalcy.
The Curse of Namissi
The heroes are on their way to the City of Brass by
planar dromond or some other form of planar travel
when their journey is abruptly halted. The city is
sealed behind magical wards unleashed by a cursed
artifact, its leaders and people driven to madness. An
impromptu skill challenge allows the characters to
gain information regarding the portal in the Keening
Delve. The heroes infiltration of the city allows them
to parley with its efreet leaders whove been driven
underground to save their lives. The adventurers must
then fight their way across the city in order to face the
efreet sorcerer whose mind the artifact has claimed
and the monstrous guardian that protects it.
Part One: The
Summons of Bahamut
In the immediate aftermath of the events of Those
Once Loyal, Bahamuts thoughts flash through the
characters minds, bidding them return to Sayre; then
the Platinum Dragon vanishes without another word.
As the adventure begins, the heroes have returned
to Sayre to rest. Bahamuts return and the sacrifice
of Amyria are events of world-shaking importance.
Word of the Platinum Dragons rebirth spreads
quickly through the lands and people of the Coalition.
At the same time, word is received that Bahamuts
forces have rallied around the deitys return and that
the armies of Tiamat have lost the advantage they
gained from the Platinum Dragons death.
The adventurers have ample time to attend to
personal business in Sayre and to be briefed on any
information they might have failed to glean in pre-
vious adventures. This adventure begins with the
arrival of an emissary from Bahamut.
An Unexpected Envoy
The characters awake to the clamor of warning bells
sounding out across Sayre.
Throngs of city folk are running in panic through the
streets even as militia guards and coalition warriors
race in the opposite direction toward the March. A din of
voices shouts about some disaster striking at that shabby
monument site, but details are lost in the panic. As you race
along the rapidly emptying streets, the source of the chaos
becomes obvious. In the middle of the March, a gargantuan
silver dragon paces within a field of shattered arches and
statuary. Its claws rend the ground as it idly scratches, and
even as you push through the field of uncertain guards
surrounding it at a safe distance, the dragons head swings
slowly toward you. Youve come, it growls. Prepare for thy
journey. My lord Bahamut desires to speak with thee.
The great silver dragon Xerefri is an exarch of
Bahamut. It is the master of powerful planar magic
and is charged with bringing the heroes to the Plati-
the metallic dragon races are here, but there is no mistaking
num Dragon at his temporary command center in
the Astral Sea. If characters ask, witnesses describe
how the creature appeared suddenly within the open
ground of the March in a blast of white light and
storm-force winds, with panic quickly following.
Xerefri poses no threat but the dragon is entirely
indifferent to the destruction his arrival has caused.
Test of Fire
He will not apologize if asked to by the characters; the
exarch has no patience for such trivial concerns. Only
his mission is important.
When you are ready to depart, Xerefri orders you to stand
close by. The dragon creates a Planar Portal that rises from
the ground to swirl around you. A blast of arcane power
shatters the last of Lord Limbics statuary as you and the
exarch disappear.
The Crystal Tear
The reborn Bahamut has temporarily abandoned his
castle domain in Celestia as he focuses on leading his
forces against Tiamat. The Platinum Dragons new
command center is a specially created astral realm
known as the Crystal Tear.
The familiar vista of Sayre melts and vanishes to be replaced
with a field of shimmering, silver light. You find yourselves
soaring like disembodied spirits in a bright nonspace
surrounding a crystal teardrop that grows in size as you
plunge toward it. With a shudder, you pass within. Suddenly
you are standing on a white dais in a great translucent
chamber. Crystal walls reflect the dozen great dragons
surrounding you. Xerefri murmurs a greeting as he takes his
place among them. My lord, the heroes are here.
Bahamut awaited the arrival of the adventurers with
his exarch war council comprised of a dozen metallic
dragons of great size and age.
Silver and gold, copper and iron, and all the other hues of
the monumental figure that all give fealty to. Bahamut
towers before you once more, proud and mighty. But then
the great Platinum Dragon dips his head, slightly but
significantly. One by one, the other dragons follow, lowering
their heads nearly to the level of yours in a majestic salute.
Friends, Bahamut rumbles. Champions. Welcome.
J a n u a r y 2 010 | D u n g e o n 174
25

Fortunes of War
The heroes are made welcome to the Crystal Tear, a
bounded astral dominion of sweeping crystal cham-
bers set with pillars of platinum and other precious
metals. This is the war room and council chamber
from which Bahamut and his exarchs direct the
battle against the armies of Tiamat.
After a drawn-out process of introduction between
the characters and the council, Bahamut directs the
characters to private chambers, saying he will meet
them shortly for further conversation. The adventur-
ers quarters are in an opulent wing of marble halls
whose shape and contents are divinely mutable
according to the characters own will.
Bahamut comes to the characters a few hours later,
but the characters might be shocked to see the form
he has takena venerable human male with a fringe
of white hair and a snow-white beard. Though his
platinum robes are a far cry from the peasants garb
he once wore, the same seven yellow canaries perch
on Bahamuts shoulders as when the heroes met him
in the lost mines of Karak (Dungeon #159).
The adventurers no doubt have countless ques-
tions, and Bahamut is happy to provide answers as he
explains the purpose of his summons.
Was the bird man in the Karak Lode really you?
Yes and no. That was not I in the way you see me nowthe
whole of my physical presence and consciousness. Rather,
think of that figure as an avatar of sorts, unaware of me
as I was unaware of it, but roaming the mortal realm as a
fragment of my mind and will. Even then, it seems that the
fates already knew our paths were intertwined.
What happened to Amyria? Is she truly gone?
Amyria was possessed of a splinter of my consciousness
and life force, not unlike that which manifested to aid you
in the Karak Lode. The creation of that fragment was a
gamble against fate which would have failed countless times
if not for Amyrias bravery, and yours. Though I have not
yet regained my full strength, by her sacrifice I live again.
As to her ultimate fate, that is no more known to me than is
the fate of any of us.
What is this place?
The Crystal Tear is an astral dominion forged by my
will and the power of my exarchs. It is home and council
chamber, a site whose edges touch all other planes and from
which we can observe the war against Tiamat as it rages
across those planes.
How goes the war? Havent Tiamats plans been
broken by your return?
The war has turned under the pressure of a tide that the
Dragon Queen could never have predicted, but it is not won.
The forces of good and law hold their own, but Tiamats
power is carved out by treachery. With each failure, the
Dragon Queen need simply seek the next betrayal that will
fuel her ambition.
The word of my return shattered the resolve of Tiamats
forces and gave our own armies a much-needed chance to
regroup. In the weeks since my return, we have taken the
fight to them, and we are near the endgame now.
What is that endgame? What are Tiamats plans?
The Dragon Queen has sent nearly half her remaining
force to her last redoubt in the planesthe City of Brass
in the Elemental Chaos. Already, our forces lay siege
against her blue exarch who stands in command there, but
his power is formidable. He is an ancient wyrm named
Namissi whose thirst for blood is unequalled. We must
break his defense, and time is short.
Test of Fire
What is Tiamat doing in the City of Brass?
The Dragon Queen has entered into dark bargains
with the Lord of the Efreets, the powerful and power-
hungry Bashumgarda. He believes that this alliance will
grant him control of the Elemental Chaos, but Tiamats
treachery runs deep. Her ritualists have used the great
knowledge of the efreets to channel the raw energy of the
elements. She intends to claim the efreets power as her
own and to infuse her armies with elemental might that
could tip the tide of battle.
How long will the siege continue?
We might break the magical wards that protect the city
and Tiamats army within a week if we had that much
time. We do not. Just as the arcane wards of efreet and
dragon hold us at bay, our ritualists have sealed the basalt
plain of the city and the Sea of Fire against Tiamats
remaining armies which are amassing to break our siege.
Using the power of the Well of Worlds, dragon ritualists
have effectively blocked the Elemental Chaos to planar
travel by Tiamats forces, but we cannot maintain those
wards for long. Within a day, Tiamats forces will batter
through our barrier and we will be caught between two
armies. We must take the city, and quickly.
What do you need us to do?
The City of Brass is sealed against physical incursion,
the power of teleportation, and all forms of planar
travel. Bashumgarda holds the city in an iron grip, and
his allegiance to Tiamat will not waver. Our spies have
determined, however, that there are cracks in both of
these defenses.
Although Bashumgarda promised his people power,
Tiamats forces have taken over in all but name. Many of
the efreet nobles now chafe under Bashumgardas reign.
One of those, the lord Estumishu, has sway over the nobility
J a n u a r y 2 010 | D u n g e o n 174